Butler Combined — Quora, Weisensale Spirit Voices, Estep

Date: Various Type: Mixed
ITC EVP Consciousness Afterlife Spirit Communication Research Mediumship Parapsychology ATransC Tom Butler

--------------- Spirit Voices Newsletters of Bill Weisensale --- an EVP news’etter NIJ? 4 JUNE 1981 COMME The following is a quotation from the “EVP NEWS”, an English Newsletter recent ly initiated by Mr Raymond Cass, 6 Eastcourt Mansions, BridJ.ington, Yorks, England. “The German VTF (El organization -Ed) has reached an active membership of over 1,000 and the media has given increased rather than diminished coverage to a subject which some thought had died in 1974. The Y’IF Newsletter has upgraded to magazine format in glossy style and the annual VT? Conference in Fulda this year will run to an ambitious 7 days.” (This is not a misprint, that’s 1,000. people -- one followed by three zeros. -Ed) Interest in EITP communication in Germany, is but a preview of things to come. Here in the U.S. we have hundreds, or thousands of Electronics Engineers, tens of thousands of Technicians arid hundreds of thousands of electronics hobbyists, many of whom would be interested in and fascinated by, the challenge of El/P reception if it were brought to their attention in a meaningful way. In addition, Citizen Band radios, popularized by truck drivers and by Betty (“First Mama”) Ford, are now in daily use by millions of people. Some of these people, who for the most part are extroverted communiholics, and who have already, unwittingly, trained their ears and minds to discern weak, distorted human voices against a background of aw ful static, will when it finally comes to their attention, take to

EVP coiamunica tion like ducks take to water. Where El/P research is concerned, America is a sleeping giant. But if one looks very closely, there are now faint signs of stirring. Interest here is growing grad ually but steadily. Among our sulscribers, Electronics Engineers and other techni cal people far out number Parapsychologists. The El/P is a psycho-kinetic effect. Although we might say the “psycho” part is in the field of Parapsychology, the “kinetic” half is in the not yet existing fields of Paraphysics and Paraelectronics. Nevertheless, there is already enough interest in the technology of EVP reception that at the moment it is a toss-up as to whether experimental Spirit Voice Receiv ers will come into usage first, or whether the El/P itself will first be officially recognized by science. 1 L In this issue will ‘be the first of an opened ended series of articals on ex-’ perimental Spirit Voice Receiver design and development. A Spirit Voice Receiver is hereby defined as a single unit piece of electronic equipment which is, unlike radios and tape recorders, specifically designed for reception of Spirit voices and for no other purpose, and which is capable of receiving EVP voices without the ne cessity of accessory equipment such as radio receivers, audio amplifiers, tape re corders, etc. Under this definition, SVRs (Spirit Voice Receivers) have techni cally existed since at least 1975. Now, before any of our readers become overly excited and rush down to their local electronics store to pick out

the nake and model SVR of their choice, we must clarify this statexnnet. At the present time SVRs are very crude, very noisy, very inefficient and they do not work significantly better than the methods you are now .using. They are “crystal set” experimental concept designs, o± more inter est to the Engineer, Technician and. electronics hobbyist, t to the person who is engaged in practical EVP communication. Nevertheless from this point onward, we will no longer be discussing the € possibility of a Spirit Voice Receiver. The SVR already exists. What we will be discussing, is further development And a great deal more experimentation, improvement and development will probably be required before the SVR becomes a prac tical household item. There is still much we do not know, but with incresing tech nical interest the time has arrived, as truck drivers say, to “put the hammer down”, and find the answers. -Ed From Mrs Mercedes Shepanek, Virginia, U.S.A. April 1981 (in part) The sound synthesizer we are currently using is a Marsona 1200 “sound condi tioner”. It is manufactured by Narpac Corp., Box 3098 Wilmington, N.C. -- cost $129.00. It has the capability of four distinctly different sounds, accomplished via a series of filters -- namely, Surf 1, Surf 2, Rain, and Waterfall (of about Niagra class). Naturally EVP experimentation was not in their thoughts at the time of design. My experimenting colleague suggested I advise them of the use to which we are putting it to widen the

gap between their ears • Come to think of it, it would be fun to tell them and get the reaction! We have experimented with Surf 2 setting as this has a silence period of about eighteen seconds between surf breaker sounds. Success thus far has been fair but not phenomenal. I would suggest your readership wait for reports of success before investing, We have interesting results from the following, In dubbing actual voices re ceived from the master reels on an Akai reel to reel to a fresh reel on a TEAC reel to reel via patch cord we have had new voices recorded on the TEAC reel rid ing on the end of the dubbed voices. No mike was hooked up, of course, and no other sound source involved -- just the patch cord connection. This is our first experience with this kind of thing. Obviously no microphone is needed. I am won dering if the sound recorded on the original tape is providing the “raw” noise for modulation. As a comment on information in the Newsletter I have received information from several sources (including someone connected with NBC radio) that playing tapes backwards reveals many, many class A voices. 4/3 Reply (In part) I was especially interested in your report of recording new voices while copy ing recordings through a patch cord. Since tape recorders do not pick-up electro magnetic energy (radio signals) and since there was no microphone involved in your system and it was therefore

immune to sound or acoustic energy, it would appear the voices arrived through a cLirect psychokinetic effect on the signal as it passed through the circuits inside of the recorders. This experience is somewhat similar to that of Mr McKee who reported (page 3/3) EVP reception while listening to a lecture tape. Again, no radio receiver and no microphone was involved. It becomes more and more apparent that EVP voices arrive via psychokinetic rather than electromagnetic or acoustic energy. I just received a letter from Sarah who reports she tryed playing some of her tapes backwards and found, much to her surprise, they contain numerious voices. She is now engaged, when she can find the time, in reexamining old tapes in this mode. As mentioned above, neither a radio receiver nor a microphone are essential for EITP reception and in fact, reception can take place without even a tape re corder in the system. In my own early work I had a white noise generator which I sometimes listened to directly through earphones. I have heard a few understand able voices by this method. If your sound synthesizer has an earphone jack and you would care to try this, simply request communication as you normally do, and then listen directly to the synthesizer as you would in playing back a voice re cording. If you do this 10 or 15 minutes at a time on several occasions, unless I miss my guess, you will probably hear at least several voices

which are of good enough quality to be understandable. The voices, of course, are not on tape for later study, but it is an interesting experiment and sheds a certain amount of light on how the voices arrive. Sarah Estep has the following to say about backward voices. He (Dan McKee) had urged me a year ago to listen to the reverse side of my tapes. I had tried it, a time or two, but had never figured out quite how it work ed. In March, he again urged me to play the tapes in reverse. With “grim” deter mination, I tackled the job again, and it is really very simple. And you know -- he is right. There are voices there, many voices! For the last month, after I finish each day’s recording, I turn the tape over and play it on the wrong side. There has never been a day when there hasn’t been at least two messages of good quality there, and some days there are as many as ten. I am very excited about it, and am trying to pass the word on to as many people as possible. At the same time, I am somewhat “distraught” at all of the messages, many of which may be signifi cant, that I and other experimenters, may have missed by failing to play our tapes in reverse. When I have some free time, which isn’t very often, I go back and. play in reverse, a recording made earlier.

Some interesting and important messa ges (Such as No. 35-Tape II have been discovered this way) As of today, I have 185 messages dupLicated. from the reverse side of various tapes. I have put all of these on a seperate duplicate tape and entered them into a special log. You mentioned on pages 3/4 and 3/5, that the thing “doesn’t make sense. .that the voices would have to speak and think backwards at the instant of reception so that their voices would appear forward or normal after the tape is reversed and played backwards.” For the last month I have given this enigma much thought -- for one thing, it helps prove the voices are paranormal for only paranormal voices would be cap able of such feats. Reply (In part) Because a tape recorder is very complicated and contains dozens or hundreds of electronic components, a variation in any one of which, caused by paranormal means, would cause a variation or voice modulation of the signal, it is not yet possible to say at precisely what point or points the psychokinetic effect actually occures. One thing which I believe we can say with certainty, is that whatever the point of effect, when a voice appears backwards on a tape, it is because the incoming psy-. chokinetic “voiceprint” is backwards. If the Spirit contacts the operator’s subconscious mind. (operator dependent reception) by telepathy, activating the psychokinetic center of the operator’s subconscious and thus causing the Spirit’s voice to appear on tape,

in this case backwards, it would be logical to believe that the Spirit is, accidently or deli berately, thinking backwards or thinking forward while traveling backwards relative to sidereal time. I think the Spirits have control over which d.irection their voices appear. I believe they are deliberately causing some to appear backward. and. I think they have a very good reason for doing this. And I further think you have put your finger squarely on that reason when you said - “it helps prove the voices are para normal for only paranormal voices would be capable of such feats.” It adds yet more to the evidence that the Spirits are real. From Mr G. Gilbert Bonner, England January 1981 Introduction to a new technique in recording the Electronic Voice Phenomena. By G. Gilbert Bonner. F.H.A. (Sussex, England). 1981 Many researchers have long suspected that the ‘Intelligences’ behind what we call the “voices” require certain basic sounds in order to manifest, and these my be natural or mechanical. There has been a great deal of speculation about this ap parent ‘metamorphsis’ of sounds, which led British researcher Richard Sheargold to experiment with pre-recorded radio mush. He dismissed the idea of radio stations in the sky as utter rubbish, and doubted the existance of a special Jurgenson fre quency. I established in a test in 1977, that using mechanical noise alone, on replay a voice was heard to say “We are here”. I also made outdoor experiments using “the Doppler shift” effect

in which mechanical noises were ‘remodulated’ in some manner. I still was not convinced however, that some transmissions from a parallel universe could not take place, so developed a technique that allowed modulation of microphone sound, or direct transmissions, by feeding a radio to one input of a stereo deck, and the other to a sensitive microphone that could be used to record radio feedback, or some other sound material, such as dripping water. I had found in outdoor experiments, that voices recorded by portable battery recorder using microphone only, when near water seemed to achieve better results, a point others have mentioned. Most Euro pean researchers use the radio mike or ‘interfrequency’ technique on either med ium wave or short wave, but American researchers have in the main stuck to pure microphone recordings. The recordings of Sarah Estep on air-band marks an in- 4/5 teresting difference, since our study here of the air band recordings made by R. CaSS, indicate an ‘IF’ breakthrough on his Juliet I radio set, which means in fact he obtains a H.F. intrusion. Whether the Estep “voices” use the high white-noise level or some other sound source, is not apparent. It also was obvious that the voice entities did not require of us to use a ‘microphone’, in order to hear what we said, but it did apparently as further experiments show, help them to speak tack to us, and I believe that sometimes our own speech spoken into the microphone, was ‘rernodulated’ and

turned back to us, this would account for some of the voices that sound something like our own, and also hang into our own questions. I should men tion perhaps that when I tried to record on V.H.F., or tJ.H.F., I obtained but a few’whisper’ replies, and the same applied tothe”diode” which I found useless Returning now to Richard Sheargold’s experiments, the radio mush he recorded from live radio, was obviously a mixture of radio stations fading in and out, cre ating a babble of sounds; some clear, some unclear, and he apparently monitored this material. Later when he used it as the basis for questions put to the unseen entities, he found that the replies obtained could also be found on the ‘original’ recording (made before he had thought up his questions). I wondered whether the replies were already on the original, and not heard, and later were assumed to an swer questions, or could the P type effect of the “voices” act on both tapes to produce this effect. It was certainly a problem that defied a logical answer. I had noted that if I recorded where no radio intrusion was taking place, but only white noise, as in UHF then I had only ‘weak’ voices ... whispers. I therefore tuned to a spot on ‘medium wave’ where very weak radio intrusion faded in and out from two foreign stations .. German and Russian .. a spot near 200 meters, or 1600 iCHz. Careful analysis of the material

recorded was essential to rule out radio in trusion from these sideband mixtures, but all my “voices” address me by name in full, and always have done so. Further, in spite of the background mush heard in the actual recording, many voices when ‘isolated’ to another tape, had no apparent background sound; a point confirmed in the examination of my recordings by radio expert H. Sheargold. Indeed I rely upon the use of my name to confirm that the recordings are “paranormal”, and not radio intrusions etc. I live alone, and my own voice is Bass, so as I record many different male, female and childrens voices I see no way in which any of these could be spurious effects, such as an uncontrolled utterance a theory suggested ‘by critic D. Ellis regarding Raudive’s research. Actually I’ve met Ellis twice, he wrote his book before I had published any data so he had, at that time not heard of my own work. His only comment on hearing some of my voice exaintles was “I wish that I had met you sooner”. However I referred to a “new method, and this developed out of my consider ing what was known about ‘remodulation’ and the fact that I (and many European re searchers also), tuned. to interfrequency, to a spot between stations recording normal radio material ... material that could fade in and out of our chosen spot, tuned to white noise. I decided to record a foreign language not understood for

15 minutes on one cassette, and then to replay, and study it for any sounds that could be interpreted phonetically as English, also to chop it up a bit, so that it made no sense. I then did this with a second recording in a totally different language. Thus in the end, I had two cassettes one say a woman speaking French; and the other a nan speaking German. Both studied for any English sounding words, both recordings stopped and started at random. Now replay this TOGETHER and we have a mixture that is not easy to tolerate, Playing these two recordings from two different recorders each side of the room, with a sensitive microphone placed mid-way between attached to another (3rd) recorder, I began by asking a few usual questions. So on the third cassette were three voices now FRENCH, GERNAN, and my own few words in ENGLISH. As I said not an easy mixture to listen to, BUT, and this is the interesting thing, .three or four new words IN ENGLISH, not in my voice replied to my questions or to the recording situation, and further these voices were not on the originals. They had been “metamorphosed” by the voice entities in some manner using some_‘energy’ unknown to our present science. I submit that here is a ‘new method’ that makes it un-necessary to use live radio and therefore auto xnatically rules out the possibility that the voices are mistaken ‘normal’ radio transmissions. Since I believe the personality

of the researcher i as important to the recordings as the correct equipment, I cannot forecast how others may respond to the use of this method, which I here publish for the first time anywhere, in the hope that it wifl open up new ground in the electronic voice research G. Gilbert Bonner. Sussex gland January 1981. playing German pre-recorded ri recording on blank cassette 2j €1 playing French pre-recorded 3 recorders required SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVERS Part I Theory, Block Digram, The Elementary SVR By Bill Weisensale CO This is the first of an open ended series of articles on the theory, design and development of Spirit Voice Receivers. The following hypotheses, conclusions, and experimental SVR designs are based on nearly seven years of research, experi mentation and study by the author. We do not yet have all the answers, and there still remains much work to be done. Nevertheless, certain basic principles are becoming clear, and the road toward further improvement in the quality of E voice reception is now apparent. It is the author’s hope that through the material in this series of articles, others who are interested in EVP electronics, my be able € to start part way up the ladder, so to speak, rather than from the very bottom as was necessary for the author. ORY In order to design a Spirit voice receiving system, the first question to be answered, is how do the voices arrive ? In essence there are four hypotheses microphone 4/7

which may offer an explanation. We will take a look at each in turn. The Electromgnetic Hypothesis This is the “radio station in the sky” concept which supposes that the voices arrive in the form of ordinary radio signals. Presumably, each group of Spirits carry about their own radio transmitter, which of course, is both invisible and immaterial, in order to transmit radio signals during the course of EVP comznunica tion. The first fallacy in this hypothesis is that if it were true, then a radio re ceiver would be required in all EVP receiving systen and no voices would be re ceived by any method which did not involve a radio receiver, --- which does not correspond to the facts. Another fallacy in this hypothesis, is the modulation versus mixing effect. It has been noted by practically every EVP researcher, that the voices at times change broadcast voices or music into an EVP voice. In no case is the EVP voice mixed with the broadcast voice or music, as we would anticipate if there were a second radio signal present. Obviously, this is a case of one signal being inodu lated by another signal, not a case of two radio signals mixing together. Also, if the electromagnetic hypothesis were valid, the Spirits would be send ing radio signals directly to our radio receivers, the EVP Operator would not be a link in the system and therefore all EVP researchers would have the same quality reception, --- this too, does

not correspond to the facts. Despite these obvious fallacies, a great deal of time and effort has been ex pended in attempting to learn on what “frequency” the Spirits “broadcast”, and in attempts to build more “sensitive’ (presumably better signal/noise ratio) radio receivers in order to improve reception of what is presumed to be very weak radio signals. All of which, of course, has been to no avail. The Acoustic Hypothesis This is the “Spirits whisper into the microphone” theory. Under this concept the voices arrive in the form of sound waves, presurm created ‘by vocal cords which are both invisible and immaterial. Presumably, they are at a subaudible level when picked up by the microphone and become audible only after being ampli fied by the circuits of the recorder. This hypothesis contains several fallacies, the first and most obvious of which is that if it were true then all voice receiving systems would have to con tain a microphone, and no voice reception would be possible unless a microphone were used, --- which again is not the case. Again, another fallacy in this hypothesis is the modulation versus mixing effect. It has probably been noted by every EVP researcher, that the voices at times change miscellaneous ckground sounds, picked up by the microphone, into EVP voices. In no case is the EVP voice mixed with the ‘ noise as one would anticipate if there were two simultaneous sounds. Again, very obviously this is a case of one signal being

modulated by another signal, riot a case of two sounds mixing together. Also if this hypothesis were true then the ideal reception conditions would be a super-quiet room, a super-sensitive microphone, and a super good signal/noise ratio recorder. In reality, the signal/noise ratio of the recorder imakes no dif ference and in fact some of the best quality voices have been received on the “worst” recorders, super-sensitive microphones and microphone preamplifiers make no discernible difference, and miscellaneous th.ckground sounds, rather then dro ing out the voices as one would anticipate, actually help them to become audible. Also, if the acoustic hypothesis were valid, the Spirits would be whispering directly into the microphone, the EVP Operator would not be a link in the receiving system, and therefore all EVP researchers would receive the same quality voices. Again this siniply does not correspond with the facts. The Combination Hypothesis Under this concept the Spirits use more than one means o± causing their voices to appear, depending upon the receiving system in use. If we use a radio receiver, then they obligingly transmit a radio signal to us, and if we use the microphone method, then they obligingly whisper into the microphone, etc. The fallacy in this hypothesis is that the voices appear in receiving systems € which do not contain a microphone, and which at the same time are totally shielded from radio signals (see page 3/6). In fact, as we shall see later, the voices can and do appear in systems

in which there in neither a radio receiver, a microphone, nor even a tape recorder. Again, if the combination hypothesis is valid, then the Spirits would either be sending us direct radio signals, or they would be whispering directly into the microphone, depending on which method was in use. In either case the Operator would not be a link in the system and therefore, again, all E researchers would receive the same quality voices. Which, again, simply does not correspond to the facts. The Psychokinetic Hypothesis This hypothesis states that an electronic signal, generated by static, broad cast voices or music, ckground sounds, internal white noise, etc., exists in all Spirit voice receiving systems, and that at one or more places in the system, this electronic signal is voice modulated by psychokinetic energy. (That the signal level in an electronic circuit can be effected by psychokinetic energy, has been demonstrated by Mr Ingo Swann under laboratory conditions, at both New York City College and at the Stanford Research Institute. --now SRI International) Under the psychokinetic hypothesis the voices arrive by directly modulating the electronic signal inside of the equipment (there are no sound waves or radio signals). Since there is no known 1 to psychokinetic energy, we could design an experiment in which no microphone is used and in which the whole receiving sys tem is electromagnetically shielded. If EVP voices appear under these conditions then we know, by the process of elimination, that they arrived in the form of

psy chokinetic energy, since they could not be acoustic or electromagnetic. In experi ments of this nature, results are in agreement with the psychokinetic hypothesis (see page 3/6). Also, since Spirits are out of body and therefore not physical, we could an ticipate they would communicate by mental rather than by physical means. Under th psychokinetic hypothesis, the Spirits do not need physical devices such as radio transmitters or vocal cords They would be communicating by using psychokinetic energy, which is, of course, a strickly mental process. Another point which needs to be mentioned, is the mixing versus modulation effect. Under the psychokinetic hypothesis there would be, in theory, two possible means by which the voices could enter the circuit. First, they could. create a sec ond signal and inject this signal into the circuit at one or more points, much as we use a signal injector when trouble shooting. Or, second, they could psychokinet ically effect the electronic characteristics of one or more componets. If we look at these two possibilities closely, we note the first method is physical whereas the second method is mental. We also note that the first method would result in a mixing effect, whereas the second possibility,, in which they would vary, for example, the resistance of a resistor, the conduction of a transistor, the decay rate of the electromgnetic field. in a transformer, the flux density of one of the permnent xiagneta, etc., etc., (there are dozens of possibilities), by using psychokinetic energy,

would result in a modulation effect on whatever elec tronic signal happened to be passing through the system at the time. At this point we have no reason to believe it is possible to psychokinetically inject a second signal into a circuit. However, we do know, from previously men tioned laboratory experiments, that it is possible for psychokinetic energy to change the signal level in an electronic circuit, and we could therefore presume this would be the mode of operation. This, of course, would cause modulation of the signal, rather than mixing, --- this again agrees with experimental results. Under the psychokinetic hypothesis, only three conditions need exist in order for voice reception to occur. 1 There must be an electronic signal present which contains random or multi- frequencies within the voicebe.nd. This signal my be generated by radio static, radio broadcast voices or music, radio White noise, miscellaneous or deliberate microphone sounds, white noise within the tape recorder, etc., or any combination thereof. The actual source of the electronic signal mkes little difference. The only thing really required, is that such a signal be present within the circuits of whatever equipment happens to ‘be in use. 2 The electronic signal must pass through one or more components, devices, or circuits who’s electronic characteristics are subject to change under the influ ence of psychokinetic energy. At this point or points, the envelope of the elec tronic signal is changed to correspond to the Spirit voice, that is, the signal is

psychokinetically voice modulated. This component, device, or circuit, which is subject to the influence of psychokinetic energy and in which the signal is voice modulated, is called (naturally) the Psychokinetic Modulator or PK Mod. At this point the only device definately known to act as a Psychokinetic Modualtor, is the speaker/microphone coupling (see page 1/5), although other devices, such as taDe recording heads are under suspicion 3 The signal must be amplified to listening or recording level, and applied to an output device such as a speaker, earphones or a tape recording head. If the psychokinetic hypothesis is valid, then anytime the about three re q.uirernents are met EVP voices could, potentially, appear. We would expect for example that they could appear when playing th.ck any kind of tape on a tape re corder, or during the course of copying a tape through a patch cord from one re corder to another, etc., and again this agrees with experimental results. (see page 3/3 and As a bottom line, the electromgnetic, acoustic, and combination hypotheses, fl ‘be eliminated from further practical consideration because of’ their various - serious contradictions with experimental results. The psychokinetic concept 1 the only one of the four able to withstand close scrutiny, and can therefore be taken as a working hypothesis. If the psychokinetic hypothesis is valid, the question immediately arises as tO where this energy originates. On the one hand, if our equipment is being di. r effected by the Spirits, then the Operator would

not be a link in the re lving system and we could anticipate that all EVP researchers would receive about the same quality voices. Conversely, if communication is indirect, that is, if the Ptrits telepathically activate the Operator’s subconscious psychokinetic ability, nd thuz cause their voices to appear in our equipment through use of the Operator’s P energy, then we could anticipate that a few individuals, who happen to have PK ability, would get good quality EVP reception, while for most it would flon-existant. 0 The fact of the matter is, both of these effects seem to be in evidence. On ne hand, it is undeniable that a few people are EVP xned.iums and for them reception relatively good. On the other hand, in so far as we know, anyone who has the Vitience and determination to train their ears and. minds for EVP reception, and may require weeks or even months, will be able to discern and understand EVP ‘otces. To answer our question then, it appears that the necessary psychokinetic t can and does originate either in the Spirit communicator or in the subcon Lous of the E Operator, depending upon whether or not the Operator is an E Spirit Spirit Telepathic link PK link Operator Equipment Equipment (direct reception) (Operator dependent reception) At this point it might be reasonably argued that all EVP reception is Qperator Hpendent and the fact that everyone (with enough patience) can get EVP reception 1:1 because everyone has a certain sirall degree

of psychokinetic ability. The •titt.hor does not believe this to be the case for certain complicated reasons which W LI. not be discussed here. However, whether such be the case or not is a subtle tLnt for Parapsychologists to determine (and for science to argue about) and is “ no inicortance as far as the electronics are concerned. In either case we are ‘ with a weak psychokinetic effect and. we need. devices which are more sensi to this effect. One point needs to be clarified. In the case of an EYP medium, the psycho no tic energy effecting the equipment originates in the subconscious mind of the ‘i We are not saying the voice or the intelligence behind the voice orig U the Operator’s mind. What we are saying is that the Spirits simply use the 4/11 Operator’s psychokinetic energy in order to effect the electronics Basic SVR Design Since in all methods of EVP reception it is necessary that we supply an elec tronic signal and make it available for use as a carrier by the voices, it is ob vious that the first circuit needed in any SVR design, is a carrier generator. Over the years n attempts have been made by various researchers, to obtain voice modulation of non-voice carriers. Many pages could be written about these at tempts which have ranged from audio tones to lasers, but let it suffice here to say only that they have not succeeded. In designing an experimental SVR we

will there fore use a white noise generator for a very pragmatic reason -- - it works Our next step is to take the signal through a device, component, circuit or arrangement of circuits in which psychokinetic voice modulation of the signal has an opportunity to take place. We call this part of the Receiver, of course, the Psychokinetic Modulator. As mentioned previously, the only device we know of for sure, at this time, which is capable of operating in this capacity, is the speaker/ microphone coupling (see page 1/5). After generating an appropriate carrier and. presenting it for voice modula tion, the next logical step is to dispose of the carrier. At this point a prob lem arises. If we were dealing with a non- voiceband carrier, a simple peak de tector or filter would suffice. Even if the carrier were in the voiceth.nd, but were a single tone instead of random frequency, it could still be disposed of by a notch filter. However, the random frequency, random amplitude noise carrier we are actually dealing with is not so easily eliminated. There are two possible so lutions, one analog the other digital. The digital solution, suggested by Mr Herb Burnfin jr., will be explained in detail in a later issue. The analog solution is to use a differential amplifier and eliminate the carrier via common mode rejection. Although this arrangement, in theory, should clarify even the weakest EVP voices, in actual practice, signal distortion in the speaker/microphone coupling is

so severe, the author has thus far been able to obtain no better than 10 db of carrier suppression. Although this improves the quality of voice reception enough to be noticeable, the improvement is still relatively insignificant. Especially so when we consider that this general circuit arrangement contains the potential for full clarification. The main thrust of future research will be concentrated in efforts to develop Psychokinetic Modulators which are both more efficient, i.e., more sensitive to PK energy, and at the same time cause less signal distortion, which in turn would permit the differential amplifier/detector to work more effectively in eliminating the carrier. And to develop more sophisticated carriers better suited to the pur pose. , i , ‘ ‘ %& $) 4i 1) ) 4’ ‘1’ 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 4s ‘L EX1 s VOICE RECEIVER Block Diagram • • • I generator Ps:: am:er er peak voiceband detector voiceband limiter - filter - (differential filter 3 db 300 - 3KHz amplifier) 300 - 3KHz • Carrier Module PK Mod. Module Amp Module Concept by L t,< • : 7 4/13 The last step, of couxse, is to amplifX the voice signal and present it to the speaker. (see detailed diagram page 4/12) The concepts, as shown on page 4/12, are included in U.S. Patent Office Appli cation # 8,751 Oct 5 ‘78 (Spirit Voice Receiver) and application # 038,590 May 14 ‘79 (Spirit Voice Receiver Detector). Both of these applications, which were submitted by

the author, were rejected, and the concepts included therein are now unpatentable public property. The Elementary Spirit Voice Receiver The following circuit, devised by the author in 1975 and described at that time in letters to Mr Harold Sherman, is, to the best of author’s knowledge, the World’s first “Spirit Voice Receiver”. Other circuits, diode devices used by Raudive, the “gonioineter”, etc., predate this circuit by some years, however, these devices were receiving system accessories that had to be used with other equip ment, in most cases tape recorders, and where not capable, in and of themselves, of receiving EVP voices. The circuit shown below, a mere handful of parts, two 9V transistor ‘catteries, and a headset, is capable of Spirit voice reception without any other equipment such as radios, amplifiers, tape recorders, etc. To the best of the author’s knowle&ge, this circuit, which the author, being a “new kid” in EVP research at the time, originally called an’lnterdi.mensional radio”, re to this day the simplest electronic device which is capable, in and of itself, of E voice re ception. This circuit is shown here not because it works well, but because It works. (if one has enough patience) In a total of perhaps 3 hours of direct listening, the author has heard no more than - dozen words which were understandable. Several 10 K 1Mf 100 K 14.114 were whispered pleas for “help”. Exactly how the voices enter this system remains unknown, although as an educated guess, the author

now believes PK modulation oc curs in the miniature speakers of the earphones which form, in essence, half of a speaker/microphone coupling, which we already o u to PK energ (see page 1/5) - -. The author does not recommend building this circuit for direct listening un less the builder has lots and lots of patience. However, the circuit is useful as a white noise generator in the “amplifier” method of voice record.irig (see page 1/10). We might mention that the circuit, as shown, does not pick up radio signals in weak signal areas, but when we later tryed to use this circuit in the Los Angeles area, which is a very strong radio signal area, several radio stations faded in and out. This problem can be solved by forward biassing the diode rather than re verse biassing as shown. Also, a silicon diode seems to provide a slightly more uniform white noise than the germanium diode shown. No value is given for Ri as this must be determined by experimentation and depends on the type of diode used and direction of biassing. This circuit isof primary interest because of the fact that it contains neither radio receiver, microphone, nor tape recorder, and yet is still capable of very weak EVP voice reception. From Sarah Estep, Maryland, USA February 1981 (in part) On page 2/3 you mentioned that voices received on one recorder are also re-. ceived on any other recorder in the same room. This may happen frequently but

I am afraid I must take issue with the idea that it always happens. In Talks With The Dead by William Welch (page 126) he mentions a lecture he gave at California State in Northridge. At the conclusion eight who had brought tape recorders, plus Bill, tried an experiment in the lecture room, to see it they could all get messages. Out of the nine tape recorders in use,Bill was the only one to rceive paranormal voices. Eight messages came through during the four min ute recording. This same situation has also happened to me more than once. On the tape I mailed to you (Numbers 76-82 7/22/80) you will remember that I picked up those voices while walking through a haunted lighthouse in southern Maryland. Numbers 80 and 81 were recorded while I was alone in the yellow bathroom, so we must dis count those, but the others were taped while I was with the Stallings. Nancy, who is a natural medium, was carrying a small portable tape recorder, similar in aual ity to my own Sanyo. For all of the mentioned messages, I was in the same room, within six feet of her. The “ was seeing the war” message was recorded while we were crowed together, shoulder to shoulder, in the basement. The following da.y when’ w played the tapes back there was nothing on the Stalling tape, ‘out the mes sages I sent you, plus one other, were on my tape. More recently the Staflings and

the Roers came to my home one evening to try and contact loved ones as well as to attempt to get some spirit photographs. > office is not large, perhaps 10’ by 12’ and with all of my electronic equipment it is close quarters. The Roers and Stallings each brought portable tape recorders and I used my TEAC reel-reel. I am including on this new tape (Numbers 15-20) some of the things that came through that evening. Out of the six messages the “Tom” message was the only one that the Stallings and Roers also taped on their own tape L 5 recorders. The Roers didn’t get anything else. The Stallings had one other ines sage beside “Tom” and it caine when Nancy called on Gus. It was Class A, and was a message that my tape recorder did not receive. How can we explain all of this? The “ was seeing the war” is an unusually clear message, and some of the messages included on this tape the evening the Stallings and Roers came are also of good quality. Surely any tape recorder in the vicinity should have gotten the same messages. There is one difference, however, and perhaps important. I was using no sound source (such as my. radio) while I was in the lighthouse. I therefore have to think that all of the messages I received at the lighthouse originated inside my own portable tape recorder in some way. This is easier to understand than the office

recording in which I had my radio tuned. to the air- as usual. I heard all of the voices speaking through the radio (but not what they actually said until playback). The Stallings and Roers also heard the voices, but for some reason, except for “Tonf’ the other voices placed their mes sages only on my TEAC reel-reel. Figure that one out!! I surely can’t! It seem to me that the message Nancy got from Uncle Gus, and which I didn’t -- and which was not heard through the radio, falls into the same category as the point Lookout messages. In other words it originated within Nancy’s tape recorder. Have you any thoughts about this? It is a real puzzler, but I am inclined to think it y be of some significance. Reply You are quite correct in pointing out that voices received on one recorder are not necessarily received on every other recorder in the same room. What I had in mind at the time, but did not clarify, is that if one person is wo alone and using more than one recorder, the voices will appear simultaneously in whatever recorders the Operator happens to be using at the time. I have recorded the same voices on as high as 5 different channels (3 recorders) simultaneously. However, in experiments during the early part of this year, I have learned this too is not an iron clad rule. In these experiments which involved using two different receiving systen simultaneously with

a single stereo recorder, most of the voices appear only, or of better quality, on the channel which is (presumbly) more sensitive. However, a few appear only, or of better quality, on the opposite channel. It appears the Spirits are able to direct their voices to a greater ex tent than we had heretofore realized. Surprisingly enough, it would appear that ownership of the equipment is an important factor. If there are several people in the same room, each of whom have their own recorders, and one is an E medium, it seerr the voices are directed to the equipment which is owned by the medium, rather than to all of the recorders in the room. There is still much we do not know about this subject. In a recent letter from Mr Davis Peck, Dave reports he has recovered fairly well from the beating he suffered last summer during the course of a hold-up at his place of employment. Dave is presently in the process of trying to improve his financial situation so that he can purchase the necessary equipment to again become involved in EV? research. We believe Dave has contributed much to the E’TP effort in the past and we hope to see him participate again in the future. Dave also mentioned that he suggested the new Realistic CTR-47 monophonic cassette recorder with progran auto-repeat, to another EITP researcher, who 4 L found it very useful for repetitive listening. As the author understands it, this recorder which

is available through Radio Shack, has two resetable memory counters and can be set to automatically and continuously repeat the section of tape between he two counter settings. This should be ideal for EVP p1ay (and save a lot of wear on one’s pinky) If anyone knows of a stereo recorder or tape deck that has this feature, please let us know. Format 4 As yau have noticed, the pages in this Letter are all separate sheets which 4 have been stapled together rather than folded. They also have been hole punched for easy storage in a standard 3 ring notebook cover. After an issue is inserted into the cover, removing the staples will allow the pages to lay flat for easy read ing and reference. This format will remain unchanged, we will not be changing to a different page size, etc. Also our weird page numbering system is designed to make reference through tack issues easy. 4 It is our intention that The Spirit Voice be something more than just a cur rent events type publication. We intend to gether and print as much information as possible which may be of help in any way, so that as time goes on, the collected issues of the “Voice” will become a continuously updated EVP communications “man ual”. If any of your ck issues are lost, strayed, stolen, or have been used as a coloring book by your neighbor’s yr old, and you would like to keep your col lection complete,

replacement th.ck issues are available. (order blank on last page) Complimentary Copies Previous to May of this year, it was our policy to send out complimentary copies of the current issue plus ck issues to anyone who’s name was suggested to us. As you can well imagine, with the publication of each new issue, sending out ck issues becomes progressively more expensive, and for this reason we have had to discontinue this practice. We will, however, now and in the future, con tinue to send a copy of whatever issue happens to be current, to anyone who is suggested to us, unless we have already sent a copy to that individual. So if you know of one or several individuals or Organizations whom you be lieve my be interested in what we are doing, please do not hesitate to send us their name and address. We believe it is important to expand the network of com munication between people who are interested in EVP and survival research, and we would like to reach everyone who might be interested. (also if we get a large enough number of subecriptions, this Newsletter may someday get out of the red) Copyright ? ? ? Most publications, including many Newsletters are copyrighted, which in essence, means it is illegal to reproduce all or any part of the publication without the “express permission of the Editor” etc. Our philosophy is different. The very reason for the existence of this Newsletter is to distribute information about

the Eli’. If you wish to copy articles, letters, etc., from an issue, or for that mat ter, whole issues, and send them to others, please feel free to do so. We have no objections to this practice. If you place your issues in a notebook and remove the staples, as suggested above, the pages can be easily removed, photocopied and returned to the cover. r 4/i? Highly Recommended Books “Phone Calls From The Dead” by D. Scott flogo and Raymond Bayless Berkley Publishing Corporation “The Dead are Alive” by Harold Sherman Mr Harold Sherman, Highway 5, South Mountain View, Arkansas, 72560 “After We Die, What Then?” George W. Meek METAscience Foundation, Inc. P.O. Box 747 Franklin, N.C. 28734 From a letter by the author to another Researcher (in part) EVP researchers are a rather sophisticated lot, and I believe it is universally realized that the hui mind has a tendency, especially where audible and visual stimuli are concerned, to form patterns which do not exist in objective reality. This has been a major concern of many of us, especially during our first year or two of research. Do these voices actually exist in objective reality or are they imaginary patterns constructed by the mind ? At least some of us have attempted to devise tests to determine which was the case. We are speaking here, of course, only about the weakest voices. Stronger voices leave absolutely no doubt in the operator’s mind as to whether they are real or

imaginary. During my first year, I noticed that at certain places on my tapes there seem ed to be voices and yet I could not really say for sure that I had actually heard the voice. That is, I found that at certain places, pertain voices would “come into my mind”. I assumed, of course, these voices were imaginary constructs. That is, I thought so until I began to notice that it was always the same voice, saying 1 Subscription -- U.S.A., Canada -- (6 issues) -- $ 10 per year _____ Subscription -- Overseas -- $ 15 per year (u.s. Currency) (6 issues - Airmail) _____ Back Issues -- Please specify issues desired U.S.A., Canada -- $ 1.7.5 each I Overseas (Airmail) -- $ 2.50 each (u.s. Currency) NAME STREET ADDRESS - CITY — STATE __________________ ZIP COUNTRY Bill Weisensale Box # B. Barstow, CA 92311 U.S.A. L 8 the same words, and that these words “caine into my mind” at the same place on the tape. Now I would like to emphasize, at this point, that these voices were not from distant radio stations because I rarely used a radio, and they were not miscellane ous microphone sounds because I rarely used a microphone. What I did use, in most cases, was an electronic white noise generator connected by patch cord to the voice recorder. Electronic white noise sounds some what like the “hiss” of a gas flame, very even with a very uniform average amplitude. It has

no amplitude “lumps” which would encourage the mind to form voice patterns where, in fact, none existed. In any case I started doing “blind” tests. When I “heard” such a voice I would note it’s location on the counter, cover the counter, rewind the tape some distance and again start the tape forward, all of which was done with the counter covered so I had no idea where I was at on the tape. If the same voice again “caine into my mind”, I would then uncover and check the counter. Using this process I found that many times the same voice would appear, time after time, at exactly the same count and I was forced to conclude that such voices were objectively real but below the threshold of my conscious hearing. It is now, of course, generally realized among serious EVP researchers, that many of the weakest EVP voices are first recognized, not by the conscious mind, but rather through the process of subliminal perception. But as I say, this was 6 or 7 years ago and at that time EVP research was not as sophisticated as it is today. Today we know there are thousands of such voices which are ignored because they are believed to be imaginary, or are missed entirely by researchers because they are on a subliminal or near subliminal level. -Ed Donations During the past several years we have received modest donations to help fur ther EVP research. Although the sum total of these

donations has amounted to less than 3 % of the 6,ooo dollars EVP research has cost the author during the past seven years, they were nevertheless gratefully appreciated, especially so because of the moral support they imply. However, as of this writing, no further donations will be accepted, either for the Newsletter or for electronics research and devel op men t. Notice Due to an agricultural project which we are initiating here at the ranch this Summer, it will be necessary to suspend further EVP research and writing for approx imately the next three month. The author’s regular job plus this project, which among other things, involves building a reservoir and laying over 2,000 feet of irrigation line, will occupy practically every minute of available time between now and the middle of Sept. In the mean time, Mary and I hope all of our readers have a very fine Summer, and we hope this issue will give you some things to ponder. THE SPIRIT VOICE is edited and published by Bill Weisensale, Box # B. Barstow, CA 92311, as a service to all who are interested in Electronic Voice phenomena. Your hypotheses, opinions, viewpoints and comments are invited. Any statements printed in The Spirit Voice are open for discussion. an EVP newsletter NU1IBER 5 COMPLUENTABY EDITION JULY - S 1983 A? LONG SILENCE - - - - We would first of all like to thank our readers for being patient, and especially to thank our Friends who have been most

understanding during a dJ.f ficult period. When it became apparent that it would no longer be possible to publish this letter on a reasonably regular 1 it was hoped we might publish perhaps one or two issues per year, but until recently even this proved to be impossible due to new deme.nd.s on the author’s time. Now however, partly because of the recession which has cut tack on the aver age workweek to some extent and partly due to other factors, it has again become possible to devote a bit more time to electronics research and at least some time to writing. One of the proble which has been solved, was the problem of electrical power, a problem one rarely thinks about in the city -- unless of course a fuse blows. In 1976, when we bought our 15 acres of sand. sagebrush and rattle snakes, in the middle of nowhere, 7 miles from the nearest powerline, what power was needed was supplied by an antique but economical one cylinder powerplant. Since our refrigerator, kitchen range and water heater work on propane and in addition to electric lights, there are also several gas lights in the house, the powerplant was not needed more than about once a week for domestic usage. As a result of the author’s work in E research however, the power was used, over the years, for several thousands of hours to operate electronic equipment, a. well a our electric typewriter. In time the powerplant deterio rated

to the point where it had lost most of it’s power and used a quart of oil every three hours, and then finally, before the last newsletter was published, gave up entirely. Because of the unit’s age we still do not have the parts needed for an overhaul. Several years ago we purchased a larger, surplus Navy generator as a stand by unit and to operate our washer and dryer and other larger tools and appli 5/2 ances which were gradually accumulating. However, operating an 8,500 watt 2 ton monstrosity, which drinks almost a gallon of fuel per hour, in order to operate a 25 watt soldering iron or a 100 watt ty-pewriter, is not what one might call pratical, -- and yet this is exactly what we did in order to publish the last is sue of this letter. € During the past 18 month, we have further developed our 12 V .ttery power system, which originally contained a single marine be.ttery to operate our radio telephone, - a necessity because as a Truck Driver the author is on call 2 hours a day and where we live is also 7 miles from the nearest telephone lines. We have now added 3 more .tteries to the system which are charged by a service station type .ttery charger. 12V fluorescent table lamps, including two on the elec tronics workbench, have been added, as well as other 12V lights and. equipment, including a color TV. Inverters, which are devices used to

convert 12V DC to 120V 4 AC power, are now used to operate electronic equipment, soldering irons, ampli fiers, recorders and. experimental SVRs. As these words are typed, the typewriter itself is being powered through a 200 watt inverter from the 12V ttery bank. It is now possible to operate test equi’cment, SV1 eta., or this typewriter, for 5 or 6 hours and then run the gen— erator for pe±a.ps 4 hour to recharge the batteries. Although the question of electrical power is trivial to most people, it has been a considerable problem to € the author in EVP research arid writing, which we are now very happy to have solved. Although forced. by circu. which were for a time getting out of con trol, to take a Sabbatical leave, as it were, the author has always considered this newsletter, which was temporarily suspended, and electronics research, which was continued at a slower rate during this period, to be unfinished business un til all of the ini’or about the principles of reception, given to us by the Spirits over the years, is de I and fully explained to other researchers, and until EVP reception is clarified. There is now another American newsletter (AA-EYP) which, in the capable hands of Sarah Esteo, is doing an excellent job of covering EVP events and developments, as well as organizing and consolidating the American EVP effort. * Since another paper now exists, arid since the author believes we are now in P the ‘

days” of Paraelectronics research before non-mediumist±c Voice recep tion is clarifIed, and since electronics is the author’s pri interest, this P paper will be slanted toward Spirit Voice Receiver technology, although we will continue to print information of general interest Since the next several issues will be complimentary until we determine whether it will be possible to oublish on a regular basis, new “subecriptions”, due to printing and -l costs, will p have to be temporarily limited to Scientists and Technical people who are inter ested in SYR development. D Spirit Voice Receiver (slrR) Any special electronic equipment which has been specifically d.eaigued for the purpose of Spirit Voice reception, arid which is in a complete single unit. Every thing necessary, including audio amplifier, speaker, carrier generator, P! odu lator, etc., must be included arid must be built into a single cabinet or on a 5/3 single experimental board. (In usage since 1977-’78. The term Spirit Voice Receiver is a clear concise description of the electronic equipment to which it refers. According to the Dictionary, the primary meaning of the word communica tion is; a transmitting. In electronics the word cornmnMcation means to transmit information. A Spirit Voice Receiver is a receiver --- not a communication device. One does not need a transmitter to speak to either God or the Spirits.) Spirit Voice Receiving System (SVR system) Same definition as Spirit Voice Receiver, except that a system is in two or more separate units, which is often more convenient for

experimentation, rather than being built into one enclosure. Potentially, any Voice receiving system can be redesigned into a single unit Spirit Voice Receiver (In usage since 1977-’78) Psychokinetic Modulator (PK Mod) The special, unorthodox circuitry in a Spirit Voice Receiver between the carrier generator and the comparison detector or audio amplifier, specifically designed to allow psychokinetic modulation of the carrier to occur and. to amplify the per centage of any such modulation received. The PR Mod may be of any experimental design, single or multistage, with or without feed1 excitation generator, auto matic level control, or other accessary circuits, etc. (In usage since about 1979 - formerly referred to as Telekinetic Modulator.) Psychokinetic Sensor (PR Sensor) rji Psychokinetic information-pickup device. - The as yet unidentified, specific electronic component or specific force field, one of who’s electrical character istics is changed under the influence of PR energy, similar to the manner in which the resistance of a photoresister is changed under the influence of light, which causes the audio carrier to be Voice modulated by PX energy as it passes through the element. At least one PK Sensor exists in every radio and in every recorder which is capable of EVP reception. The identity of the PR Sensor is the missing key, the last pe 1 of what needs to be kuown about Spirit Voice Receiver design in order to build an efficient Receiver. (Term recently coming into usage - formerly known as Voice entry point, point of entry, modulation point,

etc.) Psychokinetic Transducer A hypothetical element which, if it exists, would. convert psychokinetic energy directly into electrical energy and greatly simplify Spirit Voice Receiver de sign as it could be connected directly to the input of a low noise, high gain audio amplifier/speaker arrangement, which would eliminate the carrier generator, Pk Modulator, detector and filters. (Because of fundamental system differences and mutual interference, an SVR system must use either a carrier and PR Modulator, or it must use a PK Transducer. Both cannot be used simultaneously in the same system.) EVP Electronic Voice Phenomena - Voices in electronic equipment who’s presence, mode of arrival and source, are unexplainable within the framework of Science. Inclusive of, but not limited to, Spirit Voice reception. A second category is the reception of Voices believed to be of extraterrestrial origin. (The term EVP is descriptive, universally understood, -- and long established. A recent suggestion to change this term to something else, is unjustified.) EVP “Breakthrough” The long awaited, but yet to be invented electronic Spirit Voice receiving equip ment which would, like an ordinary radio receiver or TV set, work efficIently, * I o I:). ‘/2w MAA qv \- I SPIHIT VO1C BEC — B By Date UNRE —-. 1000)1.1: 300MA 25V -f- iW Y I -1- 2. V Ri 47012 Y - 51.5 - and work equally well for everyone. Since The Last Edition One of the most significant events since the last issue of this paper was the for of the American

Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena, under Sarah Estep. The organization is involved in a wide range of aätivities which in cludes publication of a quarterly newsletter, organization of meetings, couseling, and .king El/P sample tapes available, as well as pure research. One aspect which is of considerable value, is the notification to each member of the names and ad— dresses of other members in the same state. In the field today, due to the fact that Voice reception has not yet been clarified, there is still a certain emphasis on electronics. However, we must not lose sight of the fact that electronics is a minor part of the El/P. It is not mysterious black boxz, but rather the familiar Voices of deceased friends and re latives which convince people survival is a fact. And. it is an expanding circle of EVP knowledge, an increasing number of people engaged in EVP reception, which is increasing the awareness level of our society. What is needed in the U.S., is an organization similar to the VTF in Geri The AA - El/P is rapidly becoming such an organization. Membership is a mustu for anyone serious about El/P re search. The AA-EVP will hold a National Conference at the Hyatt Regency hotel, .lti more, .ryland, August 26-28. Featured speakers include George Meek, Cenneth Ring, Walter Uphoff and Stuart Wilde. Harold Sher and his wife .rtha will be spe cial guests. For reservations or more infori contact the AA-EVP (See ad dress list) TAscience Spirit

Voice Receivers. By this time most of our readers are aware that since the last issue of this letter, Metascience has announced they have been working quietly on SVR design since the early 1970s. This family of experimental SVR concepts and equipment, some old and some new, (Family name “sPIRIco is numbered 1 1 through .rk 10. Work on the first several concepts has been discontinued in order to concentrate on the other hypotheses. Of the 10 concepts thus far proposed, the advanced version of the I’Iark 4 i most noteworthy, both from an efficiency standpoint and from the standpoint of ad vanced design, since it is thus far the only design to incorporate the very impor tant priniciple of feedback in the PK Modulator section, which the Spirits recom mended to the author’s wife in 1976. (see pages 2/9, 3/10) It should also be es pecially noted. that the advanced ? 4 incorporates a speaker/microphone coupling within the feed loop. (see page 1/5) Although most of the reception quality thus far obtained with Netascience SVRz can apparently be attributed to Mr O’Neil’s exceptional mediumistic ability, the advanced version of the rk 4 does incorporate two of the most important principles of S design, as well as the experimental speaker/microphone coupling, and is thus an excellent starting point for further research. Since the System incorporat a radio transmitter/receiver coupling, and also •1 r1 & iiI) 4) 4) ¼1.’ & %& .&. v v 4 # J 1 SPE4 1< IT

LI CONTROL JAcK SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVER Experimental ____ - t REG. IN VOL. /0K +12V 2 pfr 4.7 1 4 7 Iooo I.. -1-’ ‘ 4-7QpF I L__ I3LIJLLET ELECTRON/CS /v 5/7 a speaker/microphone coupling, the following direct comparsion experiment is sug gested in order for the experimenter to determine for hi whether the Voices arrive in the radio fr section or in the audio frequency section. feedl [ ca L (do not use // stereo source r speaker/microphone Voice couplings here) recorder ______ eaker miC pr patc feed1 Note - It is recommended that a study of the Metascience SITR manual and the separate 3.rk Li. supplement, as well as the demonstration tape which contains excellent medi umistic Voice samples, be made before experimentation is undertaken. (see address list) Also, a dual-trace oscilloscope is necessary to determine feed phase, (it must be positive) relative signal levels, etc. (Since speaker/microphone couplings and tape recorders without an input, are both iown to be capable of Voice reception, evidence that reception actually occured. at other than these two places would require that no speaker or microphone be in cluded. anywhere within the receiving system, all connections between the system and Voice recorder be via patch cords, and that the carrier signal plus whatever Voice modulation it may contain, be converted from analog to digital and recorded on a digital recorder.) Life-Beyond-Death Research Foundation, Inc. Since the last issue of this letter, another new organization has been form ed. (The relationship of this

organization with Metascience, is not completely clear.) The stated near-term goals o±’ the LBD are: “First, obtain the funds needed to greatly increase the research on the audio and video system for com with those who have shed their physical bodies, and - - - - Second, wisely allocate these funds in the U S A and foreign countries to those researchers who have the greatest potential for perfecting such equip ment at the earliest date.” Specific Objective: “Create a snail, low-overhead skeleton organization that can effectively 5/8 channel a minimum $500,000 (this figure is correct - we counted the zeros three times - Ed.) per year for-at least 3 to .5 years into the hand.s of the World.’ s best qualified researchers. Certainly a noble effort to raise the awareness level of nankind, by an - € pressive group of people. However, considering the current condition of our civilization, if the LBD, or for that natter, any other organization, can actual ly raise this a of funding for EVP research, it will be a .racle dwarfed only by the resurrection of Christ. But in any case, they definately deserve a triple “A” for effort, whether they are able to fully meet their goals or not. (In anurox inately the same period of time, the American tribe will spend 167 .llion dollars on the research and development of re efficient ways of killing people, in order to prevent the Russian tribe from taking over the wate --- which should give

us some clue about the current awareness level of our civilization.) It is the stated objective of the LED to nake grants to the World’s best qua].- € if ied researchers. Since there are as yet no Paraelectronics experts, the author does not envy the Found.ation the job of deciding who is st qn in this € field. The author does hope however, that in naking such decisions, the Foundation will consider that some of the World’s st important inventions were nad.e by people € who were not educated enough to realize what they did was impossible. And that because of it ‘s extremely unorthodox nature, the E’TP is anyone ‘s allgane. Or as € one of our readers once quipped, --- “In VP research, the only difference between an gineer arid a Technician, is that the igineer is capable of going further in the wrong direction, in a shorter period of time.” The LED is offering Memberships plus a quarterly newsletter, and accepting donations. Certainly, membership in this organization is a M for anyone seri- 4 ously interested in EVp electronics research. (see a4dress list) And, there is no better cause to wt one could donate than a serious effort to raise the aware- 4 ness level of n € ‘I’HE O ‘FECT . . . I I I I I € From time to time, during the course of electronics research, the author has 4 noted that an exceptionally loud Voice will come through. By “loud” we mean

for non-mediumistic reception. (sarah Es tap or n McKee would probably consider such Voices to be of low quality.) Typically there are only one or two or three words by one or sometimes two Voices. These words are much louder than all the other words on the tape, even though they are all recorded at the same time, with the same equioment, under the same circuii Typically this one—shot effect is the first one or two Voices on the tame when recording with a new equi setup. Although the effect has been in±’recuent, It has nevertheless been persistent over the years. At first the author found this quite puzzling arid wondered why, if the Spirits could come through at such an un derstandable level on occasion, they did. not do thiz all the time. The effect has never been repeated with the same equipment, no natter how ch re recording was done, nor have direct requests to repeat the effect been headed. (Theodor Rudolph, in development of the “goniometer”, was probably the first to note this effect.) In time the author has come to believe that on these occasIons a strong med- iun in the 5oirit World, literally hits our grossly insensItive equi with a 5/9 ‘jolt” of psychokinetic energy in order to force a few words through at a much higher level than is normi for non-mediumistic reception. And the reason they do this is to indicate to the experimenter he is working in the right general (but not

necessarily specific) direction. These one—shot Voices are always encourag ing with messages such as - “Good” or “Record more” or “That’s good”, etc. The author believes this is an indication of approval of the equipment setup or some part of the equipment, or pe±aps approval of the hypothesis upon which the equip ment is tased, even though the equipment itself my be all wrong. Interestingly enough, over the years these one-shot Voices have led consistently in the same gen eral direction. If during the course of your work you should experience this “one-shot” effect, it is protably an indication the equipment you are working on is in the Ball Park. It is not necessarily an indication you are anywhere in the vicinity of home plate, although you might be. You my be somewhere way out in left field, but at least you are somewhere inside the Pall Park, and further work in the same general di rection is indicated. ••aIS••SI•I SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVER DEVELOP Part II PSYcH0KThL ? Part I In 1976, the author’s wife was told telepathically from the Spirit World, by her pate Grandfather, Chief Buckeye, of the Cherokee Nation, that in order to improve Voice reception we had to use “Feedtack, (through) continuously repeated sections”. (See page 3/10) Unlike Nary’s Father, the present Chief Buckeye, who is a retired Navy Elec tronics and. Comtuter igineer and. Instructor, neither Nary nor her Grandfather, the former Chief Buckeye, knows anything of electronics • Becauze of this we can only

conclude that this mthemtically sound advice came from Physicists and/or gineers in the Spirit World. Evidently Chief Buckeye and Nary were selected as a channel because they were on the same “frequency and had communicated through the tarrier in the past. Also, the Spirits were undoubtedly aware that the author is not tash ful, and could therefore be reasonably sure the informtion would be passed on for the benefit of other researchers. And the informtion was indeed passed on to the handful of people with whom the author was corresponding at the time. Unfortunately however, it was the spring of 1979 before the potential value of this infori was recognized and. published. Before this time however, the author, in order to establish the origin of the loop feedtack principle for use in Spirit Voice Receivers, wrote to Harold Shermn and Prof. Walter Uphoff, requesting verification of the origin of this con cept. Both Sher and Prof. tJphoff were kind enough to retui dated letters over their signatures, stating the above principle had been suggested for use in i reception. (see pages .5/10 and. 5/il) From late 1976 to early 1978, the author built what, in so far as we know was the first complete, single chassis Spirit Voice Receiver, incorporating, as well as possible, the principles given to us by the Spirits up to that time. J ___ ____ FROM THE DESK OF: HAROLD SHERMAN Mountain View, Ark. 72560 October 2, 1978 Dear Bill: My correspondence shows that you sent

me a full desciption of your concept of a loop type feedback Spirit Voice Entry on May 1, 1977. I wrote you a handwritten acknowledgement of its receipt but reported that Ray Patterson was too busy, at the moment, with his lighting of Blanchard Springs Caverns, to test out your idea. I hope you are able to patent it for your own protection and that further research will prove it to be an advanced concept and of value in the tape recording of Spr±it Voices. Warmest regards ESP RESEARCH ASSOCIATES FOUNDATION 1630 Union National Plaza Little Rock. Arkansas 72201 s/u Route 1 Cregon, WI 53575 November 27, 1978 Mr. Bill Weisensale P.C. Box #b. BA.RSTCW, CA 92311 Dear Billi We have apprecIated getting your letters and. also the photo copies of letters sent to Harold Sherman and others concerning your ex and ecui developed in the area of research into the Electronic Voice Phenomenon (E1TP) as it is generally refe to these days: the recording of paranornal voices on rna tape. Cur correspondence dates back to June 5, 1975. I have apprecIated beIng kept informed of your activit±es, including your statement of your concept of a loop feedback SDIrIt VoIce Entry Circuit mailed on AprIl 22, 1977. Do keep rae informed of your progress with your patent application. Sincerely, cc: Harold Sherman Walter H. U 5/12 The Receiver Included, among other things, a built in voicebend. multifrequency (electronic white noise) carrier generator, 14’ stage loop feedbe,ck PK Modulator, with stage

coupling via radio frequency electromagnetic couplings, Voice filters, etc. (Electromagnetic couplings and. radio frequencies were in vogue at the time - the author now considers both to be of dubious value in EVP reception.) ,ch of the four stages contained a F connected to an automatic level control. Loop feed tack was controllable from zero to unity, with unity gain being usable because of the automatic level control and. RF secondary carrier. (In Dec. of 1980, Chief Buckeye indicated to us that seven is the optimum number of stages for a PK Modu lator.) € Although reception was little improved over other method.s, it became apparent € that certain principles, those given to us by the Spirits, and others, were of fun damental importance in future Spirit Voice Receiver design. The author, imagining others were right on his he which turned out not to be the case, became con cerned around this time that the sio principles of Voice reception might ‘be pat ented by someone who may retard SVR development by holding out for large suma of money. For this reason the author decided to submit a patent application on the € principles of reception which had been discerned up to that time, even though not all of the necessary principles were yet known. The first application was submitted late in 1978 and. photocopies mailed to € ! Harold Sherman, Prof Walter Uphoff, and } Davis Peck, among others. After this application was filed but before having heard from

the Patent Office, the author € and. ry wrote out, signed, and had. notarized, a document donating any patent rights which might be granted, to the ESP Research Associates Foundation under Harold. Sherman, to be used for the benefit of Humanity. As it turned out, no rights were granted and. the concepts have become unpatentable public property. The same pur pose has been served in a different way. Briefly the more important concepts described in the first application are: 1 Use of voiceband multiple frequency carriers. 2 Use of voiceband filters. 3 Use of above voice secondary carriers. 14 Use of the feedback principle in P Modulators. 5 Use of multistage PlC Modulators. 6 Use of electromagnetic couplings in PlC Modulators. 7 Use of automatic gain control to maintain PlC Modulator signal level and permit use of unity feedback. (if desired) In the spring of 1979, a second application was filed which covered use of the comparison, or differential amplifier type detector, who ‘s use was also indicated to us by Chief Buckeye. Again, when the application was filed, photocopies were mailed to Harold Sherman, Prof. Walter Uphoff, and ‘t Davis Peck, among others. In this case however, no document was submitted donating rights to the ESP Founda tion because by this time it was realized that chances of rights being granted by the Patent Office were nil, and our primary reason for filing the application was to render the concept unpatentable. Another reason for submitting these two applications was

to assure that credit would. be given --- - where credit is due ---- to Chief Buckeye, for giving to EVP researchers the basic fundamental principles of Spirit Voice Receiver design. And. to ry, who spent hours working with an glish dictionary, checking primany and secondary meanings, in order to be certain of rendering a precise translation into t 5/13 iglish from the original Cherokee in which the message was given. In 1976 when this message was received, the author considered it to be of potential importance. Today, in 1983, the author considers this message to be, by far, the most important infor VP researchers have yet received from the Spirits, in regard to Spirit Voice Receiver design. The actual statement as trans lated is: - “To gain reception, feed continuously repeated sections sudden vol ume.” Or, as we read it, “To improve reception, feedt (through) continuously repeated sections (causes a) sudden (increase in) volume (For more details see --“Feed1 circuit suggested for EVP experiments” Survival Research Foundation - “H0ThD newsletter - r - Apr 1979) The most important ‘ principles of Spirit Voice Receiver design, as presently understood, are: Principle 1 Use of a multiple frequency voice carrier. Principle 2 Use of the feed principle in the PK tx1ulator. Principle 3 Use of multiple stages (seven) in the PK bdulator. Principle Li Use of the comparison detector. Principle 5 Use of principles 1, 2, 3 and. , to create a psychokinetic test in strument which is sensitive enough to

allow identification of the Psy chokinetic Sensor. A Closer Look - - - Principle 1 Use of a multiple frequency voicebe.nd carrier. In well over 20 years of EVP research, pro 80% or more of all electronics work has been devoted to attempts to achieve Voice modulation of non-voiceband carriers. Frequencies, ranging from audio up through the electro spectrum into the visible light region (Theodor Rudolph - Lasers and Ray Patterson - light beame) had been tryed without success by the late 1970s. Today, at least some re searchers have reached the tentative conclusion that the Eli? is strictly a voice band phenomenon which simply does not happen at other frequencies. (To date, every SVR system in which it is believed Voice modulation of an a’bcve-voiceband carrier might have been obtained, has either contained a spea coupl trig within the system, between the system and the Voice recorder, or has used an analog Voice recorder, --- or both. The advanced ? 4, which has probably yield ed the best Eli? reception to date, --- has all three. Supporting this conclusion is the fact that, to the author’s knowledge, non mediumistic, and. until proven otherwise, even mediumistic, moduãation of a single frequency carrier, even within the voiceband, has never been obtained. Also, in normei. AM modulation, the lowest frequency in the 3ignal being 4ulated must be, or should be, double the highest frequency in the modulating signal. For reasons we do not yet fully understand, this rule does not apply in

VP reception. Because of the above two factors it has become apparent that although Eli? re ception is AN in nature, it is not simple amplitude modulation in the ordinary sence of the term. Another factor, not yet fully understood, is present. This factor see to be a resonance effect between the P signal and the carrier. That I -H IlK 1001< U N 1? F G. HI PASS’ I ±I ç I on — CD ÷rv L0 ncs K Hz — SPIRIT VO1C fl1!C B mental liodulo VoicE FILTER REF. BY/))1 IN .0! 3 “K 300 H _ Il .00I F! LT El? I —fI2V 5/15 Is, only frequencies which are already present In the carrier, which correspond to frequencies in the PK signal, are given an extra push in amplitude. thilike ordinary AN modulation, the modulating signal (pic) does not appear to create fre quencies in the carrier which do not already exist in the carrier. Because of this resonance or RAN effect, (Resonance Amplitude ?‘bdulation) the carrier must be voiceband and. must contain a number of suitable frequencies, or Voice reception simply does not happen. In 1977-’78, when the use of a multilrequency carrier (electronic white noise) was first suggested by the author, it seemed to ny that it was completely con trary to what we were trying to do. The usual question at that time was: “But we are trying to get rid, of noise, aren’t we? --- are you adding more?” And. of course, the

“why was completely unexplainable in non-technical ter Since the author is not an EVP medium, he was unable to prove the validity of this principle. Recently however, through the diligent work of William O who is an EV? me dium, the importance and necessity of the inultifrequency voiceband carrier has been independently verified. t of the multifrequency voiceband carrier is: 1) Recommended to us by the Spirits, 2) Logical, 3) Electronically valid, and. L independently experimen tally verified. Principle 2 Use of the feed principle in the Psychokinetic dulator. Because psychokinetic energy is a very subtle force, and/or because the effect in the PK active element we are seeking is very weak, the Spirits, through iief Buckeye, have recommended the use of three different techniques to increase the percentage of Voice modulation. The first of these is the feedba.ck principle. In 1977 the author, with the help of an EC-4000 programeble calculator, set out to determine just why ief Buckeye had recommended the use of feed in SYR design. Assuming a Voice modulation of 1% and rm’n progra for various percentages of feedback, it soon became apparent there was an appreciable amount of increase in the oercentage of any Voice modulation that appears within the feed back loop. It further became apparent that this increase in modulation percentage lay along a log curve rather than being linear, and that because of this the best (usable) effect appeared just under the point at which signal distortion begins at unity feedback. signal

distortion Best usable modulation per dulation centage amplification region percentage increase 0 - 100% Feedback percent Geri. +12 V 276- 220K i. 122 1K .luf Amp. Amp. 1K 3db drop 1K .1 uf Limiter 1’I 276 1122 1K 100 ohm 300Hz - 3KHZ Filter unreg. 1 uf +1 2V .luf ‘0 tI .001 U out SPIflIT VOICE RECEIVER Experi men tat. Module Carrier Generator Ref. Y Date .5/17 Recently, through the brilliant work of William 0 ‘Neil with the advanced version of the .rk 4, we now have independent experinental verification of the importance of the feed principle in Spirit Voice Receiver design. Use of the feed principle is: 1) Recommended to us by the Spirits, 2) logical, 3) the sound, 4) Electronically valid, and, 5) independent ly experi tally verified. Principle 3 Use of fltiple stages (seven) in the Psychokinetic dulator. In 1976, when we were told to use “-V--. continuously repeated sections ---“, we were not told, what kind of stages to use nor how ny. However, the advan tages of using more than one stage in the PK ) was instantly apparent. In ordinary radio signal modulation, we never think in ter of using more than a single modulation stage, since the modulating signal can easily be pre amplified to any degree necessary in order to achieve the desired percentage of modulation in a single step. In EVP reception, however, such is not the case. Here the modulating PX signal and/or the PK Sensor in which modulation

actually takes place, is very weak. For this reason the percentage of Voice modulation which occurs in a single stage is grossly inadequate for clear Voice reception. Because of this the Spirits have recommended we use a series of identical mod.u lation stages rather than just one. stage H stage H stage {ta - Stage modulation X% percentage Total modulation 1X% 2X% 3X% - L • • percentage Initially, how n stages should be used was unknown. Then in March 1977, the author’s younger Brother, who has been in the Spirit World since he was 19, indicated to us that seven is the correct number. Later, in a vision during December 1980, Chief Buckeye showed Mary what appeared to be a sophisticated Spirit Voice Receiver of the future, from which the top of the cabinet had been removed. Inside was a largeish PC board containing a myriad of electronic components. Mary’s attention was drawn to a series of 7 hoop shaped components which were predominate in the certer of the board, and it was emphasized to her by Chief Buckeye, that seven is the correct number. (Mary and the author worked for some time over a period of several days to sketch these components while her memory was still fresh. The components 1 no resemblance whatsoever, to any electronic components with which the author is familiar. The sketchs will be reproduced in a future issue.) From a theory standpoint, the more modulation stages used, the better. If for example, we

receive a modulation of 1% which would be inaudible against a multi- frequency carrier in a single stage, we could, in theory, increase this to 50% modu lation by using 50 stages. In actual practice however, the signal would simply come “unglued” in this .ny stages. That is, phase, harmonic, and other d!stor t±on would nullify any benefit derived from using such a large number. (Which is one of the reasons why care jst be taken to prevent the for of harmonics 5/18 and other distortion within the PK dulator.) The problem then is to select the best compromise between efficiency and. distortion, --- and the Spirits say the best compromise is seven. Although we do not yet have independent verification of the importance of this princi nevertheless the principle Is: 1). Recommended to us by the Spirits. 2) Logical, 3) Mathemtically sound, and +) Electronically valid. Principle Use of the Differential Amplifier Detector. Late in 1978, the author, wrestling with the problem of eliminating the voice nd carrier after Voice modulation had occured, conceived the idea of using a dif ferential amplifier to compare the two channels of a stereo recording on olayt after having first recorded through an experimental PK Modulator on one channel and through a patthcord, directly from the carrier source, on ‘the other channel. (see page Ll./ii, L Although at the time the author believed this concept to be his own, it now ap in light of later developments, that the concept originated in the

Spirit World and was simply channeled through the author’s subconscious. During the course of experimentation, which was not working out very well be cause of distortion induced by the recording and. playbo.ck process, 1ary, who had. been observing from the sofa, suddenly became glassy eyed and stared at the oppo site wall as if she were looking into another World, --- which indeed she was. ‘ she “returned”, she told the author her Grandfather (Chief Buckeye) was pre sent and he had told her the author should put the “thing” he was working with, “there”, indicating a position between the microphone and recorder. The “thing” being worked with ‘was a .ttery powered differential amplifier built on a bread board. After consideration, it was realized Chief Buckeye was indicating the duff. amp. detector should be an intrinsic part of Spirit Voice Reciever design. The princIple is: 1) Recommended to us by the Spirits, 2) Logical, 3) .th e sound, and. ) Electronically valid. Principle 5 Use of princioles 1, 2, 3 and L is necessary to create- a psychokinet 13 test instr which is sensitive enough to allow identification of the Psycho kinetic Sensor. “To gain reception, feedback continuously repeated sections sudden volume.” This single statement directly tells us only two things, to use feedback and. to use re than one stage in the P Modulator, ‘out by i it tells u a. great deal more. Some of these implicatIons are obvious, others more subtle. The Implications. 1 The first and

most obvious of these implicatIons iS that it Is we who have to supply the carrier, --- otherwise what would we feed through repeated sectIons? 2 The second imolication Is that the P active element acts as a PK Modulator rather than as a ? Transducer. If the statement had said only to use “continuous ly repeated sections”, then we might suppose they could be connected either in par allel In order to Improve the amplitude of the received signal (?), in whIch case the active elements would ‘Ce PK Transducers, or connected in series to Improve the oercentage of carrier modulation, In which case the active elements would act as PK Modulators. However, the fIrst word of the statement, “feedback (through)”, 5/19 leaves no room for doubt as to how the stages are to be connected, nor aiiy room for doubt as to what kind of effect occurs in the psychokinetically active element, -- modulation. 3 The third implication is that the PK active element is weak, ---- with a cap ital “W”. Otherwise the Spirits would not have recommended the incorporation of not one, but two different methods, and ater yet a third, the comparison detector, for increasing the percentage of modulation. L The fourth implication, related to the third, is that Voice clarification is difficult. This is a fact that anyone who has worked in EVP electronics for any length of time, hardly needs to be told. But what the implication is here, is not that it

is difficult to find a relatively simple way to clarify reception, but rather that there is no simple way That is, there simply is no easy “quick fix”, single stage, “crystal set” kind of solution possible, and that the only way it can be done is to use all three techniques recommended by the Spirits, in order to brin the modulation percentage or Voice/carrier ratio, the E equivalent of sig nal/noise ratio, up to clarification level. It is hardly likely that the Spirits, who in the past have constantly demonstrated an interest in improving reception, would recommend complicated circuitry, if there were an easier method possible. 5 The fifth implication, which was only realized by the author within the past 18 month, is that it is necessary to use the first four principles in order to build a test instrii Which is sensitive enough to psychokinetic energy in order to allow us to identify the psychokinetically active element when, by trial and error experimentation, we place seven of such an element into the test instrument. (up until this time the author was still using simple single stage test setups.) If we assi a value of 15% to the identity of the PK Sensor, then we can say the Spirits have already told us 85% of what we need to know in order to build an efficient Spirit Voice Receiver that will work for everyone. But what is even more important, at this point in time, is that they have already

given us 100 percent of the information we need in order to build a psychokinetic test instrument which is sensitive enough to identify the PR Sensor. The gineer of today has at his disposal an astonishing variety of test equipment, ranging from simple multirneters costing a few dollars, to quadruple trace oscilloscopes costing several thousand, to super powerful computers and. spe ciallized equipment costing tens of thousands of dollars. Yet, not one of these instruments is sensitive to psychokinetic energy The igineer, or for that mat ter, anyone working in EVP electronics, is like a carpenter without a hammer, or a mechanic without a wrench. The Spirits the have given us the “wrench” we need, ---- they have described to us how to build. an instrument which is so super-sensitive to PR en ergy that it will, ---- if we use it ---- allow us to identify the missing PR Sen sor. INCREASING SVR SENSITIVITY 5/20 1 Single stage P Modulator, no feed no detector The SVR - “Crystal Set” - Least PK sensitive 2 :1 __________ _______ single j JAF • stage ___ t•j..•••• t Single stage PK 1lodulator witS feed no detector More PK sensitive 4gI •..,. , A Multistage (7) PK Modulator with feed no detector Higher PX sensitivity • I • * • • I I • I I I • I I I ___ • I 1 ____ ___ Gen __________________ seven : ________ AF ______ stage _________ Amp —.--Diff Multistage PX Modulator with feedback

compaiison detector Highly ?K sensitive 5/21 Modulate — don ‘ t mix ___________________I seven Gen J ___ • Diff Amp Multistage PK Modulator with feedback. Differwtial amplifier incor porated in feedback loop to eliminate carrier and feedback only the Voice signal. The SVR “Superheterodyne -- Highest PK sensitivity (Incorporation of the differential amplifier within the feedback loop of The PK Modulator was recently suggested by Mr Dave Lloyd, Industrial Technology Engineer.) Notes: 1 Although probably not actually necessary in an SVR test instrument, in more sophisticated Spirit Voice Receivers, an auto level control, as described in the author’s 1978 patent application, will most probably be necessary to maintain signal level in the PK Modulator at unity gain, or at the optimum point just be low unity gain, depending upon the ultimate type of carrier used. and. precise cir cult design. 2 Although the PK Modulator block diagram, as recommended by Chief Buckeye, appears to be intended for use at audio frequencies, it could be designed for and. used in any other frequency range up to and including visible light, by using appropriate stage circuits and. interstage couplings, etc. APPLICATION As mentioned previously, it is all but certain the PK Sensor will not be identified unless experimental SVR syste are made much more sensitive to PK en ergy than they are today. In well over 20 years of experimentation, there have been hundreds of thousands of experiments which used PK Sensors, in fact every ex periment in which Voices were recorded

made use of such PK active elements, and, yet to this day, we do not know the identity of this element In light of the above it is apparent that The PK Sensor is operating below the threshold of sensitivity of our experimental SVR systerr As an examole, one of the hypotheses proposed by ? is to test a laser activated quartz cry stal for PK activity. The author has never worked with such crystals and has not the slightest idea as to whether or not they are PX active. However, it is a rea sonable possibility, so just for the sake of discussion let us say such a crystal is in fact PK active. If the researcher sets up this experirneit with a single stage PK Modulator, without feedback or detector, reception is very likely to be no better, pe not as good as with other systen And the experimenter, after a diligent amount 0 5/22 of exveri with different carrier levels, different crystals, different excitation levels, etc., y be forced to the conclusion that such crystals are not PK active, when in fact the real problem is that the activity level is sinvly below the sensitivity thresholt of the “crystal set” SYR system in which the ele ment was placed for testing. the other hand, if the researcher places seven such crystals in a highly P sensitive SVR “superfieterodyne” arran.ge ---- as recommended by the Spirits and the crystals are actually P active, then reception, although pe not

coniletely clear, will nevertheless improve so suddenly and so d.ra. that the experimenter cannot fail to identify the crystals as P active. Conversely, if in such a super PK sensitive arrangement there is no improvement in Voice qual ity, then the researcher can safely and per conclude such crystals are not P active, cross them off the list and go on to what he considers to be the next 6 most likely possibility. TIlE PSYCHOI SENSOR Like a jigsaw puzzel with but one piece missing, we lack only the identity of the PlC Sensor in building the first efficient Spirit Voice Receivers. Since there are pro less than a dozen or a dozen and a half plausible possibilities, and since the Spirits, through Chief Buckeye, have told, us e what to use as a test instrument, it should not be many more month before we ow for certain what the PlC active element is. Each electronics researcher who has worked on the problem for any length of 4 time, probably has compiled a list of what he considers to be the most likely PlC activity candidates, based on the analysis of available EVP infor logic, infor from the Spirits, intuition, and the for of hypotheses. The following is the author’s prime candidate list. It is presented here as a ,tter of curiosity for our readers, and is not to be taken as a recommendation that 4 others work on the same possibilities, although of course, others are welcome to do

so if they wish. 4 No attempt will be mde at this point to explain the rationale behind this 4 list as it would require .ny more pages. It might be noted however, that all the possible effects on this list are found in speaker/microphone couplings and in * recorder tape head/ tape couplings. (record mode) Probability List A ?sychokinetically Caused Change In t 1, The resistance of metal (or what might be called a possIble “Un Geller ‘fect”) Test device --- Wire wound resistors or SpecIal Device (#1) consisting of resistive wire enclosed in coil with excitation signal similar to bias sig- t nal used in tape recording process. Sddy currents 2 t Test device --- coil with solid metal core, --- or Special Device j I 3 Electro field strength (Audio frequency only) Test device --- electro interstage couplings t e p 5/23 gnetic field strength Test device Hall generators S Eaectroma field interaction Test device --- Special Device (#2) - non-acoustic “speaker/microphone coupling’ consisting of coil in gnetic field with coil mechanically attached to crystal microphone element A Point To Ponder Spirit Voice reception happens, -- precisely how it happens, and precisely where it happens, -- is not subject to i by assumptions, pet hypoth eses, preferences, or preconceptions. Experimental SVR Test Instrument power p Note - All circuits are experimental and subject to upgrade modification at any time. Address List - EVP Research Organizations American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena 726 DiU Road Sevei Park, 1

211k6 TAscience Foundation, Inc. P.O. Box 7L Franklin, N.C. 2873 Life- Beyond- Death Research Foundation, Inc P.O. Box 737 Franklin, NC 2873 Organizations Interested in E Research ESP Research Associates Foundation Suite 1630, Union National Plaza Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 S/2L New Frontiers Center Fellowship Fars, Rt. 1 Oregon, Wisconsin 53575 Mind Science Found.ation 102 W Rector Street San Antonio, Texas 78216 EVP Newsletters AA-EVP NEWS Prime.ri_ly general interest, some technical. Published Quarterly American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena J HORIZONS Published quarterly Life Beyond Death Research Foundation, Inc The Spirit Voice Pri technical, some general interest. Published as time pernits, Quarterly goal T SPIRIT VOICE is edited and published by Lll Weisensale, Box # B.Q., Barstow, CA 92311, as a service to all who are interested in Electronic Voice Phenomena. Your hypotheses, opinions, viewpoints and comments are invited. Any statements printed in The Spirit Voice are open for discussion. Although the editor is cur rently a member of the ESP Research Associates Foundation, The American Associa tion - Electronic Voice Phenomena, and the Life Beyond Death Research Found.ation, the editor’s opinions are strictly his own, and under no circui are to be taken as representing the viewpoints of any of the above, or of any other Organ ization. S an EV P newsletter OCT 12, 198J BULLETIN In Edition# 5 of The Spirit Voice, which was mailed early in August 198J, the author published. a list of what he believes to be the most probable psycho 'Ibis list is

based upon a kinetically active elements or possible PK Sensors . rather complicated hypothesis which was years in the forming. At the head of this list is the possibility that psychokinetic energy may have an ef'fect on the re sistance of resistive metal such as is fotmd in speaker and recorder tape head coils. There are several reasons, far too complicated to explain here, to believe this may be the case. Almost a year ago, the author built what in so far as he knows was the first PK ~dulator using resistive metal (10 ohm, 2W resistors) as • the test elements. and no feed.back arrangement, etc. although most of the Voices were no better than normal for non-mediumistic re ception, two "one-shot" Voices were recorded which were equal to or better than any previously recorded.. '!his first setup was very Mickey fuuse, having only 5 stages 'rlhen this circuit was first used in recording, On Oct 2, '8J, during a meeting with the Sherbrookes at the author's ranch, the author noted on a recording that was ma.de, a new effect which could not be explained at the time. After several days consideration, the author came to the conclusion the only explaina tion was an existing out of modulation phase condi t- i on which existed between the PK 1'bdulator and the remainder of the system. in itself was an indication that resistive metal is psychokinetically active. During the next opportunity to record, on Oct 12, '83, this out of

phase condition was corrected which resulted in a slight but noticable improvement in tonal quail ty, number of Voices received., and· Voice understandability. '!his That there was any change, no matter how slight, as a result of this modi fication, is a strong indication that these elements are PK active. Also, when ask, the Spirits told us on this tape that resistive metal is the element re searchers have long sought, ending the recording with the very profound words; ---- "History was ma.de this night". further experimentation, the author now believes there is a high probability J:9- sistive metal is psychokinetically active and is the key to Spirit Voice reception. (Full transcript back of this page) Pending Bill w'eisensale - Phase Experiment Tape# 204 .5 Stage, stepted carrier level, .5 - 10 ohm, 2W resistors (wire), out of modula tion phase with speaker and recorder tape head. Record - Dolby on Play'l:rack - Dolby off Segment# 1 This is tape # 204, recorded Oct 12, 1 83. Again we ask our friends and relatives to try to talk with us. We will set up to proper recording level and then record 10 counts. We will record a total of 2 - 10 cot.mt ·sections and then rephase the PK ~dula tor to bring it into phase with the speaker and re corder tape head. Count 5-1.5 12-13 "Good rooming Bill" (F) Segment# 2 We have a Lady's Voice saying Good moming, and we would like to say good morning to

you. (It's about 8100 in the evening) We will try one more segment of 10 counts be:fore mod.if'ing the li:>dulator and again we ask our friends and relatives and anyone who comes in peace and good will, to talk with us. Count 20-JO 27 "Appllca tion" ( M) Segment # 3 We have modified the equipment to bring the experimental PK Sensors into phase with the rest of the system and will record anothe:t"":10 coi.mt segment. Again we ask for communication from our friends in the Spirit World. Cai.mt 37-.50 41 42 43 ( M) "Hey Bill" "What did he say?" ''Weisensale" (M) (M) Segment # 4 We would like to ask if we are using the right experimental element, resistive metal, in our efforts to improve reception? Cai.mt .5.5-6o .57 "Yes Bill" (F) Segment # .5 This is segment .5 and we would like to repeat our question to be sure we understand the answer. Are we using the right experimental element, resistive metal, in our effort to improve reception? Count 67-7.5 '!bank you. 70-71 "'!bank you" 73 "Bill got it" (M) (M) Segment # 6 We tmderstand you are answering our question about resistive metal in the affirmative. We thank you for your help and we bid you good night and thank you for being with us tonight. We will record another 10 cotmts for any additional comments you my have and then stop recording for tonight and begin work on what we hope will be a more

efficient PK I-bdulator. Count 84-100 87 92 9.5 "Good night Bill" ( M) "Good night" "History was mde this night" (F) (M) .. f t t C f ' t t an EV P newsletter NUMBER 6 COMMENT COMPLIME:l'TARY EDITION OCT - DEC 1983 The original objectives of this newsletter were and are; 1) To assist in the development o£ Spirit Voice Receivers by facilitating an exchange of .infor mation, experimental results, viewpoints, opinions, hypotheses, etc., and 2) to fully explain, print, and distribute as widely as possible, the iD:f'orma.tion -which the Spirits have given to the author and his W1£e personally, in rega.......a. to Spirit Voice Receiver development. 'iihere the fir.st objective is concenied, the author believes in free and open exchange of information, and in fa.ct believes that just as in the early days of ra.dio, the speed at which SVB development takes place, depends in large measure I:f we have a upon how freely information is exchanged between EVP resea.rche:rs. nwnber of electronics reseaxche:rs, each of whom are holding d.iff erent pieces of the puzzle, but who are worldng in secxet, gathering information from elsewhere, but not sharing what they have lea:cned, ea.ch hoping to be the one to put the last piece in the puzzle, progress will not be as rapid as would otherwise be possible, but nevertheless, progress rill still be !lade. A:3 an analogy, one might imagine a Teacher passing out a handful of jigsaw puzzle pieces to each of her students to see

how well they rill cooperate. Soon most of the students are gathered around a table in the front of the room, shar ing their pieces, and attempting to assemble the picture. However, a few hang back, keeping their pieces in their pockets, hoping to get credit for being the one to put the last piece in pl.a.ce. Our Teacher however, being wise in the ways of kids (and a.dul ts), has fore seen t..'lat just exactly t..~ would happen. Therefore, instead. of buying just one puzzle, what the Teacher actually did was to buy several identical puzzles and mix all the pieces together so t..'lat no one student would be t..'1e only one to have any pa.rticula.r piece. And thus, those students Rho are wi J J j "'g to share t..'1eir pieces, succeed in completing the puzzle despite the fact that some of the stu- dents attempt to hold out t..'1e pieces they are given. The author has reason to believe t..'1e same thing holds true where the EVP is conce~ed. That is, infer.nation which the Spirits give to one person is also 6/2 given to several others, so that if' it is not reported by the first person to whom it is given, in time, it will be reported. by someone else, Another factor is also involved., 'Ibe infor:na.tion which is given to a research er by the Spirits, is not given only for the benefit of that individual, but rather given as a Gift, for the benefit

of Humni ty, Weisensale, the Spirits have given us information on several different occasions. However, in each case no further information was given until we had passed on what we had received.. who are given more information. Spirit Voice Receivers, as the Spirits wish such receiving equipment to be called, and the information upon which they are ba.sed., belong to no individual, to no organization, to no Nation, --- they are the pro perty of the people of planet F.a.rth. 'Ibose who pass on the informa. tion they are given, • are the ones 'Ibrough Chief Buckeye and r,<.a.ry As mentioned., the second objective of this newsletter, is to fully explain, to the best of the author's abil.ity, print, and distribute as widely as possible, the information given personally to the author and his Wife, by those among the 'Ibe information given thus Spirits who know whereof they speak on such matters. far, is, in essence, the essential framework of SVR design. 'Ibey leave it to us to fill in the technical details through logic and trial and error experimentation, --- they are not going to do all our work for us. Previous to 1976, EVP researchers, in searching for the PK active element or PK Sensor which makes EVP reception possible, were like Biologist searching, with their naked eye, for a microbe which they knew for sure to be in a certain dish, In 1976, through Chief Buckeye, we were but could not find, search as they would. told,

in effect, to forget the microbe, at least temporarily, and begin our search by first of all constructing a microscope. Chief Buckeye then proceeded. to give us general instructions as to how such a. microscope or super sensitive SVR test instrument, should be built. Al though it has only been within the past eighteen month or so, that the last subtle implications have been understood, there is now no doubt whatsoever in the author's mind, as to the intent of the message received. in 1976. It is only now, in 1983, that EVP researchers are fully prepared, for the first time, with microscope in hand, to begin searching for the psychokinetic ally active element which makes EVP reception po~sible. If a.11 of us who are involved in EVP electronics, were able to assemble in some huge electronics Lab, and work full time on the reception problem, with ea.ch of us contributing our pieces of the puzzle, there is little doubt the :prob lem could be solved. in several month, pro ba.bly ri thin several weeks. Al though it is not possible to do this in person, it is possible and even practical, to do this via. ma.il, although it will take somewhatlonger, using this newsletter as an infor.na.tion and concept exchange. As most of our readers are aware, the author is not an Engineer, and has not been a practicL"lg Technician since the ancient days of vacuum tubes. schema.tics proposed. by the author are functioning circuits which are presently in.

use in the author's experimental SVRs, but by no means a.re they the la.st word on the subject. Rather, they are "launching pad" type circuits which suffice for the time being until better circuits are devised or suggested., and they serve to illustrate the basic principles involved. in SVR design. 'Ibe SVR Spirit Voice Receivers are your receivers . If you ldsh to gather around the table and participate in SVR development, you are invited to do so. In essence, the development of Spirit Voice Receivers is a matter, as an old song says, of "accentuating the positive, and eliminating the negative". As time goes on, ' ' ' t t ~ t t t 6/J t.~at which is necessary, useful, efficient, will be added, while that which is unnecessary and inefficient, will be eliminated. SVR development is as much an expansion of t.~e researcher's concept of reality, as it is a development of elec tronics. In climbing a py:ra.m:ld, it makes no difference whatsoever from what point one starts anywhere a.round the four sides, they rlll still reach t.~e same point at the top because there is only one point at the top. EVP electronics development are-;-of necessity, gradually converging toward a single, optimal, ultimte Spirit Voice Receiver design, --- there is no.other possibility. In like llWl!ler, all lines of If you wish to participate with circuit suggestions, hand drawings are fine, but please lable all parts clearly so that t.~e in.formation can be accurately repro duced when the

schema.tic is redrawn for publication. If your drawings are "for mal" (t.~at is with straight lines), please leave room in t.~e lower right hand corner for a box to identi:fy the drawing and accred.i t you with submitting t.he sug gestion. If you are one of several of our readers who, for one reason or another, do not want your name to be publicly associated with EVP research at this point in time, simply say so and the schema.tic ;;ill be listed as by "Anonymous", ........................................ From Dan McKee (In Part) Illinois, USA Aug 1983 We went to Uphoff's con:ference last year which was more towa.rd metal bending and Uri Geller's feats than anything to do with "Voices". you're up on the sham pulled by The Great Randy which sort of put us all backwards several steps. Dr, Phillips of St. Louis Uni ve:rsi ty had come up to visit us but decided that metal bending was of more interest than Voices so concentrated I don't think Randy could disprove what we are doing but neither do on that. I believe we could convince him of it's reality. Since I have a room full of ha.ll1 radio equipment, I frequently get responses like "that's probably just some ham up the block you 're picking up" or the others who t.lrlnk that these voices have been floating a.round for ete:rn.ity. I'm sure Bill, I have my own opinion as to where the PK modulation takes place - - I've tried George

Meek' s tape with some ll ttle I always work on the left channel and occasionally• in recording Spirit Voices. for unknown reasons the signal switches over to the right channel. It would seem that this must take place on the bias in the recording head or at least that's my present opioion. What other component do you think could-be used to make this change? success, Then a couple of months a.go a voice said "Use New Way•. My q_uestions a bout wha. t new way is fell on silent ears and I had to assume that the multiple tones must be the right direction. what sounds like a mill ta.ry station holding the channel using multiple tones on 7329 KHz upper side band. Then (usually) on the hour a voice station comes on top of this and reads five letter/number groups. Then 10-20 minutes later anot.11.er station appears to send a reply message. - The first time I tried t.'u.s the voice said encou:raging words a.bout staying with t.'u.s and we will help you, The spacing between words hel~ rea.dibility as contrasted wi.t.11 the usually fast deli verJ, I've been spending some time on this each night a."ld it ap:pea..."'"S to be the same group(s) that I usually work wit.~. In tuning around the spectrum I ran across Well, this is another use of t.~e multiple tones as an energy sou...~e which you stated is a necessary il".gredient and I think most everyone agrees with this, There are exceptions

but faey are unusual. Only once did I hear a voice outside my left ear at J a.m. and there didn't seem to be a.r1.y other 6/4 energy source around at that ti.me. (and) I might mention that I have played around a little with acoustical feedback holding the microphone up to the speaker (transmitting on a dummy load) on 7329 KHz and the resulting scrambled egg type noise was sufficient to bring pretty good readable voices recorded on the Reel to Reel tape. There seems to be lots of different things to try using mu1 tiple tones. I use an a.cti ve audio filter to reduce the tones when taping. Reply In reference to Prof. Uphoff's Conference, I think metal bending and EvP Voices, both of which are PK effects, may be much more closely related than has heretofore been suspected. Just as electricity, in gross amounts, can be used to weld metal, or in subtle a.mounts used to operate a telephone, it ma.y also be true that Pk energy, in gross amounts can be used to bend metal, or in subtle amounts, used to change the electricia.l resistance of metal, and thus, in the right equip ment, permit Spirit Voice reception to occur. I believe you are right about the Voices appearing at the recording head. I think the recording head acts as a simple, single stage PK Modulator with one -of the several elements of the recording head/magnetic tape coupling being the actual PK Sensor. As the

bias signal passes through this element, which ever element it is, a Voice modulated change in the signal occurs which causes the Voices to be recorded on the tape. And I believe this is the same process which occurs 1n speakers and that the same type of element is involved. This effect in speakers, at times, allows the Voices to be heard. directly, even before they are record~. One of the advan~es of being an over-the-road Truck Driver, aside from working in the great outdoors, and not having a boss looking over one's shoulder, is that one's mind is free. After the first half million miles or so, driving a rig down the Interstate requires no more conscious thought than walking down the sidewalk. Al though I have not had nearly enough time for electronics experi mentation or writing, I have, over the yea.rs, had many, many hundreds of hours, between Ci ties, to concentrate on the subtle completl ties of the EvP, and to gradually work out a "lJn:i:f'ied Field Theory" of Voice reception. The first pa.rt of this hypothesis, having to do mostly with the basic SVR block diagra.m as re commended by Chief Buckeye, was printed in the 5th edition. The second pa.rt, ha. ving to do with the PK Sensor, will be started in the 6th edition ( this issue) . And as you will see, the tape recording head is a very important part of this hypothesis. In reference to the multitone carrier, I am

very p~ma.tic a.bout SVR devel opment, and believe whatever works best should be used and incorporated into SVR systems. Walter Sherbrooke, an Electronics Engineer from L.A., whom you may have met at the AA-EVP Conf'erence, has already combined Mueller/O'Neil multitone car rier genera. tors with PK Modula. tors based on the Buckeye principles, in what are overall the most advanced experimental Spirit Voice Receiver designs I have seen to date. I have not yet personally experimented with this type carrier, prima.rlly because what 1i ttle time I have been able to devote to electronics has been in volved in work with the PK Modula tor. 'Ihe white noise genera. tor described in the ' ' ' ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ • t f f f t t t t t t t t t f 6/5 5th edition, is easy and inexpensive to build, and it works. This does not how ever, mean it is the last possible word in carrier generators. The fact is, I don't know of anyone who has direcUy compared white noise and multi tone careiers 1n simultaneous reception experiments, And until such experiments a.re carried out by several people other than O"Neil and myself, we will not know which tn,e car rier is most efficient. The feedcack principle as recommended by Chief Buckeye, is "intended to be incorporated into the PK Modulator circuits of the SVR, where it can work most effectively, and work continously, simultaneous with reception, However, as you note,

it does bring a certain amount of benefit in reception quality, even when used in the acoustic mode. From i'lr Willa....--a. Cerney (Marine Electronics Engineer) Florid.a, USA Sept 1983 (In part) This tape is from Ger.na.ny and is forwarded to you from Mr George Meek through me, Find your 7 stage amplifier concept most interesting, How about 7 stages of opto-couplers in series? These can be modulated electrically or mechan ically. Reply Opto-couplers, or for that matter, EM couplings of any frequency, could be In this arrangement each stage would consist of an EM used as interstage couplings in the block diagram recommended by Chief Buckeye (as I understand it). coupling plus an amplifier to compensate for any signal loss in the EM coupling so that the signal is maintained at a constant level through the stage cha.in. (We have certain indications that the signal level should be quite low, perllaps in the 2-20mv region.) According to the Buckeye principles, the elements under test must be seven in ntllllber, but the number of amplifiers may be either 6, 7 or 8, depending upon whether an input and/or output amplifier is required in a given design. In essence, with EM couplings of any frequency, we a.re asking Mother Nature I believe the answer to this question is either yes or no, inde the question, -- "Is a PK energy field capable of effecting the field strength of an EM field?" pendent of frequency, with the possible exception that a resonance condition

might exist between t..l-ie PK "voiceprint" or energy field and an EM field at voice fre quency. The reason I say this is that in a modulator the frequency of the signal presented for modulation is independent of the frequency of the signal which is 'ii th EM couplings, the coupling its elf, in essence, is the doing the modulating. hn,othetical modulator "circuit", to which we apply a signal to be modulated (EX) and a signal to do the iUOdula ting (PK) . I should thi."lk the modulation rJ.le would also apply here in t..l-iat t..1-iere should be no relationship between t..l-ie frequency of the two input signals. That is, if PX energy is actually capable of ef:ecting EM field strength, then it should ce capable of doing so, equally well, at any EM frequency, Whether such be the case or not, of cou_-rse, awaits further exper imentation. As you know we have reason to believe the active element we a...~ searching for is Nichrome. However, this is not yet established, and until when and if it is, other possibilities including opto-couplings, need to be examined. Es pecially so s:L,ce with t..~e Buckeye principles we have a test instrument .mich is more sensitive, by at least a whole order of magnitude, tha., anything we :ia ve 6/6 A .. B Black lines Flat spots - - - Bulge J wires PC board / 6/7 had previously. For over 20 years researchers have been asking }:-other Nature whether EM couplings are

sensitive to PK energy, and for 20 years Mother Nature has not answered. Perhaps all this time she has been whispering yes and our experimental SVRs have simply been too grossly insensitive to hear her answer! ........... The following Newsletter, with personal comments added, was received from Mr Alexander !<acRae of Scotland. Mr 1-E.cRae is a Scientist and also has a sence of humor which is too much lacking in EVP research. Recent Advances in EVP M1.d August 1983 Introduction: when I finally decided I was going to risk getting involved with EVP up to my antennae, there were one or two resolutions I resolved to keep, one was to try to ~iEASURE everything, and to use maths where possible. • . I was also grimly determined to have nothing to do with luminous paint, trumpets, and Red Indian Chiefs. Having just received from George Meek, a magazine entitled "Spirit Voice", may I make it q_uite plain that I have not had anything to do with luminous paint .•• my other resolutions have, however, "bitten the dust" .•• to use a not inappro priate phrase from the Old West. Bill Weisensale, where have you been all this time!!? This is also to acknowledge splendid voice samples from Peter Stein of Copenhagen, and interesting data from Dr Senkowski &: George Meek. What I am proposing to do is to tie a few ends together which may help us to guesstimte what the length of this bit of string called EVP is.

Systems: it is now becoming clearer that what I have referred to as Second Gen eration systems have a great deal in common, although independently derived. From Dr Senkowski 's data on the ko nig system we can definitely say that it is a multiple carrier system having also multiple reference frequencies, and that in the system frequency modulation is significant. My own Alpha system essentially consists of a "grid" of fixed spectral lines against which a variable frequency carrier is compared. Weisensale's 1978 system preceded us all with a voice-band implementation. I think that we can say that this is the way to go ... plus or minus eighty de- grees .. ,. 'The other t."1.ing is that our little friends seem to prefer a system they have got used to, so a. second generation rig of some kind is a. good starting poL"lt, for those still stuck with Seventies concepts •• white-noise, dicdes, &: David Ellis's "The i1ediu.:nship of the Tape Reco:::d.er". Resonances1 it is now several yea-rs since I first made the scienti!'ic observa tion that a Maxwell House coffee jar on top of a. small loudspeaker improved it's output. That was the system that I used in early 1982 to acoustically :'ilter a sample I was ma.king for :Bor.ner, Sheargold, &: Peter Jones. Independently, Stein did the converse operation with a. m.ic inside a glass jar. One would think that having produced an EVP system that would produce up to 2 utterances per minute, respond to

q_uestions, and give messages, a chap might be allowed to take it easy for a while, but no.,, that section of the psychic pub- 6/8 lie that thinks this is all part of the entertainment business were running out of thrills & wanted mRE QUALITY!! So, I got out the old Maxwell Ho coffee jar, and set about it... The advantage with acoustic resonators is that they are quick to do, easily adjustable, and resonat.a at a multiplicity of frequencies. The Q.(se lecti vi ty, resonance) of the said coffee jar would be too high I reckoned, so I used a muc.-i more elaborate system, tuned by ear ..• a reel of 7/0.2 wire, a plastic funnel, or miniature "trumpet" (bye-bye resolutions) and a plastic door which could be adjusted to suit. The results, on typical horrible Alpha type noises was quite impressive. Well, if that works, maybe I should do more of it, I thought ••. what I need is a Q. multiplier ••. Well- there is a very simple Q. Multi plier in the form of your ordinary tape recorder .•. all you do is make a copy tape of what is going through your resonant system, then play THAT copy tape through the system ..• so, now, th.is is the SECOND time those sotmds have been through your resonant system .. (Mr Weisensale, are you seeing where all this is leading?) Well there are problems of course , Anyone daft enough to add white noise to this

system is just asking for trouble. Even noisy tape recorders a.re bad enough, you should really have a Dolby - or a new system I have just developed. What happens, of course, is that the noise stimulates the cavities into resonance. Not nice. Well, I thought, (my system was clean of noise), this is going well, what I'll.do is run it through a third time, (OK Mr Weisensale?) • hear what happens. By now . the effective Q. was so high that the voices on the tape were really tu.niing into thin resonances, or deteriorating in much the sa.me way that the old alc.-iemists used to beat the Hell out of lead to try to make it gold. Well, this isn't much good, I thought, I'll run it through again •••• There is a llmi t to how many repetitions that one can do using my cur.rent system, and this iterative process . However, (are you listening Mr Weisensale??) the quite mind-blasting fact was that from about the third repetition a sudden increase in voices of good volwne and not entirely hopeless quality, resulted! "They" even had a name for this iterative process .•• they called it "Comm Feed back". Now listen to this, Mr Weisensale wrote in his ~ •.• "In 1976, the author's wife was told telepathically from the Spirit World by her pateznal Grand father, Chief Buckeye, of the Cherokee Nation, that in order to improve reception we had to use "Feedback, (through) continuously repeated sections". Now

let me assure you .•. I had never even heard of Bill Weisensale, never mind Chief Buckeye, until just yesterday, two months after the first 4 repetition - "com.:m feedback" experiment! - - In our experiments we have fotmd it essential to use as a starter a normally pro duced Alpha tape. considerable significance, and plan to make training in the exact procedure avail able. I believe that the "Comm feedback" method is an advance of OtJ1er items; evidence that tec.-inology is in use by the other guys continues to accumulate, I first pointed this out in Mu·ch, now there has been mention of "jam ming levels", so all your pro bl ems may not be local. Have started wrl ting a book on EVP, "The Edge of Reality", appreciate you keeping me informed. Have designed a crucial experiment for EVP- successful, th.is could get us all the support we have lacked, meanwhile need your support. The i1t J Alpha is slowly taking shape. Am about to start looid.ng for an American manufacturing base, joint venture. ' t t t t t 6/9 Reply I am not in the least surprised that you have only recently heaxd of C.~ief Buckeye. Until q_uite :recently, for the most part, the only people who wrote on the subject of EVP, were Parapsychologists without a technical background, This, of couxse, is no fault of theirs, but the result has been that practically the only thing discussed or even mentioned in the literature, has been

loud Voices on tapes. The concepts, principles of reception, hypct.~eses, etc., along wit.~ t.~e peo ple who have spent years of blood, sweat and tears on such matters, have eit.~er been ignored completely, or pushed to the background, Which is one of the reasons why The Spirit Voice was brought into being. That is, in order to provide a forum in which the actual technology of reception can be discussed at a meanin5 .,:'ul level. Previous to this, the only place Chief Buckeye has been mentioned in a publica tion, was in t.~e "Hotline" newsletter, which was published by a Physicist, Mr I am also not surprised you have not heard of the Hotline, since un Davis Peck, fortunately there were only four Editions published, and circulation outside the USA was not large. In reference to your met.~od of using acoustic :resonators, this is a verJ in teresting, and in so far as I know, q_uite original techniq_ue, that resonance is a factor in Voice reception. Modulator, wit.~out feedback, a constant carrier is :required in order for recep tion to occur, But in t.~e multistage PK Mod with feedba.ck as :recommended by Chief Buckeye, the carrier is :required only to permit the reception process to begin. After t..~e process has been started, say by the second or third stage, an electronic Voice signal already exists in the form of modulation on the ca..---rier, At this point, the multifrequency carrier could actually be eliminated leaving only the electronic Voice signal which

itself would act as the carrier in suc ceeding stages. I believe that in a simple PX I agree ;,i.th you The electronic Voice signal, in fact, would be the perfect ca..---rier because it would consist of precisely the same wave shape as the PK signal and would, give or take a few degrees due to slew rate effect, be in phase with the PX sig!lal, which should permit further amplification through :resonance. As I understand the system you describe, you are using several stages of post-reception processing through acoustic resona. tors. As I understand the sys tem recommended by Chief Buckeye, and since I am not the one who origi_"la ted t.~s information, I too, like ever1one else, am tr/ing to unravel all the ra.mi:fica.tions of it's i."ltended operation, I believe each of the seven stages could be looked at as, in effect, an acoustic resonator in U1e sence that in each stage t.1-ie incoming PK Voice signal would resonate wit.~ it's aL~y existing electronic Voice signal co un terpa_...-t . As I see it then, what you are using is a multistage resonance post-recep tion process, whereas what Chief Buckeye recommends is a multistage rescna:ice simultaneous-to-reception process. di.ff erence in t.'-lese two systems, as you say, give or take eighty degrees. I believe t.'-lere is much more si.mila_-i ty than In reference to technology being used by, as you say, t.~e ot.~er guys, in so far a.s we know, the reception }ary and I have had personally over

t."1e years, has been "straight". That is, we don't use med.iumship, and they don't use gaC-€et.s, There has however, been at least two insta.."lces of such devices being ~entioned I 6/10 here in the U.S. that I know of, The first is a "lens" which was mentioned by the group Joe Lamoreaux worked with, and the second being a "barrel shaped" device mentioned to Sarah Estep. Since PK energy appears to normally be a field effect as versus a beam, these Spirit World transmitters, or, since there appears to be a variety of dif'f eren t types, what could be more accurately described as Spirit communication devices, are evidently used, when they are used, to concentrate the PK field into a beam in order to more strongly effect SVR systems, much as we would use a lens or parabolic reflector to concentrate light, devices are simply temporary until we develop more efficient Spirit Voice Receiv ers which they can operate easily through normal PK energy without using any kind of special device on their side, I believe these Here in the U.S, there is a considerable amount of interest in your Alpha SVR, And since I understand you have already protected this technology with a patent application, I assume that it is no longer being held in confidence, For the in formation of our readers as well as my own, any technical details, schematics, etc,, you might send us about this system would be appreciated. Keep up the great work.

Sept 1 83 West-Germany time of hearing "inner voices" convincing me of From Dr, Ernst Senkowski (Physicist) (In part) Ma.y be you have heaxd my name in connection with EVP work, Feeling it necessary to get in direct contact with you I refer to your news-letter nr 5 July/Sept. 1983 a copy of which I received by George W, M~ek from Metascience/13D, Telling the story a.bout my own work would comprise a report over nearly 7 years, starting with trying to find out whether the phenomenon was really "objective", but without any detailed knowledge a.bout methods and results, This way after a. short while using the so-called radio-method I came to an independent confirma tion of most of the ohserva.tions which - as I later found out by studying the earlier publications - had been collected by other experimenters, During 1977 I had a rather 1:ad but limited possibilities I never heard of before. Again a.fter.rards finding it rather "nor mal" as considered from an elevated point of view. As a. physicist I was not so much interested in contacting my "grand-parents", instead I tried to imnrove reception by any means available which seemed rather dif'ficult, But apparently some people from the other side helping a bit I succeeded to a certain extent, especially by adding a single tone, or a combination of such - ei tiler A11 or FM combined in tile shack, as well as feed-back testing between speaker-mike in tile audio range and/ or via audio +

high frequency transmitting and receiving in the 29 MHz short wave amateur 1:and (being a ham operator since 19J6 L"l tile age of 14 still with a call sign DL1ZJ), Final step was the construction of a ri.r.,q: modu lator system wit..~ Dhase inversion between the two input cha.ri.nels using different modulating frequencies - ma.inly around 8 Hz, All the time I got some inform tion feed1:ack from the other side, not very much and mostly in meta"Dhorical for:r..s, but anyhow felling some "guidance", P;y sort of several rather i;;iprobable happen ings connected with pa.xanormal effects in a home comouter system I ca!!le in con tact with !(etascience, and early or later with most of the well-known experi menters in t..~e field, in Austria, Switzerland, Great .Britain, Italy and partial ly in the l5, I a.m not a member of the German VTF' but I am in contact with t.~em and came to know a 11 ttle bit a'l:out the work of Mr, Hans-Otto Konig using a. com plex mixture of partially FH mcdula. ted u1 tra-sonic signals as cartler and after 6/11 8 years of experimentation receiving t.'1.e best voices so far known - practically no . background noise and with first signs of two-way commtmica tion. With my own experiences as a background I tried to figure out more or less ~ thetical ideas about "transcommunication" as I ter.ned the whole range - Tom zea:rden 's book "Excalibur Briefing" proved helpful. Moreover there is a Ger:nan theoretician who

developed a generalized field theory including a colll1Jlete de scription of paranormal phenomena. Hopefully we will fL~d his name :Burkhard Heim later on in the circle of the great physicists. So far he succeeded in calculat bg t.1-1e data of t.."le Physical elementary Particles, but he considers this result as a first step and his real interest is in EVP . Apparently we have to be patient - sidering the 25 years since Jurgensons observations. Now coming back to your work I congratulate you for having a psychic channel available to help you (and others!), Referring to t.'1.e contents of your nr 5 news letter I might state my agreeing in practically all points - some sma.11 discrep ancies in opinion left out. There is a funny thing with respect to the use of multiple stages as proposed: I always felt one should try that, it was not my idea but I took it from the "free-energy-people" talking about the Moraz=convert er - I never found time and possibilities to try at least a couple of stages. I wish you good success in realisation of such a system! Meanwhile I would very much appreciate in getting a set of your EVP newsletters - if still available - from 1 to 4, as well as further editions, there is development but it goes slowly con (and in a letter Oct. 'SJ) Your report about using/trying just a metal resistor a.s a possible PK modulator found my interest. All of us we

know how difficult it proved to decide in which place of our equip ment supermodulation is really effected. I suppose that from the side of our trans partners different groups try to test different possi bill ties - so it must/could be understood that as seen from our side we find a lot of sometimes contrad.ictorJ observations. Changing just one resistor in its electric properties would seem a very si;:iple method! There was an experiment during the last years carried out wit.11 Silvio from Eel"!'l in Switzerland a well known metal bender. A physicist from University of Munich, Dr, Hans D. Betz, used a carbon-layer resistor of 68 Oh::s and during the test measured its resistance wi t.11. de in an ohm-meter of digi ta1 type at the same time using a chart recorder. Silvio took the resist.or between ~~umb and index finger and changes of resistance resulted after about ten minutes. These changes could be observed with ooth instruments - t.11e value going up i.'1 rat.'-.er short pulses to a maximum value of 250 Ohms. If we accept t.11.a t as a real PK effect in the sense of mind-over-matter it seems not unreasonable to "cell eve in our trans Partners possi bill ties to trJ si.:nilar effects, (The experL:nent is described in. Ger:r.a.n in Zeitschrift fur Pa..-""apsychologie u.~d Grenzgebiete der ?sychologie Jg.20 Nr,1 1978 (',falter, ?reibu...-rg, West Ger:::a.n.y). You might find it interesting in cor~~ect.ion with your tests a.I1d observations. Reply Indeed I have heard your name in

connection with :::'lP work and I am happy to I must apologize for not answering your letters be in direct contact with you. sooner, am home only long enough :or a few hours sleep and perhaps a meal before going out '.fuich as you can i.::iagine, makes it ex~~emely difficult ~o keep on the road ~aL'1, I normally work SO hours or more ea.ch week as a ~ck Driver and often I Stage 1 Stages 2-4 Stage 5 uf -9V TL081 10K .2uf 100K 10K 10 ohm 10 ohm 100K luf 10K 100K SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVER Experimental Module PK Modulator 6/13 up with EVP work and correspondence. There is so much of interest in your two letters I would like to comment on, that I shall have to limit myself to a few subjects or I will wrl te a book instead of a letter. I suspect the phenomenon of "inner voices" is quite widespread among EVP re searchers. Or to be more precise, I believe the phenomenon is -quite widespread among the general population but that it is only, for the most part, through EVP research that one comes to recognize these voices as being "other", that is, other than the voice of one's own subconscious. voices a...~ telepathic reception from the so called "deceased", al though some are from 11 vi.ng persons. ( One wonders how many people a.re in psychiatric Wards because their Doctors are not aware that telepathy is a fact of lif'e!) Several researchers have

reported that after working for some time with the EVP, the "channel" gradu ally opened to the point where direct telepathic reception, as a meaningful level, became possible without electronics. I personally believe most of these I do ·believe however, that reception to this degree is, and is likely to re main, rather rare. On the other hand, it is just possible that in the end Spirit Voice Receivers may ultimately prove to be essentially training aids in order to facilli tate telepathic reception, volved in a highway accident by one such Voice which Wal.'Iled. me about a "red Cad illac".) everything possible in order to improve electronic reception. In any case, I agree wit.11 your thinking that it is worthwhile to do (I was on one occassion saved from being in In 1974, when I first got involved, through a book by Harold Shermn, it was out of cureosi ty as to whether such a thing were possible, Having been a ra th.er staunch materialist up until that time, I had severe doubts, but in -due -time, found out the Voices were indeed real. was definately not an EVP mediWD and that if I were ever to have decent reception . it would have to be through electronics rather than through my non-existent med iu.mship. Since that time my interest has been almost entirely in electronics. a.m content to leave the communications aspects, for the most part, to others, I also found out, in short order, that I I

I was interested to note your experimentation with the feedback principle. Dan McKee, who is also a radio Ham, as well as others, have used this principle to some benefit. As I mentioned to Dan, as I understand the Buckeye principles feedback is intented to be used within the PX modulator circuits, but also is of some benefit when used in the acoustic mode, which tends to support t."le validity of the principle. I was also quite interested in your use of a ring modulator with :phase in version, which I believe is quite original. We still have a great deal to learn a bout how to supply jl.1!3t t.1.e right kind of carrier or excitation signal in just the right way, and what you are using may be an advance in that direction. also verJ interested in your use of sucsonics. ideal carrier would be of zero frequency, which would not only eliminate carrier generators and detectors but would greatly improve reception q_uali ty by eliminat ing the necessity for noisy voiceband carriers, Th.at is, it will once we lea.m how to use a :CC carrier, which in turn most probably means we will first of all have to actually identify the psychokinetically active element which is respon sible for Voice reception, and then see whether on not it is usable id th a :CC car rier. I think your experimentation with sul:sonics is a step L>1 t."lat direction. I have thought for a long time the I was

1 . . . , , ~ .. .. .. .. ,... • .,...,_, ....., ........ • -6v Stage 1 stages 2-6 lOK lOK Stage 7 lOK TL08i 10K lOK lOK 10 ohm lOK 10K 10K lOK 20K Feedback Adj. 100K 10K 100K ' 100K 10K ~ ~ '° LFJ5J SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVER Experimental Module PK Modula tor Ref By BW & Dave Lloyd Date f<J -'q,3 6/15 I greatly appreciate your mention of the Silvio experiments, which a r e~ pertinent to what we are doing and about which I was unaware. It would seem we had better take a look at carbon as well as metal resistors. The ohm-meter and chart recorder, of course, are not capable of detecting the very small, probably less than 1% resistance change at audio frequencies, which is the sort of thing we are looking for, but any such change which may occur will be easily detect able in a properly designed Buckeye modulator. To me, second to the question of how to clarify reception, the most inter esting question about the EVP, is why, in over·20 years of •research, the.:f'irst question has not yet been answered. Certainly 1t has not been for t."le lack of talent, or lack of determination, or lack of patience and persistence, or lack of imagination, or lack ot intelligence. 'Ihe answer must be something other, and I believe 1 t is because the answer to reception is so unorthodox as t o~ on the surface, almost "anti"-logica.l.

tainly been thought of as a possibility by at least several electronics research ers, is so unorthodox, so "far-out" as we say, so un-logica.l, that those who have thought of it, have simply dismissed the idea as not being worthwhile to investi gate. 'Ihat ls, that the solution, which has almost cer One possi bill ty which is unorthodox enough to q uallfy in this category, is the possi bill ty that all of the res is tors in the receiving system are changed in value by an infini testima.l amount under the influence of a Voice modulated psycho kinetic field. Some years ago, in the course of miscellaneous exploratory an alysis, I attempted to answer the question of what would happen to signal ampli tude if, for eX3.ll1Ple, the transconductance of all transistors, or the capacitance of all condensers, or the inductance of all coils, etc. , within the receiving system were changed by some very small amount. And 1 t tuzns out that such changes would indeed effect output signal level. One of the components considered, although there was no reason to give it any special consideration at that time, was resistors. As you know, the effect on signal a.mpll tude of a change in resistance depends entirely upon how the re sistor ls placed in it's circuit. For example, a small increase in resistance would in some res is tors, depending upon t.."leir circuit placement, tend to increase signal level, while others, differently placed, would tend to

decrease t..'"ie level. The overall effect in a recorder or radio, etc., of such an infini tesima.J. change in all resistance, would tend, to a certain extent, to cancel itself out. In so far as I have been able to determine however in the circuits I have worked on, the cancellation is not complete. That is, there is a net effect which would, 1:: all resistors were changed in value, cause a. deviation in signal level at the output of the radio or recorder, etc. You mention that changing just one resistor in it's electric properties would Indeed I agree, especially so in light of the fact seem a very simple met..'1.od! that certain cur=ent methods, such as t..'"ie Konig SVR system, use a whole room full of equipment. On the other hand however, ve :night consider that at least in strong signal areas, t..'"ie transducer for color television can be nothing more than a metal stick, An electronic component can haxdly be any more simple than this, and yet it brings us not only voices but color pictures as well! However, this does not mean color television receivers are simple as there a.re some rather complicated circuits between the :net.al stick and the face of the picture tube. I believe we have a similar situation in EVP reception. Here of cou...~e, we are dealing with a psychokinetic sensor rat..'"ier t..'1.an a transducer, but nevertheless • 6/16 there is no particular reason why the PX Sensor element itself must be

complicated, In fact the PX Sensors as shown to 1".ary in a vision in 1980 by Chief Buckeye, ap pear to be shielded cables or slim tubes bent into an upsidedown "U'' shape with (One of which we believe to be Nichrome) three wires protruding from each leg, Far more complicated, of course, than a TV transducer, but nevertheless the inter nal construction of a tube or cable with three wires coming out of each end, can not (seemingly) be too complicated. So I believe that in Spirit Voice Receivers, as with radios and TVs, we will be dealing with a fairly simple antenna or PK Sen sor, as the case may be, at one "end" with a speaker at the other end, and some rather complicated ci:rcui ts in between to get things working. In our last recording session in which I was using our new 7 stage PK Mod with feed ca.ck in direct comparison with the older 5 stage without feed.ca.ck which was described in our recent bulletin, aJ110ng other things, we were again reassured by an Electronics Engineer who i.s a member of the group we work with, that resis tive metal is the correct element. Also, for a long time I did not believe PK en ergy obeyed the field law which states field strength is inversely proportional to the square of the distance. During the last recording session we had a chance to have a 11 ttle closer look at this and as a

result I have changed my mind and now believe PK energy does obey this law. What happened was that for awhile we had "his" and "hers" channels going, My atmt, Hid.a Schneider (SW), was "speaking" through the Buckeye Modulator in the right channel Spirit Voice Receiver (5 stage), while a gentleman by the name of Harry Haskitt (SW) was using the PK Mod in the left SVR (7 stage). If you can imagine two people using two separate microphones which are placed about 2 meters apart, you have the picture, except of course, that the people were not visible and the "microphones" were PK Modulators. And just as with acoustic microphones, when only one person speaks their voice is hea.xd much louder on the lllic they are nearest to, but heard more weakly on the opposite microphone also. And i:t' 1:oth speak at the same time then the voice of each is heard on their respective chan nel but drowned out by the other person's voice on the opposite channel. Exactly the same thing happened here. For awhile they were veri:t'ying each other. That is, one would answer a question or make a comment, and then, 2-J counts later, exactly the same words would be repeated by the other on the other A13 I was reasonably sure each had positioned themselves quite close to channel. their respective receivers, I had an excellent chance to study the relative loud ness of their Voices between the two channels. And, as I say,

I am now of the opinion that PK energy does obey the field law. (Telepathy, which does not di minish with distance, does not appear to obey this law.) If I relllember correctly, the four fundamental forces, gravity, electromag (Not my idea of course, but I agree with it.) Perhaps netic, and the weak and strong nuclear forces, are characterized primarily by their ei'fect upon what we call matter, With admittedly very slim experl:nental evidence and a strong "gut" intuition, I believe psychokinetic energy is the 5th such ftmd.amental force. when Jesus said that if we had enough faith, we could say "come hither" to a mountain and it would come, it was because he knew something about the funda mental forces of the Uni verse which we, two thou.sand years later, a.re only now beginning to lea:rn. If PK energy is one of the fundamental forces, then logic ally we should be looking for PK effects at the same place we find the primary effects created by the other four forces, that is, in ma.tter or in this case, electronic components. And in the case of EVP reception where would be a more logical place to look for such effects than in those components which have the 6/17 most effect upon signal level, that is, in semiconductors including resistors, transistors, diodes, etc! Just whc.t this effect might be, of course, is debatable. Mr Uoyd suggest- ed in a recent discussion, that any psychokinetically caused change in the dia meter

of the probability shell of outer ring electrons in a semiconductor, would change the resistance. Th.at is for example, if the proba.bili ty of an electron being located beyond the outer diameter of the .50% probabill ty shell changed from 2.5% to 26%, it would in effect lower the resistance of the material, I have not been in contact with Dr Babcock, but I understand his hypothesis is that EVP re ception is the result of a prima.ry PK effect on the nucleus of atoms in electronic components with (presumably) a secondary effect on the probability shell of outer ring electrons. A hypothesis with which I would oo inclined to agree. In reality however, although I am sure this question will be of great inter est and hotly debated in Physics research of the future, in so far as the specific problem of Voice reception is concemed, it is quite imm terial whether t.11e PK ef - feet is direct upon electrons or whether it effects the nucleus which in turn has a secondary effect upon pro babill ty shells. Th.e pro bl.em in EYP reception is, in essence, to find out which specific type of semiconductor is most sensitive to PK energy. And the Spirits tell us this element is resistive metal or Nichrome, However, this of course, can only be verified via. trial and error comparison ex perimentation. As of this writing, I have on hand a. set of seven each of the four ma.in types of resistors,

metal wire, metal film, carbon film, and carbon composition, for such experimentation. From a practical standpoint, certain changes are now indicated in the PK modulator stage circuits since we are now aware that carbon might be PK active at voice frequencies. Th.e experimental metal resistors were placed in a simple divider network between stages with the metal resistors in one leg ooing balanced R, s METAL - by carbon resistors in t."1e opposite leg, on the assumption that if t.11ere were a PK effect in t.."1e metal resistors it would cause a. change in signal level. And in deed it would, -- if t..11ere were no change in the carbon resistors! But if such a change did occur in-the carbon resistors, in the same direction and to approximate ly the same degree, then t..11e two effects would cancel or almost cancel each other out with the result that there would oo 11 ttle or no change in output signal level, In light of the Silvio experiments a different type of stage circuit is now indicated, One possibility would be to ca.lance the test element against a. differ ent type of resistance such as electrostatic caused depletion zones in field ef In this a...---rangement we would, hopefully, get no PK effect in fect transistors, t..11e FET so that any PK caused change which rray appear in R1, the test element, would modulate the output signal. At the same time since the stage feed tack re sistors RJ and R4 form a.

si:nple divider, a.ny PK effect upon their resistance would not change the voltage ootween t..11e two resistors. The same thing would also apply to R5 a.nd R6 so th.a. t if the value of all resistors in the circuit changed 6/18 I I( R. I s OflT -v -v simultaneously by the same percent and in the same direction, only R1, the test element, would effect signal level. A:nyway in due course we will find out whether it is of any help. any or all of the above, I would be very interested in any comments you may have about ......................................... Terminology Judging from several letters received, there is still some confusion as to exactly what the term Spirit Voice Receiver means and how it is used, The term Spirit Voice Receiver or SVR, is a neutral category classification such as the - term Video Cassette Recorder, or Television Receiver, which simply describes what kind of electronic equipment is under discussion wi. thout mentioning any specific brand name. Specific systems are described either by a series name selected by the inventor thereof, such as the 1'B.rk 4 SVR or the Alpha J SVR, etc., just as one might mention a Sony VCR or a Zeni th TV. the inventor, then the inventor's name is used instead such as with the Konig SVR. If no such name has been designated by Spirit Voice Receivers which have been designed by the author or designed in joint effort with others, will be designated

as the Buckeye series, in honor of the man who passed to us the basic information necessary to make such equipment possible. Although the term Spirit Voice Receiver has not had the advantage of having been publicized on a Worldwide basis, it is nevertheless the original and the proper term for such receiving equipment. TranscolDllll.lllication At the recent EVP Conference Mr George Meek appealed to researchers for a. name other than EVP, to cover the field of Spirit Voice reception and research. :Because the ter:a EVP covers a.ll unexplained electronic voice phenomena including reception of taped voices of the living (but not present), voices believed to be from rea1i ties other than the Spirit World, extra terrestrial contacts via elec tronics, etc., the term EVP i tsel:f cannot be replaced except by another term which would mean exactly the same thing. However, if we are speaking of that certain specific subdivision of the E'IP which deals only with electronic reception of the Voices of those who have "slough- ed off their mortal coil", then the author agrees with Mr Meek that there should be a s-oecific name for this particular subdivision. One of the meanings of the word phenomenon is that it is something whic.1'1 is very unusual. The reception of 6/19 Spirit Voices which, on a Worldwide basis, is now happening hundreds or even thou sands of times per day, can no longer be accurately described as being unusual. Mr Meek also recommended two possi bill ties, one of

which is the term "Trans communica tion", which was suggested by Dr E:rnst Senkowski of West Germany. The author believes th.is term not only lends dignity to the field, perhaps even a de gree of Social a.cceptabill ty, but also that it is a term rl th which Scientific and technical people the World over, can identify. The prefix "trans" al.so lends it self to associated. terms which are already coming into usage such as Transmedium, Trans partners (Spirits) , Transreception, etc. Only one term in this series would be disadvantageous and that is the term "t:ransreceiver" which would be instantly confused with the much used ten transceiver 'Which is also a com.munica tions term meaning a. radio transmitter and receiver enclosed in the same housing. To describe the special electronic equipment used for Voice reception then, the original term Spirit Voice Receiver, which is also easily translatable into other languages, is still preferable. (SW) In writing, when mentioning one of the Spirits by name, rather than saying the pe::r:,on is "deceased" or in the Spirit World, or that they have "sloughed off their mortal coil", etc., the author suggests we simply use the designation (SW) mea.ning Spirit World, behind that pe::r:,on "s name • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVER

DEVELOPMENT Pa.rt III THE PSYCHOKINETIC SENSOR Pa.rt I In Dec of 198o, the author's wife, Mu-y, was shown a vision by her Gxa.nd In this vision ~ was shown what appeared. to be a. fa.ther, Chief Buckeye (SW). Spirl t Voice Receiver of the future from which the top of the cabinet had been re moved. Inside was a. largeish PC boa.rd upon which was mounted, what !-B.ry described a.s, a. large nu.mber of electronic components. Near the center of the board t.-iere was a. row of seven upsidedown "U" shaped components standing upright which Mu':, described as a.bout 2 to J inches "square" (a.s Hide as tall). It was to t.-iese par ticular components that 1'B.ry's attention was directed by Chief Buckeye, who em phasized there 111USt be seven of these special devices. In our spare time over the next several days we attempted to sketch these components in a.s 111Uch. detail as possible while Mu-y's ::nemory was still fresh. They appear to be arranged in a.n upright position, one behind t."le other to for!ll a twmel, si:i:ilar to the way the hoops a.re placed L--i t."le lawn game of croquet which we played as kids (P-6/6-A). As described, the components appear to be for:ied. of shielded cable or more likely, small di~ter metal tubing. '!bere were t.~e . wires ("J ll ttle things like wires") protruding from the bottom of each leg and penetrating the PC board (P-6/6-B). ~ had the impression that t.-ie components were connected together

in some way tmderneath the circuit boa.rd. There is a. bulge on t."le outside of each leg nea.r the top of the leg, t.-ie inside of the leg is flat o:p:posi te the bulge. The components are descrl bed a..s wh1 te in color except for a. black line above and below the bulge on each leg. The PC board is ba.:re un der these components, th.at is, there a.re no other electronic components within the 6/20 tunnel which is formed by these special devices. These components bear no resemblance whatsoever to any electronic component with which the author is familiar and when this in.forma. tion was received., there was not even the hint o:f a clue as to what they were or how they worked. other than that it was obvious M:!.ry had been shown the psychokinetic sensor elements which are needed to cl.arl.:fy Voice reception. Did the three wires run through from end to end? Was one wire on each end connected. to a shielded cable or tube which en closed. the other two? If so what were the other two wires for? How were they connected to other circuits? What kind of circuits were they connected to? How were these circuits supposed. to work? How were the circuits themselves connected. together? Why were the components shaped as they were? What was their intemal construction? And above all else, what 1n the World were they supposed to D01 There were a hundred such questions and there were ~

answers, - not even one! During appro:d.nately the next 18 month, 1n hundreds of hours of med1 tation while driving, a "Uli:fied. Field Theory" of Voice reception, the Metal Resistance Hypothesis, was gradually worked. out which explains what these components mi.dlt be and how they may work. It was intended. to publish the first ha1:t' of thisHy pothesis in this issue, but th.is is now prevented. by space llmi ta tion. however, the theory indica~ one wire is resistive metal such as Nichrome, the second 1s to supply an excitation signal of some sort to the first, and the third wire, actually one wire on each end, is to ground the shielded cable or metal tube which encloses the other two wires. In short The first prell.minar,y PK M:>dulator was bull t under this Hypothesis during the latter :part of 1982, using 10 ohm wire wound resistors as the test elements. Rather a M1ckey M::>use af'fair containing only .5 stages since this was all that would fit on one breadboard and a second board was not available at the time. One of the purposes of this circuit was to attempt to leazn something about the approximte carrier level which should be used. 11 rather than 2X stage ampli fiers were used which stepeci the signal. When ask, one of ou:c T:ranspartners told us, - "I think we need the low level." (Output level from stage .5 was .oo.5v P-P) This PX M:,d circuit was used. in our B receiver, and

when the first recording was ma.de Sept .5, "82, we received one of the best one-shot effects we had ever received. In this case two di:f:f'erent Ma.le Voices saying "That's good Bill" and "'lha.t 's Good!' Due to a busy yeax of extending our underground irrigation system and plant ing as many as possible of the 6oo Pistachio trees we had ordered for spring plus other problems ranging f'ro11 .aachinery 'breakdowns to attempted vandalism, no fur ther recording was done until Oct 2, '8J. On that date, at the request of the L.BD who wished to have a pre-publication look at what we were doing, and especially at the sketchea ma.de from lrary''s vision, we were visited. by Mr & Mr3 Sherbrooke and Mr Laurence M:Gann, both of whom are Electronics Engineers. Since the author is not an EVP medium and since non-mediumistic reception normally requires several weeks or even months and moy hours of practice before the novice is able to hear and understand even the first Voice, the author con siders demonstrations to be a waste of time, and has~ys had a no demonstra tion policy. However, on this occasion, during the course of an interesting and enjoyable but rather hectic afternoon, at the insistence of Mr Sherbrooke, the author consented. to record several segments of tape. Very reluctantly so, since neither Mr Sherbrooke nor Mr M::Cann had any previous experience with non-medium istic reception. ' ~ E f· ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ f f f f f f ti 6/21 However as it tw::ned out we are now very glad we did record. First of all because Mr M::Gann, with only a little help and in only a short time spent in spot replay was able, to the author's surprise, to hear one of t.."le Voices which had been recorded, even though he had no previous experience with this kind of recep tion. Even more to the author's amazement, Ml.ry learned in a phone conversation several days la.ter tha.t upon further study at home, the Sherbrookes and Mr M::Gann had all three heard ot.."ler Voices, one of which they had been able to identify as ilal ter's fut.her, All of which brought the author to realize that more progress has been ma.de in non-mediumistic electronics than had previously been believed. The second reason is that during the course of recording, several rather loud but not i.mderstandable Voices were heard directly through the speaker of the Spir it Voice Receiver. One of these was so loud it brought 1'B.ry from the Kitchen whsre she had been preparing dinner, Since Voices which can be heard, whether understood or not, directly through the SVR speaker are usually relatively easy to imderstand on playl:::ack, the author was elated at the time, thinking that at least one or two Voices had been Ncaptured" which would be relatively easy for our visitors to disce:rn without an imdue a.mount of playl:::ack. However, on pla.yl:::ack, these particular Voices

were either not present or were not discenia.bly louder than the other Voices which had been recorded:. Over the next few days, in considering this effect, the conclusion was reac.11- ed tha.t it was probably due to an out-of-modulation phase condition which existed In the original between the PK M:ld and the speaker and record.er tape hea.d coils . version the test element-was placed. between ground and the divider output. position a decrease in resistance would result in a decrease in carrier level, but at the same time a decrease in coll resistance at t..-ie speaker and tape head would result in an increase in level, so that the effects would partly cancel. In this 'iihen time perlllitted, several days later, during the next recording session, the elements were reversed and positioned as shown on page 6/12. This resulted in a slight but noticeable improvement in qua.li ty and word cot.mt, and the state ment from our Transpartners that - "History was ma.de this night", as described in the Bulletin of Oct 12, '83, However, not very much History was ma.de on Oct 26, '83 when, in a mart.hon re cording session lasting from 5 oclock in the afte:moon until 11 oclock a.t night, our new 7 stage wit..11 feedback PK Mod (p-6/14) was compared. in simultaneous recep tion with the 5 stage arrangement. Al though it was an interesting and enlighten ing session and there was a further improvement in word count, the actual quality of reception was 11

ttle if any improved. This of course, was ra t..-ier disappoint ing but not particularly surprising since there is still so much we do not know. Despite the lack of greater improvement, one of our Transpa.rtners, an Electronics Engineer, again reassured us t.ha t we a.re working with the right element. the session this gentleman tryed to help us get the most from t..'1e circuit we were working wi t..11 and his suggestions to very slightly reduce feed1::ack and L'rlc~a.se carrier level (from .005v to .02V ,P-P) both helped to a smll extent. l)uri_ng Our conclusion a.t this :point is that if Nichrome is the active eleme."lt we need, then t..-iere is still something a.bout t.."i.e experimental PK Mod circuit arrange ment which is preventing the elements from working efficiently, and/or something lacking in the a...."'Ta.Ilgement, such as a possible excitation signa.l, etc., which is needed. Cne possibility is, as mentioned on page 6/17, that the carbon resistors in the other legs of the divider networks a.re also PK active, which would tend to partly cancel t..'1e PK effect L'rl the wire resistors. Also, a.l though it pro ba.bly 6/22 did not have a great effect, but did ma.de some difference, after the session a wiring error was discovered in that the carbon resistor in the second stage di vid er, due to an oversight, had not been connected to ground, in effect making the Modulator 6 stage rather than 7. Although the author is now about 80% convinced that

Nichrome is the element we need, and believes initial progress has been ma.de under this hypothesis, the author is also a firm believer in a diversified approach to the problem of Voice clarification, and does not, at this point in time, recommend that others discon tinue work under their current hypothesis in order to work with this possibility, al though of course, welcome to do so if they wish. EXPERIMENTAL SPIRIT VOICE RECEIVER Buckeye 1 M PK Mod P 6/14 Generator page 5/16 Power I p .5/4 + - . -~>-- V filter P .5/14 A:F Amp p .5/6 Note - All circuits are experimental and subject to modification at any time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . THE SPIRIT VOICE is edited and publisher by Bill Weisensale, Eox # B.Q., Barstow CA 92311, U.S.A. Technical Consultant, Dave Lloyd. Your hypotheses, opinions, viewpoints and comments are invited. Any statements printed in '!be Spirit Voice are open for discussion. 'lbe editor's opinions are stricUy his own, and under no circumstances are to be taken as representing the viewpoints of any Organiza tion to which the editor belongs. 'lbe Spirit Voice is independent and unaffili ated with any Organization. t - .--, li ~[ID~ A TronsCommunication Technical Letter .i9.98 Nu111ber =========================================================. ========· .•

: ==-7 June 7 For The ■ avice (and others) IHTRl'DUCTION in More rec en-t years as "Channelers". Throughout recorded History there have always been people who have Known by Many differen~ claiMed to be in coMMunication with the dead. in different tiMes and cultures, in Modern tiMes they have been naMes Such known as "MediuMs", or inherent coMMUnication has always had and always will have, is credibility probleM. like Preachers and Politicians, Channelers are MOS"t invalid. HuM~ns are subject, •to conYincing to people wtto are already conYince-d. error and self-deception, not and Channelers being huMan, are no exception. Considering tha~ for every honest ten who ar~ self-deluded, untalented, or outright fraudulent, and i t is easy s:to understand why i t is iMpossible to convince the public at largel' and spe-c i fical 19 .is genuine, or for that Matter, tha"t such coMMUnication is even poss.ible. is not to say all such coMMunic.ation to Mention ulterior Motives, the sc ienti fie coMMUni ty, that such coMMUnication there are probably talented Channeler This But and an I" to tape froM Since recorders and 28th Century electronics Only wi'th the adven"t of through "the unseen "Electronic Me-diUMShip" to a More sophis"tica'ted radios have no has i t bee oMe potentially possible eleva-:t,e coMMUnica"tion and credible level. intelligence, no subconscious, no ulterior MO"tives, and faithfUJll,J f",@.pr,a4Vce :ttut ::!H,n&ls "they receive, i1: is exceedingly d i f f icu l t to ar-gue "that v-oices re::t:e.ii.y.ed ,;an "through 'these devices are not genuine.

increasing nuMber of people toda9 who take serious19 the pos-sibili•:tY -of survival and ,who have sJ.Jrvived, who would never have serious19 considered ;s.uch poss.ibilit·i':e<s A on ·:-r-he "tee hno 1 ogy st i l ! Electronic .it .i,s becoMing internationally known, holds the poten"tial of having a gre.~~e·r effect on our Civilization and "the awareness level of .huMani'tY, ·':th.an any other discovery in huMan History. !Joice PhenoMena <EIJP), or TranscoMMUnication as 'the possibility of coMMunicating inherently susp~.ct C·hannelers. "E 1 ec 1:ron i c Medi uMsh i p"., Because of this there :r3r.e the s"trength of evidence froM in fanc !:.', those '\llith i 1:,. s in Although a considerable aMount of inforMation has been published in Ne':tlsle"t'ters and Books during "the past "three decades abou"t ,I.FJrious b:.&en aspec-ts of TranscoMMunica"tion, directed specifically a't helping 'the novice begin recording. 'ThO:Se ·:n-f 'the sub jec 't have for the MOS1: par't wr:it~en :on us Who have wr i 't'ten on to us personally anij ~ave those aspects this Material has "that are MOS't interesting l i t t le of tended to ignore or forget "the contusion, frus"tration, and unanswered questions encountered in first learning to record. B!J no Means could all of the possible questions a beginner Might ask, be answered in a paper such as this. Nor ~ould it be possible to go into great detail about all of the various Methods of recording voices froM the great beyond, but it is the author's hope that enough basic inforMation

Might be presented to help the beginner start on what can be an awesoMe, eye-opening journey. I.S TRANSCOMMUNICftTION FOR REAL? The first question that co...es to Mind When first hearing about TC, is whether or not it is for real. Are we dealing with !,Jet More New Age M!,11tho109!,II which is interesting but unprovable, or are we dealing 'with verifiable fact? Is TC reproducible? Does it occur under carefully controlled conditions? Is this a new pheno1111enon? ~ To answer the last question first, the EVr is no"t a new discover!,}. Unexplained Messages have been reported, on occasion, since as far back as the days of the telegraph. One of "the books writ"ten on the subject is Phune C..fll 1 s FroM The l)ead b!J D. Scott Rogo and RayMond Bay 1 ess, detailing case histories of people li"terall!,11 receiving phone calls froM Radio receivers seeM to have been especiall!I "deceased" rela'tives. subject to such unexplained Messages. Although these earl!J reports were Mostly anecdotal in nature there is no reason not to believe Most are valid, , for Although W repea"ted study, to preserve such Messages The Modern era of TranscoMMunication can probably be considered to have started with the use of recorders which for the first tiMe Made it a. possible reported first here in the United States in an article by von Szalay and Ra!,IIMOnd Ba!,Jless, the article drew little attention and was ignored by -the Parapsychological COMMUnity. Mr Friedrich Jurgenson who P•.Jbl,ished a book in GerMan and Dr

Konstantin Raudive who published the later transla"ted into English under the book Unhorbares Nird Horbar, title Bredlcthrough_. tor bringing of TranscoMMUnication into public awareness. Raudive who recorded over 50,000 such voices over a period of soMe years, proved beyond the shadow of a doubt that the voices are real and that the phenoMenon is producible under laboratory conditions in the presence of knowledgeable Since this ti Me probab 1 y hundreds of peop 1 e and rel i ab 1 e witnesses. have succeeded in recording such voices. SoMe of whoM such as RayMond Cass and .Gilbert Bonner of England, and Sarah Estep, Dan McKee, David few Lo"thaMer., and Bi 11 0 "'Heal of the United States, represen"ta1:ive for exaMina"tion b!J others. tapes of voice jus"t to naMe a· deserve Most have Made saMples, saMPles credit the who true, One could easil!,11 COMPile a list of several dozen Ph!.!Sicists, Eiectronics Engineers and Electronics Technicians, people who would not stake their reputation on soM-ething unless they were absolutel!,1 certain it was experiMented with Transc OMMUn i cation and who have been wi 11 i ng to pub Ii c I y state that such voices are real and that their existence cannot be explained by current scientific knowledge. The author has persona 11 !,II per for Med experiMen"ts electroMagneticall!J shielded container with no Microphone u~~d so that W' is was been iMpossible froM the standpoin"t of science for voices to have recorded "through reception of either radio or audio signals. to-tally

enclosed equipMent was investigated in which have "the and in an ~ 2 Hevertheless voices still appeared on the tapes. - WHO ARE WE IN COMMUNICATION WITH? This is a question each experiMenter Must answer for theMselves the based on consensus of opinion, which 'the author agrees wi"th, is that b!} far the vast Majority siMPlY originate froM people just like ourselves who have proceeded us through the transition we call "dea"th", their own work, intuition, but reason and thus far the that person Whether speaking these space persons are A Much sMaller nuMber of voices seeM to be of non-earth origin. Sarah Es'tep and others, as we 11 as the author, have been to 1 d on occasion Space" or eMbOdied or "extra"terrestrial", diseMbodied is not clear, but the author has reason to believe we are contacted at ti...es by both. Dan Mckee and others, have been told on a nuMber of occasions that they are froM "other diMensions" or "parallel Universes", etc. Again it is not clear whether the persons or beings speaking are eMbodied or diseMbodied. TranscoMMunication is still very there in it,s infancy and is l"ttJCh Just who we undoubtedly Much More to be are in contact with and what they have to say to us is enough ~o ke~p investigators busy for Many years and provide the Material for nuMerous books get to be written. in certain areas such as "this learned than is already known. "froM is WHY ISH~T THERE A MAJOR SCIENTIFIC IHVESTIGATION?

In a word the answer to this is that TranscoMMUnication is 5iMPl~ In theory scientists can study anything within "their too "tar out". In actual practice it is non-scien"ti!."t$ general field of expertise. holding the purse strings who M'ake 'the decisions as to what subjt:•c"ts will be inves"tigated. These COMMittee MeMbe~s or boards of directors, e'tc., as in turn Mt.1st explain their decisions to whatever GovernMent agency, University, or stockholders, etc., are ac tua 11 y supp 1 y i ng "the Bee a use of the way· the systeM works funding is granted only tor those projects which are expected to yield financial dividends, or in the case of basic research only for those projects which definitel';,1 non-controversial. 'the case M'ay be, conservative, are Most orthodox funds. and and personal contact c ou 1 d afford i nues"t i gati on. Mr Meet<.. let"ters with George Meek, founder of the t1etasc i enc e Foundation, over a per.;. oc: of soMe years, left absolutely no stone unturned in an effort to lig~t a fire under the Scientific/Cultural/Financial es"t:ablishMent i,, order through the to initiate a serious sci ent i Fi c ,Htd Media, inst i 1:ut ions who fund sue h research, did eo:Jer~rth i r.g huManly possible to either secure the necessary funding or generate ~ke investigatiun. necessary the necessary Unfortunately, although a serious investigation siMPlY did not in'teres't funding and/or Materialize. reMains Consequently essen't i a 11 y in which researchers are s't i 11 working on

their own tiMe and at their own expense, which in the Cdse the probleM, ~~r. of those of us who are working on the electronics of easil~ run into thousands of dollars. there were Modest donations, for this day TranscoMMUnicatioo a "grass-roots" MoveMen t individuals scientific interes1: serious and to~ to 'to a In this saMe conteXL we M'ight ask why this subject is not being This is after all their field, is investigated by Par3psychologists. i t not? There seeMs to be two reasons here Wh~ this is not being done. 3 froM trying lectured on to gain acceptance First, with a very few exceptions sue h as Dr D. Scott Rogo Who has the EVP, Most Parapsychologists, investigated and even s"till the scientific establiShM-ent, consider it prudent to sta!,I on "safe" ground sue h as playing with ESP Second, since Transc OMMun i cation involves both cards and statistics. electronics and an unknown t!,lpe of energ!,I, probabl!,1 psychokinetic, it in the field of Paraphysics rather than Parapsychology, is actuall!I tiMe. if any it would be That such they are psychologists, not technical Parapsychologists are just that - people. included at least a Ph!lsicist or Electronics Engineer on the staff, it would be exceedingly difficult for a Parapsychologist to proue what was and What was not electronical lY paranorMal. It seeMS that rather than beco...e involved in any such COMPiications, Parapsychologists would rather just ignore the whole subject, even though it is b!I f~~ the Most iMportant thing they

could possibly study, teaM effort Mounted which Unless there were a field existed at this is ISN'T TRANSCOMMUNICATION CONTRARY TO RELIGIOUS BELIEF? Obviously this is a question about which each Taper Must Make up their own Mind, forMer President, the author would like to Make it perfectly clear that the following is personal opinion and nothing More. To quote a In essence every Major religion has two things in coMMon. first the teaching that there is a SupreMe Being and second that the huMan spirit survives death, both of Which we are ask to accept on faith alone. Nothing iMaginable could be of greater benefit in verif!ling the theological position than absolute, incontestable proof that either one or both of these teachings is true. Since in the due course of tiMe as reception iMproves, TranscoMMunication will prove to huManity in every corner of the World, that the huMan spirit does in fact survive death, it is the best thing that could happen to organized religion. of and dea 1 great he 11 fire daMnat ion c ontrovers!I far higher general it would seeM that religion is aMOng Many other things, Although this is unlikely to happen sMoothlY or to happen without a the fundaMentalists (May God save us froM fundaMentalists), it will in tiMe lead to a far 11tOre huMane civilization, Although no one May agree with the author on this poin"t, a stop-gap Measure initiated by higher intelligence, to point huManity in the right general direction until eventually we

are able to prove to the "theologians ourselves through science and have been telling us since way back when is, 9enera11yi speaking, the The Bible tells us truth about the greater reality in which we live. to know the truth and the truth will set us free, In few areas could this More aptly apply than in TranscoMMunication. level of enl ightenMent and a technology, that what froM future. There is evidence that science, religion and Philosophy are all gradually converging toward a single point that lays soMewhere in the an distant true uni Magi nab 1 e c on c e pt o f religion? philosophy? Actually i t will Make no difference, we can flip a coin and "take our choice, because it will all be the saMe body of knowledge, body of knowledge about the Uni verse enab l i ng What w i 11 we c a 11 a s c i enc e? "there will be th i s know 1 edge this point re a 1 i t y . reached When is HOW DIFFICULT IS TRAHSCOMMUHICATIOH? 4 - - At first glance it would seeM this ~~ould be quite easy, It seeMs a11 one would have "to do is have a quie"t a recorder, reques"t c OMMUn i cation, record so Me tape and "then Play it back "to see wha"t has Un fortuna"te 19 for a 11 of us, been said by whoe•Jer Mi gh"t be present. and especially for the Novice,

TranscoMMunication is not qui"te "this s i MP 1 e . i t re q u i res i s a deterMination, presistence and patience to acquire. s k i l l and 1 i k e an Y other s k i l 1 TC rec e p "t i on rooM, s i g n a I That is, is i n the "terr i b I e The pr i Mary di ff i cu I t y "to no is e ratio encountered. the voices are alMos"t always so subMerged in noise that they are verg difficul"t to unders"tand and often difficult "to detect as being present at all. This becoMes More understandable when we consider that our spirit friends are, at least ~roM our standpoint, iMMaterial. They exist eviden"tlY, as a forM of energy and as such they do not have a Material voice box to create disturbances in air pressure which we perceive as sound waves. theM to Nor radio waves to us, since sue h a trans Mi t"ter ( and every o"ther "transM"i t elec"tronic and electrical energy to which The Miracle is that they Manage to get through to us by any Means. they do not have access. is it possible for requires Material elec"tronic coMponents device) trans11ti"t The ques"tion is just how do they get through if they can'~ whisper into a Microphone or the process of eliMination and "through experiMental results the answer to this seeMs to be by

effecting our equipMe-nt Mentally, that is through what we call psychokinetic energy. Since we here in "the Material world have not yet learned how 1:0 build a psychokinetic receiver, TC reception is still quite difficult priMarilY because of the unsuitable and inefficient e1ec"tronic equip111ent we have available to us for "this purpose. radio signal? By a and to Make re-quires in order de"ter11tination, is quite weak and patience As you probably already know "there are a few individuals who"s very presence during recording seeMs to facilita"te exceptionally good quality voice reception. Why this is so even those fortunate few whoM for Many of us however, we Migh"t call TransMediuMs, cannot explain. reception practice, presistence, initial contact and es"tabliSh COMMUnication. And as with MOSt Skills, the MOSt difficult part is in the beginning. AlMost everyone of us who have succeeded in ec;"!ablishing coMMUnication have experienced an initial period which lasted anywhere froM several days to several Months during Which we had to train our ears and Minds to perceive the presence of, and learn to unders"tand the voices that were recorded. i Mportant to be persistent. CoMMunication is difficult not only froM our side but froM the other side as well, It requires a great deal of work and pa"tience froM our spirit friends to coMe through to us, and "they are not likel~ to Make very Much effort until a Taper has deMonstrated through their presistence ~ha"t they are serious and that it is not just a Matter of passing

curiosity. Although no"t a particularly easy "thing to do, the results of establishing co.,.Mt.Jnica"tion far outweigh the diff--iculties involved, just as the elation fel~ bY a Skier flying gracefully down a snow covered slope far outweighs "the ti~es they fell into a snow bank in learning to ski. It is Mos"t WHO CAN ESTABLISH TRAHSCOMMUHICAT!ON? In so far as is known to the patience is capable of doing this. peop 1 e who,. s attention span is so author, alMOst anybody who has the I say alMOSt because all of us know i f "they do not sue c eed short tha"t 5 instantly at whatever they are trying to do 1 ose interest and go on to soMething else. Obviously people such as this are not going to succeed in TC or for that Matter, probably in "'1..ICh of for the great Majority TC MaY be difficult to a greater anything else. or lesser degree but there is no reason to believe it cannot be done. i 11tMed i ate 1 y they , top of the scale As Mentioned previously there are a few individuals, Sarah Estep few being an outstanding ex a Mp 1 e, who are strong TransMedi uMs. are at the in so far as TC reception quality is concerned, often receiving voices so loud and clear as to be readily understandab 1 e On the bottoM through speakers rather than earphones. of the scale are persons sue h as the author who are definite

1 y not TransMediUMS, who alMOst always have extreMely weak reception and who's presence or absence during the recording process is totally iMMaterial least to already hundreds have at established c oMMun i c a"t ion, i t seeMS prob ab 1 e that fltOSt peop 1 least that probably everyone is soMewhere on ~he scale between these two extreMes. Since thousand people who transMediUMistic ability and the quality o~ reception. there are probably at soMe degree of and perhaps several These have e turning up who get quite good reception. As you learn to record you Might be fortunate and find that you It seeMs that hardly a year goes b9 yourself are a strong TransMediuM. And wi thou't new people l i tt 1 e or no"th i ng to do with transMed i UMi st i c ab i l i "tY see Ms whether or not one is psychic or MediuMistic As an in other areas. exaMple, the author's Wife is psychic in several areas including direct or telepathic reception froM the spirit world, but her TC reception is no better than the author's. On the other hand Bill O'Neal who is also ps9chic in other areas has had soMe of the best TC COMMUnica'tion ever recorded. to have If in tiMe you find that you are not a TransMediUM or that you do a par'ticularly strong do not not have There is no reason you cannot establish COMMunication, you despair. have to work a bit

harder. it! so take heart froM the fact Will a period of tiMe reception quality seeMs to iMprove at least 'that to soMe degree and with continued practice the Taper becoMes MOre adept a"t discerning and understanding what is said, transMediUMistic ability, just over CAM I CONTACT MY FRIENDS AND RELATIVES? "to "trul~ reMind nature awesoMe ourselves ~f This is a question that has no siMPle 9es or no answer. Again we have of the TranscoMMUnica"tion. We are not dealing here with a phone call Made to a friend in another city, but rather with contac"t be'tween two en'tirely differen't realities, which is soMething else al-together. For one thing "the separa"tion we call death is not a't all the saMe thing to theM as it is to us. When we 1 ose soMeone dear to us we seeM' "to have 1 ost theM longer see that person or hear en1:ire1y and perManentl!,1. 'theM 'talk to us, "they are SiMPlY gone froM our lives. This is not "true in the spirit world. The!,11 can and often are li"terall!,1 right wi"th us. They can see us, they can hear us, they know how we are doing, how we are feeling, even what we are thinking. Consequent!~ "they do no't feel anything near the sa"'e sense of urgency to c on1:ac t us as we do "to con~act theM. FroM "their standpoint the~ know "that the separation that seeMS so perManent to us, is but a tick of e"ternity's clock and "that join

theM in the hereafter. very shortl!>' the person left behind will Often tiMes it seeMS their MOSt i11tpor"tant concern i~ SiMPlY "to reassure We can no 6 us they have survived, that they have died and it hasn't done theM any harM. to deMonstrate sincerit!I, In reality the great Majority of spirit COMMunicators are people to the Taper, at least during the Taper's present who were unknown It seeMs that when soMeone begins taping and is persistent lifetiMe. enough that a group of spirits, probabl!I volunteers, forM in order to help that person with TC reception. As Mr Harold SherMan often said 11 1 ike attracts 1 ike" and general 19 speaking to be quite true where TC is cone erned. Those spirits one this see Ms individuals Who hears pretty Much share in short just the kind of people the Taper May have as close friends were they here in the Material realM. This group May or it May not include soMeone who was a It probab 1 y wi 11 the Taper was associated in past lifeti..es. the Taper's general attitudes, beliefs, etc., friend or relative in the present lifetiMe. a person or persons with whoM the "regulars", seel't to be froM MOSt often, inc 1 Ude thing Another to be considered is that just as there is a considerable variation in transMediUMistic ability by persons here on our side, there also seeM5 to be a variation in coMMUnicating ability aMong those in the spirit world. It is

believed by the author that for the MOSt part thos~ who volunteer to help us record are individuals who have this ability to a higher degree. And as Mentioned previously. this May or May not include friends and relatives. To return then to th~ original question, the chances are quite good that you Will hear froM at least soMe of your friends and relatives at least on occasion. There could be one or MOre who speak to you often. There could be one or More who speak to you only once or on rare occasion, even though you would like to hear froM theM MUCh MOre often. And there May be one or More whoM you ask for often, who never speaks to you. In the latter case there MaY be a reason why they cannot, such as siMPlY not having enough COMMUnicating ability to get through strong enough for you to understand, or they May have already reincarnated and longer be residing in the spirit world. Again there seeMs to be a no considerable different froM people they have known 1n this researchers. and lifetiMe- relatives only rarely or not at all. variation SoMe seeM to hear frequently, while others hear experiences between friends rather froM the of I My Perhaps the author ✓ s own experience along this line will serve to I was raised froM illustrate the kind of thing that Might happen. joined the service, by MY paterna 1 infancy to the age of 18 when

These people were dear to Me and I tried repeated I y to Grandparents. I have recorded a great Many voices over the Al though contact theM. I have not been able that of either years, Grandparent. f" at her with whoM I was a 1 so very close has only c Oti'le through less than a half dozen ti...es, at least that I aM sure about, in 16 years. The saMe is ~rue of MY younger Brother who was killed at the just age of 20. practice) with whoM I parted under l~ss than friendly circuMstances, to put it Mi 1 d l y, and who" through on tape several tiMes, the first tiMe being quite a surprise as I did not know (Yes, we now get along at the ti Me that she was as we say "deceased". On the other hand just fine since we live in two different realities) in 1:he two peop 1 e who have been present and who have c OMe second ex-wife (the first two Marriages were I never ask for, has c oMe identify any as through to H'!,1 7 alMost every session during the whole 16 years, and who have helped tre"'endously in MY work, are both people whoM I have never Met. One, Mr Harry Pointwel (with one 1> is an Electronics Engineer. The other, I have never Met. Hidie Schneider, is actually an Aunt, but one whoM I aM told, I did spend a previous lifetiMe However, according

to What with both of these people in Russia. To SUMMarize, the experience of each Taper seeMs to be different. There are Many factors here, soMe known, How Many of your friends and relatives Might contact you and to what degree depends to soMe extent on your ability and persistence, to soMe degree on their ability and inclinations, whether or not they have reincarnated, etc., and probably on other factors as well of Which we are not even aware. In short the only way to find out for sure is to do it, soMe unknown. CAN THE SPIRITS TELL ME EVERYTHING I WOULD LIKE TO KNOW? The answer to this is a flat no. There are several reasons for this, the first one of which is because the spirits siMPlY don't know everything, even though froM their position they know MUCh More than we do and at 1:iMes May even Make predictions MOn"ths or even years in accuracy. As an ex a MP le, in advance that c oMe true with astonishing i976 Mary was told there was only one way and one way only "that voice reception could be iMproved, but that there would be systeMS o~ voice reception developed about which a "big to do" would be Made but which I was so certain l'tar!,I had would not be the right wa9. Misunderstood I did not write this Message down as I usually do. After all how could a "big to do" be 11111ade about a receiving systeM

that did not work? However, since that tiMe there has indeed been several such sys"teMS developed about which a "big to do" was Made because it worked well for the TransMediuM who had developed the syste11111. But at the saMe tiMe these systeMS have obviously 001: been the right way because they have not worked This prediction, which I was so sure was wrong in !976, has indeed coMe 1:rue with awesoMe accuracy. for other people, even other TransMediUMS. At the tiMe- ( Hid i e to ask for and Harry both rep 1 i ed on The second reason is that there are certain things they are not perMit"ted 1:0 tell us. The Spiri"t World has it's own se"t or rules just as we have ours. The author knows of several such things and there are On one occasion I ask, no"t being sure, probably a nuMt:Jer of o"thers, inforMation on a certain whether or not it would be OK topic . tape "We can help you". IMMediatelY following this response however, a ver9 authoritative Male I had never heard on tape before, cu1: in and voice, the likes of Which said "there isn't ti Me". I • next had an later when About a week oppor1:unitY to record, I brought up the subject again and was then told by Hidi e On questions "they are not per Mi tted to the subject wi 11 be changed, an answer there is usu a 11 y no answer, answer of

such vague or generalized nature is given that it is actuallY no answer at all, or as told "not <The novice will probably find out for theMselves what pert11itted 11 1 ot of duMb questions just 1 i ke the these subjects are b!,1 asking a author did) this case, we are siMPlY per11111i tted", 11 No1: in , The third reason why they cannot tell us soMething we would like to know even when the!,1 kn~w and are perMitted to tell us, is that it is iMpossible to do so. This is siMPlY because there are no words in our language or cone epts in Material reality they c ou 1 d use to hang new 8 inforMation on. How could they tell us what light feels like, or how color sounds, or even soMething as SiMple as what the electroMagnetic lines of force surrounding our power lines looks like? The answer is that they cannot and for the Most part they don't try. If you knew a person who had been blind froM birth, would you even atteMPt to explain to that person what a sunset looks like? Not likely. Where would you even begin? ARE THERE ANY DANGERS INUOLUE&? for the vast ...aJoritY of people who approach TranscoMMunication with c oMMOn sense. there is 1 i t t 1 e for that sMall percentage, perhaps 5%, who seeM to have a talent for becoMing carried away and get'ting theMSelves into trouble no 111at1:er What they are doing,

the answer to this question is definitely yes. to be cone erned about. for and this is one of the MOst reason it is not very difficult The first of several p0-ten"tial probleMs is that of obsession. interesting things one could TranscoMMUnication possibility do to gradually begin spending too Much tiMe and resources in this activity to the point where it begins to becoMe detriMental to other aspects of one's life. How MUch is too MUCh depends on each individual Taper and their own circuMstances. Obviously a single or retired person could spend Much MOre tiMe doing this than s0111eone supporting a faMily, etc. In general, find yourself becoMing preoccupied, putting off things you should be doing, not having tiMe ror your spouse, or in an~ other way find that TC is having a de1:riMental effect on 9our life, then it is tiMe to record less fr•quently o~ to stop altogether for a while if necessary. All of which is realized in any case by those who in any other approach TC with "the saMe coMMOn sense they would use .-.at1:er. if you The second potential probleM is that of being harassed or Misled. Even though satan and deMOns are M!lthological constructs that have no existence in reality <God does't create Junk), there are unfortunately, a goodly nuMber of depraved persons in the spirit world just as there are here, Who on the rare occasions when they have an opportunity to do so, delight in harassing and/or atteMPting to Mislead

persons who are serious 1 y trying to establish c OMMUn i cation with the beyond. Usu a 11 y the group of serious spirits who have gathered to help "the Taper are able to prevent at least soMe of this froM happening, but not always. If for ex a MP 1 e you are to 1 d "don't listen" or 11 be careful 11. so11teone is told. With trying harassMent, such as foul language, strange sounds, totention of personal Matters you would rather not hear about, etc .• the best thing 1:o do is siMPlY stop recording until at least the next day, bY which ti...e who As with ever was trying to harass you wi 11 probably have gone away. obscene phone calls, continuing 1:o listen only encourages 1:he caller. to disregard soMething you were to warn you More difficult is the probleM of being Misled. Here we MUst take everything with a grain of salt. If there is no way to prove the inforMation given then it Must be considered as just that - unproven. Whatever it is, if it is told to 9ou by soMeone whoM you recognize as a "regular" coMMUnicator then it is MOS"t probably true, - but at the sa...e tiMe not soMething you would want to risk your bank account on. As a froM your good rule of friends in the sp i ri 1: world that you would be unwi 11 i ng to take froM One Must bare in Mind

~our bes"t friends here in the i-tater i a 1 wor 1 d. it is no1: advisable to take advice thuMb, 9 that even though they have talked with certain individuals Many ti.ws theM to be persons of good intent and that what they say is and found true, one can never be absolutely i00% certain of just Who the~ are The bright side of this is that it seeMS as actually talking with. tiMe goes b!,J and those Who are trying to harass or Mislead find that their harassMent is not tolerated and their Misleading state111ents are ignored, they tire of the gaMe and go off to find soMeone else they can influence or upset. ( Another potential probleM is the possibility, however reMOte, of possession. There are no sue h cases persona 11 y known to the author, nevertheless the author believes this to be possible and therefore it in Voices ~-, £ternit.!h deserves possession is not necessarily bad as this is in essence what Channelers perMit to happen in order to facilita1:e direc1: coMMUnication frOM the spirit world, It only becoMes bad when it is without the consent of the person involved. As Sarah Estep Mentioned ...en1:ion. in this there is nothing All of us uery frequen1:l!,J carry on an internal or Mental dialogue in the least abnor111a1. with ourselves and in"to our Minds Also thoughts in the forM of words, which we siMPl!il assu11111e is our own subconscious "talking" to us, which invar-iabl!,J the case. However

what MOst do no"t recognize· is is alMOst that telepathic these voices are COMMUnication froM the unseen. This is siMPlY not recognized because it does not fit the co111fortable reality concept of the Material world. When one hears such a voice that sounds different, even of the opposite gender, etc., it is au"toMaticallY ra•tionalized away as originating in one's own subconscious, if one even gives We- i"t this MUCh protect ourselves by a "barrier of disbelief" as it were. tiny percentage of frequen1:l!I "pop" though"t. fact in a ( to contact us through • l ec tron i cs. When one becoMes seriously involved in TranscoMMunication, this barrier of disbelief begins to cruMble. We becoMtP aware that real i "t!I extends far beyond what we can perceive with our feeble five senses, we becoMe aware that survival is a fact Of life and that those who have survived are ab 1 e In "the end we becoMe aware that they can also contac"t us, at least on occasion, telepathically. Whether or not this should ever becoMe a probleM depends on the in"tention of those coMMunicating and Mostly upon whether or not the person receiving such coMMunica"tion allows theMselves to be influenced, especially if such COMMUnication should be negative. Again telepathic coMMunication should becoMe it is advised soMe MOre stop disturbing, Materialistic pursuit. that if such and perhaps recording- take up to The author believes it is for precisely this reason that lower level spirits on occasion with various researchers over

the years, have atteMpted in one way or another to iMP@de TranscoMMUnication research. t\ccording to fundaMentalists evil spirits <1ess enlightened spirits> want to see TranscoMMUnication expand because this would give "theM MOre oppor1:unity to negatively influence huManit9. The author believes, and the experience of various researchers indicates, that lower spirits do no"t want TranscoMMUnica"tion "to expand, otherwise "they would be trying to help The fact of the Matter is that lower spirits have been negatively influencing huManitY for centuries through telepathic suggestion, just as good spirits have Through TranscoMMUnication been instead of trying to harass and Mislead. in "the saMe Manner. influencing us 10 level is raised, people becoMe aware of survival hutiitanity's awareness and the existence of lower level spirits and being arMed with knowledge are Much Lower 1 evel spirits are against expansion of TranscoMMunication because the!,! don't want to see their fun and ga...es brought to an end, to sue h negative l e--ss susc ept i b 1 e inf 1 uenc e, rec o g n i z i n g l i t e w i thou t the i r or i g i n , Like Most peop 1 e I could otherwise know. I heard telepathicall!I once Again perhaps the author's personal experience along this line May I had probab 1 !,,I heard sue h voices on A f 't er I be he 1 p tu l . o c c as i on MO st o f MY involved

with TranscoMMUnication i t dawned on Me that soMe of becaMe in awhile, sounded reMarkabl!,1 the voices SiMilar to voices I had been hearing on tape. The clincher however, was the realization that on occasion I was told soMething there was no As an ex a Mp 1 e, one night wh i 1 e possible way driving toward Oakland I was told "Red Cadillac", About an hour later s t i l l on red I started to slow down the car cut Cadillac pul 1 along side. The car was so close that had I into M!il not already had MY too"t on the brake there would have been a disastrous accident. There have been other tiMes when I received a warning that I tor and at tiMes coMMents, soMetiMes serious, soMetiMes was tiMe even aMusing, about soMething At no however, has such telepathic coMMunica"tion ever been a probleM. How often does this happen? tiMes within a week, at o"ther tiMes perhaps only once Within several MOnth, but at no 'tiMe has i t been frequent. for a car of this description, lane headed for an off raMp. SoMetiMes several thinking about. thankful I was Just as lockout saw a the I to speak~ in this context which One other poin"t Migh"t be Mentioned is actually a benefi't but which could at the saMe to a certain exten"t, be a probleM for soMe. For lack of a bet"ter naMe we Might calL this "future shock" or 'the sudden

realization of "the reality of real to be reality, so We COM'fortable1 with the faMiliar and 1 i k e i n California we especially appreciate i t when the floor stays in place) As we grow up and torM a concep,: of reach adulthood we gradually reality, which although i t changes, usually only in Minor w~ys, 1'eM-ains with us throughout l i fe , Whatever that concept is, i t is a concept we are coMfortable with, like things to stay that way. p 1 a c e wh i 1 e we wa 1 k huMans have a strong < Here tendency to stay f 1 o or tiMe, the We i t . on i n i t has no This afterlife however, Many of these concepts, especially aMOng the religious, include the possibility of an afterlife, is an I t is part Of what people pay lip service to on Sunday abstraction. ;.1orning bU"t If one beCOMeS seriously involved in TranscoMMunication a point is reached where this attitude is no longer Maintainable, At soMe point i t hits hoMe, like a f i s t in "the gut, that these people are RE AL Hot only are they real but they are right here inside one's own hoMe. There are people MOSt Of which one does not know and does not even know how Many, people one cannot see, hear, or touch, walking around or floa"ting around as roo...-, During one recording in the saMe-

the case May be, right here when the author ask how Many people were present the answer was 11 28 11 real Meaning or reality. • One day during "the course of recording, talking with where "space" or "Spirit World" or so Me sue h. b!,1 I was they were, expec-ting an answer of "Heaven", or The answer however ...,as "here, ( They have since proven on nuMerous occasions tha"t the rec order". I ask soMeone 11 they are present and totally aware of everything in the rooM,) I think it was at this point that I began to get self-conscious about living in a house full of people, especially people I couldn't see. During this period of tiMe I'M glad there wasn't anyone around, other than Mary, to see so...e of the things I did, such as careful l!I closing the bathrooM door when I was the only one in the house, or putting on MY robe even on hot SUMMer nights, if I had to use the bathrOOM in the Middle Of the in the course of night. I Managed to bUMP MY head searching in the dark for MY Misplaced robe, on the wa 11 and stub MY thought to I "M dressed they can hel 1 with 1:he robe, if they don "1: 1 ike the way look the other way. toe on the bed. At that point I to a head one night when This all caMe is one really exists. in fact only a

part and perhaps no1: The point of all this is that through serious involveMent with TranscoMMUnication one Places theMselves in a position where they are forced to recognize that the Material reality al 1 of us have been so a very coMf-ortable with, If one already holds iMPor1:ant part, of what spiritualis1:ic beliefs 'then this is siMPlY verification. Bu1: if, as the author once was, a Materialist who believes that if soMething can"t be put in a test tube or looked at through a telescope, i t siMPlY doesn't exist, the sudden realization that survival is a fact of 1 i fe and that rea 1 i ty is soMeth i ng far greater than has ever been guessed, can be a shocking experience tha"t requires a Major reality concept readjustMent. And this is so...ething that not everyone can cope As Mentioned, people like "the reality floor to s"tay in place with. while they are "trying to walk on it. In any case "the end result is As soMeone once said "A Mind once s"tretched by a new beneficial. it"s concept, or i gi na 1 size". And if Transc oMMUn i cation is any"thing, it is a Mine stretching experience. is never again capable of shrinking back "to quite is ( HOW DO I KNOW THEY ARE WHO THEY SAY THEY ARE? If one receives a phone call and the person at the o"ther end of the 1 i ne i dent i fies theMSe 1 ves as one's

Mother, and one knows their Mother is still here in the Material world, then one assuMes they are in fact talking with their Mother even though they cannot actually see the person on the other end of the line. This is especially so if that tone of Yoice one would expect their person speaks with Mother to have, expresses 'the saMe at"ti 'tudes they would ex pee t their Mo"ther "to express, and is COMPietely knowledgeable about all sorts of faMilY Mat"ters 'tha't are known to no one else. "the saMe the voice appears on On "the other hand 1e1:s suppose one's Mother is "deceased". And lets suppose one hears the saMe voice expressing the saMe at"titudes and hau i ng the saMe tone and the saMe kn owl edge of fa Mil Y trivia, etc . , a tiMe this only Is one to judge the identity of the person speaking by the telephone. personality, character and knowledge expressed by the voice or is one to the voice arrives? A 1 though as Mentioned previous 1 y, we can never be abso 1 ute 1 y 100% cer'tain of whoM we are talking with, it is the author"s personal belief 1:hat the great Majority of these people are in fact exactly who they say they are. But again this is soMething abou~ which each Taper MUS~ their own work, in each case, Make up experience and in~uit•~ ... the Means by which instead of "through identity based on their

own Mind, based on judge tape 12 WHAT IS THE BEST TRAHSRECEPTIOM METHOD? Not everyone uses the saMe Method and certainly not everyone agrees as to what the best Method is, so what we will talk about is the Method I believe as least the which Majority would agree is the best with present da9 equipMent. This Method is known as the radio Method or More precise 1 y as the ai rband Method. the Most used and which is no doubt that In this Method a radio receiver capable of tuning to the airband, around 128 to 130 Mhz, is tuned to a quiet spot within this band where only static is heard rather than Pilot or control tower transMiSsions. It is this static through is recorded and the static as earphones and exaMined like all radio Methods, this carrier energy froM which to forM words. Me'thod has froM very distant aircraft or control for paranorMal voices, although "'ost Tapers soon learn to tell the difference. Paradoxicly, on occasion such an actual aircraft or tower transMission is used soMe wa!J b!:I our spirit fr-i ends to for"' different words of their own. That is, the energy in such a transMission is changed or reModulated to forM This is one of the the words the spirits are trying to say to us. effects in transreception that Must be heard to be appreciated. the drawback that actual transMissions towers can be Mistaken then played back The voices use for voices. WHAT

OTHER TRANSRECEPTION METHODS ARE USED? There is a considerable variety of Methods used and space does not perMit a coMprehensive description of all Methods and it is doubtful if any one person knows of all Methods that haue been experiMented with. Rather we will briefly describe several of the better known Methods in order to get a feel for the kind of thing that is being done. The first Method that should be Mentioned is the non-airband radio In essence this is the saMe as the airband Method except that Method. the regu 1 ar AM different frequencies are used which can uary In a 11 cases broadc as"t band up to the shortwave aMateur radio bands. one- tries to tune to a qui et spot on the dial where there is only static. However on Most of these other bands it is difficult to find sue h a spot bee a use of the- aMOunt of bro a de ast i ng. < So Me Researc he-rs believe frequency has soMething to do with who we contact. That is tha't we- would contact higher MOre enlightened spirits b9 so...ehow using high frequency equipMent. Although 'this Might eventually prove true, to this date there is no factual evidence to support this hypothesis.> froM .do level controls on the saMe An often used Method especially aMOng those new to taping, is what is usually called the open Microphone Method. In this Method the only piece of equipMent used is the tape

recorder, The recorder is siMPlY set to record and the recording level(s) is set to MaXiMUM. <If there internal au"toMatic gain are no c on'tro 1 wi 11 In this Method it is even More iMportant to have a ver!J quiet place to record than with other Methods, although working in a quie't place is always iMportant. Any noise loud interfere with your enough exaMination of the 'tape on playback. In this Method the spirits use the internal noise which is generated in all electronic circuits plus very low background sounds as carrier energy froM which 'to forM words. Genera 11 y speaking the open Microphone Me-thod does not !Ii e 1 d quite as a 1 though there have good quality voices as does been Many excellent quality voices received by this Method, <It Might the recorder thing.) 'the a i rband Method, to hear during recording will for you the 13 'tha't be no'ted 'the highest frequencies genera'ted inside a rec order is the erase frequency of about 40-80 kilohertz, Which is well below even 1:he broadcas't radio band. Despite the fact tha1: this frequency is 1 ower by several orders of ~gni tude then the frequencies present in the airband Me'thod, it is exactly the saMe individuals who speak to us by either Method. That is, there is no difference in the spiritual level of those contac1:ed by these two Methods Which are so far apart in frequency.) in order soMe kind is deliberately supplied This sound

Might be the sound of a gas flaMe-, The next Method is a variation on the open Microphone Method and In this Method a sound is what we Might call the sound source Method. of to supply carrier the sound of energy. running water, the sound of the wind, background Music, etc. These sounds should be relativel!,J uni forM and of course shoul.d not contain any interfering noises or voices froM here on our side. A varia1:ion of this Method is to use a second recorder Which is used to play back a tape of running water etc.. which was prerecorded. Sarah Estep and others however be 1 i eve th a 1: live sound is better than "caned" sound. That is for exaMple, that is is better to actually use running water during reception than to SiMPlY use a recording of running water as a sound source. This is MOst probably true. Music seeMs to work better if it is being received over a radio at the tiMe of recep'tion rather than using taped Music as a sound source. In conjunction with the radio and open Microphone Methods there The first of t:iMe. In this Method a wireless Microphone is used to pickup froM an airband radio or soMe other sound source. wireless Microphone is then connected to the An AH wireless Microphone is recoMMended. the wireless Microphones now on the Market Method the FM band does not work as well as every reason to believe this also applies

to are other Methods which can be used at the saMe these is the wireless Microphone. Which is actual lY a sound whether it be The receiver unit of the input of Un fortuna1:e l y. a 1 MOS1: a 11 (With the radio are FM. the AM bands and there is wireless Microphones.) Minia'ture radio transMi1:ter, the rec order. Another coMbination Method is actually a different way of playing back the tape for- exaMi nation rather "than a different way to record. This Method which is called reverse taping can be used regardless of In this Method which was discovered by Mr Dan the Method of recording. McKee, the recording is Made on a reel-reel recorder. A~ter recording the reels are reversed as if to record the other side of the tape, The "tape - is then given a half twist before reaching the tape head and the tape is "then exaMined in the usual Manner. McKee, Estep and nuMerous others have received Many good quality voices in this way. This Method is MOst interesting for at 1eas1: two reasons. First, the voices can be lis~ened to froM either side of the tape and can be saying one thing on one side and soMething different froM the 01:her. Second, since the tape is running backward when listened to froM the reverse side it is nee essary for the spirits to soMehow say the last word they wish to speak first and the first word last. Mot only does the

word order have to be reversed but the words theMselves Must be reversed, nevertheless the spirits soMehow do this and their voices are often as good quality ~!; voices received in the norMal Manner. It"'s as if the spirits are capable of soMehow reversing tiMe itself while they talk to us in this wa!,11, 14 Another such coMbination Method is to have an ultrasonic generator such as an intrusion alarM turned on during the- recording b!,1 one or It is felt the ultrasonic energy helps to supply the another Method. energy the spirits need to get through, In this Method Another bit More technical Method of recording is the transMitter in the ordinary Method. the saMe radio COMbination with frequency. radio transMi tter is designed either to frequency carrier only or a carrier Which has been Modulated with soMe sound such as electronic White noise or the 13 t1ue11er-O"Neil carrier. is used to transMi t radio Method tuned transMitter ver!,l weak tone The a a WHAT EQUIPMENT DO I HEED TO START? Fortunately for the novice. the quality of transreception depends Much More on the Taper than on the equipMent they are using. A Mistake frequently Made is to buy an expensive recorder in the anticipation of There are reasons for using better equipMent Much iMProved reception. been es'tablished but as far as quality of after coMMunication has iMprove-Ment is usually quite Marginal, and reception is concerned, any does not justify a heavy outlay in order to Make initial contact.

a This can be an!,lthing We will start out then with the absolute MiniMUM necessar!,l and The first thing needed is progress to what it would be nice to have. of course, froM a batter!,! tape recorder. powered portable to a stereo R-R tape deck, Regardless of the recorder type it Must have two things in order to be usable. The first of these The c oun"ter is a working tape counter that can be reset to zero. In order to should be fairly accurate, --you will be using it a lot. tape in the recorder, rewind the tape the whole test accurac!,I place a Next fast way, forward the tape to abou't count J.00, At this poin"t the counter should have returned to zero or at leas't to within one or two counts of zero. (998-002) then press the button to set the counter to zero. then rewind the who 1 e way. intend to use a built The second recorders have in Microphone which thing required is an external Microphone. Most for is fine por'table recording a lecture but does not work very well in Transrecep"tion. If inexpensive plug-in ~ou and other electronics Microphones are available at Radio Shack The Microphone(s) May be either of two types - dynaMic or suppliers. electret. Sarah Estep, George Meek and others believe the MOre sensitive electret works better. The author has found in siMultaneous reception experiMents that there were MOre unders"tandable voices on the dynaMic channel than on the electre"t channel.

The choice is yours, either will work and in tiMe you will probably want to try both, a portable recorder, such The next thing 9ou need and which Mian!,I don ✓ t think about, is a Even with the bes"t of tapes and rec orders part of head c 1 eaner tape. tendency to rub off on the tape head, This the tape coating has induces unnecessar'} noise during recording and decreases fidelity on p 1 a9bac k. tha't prob.ab 1 y wou 1 d no 1: be noticed in playing Music but is very iMportant in TranscoMMunication. The cleaner tape should be used as recoMMended and used after about each ten hours If ~our recorder has been used for other purposes be sure to of use. use If !,lour 'tape before atte..-pting to record voices. Th is is an e ffec 1: the cleaner a 15 recorder is brand new it will be OK for at least the first ten hours, The last piece of Must equipMent is a pair of earMUff type earphones. Avoid the lightweight phones often used with por"tables as they are SiMPlY unsuitable because the!I perMi"t dis"trac"ting background sounds to easil!I penetrate. In atteMpting to discern voices buried in noise it is necessar!I to shut out background noise and enter a world of The only kind of !JOUr own where you can concentrate coMpletel!I, earphone that will do this is the earMuff type that covers the whole ear. Another thing that is a Must although

not equipMent, is a quiet is SiMPlY place to work where you will not be iMpossible to do this with the TU blaring awa!I or the people in the next apartMent shaking the walls with their stereo. If it is necessary wait until late at night or even unti 1 the wee hours of the Morning This Makes faMil!I MeMbers or neighbors have retired. until other abso 1 ute 1 y no difference whatsoever to our spirit friends. They are just as inclined to talk with us at 3 AM as at 3 PM. TiMe to theM is not at a 11 We Might say they are on 11 Eternity tiMe". thing it is to us. interrupted. the saMe It in order A piece of equipMent that is nice to have froM the beginning but is an airband radio is not essential receiver. Sarah Estep and the author both have Radio Shack PatrolMan receivers which I for one can certainly recoMMend, although the SW-60 which is the current MOdel in the series is a bit MOre expensive than the earlier Models. The new Models Most probably still have exactl!I the saMe circuits even through there are cos.-.etic differences. to Make contact, ( Even Going further, it seeMS that MOst serious Tapers sooner or later go for stereo equipMent with either a stereo cassette deck or a stereo in either case with a separate stereo aMPlifier and stereo R-R deck, though Most listening is sti 11 done With earphones, speakers. occasionall!I

even non-MediUMS such as Myself r-eceive voices which are understandable through speakers. Even though such equipMent does not Materially iMprove the actual quality of reception in Most cases, it can help to a sMall extent in understanding what has been received. It seeMS for one thing that the voices are slightly easier to sort out froM two different channels. This difference is very slight but can so..etiMes Make the difference between understanding or not understanding a border line voice, the noise if they can be to siMUltaneously on listened The second way in which stereo equipMent is an asset is that being stereo it has a balance control so that pla!,lback can be "tuned" to the individual listener. Ho one, even the young, have ears that are perfectly Matched in hearing sensitivity. There is always a greater or lessor difference. A stereo balance control allows coMpensation for this difference so that one perceives the saMe voluMe level with each transreception, to anything, ear which Makes easier. especially listening Most hoMes, at least here in the US, already have a stereo systeM. If such for jack, "transrec ept ion. which Most do have. The recorder would have to be a tape recorder, not The a Mp 1 if i er wou 1 d have to have an earphone be usable as systeM has tape deck it May is a 16 just a tape player as soMe systeMS have. If the systeM does not have a tape recording deck it is probably

still possible~~ use the stereo as an aMplifier and just add the tape deck and Microphones. As to whether a cassette or reel-reel deck is better, again this is a Matter of personal opinion. R-R decks are generally considered by aud i oph i 1 es to be superior to cassette in reproduction qua l i t!,11. And there are probably More serious Tapers using R-R decks than cassette. The author uses a cassette deck because of the convenience in loading and storing tapes, but is probabl!,11 One thing that cannot be done with a cassette recorder is experiMentation with reverse the author's personal taping as was experience in coMparing reception quality between these two types of tape decks, there was not enough difference to Mention. explained previously. in the Minority. In HOW DO I BEGIN ACTUAL TAPING? b U t a l 1 , t i Me , a close f" i r S 1: 0 f the 1 oose leaf bee ause you will probably want I pre fer I coMMents, notes, diagraMs, etc., or It is perhaps late in the evening on a weekend. You don,.t have to get up early. The rest of the faMilY has retired, the cat is out for the nigh1:, and your neighbor,.s s"tereo is in the repair shop. Now is l i k e MOS 1: e X a C t 1 Y What d O e S One d O? 1: he Tapers, record of your to keep recordings. Either

a fixed or loose leaf no1:e book is ideal for "this 1 ater want 1:0 add purpose. addi1:ional a siMPlY i\ recording log consists of scribbled page, several no inforMation one standardization. considers Might be pertinent for The first part usually consists of a description of circuMstances and equipMent, the second of a prayer (optional of course, but recoMMended), the third is a record of the ac-tual consists, of- an invitation, and the four"th ques"t i ons/c oMMents and whatever rep 1 i es you May rec e i ue. You May or in which the resu11:s of the May not also wish to add a fifth par1: session are analyzed. in electronics research.) procedure, One siMPl!I puts down any and all is easy to do so. fu1:ure reference. is Mos"tlY done recording as with rewrite i1: and latter "there par1:s (The is i f In the first part of the log is recorded the tape nuMber and the Tha"t is, if More session nuMber if different froM the tape nuMber. I personally prefer to than one session is recorded on 1:he saMe tape. (C-30 or C-45) and record only one session on each use shor"t tapes tape, howeve,· this is of course up to the individual. If you do record More "than one session on the tape include at this point the beginning count of the current session. In order to do this the tape is rewound to "the beginning, "the counter se1: to zero and "then fas1: forwarded

to near 1:he end of the last session. After locating the last count of the 1as1: session leave about 5 counts of blank tape and 1:hen use tha"t coun1: as the starting point of the current session. Also recorded in this firs"t par"t or the log is the da"te, tiMe of future is anyone else presen1:, and whether "there day, reference the exac"t recording Me"thod used should be included, whether open Microphone, airband, e"tc. A1: least in "the firs"t session "the exac"t equipMent used should be listed, with a descrip"tion and MOdel nuMber of the recorder, Microphone, earphones, etc. In fu"ture sessions it Might siMPlY be Mentioned that the saMe equip.-.ent is being used as was used in the 1as"t session, Making no1:e of course of any change you Might Make in Method or equipMent during fu1:ure sessions. e"tc. for 17 For Many of us the second part of the log consists of a prayer for help in opening up TranscoMMUnication for the benefit of huManity and for protection against anyone who May try to harass or Mis 1 ead. This May be said silently or spoken aloud when the rest of the log is read The author, and others strongl'!# recoMMend a prayer at onto the tape. this point, but here again this the to It is the author's belief that it is worth while individual Taper. doing this even if you are not a religious person, if for no other reason than that it irritates anyone who 111ay

be there intending to harass '!#OU. the discretion of is up !IOU WOUid like to hear to speak to '!#OU The third part consists of a direct invitation to an individual in the Spirit World WhOM froM and/or a direct i nv i tat ion to any one Who May be present and who c oMes in piece anct goodwi 11, through your rec order. This invitation is leave the iMMediatel'!I followed b!I your sta"te...-ent "that you will now recorder run for ten counts to record an'!lthing they have to say. When actually recording, at this point when you have stoped talking, siMPlY note the tape count, write this down, and leave the recorder run for "ten MOre coun"ts before shutting it off. Both the beginning and ending of the ten counts is wri 1:ten down, for exaMp 1 e- "Count 110-128". CI f you are using the airband Method or a tape deck with Manual record level controls see the •nd of this paper for additional notes on procedure.) After you have written out your log to this point ending with the word "Count-", you are ready to Make your first recording. Mow if !,JOU are 1 ike MOst of us, at abou-t this point !,JOU wi 11 have soMe second thoughts about what you are doing. Here you are sitting in a rooM by yourself and you are, about to talk to p•ople you can't see. Worse yet you are going to ask thin air to ;;.11swer you

through your tape recorder. How this is jus"t t·oo Much! the'!# put peop 1 e away on the funny don't the!,J? This isn't the farM for talking to dark ages or "the Eighteenth Cen"tury or even the Nineteenth Century when ghost s"tories and old wife's tales were still in vogue. Today we live ICBMs, TUs, CoMputer in an age of Jet airliners, Fax Machines, t\ world instant worldwide COMMunication, and Technostress. networks, in which for Most people Material reality is the only realit!I that can possibly exist. iMaginary friends t\ fter a 11 ( ( More Ph'!lsicists The fact of the Matter is that our five senses are so liMited that what they tell us is real is MOstlY illusion and even then onl!I a sMall It is for this very reason that there part of what ac"tuall!I exists. are in TranscoMMUnication Research. It is the Physicist, whoM we would think the MOst staunch of scientific i-taterialists and least of as being likely to becoMe involved with the paranorMal, who is the very person that realizes, MOre than anyone else, the illusionary and incoMplete nature of five senses reality, and who realizes the probabl!I of other diMensions and reali"ties. Parapsychologists involved than In any case when I Made MY first recording I felt so ridiculous travel and self-conscious is trail er we, owned at the ti Me. Cherokee and has always be 1 i eved the spirits are with us and saw nothing ridiculous whatsoever about what I was about

to do. Her Father This despite the fact that Mar!,I the recorder outside sMall to a took I 18 in fact had told her When she was just a little girl, that soMeday we would be able to talk with the spirits through electronics, and she has So if you feel rather silly always believed soMeday this would happen. I and self-conscious the first few tiMes you record - think Most of us have. ---But do it anyway. join the crowd. The procedure then in Making your first recording is actually quite siMple. first, wri"te out your log, "then Place a blank tape in the recorder, Make sure the tape is rewound and the counter is set to zero. Next, star"t "the rec order, read your log on"to the tape, let the recorder run for 10 More counts while you reMain silent and then turn i0 count off segMent. (If you have not already done so) the recorder and write down the count range Of the That was the easy part. The hard part is analyzing the tape. At jus"t great if when we play the 16 count segMent this point is would be back we would hear, in a nice clear voice, soMething like- "Hi, this is I'ave _been wanting to talk with you for uncle S1:an. Glad you called. a lone tiMe-. 11 Unfortunately this siMPlY does not happen. In fact when you p 1 ay 'that you wi 11 hear any-thing except noise-. i s on 1

y th i s the first tape segMent in the firs"t recording session. It May take 5 or 10 or 28 or even More such sessions, each with perhaps 5 or 6 tape segMents recorded and carefully analyzed, before you are able to detect and coMprehend even the first word. If sue h be the case, do not be di sMaYed, the tape back it is extre111e l y un 1 i ke 1 y i s q u i t e nor Ma 1 , i n e v i tab 1 e . a 1 1 bu "t i n fa c t Th i s i s i t When I knew was 1:ha"t a few peop 1 e were doing "this and I first star"ted "there SiMPlY were no "How to" instruc"tions available- such as I aM at"teMpting to set down in this paper. The only tha"t it was thing rather difficult. Everything else I had to learn the hard way. I hope the reader wi 11 find it considerably easier which is the purpose of this paper. At firs"t I SiMPlY recorded segMents of tape, soMe as long as 15 Minutes, played theM back 2 or 3 tiMes. heard nothing but noise, and concluded there was nothing on the tape. After Making a nuMber of I caMe to the conclusion there such recordings over a period of days were no voices on the tapes and that the whole thing was a ridiculous was"te of tiMe.

(As it turned out the first voices had appeared within _Lcoynts of the ver~ first segMent I had recorded, but I did not know this until Months later.) I was only par"tly eMPlOyed and had lots Of tiMe on MY hands. After SOM@ tiMe I reali4~d I had not really done enough recording to prove to MY own satisfaction that there actually were no voices on the tapes. Off and on during the listening closer and following weeks closer to what I caMe to realize that there did indeed seeM to be voices on the tapes but they were too weak to understand. Later, with continued practice, I gradually becoMe able to unders"tand wha"t was being said. I Made More such recordings, I had re-corded. After a ti Me f'ortunately at the tiMe I now "think i"t likely that Many, soMe degree of transMediuMistic talent, reason and having a bit of inforMation that Most people who atteMpt to do this if not MOS"t people have at 1eas1: whereas I have none. For this I think it likely to work with, will find it easier than I did. In analyzing the segMent of tape you have recorded, Play it back repea~edlY through earphones while concentra"ting carefully on what you Each tiMe you play it back slightly readjus1: the voluMe are hearing. 19 or tone control so that you can listen to the tape under a Wide range of voluMe and tone coMbinations. Voices which May be audible at one tone or

voluMe setting can be inaudible, even undetectable at a slightly different setting. Under no circuMStances however Pia!/ "the tape at a voluMe setting which is More than slightly uncoMfortable. To listen constantly to quite uncoMfor1:able sound le•.,els can and will daMage hearing. ( the noise. While anal9zing 1:he tape lis1:en especiall!,11 for an "irregularity" in This irregularity May appear as a slight teMporary unevenness or change of tone in the sound. Or in playing the tape back a nuMber of tiMes you May get the iMpression that at soMe point there If on repeated is soMething else Mixed with anct buried in the noise. playback you detect an!,! sue h p I ace, that is an!,I point th a 1: for an!,! reason does no1: sound exactly like the rest of the segMent, note the counter nuMber of this point and write it down in your log. If there is a voice on this segMent which is MOre likely than not, then it is exactly at this count that it will Most likel!,1 be found. If you locate such a spot then concentrate your attention on this place just as you had concentrated on the whole segMent. That is rewind to one or two coun~s before this spot and replay through this area repeatedly using different voluMe and tone settings. If after exaMining this spot 18 or 15 tiMes with different voluMe and tone coMbinations you are satisfied that either the irregularity is not a voice or that it probabl!I

is a voice but too weak for any coMbination of voluMe and tone to Make it If audible, "then it is reasonable to discontinue work on this area. you have detected More than one place on the first tape segMent Where there is such an irregularity then go on to the next spot and repea"t this saMe procedure until you have carefully exaMined each such area on the recording. After coMpleting your exaMination of the first segMent, regardless of the results, it is ti Me to record the next segMen"t. 'lour c OMMent and nex"t invitation or question should be first written down in your log. You Might say that you have analyzed the first recording as carefully as you can and could not hear any voices or that you thought there May be voices but you could not understand what they were saying And then thank !,lour friends for their no Matter how hard you tried. lucky and Or you Might be efforts and ac tua 11 !I understand one or More words, al though this is Much More likely to happen after several days or a couple weeks than in the first recording. If this should happen you Might quote to your friends what you believe you heard and ask if you heard correctly. invite then to try again, tape, the first. In any case your next coMMent/invitation/question is first writ"ten down, the recorder is turned on in record Mode, "this part of the log is "the recorder

is left running for an additional i8 read onto counts just as you did ~he first tiMe and the count nuMbers are written down. After which the second segMent is carefully analyzed just as you did When you record your second question or invitation be sure first of all that you are beyond the Otherwise you wi 11 1 ast recording Which you May want to reexaMine overwri"te part of your last leave several counts of blank tape later. between the end of !,lour 1 ast segMent and the beginning of your nex1: recording. tape segMent before you start recording. A word of caution. A good practice to is 20 As you first begin to hear what is on your tapes you wi 11 Most likely find that if there is More than one word in a stateMent that the words Will not all be Of the saMe VOlUMe, If this is so, and in MOSt cases it is, you will hear the loudest word or part of the loudest word first. This word May be the first or the last word of the stateMent or SOMeplace in the Middle. As an exaMple what you first hear could go soMething like this: You have played a segMent back several tiMes and located a spot where there is an "irregularity" in the sound. You concentrate on this spot, replaying at different COMbinations of voluMe and tone settings and discern what seeMS to be a voice but too weak to unders"tand. After

several More repla!,Js you seeM to hear a word tha"t sounds 1 ike "er" or You keep working on it and the word begins to s"tand ou"t as "ear". In "the process you discern "that there are one or two "hear" or "here". other words proceeding to the proceeding word still understand. slightly changing the vo 1 UMe and "tone se1:t i ngs. After sever a 1 More replays you are ab 1 e to Make out the second word as "are" and the s1:a1:eMen-t so far is then "are here". But there is sti 11 one More word in front of these two. After several More replays this begins to sound like "we" and yet this doesn '1: seeM to be exactly right. You play it back a few More ti Mes and then the word stands out as "three" and the coMplete stateMent is "Three are here". this word which you are not yet able then begin working on You As you can iMagine fro~ reading "the above, this work is quite tiMe Even to this day it takes Me 10-15 Mi nut es to thorough 1 y c onsuMi ng. analyze a single 5-1~ count recording. In first starting to record it can easily take 15-30 Minutes to exaMine a 10 count segMent. To record and analyze perhaps 5 or S such segMents can easily take 2-3" hours which_ is about the MaXiMUM length of tiMe one can Maintain the in1:ense I wou 1 d not there

fore rec OMMend sessions cone en-tr-at ion nee essary. recoMMend More than one such session longer than this, nor would during any one day. I How Many such sessions you will need to Make contact is a Matter In MY case it of conjec1:ure and varies wi"th differen1: individuals. inuolved a nuMber of- weeks of on and off recording. Sarah Es"tep, if I recall correctly, recorded approxiMately a week with two sessions a day bef-ore she heard the first word. Sarah, as everyone knows, went on froM "there to becoMe one of the strongest TransMediUMS who has yet- coMe to light. For the few o-thers who's initial experiences I aM faMiliar with, it see Ms that at 1 east a week or two of c onstan"t e f for"t has been .Just why this should be so is not required to Make initial contact. known for certain, but several fac"tors can be surMised. Firs"t of all in Most cases because of encountered, it is necessary for the Taper, by training their Mind and ears, to deve 1 op the ski 11 nee essary to detect and unders'tand what is being said. At the saMe t iMe our spirit friends al so seeM to need a certain aMount of practice to hone their Skill at Mentally projecting There also see Ms to be a third fac "tor. their voices onto our tapes. One has is par"tlY deliberate in order to deterMine if 1:he taper is serious or just doing take this

TranscoMMunica"tion very seriously taken i"t By deliberately delaying initial seriously here on our side as well. Our they want friends to be initial delay a definite iMpression curiosity. to noise terrible spirit signal casual ratio that out the the and of 21 , ( contact the~ can separate the Men froM the bo~s, or the woMen froM the girls, as the case May be. That is, they separate those who have the deterMination, patience, and persistence, idle curiosity seekers. froM the HOW DO I KNOW WHAT I HEAR IS NOT IMAGINATION? It is of course well known that the hUMan Mind has a tendenc~ to forM patterns where no sue h patterns ac tua 11 y exist. We 1 ook at a cloud and see a face, at a tile floor and see an aniMal, a face in the Is it not then reasonable to be 1 ieve that Moon. a voice in the wind. in listening repeatedl!I to the sa...e noise that after a while our Minds would begin "to in fac"t none actual 1!1 exis"t? We speak here of course, about non-Mediu~istic reception Which is hard to In MediuMistic recep"tion such as ob"tained by Sarah Estep understand. they could not possibly and others, the voices are so loud and clear be Mistaken for Mental constructs. forM "voices" Where However with As an exaMple, the existence of The Most iMportant evidence however is not as MUCh If all TranSCOMMUnication were non-MediUMiStic it Might be possible, by ignoring certain facts,

to rationalize the voices away as iMagination. strong MediUMiS"tic reception, which cannot be denied, we know such coMMUnication exists, and if it can be stronger than by "the saMe token it can be weaker as wel 1. in the way they sound as in the verifiable things they tell us that we could not I once heard a voice say possibilit!I otherwise know. 11 Pillow too sMall", As usual this voice was quite weak and I had had to listen several tiMeS to understand what was said, Even then I was sure I was Mistaken because their coMMents are alMost always Meaningful in one way or another and in this, After 1 istening another S or 6 ti Mes I was certain they were saying "Pi 110w too sMal 1 11 I had MY back to the roo~ and Mary was reading on the sofa, or so I thought, When I put down MY earphones and turned around to take a break, found Har9, unknown to Me. had turned on the TU and had Moved to the f 1 oor so her earphone cord would reach the TU, Since the pillow she usually used was in the laundry, she had grabbed a novelty Pillow froM the sofa that was only 6 or 8 Even though Mary is a SMal l person she looked quite aMusing trying to sit on such a tiny Pillow and it was this our spirit friends were- referring to, and nothing e-1se. At the ti Me

I could see no Meaning inches square. I , On another occasion while Mary was in town to do so,w errands and see two of her AMway custoMers, I ask if Mary had Made any Money that I was <This question isn't as du~ as it sounds because what da9. really trying to find out was Whether our spirit friends could discern even"ts elsewhere While I was talking with the"'•) The answer on tape was "Twenty one dollars". About one hour later Mary caMe hoMe and told I said nothing to her about what I was Me she had "'ade 26 dollars. I was sti 11 wondering how "the told, but later that evening while spirits could have been M-istaken about this, Mar9 said "Oh by the way, I put S dollars worth of gas in the car today", Neither of these two events were earth shaking revelations, but the~ are quite 1:9pica1 of the kind of thing Tapers are told which they could not possibly otherwise know, and which prove at least to M!,,I satisfaction that these voices are not iMaginary, even though buried in received a Message about Mr Harold noise. I SherMan who had gone- through the transition so...e Months previous. On another occasion I 22 the Country, relayed this Message to Mrs SherMan who replied that a non-taper on the I did not know existed, had other side of a person received the saMe unique M-essage. In receiving such Messages I have aM being to 1

d certain things by entities I to presuMe that either I cannot see, or that M!I subconscious has soMe kind of super ESP that is capable no"t only of gathering up all sorts of inforMation even froM other Minds on the other Side of the Country, but also capable of projecting this inforMation onto tape in the forM of an assort~ent of VO i C e S , i S the s i MP 1 est. Most ax i oMat i c when con fronting a new PhenoMenon. straight forward exp 1 anat ion. turns out to be correct. Where TranscoMMUnication is concerned, hands down the SiMplest and MOSt straightforward explanation is that we are being contacted by diseMbodied huMan spirits. t O be l i e Ve , th a 1: is the one that a I Most The 1 at t er l I n SC i en C e i nvar i ab 1 y i MP OS S i b l e f i n d i t takes everything There is another bi"t of evidence which I personall!,1 find Mos"t iMPressive although it is a subtle point. This is the fact that the subconscious the conscious Mind responds More 'to Meaning than to words. For exaMple if you were to ask a person the question "Can you te 11 Me your naMe?", "the person wou 1 d 1 ikely respond b9 saying their naMe even though this is not what you ask. they were capable

of telling you their naMe, to which the proper answer is either "yes" or "no". You ask of course not for 1:hei r naMe but whether literally while The point is that the conscious Mind responds to Meaning, to The subconscious on the other iMPlication, MOre than to actual words. hand is literal. If we were "to take the person Mentioned, hypnotize theM so we could speak directly to their subconscious Mind and then ask "can you "tell Me your naMe?", the9 would siMPlY say "yes" and volunteer no further in forMat ion bee a use no-thing e 1 se had been ask for. If- we "then wanted to learn the persons naMe we would have to ask directl!,11 11 Wha't is 9our- naMe?". What does all 'this have to do with TranscoMMunication? Just this. If these voices origina'ted in the Taper"s own subconscious Mind and were then projected onto tape, then When we ask an iMPlied question we would receive a li'teral answer instead of wha't we expect. This however does not happen, at least no't in an!,J case I know of. ""Can you tell Me if "there is anyone here with Me today?" answer "Yes, there is.". "Can you "tell Me if this recorder is easier for you to use than the other "Can !,'OU tell Me how Many people are here one?", answer "Yes, it is." the actual today?", ques'tion been answered. iMPlied ques'tion which requires a conscious, thinking Mind in order to analyze I have asked

dozens of sue h "the ques't ion it., s not questions and in each 'the "the literal ques'tion, beginning, 'this May be MOSt iMpressive. and every case it was 'the iMPlied question, in a subtle point, but to Me personally it is they have answered 'true Meaning. ins'tances has As Mentioned answer "28". In none of that was answered. these What the for is - - - ADDITIONAL MOTES - i ) When using the airband or an!,J radio Method, place the radio Within in front of the receiver facing easy reach and place the Microphone 'to 8 d irec-t 1 y toward the center of the speaker at a di s'tanc e of 6 inches. If you are using a s"tereo recorder place both Microphones side by side in this position about 3 or 4 inches apart. Don"'t be concerned - 23 !,IOU are reading froM !,IOU, it Will Pick UP that the Microphone(s) is now facing awa!,I log onto tape. your voice just as well when Before !,IOU begin recording turn the radio on to the airband (or o'ther) and find a quiet spot where Set the voluMe to a soft listening level. This is the voluMe !,IOU will use to record. Now turn the vol UMe off but do not turn the radio off. When !,POU record as 9ou sa!,I the words II I wi 11 now record for i0 counts" turn the voluMe back up to this soft listening level, leave it there for the ten

counts and then after !,IOU have stoped the recorder turn the voluMe off again so !,IOU don't have to listen to it while ana19zing the tape. !,IOU hear nothing but static. !,IOUr the radio Method, set If you are using a tape deck with Manual record level controls the 2) To do this use a setup idea is to operate at MaXiMUM aMplification. tape which can be any old used tape !.JOU don't want. If you are using the open Microphone Method 9ou should be able to set the controls ·to If you are MaxiMUM in a quiet rooM without red lining the needles. the in using previous paragraph. In record Mode with a setup tape and controls at Max record, turn on the radio and gradual!!.' advance the voluMe (after locating a quiet spot on the dial) until the Meters read between -3 and You probably will have to slightly readjus't the record level 0 DB. control on one or the other channel to get both Meters reading the saMe. Turn the voluMe bu't not the radio off, place a new tape in the recorder and you are now ready to record. As you say the words 11 I will now leave the tape run for i0 counts", advance the radio voluMe so that the Meters again indicate between -3 to 0 OB. the Microphones as described And that is that when There is an effect in reception which has been noted by a nuMber 3) of us which

should be Mentioned here. the spirits Make a stateMent, the less words there are in the stateMent the easier it is to understand. It seeMS as if when there are one or two words spoken they are louder than if there are a nuMber. There is no doubt that it takes a great deal of Mental energy to project their If they can concentrate all of their energy voices onto our tapes. into one or two words rather than spreading the energy out over a longer stateMent they can get through soMewhat louder and thus easier to understand. iMagine soMeone This is easier to understand if we trying to shout to friends on the other side of a river. First the!I draw as deep a breath as possible, How if they put all of this breath into one or two words then obviously they can Make these words louder than if they were to spread their breath out over a dozen words. Although in TranscoMMUnication.we are dealing with Mental energy rather than acous'tic, the principle is the satote. ( 4) Because of the effect Mentioned above we can help our friends to COMMUnicate by phasing our questions in such a way that the!,1 can be a very short stateMent. Another good answered either !,les/no or b!.I forMat to use is Multiple choice. Wi1:h a bit of thought even very coMplex ques1:ions about philosophy, religion, etc., can be put in this forMat by listing all the possible answers you can think

of with the If 9ou than nuMber each answer you can ask last answer siMPl.Y' "other". your friends to give you the nuMber of the answer that is closest to c or rec t. If the answer you get is "other" then you need to think of More possible answers or rephrase thP ~oestion. Asking questions that would require an essay to answer such as "what is it like over there?" does little good because you usually either get no answer or an answer such as "nice" or "different" etc., which isn,.t very inforMative. Vou 24 wi 11 briefly, and specifically. I earn More b!,1 asking specific ques"t ions 'tha't can be answered the resul"ts. Because of "to analyze In the section on recording it was rec OMMended to record tape 5) segMents of 10 coun'ts. This Ma!,I seeM ra'ther brief, at least un'til !,IOU go intense concentration necessary and the repeated playbacks even 10 counts can coMe to seeM The rea 1 reason for this however is that S-10 c aunts rather 1 ong. seeMs to be about the MOst ef-f-icient length. If you ge't an answer a't all on a given segMent it will alMost invariably be within this area, of-ten within 2 or 3 counts of- "the beginning. This seeMs to hold "true I whether one records S-10 counts or records 20 or 30 or 50 counts. cus'toMarilY record 6-7 coun'ts with the las"t segMen't of the day being 10 counts because in this segMen't I usually

ask a question and also invite an!,I additional coMMents the!,! May have. the in s i tua't ion per Mi ts. the beginning should be done on A nuMber of o'ther researchers have s'tated that taping sessions, S) especiall!,1 regular basis. Pre f-erab l y one e a day or_ on regu 1 ar da!,ls of the week, etc . , as !,lour in forMat ion persona 1 I My own work has been ex per i enc e. can not ve-r i fY pr i Mari 1 y in e 1 ec tron i cs and for the Most part I have recorded on 1 y when I had the nex"t circuit, device, or piece of equipMen't "to be tested ready for recording. This was usually several da!,ls or weeks, soMetiMes is to record on a several MOn"ths. regular basis in so far as it is possible to do so, especially in the very beginning. In any case the recoMMendation I can on 1 !,I pass on, this froM pe-rsona l This a is to MY knowledge, that of Mental blocks. An effect which has been no'ted b9 the author bu't not Men'tioned by 7) During anyone else I had learned to perceive and understand the anal!,IZing tapes, before I noted tha"t at tiMes MY concentration would SiMPlY break for voices, no reason and MY Mind wou 1 d go b 1 ank for a frac "ti on of a second. A't the tiMe I gave this little thought

and considered it siMply an effect of repeated intense concen"tration. In re'trospect I now believe this £>ffect had soMe"t:hing to do with the "barrier of disbelief" which was discussed previously. That is, I now believe "'that in "'those early days the tapes MY subconscious becaMe aware bef'ore MY conscious Mind did, bu"t at firs"'t could no"'t excep't their existence and therefore siMPlY censored "'theM ou"t. This happened only in the beginning and is no aM convinced it leng"th of tiMe it took to Make added at leas't several sessions to "the con"tact. there were huMan voices on longer a probleM, but I later. interes"'ted. I Men"tioned was brought visiting and Jus"t how powerful A this effec"t can be Me the faMil~ friend was several ~ears conversation she brought up "the ques"tion of survival in which she was quite I ask if she had heard of the Electronic Uoice PhenoMenon, which she had but knew 1 i t"'tle about. After exp 1 a ini ng it "'to her tape of voice saMples which had been recorded bY Sarah Estep, who was one of the stronges"t EUP MediUMS. Our I got out a friend was very en"'thused about hearing rec order and earphones. I exp 1 a i ned what "to 1 is"'ten for and how each saMple was played back three "tiMes, e"tc. After lis"tening intensely for abou"t 7 or 8 Minu"tes, our friend pu"t down "the earphones and said "I can I can"t hear any"thing else but hear noise. 11

Now an~one who has heard an~ of Sarah's voice saMple tapes can ho...e to during talking, but tape, so I had a (Sarah) tha"t lad~ the the 25 appreciate that I was abso1utel!,J duMbfounded. Until then I had thought tha't an!,.lone who was no't s'tone deaf could eas i l !:I hear and unders'tand these saMPles. The person in question was in her earl!,J thirties at 'the 'this for 'ti Me and had no probleM with her hearing. days and finall!,11 reached the conclusion tha't either she was ou"tright lying which I had no reason to believe, or that her subconscious could not excep't the voices of people who were "dead" and SiMPlY blocked theM out. We all like to think we are in full control of ourselves, but the influence over our thinking fac't is that our subconscious has MOre than we would like to believe. I was puzzled b!:I ( So if While !:,JOU are anal !IZ i ng to si MP l y "blank out" for a second, tapes !:,IOU Sh OU 1 d bee OMe ..-ind conscious of an unexplained break in !,Jour concentration or !,Jour If th is see Ms does happen there prob ab 1 !,J that can be done about it. isn't MUC h Although one Might note the counter nuMber where i t happened and then play the tape back several More tiMeS and see if this effect happens at the saMe po int on the tape each ti Me. If it

does there Ma!:,11 be a voice at that count which 9our subconscious Mind is siMP19 not perMitting 9ou to hear. be suspicious. !:,IOUr - 0 n One O C Ca s i On I ask the gr Ou p through speakers. I a"' WO r k i n g w i th • i t WO u l d 8 ) help theM judge how well they are getting through if I were to play the segMen"t back (The!:I are quite capable of detec"ting physical sound waves even though they theMselves are iMMaterial.) The I have 111ade it a answer was prac'tice after each recording to play the segMent back through speakers I would recoMMend that you do this before anal!,JZing it with earphones. as it May help your at least until you have established coMMUnication, to friends get continue this practice. the affirMa'tive. !:,IOU can ask they want through. theM if Later Since 'that tiMe !,JOU in i f ( In fact probably the two MOSt COMMOn As you begin to hear What is on !:,llour tapes you MaY receive calls 9) for help such as "Help 111e'" or "Please help Me" or Save 111e 11 or SiMPl!.J "Help". the in the very beginning are calls for help and their own first Novice In the due course of tiMe these requests seeM to taper off and naMe. even eventually stop altogether. Just wh!,J an!,J of this should be so is still unknown, although we are reasonably sure why such

requests are Made. Generally these are people who were so subMerged in MaterialisM they did not except even the possibility of survival and now literally cannot realize that they are "dead". Because of their Mental set these spirits who are usually referred to as "earthbound spirits", cannot be reached They their spirit friends who would 1 ike to he Ip talking to people who are still often wonder abou"t for a eMbodied and wondering Wh!:,11 ever!,Jone is ignoring theM. I suppose we could sa!,J they have the ultiMate Mental block. things heard by long tiMe, theM, b!:,11 then These are not really the· people !,JOU want to talk with, you will In fact you can probably tell theM More about learn nothing froM theM, their situation the Spirit World. about Nevertheless these are huMan spirits who are very Much in need of help and certainly it is an act of kindness to try to help 'theM. You can :e 1 at ion and hope that is genera'ted in sue h a person when i Magi ne "the after wondering around ignored by tape recorder who everyone, 'they say. When hearing such a request for actually understands what in a they happen upon this person with tiMe being they can for a tell long !,JOU fog a 26 for a longer 1 ight, and in a physical body. help, i t does no har,... to take a Minute and explain to theM aloud, that they are no (This of course should

be apparent to 'theM, but i t is not. > And then exp 1 a in 'that they should then concentrate on the light and More look around toward i t , and that there are others there who wi 11 he 1 p And then perhaps say a brief prayer on their behalf. Recognizing their theM to stay near you, existence Just 'the opposite, the!,1 can ge't he 1 p 'they are encouraged to go where and the chances are you wi 11 not hear troM' theM in future sessions, t i Me to t i Me there May be others. Certain! !ii a 1 though of course i f we in such contusion we would appreciate any help we could get. in any case i t just Might possibility- be soMeone you have- known either froM this or a previous l i fe . in th is Manner does not enc our age found ourselves wondering about theM. froM And 10) I't is advisable to save all of 'the tapes !,IOU have recorded, even i f in one or More of your early sessions you think there is nothing on the !,IOU have Made contact and established coMMUnication 'that there were voices, perhaps Man!,! voices on these earl!,! tapes which you could no't hear at the tiMe. You May very we 11 find a f'ter tape. In so tar as l i t't le effec't on the results. ii) is known to the au'thor the conditions under which

recordings are Made have These voices have been recorded night and da!,1. in sunny and rain!l wea"ther, 'the week and in diM light and bright light, when Month, at any phase of the Moon, the Taper is alone or others are present, etc., etc. The only thing I know of tha't Might have a certain inhibiting effect, is the presence of several strong closed Minded scepti~s who seeM to generate a negative energu, indoors and outdoors, in ho"t and cold weather, at an!,! tiMe o-f I believe- reception is iMMateri a I . I, that 10c at ion 1 arge var i e-1:y of' l oc at ions, l\s far as location is concerned the only researcher I know of who location specific, was Ra!,IMOnd Cass of to be believed ...ost researchers have reached the conclusion, as England. have is a relatively quiet Place Where 'there is no in'terfering background noise. Voices have been recorded in a nuMber of different parts of 'the World, in urban areas, our in a "haun'ted" (What an awful word) house here in the Middle of the desert, Modern high rise condoMiniuMS, in sound studios, inside of acoustic and electroMegneticall!I shielded containers and even a1: ~he Although earthbound spirits often sta!,I PyraMids and "toMbs of Egypt. about a certain 1 oc at ion, usu a 11 !I near where the transition, the great Majority are apparen'tly able- to be anywhere they wish, anytiMe they wish to be there, by the act of SiMPl!,1 wanting to

be there. (Think of the Mone9 they save on Airline tickets!) including ho Mes in ceMeteries, is required the'!I went through that Al 1 i2) In "the section abou1: recording i t was described how "to record a segMent of tape, analyze that segMent and then record the next segMent and so for"th. Because, at least i f you sta!,I on the saMe subject, your nex1: question May be deterMined bY to your the reply you receive in a norMal conversa-t:ion, we Might call previous ques"tion, is ano"ther Mode which we Might this the "c onversa"t ion Mode". In this Mode one cal 1 the "letter Mode", which is used by soMe Tapers. starts out the saMe way but rather than anal!,lze the tape, a series of questions is ask, one at a tiMe, recording a segMent or tape after each jus"t as There 27 question. On 1 !I after a 11 recording has been done are the segMents analyzed. This is siMilar to writing a letter to a friend in which you Might ask a half dozen questions. You do not of course know the answer to any of the questions until you receive a letter in return in which all of your questions are answered at one tiMe, i f Each of these MO des has it.,. s own advantages and disadvantages. With the letter Mode one's friends do not have to wait around through the whole process I "think in 1o1os1: cases they do to see how

Much we have understood. But you wi 11 not be able to respond to their replies or ask the sa...e question again if you have not understood the answer, unt i 1 the fo 11 owing session. Riso after you have finished recording you are faced with perhaps two sol id hours of analyzing tape which can becoMe tedious no Mat1:er how interesting it is. the'!,11 do no"t wish to do so, a 1 though twiddle their thUMbS through a Marathon .10 hour recording session. In the conversation MOde it is possible to carry on an ac1:ua1 conversation, although it is of course in very slow Motion. This Mode requires a cons i derab 1 e aMOunt of patience on the part of our spirit friends who have little to do but for 10-38 The'!,11 do not ~inutes between each recording while the tape is analyzed. always have the patience to do this and on occasion May leave before one has finished recording. Kowever MOS1: of the tiMe they do stay, at least the group I aM working with does, even on one occasion the whole wa!,11 I nor Ma 11 Y use the M'!,11 questions are based upon conversation Mode because so Many of inforMation on a single subject which can be previous replies. the conversation Mode could require conveyed several sessions I would recoMMend the Novice s1:art out using the conversation Mode, Mostly because while you write out and read a new question and record a new segMent,

your ears get a break froM analyzing tape. After 9ou have established coMMunication you can use either Mode according the inclinations ot your spirit friends. to your preferences and in one session with in the letter MOde. The ( In order to avoid channel "cross-talk" use only one side of the 13) tape leaving the other side blank. Otherwise you May find yourself "trying to understand a "voice" which is ac tua 11 !I your own voice c OMi ng through backwards fro11t the other side. This is especially iMportant on stereo casset1:e recorders Where the four tracks are very close together (This is not the saMe effect as reverse because of narrow tape width, "taping where it is actually the reverse surface of the tape that is being exaMined, not the opposite edge.) 14) If possible always use new tape since Many recorders do not erase the tape .100% during the recording process. If you Must reuse tape the fo 11 owing procedure is rec oMMended: With no 11ti c rophones connected to the tape deck and the recording level controls set to zero, run the tape through COMPietely on both sides in the record Mode. When the tape is recorded it will be erased a second tiMe before reaching the The double erasure should eliMinate anything audible recording head. (This does not work if the recorder that Might have been on the tape. has a built in Microphone.) Never under 15) "entertai nMent". who an!,11 circuMStances consider TranscoMMunication

as To do so invites 1 ower 1eve 1 spiri 'ts into your ho Me tota!I "enter"tain" 9ou in ways 3,1ou are not ready for. 28 !,.Sour Accord friends in "the Spirit Wor 1 d .16) consideration you would your friends in this world, of huMan i ty is over there. in the unusual circuMS"tances. reality TranscoMMUnication it is they Who are doing us a versa . the saMe respect and ~nd reMeMber MOst They are the Main streaM, it is we who are It is we who are tr!,Jing to gliMPSe up not vise frosty window pane. to open through trying favor. In a .17) Where earphones are cone erned either the Radio Shae k Nova-48 or Hova-i6 Might be considered. Both are stereo he-'?.Jphones with a i./411 phone plug. The Nova-48, which I· have used for so1111e tiMe, has slightly The Nova-16 has a balance control which would be larger ear speakers. a considerable asse't if used wi 'th a Monophonic rec order. 801:h More than cover the required frequency range, If either of these phones are used with a hoMe stereo aMPlifier they can be Pluged directly into the ... an!I port ab 1 e stereo rec orders the phone jack is i/8 11 phone jack. ra1:her than i/4". This probleM can be solved with an adapter (Radio tt 274-366) which has a 1/4" stereo jack on one end and a 1/8 11 Shack s"tereo p 1 ug on If you are using a por'tab 1 e

Monophonic recorder an additional stereo to Mono adapter is required (Radio Shack tt 274-368). This adapter has a i/8 11 stereo jack· at one end and a i/8 11 Mono plug at the o"ther. With the use of one or both of these adap"ters you should be able tc use full sized stereo earphones with alMos"t any kind of record~ you toright own, the other. On REVISION When the original version of this paper was written the first copy the MOst experienced people in was sent to Sarah Estep who is one of- the field and who's opinion is to be respected. Sarah takes exception to the shor"t recording 'tiMe To quote: (.10 counts per segMent) recoMMended. "There is only one point that I have a rather s1:rong disagreeMen"t In MY view with you--1:hat is in liMiting taping to jus1: 10 counters. (and experience) as well as the experience of Many other successful tapers, that is a f-ar too short perioct of tiMe. I agree, tapings should be kept short. I always ~"tress with new "tapers in workshops, personal consultations and so on, that they should tape no longer than five Minutes. Later, that can be ex-tended soMewhat, but should not exceed ten Minutes. While it is true that Many Messages coMe through in the firs"t Minute, or even thirty seconds, which your ten counter sugges"tion would not cover, just as Many Messages (in fac"t More> will be received several Minutes into the recording, Your Method of ten counters obviously

works for you, so you should I suspec1:, though, that !,.Sour contac1:s have certainly continue it. becoMe adjus"ted to your very fas"t tapings and so have learned to respond to theM. My fear is, howe~er, 1:ha"t with Most tapers, especially those just s1:arting out, a "hello" "good-by" approach will seldoM work. The other side needs to learn how to channel in to the unique energies each person brings to his recorder, and with a recording lasting about 30 seconds ·(depending where you are on your tape) this won'"t happen." 29 As Mentioned previously there is a difference between MediuMistic reception in Which the operator's energies are used by the spirits in order to project their voices onto tape, and non-MediuMistic reception in Which the spirits ef feet 'the equ ipMent direc"tl y with out using the operator's energies, Which in this case halfJe nothing to do with the reception process. ror the Most part the reception that results frOM these two different MOdes of coMMunication, differs MOre in degree than That is, whereas MediuMistic reception is louder and easier in kind. to hear, non-MediUMistic reception is weaker and MOre difficult 'to understand. ( There are however, other differences between these two Modes. The MOSt iMportant Of Which is that !,JOU Will have MediUMiStic reception only if you happen to be a TransMediUM (which I hope you will turn out the other hand-, non-MediuMistic reception even though to be-). to is available, at least considerably MOre difficult, ever!,Jone because in this

Mode the operator's energies are not a part of the COMMunication the reception process. link and have nothing to do with theory, in On l\s Sarah has pointed out in the quotation above, there is i.,et another difference between these two Modes of reception 'tha't Must be I had heard of long delai.,s in response bef~re, seriously considered. but had considered these 'to be abnorMalities, since 'they were foreign In writing this paper it has becoMe apparent that I to M!I experience. have had as little experience with MediUMistic reception as Sarah has hact with non-Me'diuMistic reception. But this is a good thing because sue h c oMpar i sons of resu 1 ts and exp er i enc e advances kn owl edge in the fie let, ( to there reception is approxiMately This does however., present a bit of a dileMMa. On one hand, in non-MediUMistic 'to 60 ratio between the tiMe it takes to Make a recording and the tiMe it takes to 'thoroughly analyze the tape. That is, a recording of 10 seconds can be expec"ted for non-MediUMiStic voices. This in effect Means that a recording of 5 to 10 Minutes would require 5 to 10 solid hours of in"tensive concentrated To just analysis, which would be iMpractical if not iMpossible 'to do. play straight through a recording as long as 5 Minutes, even listening carefully for anything discernible, and even if it is done 2 or 3 titites, practically guarantees that any non-MediuMistic voices that

May be present, Will be Missed. i8 Minutes require e-xaMine c losel!,11 about "t:t a i On the other hand, as Sarah has pointed out, to record for only 10 counts is likely not to provide enough ti..e for MediuMistic voices to appear since in this Mode the spiri'ts need a certain aMount of tiMe to "tune in" to the Ta-per 's energies, or for so...e other reason cannot respond long as iMMediately, which causes a delay that May be as several 11tinutes. This delay, which I heretofore had thought to be an abnorMal i t!i', is, according to Sarah who should know, quite norMal to MediUMistic reception. Since none of us have any control over what kind of reception we have and the Novice has no way of knowing in advance whether or not the spirits will use the Novice's own energies as part of 'the coMMUnication these Methods of link, initially both of recoMMend I would tha't 30 In one session the Taper Ma9 use recording and anal!IZing tape be used. the non-MediUMistic Method of then analyzing closely for irregularities in the sound, etc., as recoMMended in that section of this paper. Then in the next session, perhaps the next da9, record a segMent < s) of 5 Mi nut es length, as rec OMMended b!:I Sarah, and then listen to the recording as carefully as you can to a recording of such tor an!I voices that Ma9 be discernible. Perhaps replaying the whole segMent 2 or 3

tiMes. recording only 10 counts and length, of these Methods in "the- bases c overed 11 initial contact and By using bo"th alternate sessions. you would have, as they say, and wou 1 d have the ver9 bes't chance of Making establishing coMMUnication. Wi'thin the first few weeks 9ou will MOSt probabl9 find out whether your reception is predoMinantly MediUMiStic or non-MediUMiStic and you can then adjust 9our recordings accordingly. What works best for you as an individual, is the right technique for 9ou to use. length of your technique the and AHD A FEW FIHAL WORDS . In reading back over this paper it see Ms I have Made transreception perhaps seeM MOre difficult than it really is. But if I have errored in this respect I would rather error on the side of too difficult so that the Novice in firs"t beginning to record would find it not quite as difficult as the i,..pression that it is easg and have the Novice quit in discouragetitent when finding it to be More difficult than they had thought. they expected, than give rather that the swi tc hs. The reception As Mentioned I MYSelf aM not a TransMediUM and I have nothing to do with the reception process other "than to reques"t COMMunication and I do get is the resu 1 t of our turn on spirit friends effec-ting 1:he- equip...ent with their own psychokinetic I was energy. reques"ted coMMUnication, started the recording and then abou"t to do, got into

MY car and drove abou"t a Mile away. The next nearest person was a neighbor Who was about i/2 Mile distant. When I returned I found "that voices had appeared on tape when there were no eMbodied huMans closer than i/2 Mile froM the recorder, and also that these voices were of exactly the saMe quality as when I aM sitting right by the recorder. I was hoMe "alone" I explained what In one case when I believe this non-MediUMistic level of reception is a "base" 1eve1. That is, I believe- the spirits can get through at this level anywhere, anytiMe, under any circuMstances, with any operator or with no operator at all, The only requireMent being that a tape recorder be I be 1 i eve everyone is running capable of recording voices at least at this base level, When soMeone then atteMpts to Make contact and does not succeed in doing so, it is alMOs't certain that ei1:her the~ did not have 'the perseverance necessary or 1:ha't they were siMPlY not aware of the difficu11:y involved and the techniques necessary in ana19zing tapes. in the record Mode. for this reason I be 1 i eve As Men"tioned previous19 and repeated here because I think this an if not MOS"t peop 1 e have so Me i Mportan1: point, degree of transMediuMistic talent. If one is a transMediUM it appears the sp i r i 1:s are ab 1 e to use one" s psyc hok i net i

c energy to e f feet the signal level in the recording equipMent to a greater degree than they are able to do usi~~ onlg their own psychokinetic energy. To do this they evidently con-tact the operator"s subconscious Mind via telepath!I th a 1: Many 31 and use the psychokinetic energy the operator's subconscious is capable of generating in order to effect the equipMent. All of which happens coMpletely without in reception qua! i ty between TransMediUMS probabl !I depends on how Much PS!i'C hok i net i c energy their subconscious is capable of generating and how accessible this energy is to the spirits. the operator's knowledge, The difference I believe in the future there will be Many More people who find Even though in the very the!,1 have this ability to a certain degree. beginning they still will no doubt have to go through a period in which they believe there is no reception <During which they probabl!,11 are actually getting non-MediUMistic reception.) as did even Sarah Estep, I hope you before their transMediuMiStic abi 1 i ti., begins to Mani fest. I Wi 11 be one of these peop1 e. aM sti 11 But even if i.,ou are not confident least you will ha~e non-MediUMiStic ver!,11 that at reception through which you can COMMUnicate alMost as well, although it does requir·e a bit More work. the BOOKS , 1oi ces 9-, £tern:i ty i988 Sarah Wilson Estep Fawcett Books The Ghost: 0-1' 29 Heg~c_vc Jes John G

ru11er i98i Signet Books F'h'-'ne Cdl .ls Fro# The l>ead i979 D, Scott Rogo and Rai.,MOnd Bayless Berkley Books ( VO%Ct!-S 9-, The l)~~d? Susy SMith 1977 Signet Books Toal Its Ni th The /Jt~ad i97S WilliaM ~dd~MS Welch Pinnacle Books Breok throu_9h i97 i Dr Kons~an~in Raudive Zebra Books ======================================================================= The Spirit Voice is published (on occasion) by Bill Weisensale PO Box it B.Q. Barstow, CA 923!2+4 32 ~ ~1 t, 1~ ~r A ::>4 A T ransCommunicntio;;-T echnicnl lette, g - ~0 ffi Bill Weisensole Mwch 1991 fl~~li5::aHo51 □ 1 I'1E 5cts(lHHt meuuu:1 111 TrailscnmmuilicaHDll El1actrD11•cs Ptesearctt Numbe, 8 Comment for n combination 9enernl In the eoch.J 1980s a Newslette,, The Spirit Uoice. was initiated in nn effort to fill the information need exchange for EUP Researche,s. lnitiallq it was intended to be published on a qua,terh.J basis, but because of the considerable time required ond limited amount auoilobla. this become impossible ond publication wos suspended after the first' six issues~ Fo,tunatelq. du,ing the some time pe,-iod. Sarah Estep picked up the to,ch. founded the AA-EUP. and since that time- has published an excellent gene,ai inte,-est quarteflq Newslette,-. which has been in no small part responsible for the growing Ame,icon interest and ,esearch effort. technicnJ, English interest and lonQIJflge, There stiff remains howeuef'. a need fm o means of information exchange nmon9 the ,elotiue handful of us who a,e involved in Trnnscommunicntion electronics. For this reason The Spi&it' Uoice. under a slightllf- diffwant name. - Spirit Uoices, is

being reviuad. Since o genemt inter~ Newsletter aln!adq exists. .Spi,ic Uoices is free to concentrate· on the technical aspects of T rmsc:ommunication. Because of the failure of on aC}riculture project stnf"ted tirne- consuminCJ job as a Truck Driuef', for the next several lJNrs. Time is stilf nt . n premium and because of this no attempt will be made to publish this pape,- at regular intecvals_ Rather it wiH be published on <m "as time permits .. basis. Also thef'e- will be no set subscription fee. However. donations to help cover the costs of p,inting and mailing will be accepted ond npp,eciat:ed. in the eodq 1989s. th& author will pc-obabkj stil- b& stuck in n It is mq hope that our readers wil consider this as "our .. pope,-; ns an open fo,um for tt.. e><chonqe- md discussion of information,; opinions. hl.Jpotheses, experimental results. computer pro9f"<1ms, etc. If 4ou n91"ee or disagree. with what 4ou raod in this paper. let us know and tell us whq. othecs. will be interested· in lJOW- opinions. Discussion is. tha. driuinq enqin• of science- and- techotol09'J. The Scientific Method. There probablCJ isn't- nnqone who has ever worked on T .C.. technolo(JIJ who has ~ the Spirits some uoriotiort of the question improue the qualitq of ask reeeption? 00 • Also at I~ seve,-al- of th• Countn.,-s bettM Channelers hove- been consultect,. extensivekJ. notnbh,J b4 Mr George Meek. in this some ques~ The fact that researchers todoq nee still using. the. same methods and essentiaUq

the same equipment ns used in the dnqs of Dr Aaudive, attests to the outcome of these dwect nnd indirect inquiries about how to buird on efficient Transreceiver. '"How cm- I In scientific research. if nature refuses to mswer a question, it' is invnriobllJ because the question is being ask in the wron9 wm.,, or becnuse the wron9 question is bein«J nsk. In Trnnscommunicntion electrc,nics we have most Pf'obabkJ been askinq the right question In retrospect. it hos now become obvious we nre not goinq to be able in the wronq wnq. to simpl-, coll up. n Technical Aepresentntive somewhere out" there in the GI-eat Beqond. nnd leorn how to build on efficient receive,-. Without 9oincJ into poqes of argument, the reason for this is thetj are simf>kl not permitted to tell us~ This does not mean the- Spwits don't nt least some of them in fact do know exnctlq how such a receiver hos to be know. - built and the11 haue been pecmitted to give us cectoin clues over the 11Jeocs. (It might be specuklted ~ such a Receiver hos probable, alfeamJ been developed on nt least hund.-eds of worlds hef'e in our local GafOXII- Unless of course. we prefet to think we ace God"s chosen nnd thus mo,-e technicallq odvnnced them ana,bodlJ. But then those of us who have hod a good· look nt UFOs both visuofhl and· on Radar. hotbor no such illusions. In nnq case if such Receivers hove been developed elsewhere. their design can

hordlq. be unknown in the Spirit World. Thell do get around.) Fortunotelq. the Spirits <Ve permitted and willinq to help us in our efforts. Unfortunatelq. the, • • not permitted to do it for us •. even if thetJ were so inclinad.. . r l If we ask the right questions in exactflJ the ri-. WCIIJ. the Spirits wil help us toward the development of an efficient Trnnsraceiver. But if we continue to stumble <U'ound in. the dark with haphazard:. rnndom experimentation with this nnd that. there is unlikelq to be much more progress mode in the future than hos been mode in the post. The important thine, then is what kind of questions ore theq permitted to answer and under what circumstances. do the. quastions have to be· ask. The question. at least one of the questions we should be oskin9 .. and which tttet, are- permitted to answer is; "which of these two receiving sqstems (circuits. devices, etc.) is a step in the right directionr (townrd the ultimate desiqn. required fm an efficient receiver). Does this -mean then that all we hove to do is draw out two circuits.. acCOf'ding to fMlpothesis we happen to- be WOf'kinq on. and then ask. dwin9 o recof'din9 whateuet- unfortunotelq. it does nae. session., which of the- Accordin9- to what. appears to be the rules. of the c,amat. it is. necessan, to actua1111 build. and test whatever circuits we- haue in mind. Then~ • and ont11 then. and onl11· if the· experiment

was setup properlq,. nre theq permitted to indicate to us. bq usin9 one S1J5tem mo,a than the oth•. which- of the two se,st:ams th4111. consider to be a step- in the rig~ dh'ection. two is mo,e advnncedT No. - (. . ~ • Ol'e two- conditions th• muse be met bafo,&- the-- Spi,'its wiU accuratelq answer such a question. I) Both sqstems must be in opmation simuftnneoustq so that theq have nn equal opportunit-i to usa eithec or both 511Stems. and. thus answer. ow: question b1,1 usin9- one· mo,-e than the oth•. 2) The second- requil'ed condition is thot the exp•iment• be removed from the experiment. As in nnq volkt scientific: experimentation.. the expl!, iment Jllla£" be setup in such a waq thnt the expe..imenter•s bias. l)f'econceptions. opinions. etc., CPDQQI; hove anq_ In othel' words. in wder- to, the- Spirits to answer effect on- the results of the expef'iment. ow question nccurntellJ., reception.. blind comparison of two diffecent SIJStems. the experiment must be o simultaneous The- Blind Comparison Method T1NI next question. is ~ to- put this. into p,-actica. which is what this paper is nil ProbabttJ the simp~ of- such experiments- woulcl· • be the comparison of two about;, different tqpes of microphone. which wiU. be used· here as 1the first example. The firsc is m. th&- voiees- ~ be- received OF hcJuit- on- opportwlit1J to- appe« requi,'ement simultmeoustq throuqh the two devices being compared. This, of coutse. mandates the use of a steceo recocdac with;.. in this case..

tha two microphones undac test being. comected In- Of'der to keep- nll conditions CIS equal as possible.. both to • the- microphones must hove equof nccess to the sound source. In this case the best carrier sow-ce wouJd be nn ail'bond or broadcast radio oa: white noise generatOI', all of which houe o speaker. two diClnoels. The- microphones should be placed 2 to 4 inches opa,t parallel to each other. The dinptvagms of the microphones should be of equal distance from the speaker. a distance of 6 to 8 inches is good. and ttuu, should be placed an equal distance on each side of the line, so ~ sound waves from the speaker strike each microphone speake.- center diaphragm at the scme anCJle and with the- same intensitq. (See Fiq 1) Also the microphone stands should ba adjusted- to point the dinplva9fflS towcvd the verticoJ;. center of the 8 / l speaker os shown in Fig 2. top view Rad10 Fig 1 side view The- next step- is to record in such a- watJ that the- plaqback (not record) level is as In order to do this o setup tope is used. The near identical between channels ns possible. record level controlS- eve first set to mm<imum nnd tha. recorder is started in raco,-d mode. The radio is- turned on and the volume grnduallq adunnced untit the meters read between If necessnrq. which it usuollq is. slightlq adjust the record level of one or the -3 on 0 DB. other-

chonnet Usuo«t, it is best to sliqhtJlj reduce the level on the strongest channel., until both meters ore rending the some. This provides a rough setting. At this point. without touching the radio. stop the recorder and rewind the tape nnd then re-record about 5-19 counts. Next stop the recordet". rewind. nnd plnq bock this segment. In doing this it will most fikeh.J be noted that the plaqback level is hiqher on one channel than the other. tljpicallq b&J 1/2 to 2 or even 3 DB. After cffl'efullq notin1;s which channel is stronger and bq how much. stop nnd again lets S"'f in this case we- hcwe found the right channel is plo&Jin9 bock 1 1/2 DB rewind. higher than the lelt. The next step is to OfJ(lin rec.Of'd 5 - 19 counts. Xhis time adjusting the controls. so that the right. channel is recording at 1 1/2 DB lowec than the left.. Again this seqment is ploqed bock and the rekltivtt levels compffl"ed. If the differential is now If it is more than this. then repeat the, nbove procedure less thnn 1 DB it is Ok to use. until the differential is reduced to less than 1 DB. The reason for this vnlue is that the least amount of volume change thnt cnn be • detected IMJ- the f!ftl'. in mixed mntwial such os speech. is 3 DB. The Jeost. chnnqe that can be detected in n constant frequenc.4.. constant amplitude tone. is 1 DB. A good. audio cnrriec,

such ns- radio static. would 1011 somewhere between these two fiquces. S"mce. our object he,-e is to not be able to tell which of the two microphones we miqht be listening· to in anatqzinq our recordinqs. the experiment needs to be setup in such a WfflJ that there will be no clue given bill one channel plntJinq bock nt hi9her volume thnn the otha,-. In ord~ to do this the plnqback- level differential must' be less than the threshold nt"· which such o difference is detectible. which in this case con be considered ns 1 DB. At this point the first segment of tape con be recorded in the u~al manner of requesting communication and than recording. 10 counts. (or 5 minutes if qour reception is - mediumistic.)· 1 In cmal4zimJ- the recordin9» either n monophonic or stereo amplifier con be used. If the amplifier is- stereo it must haue a· mono/stereo switch- <IS" nnalqsis-. must be done in the monophonic mode. Most" ~eo amplifiers have such a switch. but in case 11ours does not' the- proble~ eon-- be- solved- IMJ- usinq o '"V- cable- adapter such- <JS· Radio . Shock port lt '42-2436. which hos two phono plugs at one end nnd a single phono jock nt the other. (Fig. 3) • Use of this adaptec allows n sinqle input to be connected to both channels_ A =====Cl== ==CJ== B Fi9 3 STEREO AMPUFIER L R One other thing is required of the- nmpifier nnd that is that it

have a balance control to allow qou to balance 1.JOUr earphone speake,-s to compensate for an111 hearing sensitivit\J 8 / 3 diffef'entiol between enrs. Aqain most stereo ompfifi..-s hou• such o control But if 40tJf" amplifier does not, it cnn still be used for this purpose bq using a pair of earphones such as the Radio Shack Noua-16 (33-1019) which has balance provision on the headset> itself. ( The next thing needed is a special pair of cables to connect the recorder to the nmplifi..-. These two cables need to be si>c feet long and, of course, hnue n phono plug on each end~ The important" thing, is th~ theq be absolutet«, identical in nppenrnnce. Thnt is. there must be no clue from.· color. shading. plug design, size. etc.. as to which cnble is which. The onl4 woq to do this is to bu4 two new cables that are nbsolutelq identical, such os Radio Shock # 42-2367. (No, - I do not own stock in Radio Shock.) Take special cnce in selecting.. these cables that: the4 ore in fact identical Radio Shack from: time to time mac, chanqe the pluq_ desuJrt or othet- appearance-.. etc., so it is important to compcwe the appearance betOl'e leaving the store. The next: St"ep is- to laq the cables out' pnrnllet to each other with the ends· even anct then tie n loose knot in the center of the cables. as in Fig 4. Do not pull this knot- anq tighter than nbout 2-

in di<lmeter or it maq damage- the- cnbles. Next tie two more knots on top of the first one so that 4ou hove n lnrge knot in the middle with two cables sticking out. each side. At this point. the overall cable length is about 3 feet. (about 1 meter for those of qou who have a sensible sqstem of meosUf'ement) Fig 4 Next. taJce the two coble ends coming out one side of the knot and connect them to. the ·•t .. amt 00R" outpUts- of the recorder. The remcrininq two coble ends from the other side of the knot are- then marked 00A" and --e-. The easiest waq to do this is to wrap n short piece- of 1/Z" wide tape nround the- outer port' of each- pluq. Moskinq tape is the besc: as it is- eosq to write on. After this cable is made up it is of course. saved for all such futuce e><periments_ so. that. qou. don·t have to make up. mother set, Aftec plu9gin9- one- of these cobtes into- eithef" the- left or right' amplifier tape input, nnd setting the stereo✓mono switch to the mono position. qou . are finalfq readq to anall1ze the first seqment of tape 'JOU- houa recorded.. As qou begin to nnalqze the tape.. at this point 4ou know onlq that qou are hearing the- micf'ophona- on. fo, example, tha "A"" channel if this is the cobl& I.JOU have pluged into the amplifier. But since 'JOU do not know. and

because of the knot in the cables .. cannot tell blJ. lookinq at the. connecting. cables. as to. wheth• cable "A- is connected to the .,_.. or 00lr recorde,- channel.. thet'e is no possible- Wfflt 1JOU con- tell which microphone lJOU are listening to. And further more.. qou are not going. to know until nll segments in this recording session haue been. recorded and onal-,zad- md the results tabulated.. Sq using this blind- co111parison· method.. qour.- nat'Urof· bias toward the· new efecb et" micn>phone qou juK. spent 29 for .. is not goin9 to effect the outcome of the expe, ilnent for the simple reason· thal qou will not know- whieh- microphone- 'JOU- were listenin9 to until oftef' the- e>qNWiment' has been compleeed. In ploqbnck. listen th~ whole wm,1 through- the- seqment two or three times. noting anq irregularities that mnq be voices. while connected to the some channel Next go back and closell.J analyze the first such spot. If it is n voice then plol.J it bock. still on the soma channel. until 4ou feel confident I.JOU understand what is being snid. After writing this down in qour log. then switch cables. If qou started on '"A'" then switch to '"B'" and In almost everq cose the some voice- will nppeor at examine this some spot on the tnpe. the some spot on the opposite channel. ond also in nJmost everq case there will be n lesser differential in tha understandobilitq of the voice between. the. two greater oc

The object hwe. of cowse, is to d.c:ermi~ on which channel the- voice- is channels. 8/4- easiest to unde,stond. This usualkJ means switching back ond forth (changing cables) severnl times until 4ou me satisfied 4ou know which channel is best. After lJOU hove made this determination write down in qouc loq... behind the statement qou have. heard, either (A) °' (8) as the case maq be. After hovin9 done this go bock to the first channel. if I.JOU ore not the,e oJrendlj. nnd onnlqze the second spot on the tape in the some manner. Do not assume thot because the first voice 4ou heard happened to be better on. for example. the '"Ir" channel. thot all of the voices on this seqment will be bette< on the '"B" channel. - this is almost never true. After 4ou hove onalqzed all of the spots on the ""A- channel and determined on which chcmnel the4 ore bestr then switch ovec nnd analqze the "Ir" channel from start to finish. This doesn"t toke C1S lonq because tJOU have aweadq heard almost everqthin(J that is on this channel. Nevertheless. it stiff needs to be carefuDq anolqzed becouse there mm, be voices on. the 00B" channel which did not oppanr on the "A"" channel. If qou should locate anq such voices. use the same procedure: (lfld switch over to see if- theq hove oppenrect on the "'A"" channel As sometimes happens. qou maq have missed the voice when qou we,e onalqzin9 ctmnnel ""A". In order

to make on occutate blind compmison determination a minimwn ot 5 to 6 such 19 count seqments ( o, proboblq 3-4 5 minute segments if reception i.s mediumistic) is ,equired in order to give the Spirits adequate opportunitq to sefect the device or sqstem In anot.,zinq the second segment. just to keep everqthing equal. it is n good thelJ p,efer.. idea to fi,st" onalqze the opposite channel than the one lJOU started with on the first seqment. ond continue to alternate which channel qou start with on the remaining seqrneAts. Aftec all of the segments of the session hove been anolqzed. the. results are tabuloted. Lets saq qou recorded 6 seqments ot an auef'oqe of 19 counts each. In counting what qou have received. 4ou find lJOU were nble- to understand n total of 45" words. Of this number 4ou. find that 30. words appeared onlq. °' were mo,e unde,stnndable. on chnnneJ --9~, while the remaining 15 words appeared onltJ. or were most understandable. on channel .. A... This UJould mean that 67% of qour reception was on channel ·,r. which indicates. bq n 2/1 rotio, thot the microphone- on channel ·,r· is superior. or at lenst it is the- one- most preferred bq 4our Tronspartners. At this point we know that one microphone, the one on channel .. 8... is cleorhj better and we cnn be confident that this conclusion has not been influenced bq anq bins or preconception we l'llt1IJ hnue, since nt this point we stiU do

not know which microphone is octunllq on channel ""8"'. Since our analqsis is complete. it is now time to find· out. There ore two waqs this can be done. If one has on ohm meter o, continuitq tester. then one simplq removes one cable (but not both) from th& recorder output. lets soq the left. ond checks continuitq of the cente, conductor (not the shield) with one ot the coble ends. saq If thete. is. continuitq this means that channel ""B" at the. the ""B.. end at the amplifier. amplifier was th1!t left channel of the- recorder nnd that whicheve,- microphone is attached to the recorder left channel is the micf'ophone we were hearing on channel -a-. and of cowse. vise verse. The second method is to use the equipment itself to test continuitq. Again one cable (but not both) is- removed- from the recOf'dei". lets saq the- one connected to the- riqh~ cable. connected to the amplifier, the recorder output. With one coble. lets saq the ··A- is put: in plm-1 mode.. If we con now heoc what has been recorded. then the '"A"" channel. is. the left recorder channel. And of course. if we hear nothing.. then the ""A.. channe• wns the right recorder channel. Equipment" Upgrnde In the above example. if 6 segments were recorded ond we suppose there were an overage of 4 voices on each 19 count se9ment. and that it took an averaq& of 5 - 6 cable swaps to make each determination. we

would be talking about weir over one hundred cable swaps during the coucse of a sing.le .session_ As can ba imagined. this verlJ shortlq becomes a major pain in the neck. In. the late 1970s. I bought o Radio Shnck stereo amplifie,- (Model SA-102) to use for 8 / 5 E~ ,eseo,-ch. Af'ound 1981 this amplifier wos modified specificmltf for blind compnrison experiments nnd is still in use todnq. like must such nmplifie,s. it had a selector fOI' tune,-. tope.. ,eco,d plaqec. etc.. This selecto, was n duel wnfer rotor-, which was ,efntivejq easq In this nuonqement. in one position the to rewire into the confi9uration shown in Fig 5. two channels/tape prenmps nre both connected to the left tape input. In the second position both nre connected to the riqht input nnd in the thicd position each is connectad to it's respective input in stereo mode. The switch positions on the contf'ot panel we,-e redesignated ns '"A'". '"B"' nnd stereo. R Fron Rtcordu L A 1 B Steceo 2 3 Fi9 5 ./ \._ t ·~ r R To Ampl1fia l4ptpIMmp. L In this arrangement. two ends of the knotted cable we connected to the recorder nnd the othef" two. which do not hove to be marked, are connected to the .. 1 .. and '"R"" (""A"" and '"B"") amplifier tape inputs. After recording an ohm meter is used to determine whethe, If thelJ were not then the relationship was recorde,- 1./A = o, not the cables were crossed.

amp A/8, if theq were crossed then recorder l/R = amp 8/A. If qou houe a stereo· amplifiet' lJOU do not wish to modifq. wafer switchs nre available from Radio Shock that cnn be installed in o small- plastic JKoject bo:H wit_h the <IPPf'Opf'iote jocks. etc., and simpiq rr qou n,e going to become se,-iouslq involved with TC cable connected to the amplifier. electronics however. I would recommend modifqin9 an amplifier specificoUy fo, this The cu..r~ model SA-150 (31-1955) of the· amplifier I hove· is available for a pu,-pose. modest S69 and makes an excellent headset: driver with enough power output to drive a pail' of smoU: to medium- sized speokws. which qou will- probotm, want to use at times. ( System Comparison Unfof'tunotelq.. the blind comparison- method is limited to n certain extent in that the two sound sources or voicebond carriers must be- indistinguishable on plaqback. We con compoce.. for example.. two. diffecent radio receivws. such ns broadcast. and au-bond.. because static is stntie, and sounds the- Smnt!r on both bands. On· the other' hnnd we cannot accurntelq compare the open microphone method with the radio method becfflJse it would be obvious. on plo&Jback, which chnnnal had the radio static. This. soma holds true of compmisons between a white noise geflt!f'ator with the sound of ocean woues. etc.. compared to the n1dio or open mic,ophone method. and so on. Such simultaneous reception- comparisons can be- made ns n matter of cu,-iositq, but do not hove the scientific objectivia:q

of bllna comparison. The one exception to this is n comparison of static to electconic noise.. Thesa two sounds are so close that if there is no inted.ecence on the- radio such os nonnm radio- voices. it is difficult" cw impossible-- to tell which is which on plalJbnck. Although i~ woukt be· nice- to be- crbter to m:cumtefq compm e. two diffel en~ tqpes ot oudio carrie.-s .. the inabilitq to do so- is not n disadvantage where more serious resecvch is In electronics.. where experimentation- hos- moved- b&IIOfld conventional concerned. instrument- Trnnsreceiuers which are bein9 methods. is compaced. both of which. would. nonnaU11 contain identical audio carriec generators.. or both simphJ output electronic noise, and would thus be indistinguishable· on- ploqbock. two experimental ""test it In sqstem compo,ison wa will tnke. as nn axnmple, the comparison of o broodcnst band to cm airband receiver. Since. like the radios. all experimentol r,ansreceivers woukt contain. bq definition. an audio amplifier nnd speaker. technique of compo,inq two exptiimental TRs is identical to compMinq two rndios. the setup and In sqstem compacison tha technique of recordim,J nnd plaqback is identical to that used in the- microphone- compo,ison. The s11stem setup however .. is n· bit more compticoted 8 / 6 because the,-e ore two additional problenis that must be addressed. The ficst of these is audio cnrrier interference or channel cross talk. This results from the fact that there are now two speakers in use. one in each radio. This means of course,

that eoch microphone will pickup sound from both radios. In order to minimize this effect there are several thinqs that must be done.. The first is to pince the two rodio/microphone couplings a minimum of- 8 feet npa.-t. The second is to record at ns- low o rodio volume os possible while still reaching a -3 to 0 DB recording level. This means of course, recording with the recOf"d level conuols at or near. maximum. Anothec thing that needs to be. done is to place. the microphones relotiuel4 close (3-4 inches) to thtt radio speakef's. The- two mic,ophones of whotau• tt,pe;. must of COUf'se-.. be identical to each other. And theq must both be placed in exactfq the some position relative to thei, respectiua radio. That is pointing directh,t ot the center of the speaker ond at exnctt4 the soma distance· ff"OITI the speaker. (Use a ruler. - don't guess) There nf'e several different Wf'llJS the microphone/radio combinntions con be positioned relative to each other. One would be to place the radios bock to bock (8 feet apart) with the microphones in effect facing each other. Anothec would be to place the. microphones bnck to back (again 8 feet npnrt) with the radio speakers focinq each other. An arrangement, one favored b4 the author. is n 90 degree nnqle ns illustrated in Fiq 6. This n,rnn9ement is convenient where the,e is n tnble °" desk nlong one wall that cnn be used fo, one sqstem, and. o second table o,

card table th• can be used akmg an ndjoininq wnll. A cord table con then be set up on equal distance between the two sqstems. to hold the recordec and amplifie,,. Whateve.- orranqement is used. the- some arron9ement should be used for all such experiments.. The second problem- in sqstem- eomporison is sound control In the compOf'ison of two microphones onl4 one radio was in use. As each recordin9 is made the radio volume could be twned up to recordinq level and then tunwd off while the recordin9 was. In sqstem comparison there are two audio carrier· sources which are eiqht feet onolqzed. opart. This is furthe, complicated· bq the fact that the two radios Of' experimental TRs. must be- corefuHIJ mijusted to th& some- volume level- before- recordinq beqins. Once the proper bofonce is achieved. it should not be disturbed durin9 the session. Some means then needs to be. devised ta tucn on the sowld at the beginning. of each recorded. segment_ and also to turn off the sound so it does not interler-e with plm.Jbock.. (and get on one's nerves) The,e ore two wntJs this con be done. The fi,st~ a rathe, crude method. would require that both rodios be AC powered. In this method on extension cord is run from the An adopter of the tqpe used to make 2 or 3 woll socket to o convenient position. sockets out of one. is pluqed into the end of the extension cord and the two radios then pluqed

into the odoptec.. After tha volume. level of both radios is adjusted. theg can then be tu.-ned on ond off btt the- s i~ act of unplugqinq the- odapte,- from the extension cord. (Rg 7) Extms'lon Cord Rad'io Ftq 7 From Radio J: l D Multisocktt Adopt'.r FromR3dio =[)==== Fiq 8 ···- The second and much preferred method. is to instoH o 1/8.. normnllq closed jack in the speaker circuit of each radio or experimental TR. (Fig 8) Since these jocks ore quite small it is usuoUq eos4 to find some suitable- spot in the rodio cabinet. near the speakec. u,here it can be installed. Bti using a normalfq closed jock, speaker opaf'otion is normal with no plug. insected. Two cables are. then mode with o corresponding. plugs on one end. 8 / 7 , . ' '+-- 90 degrees--...· . Radio or experiment al T rnhsrecelver feet Radio or experlmentnl T rnnsreceiuer c:o ' a, ecord. ---=-curd table N GI co 'E :::> 11'1 ""'c o,I " ,- GI---i.t ii5 Fig 6 The other ends of the cables ore then connected to a double switch. (Fig 9) When the plug is inserted in the jock. the speaker circuit is broken. HouJever. when the switch at the end of the cable is tucned on the circuit is. of coucse. restored and speaker operation is normm. fiQ 9 to ndio •ir. TR ~pt:.kuj.ick -cJ==d to nd10 or TR. spokerj~ck ·t_r-e-- B1.1 usinC) this auonqemant, both speakers con. be silenced bq simplq.

flipping. a.. sinc}le switch. The switch cnn be mounted in o smatt plnstic project box or in the nmpfifier itself-, perhaps using on existing amplifier switch which is no longer needed for whatever purpose it was miqifKllkj intended. In eithM- case it is hi9hltj recommended to isolate- the- coble grounds both from eoc:h other and from the amplifier ground. if the switch is mounted in the amplifier. Failure to do so can result in assorted noises and squenls. especiallq where In radio experimental TRs ore concerned. due to feedback through the- common ground. receivers, if neither side of the speaker is grounded. then it is of course. necessnr4 to isolate both sides of the jock. This cnn usuolJq be done blJ simplq mounting the jock in n plastic part of the case. T ronsmediumistic AbiJit'l In most trnnscommunicntion the object is communication itself. Naturnllq, under these circumstances, it is an advanta9a to. be a Transmedium.. And the strollCJec the better, since. to this means stronqer, easie.- demonstrnte transcommunicntion to other people. reci!ption, ns well ns clearer voices to understand In TC electronics research however. for nt" least" one and possibllJ two reasons, beinq n Pst,Jchic or T rnnsmedium, mnq be o hnndicop. The main renson for this is that if nn impl'ovement is brQUCJht about in the- quolitq of reception, the- Transmedium has no Wfflt of knowing whether the improvement is n result of equipment design, Of'. simplq because theif' tcansmediwnistic nbilitq.. happens to be in exceptionollq good workin9 ordec

durin9 thac: particular ~iod· of time.. Over the IJeCVS we houe seen sevtial 51JStems dauised which wwe optiotoa- specifie Thot" is. theq worked well for the Transmedium who devised the s4stem, but: were of little or no use to Ont.Jone else. Although such sqstems nre • valuable in their own right in dernonstrntinq the possibiiit1.1 of transcommunicntion to the public, thetj do not solve the reception problem nnd thus. for practical purposes, remain little more then interesting cw-iosities. This is not to snq that a T nmsmedium could not develop an efficient recewv1n9 It i~ to smt- howeval', that CISMJ $1.JStem developed bq n T ransmedium is subject to sqstem. the some criteria- ns nmJ such sqstem developed bq n non-medium. Namelq~ that" an11 such is of value onlq if it is of benefit to other researchers who hove had nn sqstem In other wo,ds- we will not hove- a opportunitq- to test the- some OF identical equipment. T rnnsreceiver until there is rr. eomemvs pf opinion thnt we helve a Trnns~eceive,:. For the- T ,nnsmedium this maq- mean· workinq- closeltf with ot~ Researchers who could use to verifq whether or not onq possible improvements n,e nctuaUq. valid, that is, of on equipment specific, rather than operator specific. norure. the some equipme~ in order Sine& in non-mediumistie reception the Spi,its operate the equipment directl-,, onq improvement in qualitlJ • would indicate on m:tual improvement in ps~chokinetic sensitiuitq of whatever experimental equipment is being. used. S-mce all, or most. TC reception

oppeors to be of n· ps\jChokinetie nature, onq improvement in equipment sensitivittJ should for Trnnsmedium md non-medium nlike. improve reception bq nn equal percentage, ObviouslLJ, as mentioned nboue, no improvement in reception quolitlJ is of value until when and if it is verified b1f o consensus of opinion among other Researchers-. How~. in the 8 / 9- author's opinion, this is- more likelq to happen- if the person who devises the 544stem, is a non-medium. A second, potential, J>f'Oblem which mot1 be encounte,ed btf the Trnnsmedium, in usirkJ the blind comparison method, is whether o, not the Spif"its could direct the operotor·s PK ener94 towa,d one sqstem to the exclusion of the other. In non-mediumistic reception this seems to be relatiuelq ensq for then1 to do simpltl bq .. standing .. closer to, cmd If PK energq obeqs the low of probabh.,1 concentrating on, the sq.stem they wish to use. enel"CJ'J propagation which states that field- intensit1,1 is inverselq proportionol to the- squo,e of the distance. then if n Spirit places themselves snq 4 feet from one SlJStem nnd S- feet from. tha othec. theq would.. in theon, ... be able to effect the closec sqstam with 4 times t - ene,-9t1 the, do the- other. This assumes, of COW'se, that PK ene,-911 is on .. lidil'ectional. rather than "beamed""". Since most. perhaps 8' - 95"✓•• of the voices in such duel sqstem compo.-isons. nppem iA. both sqstems. but stronge.- and. mo,-e unde,-stnndobJa in one than the other. this does

indeed seem to be the case. In T rnnsmediumistic S\jStem comparison it moq be more of a problem for the Spirits to use one sqstem more stronglq than the other. Since I am not a Trnnsmedium nnd do not know of nnq Tmnsmediums who have.. qet used the duel blind compatison. method. I simph.J. do not know whnt mfl\J happen. All- I can do at this point is explain the problem. Since. whethe, one is n. Trnnsmadium or non-medium. it is good practice to sit on equot distance betu,een the two receivinc, SlJStems (Fiq 6) during the recordinq process. this would mean. in the case of tronsmediumistic reception. that in order to effect one s1,15tem mote than- the- otheF, ti» Spif"its would- have- to direct CH .. beam .. the operatOE's energq townrd one SlJstem, to the e,cclusion of the other. Whether the1,1 nre able. or with prnctice would be able ta lemn. to do this... I simphJ. do not. know. There is one other possibilit1.1. which· is that thett mmJ simptq not tn, to use the T ronsmediumistic mode and· operate the equipment dif'ectllJ in- If theq do this then the experimenter, who- mosc likel11 tronsmediumistic reception. would have to retnrin themselues to learn to perceive cmd unde1 stand the weaker non-mediumistic voices. is accustomed onkJ to the suon9et the- non-mediumistic mode. ( ( It lJOU ore a Transmedium and lJOU set up nnd use n duel sqstem blind comparison arrru19ement ns described.. I think our readers would be

verq interested to hear about lJOUC results. EspecialhJ as to· whethaf' qou still- hove the stronger transmediumistic reception nnd whether this reception nppeors onhl, or stronger. on one chmnel versus the other. Step Bq :Step In the above· exnmple-. where two radios are being compared. we might consider. because it is currentkJ the-- most populm method. that the airband receiver is our initial stnndnrd of comparison. And consider the· broadcast receiver ns being the --experimentar· SlJStem which In mnking. this comparison~ whichevet' of the two sqstems is npp,-oved. that is. most used b'f -,ow Transportners. then becomes qow .,.ead ... sqstem for qour next experiment. is being.. compared to the standard or ·ieod"" sqstem. The procedure from this poinc- on of course. is to endeavor- to devek>p new equipment designs. which nre lirecoHv lirnited Aoki bu uouc jmnpinntinn that nre approved lead sqstem mOII temoiA- -,ow Jead. s~em over b-, 110w T,anspa,tnet's. Al- times 'IOUf' several or n numbet of e,cperiments because the Spir~ consider it to be closer to the ultimate requited. desiqn. than aru,thing. qau: are. comporin,J. G90inst it_ Then. in one. least expect it. because theq comparison. the- consider 1,1our experimental sqstem an incremental ndvance toward that ultimate design. lead mnq switch .. sometimes when- lfOU Does this mean that" if a desiqn is approved. it works n little better in terms of absolute reception qualitq? Hot necessnrilq. - what we nre talking about is design development. not reception quolitq. You maq have- o dozen designs app.-oved-

because qour Tronspartners consider them incrementnf nduonces. while at the same time hovin9 no improvement whatsoevec in tef'ms of absolute reception qualm.J- T rnnsportn•s to use. Nor does opprovnf of n design necessarilq mean the design is even easier for 1.1our In one c:nsa durinq the course or a comparison, afte,- m11 lend . 8 / 19 s45tem hod remained the leod for several experiments, I ask which sqstem was the easiest for them to use. ThelJ answered that it was the lead s4stem. Since it was ctfreodq obvious. part wo4 through the. session. that most. of the voices Wtie appearing on one In onnlqzing the results however. I found channel. I assumed this U.HIS the lead channel. out. much to mlJ su,prise. that the experimental s4stem was the one that hod been oppf"oued. In other words. theq hod deliberntelq used the SQStem which wos more difficult for them to use because. from n desiqn standpoint, the4 considered the experimental sqstem to be cm incremental advance. In this context the question miqht be ask; Just how close do we hove to get to the ultimate requiced desiQ.n before thece. will nctuoU4 be significant improvement: in the absolute quolitlj of reception? And the answet" is. -- who knows·? No one has lJet reached that point. We miqht imagine the tronscommunicntion reception problem to be like a great- cone shaped mountain. with the solution ot the verq top. From the bottom of the mountain thef'e ore monq troils leodinq upward, ond eoch

troil hos monq forks. Around the bottom ore o number of mountain climbecs wondering which trail might lead to the top. Some have this or that: trait token a wrong branch. reached a dead-end, and thought thetj we<e on the wrong trail. But the fact is that nil trails lead to the top, if the climber tokes the right branch ot each fork in the trail. HoUJ con theq do this? The onswes- fork the,e is a sign pointing out the correct branch, ..:.. that sign is the blind comparison method. is. that if thetJ know what to look fo,. ot each tried venJ hoed to climb Compute,- Analqsis Fi,st of nH~ this determination it is not necessar4 to hove n computer in order to use the blind compocison method-. The onh.J thinq. it. is really necessOl''J to know.. is which. SQStem is. most used, ond this can be- dete,-mined m p,'eviouslq described.. However a computer con make fnster and more convenientt4, and also determine other f,om the results, which is of cw-iositq interest:. The following program was information written on a C-1280 in Basic U7. Since it seems ntmosc:- everqone I know of so tar has a different make computer, the onllJ thing we can do with such programs is keep them ns simple-- os possibl& so- th~ will be- relotivekJ eosq to- translate- into whatever Bosic dialect 4our computer speaks. (It I ever get finished building mq AT Clone, future programs will be. in GW-Bosic) If tJOU ore

familiar with tbe commands for qour printer.. n. drivec can be. written <md included within the Pf'<>qrom to provide o hardcopq of the onolqsis screen fcx- 4our log of the experiment. The program requests- qour recording or tnpe number. the dote, (do not use commas when entering this data) o brief two line or less description of both the left and right sqstem to be compared, nnd the numbef of tape segments 40u hove recorded. For e<1ch segment it then requests the number of counts 4ou recorded. the number of words that wece most understandable. on channel '"A". and then the number on channel ··s-. After all seqment data has been ente,-ed. it then- asks· '"was left- recorder channel '"A.. or '"9-.. ? This is determined os previouslq described m4 checking the cables, and the doto entered. On the anolqsis- screen the tape number. date, number of- segments recorded nnd the total number of counts ore printed followed bq n notation os to whethef' reception wos mediumistic or non-mediumistic. (If the- avernqe- number of counts/seqme~ is over 15, the proqrom assumes reception wos mediumistic.) Next is printed the total numb~ of the number of understandable words/count. (If understandable words. reception is mediumistic this is reve,-sed nnd the number of counts/word is indicated~) The next readout is is based on normal conversationol being about 10 words per recorder count. If the computer dete,mines there is. for example, o one word per count" average, then this- is 10% ot normal conversational frequenc4.

total percent of conversational frequencq. followed. bq This Next, for each individual channel, the total number of words, the numbec of words/count the percent of conversational frequenc4 is printed. This is followed bq the percentage bq which the best channel is bettef' than the worst channel. and the identitq of the best channel lost, the sqstem description. as entered nt tha beginning of the program, is printed. is mediwnistic). and (or counts/word reception if 8 / 11 The rollowing experiment is nn example. which con be used to check operation of the progcmn nftec qou hnve tt,ped it in_ Dntn- File- 21, Aiqht channel- lead 511stem- Configuration File 18 Exp ti 123, Date Feb 15 91, Comparison- left channel- Exp. sqstem- ConfiQW"ntion Segment I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Counts 8 7 1 7 7 7 7 10 Words .. A .. 5 2 0 4 z 3 0 2 Words ·-e- 3 9 5 3 0 8 5 6 Lett recorder channel was determined to be ·•e- The screen onnlqsis then looks like this: BLIND COM PAA IS ON ANALYSIS TAPE tt 123 DATE Feb 15 91 SEGMENTS RECORDED- TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED- tJ 60 TOTAl UNDERSTANDABLE WOADS- 57 NON-MEDIUMISTIC TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WOADS/COUNT- .95 TOTAL PERCENT OF CONUERSATIONAL FREQUENCY- 9.5 % CHANNEL "A- TOTAL WORDS.- WOROS/COUN-T- % OF CON\f FREQ"- 18 .3 3 % CHANNEL "Ir TOTAL WORDS- WORDS/COUNT- % OF CONU FREQ- 39 .65 6.5 % SUPERIOR SYSTEM BY 116 % LEFT EXP. SYSTEM- CONFIGURA-TION- FllE-

ZJ RESET- R. STOP- SPACE • < < < < < < > > > > > > 1 t ( A N A L Y S I s-:PRINT RECORDING ()1l· TAPE tt- -; TNS 10 SCNClR:ClR:COtOR5",4:COlOR6, 7 20 PRINTTAB(21) .. C O M P A R I S O N 39 PRINTTAB(35)'"DATA- ENTRY .. :PRINT 48 INPUT- 50 IHPUY- 69 PRIHT""TWO LINE- OR LESS. SYSTEM- DE-SCRIPTION- 79 INPUY-LEFT- .. ;L~ 80 INPUrRICHT- •• ;AS:PRINT 90 INPUT"" 100 FORN=1TOSE 110. PAINTTAB(29)'"SEGMENT NUMBER- "N:PIUNT 129 INPUT.. 130 INPUT.. 140 INPUT"' 159 PRINTTAB(8)~EDO FROM START- R,AB(31)""REDO SEGMENT;_ S-YAB(59)'"EHTER DATA- SPACE"" 160. GETAS.IFAS='" .. THEN168 UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS OIANNEL A- ' 0;A UNDERSTANDABLE WOADS CHANNEL 8- '";8:PRIHT NUMBER OF TAPE SEGMENTS RECORDED- -;SE:PRINT NUMBER OF COUNTS RECORDED- .. ;C:PRINT DATE- .. ;OS:PRINT :PRINT 8 / 12 C 0 M P A R I S O N A H A l Y S I S":PRINT WAS LEFT RECORDER CHANNEL A OR B - ;COS:PRINT NON-MEDWMISSTIC'":COT0320 MEDIUMISTIC- 179 lfAS=CHRS(82) THEN10 180 IFAS=CHRS(83)THENPRfNT:PRINT :GOTOUO 190 IFAS=CHR:S(32) THENa=a+C:Al=Al+A:Bl=Bl+B:.SCNCLR:PRINT :PRINT :NEXT 200 SCNClR:PRINT :PRINT :PRINT :PRINT :PRINT :PRINT 210 INPUY- 220 SCNClR 230 lfAt=OTHENAt=.001 240 IFBl=OTHENBl=.001 250 PRIHTTAB(15)'"B l I N D 260 PRINTTA8(5)""RECORDING OR TAPE tt- '"TNSTAB(55rDATE- "0$:PRINT 270 PRINTTAB(30)"SEGMENTS RECORDED- '-SE 288 PRINTTAB(26)'"TOTAl COUNTS RECORDED- '"Cl; 290 lfC1/5E>l5THENM=1:COT0319 300 PRINT" 310 PRINT" 320 PRINTTAB(21)"TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE 1--IORDS- '"A1+81:PRINT:IFM=1THEN340 339 PRINTTAB(13)"TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS / COUNT- "INT(((Al+Bl)/Cl)*199)/199:PRINT :GOT0350 3'10 PRINTTAB(lO)"TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE COUNTS / WORD- "INT((Cl/(Al+Bl))Sl00)/100:PRINT 359 PRINTTAB(6)"TOTAL PEERCENT OF- CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCV- '"INT(((A1+81)/C1)*199)/10 " %'":PRINT 360 PIUNTTAB(13)"'CHANNEL A""TAB(53)"CHANHEL B":PRIHT 370 PRINTTA8(10)"'TOTAL

WORDS- "Al; 380 PRINTTAB(50)"TOTAL WORDS- '"B1:IFM=1THEN"l10 399- PRINTTA8(8)"WORDS / COUNT~ iNT((A1/C1):Sl99)/190; .:100- PRINTT AB( 48)""WOROS / COUNT- '"IHT((81/Cl)Sl09)/109:GOTO430 410 PRINTTAB(8)'"COUNTS / 1,-UlRD- "INT((Cl./A1)::l198)/100; 429 PRINTTAB("18)"COUKT.S / WORD- "'INT((Cl/B1)&189)/188 430 PRINTTABcn·-✓- OF COHU FREQ- iHT((A1/Cl)Sl09)/10- ~; 440 PRIHITAB(47)'"✓- OF CONU FREQ- ••1NT((Bl/Cl)tl08)/11r %" "150 IFA1>81THENT=1:X=fNT(((A1-B1)/Bl)*109) 460 IFB1>A1THENT=Z:X=INT(((B1-A1)/At):S100) 470 IFA1=81THENT=3:X=8- 480 PRINT:PRINTTA8(29)~10R SYSTEM"- 490 PRIHT'"BY -x-- %- 500 IFT=3THENPRINTTAB(1l)"SYSTEMS EQUAL .. :GOT0550 510 IFT=1ANOCOS=CHRS(65)THENPRINTTAB00)""1.EFT":PRINT:PRIHTLS ; ; Spirit Voices is free upon request to those who have- oll previous IMPORTANT .. -···- issues back to and including SV 7. HoUJeve<. In order to conse,-ve resourses blJ not sendin9- this papec to pecsons who, for one reason or another, ma-, no lon9er be interested in the- subject. the- reader is required to fiff out nnd return the address coupon If 4ou foil to do so 4our name wiH be removed from the mailing fast for the next below. issue. Donations t0- heJp. coue, publication ond moiling expences. nra accepted but not required: Donations received ore considered to be· for the cw-rent issue. I would like to be on the list for n copq of SU 9 Please print Name:.--·------·······---···· Add,ess·-···-···-·-··· -----·--·-··-··-······-------·-·-···-· ·-···············-···············-···-···-··················--··-··-···-·-···-·--------- ···-··-········---······-···········-·······-·---·-··-··-------- ···-··-··············-··········-··-········--------------·----······--- 8 / 13 520 IFT=2ANDCOS=CHRS(65)THENPRJNTTAB(10) .. IUGHT":PRINT :PRINTAS 538 IFT=IANDCOS=CHRS(66)THENPRINTTAB(19)""RIGH1:PRINT:PRINTRS 540 IFT=2ANDCOS=CHRS(66)THENPRINTTAB(10)"'1.EFT"":PRINT :PRINns 550 PRINT:PRINTTA8(20)""RESET- R .. TA8(50)""STOP- SPACE"" 560 CETAS:IFAS="-YHEN560 570 IFAS=CHRS(32)THENSTOP 589 IFAS=CHRS(82)THEN19 590 GOT0560 ( Note: As with nnq t11J)ed in pcoqram. be sure to save a copq before runni119 the pro9ram fOf' the firK time. Miscellaneous. < < < < < < > > > >

> > A new Scientific level Journal. entitled T ransKommunication. hns been initiated in Cermanq bq Dr Senkowski nnd associates. The- Journal is written in- German but does contain brief summaries in English. Publication wiA be semionnual. The fee is OM 48 (about S39) for n two year subscription. J.kite to: Dr Ernst Senkowski Eichendorffstrasse 19-0-6500 Mninz W GERMANY- Network News - a newsheet about EUP mattef's - will be issued from Skqetech nt regulffl' intervals in the futwe. to reserve lJOur free copq write to the address below. EUP COURSE! experience of EVP .. Science of EUP.. cow-se contact the ndckess baJow os soon os possible - few places ovniloble. later this qeo, Skqetech will be- runninq a 5 daq COUf'Se with lots of honds-on find out more about the there ore onlq. n including computef' assisted editinq. To Wtite to: SKYETECH l TD. Grinnan. Portree. SktJe. sconAND IU51 9DJ < < < < < < > > > > > > Spirit Uoices is edited nnd published, ns time and materials pennit. btJ Bill Weisensale. PO Box B.Q.. Barstow CA- 92312+4. United States of America. No subscriptions nre accepted. Copies ore free upon request". to those who have all previous issues back to and including SU 7. Each new issue must be requested bq returning the address coupon enclosed with the cu"ent coplJ. American Association - Electronic Uoice Phenomena Membe,, - Dedicated to development of Tronscommunication for the enlightenment of HumonittJ 8 / 14 Number , Julq 1,,1

j 'tr ♦ st ::t, ••• :ih &:: A dt: 2> ,t, c► • <'· :it & ♦ tit 6> 4 ·tr ♦• 6> ,;,, A ♦ rSt ♦ {· "I ~, tr, & ♦ ;<· it COMMENTS 1) Fust of all I would like to thank those of 'JOU who have sent in donations to, the lost issue with qou, ,equest for a copq of this inue. which almost oll ot IJOU hove. I om eluted both with the number of people with technical or scientific the (Jlowinq inte,est in TC technoloq'J. traininq and with in the forget the future. issue do not iollowinq issue. request coupon trnm eoch COP4f As qou know the,e are no subsc,iptions to this paper, but IJOU a,e expected to send in in ordef to be placed on the new mailinq list fof Although almost all of the qou have, there were o couple ot people wtao did not do this. Fot this issue and this issue onlq. I wiH assume this wos an oversiqht and lhis will send a copq to those individuals. not howevec be repeated If IJOU wont to be on the new mailinq list tor the next the request coupon. 01 drop me a note, or send piqeon, tele4Jram. a whatever. and let me know qou me inteiested in o cop') of the next edition. reads about 2) Tcanscommunication. find out the,e ore theq people who ate 1ttordinq pornno,mol voices using onllJ a tape ,ecorder or ceco,der ond rnclio combination.

But to, most people. most of the time, these voices are buried in noise to heaf and unde,stand. and quite difficult The to improve the signal to noise totio so that a nocmol conversation can be cauied on with the Spirits. techfticol p,oblem ot first hears Of When one to return cou,se. canier card. post is And just how difficult could it be to do eitbe, the Spitits Obuioud-, a,e thu:7 o, radio signal. sensitive Of the Spirits could come throU1Jb whispe,inq into the mic10phone Of sendin'I us a weak If theq whisper into the micrnphone then obviousllJ what is needed is a mo,e sensitive micfophoM, a better recorde, with a better siqnal/noise ratio. better tape. a quietec 100m. pe,hops o microphone preamp. and loud and clear. if theq were sendinq us a weak radio signol, then what is needed is simpl'J o radio, of a mofe feceiue, with bettec signal/noise ratio. Of o better antenna, 01 a radio that wiff tune to just the right ffequencq bond, nnd the prnblem would be solved. Tape,s. without a technical tor 4ea,s bactqround. have been wonde,inq takinq so lonq to solve such a whatever seemin')l'I simple ptoblem. People have w,iuen me and ask what kind of ,ecorder, or fodio or to buq o, what kind of qadqet miccophone could thelJ build to clo1if1J 1eception. - I wish I could tell them. selective is - - - Unlortunatelq. none of the above simplistic solutions work. nor does angthinq that has qet come to

public knowledge. else is a completelq new and utterllJ because TC diffe,ent kind of communication than an~thinq now known. What we expect doesn't happen. uthcrt we don't expect does. What makes sense doesn·t work, what doesn't moke sense. the strangeness does. of to fomilia1itq. Up to a point. the more one learns obout IC. the stconqer it qets. One could almost saq phenomenon proportional the is I would like nothinq better than to pfint the schematic of some niftlJ ci,cuit. preferabllJ one that could be built for o few dollars in ports and as a one eveninq p1oject, which would cla,ifg or euen imp,oue ,eception for r IJnfo,tunatelq, even ofter qea,s in this I know of no such circuit, no, does it would olteadq the TC The point is .that in w,itinq this I do not wont to qive the impression to build an efficient I know how If I did, I would be doing that qou. field, angone else, o, word of have spread like wildfi,~ communicq. paper that Trnnsreceive,. instead of w,itinq this. th,ouqh real nature of lorqe Unive,sit11 ldeolhJ oil of us who hove o technical interest in TC ,eseatch, could get together in labo,oton.1. whe,e we some could shore our experience. knowledge. ond talents, and have adequate fundinlJ for salwies and equipment to, how evet man11 months or gears it takes to solve the ree1eption ptoblem. in ou, p1imitive civilization Unfottunatelg. inte,ested in the,e o,e few people se,iouslq the Human Spirit, and the ce,tainlq no fundinq

fof anq such project. The next best thinq we con do then, is to COlf'J in ·stow motion·, as it were. on this work throuqh ond iaformotion experience. I the,efo,e would like to more cleaflq state the intentions of this pope,, which o,e: Jo gather and distribute as much 1) info,motion as possible in 01de1 to help qou wo,k on whatever htjpotheses -,ou happen to the be working on. is definitelg NOT exchonqinq And It to this this Ove, it at to be is fine. this paper this point info,mation time aHows. to work along faction os in intention of to tell you or even ,ecommend in wbcat di,ection qou shoul4 work. the qems Marg and I have been 2) given ce,tain info,motion ffom bellC)nd the veil. which we believe valid and of It is the intention of this pope, to impo,tonce. in as p,esent ond explain ffl'I undeutandinq comp,ehensive o this of If 1JOU iAfo,motion molces sense IJOU and these general lines. decide If it doesn·t make sense, then tben ,ecommend qou wo,k on whatever hqpotheses do make sense to qou os As meationed. an it is not the intention ot this pope, to tell antJone what tbeq should o, should not work on. 3) is o new ond wide open field, on11one. from HobbtJist to Phgsicist, con potentiall11 make impo,tont discoveties and to happen, conuil>utions. c,eotivitq is of cenuol importance. And it is to this pope, the to help further imoqinotion and creative experimentation. Since re technoloCJq intention

of stimulate individual. I would In o,de, this to, trg Imagination is mo,e important than knowledge Albert Einstein G A T E W A Y T 0 TranscoMMunication / / Deposit nil preconceptions here before entering No preconceptions atlou,ed inside I I RECEPTION METHODS Fig 1 Radio receive, only elecuonic voices made Probablq the ve,q first method blJ which thei, pa,onormol Reports of unexplained voices appearance. into ordinar'J ond of the •dtteased• breakin1J radio broadcasts, date back to the ea,lq doqs of ,adio. ,eports were quite rare and of on anecdotal nature and a,e mostlq of onlq histo,ical inte,est. the most pcut these Fm However this effect stiR does occu, and con still be expe,ienced bq those who have the tremendous amount of patience necesSGl'I bette, technique co,efullq via eo1phones. be to listen to ,adio static to, lonq pe,iods of is to tune to between time. The to, communication. and station static, ask Althou'fh listen ,eception moq suonq T ,ansmediums, (it is said Friedrich Jurgenson could cam, on a direct conversation with Spirits bq this method) fo, most it moq ,equi,e os much as on hour o, seve,ol hours to understand o single word 01 statement. Since the,e ,eco,dinq, anq voices received must be unde,stood when fitst hea,d. as the1e is no oppo,tunitg The method therefore is of academic ,athe, than p1actical fo, review. is no for inte,est. Fiq 2 ElectfOriic sound gerierntOf onllJ the voiceband couier In this method on elect,onic qenernto, is for to supplq used modulation h11

one's Tronsportneu. OM of the this method is most intuestinq things about carriers. the wide varietlJ of possible AF These from o ronqe hom electronic noise to on ompfifiet' and simple diode connected ear p~ones to phonemes created b'f a compute, contrnlled phoneme chip. In between ore single voiceband tones of various hequencies. tone qene,otor used the B mllltitones such os bq O'Neil, white noise qenerotors that simulate such sounds as ocean runninq water., and viftuall11 onq other sound that can be electronicallq c,eated. rn,f. wind. The technique is the same as with the radio onlq method. Careful listening throuqh emphones to, extended pe,iods of time are usuolhJ Mcesso,q to catch o sinqle wo,d or statement. And again whatever is heard must be unde,stood at the time it is ,eceived. there is no review. Fiq J Carrier recorder onlq. In this method an Af cauiu tape is first listened to. otter requesting then mode and The communication. in ranqe ot potential expeEimentol cauie.,s, this case, is limited onlg bg one's imagination and bq what can be recorded on on audio ,ecorde,. the ploqback mode. in If the the the tape itseH carrier listeninq repla1,1ed. that segment tape was mode. to ploqbock, or at the The,e is however. one complication that needs be mentioned. Uoices con appeo, eithe, time while when is made. Fortunotelq, it is eos11 to tell which is which. When a voice is heard, the reco,der should be stoped and the the,e on review. t~R it was voice

is s'till Ir not, recorded when then it appeared on ploqback and does not, ot course, exist on the tape. Fig 4 Recorde, onlq. In this method, which could be the considered practical methods. o voice recording is mode in the usual WOl!f except that no microphone or other input to the recorder is used. (You did leave qou, preconceptions behind at the gate. - didn't qou?) This can be done even on a recorder with a built in mike bg inserting lhe a plug (onlq) into the ·ext mike- jock. method requi,es verq careful log keepinq of questions. comments. and especiolhJ count numbers, SOlJS appears on the audio co11ier, which is ci,cuit in noise generated within the iecorder itself, plus the carrier whatever voice modulation of oecu,s :;omewhere within t~ ,ee0fd4H. since nothinq tape. What the operoto, is (and UJOlst) ot this case reco,ded first is Although the actual qualitlj of reception bq this method is little better than blJ the first 3 methods, considerablq tape can be reviewed as better because often as necesso,q to und~stand whot is said. communication the is of and food eqllipment It is our purpose here to discuss onlq the kinds equipment c~fiqurations that ollou, Spi,it voice rtteption to toke place. not to discuss how theq arrive. However, as o bit of thought, it miqht be noted at this point that none of the methods 1-4 use o microphone. methods Z-4 use neithe, a mi~ophone no, o ,odio 1ecewe1. and method Z uses

neithe, o microphone, a radio receiver. nor even o tape recorder. get oJI fou, methods are quite c.upoble of Spirit voice reception. Fiq 5 Open mike method with built in mike. for recorder. For some reason oddinq a microphone to the in most coses but not alwaqs. seems to imptove the qualitq ot ,eception to some deq,ee. Wh'I this should be so is still to be unexplained. but the best quess seems that the microphone p1obablq picks up a certain amount of envi,onmentol sound, even in a relotivehJ quiet room. If this is so then the circuits and as recorded on the siqnal in tape would be sliqhtlq hiqher and perhaps o bit the open eosie, to modulate. microphone method to use because the operator's questions and comments a,e recorded oionq with an11 paranormal voices received. ln onq cose is much easier Just exoctllJ where voice modulation is, of cou,se, still a in a occurs recorder matter of debate. but Don McKee. for one, believes the most Jike"J modulation point is at the I see no reason to for argue with this hqpothesis. fi1J 6 Open mike method with pluq in mike. tape head. So Most of the tapers I have heard from or about who are usin9 the open mike method, are usinq o plug-in rather than the built-in, if theq are using o portable. But here aqoin for virtuaHq even:1 iule of thumb onqone can think \ hove heard trom of, there ore excep<ions. two people within the

post 1Jeor who feel thelJ the open mike get reception usinq method with a built-in microphone. Just whq a pluq-in should wock bette, (in most cases) than o built-in, is not known tor sure, but moq hove more tqpe of the mictophone than where it is Jocoted. to do with the best In blind comparison experiments I hove found dlJnamic mietophones ore prefered over both c1-,stal and elect,et. These experiments were done however, usinq speaker /microphone couplinqs, the open mike than with method. Whether the results would also opplq to the open mike method I don't know, but if this effect th•IJ do th4l'I mQIJ explain rather than 'J - 3 since most built-in mikes are e1qstal, while most occesso,q plug-in mikes are dqnamics. Fig 7 Recorder with backg1ound sound head, where voice modulation of couier occu,s. fiq 18 ~hite noise method the AF ( o place as possible, so In the eo,lq daqs of EUP ,eseo,ch, when usinq the open mike method, which most people did, it was axiomatic to record in os the quiet ·whispers· would not be dtoa,ned out blf boclcq,ound noise. However, over a period of time, mOfe and more reports b.eqen to surface of the Spirits octualhj chan4Jing envi,onment•I It was as if theq mere noise into a voice. somehow usin9 the noise to help get thmugh. the ene,gq of that is not ,ecotde,, to have Whethe, this happens outside of 01 inside in all cases dear. the of Host of the time however, what

happens is thot some sound that just sounds like noise ot time of recording, when plqed bock is the on found the111 understoadoble voice. In were •Jsintt time in lead which such bacttg,ound sounds as gos flames, running water, etc., were supplied delibe,atefq. ieco,def, patch co,d Fi9 8 coupling into In other wo,ds the noise os on AF ca11ie1. to experiments these effects AF cauie, changed been This method is tar more versatile in that, as mentioned befo,e, virtuoll'J anqthing that con be recorded on tape con be experimented with os on AF cauier, and one is not limited to whatever enwonmentol sounds mO'J be in or nea, their home. But ot the some time it does have the drawbcack that the ope,otofs comments ore not recorded because no mike is used. o to,es p1oblem AF cauie, reco1der, speaker / etc., has on more experienced If this method looks suspiciousltJ like the standard method of copqinCJ tapes it"s because 1t 1s. Althouqb when copqinq, one of cou,se I do does not request communication fi,st. however know of one person who, when to, otbe1 pwposes such os copqinq than one lectures, with occasion pa1anormal YOices appee,inq on the cOp'J. FiCJ 9 mic1ophone coupling In Sotah Estep's ea,111 doqs of 1ecordimJ usinq the radio method, she once tried to connect ,odio to the recOfde, vio patch co«I in the order to eliminate background noise. Sarah that reception was not quite as soon found good the I hove done speaker /mic1ophone couplinq. some

experiment usinq both metbods this simultaneousl'f with a stereo 1eco1de1 (not this case) and I og,ee blind comparison in this case the AF And since with Sa,oh. carrier was the speaker/microphone couplinq unde, suspicion as one of the points, toqethe1 with the tape this method as bq using in some, it places the btJ is In That than -canned· couiers. Again it was Sarah Estep who mode the observation that •live· AF co11ie,s wo,k o little better that sound which is beinq created at the instant it is beinq used to moke a voice ,ecordinq is sliqhtl'J more effective than sound which has been ,eco,ded and then the ,eco,dinq used es the AF carrier qenerato, an AF carrier. method viftuallq ang kind of electronicallg qenerated sound con be used. thin-,s One of I understand that hos been expe,imented with and is beinq used blf some tapers, is o tlJPe of white noise cornmerciaffg available. generator which is These generators which electfonicaUq imitate the sound of surf, wind through trees, etc., have venJ soothinq sounds ond a,e intended to ,elex, o, sleep in o noistt help people theq hove also been environment, etc. in TC the useful electronic be described more fullq late, in this pope,. Fi9 11 Radio static method noise qene,ato, which But reception. is tDill Anothe, tqpe the ( In first todo'J. lhis method was one of the verg first I believe by reported methods used, remains one ot the f1ied1ich Ju,genson, and this most popula, methods used

method o radio ,eceive, is tuned to between station static on am, AM bond from broadcast up to Amoteu, and shortwave, and the static used os the best the oirband which is frequencies seems ,elativelq quiet, and it is he1e that So,oh Estep hos ,eco,ded monq hund,eds of voices ove, the 11eors. Mong of these voices hove been of a quolitg that Sotah calls class -A-, and the ,est of us just caH ·tontostic·. Fig fl Radio station method the AF couier. OAe of to be this method Although not used nea,l'f as much as the radio static method, is ot to, C)feate, importance from o technical standpoint. Deliberotelq tunin9 to o 10.tio station obviousl'J would oveuide and drown out an11 weak radio the Spirits were t111ing to send us. On siqnal the su,ftte to make onq this doesn"t seem more sense than supplqinq an AF cat1ie1 which would CIDlf ·whispering• the Spirits we,e trging to do into the mic,ophone. But it does aqain ,emind us of the verg unique ond hiqhlg unortho!lox nature of TC ,eception. oveuide dtown out OAd In this method radio broadcasts a,e to, paranormal reco,ded ond then exmnined voices. These usuallq oppeo, as o -chan9e· 01 what hos come to be called o ·,emodulotion· of the broadcast voice, with a personal message to the expe,imenter. One of the best foreign methods seems to be to to o tune File- D 5U-9 1 Bill 1--leisensoie Fiq 8 AF Carrier Voice Recorder Recorder background sound w I

Fig 1 Fiq 2 Fig 3 Radio AF Carrier AF Carrier Receiver Generator Recorder I Fig 7 Voice Recorder Fiq 6 open mike method Voice Recorder external mike Fi9 5 open mike method ·-.) ..-·· Voice Recorder internal mike Fiq 4 Voice Recorder no mike 9 - 5 f ( tuned rndios, each to, mang gears. broadcast of a the experimenter language does not unde,stond. Bonne, ot Enqland, who I this method has used believe used to two diffe1ent French stations which is a lanquaqe he did not understand. On the surface it mog simply that seem -voices· misinterp,etotions of the broadcast voices. Not so. Tapers have recorded mang hundreds o, pe,hops thousands ot such ·,emodulations· which, I am told, are of good enough qualitg to be heard and unde,stood bg othe, people. The effect is quite real. these are there was into detail. for new people. I did too mucb In writing SU-7, which was written primarillJ the remodulation effect was mentioned onl-, in passing without this because r goinq considered ,isk of the novice, not realhf knowing what theq were listening for. imagining all sorts of ·messages· in s-uch b,oodco.s:ts which we,e not ,eoll11 o, 5enkowski pointed out however there. that this ,isk also exists in close listening to other electronic An opinion with which I now ogree. noise. I In O'"J case when SU-7 wos published from seve,al people about mq shortlg heard omission of the radio station method. Dr Ernst Senkowski, whom malHJ of gou know

ot. is o PhlJsicist ond long time ,esea,cher ond experimenter in EUP. and is currentlg involved in publicotiort ot ·T,ansKommunittotion· which is a scientific journal on the subject. Etnst had tllis to SOlf about the ,emodulation effect: tqpes ot ca,,ieu such as fo1eign in can be the entities ·Gene,allq I completelg agree with qour ideas I onlq wonder that qou did not mention the - ,adio method using o mixture of so-called languaqes voices preferabllJ t,ansfo,med or which oppa,enthJ supermodulated bg deliver ·pa,anounor voices ot much hiqhe, volume as compated to the pure noise/static qou proposed. Sure: there is a lot of disturbance this is bq another drawback. But in experiments I found some of the paranormal sentences quite imp,essive and eosillJ to be ,ecoqnised· those nmmol audio siqRals ond to Another person who contacted me on this matter •»as M, David Lothamer, who i:s- the California state coordinator the AA-EIJP and oqain a lonq time and verq expuienced researcher. Oovid had this to sag: for let me comment on ·sm, - Please \JOUf statement that the best method is to ·rind an empt11 spot between octive oi,band stations· I tried when I first method That the .-odio method about seven converted I found that I ,eceived mote flJP geors ago. the to is ' - 6 the fire from police, t,ansmissions hom transmissions when I placed mg dial directlg on the channel... and usuallg less I used powerful ai, to terminal transmissions. More ,ecentlq, I have begun to use

the oreos t~ UHF end VHF which brinq oc,oss on communications dept., In sho,t, I communtet train tcansmissioos, etc.. ,odio monito, two-wa11 transmitter /receivers. The qualitlJ which thelJ all houe in common is that the-, o,e on-off, on-off their ope,ation. in these ·bursts· of ,adio enerqy are sharp Often and dive,qent from each othe,. Somehow it would appear that this ·qualitq· - in some woq facilitates EVP ,eception. Whg not try out the It miqht take o little time but, it has method? qiven me good cesults - LOUD ONES roo· ·oue,-and-out•, I o and hod I have neve, used In mq own work this method, ot least not delibe,otelg. However, on one occasion when I was usinq an ai,band receive, on one channel in a blind comparison experiment, clear thouqht hequenctJ, the,e we,e two transmissions bg on airline pilot part wag throuqh the expe,iment. these Both of rnq into o personal surprise, were message. the it mined it happened expe1iment, these because, two the clearest to be ,emodulations and most unde,standable voices I have get reco,ded. tronsm1ss1ons, much remodulated thouqh still glad admit, Even I om turned out must to it the limited reception, transmitter. be Although this method yields some ot the where is best experimentation is concerned. This of course, is because it Police o, broadcast o, whateve,, is perhaps 29 miles distant where the experimenter has no control ove, what is b,oodcast. One possibilitg to, experimentation here. would be to run a 29 mile extension c01d

to the station. But this miqht not be verq p,actical, especiallq since one would probablg hove some problem with the the stotion Monoqe, about broodcostinq signals the experimenter wonted. The,e is everg reason to believe the ,emodulotion effect is local, that is, either in near the radio receive, o, antenna. or ve,q ll is exuemellf UQJikelg, fo, example thot even one's next door neiqhbor would heor the same parono,mal voices even if theg were tuned to the same station while one is recordinq. This for another then experimentation. which would be the ,adio station and move it to one's home. However, this mag not be venJ practical either flom costing several hundred because aside likelg thousand dollars, object tower several hundred feet toll, in one's back qcmt the neiqhbors would to on antenna possibilitlJ presents to bu11,1 File- lJ Sl'J-9 l Bill l•leisensole RF carrier + AF modulation distant rodio station manq miles T i Fiq 12 rndio station method the remodulation effect Radio Receiver- Record c--~-- Mike ~ V Fig 11 radio stotic method RF static Radio Receiver Fig 10 UJhite noise method AF Carrier ......... ::, Generator Fig 9 AF C:.orrier Recorder Uoice Recorder Uoice Recorder Voice Recorder 9 - 7 Fig B Transmitter method for to ,each Fo,tunateJIJ, at this point a law ot woue propagation, which I don·t have to tell IJOU about, comes to our rescue and we find that in 01de1 the the EH ca1rie1 ,eceiuer ontenna with the :s:ome field strength as did

the Z8 mile OWOIJ station, a transmitter placed onlCJ a few feet from the ,eceiv4!f need hove onlq about the size and power output of a wireless microphoae. tlansmitter method, of covrse, is not new ond in fact was mentioned in ·sreokthrougb· bq Roudiue. It the method on which almost all serious research, includinq the more promising ·sPIIUCOt1• configu,ations. such as Bill O"Neil"s, wete based, usinq different trequenc'J ,anqes. Fiq 1-4 is also The all presents sorts of experimentation with both With the Uon:s:mittu occe:s:.sible, we now This of hove control of what is trnnsmitted. interestinq couue. possibilitiu fo, expe,imentotion with diffe,ent tqpes and ffequencies of RF cauie,s, as well as and -canned• AF co11iers. One con. for example, ·broodcosr a lecture tape, perhaps one that has been ,ecorded boclcwa,ds, 01 a reco,dinq of o toreiqn languoqe ptoqrom, or broadcast from o white noise qenerntor. etc. sound Aqoin the possibilities to, experimentation me limited onlq blJ the experimenter·s imoqination. Fig 15 ·iive- is relative consideration fo, technical expe,imntation, where the p1imart9 reception qualittJ between two SIJStems when usinq the blind compa,ison tec11ique, one of the be:st ca11iers is the electronic noise qenernto1. One advantage is that the sound it qenefflted is so similar that ce,tain methods the uonsmitte, method ond the radio such as static method, co• be compo,ed di,ecthJ. Another aduontaqe is that such qenerntors a,e compact and can be toqethe, with the transmitter circuits, in a small project box. AF CARRIERS ,odio static installed to is still, even

after all P,ecisel'J how ond p,ecisel') whe,e voice modulation of the AF and/of RF cauiers take place these qeors, Tronscommunicotion·s deep, dork secret. But we do hove some observations. One of these is that whe,e AF couie,s ore conceme4, those car,iers which a,e in voice bond frequencies and harmonics, work bener than tone doesn·t those work verlJ well, addinq several tones works a little better. Static and electronic noise. both of which of course. o,e ,andom t,equenc'J, random amplitude, work somewhat better, and so on. On the top end of the scale, it would seem the human voice itself makes the best co11ier of all. that me not. A sinqJe richer The p,ocess btJ which the incomin1 in As the time, couespond is more efficient least some frequencies least some of in the voice siqnal, of whateve, nature it malJ be, causes a couespondi™J AM modulation ot the AF canier seem:s: to be o kind ot sgnch,onou:s It seems when there are or resonance effect. the cauie,, that ot to at incominq uoice signal, the frequencies: modulation p,ocess than would otherwise be the case. far bock as the w,1un9 of ·erealcthrough·, the concept had olreod'f been p,oposed of supplqinq ·word froqments· for use blJ the voices. T odeq with personal computers and phoneme chips, it is certoinhJ possible to gene,ote But the'} be presented in the question such o woq os to be useful in reception? Jhe p,oblem of course, is that there ore somethinq like 128 phonemes which make

up the sound of lette,s and words in normal speech. And each diffe,ent word is composed of o diffe,ent combination ot phonemes. ·word fragments·. is, could There It seems then about the onlq thinq one. could do with o compute, would be to instrnct it to present the whole list in linear sequence In either case, the,e i:s: or in ,ondom order. onlq one chance out of 128 that the exact phoneme needed bq the incominq uoice, would be p,esent on the couie, ot that instant, - is also another not ver11 good odds. p,oblem here in that if random orde, is used, itself would gene,ote o ce,toin the compute• random phoneme amount of words lette, wo,ds of course, combinations. the most frequent, but there would would he lost Autumn Sarah wmte be lonqer one:s: also. in that Mr Fidelio the Germon UTF. was Kobe.rte, President of just such a carrier which was wo,kinq on supposed this sprinq. houen·t heard As of onlJlhinCJ mose about this.. to have been demonstloted the AA-EVP Newslette, this writinq I throuqh Two ( .. is the then As mentioned, to present exoctlq the problem with this ,iqht concept If we phoneme ot exectlq the fight instant. to be knew which phonemes were going be needed, the this exact sequence. p,oq,ommed But this we would have to know in advance what the voice was qoinq to soq, which of course, is impossible. In on!J if we ol,eodq knew what the voice wos case the goinq

computer to do on1Jthing? then whq bothet to present compute, in orde, to SOIJ to tell to do could Still the concept is fascinating because if u,e somehow could present each phoneme at just the right instant, there would be, at least the voice in signal ond Fortunatellf, os there octuallq is a wat9 unlikelq as it sounds, it does not this. to do ,esonance between And eyen bette,. the AF carrier. theo,q, o File- 0 SV-9 3 Bill 1-JeisensoJe Fig 16 feedbock method the feedback effect RF Amp Det i - - -~ AF Amp Record Mike r - - - - . L . . . , - - ~ Feedback Mike , 1· T ransn1itter r.:====::::;------;:::==I , , UF Gen RF Amp Fig 15 transmitter method RF Amp ! AF Gen 1-----~-•.__ _ __.~· Det AF Amp Record Mike T rnnsmitter T ) AF Gen RF Amp AF Carrier Cenerotol" or Recorder '77 I Fig 14 transmitter method J,,mp H Det H AF Amp d Record Mike ~ Radio TransMi"t"ter locol trnnsmitter RF carrier s:everol feet Fig 13 transmitter n1ethod Radio Receiver Record c-=l---...., Mike 9 - 9 the return this sample the signals were require either a computer or phoneme chips_ to toke a sample of the voice If we we,e the output of the receive, section signal at ond transmitter to section and use it to modulate the RF couier, the cauier mould, in if then cOHIJ modulation which exactlg phase. cotresponded incoming voice siqnol.

This is possible of course, because the siqnol in elect,onic ci1cuits COD chon11e much faster, bq several orders of fflCMJnitude, than the rote of amplitude change in a voice siqnal. ln this the incoming voice kind of fee4bock s~stem signal would be the AF ca,rier_ it would be in resonance with itself_ resonance with In effect (Fig ") the to in to use In the summer of 1'975", we were told from the Spuit world, thrnuqh Ha11J, that the onlq woq to improve the quafi11J of reception was through continuouslq repeated sections (stages)·. During the next several 11eors this was mentioned to various ,esemche~s in letters and then published in the second issue of The Spirit Voice in feb,uorlJ 1981- ·feedback ot the A little ove1 one 1Jea1 iote,, M, Geo,ge Hetoscience Meek, President conference and Foundation, held o press announced o breokth,ough in communication with the Spirit World_ This announcement wos based primo,ilq on the wo,k and ,esults of M, William O"Neil, reseorche,, and inventor, EUP tapes, the strongest judging In turn T ,onsmedium to light. feedback O'Neit's sqstem was based on the p,inciple tone AF in combination with a 13 caffie, which ha4 been ,ecommended bfl o Dr Mueller. one of Bill's Tronsportneu. from his sample to qet come rather ,eceive, we,e FM Details about O'Neil"s s11stem are rothei thot vaque, but it was somewhcrt similar to ! understand the transmitter shown in Fig 17. and than AH as shown and that theq were placed several feet apart

o, across the room from each other. Also the,e we,e two speekers which we,e not built into the receive,, which was a home fM stereo unit_ And the rnictophone was placed feet awo-, o, across the mom from several Tile microphone was c,qstal the speakers. ,other than dqnomic. Judging from samples ot BHl's reception, he evidentlq wos such a suong T ,ansmedium that he could p,oboblff hove communicated with the Spirit tuorld using two tin cans and a piece of strinq. I know, this was the S'fstem on which he qot the best ,eception, so the sqstem itself must hove hod something to do with the quolitlj. to soq In an'f case Dr Senkowski hod about the feedback effect: Nevertheless, for as this as A This idle). signal 11eo,s. running -, hod a strange experience mqself during the first loop hod been closed established (more or less in ·plaqing around·) in which mg amateur transmitter tuned to 29.S low-powe, sinqle sideband MHz emitted o (the powe, microphone modulated si911al was amplifier ,eceiveii h'I the station's receiver immediatefq standing beside and fe4 to the speaker_ The lope wos it's own mike. ,un seperoteJ11 with somebodlf Thete was voice communication - fo, o contact speakinq about now· ond sevefal othe, passages onllf pa,tiolllf to be undeutood on the tape_ At that time I was not s111e about it's pa,anormal 01igin - but some time fote, pondering over it I became the convinced ci,cumstonces on outside siqnal could ba,ellJ heve been picked up

because the receive, was completelg blocked (the S-Mete, up to the end it stranqe 0ttd o# found about William O'Neil's confi,ming device the closed-loop feedback to oscillations but with the additional 13 tones.· similar, onset of for real - unde, to which the scale). I read ·hcwilHJ it was using time near that was Hr Hons Heckmann who set up the first labrntorq to, Hetascience in 1973, and worked with the 01qanization up until th~ discontinued experimental work, p,oboblq knows more about than O'Neil O'Neil's SIJSlem then ongone othe1 himself. Hons hos this to so11: ·J.litbout the multiple feedback SPIRICOM would neve, hove wo1lc:ed as well as it did_ We can sofelg assume that. As for as I om concerned qou o,e 1i41ht on the hoJI. Not onllf con these in feedback ,ecorveiing the teJpes of feedback ond othe, side can use ALL resonance enerqg_ • for our own benefit the modulation but loops be it seems Fig 18 Direct AF feedback the reach hiqhest possible technical standpoint, in such a sgstem occurs ot the From a tllot cett be maximum amount of benefit derived the maximum usable percentaqe of feedback, that is, just before the unit1J qain point. In o,de, feedback to pe,centoqe, the signal within the feedback loop must be as f1ee of distortion os possible. Speaker /microphone couplings a,e notorious to, distortion, which of cou,se, is whq patch tapes. cords a,e used Bg-possing it works), would appear to be o considerable advantage. Whether this will work or

not is stiff unknown becouse as ta, as I know, expe,imentotion hos not qet proq,essed to this point, ot feast not in RF sqstems_ to make copies of this couplinq then (if 1 - 111 If, as some of us suspect, the primo,q File- D SU-9 4 Bill l•Jeisensnle Fiq 20 Transmitter -----···-.······················· ! RF Gen 1 - - - - ! ••••••••• I··········;·. I RF Amp I( : ,f, ., '''.' ::-i _ t L ,I, - J ~~ 1Amp j . Receiver . ..................................... . Oet AF Amp · ....................................... 1 ·•··· .. ······ .................................................. . a_g_c_j ~~,__ - - - ' I i -;-;,, l T rnnsmitter RF Gen • ................................. • T ronsn1itter I 1 RF Gen I I 13 Tone Recorder Rudimentar4 experimental T ransreceiver Record ~ Fig 18 direct AF feedbnck RF Amp Det AF Amp Record L-::::::i----:-- _i_----vJ:,, .. ,. .. _ ----- Adj_ Fig 17 feedback method RF Amp I Oet AF Amp I I .. RF AmTil 1 Mod · - l Record Mike ~ c~ Feedback Mike 9 - 11 speabr/microphone voice modulation point in this tljpe s11stem, is then it should wo,k in ,he antenna couplinq, coupling_ the without However, as mentioned earlier, is o slight voice modulation effeet in o speake, microphone coupling. the S/M coupling should tum out to be the primorq modulation point, even in this tqpe S'l,Stem, then it could this is the case not be eliminated. Whether or the transmitter /receiver is AH or

fH_ depend on whethe, not, mi4Jht there If it if an it's o outsi4e fo me the In on FM s11stem lot mo,e difficult influenee. imagine how In on AM sqstem. AM modulation could somehow occur influeace field strenqth within the antenna effected EM couplin9- it would be the ffequencq that woufd have to be changed b11 is difficult on outside IU couie,'s enough to amplitude could be chonqed b1J an outside influence, but to imagine how the f1equenc11 could be chQIHJed_ to It is conceivable then that when we get this the ffiCIIJ speaker /microphone is not neeessarg in AH sqstems but is necessarlJ fn either case it is also uncleo, whethe, o cauie, generator wiff still be necessorq in o feedback sqstem- tone in addition to the AF co11ie1 feedback auangement_ this was Hbether ,eallq necessar.q oc not I don't know, but I think if p,obablq was_ fig 19 RF feedback O'Neil's system did into the SIJStem in FH sqstems_ inject a B point, that find we If the speoke1/microphone coupling con feedback then qet another be eliminated, In this case the RF configuration is possible. siqnol would be o mixer, 1et111ned eliminating detector distortion_ Which of these two methods will p,ove the most efficient, still of course, rentcrins to be seen_ Fig 28 Expecimentol Transreceivec to be to in everythiiMJ two of most Op to this point we haue had oss01ted transmitters, geaerato,s, recorders, receivers, etc_, scattered all over the room_ This can become rathe, URWieid'), especiollq

when the«e ore blind compafison experiments- Soone, o, late, one beqins to think about consolidating some of this equipment into o sin"e cabinet_ One of the oduantoges is storage. Sauernl such Exp Tis can b• sto,ed on shelves o, euen on top of each othe, on the workbench, where theq ore hondq to set up to, experiments. Another advantaqe is that the ci,cuits stoq put in ,elation to each otbe,_ With both antennae mounted the antenna coupling will still be exoctllJ the same the next time IJOU qo to use it. Also if on all metal cabinet is used, the ontennoe can be shielded from onq kind of rndio signal pickup which could cause an inteife,ence p,oblem in inside a cabinet, CJ - 12 This should not interfe,e strong signal areas. with voice is no known shield against psqchokinetic energq. (See steel drum experiments SU-3. Poqe 5). ,eception as there r t One is o t'fl)e of cabinet that might be full size AT/clone compute, considered, case. lhese cases ore well shielded against EHi, and also have shielded powet supplies_ (which would have to be modified to, a TR) in two designs. One This tqpe case is mode has a hinged in If onljone does this, I would chassis design_ ,ecommeftd is much easier to get into_ And qou will be spenliing o LOT of time inside_ Fi9 21 the hi~d top which is o slide the other top, still remains this daq there o,e othe, possibilities_ it has not

actuallq been To that elect10maqnetic couplinqs ore p,oven in voice modulation of the carrier_ effected the other hand it has not been disp,oven On ood the p,ime suspect eYeft And as thouqh t,ansmitteis 4ou know, ,eceive,s ood also contain other EM couplinqs_ tape heads and speakers make use of EH effects and oui also suspects_ And almost all of the serious technical expe,imentotion that hos been done on EH couplings, 1an9ing in frequenclJ Imm oudio to lictht (photocouplinqs). concentrated ,adio Also fa,, hos so resemchers ove, This wodc hos in fact been extensive bq 'fears, a numbe, of In includin41 of cou,se, the Metascience effort_ fact it hos p1obablq been quite a bit mo,e extensive than hos come to public knowledge, since it is oqainst human notu,e to broadcast eff0tts that do not succ~. the ·teedback the Veil, Howeve,, it what we ore told from be1,1ond tlvough continuoushJ repeated staqes·, is accurate, then with the exception of O'Neirs feedback sqstem, All oJ this wo,k, as extensive as it hos been, the surface of what is hos bore.lg sc,atched possible, and whot the is needed_ s,Jstems I hove eve, h@o,d about, to the best of m'J knowledge, have used onlq o single EM coupling, and with the exception of O'NeiJ"s. oil ho~ been non-feedback configurations_ AD of THE FEEDBACK EFFECT In nOfmaf radio communication the ca11ier hos been modulated at about 58:t before being t,ansmiUed. At the receivinq end the problem, of course, is to select ond amplifq the co11ie1 In

which hos been weakened bq distance. order to do this we use special circuits such os tuned tanks. etc_ After the carrier hos been is no selected and amplified, demodulation p,oblem because the signal couies a hiqh percentage ot modulation.. file- 0 51}-9 5 Bill l•leisensole ···········:••: ····-······· ... ·····~ : ...................... : . . • ................... · =············-···············:····•·1-=·-. : .. . . .. : ....••••• • ••• : ........ ········· ........ : ••••••• : •-~ j. ····•·•••••••·••••••••• :.,_ •.•••••• : · ........................... · '.-1'.•·····= = ........ - ........ : :·····-... ·. :········-: .. :··········. :·• .. ······. :··········: . . . • . ···········: .... -·········· ••••••••••• : · · · · · · · · · · ···········: ... .f·········· ..... =··········· •••••••••H •••••••••• ••••••••••• ••••••••••• : : :•••••••••; : : :,,,,,,,,,; ............................. ••·····-···· .. ·····•·•· .. ···············-·············-························· .. ····· .............................. :,-: .. ··•• •••••••••• • .............. ,.,_,, ........ : ................................... ;··. __ : .................. .. . ~ .. i :•I_ -~H~:] .___ _________ ___. probable voice modulotion oreo fig 21 RF Gen RF Amp' ....................................... RFiAmp ......... J ........ . : . : . ~ ...... :->< : ................................. ; Mod Oet AF Amp ·T'.__, ---------,1....:.:Cl:;:.Q::;.C::·Jl ... , , - - - - - - - - ' Experimental Tronsreceiver 9 - 13 In re ,eception, one of the few things that has reollq become apparent, is that it is we who houe to supplq the cauie, in one fou11 01 onothe,. The voices supplq onli, the

modulation, not the is catrier. is no reception. concemed, there is alwaqs electronic noise. And if we don't supplq anq other cauie, then the voices simplq use things as a recorder with no input is capable of voice reception. this noise os on Af couie,. Which ptoboltlq explains whq such But whe,e analog audio equipment is no ccrnie, there there ft to be optimal Since it is we. who suppllJ the cauier, obvioulq we can supplq a cauie, or cartiers of whoteve, nature proves there hos alreadq been o considerable amount of experimentation with o wide vcuietq of AF and RF carriers and combinations, without anq siqnificaat impcouement in tbe qualit-, of reception, it would be loqicol to assume that even thouc,h the Spirits can modulate the caniers we suppl'f, the11 can do so onl'f to a ve,g limited deg,ee. Especioll-, in the case of non-mediumistic ,eception where the voices ore buried in noise, the modulation percentCHJe m01J be as low as 1~ o, even lowe,. feception. to, best 5ince It appears then that in lC reception the problem is just exactllJ the opposite of that in ,adio In ,odio reception we o,e dealing with ve11,1 weak ca11iers with a ve111 high pe,centage In TC ,eception we an: dealing witb stronq eauie,s with a ve,11 low pe,centoqe ol In re ,eception reception. of modulation. modulation. special ci,cuits a,e needed to ompJif11 lhe peIcento9e of JROdulation. rn ,aclio reception special ci,cuits are needed to ampliflJ the cauier. the desired pe,centoqe of

modulation. In rndio transmission we simplq supplg a modulotinq siqnoi of whatever strength is needed to achieve .reception we hove no contml of the modulating signal because this siqnel, of wheteve, natu,e. is sent to us t,om the Spi,it wo,ld. The vroblem then is to increase the peu:entoge of modulation without havinq access to the siqnol that is doing the modulating. This is a technical problem which, as far as I know, is absolutelq unique and hos neve, beto,e b~ encounte,ed in elect,onics. In TC Evidentlq it was ,ealized in the Spirit world that we would p1oboblq neve, solve this problem I believe unless we we,e qiven a thetJ gave us this clue when theq told us the ontq u,oq to improve reception quolitg was to use ·teedbock throuqh continuouslq ,epeoted stages·. stmtinq point, a clue as to the necessoI1J circuit contigu,otions. Is this into,mation valid? It has to be It must not violate the laws of ph-,sics. And if it is fed into o number crnnche,, it hos to It it is then it hos to stand up to close inspection. logical. suppllJ a valid theoretical mason whg it should wodc. One woq of looking at this effect mould be with the ·block box· method (Fig 22). Mhoteve, devices o, citcuits maq be in the block box ore, of coune, unknown and, fo, the purpose of this discussion, immote,iol. We need onhf know the assumed elect,onic perimeters, whic.h o,e: 1) Unitg c,oin - With no voice reception~ the amplitude

of the Rf couier ot output (I) is identical to input (C). l) No phase o, other distortion of the RF signet. 3) Spi1it caused modulation ot the RF collier occu,s within the black box. 4) Voice modulation is at an exuemelg low pe,centoqe, which to, pu,pose of discussion will be assumed to be .I'.::: Fig 22 .__R_F_G_e_n _ _:---G--=•! ~~k ___ ..,,...., Det 0 1------;;:,,wl AF Amp Speake, In Fiq ll, if on RF si911ol (G) of 1 volt peak-peak is assumed then, in the absence of voice input (I) will also be 1V and detector output (0) will be ze,o, except tor ,ec:eption, detector If howeve,. a voice modulation of .1=" whoteve, noise has been gene,ated within the circuits. occu,s within the box, then the RF couie, at the detecto, input (I) ,eaches a peak ol 1.881U and the detecto, audio output (0) is .891V This in effect, would mean there. is a good chance no,mol noise caused bq the ci,cuits tluouqh which the RF signal passes, plus detecto, noise, etc., would probabhJ d,own out whatever voice modulation had been ,eceived. Especiallq so in non-mediumistic reception whe,e ca11ie, modulation In omt case, whatever pe,centaqe of modulation is so low the voices ore literoll(J bu1ied in noise. is received, is the percentoqe we ore stuck: with in this tqpe sqstem. It the modulation pe,centoge , - 14 is not hiqh enouqh to roise the voices to cm understandable level above circuit noise, that's j1Jst too bad because the,e. is

nothino lhot can be done about it. If however, we toke this some confiqutotion and add a modulator and feedback auanqement if .1Z modulation is (Fig B). the ope,ation of the sqstem changes signiticontl'J. reeeived <ind the detecto, output is .HIV ot the eAd of whot could be conside,ed the fi,st cqcle, then voltaqe (FO <icmss If the control is set to 58~ .3885U which would (for pu,pose of discussion) cause a feedback. the fe@dback cont,ol (R) would be then voltaqe (H) would be this case, .881V. In QF Gen G ;j Mod l B i Bklck :,I Box Fig 23 F2 ..L './,J,,,.., R ;( Det Fl 0 r ! AF Amp ;1 ~ Speaker modulation of .65¼ on the coHie, at (B). As cauie, (B) goes throuqh the block box on what could be consid@f@d the second CIJde, it still receives .17. voice modulation. But now it alreadtt ca,ries a .8885U modulation of total (modulation otreodq coflied) + amplitude of 1.8815885V .8818885V (second CtJcle modulation) o, a input (I) siqnal hos an amplitude of 1U the detecto, (1.8885*.881) .85%, so (G) • + '" In the next cqcJe (Fl) now equals .8815U, (H) equoJs .88875U, block box input (B) equals 1.88875 and detecto, input (I) equals 11) (t) + .68675U (modulation olreodq couied) + (1.88875t.881) = .88188875 o, o total amplitude ot Ul8175. At this point detectOf input is 1.88115U rather than the U81U we o,iqinollq hod without the that the detecto, output is now .881Tli or rn:t

of whot it feedback auangemem. Which m@ons would hove been without feedback. The impoftant point is thot the effective modulation percentage. the actual voice modulation pe,cent which is beinq at the dettttor mput if the point of voice modulation is within a received within positive feedback loop, then the feedback loop behoves os o modulation percentaqe omplifie,. In other wo,ds, is noeu qrecrter the black box. than If we continue the obove onalqsis we find \hot the modulation p@tcentaqe continues to inc,ease with each additional feedback cycle, but the rote of improvement decreases os the number In the obo1.1e case the. effective modulation pe,centoqe at the end of the 5th, of c-,cies increases. .Z88Z. respectivelq. The •ctual numbet of effective 18th, and 58th cqcles would be - C'Jcle.s in ong given S;.JStem would, of cou,se, be determined b'J the electronic cho,acte,istics. such as phase shift, slew rnte, and othe, distortion. etc., of the ci,cuits in that particular closed-loop <irumqement. . 288-:C, .1,4~ . it's- value would be quite limited. If this is all there we1e to the p,ineiple of feedback. it would heJp sliqhtllJ improve reception lhe,e is however, another factor, feedback (In theo,q). but percentage. which begins to indicate the true siqnificance of the feedback principle. As it turns out the effective pe,centoge of voice modulation ot the detecto,. increases with inc,eosed pefcentoqe of feedback. And, most important, this modulotion improvement does not occu, along o linear line as we might expect (or at least I expected). but rathe,

tokes place along what appears to be o log curve, with the maximum amount of modulation pe,centoqe enhancement at a nea, unitq feedback condition. In theonJ then, it should be pos:s:ible to imp,ove o voice modulation of os little os .1% or even less as ,eceived in the block box, to o 587. modulation level as seem at the detector. This of cou,se would. in theorq. result in full clarification of even the verq weakest voices. including non-mediumistic ,eception. modulation percentage to this great a degree, ot least with a single stage sqstem, because of noise and disto,tion within the. feedback loop. Neve,theless, at this point in time. it seems most probable no TC receiving sqstem is going to be either verq efficient 01 of universo\ benefit, unless the feedback p,inciple is inco,poroted into it's desiqn. In the real wotld howeYf!f, it will probeblfl be impossil>le to omplif-, Thete is of cou,se, qet another possible feedback ouangement in such a SljStem. the feedback would be Rf rather than audio (fig 1,). The feedback would be tolcen tmm the detector input rothe, than the output, and the signal combininq circuit at the input of the black box would of course, have to be o mixer rothe, thon moduleto1. In this case In this case the mathematics a,e slighthJ diffe,ent, but the results me much the same. Again the maximum usable feedback is near unitg at u,hich point loop self-oscillation beqins, and oqain In this ouonqement some the maximum voice modulation imp,ovement

occucs just ot this point. provision for feedback level control, such as the potentiometer shown or possible, on automatic qain control cifcuit, would of course aqain have to be provide41. And again feedback would hove to be in-phase, etc. There is one significant difference however. Whereas with AF feedback the carrier can reach onl11 288~ of qeneroto, outi,ut level. and this onlq at 188::C modulation. in RF feedback to o mixer~ cauier level increases alonq with modulation percentaqe so that qene,ator output would have to be feduced to o verq low level to prevent excessive carrier voltage at the detector input. Just how low it would have to be would of cou,se, depend on how high a percentaqe of feedback was usable in that particular circuit contiquratioa. A F Feedback to Modulator- Gen output = 1U, Jest Voice modulation = .1~ FB~ 18 28 lit 48 58 68 i"8 88 98 98 98 Mod~ .111 .1Z5 .143 .167 .288 .258 .334 .582 1.81 1.81 1.81 188 ci,cles FB::C 91 9Z 93 '94 95 % n 98 99 Mod% 1.12 12.6 1. ◄5 1.69 2.81 l.51 3.26 ◄.◄ 9 6.61 F8% .,,.1 99.2 99.l 99.4 99.5 99.6 99.7 99.8 99.9 HOD); 6.CJ8 7.21 7.53 7.88 8.25 8.65 9.87 9.52 18.8 588 c11cles 18.9 9' 1988 cqcles 11.89 99 9,.9 58.8 99.9 f f FEEDBACK I N P U 1·:PRINT GEN OUlP\IJ VOLIS P-P = ·;c:PRINf A N A l Y S I s·:PRINI MODULATOR.:PRINT:PRINT TEST VOICE MODULATION % = • ;M:M=M/188:PRINT

lEST FEEDBACK ~ = • ;F:F=F /189:PRINT 28 FAST:SCHCLR:CLR:COLOR 5,4:COLOR 6,7:REM C-1280 88 COL 38 PRINl:PRINHAB(Z-4rf E E D B A C K ◄ 8 PRIMTTAB(Z8).A F TO 58 PRINTTAB(llro A J A 68 INPUr 78 I NP Ur 88 INPUT. 98 INPUr 181 PRINT :PRINT :PRINT :PIUNTT AB(ll).AHAL YZE- A•:PRINT :PRINT 118 PRIHTTAB(3ttrRESEJ- R.TAB(6').S10P- SPACr m, GET Al":IF At=·· lHEN 128 138 If AS=CHR:J(65) THEH 171 1 ◄1 IF AS=CHR$(8l.) THEH 28 158 IF AS=CHU:(32) THEN STOP 168 GOTO 128 17t SCNCLR 188 F1=0:f2=F1tF:B=G+(CtFZ):l=B+(B*M):O=I-G:MP=(f-G)/G 1'8 X=X+1:PIINr* •; 195 IF X=>C THEN 218 288 GOIO 188 218 SCNClR:PRINlTAB<Z◄rF E E D B A C K A H A l Y 5 I s·:PRINT:PRINI I Of CVCLES = ·;c , - 16 E N T E R E o-:PRINJ ZZI PRINTTAB(z,ro A r A B8 PIUNTTAB(B)-cEN OUTPUT VOLTS P-P = ·c 248 PRtNTTA8(28)-TE5T VOICE MOlttlLATI0N ~ = -Heu,e rn, PRINTTABO8rTEST FEEDBACK % = -F.188 268 PRINJTA8(31). I OF CYClES = ·t:PRINT:PRltlT 278 PRINTTAB(J5rBOX INPUT= ·s 281 PIINTTABOlrDETECTOR INPUT= ·1 298 PRINTlAB(J8).fEEDBACK LEVEL= ·f2 388 PRINT:PRINTTAB(Z~rFINAl MODULATION % = -MH188 318 PIUNT:PRINTlAB(2').DETECTOR OUTPUT= -o 328 PRINl:PR\NJ:PIHttlTAB( ◄ 8)-RESEJ- R-MB(6~rsTOP- SPACE. HI GET Al:IF At=•• THEN 338 348 IF AJ=CHll$(82) THEH 18 358 IF Al=CHUOl) THEN 5TOP 368 GOTO J38 The following two letters were uonsloted from the Vlf Post into Enqlish, bq Mr Hans Heclc:monn, to whom all of us he1e in the Enqlish speakin9 wo,ld owe a coDsidefOble debt of gratitude. Such transtations require not onlc, o great deal of time

and patience. but also a greut deal of skill to accu,atellj conveq subtle shades of meaning from one lanquoqe to another. A&thouqh the first of these fetters is not realhJ of a technical nature. I believe both ore valuable in illustrating the tiemendous amount of effort some researchers a,e moltinq in t,qing to imp,ove the qualitq ot TC re~ption to onq deq,ee possible. And at the some time illustrates the tremendous need fo, more efficient receivinq equipment. l ronslotion from VTF POST issue 2:/91 Pe,sonol experiences bq Roswitho Colnoido Thete 01e two W1NfS to achieve \oude, oml mo,e inteHi1Jible vo~es: t :Select one method of recording., Concenttote moinlq on this method and ,efine it os much os possible. 2. Experiment with oil methods possible lonq enough to hopetullq find some methods that work better foe qou. These con th~;-; ;;,e r dined too. This second more lobo,ious WOIJ appeals to me personollq and p,omises better ,esults in the e-nd. I wanted to iffll)rnve mq voice recordin!JS but was not o technician. cultivate superior varieties of cheuies and biq qarden strawbelfies from what were oriqinallq wild cheuies and small wild strowbeuies. selective p,ocess lo the great vo,ietq of ,e.crudinq methods? It .,as done bllf selection. Whq should we not applq the some I thought about botanists who fo, the lost six months I hove worked with conn~d sounds. A pre-recorded tape of various sounds is ploqed bode while o second tape recorder ,ecords these. plus IJOUr own voice via microphone. There

is on almost unlimited choice of sounds and I ,eco,d most of them mqself. The odvontaqes of the conned sound method ore undeniable: 1. :Suitable Hadio programs ore not alwol}S available. P1e-,eco1ded sounds and noises ore olWO'JS reodq. 2. lladio programs varq in amplitude and o,e subject to atmospheric disturbances or moq be inteuupted bq music which is unsuitable tor on acoustic: baclcqround. l. P,e-,ecorded sounds ore reliable. followed bq 18 minutes of a foreiqn lonquaqe commentarq without a g,eat volume chanqe. I know exoctlq that the 15 minutes of splashinq water are 4. Pre-recorder t41pes can be combined o, mixed with live radio reception. 5. When I discove, poranormul voices on mq recorder. theq con easil'J be checked oqoinst the conned sounds. paranormal. If whot I heard is not on the pre-,ecorded tape it con be assumed to be f 6. Many sound variations ace possible. It is on open field foe the experimenter. I keep o record ot what tope and tqpe ot sounds I was using. The tapes ore ofwotJs ploqed bock on one oc more Phillips cassette recorder model D 6358. P01J attention to the ciqht plo'JD<ld: volume. The voice cecordiflg itself is made on onothe, Phillips D 6358. so-called Hannover microphone. I alwoqs use the same microphone, a PRE-RECORDED TAPES GIUING POOR RESULTS (few voices at verq low levels). I was blowinq oit into the bucket flom a aqua,ium pump. I opened the faucet haJfwalJ wbile filling the tub. fhe sound of wote, in a

b,ook. a) b) Wate, tlowin9 into o bath tub. c) Wote, tlowinq into o sink #tom po,tioll'I open loucet while water is d,aining. d) The sound of o downpour 01to the rnof below mq window. e) A meditation tape with sounds of the ocean. t) The sound of pe!tinq rain on the top of mq parked cat. q) Bubblinq wate, in a bucket. h) The noise of dishes, icnives, fo1ks and spoons. i) The noise ot a vacuum cleone1. j) Piano oad electronic organ music. sinqinq crlonq. le) speed plaqbock of this tape brought some voices thot we,e ha,d to understand. I) The sound of a small appliance grinding home-made wheat. m) Wind rustlinq th,ough leaves. n) Noises f,om ,ubb;n«J metal su,foces toc,ether. o) p) Single wotec droplets into sink & slowlq increosin9 rote of flow. q) The sound of wate, flowin9 ove, oquo,ium filtet. c) The sound of frqing oil in o hot pan. (This tape was plaqed back ot o ve•'I loa, volume). the ringing ot chu,ch bells. I ploqed short pieces on these instnunents occosionallq I p,essed the pedals of mq switched-off organ which gave me a mechanical noise. A lower PRE-RECORDED SOUttDS JHAl GAUE AVERAGE VOICES :Sinqle voices still stand out flom I ploff this bock in the ,eve,se mode. :Scrotchinq a loudspeote, cone with a boll point pen. o) Meditation tape contoinioq quiet bell sounds and sound of wote, flowinq in a subteuoneon b,oolc. b) Mixed Hunga,ian voices. A partq was going on next doo,

in a restou,ant. c) Mixed Ge,mon voices. the ,est of the q,oup. d) Openin(J and closing of window shades. e) t) Mq voice (Ce,mon). not well suited because possibilities of deception is too hiqh. Only aftet copqinq mq voice 3-4 times on top of each other did I get a vocal mixtu,e that wos well suited to, o bockq,ound sound. q) A man reodin9 flom o Germon book, a woman reodinq ftom an English book simultaneouslq. om using this tape onlq in the ,~etse mode. h) Fou, Germon speolc:e,s. two men ond two women sittinq a,ound o mic,ophone reading four diffetent Germon books. i) . Two 01 th,ee ,adios tuned to diffe,ent stations. can also be doubled. j) Noises nea, a swimming pool. People speakinq, child,en pla11inq. leaves rustling. pigeons cooin4J etc. le) Noises ot a citq po,k. Splashing wate, fountain, people speaking vo,ious languages. bi1ds chi,pinq and ttaftic noises in the distance. I) Cuita, ::ounds. o,umminq with finge,tips on the soundboa,d ond plucking single strings. m) Cooking noises. The mic,ophone wos close to the cooking pot. n) Mu,mu,ing on Enqfish text. o) letting the wate, drain out of the bathtub. Well suited when ploqed bock ot slowe, speed. lbis can be copied and the numbe, of voices con be doubled. (At least two proqiOms ore ove,loppinq). This 4J - 18 PRE-IUCORDED SOUNDS MOST SUITED FOR VOICE RECEPTION It is produced with at least three closelg spaced radio I usuollg cecord foreiqn lanquaqe stations on shortwave bonds during the news

broadcasts. p) The wobble effect on the rndio_ stations_ WheA movinq the dial !Hick and forth between them, the resultiAq speech wobble will chop the lanquoqe and the word snatches become qood ·,aw m•teriol·. q) Water ,unninq into a bucket_ Set the bucket in a bath tub directlg under the shower. Turn on the showe, hollWCNJ s-o as not to qet o tine sp,aq. voices. () Sounds in a bi,d sonctua,11. of bird sounds, chottinq people, gentlq splashing water, etc. The tape plaqs back in reverse and the terman talk does not detract from identifqinq paranormal voices. s) Foreign radio commentatoL This ta,e wos made in o sound studio ond is available throuqh VTF, cassette number 8882. Ihi.s tape was recorded bq a friend of mine. lhts t11pe of .sound brinqs stfOnq whisperinq It contains aU kinds COMBINATION Of DUAL PtAYBACKS WHICH PROD\IC:ED GOOD RESULTS t) Wobble method os above (1 radio), plus mixtu,e of stations frnm other ,adios (see ·i· above). u) Wote1 runninq into bucket, plus tope of foreiqn commentators (Olf 8ft6l). v) Openinq and closinq of window shades, plus UTF 8882 tape ploqed in ,everse. w) Fow G~mon speoke,s (see "h. above), plus wobble (l radios). x) Water flowinq into sink, plus tape of bird sonctuar11. I was surprised when I combined the best pre-reco1ded tapes with live rodio sounds. Anq wobble effect, station mixtures or foreiqn commentators on live radio added to the paranormal voices. Notu,olhJ, we con not speak of onllJ conned sounds OhlJmore. lncidentalhJ,

all the pre-recorded tapes produced voices and I received a comment on event sound I offered. These comments were often verlf weok. not louder thon o breath. For instance: •switch ofr ..... -doesn't work·, .... ·not good· ____ ·not riqhr. When I ,ecorded wote, dropping in the sink, the microphone was put 1iqht into the sink. A voice pointed out ..... -will get wer ... as it was obviouslq worried about ffilJ microphone. I encountered onllf one p,oblem: While reco,dinq these various sounds on tape I received paranormal voices olonq with it. I hod oslced mq pa,tDers on the other side not to speak while I was p1epo1inq these tapes m that I could make a better voice evaluation later on. Since this did not wOfk out. I osk for on explanation. Mq thoughts we,e confirmed... The po,ono,mal voice we hear ore the manifested thoughts of our spirit contacts. Theg ore not spoken words per se. As east} os it is to, us to pause while we o,e speakinq, our thoughts keep on coming all the time. So it is with our loved ones in spirit. I solved the problem as follows: Anlf conned sounds ore being ,ecorded at the loudest possible volume level. bock later at a lower !evel. Onlq new voices con then be heo,d. lhe much lower poranormof voices wi\l not come through when the tape is ploqed t observed thot I qet better ,esults when I om rested. poHicula,rq after m!J Soturdoq lunch nap. When I

asked about this. I wos told the effects of the nop were verq positive. I also think a mediocre sound tape will imp10ve du1inq o rested stote and convenelg a qood and effective tape will not work as well when I om tired_ I do not know how the effects would be in the presence of othet po,liciponts. I am oJwogs olone. when I expe1iment with conned sounds. HalJ I make some suqgestions to other experimenters: Do 1,iour experimenting while IJOU ore wo,king in the kitchen. working ot o desk o, while cleoninq qour apo1tment. Ang octivitlJ that produces sounds ond noises. Additional acoustic enerqq will not be needed. Vou moq introduce each voice recording but need not do so_ accompanied btf comments such as: windows·. A careful risteninq to the ploqback is verq important. Which sounds produced voices? Record them sepa,ateJq for 5-18 minutes and odd them to I.JOU, collection ot conned sounds. This is how I qot mg ideos. ·, am d111inq the dishes right now- o, ·the wind is rottlinq the Sounds that o,e difficult to identiflJ mo'J be Dminq the post months ffll.J voice portners showed on inexhaustible fHJtience. Hq experiments ore •.1en.J time consuminq ond often brinq onfq neqfiqibfe results. Without their constant presence and helpful comments these efforts would hove been in voin. The Wo~le Effect - on expanded Radio Method. bq Peter Stein, Denmark. TRANSLATION FROM UTF POST ISSUE U9t EiCJht qears oqo I mode certain observations durinq the use of radios fo,

voice recordinq, which stimulated me to ·wobble· mq own radio reception. results J obtained with this method. l was immediatellf surprised bq the verq qood I worked with this method several qea,s but did not mention it to anqone until a UTF meeting in sp,inq 1988. Since then I have occa.sionailg been asked questions about it. Misundetstandinqs 010se about just what wobble reallq is. !t seems that a close, desc,iption of the effect and how to apphJ it to a radio receiver miqht be in order. · ISi< ;. .')I<. INF ........ ~10J<<l) /.IN. 1iv + OUT 7 6 5 8 LM 30/ @) 3 /I<. 1coK 'N· /JOI<. ( ( lf7I< IOMr w: WOBBLE WIDTH F: WO 8 8 L E F fl Ea• W08/3 LER A 1..1.. £ 1.e cmot. ync CAPS 16 v '"""" MIXER /coJ.JV.£RrER -----tt--- WO!JlJLER R1111n10 RE Ce/ v~R. w W088 LE A-DAPrbl-? 4l - lll Amp G,:n/Arnp .·•• .... .'- 100 K r f---···/• .. ···,··,./ ) ui 1 K 7 Amp --l ~-·---.·--- ·. 1 K 10 1_1f [ L,:, F'oL +6 VT • ~-H7 Y • 1 LI .. -6V 1 ui Hi l''a:;;.; :~ . ,. ~~ 100 r· .-· ? / .~ .. < J. • ·:•·:· K <" F' ? <' '•2 F [ .011.1i 100 K ···--.-•1 ~r":' -~ _,_;:'.' .. ' ;1/ Oluf t_,_;:;,;: > ·, '] 10 u.t < ·-*~ 100 K '.> -l f- 1 ui 1"'' Y. 100 .K l -:- Cl°'"'"' 7

100 K R j'· R .. • .. _ :,,.,,.- · [ _ lUU K r----i r - 1 ui , < 10 K (j"') ~ rD ... 0 ,.. 0 ... 2?. ::!! =ii '""' iv, iii'C ID I ::, ~ VI m :l :z ~(j"') !!! ltJ ,., ,.. ... 0 :, ;:;- -n -o' :z rv 0 i:i' .ta. ltJ '~- • I I • . I) . : I . I • : I +6 V . ~ - - - - - • c=:::> C==> . . - ·. ~-1 I: :1)8:~r 18~1: lt)~(18r)l l~~~E]l l~EJI • •• --c::,- • ~ - - • . - - • . . • - --- - - - - . -.::::.- . c:=::::::J- . . . - c== . --==- . c=:::::::> ~ • - -·-- ....::::=:- I::: - : : : I. (l: . - - - - - - . . . -=:- • - - - c:=::::> . . . . . o:=:J- c=n :·~,--~~- : I :f-=--1,.. ' • : : -6V I!) N ,.. }::uff~:c --:;"" {~11 I I !uf .,/· ........... ,, ..... ,/ 100 K -:- The term ·wobble· in electronics 11pplies to automatic tuninq chon,ges between two fixed frequencies. The distance between these ffequencies might be c.aJled wobble width while the speed of these chanqes is called wobble rate or t,equenctJ. Both are adjustable within certain limits. ( A wobble in a ,odio ,eceive, tokes ploce when the dioJ

setting moves bock and fo,th oYef a predetermined (small) frequencq bond. 5ince mechanical chanqes ot the dial settinq ore too inaccwate and too cumbeisome we applq the wobble effect electronicollq. Here is on example: station. At o wobble width ot plus/minus 18 KHz the receive, tuning would chaDIJe bock and fo,th between 15l8 KHz (a German station) and 1548 KHz ( Czechoslovakian station). Let"s sa11 this wobble tokes place at o rote of four times per second. A European Am receiver is tuned to 1538 KHz which is the •Joticon radio Now, suppose these th,ee stations hove spoken commentaries o, newscasts on the ai, at the some time. We would receive a mixture of Italian, German and Slovakian wherebq the lanquo,ges would flow c.ontinuoust11 info each othe,. With such a mess we often record speech mutations that ore independent of the lonquoqe mixtu,e. Their rhqthm of speech is st,angelq tied to the ,ate (or frequencq) of the wobble. The voices are mode possible bq the wobble movement. You would be wronq to think that a pre-recorded wobble cassette works just as well. not save qou the efforts ot exercising qourself. It is like viewinq o video cassette of bodq exe,cises. The lope con Whot about technicol aspects? We need. two simple citcuit ouon(Jements. best connecting point for a wobble input is the Mixe, o, Converter oscilloto,. A wobble adapter has to be used (see ,eceiver schematic). In the fOdio receive, the The wobbler itself is a small home-built device with

on adjustable inc,easinq and dec,eosinq voltoqe output that influences the ,eceive, selection to some deqree. (See wobble width and wobble hequencg controls) lt"s speed (rate) also is adjustable. ( With the wobble, connected and the width control tumed to mtmmum, find several closeltJ spaced radio stations, if possible with newscasts etc. Now slowlq increase the wobble width contml and if necessorq adjust the wobble frequencq. becomes quite easq. It moq toke a bit of expe,imentinq but after a few tries We a,e presentlq expe,imenting with o small and simple Sho,t Wave Wobble Receiver ond also a,e lookinq into a wobble adopter for the Psqchophone. End of T ronslation Remarks: (blJ Hans Heckmann) The European rndio listener hos a biq selection of ro,eiqn lonquaqe stations available at all times. It mCUJ be o bit mo,e difficult to find closelq spaced toreiqn lanquaqe proqrnms in the USA especiollg on the AM Bond. Electronic Noise Cene,oto, Fig 24 Suitable for use in anlJ of tbe methods usinq on electronic sound generator di,ectlq or in In which the sound from on electronic qene,ator is used in makinq pie-recorded AF carrier tapes. this circuit the P/N junction noise generated at a verq low level in the fi,st half of the 1458 is a,..tified ~ the is fi,st and second half of the 14S8 and bq adjustable. These stages are followed bg a voice bond filter set to app,ox 258 - lKHz. A limiter ciicuit is used to somewhat round off the sha,pe, spikes in the

signal and change thei, contour to somethinq mote closel11 resembling the sine wave nature of the human voice. Both the voice band filter and· limiter were opp,oved in blind comparison experimentation. the following 741 stoqe. Coin It is recomended that on AF ,generator and scope be used to check the 3 Ob corners of the limiting action seems to wo,lc best at about a 2/1 voltage drop ocmss the 18 K resistor is most conYenientllJ adjusted (with the qain adj. filter. between the Hi Pass control) blJ usinq o dual trnce scope, but con be done with a single uace. filtef ond Limite,. This 1 - ll 1458 IC 4 741 it 168K 25 tum PC: Pot_ (CS- 958W188K) 3 1K 1/4 W 2.2.K l l 18K 2 UK 8 188K 3 2 7 .881 uf disc .81 ut PC. \ uf Ton. (CS) 3 18 ut Tan (CS) "2 Sil. Diode IN91 ◄ Bteodboatd or PC Boord RS 276-174 or l76-178 RS- ~odio Shack CS- Ci,cuit Specialists, Inc., PO Box 3847. Scottsdale, AZ 85271-38 ◄7, USA .. ) i ' ~ ~ s ·t· Feedback fElR fiQ 25 --;.. --;.. ---;., T,ans . A F Amp ~ I Stereo Voice Record Koni9 Infrared s4stem lATE UPDAlE Sometimes things move so fast that a pope, has to be updated while it is still in the process of beinq w,itten. The new issue of ltonskommunikotion has just been ,eceived and it contains block dioqrnms of the most prominent TC sqstems qet

devised, includinq l. bq ffNeil, 2 bq Koniq, l bq the Ho,sh and one b1,1 Hcutinq. We hove al,eadq discussed O"Neil"s mo,e odvoaced sqstem. Of ,emainde, there is one other with o notewo,thq contiqurotion. (Fi,g 25) It the information we have been qiven ffom begond the veil is couect, then this sqstem devised bq Koniq. is impo,tant for sevens! ,eosons: I had previouslq stated I knew of onhJ one sqstem. O"Neil"s. in whieh the feedback principle hod t) been opplied_ Tbeie me now two. The diog,arn shows no provision to, feedback level control. but presumabl'J this could be done crudellJ with the ,odio receiver volume control. To mq knowledge this is the first sqstem thct has come to public attention, which is more than 2) a sinqle stage S:IJstem. Althouqh there o,e onllJ two staqes and even these are diffe,ent, wbich does the desc,iption ot ·continuousl'f repeated stoqes·. the sqstem does go beqond the single not stage configurotion where othe, 51,JStems seem to be stoled. n In describinq the direct AF feedback possibilitq (FiCJ 18), I stoted thot it should be on odvontoqe tit Please put me on the list for o cop4 of the next issue (SU 10) Small donations ore accepted and appreciated but not mondoton.J (Appmx. per c:op4 costs this issue- $ 3.30 Domestic, $ 4.20 Overseas- Ai,) -~~:::,:·;:,:,::,:·;.:~;::~c~:~1:~1::1·i.,,:1::·:if:/:•:.,s,~:i.-'.\'.::,:::,:;:1:,:·:1:<'.:;:,:~_i//('.:::.·:,::.r;;:::::,y:t:,:i.,'.,:::1::,::1i::'.:i,'.:;/i.J;~:c1.;~:i'.'<··:,::.,~J::•::,_:;'.J.:i::,:S•:•::,:,:1,:,::::1:~i:::,"J.V:•:::i/1 . .,~:,:::i,:~1: /{;1 lt~/ .\• .. ~ ::\ ·i.·{::, ~{: -;::~--; ~ ··(i··, fe .f,y. Mame (Please print) ····································································································- Address................................................................................................................................. ··-········-········-·································--··············-·····-·········-··························-·······-·-·········- _:'.}; ··:.•.;--'.· ~ ,;.}: , . ·

: , - , } · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - t . {~_:,:,_,:r_:,::,yy.'i~;:_,::,\/,::,··,j,:,:,\~i:i):.1)/ij \) ·,::i1J.::,::,:i/,:/i.(i/1 .. .r:':,: :i:r,'.i_:,:/,::,:::,:::,::, .. r::i::,:i,1:/,{J::i::,:\r_::,:::,::y\i\A/:•:r·,)\/•/.:'.1,;:,:i::1/f:,::1:\,c·1j//tr\.<:,::,J'.1-i:1:•'.?i·:'.: · \ j • · . 4l - l3 ( (_ to eliminate the speaker/microphone coupling from the feedback loop, -- if this will work in an RF sqstem. Koniq's S'J.slem indicates tbot the S/H coupJinq and it"s disto,tion con indeed be eliminated from the loop. 4) Konig uses a UHF transmitter operating at 37.5 MHz. If I am not mistaken this is AM, which at least to me, makes o g,eot deal mo,e sense than the fM used in O'Neil"s sqstem. n Since speaker/microphone couplings hove been eliminated both flom

the foop and as o coupling to the voice recorder. there is an even stronqe, indication he,e that the voice modulation point is one of the EM eouplinqs, ot least in this t\Jpe s-qstem. 6) which Konicfs S(JStem depends on the auto-generation of the Rf cartie, b'f the feedback effect. lt might also be noted that this sqstem is closer to 5enkowski's amateur radio configuration in tone coflie, injection. EvidentJq the,e ~s no AF cauie, injected. 1athe1 than O'Neifs Jl For You, lnfo,motion To dote. of our ,eaders who have ,equested teehnic11I information, the ia11est q,oup (11) list themselves as Electronics Hobbqists. Hons. 5 as Ph1Jsicists, and one as o Software Engineer. 5evernl of this number hove listed themselves in more than one cotegorq. submitted this information. So whether qou are a Hobbqist o, Phlljsicist. qou are in good company with 11ot11 lu,o others who have a technical interest, hove not list themselves as E Engineers, 8 as E Technicians, 6 as radio interest in lrnnscommunication technolo4Jq. l3 Whe,e compute,s ore concerned, anlJ kind of computer should be quite adequate for the felativelq simple prnqroms that will prnbabh,1 be needed in this work. Howeve, as a matte, ot curiositq, those who have subm;tted this info,m•tion (not everlf()ne did) list 8 IBM/Clone, 4 Commodo,e C64 -1- l Amiqa, 4 Apple, and Z Atari. Submitted bq Hr &,offrelf lilqo: Audio Classics is a ·high End· equipment dealer used blJ rndio stations and audiophiles. ThelJ have bouqbt out the 1emoiainf1 stock of Astwcom

Morlux Model -417 four track reei-reel stereo tope reco,ders. These ,ecorders hove separate tape monitor heads ond can record over tape without ernsinq it {sound on sound ft sound with sound). Professional qualit1,1 in mint condition - unused in oriqinal cottons. J:Z88.88 as is, no wouonttJ. 1488.88 checked out and wo,kinq with 98 doc, wauantq. Shop manual fZ~.68 1Jiso. Maste,card, American Express and Discover credit cords accepted. eg: Vector Qeseorch U-118 Equalizer .t,9.88, Audio Control Stereo frequencq Equalize, :n,,.88 Audio Classics. USPO Buildinq. PO Box 176. Walton, NY Bn6. ·As is· machines moq need new d,ive belts. Other equipment is sold on consiqnment, (1-888-321-2:834) P,ime Elect,onics Componq/P,ojecto, Reco,de, Belt Cotpo,otion PO Box W, J.lhitewote,. Wisconsin 5'3198, sells tape ,eco,de, d,ive belts. including those tot the Ast,ocom Morlux 417. (1-888-558-9572) Additional information on Wobble Adopter SIJ 9/Z8: M, Heckmann tells me the device marked ·co on the schematic wos desc1ibed os o ·capocitoets diode·, Jite1allg ·capacitive diode·. This oppeo,s to be a Ua,octor. Unfoltunatelq we have no further information on these circuits. Spi,it Voices is edited ond published, as time ond mote,ials pe.,mit. bf/ Bill Weisensole, PO Box 8.Q., Ba,stow CA ~2'312+4, United States of Ame,ica. No subscriptions ore accepted. Copies a,e flee upon request. to those who have all previous issues back to and including SU 7. Each new issue must be requested blJ retumin9 the address coupon enclosed with the current copq. Member - American Association - Electrnnic Voice Phenomena Dedicated to development of T ronscommunication to, the enlightenment

of Humonitq /1jl,/iJVV1J\J\/\f1./\JV\f\flJ\f1JlJ\fVl.JVl/\/l,i\ ..... tbt'ougb couttnuousl1• t't·ptatcb stailt-g COMMENT It seellls o po,odox when we speak of individual hovinq excellent reception and on speolc of p1ominent receiving sgstems and at one ond the ,eception problem hos not been solved. So it would be those who a,e opp,op,iote, especiolllJ relativel-, neu, this this situation as well as possible. for field. to cloriftJ time, soq the same to thot some equipment. used bg a T ronsmedium, do not qet the same quolittJ ,eception. Another of the obove thot does not appeo, to be true the Spi1its hove selected onlg certain is individuals with which to communicate. In so far os is open to Gni!Jone who hos the patience ond p1esistence to learn how to pe,ceive and understand what is received. in known, TC the p1esence of JMs the,e a,e As most al,eadlJ know, Transmediums. -- and then there a,e the ,est ot us. Wfnf there is bette, quolitq ,eception is still a matter ot in debate. Some of the possible reasons a,e: 1) Jheq hove tried ha,cie,, n JhefJ are more 3) The'J hove hiqhlg developed spirituoll'J. is o better equipment. talent the result of a rare qeneticollq caused chemical the result of balance of the brain, interests and abilities developed in post Lives, 7) The Spi,its hove selected onltt certain individuals to communicate with, 8) Etc., Etc. The take ~our choice or think up qou, own reason. 4) T ronsmediumship the piano, list could qo on and on, so lite plaqinq

5) It is 6) It is Two of the above which are not true is that Trnnsmediums hove tried ha,der and that theq have better equipment. There ore some who ore not TMs who have t,ied much horde, than the qreat mojoritq ot lt1s hove ever had to Uq, and have never hod even close to the some And non-mediums tqpe, sometimes • the verq 1Jsinq ,eception qualittj. the same in faith the SIJStem Jhe most p,ominent, best known rece1vtn9 sljstems hove become prominent because theg hove wod~ed exceptionollq well. the catch is, theg hove wo,ked well onlg But the stjstem. the person who assembled fOf And in eoch and ever-, case this person was o verfJ st,onq J ransmedium who hod o qreot deaf themselves hod of built. Although this ma9 hove occuued, I do not personalllJ know of ony instance in which ang of these SIIJStems hos been of siqnificant the person(s) benelit who built the SIJStem. (If anq of our readers know of on-, such instance, I would appreciate knowing about it.) Because these sgstems, no motter how well theg hove worked, have not been of benefit to othe, researche,s, they ore cuciositi~s, not solutions. to onljone other thelj than Hhen we speak of ,eception quolit1J in TC reseorch we ore speaking terms. teuible siqnol to noise rntio, Because of the voices which we consider of excellent quolitlJ in onq other area of audio work would in TC. be considered is sHonq_ JMs, with one possible that

even Another problem ·owtur. relative in to understand whot of to reco,d and plaq back in exception, have Even orde, tbouqh better, mo,e is undeutondoble quolitq fo, the TM. theq can no mo,e ca11q on a reasonable. no,maj radio o, the Spirit tqpe conve,sotion with telephone reception is said. the than rest of us con. World The bottom line is that the reception p,oblem hos not been solved to, eithe, non-medium or honsmedium, receivinq and equipment ,emains acute. fo, mo,e efficient the need Tlanslotion bq courtesq of Hr Hons Heckmann June 18, t,,r TRANSLATION FROM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, Uol 1, No. 2 1'91 ·TRANSKOHMUNIKAJION• JOURNAL FOR PSYCHOBIOPHYSICS AMD INTERDIMENSIONAL Ove,view of equipment setup to, direct J.C. Coatocts bq Ernst Senkowsld Monq readers hove requested technical details of the arron11ement of equipment used in direct T.C. contacts. We shall gladlq oblige bq publishing the basic equipment setups and bg giving a short description ot each r~up. ·Insttumentoll'f Assirted Communication·. Fu,thef detail.s con be found in m'J book Although the builders achieved qood and at times unusual ,esults with these S'JS'tems there con be no ossu,ance that othe, experimente,s will qet similar ,esults. It is quite likelq that stronq personal functions and a,e not impoftant pa,t contributions plag on necessorihJ tronste,oble. the hiqhllJ unusual equipment in Receiving 5qstem of Hoerting, Germanq 1987 The outputs of up to 7 receivers covering different t,equencq bonds a,e connected to each other eithe, ocousticallq o, electricollq. Also 1 a tuneoble Ulf antenna and IR ,adioto,s were used

but were not di,ectlq connected. The voice of ABX JUNO come di,ectlq vio loudspeoke,. ( RECEIVER 5 TV SET UHF 530 INFRARED ®LAMPS© BROADBAND . ..., RECEIVER. 4 ~ RECEIVER 2 FM 108 MHZ SW 7.3 MHZ NNA .PSYCHOFON fF 2 GENERATOR MIXER RECORDER AMPLIFIER RECEIVER 1 EUROSIGNA · FM 88 MHZ RECEIVING SYSTEM HAERTING , GERMANY UI - l t ~CORDER _ SPIRICOM STEP II 0/NEIL l1ETASCIENCE USA . - - - - - - - , i--••J-------1-P 1 _ SOUNDFIELD ..,. __ "" I /\ ELECTRCMAGN. f ij~ -F~LD- _ _j CASSETTE PLAYBACK 13 TONES GENERATOR XMITTER FM 91 MHZ RECEIVER FM 91 MHZ Spi,icom Step 11 - O"Neil/Metascience USA 1982 tones ot a cassette plaqback modulate the 91 MHz FM coffie, of a gene,atof/tfansmitte,. The B uonsmitted signal is ,eceived and demodulo<ed ac,oss the ,oom bg a FM ,eceive, and beamed out It is picked up bg o mic,ophone and fed again to the 91 bq two loudspeakets across ,ecotde1 also MHz qene,ator/t,ansmitte, reco,ds the entice sound mixtu,e. With this setup O"ffeif couied on app,ox. 28 houts of dialogue with the depa,rted scientist D,. i;eo«qe J. Huelle,. The main cassette torminq a the ,oom. feedback the,ebq loop. + r--------, .,.._ ____ -+J--~ ELECTRCMAGN. - SOUNDFIELD H i t - - - - RECORDE I 1 ~ FIELD - - L - - - - SPIRICCM STEP 1 O/NEIL METASCIENCE USA CASSETTE PLAYBACK 13 TONES GENERATOR XMITTER AM 29 MHZ I - _J RECEIVER AM 29 MHZ 5pi,icom

Step I - O"tfeil/Metoscience USA 1988 n tones between Bl ond 781 Hz ore modulotinq the 29 MHz AM cauie, of <Jene,oto, 11. a small t,onsmitte, of the tqpe used for wi,eless miccophones. The t,ansmitted si9nal is being ,eceiued ond demodulated bq o tec:eive, ac,oss the ,oom whose loudspeakers beam out the siqnal to the pickup mic,ophone of a cassette reco,det. 111 - J ( ( - - - - - - - - - - VHF FIELD --- - MICROPHONE . RECEIVER 2 VHF 37,5 MHZ GENERATOR l INFRA-RED 6 *:SlJAm GENERATOR 2 VHF 37.5 MHZ STEREO RECORDER RECEIVER l INFRA-RED 1----...,.AMPLIFIER 6 * :Slpm INFRARED FIELDS LOUDSPEAKER INFRARED SYSTEM, KOENIG, GERMANY ..., -1 I lnf10-1ed liene,oto, S11stem - Koeni41. GennanlJ 1'87 lnt,a-,ed siqnals of qenetato, 1 a,e sent out across •1 whe,e thelJ a,e demodulated. The ,esalt of this demodulation then modulates the 37 .5 MHz cauier of UHF qene,ator •z. The 37.5 MHz deaodulation then feeds back into qene,ato, •1 fo,min9 a feedback loop. the second output of ,eceiver 11 p,oYides amplification fo, the Yoices and feeds a stereo tape reco,de,. ,oom and picked up bq ,eceive, U. the ,oom to IR ,eceive, ,adiated across TIie c:a,de, the is GEN. l.J.:EN. 21GEN. 3 SQ~E WA~ 20 KHZ I 32 KHZl29 KHZ S!EREO RECORDER MIXER l MIXER 2 STEP 2 EM-FIELD GEN .. 4 GEN. 5 EN. 6 20 .. sol 20 .. 4o •ao .. 20 KHZ I KHZ I KHZ Ultra Sound &enernto, S11stem - Koenig,

Ge,man'f 1985 The siqnals of squa,e wave qene,ato,s 1-2-3 a,e mixed bq mixer 1. Mixe, Z further mixes these sic,nals with the t,equencq modulated outputs of qene,ato,s 4-5-,. The ,esultinq mixtu,e is pa,tlq audible because of the beat flequencies and modulatin41 wa,ble tones. Beomin41 it across the ,oom to, demodulation and ,eco,dinq is occomplisheil bq an Ultra Sound speake, (Step 1) o, antenna (Step Z). ANrENNAE DIODE 1 BROADBAND ----~---·- 2. I I I GENERATOR AM-FM 30 MHZ RECEIVER FM 90 MHZ LOUD SPEAKER DIODE 2 BROADBAND GENERATOR. SQUARE WA KHZ RANGE " - - - - - -n MICROPHONES d..,_ __ ,_ RECORDER GA-1 SYSTEM HARSCH-F. LUXEMBOURG - GA-1 S\fstem. Houch. LuxembourfJ 1'87 The antenna of a SW/FM receive, is connected to Z diode circuits and the output of modulated l-woq conversations with gene1ato1 (TfOnslator). OccasionalllJ a square wave gene,ato, is used. directlg audible voices were possible. ANTENNAE RECEIVER 1 RECEIVER 2 FM 88 MHZ FM 88 MHZ RECEIVER 3 TV SET UHF 640 MHZ LOUDSPEAKERS (366 nm)IQ\-M\ UV LAMP ~ FLUORESCE~ LAMP BLINKING 8 LAMP RATE 1/sec GENERATOR SQUARE WA KHZ RAN:;E MICROPHONE q.-----.1)1,.,1 RECORDER! EOR.OSIGNAL BRIDGE HARSCH-F. LUXEMBOURG incandescent blinking Eurosiqnol Bridqe. Hauch. Luxembourg. 1986 Two Short Wave/FM receivers and o 8/W TIJ together with two UU lamps, a fluorescent lamp plus the sqstem. Occasionall{J a square wave generator is one added. Jhe JU set ope,ates on a free channel near 478 MHz. Jhe voices from the radio sets could be heard directllJ and recorded bq .11ic1ophone.

tuned near the EUROSIGNAL (88 MHz). The radio receivers are lamp make up 111 - } IUIIGHIUIAli .. 1.lllJ:D9.m QIUllf,WJJfU .. Ul!IIHl~~ltl SEt11cm1s1cr A.PRII. 07 ADDITIOHAL: ELECTRIC TORGU SHINING FHOU OPPOSITE SIDE OF ROOM ONTO SHELF WITH FM - RECEIVERS 1 + 2 PM - RECEIVER IH ROilll 2· LOW-FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER 'BLACK-WHITE TV RECEIVER • TUNED OFJ.i' STATIONS .AROUND 470 11H AC POl'IER DISTRIBUTOR nm '- HARSCH-ASClfBACH .- ' Iba de lhbwlll, 409 151!187 HeSPERANGE )Orllld-Duch6 de Luxembourg TM.: 3194 33 I Je lf'ecoRPIIJ~ ~l~OPlloN£. INPl/T 7b Pl/II.I P,I" .b G9.l O CASSETTE. ,1)£.{K qu,4R1'Z CR'iST.A L "J-6 Cr.I DLi'J'l\l:C1~ r'HOM UECEI Vl!'n . ( 110':/ ,um 'rilEll 'TO BE TOt1,;111m) l'liffl "6l¥ srsrf.U GA-1 SC!IE,-~f.TIC - r,,~LllA\'/ij SiiiK0',,:,1~I - J,fiUL u7 ---------------- LAST t;IIAIIGE: DASHED LINES CERCLE D"ETUDES .StJII LA TRANSCOIIMUNICA1'1ou ...... LU.l(EllBOURQ ..... J &alJH(jPUUJC~ ADDITlOIIAL: Pf.I-RECEIVER OP'rIOliAL: . , - ------·- . . . lu, !'! ,'.) l ~ -· ~ "f ) l,. ·- • . . . - - ., X I FL!-REC~IVER I TkAUSLATOR ,----r--..----~, 'r.s-7opf' • - · E s B - -G A 1 ._ 17k llOh ~2 4,l/-£ rc=,._,.._6- au°'"il aY'1ALct HICRDPIIONE T 1cc,:~ 1Tf Ill ,0") Ulh1S 0.5mm 16 n -ca DIODE-CIRCUIT ROOr.l 1 ROOM 2 3u------------L--&.-r.z BC1Hc • £nd of "tran~lation bY Hans HeckMann IJS All of gr a 1: i i:ude available. hiere "the in Dr Senkowsk i "to English and Mr speaking ~orld, owe a HeckMann for ti,aking "this debt of Material ~HALVSIS In se1: the c

rys1:a 1 tiMe went on, da!,lls of radio As developed: there were hundreds of different detector, a~plifier and associated circuits, antenna arrangeMents and c 0Mb i nations thereof, etc . , devised b!l dozens of the More efficient of these were radio pioneers. Modern further far be'!,Jond what coMMunication s!,lsteMs. ear I !l radio aMateurs c ou 1 d have in 'their wi l des 1: dreaMs, In retrospect, even though soMe of these early systeMs May have been considered the "ultiMate" in their da!l, we now see theM as onl!I of in a state historical interest. of flux, and in realit!I there was no such thing as a "finished" or "final" sys1:eM, In these early days everything was eventual l!I S!:,lsteti'ls which incorpora:ted today are i Magi ned and in Tod a y , i n Trans c o MMU n i cat i on , we are again exp er i enc in g the in !,lei: another field of c OMMUn i cation. And again "crystal se1: 11 da!,lls ....,e see a state of flux in which "the "ul1:iMate" s!:,lsteMs of "today are To go back to our analogy of a destined ·to be toMorrow,.s his"tor!l, is fo 11 owing i t "s own deve 1 opMent Mountain, each of these systeMls individual developMent t ra i l up the side of the Mountain. Although these systeMs represent Most < bU't not all) of 1:he bes 1: known and Most proMinent, and although soMe have progressed soMewhat

further up their respective 1:rai ls than others, bee ause none < that I know of) have been of significant benefit even to other researchers, let alone the general public, none have progressed to anywhere near the top of the i.e., anywhere near the efficient, uni versa I systeM that Mountain, is so sorely needed for the enlightenMent of HuManit!J, £..··- " : far froM i t . Again, Al though none of "the described systeMs has proven to be of universal benefit, and therefore none are likely to be anywhere near the best systeM possible, "this does not Mean they are without value, in the early days of radio, aMong the Myriad ~- •.. Agura1:ions, there were certain coMMon denoMinators which were of benefi 1: and which were further developed and incorporated in More I t behooves us theM to look ver!:,I closely at sophisticated designs. existing S!,ilS"teMs to see i f "there are any such denoMina"tors which Might possibly be of universal benefit, and therefore warrant More (For purpose of this discussion i t is extensive experiMentation. considered that there are 3 Koenig s!:,1s1:eMs, step 1, step 2, and infrared) i) 100% · - I 2) 3) 4) 50% 56% SO% HI - a 50% 50% 38% 25% 25% Use of one or More radio receivers A) B) C) D) E) Use of radio transMitter Use of speaker/Microphone coupling 1:o voice recorder Use of audio carrier generators Use of single receiver Use of 2 or More re-ceivers Use

of AH receiver onlY Use of FH receiver only Use of both AM and FM receivers S) 6) 7) 8) 25% 25% 25% 25% Use Of Multi tone voiceband Use of ultrasound (harMonics partly audible) 25% 25% A) 8) Use of feedback principle Use of square wave generator Use Of TV receiver Use of lighting effects Used in one systeM only If a <levice/circuit/configuration, etc., is used in only one systeM, it could Mean one of two things. Either it i s unnecessary, or the person who bu i I t the s!,lsteM knows sotf\eth i ng the res 1: of us So it is interesting to take a closer look at these single don ✓ t. arrangeMents: i) 2) Use of acoustic coupling within the feedback loop. Use of direct feedback Of the would cause used in the efficient. above the acoustic considerably More Koenig systeM. It coupling distortion seeMs the used in the o ✓ Meil systeM than "the direct feedback latter should be far More 3) Use of two in-series stages The two stage series arrangeMent used in the Koenig infrared repeated the direction of: --"continuous l !I in systeM stages" as recoMMended froM the Spirit world. is a step Modifications in but a1s0 goes), one or addition ( as far up we to date as have the!,1 are now configured Thanks to Dr Senkowski, we have not only diagraMs of these this s9steMs as inforMation earlier configurations on three of these systeMs. For these S!,lsteMs we

have in ti Me showing Modifications Made as each in e f feet, "snapshots" it's own two s!,lsteM Made Although, par1:icular t.rail of developMent. I know, result of blind none of as coMparison experiMents, we cannot discount that all of these people are/were very experienced, and we can assuMe, would not have Made such Modifications unless they believed there was ver!,I good reason to do so. We should there fore pay spec i a 1 attention to talented and experienced exact!~ what Modifications the quality of people Made o ✓ Neil i-2, reception. Koenig i-2, Koenig 2-3, and Harsch i-2) (four Modifications are considered here: these Modifications was Made in so far as the to their sys"teMs advances along in order to these very increMental the fact iMprove The first and Mos 1: obvious of these of "the feedback principle Added to S!,lsteM J.) incorporation additions are: 2) 3) 4) 5) 2nd stage in series (Koenig 2-3) 6) Multifrequency AH transMitter (Koenig 1-2) 7) Untuned diode radio receivers <Harsch) EM coupling <Koenig 1-2) FM receiver (O'Neil) IR COUPiing (Koenig 2-3) MO d i f i C at i On s ( 5 0 % ) (O'Neil, Koenig 2-3) is the Other 1ft ~ CJ ( ( 8) Modulator (Harsth - listed as 30 MHz AM-FM generator) U 1 trasoni c _generators (Koenig 1-2, In step 2 these c ou 1 d now be generators since they now work EliMinated froM s~steM 1) AM receiver <O;Neil) 2) Acoustic coupling <Koenig 1-2)

3) Wobble generator <Koenig 2-3) 4) considered low frequency Rf into an EM rather than acoustic coupling) 5) 6) 7) UU 8) laMp <Harsch) TU receiver <Harsch) lighting effects <Harsch) FM receiver <Harsch - 1 used instead of 2) , .. ,_ ·_,, One other thing Might be Mentioned before we leave the subject. Our iMaginary developMent Mountain is cone shaped. This in effect Means that although the various trails May be very far apart at the foot of nee ess i ty, of the Mountain, as they progress upward gradua 11 Y draw c 1 oser together unt i 1 i n"to a sing 1 e trail near the peak. This of course, Means that as various systeMs their respective developMent Progress reseMb 1 i ng tra i Is, each other. three the systeMs, we see that between theM there is considerable difference. But if we coMpare the three latest versions with the three earlier versions, we see that the difference between the earlier versions is even greater. In other words it is al ready bee oMing apparent that there is a trend in the general direction of design convergence, the!,1 wi 11, they converge c oMe c 1 oser and c 1 oser the'!,11 wi 11 gradua 11 y latest version of If we coMpare further along fur~her these and 'to II .. THROUGH CONTINUOUSLY REPEATED STAGES" in As has been Mentioned before, in 1975 Mary received the Message "feedback through con"tinuousl!,1 repeated sec"tions <stages)", froM her The

Message was Grand father given telepa"thicall'!al in the Cherokee language. As the Message was giyen "to her, Mar!,ls' Grand fa'ther, Chief Bue ke!,le, < Eng 1 i sh "n i c knaMe"), rooM lighting) appeared clearly directly in front of her. CHorMal Mary is absolutely certain, this Message was given to her by her Grandfather. the Spirit wor 1 d. Where did ~his Message originate? This we do not know, but we are certain it did not originate froM Mar!,ls' Grandfather. But "there first, although are soMe pertinent facts that should be Mentioned. Marys' Dad was an Elec"tronics Engineer eMplo!,led for Many !:,!ears b!,1 IBM, neither Mary nor her Grandfather know anything whatsoever about a Man of electronics. i n t e gr i t !:I , both w i th i n I n short, no"t the kind of Man who would have given this inforMation to us unless he hi MS elf was certain it had c oMe froM knowl edgeab 1 e Authority. Second, Chief Buckeye was the Tr i be and w i th i n h i s respected as fa Mi l Y . own 18 - 18 vague researchers, Unlike Most (but not a l l ) of the various inforMation received by different to Mysterious black boxes, high frequencies, etc., the inforMation we have received over two visions Mary has had, although quite the years, And as Much of i t as can be verified incoMplete, MatheMaticallY, is a very strong indication

here that i f this inforMation is valid, which then the source Authorit9, we will know who ever they May be, know precisely what technology is required to clarify voice reception. including is very precise. fact MatheMaticallY verifiable. in the due course of tiMe, references is in There This was of course a very I once read that Edison and his helpers, had to do nearly a thousand experiMents before they succeeded in creating the electric light. involved blowing a bulb froM Molten glass, attaching an eleMent to a base, reMov i ng as MUC h air as attaching and sealing the bu I b and There possible with a crude vacuuM PUMP. were not a dozen different ways, or even two or three different ways to Make a 1 ight bulb. There was one way, and one way only. I t had In like Manner we are told froM the Spirit world, that to be right. that voice reception can be "there clarified. There are no options. then There were no options. is one way and one way on I y tedious process that learning how to light up Mans' living quarters? How Much is the enlightenMent of HuManity worth? Is i t worth I as Huch effort as think so, - - - and Much More i f necessary. Over the years there have been soMe researchers who have given up because they were not able few May even have c oMe to the cone 1 us ion

to c 1 ar i fy reception. that clarification Might not be possible by technical Means. even though the field is s t i l l wide open with thousands of possibilities Thank God Edison did not reach any such conclusion s t i l l untied. I f he had, we after a would be getting our Monthly u t i l i ty b i l l froM our local Candle Stick Maker few dozen, or even after Many dozen failures. instead of froM the power CoMpany. A When we f i rs t received this in i t ia l Message to build soMe kind of experiMental circuit and froM the other side, I had More questions than answers. Exact19 what did they Mean I t would not be very b9 "continuously (endlessly) repeated stages"? practical then duplicate this stage until one had PC boards stretched across the workbench, out the front door, and across the street. There had to finite nuMber, be soMe kind of finite nuMber. But i f there was a is that one 1:hen how could they be endlessly repeated? in the saMe way can create a string of endlessly repeated stages the~ can create an endless piece of string, which is siMPlY by tying the ends this Means applying or feeding back the output of the last stage to the input of the f i rs t though there is soMe finite nuMber stage. circuit would "see" an infinite of stages, nuMber

of identical stages ahead. In this arrangeMent, even the a signal within In electronic The answer together. terMs The next in for Mat ion not consist of, but also gave even whether or not there i977. Mystery unt i 1 March question then, only gave no was how c 1 ue as This in i t ia l stages should no clue as to how Many there should be, or This reMained a s !Is t e M Many stages? the to what t i Me wh i 1 e work i n g on a was an optional nuMber. At th i s 16 - 11 ~hich by chance contained seven stages, it was indicated to Mary, by MY younger Brother who entered the Spirit world when he was 20, that this was ~he right nuMber of stages. (This inforMation was published in "the Surv i va 1 Research F ounda"t ion newsletter, by Mr Davis Peek March 1979) In 1988 Marys' Grand father showed her tt-':' of a as a Transreceiver. MOSt topless box shaped container filled with electronics. pro Mi nen"t feature was a ser- i es of upside down "U" shaped el eMents. Mary feels her Grandfather drew her attention to these eleMents. She is certain there were seven. ... 1·s1: vision In "this vision, Mar!:,11 saw wha"t she described The At this point we had been told by M!:,11 Brother that seven was the right nuMber of stages, and this had been reaffirMed at a

later date by Mar!:,lls' Grandfather. Later on this inforMation was verified by an outside source when Dr Senkowski wrote that a GentleMan in Italy, a Radio Engineer if I recall correctl!J, had been independently told that seven sections were necessary. Why an!,11 other nuMber? This st i 11 re Mains a M!,IISter!J. "the nuMber seven? Why not six or eight or three or fifteen, or We "'ight however speculate that this is probabl!,1 the optiMal balance between benefit and distortion type of stages necessary, --- whatever they are. Since a11 electronic circuits, no Matter how wel 1 engineered, generate a cer"tain aMount of noise and distortion, the More stages there are in series, the More the signal wou 1 d deteriorate be fore it is returned to the input and probab 1 !,' the lower would be the percentage of usable feedback. On the other since hand, be accuMulative large nuMber of stages would be advantageous. We Migh"t speculate then that the Spirits are telling us seven is "the best coMproMise. the Modulation in a series configuration, a percentage would the special theory for in C As Mentioned, "this in for-Mat ion has been given to researchers three separate occasions. and through one or More At 1 eas"t to Me, Au"thor i tY knows precise 1 Y aM through at least three different people on Through MY Brother, MY Wifes., Grand father, of the Transpartners of the Gent 1 eMan this s"trongly what is necessary reMinded of an old saying:

indicates that the source to clarify reception. In writing this I ta 1 y. in I "After all else has failed, as a last final resort, --- try reading the ins"tructions. 11 non-feedback a MatheMat i ca 1 standpoint. As can be seen froM the ac coMpanYi ng table, using MUl ti pl e If for stages Makes good sense fro 11, exaMple, we assuMe a voice Modulation percentage of 0.1% in a single stage final Modulation percentage is of course, 0.1%. As was· discussed in "the last issue, this can be considerabl~ iMProved by adding feedback in the systeM. In this·case if we assuMe 0.1% voice Modulation and are able to use the resu It i ng MO du 1 at ion percentage as seen at the 58% de tee tor has dou._ 1...... If we then go further and add 6 More stages, the resulting Modulation percentage raises to 1.41%, or over 7 tiMes the single stage Modulation percentage, configuration, feedbac 1-;., 'to 0. 2% then our HI - 1l File- SIJ 10 5to9es ..,ill l·leisensole • ...................... : ··········································•· ·····••: 7 Stoqe with Feedback --- Specified b4 Spirit l•lorld Stm;,e 1 • iR .___RF_G_e_n__..H Mod: I l ---,.. . ··--·-·············--· 2 Stoqe with Feedback --- Koenig S4stem Oetj) i...;.-~=•! Mod ! ---,.. j Oet AF Amp T ronsmitter Receiver RF Gen 13 Tone Recorder Single 5toqe UJith Feedback --- O"Neil :System ~Amp j Oet 1----.._A_F_A_m_P_ Record Mike c-=--:t- .---~ [____,-----, Feedback Mike i Transmitter RF Gen AF

Gen RF Amp Mod T ronsmitter Method I ! I Receiver r-=~• ==::---------7 l QF:Amp ! Detl 1--==•! AF Amp H Record r-----.___,,_ i . - - - Mike • 10 - 13 The As can be seen is always soMewhat over 7 froM the char"t, "this rela"tionship holds for f i na 1 Modu 1 at ion percentage different percentages of feedback. using 7 stages the percentage resulting froM use of only a single stage. Although not shown, this for different levels of in i t ia l voice relationship also holds true ~o du 1 at i on . to cause an instead of 0.1%, and we assuMe 50% individual stage Modulation of 1% "then a sing 1 e stage resu 1 ts in on I y 2% Which, Modulation feedback, On the de Pend i n g on the c arr i er , wo u I d be very di f f i c u 1 t to hear. a 14. i other hand with a seven s"tage systeM this would result in should Modulation percentage which, again depending on the carrier, be quite easy to unders"tand. the Spirits are ab 1 e for ex a MP 1 e , tiMes I f ( iMprove the S/N ratio. In ordinary radios we use spec i a 1 "tuning tee hn i ques" sue h as in order tanks or c r!,lsta Is, beat frequencies, I t is MY belief that those who are the "the the

the tuned to source of feedback effect and "tuning TranscoMMUnication signal to noise ratio. telling configuration are necessary that two of inforMation are the MUitistage f i I ters, etc . , researchers tee hn i ques" iMprove that this are Modulation% after 100 feedback cycles Generator output 1 U Test Uoice Modulation O.i % re % i Stage 2 Stage 4 Stage 7 Stage .... 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 99.i 99.2 99.3 99.4 99.5 99.S 99.7 99.8 99.9 1ft - 14 .iii .125 .143 .167 .200 .250 .334 .502 i.EH 1.12 1.26 1.45 i.69 2.03 2.51 3.26 4.49 6.61 6.90 7.21 7.53 7.88 8.25 8.65 9.07 9.52 10.0 ' ) ' ) ' ) . '-"'"' .250 .286 .334 .401 .502 .670 1.01 2.04 2.27 2.56 2.93 3.43 4.13 5.15 6.72 9.30 13.8 14.4 15.i 15.8 16.5 17.3 18.2 19.0 20.0 21.0 .445 .501 .573 .670 .804 1.01 1.35 2.04 4.16 4.64 5.25 6.04 7.10 8.60 10.8 14.3 20.0 30.2 31.5 33,0 34.6 36.3 38.i 40.0 42.i 44.3 46.6 ,781 .879 ( 1.01 1.18 1.41 1.77 2.38 3.61 7.49 8.40 9.54 11.1 13.i 16.0 ",. .:·. - -., 27.4 39.2 60.6 I I ; C C-128D, = ";S:PRINT tt or CYCLES= MOOULATOR":PRIHT:PRINT TO IN P GEN TEST 80 COLUMN BILL WEISEHSALE S T A G E AN ALYS I S":PRIHT MULTISTAGE FEEDBACK TO SINGLE MODULATOR NUMBER or STAGES TEST FEEDBACK%= U T":PRINT OUTPUT VOLTS P-P

= ";G:PRIHT UOICE MODULATION%= iO GOTO 50 :ReM 20 REH 30 REM 40 REM 50 SCNCLR:CLR:COLORS,4:COLOR6,7 60 PRINT:PRIHTTAB<22)"M ULT I 70 PRINTTAB(28)"A F FEEDBACK 30 PRINTTAB(3l)"D AT A 90 INPUT" 100 INPUT" 11 ;M:PRIHT:M=t1/iOO 110 INPUT" 128 INPUT" ";f:PRIHT:F=t/100 130 INPUT" 140 PRINT:PRINT:PRINTTAB<32)"ANALYZE- A":PRINT:PRINT 150 PRINTTA8(20)"RESET- R"TAB(SO)"STOP- SPACE" 160 GET AS:IF A$=""THEN160 170 I r A$=CHR$(65)THEN220 180 if A$=CHR$(82)THEH10 260 Ir A$=CHR$(32)THEN STOP 210 GOT0160 220 SCHCLR 230 Ii=G:I2=G+<G*ri) 240 IF S=l THEN288 250 FOR Y=i TO S-1 260 12=12+(12*'1) 270 NEXT Y 280 Di=I1:02=12+(12*M):0=02-0i:f"i=(0/6)*f":MF=((D2-Di)/Di)*i00:X=X+1 290 If X=}C THEN310 380 GOT0238 310 SCNCLR:PRINTTAB(22)"M ULT IS TAG E AN ALYS I S":PRINT:PRINT 320 PRINTTAB<29)"D AT A ENTER E 0":PRINT 338 PRINTTAB(28)"GEN OUTPUT= 11 6 11 UOLTS P-P" 346 PRINTTAB(i7)"TEST VOICE MODULATION= "MM-100" %" 350 PRIHTTAB(22)"NUHBER or STAGES= "S 360 PRINTTAB<2S)"TEST FEEDBACK= "f"*100" %" 370 PRIHTTAB(22)"HUMBER or CYCLES= "C:PRINT:PRIHT 380 PRINTTAB<33)"A NA LY SI S":PRINT 398 PRIHTTAB<25)"0ETECTOR INPUT= "02" V" 400 PR I NT: PR I NT TAB ( 24) "DETECTOR 'J 1~""'.";-.., i= "D" U" 410 PRINT:PRIHTTAB(25)"FEEDBACK LEIJEL= "f"i:MF=<<D2-Di)/0i)*i80 429 PRINT:PRINTTAB<23)"f"IHAL MODULATION= "MF""%" 430 PRIHT:PRIHT:PRIHTTAB(20)"RESET- R"TAB(50)"STOP- SPACE" 440 GET A$: If A$='"'THEN440 450 IF A$=CHR$(82)THEHi0 460 IF AS=CHR$(32)THEN STOP Since I aM just a "re-cycled" Air Force Radar Technician, after in the 1as1: froM certain other One of these people was Mr Hans The other f i rs t analyzing I issue, researchers, 1:wo of whoM replied. Hee kMann, who "s opinion was pub Ii shed in 1:he feedback effect as was described for criticisM of the analysis I ast issue.

ask the 18 - U fl l exander Mac Rae. was Mr As so Me of Scientist and Engineer who has worked research for NASA Scotland "to open his own Elec1:ronics CoMpany. following COMMen1: is a soMe years on audio for .a1: 1:he SR I research c en1:er, be fore re1:urn i ng to Mr MacRae had the ':,IOU know, Mr Mac Rae to Make: "I found your let1:er and 1:echnical analysis ver':,I and I have soMe COMMents coMing through on that - so stand by! in1:eres1:ing, You are definitely on the right lines." Mr MacRae also enclosed a copy of a paper he had written which a More scientific to 1:his subject and gives in par1: per1:ains explanation, To wit: (In par1:) Laboratory No1:ebook No. 2 The Unquestioning Beliefs of Science. <i) It is astonishing how few scientists ask theMselves - "Wha1: ACTUALLY IS a ph!,lsical law"? (2) theMselves 11: is saddening to "the point of despair how few scientists ask ..., "How do physical "laws" GET COMMUNICATED to all the things 1:heY con1:ro1 11 ? ( A physical "law", (as we call i1:), state1o11ent of Maxi MUM probab i 1 it i es. probabi 1 i 1:ies are Certain1:ies elec1:rons UP; a1:tract nor1:h poles MaXiMa, repel other electrons, e1:c; statis1:ical is a In apples It is a HUMAN STATEMENT. Most cases, these Maxi MUM fall down froM trees, no1: south poles not ATTRACT; certain1:ies - probabilistic and these are dealt with There are reasons Wh!,1 sue h Maxi

Ma exist elsewhere - but for the MoMent what we need to take on board is the cone ept that it is these prob ab i 1 i st i c Maxi Ma that deterMine the charac1:eristics of the Ph!,lsical universe. as a group The wa!,1 it is norMall!,1 pu"t is tha"t i"t is "PHYSICAL LAWS" that - as a group - deterMine the characteristics of the physical universe. there aren "t "physical there isn "t a Great laws" as such However in the Sky froM which ins"tructions are sent to ever!,l"thing in Lawbook Of what Material would such existence to tell it how ~o behave :aws consist? If they ~ere to control Material existence then they would have to consist of soMething beyond Materialit~. Anyone using i s "tread in 9 on "t !-le insubstantial ground, i n de fens e o f rat i on al i 1: y t er M "p h !,Is i c a 1 Laws" The characteristics Of probabilistic MaXiMa, in these Certainties. the PhYSical universe are ref 1 ec-ted in 18 - 16 D WN ( 470 £: -6 If / 1n :r <" -l 2907 1 I(;: R 1 :~ -~: 2.2 1: 470 Ohrc, I -6 V i,.. ,.,0 --6 V siHUltaneously ~hrough "two sigh1:ly differen1: 1 ater c OMPare and study it easier to de1:~c "t subt 1 e qua 1 i 1:yi differ enc es designs. the difference, cr!,ls1:al would be1:ween and "then been MUCh differen"t ( As

was Mentioned previously, where one 5tarts in TC electronics .around "the Fro M the it is qui t e apparent any nu Mb er o f exp er i Men1:a1: ion base o f discuss ion o f ~e 1: hods blind coMparisons could be used as a starting point. "the MO u n ta i n w i l 1 do . i n S V- 9 Any p 1 ace I ea d upward . i HHate!"' i a 1. 1: r a i 1 s A 1 1 is: pre1:1:y HUC t-. is ObViOUSl!,1 necessary, and One POSSibilit!,I which appears, at least to Me, to be the MOSt logical, is to star-1: with no-thing and add onl!,1 Wha"t is necessary. the absolute Mini ..,_UM circuit, add first of That is, to begin Wi1:h then add whatever else is all What approved b!,1 the other side through blind coMparison experi""entation. to s'tart, but i t is the onlyi Obvious1yi "this is not the only way Method that has the advantage of not dragging a 1 ong excess baggage in for ex a Mp I e, we know radio receivers are capable of voice reception. But we also know that the TC the radio are reception of a nee essary 1:o irreverent? rec ep,: ion process, and which are The only way we can find out is through experiMentation. is soMething entirely different s igna1. recep"tion process radio the way of unnecessary c ire u its. So which circuits

in a the TC froM There is also another reason the siMPlest possible and work upward, and this is because of equipMen"t ~ize and If for ex a Mp I e, one wished "to c OMP 1 ex i "ty, not to ""ent ion expense. experiMen"t with 7 receiver stages and each s"tage consisted of a transMi tter radio, and sMa 11 about the size of a portable radio, i"t would literally require a whole rooM full of equipMent. No"t only would "this be cuMbersoMe and iMpractical. but i"t would be unduly expensive as well, "transMit"ter standard port ab 1 e to begin with a / { a into is to Our ul"tiMa"te goal of course, single cabinet of practical size. learn how "to design a is not only efficient but which can also be Transreceiver which built the best approach to this probleM would be to begin with the absolute MiniMUM and add only what in reception quality is reached, The final result of such develOPMent could turn ou"t to be a re1a1:ive1y siMple circuit configura"tion, or than anything thus far i "'t could turn out to be far More built by anyone, or even iMagined. But in either case the resul"ting the road) provide the highest quality ultiMate design will reception possible, and at the saMe tiMe will include no circuits Which are not necessary for it ✓ s efficient operation. the MaxiMUM possible is necessary until c OMP lex (down And We Might begin then by asking

Just what is the SiMplest circuit capable of voice reception? We already know fro~ the discussion in SU-~ that a radio receiver alone is capable of receiving voices, so in theory then, the siMplest possible radio receiver' would, a"t the saMe tiMe, also be the siMplest possible Transreceiver. Or to put As it another way, !,Io u on 1 Y length of wire, a diode, and a set of earphones. three coMponents, a (Fig i) Unless one lives on the Moon, this arrangeMent Will si""PlY there is no reason known why s i MP 1 est poss i b 1 e rec e i v er c on s i st s i 1: would ::1ot be. rad i o know , i: he o f SU 10 Mouser file- Bill l•Jeisensnle Au9 .l.7, 1991 7 Mott Hi-Fi PoUJer Amplifier Smort Kit No. 1025 Mouser Electronics Notional Circulation Center P.O. Box 699, Mansfield, TX 76063-0699 (800) 346-6873 1 1 ··············· .................................................................................................... (................................................................................................................... i ! l I i ! -,- 1 I ' I - - - - - - - - - - , - · ,~ • . , . · . / 'v • - - - - - - ,.__ __ ....,i ~ I· i I ' ...L -- ,,.·--·v····~i'°'/' '1' I I 11"1 I I I 1\.1 ... I ' I I I I I ✓·•,/·_,.-'s./··v~ I ..,__~____,r 1 ,. I 1../J r- .: ... I O'\ I r I I I .. "··.,•· ./'·,_.- ...

I =· ..... (() ~ µ'.I 1:-< ... I I co 11 11 'I· I I I ·••·•··••••···•••••·•••·••·•••••··•••···••••···•••·••·••····••••···••••··••••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• I f"' ~ I"' 0 ._ = i., .:: .:: 0 0 :iu . .. : ,_ ~ 1,11 :::, 0 ! 10 - 21 ( ( Fig i Antenna l•Jire -------.~-· --.. Configuration 1 ......... -+ Ger. ..l.. _________ .--_.1-.---·· ---· the pick Up happens to near by, picked up, capable of it: live. stronges"t AM signal :irea "the ~xperiMenter Or i f there is no relativel!,1 strong transMitter ! fa trans,•litter can be this circuit should be the standard radio station Will pick. up nothing a"t a l l , broadcast, Police, etc., voice in whate•.Jer reception b!,J using then Fig 2 Ger. .,..i..,. + j l. Recorder Method. As is apparen"t to froM the sc he Mat i c, "the earphone coils. applied directl!,J capable of responding a"t RF the outpu"t would be RF ra"ther weigh"t di aphragMs peaks, effec"tively whatever audio Modula"tion is carried by the signal, re"t i f i ed RF energ!,I is I f the earphones were frequency nothing could be heard because However bee a use of the "the frequency variations in the RF pu 1 se reproducing only than audio, / diaphragM coMbination, filtering out iner"tia of fo 11 ow on 1 y the coil the RF the AF and and 0.5 mh f ig 3 f 1N914 I 22 Y 11'-" ,-J ur 2 - 3 ?· turns ( 1- 100

K - 1;, (1 r-11 ~ ---..--1--' I 22 pf i 1 r 1N23F 1=· 2000 pf T I i t d i rec t 1 !I to the i n put o f a rec order . to c on n e c t in this case we aMPlifier which does not work well, f i l te r ou"t the RF, recorder. Ano"ther way to use this circuit i~ TC experiMentation would be Ho we v er '"'ould be applying an RF signal directly to an AF to this is to i , e., deModu 1 ate the signal be fore i t reaches the This can be done b!J using either a resistor / capacitor The solu"tion ( F i g - 2 ) 1 u.f .0033 u.i '"" .. ,,I F:con-, t..p~ p.:,: ~mp (,:c Fll'I Ri;;ht in V + 14 13 12 11 10 9 :3 LH J,894 2 3 4 5 6 7 0.1 -I uf I 0.1 u.f L~ft_ ,:,,_1t_ To volu!CL": i:,_..n tri:,l ~nd p1)\fl ►::.f ~fl)f1i: Ri:r.t.t_ ,:,1_1t O.!vfI .001 1_1i 1 u.f .0033 t).f 1 u.f .... Q N w ( ( to set up an Rl coMbination to set up an RC coMbina1:ion fil"ter out "the Rf blJ responding only to "the audio. were known as the di ode Method. three variations of this circuit. (Fig 3) tiMe constant, or a res is to r / inductor tiMe constant. Either of which would Such circui"ts fact experiMented with blJ

Konstantin Raudive, and becaMe there were froM the book Break through, in i ( . 5) V P-P is required This can be soMewha"t lower threshold of . .._. incoMing signal carries Such circuits are quite insensitive and require a verlJ strong I f silicon diodes are used a MiniMUM signal for anything to happen. the di ode s i gna 1 of approx i Ma"te l lJ i Mproved blJ using a Gert,11an i UM "'threshold. in e f feet that di ode which has a a i f an the signal would have to develop a P-P voltage in GerManiuM diode, in order for deModu l a"t ion "to occur. excess of required here wou 1 d be approx. 100,000 t i Mes stronger ( The is required for deModu 1 at ion than "the in our radio telephone) This of course, would require either a verl} strong or a very close transMitter, especially i f an extreMely shor"t antenna of on llJ 6-10 CM < approx 2. 5-4 inc hes) is used, as was used by Raudive. 33% ~odulation, even With . 000, 006 U s i gna 1 we are to 1 d IJ on "the ant~nna, This Means s i gna 1 reach to , S a to us (There Nowhere just how the Spirits, the equiPMent to go abou"t building in any TC literature I have ever read, has i t ever been in their non-Material realM, are explained supposed to send us such

a "sledgehaMMer" electroMagnetic signal, or for tha"t Mat"ter, any kind of electroMagnetic signal at a l l , is of course certain evidence they can Modulate such signals which we supply froM here on If the Spirits were capable of sending electroMagnetic this side.) f i rs t and Most obvious Means of c OMMUn i cation s i gna 1 s for theM to SiMPllJ build SiMPle wireless Microphone type WOUld be in the Spirit World who know circuits (there are tens of thousands how to do this), and talk to us, loud and clear, "through Most any radio receiver. Since such circuits are very s iMPl e and since the take this to be very strong evidence that Spirits do not do "this, i MP o s s i b 1 e c i r c u i ts o f an !I i t i s I hear of "the kind, in their non-Ma"ter i a 1 rea 1 M. Spirits using Mysterious "transMitters" and "electronic black boxs", i n for Mat i on has etc . , coMe through a Channeler, I e 1 e c t r on i c < Persona 1 l y, when c o MMU n i c ate w i th us , esp e c i a 1 1 y reach for the salt shaker.) to c on s "tr u c t for the M th i s the to i f I the in a n O

i Se Wh i Ch radio static Method, I t shou 1 d be Mentioned at this point "there few cases a radio signal May be presen"t. is so Me evidence In "these cases, "tha"t in decrease a when using ! i n di Cati On b a C kg r OU n d of AGC activation by an few I have c oMe for years --ch i s few e f f e c-t , wh i c h cases "there actualllJ is an £M signal present, we May be dealing with a different phenoMenon, froM a "the physical parallel Material diMension, Means would be ava~ 1 -~1e to transMi"t such signals. In the pas"t to be 1 i eve "there May be other exp I anat ions I won ., t these 0 n Ce be l i e Ve d incoMing radio signal. froM a UFO or is, where reception there t O be a p OS i t i Ve try to go i n to here . sue h as i f such there is I f i n did ge"t 1 don .,t In any case Raudive and a"t least one or two o"thers evidently decent recep"tion using these crude diode circuits. However person a l l y kn o ,w o f anyone s i n c e who has re Ported an IJ th i n g !ti - l4 ( Ml}Se l f results at all, even but the Most Mediocre

results, or ~ore often no have probably tried though dozens of researchers, inc 1 uded) Raudive was a strong It should be reMeMbered here that "this Method. TransMediUM and for strong TransMediUMs Most anything works, More or t"IIJ knowledge, no atteMpt was Made to deterMine whether the less. voices actually arrived they arrived in the recorder itself. Since it was probabllJ not known at is that a "tha"t ti Me capable of voice reception, likely just assuMed "the voices arrived in the diode circuit in "the forM of a radio signal, rec order with no Microphone or other the diode circuits or whether it was More input, in To input As of Mentioned, "the recorder. these circuits seeM As were frOM connected directly "the discussion in to the SU-9, I -:.t- 10 K Fi9 4 >" I I =·1 AF Amp Mouser -~ Ger. -'- Confi9urotion 2 then ( f" i g-4) the best Method. the next connecting the carrier source to the voice recorder via patch cord, If one is to experiMent with detector is not is an audio aMplifier and circuits, speaker. / Microphone coup 1 i ng slightly More efficient in the reception process, but it also allows the operator's COMMents to be recorded. And allows the operator to hear exac tl '.IJ what is being recorded inc I udi ng any voices which Ma'.'} be of good the receiver. to be understood directly enough quality is the speaker requireMent Not on I y froM For this

purpose virtual l!I any SMal I audio power aMpl i fier, sue h as the 7 watt H i-f" i Mouser unit shown < SU-10/2.f >, is su i tab 1 e. About the only requireMent being that it be coMpact enough so as not to take up Much space in whatever cabinet you plan to use for your experiMental TRs. a for just It Might be ask, few dollars one At this stage what we have, in essence, is siMPlY a very crude, why bother to do a 11 untuned radio receiver. this when far More sophisticated receiver at Radio Shae k? There are sever.al reasons: i s an exp er i Men ta I "Trans rec e i v er" , F i rs t , what we are work i n g on not a radio, even though at this stage the circuit would be capable Second, the detector circuit, which we Of receiving radio signals, a a will need to Modify. breadboard, where the And the ones ~hat are actually circuits necessary, we have no excess baggage forM of unneeded circuits. <To be continued. is very easy that are present are only to experiMent with, consists of few parts on third, the buy can it in .) a 1ft - 25 LETTERS The fo 11 owing letter was received E 1 e c-t r on i c s Eng i nee r . field, his letter is so deserves to be included in this issue. A

l though Mr SM i th interesting and froM Mr G SMi th, retired is quite new to 1:he TC inforMative it certainly the (In part) I had quite ,,.,ost surprising things "to Me was "that "One of inadvertently discovered EUP back in the 1930 ✓ s and dirln ✓ t have the wit to realize what was going on. Also, of course, the technology was not available in the 30 ✓ s to record and review what I had heard. I had only one shot at it, tiMe, and could only ask plain"tively, "What was that? What was he saying?" in real I had these experiences while playing around with superregenerative receivers in an era when there were still very few stations on 'the air and lots of wide open spaces in the ether. Of course, in those I used vacuuM tubes, but who knows whether COMParable effects days could be obtained Wi "th so 1 id s"tate tee hno 1 ogy? ,,.,i ght wan"t to give it a Whirl, You have observed "that where people get "trouble and expose i theMselves to public ridicule is no"t in reporting soMe phenoMenon, bu"t in "trying to sell the public on soMe particular reason why the phenoMenon is occurring. When you say TC are froM the deceased, 99% If you said they were froM Mars, Maybe only 89% will pooh-pooh it, would ridicule it. froM soMe unknown pirate radio sta"tion you were trying to locate and identify, less than 1% would

doubt you. If you said "the transMissions were in ( •• a case in point right here in Princeton. There ... s a fine laboratory where scientific studies are being Made of the eftec"t of If Mind on such things as the outpu"t of a randoM nuMber generator. they had stated publicly that they were studying psychokinesis, the experiMenters would have been Bu't they were SMart. They ca 11 ed their work the study of engineering anoMa 1 i es, and they are highly respected. laughed out of town. There ✓ s <Love that "Engineering civilization paragraph! Ano Mali es" are going on around is not yet ready for such studies! I wonder how -Ed) other the world studies because of our I can 'think of a couple of ways that £UP could be cloaked in greater scientific res.,ec.:tability, at least to social scientists. Nearly everyone agrees, so Me readily. so"'e wi "th a considerable degree of rel uc tanc e, a Mount of inforMation via the unconscious. And those of a Jungian persuasion (including Me) view 'the collective unconscious as the repository of virtual!~ an infinite aMount of additional inforMation. treMendous that we access have to a One of the MOst reliable ways of accessing the personal unconscious is by Means of I can ✓ t help wondering whether white noise (or the randoM noises of rain, wind or waterfalls) isn ✓ t the auditory equivalent of the visual stiMulus of i nkb 1 ots trigger "the unconscious to

produce for us i nkb 1 ots. Perhaps white noise visual iMages of personal the Rorschach inkblot test. significance. The And HI - Z6 "t:riggers "the significance. unconscious to produce word sounds of personal A good way to test this proposition would be to give half a dozen people copies of the saMe tape and have each one decode it without If they all caMe up with precisely the saMe consulting the others. '"'essage, i t would blow the above theory out of the water. If 1:here was not coMplete agreeMent, then it would be appropriate to call in a crew of clinical psychologists to ferret out the explanations. engineering The other possibility I had in Mind is More or 1ess inspired b!,1 the Princeton now inc ontrovert i b 1 e evidence that so Me peop 1 e are able to e f feet the to a statiticall!,1 significant output of the RNG degree. is a noise diode. And it -'s MY understanding that the heart of the RNG thought alone, anoMalies studies. There is b!,1 thought can a f feet '..ioluMinous 1:echnical studies and Your aMpl if i er with no Microphone connected and the gain wide open is doing the saMe thing as 1:he noise diode in the RNG. And we know "the noise di ode. that There are thousands of pages of So why c ouldn -'1: the operator -'s statistical tables to back that up. unconscious a s1:a1:istically significant degree? But here we have a

double whaMMY; the 'the interpretation of the signal. This Might even explain why psychics ge1: clearer reception." the output of his aMplifier the noise generated b!,1 unconscious influencing affecting signal BOTH the and to be is The experience you had in the 30-'s, I think, was extreMely rare O1:hers have reported siMilar incidents, even the but no1: unique. reception of unexp I a i ned Messages on te 1 etype. You certain 1 y did have the wit to realize and reMeMber this as inexplicable incidents. incidents were rat i ona 1 i zed awa!,I and think I forgotten. i 1: probab 1 e Most sue h I would agree with Jung 1:ha1: there is a co11ec1:ive unconscious. I know for a fact telepathy is real because it has happened to Mary It is not too difficult then to hypothesize that and hUMans are connected by a kind of unconscious telepathic SOMe or all I do not however believe this can explain TC voices Which network. are clearly froM very individual, conscious, intelligent entities. I personally. investigated SpiritualisM If I recall correctly, Jung was a student of Freud. Freud, in later life, becaMe very interested in SpiritualisM and is said to have Made the stateMent that had he his life to live over, he would 1:he Mind. have it occurs to Me A 1 though Jung and Freud went their separate wa!,ls, that about have SpiritualisM without Making his beliefs public. Perhaps in using the terM "co 11 ec ti

ve unconscious" Jung was ca 11 i ng Sp i r i 1:ua 1 i SM an "Engineering abnorMality" in order to Make it More acceptable "to his Peers. siMilar conclusion Just a thought. Jung May studying reached rather also than a to equivalent of the Rorschach 1 is1:ening Indeed various AF carriers I have i nkb I ot test. is no the auditory doubt what so UI - U "the very weakest voices. that on occasion the Mind does forM a voice out of noise where ever- This arguMent applies however, only in fac-t no such voice exists. to this As researchers have arguMent becoMes null and void. recorded voices And an oscilloscope doesn ✓ t have Much th a 1: can be exaMi ned on an osc i 11 oscope. '..'O ices bee oMe iMagination. Many, Many louder, the I n i t has been 1 ab oratory stud i es found i: hat or d i nary h u Man voices can be understood even at several DB BELOW the noise level. Understandab i I i ty however, drops off rapidly unt i 1 at about -6 DB only about 10% of what This Minus DB is said can be understood. I have been calling non-MediUMis1:ic, and is area is the level which I have reason to believe the Spirits can effect the level a"t which the equipMent directly without the help or even 1:he presence of an I was Opera-tor. Coinciden1:a119, when to l d The

iMprove equipMent real sensi1:ivity to the poin1: "that negative DB reception is brought up to a Po s i t iv e DB to everyone. on 1 y understand about 10 % o f what 1: hey a c tu a l I y coMMunication, I understand, s a !ii • that TC co MMU n i c a 1: ion I challenge is More av a i lab I e I ask how Much 1 eve l is in "to s: o TC I heard. iMagina1:ion. listen to recordings. In MY earl!,1 work, because the voices were so weak, I was quite for this reason I concerned that 1:hey May siMPlY be ~Y I would te l l her only frequently ask Mary "to though1: there Might be a voice at a certain count, bu1: no1: that I We a 1 Most al wa!,ls agreed on gender and had a high, wha1: over 56%, agreeMen1: about what was said. Even where we did not agree, about half the "ti Me 1:here was close s i Mi 1 ar i ty, sue h as one of us hearing "We are here" and the other hearing "Three are here". the saMe further refined 1:his "technique, and s1:i 11 had Later we I heard I wou 1 d resu l 'ts. and te l l Many nothing. Mary would then do 1:he saMe. Only after we were both finished would we coMpare what we had wri"tten down. 'the recording, wr i 1:e

down wha1: l i s1:en 1:0 Even on high quality voices 1:here is not always 160% agreeMen1: is said. For exaMple, because of differences in individual a weak bU1: ::;ensi"tivity, etc., differen1: broadcast two think, is not that 1:here be The fact that huMan voices which receiving in our on what hearing radio ordinary interpretations. 106% agreeMent, but ra1:her 1:he basic canno1: be explained by science, are appearing systeMs. coMe and iMportant point, I two people can listen 1:o up with ( ( i t is indeed "the Operator's unconscious Mind which I do believe, as you say, that in the case of TransMediUMiStic is And there in lngo in-tensity of an underground Magne1:ic On another 1:he New York Ci1:Y therMoc oup 1 e the likely, But reception, effec"ting the receiving systeM to a significant degree. is a certain aMount of evidence 1:0 back 1:his up. a Laboratory here Swann was able "to effect the field associated with soMe kind of particle detector. occasion, Co 11 ege, sealed Magnetic effec1:ed soMething was effected. field and the elec1:ronics or gauges, Whe1:her he actualllJ effected is an open ques1:ion. this saMe GentleMan, teMperature or, as r-eg i stered by a therMos bot1:1e. teMperature as in California, SoMe years ago I believe, liver-More far More e f fee 1:ed I 1:hink tes1:s a Mr the in a1: in a 111 - !'.ii Mr Ura Geller (if Gent l eMan who can bend Me"ta 1 think has to do the saMe, indeed e f

tec-t Matter. If we two pieces of Metal together, a conversation through phone true of psychokinetic Me1:al. lf a little bit energ!,I, is I naMe correctly) spelling his b!l concentration a Mp l ~ deMonstrated the and has taught o"thers that the Mind can use a 101: of electricity we can weld if we use a little bit we can carry on Ny guess is that "the saMe is lines. can bend so 1 i d I f we use a 1 o 1: i t used it can facilitate TC coMMUnication. When forMal Science finall!l PUllS i t "s head out Of the sand, and recognizes the existence of TC, the arguMent Will not be about the existence of TC voices, because their existence is an undeniable fact. What the!,1 Will argue about is their origin. a by of "'i n d <pres enc e the Trans Medi u M) . In TransMediUMistic reception we have an effec-t on Matter BY ( e 1 e c 1: r on i cs) definition then, TC coMMunication is a psychokinetic effect. The real arguMent then is whether the voices originate in the Operator"s subconscious, or whether subconscious is used as a such transMi1:ters are used "rel a~ 1:ransMi tter" in 1:he saMe sense as in AMateur radio coMMunica1:ion to receive, aMplify, and retransMit a telepa"t:hic signal received froM a Spirit, signal. a which ps!,lchokine1:ic s i g n a l which e f f e ct s i s wo r

1: h , it i s know of who has had and MY opinion, these personal experience with TC voices, the!,/ in Most cases, May originate froM external, conscious, intelligent entities. r or what I coMMunication, through coMe that although a TransMediUM, the opinion of ever!,lone then "aMPlified" and the e 1 e c-t r on i cs . In "this case a the Operator" s 11 rebroadcas1: 11 as i t is COMMents About The SV Series The following coMMents have been received froM our they did not know these COMMents would be printed, the coMMents, not the naMes. readers. Since I Will print only i ) recently, of the art i c 1 e generation. stiMUlates MY "Was delighted to receive Spirit Uoices No 9 that !,IOU sent Me Especially got a lot out froM UTF Post regarding the wobb 1 e Method of voice this regard as it A lot of good Material in it. to see novel circuits in Love iMagination along siMilar lines. It's great "to know you are able to produce "Voices" reasonably for i MPOrtant and needed it is a ver!,I foe us feel I regular 1 y technical research in"t:o EUP." "In closing, let Me say 'that I adMire your writing ta1en1:s ver!,I I could write as well as !,IOU dO, Everything is very ("t:he onl'!il "thing that 2) MUCh. clear and unaMbiguous and a pleasure t 0 read bugs Me is your insis1:ence on Misuse of 1:he apos"trophe). " I wish

to rei:eive "I was very pleased 3) "Spirit Uoi c es" and have you bee oMe active again as you have a to of fer. you Must 1 ead a very bUS!:,1 1 i fe. this countr9 and you seeto1 appreciate issues coMe "that seeMed close together." l eadersh i P job on. tiMe perMits" and was surprised to have two recent copies of I ot job and know in I two I understand 1:he constraints of fa Mi 1 y and We need tee hn i ca 1 the one to take the !:,lour "as to be !,lour 18 - l'J ( ( received. I would like to thank our reau~rs for these coMMents and others "tha"t have been •Jery I encouraging illusions about either MY writing ability or have however, There are others More qualified in both areas technical knowledge. aM doing 1:his is because it than needs to be done, and thus far no one else here in the US has steped forward to volunteer. is a very tedious and ti Me c onsuMi ng •T•otes of confidence are in wha"t no to do "this. The reason Your job. ail'I I I is an eMbryo I n a sense then , what However, Transco,,uo11unication As in the due course tee hn ic al research in this fie 1 d gains MOMentuM, there wi 11 be others More gifted than I, who wi 11 begin of ti Me writing technical papers and newsletters far More sophisticated than "th

i s . f" or "t I hope these papers unti 1 will be of help to you in your own work. I have personally found TC fascinating and awesoMe, and it is bound to becoMe even More so as tiMe goes on and reception begin to iMprove. All of ~ou working in this field are pioneers in one of the greatest adventures that has ever been under"taken by Mankind. I an do i n g In the Mean ti Me the Cavalr!:,11 get here. i s "try i n g to ho 1 d "the technology. NOTES CI ar if i cation--- the wobble effect, In the last issue there were two artic 1 es i.) reprin"ted froM one of the GerMan newslet"ters. One of these articles was about this effect. Since it was not stated otherwise, the iMpression was left that it Ma!:,11 have been one of these two people who discovered this effect. in Voices of E"ternitY by Sarah Estep, which probably Most but perhaps not all of you have read, it was Sarah who discovered the wobble effect, and should be so credited. the other article Mentioned As was Mentioned froM California, 16 year old Tara1yn Kent, daughter of Mr Ray Kent, 2) an Electronics Engineer the youngest gifted TransMediuM in the USA, and perhaps in the World. AMong other "things she is the only one I know of who has received a good qua1 i t!:,11, quite understandable voice, on her first atteMpt at Tara

1 yn has had good resu I ts by using a very so ft AF recording. carrier, usuall!:,11 radio s"tatic. is placed several feet away, or across the rooM froM the recorder, and the level is set low to be barely detectible or not detec"tible a"t all on 1:he enough record level Meter. is without The radio doubt a . ..., ·-1 who CoMputer [d;+~~g--- A short while back 3) a deMonstrat ion "tape of c OMputer editing. froM froM Mr A I ex Mac Rae of to this Scotland, Transco~Munication. coMputer the add-on board containing an A/0 and D/A converter. A segMent of tape is directed to the A/0 converter where it is converted to a binary At this point i t can be saved to data string and stored in RAH. disk as a da"ta file, and also Manipulated in various ways. Under as involves originated technique technique received Briefly applied I 3 18 - 38 software control, any part of this string can be replayed through the D/A converter and then directed "to an AF a Mp and/or rec order. This allows 1:he noise in1:o 1:he voice, and also "the noise leading leaving only trai 1 ing the voice to be very accurately triMed away "the voice i1:self. This in fact can be done so accurately that even at the highest voice frequencies, a single cycle of the voice can be added or subtrac"ted. On down to understand. in very worthwhile "the deMonstrat ion tape, there are

sever a 1 weaker voices which have been edited in this fashion, and i t definitely Makes theM easier It does not of course clarify reception because at this point i t can do nothing about the noise which is the beginning and end of the voice, but it does included between result iMproveMent, especially where weaker think I can say this is the first technique voices are concerned. to everyone. be of help coMe to c o MP u t er as we 1 I as spec i a 1 so ft ware Un fortunate 1 y , But it is not beyond and Moder at el y expensive spec i a 1 equi pMent. the range of possibility that soMewhere down the line soMeone May set up a coMputer editing service where one could send tapes tor t O be de Ve l OP e d , Mr i n Ph O t O gr a Ph i C e d i t i n g , MU C h MacRae has this to say about the technique: (The fol lowing is a brief quotation froM "the original Material of LABORATORY NOTEBOOK Ho. 3, which is unfortunately Much too long to If any of you would like to have a entirely reprint in this issue. coMplete copy, I will be happy to send it to you upon request. -Ed) I line re q u i res a that would a S we Send f i l M the

i t 11 lt is not MY purpose here to go into ful 1 design details, even if space allowed, but rather to give enough basic inforMation to enable the the coMputerized design to be described in this article - and indeed to be able the reader May coMe across. judge other coMputerized s!,llsteMs or otherwise, of the goodness, eva 1 uate reader to to increMenting Then on read, the address by one each ("playback 11 In "this new design the Moving parts Of a recorder would be replaced by RAM - 1:he audio analog inforMation would be digitised and written tiMe a saMple was into RAM, ) all !,IOU would have to do was taken. specify Which address to start reading and Which to stop reading 1: 0 To saMple a waveforM then you Must take give ver!,11 precise editing. saMples fast enough to be able to reconstruct the waveforM at The slowest saMpling least in rudiMentary forM froM those saMples. frequency that you can have is called the Nyquist frequenc!,11, and i t is twice the highest frequency that you wish to saMP 1 e. So, if you wish to saMple up to 3.2 KHz, (which is the upper -3db frequency in a telephone quality frequency band), then the N!,llquist frequency will be 6.4 KHz, 6400 saMples per second. That covers the frequency, but what of the a Mp Ii tude of the ana I og large dynaMi c signal. 8 digit binary range. word. that varies •

widely, we convert each saMple For speech Suppose 1:hat it has into a an (char1:) The range of positive values goes therefore froM a MiniMUM of Hf - 31 ( ( deciMal to 128, that is 255. i to a MaXiMUM of the SUM Of all the deciMal values frOM 1 So. if we say that 255, or all of the 8 bits equal to binary i, is i volt, for exaMple, then binary i, or the least significant bit, Must be equivalent to 1800/255 Millivolts, or approxiMately 4 Millivolts. I ike to have a dynaMiC This is soMewhat less than ideal, we would s Pee c h to g i v e r an g e o f SO db s , or fro M 1 To do this we would have to add another two a good reproduction. !:Ii ts to our word to ~ake it a 16 bit word. l eng"th, however, does not fit with the standard coMPUter bus systeMs or RAM t O 16 b i ts , data w i d th s . but that is now soMeth i ng of an overk i 11 in terMs of qua Ii ty, for just speech, and also it eats up MeMor~ space at a prodigious rate. i n w i th that we WO u 1 d ha Ve •T• o It down to 1 Mi I I i v o I t , .a word t O g O Sue h f i

t TO I f "the saMple rate !,forking out MeMOr!J r-equireMents is eas!,I enough. is 6400 per second and the word size is 8 bits then the typical 2 second EUP utte~ance will use up 12.8 KBytes of MeMory space, at a transfer rate of 51.2 Kbits per second. Each utterance is stored as a separate f i l en a Me, and has a MaxiMUM size of 64 KBytes. f i 1 e, shou Id be assigned its own The SysteM in Use the above Mentioned Due "to March editing systeM was used. of 1991, al Mos 1: S f i nanc i a I !,lears 1 ater, constraints it was not unt i 1 that the first c oMputer i zed Tap~.,. were Made and the EVP coMMunitY "Science", that i t when "the design was in nine wrapped up about. -Ed) sent out. who are ever ready It is soMething of an indictMent of to c ondeMn took alMost 5 years for this advance to appear, available in 1986 and the Matter could have been <I know exactly what he is talking indeed eager - Months. As and • + ]. '- is is, due to lack of tiMe, the design largely based on a coMMercial board. had to be a COMproMiSe, There is nothing particularly fancy about the board - an rate that is adjustable but tied to the clock rate of the PC. it plugs It uses an 8 bit ADC, and has a IBM

PS2 expansion slot. into da"ta for a 18 MHz clock the transfer rate is 32 Kbits per second, which for a word length of 8 bits gives a Nyquist frequency of 4 KHz, or a bare I y ac c eptab I e However, it is pointed out "tha1: at this s1:age it is just a Matter of proving the design. fhe MaXiMUM rate is 64 Kbits per second which gives a Nyquist of 8 KHz to MiI-Std-1472D <HuMan Engineering) is the MiniMUM acceptable. 4 KHz, which according top frequency of 2 KHz. frequenc~ of thus top and a is fixed disk. largely Menu driven and Will work with either a The software installing the software it is floppy or a a directory called VOICE and the actual set Of necessar!,I 'the prograMs can be downloaded quite quick.l!,1. fixed disk is that to be operational it is only necessar!,I to call up The advan"tage of Prior "to to Make 1ft - n what equates to the Autoexec.bat f i le in the Uoice directory. is eas i l Y The software the under 1 Ying prograMMing is never seen. However, i f one wishes one May write new prograMs or Modify existing ones using either C or BASIC. (Continued nex"t Issue)." the keyboard, and froM run 4) DHR--- Baek in Augus"t Mr Ray Kent that National SeMiconductor is now producing as a DynaMic Noise Reduc"tion SysteM. kind of f i l te r on a chip, although i t does

rather a dynaMic noise reduction device refers to as psychoacoustic principles. This brought to MY at"tent ion a 14 pin dip refered to just soMe no"t device is a f i l te r , but: include what National based on ( SU-10/23) two rec orders. to work with for VO ice and MUS i c. this circuit and preliMinary These devices are s t i l l in short supply, but Ray Managed to get in a saMple k i t , one of which was sent to Me. This was used to two tes"t line unit for use between recorder and AMP on Playback, buil"t a The c ire u i t used was as rec OMMended by or between I have had very l i t t le National results are t i Me I t seeMs to help, but only "to a quite Marginal degree inconclusive. The and onl!:,1 on soMe voices, Mostly non-MediUMistic devise however has not ye't been opt i ona 1 i zed I t has, a Mong other t:h i ngs, a signal controlled band pass f i l te r which is also user adjustable. The circuit as recoMMended by National, as Mentioned, has been configured for both voice and Music, This Means that the band pass We believe readjusting the passband to voice frequency wi 11 help, but "there has not yet been is c laiMed to 1::- r t=ec tive tape noise reduction, and Ray has been to 1

d have a b!i' that i t is capable of doing considerably better. is listed in the new National catalog as the LM1894M and LM1894N. is wide enough to pass higher Music tiMe to do this. The devise a National Engineer for t:h is purpose. level voices. The devise tones. ·10 db Today, just as I was about to write this, I received a letter froM Mr Alec Mac Rae to whoM I had Mentioned this devise. Mr Mac Rae I ooks has al so Managed to obtain 1:wo of these devices, and forward to being able to find the tiMe for experiMentation. Incidentally, least part19 Alec technical, This is being done at publishers request, so there is no doubt as to whether i t will be published. And i"t cer"tainlY is going in interested to TranscoMMUnication. is writing a Book about TC which will be at seriously "Must" an!:,lone for be a Alec also enc 1osed froM a Projects and the Maplin Co catalog bY address, but wi 11 try 1:0 what 1 i sted as MOd i f i cations can be per forMed on perforMance of the systeM, Unfortunatel!:,1 there In any case there is an the Stereo D!:,lnaMi c Ho i se Reduction Modu 1 e -that And i t is stated i MProve the basic k i t to "SoundMaster" Kit. they ca 11 find out. a two pages in England. Modules was no ad for SH666, SiMple the noise With dial. Ra9 Metal resis"tors.

a pot . , pre fer ab 1 !:ii This controls recoMMends use of good qualit9 coMponents, especially low The voltage divider Ri/R2 should be replaced c a 1 i brat e d Just how effective these a MU 1 t i turn w i th a MU l t i turn the sensitivity. UJ - B ( ( devices are going ~o be be deterMi ned. con f i gura"t .ion for TC reception wi 11 prove "to be enough to justif'J the Modest cost. about inforMation and results. in TC reception, s t i l l of course, reMains to c er"ta in tha't an optional i zed !"lore than e f feet i ve I ✓ M sure we will be hearing More to da"te on !-JOU up these devices, and think i t a 1 Mos 1: I will tr'J to keep But I tac 1: froM low Spirits and Reverse Uoices--- All of us have had things. "that Makes sense, at the experience of 5-A) receiving voices Which are too fast or too slow, at 1eas1: relati1,.•e to the rate a"t which we experience t i Me. Several hypo-theses have been proposed 1:0 explain 1:his effect, including "the h'JPOthesis "that slow voices are froM higher fas1: voices are to bounce around or "vibrate" faster or Spirits: who are supposed soMe"th i ng, this despite "the tha"t when these voices are speeded up or slowed down as the case May be, they "turn ou"t 1:0 be

ordinar'J the f i rs t Spirits sa':,ling ordinar!,I for h!-JPOthesis c er ta i n that since t i Me for Spirits than i t is for us, as a nuMber of researchers have been told, i t MaY be siMPlY a Matter of fixed s~nchroniza"tion. rarel':,1 even think about because there is nothing we ra"te which we c an do i s variable, the ra"te at which then "this would Mean they pass "they wou 1 d have to Make a conscious effort to s':,lnc hron i ze with our t iMe And this could be d i f f icu l t for theM to do, "that through what we perceive as tiMe, We ~f course, siMPlY pass through tiMe at a is i f they can, at will, change in order for their voice "to be the proper speed for us. Mr Kent has proposed is so Meth in g di f fer en t ( I cannot say to Sp i r i ts t i Me 1: he other hand , What Ray s a i d least 1:0 Me. i s or i g i n a 1 ) h 'J pot hes i s that th i s c hang e i t . "to 0 n i s i f theM tiMe i f for Further, is variable, Or i f such be i"t May also be So that reverse voices May be the result of theM not bidirectional. in "the

opposite di rec 1: ion than we are rea 1 i zing they are t r ave 1 i ng through what we perceive as then tiMe, perhaps they deliberately travel in the opposite direction briefly reverse voice. After al 1 reverse voices are in order 1:0 record a perhaps the very bes"t evidence we have tha"t TC Ho one can say that a reverse voice is just a stray radio signal picked up Is "tiMe variable and/or bidirectional for by our radio or recorder. We 11 we don ✓ t know for sure, but we do know our Spirit friends? that "tiMe And we know that spirits live in a non-Material realM where they are not subjec"t to other Material c ons"tra i nts. i "t Might possibly be of to our Transpar"tners, 1:0 p 1 ace so Me kind of t i MeP i ec e, so Me he 1 p clock or watch wi"th a sweep second hand, near the receiving s':,lsteM, in order to give theM a clear visual indication not only of the rate at which we are experiencing tiMe, bu"t also of the direction. is associated with Matter. Mr Ken 1: has Mentioned is for real, the case, tha"t Reverse Voices--- Severa 1 Month ago Mary and in Making Movie and TU f i IMS. I happened 5-B) onto part of a TV prograM that had "to wi"th how cer1:ain 1:ricks are I-""' sure all of you have seeM done As an co.,..Mercials and

oth'?r exaMple soMeone talking in a coMMercial While holding a bo"ttle over the g l ass and i s po r i n g a g 1 ass i s b a C k up a Lad !I 0 r i n t O stand i n g on a o f P i e splattered on the carpet at her feet. While she is talking "the pie the c a r p e 1: ho 1 d i n g an e MP t y i ts e 1 f a C O MMe r C i a l things "that are siMPl!-J p l ate w i th a i n wh i ch 1: he iMPO:SSible. i n Wh i C h b Ott 1 e . o u 1: o f l i q u i d p i e c e 18 - J◄ gathers i "tse l f up and do this? -- Believe it "falls" or not, back UP they are spea~ 0 ~g backwards, onto the p 1 ate. How do is then shown backwards shot forward. pie falls off The liquid flows the plate onto the -,H"e actually talking backwards, the peop 1 e The sequence is frOM bottle down to glass and the floor. Bu"t the people, who have practiced their while this is being filMed, the lines very carefully, to be speaking segMent How do norMallY, While SOMething absolutely technique ver'c} siMilar to reverse they taping. The9 say their

lines backward on a recorder, which is no Mean task as they not only Must say the words in reverse order, but Must pronounce the phoneMes of each word in reverse order, and then they play the tape backwards to see how natural they sound. This It is of course process is then repeated unt i I quite few lines. There are only a few people who are talented at doing this. tedious and can require severa 1 days seeM iMPOSSible happens. they get it right. just to 1 earn a to do this? learn By a When What does all this have to do With TC? Just this; perhaps there are Spirits who have also practiced speaking backwards in order to deliberately in the Spirit world speak to us have gone to great pains to prove to us that they exist, and as was no1:ed ear Ii er, reverse voices are so Me of the very best evidence we ha•·-, in this Manner. Many In a recent letter froM Mr David fox, an Electronics Engineer in England, he told Me he had received a voice in the reverse Mode Wh i C h he re C O g n i Zed a S that O f h i S tat her . the Spirit World, but I would say it is extreMely unlikely that he is in soMe other Universe which is traveling backwards in tiMe relative to our own. D a V i d "S Dad i S

i n In 1:he TIJ prograM we saw, it was Mentioned that spec i a 1 recorders were used which were capable of playing the tape backward without flipping it over as of course is necessary with an ordinary I was not aware that there were such recorders. However, recorder. indeed exist, and told Me about one Mr Kent told Me 1:hat they do Model which < As in fact Ray has arranged the use of one of versus 3 speed) these Machines for several weeks to exaMine voice saMples. I do not have the brand naMe or a distributer address, but if you would like to have one of these Machines and have Sl,800 you don't need, I can find out this inforMation for you. is not only reversible but also variable speed. And and that we are Reverse Voices--- 5-C) Dan McKee along with several others have been told by certain voices that the person speaking is in another Material Universe tiMe relative to theM, which is why their voices seeM to be backward to terM Universe Means -~· The phrase "other everything By definition Uni•:erses" is self contradictory. There is only one. that there can be only one because exists. "the entities who are te 11 i ng us about "other Uni verses" are feeding us Bu 11. . . According ~o Webster,.s dictionary the s i ngu 1 ar. includes everything traveling backward ~ , --- Or are they? that exists. There fore the one It

in is- There are soMe who believe there can be More than one Universe 16 - U ( ( :: n an'!:,I given one, "their own and to an observer '#OU 1 d appear to be "the only one because interaction of any na~ure between Universes is ,: he i r i )o!lp o s: s i bl e . fa c-t , be every "th i n g 1: ha 1: ex i st s . They own 1J n i verse wo u l d , further believe "that since all is interaction between Universes iMpossible, that two or More separate Universes could occupy what we wo u 1 d th i n k -:: he obs: er v er w i thin ea c h Uni verse , II spa c e II at the s a toie "1: i Me 11 1: o i n a c tu a l .;1 s "the :Sa Me That i s , i) f • This is a preposterous theory. Who could possibly propose or Stephen A 1 exander Vi 1 enk in-Tufts Uni vers i t'.!,I, of and Joseph Polchinski-University of Edward Tryon-Hunter College, Lawrence Susskind-Stanfort, be 1 i eve anything Hawk i ng-CaMbr i dge Sidney ColeMan-Harvard, Technology, Willy Texas, 5teven Weinber9-Universit'.!,I of Texas. i k e "this? We 1 IJn i vers i ty, Alan Guth-Massachusetts Ins"titute just 1 is t fischler 1 e 1: s few: a 1 l , Reverse Voices--- :,1our exp er

i enc es with reverse voices, I would like to invite all of '.!,IOU to tell 5-0) us about for publication in one of the next two issues. Of special interest, I think, would be friend, re 1 at i ve, or so Me one else you have "the reverse voice of a The voice of one or More people, known or known froM here. forward AND through T~anspartner, who ✓ s voice has Several researchers have found "that in reviewing, in reverse Mode. there "the reverse Mode, were sue h ~OMMUnication had been requested at the tiMe the recording was Made, In soMe cases the operator had not even heard of reverse voices at the ti Me of recording. Have you had "this exp er i enc e? Have any of these reverse voices told you where they are? If so, --where? What there are is ~our opinion of "these voices? entities coMing through to us in this Manner? "tapes which had been recorded previous 1 y, no in both reverse do you voices though tapes, these think even coMe Why on I a do low low Ver!,I Very level voices--- that it is of level voice recep1:ion, 6) whether one believes it "to be ex"treMely weak MediuMistic reception, or believes as non-M~~~UMistic nature, considered froM one standpoint, is probabl!l the Most iMportant kind of reception. It is, b!:,1 far, This standpoint is it ✓ s frequency. Much More frequent and coMMon on voice recordings than is "the Much

to understand TransMediUMistic better qualit!,I reception. saMP le tape recorded by an!,llone < I do not Make a prac-t ice of doing this because i't is too tiMe consuMing), on which I have not detected 'the I presence of at least a It seeMs very probable to Me that in could understand "theM or not. TC ti Me to such voices will reception, while at the saMe tiMe COMe to be considered as the exception. c anno't rec a 11 having ever close 1 !:.I exaMi ned a few sue h very 1 ow 1 eve l voices, whe"ther be considered TransMediuMistic as "norMal" voices will far easier coMe and I '.JO ices, they cannot, Such non-MediUMistic voices are at such low level that, unlike In TM other words the voice has a signal/noise ratio of zero, or as I have long suspected but didn"t kno"'' for sure until receiving a recent letter froM Mr MacRae, Ma!,11 even have a negative signal/noise ratio. Or "to use the technical ter-M, "the voice is "~ask" by noise. in Most cases, be observed on a scope. noise How could "that is as we possi bl~ understand an~ loud as, or even .a li1:1:le voice that is louder than, buried in the voice? 18 - 36 r i rst, bee a use we recognize in nor~a 1 conversation we understand words bee a use of two We 11, the pattern of frequencies factors. that constitute the words. And second, because the words are louder

than any background noise, Which Makes the frequency pattern quite easy there is a zero, or negative, signal/noise ratio we have lost the aMPlitude factor, but the frequency pattern Of the words a~ "the experience of trying in a very noisy present. All a conversation of us have had with soMeone to hear. Where carry on _.:::, still to Score o 90I Fit- (}/l/-tl.lv N A£-tt 101' -6 db 0 db +6 db the background noise is just as 1 oud or even a env i ronMent where In these little louder than the voice of the person talking to us. conditions we can still carry on the conversation. And although we MaY often Misunderstand a word, or Miss a word entirely, it is still inforMation because our Minds are able to possible to coMMUnicate I ouder recognize Yoi c e noise. frequenc !ii patterns against a background of Ace ordi ng to Mr Mac Rae, who knows far More about 1:h is e f fec1: than I, at a S/N ratio of +6 DB about 90X of what is said Wi 11 be understood, But this falls off rapidly until at -6 DB, even though words can still be understood, it will be only about i0% of what is actually said, Alec has this to say about the Masking effect: "Masking Masking heard, is In where noise the case of Masks a MO n OS !H l ab i C WO rd S s i gna 1, preven1: i

ng .c, n d Wh i t e i t t=roM being noise if the U! - 37 Signal/Noise ratio ls + Sdb "then wha1: is !-leard wi 11 be around 36% correct, ( for a person wi i:h good hear- i ng) . 6db 'then FroM 10% "to 0% "the slope of "the %age "the score wi 11 be about 10% againsi: S/N curve is shallow, froM 90% 1:0 100% the slope is also qui"te shallow. Bu"t between 10 and 90 the curve is steep. (fig 5) If 'the S /N is ( "the "the effects of -:oMpu1:er prograM (coMputer edi t:ing c on t i nu o us wh i t e no i s e . Where -Ed) does not 31: However, i n i s use f u l present hand l e Peducing !MPUlse noise, whether iMPUlse noise. per-iodic or aperiodic, has a Masking eftec-t by (partl!,1) "deafening" 1:he ear, for a Ma1:ter of Milliseconds, disabling i t 1:eMporaril!:J, so This "that an'!,I syllables phenoMenon is siMilar 1:0 t:hat of AGC in radio and is due "to Mos1: of "the in available population of refractive Mode. following Ma'!,I noi: be heard. siMultaneously iMMediatel'!,1 neurons being i s i 1: So iMpulse noise results in 1:wo unwan1:ed phenoMena characteristic of If we had a way of slicing out Much EUP, false cue-ing and Masking. "those SMal 1 sections of 1:iMe where 1:he iMPUlses occured "then •;1e ~ould go SOMe way toward reducing aMbiguities in the interpretation

of EUP utterances. But to do that would require ~illisecond precise editing a perforMance not possible with Mechanical cue and review sys1:eMs." On The Horizon--- I believe to be 7) a significant step in post reception processing through application of the coMputer editing technique. But this i s not the end of the line. As Alec says this is a first step. Alec HacRae has taken what ( Toda'!,l"s average PC As everyone knows c oMputers are fast. but fast. Relative to the clock speed of a Modern desktop COMPUter, the highest frequencies of a snail is probably running at 12-16 MHz. Many pace. Businesses and individuals are using Machines running a"t 28-33 MHz. New Machines just coMing on "the Market run at 40-50, even as high as And next generation c oMpu"ters wi 11 be in "the i00-i50 MHz 66 MHz. region. running as fast as i GHz. On the drawing boards are Machines that will be the huMan voice are 1:rave ling a1: There "re du Mb, the voice If we take an ordinar'!,I coMputer of toda'!,1 running a"t lets say 21 MHZ (ain"1: no such clock speed but I like the figure), and coMPare this with the highest huMan voice frequency that we need, we find that the coMputer is running at 21,000,000 cycles per second. This Means in in the length of 'tiMe it takes the voice 1:0 coMple1:e effect, 1:ha1: "the coMputer has coMpleted frequency, one cycle at it"s highest 7,000 cycles, or 3,506 cycles

for each half cycle coMple1:ed by the voice. is 3,000 cycles per second While frequenc!:,l This presents soMe Most in-terestin9 possibilities. The Main one of Which is that a coMputer ~an do a LOT of ~atheMatics in 3,500 c 1 oc k c ye l es. It could, for ex a Mp le, Measure the duration of each half cycle and dele1:e froM the data string any half c~cles "that were found to have a duration of More than i/600 sec or less than i/6,000 frequency of in fact could be done so precisely that a sec. 299 Hz would be totall9 deleted while a frequenc9 of 300Hz would be This 16 - 38 a 1: f u 1 1 a MP 1 i tu de . f i 11: er ? ass e d 3db rolloffs, who ✓ s corners would be absolutely square instead of and who,. s "s 1 opes" wou 1 d be ver"t i ca 1. With the proper prograMi ng, the two bandpass frequencies could be adjusted to any values at the touch of a then for M a bandpass few buttons. This wo u 1 d C ye 1 e i 1: Sh OU 1 d there are probab 1 y and dee i de Whe"t:her Bu 1: this is on 1 y one per i Me1:er, a dozen others a reasonably fast coMputer could take a long look at for each ha 1 f be in the data inc 1 uded For

exaMple we string as part of the voice, or deleted as noise. know "that voice is sine wave and noise is randoM. We a1s0 know that when a PhoneMe is spoken 1:he aMplitude of each half cycle gradually increases or decreases relative 1:0 previous half cycles. The coMputer could be prograMMed to Measure and coMpare each half cycle to an average of say the previous 5 or 18 half cycles, and if it is within say 10% or 20% of that average aMplitude then pass it along If it is 50% or 75% above average, then it as part of the voice. the data string as a noise spike. would be SiMPl!.I deleted There are so Many ha 1 f few wou 1 d no 1: in each phoneMe that a such abnorMal half cycles are present, be Missed. But when especially of above average aMPlitude, they definitely Make a voice difficult to understand, froM c ye 1 es , l OW l e Ve I As of aM sure n On-Med i UM i St i C , COMPUters thousands those who are knowledgeable becoMe faster, to of clock cycles the point where there Wi 11 be tens to each voice half cycle, 1:he aMount of MatheMatical analysis that can be done on each half C!,ICle If even I can iMagine such future will becoMe virtuall!I unliMited. VO i Ce C 1 a r i f i C at i On , POSS i b i l i t

i e S f Or I these areas can then in I cannot even conceive of More sophisticated possibilities that Bu1: don-'t hold your breath. This is not going to happen iMagine. to Morrow, or next Month. But it wi 11 hai,>t>en. Modern tee hno 109!1, in The real question all areas, is advancing on an exponential curve. then, but If the United States set out to rat her how clarify TC reception with the saMe deterMination that it set out to put Men on the Moon, the job would be done in a year or two. As 1:he situation stands i t is going to take longer, but the result will be the saMe. to whether TC reception wi 11 be c 1 ar if i ed, 1 ong wi 11 it take. is not as Smail donations a,e accepted and appreciated but not mandatonf ;:!~ (Approx. per cop4 costs this issue- $ 5.20 Domestic, S 6.40 Overseas- Air) _ $~· .-.~· ., ...... t•~ ~••· t!i~ ~:,!~· J M ~~ ~ . • •••••••••••••••••• ·=•····=········· •• • ••••• •••••• ••••• •• ••••••••••••••••••• •••••• • •••••••••••• . (Pleose print) ······················································•·••·········································- Address................................................................................................................................. ·····:::::::::::: Nome . 18 - n ( ( fire Microphones the e-ar l y 1970s Really Necessary?--- 3) LaMoreaux brothers were soMe of the very f i r s t in this Country to be AMong the Many experiMents they did was to ciCtive in EVP research. Joe substitute several Radio Shack coils reported ~hat they did get

reception by this Method, but that i t was no better than by using a Microphone. for their Microphone. In ,: OMpar i son with Recently Ray Kent carried this experiMentation further bY doing ti\i c rophone on one channel of a s"tereo i MPedanc e co i 1 substituted for the Microphone His daughter used this equ i pMent and received at This voice was of exac-tl'!I the saMe direct rec order, and a high on least one good quality voice. quality on both channels. There was no discernible difference. the 01:her. a This issue--- to do over a nuMber of weeks 9) I have job which liMited available tiMe. When had no t i Me went on, More and More which longer and More pub Ji sh i t by MY "target" date of Nov .1st. delay justified by ~he additional Material included. Writing these papers is a very t i Me c onsuMi ng bee a use of very I intention of Making i t anywhere near this long. However, as received issue becaMe longer possible to ,,upe you wi 11 find the I started this issue soMe tiMe ago, tiMe consuMing, and i t was no interesting in forMat ion was Consequently "this fe l t should be included. I I I have issue--- This Machine I have been working on 10) Hex't IBM/cl one, which perMitted. publication and other TC work. will be threefold: of c OMPUter which software packages with which write the paper

cnnsiderabl'!J shorter than this, - - perhaps onl'!J a just finished building a 25MHz, 386 for over a year as t i Me for a l l future My task in writing the next issue type to use several and to the next paper wi 11 be To configure the systeM and is new aM c OMP 1 ete 1 y un faMi l ia r , r or this reason to Me, I learn to use a is intended to be used learn how few pages. i tse l f . to Spirit Voices is edited and published, as tiMe and Materials perMit, by B i l l Weisensale, P.O. Box B.Q., Barstow CA 92312+4, United States of AMerica. Mo subscriptions are accepted at this tiMe, Copies are tree upon request, to those who have a l l previous issues back to and inc I ud i ng SV 7. issue Must be requested by returning the Each new A Meri can address coupon enclosed in the current copy. Association - Electronic Voice PhenoMena Me Mb er Dedicated ~o developMent of TranscoMMunication tor the enlightenMent of HuManit'!J 1ft - ~ti /1jl,/iJVV1J\J\/\f1./\JV\f\flJ\f1JlJ\fVl.JVl/\/l,i\ ..... tbt'ougb couttnuousl1• t't·ptatcb stailt-g COMMENT It seellls o po,odox when we speak of individual hovinq excellent reception and on speolc of p1ominent receiving sgstems and at one ond the ,eception problem hos not been solved. So it would be those who a,e opp,op,iote, especiolllJ this this relativel-, neu, situation as well as possible. for field. to cloriftJ

time, soq the same to thot some equipment. used bg a T ronsmedium, do not qet the same quolittJ ,eception. Another of the obove thot does not appeo, to be true the Spi1its hove selected onlg certain is individuals with which to communicate. In so far os is open to Gni!Jone who hos the patience ond p1esistence to learn how to pe,ceive and understand what is received. in known, TC the p1esence of JMs the,e a,e As most al,eadlJ know, Transmediums. -- and then there a,e the ,est ot us. Wfnf there is bette, quolitq ,eception is still a matter ot in debate. Some of the possible reasons a,e: 1) Jheq hove tried ha,cie,, n JhefJ are more 3) The'J hove hiqhlg developed spirituoll'J. is o better equipment. talent the result of a rare qeneticollq caused chemical balance of the brain, the result of interests and abilities developed in post Lives, 7) The Spi,its hove selected onltt certain individuals to communicate with, 8) Etc., Etc. The take ~our choice or think up qou, own reason. 4) T ronsmediumship the piano, list could qo on and on, so lite plaqinq 5) It is 6) It is Two of the above which are not true is that Trnnsmediums hove tried ha,der and that theq have better equipment. There ore some who ore not TMs who have t,ied much horde, than the qreat mojoritq ot lt1s hove ever had to Uq, and have never hod even close to the some And non-mediums tqpe,

sometimes • the verq 1Jsinq ,eception qualittj. the same in faith the SIJStem Jhe most p,ominent, best known rece1vtn9 sljstems hove become prominent because theg hove wod~ed exceptionollq well. the catch is, theg hove wo,ked well onlg But the stjstem. the person who assembled fOf And in eoch and ever-, case this person was o verfJ st,onq J ransmedium who hod o qreot deaf themselves hod of built. Although this ma9 hove occuued, I do not personalllJ know of ony instance in which ang of these SIIJStems hos been of siqnificant benelit the person(s) (If anq of our readers who built the SIJStem. know of on-, such instance, I would appreciate knowing about it.) Because these sgstems, no motter how well theg hove worked, have not been of benefit to othe, researche,s, they ore cuciositi~s, not solutions. to onljone other thelj than Hhen we speak of ,eception quolit1J in TC reseorch we ore speaking terms. teuible siqnol to noise rntio, Because of the voices which we consider of excellent quolitlJ in onq other area of audio work would in TC. be considered is sHonq_ JMs, with one possible that even Another problem ·owtur. relative in to understand whot of to reco,d and plaq back in exception, have Even orde, better, mo,e tbouqh is undeutondoble quolitq fo, the TM. theq can no mo,e ca11q on a reasonable. no,maj radio o, the Spirit tqpe conve,sotion with telephone reception is said. the than rest of us con. World The bottom line is that

the reception p,oblem hos not been solved to, eithe, non-medium or honsmedium, receivinq and equipment ,emains acute. fo, mo,e efficient the need Tlanslotion bq courtesq of Hr Hons Heckmann June 18, t,,r TRANSLATION FROM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, Uol 1, No. 2 1'91 ·TRANSKOHMUNIKAJION• JOURNAL FOR PSYCHOBIOPHYSICS AMD INTERDIMENSIONAL Ove,view of equipment setup to, direct J.C. Coatocts bq Ernst Senkowsld Monq readers hove requested technical details of the arron11ement of equipment used in direct T.C. contacts. We shall gladlq oblige bq publishing the basic equipment setups and bg giving a short description ot each r~up. ·Insttumentoll'f Assirted Communication·. Fu,thef detail.s con be found in m'J book Although the builders achieved qood and at times unusual ,esults with these S'JS'tems there con be It is quite likelq that stronq personal no ossu,ance that othe, experimente,s will qet similar ,esults. functions and a,e not impoftant pa,t contributions plag on necessorihJ tronste,oble. the hiqhllJ unusual equipment in Receiving 5qstem of Hoerting, Germanq 1987 The outputs of up to 7 receivers covering different t,equencq bonds a,e connected to each other eithe, ocousticallq o, electricollq. Also 1 a tuneoble Ulf antenna and IR ,adioto,s were used but were not di,ectlq connected. The voice of ABX JUNO come di,ectlq vio loudspeoke,. ( RECEIVER 5 TV SET UHF 530 INFRARED ®LAMPS© BROADBAND . ..., RECEIVER. 4 ~ RECEIVER 2 FM 108 MHZ SW 7.3 MHZ NNA PSYCHOFON ifo 2 GENERATOR MIXER RECORDER AMPLIFIER RECEIVER 1 EUROSIGNA FM 88 1-lliZ RECEIVING SYSTEM HAERTING , GERMANY UI - l .-------, ""''lipJ------,-1-P

_ SOUNDFIELD - - - - P.ECORDER - fi SPIRICOM STEP II 0/NEIL l!ETASCIENCE USA I I /\ ELECTRCMAGN. f ij~ -F~LD- _ _j CASSETTE PLAYBACK 13 TONES GENERATOR XMITTER FM 91 MHZ RECEIVER FM 91 MHZ Spi,icom Step II - O"Neil/Metascience USA 1982 tones ot a cassette plaqback modulate the 91 MHz FM coffie, of a gene,atof/tfansmitte,. The B uonsmitted signal is ,eceived and demodulo<ed ac,oss the ,oom bg a FM ,eceive, and beamed out It is picked up bg o mic,ophone and fed again to the 91 bq two loudspeakets across ,ecotde1 also MHz qene,ator/t,ansmitte, reco,ds the entice sound mixtu,e. With this setup O"ffeif couied on app,ox. 28 houts of dialogue with the depa,rted scientist D,. i;eo«qe J. Huelle,. The main cassette torminq a the ,oom. feedback the,ebq loop. RECORDE ._...._ ____ ,-~ SOUNDFIELD ~ - - - + r--------, I I ~ FIELD - - L ELECTRCMAGN. I - _J - - - - - SPIRICCM STEP 1 O/NEIL METASCIENCE USA CASSETTE PLAYBACK 13 TONES GENERATOR XMITTER AM 29 MHZ RECEIVER AM 29 MHZ 5pi,icom Step I - O"tfeil/Metoscience USA 1988 n tones between Bl ond 781 Hz ore modulotinq the 29 MHz AM cauie, of <Jene,oto, 11. a small t,onsmitte, of the tqpe used to, wi,eless miccophones. The t,ansmitted si9nal is being ,eceiued and demodulated bq o tec:eive, ac,oss the ,oom whose loudspeakers beam out the siqnal to the pickup mic,ophone of a cassette rec01det. 111 - J ..... - - - - -- VHF FIELD

XICROPHONE . RECEIVER 2 VHF 37,5 MHZ GENERATOR l INFRA-RED 6*:lJAm GENERATOR 2 VHF 37.5 MHZ RECEIVER l INFRA-RED 6 * =1,-m STEREO RECORDER ..,_ __ ...,.AMPLIFIER INFRARED FIELDS LOUDSPEAKER INFRARED SYSTEM, KOENIG, GERMANY lnt,o-,ed Genernto, S11stem - Koenig. Ge,monlJ 1'87 lnt,a-,ed siqnals of qeneioto, 1 01e sent out across the 10om to Ill ,eceive, 11 whe1e theg a,e demodulated. The result of this demodulation then modulates the 37 .5 MHz cauier of UHF qene,ator IZ. The 37.5 MHz demodulation then feeds bcack the second output of receiver 11 provides amplification to, the voices ond feeds a stereo tape recorder. the 100m and picked up bq receive, IZ. into qene,ato, 11 fo1min9 a feedback loop. radiated ac,oss The car,ier is GEN. l.f.~EN. 21GEN. 3 SQ~E WAV1 20 KHZ I 32 KHZ 129 KHZ STEREO RECORDER MIXER 1 MIXER 2 STEP 2 EM-FIELD ( { US S~R , .. 1 1..a__. STEP 1 ULTRA SOUND FIELD GEN .. 4 GEN. 5 GEN. 6 20 .. sol 20 .. 40 •so .. 20 KHZ I KHZ I KHZ · - I I Ult,a Sound Genernto1 S11stem - Koenig, Ge,manlJ 1985 The siqnals of squa,e wave generators 1-2-3 a1e mixed bq mixer 1. Mixer Z fu1ther mixes these siqnols with the f,equencg modulated outputs of qene,ato,s 4-5-,. The ,esultinq mixtu,e is pa,tllJ audible because of the beat frequencies and modulating warble tones. Beominq it across the room for demodulation and ,eco,dinq is occomplishecl bq on Ultla Sound speake, (Step 1) 01 antenna (Step

Z). 18 - 4 ANrENNAE DIODE 1 BROADBAND ____ ...., ___ .... I I I 2. GENERATOR AM-FM 30 MHZ RECEIVER FM 90 MHZ LOUD SPEAKER DIODE 2 BROADBAND GENERATOR. SQUARE WA KHZ RANGE '-----~:--,MICROPHONES d-------1- RECORDER GA-1 SYSTEM HARSCH-F. LUXEMBOURG - GA-1 S\fstem. Houch. LuxembourfJ 1'87 The antenna of a SW/FM receive, is connected to Z diode circuits and the output of modulated l-woq conversations with gene1ato1 (TfOnslator). OccasionalllJ a square wave gene,ato, is used. directlg audible voices were possible. ANTENNAE RECEIVER 1 RECEIVER 2 FM 88 MHZ FM 88 MHZ RECEIVER 3 TV SET UHF 640 MHZ LOUDSPEAKERS (366 nm)IQ\-M\ UV LAMP ~ FLUORESCE~ LAMP BLINKING 8 LAMP RATE 1/sec GENERATOR SQUARE WA KHZ RAN:;E MICROPHONE qi-----tJl,IINI llECORDERI EOR.OSIGNAL BRIDGE HARSCH-F. LUXEMBOURG incandescent blinking Eurosiqnol Bridqe. Hauch. Luxembourg. 1986 Two Short Wave/FM receivers and o 8/W TIJ together with two UU lamps, a fluorescent lamp plus the sqstem. Occasionall{J a square wave generator is one added. Jhe JU set ope,ates on a free channel near 478 MHz. Jhe voices from the radio sets could be heard directllJ and recorded bq .11ic1ophone. tuned near the EUROSIGNAL (88 MHz). The radio receivers are lamp make up 111 - } IUIIGHIUIAli .. 1.lllJ:D9.m QIUllf,WJJfU .. Ul!IIHl~~ltl SEt11cm1s1cr A.PRII. 07 • "' sc.uARE--wAvE PIELD-GENEIUTOR (ABOUT 15 kHz) ·0° P1'1l-ftECE;IVEll ·1 ( ai -· 1 04 r.m~ l ( e6 _- - a1 ·m1z ~ • ..__ ___ ...... ~ - - , ·'-- -··· .. ~I = ai~~- _ _ I I

O o . BATTE:RV POWER@ fLU0RESC£tl'L' I.AMP + l NUJl.tlDESUEifi.' BLIJllaN1.i LAP.IP ·- HJHOIJ: ABOUt· I :.mu ;~• (!: ).r· •·'I • ,-, ( -.... ,..,,~~~c1,0 ... :£ · ~ I~,. ( "-'Gs ... ) • _~vs,'( I •l..~,- ~t,l: c_.i'o j FM-REcE1vER 2~ce0~ ·Vt1r__1 87 MHz (82- 104 MU~) 86 - _ -,_ FlG_J '-'1:. 0 ,. 17 . 1".v,.Jc 10u"1 1c1101w 1·11ou1:: (HAND-H~LD DUUIHli cor.1u1rnIGAT on> uc~ . ~-=====-- ,:~~~---~( '- . .--+--..1 ~¥J 11llitl_E ,----J~k ADDITIOHAL: ELECTRIC TORGU SHINING FHOU OPPOSITE SIDE OF ROOM ONTO SHELF WITH FM - RECEIVERS 1 + 2 PM - RECEIVER IH ROilll 2· LOW-FREQUENCY AMPLIFIER -..._ TO CAS!>ETTE REUOfi!JEll ( PHILIPS D 6920) 'BLACK-WHITE TV RECEIVER • TUNED OFJ.i' STATIONS .AROUND 470 11H AC POl'IER DISTRIBUTOR nm ~----:======- .- ' '- HARSCH-ASCHBACH Rota de Thlonwlll-. .cog R!87 HESPERANGE J Orand-Duch6 de Luxembourg TM.: 3694 33 I ~ lf'ecoR..l>IN~ lt.Jt~OP/loNe_ INPllT Tb Pl/Ill P.r .b. ~.l. 0 C'AS.S£1TE. .[)£.CK .~ 'fllO·-~¥ SYSTEM GA- I SC!ll.mt.T IC - Ti,~LllJ\\'/ij SEiiK0',;:,1.I - Ui:IL iJ7 --------· LAST UIIAIIGE: DASHED LINES ' 2-::~~~t~ ~-i:~ 0 ~~EC~~Pir.;~ _ ... _ •• ,, - . . . ,~ ~---4r- -~-= . _ _ -- -~--::.:~ . p'~~---- -,,.:--. ~..... ~ -, :::---.. '-:-;:.-. "' ----'--~==', " ";,; ~,;,- _.;;-· 7 ,: . ,/ r I ~\ t:~1/ ' / ' }l.11 / , - . / / / I 1 I A ~ . . . • • • • • • : : : . . 1

fl o !'!.l~ I!:.!•:-: - ~ ~ I r..1 ... I. ~13C,i •• -it ,. ·"'• f'c, 'IS : . . -- -IQ ) - :· FH - · • - __ .,...__ • 220 V 15 \V i!'Lll.ilii~Jl:ETr urJP I , I J - I - ...,.., .. ' " • - I f 11 aog~ 5 M qu,4RTZ CR'tSTAL :::,-6 Cr,! DL'i'J'~J:c1~ 1''HOM UECJ::I Vl!O . ( IIO'll fiUO _ 10 BE TOih!lllm) 'ril~ll ~ . / / \ • • • • f'HILlr'S . • ~--.....;•· , l _ _ j~ , -•• _ "_e: ___ BA_: ,...--0~--~ P_c____.,.Rlll-'8orL....,..B ::s:~~:::e:!l:ce 51ill11E~~~A ~ • BUILT-IN t@ ~ ~;t~~5~ \ THAHSLATOil NBD TO ONB OP THREB SPECIAL ,.....-..-- FREQUENCIES AROUND 90 1111~..---- no DIODB CIRCUITS ,UTH SPBCIAL .A.NTgNNAS _,.,.,.,.,, ,... MICROPHONB // // ,~- l l 25-JO UHz GB TEST-OSCILL. A.U-FU MODUL. 100 mW/9 V = ·.._ ........ ~_ . --"---.... ==-_:::::r-~.., HIGH-FREQUENCY OUT v-/ OP TRANSLATOR _ /~ • ~LENGTH 2,6 M ~ CERClf D'EJUDES ,$ti~ LA TRANSCOIIMUNIC4l'IOtf....., LUllEllBOURQ ..... , UIJH(JPUl&llc_s ADDI Tl OIIAL: PM-RECEIVER IN ROCB 2 OP'l'IOilAL: FIELD-GENERATOR OP ESB (HAUD-HELD) SPECIAL ANTENNA - (1N1911 6H1ELDED -- - -L CABLE .-I , - - I • I I - I - I SHIELDIHG lkOO 1 <:OBTAINER - _J - - DIODE-CIRCUIT -ca ..., ex ] FL!-REC~IV ER TkAUSLA.TOR I 17k 2 llOh ~ 4,l/,£ .E-i1-11M- au0-il aY'1ALct HICRDPIIONE T 'r,s-1opf' I I , I " 1 ~: cc,:~ • FfillllTf 6mm e) 6TUlh1S c:, 0.Stnml

.Z.,l n 16 E s B ~ ROOr.l 1 ROOM 2 JO I I BC1Hc • I I l.N~OB 1 oz £nd of "tran~lation bY Hans HeckMann IJS All of gr a 1: i i:ude available. hiere "the in Dr Senkowsk i "to English and Mr speaking ~orld, owe a HeckMann for ti,aking "this debt of Material ~HALVSIS In se1: the c rys1:a 1 tiMe went on, da!,lls of radio As developed: there were hundreds of different detector, a~plifier and associated circuits, antenna arrangeMents and c 0Mb i nations thereof, etc . , devised b!l dozens of the More efficient of these were radio pioneers. Modern further far be'!,Jond what coMMunication s!,lsteMs. ear I !l radio aMateurs c ou 1 d have in 'their wi l des 1: dreaMs, In retrospect, even though soMe of these early systeMs May have been considered the "ultiMate" in their da!l, we now see theM as onl!I of in a state historical interest. of flux, and in realit!I there was no such thing as a "finished" or "final" sys1:eM, In these early days everything was eventual l!I S!:,lsteti'ls which incorpora:ted today are i Magi ned and in Tod a y , i n Trans c o MMU n i cat i on , we are again exp er i enc in g the in !,lei: another field of c OMMUn i cation. And again "crystal se1: 11 da!,lls ....,e see a state of flux in which "the "ul1:iMate" s!:,lsteMs of "today are To go

back to our analogy of a destined ·to be toMorrow,.s his"tor!l, is fo 11 owing i t "s own deve 1 opMent Mountain, each of these systeMls individual developMent t ra i l up the side of the Mountain. Although these systeMs represent Most < bU't not all) of 1:he bes 1: known and Most proMinent, and although soMe have progressed soMewhat further up their respective 1:rai ls than others, bee ause none < that I know of) have been of significant benefit even to other researchers, let alone the general public, none have progressed to anywhere near the top of the i.e., anywhere near the efficient, uni versa I systeM that Mountain, is so sorely needed for the enlightenMent of HuManit!J, £..··- " : far froM i t . Again, Al though none of "the described systeMs has proven to be of universal benefit, and therefore none are likely to be anywhere near the best systeM possible, "this does not Mean they are without value, in the early days of radio, aMong the Myriad ~- •.. Agura1:ions, there were certain coMMon denoMinators which were of benefi 1: and which were further developed and incorporated in More I t behooves us theM to look ver!:,I closely at sophisticated designs. existing S!,ilS"teMs to see i f "there are any such denoMina"tors which Might possibly be of universal benefit, and therefore warrant More (For purpose of this discussion i t is extensive experiMentation. considered that there are 3 Koenig s!:,1s1:eMs, step 1,

step 2, and infrared) i) 100% · - I 2) 3) 4) 50% 56% SO% HI - a 50% 50% 38% 25% 25% Use of one or More radio receivers A) B) C) D) E) Use of radio transMitter Use of speaker/Microphone coupling 1:o voice recorder Use of audio carrier generators Use of single receiver Use of 2 or More re-ceivers Use of AH receiver onlY Use of FH receiver only Use of both AM and FM receivers S) 6) 7) 8) 25% 25% 25% 25% Use Of Multi tone voiceband Use of ultrasound (harMonics partly audible) 25% 25% A) 8) Use of feedback principle Use of square wave generator Use Of TV receiver Use of lighting effects Used in one systeM only If a <levice/circuit/configuration, etc., is used in only one systeM, it could Mean one of two things. Either it i s unnecessary, or the person who bu i I t the s!,lsteM knows sotf\eth i ng the res 1: of us So it is interesting to take a closer look at these single don ✓ t. arrangeMents: i) 2) Use of acoustic coupling within the feedback loop. Use of direct feedback Of the would cause used in the efficient. above the acoustic considerably More Koenig systeM. It coupling distortion seeMs the used in the o ✓ Meil systeM than "the direct feedback latter should be far More 3) Use of two in-series stages The two stage series arrangeMent used in the Koenig infrared repeated --"continuous l !I

systeM stages" as recoMMended froM the Spirit world. the direction of: is a step in Modifications in but a1s0 goes), one or addition ( as far up we to date as have the!,1 are now configured Thanks to Dr Senkowski, we have not only diagraMs of these this s9steMs as inforMation earlier configurations on three of these systeMs. For these S!,lsteMs we have in ti Me showing Modifications Made as each in e f feet, "snapshots" it's own two s!,lsteM Made Although, par1:icular t.rail of developMent. I know, result of blind none of as coMparison experiMents, we cannot discount that all of these people are/were very experienced, and we can assuMe, would not have Made such Modifications unless they believed there was ver!,I good reason to do so. We should there fore pay spec i a 1 attention to talented and experienced exact!~ what Modifications the quality of people Made o ✓ Neil i-2, reception. Koenig i-2, Koenig 2-3, and Harsch i-2) (four Modifications are considered here: these Modifications was Made in so far as the to their sys"teMs advances along in order to these very increMental the fact iMprove The first and Mos 1: obvious of these of "the feedback principle Added to S!,lsteM J.) incorporation additions are: 2) 3) 4) 5) 2nd stage in series (Koenig 2-3) 6) Multifrequency AH transMitter (Koenig 1-2) 7) Untuned diode radio receivers <Harsch) EM coupling <Koenig 1-2) FM receiver (O'Neil) IR COUPiing (Koenig 2-3) MO d i f i C at i

On s ( 5 0 % ) (O'Neil, Koenig 2-3) is the Other 1ft ~ CJ ( ( 8) Modulator (Harsth - listed as 30 MHz AM-FM generator) U 1 trasoni c _generators (Koenig 1-2, In step 2 these c ou 1 d now be generators since they now work EliMinated froM s~steM 1) AM receiver <O;Neil) 2) Acoustic coupling <Koenig 1-2) 3) Wobble generator <Koenig 2-3) 4) considered low frequency Rf into an EM rather than acoustic coupling) 5) 6) 7) UU 8) laMp <Harsch) TU receiver <Harsch) lighting effects <Harsch) FM receiver <Harsch - 1 used instead of 2) , .. ,_ ·_,, One other thing Might be Mentioned before we leave the subject. Our iMaginary developMent Mountain is cone shaped. This in effect Means that although the various trails May be very far apart at the foot of nee ess i ty, of the Mountain, as they progress upward gradua 11 Y draw c 1 oser together unt i 1 i n"to a sing 1 e trail near the peak. This of course, Means that as various systeMs their respective developMent Progress reseMb 1 i ng tra i Is, each other. three the systeMs, we see that between theM there is considerable difference. But if we coMpare the three latest versions with the three earlier versions, we see that the difference between the earlier versions is even greater. In other words it is al ready bee oMing apparent that there is a trend in the general direction

of design convergence, the!,1 wi 11, they converge c oMe c 1 oser and c 1 oser the'!,11 wi 11 gradua 11 y latest version of If we coMpare further along fur~her these and 'to II .. THROUGH CONTINUOUSLY REPEATED STAGES" in As has been Mentioned before, in 1975 Mary received the Message "feedback through con"tinuousl!,1 repeated sec"tions <stages)", froM her The Message was Grand father given telepa"thicall'!al in the Cherokee language. As the Message was giyen "to her, Mar!,ls' Grand fa'ther, Chief Bue ke!,le, < Eng 1 i sh "n i c knaMe"), appeared clearly directly in front of her. CHorMal rooM lighting) is absolutely certain, this Message was given to her by her Mary Grandfather. the Spirit wor 1 d. Where did ~his Message originate? This we do not know, but we are certain it did not originate froM Mar!,ls' Grandfather. But "there first, although are soMe pertinent facts that should be Mentioned. Marys' Dad was an Elec"tronics Engineer eMplo!,led for Many !:,!ears b!,1 IBM, neither Mary nor her Grandfather know anything whatsoever about a Man of electronics. i n t e gr i t !:I , both w i th i n I n short, no"t the kind of Man who would have given this inforMation to us unless he hi MS elf was certain it had c oMe froM knowl edgeab 1 e Authority. Second, Chief Buckeye was the Tr i be and w i th i n h i s respected as fa Mi l

Y . own 18 - 18 vague researchers, Unlike Most (but not a l l ) of the various inforMation received by different to Mysterious black boxes, high frequencies, etc., the inforMation we have received over two visions Mary has had, although quite the years, And as Much of i t as can be verified incoMplete, MatheMaticallY, is a very strong indication here that i f this inforMation is valid, which then the source Authorit9, we will know who ever they May be, know precisely what technology is required to clarify voice reception. including is very precise. fact MatheMaticallY verifiable. in the due course of tiMe, references is in There This was of course a very I once read that Edison and his helpers, had to do nearly a thousand experiMents before they succeeded in creating the electric light. involved blowing a bulb froM Molten glass, attaching an eleMent to a base, reMov i ng as MUC h air as attaching and sealing the bu I b and There possible with a crude vacuuM PUMP. were not a dozen different ways, or even two or three different ways to Make a 1 ight bulb. There was one way, and one way only. I t had In like Manner we are told froM the Spirit world, that to be right. that voice reception can be "there clarified. There are no options. then There were no options. is one way and one way on I y tedious process that learning how to

light up Mans' living quarters? How Much is the enlightenMent of HuManity worth? Is i t worth I as Huch effort as think so, - - - and Much More i f necessary. Over the years there have been soMe researchers who have given up because they were not able few May even have c oMe to the cone 1 us ion to c 1 ar i fy reception. that clarification Might not be possible by technical Means. even though the field is s t i l l wide open with thousands of possibilities Thank God Edison did not reach any such conclusion s t i l l untied. I f he had, we after a would be getting our Monthly u t i l i ty b i l l froM our local Candle Stick Maker few dozen, or even after Many dozen failures. instead of froM the power CoMpany. A When we f i rs t received this in i t ia l Message to build soMe kind of experiMental circuit and froM the other side, I had More questions than answers. Exact19 what did they Mean I t would not be very b9 "continuously (endlessly) repeated stages"? practical then duplicate this stage until one had PC boards stretched across the workbench, out the front door, and across the street. There had to finite nuMber, be soMe kind of finite nuMber. But i f there was a is that one 1:hen how could they be endlessly repeated? in

the saMe way can create a string of endlessly repeated stages the~ can create an endless piece of string, which is siMPlY by tying the ends this Means applying or feeding back the output of the last stage to the input of the f i rs t though there is soMe finite nuMber stage. circuit would "see" an infinite of stages, nuMber of identical stages ahead. In this arrangeMent, even the a signal within In electronic The answer together. terMs The next in for Mat ion not consist of, but also gave even whether or not there i977. Mystery unt i 1 March question then, only gave no was how c 1 ue as This in i t ia l stages should no clue as to how Many there should be, or This reMained a s !Is t e M Many stages? the to what t i Me wh i 1 e work i n g on a was an optional nuMber. At th i s 16 - 11 ~hich by chance contained seven stages, it was indicated to Mary, by MY younger Brother who entered the Spirit world when he was 20, that this was ~he right nuMber of stages. (This inforMation was published in "the Surv i va 1 Research F ounda"t ion newsletter, by Mr Davis Peek March 1979) In 1988 Marys' Grand father showed her tt-':' of a as a Transreceiver. MOSt topless box shaped container filled with electronics. pro Mi nen"t feature was a ser-

i es of upside down "U" shaped el eMents. Mary feels her Grandfather drew her attention to these eleMents. She is certain there were seven. ... 1·s1: vision In "this vision, Mar!:,11 saw wha"t she described The At this point we had been told by M!:,11 Brother that seven was the right nuMber of stages, and this had been reaffirMed at a later date by Mar!:,lls' Grandfather. Later on this inforMation was verified by an outside source when Dr Senkowski wrote that a GentleMan in Italy, a Radio Engineer if I recall correctl!J, had been independently told that seven sections were necessary. Why an!,11 other nuMber? This st i 11 re Mains a M!,IISter!J. "the nuMber seven? Why not six or eight or three or fifteen, or We "'ight however speculate that this is probabl!,1 the optiMal balance between benefit and distortion type of stages necessary, --- whatever they are. Since a11 electronic circuits, no Matter how wel 1 engineered, generate a cer"tain aMount of noise and distortion, the More stages there are in series, the More the signal wou 1 d deteriorate be fore it is returned to the input and probab 1 !,' the lower would be the percentage of usable feedback. On the other since hand, be accuMulative large nuMber of stages would be advantageous. We Migh"t speculate then that the Spirits are telling us seven is "the best coMproMise. the Modulation in a series configuration, a percentage would the special theory for in C As Mentioned,

"this in for-Mat ion has been given to researchers three separate occasions. and through one or More At 1 eas"t to Me, Au"thor i tY knows precise 1 Y aM through at least three different people on Through MY Brother, MY Wifes., Grand father, of the Transpartners of the Gent 1 eMan this s"trongly what is necessary reMinded of an old saying: indicates that the source to clarify reception. In writing this I ta 1 y. in I "After all else has failed, as a last final resort, --- try reading the ins"tructions. 11 non-feedback a MatheMat i ca 1 standpoint. As can be seen froM the ac coMpanYi ng table, using MUl ti pl e If for stages Makes good sense fro 11, exaMple, we assuMe a voice Modulation percentage of 0.1% in a single stage final Modulation percentage is of course, 0.1%. As was· discussed in "the last issue, this can be considerabl~ iMProved by adding feedback in the systeM. In this·case if we assuMe 0.1% voice Modulation and are able to use the resu It i ng MO du 1 at ion percentage as seen at the 58% de tee tor has dou._ 1...... If we then go further and add 6 More stages, the resulting Modulation percentage raises to 1.41%, or over 7 tiMes the single stage Modulation percentage, configuration, feedbac 1-;., 'to 0. 2% then our HI - 1l File- SIJ 10 5to9es ..,ill l·leisensole • ...................... : ··········································•· ·····••: 7 Stoqe with Feedback ---

Specified b4 Spirit l•lorld Stm;,e 1 • ....__RF_G_e_n__.H Mod: I l ---,.. . ··--·-·············--· 2 Stoqe with Feedback --- Koenig S4stem Oetj) ---=•! Mod ! iR ---,.. j Oet AF Amp T ronsmitter Receiver RF Gen 13 Tone Recorder Single 5toqe UJith Feedback --- O"Neil :System Transmitter RF Gen AF Gen RF Amp Mod T ronsmitter Method ~Amp j Oet AF Amp Record Mike c-=--:t- .---~ [____,-----, i Feedback Mike I ! I Receiver r-=:.:.•==:;--------7 l QF:Amp ! Detl 1---=•! AF Amp H Record r-----.___,,_ i . - - - Mike • 10 - 13 The As can be seen is always soMewhat over 7 froM the char"t, "this rela"tionship holds for f i na 1 Modu 1 at ion percentage different percentages of feedback. using 7 stages the percentage resulting froM use of only a single stage. Although not shown, this for different levels of in i t ia l voice relationship also holds true ~o du 1 at i on . to cause an instead of 0.1%, and we assuMe 50% individual stage Modulation of 1% "then a sing 1 e stage resu 1 ts in on I y 2% Which, Modulation feedback, On the de Pend i n g on the c arr i er , wo u I d be very di f f i c u 1 t to hear. a 14. i other hand with a seven s"tage systeM this would result in should Modulation percentage which, again depending on the carrier, be quite

easy to unders"tand. the Spirits are ab 1 e for ex a MP 1 e , tiMes I f ( iMprove the S/N ratio. In ordinary radios we use spec i a 1 "tuning tee hn i ques" sue h as in order tanks or c r!,lsta Is, beat frequencies, I t is MY belief that those who are the "the the the tuned to source of feedback effect and "tuning TranscoMMUnication signal to noise ratio. telling configuration are necessary that two of inforMation are the MUitistage f i I ters, etc . , researchers tee hn i ques" iMprove that this are Modulation% after 100 feedback cycles Generator output 1 U Test Uoice Modulation O.i % re % i Stage 2 Stage 4 Stage 7 Stage .... 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 99.i 99.2 99.3 99.4 99.5 99.S 99.7 99.8 99.9 1ft - 14 .iii .125 .143 .167 .200 .250 .334 .502 i.EH 1.12 1.26 1.45 i.69 2.03 2.51 3.26 4.49 6.61 6.90 7.21 7.53 7.88 8.25 8.65 9.07 9.52 10.0 ' ) ' ) ' ) . '-"'"' .250 .286 .334 .401 .502 .670 1.01 2.04 2.27 2.56 2.93 3.43 4.13 5.15 6.72 9.30 13.8 14.4 15.i 15.8 16.5 17.3 18.2 19.0 20.0 21.0 .445 .501 .573 .670 .804 1.01 1.35 2.04 4.16 4.64 5.25 6.04 7.10 8.60 10.8 14.3 20.0 30.2 31.5 33,0 34.6 36.3 38.i 40.0 42.i 44.3 46.6 ,781 .879 ( 1.01

1.18 1.41 1.77 2.38 3.61 7.49 8.40 9.54 11.1 13.i 16.0 ",. .:·. - -., 27.4 39.2 60.6 I I ; C C-128D, = ";S:PRINT tt or CYCLES= MOOULATOR":PRIHT:PRINT TO IN P GEN TEST 80 COLUMN BILL WEISEHSALE S T A G E AN ALYS I S":PRIHT MULTISTAGE FEEDBACK TO SINGLE MODULATOR NUMBER or STAGES TEST FEEDBACK%= U T":PRINT OUTPUT VOLTS P-P = ";G:PRIHT UOICE MODULATION%= iO GOTO 50 :ReM 20 REH 30 REM 40 REM 50 SCNCLR:CLR:COLORS,4:COLOR6,7 60 PRINT:PRIHTTAB<22)"M ULT I 70 PRINTTAB(28)"A F FEEDBACK 30 PRINTTAB(3l)"D AT A 90 INPUT" 100 INPUT" 11 ;M:PRIHT:M=t1/iOO 110 INPUT" 128 INPUT" ";f:PRIHT:F=t/100 130 INPUT" 140 PRINT:PRINT:PRINTTAB<32)"ANALYZE- A":PRINT:PRINT 150 PRINTTA8(20)"RESET- R"TAB(SO)"STOP- SPACE" 160 GET AS:IF A$=""THEN160 170 I r A$=CHR$(65)THEN220 180 if A$=CHR$(82)THEH10 260 Ir A$=CHR$(32)THEN STOP 210 GOT0160 220 SCHCLR 230 Ii=G:I2=G+<G*ri) 240 IF S=l THEN288 250 FOR Y=i TO S-1 260 12=12+(12*'1) 270 NEXT Y 280 Di=I1:02=12+(12*M):0=02-0i:f"i=(0/6)*f":MF=((D2-Di)/Di)*i00:X=X+1 290 If X=}C THEN310 380 GOT0238 310 SCNCLR:PRINTTAB(22)"M ULT IS TAG E AN ALYS I S":PRINT:PRINT 320 PRINTTAB<29)"D AT A ENTER E 0":PRINT 338 PRINTTAB(28)"GEN OUTPUT= 11 6 11 UOLTS P-P" 346 PRINTTAB(i7)"TEST VOICE MODULATION= "MM-100" %" 350 PRIHTTAB(22)"NUHBER or STAGES= "S 360 PRINTTAB<2S)"TEST FEEDBACK= "f"*100" %" 370 PRIHTTAB(22)"HUMBER or CYCLES= "C:PRINT:PRIHT 380 PRINTTAB<33)"A NA LY SI S":PRINT 398 PRIHTTAB<25)"0ETECTOR INPUT= "02" V" 400 PR I NT: PR I NT TAB ( 24) "DETECTOR 'J 1~""'.";-.., i= "D" U" 410 PRINT:PRIHTTAB(25)"FEEDBACK LEIJEL= "f"i:MF=<<D2-Di)/0i)*i80 429 PRINT:PRINTTAB<23)"f"IHAL MODULATION= "MF""%" 430 PRIHT:PRIHT:PRIHTTAB(20)"RESET- R"TAB(50)"STOP- SPACE" 440 GET A$: If A$='"'THEN440 450 IF A$=CHR$(82)THEHi0 460 IF AS=CHR$(32)THEN STOP

Since I aM just a "re-cycled" Air Force Radar Technician, after in the 1as1: froM certain other One of these people was Mr Hans The other f i rs t analyzing I issue, researchers, 1:wo of whoM replied. Hee kMann, who "s opinion was pub Ii shed in 1:he feedback effect as was described for criticisM of the analysis I ast issue. ask the 18 - U fl l exander Mac Rae. was Mr As so Me of Scientist and Engineer who has worked research for NASA Scotland "to open his own Elec1:ronics CoMpany. following COMMen1: is a soMe years on audio for .a1: 1:he SR I research c en1:er, be fore re1:urn i ng to Mr MacRae had the ':,IOU know, Mr Mac Rae to Make: "I found your let1:er and 1:echnical analysis ver':,I and I have soMe COMMents coMing through on that - so stand by! in1:eres1:ing, You are definitely on the right lines." Mr MacRae also enclosed a copy of a paper he had written which a More scientific to 1:his subject and gives in par1: per1:ains explanation, To wit: (In par1:) Laboratory No1:ebook No. 2 The Unquestioning Beliefs of Science. <i) It is astonishing how few scientists ask theMselves - "Wha1: ACTUALLY IS a ph!,lsical law"? (2) theMselves 11: is saddening to "the point of despair how few scientists ask ..., "How do physical "laws" GET COMMUNICATED to all the things 1:heY con1:ro1 11 ? ( A physical "law", (as we call i1:), state1o11ent of Maxi

MUM probab i 1 it i es. probabi 1 i 1:ies are Certain1:ies elec1:rons UP; a1:tract nor1:h poles MaXiMa, repel other electrons, e1:c; statis1:ical is a In apples It is a HUMAN STATEMENT. Most cases, these Maxi MUM fall down froM trees, no1: south poles not ATTRACT; certain1:ies - probabilistic and these are dealt with There are reasons Wh!,1 sue h Maxi Ma exist elsewhere - but for the MoMent what we need to take on board is the cone ept that it is these prob ab i 1 i st i c Maxi Ma that deterMine the charac1:eristics of the Ph!,lsical universe. as a group The wa!,1 it is norMall!,1 pu"t is tha"t i"t is "PHYSICAL LAWS" that - as a group - deterMine the characteristics of the physical universe. there aren "t "physical there isn "t a Great laws" as such However in the Sky froM which ins"tructions are sent to ever!,l"thing in Lawbook Of what Material would such existence to tell it how ~o behave :aws consist? If they ~ere to control Material existence then they would have to consist of soMething beyond Materialit~. Anyone using i s "tread in 9 on "t !-le insubstantial ground, i n de fens e o f rat i on al i 1: y t er M "p h !,Is i c a 1 Laws" The characteristics Of probabilistic MaXiMa, in these Certainties. the PhYSical universe are ref 1 ec-ted in 18 - 16 !p -rti 1i/ l f',:-tq I 100

L 10 K 1 % .... :--T_ l__ :. :. ! . [----_------------ + -tti 1,1 I L_ -j ~l --j r J - -l'i \/ 1 '-1.1 1 IJ..1. +· _- D .::: 1 u.t _ _____ ; : ; ; ~ -----,J_1J_L J __ 7,-;54~:21 J 1 J .'. 8.i K 1 % __ ;- Tc.ct-:: 11) K >--- 0:: ■ U.1 uf +' ~-1---.t ·_ ~k/,,\ MF'S ', lL I 2•)0"' ' . ___ :~.-•·• ., I J_ WN -6 If \'l N Gm >-7 / 11) 1: ;~ -. l 2907 / 470 £: L _ Ti:,p Vie·,,, 2222A + 2907 ---- -\ L.'.'....~-~J E E! C ( . I : ~- I : : . : .. : : . - 0 ... I . . . . . . • . . . . ~<~:~: __ : : :.~~~ : ~I: : : : : : ~--:--~ ~-~-:: : ~ • I .. I _ lll[,;n~sj 11 •• • 1 •. 111 [ c::,i . . = • •. . . .cci •• =. • • J I II . . l ____ · i- --l-- -6 V ------- ..... c::) ... IJ) :z Cl:I .,, 0 -·-· =~ C ':"' I 1 - i " I . / ) ~iii' C ...,, ID ,_ IJ)::, Q IJ) VI i::i2.::,' ID ::l ::, ,.,, -➔ 0 ::, I'!),, 1;-1 ::::i ID -. ::, ::!, ,, ... • l'tl J: -j 0 .... Cl. ::i

~, ~ ---1::, ... .J ::::i -· ::, :::; ::, ... VI ID _, ;:, ,.,. I'!) -. 1 6 1i/ ------···1 F: ,,, - - -l. ..., [ J l --.. ~" -· ----·· II L l I .,· C ,, 100 i::,:; • ,_ - - ·-.. .( _)' • C 1 . /·H_..··.,, MI'S ---h~( nm 1 I( :: R 1 ~--1 (. iji.:::· .\ MI-·s ,1 ·:•007 u. ,, __ cf' -- - - - .1, '· .•• :~: 2.2 1: l ______ _L _ 470 Ohrc, --· ... ·'./·/ ... · ···-1 +e; 'l J )I f -6 V ---1 -6 V siHUltaneously ~hrough "two sigh1:ly differen1: 1 ater c OMPare and study it easier to de1:~c "t subt 1 e qua 1 i 1:yi differ enc es designs. the difference, cr!,ls1:al would be1:ween and "then been MUCh differen"t ( As was Mentioned previously, where one 5tarts in TC electronics .around "the Fro M the it is qui t e apparent any nu Mb er o f exp er i Men1:a1: ion base o f discuss ion o f ~e 1: hods blind coMparisons could be used as a starting point. "the MO u n ta i n w i l 1 do . i n S V- 9 Any p 1 ace I ea d upward . i HHate!"' i a 1. 1: r a i 1 s A 1 1 is: pre1:1:y HUC t-. is ObViOUSl!,1 necessary, and One POSSibilit!,I which appears, at

least to Me, to be the MOSt logical, is to star-1: with no-thing and add onl!,1 Wha"t is necessary. the absolute Mini ..,_UM circuit, add first of That is, to begin Wi1:h then add whatever else is all What approved b!,1 the other side through blind coMparison experi""entation. to s'tart, but i t is the onlyi Obvious1yi "this is not the only way Method that has the advantage of not dragging a 1 ong excess baggage in for ex a Mp I e, we know radio receivers are capable of voice reception. But we also know that the TC the radio are reception of a nee essary 1:o irreverent? rec ep,: ion process, and which are The only way we can find out is through experiMentation. is soMething entirely different s igna1. recep"tion process radio the way of unnecessary c ire u its. So which circuits in a the TC froM There is also another reason the siMPlest possible and work upward, and this is because of equipMen"t ~ize and If for ex a Mp I e, one wished "to c OMP 1 ex i "ty, not to ""ent ion expense. experiMen"t with 7 receiver stages and each s"tage consisted of a transMi tter radio, and sMa 11 about the size of a portable radio, i"t would literally require a whole rooM full of equipMent. No"t only would "this be cuMbersoMe and iMpractical. but i"t would be unduly expensive as well, "transMit"ter standard port ab 1 e to begin with

a / { a into is to Our ul"tiMa"te goal of course, single cabinet of practical size. learn how "to design a is not only efficient but which can also be Transreceiver which built the best approach to this probleM would be to begin with the absolute MiniMUM and add only what in reception quality is reached, The final result of such develOPMent could turn ou"t to be a re1a1:ive1y siMple circuit configura"tion, or than anything thus far i "'t could turn out to be far More built by anyone, or even iMagined. But in either case the resul"ting the road) provide the highest quality ultiMate design will reception possible, and at the saMe tiMe will include no circuits Which are not necessary for it ✓ s efficient operation. the MaxiMUM possible is necessary until c OMP lex (down And We Might begin then by asking Just what is the SiMplest circuit capable of voice reception? We already know fro~ the discussion in SU-~ that a radio receiver alone is capable of receiving voices, so in theory then, the siMplest possible radio receiver' would, a"t the saMe tiMe, also be the siMplest possible Transreceiver. Or to put As it another way, !,Io u on 1 Y length of wire, a diode, and a set of earphones. three coMponents, a (Fig i) Unless one lives on the Moon, this arrangeMent Will si""PlY there is no reason known why s i MP 1 est poss i b 1 e rec e i

v er c on s i st s i 1: would ::1ot be. rad i o know , i: he o f SU 10 Mouser file- Bill l•Jeisensnle Au9 .l.7, 1991 7 Mott Hi-Fi PoUJer Amplifier Smort Kit No. 1025 Mouser Electronics Notional Circulation Center P.O. Box 699, Mansfield, TX 76063-0699 (800) 346-6873 1 1 ··············· .................................................................................................... (................................................................................................................... i ! l I i ! -,- 1 I ' I - - - - - - - - - - , - · ,~ • . , . · . / 'v • - - - - - - ,.__ __ ....,i ~ I· i I ' ...L -- ,,.·--·v····~i'°'/' '1' I I 11"1 I I I 1\.1 ... I' I I I I I ✓·•,/·_,.-'s./··v~ I ..,__~____,r 1 ,. I 1../J r- .: ... I O'\ I r I I I .. "··.,•· ./'·,_.- ... I =· ..... (() ~ µ'.I 1:-< ... I I co 11 11 'I· I I I ·••·•··••••···•••••·•••·••·•••••··•••···••••···•••·••·••····••••···••••··••••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••••••••••••·•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• I I I ·+· ~ ::i ... Ill- ,. 0 ::: .., ~ ,_ .:: i: 0 0 :iu . .. : ,_ ill 1,11 :::, 0 ! 10 - 21 Fig i Antenna l•Jire -------.~-· --.. Configuration 1 ......... -+ Ger. ..l.. ________ . - -. .1-.---·· ---· the pick Up happens to near by, picked up, capable of it: live. stronges"t AM signal :irea "the ~xperiMenter Or i f there is no relativel!,1 strong transMitter ! fa trans,•litter can be this circuit should be

the standard radio station Will pick. up nothing a"t a l l , broadcast, Police, etc., voice in whate•.Jer reception b!,J using then Fig 2 Ger. .,..i..,. + j l. Recorder Method. As is apparen"t to froM the sc he Mat i c, "the earphone coils. applied directl!,J capable of responding a"t RF the outpu"t would be RF ra"ther weigh"t di aphragMs peaks, effec"tively whatever audio Modula"tion is carried by the signal, re"t i f i ed RF energ!,I is I f the earphones were frequency nothing could be heard because However bee a use of the "the frequency variations in the RF pu 1 se reproducing only than audio, / diaphragM coMbination, filtering out iner"tia of fo 11 ow on 1 y the coil the RF the AF and and ( ( ·--j fig " .., ~ pf I ( 1N914 • u-r I J ,; 100 K 0.5 mh t I kOA81 :\I , I • j ) '· ( .:- '., 1 J_ •, 100 K 2 - 3 turns ( ,, - '·· ·7 I I I r--i I 22 pf I 1N23F ·._,.· ~ 1 1 t ' :, 10 K 2000 pf \ I c on n e c t i t d i rec t 1 !J Another way ~o use this circuit i~ TC experiMentation would be Ho we v er 1: o in "this case we would be applying an RF signal directl!,1 'to an AF aMPlifier which does not work

well. The solution to this is to f i l te r out the RF, i , e., deModu 1 ate the signal be fore i t reaches 1:he This can be done b!J using either a resistor / capacitor recorder. to the i n put o f a rec or de,... . < F i g - 2 ) 1-11e- SU 10 ONA Bill Heisensole Nm, 8, 91 D N A lM1894J1 / LM1894N 04nomic Noise Reduction 54stem Notional Semiconductor ~· =· ·=· ... .... l .... ,-.l ':J ~ ·=· I ___ _, ,..._ _________ t - - - - - t l I I I .i:: I l e (•- s _t-,. ~/~~:_i.,, .. / """ ·=· ,=, [·- .... =i ,.,., ,;,-, 0 ·=: l '!:1 _, T "I' a, co ~ I: ..I '="• .... ·=· .... ..... :! ·~•1 .... N . f-----l1· =· ..... I ..... 0 + j -~ ... J .c t-:•:r ~ .1. .. ~ '.-t LL ,:, '" -~· ':r ,_ . - I., i; ,,:a ;:; '.~ ~ 0.. l'!:'! ,:,"\ ,:,-, ,::, ·=: .... :; -T I 10 - 23 ( ( to set up an Rl coMbination to set up an RC coMbina1:ion fil"ter out "the Rf blJ responding only to "the audio. were known as the di ode Method. three variations of this circuit. (Fig 3) tiMe constant, or a res is to r / inductor tiMe constant. Either of which would Such circui"ts fact

experiMented with blJ Konstantin Raudive, and becaMe there were froM the book Break through, in i ( . 5) V P-P is required This can be soMewha"t lower threshold of . .._. incoMing signal carries Such circuits are quite insensitive and require a verlJ strong I f silicon diodes are used a MiniMUM signal for anything to happen. the di ode s i gna 1 of approx i Ma"te l lJ i Mproved blJ using a Gert,11an i UM "'threshold. in e f feet that di ode which has a a i f an the signal would have to develop a P-P voltage in GerManiuM diode, in order for deModu l a"t ion "to occur. excess of required here wou 1 d be approx. 100,000 t i Mes stronger ( The is required for deModu 1 at ion than "the in our radio telephone) This of course, would require either a verl} strong or a very close transMitter, especially i f an extreMely shor"t antenna of on llJ 6-10 CM < approx 2. 5-4 inc hes) is used, as was used by Raudive. 33% ~odulation, even With . 000, 006 U s i gna 1 we are to 1 d IJ on "the ant~nna, This Means s i gna 1 reach to , S a to us (There Nowhere just how the Spirits, the equiPMent to go abou"t building in any TC literature I have ever read, has i t ever been in their non-Material realM, are explained supposed to

send us such a "sledgehaMMer" electroMagnetic signal, or for tha"t Mat"ter, any kind of electroMagnetic signal at a l l , is of course certain evidence they can Modulate such signals which we supply froM here on If the Spirits were capable of sending electroMagnetic this side.) f i rs t and Most obvious Means of c OMMUn i cation s i gna 1 s for theM to SiMPllJ build SiMPle wireless Microphone type WOUld be in the Spirit World who know circuits (there are tens of thousands how to do this), and talk to us, loud and clear, "through Most any radio receiver. Since such circuits are very s iMPl e and since the take this to be very strong evidence that Spirits do not do "this, i MP o s s i b 1 e c i r c u i ts o f an !I i t i s I hear of "the kind, in their non-Ma"ter i a 1 rea 1 M. Spirits using Mysterious "transMitters" and "electronic black boxs", i n for Mat i on has etc . , coMe through a Channeler, I e 1 e c t r on i c < Persona 1 l y, when c o MMU n i c ate w i th us , esp e c i a 1 1 y reach for the salt shaker.) to c on s "tr u c t for the M th i s the to i f I the in

a n O i Se Wh i Ch radio static Method, I t shou 1 d be Mentioned at this point "there few cases a radio signal May be presen"t. is so Me evidence In "these cases, "tha"t in decrease a when using ! i n di Cati On b a C kg r OU n d of AGC activation by an few I have c oMe for years --ch i s few e f f e c-t , wh i c h cases "there actualllJ is an £M signal present, we May be dealing with a different phenoMenon, froM a "the physical parallel Material diMension, Means would be ava~ 1 -~1e to transMi"t such signals. In the pas"t to be 1 i eve "there May be other exp I anat ions I won ., t these 0 n Ce be l i e Ve d incoMing radio signal. froM a UFO or is, where reception there t O be a p OS i t i Ve try to go i n to here . sue h as i f such there is I f i n did ge"t 1 don .,t In any case Raudive and a"t least one or two o"thers evidently decent recep"tion using these crude diode circuits. However person a l l y kn o ,w o f anyone s i n c e who has re Ported an IJ th i n g !ti - l4 ( Ml}Se l f results at all, even but

the Most Mediocre results, or ~ore often no have probably tried though dozens of researchers, inc 1 uded) Raudive was a strong It should be reMeMbered here that "this Method. TransMediUM and for strong TransMediUMs Most anything works, More or t"IIJ knowledge, no atteMpt was Made to deterMine whether the less. voices actually arrived they arrived in the recorder itself. Since it was probabllJ not known at is that a "tha"t ti Me capable of voice reception, likely just assuMed "the voices arrived in the diode circuit in "the forM of a radio signal, rec order with no Microphone or other the diode circuits or whether it was More input, in To input As of Mentioned, "the recorder. these circuits seeM As were frOM connected directly "the discussion in to the SU-9, I -:.t- 10 K Fi9 4 >" I I =·1 AF Amp Mouser -~ Ger. -'- Confi9urotion 2 then ( f" i g-4) the best Method. the next connecting the carrier source to the voice recorder via patch cord, If one is to experiMent with detector is not is an audio aMplifier and circuits, speaker. / Microphone coup 1 i ng slightly More efficient in the reception process, but it also allows the operator's COMMents to be recorded. And allows the operator to hear exac tl '.IJ what is being recorded inc I udi ng any voices which Ma'.'} be of good the receiver. to be understood directly enough quality is the speaker requireMent Not on I y

froM For this purpose virtual l!I any SMal I audio power aMpl i fier, sue h as the 7 watt H i-f" i Mouser unit shown < SU-10/2.f >, is su i tab 1 e. About the only requireMent being that it be coMpact enough so as not to take up Much space in whatever cabinet you plan to use for your experiMental TRs. a for just It Might be ask, few dollars one At this stage what we have, in essence, is siMPlY a very crude, why bother to do a 11 untuned radio receiver. this when far More sophisticated receiver at Radio Shae k? There are sever.al reasons: i s an exp er i Men ta I "Trans rec e i v er" , F i rs t , what we are work i n g on not a radio, even though at this stage the circuit would be capable Second, the detector circuit, which we Of receiving radio signals, a a will need to Modify. breadboard, where the And the ones ~hat are actually circuits necessary, we have no excess baggage forM of unneeded circuits. <To be continued. is very easy that are present are only to experiMent with, consists of few parts on third, the buy can it in .) a 1ft - 25 LETTERS The fo 11 owing letter was received E 1 e c-t r on i c s Eng i nee r . field, his letter is so deserves to be included in

this issue. A l though Mr SM i th interesting and froM Mr G SMi th, retired is quite new to 1:he TC inforMative it certainly the (In part) I had quite ,,.,ost surprising things "to Me was "that "One of inadvertently discovered EUP back in the 1930 ✓ s and dirln ✓ t have the wit to realize what was going on. Also, of course, the technology was not available in the 30 ✓ s to record and review what I had heard. I had only one shot at it, tiMe, and could only ask plain"tively, "What was that? What was he saying?" in real I had these experiences while playing around with superregenerative receivers in an era when there were still very few stations on 'the air and lots of wide open spaces in the ether. Of course, in those I used vacuuM tubes, but who knows whether COMParable effects days could be obtained Wi "th so 1 id s"tate tee hno 1 ogy? ,,.,i ght wan"t to give it a Whirl, You have observed "that where people get "trouble and expose i theMselves to public ridicule is no"t in reporting soMe phenoMenon, bu"t in "trying to sell the public on soMe particular reason why the phenoMenon is occurring. When you say TC are froM the deceased, 99% If you said they were froM Mars, Maybe only 89% will pooh-pooh it, would ridicule it. froM soMe unknown pirate radio sta"tion you were trying to locate and identify, less

than 1% would doubt you. If you said "the transMissions were in ( •• a case in point right here in Princeton. There ... s a fine laboratory where scientific studies are being Made of the eftec"t of If Mind on such things as the outpu"t of a randoM nuMber generator. they had stated publicly that they were studying psychokinesis, the experiMenters would have been Bu't they were SMart. They ca 11 ed their work the study of engineering anoMa 1 i es, and they are highly respected. laughed out of town. There ✓ s <Love that "Engineering civilization paragraph! Ano Mali es" are going on around is not yet ready for such studies! I wonder how -Ed) other the world studies because of our I can 'think of a couple of ways that £UP could be cloaked in greater scientific res.,ec.:tability, at least to social scientists. Nearly everyone agrees, so Me readily. so"'e wi "th a considerable degree of rel uc tanc e, a Mount of inforMation via the unconscious. And those of a Jungian persuasion (including Me) view 'the collective unconscious as the repository of virtual!~ an infinite aMount of additional inforMation. treMendous that we access have to a One of the MOst reliable ways of accessing the personal unconscious is by Means of I can ✓ t help wondering whether white noise (or the randoM noises of rain, wind or waterfalls) isn ✓ t the auditory equivalent of the visual stiMulus of i nkb 1 ots trigger

"the unconscious to produce for us i nkb 1 ots. Perhaps white noise visual iMages of personal the Rorschach inkblot test. significance. The And HI - Z6 "t:riggers "the significance. unconscious to produce word sounds of personal A good way to test this proposition would be to give half a dozen people copies of the saMe tape and have each one decode it without If they all caMe up with precisely the saMe consulting the others. '"'essage, i t would blow the above theory out of the water. If 1:here was not coMplete agreeMent, then it would be appropriate to call in a crew of clinical psychologists to ferret out the explanations. engineering The other possibility I had in Mind is More or 1ess inspired b!,1 the Princeton now inc ontrovert i b 1 e evidence that so Me peop 1 e are able to e f feet the to a statiticall!,1 significant output of the RNG degree. is a noise diode. And it -'s MY understanding that the heart of the RNG thought alone, anoMalies studies. There is b!,1 thought can a f feet '..ioluMinous 1:echnical studies and Your aMpl if i er with no Microphone connected and the gain wide open is doing the saMe thing as 1:he noise diode in the RNG. And we know "the noise di ode. that There are thousands of pages of So why c ouldn -'1: the operator -'s statistical tables to back that up. unconscious a s1:a1:istically significant degree? But here

we have a double whaMMY; the 'the interpretation of the signal. This Might even explain why psychics ge1: clearer reception." the output of his aMplifier the noise generated b!,1 unconscious influencing affecting signal BOTH the and to be is The experience you had in the 30-'s, I think, was extreMely rare O1:hers have reported siMilar incidents, even the but no1: unique. reception of unexp I a i ned Messages on te 1 etype. You certain 1 y did have the wit to realize and reMeMber this as inexplicable incidents. incidents were rat i ona 1 i zed awa!,I and think I forgotten. i 1: probab 1 e Most sue h I would agree with Jung 1:ha1: there is a co11ec1:ive unconscious. I know for a fact telepathy is real because it has happened to Mary It is not too difficult then to hypothesize that and hUMans are connected by a kind of unconscious telepathic SOMe or all I do not however believe this can explain TC voices Which network. are clearly froM very individual, conscious, intelligent entities. I personally. investigated SpiritualisM If I recall correctly, Jung was a student of Freud. Freud, in later life, becaMe very interested in SpiritualisM and is said to have Made the stateMent that had he his life to live over, he would 1:he Mind. have it occurs to Me A 1 though Jung and Freud went their separate wa!,ls, that about have SpiritualisM without Making his beliefs public. Perhaps in using the terM "co

11 ec ti ve unconscious" Jung was ca 11 i ng Sp i r i 1:ua 1 i SM an "Engineering abnorMality" in order to Make it More acceptable "to his Peers. siMilar conclusion Just a thought. Jung May studying reached rather also than a to equivalent of the Rorschach 1 is1:ening Indeed various AF carriers I have i nkb I ot test. is no the auditory doubt what so UI - U "the very weakest voices. that on occasion the Mind does forM a voice out of noise where ever- This arguMent applies however, only in fac-t no such voice exists. to this As researchers have arguMent becoMes null and void. recorded voices And an oscilloscope doesn ✓ t have Much th a 1: can be exaMi ned on an osc i 11 oscope. '..'O ices bee oMe iMagination. Many, Many louder, the I n i t has been 1 ab oratory stud i es found i: hat or d i nary h u Man voices can be understood even at several DB BELOW the noise level. Understandab i I i ty however, drops off rapidly unt i 1 at about -6 DB only about 10% of what This Minus DB is said can be understood. I have been calling non-MediUMis1:ic, and is area is the level which I have reason to believe the Spirits can effect the level a"t which the equipMent directly without the help or even 1:he presence of an I was Opera-tor. Coinciden1:a119, when to

l d The iMprove equipMent real sensi1:ivity to the poin1: "that negative DB reception is brought up to a Po s i t iv e DB to everyone. on 1 y understand about 10 % o f what 1: hey a c tu a l I y coMMunication, I understand, s a !ii • that TC co MMU n i c a 1: ion I challenge is More av a i lab I e I ask how Much 1 eve l is in "to s: o TC I heard. iMagina1:ion. listen to recordings. In MY earl!,1 work, because the voices were so weak, I was quite for this reason I concerned that 1:hey May siMPlY be ~Y I would te l l her only frequently ask Mary "to though1: there Might be a voice at a certain count, bu1: no1: that I We a 1 Most al wa!,ls agreed on gender and had a high, wha1: over 56%, agreeMen1: about what was said. Even where we did not agree, about half the "ti Me 1:here was close s i Mi 1 ar i ty, sue h as one of us hearing "We are here" and the other hearing "Three are here". the saMe further refined 1:his "technique, and s1:i 11 had Later we I heard I wou 1 d resu l 'ts. and te l l Many nothing. Mary would then do 1:he saMe. Only after we were both finished would we coMpare what we had wri"tten down. 'the recording,

wr i 1:e down wha1: l i s1:en 1:0 Even on high quality voices 1:here is not always 160% agreeMen1: is said. For exaMple, because of differences in individual a weak bU1: ::;ensi"tivity, etc., differen1: broadcast two think, is not that 1:here be The fact that huMan voices which receiving in our on what hearing radio ordinary interpretations. 106% agreeMent, but ra1:her 1:he basic canno1: be explained by science, are appearing systeMs. coMe and iMportant point, I two people can listen 1:o up with ( ( i t is indeed "the Operator's unconscious Mind which I do believe, as you say, that in the case of TransMediUMiStic is And there in lngo in-tensity of an underground Magne1:ic On another 1:he New York Ci1:Y therMoc oup 1 e the likely, But reception, effec"ting the receiving systeM to a significant degree. is a certain aMount of evidence 1:0 back 1:his up. a Laboratory here Swann was able "to effect the field associated with soMe kind of particle detector. occasion, Co 11 ege, sealed Magnetic effec1:ed soMething was effected. field and the elec1:ronics or gauges, Whe1:her he actualllJ effected is an open ques1:ion. this saMe GentleMan, teMperature or, as r-eg i stered by a therMos bot1:1e. teMperature as in California, SoMe years ago I believe, liver-More far More e f fee 1:ed I 1:hink tes1:s a Mr the in a1: in a 111 - !'.ii Mr Ura Geller (if Gent l eMan who can bend Me"ta 1 think has to do the saMe,

indeed e f tec-t Matter. If we two pieces of Metal together, a conversation through phone true of psychokinetic Me1:al. lf a little bit energ!,I, is I naMe correctly) spelling his b!l concentration a Mp l ~ deMonstrated the and has taught o"thers that the Mind can use a 101: of electricity we can weld if we use a little bit we can carry on Ny guess is that "the saMe is lines. can bend so 1 i d I f we use a 1 o 1: i t used it can facilitate TC coMMUnication. When forMal Science finall!l PUllS i t "s head out Of the sand, and recognizes the existence of TC, the arguMent Will not be about the existence of TC voices, because their existence is an undeniable fact. What the!,1 Will argue about is their origin. a by of "'i n d <pres enc e the Trans Medi u M) . In TransMediUMistic reception we have an effec-t on Matter BY ( e 1 e c 1: r on i cs) definition then, TC coMMunication is a psychokinetic effect. The real arguMent then is whether the voices originate in the Operator"s subconscious, or whether subconscious is used as a such transMi1:ters are used "rel a~ 1:ransMi tter" in 1:he saMe sense as in AMateur radio coMMunica1:ion to receive, aMplify, and retransMit a telepa"t:hic signal received froM a Spirit, signal. a which ps!,lchokine1:ic s i g n a l which e f f e ct s i

s wo r 1: h , it i s know of who has had and MY opinion, these personal experience with TC voices, the!,/ in Most cases, May originate froM external, conscious, intelligent entities. r or what I coMMunication, through coMe that although a TransMediUM, the opinion of ever!,lone then "aMPlified" and the e 1 e c-t r on i cs . In "this case a the Operator" s 11 rebroadcas1: 11 as i t is COMMents About The SV Series The following coMMents have been received froM our they did not know these COMMents would be printed, the coMMents, not the naMes. readers. Since I Will print only i ) recently, of the art i c 1 e generation. stiMUlates MY "Was delighted to receive Spirit Uoices No 9 that !,IOU sent Me Especially got a lot out froM UTF Post regarding the wobb 1 e Method of voice this regard as it A lot of good Material in it. in Love iMagination along siMilar lines. to see novel circuits It's great "to know you are able to produce "Voices" reasonably for i MPOrtant and needed it is a ver!,I foe us I regular 1 y technical research in"t:o EUP." feel "In closing, let Me say 'that I adMire your writing ta1en1:s ver!,I I could write as well as !,IOU dO, Everything is very ("t:he onl'!il "thing that 2) MUCh. clear and unaMbiguous and a pleasure t 0 read bugs Me is your insis1:ence on Misuse of 1:he apos"trophe).

" I wish to rei:eive "I was very pleased 3) "Spirit Uoi c es" and have you bee oMe active again as you have a to of fer. you Must 1 ead a very bUS!:,1 1 i fe. this countr9 and you seeto1 appreciate issues coMe "that seeMed close together." l eadersh i P job on. tiMe perMits" and was surprised to have two recent copies of I ot job and know in I two I understand 1:he constraints of fa Mi 1 y and We need tee hn i ca 1 the one to take the !:,lour "as to be !,lour 18 - l'J ( ( received. I would like to thank our reau~rs for these coMMents and others "tha"t have been •Jery I encouraging illusions about either MY writing ability or have however, There are others More qualified in both areas technical knowledge. aM doing 1:his is because it than needs to be done, and thus far no one else here in the US has steped forward to volunteer. is a very tedious and ti Me c onsuMi ng •T•otes of confidence are in wha"t no to do "this. The reason Your job. ail'I I I is an eMbryo I n a sense then , what However, Transco,,uo11unication As in the due course tee hn ic al research in this fie 1 d gains MOMentuM, there wi 11 be others More gifted than I, who wi 11 begin of ti Me writing technical papers and newsletters far More

sophisticated than "th i s . f" or "t I hope these papers unti 1 will be of help to you in your own work. I have personally found TC fascinating and awesoMe, and it is bound to becoMe even More so as tiMe goes on and reception begin to iMprove. All of ~ou working in this field are pioneers in one of the greatest adventures that has ever been under"taken by Mankind. I an do i n g In the Mean ti Me the Cavalr!:,11 get here. i s "try i n g to ho 1 d "the technology. NOTES CI ar if i cation--- the wobble effect, In the last issue there were two artic 1 es i.) reprin"ted froM one of the GerMan newslet"ters. One of these articles was about this effect. Since it was not stated otherwise, the iMpression was left that it Ma!:,11 have been one of these two people who discovered this effect. in Voices of E"ternitY by Sarah Estep, which probably Most but perhaps not all of you have read, it was Sarah who discovered the wobble effect, and should be so credited. the other article Mentioned As was Mentioned froM California, 16 year old Tara1yn Kent, daughter of Mr Ray Kent, 2) an Electronics Engineer the youngest gifted TransMediuM in the USA, and perhaps in the World. AMong other "things she is the only one I know of who has received a good qua1 i t!:,11, quite understandable voice, on her first

atteMpt at Tara 1 yn has had good resu I ts by using a very so ft AF recording. carrier, usuall!:,11 radio s"tatic. is placed several feet away, or across the rooM froM the recorder, and the level is set low to be barely detectible or not detec"tible a"t all on 1:he enough record level Meter. is without The radio doubt a . ..., ·-1 who CoMputer [d;+~~g--- A short while back 3) a deMonstrat ion "tape of c OMputer editing. froM froM Mr A I ex Mac Rae of to this Scotland, Transco~Munication. coMputer the add-on board containing an A/0 and D/A converter. A segMent of tape is directed to the A/0 converter where it is converted to a binary At this point i t can be saved to data string and stored in RAH. disk as a da"ta file, and also Manipulated in various ways. Under as involves originated technique technique received Briefly applied I 3 18 - 38 software control, any part of this string can be replayed through the D/A converter and then directed "to an AF a Mp and/or rec order. This allows 1:he noise in1:o 1:he voice, and also "the noise leading leaving only trai 1 ing the voice to be very accurately triMed away "the voice i1:self. This in fact can be done so accurately that even at the highest voice frequencies, a single cycle of the voice can be added or subtrac"ted. On down to understand. in very worthwhile "the deMonstrat ion

tape, there are sever a 1 weaker voices which have been edited in this fashion, and i t definitely Makes theM easier It does not of course clarify reception because at this point i t can do nothing about the noise which is the beginning and end of the voice, but it does included between result iMproveMent, especially where weaker think I can say this is the first technique voices are concerned. to everyone. be of help coMe to c o MP u t er as we 1 I as spec i a 1 so ft ware Un fortunate 1 y , But it is not beyond and Moder at el y expensive spec i a 1 equi pMent. the range of possibility that soMewhere down the line soMeone May set up a coMputer editing service where one could send tapes tor t O be de Ve l OP e d , Mr i n Ph O t O gr a Ph i C e d i t i n g , MU C h MacRae has this to say about the technique: (The fol lowing is a brief quotation froM "the original Material of LABORATORY NOTEBOOK Ho. 3, which is unfortunately Much too long to If any of you would like to have a entirely reprint in this issue. coMplete copy, I will be happy to send it to you upon request. -Ed) I line re q u i res a that would a S we Send f i

l M the i t 11 lt is not MY purpose here to go into ful 1 design details, even if space allowed, but rather to give enough basic inforMation to enable the the coMputerized design to be described in this article - and indeed to be able the reader May coMe across. judge other coMputerized s!,llsteMs or otherwise, of the goodness, eva 1 uate reader to to increMenting Then on read, the address by one each ("playback 11 In "this new design the Moving parts Of a recorder would be replaced by RAM - 1:he audio analog inforMation would be digitised and written tiMe a saMple was into RAM, ) all !,IOU would have to do was taken. specify Which address to start reading and Which to stop reading 1: 0 To saMple a waveforM then you Must take give ver!,11 precise editing. saMples fast enough to be able to reconstruct the waveforM at The slowest saMpling least in rudiMentary forM froM those saMples. frequency that you can have is called the Nyquist frequenc!,11, and i t is twice the highest frequency that you wish to saMP 1 e. So, if you wish to saMple up to 3.2 KHz, (which is the upper -3db frequency in a telephone quality frequency band), then the N!,llquist frequency will be 6.4 KHz, 6400 saMples per second. That covers the frequency, but what of the a Mp Ii tude of the ana I og large dynaMi c signal. 8 digit binary range. word.

that varies • widely, we convert each saMple For speech Suppose 1:hat it has into a an (char1:) The range of positive values goes therefore froM a MiniMUM of Hf - 31 ( ( deciMal to 128, that is 255. i to a MaXiMUM of the SUM Of all the deciMal values frOM 1 So. if we say that 255, or all of the 8 bits equal to binary i, is i volt, for exaMple, then binary i, or the least significant bit, Must be equivalent to 1800/255 Millivolts, or approxiMately 4 Millivolts. I ike to have a dynaMiC This is soMewhat less than ideal, we would s Pee c h to g i v e r an g e o f SO db s , or fro M 1 To do this we would have to add another two a good reproduction. !:Ii ts to our word to ~ake it a 16 bit word. l eng"th, however, does not fit with the standard coMPUter bus systeMs or RAM t O 16 b i ts , data w i d th s . but that is now soMeth i ng of an overk i 11 in terMs of qua Ii ty, for just speech, and also it eats up MeMor~ space at a prodigious rate. i n w i th that we WO u 1 d ha Ve •T• o It down to 1 Mi I I i v o I t , .a word t O g O Sue

h f i t TO I f "the saMple rate !,forking out MeMOr!J r-equireMents is eas!,I enough. is 6400 per second and the word size is 8 bits then the typical 2 second EUP utte~ance will use up 12.8 KBytes of MeMory space, at a transfer rate of 51.2 Kbits per second. Each utterance is stored as a separate f i l en a Me, and has a MaxiMUM size of 64 KBytes. f i 1 e, shou Id be assigned its own The SysteM in Use the above Mentioned Due "to March editing systeM was used. of 1991, al Mos 1: S f i nanc i a I !,lears 1 ater, constraints it was not unt i 1 that the first c oMputer i zed Tap~.,. were Made and the EVP coMMunitY "Science", that i t when "the design was in nine wrapped up about. -Ed) sent out. who are ever ready It is soMething of an indictMent of to c ondeMn took alMost 5 years for this advance to appear, available in 1986 and the Matter could have been <I know exactly what he is talking indeed eager - Months. As and • + ]. '- is is, due to lack of tiMe, the design largely based on a coMMercial board. had to be a COMproMiSe, There is nothing particularly fancy about the board - an rate that is adjustable but tied to the clock rate of the PC. it plugs It uses an 8 bit ADC, and

has a IBM PS2 expansion slot. into da"ta for a 18 MHz clock the transfer rate is 32 Kbits per second, which for a word length of 8 bits gives a Nyquist frequency of 4 KHz, or a bare I y ac c eptab I e However, it is pointed out "tha1: at this s1:age it is just a Matter of proving the design. fhe MaXiMUM rate is 64 Kbits per second which gives a Nyquist of 8 KHz to MiI-Std-1472D <HuMan Engineering) is the MiniMUM acceptable. 4 KHz, which according top frequency of 2 KHz. frequenc~ of thus top and a is fixed disk. largely Menu driven and Will work with either a The software installing the software it is floppy or a a directory called VOICE and the actual set Of necessar!,I 'the prograMs can be downloaded quite quick.l!,1. fixed disk is that to be operational it is only necessar!,I to call up The advan"tage of Prior "to to Make 1ft - n what equates to the Autoexec.bat f i le in the Uoice directory. is eas i l Y The software the under 1 Ying prograMMing is never seen. However, i f one wishes one May write new prograMs or Modify existing ones using either C or BASIC. (Continued nex"t Issue)." the keyboard, and froM run 4) DHR--- Baek in Augus"t Mr Ray Kent that National SeMiconductor is now producing as a DynaMic Noise Reduc"tion SysteM. kind of f i l te r on a chip, although

i t does rather a dynaMic noise reduction device refers to as psychoacoustic principles. This brought to MY at"tent ion a 14 pin dip refered to just soMe no"t device is a f i l te r , but: include what National based on ( SU-10/23) two rec orders. to work with for VO ice and MUS i c. this circuit and preliMinary These devices are s t i l l in short supply, but Ray Managed to get in a saMple k i t , one of which was sent to Me. This was used to two tes"t line unit for use between recorder and AMP on Playback, buil"t a The c ire u i t used was as rec OMMended by or between I have had very l i t t le National results are t i Me I t seeMs to help, but only "to a quite Marginal degree inconclusive. The and onl!:,1 on soMe voices, Mostly non-MediUMistic devise however has not ye't been opt i ona 1 i zed I t has, a Mong other t:h i ngs, a signal controlled band pass f i l te r which is also user adjustable. The circuit as recoMMended by National, as Mentioned, has been configured for both voice and Music, This Means that the band pass We believe readjusting the passband to voice frequency wi 11 help, but "there has not yet been is c laiMed to 1::- r t=ec tive tape noise reduction, and Ray has

been to 1 d have a b!i' that i t is capable of doing considerably better. is listed in the new National catalog as the LM1894M and LM1894N. is wide enough to pass higher Music tiMe to do this. The devise a National Engineer for t:h is purpose. level voices. The devise tones. ·10 db Today, just as I was about to write this, I received a letter froM Mr Alec Mac Rae to whoM I had Mentioned this devise. Mr Mac Rae I ooks has al so Managed to obtain 1:wo of these devices, and forward to being able to find the tiMe for experiMentation. Incidentally, least part19 Alec technical, This is being done at publishers request, so there is no doubt as to whether i t will be published. And i"t cer"tainlY is going in interested to TranscoMMUnication. is writing a Book about TC which will be at seriously "Must" an!:,lone for be a Alec also enc 1osed froM a Projects and the Maplin Co catalog bY address, but wi 11 try 1:0 what 1 i sted as MOd i f i cations can be per forMed on perforMance of the systeM, Unfortunatel!:,1 there In any case there is an the Stereo D!:,lnaMi c Ho i se Reduction Modu 1 e -that And i t is stated i MProve the basic k i t to "SoundMaster" Kit. they ca 11 find out. a two pages in England. Modules was no ad for SH666, SiMple the noise With dial.

Ra9 Metal resis"tors. a pot . , pre fer ab 1 !:ii This controls recoMMends use of good qualit9 coMponents, especially low The voltage divider Ri/R2 should be replaced c a 1 i brat e d Just how effective these a MU 1 t i turn w i th a MU l t i turn the sensitivity. UJ - B ( ( devices are going ~o be be deterMi ned. con f i gura"t .ion for TC reception wi 11 prove "to be enough to justif'J the Modest cost. about inforMation and results. in TC reception, s t i l l of course, reMains to c er"ta in tha't an optional i zed !"lore than e f feet i ve I ✓ M sure we will be hearing More to da"te on !-JOU up these devices, and think i t a 1 Mos 1: I will tr'J to keep But I tac 1: froM low Spirits and Reverse Uoices--- All of us have had things. "that Makes sense, at the experience of 5-A) receiving voices Which are too fast or too slow, at 1eas1: relati1,.•e to the rate a"t which we experience t i Me. Several hypo-theses have been proposed 1:0 explain 1:his effect, including "the h'JPOthesis "that slow voices are froM higher fas1: voices are to bounce around or "vibrate" faster or Spirits: who are supposed soMe"th i ng, this despite "the tha"t when these voices are speeded up or slowed down as the case May be, they "turn

ou"t 1:0 be ordinar'J the f i rs t Spirits sa':,ling ordinar!,I for h!-JPOthesis c er ta i n that since t i Me for Spirits than i t is for us, as a nuMber of researchers have been told, i t MaY be siMPlY a Matter of fixed s~nchroniza"tion. rarel':,1 even think about because there is nothing we ra"te which we c an do i s variable, the ra"te at which then "this would Mean they pass "they wou 1 d have to Make a conscious effort to s':,lnc hron i ze with our t iMe And this could be d i f f icu l t for theM to do, "that through what we perceive as tiMe, We ~f course, siMPlY pass through tiMe at a is i f they can, at will, change in order for their voice "to be the proper speed for us. Mr Kent has proposed is so Meth in g di f fer en t ( I cannot say to Sp i r i ts t i Me 1: he other hand , What Ray s a i d least 1:0 Me. i s or i g i n a 1 ) h 'J pot hes i s that th i s c hang e i t . "to 0 n i s i f theM tiMe i f for Further, is variable, Or i f such be i"t May also be So that reverse voices May be the result of theM not

bidirectional. in "the opposite di rec 1: ion than we are rea 1 i zing they are t r ave 1 i ng through what we perceive as then tiMe, perhaps they deliberately travel in the opposite direction briefly reverse voice. After al 1 reverse voices are in order 1:0 record a perhaps the very bes"t evidence we have tha"t TC Ho one can say that a reverse voice is just a stray radio signal picked up Is "tiMe variable and/or bidirectional for by our radio or recorder. We 11 we don ✓ t know for sure, but we do know our Spirit friends? that "tiMe And we know that spirits live in a non-Material realM where they are not subjec"t to other Material c ons"tra i nts. i "t Might possibly be of to our Transpar"tners, 1:0 p 1 ace so Me kind of t i MeP i ec e, so Me he 1 p clock or watch wi"th a sweep second hand, near the receiving s':,lsteM, in order to give theM a clear visual indication not only of the rate at which we are experiencing tiMe, bu"t also of the direction. is associated with Matter. Mr Ken 1: has Mentioned is for real, the case, tha"t Reverse Voices--- Severa 1 Month ago Mary and in Making Movie and TU f i IMS. I happened 5-B) onto part of a TV prograM that had "to wi"th how cer1:ain 1:ricks are I-""' sure all of you have seeM done As

an co.,..Mercials and oth'?r exaMple soMeone talking in a coMMercial While holding a bo"ttle over the g l ass and i s po r i n g a g 1 ass i s b a C k up a Lad !I 0 r i n t O stand i n g on a o f P i e splattered on the carpet at her feet. While she is talking "the pie the c a r p e 1: ho 1 d i n g an e MP t y i ts e 1 f a C O MMe r C i a l things "that are siMPl!-J p l ate w i th a i n wh i ch 1: he iMPO:SSible. i n Wh i C h b Ott 1 e . o u 1: o f l i q u i d p i e c e 18 - J◄ gathers i "tse l f up and do this? -- Believe it "falls" or not, back UP they are spea~ 0 ~g backwards, onto the p 1 ate. How do is then shown backwards shot forward. pie falls off The liquid flows the plate onto the -,H"e actually talking backwards, the peop 1 e The sequence is frOM bottle down to glass and the floor. Bu"t the people, who have practiced their while this is being filMed, the lines very carefully, to be speaking segMent How do norMallY, While SOMething absolutely technique ver'c} siMilar to reverse they taping.

The9 say their lines backward on a recorder, which is no Mean task as they not only Must say the words in reverse order, but Must pronounce the phoneMes of each word in reverse order, and then they play the tape backwards to see how natural they sound. This It is of course process is then repeated unt i I quite few lines. There are only a few people who are talented at doing this. tedious and can require severa 1 days seeM iMPOSSible happens. they get it right. just to 1 earn a to do this? learn By a When What does all this have to do With TC? Just this; perhaps there are Spirits who have also practiced speaking backwards in order to deliberately in the Spirit world speak to us have gone to great pains to prove to us that they exist, and as was no1:ed ear Ii er, reverse voices are so Me of the very best evidence we ha•·-, in this Manner. Many In a recent letter froM Mr David fox, an Electronics Engineer in England, he told Me he had received a voice in the reverse Mode Wh i C h he re C O g n i Zed a S that O f h i S tat her . the Spirit World, but I would say it is extreMely unlikely that he is in soMe other Universe which is traveling backwards in tiMe relative to our own. D a V i d "S

Dad i S i n In 1:he TIJ prograM we saw, it was Mentioned that spec i a 1 recorders were used which were capable of playing the tape backward without flipping it over as of course is necessary with an ordinary I was not aware that there were such recorders. However, recorder. indeed exist, and told Me about one Mr Kent told Me 1:hat they do Model which < As in fact Ray has arranged the use of one of versus 3 speed) these Machines for several weeks to exaMine voice saMples. I do not have the brand naMe or a distributer address, but if you would like to have one of these Machines and have Sl,800 you don't need, I can find out this inforMation for you. is not only reversible but also variable speed. And and that we are Reverse Voices--- 5-C) Dan McKee along with several others have been told by certain voices that the person speaking is in another Material Universe tiMe relative to theM, which is why their voices seeM to be backward to terM Universe Means -~· The phrase "other everything By definition Uni•:erses" is self contradictory. There is only one. that there can be only one because exists. "the entities who are te 11 i ng us about "other Uni verses" are feeding us Bu 11. . . According ~o Webster,.s dictionary the s i ngu 1 ar. includes everything traveling backward ~ , --- Or are they? that exists. There fore

the one It in is- There are soMe who believe there can be More than one Universe 16 - U ( ( :: n an'!:,I given one, "their own and to an observer '#OU 1 d appear to be "the only one because interaction of any na~ure between Universes is ,: he i r i )o!lp o s: s i bl e . fa c-t , be every "th i n g 1: ha 1: ex i st s . They own 1J n i verse wo u l d , further believe "that since all is interaction between Universes iMpossible, that two or More separate Universes could occupy what we wo u 1 d th i n k -:: he obs: er v er w i thin ea c h Uni verse , II spa c e II at the s a toie "1: i Me 11 1: o i n a c tu a l .;1 s "the :Sa Me That i s , i) f • This is a preposterous theory. Who could possibly propose or Stephen A 1 exander Vi 1 enk in-Tufts Uni vers i t'.!,I, of and Joseph Polchinski-University of Edward Tryon-Hunter College, Lawrence Susskind-Stanfort, be 1 i eve anything Hawk i ng-CaMbr i dge Sidney ColeMan-Harvard, Technology, Willy Texas, 5teven Weinber9-Universit'.!,I of Texas. i k e "this? We 1 IJn i vers i ty, Alan Guth-Massachusetts Ins"titute just 1 is t fischler 1 e 1: s few: a 1 l , Reverse Voices---

:,1our exp er i enc es with reverse voices, I would like to invite all of '.!,IOU to tell 5-0) us about for publication in one of the next two issues. Of special interest, I think, would be friend, re 1 at i ve, or so Me one else you have "the reverse voice of a The voice of one or More people, known or known froM here. forward AND through T~anspartner, who ✓ s voice has Several researchers have found "that in reviewing, in reverse Mode. there "the reverse Mode, were sue h ~OMMUnication had been requested at the tiMe the recording was Made, In soMe cases the operator had not even heard of reverse voices at the ti Me of recording. Have you had "this exp er i enc e? Have any of these reverse voices told you where they are? If so, --where? What there are is ~our opinion of "these voices? entities coMing through to us in this Manner? "tapes which had been recorded previous 1 y, no in both reverse do you voices though tapes, these think even coMe Why on I a do low low Ver!,I Very level voices--- that it is of level voice recep1:ion, 6) whether one believes it "to be ex"treMely weak MediuMistic reception, or believes as non-M~~~UMistic nature, considered froM one standpoint, is probabl!l the Most iMportant kind of reception. It is, b!:,1 far, This standpoint is it ✓ s frequency. Much More frequent and coMMon on voice recordings than

is "the Much to understand TransMediUMistic better qualit!,I reception. saMP le tape recorded by an!,llone < I do not Make a prac-t ice of doing this because i't is too tiMe consuMing), on which I have not detected 'the I presence of at least a It seeMs very probable to Me that in could understand "theM or not. TC ti Me to such voices will reception, while at the saMe tiMe COMe to be considered as the exception. c anno't rec a 11 having ever close 1 !:.I exaMi ned a few sue h very 1 ow 1 eve l voices, whe"ther be considered TransMediuMistic as "norMal" voices will far easier coMe and I '.JO ices, they cannot, Such non-MediUMistic voices are at such low level that, unlike In TM other words the voice has a signal/noise ratio of zero, or as I have long suspected but didn"t kno"'' for sure until receiving a recent letter froM Mr MacRae, Ma!,11 even have a negative signal/noise ratio. Or "to use the technical ter-M, "the voice is "~ask" by noise. in Most cases, be observed on a scope. noise How could "that is as we possi bl~ understand an~ loud as, or even .a li1:1:le voice that is louder than, buried in the voice? 18 - 36 r i rst, bee a use we recognize in nor~a 1 conversation we understand words bee a use of two We 11, the pattern of frequencies factors. that constitute the words. And second, because the

words are louder than any background noise, Which Makes the frequency pattern quite easy there is a zero, or negative, signal/noise ratio we have lost the aMPlitude factor, but the frequency pattern Of the words a~ "the experience of trying in a very noisy present. All a conversation of us have had with soMeone to hear. Where carry on _.:::, still to Score o 90I Fit- (}/l/-tl.lv N A£-tt 101' -6 db 0 db +6 db the background noise is just as 1 oud or even a env i ronMent where little louder than the voice of the person talking to us. In these conditions we can still carry on the conversation. And although we Ma!I often Misunderstand a word, or Miss a word entirel!,1, it is still possible to c OMMUn i c ate to frequenc !I patterns against a background of 1 ouder recognize voice noise. in forMat ion bee a use our Minds are ab 1 e Ace ordi ng to Mr Mac Rae, who knows far More about "this e f feet than I, at a S/H ratio of +6 DB about 90% of what is said Wi 11 be understood, But this falls off rapidly until at -6 DB, even though words can still be understood, it will be onl!,1 about 10% of what is actually said. Alec has this to say about the Masking effect: "Masking Masking heard, is In where noise the case of Masks MO n OS !,J l l ab i

C WO rd S .a s i gna 1, preventing -and Wh i t e i t froM being noise if the 16 - 37 Signal/Noise ratio ls + Sdb "then wha1: is !-leard wi 11 be around 36% correct, ( for a person wi i:h good hear- i ng) . 6db 'then FroM 10% "to 0% "the slope of "the %age "the score wi 11 be about 10% againsi: S/N curve is shallow, froM 90% 1:0 100% the slope is also qui"te shallow. Bu"t between 10 and 90 the curve is steep. (fig 5) If 'the S /N is ( "the "the effects of -:oMpu1:er prograM (coMputer edi t:ing c on t i nu o us wh i t e no i s e . Where -Ed) does not 31: However, i n i s use f u l present hand l e Peducing !MPUlse noise, whether iMPUlse noise. per-iodic or aperiodic, has a Masking eftec-t by (partl!,1) "deafening" 1:he ear, for a Ma1:ter of Milliseconds, disabling i t 1:eMporaril!:J, so This "that an'!,I syllables phenoMenon is siMilar 1:0 t:hat of AGC in radio and is due "to Mos1: of "the in available population of refractive Mode. following Ma'!,I noi: be heard. siMultaneously iMMediatel'!,1 neurons being i s i 1: So iMpulse noise results in 1:wo unwan1:ed phenoMena characteristic of If we had a way of slicing out Much EUP, false cue-ing and Masking. "those SMal 1 sections of 1:iMe where 1:he iMPUlses occured "then •;1e ~ould go SOMe

way toward reducing aMbiguities in the interpretation of EUP utterances. But to do that would require ~illisecond precise editing a perforMance not possible with Mechanical cue and review sys1:eMs." On The Horizon--- I believe to be 7) a significant step in post reception processing through application of the coMputer editing technique. But this i s not the end of the line. As Alec says this is a first step. Alec HacRae has taken what ( Toda'!,l"s average PC As everyone knows c oMputers are fast. but fast. Relative to the clock speed of a Modern desktop COMPUter, the highest frequencies of a snail is probably running at 12-16 MHz. Many pace. Businesses and individuals are using Machines running a"t 28-33 MHz. New Machines just coMing on "the Market run at 40-50, even as high as And next generation c oMpu"ters wi 11 be in "the i00-i50 MHz 66 MHz. region. running as fast as i GHz. On the drawing boards are Machines that will be the huMan voice are 1:rave ling a1: There "re du Mb, the voice If we take an ordinar'!,I coMputer of toda'!,1 running a"t lets say 21 MHZ (ain"1: no such clock speed but I like the figure), and coMPare this with the highest huMan voice frequency that we need, we find that the coMputer is running at 21,000,000 cycles per second. This Means in in the length of 'tiMe it takes the voice 1:0 coMple1:e effect, 1:ha1: "the coMputer has coMpleted frequency, one cycle at

it"s highest 7,000 cycles, or 3,506 cycles for each half cycle coMple1:ed by the voice. is 3,000 cycles per second While frequenc!:,l This presents soMe Most in-terestin9 possibilities. The Main one of Which is that a coMputer ~an do a LOT of ~atheMatics in 3,500 c 1 oc k c ye l es. It could, for ex a Mp le, Measure the duration of each half cycle and dele1:e froM the data string any half c~cles "that were found to have a duration of More than i/600 sec or less than i/6,000 frequency of in fact could be done so precisely that a sec. 299 Hz would be totall9 deleted while a frequenc9 of 300Hz would be This 16 - 38 a 1: f u 1 1 a MP 1 i tu de . f i 11: er ? ass e d 3db rolloffs, who ✓ s corners would be absolutely square instead of and who,. s "s 1 opes" wou 1 d be ver"t i ca 1. With the proper prograMi ng, the two bandpass frequencies could be adjusted to any values at the touch of a then for M a bandpass few buttons. This wo u 1 d C ye 1 e i 1: Sh OU 1 d there are probab 1 y and dee i de Whe"t:her Bu 1: this is on 1 y one per i Me1:er, a dozen others a reasonably fast coMputer could take a long look at for each ha 1 f be

in the data inc 1 uded For exaMple we string as part of the voice, or deleted as noise. know "that voice is sine wave and noise is randoM. We a1s0 know that when a PhoneMe is spoken 1:he aMplitude of each half cycle gradually increases or decreases relative 1:0 previous half cycles. The coMputer could be prograMMed to Measure and coMpare each half cycle to an average of say the previous 5 or 18 half cycles, and if it is within say 10% or 20% of that average aMplitude then pass it along If it is 50% or 75% above average, then it as part of the voice. the data string as a noise spike. would be SiMPl!.I deleted There are so Many ha 1 f few wou 1 d no 1: in each phoneMe that a such abnorMal half cycles are present, be Missed. But when especially of above average aMPlitude, they definitely Make a voice difficult to understand, froM c ye 1 es , l OW l e Ve I As of aM sure n On-Med i UM i St i C , COMPUters thousands those who are knowledgeable becoMe faster, to of clock cycles the point where there Wi 11 be tens to each voice half cycle, 1:he aMount of MatheMatical analysis that can be done on each half C!,ICle If even I can iMagine such future will becoMe virtuall!I unliMited. VO i Ce C 1 a r i f i C at i On ,

POSS i b i l i t i e S f Or I these areas can then in I cannot even conceive of More sophisticated possibilities that Bu1: don-'t hold your breath. This is not going to happen iMagine. to Morrow, or next Month. But it wi 11 hai,>t>en. Modern tee hno 109!1, in The real question all areas, is advancing on an exponential curve. then, but If the United States set out to rat her how clarify TC reception with the saMe deterMination that it set out to put Men on the Moon, the job would be done in a year or two. As 1:he situation stands i t is going to take longer, but the result will be the saMe. to whether TC reception wi 11 be c 1 ar if i ed, 1 ong wi 11 it take. is not as Smail donations a,e accepted and appreciated but not mandatonf ;:!~ (Approx. per cop4 costs this issue- $ 5.20 Domestic, S 6.40 Overseas- Air) _ $~· .-.~· ., ...... t•~ ~••· t!i~ ~:,!~· J M ~~ ~ . • •••••••••••••••••• ·=•····=········· •• • ••••• •••••• ••••• •• ••••••••••••••••••• •••••• • •••••••••••• . (Pleose print) ······················································•·••·········································- Address................................................................................................................................. ·····:::::::::::: Nome . 18 - n ( ( fire Microphones the e-ar l y 1970s Really Necessary?--- 3) LaMoreaux brothers were soMe of the very f i r s t in this Country to be AMong the Many experiMents they did was to ciCtive in EVP research. Joe substitute several Radio

Shack coils reported ~hat they did get reception by this Method, but that i t was no better than by using a Microphone. for their Microphone. In ,: OMpar i son with Recently Ray Kent carried this experiMentation further bY doing ti\i c rophone on one channel of a s"tereo i MPedanc e co i 1 substituted for the Microphone His daughter used this equ i pMent and received at This voice was of exac-tl'!I the saMe direct rec order, and a high on least one good quality voice. quality on both channels. There was no discernible difference. the 01:her. a This issue--- to do over a nuMber of weeks 9) I have job which liMited available tiMe. When had no t i Me went on, More and More which longer and More pub Ji sh i t by MY "target" date of Nov .1st. delay justified by ~he additional Material included. Writing these papers is a very t i Me c onsuMi ng bee a use of very I intention of Making i t anywhere near this long. However, as received issue becaMe longer possible to ,,upe you wi 11 find the I started this issue soMe tiMe ago, tiMe consuMing, and i t was no interesting in forMat ion was Consequently "this fe l t should be included. I I I have issue--- This Machine I have been working on 10) Hex't IBM/cl one, which perMitted. publication and other TC work. will be threefold: of c OMPUter which

software packages with which write the paper cnnsiderabl'!J shorter than this, - - perhaps onl'!J a just finished building a 25MHz, 386 for over a year as t i Me for a l l future My task in writing the next issue type to use several and to the next paper wi 11 be To configure the systeM and is new aM c OMP 1 ete 1 y un faMi l ia r , r or this reason to Me, I learn to use a is intended to be used learn how few pages. i tse l f . to Spirit Voices is edited and published, as tiMe and Materials perMit, by B i l l Weisensale, P.O. Box B.Q., Barstow CA 92312+4, United States of AMerica. Mo subscriptions are accepted at this tiMe, Copies are tree upon request, to those who have a l l previous issues back to and inc I ud i ng SV 7. issue Must be requested by returning the Each new A Meri can address coupon enclosed in the current copy. Association - Electronic Voice PhenoMena Me Mb er Dedicated ~o developMent of TranscoMMunication tor the enlightenMent of HuManit'!J 1ft - ~ti v-~ Tranaccaunicati0J1 TeclmGlOCJf Rill Weisensal e NUMBER 11 COMMENT WHAT IS TRANSCOMMUNICATION? APRIL 1992 personal philosophy?; A poten tial Scientific breakthrough 1n understanding the Universe? greater the An insight into those A Hobby?; philosophy?; A refutation of reality?; materialistic Evidence of survival?; Hope for Technical chal the hopeless?; lenge?; A Curiosity?; Evidence

that a human being is much more than just an exceptionally intel En- ligent animal?; lightenment who for Hope of explore?; future en- for our dark ages lightenment civilization?; Reassurance for those who approach their own time ~: avocation?; Contact with loved ones who have gone beyond?; Activity the Source of handicapped shut in?; information for authors who write about An extended study of human nature?; Verifica tion of religious teaching about survival?; Intellectual chal lenge?; A peep-hole into eterni ty?; own future?; A realistic concept of reality upon which to base one's A pre-view of our transition?; An the beyond?: for of "Hobby" defines and more! is all of The answer the list above, The could go on. But to take a look at just one of these aspects, for us Trans communication many research is a kind of "Hobby". Webster's as "something that a person likes to do in their spare time". Another way hobby can be defined, espe an cially 1n this case, like occupation which one would to do as their profession. But since no one is willing to pay to have it done, one must spend the majority of in some their less inter other, more mundane, to esting, profession then pursue earn a their in what little time might remain. living, and real in order interest is as time also Webster's defines "Amateur" as "one who does some thing for pleasure, not for pay, nonprofessional". Since no one that I know of, is being

paid to research, do Transcommunication TC to Nor does this makes us all TC Amateurs. re refer to However, "TC Hobbyists" or searchers as "TC Amateurs", does not in any way imply that Transcommunication is any the less awesome or impor tant. that researchers the matter lightly. someone once the statement that "A seri made ous hobby is the most intensive study of all". How true! And I think this describes the attitude of most researchers, especially those who are involved in techni cal research. it imply In fact take This 1s same kind of the attitude that was held by radio i . e . , Radio Arna t e u rs , hobbyists . who the early days of radio in were responsible for most of the And, since technical advances. the Scientific establishment re take it's head out of fuses the and more obvious technology 1s going to be developed by Ama teurs, just as was early radio. it becomes more to sand, that TC There research individual, is however, at least one very major difference between Transcommunication and all other "hobbies". And that is that no other hobby has any ef level of the awareness fect on the nor potential effect on the awareness level of TC research does. civilization. It that changes the investigator. Anoth er difference is that as a chal lenge, the Electronics Hobbyist to Electron Physicist, ics Transcommunication has no equal. investigation everyone Engineer from and for an is FROM B3YOND MEDIUMISTIC

CONTACTS CONCERNING I.T.C. RELATED SUBJECTS. (Translation by courtesy_ of Mr. Hans Heckmann) f During a visit of A. and E. Sen kowski to the German medium Ta tjana Wuestling the E.V.P. pioneer Konstantin Raudive came through. All questions are by Dr. E. Senkowski. Can anyone else announce him Q: self ? It is Raudive. He wants to tell Ernst not to use the red light (red laser). field. There would be an advan tage to use a second U.V. light source. It is more favorable to use light of shorter wavelength. It disturbs the Q: able ? Are magnetic fields favor- Magnetism can be an advantage and the polarities help during exper imentation. ( How large? Please give me a Q: figure. It should cover an area of 4 square meters. A steady current, an alter Q: nate current or a white noise field ? White noise. Q: Constant intensity or modu lated by what frequency? It should not be above 1500 Hz. It would be advisable to select a sinusoidal coupling. Translation From "Transkommunika tion", Journal For Psychobiophys ics And Interdimensional Communication Systems, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1991 Q: That term is unknown. Should the white noise be modulated by a sinusoidal waveform? Should the experimenter be within the mag netic field? SV-11 - 2 We finally Let me This is conceivable. understand each other. stress one thing. Research has to go on or our years of work have been in vain. Try to bring more unity into your

efforts, it would greatly help our work too. Remarks by Senkowski: E.S. at the time was using a single red laser. Following the advice of Dr. Delavre I had built a coil between two magnet poles which was connected with the antenna of a shortwave receiver. None of these details was known to Mrs. Wuestling. The use of modulated white That para voices need a tonal mixture for buildup is a known fact. noise (rushing sound) therefore makes sense. A magnetic field in a large room enveloping the ex perimenter could help T.C. con tacts by coupling with the E.M. biofunctions. (End of translation) OVERSEAS Other Translations Prom "Transko mmunikation", Journal For Psycho biophysics And Interdimensional Communication Systems, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1991 (Translation by courtesy of Mr. Hans Heckmann) nPresently, The electronics in dustry is beginning to experimen tally explore the interaction of human consciousness and randomly guided electronic systems. Also there are certain parapsychologi cal experiments which point to a correlation between consciousness and the electronic instruments we These are research ve observe. hicles we could tie ton .... Dr. Vladimir Delavre, journal co founder. INSTRUMENTAL TRANSCOMMUNICATION IN GROSSETO, ITALY By Dr. Ernst Senkowski Italy about Translator's remark: Not much is known outside the activities of Marcello Bacci and his small group of friends and This comprehensive co-workers. report will do much to fill this void. Unfortunately, before this in was written Grosseto seem to a temporary, it not permanent halt. Like elsewhere, human nature is to blame

and one can only hope for a continuation of their un usual activities. (Because of report, only a can be quoted here. - BW) this few brief excerpts the experiments to have come length of the THE EXPERIMENTERS. own job from took him Marcello Bacci the Italian Tuscany area was first exposed to a spiritistic session in 1949 1n London when his to England. He was convinced of the validity of the phenomena and in the following years studied much literature borderline about sciences, got in touch with lead ing Italian parapsychologists and attended the sessions of the "Da vid" circle 1n Grossetto. He "Psychophonic" started his sessions in 1965 which continued to the late 1980's. His closest co-workers are Denturio del Fran cia, Lucciano Capitani. both law yers, Enrico Bernazzani, a radio technician, an ex-pilot, Ricceri Renato, elec tronic technician and writer Pag Also and her husband. notta Angosto del Chicca, a profession al radio operator was to play a special part in some experiments. these methods did not Whenever work well the group went back to using the microphone again. Sergio Gionni, Over the remarkable period of 25 a clear evolution can be years SV-11 - 3 less from taped voices frequent recognized short and weak to the frequent, stronger and longer voices, partially of the electro acoustical nature and capable of dialogue. The initial high rate of speech also became more normal during the years. TAPED VOICES Voice recordings during the first six years were made with

a 4-track transistor recorder and two microphones with the addition l two adaptors consisting of of germanium diode, 2 capacitors and 2 resistors in a shielded box. A inches piece of wire approx. A long served as an antenna. wiring diagram was not available. 6 The voices had the same charac teristics that were mentioned by pioneer experimenters Juergenson and Raudive and later verified by experimenters in many countries. Bacci received the first voice in re response cently departed friend: "Nando S. The e qui" (Nando S. is here). group 30,000 voices whose quality can be di vided as follows: to his call for a registered has for the phenomenon 5 % Human voices easily recog nizable even by people who hear first the time. 20 % not all intelligible. 10 % metallic voices, difficult to understand. 40 % voices. loud and clear fast voices, very weak unintelligible ( ( this tape Older radios recorder. the tube radios such as an American radio receiver BC 312 were superior, to transistor re in spect. The best reception bands proved to be 4.5 MHz, 7.2 MHz and The radio set was 13.8/14 MHz. tuned with or without antenna. preferably to points of intersta tion hash. Commercial signals such as RTTY, Morse code and Fax transmissions would often "sur the rushing sound, face" out of usually preceding the onset of the para voice and accompanying it as a wavering background. Oc casionally the radio set's quartz filter was switched in to reduce the

noise level. The quality of the paravoices differed greatly, Voice oscillations like quick fading in and out was one bad characteristic that reduces voice intelligibility greatly. the voice volume two unusual cases the receiver was the volume turned do_wn remained The voice level also In of while the same. the tun remained unchanged when In a ,i n g po s i ti on was a 1 t ere d . strict sense of the word we can hardly speak of radio voices any more. A voice appeared board speaker of tioned B 312 set after a ,it's tubes had been pulled. from the out the above men few of two the frequency, only one mani Some addi tuned to tube radios Of same fested a para voice. tional powered up equipment the mained unaffected. transistorized same room re in DIRECT ELECTRO-ACOUSTICAL VOICES The manifestation of these direst voices is tied to the use of the In 1971 after a radio method. few unsuccessful tests the spirit station "Radio Peter" announced itself and could be heard di rectly through the headphones of SV-11 - 4 In the absence of the experiment er a radio receiver and two tape recorders were left running, One recorder played back requests for voice contact. The other one was recording several voices. captured and Spiritually message received by this group - BW) Evolution (Sample I the to The consciousness of man has see a closed be set free. few remaining door, one of ones. You

have no choice but to open it. The facts you find will front of decisions put you in to far unthinkable that are so time this ac you. tivity instru these of ments "amplifiers" information,. of discernment power of judgement will have helped gain the majority of man. access that You will sooner or later everyone has to give account for themselves. That is the (I.T.C.), the for these then all be aware exchange and for TECHNICAL REMARKS: the have shown low freq. portion of Observations that successful voice reception does not depend on the tuning frequen This was receiver. cy of reported by several experiment ers, among them Homes who, during transmission changed a TV voice channels without influencing the voice. The assumption that voice signals are blended into the I.F. or the re ceiver does not always stand up in because stance H. -F. the the UHF band had fine to be used just like in regular reception. Differing from either of these "tuning methods" good voices are also obtained by scal ing the tuning range from one end the other and hearing voices to fragments of normal broad as casts. method) (for in Luxembourg) (Dreiss: Scale scanning some cases tuning of in (End of translation) LETTERS The following was received from Mr. Dan McKee, in response to the v~ invitation in the last issue, for comment on the subject of reverse taping. (Mr McKee has some of the very best quality voice re ception) (In part) I

cannot definitely support my conclusion (as of now) that the signal source is the bias on the recording head but on several occasions I have watched the sig nal change from L.H. to R.H., Some both and separate again. times this goes on for extended periods and sometimes it is short. Of course tape mis alignment might account for this I mentioned in but I doubt it. the previous letter that wiring directly from the receiver to the R-R input worked pretty well without using a microphone but it is not as consistent so I am back to a dynamic mike most of the time. Occasionally I try other methods of recording but always seem to come back to (Inverted Speech) or running the tape back wards as it is commonly referred to. It may be a They speak of using "their ra dios" and also of using the power through you. There is a lot for thought in analyzing what they say but there is definitely no direct answer. combination of several things I am convinced used together. there are many points of commu nications and different methods could be employed. Sometimes I get the impression they think this side understands a lot more about what is going on than we really do. In response to your inquiry in Item S-D, very seldom do I have the same voice on the face and reverse side of the tape dur ing the same session, A few years ago they said

they record SV-11 - 5 ( ( I do my voice and sure enough it was on both sides identically. not receive likeness of voices when communications from persons I have known appear. This is readily understandable since they do not seem to change the octave range or even frequency to any extent from what is recorded. If I am recording a female voice, it stays in about the same range and likewise with male voices. Since most of the voices I record are male, I am frequently asked i f I ever hear from females. It can be a female message using a male voice as one I remember when the male voice said "If it's a man, he's al 1 thumbs. " Now what prop er male would say a thing like that ? There is so much to be said I'ave concerning BVP work, it is hard to find a stopping place. been using reverse taping for more than ten years and it seems to work best for me. I remember telling Walter Uphoff about what I had run across and he said the Germans also discovered the same thing. It seemed very unlikely at the time but the longer I stick with it the better it gets. TRANSITIONS In Memoriam William J. O'Neil Bill O'Neil, EVP Pioneer and Psy chic, left the physical realm and returned home to the Spirit world on September 4th, 1991. We un derstand Bill is again working with children, which were

the love of his life. Messages have already been received from Bill, and we hope he will continue to be active in Transcommunication research. OTHER SYSTEMS SV-11 - 6 Other Translations Prom "Transko mmunikation", Journal For Psycho biophysics And Interdimensional Communication Systems, Vol. 1, No. 3, 1991 (Translation by courtesy of Mr. Hans Heckmann) MIZ OSCILLATOR (Laser system) Suggestion for the building of a T.C. instrument. By Norbert Unger T. Rudolph demon (Translator's (Hans Heckmann's) The laser apparatus de remark: scribed herein was almost com pleted by German Telefunken Engineer Theodor Rudolph with the help of the Metascience Founds~ tion, USA. strated the laser to me during my visit to Ulm, Germany in 1979. The laser operated in a pulsing wave mode at the time. For pur poses of Transcommunication a continuous wave laser output was required. Years later when T. Rudolph set up residence in Yu goslavia his liquid laser was totally damaged during the move and parts were not available any more. His home built unit oper ated in the blue light spectrum but had considerable output in the near U.V. region. The final plans for his T.C. laser project actually included the forming qf 1ravitons in the MIZ oscillato__r. see diagram) (a small group of scientists in Princeton, NJ. at that time had produced gravitons with a laser setup). T. Rudolph relied greatly on the suggestions of his wife-in-spirit whom he contacted by pendulum. an assistant to a spirit group headed by the former German Phys icist

Max Plank. Her advice was: "If you get gravitons, you g~t communication! " She was Next to the Metascience Project "St. Peter" (the most elaborate I.T.C. system ever planed), Bngi- neer Rudolph's Laser system should be given credit for its imaginative conception. He worked against so many odds and overcame so many obstacles only to see his body fail in the end. (He was ~artially crippled by the blows of a Russian guards rifle.) (End of Translators remarks) (Diagram as given to the Transla- plifier/modulator from which the beam falls onto a photo cell. An electrical signal is developed and amplified. laser beam (especially its U.V. output) is especially suited for spirit use. It is assumed the OCULARIUM feedback system) (Recorder input - IR .... M'--' 0 <lJ M CZ:: M ~~ Q\ <l) .0 :, ;.J M <l) Cl 3 "M .... , <l) M'"-<N 0 <l)•~ M~M M Ctl -...i~.-. ~CXlO r--. ii. :< -... ;:;: ,.... Ctl .,J M 0 .,J Ctl I,.. <lJ ai"O-....N M ill .... ,,.... N,....N>,C:u:r: MO. ..J .,.. u..i <l).-< :, .... ........ u~o ;:;:cl C:P..>::..i -~ M Ctl al C., I r - - . •Uetl • H .-< • C. O'l .,J al M :l Ctl<llO 11< ..J ,....N -c,-...:r: C:µ.C., :<' C. .,J .... ;:;: :, -....o u Cl £:3 0 - c., "O C: r- N 1-1 0 .,J Ctl .... :, "O 0 ~ Q II --c:::::::::::: Strobe Unit Much U.V. Light t fu-t1~ H~z ~~J )

Lase: to generate ---r-+-- 1 Gravitons here L4 "G" required, also Entity signal to enter here. T tor in 1977 by Theodor Rudolph) Based on the fragmentary spirit advice we received through me diumistic channels, primarily via pendulum, a plan for a special liquid laser was devised. This T.C. project was originally sug gested by Hanna Buschbeck. How ever, we could not overcome the technical difficulties with the limited means available and the project had to be discontinued. Publishing the ideas in this ar ticle hopefully will stimulate interest. As things stand, we can only speak of an undeveloped suggestion. The carrying out of such a project requires experi ence and familiarity with certain laser techniques. Its transcom munication effectiveness has yet to be proven. apparatus, an arrangement called: Hiller Integrated. Time Linear Oscillator consists of a rhodamin liquid laser and a quartz rod that is in the optical laser path. It serves as a laser am- The heart of the Suggestions for adding it to the tape recorder input. By Herbert Spirik. (Translation by Hans Heckmann) It was to form an optical The late Viennese Engineer Franz Seidl as early as 1970 conceived of an arrangement that uses a small glow lamp as a source of light. transmission link between the output of a microphone preamp and a cassette recorder. His experi ments were not successful prob ably because of the great inertia of the filament. During the last few month an experimenter, Maria Pokorny, in answer to my

ques tions received paranormal answers from Seidl. appeared in them. transmission link basically con sists of a light emitting diode (LED) which is being modulated by the output of the mike preamp. The light, concentrated by a re flector carries the mike signals which fall on a photo diode for demodulation. An adjustable The term Okularium The optical SV-11 - 7 feedback loop between photo diode output and LBD input completes the setup. According to Seidl the wavelength of the light is unimportant. Infrared devices could be used too. small and the addition is simple. The cost is (End of translation) THEORY THE MACRAE HYPOTHESIS (By BW) Transcommunication reception can be divided into three catego ries according to what kind of signal is used as the carrier and where this signal originates. In the first category are systems in which electronic noise the voice carrier. is used as This would include recorders with no microphone, or use of a micro phone in an environment so quiet there is no sound pickup; recor no der/radio combinations with antenna so there is no EM signal or static pickup; amplifiers with no input; electronic noise gener In effect, any sys ators; etc. tem in which the sound heard or recorded, electronic noise with no other components, than any TC voices which other may be present. pure 1S This environmental combinations sound the second category are In systems in which an external EM or acoustic signal is used as the includes micro carrier. in

phone/recorder which is used; antenna/radio combinations in which static or broadcast voices (remodulation effect) are used; etc. The characteristic here is that the carrier does not the system it originate within self, but from some external source, and is then voice modulated , either before or after it is converted from EM rather arrives SV-ll - 8 or acoustic energy tronic signal. to an elec ( This would The third category is hybrid systems in which a non-electronic noise carrier is generated within include the system. tone generators, such as O'Neil used; white noise generators with the sound of surf, etc,; various carrier tapes played back on sound source recorders, and so on. ( is the if involved We do not of course, know the precise mechanism by which TC the voices arrive, or even same mechanism in these three different categories of reception. However, as least to me, a second little more understandable, or I should say, a little less incom In prehensible, than the first. the latter two we might at least speculate that the mechanism is a king of that builds al ready the carrier, espe existing cially in voice remodulation. resonance effect frequencies the case of broadcast seem two in on is same Although effect the might possibly be responsible or partly responsible for reception where electronic noise the carrier, it would seem this would be more difficult because of the strictly the signal. Yet there is no denying the fact that such reception is relatively

common, and can be of just as good, sometimes of better quality, than that received using other types of carriers. random nature of has been fact about Transcommu One nication super that frustrating, it that the precise thus far point of reception has been down. impossible to "float" from Rather it seems one circuit or area to another within the system, depending upon This the system configuration. pin to has been especially true where electronic noise is being used as the carrier. the output would be an hear at the noise generated average of and voice received in each stage. this then type of carrier, If MacRae's hypothesis is the point of entry correct with is that circuit or area within the system where electronic noise is generated. At first blush, it to do is would seem all we had determine where the circuit noise is generated and we would know precisely where the voice en tered. Unfortunately, it isn't quite this simple. The fact of the matter is that all electronic components some 0th being worse offenders the ers. then would mean This voice a r r i v e s in e v e r yw he re the whole system, simultaneously. generate noise, than to it is a nice, neat, In electronics we are accus tomed logical progression of events. An exter nal signal, EM or acoustic, 1s received at a precise point, an tenna or diaphragm, then processed in various ways, ampli fied, etc., and applied

to an A nice, clean, output device. logical, step by step procedure. If MacRae than dealing with single circuit point where an external signal is converted to an electric signal, we are a kind of "blanket effect" in which the voice in every is received circuit in the entire system. instead dealing with is right, rather a This in turn has some inter implications. an amplification esting Lets say for example, we have an amplifier which, for purpose of discussion, has ten stages, each one of which has factor of SX. could assume each of these stages would generate about the and therefore the voice would be re ceived in each stage to about the same degree. This does not how ever, mean the noise and voice we amount of noise same We the second stage. Because of the amplification the noise generated and factor, voice received in the first stage times before is amplified five reaching In the first stage turn this means effectively mask signal would most of the noise generated and voice received 1n the second and following stages. this ar the rangement we could describe first stage as being the primary noise generation and voice recep tion area of this particular con figuration. defined as that area of the sys tem where the noise is generated and the major ity of received, which is heard or recorded at the system output. the majority of the voice "Primary" being In is if 1s disconnected? If the primary

voice recep stage, area is in the first tion first the what happens then this In stage the se case noise generated in longer be cond stage would no the in mask by noise generated But second stage first stage. noise would still be masking third and following stage noise. the noise we So 1n would the output, would be second stage noise. the the noise, And along with reception point primary to second would stage, reception would still be present and still have the same signal/noise ratio as it had with all ten stages in opera tion. The only change being that both noise and voice would be at a slightly lower volume level. this case now hear at voice "float" so that the This same thing would follow through as more stages were elim inated. Voice reception would be there was present enough amplification for circuit long as as SV-11 - 9 And noise to be heard at the system output. this effect would also work in the opposite direc tion. Suppose for example, we were to add a three stage pream plifier in front of the AP amp. the primary In this arrangement, noise generation area would now be the first preamplifier stage. And the primary voice reception area would also "float" to this same first pream plifier stage. in like manner, In the same way, if we add an electronic noise generator or radio receiver, with no antenna, or any other electronic noise generating device, to

the system, and if the output from this de vice is at a level that mask the preamplifier noise, then the pri mary voice reception area would move, primary to which noise generation area, ever of these devices we had add ed to the system. along with the to Mary and I, fashion, time That such systems, which are capable of receiving neither an acoustic nor a radio signal, are still capable of TC reception, is undeniable. This point was dem in a onstrated some rather dramatic months back. At the I was working with a circuit arrange a primitive ment consisting of detector, voiceband filter, and the Mouser 7W AF amplifier de scribed was powered up and the amp. vol I was bending ume the de over the set working on sudden a tector, when all of a through the loud male voice came receiver. turned up. The circuit in SV-10. This caught me completely by surprise (I almost fell out of the chair), and being a bit dis torted TC voices, I did not catch what was the voice was said even However, Mary who quite typical though loud. is of as SV-11 - 10 ( in When said I ask that!" the next was sitting room, immediately looked up and said "I just heard what she had heard, I was told he had Mary couldn't believe I had not under Unfortu stood what was said. nately I was not recording at the time, because without a doubt,

this was the loudest voice I have ever received. "help you". I the from another for yet re-examined amplifier the detector. My first impression was that we had simply picked up part of a radio signal, perhaps an over flying aircraft. But I was surprise. in When the circuit, in order to draw it out exactly as it existed at the time of re ception, I realized I had discon before nected The working on amplifier was connected only to !OK volume con the wiper of a trol, shielded microphone cable. Another piece of shielded cable, about eight long was connected across the control, with the filter end disconnected and laying on the bottom of the cabinet. Since the cabinet bot tom is wood, there is no way this lead touching metal or any other circuit. could have been inches via is quite The Mouser The voice received then had to have somewhere within been the speaker or within the ampli fier. a the PC board being small unit, inches square, and less than two of course, contains only a single active device. this voice was so loud, as TC voices go, it would seem it must have undergone before reaching the speaker. As a mat ter of speculation, this would seem to indicate it was received the first, or near first, in stage of the IC. This of course, would be the same area of the IC in which the noise, as heard \at the output, is generated. amplification

Because a In the last issue an experi ment done by Mr. Kent and his daughter, Taralyn, was described, in which a stereo recorder was used. A coil was used on one channel, the other channel having input device. What was re no ceived, was received of equal quality on both channels. As we know, recorder is essentially an audio amplifier connected to a tape head instead of a speaker. If there is no input then what is recorded is simply circuit noise. Also, some time ago Mr. Heckmann in which told me of experiments the investigator had started with rather complicated system and a eliminated then progressively time, equipment, one piece at a until there was nothing left but the AF speaker. Even at there was stage still voice reception. amplifier this and And isolated these are not incidents. researchers Other have experienced voice reception in systems in which the only sig nal was electronic noise. Sys tems which at the same time were not capable of receiving either sound or radio signals. MacRae contends that in such systems the voice 1s received through an ef fect on wave contour probability at the instant the noise wave is formed. (If I understand correct ly what he is saying) This hy pothesis such experimental results which have heretofore been unexplainable. explains then a This phenomenon to be explainable 1s quite hypothesis unorthodox, -- but then so is the And we can not log phenomenon. so ically expect unorthodox in mundane,

orthodox terms such as being the result of a whisper or I believe it was a radio signal. Sherlock Holmes who once said that after all other possibili ties have been eliminated, which remains, no matter how that im- v~ the plausible, must be truth. Also there was a Frenchman, who's I can't recall, who once name said on a different matter, "One must learn to think in different channels", phenomenon refuses to fit our way of think ing, then, in order to solve the reception problem. we must change our thinking to fit the phenome non. the If Before his transition to the Spirit world, Dr. Raudive was perhaps the most outstanding re And as searcher in this field. was stated earlier in this issue, the Dr. Raudive now use of electronic noise in re ceiving systems. This of course, to reinforce MacRae' s hy helps the pothesis. Princeton de experiments scribed by Smith in SV-10, which is probably a PK effect on diode noise generation. there 1s as recommends Also As had however, considered I have the reader knows, been using such noise generators in receiving systems for years. I this simply as a method of generating to be a neutral audio carrier modulated elsewhere 1n the sys In I was probably tem. If MacRae and Dr. Raudive wrong. then noise generation are right, itself is significant, and I have been using the right kind of gen erator for the wrong reason. this into three As was mentioned

1n the be ginning, TC reception can be di vided categories. Although MacRae's hypothesis ex take can plains place 1n systems in which elec tronic noise is the carrier, from experimental results and informa tion from beyond, more to the reception process. there is still reception how the In carrier external from source, such as a broadcast voice those cases where 1s an SV-11 - 11 to also be In such there ap that is "remodulated", a modulation pears there a case effect. would of course, still be noise generated in the receiving system circuits, but this noise would be so over-shadowed by the incoming that it is difficult to signal, see how any effect on the noise could be discerned at the output. This same thing would also seem to hold true in systems in which a non-noise carrier is generated, such as with O'Neils 13 tone con figuration. the It would appear then that we least two are dealing with at different effects the recep in tion process, although it seems same they both have likely cause. If, as a matter of specu lation, we have an incoming psy chokinetic signal, it may have two different effects depending upon what part of the system is effected. It may effect both the noise waveform during the process the of noise generation, and at same time modulate carrier ampli tude at certain places, such as there are where couplings, EM If this is true, then the etc. voice heard at

the output is the result of which ever effect hap pens that particular receiving system con figuration. to be predominate in from thought the other And what of the recommenda tions concerning multiple stages, that have been feedback, etc,, received side? How do these pieces now fit into the I had the puzzle? Spirits were these telling us in things were necessary both order for reception to take place at a higher level and for recep tion to be enhanced. However, in light of MacRae's hypothesis and Raudi ve' s recommendation, it now seems more likely that feedback, etc., is being recommended simply as a means of improving the sig- SV-11 - 12 to noise nal ratio of voices which have already been received the primary noise generating 1n area of the system. ( now from received that might Also there is another bit of tie information In Oct. 1983, a bulletin was 1n. published regarding information we had the other side. This information had to do with the use of nichrome in the stage elements. transcript of the Spirit communication from this bulletin will be reproduced in this issue, for the benefit of those who do not have the early issues.) (A on Nichrome of course. an electronic circuit, that has a is an alloy with a high melting temper ature, which is used for various purposes. It also has a greater lesser electrical resistance or it's composition. depending In any resistance, component generates amount of noise, depending on

the amount of resistance, the If this material material, etc. were used, for example, to form the "antenna" elements for inter stage EM coup 1 in gs , it seems i t would add a certain amount of noise to the circuit. composition of certain ( recommended feedback percentage, In the system configuration, as the other from side, there are seven stages en closed in a feedback loop. With it a high would seem that any noise gener ated in these elements would be enhanced. Are the Spirits saying that enclosing noise generation loop would feedback within also enhance the effect they can have on noise waveform formation? some other reason Or the use of nich they recommend rome? information this is material to TC receiving systems? Unanswered this questions point in time. there the at is Or stronger speaking, We know that in a modulation circuit, a certain amount of en ergy 1s required to modulate the carrier. How much is required of course, depends on the circuit configuration, etc. But general ly the the carrier, the modu the stronger lating signal must be in order to cause a given percentage of modu lation. Although by no means the same thing, it seems this would probably also be true where an effect on waveform contour during the course of noise generation is As a guess then, it concerned. would suppose to logical that if the noise is generated at less energy level, a very would be required in the

incoming PK, or whatever, signal to bring about a given degree of effect. seem low lev The noise logical I have had Since we can also suppose PK energy is a very subtle force, it seems to speculate that generating noise at as low a lev el as possible, would be benefi cial. generator described in the last issue does just that. Although I have not done comparison experiments with different noise generation els, the subjective impression that generating noise at a very low level, even though this means extra amplification stages, does work better. I had no idea why this was so, and sup low level noise was simply posed a bit more uniform. In light of Mac Rae's hypothesis, it now ap pears that noise generation may be far more important than any of This probably us had any idea. that means level at which noise is generated 1s also of significance. the Some years back when I first proposed the use of noise in TC a reception, a the background, technical question: "I thought we "ere try- person without ask ing to eliminate noise, - why add more?" Well, if MacRae's hypoth esis is correct, and I believe it is, in then he has explained, scientific terms, why noise may is be beneficial. is right, another mi 1 es tone along th-e long and difficult road to an under standing of the TC reception pro cess. if he then his hypothesis And ARCHIVE BULLETIN - PUBLISHED OCT.

12, 1983 Tape ft 204 Segment# 1 This is tape# 204, '83. Again we recorded Oct. 12, ask friends and relatives to try to talk with us. We will set up and to proper recording We wi 11 then record 10 counts. record a 10 count sections and then rephase the PK Modulator to bring it into phase recorder with tape head. Count 5-15 total of 2 speaker level the and 12-13 "Good morning Bill" (F) 4t 2 Segment We have a Lady's voice saying good morning, and we would like to say good morning to the (It's about 8:00 you. evening) try one more segment of 10 counts before modi fying the modulator and again we ask our friends and relatives and anyone who and good will, to talk with us. Count 20-30 in peace We will comes in 27 "Application" (M) sensors Segment# 3 We have modified the equipment to bring the experimen into phase with tal PK the rest of the system and will record another 10 count segment. for communication Again we ask the Spirit from our friends world. in SV-11 - 13 "Hey Bill" "Jihat did he say?" 41 42 43 "Jleisensale" (M) (M) (M) Segment# 4 We would like to ask if we are using the right exper imental element, resistive metal, in our efforts to improve recep tion? Count 55-60 57 "Yes Bill" (F) 4> 5 This like Segment and we would question to be sure the answer. Are right experimental in sistive

metal, improve reception? Count 67-75 1s segment 5 to repeat our we understand the we using re element, our effort to Thank you. 70-71 73 "Than.Ir you" "Bill got it" (M) (M) in II 6 Segment We understand you are answering our question about the affirma resistive metal tive. We thank you for your help and we bid you good night and thank you for being with us to night. We will record another 10 counts for any additional com ments you may have and then stop recording for tonight and begin work on what we hope wi 11 be a more efficient PK modulator. Count 84-100 87 92 95 "Good night Bill" "Good night" ( M) "History was made this night" (F) (M) CORRECTIONS 1) It was stated in the last issue (SV-10/24) that no one I knew of since Raudive, had gotten anything but mediocre results using the diode method. Since that time I have heard from Mr Bonner in England, that- "The best diode recordings I have e~er SV-11 - 14 ( .. t. heard were aade by Bdelgard John in Ger•aay. These• appeared to be the voices of long deceased chil dren singing and were recorder on the site that was previously a monastery" Fig 3, First drawing) (Reference- SV-10/22, I there "The technique I know that I From Mr Gilbert Bonner, Sus 2) sex, England- th•~ 1 aentioned in 1981 in "Spirit Voice" Jan. 81, did NOT mix Preach with French but Preach and Geraan

or ..!.lU two different language mixtures. could have mixed these on one cassette but felt that for acous tic reasons it would be better to allow• this ■adulation of the two languages to be live. fore called it the "THREE RBCORD BR TBCHNIQUB ". One tape played a randomized Preach language. Another tape recorder did the same with German. And a third recorder picked up through a ai crophone the two together. found that sometimes a response would be recorded in perfect .Bl!:: glish. I must confess that for some reason I seldom used this method, possibly as I was getting excellent voices on the Medium Jlave band around 1500 .Klu near the so called Juergenson frequen cy. Pro• what we have learned about sound modulation and all the various experiments, using various uses of speech fragaents, I believe the method I wrote about eleven years ago is well worth repeating in further tests." I NOTES 1) In a letter from Mr Jeff King, who is an active researcher in New Zealand, he mentions a book entitled "Chaos" by Mr James Gleick. This book might be of importance in TC research. 2) REMAIL SERVICE - If there is anyone you would like to contact, but do not have their address, I will remail your letter to that person, if I have their address. Simply enclose your letter in a sealed envelope with that persons name printed on, together with a stamp and your return address. Enclose this in a larger

envelope and mail it to me. the persons address and forward In the event I do it to them. not have that persons address I will return your envelope to you. I cannot promise of course, that that person will reply. I will add 3) At This time there is no fur ther information about the DNR device mentioned in the last is sue. Hope to have something fur ther on this in the next issue. 4) COMPUTER/VIDEO RECEPTION During the past year several letters have been received about computer and/or video TC. A couple have inquired about cover a these subjects. age of word, they have not been covered is simply because they are beyond the scope of this to paper. However reason from time the In time, brief mention will be made of new techniques, etc. In each area, audio, video, two as there are the communications aspect and computer. pects; and the technical aspect. a To consider first the tech nical aspect of video and comput er TC, at this point in time, to begin designing and building ex perimental computers, TVs, video cameras, etc., would not only tremendous investment, require a tremendous require but also amount of Engineering knowledge and skill. in any case, And since even audio reception is not to attempt yet fully understood, a serious technical investigation of computer and video reception, which is undoubtedly more compli cated by a whole order of magni time, this point tude, at would almost certainly be

an ex ercise in futility. This would be akin to Marconi attempting to invent the radio, the TV, and the computer, - simultaneously! Here we science projects for large mid-21th Cen tury Company and University labo ratories. talking about are in SV-11 - 15 the from Considered commercially com- munications standpoint however, and here we are talking about using .,vailable, I off-the-shelf equipmenc, this -But only if would encourage. you already have the equipment on hand. (Or have very deep pockets) I would personally consider the odds of successful reception to be far too low in order for pur chase of equipment specifically for this purpose to be practical. people Several in Europe have received video pictures and computer messages, and I under stand such messages are gradually increasing. However I know of no one here in the U.S. who has re al ceived computer messages, though several have tried. (If anyone knows of positive computer results in the U.S., please let Sarah Estep or I know.) Mr Erland Babcock tern Lane, Burlington, has been experimenting ly with feedback the Video reception, and I he has results. some quite ( 38 Lan MA 01803) extensive effect in understand interesting ( subjects are beyond the scope of this paper (both subjects deserve publications of their own), from time to time there will be brief mention of methods, etc. I do agree with the old adage that a picture thousand words. Also words printed out on a computer screen cannot be mis

heard, even though the aeaning of the message may still not be com pletely clear in all cases. is worth a No /t B.Q., Barstow, CA Sp.:ir.:it Vo.:ices is edited and published, as time and mate rials permit, by Bill Weisensale, P.O. Box of 92312-3030, United States subscriptions are America. Copies accepted at time. are free upon request, those who have all previous issues back to and including SV-7. Donations are accepted. issue must be returning requested by the address coupon enclosed or writing a note. Each new this to Meaber - American Association Electronic Voice Phenoaena Dedicated Transcommunication for lightenment of Humanity. to development of the en Although as mentioned, these ---- Please put me on the list for a copy of the next issue (SV-12) Because of the considerable cost of postage and especially printing, it is necessary to except donations in order to continue with this work. Donation~ are not mandatory but they are appreciated. (Approx. per copy costs this issue- $2.50 Domestic. $3.50 Overseas- Air) Na ■ e (Please print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Addres·s (If new) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Please return this c·oupon, or drop ae- a n-ote on othe-r paper-. (Unleas I hear froa you I will aaeuae , are not: iiKereated in a co of the next isa•e}· SV-11 - 16 Number 12 Initial Printing 60 Copies August 1992 The most dangerous tiling anyone can do, is to be born. Birth is 100% fatal. There are no exceptions. Fortunately for us, between cause and effect, there is usually a very slight delay. A tick or two ofEternity's clock. This delay we call Life. -BW COM:MENT Any can

that effect It can be be strong, can also be less strong. A good example of this is moving air in our atmosphere. It can have the unbelievable velocity of tornado, or it can be a chill a winter wind. a mild summer breeze, or it can move so slowly that only a weather bal loon can detect any movement at all. There is no air speed that we can point to and say that this is the slowest it is possible for air to move. No matter how slow- 1 y it may be moving, it can a 1 - slower ways move And this of course, is a speed. general principle. Any effect that can be strong, can also be weaker to any degree. even at an A more pertinent example, is that of radio communication. The useful range of such communica the power tion is determined by output of the transmitter and the sensitivity of the among other factors. a As imagine lets mental a low power AM exercise, in some mid town, where broadcast station the land is western Lets suppose flat as a pancake. radio re we have a car with a ceiver equipped with an output jack which can be connected to a recorder. While we are record ing, we can also hear the station through the speaker. signal As we drive out of town, the station, from directly away first quite is at the clear. After some miles however, we notice there is

now a bit of static mixed with the signal. As this static the miles gradually grows stronger, making the station more and more diffi Finally a cult point is reached where the pres ence of the station can still be detected, but nothing can be un derstood through the speaker. to understand. go by, A little further, perhaps at a hundred miles distance, nothing receiver , , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,_ Contents 12/7 12/15 12/20 Letters Experimental Part 2 Notes Wadding ham the can be heard but static. Howev er, since our object is to deter mine how much is audible in later analyzing tape, we continue driving for another hundred, per two or three hundred miles. haps the station At that distance, 1.s though signal still present even the we can't hear through In speaker? The answer is yes. fact the signal would still be present even if we put the radio on a space ship and took it to the moon. Although at that dis tance, with the little stick an tenna, so weak as to be beyond the ability of even the most sophisticated computer enhancement technique, the signal would be it in the little static Further still, In later analyzing the tape, we would find of course, that at the tape, the beginning of part that was recorded near the station,

the voice would be very clear, even through a speaker. A bit further along we would notice the back a ground. this noise would become louder, as the to noise ratio gradually signal Everything could deteriorated. still be now understood, there would be enough background noise A the noise little would become strong enough that we would miss a word or two here ( In or there, of what was said. a car the this would be about point where one would change to a stronger station or turn off the radio) irritating. and to become further, but In analyzing the tape howev By using technique, which is the first er, we can now apply the special use of earphones. a headset, which shuts cut environ mental noise and aids concentra tion, at this point everything on the tape can still be understood, even though there is quite a bit of noise. A little further how ever, even is not enough. SV- 12/2 this As the noise gradually increases, the find again we words are being missed. that some of r t Now the time, second segment 1.s technique another By required, that of repetition. playing back tape several times, the word or state ment that could not be understood the first or can lis usually be understood by tening to it several more times. By now the signal to noise C'atio has deteriorated the point that in listening casually to the recording through a speaker, one may, or may

not, be able to tell there 1.s a station present, but in either case little or nothing would be understandable. to the voices Going yet further down the become weaker tape still, as we approach a signal to noise C'atio of one or zero deci If at this point it were bels. possible the noise and voice signal and display both on trace oscilloscope, both would be the same amplitude. to separate a duel f ' to of Along side Another way this would be thinking imagine about some kind of factory. being in twenty feet Lets say that about there is a very noisy ma away chine. the machine someone is standing who is trying to talk to you. ing as loud as they can. But the is at they can shout, loudest exactly the same volume level as the machine. the noise made by How much would you be able to to understand? Well according studies done by NASA as described by Alec MacRae (SV-10/37), you would be able to understand about 50 percent. They are shout As we go even further down the tape the S/N ratio goes into the negative decibel area. Mean ing of course that the noise is the now literally louder than voice. There are two character to distin istics that allow us guish voice from other sound, and understand what 1s said. The important 1s of first and most course, amplitude. In most cases when one is listening to a voice, in

person or on the radio, etc., the voice is louder, by far, than any other sound. And we have come to expect this to be so. a it There second is however, attribute of voice that allows us from noise. to distinguish That attribute 1& waveform. The waveforms of voice are different from the waveforms of noise. And it 1s this attribute that allows to be understood even a when to noise ratio has gone into the negative deci bel area where all amplitude ad vantage has been lost. the signal voice to According the graph drawn by Mr. MacRae, of the NASA studies, at -3dB, roughly 30 per cent of what is said can be un derstood. At -60B about 10% can be understood. In our example of the factory, at -3dB the loudest the person could shout would be at only 75% of the volume of the the machine noise generated by they were standing by. -6DB At their loudest shout would be only 50% as loud as the machine noise. Yet even at this level about 10% of what they said could still be understood. a third the As we go further along tape we are analyzing, and enter re this negative decibel into technique 1s gion, yet time most required. people tape the would hear only noise and would already have concluded that there ware no longer any voices on the tape,) this to listening (By At better the have would S/N volume ratios and we

tone to trying a and probably comfortable controls set leave adjustment, them there, because they are not that important. In the negative decibel area however, where we to understand voices are based on waveform patterns rather than on amplitude, the adjustment of these controls becomes criti cal. A voice that can be heard and understood at one combination of volume and tone settings, may be undetectable at slightly dif ferent settings. that An additional complication 1s the settings are voice sensitive, that is, the best set tings are usually slightly dif ferent for each individual voice. deeper Higher pitched voices, male female voices, all require slightly dif ferent setting combinations. One cannot simply "tune-in" the first voice on a tape segment, and then hear all the other voices on the segment at the same settings. voices, voices, at time time consuming. is is very Because of this, in order to hear each voice as clear as pos sible, each must be listened to repeatedly, a each slightly different tone and vol setting, until ume combination found. the best combination tedious This of course, and in tense concentration and numerous repetitions are required, it can to easily take 15 analyze even a five to ten count segment of tape. Longer segments are it be comes progressively more diffi cult to maintain degree of concentration. impractical because to 30 minutes the necessary Since just as In TC recording, in our recording of the fading radio station, there is no bottom cut off

level. That is, there is no level, no matter how weak, at the voices cannot be even which weaker. And this is true whether SV- 12/3 or not they are understandable or In other words, even detectable. TC voices can be anywhere along a linear sliding scale from "Hi-Fi" to absolutely undetectable. to communicate individuals. Just how much can be heard in this "fringe area" or negative decibel region, varies consider ably between In at all, order those of us who are not Transme have diums, had hard, listening tape repeatedly train ourselves ments, until we the pi:-esence of, and to discei:-n the voices that are understand the other hand, On recoi:-ded. Transmediums, who's S/N ratio is better, have not had to do this, because for them it is not neces sary. Quite understandable. to work very and intensely seg short to in Unfortunately, this differ reception quality has ence caused certain problems. The first of which is with new people coming into the field. A person attempting to establish contact, and having expectations that are too high, is listening for some thing obvious on the recording. listening for a voice, They are understandable or not, is louder than the noise, listening that 1s at least for something loud their to attract attention as they go by. enough that nothing obvious, \fter doing this repeatedly over several days or weeks, and hearing even though they may very well have recorded numerous voices, all too many, I'm afraid, simply give up,

believing they have failed. How ever, think it more probable that in virtually every case they record mes have not failed sages. Where they have failed, is 1n realizing these voices can exist at any signal to noise ra tio, enough SV- 12/ 4 being persistent to detect and in learn and to to I r ( the low understand level voices they have most probably recorded. (Of course if the new person is fortunate enough to have TM abil ity, likely not have this problem.) they will be friends, Everyone in the Spirit world. co-workers, numerous knows people who are Par ents, Grandparents, great Grand parents, Uncles, Aunts, perhaps sisters, brothers, or cousins, In addition maybe even children. ex- there may etc. schoolmates, There are also rela tives, friends and acquaintances from previous And even beyond this there are people one has never met, who volunteer their researchers to help here on our side. Logic tells us then, someone here, someone who is open-minded, seri to ous, and persistent, attempts establish that the other there are people on to get side who do through. communication, their best that when. lifetimes. time can 1s do very weak, If the researcher is not a the best their Transmedium, and get Transpartners through on non a mediumistic level, this does not mean communication isn't possi ble. What it does mean is that the researcher has to work harder to develop the skill necessary to understand what is said. On the AA-EVP cross

country list roughly half the other half. list, them selves as engaging in taping. We they have can probably assume succeeded in making contact. But Have what of they not they tried and believed they have not been successful? If these people are interested enough in the sub ject an organization, think it likely some or then tried, but have not most have succeeded. tried, or have to I join qwui an is, the That involved. experiment is I There to do, but which 1s would love the question absolutely out of impossible amount because of of I time would like to write to all of the people who do not list themselves as tapers, ask each if they have to establish contact, attempted and if so, whether they succeed tried but did not ed. If succeed, I I would ask if may listen to one of their origi nal recordings (not a copy). I that adventure virtually everyone of re to con cordings would be found tain the voices of one or more persons who tried to get through. However, as much as love to do this, it is simply out of (Please do not the question. send me such tapes to analyze.) they then speculate I would these to The second problem that the difference researchers, arises because of in reception quality between dif that of ferent A recording which sample tapes. contain to one nothing but noise, to another researcher, may contain a number of understandable voices.

researcher may is The Suppose, for example, there are several 1n irregularities that someone who 1 s not a TM makes a recording. On first playback the tape seems to contain nothing but researcher however, noise. being an experienced non-medium, notices tran sient the noise, which of course, is a clue that the noise waveform at these locations 1s other random. these points, on Concentrating the that researcher determines several are voices. With further work to the location, determine duration each of voice. He is also able to under stand what researcher 1s able exact gender said, even than and the and 1s identify the voices of certain of his Transpartners. The time he may (But may not course, researcher of realizes the voices are difficult realize to hear. But at just how difficult) the same think that be cause he . has been able to under stand what the voices are saying, others will also. Because he would like others to hear what he like recorded, and/or would has get people help to started, and copies sends them to others. new some he makes least What happens now? Well, you it. The tapes, do they would tape, ex have already guessed people who review the listen carefully as with any other sample to hear understandable pecting something voices, or at obvious. Not hearing anything that stands apart from the noise, the they understandably come conclusion no this voices on say point re nothing, or write searcher and state, as

diplomati cally the possible, researcher is mistaken, there are that no voices on the only recording 1s noise. they would probably the the tape, and the that the thing on to are there tape. that to At as Unfortunately, our one of readers unwittingly became in volved in just such a no-win sit uation. After sending copies of two tapes to several people, none the of whom were able voices on his recordings, he was probably beginning to doubt his own sanity. Fortunately, around time he sent me copies of this to able I was the tapes re verify had he corded. There were in fact, two or three dozen voices between the two tapes. and the voices to hear SV- 12/5 keen hearing. Why was I able to hear what others could not? Well, it cer tainly is not because I have ex- ceptionally In fact I know my hearing has dete- riorated some extent, as 1s normal for a person who no longer puts candles on their Birthday cake because the heat would melt the icing. to that of reception is of about The reason is simply that I also am not a Transmedium. Most of my the to no1se ra same average signal tio as the voices on these sample tapes. Voices which am not surprised no one else I seemed able I to hear. have had years of experience with of this reception, these sample tapes were no more diffi cult to hear than are the

voices on most of my own recordings. non-mediumistic the voices on Because level to is send unless relatively easy to not anyone, The moral of this story of sample course, the tapes to voices are understand. If you can under stand the voices through a speak are ..!Ll:. played, then others will probably be able If you have nique, etc., safe than sorry. to use a special tech repetitions, Better it. earphones, forget them also. to hear first they then time the low on which the people signal that It is futile to send sample to the tapes noise ratio 1s so the people who review the tape might In fact hear nothing but noise. it is even worse than futile. At the best tapes to, if they don't hear any thing but noise, will probably the conclusion that you come have an overactive imagination or At worst are simply mistaken. they may the conclusion to that you are not playing with a full deck of cards. In either SV- 12/6 send come you to case it isn't going credibility rating any good. to do your f just essence 1s It is not necessary of Transcommu that, --com- Communication the next World, transpar The nication munication. between you and between you and your to tners. prove this to anyone else. And if your reception, like mine, is at to a very difficult signal noise ratio, then it is much bet ter not to try to prove it. If you are

working on TC technology, then it may very well be an ad vantage to not be a TM. At least this way you can be sure any im provements you may bring about, are due to equipment design rath er than to your TM ability work ing a bit better that day. ( is to Transcommunication needs be proven to the World. But this must be done in a credible fash ion, meaning loud, clear, under This of reception. standable the course, those "mission" if you will, of Just who have strong TM ability. those as it is the "mission" of with in Science and/or Electronics, ward the development of receiving systems. the province, background improved to work to a rather reception has no To summarize a long rambling article, first of and all, TC lower cut-off point. There is no sig that we can nal point at and say the voices can exist only above this level, they do not exist below this level. to noise ratio In the same way there is no signal to noise ratio that we can point at and say the voices can this level, be understood above they cannot be understood below this level. The lowest level at which stood varies considerably between The re- different individuals. the voices can be under ~ those who are searchers who are able stand what is said at possible signal are diums, and who have train to practice, and develop niques for tion. under to the

lowest to noise ratios, not Transme therefor had themselves, tech level of recep- the necessary this a for tapes It 1s enough through for others inadvisable to be relatively easy to make sample to re view, unless the signal to noise the ratio 1s high to voices understand speaker, Other wise you run the risk that ~hose you send the tapes to, even 1f they are Transmediums, may not the voices you be able have recorded. Keep in mind that techniques TMs non necessary mediumistic reception. Which is quite understandable, since they do not have any reason to develop or use any such techniques. do not use understand to hear the to an Everyone to establish contact, knows people who are in the Spirit world. Some of these people, as well as others, are almost certain to try to get through when given an messages open-minded, opportunity by serious, diligent person. When such a person believes they have failed it is almost certain to be because they are not hearing the low lev that are actually on el voices their recordings. Not because there was no one over there try And not be ing to get through. trying cause get through were not able project tape. their voices onto those who were to to the LETTERS From Jim Waddingham (Physicist) Mar 28, 92 "Last weekend I received the copies of SV (issues 7 through 10) you sent to me. They were fascinating reading and I sure want to receive the

next issue! Enclosed is a donation. I have Breakthrough and Voices of Eternity and I have frequently pondered on how re cording equipment and radios could be used by noncarnate be ings to communicate with incar nate beings. While reading the SV issues all manner of questions and pictures were coming to my attention. this letter two of these ideas. I will present in First Idea: Being a physicist, I have The procedures for frequently wondered how a noncar nate being could affect or commu nicate with something like an animal body. controlling the development and maintenance of an animal body have been studied for many centu ries, but how bodies are con trolled, or "steered", is neither understood nor studied, as far as I could see. Hopefully, this situation is no longer true. While reading those SY is sues, it occurred to me that possibly the basic controlling signals are injected at the in terfaces between certain nerve cells in the brain and, possibly, at certain nerve cells throughout If this is the case, the body. there could be just a few, or a number of injection interfaces. And depending on how well "conne cted" the being is to its body, one could have a human being that is "sickly" or an Olympic class athlete. Figure 1 (SV-12/9) is a drawing of a proposed transducer that could be used to test this idea. Basically, this device might con two metal sist of a plastic tube, cores, 2 permanent magnets

and several coils of copper wire. SV- 12/7 The plastic tube is a housing that holds the two cores and is threaded, so that the separation between core 1 and core 2 can be precisely adjusted. These two cores are made from a mater13l that is an excellent conduc .. or of magnetic fields, like an iron alloy from which transformers cores are constructed. Corel has flat, polished surfaces on both of its ends while Core 2 has a flat, polished surface on its back end and a stem protruding from the center of its front end. The front surface of Core 2 is a flat or pointed surface. permanent magnets are disc shaped, ceramic magnets that pro vide a fixed magnetic field which will link the two cores. The 2 Using an ohmmeter connected If a noncarnate being across the SB contacts, core 1 can be rotated so that a minute gap will exist between core l's inner face and the end of core 2's stem. can manipulate the magnetic permeability of the gap, there will be a change in the magnetic flux passing through the stem, which will cause a voltage to appear across the SM contacts. At least three different ways of providing this transducer with feedback would be by using one of the copper coils that have con tacts F 1 , F2 or F3 • To minimize noise in the stem coil signal (SM), it would be advisable to twist together the stem coil's leads.

Coils 1 or 3 would inject a magnetic field that would tend to not affect the stem coil's sig nal, SM, but could be used by the Being to gauge the effect it is having by manipulating the perme ability of the gap. Coil 2 would inject a magnetic field that would affect SM and could be used to provide positive feedback. Also, several of the same type of SV- 12/8 r feedback coils could be used to create a finely adjustable feed back field by appropriately di viding the feedback current amongst these feedback coils. Besides being used to set a It seems likely that i f small gap, ~ can also be moni tored to see if the voltage dif ference between the two cores changes. the magnetic permeability of the gap can change, then the voltage difference could also change. One way of detecting such changes would be with an electrometer connected across s,.. Second Idea: It occurred to me that there may be a way to extract the non carnate Being's signals from the much more powerful AM signals that now clutter our environment. Two AM receivers with outputs R1 and R,, can be connected to an operational amplifier, whose out put will be R,, - Ri· If receivers 1 and 2 receive the same signal, S., have the same amplification, phase shifts and antenna configu rations, then the outputs of these receivers will cancel each other when they are subtracted. Figure 2 (SV-12/11) shows a

math ematical proof of this statement. Using tw; matched receivers I have in the configuration shown in Figure 2 can significantly reduce the effect of an unwanted signal, S., when trying to detect the minute signal, Mc, of a noncar nate being. However, found that obtaining matched re ceivers ls not easy; this is probably ~by this method is not now widely used. chased several pairs of the same model receivers and through it was easy to match their amplifi cations (compared on an oscillo scope) by adjusting their volume controls, their phase shifts were so badly mismatched that no use- I have pur CROSSECTION VIEW coil 3 ( \ ( ()~ ) • . _; / • . \., /.-·, / stem ___ .. / ' • cores - \ magnets - - - - - - - ---- - ~-- - CC?il 2 N (S ) - -~ magnet I - \ ', - - 0-- - - - --'-➔ ,__ - ,-.... • ' - - • F, 2 1 r :: . - - ~ore 1 0-, . 0---'\ '/Le~=- -::~-=--- ~ 1 ~ • [i I ~ i i 1-- ~- , - -·· __ -=-.- ~=z =-::.. I-=> 'C -?--~-~ --=-c .=i ,1 gap - ) 1 ('- Sv6 F3 o-.,,,.,.., · G . · , S M stem ' • ' ., ~ ~ /<-=1·-1) · 1 ' -- ~ . __ _:_-: . ") ... , ' . ', ( - --

• · : v· ·,. ! - -- r . ~-~ -- -- ... •• , . . housing C <f '1 () Figure 1 ~ ff~~--/-i,41.,,.J1.coil 1 core 2 --'-, G SE (J () ---~(N! ~~~~~~~ magnet ~ - ~ Title- Gop Permeability Te3t Concept By Jim Woddingham Drawn By File- joote 4/27 /92 t ~ &' ful cancellation of SB could be achieved. Amplifiers that should work could be found on a multi channel oscilloscope or on a mul tichannel data acquisition preamplifier. These devices tend to be expensive. Note that if the Being is to from the output of the be detected by this technique, the Being must produce a larger signal, Mc, in one receiver than the signal it produces in the other receiver, MF. To provide the Being with feedback so that it can better gauge the effect it is producing on receivers 1 and 2, a local transmitter is pro vided and is modulated by the signal, 0, operational amplifier. To pre vent unwanted oscillations, in stabilities, etc., receivers 1 and 2 and this local transmitter must be positioned so that the signal from the local transmitter is also cancelled when the out puts of receivers 1 and 2 are subtracted. source radiator, the radiator must be as close as possible to one of the receiver's antennas and as far as possible from the line Rand the other receiver's antenna, " In terms of a point Reply: I think both concepts you describe and

illustrate would be very to If you have no ob our readers. jections, I would like to publish this material in the next issue. interesting and helpful Several years ago Sarah Es tep mentioned in the AA-EVP news that someone in Germany had used two radio receivers together with a differential amplifier used as There was little a "detector". other detail, even as to whether the radios were If they did try to use matched re they probably encoun ceivers, tered the same difficulty you did SV- 12/ 10 identical. in trying to find are precisely matched. two radios that f Some years ago, in the late indicated to Mary 1970s, it was that a differential ampli and I fier should 1n fact be used as the receiving system "detector", (I know you did not know this) However, it still remains determined exactly how it is be configured for tion. idea of So using matched radios is sound and lot of experimental poten has a tial. to be to this applica think your I from tolerance receivers narrow Perhaps the matching problem two could be solved by building scratch, radio using compo nents, and matching the perform ance of each circuit between the Such receivers could two, etc. probably be quite simple. In fact simple would probably be an advantage, because the less cir in cuits volved, their performance would probably match. components the more closely are and ( that In addition to what we have been told by our

Transpartners, the reason I believe this general concept is sound, is because the Spirits have demonstrated on nu merous occasions, to various re searchers, capable of effecting one receiv ing system, while leaving another feet away, system, only un-effected. And this is not be cause one system works for them and the other does not. Because a few seconds later the same Spirit may use system and leave the first un-effected. they are quite second the few a In group sessions, where in recorders there are several operation, the same voice is at times received simultaneously on each recorder, at other times the Spirits may direct their voice at leaving other only one recorder, SB .. ~ '0 Mc :s • I Re~; 1 . I I Ai M Li 1~;f~~ 0~ F :s ' + }~fp > I +-- ( __ R~vr 2 _ __I--- 1 ~ 0 Being - . - - - . R -._ - SB ---_-_ ·- •--,-.~- - remote,1 Xmitr -- - - -- --- ~ = SB+ Mc ~ = SB+ MF 0 = ~ - ~ = SB + Mc - (Ss + MF) Mc - MF Figure 2 r~ ) 2 i1-1ar92 ~ .... ~ .... .... Tille- Single Stage / Dual Section Concept By Jim Woddinghom Drown By File- joote '4/27 /92 t ~ ~- recorders nearby un-effected. This same thing can and does hap pen with radio receivers. A case in point being mentioned by the Marcello Bacci group.

(SV-11/4) In direct comparison experi the ments, as described in SV-8, 1n Spirits demonstrated, have numerous experiments, they can indeed effect one system more than the other is only several feet away. And they can do this even to the the sys extent of using one of tems to the complete exclusion of the other. the other, even though that In the than depending two halves of how on the receiver system you the problem then would two re describe, seem to be matching the ceivers, or one system, thinks of it. The Spirits defi nitely do have the ability to use the other. one side more However, this 1s they do tell me somewhat difficult, which means a bit of practice on it takes their part. imagine should this would be a bit like being in a quiet room with several people to whisper something and trying to one of them with out being overheard by the others. Only in this case it would be a matter of trying to concentrate on one sys tem or piece of equipment without permitting to "bleed" over to nearby equipment. thoughts one's I radio system, In your it seems to me, any degree of noise cancelation that can be obtained, would be beneficial, even though there may be something less than For exam complete cancelation. ple, if the voice level remains the same on it's channel, and 6db reduction can be ob of noise tained by this should have the effect of

improv ing the output S/N ratio by ap prox. 6dB. you are on the right track. So I definitely think the "detector", SV- 12/ 12 From Jim Waddlngbam 11 April, 92 ( "---------if you feel that my comments/ideas could be of inter est, then please publish them. Since I wrote that letter, I have been thinking about the dif ferent approaches to the Trans Communication (TC) problem that have been described in various Spirit Voices articles. The technique of obtaining a useable signal by mixing white noise with a weak signal seems to be what the scientific community calls "Stochastic Resonance". This is a relatively new branch of sta tistics and I have seen several reviews in Science News of ar ticles that have appeared in var ious technical journals. Also, it is not very well understood or developed. teresting to see what BVP re searchers learn and develop. It will be most in Whenever I have thought about the best way to construct a TC device or transducer, there always seemed to be great empha sis placed on providing feedback in the transducer (eg. in the "gap" shown in Figure 1) so that the non-carnate Being (NCB) can estimate or gauge the physical effect where it is causing its effect. By working with such a device, the NCB can learn how to use and control the effect it is causing. me i f it should be discovered that this can be done by rela tively few NCBs. It would

not surprise (and) The addition of positive feedback could significantly im prove the sensitivity of a trans ducer and the addition of negative feedback could improve its signal-to-noise ratio, which is an approach that would reduce the noise present in a NCB trans- ( ducer, rather than increase the noise. To test a circuit (2 matched receivers or matched transducers connected to the inputs of a dif ferential amplifier), I connect the output of a square wave gen erator to the inputs of the 2 matched receivers or transducers and the channel 1 input of an oscilloscope and the output of the differential amplifier to the channel 2 input of that oscillo scope. My design goal has been to learn how to build matched receivers or transducers so that the voltage output of the differ ential amplifier is 1/1000 th of the voltage output of the square wave generator. used because they make any phase distortion obvious, while sine waves would not reveal such distortion. I output of the square wave genera tor over the frequency range for which I am designing the receiv ers or transducers, checking the difference trace (channel 1 - channel 2) displayed on the os cilloscope to see if the 1/1000 th test is satisfied. hasn't been met. Square waves are then sweep the So far, it As you indicated in your letter, keeping the receiver de signs simple has given the best results. When I can get back to this project, I will next

make a printed circuit board and use dual op-amp chips, in an effort to balance-out the effects of stray capacitance, which to date has caused unacceptable and un controllable phase distortions. If there is interest, I could write a description of my in tended design and any one, espe cially those more skilful than myself at building such things, could also try this approach." Reply: for I must first apologize not getting back to you sooner. I'm afraid lack of time has been just my nemesis I have can. to do what for years. can, when I I some read I believe, time back, Your mention of "Stochastic Resonance" was the first I heard In an article this effect named. about I telecommunication it in certain was mentioned be a weak cases a bit of somewhat white noise. this was mentioned only in passing and the I didn't effect wasn't named, so It seems take it very seriously. to defy common sense. then But so Transcommunication. Thanks for the information. that signal might improved by However, does the from Just results Re far, so how many Spirits or NBCs as you say, are able to com municate at a high level, is de I would agree batable. However, with you that they are probably few and far between. Generally speaking, the it searchers have had seems the situation over there is pretty much is here. That is, it seems that on both sides of the Veil there are just a

very few who have whatever mysterious talent is necessary to good quality communicate at a level. While a larger number on each side have this talent to a more limited degree, a and more modest, and to understand not level. can communicate only on rather noisy, really easy somewhat same as it And then there is the major a very to only ity, on both sides, who have this talent limited degree, or not at all, and can communicate only on a very weak, or as I have been calling it, a "non-mediumistic", level. Which is an of course, is why there SV- 12/13 urgent need equipment. for more sensitive On 1n in the eight suddenly, track stereo the subject of sensitiv ity, I long way think we have a to go. Some years back I was lobby room waiting for a of a motel 1n Holbrook Arizona. An the lobby was playing western music, the music was when drowned out by a second or two of loud, clear CB radio conversa a tion. freeway bypass had not yet been built and all Interstate traffic, including trucks, went down main street, right past the mo tel. And at the exact time this there conversation was happened to be a truck right 1n front of the motel. the front of heard, time the the At CB is constantly on radios are of course, legally limited to four or five watts output. However, many long distance truck drivers carry il legal linear

amplifiers, ranging to several from several hundred (Because their thousand watts. "station" the move, the chances of being caught No almost non-existant.) are doubt what had happened 1s that the the driver was passing as such an motel, he had keyed-up several amplifier, and generating thousand watts, such a powerful signal that it had forced it's way into the tape tape players though player even are not designed to receive radio signals. putting out signal for which I believe the situation with Trans communication is very s imi- that we are receiving a 1 ar, 1n type of the equipment was not designed. And tape recorders and radios since are not designed to t'eceive psy chokinetic signals, and are most probably grossly to such signals, in order fol' there to be any voice signal t"eception insensitive SV- 12/ 14 ( ( in at all, such equipment must lit erally be hit with a "jolt" of PK An energy level so high energy. that, at time, this point there are still only a handful of Spit"its and/or Transmediums who are capable of generating enough energy to allow clear communica tion. A situation that hopefully will change 1n the future as we learn more about which circuits are effected and they are effected, and take steps to op tionalize such circuits, and de sign special circuits, purpose. this for how You have the right idea in a two channel using a duel trace scope in ana system. lyzing I'ave been using this

approach in the systems !'ave been working with. Mary and I were told, back around 1979, that a differential the amplifier should be used as "detector". At I was working with a quite simple ar rangement, so I am not certain if this applied only to what I was doing at time, or if they meant that the diff. amp. needs to be incorporated into any effi I be cient system. lieve the latter to be the case. Although, time that the Mary was once shown a vision of a system in which the predomi nate feature was an arrangement of seven sensors or transducers. some years In a she was latter, shown a more detailed vision in two sections of which there were such elements, each with seven elements, second vision around 1987, lot about To this little A needs very ment. still radio was not night. the incoming directional effect tronics, such as However, PK day we .still know this arrange of experimentation to be done. Modern developed over theory, in signal has if a the elec a changing EM on to on a wire, in-phase, the diff. the direction of then it to configure two sections of sensors, so field has current flow 1.n might be possible the that the voice modulation 1s re ceived, out-of-phase, between the two sections. In such an ar rangement an AF carrier would be applied, to both sec tions. The outputs would be ap amp. where plied common mode rejection would

elim inate all or most of the white noise or whatever, AP carrier. time whatever voice At modulation might be present would be out-of-phase between the diff. inputs and would be doubled amp. I believe this is in amplitude. that the general arrangement is it will necessary. lot of ex probably still take a perimentation the As mentioned, precise details. modern radio was not developed overnight .. to work out Although, the same amp. I'm sure our readers would indeed be interested in any kind of design that would balance out the effects of stray capacitance In the in a diff. amp. circuit. simple diff. arrangements I' ave used, I have not been able to reduce the output to less than about 10% of input. I tried to determine ex have not actly how much of this distortion the section circuits, and is in how much amp. the diff. think probably a sig circuit, I nificant percentage 1s diff. amp. Al though is 1n the 1n at least the past several years. the it l. s sti 11 And just re- latest catalog, which ceived recently. listed in I Over the years I have tried several low power AF amplifiers, of various designs, which were built into or used in conjunction with experimental systems. Other these the Mouser, each of than had one or more problems. Either they noise, squealed at higher amplification, The Mouser is or 60Hz hum, etc. the only one that found has had none of these

problems. (No, I do not own stock in Mous er) excessive I have had At And a consideration. the very modest cost of $11.39 each, these amplifiers are this of quite affordable. In course, 1s any kind of serious experimenta tion a minimum of two AF amplifi ers are to directly and simultaneously com pare each other. And depending on what you are doing, you may need three or four. systems against in order required two are power These amplifiers amplifiers, of course, not voltage amplifiers. As such the only amplification voltage about 12X. Going back to Config uration 2 from SV- 10/25 (Fig 3), this would mean nothing would is Fig 3 EXPERIMENTAL PART 2 Starting Point (Continued) the Mouser In the first Article of this 7W Hi-Fi AP series, power amplifier was mentioned. (SV- 10/21) This amplifier kit must be one of Mouser's better it has items, because selling been listed 1n each catalog for Ger. SV- 12/15 be received unless the signal was tremendously strong. This would very be especially short antenna of 2 1/2 - 4 inches 1s used as was used by Raudive, true if a then, The next most obvious thing this starting needed 1n point design, is a voltage ampli One design that might be fier. a ~on-inverting Op-Amp used 1s based on illus trated in Configuration 3 (Pig 4) the 741 IC as Fig 5 Ger. ( .5 mH lOOK Pig 4 10()( IK 1 uf' 10 uf I 10()( L~ve-1 Ger.

'::' -;:- Conf'iQUl"QtlOn 3 ':' a In this design the Op-Amp circuit has lOOX. voltage gain of Combined with the 12X gain of the Mouser, overall maximum gain 1s The volume control 1s of 1,200. course, placed on the control panel of whatever cabinets you are using for your experimental level con TransReceivers. trol can be a vertical 25 turn PC board pot, which will plug into a breadboard. The 3 1s Although Config. an improvement over Config, 2, RF energy 1s still being applied to an AF amplifier, which isn't the When the world. idea 1n best local AM broadcast tested with a the band transmitter (SV-10/19), signal actually was demodulated ' but this was probably due to the relatively slow slew rate of the Op-Amp. A little more advanced design 1s one used by Raudive. (Fig S) . SV- 12/ 16 -=- taken resister In this design, output is between the diode and with no provision for level con trol, However this can be easily changed by substituting a poten tiometer for the resister. This creates an arrangement which is a combination of Config. 3 and the circuit used by Raudive (Pig 6) 1(1(' Vol. ( lOOK Pig 6 lK 10 uf' I .5 mH ; - - - - - - - - - !+ IOOK Level -:- Connc;µ-otlon "' length between The Raudi ve detector may to work at have been intended high frequencies since the anten lengths used would equal 1/2 na roughly 1. 5

wave and 3 GHz. the other hand ordinary diodes do not work above about 200-250 MHz, which may in dicate they expected a signal of not over about double air band frequency and used the very short antenna only to reduce broadcast On 100K lK l uf 10 uf Ger. I .5 mH 100K Level -=- -=- 10K Vol, -:- I -=- I -= ·,ctr~ 8 TBA 810 7 -=- t ~ ~- Cl) ~ -~ --4 Title- Configuration 4 Concept By Drown By Bill Weisensole FIie- CF_004 !Dote 2/1~/92 ( ( In any case the only pickup. thing we are interested in here is an arrangement that will demo dulate an RP signal which we our selves generate. this And purpose, the Raudive detector is adequate as a starting point. for that at It is obvious from the sche lower fre some matic, quency the coil impedance will be so low that the signal will sim to ground rather ply short out than be demodulated. this receiver is used with a 1 o ca 1 AM transmitter such broadcast band as describer 1.n SV-10, ductor may have to be changed to a (I have worked with somewhat similar detectors, but not with sign, so at say for sure) this specific de larger size. this point this in I can't If To compare Config. 4 with the arrangement used by Raudive, the main difference 1.s that Con fig. 4 permits any voices that Pig 7 Gar. 0.5 - IOOl' L•...t

p Amp. I~ Vol. Conflgurotlon ~ OAIII 100< RKOtder the to be heard as time of may be audible at reception, they are recorded. Whereas, Raudive's circuit permitted nothing to be heard until recording was (As was discussed played back. debatable previously, recorded by whether SV- 12/ 18 the voices the it 1.s Raudive using cuits, arrived cuits or arrived 1.n itself.) these in the diode diode c1.r c1.r- the recorder 4) (Config. In any case, the circuit as just is described about the minimum necessary, as a starting point, for direct com parison experimentation with sys tems that use an RP carrier. The circuit is capable of receiving an AM signal, demodulating the signal, amplifying the AP signal, and applying it to the power am In other plifier and speaker. words radio receiver. simple, untuned, a As such, it 1.s of course, not an end point, but rather a starting point. A lunching pad, if you will, for experimentation. Nor 1.s this the only possibility for such a starting point receiv You may wish to use a dif er. ferent a discrete device voltage amplifi tuned front end, er, or perhaps a etc. All of which of course, is the amplifier, power or to up individual =-B experimenter. To be tinued--- con A variation of Config, 4 could be used in system similar to, but not as sophisticated as, the system suggested by Wadding ham. The front end of this sys tem, i.e., the diode circuit and Op-Amp circuit,

could be dupli cated and used as the two receiv ers (SV-12/19). The differential amplifier would then be connected between receivers and two the power amplifier. these Since these receivers have a could be tolerance compo- low parts count built with and low 1--1-:3 inch B Ant. Coupling Det. I AF Amp. 6 feet :> Coaxial Coble Transmitter sv- 10/19 Wlite Noise Generator sv- 9/21 c;:::~' ( ..-------t P Amp. Diff. Amp. t ~ ~- l--1-3 incl> A Ant. Couplln9 Det. AF Amp. i 2 feet ! e Title- Single Stage / Dual Section Concept By Jim Woddinghom / BW Drown By Bill Weisensole FIie- CF_004 jDote 8/14/92 en ~ -~ \() ( ( is very to as impor should be possible reasonably, which it nents, them match Jim pointed out, tant. There is however, at least one drawback. ers are untuned, and have very low sensitivity, they would prob ably not be capable of picking up a signal over a great enough dis tance. Since the receiv In the early technique, we were to use one without ef '80s when we first began using the direct com parison told by our Transpartners that if the two systems are too close togeth er that it is, quote "difficult" unquote, fecting the other. This is quite two understandable if we people standing feet apart and trying to whisper some thing to one without being over In TC we are heard by the other. not dealing with acoustic energy of the principle

seems to be pretty much the same. then recommend an abso I would lute minimum distance of six feet between the two receivers (or two systems as the case may be), with eight to ten being better. imagine three course, say but an so as the be In the Waddingham system the transmitter is placed on the cen two receiv- ter line between equal to ers, distance from both. If the re- ceivers are a minimum distance of then each would six feet apart, the be at least three feet from As mentioned, this transmitter. is probably beyond range of the Config, 4 units, especially if three inch antennas are used, low power and especially if transmitter is used such as was described in SV-10. One solution to this problem would be to run two shielded cables, in parallel, from the the antenna output of antennas transmitter positioned within an inch or two of the receiver antennas, as il lustrated (SV-12/19) short the to a SV- 12/20 There 1s also one more con If you are a Trans that is, if the Spirits sideration. medium, are using your PK energy to ef then logical fect the equipment, ly it would help considerably to close position yourself as as the receivers possible to one of the and as far as possible from if other. is positioned as the operator shown, two feet from one receiver and about eight feet from the other. they would be about the illustration, In to In

the square of this arrangement, if PK field strength is inversely pro portional the distance, as 1s other kinds of energy, field strength at B will be only 1/16 or less, of the field strength at A. then the PK On you position the other hand, if you are not a Transmedium and your normal reception is in the nega tive dB S/N ratio area, then it may make no difference whatsoever where yourself. That is, if this low level recep tion 1s non-mediumistic in na ture, meaning the Spirits are effecting the equipment directly without using the operator's PK energy, which I believe to be the case, they who would need to position themselves closer to one of the receivers. this case it would make no In difference where the operator sits. You might try it both ways and see what happens, then it would be recently NOTES sad news was 1) The the Sar::h Estep's hus received band, Charlie, a severe stroke, followed by sever al relapses, He 1s now out of the critical care unit, and has at to be moved to a special facility which the required skilled nursing has improved enough suffered least has qwuL care and therapy program. Char is still almost completely lie paralyzed on his right side, but is undergoing therapy and making the slow progress. We Estep's many, in many wishing Charlie a speedy and com- plete recovery. join with friends to Adding the this misfortune, it happened the for fact

that was shortly before the AA-EVP confer latter ence scheduled part of July. The conference could not have been successful without Sarah's undivided atten circum tion, which under stances been impossible. After agonizing over the decision, Sarah did the only thing she could have done under the circumstances, and canceled the conference. the have would the With steadily growing interest in Transcommunication, over 100 people had registered to attend. And even this was prob ably only a fraction of those who would have liked to attend. We hope, circumstances permitting, that the conference, which would and most have been successful re scheduled for next year. best to date, can be the 2) One of our remain anonymous readers who will because they may to express not wish these opin ions publicly, has made the fol lowing, insightful, observations. very I feel the "You are correct in finding the lack of interest in EVP among religious leaders and parapsy chologists a puzzle. parapsychologist, knowing they are the unloved stepchild of the scientific community, bend over backwards to out-scientific the scientists. They want to impress them with just how scientific they are. Since survival has always been a touchy subject and at least a gray area among ratio nalists, as most scientists are, the parapsychologists insist that they also are uninterested in things that go bump in the night. There are a few exceptions such as Dr. Wm Braud of TX and ... (and) As far as the religious community is concerned,

this very much depends upon the priest or minister of a particular church. Some are afraid EVP ( and other objective electronic communica tions) will supplant religion - nothing could be further from the truth since it reinforces life after death as the Bible does. Many ministers though, born-againers) are still hung-up on the passages from the Old Tes- ( and SV- 12/21 tament that says talking to spir its is evil and what a terrible person the witch of Endor was. Physicists, because of the nature of their studies, are well aware there is much more here - and 'somewhere else· that is be yond comprehension, and our day to day nuts and bolts reality. Many are open to the possibility of other dimensions, quarks, blackholes, and so on, that may help explain the unexplainable." A new TC 3) receiving system, called the MEZA, has been devised in Europe. This system consists of a physical structure, used in conjunction with seven small ra dio receivers, each with a plug in external speaker. The structure consists of a vertical center pole to which a number of circular shelves have ( the attached, with been pole through the center of each shelf. The outside of this structure has been wrapped with some sort of material to make it an enclosure. to The whole arrangement appears be roughly the size of a 50 gal. oil drum standing on end. The purpose of this structure, has not been explained. the seven to Europe,

Hans Heckmann, who recently describes traveled this arrangement as having the radio receivers inside the struc ture, with speakers hanging on the outside. Multiple parallel have been experimented with by other researchers over a period of many years, with no significant im provement reception quality. Although I do not know of anyone this who has experimented with specific number of receivers. receivers radio in <<<<<<<<<< >>>>>>>>>> Sp i r i t Vo i c e s is edited and published, as time and materials 92312-3030, permit, by Bill Weisensale, P.O. Box this United States of America. time. Copies are free upon request, to those who have all previous issues back to and including SV-7. Donations are accepted. Each new issue must be requested by returning the address coupon enclosed or writing a note. ll B.Q., Barstow, CA No subscriptions are accepted at Member - American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena .Dedicated to development o/ 7mnscom.municahon /or t/Je en/Jg/Jten.ment o/ Humanity. Please put me on the list for a copy of the next issue (SV-13) Because of the considerable cost of postage and especially printing, it is necessary to accept donations in order to continue with this work. Donations are not mandatory, but they are appreciated. (Sugested donation this issue- $4.00 Domestic, $5.00 Overseas- Air) Name (Please print) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . • Address ( If new) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~lease return this coupon, or drop me a note on other paper. (Unless I hear from you I will assume you are not interested in a copy of the next issue) SV- 12/22 .. ··•·· ··•········~················· .. . . . .. . ..... • ~,.,j/"~1.--"-'--.. ..

..· .. ..~."':'~. . . .. ... .. .. .: NLLm be.,1t. 13 Initial printing: 65 copies JQ/U.UVUj 1993 ·••.:·· ... ... .ft_n invasion of .ft_nmes can 1¥ nsistet! 6ut not an ~a wlic.s. tiTM lias COITU. -™or Kugo perfect Co:MMENT There seems to be a pop ular belief that one must have virtual ly even exceptionally keen hearing, in order to understand TC Especially reception. where reception is weak, or very weak, which seems to be the norm, rather than the exception. hearing, or this As an example, Mr. Heckmann re translation of instruc cently sent a tions , written by a Mr. Schoemen, in Germany, to help people who are new to is Transcomnunication. Most of well written advice for the beginner. take exception to his statement But I "It takes excellent hearing to that- One should be those voices. detect able to "hear the grass grow"." As a result of this kind of be lief, over the years people have writ to ten and record, or they can't hear quite as well as they used to, or their ears aren't sensitive enough anymore, etc. And some have even refrained from try ing, in the belief that they would n?t be able to hear any such voices even if they were present. they are too old said It seems therefore that a certain amount of confusion exists about hear Specifically, confu ing sensitivity. sion about low level sound, and to noise ratio sound. Sensitivity to low level sound

means the ability to hear a low level of sound energy. And of course, the difference between low signal as we grow older the threshold raises so that the sound energy level must be higher in order to be heard. Which of course, is why we have to shout at peo ple who are "hard of hearing" and re fuse to wear a hearing aid. However, this is not what we are dealing with in the AP amplifier TC reception. "hearing used in playback, acts as a aid" and can be set to any volume or sound energy level, one might need. Here the sound (voice) reception, low signal is a distinction which The problem in weak, or very weak to is TC That is, the problem is noise ratio. to sort out one from another sound (noise) when both sounds are at virtually the same volume. And is made this much more with the mind than with the ear. The ear is simply a transducer or interface, not In other words, what the ear does is con vert one type of signal, acoustic ener gy, type of signal, -nerve impulses. Once volume has been set to the level at which the ear can most accurately convert acoustic energy then it is up to into nerve impulses, into a different a discriminator. Contents 1312 Psychokinetic Effects - - - - - - - - - - - Gurney ------- Martin 13/ 6 Letter 13/ 8 Le t te r -

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Bonner 1319 From Beyond 13/12 Meza - 1 13/14 Psycholcinc:tic Theory - 13/19 Experimental Comparison - Part 3 13/28 Note Homes -------------------- BW BW --- BW the intellect to separate the different sound patterns. And this is largely a matter of practice. Unless an older person's hearing has very severely de teriorated, they will hear exactly the thing, but at a slightly higher same volume level, as a younger person hears at a lower volume level. a to listened time Mary turns As an example, Mary's ears are fifteen years younger and more sensi So at times when we tive than mine. have certain voice, switching the earphones back and forth, the volume down, each turn it up. Almost invariably, and I we both hear the same voice, of the same gender, at the same location, say ing the same thing. We just hear it at Generally different volume then, since the amplifier does act as a "hearing aid", a light to moderate loss of hearing sensitivity, is not anyplace that some may close to think. the handicap levels. "Today we are going to hear a pa per on those lines. Dr. Kevin Gurney is an Engineer who now works in the Psychology laboratory ftCtf, and Mr. Si mon Sounders, a colleague, who is also Their paper, which they an Engineer. are going to present, the two of them, half each, is psychokinetic influences on

electrical noise processes." (Dr. Gurney) "We would to present some like work that we have done (---) on possi ble PK influences on electrical noise processes. Most of the time we are en gaged in more conventional activities, we are not professional paranormal re searchers. So we have done this work in the evening, as we can, in our spare time. Consequently, we have not been able to devote as much time as we would have talk therefore is more in the nature of a progress re port, rather than a report on a fin ished piece of work. liked. This Psychokinetic Effects The following transcript 1.s of a lecture tape, by Dr. Kevin Gurney and Mr. Simon Saunders, which was submitted by Mr. Jonathan Marten, an Electronics Technician in England. At this point in time, I do not know exactly where or when this lecture was given, nor do I know they refer. There was also the problem that not all of the tape was understandable, because at times Dr. Gurney was too far from the mike, and at other times referred to charts and graphs, etc. , which of course, were not available to me. to which University However, despite I believe the difficul ties, this material, which has to do with the laboratory study of psychokinetic effects on the generation of electronic white noise, speaks for itself. And that the potential impor tance of this work to TC research, is such that this report should be brought

the attention of TC Researchers, to even if it is lacking in some details. I learn more about to this study, and any further information will be published. am attempting (Master of ceremonies) SV-13/ 2 { I shall talk about the experimen tal basis and the rationale behind the the experiment, and start to discuss experimental design. I shall then hand over to Simon who will complete that discussion, and talk about the results we have and points us to further work. What is a good choice in physical processes, to influence in a PK experi ment? Some people have chosen spoons, keys, other kinds of macroscopic ob influence. We de jects, to try and cided not to go down We that road. made an underlying assumption here that it is easier to· influence microscopic phenomena. And that ease of influence, is in some sense, inversely proportion al to the physical energy required to influence the event. This was a point that was eluded to yesterday evening, in connection with the oscillator ex periments. I think it is not an unrea sonable assumption to make, that, Having said there are at least two possible candidates that we might use in these experiments. One is radioactive decay, which has been used successfully before. Radioactive decay has been used before. Here we are fundamental quantum phe- dealing with nomena. There has been discussions about the possible relationship between quantum mechanics and possible PK phe nomena. and use radioactive decay. So that's a

good reason to try l;t,ryone wfw is not s~d 6y quantum theory, lia.r not unaerstood it. -:Nei!r (}3o/ir We chose white noise, largely be cause that was what we had available. We have associations with the electri cal engineering department at the Uni noise versity, I wouldn't try because it was there. to intrinsically better than radioactive decay, but we had the kit available. used white and we justify it is that it superpos1.t1on What 1s electrical white noise? Essentially of is electrical signals, in a whole range of is frequencies. derived from an analogy to the light, where light of different colors is su perposed to form white·light. to white link The And limited the fluctuations The actual device, a tube filled with Our noise was normally gaussian to approximately 20 and fine thermionic Khz. low pressure vacuum argon. the in signal are generated by small scale variations in the density of positive ions near the hot cathode of the tube. These fluctuations are going to be sev than eral orders of magnitude smaller any macroscopic phenomena. the And hope is tha 1: our subjects wi 11 find it easier to influence these small density variations in the argon gas, than they might do large, heavy everyday objects. For the record, here is a sample And of the noise. ( -----) sampled by the data acquisition equipment, just to give some people who may not be so fa miliar with this, an idea of what's go ing on. the

RF voltage was I typically one volt here. think is actually There are 512 samples here. The vertical scale in units particular to the equipment we used to solve for the data. So I couldn't tell you off hand what the voltages were on that scale. But there are 512 samples and essentially the vertical scale 1s At voltage. the the noise the chain source itself, it's a conventional lab oratory signal source, noise source. It had filtering inside that normally kept it to 20 Khz, but we decided to be absolutely sure, we filtered it our selves, with a filtering stage on top there. This is our apparatus. top of is We than cut the signal, and pres ented a display on an oscilloscope, and an audio amplifier was connected too, the subject could hear the noise. so in the nature of This wasn't so much feedback, as feedback is usually under stood, in these experiments, because we wouldn't expect subjects to be able to see directly the effects they may have on the noise. the listening the noise, and This was more in the nature of a psychological focus, so that by watch to it, ing they had loud through something to home Exceptional subjects, of course, may be able to de tect the variations they are making, but that wasn't the idea of the oscil loscope and amplifier. speaker, in on. We then sampled the noise signal In stark contrast to the logical and meticulous experimentation of

Dr. Gurney and Mr. Saunders, we have the following from "God & The New Physics" by Paul Davies: "Proponents of so-called paranormal phenomena cla.im that the human mind can ~~ally exert forces on di~tant matter. ~um ably such forces arc unknown at the reductionist level: they arc not nuclear, graVJtat1~nal or clcctromag~et1c. The most direct il lustration of these psychic forces is in the spectacular cases of remote metal bcndmg, whCTC the subJect appears to deform a metallic object by mind-power alone, without physical contact, The author has devised an extremely stringent test of this phe nomenon using metal rods sealed inside glass containers from which the air has been replaced by a secret combination of rare gases to preclude tampering. In a recent trail of arch-metal benders not one was able to produce any measurable defonnation." Mr. Davies then changes the subject, leaving the impression that he has proven psychokinetic energy docs not exist! The only thing he has proven is that his subjects were not a~lc ~°. noti~ly bcn~ gross, macro_ m~~li~ objects under that particular set of conditions. With preconceptions and pseudo-sc1ent1f1c cxpcnmentat1on such as this, 1t 1s httle wonder paranormal phe- nomena is not taken more seriously by many main stream scientists. -BW SV-13/ 3 on a CD(----)Beta-1 acquisition unit, and we did some preprocessing in there. This is controlled by a conventional took that data across to a PC. And we work station, just because wasn't up to it. We ended up with sev eral

megabytes of data and the PC was unable to handle that kind of data. the PC We are going to examine the sta tistics of a series of signal samples. You saw one batch of samples, earlier on, 512 samples. And we ask the ques tion, - can the subjects alter the sta tistics of those batches significantly. We tried The statistics we chose to characterize the noise in as many ways as possible. the the To be saying we and raw signal, of took a fourier frequency data, we transform for standard had amplitude, median, deviation of- the statistics. There was a problem in ob taining the FFT data because the larg est sample size we could deal with was of course, 512 points. This has conse quences for the significance of our re sults, as you will see later. And the vertical axis. the This is a (----) plot of frequency spectrum of our signal. Here we have the frequency along the axis here, and the raw power of the signal, there is on about, essentially flat until about 20 Khz, where there is a roll-off there. That's just to make the frequency data more concrete for you. ( ----------) PK taking place or not. We need to insure first of all, any variations in the equipment we got (-------). For the first part of the the steps you experimental procedure, want to control, it may be that through the day the temperature of the equip ment changes,

and this will effect the statistics of the noise we are looking at. So first of all we ran 180 trials with the machine on it's own, no sub ject present. This is done imnediately before the subject sits down, so that we have taken out any variations in that re then comes spect. When along and· attempts the equipment, exactly the same procedure is adopted, another 180 trials, so that the subject influence to SV-13/ 4 a direct comparison can be made. Since we are actually looking for a differ the machine on it's own, ence between and rather than any· particular phenomena when the subject is there. the subject sitting down, ( The total trials Because the subjects took about 10 minutes. find this quite fatiguing, we divide it up into 3 sections of 60 trials each. In between trials the subject was allowed time be to relax, and ready for they signaled they were ready to carry on. the next trial, when their own in that into a smaller the environment was We will talk a little about the the subjects actually conditions that found themselves in. It was a labora tory environment, but we were conscious of the fact that this could be very So we off-putting to many subjects. divided the business end of the equip ment room, which was made as comfortable as possible, and was screened from the main Lab. We as sured com pletely quiet and that the subjects had time to

set down and get used to the equipment, as I was saying, so that it wasn't so intimidating, What the sub ject actually saw, was the noise source itself. This is in the nature of a metal box, which has got a grill on the side, within that they can actually see the glow of the gas which is producing they had the di the fluctuations, so It was an ac rect object to focus on. they could tual physical object that see. to the actual And than as mentioned previously, they can see the noise wave form vary they can ing on the oscilloscope. And listen sound, its a "shisss" sound, like the waves rolling in on the beach. Because we were not looking to find out exactly what nature the effects took, only to look for evi dence of that effect, we allowed sub jects to use any relaxation techniques they choose. in all, We had 6 subjects they weren't known adepts, but they were people who certainly were responsive to the idea of PK. One in particular, a yoga teacher, had a particular range of relax- techniques she used that for techniques So we allowed the subjects to ation. in ad- use any relaxation vance, before they actually conmenced the trials. Most experiments were run in the evening. I mention this because lot of previous studies have found a good effects in the morning, when peo ple are alert and awake. Personally, I find the evenings much

more(-------). some to keep To give the subject some choice as to the way they approach this, but nevertheless regularity between subjects, we gave a fairly uni form set of instructions to the sub jects, with a choice of 4 possible goals. Before the experiment actually took place, we explained to the subject that they could either try to make the smoother, actually containing signal less high frequencies, or more noisy, including more conversely actually treble frequencies. Alternately, they could choose to change the amplitude of the signal, make it either smaller or bigger. the subjects be told this 6efore hand, what it was they were focusing on so there is no ambiguity in their minds while the trials are being conducted. And of course, there was the feedback to them. the They could actually see and hear noise they were trying to influence. interested that We were in Beyond the variations the equipment during the day, which we have to take into account by running a con trol iimI1ediately before a subject sits there 1s another aspect of con down, looked. trol which the underlying vari And If we compare the machine to it able. self, do we see a variation that we would have ascribed to PK, but we as sumed isn't there because the subject isn't there. is sometimes over that's with the nature of PK. I should point out more specifi cally that there is a very great diffi cultly in establishing a control, in all

these situations, because we don't tried to know isolate the machine from any effects. We don't know whether there may be some taking place. Or malevolent some person or some person outside, the force, influence The noise. We can't screen for that. influence trying to is We use of Faraday cages, which screen for electromagnetic energy, has been sug- gested in this case. But we don't know that PK operate by We didn't do that 1n this case, but it would be a good idea. those means. The formal machine control, we that's 11 the machine 11 times, ran sets of 180 trials. From that by com comparison of paring pairs, paired those 11 trials, we get 10 dWlllly runs. In other words, we are using the ma chine as if it was it's own subject. Unfortunately, because there was quite a lot of variation, due to the rela tively small sample size we had in each segment of 512 points, spoken about earlier on, there is relatively little since confidence we there was a the statistics we were choosing. could describe, lot of variation in Having said that, there is a use ful aspect to white noise, as compared to radioactive decay, which unfortu nately we weren't able to take advan tage of in the equipment as it stood, And but we could do that is that you get a lot more events taking place. With a strontium source, for instance, you're only talking about in a minute. Whereas

tens of events talking about many here we could be the poten thousands, and that allows tial significance of the events to be examined much more quickly. in the future. In our tests, particularly with the frequency data, that we are analyz the machine ing, the variations can't be assumed entirely insignifi to be done. there is work cant. The amplitude data however, was more stable, and perhaps did some corse fac tual comparison. in So In spite of that bad news, one particular trial showed a 95% confi dence on a trial which the subject felt particularly happy about. Which we found out about later. And the maximum that had been as machine confidence cribed in that situation, was 90%. So it did a difference which you can make a judgement of. there was seem On signal means, on a particular group of 60 trials, in fact who (-----) the means would be the one that would SV-13/ 5 the most energy in a normal require Perhaps PK processes physical way. don't operate in the same sort of way, so that the amount of energy required is not related in a simple manner. The the accumulative next graph will show distribution of the signal. What's plotted is the proba bility on the vertical axis, against the actual amplitude. the amplitude of What this shows, if we look at the 50% probability point, that the me the signal, that's the value dian of the signal time, or the signal exceeds

that's half the time lets say. If we look at the extremes of density function, we actually get a very sensitive measure of what's happening to the amplitude. is at half the value the Relatively small changes, rela tively low numbers of events, can actu ally influence the (-----) distribution So as long as we quite significantly. have got enough trials going on, the (----) distribution can b~ interesting In fact -if you look just to look at. very closely at that you will see there are actually two functions plotted on top of each other, with a difference between them. The upper one being the subjects response, and lower one being the machine on it's own. the to do frequency analysis and What further work we could do, first of all increase sample duration to remove this low significance that we had. We may need to disregard the ele ment of just look at the amplitude data. Or possi bly in other words, to save the data and then work out the frequency information later on. This presents a problem with 8 track (bit) acquisition. There's an awful lot of data that we need to store, an as a practical point, that's very dif ficult. this off-line, What's even more attractive, is to move to a slightly new design with Smith's work fewer control problems. on the strontium 90 source, provided a very robust approach, with much fewer machine control difficulties. By sam pling the noise signal and actually

ex amining the state of a clock, so that the subject gets a very distinct idea, SV-13/ 6 to the subject it's just like a coin flipping exercise. For instance, where they are trying to influence the number of heads as opposed to the number of tails. Which may be a lot more easy to get a handle on for the subject. And we have had a positive atti tude from people who have listened to what we have enjoyed doing, although we are very new to the field. Our object in presenting this work here is to get to know some of you people. And to let you know that we 'ave got an interest there, and we would be very happy to the way we have ap talk to people, proached can change, where we can go to in the future. things, how we tube Argon is surrounded by a magnet, it was in a transverse magnetic field which made it much more stable than it would have been otherwise." { Prom- Mr. Jonathan Marten Electronics •[ must say <Bill I tliougli.t $Y12 was ,.alfJ pat. It is ,.mar(a6'6 lww wliat you an pu6lisliino .dices my train of t/iougli.t otl61" tlie yaan. I lim.w ojun con.sidmtf similar and important perip!i8ral issuu, ,._ 8at'l#"IJ tfie incm.i6fe cfiaffenoe tfie pfienomenon l?"S- 1nts to an open-minaetf and enquinno inteffect. I liaw written many of tliem down, 6ut I liave not sfiantf tfwm to any pat e)(J8nt, I thin~, 6ecaU# I fear

tliat I may appearfoolisli to ''materialistic" scien tists. What I t/iink._.is fantastic and imnvn#fy ~t ing, is rw noticetfJim Wadi:linoliams9ap pmnea6ility tut apparatus tfrawing 6ean a distinct r,sem6fanca to ia,as and tfrawinos I made som, si:icyears aga I also con.sidmtf simifar neurofogical ideas, wliicl,. I fina lieartenine, tfiis ana also l?"sents liuge potential for fa tU1'1 risearcli. On tlie tape I liave sent you., rm surB you will <fetfuce tliat (1)r. '1(/vi.n qurney antf Simon Saun<lers, (fiis entliu.siasm is oGviou.s, I've tried to contact fiim) don't rBaify RJIOW wliat they /iai,,e 9ot tlieir liands on witn tlie apparatus tliey liave inwntetl }I.gain tliere an paraffeCr Ulitfi Jim s w~ W, aff app6at' to 6e moving in tlie same t£nction so to spe~" 'r£mst SenR.9Ws/ij reantfy toU me tliat interest ( anc{) in 'TC in qmnany is .sw,aingfast, aruf that tlie <J3r~ ian con.fomw, was fwe•f.J sucassfa[ :Hi cvulifn 't 90 /Mcause lie was so 6-usy at home witli interestetf peapfe." I (Reply) As far as appearing foolish suppose to scientists is concerned, we all do. Since most of the scientif ic establishment doesn "t believe there thing as a surviving human is such a from their viewpoint spirit, no doubt those of us who use electronics to speak with such spirits, which "do not exist", do appear foolish. Fortunate ly, the opinions of the scientific es tablishment have absolutely no effect whatsoever on reality. Also those of us who are independent researchers of TC phenomena, are free to call it

the way we see it, without having to worry about our scientific reputations, since most of us don't have·a scientific rep utation in the first place. I sounds In fact Indeed Jim Waddingham did suggest very interesting experimental possibi lities and a very interesting neurolog ical hypothesis, which very think this is reasonable. the first real hypothesis I have heard as to how the mind/spirit body might be connected to the physical body. Unfor the scientific estab tunately, since lishment still seems to believe thought is secreted from the brain, like a hor mone is secreted from a gland, it will probably be some time during the coming Century when serious research is under taken in this area. the mean can only speculate. But obviously there much be some kind of mechanism which not only holds the - most of the time, but also allows the mind the brain and the brain to to effect For example, when a effect the mind. person 1s intoxicated, the biochemical condition of the brain somehow effects the mind, probably because the mind is inside of the body at the time. But in a near death experience, such as when themselves outside their someone finds two bodies together, time we In reaching the mind in such a case, impulses, whether the mind because physical body which has been severely damaged in an auto accident, they feed no pain whatsoever until they return to their physical body. Obviously the brain is still receiving the same

pain nerve is present or not, but these messages are not the "cable" connecting the two together has been In temporarily "disconnected". fact the more one learns about out-of body experiences, the more it appears the brain is nothing but an interface device which converts one type of sig nal to a different type, such as the interface used between a computer and printer. A computer (mind) can be dis connected from the interface and print er (physical body) and the computer can still do everything it always did, with the one the printer, which has been disconnected. exception of operating The mind and spirit body, most of the time, is so seamlessly united with the physical body, that we, and even science, has been fooled into believing it to be one unit. But then, as Jim said, the question has never been stu died. No doubt because science doesn't even yet recognize the question. Much food for thought. I agree with your conment about Gurney and Saunders. They did what they set out to do, but evidently they were completely unaware of what else is concerned. they did as far as TC There was no mention in Gurney"s lec ture of TC research. So evidently they were either unaware or uninterested in this connection. to use It was most fortunate they did not have a strontium generator avail able, and decided the white noise generator instead, simply because it was available. (God works in myste rious ways) The strontium

generator random number generator is of course, valuable in proving the existence of PK energy, but tells us little else. This is also pretty much true of the experi ments done here in the U.S. at Prince I understand, ton University, which used a diode based random number gener ator. SV-13/ 7 evidence For years, the primary effect on On the other hand the Gurney and Saunders experiments provide not only evidence of the existence of psychoki netic energy, and evidence that it can effect electronics and/or electronic signals, as MacRae hypothesized, but they provide evi even more important, the dence that signal is amplitude in nature. Since audio TC reception is an amplitude mod ulation of the audio carrier, this dis covery, I believe, is most significant. the mechanism of TC phenomena is psychoki netic in nature, has been gradually but Especially in steadily accumulating. the past few years. I believe these experiments add very significant evi dence to what is already becoming ap parent. in themselves, do not prove of course, that PK is the TC mechanism. But they do prove PK can effect the amplitude of electronic signals, and therefore that it could be This coupled with other evidence defiantly makes this possibility far more prob able than any other possible mechanism yet conceived. the mechanism. experiments, Such that From- Mr. Gilbert Bonner EVP Pioneer I am not an ,f6ctronics man, I liaw to pay griat att,n tion to untferstantf it, my own fa« was from tft8

for tw psyclwtftMapy and with a particufar inttmst in liypnosis, wliicli I first wrou a.iout in 1945. I NM lieani a6out 'StochaStic ~onana • wfricli suggests that wliite noise may improve signal stmrgtli <Parapsycnofo.. gists sum to 6,fuv, tliat it's futun fays in quantum tMclianics. I am not sun tliat WI can go wry Jar pu,r fy in efectronics! of course, if one 6eluv,s in SU1Vff)a{ tfwn tlie parQ,-1,)oicu a11 an a4tf8tf 6onus offirine "com munication"! <But if one tfoes not accept su,vit;a! tlien tfv voias ~sent n,w data to 6e im,,estigatetf in a mori critical manner. <Tfios8 parapsycnofogists wfu NM IZD ceptetf tlie voias as genuin,, pu66cfy at feast, nject. tlie Stmlff)al ftypotliesis and suggut tfw origin of tlie voias fays in tlie psycliic • of tfw ~menter, in tlie uncon.sci.ous orin tlioug~forms. 'Tire meclianism <Pl(, SV-13/8 (as tliey say in tfiouehtoarapfty, metal6erui11fp pofter gmt plwncmena. etc.:) I NM COl1l6 to accept tlie <Pl( frypotliesis Gut tfw quution mnains "wnose mind is ~ i1l(J tfii.s". It sums to me that WI nutf information (from tfw vou:u) tliat is a.if. to go 6,yontf wliat may 6, possi6fe from our unconscious. <But of cours, tlie unconscious as Jung .rugg,stet! may 6, a.it:. to commu- nia,u at soma '-p,r liJw{ witli tlie unconscious ef otli m. So tfw pro6fna mnains. I FitM cdfactetf ov.r tw.nty y.ars, many voias of fl, <B and C qua&ty soma in sliort tiafcgue tliat ~ statemlnts ( cuar sentntas in 'E"IJ&.sh) tliat an quiu n~r.. <J:'lie lau

~ t f 'l(Sfwargoft! 50 yrs in tlie ,t:.ctronia industry anti a mam6n-ef tfw S<PR..confin,utf most of my voias mat to liim for analysis. I liaw liis feturs and voia on tllJ¥ stating tfiis fact. Sarafz 'Estlp a!ro lieartf many. S['6<> trognzm anafysis 6y 9,(r. Jamu <Eflis qCH.Q.cliefuliam ('V'K) also 8ac.'I 1000/o proof of mau anti fomau voias on my tapes uf liuman or syntlietic natun. <Philip <Paul (C}Sft f'} put tfwm on ffoppy tiscs for computer study and passed all tfris data to a:>r. W <Brmul So WI ~ tM t1oias an for nal, an 91nuin1, WI fiaw tlie proof of tliat. 6ut WI an /"us artain of tlie nst, so mudi is a matter of What WI 6,fuv,, hOW WI interprrt tlie ~ lenca. f ( (Reply) As you know, I have been a proponent of the psychokinetic hypoth esis for many years. In fact ever I connected together a battery since powered radio and recorder and placed them into a sealed steel container and found that voices could still be re There was no microphone and ceived. the container eliminated all radio sig nals. This was in the mid 1970s. At time the same I believe the great majority of these voices origi nate from persons we consider "decea sed". I have heard too much over the years, --there is no other conclusion I can reach. This may seem to be a contradic tion, but it is not. In asking, if this is a PK effect, then

"whose mind is doing this?", you have put your fin ger on the central question. Too many, I'm afraid, are confusing mechanism and origin. To say PK energy is the mecha these voices arrive on nism by which tape, 1s to describe the mechanism by which they arrive, but it does not in any way identify their origin. from a transmitter. In like manner, we can turn on a radio and receive ordinary short wave voices We know these voices arrive by the mechanism of But this does electromagnetic energy. not identify the source, which may be stationary, in an air in a vehicle, plane or ship, or for all we know, in a Only alter we have listened to, UFO. and considered, the transmission, can we identify the prob able source. the content of In TC reception, if PK energy is the mechanism, which is what accumulat ing evidence is indicating, this tells us only that the message originates in a mind. But this adds nothing to what we already know, because this has been obvious from the first message ever re ceived. And it does not tell us wheth er the mind originating the message, is I'm afraid embodied or disembodied. the final proof on to await the development of a psychokinet- this may have From Beyond ic shield, if such a shield, perhaps electromagnetic in nature, is ever de If voices were then to appear veloped. room, in equipment, in a PK shielded with no embodied person

present, the point would then be beyond argument. I believe the important thing is investigated by that TC phenomena be the scientific establishment. What initial hypothesis such investigations are based on, is pretty much inmateri In any scientific investigation, al. the is paved with failed hypotheses, but in due time the truth is found. To paraphrase a state ment made about the Justice system, -The wheels of science turn slowly, but they grind exceedingly fine. to progress road In fact, in order to secure fund investigator the study of PK effects, ing for such research, it will probably to be necessary for the propose in cluding voices projected onto tape by the subject, -whether this is what the investigator actually believes or not. I don't think any scientist would get in requesting funding for a very far study of electronic conmunication from the deceased. INSTRUMENTALLY ASSISTED TRANSCOMMUNICATION. Released by Adolf Homes through Dr. E. Senkowski Translation by Hans Heckmann Experimenter: Location: Date$ Time: Equipment: Conmunicator: Doc Mueller. ADOLF HOMES Rivenich, GERMANY Oct. 13, 1992 1 PM Middle European Time Small Kitchen Radio tuned to Fm (Dr. Jeffries Mueller, formerly collaborating with William O'Neill through Metascience instrument Mark IV) Report of the Experimenter: I was in the kitchen rinsing dishes and listening to a musical program on FM radio when I heard the following words very clearly coming from the loud speaker: "HOMES RECORD!" this was repeated three times. I stopped rinsing to get my cassette recorder and microphone into the

placed both on an armchair in front of the small red radio receiver. the news started. I remained quiet and suddenly heard the words: kitchen. I Mean while ...... "THIS IS DOC MUELLER. A.H.: Who is there? SV-13/ 9 D.M.: THIS IS DOC MUELLER. A.H.: Doc Miller?? Who is Doc Miller? D.M.: I ANNOUNCED MYSELF THROUGH MARK IV A.H.: Could you speak a little clearer? D,M.: PLEASE GIVE MY GREETINGS AND MY THANKS TO MR. MEEK AND MR. SENKOWSKI. A.H.: I understand. D.M.: I DO NOT CARE WHETHER YOU BELIEVE ME OR NOT. THE OBJECTIVE IS THE RESEARCH, NOT THE DISCUSSION. A.H.: Where do you reside? Hello, where are you? Prom where are you calling me? D,M.: I AM IN A STATE OP BEING. BEING IS LEARNING TO LIVE. LEARNING TO LIVE IS EXPERIENCING. IT MAKES NO DIFFERENCE WHEN, WHERE OR HOW IT HAPPENS, BECAUSE EVERYTHING IS HAPPENING NOW. A.H.: I got that! Does time exist only for us human beings? D.M.: THE ILLUSION OP YOUR TIME IS CLOSELY BOUND TO OTHER ILLUSIONS. A.H.: The general condition of our planet is a very serious one. D,M.: YES. (This is the only word Dr. M. spoke in English. Otherwise the entire conversation was in German) THE QUALITY OP LIPE OP YOUR REALITY IS NOT ON A LEVEL WORTHY OF EVOLUTION, IS MEN PRESENTLY ABLE TO DO SOMETHING DECISIVE TO ... (save the?) PLANET .... (?) ABSTRACTIONS WHICH GOVERN THE UNIVERSE ARE NOT PART OP THE UNDERSTANDING OP MANKIND. A.H.: How will

all the misery on our planet end? Who is speaking with me? D.M.: MAN ALWAYS POSSESSES THAT, WHICH HE IS READY TO LOOSE AT ANY TIME. A.H.: I did not get that! Which are the worst causes, which ..... the destruction of our earth? D.M.: PLEASE DO NOT LOOK PO:if CAUSES, BECAUSE YOUR ENTIRE LOGIC IS NOT CORRECT. HAS MAN NOT BEEN POLARIZED NEGATIVELY SINCE BIRTH? THAT'S THE QUESTION. GOD IS IN ALL THAT rs. WHAT YOU BELIEVE HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH IT. IN ALL IS PERFECTION. - YOUR SITUATION BECOMES MORE AND MORE FRIGHTENING. A.H.: Yes, we know that. D.M.: I SHALL STAY IN TOUCH WITH YOU. A.H.: Yes, I got most of it. My heartfelt thanks. I heard you say "End of contact". END OP CONTACT. I shall play back the entire recording. { Remarks by E. Senkowski: "Duration of dialogue 4 min. 25 sec. Very high volume of transsignal. Rather low distortion. The syllables are strongly accentuated. During pauses, the radio news can be heard with considerably lower volume. A clearly recognizable image of Dr. Jeffries Mueller, physicist, electronics ex pert, whose hobby was music theory, spontaneously appeared April 22, 1991 on the TV screen of Adolf Homes without him identifying the image. Only by questioning his co-workers could Homes identify it. Apparently he had trouble remembering Doc Mueller during this recent contact." □ (Second Contact) Experimenter: Location: Date & Time: Equipment: Co111J1Unicator: Adolf Homes Rivenich, Germany Oct. 15, 1992 10:45 AM MET Small FM radio.

Dr. Mueller. SV- 13110 Dialogue begins after music program is suppressed. D.M.: THIS IS DOCTOR MUELLER. A.H.: Hello Doctor Mueller! Do you want to col'IIDUnicate something to me? D.M.: HELLO HERR (Homes). A.H.: Hello Doctor. Would you like to c0Im1Unicate with me? D.M.: ALL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ARE BASICALLY LED THROUGH THE MIND-TELEPHATY. ONLY AFTER THAT ARE YOU ABLE TO HEAR ME THROUGH YOUR RADIO. A.H.: Yes, I understand. D.M.: THEREFORE TWO-WAY CONI'ACTS STOP AFTER THE EXPERIMENTER PASSED OVER. THE NECESSARY VIBRATION DOES NOT EXIST ANY MORE. A.H.: Yes, that is also my opinion, Dr. Mueller. Can you speak English with me? Hello! D.M.: THIS QUESTION IS SUPERFLUOUS, IF YOU UNDERSTOOD ME. A.H.: Yes, I understood you, Doctor. How did Spiricom function 1n the USA? D.M.: THE METHOD IS KNOWN AND OUTDATED. A.H.: Aha. D.M.: DIFFERENT TONE FREQUENCIES ARE NO LONGER NECESSARY. WE, A GROUP OF PHYSICISTS AND OTHERS ARE WORKING ON OUR SIDE WITH DEVICES WHICH WE CALL MARK IV. A.H.: I see. D.M.: THE ASSUMPTION THAT I AM IN HIGHER LEVELS IS INCORRECT. A.H.: Is incorrect ... Doctor, do these contacts in time become better worldwide, or do they remain singular cases? D.M.: I REFER TO THE MEDIUMISTIC CONI'ACT OF APRIL 14, 1920. A.H.: 1920? I was not even born then. D.M.: MAN WITH HIS BELIEF CAN NOT MOVE MUCH. ONLY THE RECOGNITION OF PROBABILITIES ENABLES THE PSYCHE TO ADVANCE TO OTHER SYSTEMS OF REALITY. A.H.: I see. Yes, I partially understood that. D.M.: PLEASE PASS ON MY GREETINGS

THROUGH MR. SENKOWSKI TO MR. MEEK AND THE METASCIENCE GROUP. A.H.: I got that. I thank you sincerely Doctor Mueller for your message and am hoping for further contacts through this radio. Warmest greetings to everyone. Music program is coming back to full volume. Remarks by Dr. Ernst Senkowski: The date April 14, 1920 refers to a mediumistic message quoted by Carl A. Wickland, MD .. in his book "Thirty Years among the Dead" and referred to 1n Senkowski's book "Instrumental Transcoo:munication" (page 38): "Soon the time will come for which all of us are working, when an instrument will be invented on earth, by means of which all who wish will be able to hear the great masters in the world of spirit. Not now but in time." In the last OTI-IER SYSTEMS - :MEZA-1 issue a relatively new TC receiving system, referred to as the MEZA, the MEZA-!, was briefly mentioned. Through the consid erable efforts of Mr. Hans Heckmann in actually the CETL Newsletter translating (Infonews), we now have more informa tion about this arrangement. The sys tem has been assembled by Jules and Maggy Harsch-Fischbach and associates in Luxembourg. SV-13/ ll For those who might not know, Jules and Maggy, according to all ac counts, have, and still are, receiving the best quality, and widest variety of TC (I coD1DUnication, yet obtained. must say according to accounts, because to this personally.) I cannot attest This has included audio reception to tape recorders and answering machines, direct

audio through radio reception and direct phone and TV calls. There have also been a number images received, as well as of video computer messages. This various phe nomena has often occurred in the pres ence of reliable witnesses. Jules and Maggy are founders of CBRCLE D' ETUDES (CETL). receivers, The MEZA-! is essentially a cyl inder shaped arrangement standing on end. The dimension are .77M high, and .49M in diameter. The cylinder is cov ered with cardboard over which fibre netting was pasted with a coat of res in. The "shelves" are sev~n round met al inserts, spaced evenly and attached to the inside of the cylinder. A radio receiver is placed on each shelf, each with an external plug-in speaker hung on the outside of the cylinder. The speakers are arranged in a "V" configu ration. A small TV set is also placed on top of the cylinder. of One the most interesting things about this system is the follow ing statement quoted from the Newslet ter: "We show below the schematic of the seven identical radio re (Through courtesy of Martin The antenna were removed from one of ceivers. Wenzel) the receivers" (Emphasis added -BW) Again we strong evidence have here that we are dealing with something other than It hardly radio signals. needs to be mentioned that removing the antenna will eliminate or greatly dete riorate any radio signals which other wise may have been received. In fact a radio receiver without an antenna is simply

a white noise generator. In order to be certain I was I consulted Mr. right on this point, SV- 13/ 12 Ray tells me Ray Kent, who is an Electronics Engi that a radio re neer. ceiver, if it is not capable of picking up a radio signal, is in fact, nothing but a white noise generator. f However, receivers, even radio without an antenna, are sometimes capa ble, to a certain extent, of picking up signals within the circuits themselves, depending on whether in a plastic or metal case, signal strength In order to learn in the area, etc. more about this and at the same time try to find a simple, inexpensive white the experimenter noise generator for who has little technical knowledge, I did some experimenting. they are (only) receiver was First, an old discarded portable taken apart. AM The antenna arrangement in this unit consisted of a ferrite rod about 6 1/2" long, upon which there were three coils of wire. One of these coils was con nected to an external antenna jack (no external antenna). The other two were connected to the dual tuning capacitor, forming two tank circuits. Tuning the receiver to the loud est station, I first cut the coil wires leading to the external antenna jack. As expected this made no difference in I next cut the coil wires reception. To my to one of the tank circuits. considerable station still came in almost as strong. surprise, the Next I cut the

remaining two coil To wires and removed the ferrite rod. my even greater surprise, the station still came in. Although the volume was reduced, the station was still under standable. Only after cutting all re maining tuning leads capacitor, did the station disappear. Unfortunately, at this point the output from the speaker, which was now white noise only, was barely discernable, and not nearly loud enough to use for re cording. the dual to So Ray of course, is right about a radio which is not capable of picking up a radio signal, being nothing but a noise generator. trick seems to be to render the receiver in capable of picking up a signal. Next, I tried an inexpensive AM/PM pocked ra- However, the dio from Radio Shack. This unit has a built in AM antenna, and a telescope PM antenna. With I could pick up one good PM station and about five weak stations. the antenna extended inches First the telescopic antenna was removed. the This eliminated all but strongest station, which was consider the wire, about ably weakened. Next three the circuit board to where the telescoping antenna had been, was This further reduced reception to the point the strongest station was now where just barely discernable, and that only with careful tuning. leading removed. long, from receiver In the AM the antenna/tuning system the between is atmospheric static. station noise is de If stroyed, then there is no static pick up, and the amplification factor is too

low to use the unit as a white noise generator. it In an PM receiver however, the between station "static" is not static at all ( contrary to what I had always assumed), but is circuit rather white noise. When the antenna was re moved and later the antenna lead wire, it caused to disappear, but the noise remained at exactly the same level, with more than enough vol ume the unit as a white noise generator in recording. the stations to use information as Unfortunately, at this point I do to what band not have the receivers in the MEZA-! are tuned. However, since Jules and Maggy have al ways used PM in all their other ar rangements, at least that I know about, they most probably are also using the PM band here. the case, with the antenna removed, what they are actually doing, and Mr. Kent agrees, is using seven white noise generators 1.n parallel. If such be The question is whether there 1.s any signal to noise ratio advantage 1.n audio carrier using more source, be it white noise, static or some other audio carrier. than one We might imagine connecting the output of several sources to a sunming amplifier to see what the probable re the In sult would be. the case of MEZA-! we could disconnect the speakers and apply the seven outputs to a seven input suuming amplifier, and then apply the single output to a single speaker. In essence this is what

happens in listening to the MEZA-! except that the ears of the listener act as our acoustic "sumning circuit", sending a single series of nerve impulses to the brain. If we use a suuming circuit we could expect to be seven the voices times as loud, presuming that all seven noise generators are effected equally. Unfortunately, the noise would also be seven times as loud, so that the signal to noise ratio, which is the only im portant consideration, would remain the same. There may however be some very small advantage, if we assume all seven generators are equally effected. That is if the noise signal is simultaneous ly voice "modulated" to the same de gree, as it is being generated, then we that this voice "modula might assume tion" would be in-phase between all seven generators. And that the sum of this modulation would be seven times the amplitude of each individual sig nal. On the seven the other hand, noise signals, being random, would to some small extent, be self canceling, so that the noise output of the sumning amplifier would be something less than seven times the amplitude of each indi vidual signal. In other words there may be some small signal to noise ratio benefit. However, since 3 Db is the least change is detectable 1.n in amplitude which mixed material such as voice, im provement in S/N ratio would probably in order to have to be more be noticeable. least this was my guess. Again

I discussed this with Mr. Kent, and it is his opinion that there probably would not be enough benefit from the sunming effect, to be discern able. than 3 Db At the Unfortunately, there has been so the many little experimentation with possibilities of Transco1I1I1Unication re ception, that we still have much more SV-13/ 13 speculation than fact. In this partic ular case, the only way to find out for sure would be to do a direct comparison experiment (SV-8) using a single noise generator or static receiver on one channel, and using two or more noise generators or static receivers on the opposite channel, and comparing the re sults. If there is any noticeable bene fit, then a multi-source noise genera tor could be used for reception. As an in the generator illustrated example, in SV-9/21, the noise is generated in the first half of the 1458, This first stage could be duplicated with the out put of each applied to a sumning ampli then further amplified and fier, and applied to In fact the VB filter. seven such first stages, or any number, could be used in this manner, without adding greatly to the complexity of the generator. that As an aside, from time to time, ever since the mid 1970s, one or anoth er person has expressed the opinion that TC is just some kind of psychic there isn't any phenomena, and thing of a technical nature that can be done to improve the quality of recep

tion. This despite the fact that vari ous people on the other side of the veil, have been telling researchers for over one hundred years, that equipment will be developed which will clarify reception for almost everyone. I have the opinion expressed that also heard everything has already been tried and nothing has worked. I suggest we have barely scratched the surface of possi the greatest that by far bility, and part of experimentation and development lies in the future, not in the past. PSYCHOKINETIC TIIEORY In 1974 when I first heard of the EVP through a brief mention in a book very by Harold Sherman, least public little At phenomenon. knowledge, about two predominate that time the voices ar- hypothesis as rived. the there were to how there was knowledge, as The first of these was the acous tic hypothesis upon which the open mi- SV-13/ 14 that unseen entities crophone method is based. This concept held literally whispered into the microphone. Suppos edly their voices were too weak to be heard directly by the experimenter at the time of reception, and could be heard only after their voices had been amplified, re-amplified on playback. recorded, and The second of these was the radio hypothesis upon which the familiar ra dio method is based. This concept held that unseen entities, wherever they were, had an actual radio transmitter they were sending us ordi - with which nary electromagnetic radio signals, Unknown to myself at the time, a third hypothesis,

the psychokinetic hy pothesis, had already been proposed taken some years before, but was not seriously. As early as the mid 70s it was already becoming apparent that both of two hypothesis had severe the first problems. In the acoustic hypothesis voice quality should have been at least somewhat improved by better quality, low noise tape and recorders, more sen sitive microphones, and a quieter envi ronment. None of which proved to be the case. ( Less expensive tape and recorders generally yielded as good quality re ception as more expensive equipment, and sometimes better. More sensitive microphones made little if any differ In fact in direct blind compari ence. the son people their preference for the less sensitive dy namic microphones, versus the more sen sitive electret. in I work with expressed experiments 1980s, the An even more surprising finding however, was that a quieter environment was not necessarily an asset. It was found that in some cases, some types of background noise, rather than drown out logically the whispers, as one would expect, actually helped the voices to come through at better quality. As if the background noise were somehow being changed or modulated a voice. This effect, in itself, pretty much eliminates the possibility that people on the other side are simply whispering into into the microphone. If such were the case their voices would be mixed with, and drowned out, or severely deterio rated by, whatever background noise might be present. into the microphone, Another factor

that must be con sidered, is that if Spirits were simply whispering then the experimenter would have nothing to do with the reception process. This in turn would mean, first of all, that ev erybody who tried, provided there were people over there who wished to coumu reception. nicate, would have voice for that, it would mean And second, practical purposes, everybody would have virtually the same quality of re ception. the case. Obviously such is not In the case of the radio method, there were also problems. One of these is that it would require a radio trans mitter. Since the voices tell us they are "deceased" humans, survivors of the death experience, and_ that they exist in a realm where there- is no matter as we know it, and since radio transmit ters, like all electronics, are based on material devices, on matter as we know it in our realm, this presents a severe problem. 1s of Whether or not it is possible to build transmitting equipment in their realm which is actually capable of gen erating an electromagnetic radio sig of course nal, a matter speculation. What is obviously fact however, is that they have not done so. As was mentioned previously, there are thousands of people in their no doubt world, who are quite capable of build ing simple AM and FM wireless micro phones. Since they tell us they are 1n the same room with us when we record, such wireless microphones would be more

than adequate to allow loud, clear com munication on virtually any ordinary radio receiver. Another factor that must be con- sidered, is that if they were sending us radio signals, we would be dealing not with a paranormal mechanism, but rather simply receiving an ordinary ra dio signal from an unorthodox source. This may seem a subtle difference, but completely operator that anyone who that TC reception would it would mean independent. be That is, turned on a radio receiver and requested conmunica tion, would receive such conmunication. someone was Provided of course present who had built a transmitter and wished to conmunicate. that sending us type Since wireless microphone transmitters are quite simple and easy to build, we could anticipate that, if it were possible, there would already be thousands of these available beyond the veil, for the use of almost anyone Obviously who wished to conmunicate. this is not the case at all. Another thing we could anticipate, is that if they were radio signals, then everyone who received such coumu nication, would equal voice quality, which as men tioned, and clear. Again this is obviously not the case. What has been obvious, almost the from the very beginning, quality of voice reception 1s very highly operator dependent. As everyone knows, a very limited number of people have relatively high quality reception, while a somewhat larger number have re ception of medium quality, and the ma jority have reception of low quality. approximately should be is that loud

have In fact if this were plotted on a it would probably correspond curve, very closely with normal talent distri bution curves in all sorts of acti vi - ties from arts And, more important here, would probably corre to ESP ability curves spond closely laboratory ex plotted of subjects 1n periments. to sports. To carry the comparison further, the ability of subjects in ESP experi ments is not always constant, but va ries over time, being at times stronger and at other times weaker or even non existant. The reasons for this are not well understood, have something to do with physical and men tal well-being, etc. We see this same or very similar effect among Transme diums, a number of whom have reported that they have suffered "dry spells" during which little or no there was voice reception. but probably SV-13115 (sheep) Another similarity is the famous In laborato "sheep and goats" effect. ry experiments where a group of people are divided into those who believe in ESP do not (goats), the "sheep" consistently score In other the "goats". higher words what the subjects believe or do not believe, has a considerable effect on results, those who than and a in In TC reception, when a Transme dium believes certain hypoth esis/system which makes the most sense then it is with this system to them, If that they get the best reception. the best reception depended on the hy pothesis/system itself, rather than on what the Transmedium believes,

then all Transmediums would get the best results with the same system. Again this is obviously not the case, since various Transmediums have different hypothesis about how the voices arrive, and use and get the best results with systems built upon these different hypothesis. Also, a system which- yields ex cellent results for one Transmedium, does not do so for other researchers, even other Transmediums who are equally talented, but do not have the same be liefs. The most outstanding case being that of Bill O'Neil 's equipment, which others tried to duplicate, but for oth ers did not work any better than the equipment they were already using. It would be logical then from all of this, to reach the conclusion that, at least where Transmediumistic voice reception is concerned, the operating mechanism is psychokinetic energy gen It should erated by the Transmedium. be noted here that this does not prove the origin of the voices which 1s a whole different matter. What we are discussing here is only the mechanism intelligence underlying used by such voices the electronics and/or electronic signals. to effect the Over the years evidence support the psychokinetic hypothesis has ing continued to accumulate. Among other places we see this in more recent re ceiving systems which use radio trans mitter/receiver combinations or noise In both cases any incoming generators. SV- 13/ 16 In the microphone radio signals are excluded. the first case by the local transmitter and in the second case because no radio

re ceiver is used. At the same time, in both systems, any acoustic whispering into is excluded by If the voices electronic white noise. do not arrive by either a radio signal or acoustic energy, we are not left with a lot of possible mechanisms by In fact we are which they can arrive. left with only one, which is psychoki netic energy. We see indication of the psycho kinetic effect also in any TV images received using the method developed by Schreiber and Wenzel. In this method a TV camera is pointed at the screen and the signal from the camera returned to the TV. this closed circuit feedback system excludes any external TV signals, any paranormal images which might be received by this method must, of necessity, be psychokinetic in na ture. Since to reported the operating mechanism reception. images At this point in time, because of lack of experimental data, we simply don't know whether or not psychokinetic in energy is This of open circuit TV course refers to have been received on TVs connected to an ordinary TV antenna. To my knowl - edge no one has yet tried removing the antenna and placing the TV inside a fa raday cage to see if such images could still be received in the absence of all possible incoming TV signals. But if I had to make a bet on the results of such an experiment, I would have to bet images would still be received, that even

the absence of TV signals. in Just as voice reception can take place even in an electromagnetically shielded container. the more However we see perhaps the most conclusive evidence for the psychoki recent netic hypothesis in computer message phenomenon. Messages appearing on computer screens obviously do not get there by someone on the oth er side whispering into a microphone. There is such a thing as voice recogni However, this tion hardware/software. equipment is not only exorbitantly ex- ( pensive, but is also, at this point in time, not nearly sophisticated enough In any case, as far for this purpose. the computers on as which such messages are to reported have appeared, have been equipped with such a device. know, none of I Also computers have no antenna. And if they did they wouldn't know what to do with it since computers contain no circuits to process radio signals. In fact EMI, electromagnetic interfer ence, in the1 from of radio signals and other frequencies, is highly detrimen tal to computers. Such energy can in terfere with data transfer, processing and storage, and if strong enough can even erase computer discs. Which is into why most shielded containers and other steps are taken to shield sensitive components. That paranormal messages arrive in com puters via some kind of electromagnetic signal is transmitted simply out of the question. from elsewhere, are built computers In the literature of the paranor mal there are dozens, perhaps hundreds, of cases of lights being turned on

or off by paranormal means, when no one was in the room or no one was at home. Mary and I personally know of one such case in which lights were turned on in a house when no one was home and which a neighbor had been ask to watch. The neighbor, the house had been broken into, checked and found all the doors and windows locked, and in cir cling the house, found no footprints in the fresh snow. thinking Also there have been a very large number of reports about objects being moved by paranormal means. Mary and I have experienced this effect on a num ber of occasions in our own home. He len Beeler, the "deceased" former owner turned out to be the most active "dead" I ever heard of. person Mary and It seems Mary and Helen had different the kitchen should be ideas about how organized. Mary would place the china, silverware, cooking utensils, etc., 1n the cupboards and cabinets where she wanted· them, only to find the next day that certain items were moved else where. This went on, off and on, for weeks after we first moved in. There are times when I looked for something, couldn't find it, and ask Mary where it might be. Mary would say "Ask Helen, - I don't know what she did with it." Finally the two of them com promised. To this day Mary keeps cer tain they should be, and in return Helen permits

Mary to keep other things where Mary thinks they should be. All of which makes me happy because now I know where to find items I'm looking for. items where Helen thinks three months, We also personally know of anoth tape recorder er case where a whole disappeared for three months. It was not simply misplaced, because the house was searched, and the recorder was sim ply not in the house. At the end of about the recorder was found on the headboard of a bed that was used everyday, and where it could not possibly have been overlooked for three months. these kinds of And things are by no means isolated inci dents, which makes it difficult to ar spirits can't manipulate that gue physical objects. they But then a In the reception of computer mes sages, there are times when the ·comput er was turned off when a person left found they returned home. When the computer turned on and a message on the screen. First of all, how does the computer get turned on? Computers have mechanical power switches and no possi ble kind of remote signal could operate the switch. The power switch can be operated only by applying mechanical light switch on pressure. the wall also requires mechanical pres sure, and we already know that at least in fact rather adept some Spirits are at operating If through concentration, kinetic energy, or how ever this, switch, to operate a computer power switch. Mr. Kent recently

made that switches. through psycho they do light then it would be just as easy the most interesting observation the keys on a computer keyboard are also mechan And that in deference ical switches. to typists, in such a way that they require a lot less they can operate a wall the keys are designed light SV-13/ 17 a wall switch or mechanical pressure than, for example, light the power If people on the other side of switch. the fence can, through concentration, operate power and light switches, then keyboard switches should be no problem. Some of you reading this can re member the old player pianos, which au tomatically played music from a roll of paper punched with holes corresponding to the notes. On some of these pianos the corresponding key on the keyboard, was pulled down each note was played, giving the impression that the music was actually being played by an invisible person. as TC computer messages, in one re is always the experimenter spect, are in a class by themselves in to the that unlike other TC phenomena, reception has best of my knowledge, It never actually been witnessed. seems in another room, or asleep, or not at home the message actually arrives. when There may be a reason for this in that perhaps the other side doe~n't think we are yet quite ready to witness the as tonishing sight of keys on a computer keyboard being depressed by an invis ible force as the message

is literally typed in. Mr. Heckmann I would agree. recently suggested that if text messages are possible, then computer graphics are probably If people on the next. the keyboard, other side can operate then potentially they are capable of doing anything that can be done on a computer, provided of course, that the necessary software is installed on that the case of particular machine. graphics this would require, for exam ple, a draw or paint program to draw pictures or block diagrams of equipment Schematics would configurations, etc. ( computer aided design) require a CAD program such as Autoshetch, which I use, and an electronic symbol file. This particular program is mouse oper ated, but like most mouse programs, many if not all operations can also be done from the keyboard. In In one case a blank computer disc, left laying along side of a computer, was found the next day reported, SV- 13/ 18 ( ( to disc, to contain a text file which turned out How could this to be a TC message. have happened? Well we can be certain it did not get there via some kind of incoming electromagnetic signal. One way it might have gotten there is by someone from the other side, via PK en ergy, turning on the computer, insert typing out the message, ing the disc, saving the disc replacing they found it, and turning off where This sounds very far the computer. our, but we do know they can operate switches,

and that they can move ob tape recorder, which jects, such as a are much larger and heaver than a com puter disc. Or to put it another way, since this event was not witnessed, we have no way of knowing that this is not the way it was done. The same thing could also apply to computer graphic images which, ac cording to reports, have appeared in the form of files with the TIF ( tagged image file) extension. This of course, is the file type created by scanners. In these cases photographs may have been teleported in from someplace else here in the physical world. I believe Spiritualists call such objects "ap ports". Objects which are moved by pa long ranormal means, sometimes over distances. The computer could then be turned on and the scanner moved across the photograph, all via PK energy, Which may, or may not, explain why at least some of these images are identi cal to, or very similar to, photographs know the physical world. to exist here in Again this possibility is very far out. But again, we know there are at least a few people on the other side who are rather adept at moving objects about and operating switches, etc, And since these events also have never been witnessed, we have no way of knowing that this is not the way it is done. then In conclusion, if we use Asops razor, the psychokinetic hypoth esis appears to be the hypothesis

which is most capable of explaining the ob served phenomena, with the least amount I submit then that the of assumptions. logical and PK hypothesis is the most probable explanation for all TC coIIIDU nication from what we think of as the Spirit realm. Al though this is not a new hypothesis, having been proposed in Breakthrough, long before I first heard of the EVP, it has not received the se rious consideration it deserves. As with anything else published in these papers, reader coament is in vited. If you believe there is a dif ferent mechanism which better explains TranscoI11DUnication, you are invited to tell the rest of us exactly what this mechanism is and detail how it operates in these various TC phenomena. Through the laboratory work of Dr. Gurney and Mr. Saunders and others we already know that psychokinetic en ergy exists. I submit that if psycho kinetic energy were not already known at this time, it would be necessary to invent it. That is, it would be neces sary to hypothesize a force which had all the characteristic$ of psychokinet ic energy, in order to explain Trans coomunication phenomena. Experimental Comparison Part - 3 FM radio to noise generator con version. a These schematic. (List pnce- The following infonnation applies to the Radio Shack AM/FM Flavoradios series. These pocket radios are listed as catalog numbers 12-720 (Strawberry), and 12-721 (Blueberry). The "flavor" describes case color only, both have the same receivers can be very $9. 95)

easily converted to a white noise gen erator using only small phillips screwdriver and a scissors or soldering iron. 1) the Flavoradio or better yet, another FM receiver with a more accurate dial, make a list of all PM frequencies where you can discern a station in your area. The object will be to find the largest unused space be tween two stations, and then record at to minimize that frequency, the possibility of accidently picking up broadcast station interference. 2) the 9 volt battery, in order Removei Using if the the small screw from Remove the screw in the center of there is one installed. 3) the back of the case. Remove 4) bottom of the case. The case will now separate, but 5) is still held together by snaps moulded into the case. These can be released by finger pressure from the inside of Be gentle, the battery compartment. the cases are not all that strong and will break if too much pressure is ap plied. Once the case is snapped apart, 6) you will find a wire leading from the base of the telescope a This terminal on the antenna wire should be end. Cut this wire as close as possi ble to the PC board terminal, or better yet, un-solder the wire from the termi nal. Slide the antenna completely out 7) of the case. If you wish you can save the antenna, small screw, and wire to later reinstall, or use for something else. You

may also want to remove the carry strap which is held in only by a small washer, and is not needed. 8) Snap the case back together, re place the long screw through the back of the case. Replace the battery and battery compartment cover. the circuit board. loose at antenna to At this point, depending on where you live, you should pick up no FM sta tions, or pickup perhaps only one or two very weakly. To check, be sure the switch on the back is in the FM posi tion, and and then tune, verr slowly, from one end of the dial to the other, carefully noting the location of anything you might be able to hear. is maximum, the volume Other than any very weak station you might hear, the sound you now hear is electronic white noise. Unlike the atmospheric static which you hear be the AM bands, what tween stations on even FM band, the you now hear on though it sounds similar to static, is actually noise generated within the ra dio's own circuits. The best record ing frequency of course, is as far as possible any station(s) you may still be able to de- frequency of from the SV-13/19 f ( tect. In light of the recent information about PK experiments with white noise and the MEZA-1 setup, it was elected to make a slight detour in intended experimental sequence, and try the FM noise generator as an initial experiment in this series.

Since other than the open microphone method, the Airband radio method is about as close to a standard method as one can get, in the following experiment the Airband radio is considered to be the initial "lead" receiver, against which the FM noise generator is compared. . .................. . Exp. 336, Nov. 2 '92, 2:30 PM, Mary has gone to town. In this experiment, the airband Patrolman is used on the left channel and is tuned to 128 MHz. On the right channel is a pocket AM/FM radio set on the FM channel at 100 MHz. The FM telescoping antenna and antenna to PC board lead wire has been removed, in order to convert the receiver into a white noise generator, Prayer I would like to invite anyone who is here and who comes in peace and good will to use this equipment to talk with me today. Especially I would like to in vite Hidie, Martha, Harry and Tex to try to get through, I have not recorded for awhile, so I hope you are here today. is anyone here today, Thank you. 1) I would like to ask first of all if there - (Martha) (A) Count 18-25 19 20-21 21 "Yes we are" "Yes Bill" "Right now" "Right here" "Right now" "Right now" (P) (A) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) 22-23 I thank you for your response and for being here with me today. As you can see, I am asking you which of

these two devices we should be using. The airband or the FM configured as a noise generator. methods I should recomnend to other researchers - tor. Thank you 2) I would like to ask which of these two the airband or the noise genera Count 33-40 33-34 35-36 "That's enough" 37-38 "That's enough" "Noise Generator" (M) (B) (Hidie) (B) (P) (B) Again thank you for your response. I would now like to ask a question I'ave ask many times before. It has already become obvious that you are using whichever device is on the "B" channel much more than the other. I would like to ask if the receiver you are using the most is easier, the same, or more difficult to use than the receiver you are using the least. Thank you 3) Count 50-56 51 51-52 "It's hard to tell" "It's hard to tell" (M) (A) "Same" (F) (B) (F) (B) 52-53 • "Just the same" (M) (A) Again thank you for your response, I will not of course know which receiver SV-13/20 r you are using most until I check out the cables after we are finished. I believe you have already answered this question, but to be sure I understand correctly, I would like to, ask again. I will then take a short break to rest my ears and then return. For the benefit of other researchers, I would like to ask if radio static or circuit white noise, is more suitable for reception. Thank you

4) Count 68-75 67-68 68 70-71 71-72 "White noise" "White noise" "White noise" "You were always right" "Pick me out" (F) (A) (F) (A) (P) (A) (P) (A) (M) (B) So as not to have you wait while I take a break, I will ask a last question and then bid you good day for now. There is a hypothesis that Transconmunication is nothing but voices created by the Operator's subconscious mind and projected onto tape. ing here today. may wish to make. Thank you and good day 5) I will let the tape run for 15 counts for whatever comnents you I would like to ask what you think of this idea. And thank you for be Counts 86-102 86-87 94 94-95 97-98 "Bologna" "Bullshit" "Bulishit" "Good night" "Good night 99-100 "Good night" (F) (B) (M) (A) (M) (A) (M) (B) (M) (B) (M) (A) "Good niglit buddy" (P) (A) B L I N D C O M P A R I S O N A N A L Y S I S RECORDING OR TAPE t,- 336 DATE- 11/2/92 TOTAL SEGMENTS RECORDED- 5 TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED- 43 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS RECORDED- 56 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS/ COUNT- 1.3 TOTAL% OF CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCY- 13 % CHANNEL A TOTAL WORDS- 25 CHANNEL B TOTAL WORDS- 31 % OF TOTAL- 44 % WORDS/ COUNT- .58 % OF CONV. fREQ.- 5.8 % % OF TOTAL- 55 % WORDS/ COUNT- .72 % OF CONY. FREQ.- 7.2 % RIGHT SYSTEM APPROVED BY 24 % APPROVED

SYSTEM- FM 100 MHZ NO ANTENNA ? RESET- 1 MAIN MENU- 4 In th•~ above experiment it might be noted that statements are often re peated, and/or similar statements are made which essentially mean the same thing. SV-13/ 21 r ~ (' There are two reasons for this. First, the people I am working with realize that I usually only understand a very small percentage of what they say because recep- tion is very weak. When I ask about this I was told I usually understand about only 5 - 10% of what they actually say. Because of this they make numerous redun- dant or similar statements, so that even if I can't understand most of what they say, I will probably still be able to understand their answer or comnent. Usually these statements are in at least one male and one female voice. Although at times there are as high as two or more different female voices and two or more different male voices all making the same or similar statements, As an example, the "bull .... " statements were made by two distinctly differ ent male voices. The second, which sounded quite normal, probably belonged to Harry Pointwel, one of the very patient people who has been with me for a long time. The first sounded artificially deepened. When I described this voice to Mary, she told me her Dad sometimes did this to emphasize a point. Since Mary has sensed her Dad's presence numerous times since his

transition, and since he (Tex) had been specifically invited in this recording session, we believe it was he who made this statement. Although the people I have had the privilege of working with, do not normally use this kind of language, I do believe most of us would react rather strongly, if someone were to suggest that we might exist only as a fragment of someone's imagination. reason The second is of course, because they know the method I use to determine which receiving system they ap prove of. During the course of the session I do not know which system I am lis tening to, but they do. By-making numerous statements on the channel they approve of, the word count is built up on this channel. redundant statements, they often make Although there was no discernable difference in the absolute quality of re ception between the Airband receiver and the FM noise generator, the noise genera tor was clearly used more than the Airband. Since this is the approved receiver, it is assigned the next configuration number, number 5, and becomes the "Lead" re ceiver for the next experiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In the next experiment, the white noise generator illustrated in SV-9/21, is the experimental receiver and is compared with the FM noise generator (Config 5) which is the current lead. Since the output of the noise

generator is somewhat :iigher than necessary, it is connected the Mouser amplifier volume control through a 10K/1K voltage divider. Again the setup was a blind comparison experi ment as illustrated and explained in SV-8 . to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . This is tape #337, Nov. 7, '92, 2:00 AM Noise generator as described in the SV series, is used on the left channel with a lK/l0K voltage divider to volume con trol of the Mc1.•.ser Amp. Le"d receiver, configuration {l5. ~s used on right chan nel, - Radio Shack 12-721 AM/FM with antenna removed, tur,,cd to PM 100 MHz. Many is not at home. Prayer Today I would like to again will, to speak to us through this the benefit of other researchers. invite anyone who is here in piece and good equipment. And to help develop equipment for Especially I would like to invite Hidie, Harry, SV-13/22 Martha and Tex to speak to us today. with me today. Thank you Count 16-23 1) 22-23 "Yes Bill, we're here" I would like to ask if there 1s anyone here (Hidie) (A) Thank you for being here and for your response, even though I could not un derstand very much of what you said. with me today? Thank you Count 28-34 2) 30 31 33-34 "Twenty three" "Twenty three" "Twenty two" (P) (B) (Hidie) (B) (P) (B) I

would like to ask how many of you are here Thank you for your response. Now I would like to again ask if you are ef fecting this equipment, projecting your voices into this equipment, through the mechanism which we call psychokinetic energy? Thank you 3) Count 40-46 40-41 "Yes Bill" 42 43-44 "Right Bill" "Bill - You're right" (M) (A) (Hidie) (A) (M) (A) Thank you. Because this matter is so important to reception technology, I would like to verify that I have understood you correctly. you do use psychokinetic energy to get through to us on tape. Have I understood this correctly? Thank you 4) I understand you to say - Count 53-60 53-54 "That's right" 54-55 "That's right Bill" "That's right Bill" 56 57 "That's right" 57-58 "That's right" (Hidie) (B) (Hidie) (B) (Hidie) (B) (Harry) (B) (P) (B) Again thank you for your replies. I would like to ask if when you use one system more strongly than the other, if it is necessary for you to place yourself closer to that system that you are going to use the strongest. Thank you 5) Count 65-71 65-66 "That's 66 "That's 66-67 "That's 67-68 "That's "That's 69 "That's 70 right right right right right right Bill" Bill" Bill" Bill" Bill" Bill" (Hidie) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) (Hidie) (P) (B) (B) (B) Before! analyzing the last segment, I would like to ask one or two more ques I would like first of all to ask for

the benefit tions and then bid you good day. of other researchers, whether you are in any way using any psychokinetic energy I might have, to effect this equipment. The question then is, do you, in my case, operate the equipment direct or indirectly through me. Thank you 6) Count 82-90 82-83 "Indirectly" 83 "Indirectly" 83-84 "Through you" "Indirectly" 86 86-87 "Through you" 87-88 4 words (Personal) (Hidie) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) SV-13/ 23 Martha and Tex to speak to us today. with me today. Thank you Count 16-23 1) 22-23 "Yes Bill, we're here" I would like to ask if there is anyone here (Hidie) (A) Thank you for being here and for your response, even though I could not un derstand very much of what you said. with me today? Thank you Count 28-34 2) 30 31 33-34 "Twenty three" "Twenty three" "Twenty two" (F) (B) (Hidie) (B) (F) (B) I would like to ask how many of you are here Thank you for your response. Now I would like to again ask if you are ef fecting this equipment, projecting your voices into this equipment, through the mechanism which we call psychokinetic energy? Thank you 3) Count 40-46 40-41 "Yes Bill" 42 43-44 "Right Bill" "Bill - You' re right" (M) (A) (Hidie) (A) (M) (A) Thank you. Because this matter is so important to reception technology, I would like to verify that I have understood you correctly. you do

use psychokinetic energy to get through to us on tape. Have I understood this correctly? Thank you 4) I understand you to say - Count 53-60 53-54 "That's right" 54-55 "That's right Bill" "That's right Bill" 56 57 "That's right" 57-58 "That's right" (Hidie) (B) (Hidie) (B) (Hidie) (B) (Harry) (B) (F) (B) Again thank you for your replies. I would like to ask if when you use one system more strongly than the other, if it is necessary for you to place yourself closer to that system that you are going to use the strongest. Thank you 5) Count 65-71 65-66 "That's 66 "That's 66-67 "That's 67-68 "That's "That's 69 "That's 70 right right right right right right Bill" Bill" Bill" Bill" Bill" Bill" (Hidie) (F) (B) (F) (B) (F) (B) (Hidie) (F) (B) (B) (B) Before analyzing the last segment, I would like to ask one or two more ques I would like first of all to ask for the benefit tions and then bid you good day. of other researchers, whether you are in any way using any psychokinetic energy I might have, to effect this equipment. The question then is, do you, in my case, operate the equipment direct or indirectly through me. Thank you 6) Count 82-90 82-83 "Indirectly" 83 "Indirectly" 83-84 "Through you" 86 "Indirectly" 86-87 "Through you" 87-88 4 words (Personal) (Hidie) (B) (F) (B) (F) (B) (F) (B) (F) (B) (F) (B) SV-13/23 88-89 "Indirectly" (P) (B) I thank you for any

response you may have made. And now I would like to ask just one more question for today, one I have ask often. And that is whether the system you have used the most, is easier, the same or more difficult to use than the opposite system. Thank you for being here and helping in this work today. Until next time then, I bid you good day. 7) (P) (B) (P) (B) "Good night Bill" "Good night Bill" Count 98-110 98 99 99-100 "They're both the same thing" 102 103 103-104 "Right Bill, always going to be" 107-108 "You ask for it" "Not ridiculous" 109 "Ridiculous" "Good night" (M) (A) (P) (B) (P) (B) (P) (B) (Harry) (A) (M) (A) B L I N D C O M P A R I S O N A N A L Y S I S RECORDING OR TAPE lt- 337 DATE- 11/7 /92 TOTAL SEGMENTS RECORDED- 7 TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED- 52 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS RECORDED- 84 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS/ COUNT- 1.61 TOTAL% OP CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCY- 16.1 % CHANNEL A CHANNEL B TOTAL WORDS- 26 % OP TOTAL- 30 % WORDS/ COUNT- .5 % OF CONY. fREQ.- 5 % TOTAL WORDS- 58 % OP TOTAL- 69 % WORDS/ COUNT- 1.11 % OP CONY. FREQ.- 11.1% LEFT SYSTEM APPROVED BY 123 % APPROVED SYSTEM- NOISE GENERATOR PROM SV SERIES ? RESET- 1 MAIN MENU- 4 Again absolute quality of in this second experiment improvement in there was no noticeable the reception, which is not

surprising since we are from the optional probably a long way It has however, been design required. strongly the this indicated right general direction, and that fu ture designs should include a noise generator. that is These two experiments also illus trate the value of the blind comparison SV-13/24 method. Had these two experiments been done as single experiments, it would have been found in each case that there was no noticeable improvement in recep It would therefore have tion quality. that since been reasonable there was no noticeable quality im provement over the airband radio, that noise generators were of no value and that this was not the way to go. How ever, this would have been an erroneous conclusion, since the other side, when to assume r ~-. ,_ IK - rOVf Level _ II( 1CIII( - r~ IK hll i . . - .OO!uf C .oo,., MY ..,., ~i-i-~ .. ,_ 1.21( C . OOluf C .oi.r z.ac ,_ • ,_ '"' IOIC ,., - ,_ Electronlc Noise Generator sv - 9/21 II ... L I - 7 Volume IOIC I ...... l I • ., t IOI( ,. Mouser Af Amp. SV - 10/21 I SV Page 13/2, Conffgurotlon 8 Concept By Drown By Bhl W.l1eneole em W.iaenaole F11- CF_006 loot• 12-13-112 given the opportunity to do so, clearly indicated that noise generators are the right general direction. The devices, experimental total possible combinations of circuits, combinations of circuits, types of sig nals, combinations of signals,

signal levels, etc., etc., is, for practical purposes, -infinite. This implies that the chances of a researcher developing the necessary a hypothesis, building test equipment, and by chance coming up with just the right combination of cir cuits, signals, levels, etc., to maxi mize for practical purposes, -zero. reception quality, is, Although there has already been a considerable amount of experimentation done by a number of researchers, over a period of many years, what has been done barely scratches the surface of infinite number of possibilities the that exist, It has become obvious that some systematic method of TransReceiver development is necessary if we are to have any hope of developing an eff i cient receiver. So far there have been certain clues from the other side as to how a TransReceiver must be designed, but very little, if anything, in the way of detail. The Spirits have however, al ready demonstrated their willingness to cooperate in development through use of comparison method, which the blind gives the opportunity, at each them step of the way, to tell us whether or not we are going in the right direc tion. By using this method we are ask ing the Spirits, who know much more about this than we do, what they think than trying to we should use, rather tell them, as we do with other methods, what we think we should use. There is of course, nothing new about the blind comparison technique. This is a legitimate scientific method

which has been used for many years, in many different fields of science, such as in medicine in testing new drugs, It is not necessary to be a sci etc. entist in order to use a scientific If the work is done carefully, method. a scientific method works just as well for an amateur as it does for a scien tist. With all of the work that has al ready been done by a number of re searchers, it is almost certain that some of this work was actually in the right general direction. But the re involved were not aware of searchers this because there was no noticeable improvement in absolute reception qual ity, and they therefore thought their experiments had failed. Had they been using comparison method, which would have given their Transpar tners an opportunity to express their re the chances are opinion, searchers would have realized that some experiments were actually of progress the right direction, and would then have continued in this gen eral direction, rather than going on to try miscellaneous other that were entirely different. the blind things their these in In conclusion, because of the the TranscoJ1111Unication complexity of reception problem, that it will probably be impossible to develop an efficient TransReceiver without the use of the blind comparison method. To be continued .... I suggest • • e • • • • • e • e • • • e • • • • • • • I IBM- GW-BASIC FILE-

ANALYSIS.BAS 10 REM 100 COLOR 13, 8: CLS 105 PRINT TAB(36); "MAIN MENU": PRINT 110 PRINT TAB(lO); " 1) Results Analysis"; 148 PRINT TAB(lO); TAB(SO); "40) STOP" 150 PRINT: LOCATE, 35 170 INPUT "SELECT="; N 201 IF N = 1 THEN GOTO 1000 240 IF N = 40 THEN STOP 250 COLOR 15, 4: PRINT "DOES NOT COMPUTE": GOTO 150 1000 CLS : CLEAR SV-13/26 PRINT PRINT PRINT DATE-"; D$: PRINT RECORDING OR TAPE II-"; TN$ PRINT "SYSTEM ON RIGHT CHANNEL-" NUMBER OP TAPE SEGMENTS RECORDED-"; SE: PRINT WAS LEFT RECORDER CHANNEL, A ORB AMPLIFIER CHANNEL-"; CO$ "c OM PARIS ON AN ALYS Is": PRINT "DATA ENTRY": PRINT NUMBER OF COUNTS RECORDED- "; C: PRINT UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS CHANNEL A- "; A: PRINT UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS CHANNEL B- "; B: PRINT 1010 PRINT TAB(21); 1020 PRINT TAB(35); 1030 INPlIT" 1040 INPlIT " 1050 PRINT "SYSTEM DESCRIPTION": PRINT 1060 PRINT "SYSTEM ON LEFT CHANNEL-" 1070 INPlIT ; L$ 1080 PRINT: PRINT 1090 INPlIT; R$ 1100 PRINT: PRINT 1110 INPUT " 1120 FOR N = 1 TO SE 1130 CLS: PRINT TAB(29); "SEGMENT NUMBER-"; N: PRINT 1140 INPUT " 1150 INPUT " 1160 INPUT " 1170 PRINT TAB(5); "ENTER DATA- 1"; TAB(23); "REDO SEGMENT- 2"; 1180 PRINT TAB(45); "RBDO PROM START- 3"; TAB(68); "MAIN MBNU-4" 1190 INPUT "SELECT-"; X 1200 IP X = 1 THEN Cl= Cl+ C: Al= Al+ A: Bl= Bl+ B: GOTO 1240 1210 IF X = 2 THEN GOTO 1130 1220 IP X = 3 THEN GOTO 1000 1230 IP

X = 4 THEN 10 1240 NEXT 1250 CLS: PRINT: PRI~: PRINT: PRINT 1260 INPUT" 1270 CLS 1280 IP Al= 0 THEN Al= .001 1290 IP Bl= 0 THEN Bl= .001 1300 PRINT TAB(lS); "BLIND COMPARISON AN ALYS IS": PRINT 1310 PRINT TAB(lO); "RECORDING OR TAPE"-"; TN$; TAB(55); "DATE-"; D$: PRINT 1320 PRINT TAB(24); "TOTAL SEGMENTS RECORDED-"; SE 1330 PRINT TAB(26); "TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED-"; Cl 1340 PRINT TAB(12); "TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS RECORDED-"; Al+ Bl 1350 PRINT TAB(13); "TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS/ COUNT-"; 1360 PRINT INT(((Al +Bl)/ Cl)* 100) / 100 1370 PRINT TAB(12); "TOTAL% OF CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCY-"; 1380 PRINT INT(( (Al + Bl) / Cl) * 100) / 10; "%": PRINT 1390 PRINT TAB(13); "CHANNEL A"; TAB(53); "CHANNEL B": PRINT 1400 PRINT TAB(l2); "TOTAL WORDS-"; Al; 1410 PRINT TAB(52); "TOTAL WORDS-"; Bl 1420 PRINT TAB(13); "% OP TOTAL-"; INT((Al /(Al+ Bl))* 100); "%"; 1430 PRINT TAB(53); "% OF TOTAL-"; INT((Bl /(Al+ Bl))* 100); "%" 1440 PRINT TAB(lO); "WORDS / COUNT- "; INT((Al / Cl) * 100) / 100; 1450 PRINT TAB(50); "WORDS / COUNT- "; INT((Bl / Cl) * 100) / 100 1460 PRINT TAB(7); "% OF CONY. FREQ.- "; INT((Al / Cl) * 100) / 10; "%"; 14 70 PRINT TAB( 4 7) ; "% OF CONY. FREQ. - "; INT(( Bl / Cl) * 100) / 10; "%" 1480 IF Al> Bl THEN T = 1: X = INT(((Al - Bl)/ Bl)* 100) 1490 IF Bl> Al THEN T = 2: X = INT(((Bl - Al)/ Al)* 100) 1500

IF Al= Bl THEN T = 3: X = 0 1510 PRINT 1520 IF T = 1530 IF T = 1540 IF T = 1550 IF T = 3 THEN PRINT TAB( 33); "SYSTEMS EQUAL"; : 1 AND CO$= CHR.$(65) THEN PRINT TAB(25); 2 AND CO$= CHR.$(65) THEN PRINT TAB(25); 1 AND CO$= CHR$(66) THEN PRINI' TAB(25); PRINT: GOTO 1590 "LEFT"; : Y$ = L$ "RIGHT"; : Y$ = R$ "RIGHT"; : Y$ = R$ SV-13/27 1560 IF T = 2 AND CO$= CHR.$(66) THEN PRINT TAB(25); "LEFT"; 1570 PRINT" SYSTEM APPROVED"; "BY"; X; "%": PRINT 1580 PRINT "APPROVED SYSTEM-"; Y$ 1590 PRINT: PRINT TAB(20); "RESET- 1"; TAB(SO); "MAIN MENU- 4" 1600 INPUT X 1610 IF X = 1 THEN GOTO 1000 1620 IF X = 4 THEN 10 Y$ = L$ NOTE have been accepted, Until now this paper has been supported, or partly supported, on a formal subscrip donation basis. No tions although those few people who have made generous donations, have been listed for an ap It propriate number of future issues. was setup on this basis because time was, and still is, very limited. At the time publication was re-started, it was uncertain whether it could be con tinued because of the time factor. to be turned out number of our For two reasons however, this ar less rangement has than satisfactory. First of all, be cause a r.eaders have found it bothersome and inconvenient to submit a request for each issue. And second, because donations

over the past two years, although a few have been generous , have not covered the actual costs, both obvious and various hidden costs, that are involved in publication of this paper. For these reasons, and since it now appears that I will be able, with to continue the help of a computer, publication for at least the foresee able future, Spirit Voices will be put on a fixed rate, subscription basis. Although the option will still be left open, at least temporarily, for those who may prefer to pay for each issue, one at a time. As before, publication will continue on an "as time and mate For this reason rial permit" basis. subscriptions will be for a specific two, or number of issues, either one, four, as rather reader prefers, than for a specific time period. the issue individual Because of the obvious and hidden increase costs involved, and a recent in the local costs of photocopy, the subscription fee will be twenty dollars for four issues, or five dollars for each ordered. (Overseas will be twenty four dollars and six dollars respectively) This cost could be if the offset lower printing process were feasible. Howev er, this process does not become eco nomical until over five hundred copies Since we still have less are needed. than one hundred readers, the rather expensive photocopy process is the only choice. Nevertheless this subscription fee is still modest relative to many special interest publications which of to fifty dollars or

ten cost thirty more per year. there Beginning with this issue, will no longer be an order coupon in corporated in Spirit Voices. An order form and information will be on a sepa rate sheet of paper which will be en If this closed with your SV issue. order form is not enclosed, then you are paid up for at least the next is sue, and are already on the mailing list for that issue. Finally it is, and always has the purpose of this publication been, to gather and distribute Transconmu nication technical information, rather than to make a profit. For this reason Spirit Voices is not copyrighted. And anyone who cares to do so, has my per the SV mission to copy any or all of series material, to friends or other members of a group with whom they may be working. for distribution ( Spirit Voices is edited and published, as time and materials permit, by Bill Weisensale, P.O. Box# B.Q., Bars tow, CA 92312-3030, United States of America. Subscriptions are available to those who have all previous is sues back to, and including SV-7. Domestic- $20/4 issues, Overseas- $24/4 issues. (Back issues available) Member - American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena Dedicated to dc~lopment of Tnmscommunication for tire cniig/Jtenment of Humanity. SV-13/28 §virit Uoices In Europe. over one hundred years ago, investigators were first told through mediums. that eventually equipment would be developed that would allow open communication from the Spirit world. for virtually everyone. 1

Contrary to what one might think, this early information was not a reference to radios and recorders. which were yet to be developed. Although in theory, these devices open up Transcommunica tion for everybody, in actual practice, because of their gross insensitivity, they do not actually make TC accessible to the general population. Because researchers today, are still be ing told the same thing, even after the develop ment of radios and recorders, it is obvious what the Spirits are referring to is a very special de vice, a transreceiver, designed specifically for the purpose of Spirit voice reception. Each time I have ask whether equipment will eventually be developed that will allow open communication for everyone, the answer has been affirmative. The fact that the Spirits Over the years, through a number of dif ferent researchers, the other side has been gradually giving us clues and information, in cluding the verbal and visual information given to Mary, toward the development of such a re ceiver. It is simply inconceivable that so many Spirits, such as Mr Mueller, working through various different researchers, would have made so much effort to give us clues and technical in formation, as well as assisting in technical ex perimentation, if it was not the specific purpose of higher Authority, to help us develop such equipment. the Harschs are working with, who are more inter ested in education than technology, did not make it a specific point to tell the Harschs of this intention, in

no way changes the intention. Harold Sherman, grand old man of psy chic phenomena, used to say that "like attracts like." Probably nowhere is this more true, then in Transcommunication. Time after time, we see Spirits working with different researchers who share the same attitudes, interests, etc., just as we associate with people here who share our in terests and beliefs and so on. It is only a matter of common sense then, that Physicists and En gineers on the other side, those who are inter ested in receiver development, are not likely to work with people on this side, who do not have the necessary technical background to under stand what they are told, or have the slightest idea of what kind of questions to ask. Simply asking "what do we need to improve reception," Footnote 1 The Spirits Book, by Allan Kardec revised edition, published 1857 does not get it. That the Harschs do not have this kind of background, is of course, absolutely no re flection on then whatsoever. Everyone has dif ferent interests in life, and only a small minority of us are interested in science and technology. In any case where technology is concerned. there are others through whom higher Authority can better pass information over the fence. In this regard, highly promising, is the team composed of Dr Raudive and Dr Mueller and others, on the other side, and Mr Homes and Dr Senkowski, on this side. Dr Senkowski and Mr Homes have both

been receiving clear communiques, through several different recep tion modes. While Dr Mueller, physicist and for mer team mate of Bill O'Neil's, has already demonstrated his interest in technical develop ment of receiving systems.. So here we have a physicist on each side of the fence, and two strong Transmediums on this side. Certainly an ideal combination. Over the years, higher Authority has left it mostly up to us to develop the equipment. There has been numerous clues passed on to us, but no schematics, and not a whole lot in the way of precise information. If this pattern holds in the future, which is likely, since the Spirit world is evidently not nearly as impatient as we are, then there probably will not be a lot if information forthcoming. Although, almost cer tainly, there will be some. It seems they intend to leave most of it up to us, to do the hard way through experimentation, with just a clue here or there to keep us from wondering too far off course. They are willing to help us, as they have demonstrated, but they are not about to do it for us. In any case, when there is techni cal information the Spirits decide they want to tell us directly, they should have no problem communicating through Dr Mueller and Dr Sen kowski. In the last issue of INFOnews, also is the information that the MEZA-1 (SV-13/ 11) has been moved to the town of Schweich and turned over

to one of the Harsch's coworkers, Mr F Malkhoff. The Harschs are currently working on a new system, designated the GA-2, sug gested by TECHNICIAN, one of their transpar tners. The Harschs promise to publish details of this system in the next issue. At this time we do not know whether or not there is any resem blance between the GA-1. (SV-10/7) the GA-2 and Also in the current issue, is the interest ing statement by S Salter, another of the "Although not Harsch's transpartners, that: SV- 14/3 §v{rit Uoices every test was immediately successful, MEZA-1 allowed us to demonstrate the methods that every experimenter can use." . Since in essence the MEZA- I consisted of several noise generators, assuming the seven antenna-less radios were tuned to the FM band, which is most likely, the principle demonstrated to us through this system, is to use electronic noise for reception. (SV-13/ 12) It is hardly a coincidence that this is in agreement with a statement by Dr Raudive, through Mr Homes during this same time period, that we should use "white" (electronic) noise. Both of which are in agreement with our own experimental results. (SV-13/19) THEORY Quoted from: "Mathematical Themas: Questing for the Essence of Mind and Pattern" Submitted by Jonathan Marten Mathematical Chaos and Strange Attractors by Douglas Hofstadter "A few months ago, while walking through the oorridors of the physics department of the University of Chicago with a.friend, I spotted a post.er aTl1U)U1U)UlfJ an international symposium titled "Strange Attractors.•

My eye could not help but be strangely attracted by this odd term, and I ask my friend what it was all about He said it was a hot topic in theoretical physics these days. As he described it to me, it sounded quite wonderful and mysterious. I gathered that the basic idea hinges on looking at what might be called "mathematical feedback loops": expressions whose output can be fed back into them as new input, the way a loudspeaker's sOWlds can cycle back into a mi crophone and oome out again. From the simplest of such I.oops, it seemed, both stable patterns and chaotic patterns (i,fthis is not a contradiction in terms/) could emerge. The difference was merely in the value of a single parameter. Very small changes in the value of this parameter could make all the difference in the world as to the or derliness of the behavior of the loopy system. This image of order melting smoothly into chaos, ojpattem dissolving gradually into randomness, was exciting to me. Moreover, it seemed that some unexpected "universal" features of the transition into chaos had recently been unearthed, features that de pended solely on the presence of feedback and that were virtually insensitive to other details of SV- 14/4 the system. this generality was important. be cause any mathematical model featuring a gradu al approach to chaotic behavior might provide a key insight into the onset of turbulence in all kinds of physical systems. Turbulence, in con trast to

most phenomena successfully understood in physics, is a nonlinear phenomenon: two solu tions to the equations of turbulence do not add up to a new solution. Nonlinear mathematical phe nomena are much less well understood than lin ear ones, which is why a good mathematical description of turbulence has eluded physicists for a long time, and would be a fiuuiamental breakthrough. When I later began to read about these ideas, I found out that they had actually grown out of many disciplines simultaneously. Pure mathematicians had begun studying the iteration of nonlinear systems by using oomputers. Theoretical meteorologists and population geneti. cists, as well as theoretical physicists studying such diverse things as fluids, lasers, and plane tary orbits, had independently oome up with simi lar nonlinear mathematical models featuring chaos- pregnant feedback loops and had studied their properties, each group finding some quirks that the others had not found. Moreover, not only theorists but also experimental.ists from these widely separated disciplines had simult.aneously observed chaotic phenomena that share certain basic patterns. I soon saw that the simplicity of the wuJerlying ideas gives them an elegance that, in my opinion, rivals that of some of the best of classical mathematics. buleed, there is an eighteenth- or nineteenth- century flavor to some of this work that is refreshingly concrete in this era of staggering abstraction. Probably the main reason these ideas are only now being discovered is that the style of ex ploration is entirely mod.em: it is a kind of exper

imental mathematics, in which the digital computer plays the role of Magellan's ship, the astronomer's telescope, and the physicist:s accel erator. H Comment- + It would seem a feedback loop can create a condition of instability, not unlike the instability created in the generation of electronic noise. -BW OTHER SYSTEMS -- Psychophone In order to make as much technical in the experimenter as formation available to Number 14 Jnitia[ printina: 75 copies August 1993 'T1ie most im_portant question anyone can asi. is - "Wi{[ I survive death? .'Am I a time.fess citizen of tfte 'Universe, - or just a transient accident of nature? 'Ifie answer to tliis question eitfter gives meanina to [ife, - or maies {ife meaninaCess. 'T'ranscam:munication is au.r best nope of cmswerina tfiis question far a{[ time. -'.B"W C OMMENT In the last paper, and this one, the psychokinetic hypothesis of Transcom munication is discussed. Of the comments I have thus far received, well over half expressed the opinion they consider this paradigm the most likely explanation of TC phenomena. How ever, I am well aware that not everyone agrees. In discussing the psychokinetic hypoth esis in the last issue, and inviting comment, I hoped one or more other hypotheses would be proposed to explain observed TC phenomena. This has not happened. The couple of people who did disagree, did not propose alternative hypotheses. In scientific research there are often sev eral hypotheses under consideration, to explain the same observations. The various concepts are weeded out as

more information accumu lates, until only the one that corresponds closest to reality remains. This remaining hypothesis may then be raised to the status of theory, and perhaps later to a "law of the Universe." But even then it is still recognized to be only a para digm, a model of reality, not reality itself. As such, it is still subject to change if contradictory evidence is discovered, which it cannot explain. The first TC hypothesis seriously consid ered, wa.s the acou.stic hypothe.si.s. Under this concept, the Spirits whispered into the micro phone at such a low level, their voices could be heard only on playback. The arrival of radio re ception proved the acoustic hypothesis incapa ble of explaining the phenomenon, and lead to the formation of the electromagnetic hypothesis. Later development, especially within the past several years, with the appearance of computer messages, etc., proves the electromag netic hypothesis also incapable of explaining TC phenomena. This in tum, together with studies of PK effects on noise generation, etc., has lead to more serious consideration of the psychoki netic hypothesis. Although not a new concept, having been conceived in Dr. Raudive's time, only of late has it been taken more seriously. The psychokinetic is the third major con cept that has been proposed to explain TC phe nomena. It may not be the last. A hypothesis is not chiseled in stone, nor is it a "sacred cow." It is simply a tentative attempt to place a group of observed

facts in logical relationship to real ity, and to each other. New facts either fit with in the framework of the hypothesis -- or they do not. If they do not, then the framework must be extended to include the new facts, if this is If it isn't, then the hypoth logically possible. esis, in its entirety, must be discarded in favor of new and yet more advanced concepts. One of the most usefull characteristics of a hypothesis, is prediction. That is, it is able to predict that facts about the same phenomenon, which have not yet been determined, or even Contents 13/2 From Overseas - CETL ............................. BW 13/4 Theory - Feedback Studies ............. Hofstadter 13/4 Other Systems - Psychophone .. Breakthrough 13/5 CETL Translations .............. Heckmann/Macy 13/9 Letter ............................................. Heckmann 13 / 11 Letter ............................................. Senkowski 13/ 17 Letter ............................................. Sigurdsson 13/22 Comparative TR Experimentation Part 4 . BW 13/31 Notes ......................................................... BW 13/32 Your own Experiments .............................. BW §pirit Doices discovered, will fit within the same framework. As new information appears, it then either sup ports, or contradicts, and indicates how closely the hypothesis model's reality. The psychokinetic hypothesis makes several predictions, one of the most important of which. is the prediction that Transcommunica tion is strictly a local phenomenon. That is, that TC phenomena are effects that occur within the receiving systems, and do not arrive in the form of radio, TV or any other kind of electrical or electromagnetic signals from some place else. Just

as experiments (Exp. 336 and 337, S V- 13) indicate it is the noise generated within a radio receiver that is used as the carrier, rather than the voice arriving in the form of a radio sig nal, the PK hypothesis predicts it will be found that it is the noise created within a TV receiver which is used to create an image, rather than the image arriving in the form of a TV signal. In fact this may be a good place to start with TV experimentation. It may very well be found that image reception can take place just as well with the RF circuits disconnected, and an electronic noise generator connected directly to the CRT, in order to provide the "snow". The PK hypothesis also predicts that probably the same thing will eventually be found true with telephone and answering ma chine messages. That is, it will probably be found that voice reception takes place within the equipment, rather than arriving in the form of an electric signal from elsewhere, and that it is not necessary for the telephone or answering machine to be connected to the phone line, for such messages to appear. However, it probably will be found that an electronic noise generator is necessary to supply the missing line noise. Also whatever DC voltage is on the phone line, would probably have. tp also be suppli~d by the generator, as the Spmts may need this voltage to cause the phone to ring, or activate

the an swering machine. In any field of study, such as TC phe nomena, where there is little actual knowledge, the vacuum is filled by misconceptions, myths, unfounded opinions, etc. As more information is acquired, conflicts develop between reality and misconception. Since reality is not going to change, and thus has first priority, if we are to develop more sophisticated concepts, hypoth eses which are closer to reality, and require less convoluted logic, then it is our misconceptions which must be changed. The question is not whether this or that person is right or wrong about this or that as pect Each of us has come to this research with SV- 14/2 our own unique concept of reality, and look at the phenomenon from our own unique view point. Consequentlv, all of us, and here I include myself, are probably right about some aspects, and probably hold misconceptions in other areas. The question then, is not whether we are right or wrong, but whether we are will ing to "update" our concept of the phenomenon, and gradually eliminate our own misconcep tions, as new information comes to light. and is integrated into the body of knowledge about the phenomenon. I do not believe in magic. The only "ma gic" that exists, is stage tricks, and Transcom I munication is definitely not a stage trick. believe TC phenomenon happens according to laws, probabilities, that are inherent in the very nature of our Universe. That we do not know what these laws

are, does not make the TC phe nomenon "Magic." Not in the sense that it is phenomena that happen in violation of the laws of nature. Transcommunication phenomena are not only gradually becoming more common, but also, especially in the past few years, are in creasing in variety. Parallel to this development, has been a gradually increasing understanding of the nature of the phenomenon. At this time, it seems the psychokinetic hypothesis is the best explanation. At least it is the explanation that requires the least amount of assumptions, rationalizations, and convoluted logic. What we may think five or ten or a hundred years from now, remains to be seem. But for now, from a technical standpoint, it seems to be the most logical working hypothesis to test against real ity. Whatever the ultimate mechanism turns out to be, the TC phenomenon itself is awesome, and is certain to become more so. We are only at the beginning, and there is no end in sight. FROM OVERSEAS Quotes are from the current issue of INFOnews, The CETL newsletter Translation by Mr Hans Heckmann "The technical recommendations we get from the other side are merely hints. We still do not know the reason why a certain piece of equip ment works well only in connection with a cerlain experimenter. As far as we know there are no spirit plans for the construction of electronic equipment that would provide a ready made spirit oonb:lot for ovr,rybody." Jules and Maggy Harsch §:pirit Uoices

possible. in each issue, under this heading, all available information on any new systems which may have come to light. will be published. During those periods of time, such as the present. when there are no new systems, in formation will be published about older but less known systems. As transreceiver development gradually proceeds. it will be interesting to see how close some of these systems have come to the progressive designs that are actually ap proved by the other side. I know several of you have managed to find a copy of Break.through, while most of you have not had a chance to read this book. The schematic (SV-14/6) is an exact copy of the drawing published in Break.through, with the exception that the positive rail has been moved to the top of the drawing, as is our convention, rather than being folded down below the nega tive rail. No parts values or data were given. Evi dently Mr Seidl figured anyone who might wish to duplicate the system would have the neces sary expertise to compute the values for them from selves. Breakthrough by Konstantin Raudive. following quoted The is The Psychophone Designed by Ing. Franz Seidl (Electronics Engineer) "The junction of the appliance (SV-14/6) is evident from the circuit diagram; a mat.ched ae rial controls the base of the first transistor which constitutes a high frequency stage working aper iodically. The next transistor is ooupled to it and is switched in as a transmitter (oscillator); the ra

dius of oscillation is WJScreened and the radi ati.on is difju.sed into space. A ferrite rod is quii.e suitable to serve as a ooil former, and a transmit ting aerial at many frequencies. The ratio of windings of the collector circuit as a.function of the demodulation circuit (the third transistor) should be about 1: 1. Simple low frequency am plification is then achieved, after a high frequen cy bandpass fi],ter, through a fourth transistor; the output of the psychophone is passed through a resistor and along a screened cable to the input point of a t.ape-recorder or an amplifier. The size of the resistances and capacitors depends on the transistors and working voltage. ft can be seen from the circuit diagram that the system works both as a broad band receiver and as a transmitter, as a radiating source of energy. ft is optional which frequency is chosen. Experimentation is due to taJce place ranging from very high frequencies down to very low frequen cies. The model used in the test, for example, os cillates tn the region of200 meters; it registers practically no transmitter signal input and does not interfere with other receiving apparatus, for the range in. space of the radi.a.ti.ng part amowi.ts to about 1 meter. The receiving aerial consists of a short wire, which can be rolled up and which can only giue radio reception when a hand is brought near." CETL Translations As most of you know, the CETL (Luxembourg Study Circle in Transcomrnunica tion)

was founded in Luxembourg during the mid 1980s, by Jules and Maggy Harsch. Dur ing most of the time since then, they have pub lished called INFOnews. According to witnesses. the Harschs have, and are, experiencing extraordinary TC phenomena, and have been reporting these ex periences in their Newsletter. Unfortunately however, INFOnews is published in German. semiannual Newsletter a During this period of time, Mr Hans Heckmann has spent a considerable amount of time and effort translating the most interesting of this material, into English. Through Mr Heckmann's effort there were a few of us fortu nate enough to have access to this interesting material. However, until just recently, the mate rial was not available to most researchers, and thus remained a "closed book" to the English speaking world. Arrangements have now been made be tween CETL, Mr Heckmann, and Mark Macy of the Continuing Life Foundation, founded by George Meek, future translations, available. All of us owe Mr Heck mann a debt of gratitude for the tremendous amount of time and tedious work required to do these translations. these, and to make its technical content, which I cannot recommend this material solely for is, as the Harschs say, only "hints" and rather vague ones at that. Nevertheless, it is fascinating reading material, and I should say, a worthwhile library addition for the serious student of the TC phe nomenon. Transcomrnunication is a diamond of many facets, as it were, and technology is only one of these. There are many

other as pects, viewpoints and implications, all of which are important to an overall understanding of the phenomenon. SV- 14/5 UJ ~ .... .i>, -°' +V L-J7 ~v 0---0 +v f-----VVv---+ 1--- ► - - - -< ) -v tut ~ ' -t ~ ' ri-- d 0 ~' n ~ (It l { I Tille- Psychophone Concept by Franz Seldl Design by From Seidl Drown by BIii Welsensole File- Payphone joote 12- 28- 92 §virit Uoices The following is a synopsis by Mr Macy, of existing translations. CETL InfoNews Synopsis Summaries of the English version of the news letter for the Cercle d'Etudes sur la Transcom munication, Luxembourg (Luxembourg Study Circle in Transcommunication) SI# 1 1987. Long computer messages 04 /87. Swedish researcher Friedrich 01 /87. CETL receives its first paranor- 02/87. The Technician is introduced as * mal video images in the fall and winter of 1986, including a picture of deceased German EVP re searcher Hanna Bushbeck. The content of the video sequences and the technique by which they were received are described. (1-1/2 pp.) * a higher being assigned to assist and protect the team. Extended dialogue takes place be tween researchers and Technician. More tech nical details of video transmissions are received. (5 pp.) * Juergenson "returns home" in October and con tinues his ITC work from spiritside. CETL Presi dent Maggy Harsch-Fischbach reports on the breakthroughs and inherent dangers of their work to date. English ITC researcher Ken Web ster's computer contacts with 17th

Century resi dents of his village are documented by Theo Locher. (6 pp.) * begin to arrive. Spiritside collaborator Richard Francis Burton (English world traveler and au thor - 1821-90) offers a travelogue of a spiritside trek along the River of Eternity. A struggle be tween TimeStream and dark ITC forces calling themselves Group 2105 and Group 2109 is de scribed. Spiritside Project Leader Swejen Salter describes in detail TimeStream's surroundings along the River of Eternity, an immense patch work of spiritual communities located some where in the Astral Planes, and recollects her own recent incarnation. CETL receives their first paranormal message on their telephone an swering machine. CETL's spiritside collabora tors are introduced. (5-1 /2 pp.) * man researcher Klaus Scheiber, recently de ceased. Maggy describes CETL's recent struggle with dark forces and Technician's efforts to pro vide complete protection, henceforth, to the deli cate interdimensional communication link between CETL and TimeStream. Maggy offers important insights into how to conduct ITC work safely and outlines the importance and the fu ture of ITC work. Technician sends a long letter on human spirituality and the plight of modem 01/88. Researchers give tribute to Ger- SI# 1 1988. The first successful simulta- 02/88. Detailed, in-depth reflections by religion. He explains the method of lighting in spiritside photographs. (12 pp.) * neous audiovisual transmissions from spirit (July 1988) are documented and analyzed in technical detail by German researcher Ernst Senkowski. The messages discuss Man's un necessary fear of death, the pitfalls of

pure intel lect (sans spirit), and the immense powers lying beyond the five senses. (6 pp.) * both sides on human spirituality, religion. ITC, parallel worlds, Light vs. dark forces, and the holographic nature of the physical universe. Technician explains how he saved the life of an experimenter during an otherwise fatal car crash by manipulating time, not matter. Re searcher Senkowski reports on his transEurope journey with American researcher George Meek to determine the current state of ITC research. (18 pp.) * field produced between spiritside workers and a large group of earthside participants, and the need for researchers' spiritual development as well as technical knowledge. Austrian re searcher Herbert Spirik reports on conditions (including weather, moon phase, etc.) conducive to successful ITC contacts, and offers insights into the history of paranormal voice research. Jochem Fomoffreports on successful contacts with another spiritside ITC group calling itself ABX/Juno. A is for aussen (outer), B for biologi cal. X for experimental, and Juno being the en tity's name. Juno does for this group what Technical does for TimeStream: facilitates the communication link and protects its users. (8 03/88. Maggy discusses the contact pp.) * SI#2/ 1988. Maggy summarizes the 04/88. This issue is dedicated largely to people's skepticism on one hand, and faith and trust on the other, regarding the validity of ITC work. (5 pp.) * work of CETL and reports on the current state of ITC in an insightful speech before an audi ence of 600 in Darmstadt, Germany,

in October. (16 pp.) * global ITC organization involving unprecedented assistance from the higher spirit levels, and ex plores some of the obstacles to forming such an organization, such as scientific and religious closed-mindedness. Technician discusses rein caniation, animal incarnation and karma. Many telephone contacts from the other side of the veil give the researchers greater insight into the nature of higher beings such as Technician, 01 / 89. Maggy expresses the need for a SV- 14/7 §virit Uoices 02/89. Unavailable in English. 03/89. Unavailable in English. 04/89. Rivalry between ITC research and what is involved for such beings to don as tral bodies (or even to incarnate into a physical body for a lifetime) in order to bring important messages to Earth. The spiritside team offers detailed descriptions of what we can expect life on the astral pfanes to be like after we die, in cluding no. aging and immortality. Albert Eins ie Curie are reportedly helping the tein and M, spiritside team now, while Alexander Graham Bell declines an invitation to participate. The role of ITC in God's divine plan is discussed. (13 pp.) * * * groups culminating in verbal attack by jealous earthside experimenters against the CETL team and their spiritside colleagues severely disillu sions the Luxembourg researchers, who decide to withdraw into more private work and discon tinue their newsletter. Also, the team is having a very difficult time trying to avoid being over whelmed by phone calls and visits by those who are admiring

of, or simply curious about their work. The importance of good contact field and the dangers of harmful psi or psychic energy are explained in some detail. (6 pp.) * 01/90. The CETL researchers resign themselves to the likelihood that the time has not yet come for a global ITC organization, but their enthusiasm is dampened only briefly. Messages of a highly informative and technical nature come flooding across via computer and telephone. A computer-scanned portrait of a pretty, smiling Swejen Salter arrives. Other images -- including landscapes from the astral planes -- arrive. there is more discussion of contact fields. Computer- scanned images are now used almost entirely instead of video be cause the images remain much clearer and less distorted during transmission. and they are easier to reproduce earthside. (10 pp.) * with their work and a flood of supportive letters compel the CETL researchers to continue their newsletter. they now average three paranormal telephone calls per week. A close interdimen sional friendship has developed between Maggy and Swejen. Jeannette Meek, wife of American researcher George Meek, ,::es in April after sev eral strokes, and shows up at the TimeStream (spiritside) lab in June. She is bewildered, but clear-minded enough to send to the CETL lab a long computer letter filled with information known only to her husband and their secretary as further hard evidence of continuing life. In ternational ITC groups are listed in this issue. 02/90. Encouraging breakthroughs SV- 14/8 Technical subjects discussed between dimen sions

include: Why do some pictures from be yond resemble earthside pictures? How do thoughts form reality? How do spiritual beings inspire earthside artists and musicians? How exactly are messages sent between the timeless reality in spirit and the time-based reality here on Earth? Deceased ITC pioneer Klaus Schreib er sends a picture of his family house on the as tral plane and several portraits of friends and family in spirit, including one of himself. (21 pp.) * 01/91. CETL receives a striking computer-scanned portrait of Konrad Lorenz ( 1903-1989), father of ethology, posing in his new spiritside workplace, the TimeStream labo ratory, against a background of lab equipment. He and others are busy receiving scores of vic tims of the Persian Gulf War between the US and Iraq. Spiritside collaborators describe in credible recreation centers used by astral dwellers for rehabilitation and pleasure. Six higher beings are introduced who, along with Technician, watch over conferences and meet ings involving hundreds of residents along the River of Eternity, where decisions are made on many subjects including the wholesome devel opment of JTC. Swejen offers her impressions of higher beings she has been in contact with. The spiritside team intervenes in a British train accident, saving seven lives, and reports on how they did it. CETL branches out, linking up with two research stations in Germany, and the spi ritside team begins to make contacts in these outlying stations. The process of paranormal scanning of pictures is described technically. Spiritside collaborators warn

of a growing insta bility in the Earth's crust and impending world wide disaster and describe life on the astral planes in more vivid detail. The spirit of Tho mas of Canterbury has merged with a higher beinEi:. Hi2her bein~s Technician and Seth 3 "fuse their energies" to make an important joint contact between two earthside stations. Ezra, a boy who becomes infatuated with ITC before dy ing of leukemia at age 12, makes contact with his parents through TimeStream. (29 pp.) * 02 / 91. A picture of Thomas Edison and George Cukor in the TimeStream lab is received by CETL. Pictures of Edison and Konrand Lo renz in spirit are comi:,. :·ed to earthside photos. General topics include: communicating with de ceased loved ones, spiritside experimenters (such as Lorenz) who did not believe in an after life while he lived on Earth, the current role of Christ in ITC, an end of the reincarnation cycle, religious groups on the astral planes, more spi ritside descriptions, angel's wings, and spirit §r{rit Uoices * protectors (guardian angels). A mother contacts CETL in May. Her son was murdered a few years earlier. and she wants assurance that he is now okay in spirit. In June CETL receives word that the boy, Juergen Marcel, has fully healed from his terrible wound (which were still present on his spirit body after he had crossed over), is now happy and has forgotten the tragic incident. Maggy receives a cure from beyond for a stubborn

intestinal disorder. (28 pp.) * topic of how to get started in ITC work with a cassette tape recorder. (13 pp.) SI# 1 1 992. This issue is devoted to the 01 /92. More tips are provided for those who wish to get started in ITC work. A picture of Ezra ( see O 1-91) is received by CETL and printed beside an earthside photo. While he died as at age 12, he now appears to be in his early 20s in spirit. The spiritside has reviewed a new Earth language, Eljundi, and concludes that it "may be used as an international lan guage." More computer-scanned portraits ar rive. While speaking of a spirit friend one evening in the privacy of their home, Jules and Maggy Harsch-Fischbach are interrupted by a loud bang in the hallway, and the air suddenly feels electrostatically charged. They find every thing in order, except the name MARIA which has been scrawled mysteriously on a notebook next to the phone. The next day their spiritside team, Group Lilies, is organized by deceased voice researcher Peter Haerting, a German. General topics discussed in this issue: the need for broader unity among researchers to estab lish better contact fields, the nature of Jesus Christ and other higher beings, the gods of hu man history who still reside on the higher planes, the right of each person to believe in one's own spiritual truths, religious conflicts on Earth and in the spirit worlds, chaos theory, the spiritual value

of sacrificing one's time and en ergy to important projects, and the importance of faith. CETL' s new Meza.-1 ITC system is de scribed in detail. A detailed semi-technical de scription of the multidimensional worlds of spirit is condensed from the works of Frederick W. H. Myers. (54 pp.) For further information contact: Mark Macy Continuing Life Research P.O. Box 11036 Boulder CO 80301 LETTER From Mr Hans Heckmann Nov. 1992 "BERGER determined there was another danger of error that was inheritant in electronic circuits. It is the nonlinear distortion of circuit. components which adds extraneous sounds to the recording. The author gives examples of elec tronics literature dealing with nonlinear distortion and mentions Fourier analyses. (and) His findings with regard to transient phe nomena and distortion-caused noises are even more interesting. My backgrowul of servicing and testing analog tape recorders has taught me a few things about them. For one, an experiment er should always use the highest quality tape re corder he can afford. I am sure you remember reading in IT. C. literature that a good quality recorder is not nec essary. You are liable to get more voices with a primitive old machine! Yes indeed, you will get more noises and e.xtTa.neous sounds but not more para.normal voices/ Analog recordings are always a compro mise. It is expensive to find a ma.chine with a low distortion figure (for the record function). Man ufacturers never used to publish these figw'es for fear it would discourage the average

buyer from buying it. Some excellent open reel recorders today (i.f you can still get them) have harmonic or IM recording distorti.on of 1 % or less. Most other models had typically 3% or better. I never mea sured the distortion of a portable cassette reorder {most used by T. C. experimenters) but wouldn't be surprised ifit was arowu15% or more. The wear of a tape head will also reduce the SIN ratio considerably and increase distortion of the recorded signal. Push-pull bias osci11ators are almost the nonn now in analog recorders. Single ended, unbalanced oscillators have higher distortion.figures. A tape recorder has many me chanical switches. The simpler the switching ar rangements the better. Last but not leas~ the advantage of a third head {monitor head or sepa rate playback head) is importn.ntfor almost in stant monitoring of your recording and can be an advantage for TC experimenters. The new digital tape recorders and re cordable disc players with their amazingly low distortion and fantastic S/ N ratios will pu.t an end to extraneous noises. I expect that the exper imenter who can afford them will experience a de.fini.te drop in what he used to consider~ spirit voices. (and) How do we classify the spirit telephone SV- 14/9 §virit tJoices conversations? Is it an accoustical phenomenon? How about computer text. We have not even be gun to wuierstand what is involved here. It is perhaps closer to a psychokinetic effect than to anything else. The transmission of scanned images

is really a logical extension of text trans mission., except it may involve more preparation. It seems once the other side wuierstands how to utilize a computer program, they should be able to produce another phenomenon. How about para rwrmal computer graphics for the future II" (Reply) Such miscellaneous noises could indeed be mistaken for a voice, especially where recep tion is extremelv weak, such as it is in my case. This could be a· problem with monophonic re corders, or even stereo recorders if both chan nels are recording the same audio carrier. Fortunately for us, stereo recorders allow us to compare one channel against the other. Since the circuits in both channels are identical, any noise caused by tape head wear, bias or harmonic distortion, bad motor or spindle bear ings, loose belts, etc., etc., should be equal on both channels. If such noises were being mis taken for voices, then the "voices" should appear of equal "quality" on each channel. This is of course what we would expect, if for example, we had both microphones record ing the same audio carrier, such as static from the same radio. In this case a miscellaneous re corder noise could be mistaken for a voice be cause we would be anticipating that any voice that might be received in the radio, would be re corded equally on both channels. If, on the other hand, as in blind com parison experiments, we are recording two dif ferent audio carriers, then the

circumstances are entirely different. Again in this case, if some kind of recorder noise or distortion is mistaken for a voice, this "voice" should be of equal quali ty on each channel. In actual practice however, it is rare that a voice appears equally between the two channels. I have never tabulated this data, so I will have to make an educated guess here. As a guess I would say that 40 to 50 per cent of the voices I receive in such experiments, appear only on one channel and are not even discernible as being present on the other chan nel. Nor are they always on the same channel. The remaining 50 to 60 percent appear on both channels, but are of noticeably better quality on one channel than the other. And agam mey are not a1ways oest on me same channel. Only rarely, perhaps one or two per cent of the time, does a voice appear which is so SV- 14/10 close in quality between the two channels, as to make it difficult to decide on which channel it is more understandable. Also in these comparison experiments, at times I have noted other effects that I believe it would be extremely difficult to explain as mis taken recorder noise. As example, at times voices will appear at the same location in both channels. One may be saying one thing while at the same location on the other channel, a dif ferent voice is saying something completely dif ferent.

In several cases that I can recall, I have had a voice on each channel, at the same loca tion, making the same statement, with one be ing obviously male and the other being obviously female, etc. I think all of us, especially those of us who normally have extremely weak reception, are concerned that at times our subconscious may be making "voices" out of noise. However, this may not be as much of a problem as we think. I remember one time when I still had little experience with recording, when I heard a voice I could not understand. This voice was just very slightly louder than others on the same recording that I could understand, but try as I would, I simply could not understand what it said. I could tell this was very definitely a hu man voice, and I was determined to understand what was said. Over a period of several days, I listened to this voice at least 50 to 75 times, probably more. Here I think were all the proper condi tions for the mind to "invent" a voice. The sound was very weak yet just loud enough that it should have been understandable. I was con vinced it was a human voice. And I listened to it time after time, more than an adequate number of times, I think, for my subconscious to have imposed a pattern of words onto the sound. Yet no such "words" were forthcoming, no matter how many times

I listened. Well, as it turned out I was right about it being a human voice, -- it was my voice! When it finally occurred to me to see what was on the other side of the tape, I found I had made a re mark at that point. What I was hearing from the other side of course, was bleed through. Ever since then, I have always recommended using only one side of the tape and leaving the other side blank, even though this seems to be a waste of tape. However, the point is that if my mind was going to make "words" out of noise, it seems this would have been its golden opportu nity to do so, and yet it did not. So this may not be as much of a potential problem as we fear it 1 mav be. - Nevertheless you brought up some good points that I think everyone should be aware of. As always, caution is in order. If one is using only a single monophonic recorder, there isn't much that can be done in the way of testing. However, with a stereo recorder one can record with two different audio carriers, such as two radios placed several feet apart, and compare the results. The chances are good their friends would use one in preference to the other, espe cially if it was explained to them what one was trying to do. If all or most of the voices appear equally on

both channels, then it's possible they may be recorder noise mistaken for voices. LETTER From Dr. Ernst Senkowski Jan. 1993 Receiving your SV is always a pleasure and supplies a lot of 'food for thinking' and I think by this you add a valuable part t.o the possible understanding and development of ITC. So thank you very much! Just in possession of your nwn ber 13 and notwithstanding the late hour of t.oday I should like t.o add a few short remarks feeling 'invited' from your side. Lets consider 'noise' which apparently Perhaps this will be a somewhat 'mixed' version of that which came t.o my mind. To start with one ofmy early registrations ofVOT. In 1977 'they' t.old me (we are coming) through/by noise. 1n fact it ca.me in Russian (which I fairly well understand: schwnom). (and) represents a special type of'chaos'. (Additional remark: be a little careful in using the term 'white noise'. 'White' is de.fined as covering the frequen cy range zero t.o infinity, which is purely theoreti. cal because any electronic system always has a limited bandwidth!) 'Chaos theory' has recentl.y gained in general reputation - and chaos seems t.o be nothing else but 'possibility of all' or - in oth er words - containing/ presenting the 'potential to realize all'? Our life then consists in personally doing just that - from an infinity ofpossibil.ities selecting and 'realizing' a small limited part in our space-time-bound special. type of (hwnan.) waking consciousness. In this system all and

everything is basically possible, probably restricted only by the strength or power of the 'mind-field', motiva tion and attention. I recommend studying the ideas of BOHM concerning the implicit back ground and explicit world as well as SHEL DRAKE'S 'morphic fields'. With respect t.o 'psychokinetic energy' my first objection is in using the term 'energy' in a way which cannot be 'objectified'. Maybe the old Greek tenn from which its modern form is derived had a much broader significance which in mod em science became considerably reduced. You can check any textbook that 'energy' is physics is a theoretical concept primarily introduced as a formal abbreviation t.o describe mechanical move ment in spaoe-time. Nobody was ever able t.o measure this energy because the only observa tional quantities are pointers on dials showing more or less deviation from the original zero point. lnside the physical system we formulal,e mathematical equations and speak of potential and kinetic energy and so on finally arriving at Einstein's equivalence of'matter' and 'energy'. So there is really nothing - no deus-ex-ma.china - only our conception of something de.fined in a special system. (Sorry t.o say that this term in dai ly commercial and political life is like God him self]) Apparently the famous C. G. Jung thought of 'psychic energy' which is yet worse - because there is (contrary t.o physics) no possibility what soever to de.fine that term, neither theoreticall.y nor by rule for measurement. This went on and on endlessly - the healers speaking

of 'healing energy~ the parapsychologists of 'psychokinetic energy', without anybody knowing what this means. OK probably you ask me what to do in speaking of ordinary and extraordinary events? Jfwe cannot get rid of the term 'energy' then at least we should think that all and everything which exists (for us) is only existing in our mind (or call it spiri~ or anything else, f i. conscious ness). The modern term for it would be 'informa tion' - which cannot be defined either, see Ji. Norbert Wiener: •not energy, not matter, just 'in formation' ". We therefore should understand 'in formation' as a generic term - and matter, energy and everything else are special forms of'in-form ation'. If you could t.ake the time I suggest reading Jahn + Dunne (Princeton) Margins of Reality'. It could help understanding this back ground. So ifwe learned t.o 'play' with our mind (-fields) we could really act as magi,cians - chang ing and producing parts oj'all-that-is'. there is nothing like physical laUJS - they are mental con structs derived from a special way of observation and their interpretation during a few centuries of SV- 14/ 11 .§+'trit Uoices history in a special region of our planet which originally was flat and afterwards became a sphere. there must not be a limit - once we de cide to change things we are able to change those 'laws' if not immediately then in the long run probably because the morphic fields possess their inherent inertia which

has to be overcome by new ideas, and our own basic programs which we inherited from the very beginning of our terrestrial life are practically like hardware which is dijJicult tD change: concrete in our brains. And for rrc: Yes there appear new as pects of the whole and there are many (i,fnot infi nite) ways t.o go. Th.is is an open system. I do not believe that something like a TC-device can be de veloped or effectively be used if not a consider able part of the hwnan race changed their minds. There is nothing like a special device if we do not invent it and enough other people believe in its function. Sounds silly? May be. Till now I see no reason for another supposition. And we should not too much rely upon the knowledge of our 'Transpartners' they are neither all knowing nor do they have enough terms at their disposal t.o explain their worlds in our languages. (Reply) I was very interested in your statement about being told from the other side in 1977 that (We are coming) through by noise. But I do wonder exactly what they meant by "noise", since this could possibly mean either radio stat ic or electronic noise. Does the word "schumom" specifically mean radio static or might it also mean electronic noise? Might they have used a different term if they were specifying one or the other? There does indeed seem to be a relation ship between noise and/or noise

generation and TC phenomena. A relationship, a connection, between the body of scientific knowledge and TC phenomena, which still awaits investigation by the scientific establishment. My transpartners have You have been told that they come through by noise. Homes was recently told from the other side, by Dr. Raudive, to use white noise. indicated. through experimentation, th.at an electronic noise generator is preferable to a radio receiver. MacRae has provided a theoretical explanation of how a noise signal might be partly converted to a voice through an effect on probabilities dur lng notse generatton. A posstt>utty wntcn, tr I understand it correctly, is supported by chaos theory, which Jeff King suggested might be SV- 14/12 important. Smith has told us of the studies of PK effects on diode based random number gen erators. And Sanders and Gurney have re ported on PK effects on argon tube based noise generators. As Hans Heckmann said recently, it seems the pieces of the TC puzzle are finally be ginning to come together. I would agree. I agree the term "white noise" is not a very good term. It does in fact technically mean all frequencies from zero to infinity. Whereas in TC technology what we are actually talking about most of the time is either audio or voice band frequency electronic noise. Also there is a type of generator which electronically simulates sounds of nature, such as surf on the beach, etc., which is used as a relaxation and sleep aid. Unfortunately, these

devices are sometimes called "white noise generators", which adds fur ther confusion. Recently I have began using the term "electronic noise" meaning all frequencies within the bandwidth of whatever circuit is un der discussion, or the using the terms voice band or audioband electronic noise. Where psychokinetic energy is con cerned, as I mentioned in the last SV issue, over the years there have been a number of paranor mal events here in our home, which I cannot ex plain as anything other than PK effects. These events have lead me to certain conclusions about the relationship between this strange form of energy, and Transcommunication. Con clusions about which I would like to ask your op1mon. But first let me describe several of these incidents in greater detail. The first of these is to me the most impressive because it happened right in front of my eyes, in broad daylight. It may sound a bit ridiculous, but this is exactly what happened. The inside of our bathroom door has a hook near the top, where Mary often hangs her negli- 2ee. On this occasion I was sitting in the bath room directly across from the closed door, staring idly at the floor, when I caught motion in my peripheral vision. Looking up instantly, I saw that Mary's gown had been pushed sideways at the waist band. The top was still on the hook, with the gown from the top to the waistband angled to the left. The waistband was about

eight inches to the left of where it should have been, and was in a normal vertical position from the waistband to the bottom. It was as if some invisible hand had pushed the waistband sideways and held it in that position. Just as I looked up and ob served it in that position, it was "released" and fell back to its normal vertical position. This happened in cold whether when no §virit Uoices outside doors or windows were open. There were no fans running anywhere in the house. Mary had been on the sofa reading the whole time and had not opened or closed any inside door that may have caused an air pressure change. All of our attempts to reproduce this ef fect failed. I had Mary vigorously open and close the nearest inside door while I observed the gown, flagged a bath towel back and forth in the middle of the bathroom, turned on a kitchen fan, etc., none of which had the slightest effect on the gown. In the second incident, I was sitting in the living room when I heard one of our kitchen cabinet doors open. These doors have a rather stiff spring catch that makes a distinct sound, both on opening and closing, which can easily be heard in the living room. In this case I looked up in surprise because Mary had been sitting at the kitchen table and I had not heard her chair move, so I thought she: was still

there. Well, she in fact was still seated at the kitchen table when I looked up. We were in full view of each other through the connecting door way. The nearest cabinet door to where Mary was sitting was a good eight feet away. As I looked up, Mary had both hands on the table, and was looking back over her shoulder with a ~urprised expression on her face. Just then I heard the spring catch close. Mary said she looked around when she heard a door open, and saw that the under counter door nearest the refrigerator was standing open by about six inches. Just as she saw this, she saw the door "pushed" closed with enough force to operate the spring catch. None of our animals were in the kitchen at the time. Again it was cold weather, no doors or windows were open, and there were no fans running. In the third incident we observed the re sults, but not the event. At the time Mary had a pair of salt and pepper shakers sitting on the kitchen stove which she used in cooking, but were not used anywhere else, as we had other shakers that were used on the table. These shakers were heavy metal and quite smooth. Even though we had cats, they could not pickup these shakers and move them elsewhere. They were on the stove for years and had never even been knocked over by our cats. One day Mary and I went

to town. When we returned, Mary started to prepare a meal, and then ask if I had seen her stove top salt and pepper shakers, which as far as I knew were still on the stove. Thinking perhaps our cats had knocked them off the stove, we first searched all around the stove, without success. Searching the whole kitchen still did not tum up either shaker. By this time Mary was a bit upset and quite agitated, remarking that she was tired from being in town all day and didn't need this hassle, and the next time I record, would I ask my friends to please keep their "hands" off her stuff. Mary knew the shakers had been on the stove the evening before. We also knew we had the only keys to the house and that no one else had been in the house for several days. Deter mined to solve this mystery, Mary turned off the meal she had started, and we began a systemat ic search of the house. Finally we found one of the shakers behind the drape, on the living room window shill. Still there was no evidence of the second shaker. Continuing our search, we finally found the second one on the bath room window shill. Both of these locations are at least twenty feet or more from where the shakers had been on the stove. Two other incidents I might also men tion, which happened to Mary when I was not at home.

In the first, Mary who was outside water ing some plants, laid the hose down for a mo ment and turned to the side to pull out some weeds. We have a gravity feed water system which has a maximum pressure of eight pounds. The hose can be laid down while it is turned on full and there isn't even enough pres sure to move it about on the ground. On this occasion, when Mary had her back turned, she heard a surprised "yip" from the dog. On turning around she saw the nozzle being "held" about a foot off the ground. and turned about 90 degrees from where she had placed it. It was spraying directly on the dogl When she observed this, the hose then fell to the ground and lay there without moving. At the time the water pump was not running, and nothing else could have caused a pressure surge. Again we suspected Helen Beeler, the former owner, who was very fond of birds, but did not much like dogs and cats. In another incident, it was nighttime and Mary was outside about 50 feet or so from the house, when the flood lights came on and stayed on. No one else was home at the time. These are just a sample out of several dozen unusual events we have experienced on this property. Most have happened when Mary was home alone. But others happened when we were both present, and some when I was home

alone and Mary was miles away. Before moving here, Mary and I had lived three other places. At no time that we know of, at any of these other locations, did SV- 14/ 13 §+'trit t)oices either of us experience anything abnormal. Nor, with one exception. have we experienced para normal events while staying at hotels or with relatives or friends. The one exception was while staying with friends who lived in a house that had a history of paranormal occurrences. As mentioned, we have experienced quite a number of unexplainable events in the years we have been in our home. The latest of these happened only a few days ago. We have a large two pronged fork which we only use for barbe cues on the patio. This fork has been in a kitchen drawer, and has not been used since last summer. Several days ago this fork was found laying on a card table, which we have set up in our office/laboratory. The day before that I had looked through everything on the table, in search of a misplaced paper. I am certain the fork was not there at that time. No one else (that we could see) had been in the house dur ing this period of time. And the office door is al ways closed, since we do not permit any of our pets in this room. When I received your letter it occurred to me that even if, as you say, we cannot measure psychokinetic

energy itself, we may, in certain circumstances, be able to measure the mini mum amount of mechanical or electrical energy, as the case may be, which would be required to cause the same effect that was observed to have been caused by PK energy. Just as, for exam ple, if we know the horsepower developed by an electric motor, we can determine the minimum amount of electrical energy, in watts, that would to devel- be required oped that amount of horsepower, etc. ing the same cut, material, length, size and even color. Hanging this new one on the door hook. and using a small scale, I was able to determine that about one ounce of force was required to push the waistband sideways to approximately the position it was when I first observed it. Using a larger scale, I was able to mea sure the approximate amount of force required to spring the catch and open the kitchen cabi net door. The weight of the salt and pepper shakers is an estimate, since these shakers have been packed away somewhere in the ga rage where they would be hard to locate. But they were quite heavy and I am estimating their weight as approximately that of a full soft drink can. In any case approximately that amount of force must have been applied to lift them off the stove, plus whatever acceleration and de acceleration force was applied to more them to the locations where we found them. I've only

had one year of college level physics, and that was a long time ago. So I don't remember the formulas that would be nec essary. But I would think that from these mea surements, it should be possible to compute the minimum amount of dynes that would be re quired to bring about these effects, and from that get at least a rough idea of the equivalent amount of "psychokinetic ergs" that were devel oped and expended. Where psychokinetic effects on electronic circuits are concerned, we cannot of course, de termine the approximate amount of force ap plied by measuring the weight of an object that Observations { Minimum Force Required Objects moved Gown waistband pushed sideways ............................ ! Ounce Open kitchen cabinet door .................................... 104 Ounces (6.5 Lb.) Close kitchen cabinet door ...................................... 80 Ounces (5 Lb.) (approx.) Salt and pepper shakers (weight each) .................... 12 Ounces (Estimate) Lift water hose 1 foot off ground (weight) ................ 24 Ounces (1.5 Lb.) Floodlights turned on (standard wall light switch) .... 7 Ounces Two pronged barbecue fork (weight) .......................... 1.5 Ounces Unfortunately, at the time these inci dents happened, most of which were several years back, it did not occur to me to try and measure the amount of force But involved. since we live at the same place, when I got your letter it was still not too late. Mary no longer has the original gown, which wore out and was discarded. But she liked that gown so well that

she hunted until she found a new one virtually identical, hav- SV- 14/14 ... Operation Power switches Computer Force Requirements Required Force Tum on monitor ....................................... 18 Tum on computer .................................... 20 Ounces Ounces Keyboard Depress key ................................................ 0.5 Depress space bar ...................................... 0.5 Disk (weight- 5 1/4" floppy) ................................... 0.5 Open drive door lever ............................................. 13 Insert disk in drive ................................................... 5 Close drive door lever ............................................. 13 Move mouse (hard surface) ...................................... 1 Move scanner over photograph ................................ 3 Ounce Ounce Ounce Ounces Ounces Ounces Ounce Ounces .§l'trit Uoices was moved. etc. But we should be able to get some kind of an idea of the amount of PK ener gy expended by determining how much electri cal energy would have been required to bring about the srune degree of change in the signal level. etc., in a given circuit. that was observed to have been brought about by PK energy. I would argue then. that psychokinetic energy is just as real as the other four forces know to science, and can, at least in certain cir cumstances, be indirectly measured. If we had the necessary instruments to do so, it should be directly measurable, as are some of the better known forces. In comparison, the listed measurements were taken on my computer, and should be typical of computers in general. From these lists, it is quite obvious that the PK energy required for paranormal comput er messages, is well within range of the amount of energy which

I, and many other people, have already observed to have been used in moving various objects about, etc. At the same time however, the computer messages that I have seen thus far, do seem to indicate that there is an energy problem. As you well know, in these messages, energy expenditure is minimized as much as possible. Capitals, which require two key strokes, are eliminated, as are punctuation marks, and even spaces, etc. It seems to me that our spirit friends, depending on the cir cumstances, have only a certain greater or less Each er amount of energy to work with. character they type, subtracts from the remain ing total amount of energy available. Therefore, by eliminating all key strokes which are not ab solutely necessary, they are able to get through with somewhat longer messages than would otherwise be possible. The definition of psychokinetic energy that I am using in the SV series then, is that it is an energy generated directly by an embodied, or disembodied mind, which is capable of ef fecting material objects and electronic circuits. An energy which can be measured by determin ing the equivalent amount of mechanical or electrical energy which would otherwise be re quired to cause the effect which was observed to have been caused by the expenditure of psycho kinetic energy. This is not the only definition and perhaps not the best definition of PK ener gy, but it does seem to be the most useful defini tion insofar as

discussion of Transcommuni cation phenomena is concerned. After the paranormal phenomena that we have experienced, I find it very difficult to es cape the conclusion that psychokinetic energy is just as real as the other four forces known to science, even though the writers of physics text books seem to have neglected to mention and describe this type of force. The only difference I can see here. is that PK energy, unlike the other four, is generated and/or controlled by the mind and directed by intelligence. But its effects on matter and on electronics, are just as real. Having experienced the paranormal phe nomena described and several dozen other such incidents over the years, such as locked doors opening, etc., it is difficult to reach any other conclusion. But I would be very interested in your opinions on this. If you were in my shoes and had experienced such paranormal events, some right in your presence, even right in front of your eyes, what would you think and what would be your conclusions? I agree with your thoughts about a transreceiver. There will be no transreceiver un til there is a consensus of opinion that a trans receiver exists. If any TR design were more sensitive, in absolute terms, than ordinary ra dios and recorders, then there would be a rela tive improvement in reception quality for any researcher who tried to use it. I'm sure word of this would spread rapidly. Others would dupli cate the system, testify to

improved results, and a consensus would quickly form. The fact that this has not happened, would lead one to the conclusion that no system yet devised, is of any significant benefit insofar as absolute reception quality is concerned. At least not to public knowledge. Transcommunication is a most compli cated subject. One of these complications is the results, sometimes spectacular, which are ob tained by strong Transmediums, using this or that system. This has given the impression that the results have something to do with the sys tem they are using. We will never know how many researchers have expended a great deal of time and work trying to duplicate this or that system, only to find out that it does not work for them any better than an ordinary radio or re corder. Just last week I had yet another person ask me if I would build a "Spiricom" for them, and how much would I charge? I believe this has had several unfortu nate results. First, as mentioned, there has been a considerable amount of time and effort expended in duplicating mediumistic systems that don't work for anyone other than the Transmedium who built, and believes in the system. Although this was probably a neces sary first step in order for everyone to find out such systems are not the solution, even though SV- 14/ 15 §+'trit t1oices certain features in some systems may have mer it. Unfortunately, in my opinion, this has di verted a great deal

of time, effort. and talent, away from serious research to find out exactly how such voices actually arrive in our electron ics, and find out what designs really are neces sary to improve the quality of reception. Second, some researchers, perhaps quite a number, especially those who do not have a technical or scientific background, have I think, been lead to believe that everything possible has already been tried. And then conclude that TC is strictly a psychic phenomenon, that electron ics has nothing to do with it, and that therefore it is useless to try to development more sensitive receiving equipment. The fact of the matter of course, is that very little has been tried out of a virtually infinite range of experimental possibili ties. We have only started in that direction. Third. as the situation now stands, I think it may be rather discouraging to new peo ple just entering the field, especially people with technical knowledge. For example, an Electron ics Engineer might take a look at the conglom eration of different receiving systems thus far devised, then reasonably, but erroneously, con clude that they are all illogical nonsense, and lose interest before giving themselves a chance to find out enough about the phenomenon to become seriously interested. A hopeful sign I do see, is that according to letters I have received, there is, I think, a con sensus beginning to form, not on a specific re ceiving system, but rather a consensus that in order to

make progress it will be necessary to use logical and practical scientific experimental methods. I agree. I believe that if correct meth ods are used, it will lead to correct circuits, which in tum will lead to more efficient transre ceivers. At this point in time, a consensus of opinion as to an approach to the reception problem, is acrually more important, I think, than any specific system that has been devised up to this time. Often times, whether a problem is solved or not, depends more on the direction from which it is approached, than on anything else. As far as our transpartners are con cerned, Mary is absolutely certain it was her Grandfather, that she both saw and heard at the time, who told her that the only way to im prove reception is to use "feedback through con tinuously later showed her a vision of what an efficient transre ceiver will look like. Mary's dad ("Tex"), who is an Electronics and Computer Engineer, formally in with stages" and who IBM, and who interested repeated is very Transcornmunication, promised, when he knew he was soon going there, to help from the other side of the fence. We believe he has already contacted us. When a truly efficient transre ceiver is eventually developed, it will be very in teresting to see how closely it resembles what we have already been told and shown. Thinking among researchers today, is much closer to the principles advocated in these first messages, than

it was in 1975 when these messages were received. I don't believe this is a coincident. As you say, they don't know everything, just because they are over on that side. Also they are not permitted to tell us everything they do know. I have at times ask questions about this or that, only to be told simply -- "Not per mitted!". However, I do believe there is a tre mendous body of knowledge which they do know, and which they are permitted to tell us, including knowledge about how to build an effi cient transreceiver. In the latter case however, it seems they are permitted only to indicate to us, through our own experimental work here on our side, as to whether or not we are headed in the right direc tion. Rather than being permitted to give us the schematic or otherwise telling us precisely what is required. Over the years I have come to the con clusion that development of Transcommunica tion is being very precisely choreographed by higher Authority. When we are making satisfac tory progress on our own, no new information comes through. But when we get a little behind schedule, a few new clues come through, or some new TC phenomena happens to further stimulate interest. I think there is a very good reason for this in that our civilization is simply not ready for sudden, clear, open communica tion with a reality that most of humanity pays lip service to, but doesn't seriously

believe ex ists. It is far better that this come about gradu ally, even though most of us who are directly involved, are quite impatient for faster progress. It is said that great events cast their shadow beforehand, and that the greater the event, the longer the shadow. Transcommu nication is casting a very long shadow, which perhaps tells us something about the effect it will eventually have on our civilization. From Dr. Ernst Senkowski Apr. 1993 The Russian term 'schum' aenera141 refers to 'noise' and there may well be a relation to the Gennan 'Schaum' • 'foam'. which reminds of the 'quantum foam' of the physicists and the ...., SY- 14/16 §+tirit Uoices fluctuations m it. With respect to energy there should not be a misunderstanding: A normal citizen believes in the existence of'energy' - but as I have written - the term or no tion has been introduced as an abbreviation in the mathematical descriptions in physics. Natu rally inside this system one can derive - that is in directly 'measure' - energy f i. by multiplying 'distance' by 'force' (which in itself is nothing but an anthropomorphic term 'to explain' the 'cause' of 'movement' - and movement is nothing else but the mental comparison between one new ob servation and the memory of a preceding one of the relative position of a so-called 'object'). No, no, things are not so simple. And psychokinetic energy apparently presents a violation of the rule of conservation of energy. So -

quite independent from the amount of energy involved in PK-events - we have either to accept the idea that an energy distribution is changed by the mind (so that f i. the temperature of the surroundings is lowered - which has been observed in poltergeist phenomena) - or that ener gy is introduced from elsewhere into our system. But all this in my personal view is something which our children name 'keekee' meaning 'non sense'. what we 'really experience' (or 'observe') are informational structures of more or less repro ducibility and we use a certain system to describe (mathematically) what's going on according to ~ tain 'laws'(= rules). With that belief we are able to predict the result of certain actions, to produce or form 'material objects' and to make big busi ness. The rest ofit- everything which should be human - goes down the sink. Letter From Rev. Rupert Sigurdsson N.S.T. May 10, '93 reincarnation, also started the United Psychic and Hypnotic Research Association which operated with several professional people until nineteen sixty seven, at that time my business took all my time and it fell apart. !just recently retired from being Pastor of the Augusta Spiritualist Church, since most of the meetings were held at night and night driving bothers my eyes. I am however giving talks to the Spiritualist churches and camps in Maine on EVP and related Spiritual subjects also writing articles for National Spiritualist and other magazines, a chapter on trance for a book a

Psychologist is writing also ten beginner lessons in spiritualism for the State Spiritualist Association. I have been experimenting with EVP for about ten years and have had enough voices to accept that they are from Spirit Many of the ideas mentioned in your newsletter I have tried, with about the same results. At present I am try ing a pyramid about thirteen inches high made to scale of thin plywood, with a microphone sus pended from the top over a pan of water, I have received the word water several times on tape, I feel we must.find a means of connecting the ma terial electronic circuit with the vibrations of the Spirit world to receive good communication. To me this is the medium.ship of the .fu:t:ure and that was the title of an article I wrote for the National Spiritualist Magazine. I would like permission to quote from your newsletters in my talks and articles as !feel there are some very interesting facts in them also you are welcome to use anything that I write to you or be of assistance to you in your newsletters. !feel we are working for the enlightenment of the gen eral population, to help in the realization of the continuity of life and the ability to communicate with the Spirit world and other levels of intelli gence. I was very pleased to get your "Spirit Voice" newsletters, you are to be congratulated on the effort that you have put into the work. I have

been a life long spiritu.alis~ in fact third generation spiritualist. My interest has been in research and since I retired eleven years ago after fifty years of radio and TV servicing, !now have more time to pursue my parapsychological interests. I studied hypnosis in the late forties and became a certified hypnotist for the purpose of better widerstanding mediums hip and (Reply) I have always believed the educational aspects of Transcommunication to be the most important. The more people there are who know about the phenomenon, the more people there will be who try communicating with the Spirit world through electronics. And the more people who try, the more there are who succeed, and the more there are who succeed, the more difficult it becomes for the scientific establish ment to ignore the phenomenon. Your considerable efforts in writing and lecturing on the subject, are commendable. It is through the efforts of people such as yourself SV- 14/17 ( { §+'trit Uoices and others, that the public is gradually becom ing aware of Transcornmunication, despite the fact that the scientific establishment still has its head in the sand. Your experimentation with a scale model pyramid is quite interesting. This concept has been proposed before. but you are the first I can recall, to actually experiment with the micro phone inside a model pyramid. Usually the pro posal is to place the microphone diaphragm at the location of the King's chamber, where "pyra mid energy" is supposed to be the most

intense. Incidentally, Bill Welch, author of "Talks with the Dead", used a pyramid in recording. Bill had made a scale model out of stiff sheet plastic, I believe it was, just the right size to fit on top of his reel-reel recorder. He felt that re ception was of somewhat better quality when he used this. I also noted your use of water. There are others who believe that recording near a body of water, or placing a container of water near the receiving equipment, is of some help. And the sound of running water has of course, been used as an audio carrier. On the surface it would seem that the proximity of water could have no conceivable effect on reception quality. However, under the psychokinetic hypothesis, which is now being taken more seriously, there may be a reason. But first, in talking about the generation of psychokinetic energy, the unspoken assump tion has always been that what we are really talking about is energy conversion, not energy creation. Just as when we think about a power plant generating electricity, there is the unspo ken assumption that we are not talking about a machine that creates energy, but rather a ma chine that converts one form of energy into a different form. In this case from mechanical to electrical. As every high school student knows and as Dr Senkowski has recently pointed out would also have to apply to psychokinetic energy (if there is such a thing), energy can

neither be created nor destroyed -- only converted from one form to another. This means that where paranormal phe nomena are concerned, especially PK effects, there must be some source of energy, in one form or another, which can be converted into a suitable form of energy, probably psychokinetic, in order to bring about the phenomena. Evi dently, in some cases this energy is drawn from the experimenter, while in other cases it is drawn from the environment I'm sure you are familiar with some of SV- 14/18 the many cases in literature, and perhaps have personal knowledge of reports of "cold spots", "cold rooms or hallways", etc., at places. and usually at the same time, that paranormal phe nomena occurs, apparitions, etc. Since the atmosphere is over 400 de grees above zero (absolute), even on what we perceive as a cold dav, the atmosphere still con tains a considerable ·amount of thermal energy. And it may be that the Spirits find this a conve nient source of energy to draw from. It would be interesting to compute how much energy could be derived from lets say, reducing 100 cubic feet of air by 10 degrees. The interesting thing is that water, being much more dense than air. would contain much more thermal energy per given volume, and may thus be a more efficient source of energy for pa ranormal projects. Presuming of course, that the Spirits are able to draw on water as a source of energy as they

appear to be able to draw on atmospheric energy and/or energy radiated by the experimenter. If the Spirits actually are using environ mental energy, atmospheric, etc., this would go a long way toward explaining how they manage to bring about psychokinetic effects, such as computer and answering machine messages, etc., when the experimenter is not at home, or anywhere in the area. We need to ask the other side a lot more questions along these lines, be fore we can get a clear picture of just how all this works. I certainly agree Transcommunication is going to be the mediumship of the future. The scientific establishment has always tried to ra tionalize away mediumship and channeling as being nothing but aberrations of the subcon scious mind -- or worse. I think in time, chan nelers and mediums, other than Transmediums, are going to pretty much become history. Which of course, is not going to be to the liking of those who make a living in these professions. On the other hand, communicating with the Spirit world through electronics, is a whole new ball game. There has been, is now, and for some time will be, controversy as to the origine of these messages. But the question of the exis tence of the messages themselves, has become academic. There existence cannot be denied, at least not by anyone who has their eyes and ears open. In time, at the very least, the scientific establishment will be forced to at least consider

the possibility that the mind might be capable of having a direct effect on matter. In fact, if the establishment attempts to rationalize away TC §~rit Uoices phenomenon as an aberration of the subcon scious. then. as a first step. it will have to accept the possibility that such a thing as psychokinet ic energy exists. through which the mind is able to Jirectly effect electronic equipment. This presents an mterest:mg dilemma. It is JUSt not possible to explain the existence of Transcom munication within the framework of the reality paradigm which is now held by the majority of scientists. The outcome of all this should be most interesting to watch! In any case, as Transcommunication phenomena becomes both more corrunon and more diverse, it becomes more and more difficult to rationalize it away as an aberration of the ex perimenter's subconscious mind. At least not without the unfounded assumption that the subconscious mind has as absolutely unbeliev able range of unknown abilities. In the mean time. for those of us who are seriously interested in communicating with extended reality, i. e., the Spirit world, Transcommunication is, or is in the process of becoming, the best, most reliable, and certainly the most credible, method. I think Transcommunication also has another advantage over mediumship and chan neling, in that unlike people, tape recorders have an "oft" switch. I don't know a whole lot about mediumship, but I understand that when a person develops themselves as a sensitive or medium, there are

sometimes problems with re ceiving communication which they do not want from persons they do not wish to be in contact with. In Transcommunication there is no such problem, because if the experimenter hears something they don't want to hear, all they have to do is turn off the recorder and try again at a later date. I only had to do this one time. Whoever it was who was trying to harass me on that occasion, evidently took the hint and hasn't tried it since. As a Minister, you have probably had to field questions about whether TC is good or bad. So I would like to tell you what little I have learned about this issue. I have been involved in this field now for the better part of twenty years. During this pe riod I have been in contact with many dozens of people. Out of all these people, there are only two who have ever told me that they were being harassed by voices. In both cases they were hearing voices directly in their mind. And in both cases the harassment had started long be fore they had ever heard of EVP. In both cases they had become interested in EVP in seeking a cure for their problem. One of these persons had been in a mental hospital a couple times. and at the time was under the care of a Psychiatrist. He wanted to know how to build a "shield" to keep these voices out

of his head. I wrote back, told him there was no known shield against telepathic messages, and suggested he try EVP to find out why they were harassing him. I haven't heard from him since. The other person did try EVP, and heard exactly the same voices on tape he had heard mentally, which seems to have been what the entities wanted. I gather that the mental haras sment then decreased and he was much better able to cope with the problem. In a sense, the problem was "cured" by his becoming involved with Transcommunication. On the other hand I have received letters that have almost brought tears to my eyes, from people who had lost loved ones and were later able to contact them through TC, recognizing their voices and communicating extensively enough to assure themselves that the person actually had survived. Others have told me that through Trans communication they now know for certain that survival actually is a fact of life. And that know ing this, they are now much better able to cope with the adversities of this lifetime, because they know it is only temporary. Or as one person put it -- just another day in school, one out of many. is then, impression My overall that Transcomrnunication is a very positive influence in the lives of those who become seriously in volved. In this day and age, when so many peo ple are becoming depressed and disenchanted with material things, I think our society

needs all the positive influences it can get. I agree we do indeed need to find the means of connecting the material electronic cir cuit with the vibrations of the Spirit world, to re ceive good communication. I believe there are hundreds, probably thousands of professional people, Psychologists, Philosophers, Sociolo gists, Religious leaders, Physicists, etc., who would be highly interested in studying Trans communication -- .if it was reasonably accessi ble. And here I am talking about people who would not even consider studying the possibility of survival through mediums and channelers. Unfortunately, hardly any of these peo ple have the time, patience, or inclination that the difficulties of TC reception still demand at this time. There is a tremendous need for more Transcommu efficient receiving equipment. nication is growing steadily and at a gradually SV- 14/19 accelerating rate. but I don't think it will really open up into a legitimate field of academic study until we have equipment efficient enough to make it accessible to those who would otherwise be interested. But this day is gradually coming. The phenomenon is becoming more common and di verse. concepts gradually developing and ma turing, experimentation continues, progress is being made -- even though it is not as rapid as most of us would like to see. COMPARATIVE TR EXPERIMENTATION PART 4 Limiter In the noise generator, the limiter circuit between the last VB filter stage and the buffer, may need to be adjusted depending upon the experimenter's normal voice reception quality.

As is apparent from examining the circuit, the limiter can be either beneficial or detrimental, depending on the initial voice S/N ratio. Where the S / N ratio is in the negative dB area (SV-10/36), as it is for at least some of us, most of the voice information seems to be car ried on the mid-amplitude components of the noise waveform. Unfortunately, noise also con tains numerous sharp spikes which are usually the highest amplitude parts of the signal, and usually contain little, if any, of the voice in formation. The sensitivity of the ear has a certain amount of hysteresis. The effect being that each time a noise spike reaches the ear, the ear is momentarily desensitized, and requires a few MS to recover. During this recovery time, voice information, carried as mid-level components of the signal, are missed. It follows then, that if the amplitude of the noise spikes could be reduced, their nega tive effect would be less severe, and the signal, including the voice components, could be lis tened to at a slightly higher level. This in tum would make very low level voices a little more understandable. The limiter of course, is de signed to do just exactly that, i.e., round off and decrease the amplitude of the higher amplitude noise spikes. The down side of using such a circuit of course, is that if any higher level voices, i.e., of above unity S/N ratio, should happen to come through, the limiter would treat

the voice as a noise spike, and the voice would be deteriorated to a greater or lesser extent, depending on its initial S/N ratio. It seems then we have a choice of using the limiter to improve very low level voices while f taking a chance of almost eliminating any really good voices that may come through, or bypass ing the limiter in the hope of receiving a few good quality voices while making the majority of voices more difficult, some impossible, to under stand. At this point in time, we do not know for sure whether the electronic noise generator will be a permanent necessity in transreceiver de If it is, then as design becomes more so sign. phisticated, means will be developed to solve the limiter problem.. Possibil ity some kind of automatic "squelch" control which would normally keep the limiter switched into the circuit until a higher level signal ap peared, at which time the limiter would be auto matically bypassed to allow a high S/N ratio voice to get through. undoubtedly In the mean time, a quick and dirty solu tion to this problem, is to install a switch in the circuit (Fig-1). This is a convenient arrange ment which allows the experimenter to occa sionally record with the limiter bypassed to see if any really good quality voices might happen to come through. .01uf I HI l"on 0 U-r SP. +IN~V 100~ In the above illustration, a voltage divid er is used in the filter

output to maintain ap proximately the same generator output level, as the limiter is switched in and out. Also a bicolor LED indicator is used (Radio Shack 276-012) to show the limiter status from across the room. Green for in, and red for bypassed. This of course, is optional. Recently, on occasion, we have been ..., SV- 14/20 §+'trit tJoices leaving our lead receiver turned on for long peri ods of time. while engaged in other activities such as computer work or reading, etc. The re ceiver is turned down to a background level, so as not to be too annoying. (A squelch control is definitely in the future of transreceivers) From time to time. we have both heard voices from across the room or even from the next room, but not yet of understandable quality. I will soon be installing a second shelf above our computer, which is in our living room, where we can keep our lead receiver plugged in. Such standby operation of course, is quite common in amateur radio and CB opera tion. With the squelch control properly set, the unit is silenced until a signal comes in which is strong enough to "break" the squelch, and then the message can be heard. Undoubtedly in time, when more efficient transreceivers are de veloped. this same method will be used by some people to Jet their friends on the other side come through pretty much whenever they have some thing to say. In order to use our

experimental receiv ers in this way, I have installed limiter bypass switches in both receivers as described above. In background listening there is no chance of understanding a voice unless it is noticeably louder than the background noise. And of course, there is no second chance because there is no recording being made. At this point in time we are doing this mostly to give our friends more opportunity to practice with the electron ics, but also in the hope that as things progress they will be able to start coming through at an understandable level. One factor which should be considered, is that the limiter probably should be adjusted for each individual experimenter, since each person's normal reception quality is probably somewhat different. The circuit as shown (SV-13/25) and as used in my present experimental receivers, has been adjusted to a 2/ 1 limiting ratio. That is, the output from the unity gain buffer is 1 /2 the P-P output level of the filter. This seems to work well enough for me at this time, although I have done very little experimentation in this area. You mav find, especially if your reception is slightly better, that a 1.5/1 or a 1.25/ 1 ratio (The ratio can be easily works better for you. changed by adjusting the generator amplifier pot.) As with any other receiver design changes. I would strongly recommend using the blind comparison method -- the results may be a surprise. You might try bypassing the limiter in

one of your receivers, after making sure of course. that both receivers are otherwise confi gured exactly the same, and then running a comparison experiment to see which one yields the most understandable voices. If your best reception is with the limiter in operation, then you might do further com parisons using different limiter ratios until you find the optimal ratio which for you as an indi vidual, yields the most understandable voices. Voice Modulation As was discussed in previous issues, there appears to be two different effects involved in voice reception. For purposes of discussion we can designate these as the generator effect, and the modulation effect. The generator effect is associated with the generation of electronic noise within the receiver or receiving system, and appears to the listener as voice mixed with, or somehow created out of, noise. It is still un clear whether this effect is a modulation of the noise waveform at some point in the circuit after the noise is generated, or whether, as MacRae has hypothesized, it is an effect on probabilities during the course of noise generation, although the latter seems the most probable. The modulation effect is associated with audio carriers which are created external to the receiving system, such as carrier tapes, radio static and broadcast voices, background noise, etc., as well as non-electronic noise such as tone generator signals, which are contained within the receiving system itself. This effect has been variously called modulation, voice modulation, re-modulation. voice metamorpho sis,

etc., depending primarily on the nature of the audio carrier involved. It seems almost cer tain, or at least highly probable, that this is a simple modulation of one sound (carrier) by a second sound (voice). Although the means by which this happens, is anything but clear. In so far as the possibility of reception improvement is concerned, it would seem the first of these effects, the generator effect, allows quite limited possibilities. The generator used in Conf. 6 {SV-13/25) uses junction effect noise. However, since all electronic components and devices, from resisters to vacuum tubes, gener ate electronic noise, there is still considerable room for experimentation in this area. It might be found that generating noise at a higher or lower(?) level, or in a different de vice, such as a vacuum tube, is more suitable for voice reception. Along this line, there have been reports from several different researchers over the years, that reception is somewhat SV- 14/21 §+>irit Uoices better on a tube type radio or recorder, than on a transistor set. Tube noise might have some thing to do with this. It is difficult to unagine however, voice clarification, or even really significant quality improvement. being brought about simply through use of a different type of noise genera tor. In addition, Mary and at least one other re searcher, have been told that a number of stages are needed to improve reception. Mary was told that there has to be feedback through these stages. It is

difficult to see how stringing several noise generators together in series, could possibility be of benefit or serve any useful pur pose. Logically then, it appears our best hope of improving reception quality, is in the second or modulation effect. In order to do this, it will be necessary to determine in what kind of cir cuits, devices, transducers, etc., this effect takes place. and how it works. And the only way to do this, is to ask the other side through exper imentation. Continued efforts on the part of re searchers here, to figure out, simply through the use of logic, which of an infinite combination of circuits and signals is the one needed, is likely to be no more successful in the future than it has been in decades past. We do however, need some kind of start ing point, an initial device of some sort, in order to begin the questing process about the modu lation effect. Ever since Raudive's time, the prime suspect where voice modulation might take place, has of course, been the electromag netic coupling. There have been many experi ments done with various types of such couplings, and with various frequencies from audio to visible light. None of these experiments has resulted in any outstanding success. in cluding those of Bill O'Neil, whose results were apparently due mostly to his own mediumistic abilities rather than his equipment setup. But suppose the reason for this lack of success is not because the EM coupling

is the wrong device, but rather because the modu lation effect is so subtle that its effect on EM couplings has not yet actually become appar ent? In beginning a study of the modulation effect then, a re ... ,onable starting point would be to simply ask the other side if an EM coupling, in one form or another, is needed. It is upon this rationale that the following experiment was based. Since there is a virtually infinite number of EM coupling configurations and signal combi nations possible, there was no hope of an actual reception improvement in this initial experiment. Things are not that simple. But then this of course, was not the purpose of the experiment. The objective was to add to our database of technical knowledge by determining whether an EM coupling should actually be included in transreceiver design. Lead TR CF_006BW Experiment # 338 Experimental TR EX_003BW - Identical to CF _006BW except for an audio isolation transformer placed between the voltage divider and the AF power amplifier volume control. Buffer w y 10K 600 900 1K B R 10K Volu SV- 14/22 EX_0038W Objective Recording 1) 2) 3) 4) To determine whether an electromagnetic coupling, in one form or another, should be included in TR design. This is recording number 338. June 20, 1993, 9 AM. I am working alone, Mary is in town. Lead TR (CF _006BW) is used on the right channel. Exper imental TR (EX_003BW) on the left channel is identical to

lead except for an audio isolation transformer placed between the voltage divider attenuator and the amplifier volume control. The object of this experiment is to ask whether an electromagnetic coupling, in one form or another, should be included in the TR circuit Prayer I would like to invite those who have been communicating with me to again use this equipment to talk with us. I would also like to invite anyone else who may be here and comes in piece and good will, to use this equipment and help in our efforts to improve reception. I would first of all like to ask if there is any one here with me today. Count 18-25 18-19 21-22 23 24 24-25 "Yes Weisensale" (Hidie) (A) "Right now Bill" (Hidie) (B) "I'm here" (Martha) (A) "We have come here to help you" "We have come here to help you" (Harry) (A) (Tex) (B) Thank you for being here today and for your response. For the benefit of other experimenters, I would like to ask if this direct blind comparison method which we have been using should be, as I have been doing, recommended to other experimenters who are seriously interested in improving communication. Thank you Count32-40 "A gift to Johnny, he can give it to the world" (M) (A) 33 33-34 "Yes Bill" (Martha) (B) 34-35 "Not for only you" (M) (A) 37-38 "You already made up your mind" (M) (A) Thank you for your replies. I would like to ask if I

understood correctly the statement at count 33. I don't know who you are referring to here. Have I heard the name Johnny correctly. Thank you Count45-52 45-46 ''That's your name Bill" (Hidie) (A) 47 49 "That's right Bill (Martha) (BJ "That's your name" (Martha) (A) Thank you. This is most interesting and quite surprising, as I have never gone by the name John in this life. I would like to ask if this was my name in a pre vious life. Thank you Count 58-65 58 60-61 62 63 "Yes it was" (Hidie) (A) "Yes it was" (F) (A) "Yes Bill" (Hidie) (A) "But not any - more" (M) (B) "But not any - more" (M) (BJ SV- 14/23 5) 6) §pirit Uoices Before analyzing the last segment. I would like to ask two more questions be fore ending this session for today. First of all, for the benefit of other exper imenters, I would like to ask if, in general, we can expect there to be technically knowledge people on your side who have or would, volunteer to assist other ex perimenters here who are seriously trying to develop reception technology. Thank you Count 77-85 80-81 "Always" (Hidie) (A) 83-84 "Always" (Martha) (B) Again thank you for whatever replies you may have made. The last question I would like to ask, is whether the technical information about transreceiver de sign which you have, is also available to others on your side working with oth er experimenters here. I thank

all of you, including the two Gentleman who's voices I can't recall hav ing heard before, for being here today. I will record 10 counts in this last seg ment to allow for any reply you make to the above question, and any addition al remarks you care to make. Thank you for being here today, and good day to you. Count 97 -108 98-99 "That's right Bill" (M) (A) 99-100 (personal - 3 words) (F) (A) 101 103 103-4 103-4 104 105-6 "Gooden night" (M) (A) "Goodnight" (Martha) (A) " __ was here" (M) (B) "Goodnight Bill" (Hidie) (A) "Talked with Bill" (M) (B) "Goodnight Bill" (F) (A) (German accent) (Ger.nan accent) BLIND COMPARISON ANALYSIS RECORDING OR TAPE #- 338 DATE-6/20/93 TOTAL SEGMENTS RECORDED- 6 TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED- 47 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS RECORDED- 90 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS/ COUNT- 1.91 TOTAL% OF CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCY- 19.1% CHANNELA CHANNELB TOTAL WORDS- 61 % OF TOTAL- 67% WORDS / COUNT- 1.29 % OF CONV. FREQ.- 12.9% TOTAL WORDS- 29 % OFTOfAL- 32% WORDS / COUNT- .61 % OF CONV. FREQ.- 6.1 % Left SYSTEM APPROVED BY 110 % APPROVED SYSTEM- EX_003BW Isolation Transformer (Becomes CF _007BW) RESET- 1 MAIN MENU- 4 Lead TR sv- 14/24 CF_007BW Experiment# 339 §~irit Uoices Experimental TR EX_004 BW - Identical to CF _007BW except that the audio isolation transformer has been placed between the buffer and voltage divider. At this point the signal passing through the EM coupling is approximately 10 times the level in the lead

receiver EM coupling. Buff er 'I/ y 600 • II 900 B R 10K 1K 10K Volume Objective Recording 1) 2) EX_008BW 'i. uc object of this experiment is to determine if the signal through the EM coupling should be stronger than it is in the lead TR. This is recording number 339. Sat, June 26, 1993. Working alone, Mary is at Dawn's place. Lead receiver (CF _007BW) is on right channel and contains an audio isolation transformer between the voltage divider and volume control as was approved in the last recording. Experimental receiver (EX_004BW) has the transformer positioned between the buffer and voltage divider. At this point the signal passing through the EM coupling is approximately 10 times the level in the lead receiver EM coupling. The object of this experiment is to determine if the signal through the EM coupling should be stronger than it is in the lead TR. Prayer I would like to again invite our friends and relatives, and anyone who is here in piece and goodwill, to talk with us through this equipment. I would like to ask if there is anyone here with me today. And especially I would like to ask if Harry or Tex, or both, are here today. Thank you Count20-28 20 20-21 21 22-23 22-23 25 26 26-27 27 "Both here" (M) (A) "Weisensale" (M) (A) "We are both here, Weisensale" (M) (A) " ______ on beeper" (Hidie) (A) "They are both here" (Martha) (B) "They are both here"

(M) (A) "White seven" (Hidie) (B) "White seven" (M) (B) "White seven Bill" (M) (B) I thank all of you for your responses, and I thank you for being here today. Several times in the past I have ask if you are permitted to tell us information about this or that subject. Since this involves an extra question, and since this communication is still so difficult, from now on I will simply ask questions, and assume you will tell me it is not permitted if I should ask about something you SV- 14/25 r • f ... §~rit t)oices are not permitted to tell us. I will certainly not be offended if you tell me some thing is not permitted, because I understand there are some things you are not allowed to tell us. Harry or Tex, I would like to ask if in using noise as the carrier, whether the noise signal is effected at the circuit location where the signal is generated, and at the instant it is generated, or whether it is effected from your side at some other place in the circuit after it has already been generated. The question then is: Do you effect the electronic noise as it is generated, or later. Thank you Count 50-57 52-53 53-54 54-55 "As generated" (M) (B) "As generated Bill" (Hidie) (A) "As generated" (M) (A) Again I thank you for your responses. In light of what you just said, this may be a redundant question, but we

consider it important to learn as much as possible about this process. I had believed for years that you were effecting the noise signal somewhere in the circuit after it had already been generated. Alec MacRae, as you know, recently proposed that you may be effecting the noise signal as it is being created, rather than later. From what I understood you to say about this, Alec is right about this aspect, and I was wrong. Is this correct? Thank you Count 71-78 71 71-72 73 74-75 76 77 "I'm sorry Bill" (Hidie) (B) "I'm sorry Bill" (M) (A) ''That's correct" (F) (A) "That's your Boo - Boo" (Hidie) (A) "I'm sorry Bill, but that's right" (M) (A) "Sorry'' (Hidie) (A) Thank you, -- no need to apologize for telling me I was wrong. All of us here on this side are trying to learn, and I for one consider that you do me a favor when I am wrong about something, and you do me the honor of telling me so, -- so no problem. I thank you for the information. I would like to continue by asking about the location of generation of the noise we hear through the speaker with this type of transreceiver. I certainly am not an Engineer, but it would seem to me that in the noise generator we are using in these receivers, that most of the noise we hear at the system output, is created at the P / N junctions of

O 1. of the first half of the 1458. as shown in the 7 41 schematic in the open book laying here. Now I know that all circuits generate noise, and that what we hear is a combi nation. But I would like to ask if most of what we hear is generated in Q 1. And if not. then in which transistor is the output noise mostly generated. Thank you Count 100-110 3) 4) 100 100 100-01 100-01 104 104 104-05 105 107 "Number two helps" (F) (A) "Number two helps" (M) (B) "Number one" (M) (B) "Number one Bill" (Hidie) (A) "Q one" (M) (B) "Number three contributes" (M) (A) "Q one" (Harry) (B) "Number three" (M) (A) "Q one" (M) (B) "1 SV- 14/26 §+'trit Uoices 108-09 "You need a tranquilizer" (M) (Bl _J_ ! / / ,._ In / ~Q I In - \ j, 02~ 03 04 / \ 1----., "' ....____ - 012 1 on I V-+ J 014 30 pf 016 015 J~K 7.:lt< 25 07 016 Output 017 05 06 010 011 022 Null 50K Null 1K 1K SK SOK 50 020 v- uA 741 FolrcMd ~lconductor 5) 6) Rather than analyzing the last segment immediately, I would like to ask three more questions, which I will do all at one time so that you don't need to wait through the tedious analysis process, if you don't care to. Thank you for whatever you replied on the last segment. As you know,

there is a phenomenon which we call psychokinetic energy. This energy is capable, at times, of moving objects about, bending metal, etc., by no visible means. Be cause of the type of effects observed, it is very obviously directed by intelli gence. I am very curious as to whether it is the same PK energy, as we call it, which you use to effect electronic signals, or is it some other effect such as the morphic fields mentioned by Dr Senkowski? The question then is: In effecting our electronics, are you using PK energy, or some other kind of energy? Count 129-136 129 130 131-32 133 "Psychokinetic" (F) (BJ "PK energy Bill" (Hidie) (A) "Psychokinetic" (Hidie) (A) "Psychokinetic" (Martha) (A) Thank you. I would like to ask whether this energy that you are using to effect our electronics, is created by you, or converted from some other kind of energy. Please bear with me on this, I have a reason for asking. Thank you Count 144-150 144 145-46 145-46 147-48 "Conversion" (Hidie) (B) (Sounds like- CONweeerrrrSION ) "Dumb question!" (M) (A) "Dumb question!" (M) (B) (Different voice) "What do YOU think ?" (MJ (BJ SV- 14/27 §pirit Uoices 7) Last I would like to ask if you draw this energy from the experimenter, from the environment, or from either, depending upon circumstances. The question then is: can you draw energy from the experimenter, from the environment, or both? I would like to sincerely thank all of you for being here

today, and for making so much effort to communicate through the inefficient equipment we are still using here on our side. Thank you and good day. Count 162-172 f 161-62 "Both Bill" (Hidie) (A) 162-63 "Both of them" (F) (A) 164-65 "Good night Bill" (Hidie) {A) 164-65 "Mostly environment" (M) (A) 170-71 "Good night Bill" (M) (A) BLIND COMPARISON ANALYSIS RECORDING OR TAPE #- 339 DATE-6/26/93 TOTAL SEGMENTS RECORDED- 7 TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED- 55 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS RECORDED- 101 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS / COUNT- 1.83 TOTAL% OF CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCY- 18.3% CHANNELA CHANNELB TOTAL WORDS- 66 % OF TOTAL- 65% WORDS / COUNT- 1.2 % OF CONV. FREQ.- 12% TOTAL WORDS- 35 % OF TOTAL- 34% WORDS / COUNT- .63 % OF CONV. FREQ.- 6.3% Left SYSTEM APPROVED BY 88% APPROVED SYSTEM- EX_004 Higher level EM (Becomes CF _OOBBW) RESET- 1 MAIN MENU- 4 Note - In asking the last question, I was making the assumption that they had answered "conver- sion" w me previous quesnon. l'I. reasona01e as- sumption in light of the fact that any other answer would have been a violation of the law of conservation of energy. As mentioned before, Transcommunication may be a highly unusual phenomenon, but it is not magic I As it later turned out, they had indeed answered "conver- s1on", quu.e empnanc1y ana JU st a 01t sarcasnc- ly. And then, for the first time since I first started recording, went on to express their opin- ion of the question. Experiment# 340 Lead

TR CF_008BW Experimental TR EX_005BW - Substitution of radio frequency EM coupling for AF isolation transformer. (SV-14/29) Noise generator signal used to modulate the RF sig nal. RF approx. 1 Mhz Objective Recording SV- 14/28 The object of this experiment is to determine if the signal through the EM coupling should be an RF carrier. This is recording number 340. July 5, 1993, 2:30 PM Mary is in the next room. r ( 1) 2) 3) §t'irit t)oices On the right channel is the lead from Exp. number 339. The experimental receiver on the left channel includes a wireless microphone type transmitter and primitive detector/ !Ox AF amplifier arrangement. The antenna coupling is two pieces of hookup wire, positioned vertically, about one inch apart. RF carrier frequency is about 1 MHz. noise modulation of the RF carrier is about 25% It has been indicated to us in Exp. 338 that an electromagnetic coupling should be used in the receiver. The object of this experiment is to determine if the EM coupling should operate at audio or at above audio frequency, in this case as an initial test, 1 MHz. Prayer I would like to invite all our friends and relatives, especially Hidie, Martha, Harry, Tex and anyone else who comes in piece and good will, to use this equipment to talk with us today. And we ask for your help in our efforts to im prove electronic communication. I would like to first of all ask if there is any

one here with me today. Thank you Count 25-32 26 26-27 27 28-29 30-31 30-31 31 "We are here" (M) (A) "We are here" (Martha) (A) "Thank you hon" (Hidie) (B) "We are here" (M) (A) "We are here" (M) (A) (different voice) "We are here" (Martha) (A) (Personal - 3 words) (F) (B) "We are here" (Hidie) (A) I thank you very much for your response and for being here with me today. In the last session you told me that you can use both energy from the experiment er and energy from the environment, and you also told me it was mostly from the environment. I would like to ask if there is any energy, electrical, electromagnetic, acoustic, thermal, etc., which we could supply that would make it easier for you to generate the PK energy you told me you use to effect our electronics. If there is energy we could supply, can you tell us what kind you need? Count 42-50 42 43 43-44 44 45-46 46 46-47 47-48 "Thermal energy Bill" (Hidie) (A) "Electrical" (Harry) (B) "All kinds Bill (Hidie) (A) "Thermal energy Bill" (Martha) (B) "Hot'' (Hidie) (A) "All kinds Bill" (Martha) (A) "Hey Bill" (Hidie) (BJ "Hot" (Hidie) (B) "Hot" (Hidie) (A) "The living one" (M) (BJ Thank you for your response. Since this matter is of potential importance, as it may help us to help you get through, I would like to verify that I understood you correctly. I understood you to say

you can use all kinds of energy, includ ing thermal and electrical, for conversion to PK energy. Have I understood you correctly? Thank you Count 58-65 SV- 14/29 .§µirit Uoices 58-59 61-62 62 63 63-64 64-65 65 "Understood correctly" (Hidie) (A) "That's right" (Hidie) (BJ "That's right" (Martha) (B) "Thermal energy is correct" (M) (A) "That's correct" (M) (A) "Right Bill" (M) (A) "They are both right" (F) (B) r Thank you. I would like to ask another question further along this line. In those cases where messages are received from your side, during a time when no one is present near the equipment on this side, such as computer and an swering machine messages, etc., I'm sure you remember the time I started the recorder and then left the property for awhile, and so forth. In these messages received when no embodied person is present, are you using only environmen tal energy, energy from the experimenter at a distance, or both? Count 78-85 81-82 82 82-83 83-84 "The environment" (M) (A) "The environment" (M) (A) "The environment" (Martha) (A) "The environment Bill" (Hidie) (A) "The environment" (M) (BJ Thank you for whatever response you made. I would like to ask a couple more questions, back to back, and then end today's recording. You have indicated that an electromagnetic coupling is needed in the receiver, so presumably you are able to effect one of the characteristics of EM couplings. I would like to ask if you: 1) directly effect EM

field strength 2) effect permeability of the dielectric 3) effect current flow in the antenna 4) all of these 5) non of these Thank you Count 99-108 99 101 "Current strength" (Hidie) (A) "Electromagnetic field" (Martha) (A) "Magnetic field" (M) (B) 101-02 "Ma211etic field" (F) (B) 103-04 "Magnetic field" (Harry) (A) 104-05 "Current strength" (Hidie) (A) 105-06 Current strength" (Harry) (A) Again thank you for your response. You have told us you effect our electronics with PK energy converted from other energy, which is sometimes energy from the experimenter. I would like to ask if the energy you draw from the exper imenter, is also PK energy, or some other kind of energy, such as from the aura, or morphic fields, etc. That is, are you drawing "unmodulated" PK ener gy from the experimenter, which you then "voice modulate" and use to effect the equipment, or are you drawing from the experimenter a different type of energy which you then convert to psychokinetic? Thank you Count 122-130 4) 5) 6) 123-24 "Its psychokinetic Bill" (Hidie) (B) 124-25 "Psychokinetic" (Hidie) (A) SV- 14/30 7) §t'irit Uoices 127-28 "Its still psychokinetic" (F) (B) Again thank you I would like to ask one more question and then bid you good day. I thank you for being here and helping which is always appreciated. As you know, of late I have turned on the lead receiver, for an hour or several hours, while engaged in other activities. Even with the volume turned down to

background level, Mary and I can sometimes hear one or another on your side trying to talk to us. So far, from across the room or the next room, we have not been able to understand what is said. Hopefully this will change as time goes on. The question I would like to ask is; does it help you and others on your side, by leaving a receiver turned on for extended periods, in order to let your side have the opportunity to practice with our electronics? Again thank you for being here today. I look forward to next time. Count 144-154 145-46 147-48 148 148-49 150 152 153 "Good night" (M) (A) "Good night Bill" (Hidie) (B) "Good night Bill" (Hidie) (B) "Good night" (M) (B) ''Till next time" (M) (A) "Till next time" (Hidie) (A) "It helps" (Martha) (A) "It helps" (Martha) (A) BLIND COMPARISON ANALYSIS RECORDING OR TAPE #- 340 DATE- 7 /5/93 TOTAL SEGMENTS RECORDED- 7 TOTAL COUNTS RECORDED- 56 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS RECORDED- 115 TOTAL UNDERSTANDABLE WORDS / COUNT- 2.05 TOTAL% OF CONVERSATIONAL FREQUENCY- 20.5% CHANNELA CHANNELB TOTAL WORDS-71 % OF TOTAL- 61% WORDS / COUNT- 1.26 % OF CONV. FREQ.- 12.6% TOTAL WORDS- 44 % OF TOTAL- 38% WORDS/ COUNT- .78 % OF CONV. FREQ.- 7.8% Left SYSTEMAPPROVED BY 61% APPROVED SYSTEM- EX_OOS RF/AF (Becomes CF_009BW) RESET- 1 MAIN MENU- 4 AA-EVP Address change. NOTES 1) Sarah Estep, Founder of the AA-EVP, has moved to a new address which is: 816 Midship Court Annapolis,

Maryland 21401 2) As you know, the SV series papers are hole punched to fit in a three ring loose leaf notebook. The st.a.pies are intended only to hold the pages together temporarily. After they are placed in a notebook, if the st.a.pies are removed, it will allow the pages to lay flat for easy reading and reference. 3) Fax from Heaven 7 SV- 14/31 §+tirit t>oices In the Summer AA-EVP Newsletter Sarah quotes from a letter received from Maggy and ,Jules Harsch-Fischback. (In part) "On Friday, April 16th, we received the first contact by FAX from Swejen Salter in which she thanks Mark Macy and Hans Heckmann (from the other side) for their excellent work." With this I have a problem. We will not even consider the absurd possibility that the Spirit world has computers equipped with modems and FAX cards. This would lead to a whole quagmire of other ques tions such as where and how their phone net work is connected to our network, whether Heaven is wired for l l0V or 220V, and why they would need a phone system in the first place since they can be anywhere they want to be instantly, and communicate over any dis tance by telepathy. Surprisingly however, from a practical standpoint, it should be no more difficult for Spirits to send a FAX message, than it is for them to write a computer screen message. An ability they have already demonstrated. At any given time of the day or

night, there are thousands of unattended computers, many of which are equipped to send FAX mes sages, in office buildings and private homes. Since locked doors are no barrier to our friends on the other side, they should have no problem findir : a computer so equipped, with no one arounu. It would then be just a matter of typing out the message in a word processor, opening the destination the FAX software, entering phone number, and pushing the "send" button. But the question is why ? Since there is no way to determine who sent the message, where it came from, or whether the sender was embodied or disembodied, a FAX message proves nothing. At least in computer screen messages, which the Spirit can print out on the printer if they want to leave a hardcopy, there is evidence that it came from the Spirit world, if the person receiving the message knows no emboc .ed per son has had access to their computer. Even with answering machine messages there is at least a voice to compare with taped voices of the same person. But with FAX messages, the sender is anonymous, there is no way to tell if they are who they say they are. If someone wanted to make a fool out of a Transmedium who was receiving FAX mes sages, all they would have to do is make up a plausible sounding message and send it to that TM's FAX machine. After the TM had publicly

announced they had received that particular sv- 14/32 message, the sender would only have to go pub lic and announce they had sent the message as a test of the TM's gullibility. I don't have a FAX machine, but if I did, and I received a FAX from the "other side", I don't think I would tell any one, even if I thought it was genuine -- per sonal opinion. ( YOUR OWN EXPERIMENTS The primary purpose of this series of pa pers is to gather and distribute as much Trans as technical communication possible, to help you, the TC experimenter, form your own hypotheses and set up your own ex periments. information In starting your own experimental work, you have the choice of beginning with the high est current configuration number as your initial "lead" receiver and building on the foundation of experimentation which has already been done and published in this series, or if you prefer, start with an airband radio or modified FM re ceiver, as described in the last issue, and if you choose, verify what has already been done, and/ or then go on to more advanced experi ments of your own. As you have noted, these experimental TR designs do not have a name. They are de scribed only as experimental transreceivers. The term transreceiver is of course, derived from the term Transcommunication, which was coined by Dr. Senkowski, and can apply to any and all experimental circuits and/ or devices used for Transcommunication.

Other than this, the various "models" are designated only by configuration numbers, so that we know which circuit we are talking about. These experimental TR systems remain nameless because to name a system implies ownership, and these experimental TR designs are not owned by any one person, they are the property of humanity. You are free to use any of these designs as a starting point for your own work, and to use the same system of designa tion if you prefer, or use a different system of your own devising. As transreceiver design advances and there will undoubtedly be many develops, changes. For example, if with more advanced designs, we find that the noise generator is no longer necessary, it can be eliminated. Or if we find that more than one EM coupling is ap proved, then more can be added, etc. These evolving configurations are not chiseled in stone, they can be modified in any direction in dicated by the other side, and developed to any the other side, until degree indicated by Voice en ~y effects on: Phychokinet,c t points 1 I 1 th field s\reng ~M t strength Curren ~ D )) , (EM coupnng T (Modu O /.-,- ,. • ) I \ion effect) SV-10/19 1- .. ~ SV-14/35 SV-14/35 SV-14/34 (/l < SV-10/21 Ul < ..... .,.. ....... w .,.. Gen/Amp Amp 100K I I 1K > I r uf -= 1K 100K Level Amp r~ 1K -= I 100K Lo Pan +6Y ~

I uf 1 uf I .001uf ~ C =::: .001uf I 22K 5 R ~ 22K 2.2K T7 -6Y .01uf R Hi Pass C 1 100K .01uf ~ \I\, I ~ I f: 1K t I I ~' Wt ~ ' ~ LED~ ~' rl- d 0 n (\) Ul SW DPDT +6Y -6V I K ;> I I 100K 100K C I .001,1 -=- -= -= Electronic Noise Generator tOK < - ~ l Limiter 1ul Sit - 100K Configuration NG I SV Page 14/34 Concept By Bill Weisensale Drown By 8111 Welsensole File- CF _009BW \oate 7/5/93 A"\ ~ ..... .,__~ I §pirit Uoices ---.- I I / ~,-~ Cor. Coup I in g /Detect or !OOK \OK t 1 uf I ...L 1 uf ) 10t( / 47 pf ..L T --b 100t< -::- AF Amp. eventually we have the best and most efficient design. The ultimate design may somewhat re semble a design that has already been built or conceived by one or another experimenter. Or it may be a design that none of us has yet even imagined. But in either case, it will predictably be far more efficient than any of the grossly un suitable pieces of equipment we are using now. I do not hold a monopoly on information from the other side, or on the experimental methods involved. If you have a background in electronics or physics, then what I am doing is nothing you cannot do. From what I have thus

far seen of this phenomenon, and been told from the other side, I would say the chances are excellent that if you have a serious interest in this technology, then there will be people on the other side who have, or will, volunteer to help you in your experimentation, and who have the technical knowledge and information to do so. I would however, make two SV- 14/35 §+'trit Uoices recommendations. First. if you have not already done so. I would recommend that you made contact with the other side through the "stan dard" airband or open microphone method, or use a modified FM radio as described and rec ommended by the other side. in the last issue. Although progress has been made in terms of circuit configurations which have been ap proved by the other side, we have not yet ad vanced far enough for any noticeable progress to be made in terms of absolute reception quali ty. This in effect means that if you are not able to first of all make contact using more conventu al methods, you probably will also not be able to make contact using the special circuit configu rations described. Second, I cannot overemphasize the im portance of using the blind comparison method. This of course, is a standard scientific research method, which has been used since the early davs of science, and has wide application in m~y fields of research, such as in the develop ment of new medicines, etc. Failure to use

this method, in my own early work, cost me per sonally some years of more or less wasted time and effort. I suspect it has cost other re searchers a total of many years, during which time the field could have been advanced much further than it has been. What happened in my case, is that I was using the wrong criteria in judging whether or not an experimental arrangement was succes sful. At the time my criteria was whether or not there was any noticeable improvement in abso lute reception quality. If there was not, then I considered that the experimental circuit or sys tem was the wrong way to go, and jumped onto something else. In doing this I was not giving my friends on the other side an opportunity to indicate whether what I was using might be some small step in the riruit aeneral direction, even though there was no noticeable improve- In essence, I was ment in absolute quality. spinning my wheels in the mud. During this period of time, I experim ented rather extensively with RF/ AF and RF only arrangements. After some time of doing this, I finally came to the erroneous conclusion that TC was an AF only phenomenon, and that above voiceband carriers were not needed. After I started using the blind compari son method, I still held this same misconcep tion, and continued experimenting with AF only circuits. In time these circuits became more complicated, as Mr Kent can testify,

but still did not yield improvement in absolute quality. Evi dently our friends on the other side, are not SV- 14/36 permitted to tell us outright if we, on our own. without asking them through the comparison technique, blindly head off in the wrong direc tion -- seems to be one of the rules of the game. In pursuing experimentation, a point was eventually reached. where I came to realize that it was impossible. for technical reasons. to go further with an AF only system. When I then, belatedly, tried to find out if an RF carrier was necessary, the answer was yes. At this point I had the choice of attempting to redesign the rather complicated receiver circuits. or ·of go ing back to square one, the simplest possible circuits, and beginning anew, this time using the blind comparison method right from the very beginning. After some consideration, I elected to do the latter, both because of the complications of circuit redesign, and because it presented an opportunity to fully illustrate how to get out of square one using the blind comparison method. For those of you who are wondering why I have started out with such simple circuits in the cur rent series of experiments, after nearly twenty years of working in this field, this is the reason. In entering this unex In Transcommunication technology, we are stepping out a little beyond the frontier of scientific knowledge. plored territory, it is probably inevitable that some mistakes will be

made. But we can try to minimize these as much as possible, by using proper methods and sharing infonnation. The reason I have written about this experience, is in the hope that other experimenters will avoid similar pitfalls by using the blind comparison method right from the very beginning. Yet another advantage of using this method, is that virtually any of the systems thus far conceived by various researchers, can be di rectly compared in order to determine which is the most efficient. or at least the most approved. So there need be no further controversy as to which systems are most advanced in the right direction, because such determinations need no longer be based on subjective evaluations. The only exception are the few systems which use a non-static, non-electronic noise audio carrier, such as music or a multi.tone generator, etc. Even these can be directly compared, by using one system on each channel, although it would not be a blind comparison. Some years ago I did this in comparing electronic noise against a 13 tone carrier. Even though I was rather biased in favor of the tone generator, which I had spent about $65 and several weeks designing and building and thought should work better, I found to my surprise, that there §pirit t>oices Reoim --------- Evidence of Reincarnation -- -- ' ...... ' "- Island of Survival Evidence C 0 ' " \ \ \ \ \ I I I I I I I / / / /

..... ..... ..... -- ,,,.,,,,/ ~o(\b / / / .., - Education -/1\- / I ------..._ 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I --........ /1\-...-... I I ....._ ....._ ...... ....._-..... -..... i' '-..... I -- .._ 1 lrechnology -------- ............ , ...... ,---,,, ...... CJ,,--... U>-. ·- O" C 0 :J - E o Ei 0 l) u Q.) en t- c '---' ~t PK Effects on Noise Generation Building A Bridge BW SV- 14/37 §+'trit t>oices were more understandable voices on the noise carrier. (Just recently Dr. Mueller, who original ly suggested the 13 tone generator to Bill O'Neil. stared through Homes that this generator was no longer useful.) One thing that should be considered is that its possible that sooner or later. two exper imenters may do the same comparison experi ment, and get opposite results. This would not necessarily mean one is wrong and the other right. What it most probably would mean is that the people on the other side working with one experimenter, may prefer one trail up the side of the mountain, while a different trail may be preferred by those working with the other ex perimenter. If two mountain climbing teams are climbing parallel trails, and come to a rock over hang, one team may elect to circle to the right, while the other team circles to the left. Since the trails will converge again further up the moun tain, this does not mean

one team is right and the other wrong, it simply means there is more than one way to get to the top. The next best thing to having already achieved a goal, is to know exactly how to get there. Where the development of an efficient transreceiver is concerned, the blind compari son method is a way to get there. And it may very well be the only way to get there. In the development of radio communica tion, there was not a sudden jump from the ear liest detectors consisting of a wire carefully positioned to barely touch the surface of acid in a flask, to the modern cellular telephone. Devel opment was a gradual, step by step process, which took place over a long period of time. there There were many, many people involved. were many who made contributions to the technology. A technology which is still develop ing to this day. There is no reason I can think of to suppose the development of transreceivers will not follow this same general course. The only difference being that with the current knowledge of electronics, modern test equip ment, and computers, etc., development, once it really gets going, should be quite a bit faster. My personal preference would be to use all of what little free time I have available, work ing on the electronics of the TC reception prob lem. This is the most interesting part. However, I believe the more knowledgeable people there are involved. the faster

significant progress will be made. In order for this to happen. I consider it of vital importance that as much technical in formation as possible be distributed as widely as possible. Not much progress is likely to be made if everyone is working in the dark as to what others are doing and thinking. Because of this, and because I have al ready been doing this for sometime, I believe my first priority should continue to be information distribution. Unfortunately, this means severely limited free time left for experimentation. Since most of you have more time, some of you much more time than I have, it will probably be per sons other than myself who make the significant I would recommend advances in this field. then, that you do your own experimental work, rather than waiting several months at a time, to see what I or someone else might do. Most of the questions I have ask of the other side, have been of a technical nature, be cause I consider this to be of first importance. This does not mean however, that you are lim ited to such questions. You can ask anything you are curious about. Most likely, as I have, you will find there are certain things your Transpartners do not know, and that other things they are not permitted to tell you. But you will probably find, as I have, that there is a tremendous body of information they do know, and are permitted and willing

to tell you -- if you ask. Their answers are often as awesome as the technical challenge itself. { And finally, in building and developing your own equipment, whether you initially get good reception or not, you will have the satisfac tion of knowing you are using the latest equip in development, ment. improvement in absolute reception quality is go ing to begin to happen. You may be the one to reach this point first I some point At Sp i r i t Vo i c e s is edited and published, as time and materials permit, by Bill Weisensale, P.O. Box O B.Q., Barstow, CA 92312-3030, United States of America. 4 issue subscriptions are $20 Domestic, $24 Overseas (Airmail) Reader comments are invited Member - American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena .Dedicated to development of Tmnscommunication for the en/Jghtenmcnt of Humanity. SV- 14/38 . ; . . . ·'. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . • -t1 ~ - - v {h~ i - · , . . p ; J , , , : ········· -:,•-·······························~-~~-~- :NumfJer 15 Initial printing: 85 copies .Jt_prif 1994 In Transcommunication, __persona[ contacts are of first im__portance. ~f researchers have more faitli in what some other grou__p of spirits te« someone eCse, than tliey have in what tlieir own s_pirit frieru£s have to say, tlien Transcommunication is mad"e into a re(igion in wfi.icfi _persona[ contacts become yointCess, wfii{e everyone

sits around waiting for tlie next yearfs of wisdom from wfioever tlie current (jurus fia__p__pen to be. -'.B1v COMMENT In 1954 the iron curtain, run- ning North and South through Europe, di vided the whole World. On both sides of the curtain, fighter planes patrolled twenty four hours a day. Since for most of its length, the curtain consisted of little more than a barbed wire fence and mine fields, it was difficult to see from the air, even in the day time. Guided night and day by ground based radar. fully armed fighters played a dangerous game. If either wondered into the other's territo ry, they could be shot down and cause an in ternational incident. It was at one of these radar stations near Freising Germany, about 20 miles East of Mu- - nich, that I spent three years as a radar techni cian in the early 1950s. The operations room, or "dark room" as we called it, was lined with ra dar consoles on both sides. The iron curtain was represented by a jagged line on a wall to wall transparent plotting board at one end of the room. The Operations Officer sat at a desk on a raised platform at the other end. Behind the plotting board, an Airman plotted the minute to minute position of our fighters on information from the operators. In continuous radio contact, the pilots were given a new heading every few minutes. With everyone speaking softly into microphone equipped head sets,

the room was quiet. It was in this setting that I was adjusting a bulky console servo amplifier one morning be fore daylight, early in the spring of 1954. I had been working for perhaps an hour, when all of a sudden one of the long distance operators liter ally shouted out- "Oh my God- look at that J" Someone else shouted- "What the hell is it ?" As other operators switched their moni tors to the long range position, everyone in the room observed an intense bip traveling at an ex tremely high rate of speed. This object, which the operators estimated to be at least twice the size of the largest airplanes in existence at that time, was tracked for nearly 300 miles. Al though the operators were not able to accurately determine its speed, they were sure it was in ex cess of 3,000 miles per hour. the Tracked simultaneously on both CPS-1 "snowplow" (range and azimuth) and the CPS-4 "rocking chair" (altitude) radars, the ob ject was determined to be traveling at a steady speed and at a steady altitude of approximately 10,000 feet. The object had appeared in the Southwest and was traveling Northeast in the general direction of Russia. Although it was still wee hours of the morning, our Squadron Commander was noti fied and immediately issued orders to all per sonal at the radar site, that no mention of this Contents 15/4 Letter ............................................. Senkowski 15/5 Computer Images ..................................... BW 15/6 ITC RecordinQ;

..................................... Bonner 15/9 TR: Defining the Problem ......................... BW 15/9 TR: Computer Modeling ............................ BW 15/16 Notes ........................................................ BW §pirit t)oices incident was to be made, under threat of Court Marshal, even to other members of the Squad ron. We managed to keep a straight face at the time, but all of us found this rather ridiculous since the Russians had radar similar to ours just on the other side of the curtain. We figured they had picked up this object less than a min ute after we did -- so just who were we keeping this a secret from? As the reader can well imagine, during the following days there was a considerable amount of discussion, despite the warnings, about what this radar object, witnessed by more than a dozen of us, could have been. The most interesting discussions I think, occurred in our radar maintenance shop. As it happened, one of the Engineers who had helped design the CPS- I, was at the radar site during this time period, doing modifi cations on the equipment. He assured us that no possible "glitch" in the electronics could have caused this kind of indication. And that even if it could, the same kind of glitch occurring si multaneously in two independent radar sets, was simply impossible. Airplanes were immediately eliminated because none were either big enough or fast enough. (Still true to this day) It could not have been a temperature inversion reflection, because such reflections are hazy rather than

pin point and drift very slowly, if they move at all. Missiles were eliminated because there were none (even to this day) which were big enough or, before the days of cruise missiles, capable of traveling at a steady speed and alti tude. The possibility of a metallic meteor skip ping through the atmosphere was eliminated for much the same reason -- incapable of main taining a steady speed and altitude. The possibility that this object could have been a "hallucination" or "psychic projec tion", as some are so fond of using to "explain" UFOs, was not even discussed. Radar signals do not bounce off "hallucinations" or "psychic projections". After a considerable amount of discus sion, the consensus was that this object had to be some kind of "nuts and bolts" space craft of extraterrestrial origine. Probably the most un usual thing about this incident, is that it is not all that unusual. Dozens, probably hundreds of such radar sightings have occurred over the years. Not to mention countless visual sightings of unidentified flying objects, especially by pro fessional pilots who are familiar with every natu ral and manma.de object up there, under every kind of weather condition. sv- 15 / 2 And what does science tell us about UFOs? It tells us there are no other inhabitable planets in our solar system, and that the dis tances to the next nearest stellar systems are too vast to be crossed, therefore extraterrestrial space craft do not exist -- Very enlightening!

In the autumn of I 975, Mary went with a relative, to the Northwest to visit several rela tives and friends. During the course of the trip, they visited some friends who lived on a small ranch in a very isolated forested mountain area. Mary's relative (sorry I can't be more specific) was returning to the city. Mary loved the place so much she mentioned she would like to stay a couple days, and was invited to do so. There was however, a string attached. She was ask to give her word of honor that if she should happen to see anything unusual, she would never reveal either their name or location. Thinking this a bit eccentric, but seeing no harm in it, Mary made her promise. The following morning, the Lady of the house, gathered up some vegetables, ask Mary to stay in the house, and then went out and placed them on a picnic table about 50 feet back of the house. When she returned, she told Mary to watch through the window, but not to go outside. through Fully expecting to see a deer or two, Mary sat by the window for some time. Finally, something approached the woods, which Mary first thought to be a bear walking upright. As it cleared the trees she realized, to her udder astonishment, that it was an adult bigfoot. The first one, obviously a male, was soon followed by an adult female, and then two smaller ones which, in human

terms, would have probably been teenagers. They simply walked in, stood around the table, which was barely 50 feet away, ate the vegetables, and then walked back into the woods, as if it were an everyday routine. Later that day Mary was shown a photo album of a couple dozen Polaroid pictures, sev eral of which showed the Lady of the house standing by the picnic table, only a few feet from these gigantic but benign creatures. They made her look like a dwarf. When Mary ask for just one picture to show her husband, it was re fused. Their greatest fear was that the outside world would find out where they were and the bigfoot would be hunted down and killed. Again Mary was ask to never reveal their name or location, and this time she understood why. The day after Mary returned to Barstow, we made a tape about this incident while it was still fresh in her mind. On the tape I ask her ( 1 §+>irit Uoices everything I could think of about this. Although the tape is confidential, we did send a copy to Harold Sherman, who put us in touch with a Lady reporter in Los Angeles, who's hobby was investigating bigfoot reports. On a subsequent visit, we were told there had been a number of reports of sightings, crossing roads, etc. lumber camps, of footprints and cries in the woods, not of any known animals, had been received. Hair samples, from bushes and

trees, and feces sam ples, again not of any known animal, had been found. Reports from We were shown half a dozen or more plaster casts of these gigantic footprints. Sever al were of such quality that at places the epider mal ridges could be clearly seem. What does science tell us about the bigfoot? It tells us no large biped could possibly exist in the modern world without having been already long since discovered -- very enlightening! In the spring of 1985, Mary went into the hospital for an operation on her back. She was given a general anesthesia before the op eration, and was out for hours. The following day when her surgeon visited her room, she de scribed the operation to him in considerable de tail, which simply left him speechless. Mary described how she had found her self looking down from a comer of the room. She told how near the end of the operation, she had gone "flatline", and the shock treatments that had been applied. How everyone in the room had given her up for lost, except her car diologist who was present because of her heart condition, and who continued trying to revive her. And told of remarks that had been made to the effect that too much time had passed, and that she would be "brain dead" if she were .. brought back. (None of which had been men tioned to either of us after the operation.) Mary then went on to

mention two peo ple who had come into the operating room dur ing the operation, observed for a time, and then left. Even describing their appearance. (They had been standing just inside the door, back of Mary's head where they would have been out of her line of sight even if she had been conscious. Neither had spoken a word or been spoken to. Her surgeon verified that everything had happened just exactly as she had described. He said he had been told before of people being out-of-body during operations, but never before in such detail. He went on to say he now had no choice but to believe the consciousness could exist independent of the physical body. Before he left he said that she had been wrong about one thing. No one had entered the operating room during the operation, but that she was right about everything else. Later that afternoon, he returned to her room, with a rath er dumbfounded expression and told Mary he had checked with the OR nurse, and had found there had indeed been two other Doctors who had entered the room briefly, and then left. What does science tell us about such near death experiences? It seems the prevailing opinion is that such experiences are hallucina tions caused by drugs and/or the dying brain's last desperate effort to hold onto life very enlightening! -- If such was the case, how could she have known the exact details of the operation? This was reality,

not hallucination. Was she somehow reading the surgeon's mind the next day when she told him about the operation? If such was the case, then how did she know of details which he himself did not know ? ? ? The scientific establishment is very good at what it does. But it is very bad at what it does not do. What it does not do is investigate strange and unusual phenomena. And the rea son it is bad is because it insists on coming up with half-baked, armchair "explanations" for such phenomena. Phenomena that has never been investigated. In tum this leads many peo ple to believe such phenomena is understood by science, when the truth is just the opposite. From a distance the body of scientific knowledge looks like a solid mass. On closer in spection, it looks more like a piece of Swiss cheese full of air holes. UFOs exist in one of these holes. The bigfoot and near death/ out-of body experiences exist in other holes. Even Transcommunication itself, which has been successfully ignored by the scientific establishment ever since the days of Dr. Kons tantin Raudive, father of instrumental Trans In yet communication, exists in such a hole. another, there is psychokinetic energy, which we are told from the other side, is the operating mechanism by which direct paranormal effects on electronic signals are caused in ITC. Where unexplained phenomena is con cerned, the viewpoint of the scientist and the layman are opposite. Which could

be described as follows: Science: Here is an unexplained phe nomenon. It has been witnessed by honest and reliable observers. There is no scientific expla nation for this phenomenon. Conclusion- The witnesses, even though honest and reliable, are sv- 15 /3 f §r-,irit t1oices somehow mistaken or have had hallucinations. The phenomenon does not exist. Laymen: Here is an unexplained phe nomenon. It has been witnessed by honest and reliable observers. There is no scientific expla nation for this phenomenon. Conclusion- The phenomenon is real, but exists in one of the holes in the body of scientific knowledge which remains to be investigated at some time in the future. As an aside, the superconducting super collider project in Texas was recently canceled. The estimated cost of completing this project, was 15 billion dollars. Although generally in fa vor of basic research, in this case I was not, be cause an unthinkable amount of money was going to be spent on a project that was simply irrelevant to the human condition. Just one percent of this amount, 150 million, would have provided an average of 30 million for UFO, bigfoot, near death/out-of-body experience, PK energy, and Transcommunica tion research. All of which are far more impor tant to an understanding of man's place in the Universe, then it is for a handful of scientists to satisfy their curiosity about what happened X zillionth of a second after the big bang. With science investigating everything except what us taxpayers are interested in,

is there any wonder so many of us feel we are not getting our money's worth? In any case, in earlier days, electrical de vices were built, mostly by trial and error, and electricity was put to good use, before there was a clear understanding of what it was or how it worked. Today we have a parallel situation with psychokinetic energy. Many have reported PK effects. Books, such as "Mind over Matter", by Prof. and Mary Jo Uphoff, have been written on the subject. We have personally experienced PK effects, and we have been told from the other side, that PK energy is the operating mechanism of ITC. In ITC technology we are not interested in arguing with, or proving to the scientific es tablishment, whether PK energy exists. What we are interested in is developing an efficient transreceiver. And what we need to do is base such equipment on the correct principle, what ever that principle may be, so that development can continue. Whether the correct principle, which we are told is PK energy, is acceptable to the scien tific establishment at this point in time, is essen tially irrelevant to the problem at hand. If, as all indications show, PK energy is the operating mechanism of ITC, then in its own good time, sv- 15 / 4 with the development of more advanced para digms of reality, science will eventually reach In the conclusion that such an energy exists. the mean time, we can proceed with transreceiv

er development without having to first of all prove is real. (Layman's viewpoint- If it works -- use it) that PK energy to science, LETIERS Dr. ErnstSenkowski {Inpart) 11/11/'93 ''71iere are aifferent _points of view, aifferent terms. 'Tfie on{y questi.on is: Wliicli one of tfiem fi?.aas furtlier (or 'ex_p{afns' more)? Syeaf.ing of ysycfi.olimeti.c energy (in my lium6fe view) is not useful One singfe yoi:nt sfioufa attract your attention. ·T'liere is one of tlie most fu:nd'amenta('{aws' of yliysi.cs (traced" Eacfi. to ::Newton): action = reaction. .'As far as I fr.now nofuay lias ever o6server tfiat a _person wfio 'ysycliokineti.ca([y moved' a fieavy o6ject feft any reactive force. On tlie otlier liaruf tliere liave 6een o6servations tliat sucfi. o6jects were found' to 6e cofaer tlian tlieir surroundings, so tliat - ayyarent {y - tlieir kinetic energy cou(d' Ee aerivea from tfie tfierrna[ energy content of tfie 06- ject itse(f (or i:n otlier cases from tlie sur rounding air tlie tem_perature of wfiicfi was sliown to liave aroyyed). 'In.is aruf many more fii:nts yo int to tlie _possibility tfiat 'tfie mi:n.d' (or consciousness, or wliatever) cfianges tlie norm.a.( quantum-statistica{ ais trifution wliicli is determined' or cfiaracter izea 6y yro6a6iiity functions wfiicli can 6e menta«y inf[uencecf. Coming 6ack to our cars: tfie on(y tliings we know for sure are a_p_proxi:mate[y: somefod'y construe tea a materi.a[ structure (cafiea mo tor). Somefoay efse yroaucea a ffuu:£ cafiea fuel Some6oay fi!Iea tlie tanR witfi tliat. '11ien fie may turn a liey and' fioyefu[[y tfie wlio/£ system starts

moving . .J\f[tlie otlier terms aruf {aws of yliysics, cfiemistry, aruf, aruf ... are menta[ crutcfies wliicfi ena.Ek tlie yeoyfe to describe tlie aifferent _processes. 1Jefr.eve me or any reasonahfe yliysicist: tfiese terms -force, energy ... - are lie[pfu[- fut tfiey fiave no reaaty if not for our moa e(mg 'nature'. 'But yf.ease cfo not consi.c£er myse[f as tfie tyye of missionary wfio Gums otlier yeoyf.e. It is u_p to you to fiave your own i.c£eas am£ Ee(ref systems. Naturauy you are quite ri.gfit witfi tfie o tfier remarks am£ statements. Tfiere are tfiese 'yara.' effects ana tfiey are rejectecf because tliey cfo not fit into tlie frame. '11iis fias fiayyened" time am£ aga.i.n. Ok. Let tfiem go on. It is a.fways a question of generations. .:a.fter many, many cfiscussions I cannot agree witfi one yo int: We a.re not on{y tfie reci._pi.ents. Seen from one sicfe am£ in some way: yes. Seen from another sicfe no. We fiave to switch our systems on (in 99% of tfie cases). So we are starting witfi our own ac tivity. Tlien we just 'sit cfown am£ wait': So it seems tliat we are not mastering tfie con tacts. Seemi.ng{y 'tfiey' come in or not. 'But liow afout tfie contents of trans- information? 'Wfiat if 'tfiey' answer our questions? Wfiat if tfiey - to come tfirougfi - liave to use tlie ysyclii.c structures am£ tlie unconscious 'ysycfiokineti.c facufri.es' of tfie experimenter? I fee{ tfiat tfiings are not so simyf.e . ..'Any communi.ca.tion is

a.n intera.c ti.on - am£ in sucfi it is extreme{y aiffi.cu{t - if not imyossiECe - to aifferentiate 'semfer' am£ 'receiver'." COMPUTER IMAGES In recent months I have received in quires as to whether computer images are proof of the spirit world. Having become so accus tomed to seeing a variety of image processing software for home computers advertised in com puter magazines during the past couple years, it simply had not occurred to me until these let ters, that not everyone is familiar with this technology. I will quote several paragraphs from an article in the Science section of the Washington Post, submitted by one of our readers, which ex plains this better than I can, The article is en titled subtitled real or "Digital-Image Fiction", by Kathy Sawyer. it ... ?", "Is it is "In the young world of computerized image manipulation, Ll-ie lion lies down wiLl-i Ll-ie lamb (A commercial being aired during the Olympics); Marilyn Monroe flirts with Abraham Lincoln (the cover of February's Scientific Ameri can); and the U.S. Capitol looms behind a re ported who is miles away inside a studio (Jan. ABC News broadcast). The computer hardware required to ac complish these illusions is getting cheaper and more widely available, at the same time the soft ware is getting more sophisticated. These days, it seems, if you can imagine it, you can image it. With taps on a keyboard, or the sweep of a mouse, the new breed of image-maker can take an

object in a real photograph and clone it, move it, paint it a different color, rotate it, flip it, or switch it to another photo scene entirely." "Along with a flurry of creative exper imentation and playfulness, this capability has triggered concern that images are becoming as unreliable as words, no longer defensible as re cords of criminal behavior, political sin and oth er historical that advertising, art and supermarket tabloids are often fanciful. But when used in news reports or otheIWise presented as slices of truth, experts caution, manipulated images tell lies about the world." People know reality. "In digital imaging, the elements of a pic ture are converted into computer language-- numbers made up of zeros and ones. The image then produced is a montage of square electronic dots (pixels). By changing the numer ical value of each dot. the software can be used to alter the picture at will: matching tones and colors and blending edges." "Analysts have compared the process of image manipulation to genetic reengineering, or surgery at the molecular level." "In an article in the current Scientific American, Mitchell (Dean at MIT) says it is up to the image consumer to beware: "The question of how to distinguish visual fact from fiction is be coming increasingly urgent as we witness the explosive digital-imaging technology" proliferation of "Scientific American features a striking cover "photograph" of Marilyn Monroe arm in arm with Abraham Lincoln and cozily integrated into his 1863 surroundings." "In the near future, analysts

predict, the technology will be available for use by anyone with a home computer (with unknown implica tions for the old family photo album) and elec tronic images will fly instantaneously back and forth along the information superhighway." The above was published early this year, and is up to date ivith tl-ie exception cf tl1e last sv- 15 / 5 r §virit Uoices paragraph. Slightly less sophisticated versions of such software are already available and have been available for some time. Earlier versions have been available for home computers, almost as long as hand scanners have. These first ver sions would only do black and white, but were still sophisticated enough to assemble composite pictures. More recently scanners can be found "bundled" together with both character recogni tion and image processing software, in the same package. At a time when tens or hundreds of thousands of copies of such software have al ready been distributed worldwide, and school children amuse themselves creating composite images on home computers, such images can hardly be expected to be accepted as proof of anything, by anyone. this As was mentioned, technology makes pictures no more reliable than words. So the fact of the matter is, that if someone were to present computer images to the scientific estab lishment, as "proot" or "evidence" of the exis tence of the spirit world, they would simply be laughed at. ITC RECORDING Since new people are continuously enter ing the field of Transcommunication, material to help the new

newcomer always seems to be of benefit and well worth the space. There have been various sets of instruc tions written about basic recording techniques. The following article by Gilbert Bonner, EVP pio neer, is among the best. (I would also recom mend the excellent instructions in "Voices of Eternity" by Sarah Estep, and for very low sig nJ:11/ nnise ratio voices, the instructions in SV-7) The following was written in the 1980s, but for the most part is still as pertinent today as it was then. As well as adding background material about which the reader may not be aware. RECORDING TECHNIQUES By G. Gilbert Bonner F.H.A. In this third article I want to describe proven techniques for recording paranormal voices (E.V.P.), but before I do so I feel that it is important to explain to readers the great care that is needed both in listening and in the analysis of recorded material. This requires not sv- 15 / 6 only good hearing but also the correct psycho logical approach. I believe that it is quite possi ble that para-voices have tried to make contact with us since the early days of radio, coming in near to normal radio frequencies but were either not heard or were dismissed as normal radio intrusion. In the radio method which gives the best results we are also picking up normal radio sig nals and it takes some experience to know which is radio and which may be paranormal. In my last article

I described some of the pecul iar characteristics para-voices displayed, the polyglot mode, neologisms, the disregard for laws of grammar, the fast speed of the speech and also the peculiar rhythm of the voices. It is important to learn to recognize these character istics, but even more than this one has to mas ter the knack whereby we can pick out instantly weak voices by latching onto the rhythm so that we can separate speech from noise and para voices from radio. It can take time, a quick and alert mind and lots of patience to do this cor rectly. Quite often when I play EVP recordings that to me are quite clear, people unfamiliar to this sound will hear nothing except a noise. Re peat the process two or three times and they will suddenly recognize words. Once they realize that EVP can lay hidden and masked in noise or between radio they become alert and able to spot for themselves voices they never knew ex isted. It took Dr. Raudive three months before he was able to hear his first voice, so be pre pared to devote time to this research. You may well have recorded para-voices but still have failed to hear or identify them on replay. Some may at first just hear noise, then they isolate this from other noises, then they detect a defi nite rhythm and by following this are able to dif ferentiate first vowel sounds then consonants and finally understand words. The

mind can only concentrate fully on one voice at a time, so that if we receive on tape three voices speaking together, as often happens, it can create to the inexperienced confusion and all be dismissed as noise. With the tape recorder we can repeat this section of the tape and listen to each individual voice. We can then decide what is said by each one and in this manner study the material and on this basis of content decide whether any voices are paranormal. This form of listening requires concentration and freedom from dis traction. This is essential for we cannot carry out this type of research if we are tired or ha rassed. Correct interpretation of what we record is essential but even the experts can make mistakes. §pirit Uoices Juergenson discovered years ago, that even normal radio material can be altered and the words twisted to provide a brief message. Thus one minute we may be listening to a nor mal radio program when suddenly by some in to stant metamorphosis words are altered produce a personal message. Unless one has heard this for oneself it is hard to believe it pos sible, but one thing we learn early on in EVP re search is that the para-voices do not obey the (known) laws of electronics or of physics. Ones individual approach to a recording will be influenced to some extent at least, by the actual technique used. Here I would like to dis cuss what is

known as the 'Radio Method' to as the interfrequency sometimes referred technique. Raudive' s method was to link by patch cord a radio directly to the tape recorder. The radio was tuned to a suitable spot on medium Wave between stations (interfrequency) that are transmitting to where only the rushing sound of white noise is heard. Those who have read of Juergenson's that he claimed that radio-voice recordings could not be research will know made without the help of a mediator !in the be yond) and in his case this was a woman called Lena. However Dr. Raudive found he could make successful recordings without her help as others have since confirmed, although for a brief period he also had a mediator called "Spi dola". If one seeks for the assistance of such a helper one tunes slowly from one end of the wavelength to the other listening carefully for a voice that will whisper "record now" or some similar hint. One then switches on the tape re corder. Later on replay all extraneous noises of normal radio have to be eliminated so that any para-voices present can be studied. A more simple method in the Radio Technique is to tune the radio to a suitable fre quency say on medium or short wave between stations that are transmitting but allowing a very modest mixture from the two stations. The tape recorder is not plugged directly into the radio-jack, but a microphone from it is placed about five inches in

front of the radio loud speaker. I also plug head phones into the re corder and this allows me to monitor the whole proceedings. (See diagram 'A'). Of course one • Diagram A: Radi<>:mik~ m~thod. r--;=========~7 ~----~ ,, PATCH CORD y /.,, -.., '..., ...._ .... .... 21 MICROPHONE A • MICROPHONE B HE ... DPHONES sv- 15 / 7 r §+'trit t>oices has to record in a quiet room free from distract ing sounds but the open microphone method appears to give better results possibly by utiliz ing room resonance. Although one can find more radio free spots on FM where white noise can easily be heard, researchers find this wave length unlikely to produce results. A few have obtained para-voices on airband but in one case it was discovered the radio had a technical fault and so in fact was receiving short wave, and in the other example normal aircraft to control tow er conversations appeared to be paranormally voice modulated. Juergenson always insisted on using medium wave and often tuned to a particular frequency around 1447 KHz, but others were unable to locate this special frequency. When in England, Juergenson himself was unable to it was this frequency and claimed obtain jammed by the BBC for political reasons! I, my self, tune close to this region near to Vienna and often receive voices between the radio mush. Critics have claimed that by using the radio method we are inviting mistakes since we can not keep out normal

radio and this is true to a point, but they fail to realize that para-voices not only prefer this method, but even demand it, since they make use of radio transmissions and appear to need a carrier-wave. To say that one can only accept voices recorded in a screened Faraday Cage is to miss the point and in any case tests have adequately demonstrated that voices can be recorded in both a screened form and in a sound proof studio. EVP has been re corded under test conditions by electronic ex perts and indeed is the most repeatable of all PSI phenomenon. As far as radio intrusion is concerned this is possible even when no radio at all is used. All kinds of electrical apparatus are capable at times of picking up radio signals which are everywhere. The mere presence of an unexplained voice on a tape recorded is no proof in itself that it may be paranormal. This can only be decided upon what it says, i.e. upon content. When making microphone recordings the technique is exactly as for normal record ings except that the record level controls are turned to full volume. I do not believe however, that para-voices will be recorded in a vacuum. Some sound source is required and whether this is natural. mechanical or even electronic does not appear to matter. Voices manifest in the noise of these sounds. Whether it is the (thermal) energy created by the noise that allows this or whether its

the actual frequency vibra tions tl-iat are utilized is difficult to decide, but sv- 15 / 8 the fact remains a sound source appears essen tial. Those who claim we are merely mistaking noise for voices ignore the spectrogram tests that give 100% proof that both male and female voices can be identified. Most of my own micro phone voices were made outdoors in the country side, often by lakes since I found the quality of para-voices improved when recorded by still wa ter. Danish researcher, Peter Stein, uses the sound of dripping water in most of his micro phone recordings and here I must stress that it is not the acoustic illusion of words that can be often produced by the chance splashing of wa ter but of actual whisper type voices that can be heard added to these sounds. Splashing water produces numerous frequency combinations like white noise. Many will have heard of the diode re cordings favored by Dr. Raudive, Juergenson. however, called it a Stone Age method and I also have found it of little value. The diode picks up untuned fragments from radio stations which may differ according to ones location. Any elec trician can make one up in about ten minutes for a couple of pounds (SV-12/16). The best diode recordings I have ever heard were made by Edelgard John in Germany. These appeared to be the voices of long deceased children sing ing and were recorded on a site that was pre viously

a monastery. Of the three basic techniques I have just given, I feel the radio method is likely to produce the best results. The basic equipment needed for this is a radio able to receive medium and short wavebands and a tape or cassette record er. Also required is suitable microphone and headphones. Many people already have these items. Of course a reel-to-reel tape recorder gives superior frequency range to that of a cas sette recorder although today there are available quality cassette recorders that are quite ade quate and of course cassettes are more easy to handle and store than tapes. Juergenson claimed that the best record ings were obtained during the summer months after sunset and in winter during dry cold whether, this time before sunset. He also said that the clearest and loudest voices seem to be on the night of a full moon. This could be a gra vitational effect, solar eruptions and northern light static disturbances also prevent voices from manifesting. Juergenson stated that the key to the whole Electronic Voice Phenomenon is Modu lation of Sound, sound which probably already exists or is created and then utilized. A carrier wave is also essential. §t'irit Uoices interruptions, According to Herr Koberle it is technical ly possible to use television as well as radio and also to use either speech or music as raw mate rial to make up (prerecord) EVP test material. He says, "I have left the tape recorder running during some television transmissions

and had for example commentaries as when an actress went from the cash desk of a cinema into the cinema itself someone (on tape) whispered. "she wants to see the film" or when I had to make a 'phone call during a fairly loud television transmission someone said, "switch the television off". All this indicates that the re cording sessions are closely monitored by our unseen friends on the other side. It is, I believe, essential to record on a regular basis and the initial recordings should not last longer than ten minutes. First, after having decided on the technique you will use. introduce yourself, by name, on tape stating the time. the date and the method and then ask to speak to friends in the beyond. After a few minutes repeat this giving your name again asking if you can be heard and if so whether the voice entities will say your If a reply is audible during this play-in name. you can frame your questions to respond, other wise at the end of the ten minute transmission express your thanks and then rewind the tape and thoroughly check. A ten minute recording can take at least an hour to study and analyze. Once you have recorded your first voice you will realize the fascination this research holds and the important discoveries still await ing to be made. TR: DEFINING THE PROBLEM In light of the work that has done up to this time and the knowledge that has

been - gained through experimentation and asking questions, it is now possible to define the recep tion problem a little more ciearly. In essence there are four areas that need further R & D: (See illustration CF _009, SV-14 /33) 1) Determination of the optimal electromag netic coupling(s) and associated circuit configu ration a matter of experimentation and asking questions. Determination of the optimal type, fre 2) quency, composition. and level of the coup!ing(s) signal -- again a matter of experimentation and asking questions. Determination of the optimal overall re 3) ceiver configuration. multiple stages, feedback arrangements. etc .. \Vhatever it takes in order to maximize at the receiver output, the most min ute amplitude variations in the coupling(s) sig nal level -- essentially an Engineering problem. 4) Determination and incorporation of a suitable energy source for conversion to PK en ergy, so that those trying to communicate do not have to rely on the operator's PK energy and/or miscellaneous environmental energy sources -- once again a matter of asking questions and experimentation. Once these details are worked out, we should have an efficient Transreceiver that will. as we are told from the other side is possible, work for everyone. The question of whether or not transre ceivers are possible, has become academic. Transreceivers already exist. What we are dis cussing now is R & D to improve efficiency. Progress in this direction can be made in only one way. And that is through the formation of hypotheses, and the

testing of those hypotheses against reality. Hypotheses are based on data, and data is derived from experimentation. The road to progress then is to experiment, experi ment, and experiment. TR: COMPUTER MODELING One of the most useful tools in science and technology today, is the computer model. Used in everything from weather forecasting, to designing new aircraft, testing the latest paradigms of Physics against reality, the com puter model has become indispensable. to As in other technical fields, the computer model can potentially be of great help in trans receiver design and development. By simulta neously developing experimental transreceivers. and developing the computer model, there is a potential "leapfrog" effect, that could consider ably speed progress. information As data and is derived through experimentation and asking questions. this information can be used to adjust and modify the model, gradually making it a more and more accurate reflection of reality. In tum the model can be used to explore possibilities, and to assist in the development of hypotheses for testing, which are based on the highest probabilities. On the following pages is what, in so far as I know. is the first transreceiver computer model ever written. Although still in rudimenta to examine various ry form. sv- 15 /9 it is designed §pirit Uoices configurations which at this time appear to be the most reasonable possibilities. These range from a single stage with no feedback, to a dual section, multistage arrangement with both sec tion and (Ref. SV-15/ 13) individual stage

feedback. I will not describe the operation of this program, because the user would want to ex amine the step by step logic for himself, and for others it would just be boring. As mentioned, the program at this point is quite rudimentary, and the user is of course welcome to make any refinements of modifications deemed appropri ate. For any of you who may wish to write your own program from scratch, this program can be considered as simply a suggestion of what needs to be done. f TEST Gen./circuit Noise S/N Ratio (X/1) (DF-.75)= "; AB: PRINT TEST Coupling PK Voice modulation % = "; AE: PRINT Number of Stages (OF- 1)= "; AF: PRINT Use Noise Generator (Y /N) (DF- Y)= "; AA$ TEST RF carrier level (V p-p) (DF- 8)= "; AD: PRINT TEST Noise modulation % of RF carrier (DF- 25)= "; AC 2000 REM- File- ASIM_05W.BAS 2002 REM- TransReceiver Simulation - Development version 2010 COLOR 13, 8: CLS: CLEAR: REM MODEL DATA INPUT 2015 PRINTTAB(17); ''TRANS RECEIVER SIMULATOR": PRINT 2020 REM PRINT TAB(35); "DATA ENTRY'': PRINT 2025 INPtIT" 2027 IF AD • 0 THEN AD = 8 2030 INPUT" 2032 IF AB= 0 THEN AB= .75 2035 INPtIT '' 2040 IF AA$= CHR$(78) GOTO 2050 2045 INPtIT II 2047 IF AC= 0 THEN AC= 25 2050 PRINT 2055 INPtIT 11 2060 INPUT" 2065 IF AF= 0 THEN AF= 1 2070 INPtIT" 2075 IF AF= 1 THEN PRINT: GOTO 2082 2080 INPtIT" 2082 PRINT TAB(l0);

"Single section- S, Comparision line- C" 2085 INPUT" 2087 IF AI$ <> CHR$(67) AND AI$ <> CHR$(68) THEN AI$ = CHR$(83) 2090 IF AI$= CHR$(83) GOTO 2105 2095 INPtIT" 2097 IF AO = 0 THEN AO = 1 2105 PRINT TAB(lO); "RESET- 2".: TAB(40); "MENU- 311: TAB(70); "STOP- 4" 2110 PRINTTAB(ll); "AUTO- 1"; TAB(35); 11AtITO STEP- 6"; TAB(70); "STEP- 5" 2115 INPtIT X 2120 IF X = 1 THEN GOTO 2200 2125 IF X • 2 GOTO 2010 2130 REM IF X = 3 THEN 10 2135 IF X = 4 THEN STOP 2140 IF X = 5 THEN R = 1 2145 IF X = 6 THEN R = 2 TEST Section feedback percent="; AH: PRINT TEST Stage feedback percent= 11 Dual section- D (DF- S)= 11 TEST Diff. Amp. rejection ratio (X/ 1) (DF- l)= "; AO: PRINT ; AI$: PRINT ; AG 2200 CLS : REM Data 2205 AL= .00001: REM p-p volts- estimated circuit noise level- RF Gen. + Modulator 2210 AC= AC/ 100: AE = AE / 100: AG= AG/ 100: AH= AH/ 100 2215 JA = 1 2220 AM= 1000: REM Feedback cycle limit 2225 AN = .000001: REM exit loop if S / N change less than this 3400 REM DATA- "B" RF generator output into modulator 3405 REM RF Gen. output p-p level - Teeit RF carrier level (AD) 3410 REM + Estimated circuit noise level (AL) 3415 BA = AD + AL: REM RF carrier p-p level into modulator sv- 15

/ 10 §l)irit Uoices 3420 REM RF carrier noise level into modulator= Estimated circuit noise 3425 REM level (AL)/ ( TEST Gen./circuit Noise S/N Ratio (AB)+ 1) 3430 BB= AL/ (AB+ 1): REM RF Gen. noise level into modulator 3435 BC= AL - BB: REM RF Gen. voice level into modulator 3440 BO= BC/ BB: BE= 20 • LOG(BD): REM RF Gen. output S/N ratio 3445 IF R = 0 GOTO 4000 3450 REM PRINT TAB(22); "RF Gen. p-p level into modulator= "; BA 3455 REM PRINT TAB(20); "RF Gen. voice level into modulator= "; BC 3460 REM PRINT TAB(20); "RF Gen. noise level into modulator= "; BB 3465 PRINT TAB(30); "RF Gen. output S/N ratio .. "; BO;" "; BE; "dB" 4000 REM PRINT: REM DATA- "C" Noise generator output into mixer 4005 REM Noise generator output p-p level is considered to be the same as 4010 REM TEST RF carrier p-p level 4015 REM Noise generator output p-p level into mixer= TEST RF carrier p-p 4020 REM level (AD) • TEST Noise modulation percent of RF carrier (AC) 4025 CA = AD • AC: REM Noise Gen. p-p level into mixer 4030 REM Noise Gen. noise level into mixer= Noise Gen. p-p level into 4035 REM mixer (CA)/ ( TEST Gen./circuit Noise S/N Ratio (AB)+ 1) 4040 CB= CA / (AB+ 1): REM Noise Gen. noise level into mixer 4045 CC = CA - CB: REM Noise Gen. voice level into mixer 404 7 MC = CC: REM

Save data for section feedback reset 4049 MD = CB: REM Save data for section feedback reset 4050 IF CB • 0 GOTO 4600 4055 CD= CC/ CB: CE= 20 • LOG(CD): REM Noise Gen. output S/N ratio 4060 IF R = 0 GOTO 4600 4065 REM PRINT TAB(24); "Noise Gen p-p level into mixer="; CA 4070 REM PRJNT TAB(21); "Noise Gen. voice level into mixer="; CC 4075 REM PRINT TAB(21); "Noise Gen. noise level into mixer="; CB 4080 PRINT TAB(27); "Noise Gen. output S/N ratio="; CD;" "; CE; "dB" 4600 PRINT : REM "D" Stage- 1 Mixer output into modulator 4605 REM Mixer voice level into modulator= Noise Gen. voice level into 4610 REM mixer (CC) + Stage feedback voice level (HA) + Section feedback 4615 REM voice level (LA) 4620 DA= (CC+ HA+ LA): REM Mixer voice level into modulator 4625 REM Mixer noise level into modulator= Noise Gen. noise level into 4630 REM mixer (CB)+ Stage feedback noise level (HB) + Section feedback 4635 REM noise level (LB) 4640 DB= (CB+ HB + LB): REM Mixer noise level into modulator 4645 DC= DA+ DB: REM Mixer p-p level into modulator 4650 IF DB= 0 GOTO 5200 4655 DD - DA/ DB: DE• 20 • LOG(DD): REM Mixer outpur S/N ratio 4660 IF R = 0 GOTO 5200 4665 PRINT TAB(24); "Mixer p-p level into modulator="; DC 4670 PRINT TAB(22); "Mixer voice level into modulator= "; DA 4675 PRINT TAB(22); "Mixer noise level into modulator= "; DB 4680

PRINT TAB(32); "Mixer output S/N ratio="; DD;" "; DE; "dB" 5200 PRINT : REM "E" Modulator output into coupling 5205 REM Modulator voice level into coupling= Mixer voice level into 5210 REM modulator (DA)+ RF Gen. voice level into modulator (BC) 5215 EA= DA+ BC: REM Modulator voice level into coupling 5220 REM Modulator noise level into coupling= Mixer noise level into 5225 REM modulator (DB)+ RF Gen. noise level into modulator (BB) 5230 EB= DB+ BB: REM Modulator noise level into coupling 5235 REM RF carrier modulation % = (Modulator voice level into coupling (EA) sv- 15 / 11 §t'irit 'Ooices 5240 REM+ Modulator noise level into coupling (EB)) / TEST RF carrier 5245 REM level (AD) 5250 EC = (EA + EB) / AD 5252 IF EC > 1 THEN PRINT TAB(26); "ERROR- Modulation over 100%": PRINT : GOTO 7805 5255 REM RF carrier p-p level into coupling • TEST RF carrier level (AD) 5260 REM + (TEST RF carrier level (ADJ • RF carrier modulation % (EC)) 5265 ED= AD+ (AD• EC): REM RF carrier p-p level into coupling 5270 EE= EA/ EB: EF = 20 • LOG(EE): REM Modulator output S/N ratio 5272 IF R = 0 GOTO 5800 5275 PRINT TAB(20); "RF carrier p-p level into coupling- 11 5280 PRINT TAB(30); "RF carrier modulation%="; EC• 100 5285 PRINT TAB(l 9); "Modulator voice level into coupling= "; EA 5290 PRINT TAB(l 9); "Modulator noise level into coupling="; EB 5295 PRINT TAB(28); "Modulator output S/N ratio= ";

EE; " "; EF; "dB" ; ED 5800 PRINT : REM "F' Coupling output into detector 5805 REM Coupling PK voice modulation level= RF carrier p-p level into 5810 REM coupling (ED) • TEST Coupling PK Voice modulation percent (AE) 5815 FA = ED • AE: REM Coupling PK voice modulation level 5820 REM Coupling voice level into detector= Coupling PK voice modulation 5825 REM level (FA) + Modulator voice level into coupling (EA) 5830 FB =FA+ EA: REM Coupling voice level into detector 5835 REM Coupling noise level into detector= Modulator noise level 5840 REM into coupling (EB) 5845 FC = EB: REM Coupling noise level into detector 5850 FD= FB / FC: FE= 20 • LOG(FD): REM Coupling output S/N ratio 5855 IF R = 0 GOTO 6400 5860 PRINT TAB(20); "Coupling PK voice modulation level="; FA 5865 REM PRINT TAB(20); "Coupling voice level into detector- "; FB 5870 REM PRINT TAB(20); "Coupling noise level into detector="; FC 5875 PRINT TAB(29); "Coupling output S/N ratio="; FD;" "; FE; "dB" 6400 PRINT: REM "G" Detector output 6405 GA = FB: REM Detector output voice level 6410 GB= FC: REM Detector output noise level 6415 GC = FD: REM Detector output S/N ratio 6417 GD= FE 6420 REM add over-modulation message 6425 IF R = 0 GOTO 6800 6430 PRINT TAB(27); "Detector output voice level= "; GA 6435 PRINT TAB(27); "Detector output noise level= "; GB 6440 PRINT TAB(29); "Detector output S/N ratio="; GC;" "; FE; "dB" 6445 PRINT "Section

feedback cycle#="; C2; 6450 PRINT" Stage feedback cycle# = "; C; " Stage= "; JA 6455 GOTO 6800 6600 IF AH = 0 THEN CLS : REM "H" Stage feedback output into mixer 6605 IF AG = 0 GOTO 7200 6610 REM Feedback into mixer voice level (HA)= Detector output voice level (GA) 6615 REM• TEST Stage feedback percent (AG) 6620 HA = GA • AG: REM Stage feedback into mixer voice level 6625 REM Feedback into mixer noise level (HB)= Detector output noise level (GB) 6630 REM • TEST Stage feedback percent (AG) 6635 HB = GB • AG: REM Stage feedback into mixer noise level 6640 HC =HA/ HB: HD= 20 • LOG(HC): REM Feedback into mixer S/N ratio 6645 IF R =- 0 GOTO 6700 sv- 15 / 12 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r - - - - -- - - - - - - PK I I I I PK : - J - 1/ I I - - - a Del 1- - r - - - 7 - -,- - L_ -- ....! r j_7 1 Mod. 1-- L_r..J I ' i :~ · ~ --: Mix

~ I - PK ,' / \ ------------- Stoge feedbock I ----------------t ' I t - - - , ' I ' I j ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ l Section feedback l C•)mporision line \..----------- 1 ----------------------------------------------------------------7 Dual sec tiori t T I I I ~---- ----- -- -----------------i r-------------------- PK 1 ------- --1 I 1 PK I L - - - J 1 ' ' I - - - - .J I I I I I '- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - l - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - L - - - - - - - - - - - Vl < I ,..... V1 ........ ,..... w Tronsreceiver Sirnulolio~~ Concept By Bill Weisensole Drown By Bill Weisensole File- Model_01.skd joote 1-2-2 §t'irit t)oices 6650 PRINT TAB(23); "Feedback into mixer voice level= "; HA 6655 PRINT TAB(23); "Feedback into mixer noise level="; HB 6660 PRINT TAB(25); "Feedback into mixer S/N ratio-"; HC;" "; HD; "dB" f 6700 GOTO 4600: REM next cycle 6800 REM "I" Step and limit 6805 IF (IA + AN) >= GC GOTO 7000: REM Stage loop escape 6810 1B .. (GC - IA): REM S/N change from last stage cycle 6815

IF R .. 0 GOTO 6825: REM If auto don't print 6820 PRINT TAB(29); "Stage feedback S/N change="; 1B 6825 IA = GC: REM Set comparision variable 6830 C = C + 1: REM Feedback cycle count 6835 IF C >= AM GOTO 7000: REM Emergency loop escape 6840 IF R = 2 THEN SLEEP 1: REM autostep pause 6845 IF R .. 1 GOTO 7800: REM step 6850 GOTO 6600 7000 REM "J" Next stage 7005 IF JA >= AF GOTO 7200: REM ? ? ? 7010 CLS 7015 1B =GA+ GB: REM Detector Voice+ Noise output p-p level 7020 IC = CA: REM Noise Gen. p-p level into mixer 7025 ID = IC / IB: REM Percent of Detector p-p output to next stage 7030 CC = GA * ID: REM Reset mixer voice level input 7035 CB = GB • ID: REM Reset mixer noise level input 7033 C3 = C 7040 C = 0: REM Reset cycle count 7045 JA = JA + 1: REM Increment stage count 7050 GOTO 4600: REM Next cycle 7200 REM CLS : REM "L" Section feedback output into mixer 7205 IF AH = 0 GOTO 7800 7210 REM Feedback into mixer voice level (LA)= Detector output voice level (GA) 7215 REM * TEST Section feedback percent (AH) 7220 LA= GA* AH: REM Section feedback into mixer voice level 7225 REM Feedback into mixer noise level (LB)= Detector output noise level (GB) 7230 REM * TEST Section feedback percent (AH) 7235

LB= GB* AH: REM Section feedback into mixer noise level 7240 LC= LA/ LB: LD = 20 * WG(LC): REM Feedback into mixer S/N ratio 7245 IF R = 0 GOTO 7400 7250 PRINT: PRINT TAB(l5); "Section feedback into mixer voice level="; LA 7255 PRINT TAB( 15); "Section feedback into mixer noise level-= "; LB 7260 PRINT TAB(l 7); "Section feedback into mixer S/N ratio="; LC;" "; LD; "dB" 7265 PRINT : REM GOTO 7805 7400 REM "M" Step and limit 7405 IF (MA + AN) >= GC THEN PRINT "Complete": GOTO 7800: REM loop escape 7410 MB= (GC - MA): REM S/N change from last cycle 7415 IF R = 0 GOTO 7445 7440 PRINT TAB(27); "Section feedback S/N change="; MB: PRINT 7445 MA= GC: REM Set comparision variable 7450 C = 0: REM Reset stage cycle count 7455 JA = 0: REM Reset stage count 7 460 CB = MD: REM Reset noise Gen. noise level into mixer 7465 CC= MC: REM Reset noise Gen. voice level into mixer sv- 15 / 14 §pirit t>oices 7470 C2 = C2 + 1: REM Section feedback cycle count 7475 IF C2 >= AM GOTO 7900: REM Emergency loop escape 7477 REM SLEEP 1 7480 IF R = 0 THEN 4600 7485 GOTO 7805 7800 PRINT: IF R = 0 THEN GOTO 7900 7805 PRINT TAB(l0); "STEP- l "; TAB{30); "RESET- 2"; TAB(50); "READOUT- 3"; TAB(70); "STOP- 4" 7810 PRINT TAB(30); "SECTION FEEDBACK STEP= 5" 7815 INPUT X 7820 IF X

= 1 GOTO 6600 7825 IF X = 2 Garo 2010 7830 IF X = 3 GOTO 7900 7835 IF X = 4 THEN STOP 7840 IF X .. 5 GOTO 4600 7900 REM "K" Differential Amplifier 7902 IF AI$ = CHR$(83) GOTO 8000 7904 REM Noise output level (KA)= Noise input level (GB) / Rejection ratio (AO) 7906 KA .. GB / AO: REM Noise output level 7908 REM Gen/ circuit noise voice portion of input voice level (KB)= (GB) 7912 REM• Gen/circuit noise S/N ratio (AB) 7914 KB == GB • AB: REM Gen/ circuit noise portion of input voice level 7916 REM Output voice level (KC)= (Gen/ circuit noise portion of input 7918 REM voice level (KB)• Rejection ratio (AO))+ (Voice input level {GA) 7922 REM - Gen/circuit noise portion of input voice level KB) 7924 KC= (KB/ AO)+ (GA - KB): REM Comp. line 7926 IF AI$ = CHR$(67) GOTO 7932 7928 KC = (KB / AO) + (2 " (GA - KB)): REM Dual section 7932 KD =KC/ KA: REM Diff. Amp output S/N ratio 7934 KE = 20 • LOG(KD) 8000 CLS : : PRINT TAB{32); "A NA LY S I S"; "" 8005 PRINT TAB(32); "TEST RF carrier level= "; AD; " V p-p" 8010 PRINT TAB(14); "TEST Gen./circuit Noise S/N Ratio (X/ 1)= "; AB; 8012 PRINT TAB(68); 20 " LOG(AB); "dB" 8015 PRINTTAB(28); "Use Noise Generator (Y/N)= "; 8020 IF AA$ .. CHR$(78) THEN PRINT "No": GOTO 8035 8025 PRINT "Yes"

8030 PRINT TAB(16); "TEST Noise modulation% of RF carrier="; AC" 100; "%" 8035 PRINT TAB(26); "TEST coupling PK modulation= "; AE • 100; "%" 8040 PRINT TAB(37); "Number of Stages= "; AF 8042 IF AG= 0 GOTO 8047 8045 PRINT TAB(26); "TEST Stage feedback percent="; AG" 100; "%" 8047 IF AH= 0 GOTO 8060 8050 IF AF= 1 GOTO 8060 8055 PRINT TAB(24); "TEST Section feedback percent="; AH" 100; "%" 8060 PRINT TAB(46); "Section= ": 8065 IF AI$ = CHR$(83) THEN PRINT "Single": GOTO 8090 8070 IF AI$ = CHR$(67) THEN PRINT "Comparision Line" 8075 IF AI$= CHR$(68) THEN PRINT "Dual" 8080 PRINT TAB(l6); "TEST Diff. Amp. rejection ratio (X/1)= "; AO; 8085 PRINT TAB(68); 20 " LOG(AO); "dB" 8090 PRINT: COLOR 9, 8 8095 PRINT TAB(l 1); "Voice level at final stage detect.or output="; GA;" V p-p" 8100 PFJNT TAB(l l); "Noise level at final stage detector output="; GB;" V p-p" sv- 15 / 15 §pirit Uoices 8105 PRINT TAB(16); "Final stage detector output S/N ratio=": GC; 8107 PRINT TAB(68); 20 • LOG(GC); "dB": PRINT : COLOR 11, 8 8110 IF AI$= CHR$(83) GOTO 8135 8115 PRINT TAB(24); "Di.ff. Amp. Voice level output= "; KC 8120 PRINT TAB(24); "Di.ff. Amp. Noise level output= "; KA 8125 PRINT TAB(26); "Di.ff. Amp. output S/N ratio="; KD; 8127 PRINT TAB(68); KE; "dB": PRINT 8130 GC = KO 8135 PRINT TAB(I0); "Stage feedback cycles="; C3; TAB(40); "Section feedback cycles= "; C2 8137 PRINT: COLOR 12, 8 8140 PRINT TAB(27); "Total Gain= "; (20

• LOG(GC)) - (20 • LOG(AB)); " Decibels" 8142 COLOR 13, 8 8145 PRINT: PRINTTAB(l0); "RESET- 2"; TAB(40); "MENU- 3"; TAB(70); "STOP- 4" 8150 INPlIT X 8155 IF X = 2 GOTO 2010 8160 REM IF X = 3 THEN 10 8165 IF X = 4 THEN STOP f NOTES + BBS Service Warren York, one of our subscribers, re ports he has an International Computer Net es tablished technical people and others interested in EVP. Warren can be contacted on the Cheyenne Mt. BBS, 915-883-0405 (Computer only) for + Atypical Phenomena In recent years there has been a consid erable amount of controversy in Europe, about whether certain reported TC phenomena is genuine. A controversy, which judging from mail in recent months, has started spreading to the United States. Such controversy however may be unnecessary. The primary reason people become in volved in Transcommunication is of course, to communicate with their own friends and rela tives who have gone beyond the veil. Any TC phenomenon that helps the majority of tapers and researchers to achieve this goal, is of practi cal value. Just how many people worldwide have succeeded in establishing ITC contact, is of course unknown. But 1,000 would probably be a quite conservative estimate, considering there are organizations, groups and individuals in a number of different Countries. Virtually all of these contacts have been in the form of taped voices. Standard recorder methods by far, have the highest practical val ue, since they have been of benefit

to everyone. Conversely, the next most reported phe nomena, video images and computer text, have been extremely rare. Off hand, without search ing through stacks of literature and sv- 15/16 correspondence, I can recall only five people each, who have reported these phenomena. (There are probably several more that I don't know about or can't recall.) To put this in per spective, relative to our estimate of 1,000 who have made ITC contact, this means less than 1 % have reported receiving video images and computer text. For the other 99% of tapers and researchers, the practical communications value of such atypical phenomena, has thus far been zero. One team, Jules and Maggy Harsch (and their transpartners), have reported even more rare phenomena, which seems so far, to be as sociated only with their team. This includes the reception of computer images, reception of FAX messages, reception of phone calls from one transpartner (Salter), and phone calls by anoth er transpartner (Raudive), to non-team mem bers. Relative to our estimate of 1,000 people in contact with the other side, these very atypical phenomena are thus far reported by only l / 10 of 1 %. Hardly of any practical communications value to researchers in general. We must remember however, that if the other side is to open up communication, they have to start somewhere. The taped voice phe nomena itself. began with only a few reports, and then gradually expanded until now it is of benefit to a continuously increasing

number of people. Rather than engage in endless contro versy as to whether this or that phenomenon is genuine, it is probably far more useful to con sider whether or not the phenomenon in ques tion, is of practical communications value for researchers in general. §virit t>oices It is reasonable to say that both the practical value and the credibility of a given phenomenon, is directly proportional to the number of independent researchers who report the phenomenon. Looked at from a practical standpoint then, in time TC phenomena will sort itself out. Phenomena which is genuine, will ex pand to more researchers working independent ly, and eventually become of practical value to researchers in general. Conversely, phenomena which does not expand to other researchers during a reason able period of time, either was not genuine in the first place, or for some reason has been deemed by the other side, to be an impractical In either case, even mode of communication. though it may be an interesting curiosity, for practical communications purposes, the phe nomena can be ignored. so that we can concen trate on those phenomena which already are, or have expanded to the point where they poten tially will be, of benefit to humanity. (At the same time of course, any such highly atypical "curiosity" phenomena, should be monitored for independent any researchers.) signs of expansion to The advent of atypical TC phenomena in recent years, has been a very mixed blessing. On one hand it is very

encouraging because it indicates the possibility of enhanced commu nication in the future. On the other hand it has been very dis couraging to many tapers and researchers who compare their own modest results, a few noisy words at a time, to long continuous. easy to un derstand, atypical messages. As a result, an unknown number of people have simply dropped out of Transcommunication. While others have packed their recorders away in a · closet, and no longer do anything but follow messages that are reported from elsewhere. Making Transcommunication, for some, a kind of religion. Transcommunication is a very personal thing. Just a few, hard to understand words from someone's spouse beyond the veil, is far more meaningful to that individual, than a whole book full of messages given to others. If one is trying to contact a loved one, then this is the person they want to get in contact with. If Jesus Christ himself came down and gave a per sonal message to the next door neighbor, this would be nice, but it would not help one to con tact the person they are trying to reach. This can be done only through personal contacts made through personal efforts. No one else can do this for you. I would therefore encourage tapers and researchers to continue your own personal ef forts. Your results may not be as spectacular as that of a few rare individuals, but the contacts you make personally are your own friends. your own

relatives, your own personal contacts. (And there is never any question as to whether your own contacts are genuine.) Some of these peo ple you have known in the past, and will be with again in the future. And this is what Transcom munication is all about. (The spirits who are working with us in Transcomrnunication, are able to travel instant ly to wherever they wish, and communicate with each other and other groups, telepathically over long as well as short distances. They are far more aware of what other groups are doing, and know much more about Transcommunication phenomena, than any of us down here could If you have any question ever hope to know. about the validity of any reported TC phenome na, I would suggest you ask your spirit friends, especially those you have worked with over a period of time and know you can trust. They reliable are your most knowledgeable and source of information.) + Hispanic PSI Database From Mr. Alejandro Parra Director Agencia Latinoamericana De Informacion Psi Salta 2015 (CP.l 137). Tel.: 26-6724. Capital Federal. Buenos Airs. ARGENTINA This Jetter is sent to you in order in in form that we are currently developing a Hispan ic speaking psi information center which is called ALIPsi. (Latin-American Agency of Psi In formation) It is a computerized database of the literature of parapsychology in Spanish speak ing countries contains the bulk of literature from 1900 ALIPsi intend to serve as a computer da tabank. The data

resides in a computer be cause ALIPsi the parapsychology in the Spanish language jour nals to date, several hundred articles, and the best books about the field. The record of each document in ALIPsi consists of bibliographic information (author, title, source); abstracts, and additional informa tion. Also an ANNUAL GUIDE to the sources is in press. Also. we have a Bibliographical Searcher Service (BSS), audio and video tapes on oarapsycholo2Y. translation from English to Spanish language, index of selected institutes and associations in the field, and a service as advisory in bibliographical investigations. sv- 15 / 17 §v{rit Uoices + Thermal Energy As has been discussed, it appears psy chokinetic energy is the mechanism spirits use to directly effect our electronics. Unlike us em bodied persons, those in spirit do not have a physical body with its supply of chemical energy to PK upon which energy. to draw for conversion Consequently, they need to draw energy from a source external to themselves. We are told they can draw PK energy directly from the operator, and that they can also draw energy from the environment, which they can then con vert to PK energy for communication. When I ask about this, I was told they can use "all kinds" of environmental energy, but they also emphasized "thermal". Unfortunately, because of time restric tions. I have not had the opportunity to find out any more about this. I did however, mention this in correspondence, and suggested that a thermal source, such as

a candle placed near the radio or recorder, might possibly be of some help. Thinking that our friends in spirit, may be able to add PK energy converted from ther mal, to the PK energy they draw from the opera tor, in order to come through more clearly, or at least make it easier for them to come through at the same level. In other words, that the candle would simply act as an additional energy source. Clara Laughlin, a very experienced re searcher from Arlington, VA., who has been get ting good quality reception for a long time, tried this and then wrote: I a_p_preciate the suagesti.on about us ina a Ctglitea can.ale for energy. On my tliircf try to fin.cf out if it lie(pecf in commu nicati.on, I eot "O.X." It is interesting that the candle was not OK'd until the third session. Evidently, Clara's teammates needed a bit of practice to determine whether it actually was helpful. In any case, we still have a lot more to learn about this, but from what we know now it appears an energy source of some kind, in addition to an audio carrier sig nal, such as static or electronic noise, is an asset. A candle is a rather crude thermal ener gy source, and likely there are more suitable means of supplying energy, but until we learn more about this, I would suggest including a lighted candle in your system. You might also ask your spirit friends if this

is of any help to Remember, they may need several them. sessions to experiment (Do not make any sv- 15 / 18 changes in the way you record, simply place a lighted candle near your radio or recorder, and then proceed as you normally would.) + Computer Enhancement The following information was received from: Mr Geoffrey Tilga 128 Meigs Street Rochester, NY 14607-2035 I nave d'iscoverea a aigita( _pro gram(s) tfiat may make yosswf£ comyu.ter assistecf cf'l{Jita[ enfiancement usintJ a com mon fiome comyuter sucfi as tfie 113:M 386 or 486, and' a sound' foara sucli as tfie ear(y sound' 6futer foarcfs. {Since we are fiayyy with teleylionic quaaty, tfie futer 6oarcfs are _probaMy a suyerffuous waste of money. 'Tlie ear[y £Joa.refs (sound' 13futer 1) can 13e _pick.ea uy on 'B'BS for $35-50.} Since tlie fiome com puter is l3ecomintJ as common as tlie YC'.R, tfiis woufa -ma.Re tliis computer assistea afai ta[ enliancement witfiin tfie financia[ and tecfinica[ reacli of many ex_perimenters. £ater, w lien tlie leaves are on tfie trees i:n :New York, I wi[[ eive you tfie fu([ d'etai£s on tliis system - if I fin.cf it works as ex_pectecf. .J\[[ tliat is requirecf is tlie _program (i.e: cfi.sc witli enliancernent _program) an.a a 386/486 comyuter equi_pyea witli souna 13/aster 6oarc[, connector cables ('R.aaio Sfiack) an.a tlie cassette / taye recorcfer containing tlie voice recoramg ..... + Digital Enhancement The following information on digital sound enhancement is also by courtesy of Mr Tilga. 'EncCosecf is an acfverti.sement

I article on aigita( enliancement of sauna. I ca[[ec{ u_p tfie com_pany and' tat:k.ecf witfi tliew engi neer, aescriEi:n.g our needs in a genera( fash. i.on so as not to excite i:rrationa[ _prejucfice. '!'lie unit lifaliC,glitea (NTR-1) is suitable to our needs, _particuCar{y for microylione or cfi.oae fox ty_pe recorcf1Yl(J. Not1Yl{J .'A.Lex :Ma c1{ae's comments on tfie _pfiysica( effect ca{[ecf 'stocfiastic resonance', I woufa first §pirit t>oices record using tlie acceytec{ teclini.ques, tlien (isten to tfie t~pe tfirougfi tfie :N'T''R-1. Syirit uses noise vihration in Nature to form tlieir manifestations, fut it is a nuisance & a liin c{rance after recordmg. 'T'lie _price on tfi.is is attractive (s169.95) - I liave orc{erea one - it inciiu{es sfifpying, yost & fiand'(mg in 'US.J\! {No tax unt£ss you (ive in NC} I clo not tlii:nli, tfiere is tliat mucfi. to be eaine£for our yuryoses f7y tlie more comy{ex & soyliis ticatec{ unit - our futering yrob{e,m is on tfi.e au£io feve[ The units described were: NRF-7 General Purpose Noise Remover and Fil ter Unit ($249.95) The NRF-7 reduces atmospheric noise through dynamic peaking. Removes multiple tones from voice signals. High performance CW and Voice Filters. CW filters have selectable center fre quency. State of Processing. the Art Digital Signal / Interference Reduction Unit NIR-10 Noise ($349.95) The NIR-10 allows reception of difficult to read signal and reduces listener fatigue. Operates on radio receiver audio outputs. NIR mode reduces or eliminates heterodynes, white ignition noise. RTTY interference, and power line noise. PEAK function

reduces white noise interference. The Notch Filter mode removes multiple hetero dynes and acts in 3 milliseconds. Band Pass mode center is frequency. continuously adjustable / NTR-1 Wide Band Noise and Tone Remover ($169.95) The NTR-1 provides wide band operation for AM or FM reception. Narrow band operation for SSB, CW or data reception. State of the Art Sig nal Processing in "Real Time." Rapidly removes multiple tones from voice signals and operates on receiver audio output. JPS Communications. Inc. P.O. Box 97757 .. Raleigh, NC 27624 (91 q)7qO- l O 11 TECH (919)790-1048 Also submitted by Mr Tilga, was an article by Dave Hershberger, W9GR, entitled Low Cost Digital Signal Processing for the Radio Amateur. Quotes: "Now you can experiment inexpensively with some amazing digital (DSP) signal process ing techniques. You can build a low cost DSP unit for use as a super sharp CW filter, an ad vanced, multiple, automatic notch filter for SSB, or a random noise (ORN) reducer. Intended for receive audio functions, this DSP box simply connects between your rig's audio output and an external impedance headphones. The DSP hardware is general pur pose - much like that of a very simple personal computer: What it does is determined by soft ware - by a program loaded into a pair of pro grammable, read - only - memory (PROM) chips. As such, the software is known as firmware. loudspeaker or low Two classes of firmware are available to enable you to configure the processor as

either a combination multiple automatic notch filter / noise filter for SSB, or as a high - order finite impulse response (FIR) bandpass filter for CW. You can build this processor for about $100. PC boards, software and parts kits are available to make the job easy. In this digital processor, low cost (yet powerful and versatile) components have been carefully selected. Where possible, functions are performed in firmware rather than hard ware. For example, the CW filter firmware uses digital oversampling filters to reduce the cost and complexity of two of the processor's special purpose filters: the analog antialias and recon struction filters." in software is available Software for this project is available to QST readers for personal. noncommercial use. The firmware form as TMS320C 10 source code and as Intel format hexadecimal files that are used when burning the 74S472 bipolar PROMs The files can be downloaded electronically from the CompuServe HAMNET forum. Some packet and landline bul letin boards will also carry the software. The firmware functions are split into two hex files, one for the high byte and one for low byte (a TMS320Cl0 instruction consists of 16 bits). The extensions are . HXH for the high byte and .HXL for the low byte. Software including TMS320C 10 assem bly language source code is available for $20 postpaid within the US and Canada. Please floppy disk specify 5.25" or 3.5" MS-DOS format. A double sided. silk screened, solder masked PC board is available for $25 postpaid

within the US and Canada. A parts kit, including the PC board, all PC board and front panel components, and one sv- 15/19 r ... §pirit t>oices or more sets of firmware is available. Not in cluded in the parts kit are the cabinet, de power supply and connectors. For one set of firmware (please specify the automatic notch / noise filter or the 400 HZ, 750 HZ, or 1 kHz CW filter), the price is $90, plus $7 shipping and handling. For each additional set of firmware PROMs or dered with the kit, please add $15. All prices quoted are for US funds drawn on a US bank and are subject to change with out notice. California residents must add 7.25% sales tax; foreign orders outside the US and Canada must include $20 for postage. Send all orders to: Quantics PO Box'.2163 Nevada City, CA 95959-2163 + PHONE CALLS During late winter five people (listed be low) here in the USA, received phone calls from a person who claimed to be Dr. Konstantin Rau dive (deceased). Ms Sarah Estep Mr Hans Heckmann Mr Mark Macy Mr George Meek Prof. Walter Uphoff Mr Meek received a second call which was answered by his assistant. Mr Macy re ceived a second call which was recorded on his answering machine. Sarah was able to record her call, as did Mr Meek with his first call. A PC board template package is available free of charge from ARRL. This is a double sided

PC board. To obtain a template package address your request for the HERSHBERGER DSP PC BOARD TEMPLATE PACKAGE to: + Reminder If you are not already on the SV corre spondence list, but would like to be, drop me a card or note. Each person on the list receives a copy of the current list with each new issue. ARRLTechnical Department Secretary 225 Main St Newington, CT 06111 Please include a business sized SASE. This filter is also available completely assembled and ready to use: W9GR DSPII audio filter $299.95 DSPPS 12V PWR supply $11. 95 TAX (NYS resident) $5.00 USA shipping/handling Overseas shipping/hand. $15.00 .08% Available from: Ramsey Electronics, Inc. 793 Canning Parkway, Victor, NY 14564 Orders: 1-800-446-2295 Tech: (716) 924-4560 + CountDown During the many years I have been in volved in this research, the worst problem has always been the lack of time. This problem has been especially acute during the past winter. With working 50-60 hours per week, usually closer to 60, and Mary often needing a bit of help with shopping and laundry, etc., because of her health, available time for research and writing, has been severely restricted. I hope to spend full time on electronics research and writing, when I am able to retire. In the mean time I simply have to do the best I can with what little time I have to work with. The count down now stands at 34 months. [ Life is Jorever J Sp i r i t

V o . i c e s 1s edited and published, as time and materials permit, by Bill Weisensale, P.O. Box# B.Q., Barstow, CA 92312-3030, United States of America. 4 issue subscriptions are $20 Domestic, $24 Overseas (Airmail) Reader comments are invited Member - American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena .Dedicated to development of' Transcommunication /'or the enhghtenment of Humanity. SV- 15 / 20 :Num6er 16 January1995 '11ie reai[y yrofouna clianges in liuman fife, a{[ liave tfieir u{timate orilJine in inowfedjJe _pursuetf for its own safr.e . .'Autlior uninown - su6mittea 6y :Mr (iiloert 'Banner C2:J ~ During the past several years, some V of you have been following the controversial and extremely atypical Luxembourg associated phe nomena. Although this phenomena has little or nothing to do with the kind of phenomena expe rienced by mainstream tapers and electronics experimenters, it is, like the earlier atypical O'N eil phenomena, an interesting curiosity. As some of you know, it involves clear, long winded (for ITC) voices that appear in as sociation with radio receivers, computer mes sages, TV and computer images, and even telephone, answering machine, and FAX mes sages, all of which are claimed to come from the spirit world. Advocates claim the radio voices have been witnessed by people who believe them to be genuine. And accept, mostly on faith, that all of the phenomena is genuine, even though the great majority has been witnessed by no one. It is presented as evidence that two others, Homes and Malkhoff,

who have been associated with Luxembourg for some years, also claim to have experienced some of the same phenomena. And more recently, phone calls from a person who claims to be Dr Raudive, has been cited as fur ther evidence that the phenomena is genuine. On the other hand, critics claim that the TV and computer images are crude and obvious fabrications, that the FM radio voices could easily be transmitted through a nearby FM wire less microphone, that the reported messages are the same kind of warmed-over material profes sional mediums and channelers have used on their clients for decades, that certain text and images, later found in obscure books here on this side, are blatant cases of plagiarism and phony messages from the other side, that the obvious breathing in the Raudive contacts are a positive indication the contacts are being made by an impostor, and that overall the phenomena is reminiscent of the old professional medium game, in this case with electronic embellish ment. If you happen to be on the skeptical side of this controversy, you are not alone, although possibly still in the minority. You may be inter ested to know that at least a few of the most ex perienced and knowledgeable "Old Timers•, do not believe the Luxembourg associated phe nomena is genuine. And that a surprising num ber of people have expressed skepticism about parts or all of the phenomena. Yet others have made remarks to the effect that the •intuitive feeling

of genuineness", is simply missing. It might be added that Mr Fidelio Koberle, head of the German VI'F, largest EVP organization in the world, has believed for some years that the Lux embourg phenomena is fake. Being much closer to the situation than we are, he perhaps knows things about this matter, which we do not yet know here on this side of the Atlantic. There are an unknown number of people who have reservations, doubts, skepticism, Contents 16/5 ITC Technology ...................................... BW 16/7 Digital Audio .......................................... Ellis 16/8 Computer Enhancement ........................ VfF 16/ 10 Computer Enhancement ....................... Tilga 16/ 13 Crystals·················"······················ Lothamer 16/15 Rush Box Receivers ................... Duntemann 16/ 17 Atypical Graphs ...................................... BW 16/23 Reader Co=ents ....................................... . 16/25 Notes ...................................................... BW Syirit Yoices _about the Luxembourg phenomena, but have been reluctant to say so in the belief that they are alone in having such doubts. The following is a typical comment from one of our readers who will remain anonymous. A person quit; _knowledgeable and experienced in ITC research, as well as a keen observer of the overall field: "I must say to you in _private, tliat I ao Jina it liara to accept some of tlie more recent cfaims maae from 1:urope, ant[ tliis is not 6ecause of any jeafuu.sy" on my part, 6ut from caution, aware of tlie ereat liarm tliat coufa 6e done to a{( our researcli if suaaenfy someone coufa te{[ tlie nationa£ press it was a{[ f aiea. Perliaps I am wron9.

If I am, tlien it is witliou.t aou6t tlie most amazine 6reai tlirounli we Ii.ave witnesseti Life lias liowev er tau91it me tlie liara way, to liave aou6ts. It aoes pface one in a a,fficuft situation as I ju{[y rea{ize, ana many of my frienas, quite sincere peop(e, 6e{ieve tliese reports, ana one can liardly te{[ tliem of our own dou6ts." (It might be added that the person who wrote this does not have a technical back ground, and has reached this conclusion even though unaware of the technical absurdities in the Luxembourg claims.) Mostly because of wishful thinking that all this phenomena be true, as all of us would like it to be, there has been a tendency to ratio nalize away evidence to the contrary, as I myself did for all too long. This in tum is detrimental to the whole field. If there is any phenomena, from any source, that cannot stand the light of open then that phenomena, whatever it discussion, is, needs to be openly discussed. Where the Lux embourg phenomena is concerned, such open discussion is long overdue. Especially, the same kind of serious and in-depth questions need to be ask now, as will be ask down the road when ITC comes under se rious scientific and media scrutiny. It will be too late then for researchers to start asking whether this or that phenomena is genuine. In any case, if the Luxembourg phe nomena is actually a series of fabrications, as some maintain,

how is it possible that several of the most experienced, knowledgeable, and intel ligent people in this field, have visited these folks in person, and have publicly vouched for their charisma, charm, and apparent honesty and sincerity? Is it possible that through these visits, SV- 16/ 2 the investigators came so close to the situation that they were no longer able to see the forest, because the trees were in the way? While at the same time, other researchers who have not come under the influence of such personal con tacts, have been able to look at the phenomena itself and it's surrounding evidence, from a much more objective viewpoint? Certainly many people, at one time or another, have become so involved in a situation that they were no longer able to see certain things, which to friends and associates, were quite apparent. No one doubts that the Harschs are charming, confidence inspiring, charismatic in telligent, gracious hosts, and give the impres sion of being sincere, honest, devoted, etc. But it is not personalities that are under investigation. What is under consideration, is absolutely in credible phenomena, for which there is hardly anything in the way of serious evidence, which shows no signs of expanding to mainstream re searchers, and about which a long list of serious questions remain unanswered. Whether or not phenomena is genuine, can hardly be judged according to how nice the people are who report the phenomena. Especial ly when we already know, among other things,

that certain "spirit messages" reported by these people, later turned up as virtually word for word passages, from obscure books. ITC is a se rious research endeavor, not a popularity contest. But before we further escalate the al ready worldwide controversy between the "hea then unbelievers" and the "arrogantly gullible", lets see if we can look at the situation from a ra tional standpoint. First of all, time reveals truth. As time goes on, evidence accumulates. This ac cumulating evidence adds to one side or the oth er, until the scales becomes so over balanced, that the truth becomes obvious to virtually ev eryone. We can be confident then, that continu ous observation of the phenomena, an open round table of discussion, and seeking informa tion from the other side about this matter, will reveal the truth, whatever that truth may be. As they say -- time will tell. Although whether or not the Luxem bourg phenomena is genuine, is perhaps not the most important question, it nevertheless is a question. Is this phenomena genuine or not? I am neither Judge This is not for me to say -- nor Jury. Although like a Lawyer, during the past year, I have been calling attention to, and discussing, various evidence pertaining to this matter. Evidence that some would much rather sweep under the carpet. Syirit Yoices The real Judge and Jury of course, is on the other side of the veil. Spirits are in a much better position than we are,

to know whether or not this phenomena is genuine. And since, if it is not genuine, it makes a mockery of their years of real communication effort, just as it does of ours, they would hardly hesitate to tell us. All we have to do is ask. Groups formed around professional me diums and channelers, have no way of knowing whether they are being told the truth or not, be cause their "guru• is their only contact with the other side. ITC communication, on the other hand, is a whole different ball game. Since per sonal contact is what ITC research and commu nication is all about, each researcher has the option of directly asking the other side, about virtually any issue. In turn, over a period of time, this makes ITC essentially fraud proof. Deception can exist only until researchers be come suspicious enough to start asking serious questions of their own spirit friends and associ ates. The rules have changed. The old medium istic con game doesn't work anymore, even when embellished with an electronic twist. There has already been one report about the Luxembourg associated phenomena, from the SORRAT group in Rolla, MO., with which some of you are familiar. Evidently their spirit friends know nothing about the planet "Marduk" on which, according to the Folks in Luxem bourg, the spirit world is supposed to be lo cated, and therefore on which SORRAT's spirit friends are supposed to be living. A preview per haps, of what the

consensus of spirit informa tion about this phenomena, will turn out to be. I had hoped to be able to get the equip ment built for the next comparison experiment before now, in order to ask some questions my self, especially about the phone calls from the obviously breathing "Dr Raudive". However, this turned out to be impossible, due in part to ex ceptionally heavy correspondence. In the next issue, I would like to publish whatever com ments your spirit friends might have, if you should ask about this phenomena. If you do submit any such comments, please specify whether I may use your name, or whether you prefer they be listed as anonymous. Even if you believe the Luxembourg phe nomena is genuine, but still have specific ques tions about certain things, such as why some people ware eye glasses in Heaven, why planet "Marduk's" suns are darker than the surround ing sky, how spirits can build a large "transmit ting station", when it is impossible for them to build the equivalent of a $10 Radio Shack wireless microphone in order to talk to us, etc., the list is endless, I would suggest you ask your spirit friends some serious questions, just for your own information, whether you submit their comments or not. Even more important however, than the question of whether the Luxembourg phenome na is genuine, is the question of whether or not this novelty phenomena is of any real value to humanity in general, and to

other researchers in particular. The real strength and value of the voice phenomenon has been not only its direct, one on one, communication with the other side, but also its broad based accessibility and wide distribution. Even from its first public appear ance in Juergenson's time, others who heard of the phenomenon, were able to repeat the experi ments, and establish contact on their own. On the other hand, novelty phenomena has a history of failing one of the most primary tests of science, which of course, is repeatability by other researchers. There has never for exam ple, been another Leslie Flint with his obviously breathing "direct voices". The O'Neil phenome non is another example. As time went on, this phenomenon became somewhat more spectacu lar, but like the cold fusion reaction, was not re peatable by other researchers, despite their best efforts. With the Luxembourg associated phe nomena, we are again seeing this same pattern repeated. Since the late 1980s, we have seen phenomena associated with the Luxembourg group, including Homes and Malkhoff, become more and more sensational, while at the same time remaining restricted to this less than hand ful of people, and showing no indication what soever of expanding researchers. Recently, with "Dr Raudive's" phone calls, there has been the superficial appearance that the to other "Dr Raudive" seems to have a new found reluctance to make telephone calls into areas of Europe in which the new call tracing service is be coming readily available. Which, taken

together with other evidence, makes it safe to predict that by the time call tracing becomes universal ly, and Internationally available, to where any phone can trace a call to any other phone, phone calls from "spirits" who breathe, will have come to a complete stop. As will E Mail and FAX messages from "spi rits", when call tracing is extended into these areas. sv - 16 / 3 Syirit Yoices _ phenomena is spreading. But since one or two people, at a single location, can make any num ber of telephone, E-Mail, or FAX calls all over the world, this is simply an illusion. One problem with such sensational phe nomena, is that it c:-eates a following of believ ers. As time goef on however, the followers become bored witr_ ':.he same phenomena, and continuously expect to see more and more spec tacular phenomena. Or they become disen chanted and drift away. It could be speculated then, that if such phenomena is not genuine, those who propagate the phenomena would have to continuously seek ways to make the phenomena more and more spectacular, in a desperate attempt to keep and increase their fol lowing. The problem with this being that as the phenomena is made more sensational, it be comes prm0·-essively less believable. Quite ob viously the taped voice phenomenon, expe rienced by hundreds, is many times more cred ible, than the far out computer images, FAX messages, and phone calls from spirits who breathe, all of which, genuine

or not, originate from the same single source. One organization here in the states, has evidently been lead to believe it too would expe rience Luxembourg type atypical phenomena. But with the exception of two phone calls, al '."ling person who most a year ago, from the bre identifies himself as Dr Raudn e, no such phe nomena has appeared. Consequently, it has thus far become an MTC organization, centered around a certain medium which "Dr Raudive" demanded they take into the fold, rather than being a:-_ ITC organization as originally intended. We wisL ~hem better luck in the future. If the Luxembourg phenomena is genu ine, then there is no reason why it should not expand to other groups and individuals, just as EVP did from the very beginning, and in fact should have already done so. On the other hand, if it is not genuine, then groups such as this will continue to wait in vain, as they have waited so far, for phenomena that will never happen. In the mean time, this particular orga nization, has become the American "advertising agency" for the Luxembourg phenomena. Which is evidently what "Dr Raudive" had in mind in the first place, and which he most probably now controls through the medium he demanded they include in the organization. This "advertising" is being done even though the Luxembourg phenomena itself is highly controversial. Publicized as a matter of fact, when in reality it is much more a matter of faith. Faith

maintained by ignoring evidence to SV-16/4 the contrary. Diving head first, as it were, into a situation in which more than a little prudence is called for. If the phenomena turns out to be fake as some believe, which is at least as likely as not, as our correspondent pointed out, there would be great harm done. Especially since peo ple reached through such "advertising" would have no way of knowing the Luxembourg phe nomena, at best, is highly atypical and not rep resentative of ITC research in general. In the last issue, an estimate was made, actually a guess, that 1,000 or more people have contacted the other side via taped voice. As Sa rah says, no one really knows. We do know it was reported that on one occasion in Europe, 600 people showed up for a lecture, 300 on another occasion. There are three organizations here in the states. The AA-EVP alone has over 300 members. Various other Countries have an unknown number of organizations, study groups, and individuals working in this field. I was told there are five organizations in Germany alone. In my computer there are the names of hundreds of people who have at least expressed an interest in this phenomena. Naturally, not all of these thousands of people have contacted the other side, or even tried. But there are many who have. So 1,000 seems a reasonable guess. In any case its a nice round figure. Based on this guestimation, the 3 or

4 people who are associated with the Luxem bourg group phenomena, represent less than one half of one percent of the probable number of people who have made ITC contact. Which of course is nice for them, if it is actually genuine, but not of any help whatsoever, insofar as prac tical communications value is concerned, for the other 99½% of tapers and researchers. The real value of ITC communication to humanity, is in the conviction of survival, essen tially obtainable only through personal contact with those who have survived, and in one on one communication with family and friends who have gone beyond the veil. Whether the Luxem bourg associated phenomena eventually turns out to be of any real value in so far as raising the enlightenment level of humanity, or remains little more than an interesting novelty, depends entirely on whether the p:1enome.:a expands to other researchers. In ITC research we are not playing games -- this is for real I If and when we see reports of computer messages, images, phone calls from identifiable friends and family of the recipient, etc., from say only 10 or 20 independent re searchers, a mere 1 or 2 % of tapers, then there the would at indication least be some Spirit 'Voices phenomena might possibility expand, as did EVP. If such phenomena, for example computer messages, where reported by say only 50 people, still a mere 5%, there would then be at least an indication the phenomena was starting to

be come of serious communications value to hu manity. So far there is no such indication. Because it has not expanded, and be cause it is so very different in nature from the phenomena experienced by mainstream re searchers, and because it has acquired its own string of followers, it has been suggested that the Luxembourg phenomena has branched away from mainstream EVP /ITC research, and formed a kind of 'Transreligion". First there are the "miracles", i.e., the extremely atypical phe nomena, which remains unreproducible by oth er researchers. There are the leaders in who's presence the miracles appear. We have the dis ciples who are spreading the word, and trying to recruit new believers. We have the mystical mes sages from the great beyond, given only through the chosen few. And last, but not least, we have the religious type requirement of great faith, in order to believe all the phenomena is genuine, in defiance of evidence to the contrary. This of course, is an extreme viewpoint. But looking at the phenomena closely, one can at least under stand how someone might reach such a conclu sion. Let us hope the phenomena, whether it eventually turns out to be genuine or not, does not simply tum into such a cult of blind believers. think the evidence of As the reader has no doubt already dis cerned, I happen to be one of the "heathen un believers" who the Luxembourg associated phenomena being genu ine, is out weighed, by far,

by evidence that it is all a put-on. However, I am willing to change this opinion, and say so publicly, if the scales should be re-balanced by believable new evi dence to the contrary, such as a significant ex pansion to independent researchers, as was the case with EVP. Although it has been some years since this phenomena first came to public attention, years during which it has shown no signs of ex panding, there is still a remote possibility it might start to expand. Because of this and a certain amount of renewed interest generated by the recent phone calls, it would be worth while to watch for any signs of possible expansion. Which can be done better with graphs, than with words. There are after all, only two possibilities. Either the Luxembourg associated phenomena will expand to independent researchers and start to become of real value in ITC communica tion, or it will continue to •tattletale" on itself, by not expanding, in which case it will eventually the O'Neil phenomena, as a wind up, like footnote in the History of ITC research. In either case, rather than engaging in endless controver sy about whether or not it is genuine, which time will reveal to us in any case, it would be easier, as well as more enlightening, to simply follow the phenomena in the form of graphic re presentation. (SV-16 / 17) It seems each time some new, highly atypical phenomena appears, such as the O'Neil or Luxembourg

phenomena, it has the negative effect of slowing down taping and electronics work, until researchers determine whether this new star in the sky is the long sought answer to the ITC communications problem. Once it is realized the new star is actually a meteor that briefly lights up the sky and them fades out, by not expanding to others, mainstream ITC re search gradually gets back on track, and contin ues the real its solution. laborious journey toward Judging from the technical work and ad vances made during the past year, it is obvious most have already realized the Luxembourg as sociated phenomena, genuine or not, is not the solution to the communications problem, and are continuing with their own serious efforts in ITC communication and electronics. All of which speaks well for the future of ITC research, and brings us one step closer to development of an the benefit of efficient everybody. transreceiver, for If we seriously want to open up commu nication with the other side, for the benefit of everyone, it is going to have to be done by re search and development of efficient receiving equipment. No medium, no magic, no channel er, no wishful thinking, no fake messages, no mystical nonsense, no third person intermedi ary, no novelty phenomena of dubious origine, is going to do this for us. As much as we might wish it to be otherwise, there are no short cuts. No helicopter is going to come along, from Lux embourg or

anywhere else, and give us a free ride to the top of the communications mountain. Ifwe want up there, we are going to have to do it the hard way -- by asking questions and devel oping equipment through experimentation. ITC Technology It should be obvious to nearly everyone, that real advance and development of practical ITC communication, can be built only on a solid sv - 16 / 5 Syirit Yoices _foundation of technology, rather than on the ba sis of unreliable novelty phenomena of dubious origine. It should be apparent that even the most modest of technical advances, of at least potential benefit to hundreds of tapers today, and hundreds of thousands tomorrow, is far more valuable, by orders of magnitude, than cu riosity phenomena, such as TV images or com puter messages, two restricted recipients. Even if all such highly atypical phe nomena were genuine, which is debatable, it would still be like having all electronic commu nication between the Eastern and Western United States, restricted to one or two unreliable and intermittent telephone lines. to one or The early radio pioneers are not physi cally with us anymore, but the technology is. Not only is it still here, but it is still continuing to develop and expand. Electronic communica tions has already become far more sophisticated than the early pioneers could possibly have imagined. And there are still centuries ahead for further development. In ITC technical research, the situation is basically the same. People come and

go, as does the novelty phenomena associated with a few certain individuals, but the technology stays. Not only stays, but continues it's slow advance toward improved and expanding ITC commu nication. Development that will continue for de cades and centuries, and sophistication we cannot now imagine. levels of reach Until the early 1970s, EVP /ITC was purely instrumental, as the name implies. Un fortunately, around that time professional me diums and channelers were introduced into the field. A setback from which the field has still not fully recovered. To this day, in at least one quar ter, there are still mediums involved, with their mystical nonsense. And we seem to still have a few individuals who think ITC communication, is nothing more than the old mediumistic game with an electronic twist. If such actually is the case, as time goes on, they will find out differ ently. Again, in ITC research, we are not playing games -- this is for real. ITC is a whole new field of direct, one on one, electronic communication with those who have survived. It has nothing to do with me diums, channelers, or even Transmediums, as third person intermediaries. And perhaps as re liance on such third persons is eliminated, the scientific establishment will come to see ITC communication in a new light, as the broad based phenomena it really is, and start taking it seriously. ITC technical development has been sv - 16 / 6 somewhat retarded by one handicap with which the

development of radio did not have to con tend. That disadvantage, is the fog of mysticism with which some have tried to surrounded ITC reception. Especially the myths that ITC recep tion is all some kind of esoteric phenomena, and/ or that it is the result of signals trans mitted from some heavenly broadcasting station, and that in neither case can we do anything of a technical nature on this side, to improve recep tion. These myths are just that, ~ey are myths. Which will become progressively more obvious as technical development continues. One thing that has contributed to this ITC mythology, is that the quality of reception varies with the amount of energy, which we are told is psychokinetic in nature, that is emitted by the operator. Which of course, results in dif ferent operators experiencing different qualities of reception. This is cited as evidence that ITC reception is some kind of esoteric process. In reality the problem is technical. Spirits use the operator's energy because we have not yet learned how to provide a more suitable energy source. Just one of the problems that will be solved as technical development continues. Through the efforts of Geoffrey Tilga, Bart Ellis, David Lothamer, Dr Vladimir Delavre, Mr Fidelio Koberle, head of the VTF, and the working group of electronics technicians and computer people he has organized, as well as ef forts by other researchers, more progress toward building a solid ITC technical foundation, has been made in recent months, than

we have seen in some years. Progress that is especially impor tant at this point in time when a few, discour aged perhaps with the slow moving pace of technical development, seem to have become hypnotized by dubious phenomena which has little or nothing to do with mainstream ITC re search, technology, or communication. In the history of radio, and other elec tronic technologies, progress is typically on a curve. The curve starts out almost horizontal, with small advances spread over a long period of time. Later the advances become more dramatic and closer together, until the curve heads up ward at a steeper and steeper angle. In some fields, such as computers, where the latest mod el is guarantied not to become obsolete only un til the buyer gets it home, the progress becomes breathtaking. In ITC, technical progress is still on the slow part of the curve, but there is some prog ress. Considering the amount of fairy tales and mystical nonsense still not completely elimi nated from this field, the wonder is that there is Syirit Yoices any real progress at all. Nevertheless, recent ad vances in reception quality improvement and post reception computer enhancement, are con tributing to the construction of a solid technical foundation. A technical foundation which is the only thing upon which real development and ex pansion of ITC communication can be built, and an efficient transreceiver developed for the bene fit of everybody. Technology is the only way to get the job

done, that novelity phenomena will never be able to do. DIGITAL AUDIO The following is from a letter by Mr. Bart Ellis, to Sarah Estep, which we have been granted permission to publish. Bart has been involved in ITC research for many years and is very experienced in this field. Wlien I fut syoke witfi you on tlie _pfione, I sauf tfiat tlie new equg,ment I am now using fias great{y enfiancecl tlie cfarity of tlie voices received on my V.'A.'1' recorder. :for your information and for tliat of tlie newsfetter su6scribers, I am encfosing tfie information as to fiow tliey can Jina out more a6out tliis equipment. Xee_p in mind tfiat tlie efectronic equg,ment was desi{Jned for auaw_pfiues wfio want to liear CD and tapes witli tlie most cfarity _possi6fe. I can testify to tfie fact tfiat music sounds unGe{ieva6{y cfear, cris_p and rea{, witli every nuance of sound Geing lii{Jli {i{Jlitec{. :f ortunate{y for tayers, tliis same tecfinofogy Grings out nuances of 11oices far Getter tlian anytfiing I Fi.ave ever triec{. 'Iliere are two items tfiat one can _pur cfiase, Gotfi of wfiicli are quite ex_pensive. T1ie first item is caffed "3f 'E.'A.'D'ROO:M. ". It is a fieaa_pfione am_p(ifier and auclio image _pro cessor. It is a compact unit, wei{Jfiting in at 'Tlie dimensions 1 (G., 4 oz. witli batteries. 'Tlie second are 6.05"[. x 5.275"W x 1.12":J-l _piece of equg,ment is tlie 'Entymotic 'Re searcfi 'E'R-4 'Ear_pfiones. 'Tliis is an insert ty_pe ear_plione aevefo_pea Gy a com_pany

tfiat _procluces equgmi.ent used in syeecfi researcfi and aucliofogica{ testing. 'Tliese ear_pfiones are consiaerecl to Ge state-of tfie-art and tlie com6ine maximum accuracy witli 11irtuaf efimination of external 6aci..grouna noise. 'Tlie efimination of noise makes it pos swfe to liear tlie tota[ dynamic range of re corclings witfiout liaving to _pfay it 6aci.. at unnatura[[y liifJli fevefs. 'Tlius you don't fiave to 6oost tfie vo{ume to com_pensate for externaf noise; fiearing aIStortion is mini mized wliife Ii.earing safety is maximized: 'Ifie wfiofe unit comes equi_p_pecl witli a one eifJlitli incli stereo _p{ug am£ a one-quarter '11i.ey are extreme{y fiolit incli ada_pter. wei{Jlit -- fess tlian an ounce -- ana Ii.ave soft ru66er earti_ps tfiat fit comf orta6(y in tlie ear canal I 6oualit Gotli tlie J-feaaroom lieaa plione am_p{ifier and tlie earpfiones. If ycru dim 't want to s_pend s699 for tlie "package", you woufa c£o we{{ to just get tlie earyfiones. 'Tliese afone wi[[ make a wor{i:[ of difference in fiearing tlie voices. ComEinecl witli tlie 3feaclroom .'Audio Image 'Processor, ycru fiave more varia6ifity in vo{ume contro{ am£ a '11i.ey are tru{y great[y enlianced quafity. 'Ifie 3feaclroom. com_pany Fi.as remari..aEfe! an Boo num6er you can ca{[, for 6otli in formation on tlie _procluces and for orderino tliem. You cannot fmy tliese _proaucts in stores ... tliey fiave to Ge syeciaf orclered: 3feaaroom afso fias a "Wliite 'Pa_per" wfiicli It is you sfioufa ask to lia11e sent to you. very teclinica{ and ex_pfains liow tlie _procf. uct works etc. You

sfioufa afso request "'Tlie :M.anuaC' on tfie J-feaclroom .'A.m_p{ifier. If you oraer equipment it ta.R.es aGout 6 weeks to get it. I fiave no connection witli tfti.s com- yany wliatsoever. I found out a6out it tlirougli a friend of mine wlio is an " auaw _pfii{e " and wfio is very so_pliisticatecl witfi auaw efectronics. I "clianced'' fmying tlie equi_pment. 1 need to mention tliat I fiave usea tfie equi_pment witfi standara tape re corders (my ofa Sony wfiicfi is 1970 vintage) and witfi my Casio V.'A.'i recoraer. 'Tliere is no question tliat tfie audio re_proauction witli tlie 'D.'A.'I' recoraer of tfie voices is far superior to tliat of tlie ola Sony, witli or witliout tlie equi_pment I mentionec{. I au£ fiave a _pro6fem initia{{y in getting voices on SV-16/7 Syirit Yoices .tlie '.D.'A'T' ... notliino Fiayyenea for quite a wliue. 'Tlien sudaen{y, tlie voices ayyearea aru:f since tlien I fiave yut my Sony into "motli6a£fs". '11ie Xntymotic Xaryliones wori mucfi Getter for {istenino to voices on a stan- • cfara taye recortfer tlian tfo my Sennlieiser earyliones, wliicli I Ii.ave usea uy untif now. '11ie Sennlieiser earyliones are exce{[ent, 6-ut tfo not comyare in qua{ity to tlie Xntymotic. :for furtlier informatum on eitfi.er :Jfeadroom anal or tlie Xntymotic Xaryliones, contact: Headroom Corporation 611 N. Wallace Ave. Bozeman, MT 59771 Toll Free: 1-800-828-8184 Bus. Phone: (406) 587-9466 Bus.FAX(406)587-9484 At this point I wrote to Mr. Ellis and ask what recording method he is now using, to which he replied: I

am still usino tlie oyen microyfione metlioa wlien tayino, I use two liifJli qua£ity yrofessionaf recordi.no microyliones tfiat I liooi uy to tlie '.D.'AT. I also use a noise 9en erator (i.e. a "sCe,ey macfiine ") wlien tayino. '11ie resu{ts vary. .'At times I wi{{ 9et a Cot of voices aru:f at otlier times, I get notfi.ing of sifJnificance. I stiff tfon't inow wfiat condi, tions are Gest for tayin9. I tliink. tfiere are more variaGCe,s tlian we are aware of :for examyCe,, aurino one tayina, my nine year oCa cfaugfiter, :N'zco{e, was twirfi11[J ana cfanc ina in tfie fivino room at tlie same time tliat we were taying. 11ie resu{ts were great ... tliere were Cots of liitJli qua£ity voices. 'Per fiays ":N'zco{e's energy Ce,veC' tliat sfi.e gener atea 6y tfie cfancing was a varia6Ce, in getting tliat evening's voices. .'At otlier times, wfien I ask Fi.er to tfo tfie same tfiing, tfie resu{ts were unimyressive. you fitJure it out! physical body from which to draw energy, they must draw energy from a source external to themselves. We are told they can draw energy from the operator (or presumably from other persons present), and/or energy from various environ mental energy sources. In ,he latter case they are able to somehow conven thermal, electrical, etc., environmental energy into PK energy, which they then use to effect the equipment. So who is to say ? I think it quite possi ble that on the first occasion, the other side may have

been using a bit of energy from Nicole's youthful exuberance, in other to get through a little better. Later when you ask her to do this, she may have been a bit self conscious, or per haps was trying too hard, which in one way or another somehow changed the energy she was radiating. One thing I have found that seems to help slightly, is to quiet one's mind. I usually sit down and relax body and mind as much as pos sible for fifteen or twenty minutes before start ing to record. I also have found that if I am a bit agitated about some other matter, or over tired, the results are usually not quite as good. In both cases I think there may be some effect both on their ability to get through, and on one's abil ity to concentrate on listening. One thing you might tzy, if you haven't already, is to use a candle in your receiving sys tem. Not for illumination, or to make a "magic" ritual of ITC reception of course, but rather to supply a handy environmental energy source, in addition to whatever PK energy they may draw from you and/ or others present. We have been told they can use "all kinds" of environmental energy, but they em phasized "thermal". They seem to need several sessions to learn how to use thermal energy, and it is probable it is of more help in making their job a bit easier, than it

is in noticeably im proving reception quality. I would suggest trying a candle near the recorder or noise generator, tell them what it is for, and then after perhaps half a dozen ses sions, ask them if they want you to continue us ing it. COMPUTER ENHANCEMENT --VfF (Reply) Indeed there are still unknown variables in ITC reception. It is believed by some of us that the other side uses PK energy to effect the electronics. Since unlike us, they do not have a Translation from German VfF POST issues P7 4 1/94 and P75 2/94 Translation by curtesy of Mr. Hans Heckmann "The Philips D 6350 cassette recorder SV-16/8 Syirit Yoices highly recommended by VI'F in previous issues is not available anymore and has been discon tinued by the manufacturer. Its substitute, Phi lips Model AQ 6350, has no "cue & review" function. This is a feature which allows quick repetition of paranormal tape sections. The D 6350 model also had a plus/minus tape speed adjustment which is equally valuable for ITC work. There is a Panasonic RQ 2102 cassette recorder available worldwide which has the • & review" key function, but has no tape speed ad justment (price DM 60. - in Germany, available in USA from J & R Music World, 800-221-8180 at $22.95) These Panasonic RQ series recorders have rugged mechanical functions, just the thing for constant play - and - search ITC use. One reader reported about the Sony TCD-D7 (Walkman type) Digital Audio Tape

(DAT) recorder. This recorder has no speed ad justment or "cue & review" function but para normal tape sections can be located quickly and more accurately with a built in timer (instead of index counter). The DAT recorder and special DAT tapes are expensive and not compatible with analog recorders. Low distortion and low noise recordings may come at too high a price (no price quote given). The new Digital Compact Cassette (DCC) recorder is anothe~· low distortion, low noise digital recording system that should be in stores by Feb. 1994. DCC cassettes are the same size as analog cassettes. It has no speed adjustment but can be programmed to repeat any DCC tape section. (Takes longer than "cue & review"). Cost is almost as high as DAT recorder. In the highly competitive field of digital recording this system may not become popular. In May 1993 VI'F sponsored a meeting of electronic technicians etc., in Cologne, Germa ny. A computer system (program?) was demon strated which exceeded the accuracy / quality of conventional voice evaluation by a large margin. It consists of visual presentations on the PC screen and an accompanying print - out. It al lows one sentence, one word or even a phonetic fragment of a word to be examined in segments of as little as 1/48000 second and over the en tire frequency spectrum. This makes possible the storage of any part of the voice and its com parison to any other voice samples. It could be

a method of voic(~ analysis valuable for proofing ITC voices. The system also allows change and verifi cation of tonal pitch and speed. Recordings made at 7½ IPS when changed to 3¾ IPS would have a drastically changed rhythm of speech but would not change their 71/l IPS pitch. The re corder alone can change speed as much as 20% but at a corresponding change of pitch.* * (Translator: I am using a Panasonic RQ 2850 cassette recorder with variable speech control (VSC) which allows a plus 100% minus 20% playback speed change preserving the natural voice pitch. (Purchased approx. 1989, cost was $117-) The computer makes possible pitch changes in steps of 1000 Hz that reach over sev eral octaves. The paranormal voice can thus be changed over a large spectrum to examine simi larities to the life time voice of that person. Computer programs contribute greatly to solve any filtering problems for clarifying para normal voice tapes. A 64 band equalizer (20 Hz to rs KHz) is available as well as a parametric 4 x equalizer. Hi-pass, Low-pass, Band-pass and Notch filter in any combination are possible with the latter instrument as well as total filtering out of individual areas up to 60 dB and more (by composite filters which add no noise of their own). The loss of volume that is normal with any filter can be compensated for, in steps of 1 to 15 dB, also without adding noise. For each band, the mid-frequencies can be

set from 20 Hz to 20KHz in steps of 1 Hz and up, adjustable band width from 03 to 3 octaves with rising and lowering of+/- 15 dB. This flexi bility and the storage of all parameters for any purpose, this technique. further advantages of are At this point is should be emphasized that all digital manipulations of the computer introduced here, add no noise of their own. Each computer copy of a recording is not a copy in the sense of analog recording techniques with all its disadvantages, it is another original. The long sought possibility of totally iso lating the paranormal voice from its surround ing canned sound or carrier noise, has come into close reach with this computer technique. We know from high frequency studies that two signals cancel each other if they have exactly the same amplitude, frequency, and one signal is exactly 180° out of phase with the oth er one. This method which also applies to audio frequencies, has so far been unsuccessful with ITC and the analog equipment on the order of milli or micro second and milli or micro volts which can not be maintained with analog equip ment and "cue & review" keys. Several simulated experiments with a computer showed a 100% success. The carrier SV-16/9 r Syirit Y oices . became totally inaudible. Only the voice, totally identical to the original could be heard in the room. However, things are not as easy as they are being described here. These

successful ex periments merely show the way to travel. Changes will take place because of room acoustics, reverberation and standing waves compared to the unaffected sound through the cable. The quality of reproduction through loud speakers and loss of quality the microphone will prevent total cancellation of the carrier. So does a volume controls misalignment of only 1 dB. Should it turn out that paranormal impinge ments can take place in the electronic circuitry, the microphone will only be needed to record the experimenters voice. That would eliminate some noise cancellation problems. The practical possibilities offered by the computer's digital operation are here only de scribed superficially. The results during the last 1 % years when compared to the techniques used up to now are overwhelming. One can only hope the computer will be used more for ITC experiments". Translator: After the disappointing news of the Philips D 6350 discontinuation, a colleague in formed VI'F that this •ideal" cassette recorder will be shipped by his electronics store for OM 145.-. Write to Mr Esch, Boenerstr. 41, 53879 Euskirchen, Germany or phone 02251/61521 to find out if they will ship to USA. Translation from German VI'F POST issues P76 3/94 and P77 4/94 Translation by curtesy of Mr. Hans Heckmann "Some progress was made by adapting a PC program originally developed for musicians. It is based on programs used for professional digital recordings. Also, the particular program used by VI'F is simpler but similar to a method used by the German

Bureau of Criminal inves tigation to identify voices of criminals. In issue 3/94 the computer is being de scribed as a visual acoustical support (voice en hancement) of the tape recorder. For instance - the "viewing of voice samples on the computer screen" - the "clarification of voices by filtering out background noise" - the "manipulating ( stretching and compressing) of voices". In issue 4/94 a presentation of Theo Bleitgen given at the Fulda conference enlarged on this description. Although he still sees the audio tape recorder as the common tool for ITC, he draws a promising picture of the computer's capability as a digital audio recorder. The SV - 16 I IO computer with an audio module can receive analog sounds and signals, convert them into digital information and safely store it for further in the previous enhancement as described paragraph. The computer allows mixing sound sources in totally separated stereo channels. All processes can be seen on the computer scree:-1. Every sound signal is displayed visually. Our eyes will become an additional judge when lis tening to (viewing) voice signals. A large screen magnification will make even the finest signal variations easy to analyze. Repeated viewing be comes as easy as hitting a key of your keyboard. The process can be slowed down without changing the voice pitch. This is a feature that most experimenters have been demanding. This computer program allows filter possibilities into the thousands. However the speaker admitted that noise within the frequency range of

the spirit voice cannot be removed without also re moving the voice itself. The computer first has to scan the entire audio frequency range and then performs a fine frequency resolution of the spectrum. Note- The above mentioned Theo Bleitgen seems to be coordinating the experiments of the small VI'F computer group. His address is: Mr Theo Bleitgen Gneisenau Str. 2 65195 Wiesbaden GERMANY Tel 0611-443538 Comment (BW)- Mr Bleitgen states that noise within the frequency range of the spirit voice cannot be removed without also removing the voice itself. This may be true with whatever soft ware program they are using in Europe. It is not true however with the COOL13 shareware pro gram, written by an electronics Engineer, which was brought to our attention by Mr. Tilga. This program will reduce noise to a significant ex tent, within the voiceband itself. And also pro vides sound editing to completely eliminate noise between voices, as well as a number of other functions. Evidently a more sophisticated program than they are using in Europe. If used properly, COOL13 can make the voices much easier to listen to, as well as raising their quality approximately one category, i.e., a "B" voice to an "A", or a "C" voice to a "B", etc. COMPUTER ENHANCEMENT -- GEOFFREY TILGA COOL13 Syirit 'Voices 'Bill: '11iis is wfiat sfiou{i;[ 6e yu6{isfiec[ witfi info on coo63.com /ziy cfl{Jitaf enfiancement. I've cCea.ned voices uy even nwre us ing cfirectums given me 6y 'Dave Jofinston. See tecfinicaf notes.

It is 1rWst imyortant tliat no one talk. to fiim aEout our work -- syirits and I em yfiasize tliis. £ets get liim some money, its 6est to 6e fionest in our wori. G, 'I'ifga "The Apollo Moon in the 1970's used a process called Computer Assisted Digital Enhancement to remove noise from radio voice communication with the astronauts. We have applied this to EVP with outstanding results, erasing most noise. The process can now be done on an IBM (or compatible) 386 or 486 home computer with a minimum of 20 megabytes hard disc memory, Windows 3.1, and a mouse. A math coprocesser will shorten the enhancement time to 1-3 min utes. It is 10-15 minutes to 'clean up' a voice without this accessory. There is a reverse voice function that will play taped material back wards we have found it works as well as 're verse {ape method' on reel to reel machines, and is easier to use. There is also a biofeedback file 'Encoding Brainwave Information' that can be used for biofeedback via stereo headphones to alter states of awareness. [see: brainwave syn chronization files, References (enc.)] A 16-bit 44.1 kb stereo (standard) card from Soundblas ter, Turtle Beach, or Mediavision is recom mended, though any 16-bit compatible sound card will work. (Cost $100) There is a special 8-16 bit conversion program that will work with older 8 bit 11 KHz mono cards, but the biofeed back program will not work through this. This shareware is called

COOL13.Zip and can be downloaded from the Creative Labs Forum in CompuServe by typing BLASTER at the 'Go' green light icon on the main board. Search for COOL13.Zip in the Search (library) of The Fo rum Toolbox. This can be downloaded for local phone charges in USA, Europe, and wherever CompuServe is operating. Do not discuss EVP work with David Johnston, the shareware fee re cipient. His address: David Johnston, 28022 N.E. 147th Place, Duvall, Washington, 98019. He will send current disc anywhere in the world for $30.00 -- $40.00 will insure future upgrade of program to be sent to user." Technical Notes: A one second sample of background noise must be included with the voice example. It is best to have sample first, followed by voice. On screen with a mouse, click / highlight 1 sec. background noise sample. Go to 'Transform' on main board, click 'Noise Reduction' sample stored. Now highlight voice with mouse. Go to 'Transform' on screen, set level to 100% & click. System enhances voice. Next, perform filter & noise gate functions, (under 'Compression') to make final clarification. Under 'Filter' band-pass can be adjusted from 350-2500 Hz. A noise gate function will further refine the quality of the en hancement. Click 'Transform', "Compressor" with mouse. A noise gate with the first edit point at input signal -50 dB, output -96 dB, second edit point at input signal -20 dB, output signal -24 dB will further cut noise. (These variables bear adjustment through trial & error.)

Additional Notes (BW): The file "COOL13.COM" in unpacked and may be loaded directly into a directory on hard drive of computer, for immediate use. It has its own icon in Windows Program Manager. (Drag & drop COOL.EXE file from File Manager to a Pro gram Manager window, to set up startup icon.) "COOL13.COM" is shareware and may be freely copied and distributed to EVP researchers. Pro gram was written by electronics Engineer David Johnston. Cool Edit is now in the second ver sion - COOL134.COM (Also as an unpacked file) This program can be examined, even without a sound card, by using existing WAV files in win dows, and/or by creating noise or sine-wave files, using the program itself. However in order to import / export ITC files, a sound card is of course, needed. Program is available on disk, see last page of this issue. Despite being shareware, and having an unusual name, the Cool Edit program is quite sophisticated. If it were a commercial program (which it someday may be), it would easily sell for $100 or more. Yet the registration fee sug gested is only $25 - $50 depending on whether you want several future upgrades. Among other things this program is ca pable of accurately editing WA V files. This is a considerable asset in eliminating noise sur rounding a voice. On a typical sample tape, the operator asks a question, which is then followed by nerve racking noise in the form of radio stat ic,

or electronic noise, etc., before the voice ap pears. This noise, especially if there is any _noi~e before the voice that is louder than the voice it self, desensitizes the ear, and makes the voice more difficult to understand. Such noise, both SV - 16 /II Syirit Yoices _ before and after the voice, can be completely eliminated, simply by highlighting the noise, and using the 'Trim' or 'Silence' commands. This editing technique, as applied to ITC research, was first pioneered by Mr. Alec MacRae, several years ago. Alec however had to write a program in the "C" language to do this, because there were no such programs available at that time. Cool Edit is much easier to use, and also in cludes many other enhancement functions as well. But hats off to Alec for pointing out the way to computer enhancement I Cool Edit is also capable of accurate voice-band filtering. Unlike an analog filter, where we have a slight cUive within the pass band, 3 dB roll-off •comers", and sloping sides, a digital voice-band filter is flat within the pass band, has square comers, and vertical sides. It has the additional advantage of an easily ad justed pass-band, just with a few clicks of the mouse. However where Cool Edit really shines, is in its ability to reduce the amplitude of noise frequencies which are within the pass-band it self. Something no analog band-pass filter is ca pable of doing. To give the reader some idea of how

sophisticated this program is, the following is a brief excerpt from Cool134's extensive Help file. Noise Reduction (David Johnston) in signal quality. "Background noise and general broad band noise can be dramatically reduced with The minimal reduction amount of noise reduction depends upon the type of background noise, and the allowable loss in the quality of the signal that is to be kept. In general, increases in Signal to Noise ratios of 5 dB to 20 dB can be achieved (noise is reduced 21 dB and signal 1 dB for example). Two steps are required to remove noise. First, the noise level must be set so the filter knows what type of "noise" to remove. To do this, highlight a section of the waveform that has no important signal in it, and only has background noise, then press Set Noise Level. The statistical information about the back ground noise is then gathered, and you are set to remove all noise of this type from your waveform. Once the statistical data is gathered, the second step is to highlight the section you want to remove the noise from, and choose the level of reduction you desire. A level of zero will remove the least amount of noise, and nearly no signal loss will occur. Typically the noise will be re duced about 3 dB at this level. A level of 100 sv - 16 / 12 will remove the maximum amount of noise, low ering the noise level by about 20

dB. If the sig nal you are trying to keep gets too distorted at this level, use lower values until a balance is reached between noise reduction and allowable signal distortion. Values any higher than 100 will guarantee loss of the signal that you want to retain, but this may be desired if reducing noise is more important than retaining original signal. Distortion effects may manifest them selves a "hollow" or "underwater/burbly" sound ing signal, dull sounding impacts, "rolly" high end, or a "computerish" mechanical sound. These effects, if heard at all, will fall off if the noise reduction level is reduced. The amount and type distortion depends on the type of noise that is being filtered. Besides reducing the noise level, the type of noise that is present after reduction is entire ly different than the type of noise beforehand. For example, if you are trying to get rid some "tape hiss" from a waveform, the tape hiss sound will completely disappear, and in it's place about 15 dB quieter will be completely dif ferent type of noise. This noise will contain all frequencies in different combinations, thus it cannot be reduced much further without notice able signal loss. The new noise has a "burbly" or "bubbly" quality to it, and if amplified, sounds very harmonic -- like those 1960's computers in old science fiction films. Since this is so much quieter than the original noise though, it is very acceptable. Great effects can be generated by setting the

noise level to some valid signal component in the waveform, and not the background noise. Whatever frequencies are present in the high lighted selection when Set Noise Level is chosen will be removed when the reduction level is set to 100. Use this function to remove tape hiss, microphone background noise, 60 cycle hum, or any noise that is constant throughout the dura tion of your waveform. You can even reduce the noise incurred by the sound board's circuitry during recording -- just record a second of si lence before whatever you want to record and tell the noise reducer to remove the sound of that silence for another 10 dB dynamic range. Save Profile Once the noise level is set, you can save the noise profile in a *.fft file. This file will con tain information on sample type, fft size, and three sets of fft coefficients, one for the lowest amount of noise found, one for the highest amount, and one for the power average. ( ., I I Syirit Yoices f I Load Profile Loads any previously saved noise profile. You can load. any *.fft file that Cool Edit has saved. Eventually the spectrum analyzer and Filter functions will support *.fft files. A noise profile is only compatible if it is being used on a sample of the same type when the profile was saved. In other words, a 44K stereo 8-bit sam ple is not compatible with a 22K mono 16-bit profile. Also, since noise profiles

are so specific to the recording environment of waveform in question, even if the sample types are compat ible, a profile for one type of noise will not work on another type. Even if the audio samples were recorded with the same microphone, if the re cording environment is different, the type of background noise could be different. FFT and STATJSTICAL SAMPLING settings These settings will affect the noise reduc tion quality, and the type of distortion heard when reducing the noise. Try different settings to get the best noise reduction while keeping the intended signal in tact. The FFT Size parameter causes the most drastic changes in quality. Good settings for the size are 2048. 4096, and 8192. The FFT Precision Factor affects distor tions in amplitude. With values of 3 or less, the FF1' is performed in giant blocks that are not very continuous between the blocks. This means after each block is processed, there can be a drop or spike in volume at the interval be tween blocks. Values of 5 and up work best. On past about 15, there is no noticeable change in quality - just the time it takes to compute. I like to use 5 or 7 (and I think odd numbers are best for symmetric properties). The Number of Samples can be chosen for the gathering of sta tistical data. This number describes how many snapshots of noise to take in the highlighted in terval when Set Noise Level is pressed. The

larg er this number, the more accurate the statistical data is. A value of 64 is plenty. You will notice that using very small numbers of statistical samples will greatly affect the quality of the vari ous noise reduction levels. With more samples, a noise reduction level of 100 will most likely cut out more noise, but also cut out more original signal too. But, with more samples, a low noise reduction level will also cut out more noise, but most likely not disrupt the intended signal. Special Notes Noise reduction works best on 16-bit samples, although it will work perfectly on 8-bit samples. Because of the nature of 8-bit audio, it is impossible to get the noise level to less than about -45 dB if even that. Noise at -45 dB is very audible, as owners of 8-bit sound cards can attest. Converting to 16-bit first, then reducing the noise will produce a sample with much less noise than can be done in 8-bit alone. The noise reduction works best if the original signal is centered. To center a signal, highlight it and choose "Center Wave" from the Amplify function. Centering the wave adjusts the DC offset to zero. If the wave is not cen tered, audible clicking may be heard in really quiet situations. Since centering takes out all frequencies below about 16 Hz, it is completely safe to do without any ill side effects." -- some of the operations are quite Hint (BW) slow (there are zillions

of math operations in volved), even on a 25 MHz 386 with a 387 Cyrix, so use small samples ((lK bits is the smallest), to experiment. Sampling rate is program select ible, and includes the 44. lK CD standard, and even the 48K DAT standard. The sound card must be compatible with the Sound Blaster, or one or two other standards (see help), which of course most cards are. Most cards have a maxi mum sampling rate of CD quality. One excep tion the Paradise Audio Basic 16 DSP MMPARAB which will sample at the 48K DAT standard. (Available from Insight 800-488-0006 for $ 109) The price is almost identical to the Sound Blaster 16 ($107 at Wal-Mart), and has the higher resolution which may help a bit with low level voices, although this has not yet been actually determined. The Paradise card also has a 4 Watt per channel speaker output, making amplified speakers unnecessary. is CRYSTALS It was reported in the Autumn '94 M EVP NEWS, that David Lothamer has recently started using a large quartz crystal in an exper imental receiving system arrangement, with good results. (David is Research Director - As sociation for the Study of Electronic Voice Phe nomena) The crystal is of irregular shape, and of about fist size. Wrapped with wire, it forms a crystal core coil, which is placed in series in the antenna lead. Impedance is unknown. The crystal arrangement, is placed in a plastic SW x 3' x 3' project

box. Antenna cable jacks are installed in each end of the box, with the ground side of the jacks connected together. A shielded cable is used from the antenna to the crystal box, and from the box to either a Radio sv - 16 / 13 r Syirit Y oices _Shack PRO-2023 scanner or an Air Band radio. This crystal arrangement was first used by Dr. Vladimir Delavre, a colleague of Dr. Ernst Senkowski's. Ernst reports that Dr. Delavre is having excellent results with this device. At this time, I do not know of any explanation or hy pothesis as to why this device should be of help, although on David's sample tape, it definitely seems to be of benefit_ Sarah recently mentioned that two other researchers were told to use crystals. This leaves open the question as to whether they meant very large crystals such as David is us ing, or were again reminding us to use very small crystals, i.e., transistors. They have al ready told us they can voice modulate noise gen eration in transistors. (SV-14/26) For more information contact: Mr David Lothamer 649 Vincente Berkeley, CA 94 707 COMMENT: This is a very interesting device, which is of help. It would also be a good stating point for further development, using the blind comparison method. In such hit or miss exper imentation, the chances are not even one in a million of hitting upon the optional configura tion by accident, on such a first try. In

turn this means it is virtually certain this device could be further developed to work even better -- per haps even much better. Is the improved reception due to the crystal, or to the coil? Should the crystal be a different size? Should it be a regular shape? If so, what shape? Should it be a different kind of crystal? Should there be more or less turns of wire in the coil? Should the wire be a different gauge? Would it help if two or more crystal de vices were put in the line, rather than just one? etc. All of these unknown parameters could be determined and developed, using the blind com parison technique. (See SV-8) Blind comparison of two slightly different arrangements gives the other side an opportuni ty to indicate which system is better, and in the right direction. A series of such experiments, each one comparing a slightly different exper imental design, to the design which was indi cated as best in the previous comparison, gives the other side the opportunity to guide the ex perimenter in a meaningful way, toward better, more efficient equipment. This is only one of the reasons for using this technique. Another reason is to overcome the problem of experimenter bias. When a sv - 16 / 14 researcher builds up a new circuit to test, they naturally hope it is going to work a little bit bet ter. And in many cases it will appear to work better when it

is first tried. For example, an experimenter has a cir cuit (A) they have tested, and then modify (circuit B), and test again a few days later. When they test circuit "B" they find there are a few more understandable words than they had with circuit "A". Does this mean circuit "B" works better ? Well it might -- then again it might not. It could simply mean the experimenter's friends had more to say during the second test. Or it could mean the experimenter had a better night's sleep before the second test and their transmediumistic ability was working a little better. Or it could mean the experimenter was biased because of the effort and hope involved, and that they had subconsciously listened more intently to the "B" test recording, etc. Because of such ambiguities, especially where there are only subtle differences in reception quality, such subjective evaluations of experimental results are quite unreliable_ This has often lead re searchers to believe, that this or that works a little better, only to later find, after it ha:, been used for awhile, that it really doesn't work better at all. In the case of the crystal device, was it the crystal, or was it the coil of wire ? If the ex perimenter were to use another piece of the same wire, of the same length, and wind it on a coil form of the same diameter and length, it could be directly compared to the crystal device. (This of

course, would require two identical scanners or Air Band radio receivers.) By con necting the coil the coil/crystal to the other, and then scrambling the cables between recorder and amplifier, they could, through blind comparison, find out which is approved by the other side, or whether they are equal. This same technique of course, could be further used to determine various other pa rameters, such as best crystal shape, size, etc. to one channel, and Ray Kent, electronics Engineer, did a somewhat similar experiment some time back, using a high impedance coil, as a microphone substitute. His daughter received a very good quality voice using this arrangement. In this case however, a stereo recorder was used and there was a microphone on the other channel. The voice was of equal quality on both channels. If they had used only the coil, they would prob ably have made the assumption that the coil worked better than a microphone, which would have been in error. Syirit Yoices To get back to the crystal/ coil compari son, if such an experiment were done, then the next question would be; is the "winner" of this first comparison, better than the airband (alone) method ? It should be possible to directly com pare electronic noise on the coil channel with noise on the airband channel. The important thing being that playback volume be the same on both channels so the experimenter doesn't have a clue as to which channel he is listening to, until after

the tape has been completely analyzed. If such experiments were done, the ex perimenter may find it is the coil they approve over the crystal -- or vice versa. He may find the crystal approved over the airband (alone) - or vice versa. The point is that where ITC technology is concerned -- no assumptions can be made. Technical assumptions of any kind. are almost always wrong ! Fortunately, this crystal device is of some benefit now. But in or der to make continuous technical progress, ev erything must be experimentally tested and compared. Otherwise, one is just spinning their wheels in the mud. It was just exactly this step by step, blind comparison procedure, that was used to develop the experimental transreceivers dis cussed in the SV series. The latest configura tion of which is shown in SV-14. This design of course, is quite rudimentary, actually just a start in transreceiver development. The blind comparison method is the only technique by which the ambiguities of subjective evaluation can be eliminated. And even more important, it gives the other side the opportunity to indicate to the experimenter, whether they are going in the right generall direction. Even when there is no difference in absolute reception quality, in that particular experimental design! The ITC electronics software disk men tioned previously, contains a copy of the Cooll3 shareware, which will be useful for voice en hancement and editing, as well as waveform and voiceprint examination and comparison. It also contains a two

part basic program. This pro gram consists of the recording results analyzer published in SV-13, to aid in blind comparison experimentation,, and the transreceiver simu lator, or computer model, published in SV-15. These two programs have been combined into a single menu selectible program. This should save a considerable amount of work. As you know if you have ever tried it, typing in such programs from hardcopy, is a very tedious job. Not to mention that it must be 100% per fect, or the program either doesn't work right, or doesn't work at all. A single typo can cause a program to crash. The results analysis program is a kind of utility that saves a lot of calculator work. The data acquisition screen requests such things as recording/tape number, date, number of seg ments recorded that session, and brief descrip tion of the two systems being compared. For each segment it then asks how many counts were recorded, and how many understandable words were received on each channel. When all of this has been entered, it asks whether the left recorder channel was channel "A" or "B" on the amplifier, which of course is determined only af ter the tape has been completely analyzed, as described in SV-8. The program then computes the results, such as total words received, total each channel, words per count on each channel, indicates which system has been approved by the other side, and by what percentage they approved one system over the other. Indicating

whether or not the latest modification was approved, as go ing in the right direction. This program of course, is setup to analyze the results of blind comparison experimentation, which for several reasons I consider an essential technique. RUSH Box RECEIVERS A very interesting suggestion was made recently by Mr Jeff Duntemann, Radio amateur, and Editorial Director of PC Techniques Maga zine & Coriolis Group Books. Jeff suggested ex perimentation with superregen radio receivers because of their high sensitivity and incorpora tion of the feedback principle. As we know, use of the feedback princi ple in transreceiver electronics, has been recom mended by the other side, through several researchers, including Mary. Feedback was also used in the O'Neil system. Such "Rush Boxs" as they are nick-named, could be experimented with as stand alone receivers, or could be exper imentally substituted for the electronic noise generator in experiemental transreceivers. Jeff submitted information about several simple Rush Box designs, such as the one quoted here (SV-16/ 16), from the July 1967 is sue of QST. A brief quote from the accomping article states: "Performance tests showed that the re ceiver has good immunity to cross-modulation and overload. When used with a 125-foot end fed wire at the writer's QTH, no spurious signals sv - 16 / 15 Syirit Yoices could be heard despite the close proximity of several TV, f.m., and a.m. broadcast stations. The sensitivity is good; a 0.3-uv. 30-percent modulated signal produced a perfectly audible responce from the speaker. The

selectivity is such that a 1000-uv. signal occupies approxi mately 400 kc. of the band. Weaker signals occupy less space." The high sensitivity aspect of this device would probably not be of much help, since there is no radio signal to tune in. A considerable amount of effort, by numerous researchers, in searching the radio spectrum, over a forty some year period of time, has never located any kind of signal transmitted from the other side of the veil. (Unless of course, one is willing to believe the preposterous Luxembourg fairy tale about radio and TV messages being broadcast from a •transmitting station" on the planet •Marduk", which is located somewhere in the Pleiades Star Cluster -- signals no one outside Luxembourg has ever been able to detect I - Whatever the problem here is, it is not the distance. We are told from Luxembourg, that when they want to use the "transmitter", they simply move the whole planet from the Pleiades Star Cluster, to the vicinity of Earth I ) It is of course, precisely because no such transmitting equipment is pos- • sible in the spirit world, that communication is so difficult, and requires Transmediums for reasonable quality reception. The important thing in Jeffs suggestion, is that the Rush Box circuit, uses a feedback type detector. We are told to use feedback, and also that one of the PK effects the other side has on electronics, is the voice modulation of elec tronic noise generation. The •rushing sound"'

from which Rush Boxes got their name. is of course, static which has been highly amplified by positive feedbc..:k. • If no antenna, and perhaps no RF amp. front end is used, and there is high enough am plification for a similar rushing sound to be heard, it would be electronic noise generated within the Rush Box circuit itself. This would have to be noise generated at the junctions in side the detector transistor. Which in tum is ex actly one of the conditions the other side specifies. The interesting part in this design, is the electronic noise would be generated tuithin a positive feedback loop. Combining two of the specifications given to us from the other side, the feedback principle, and electronic noise gen eration, might enhance, perhaps considerable enhance, the quality of voice reception. ·1n any case, we would like to thank Jeff for submitting a very interesting suggestion for experimenta tion, that could tum out to be of considerable benefit . -r { EXCEPT AS CAPACITANCE ARE OTHERS ARE RESISTANCES ARE IN OHMS; K • 1000. INDICATED, DECIMAL VALUES OF" IN MICROFARAOS ( ,uf. ); IN PICOFARADS ( pf. OR,u,uf.l; ANT. OS G r:f3 MPFI02 (BOTTOM VIEW) TO BASE· ~--il.:!:_,.., OF 03 IN !.2..1!!. z,v. I - ORIG. CIRCUIT r usE() ~i-> LM~go AVDl 0 AMP fig. 1 -Schematic dicgrcm of the new front-end circuit. Fixed resistors are ½-wctt composition. X BUS L - - - - - - -+ - - - - - - -

- - - - - - - - - - - -0+12 - voLT Polorized ccpccilors are electrolytic; other fixed capacitors are disk ceramic. Ci-1.5- to 7-pf. ceramic trimmer. C2- l 2-pf. miniature variable. Ca-C6, inc.-For text reference only. J1-Phonoconnector. Lt-2 turns smell-gauge insulated wire over ground Ri-25,000-ohm linear-taper control. ½ inch dia., spaced one wire diameter between turns. Tap 2½ turns from d.c. feed end. Q 1, Q2 -MPF102 JFET. (Motorola component available from any authorized Motorola distributor.) L2-9 lu:sd i:.L~4 encm. wire, close-wound on '/4-inch R2- l 0,000-ohm audio-leper control. diameter slug-tuned form (Miller 4500-4). Ra, R~-For text reference only. L3-10 turns No. 20 tinned copper wire, cir-wound to RFCt, RFC2-8.2-µh. miniature choke (Millen J300-8.2). sv - 16 / 16 Syirit Yoices A TYPICAL GRAPHS rather than exact The following incidents of atypical phe nomena are listed from memory, as I have not yet had time to build a data base of this unusu al phenomena Such incidents however, are so extremely rare that one tends to remember. Nev ertheless the following figures are to be taken as approximations, figures. Changes as necessary, to make this list more accurate, will be made in future issues. Since any number of telephone, FAX and E-Mail calls can be made all over the world, by one person from a single location, instances of such mes sages are listed according to the Teams from which the calls originated. All other phenomena is listed according to the number of Teams who received such

messages. A Team is considered to be a single researcher, or single couple, plus their transpartners. TV IMAGES (received) Independent Researchers Single instance 4 Teams Multiple instances O Teams Among independent researchers, I can recall reports from only 4 different people in the past 20 years, of paranormal TV images. For 3 of these recipients, there was only a single inci dent. One received images, I believe on two occa sions. There were no cases of independent researchers receiving images on 3 or more occasions. Luxembourg Group Single instance Multiple instances 1 Team 1 Team In the Luxembourg group, one member, Homes, claims to have received images on one or two occasions. The Harschs, on the other hand, seem to have their own private TV chan nel with the spirit world. Claiming to have re ceived 2 or 3 dozen computer and TV images. These images, mostly mundane characters on mundane backgrounds, contain so many incon sistencies, contradictions and impossibilities, that it would require a whole chapter to go into detail. Suffice it to say that one needs an ex traordinary amount of faith (and a bit of gull ibility), to believe all the Luxembourg images are genuine. Critics charge that many of these images appear to be composites made by manually and/ or electronically pasting cutout figures on an assortment of quite mundane backgrounds. And point out that such composites can be easi ly enlarged to poster size, and then photo graphed with a camcorder. The tape can then

be played via VCR to the TV. Snapshots of the TV set displaying the image on the screen, can then be presented as "proof' that the image is •para normal". Computer images and composites are even easier to make, using scanned photographs and image processing software. Like TV images, they can be photographed right from the com puter screen and presented as '"proof' of the •paranormal". It should be noted that the Harsch team is the only team to report reception of multiple instances of TV images. And are not only the only team to have ever reported receiving any computer images, but further, claim to have re ceived multiple instances of such images. Like the TV images, the computer images are quite mundane, and contain numerous highly ques tionable inconsistencies, and contradictions. COMPUTER TEXT (received) Independent Researchers Single instance Multiple instances 2 Teams 1 Team Among independent researchers, there are only three I can recall, who have reported computer text messages, despite the fact that numerous people have requested, and at tempted to receive this kind of message. Two of these were single instances, the third, Webster, first to report computer text, claims to have re ceived a number of such messages. In only one instance, has the actual reception of such a message been observed, even by the person who owns the computer. Luxembourg Group Single instance Multiple instances O Teams 3 Teams The Luxembourg group, on the other hand, appears to be connected to the spirit world

through a LAN network. With claims by all three teams of the Luxembourg group, of multi ple instances of computer messages. None of which supposedly, have ever been actually wit nessed. It hardly needs to be pointed out, that if one were so inclined, they could type out any kind of message on a computer, and then claim it came from the other side. and no one could directly prove it did not. Which makes computer text, probably the easiest ITC phenomena to sv - 16 / 17 Syirit Y oices _falsify COMPUTER IMAGES (received) Independent Researchers . Single instance O Teams Multiple instances O Teams To the best of my knowledge, no one but the Harsch team, has ever claimed to have re ceived a paranormal computer image. Luxembourg GrouR Single instance Multiple instances O Teams 1 Team -- See TV images above. PHONE CALLS (source) Caller Identified Independent Researchers O Teams O Teams Luxembourg Group In nearly 21 years in this field, there has only been one single paranormal phone call that I know of, from an identifiable spirit. This case does not involve an ITC experimenter, so it will not be included on the graph, But it is neverthe less interesting. Briefly what happened was that within a few days after Prof. Uphoffs secretary went through the transition, she called his office about a matter she had not attended to before unexpectantly being taken to the Hospital. Prof. Uphoff is absolutely certain no one else but him

and her knew anything about this particular matter, and that she is the only person who could possibly have made this phone call. PHONE CALLS (source) Caller Unidentified Independent Researchers -- 0 Teams -- 1 Team Luxembourg Group All reported telephone call:c. to date have supposedly been made by the tr: nspartners of the single Luxembourg team. Three individuals are reported to have made these calls. "Dr Sal ter", who has made calls only within the Luxem bourg group, "Carlos de Almeida", who was introduced by "Dr Rau dive", in a single call, and of course, "Dr Raudive", who has made all other calls. sv - 16 / 18 The "Raudive" phone calls to the USA, are perhaps of most interest to our readers, so we will go into a bit more detail about these, than about the other atypical phenomena. Basi cally what happened, is that around the latter part of Jan. and early Feb. of '94, there were phone calls to five people here in the States; Sa rah Estep, Hans Heckmann, Mark Macy, George Meek and the Uphoffs. The voice on the other end of the line, claimed to be Dr Raudive. Two people, George Meek and Mark Macy, each re ceived two calls. Three calls were recorded on tape. One each by Sarah Estep, Mark Macy, and George Meek. If a lady were to call, speak with a French accent, and claim to be Madam Curie, there would be no way to determine whether it was

actually her or not. The "Raudive" calls were in the same classification. The voice claimed to be a certain historical character, who was not personally known to any of the recipients. Ex cept of course, by reputation. No one who received these calls was a friend, relative, coworker, or had even met the real Dr Raudive, before his transition, and therefore no one had any basis of familiarity, upon which to make an identification. Since there is a reluctance to allow voiceprint com parisons to be made, and since "Dr. Raucllve" has very studiously avoided any and all op portunities to identify himself, he still re mains an unidentified voice on the other end of the phone line. At first there was some speculation that the calls were "direct voice", i.e., that "Dr Rau dive" was present where the calls were received, and had caused his voice to appear as an acous tic voice near the telephone. On closer examina tion however, this hypothesis turned out to be invalid. One call was made to Mark when no one was home, a call to George when he was outside the house, and a call to Hans when he was baby-sitting his granddaughter, who at the time was being sick. From this, it became quite ob vious that "Dr Raudive" had not the slightest idea of existing circumstances at the recipient's end of the phone line. In addition, in each case the phone was caused to ring, which most probably required a

signal through the phone system. Sarah was us ing a suction cup coil pickup type phone record er which recorded "Dr Raudive's" voice. Which of course would have been impossible unless the voice existed as an electronic signal inside the phone. Most evidential however, is that Mark Macy's call was received on an answering ma chine, which could have been activated, and a r Syirit 'Voices voice recorded, only through the phone system, rather than by a "direct voice'", i.e., an acoustic signal. All of which taken together, leaves no room for doubt that these were anything other than ordinary telephone calls through the tele phone system. (Two recipients described the calls as having a sense of • presence ,. , and little or no background noise, which probably means the calls came through the relatively new MCI type Dynamic Noise Reduction call relay system.) As most of you know, the normal means of communication between those on the other side of the veil, is telepathy. Which stands to reason, since they no longer have a physical body with which to create acoustic sounds, and being no longer encased in matter, releases and clarifies their mental faculties. What some may not know, is that the other side is also very adept at reading the thoughts of us embodied persons. In fact, during recording, the only rea son for speaking our questions, is so we have a taped record of what we said. The other side al ready knows what we

are going to ask, before we speak it out loud. Last year, during the discussion of the "Raudive" phone calls, I suggested to those who had received these calls, that they prepare in advance, a couple of mental questions to ask "Dr Raudive", if he should call back. Asking such unspoken questions would be of consider able help identifying himself. in positively to him, If any of those he had already called here in the States, especially the "Old Timers", were to tell us he had called again, and that he had answered specific unspoken questions they had ask, it would go a long way toward establishing the callers identity. However, for some strange reason, since this suggestion was made nearly a year ago, "Dr Raudive" has made no more telephone calls to anyone here in the States, and has thus far passed up this excellent opportunity to actually identify himself. Is it possible that unlike real spirits, "Dr Raudive" might have some kind of problem with answering such unspoken ques tions? Especially during the course of a transat lantic telephone call, form this side of the veil! (A copy of the letter in which I made this suggestion, was mailed to "Dr Raudive" so that he would know in advance that he was being presented with yet another opportunity to posi tively identify himself. Actually the letter copy was addressed to the Harschs, who's mailing address is the same as that of "Dr Rau dive". By his rapid response

to comments made in this and other letter copies, "Dr Raudive" has made it quite obvious that he reads all the Harsch's personal mail.) to positively There were also at least two other golden opportunities identify himself, passed up by "Dr Raudive". But first, during a call to Sonia Rinaldi, in Brazil, "Dr Raudive" turned over the "microphone" to "Carlos de Al meida'". It was not stated if Sonia Rinaldi, to whom the call was placed, had known the em bodied Carlos, well enough to identify him, or had ever even met him in person. So like •or Raudive", "Carlos" remains an unidentified voice on the other end of a phone line. Which means we have no way of knowing that "Carlos" was not just "Dr Raudive" changing his voice, as im personators do to entertain us on TV. This inci dent is mentioned here because it proves that "Dr Raudive" has no problem turning over the "microphone" to another "spirit". However, in a call to Mr Meek, "Dr Rau dive" stated that he had Jeannette, George's "de ceased" spouse, right there beside him, yet failed to turn over the "microphone" to her as he had with Carlos, for what could have been only a joyful reunion and communication between loved ones. At the same time, in just a brief ex change, George could have positively identified Jeannette, who in turn could have positively identified the person who put her on the "line", -- Yet no such thing happened! Essentially

the same thing was repeated during a "contact" in Luxembourg, more recent ly. Again "Dr Rau dive" claimed the spirit spouse of a person present in the room, was with him, but failed to put this "spirit" on the "line", so they could be positively identified. The whole thing is reminiscent of the kind of thing professional mediums are always telling their clients -- "Why your Aunt Jenny is here with us right now, and she sends you her love and greetings, etc., etc." And of course, for the rest of their life, the client will be telling ev eryone they actually "spoke with" their Aunt who is on the other side of the veil. What could be the problem here with "Dr Raudive's" failure to pass the "microphone" over to someone who is well enough known here on this side, to be positively identified, and in turn positively identify "Dr Raudive" ? ls the problem that "Dr Raudive" has not yet figured out how to pass the "microphone" from this side of the veil, to someone on the other side of the veil ? After the Carlos incident, it was ques tioned in a letter as to what "microphone" "Dr Raudive'" had turned over to Carlos. (Again a copy of this letter was mailed to "Dr Raudive" .) SV-16/19 r Syirit Y oices _ We shortly found out from Luxembourg, that •or Raudive" does not use a microphone at all -- what he does is concentrate his voice into

some kind of apparatus on the other side. (How anyone can take these stories from Luxembourg . seriously, stories that change with the time of day, remains a mystery to me.) In either case, this is an outright fabrica tion on someone's part. If any such •apparatus" existed in the spirit realm, people all over the world would be receiving numerous phone calls from family and friends. It is precisely because no such equipment is possible in the spirit world, that communication is so difficult, and Transme diums are necessary to bring through messages that are reasonably easy to understand. Real spirits do get through by concentrating on the equipment. But the spirits are on the other side of the veil, and the equipment they concentrate on, is here on this side of the veil -- just exactly as Dr Mueller told Bill O'Neil. Probably the single most discussed mat ter about the "Raudive" phone calls, was the matter of breathing. Evidently, in placing these calls, "Dr Raudive" either thought ITC re searchers were so unobservant they would not notice the breathing, or he simply forgot ( or did not even know) that spirits do not breathe. The breathing was the first thing Mary noticed when she heard the phone calls record ing. MaD· who has been through several near death e -~riences, and at times is able to go out-of-h :1y to communicate with those on the other side, assures me that spirits (real ones) definitely do not breathe.

in In no case that I know of, the hundreds of thousands of voices EVP/ITC re searchers have recorded, has there ever been a single incident of breathing by a real spirit. At times when I have personally recorded, I have been told there were as many as two dozen or more spirits present in the small room. At no time have I heard the sound of breathing, either on tape or in the room. In fact, other than "Dr Raudive", the only breathing "spirits" I have ever heard of, are the obviously breathing Leslie Flint "direct voice spirits", about which many people are very skeptical. In any case, in the three USA phone calls that were recorded, there is quite noticeable breathing. The breathing on the call Sarah re ceived, is especially heavy. It has been remarked that in this call, because of the heavy breathing, "Dr Raudive" seems very nervous. Which was no doubt true, because this was his most impor tant call. If he was going to promote the Luxem bourg phenomena in the USA, it was absolutely sv - 16/ 20 essential he first of all convince Sa.rah. And promotion seems to be exactly •or Raudive's" motive for these calls. Of the five peo ple who received these calls, three are writers on the subject of EVP/ITC, one is translator of the Luxembourg material, and the fifth is co founder and supporter of the organization which is publicizing the Luxembourg phenomena. All of whom "Dr Raudive"

is obviously trying to en courage to support the Luxembourg claims. Rather than just three people in this country writing on the subject of EVP /ITC how ever, there are actually four, including myself. If you are curious why the fourth ITC writer was not also honored by a call from "Dr Rau dive", this is unknown. However, I suspect the fact that we have only a cellular phone, which is ex pensive to use, and to which we do not give out the number, may have something to do with this. Since "Dr Raudive" evidently gets his phone numbers, including numbers that are unlisted, from the Luxembourg data base, and since they do not have our number, there was no way "Dr Raudive" could call Mary and I. Of course if "Dr Raudive" were actually a real spirit, such a thing as a phone number would be no problem, since he would either not need it at all, or could get it from our phone by visiting our residence. In any case, the breathing in Mr Meek's recorded call was quite normal, just as one would expect it to be with any embodied caller. Before the call received by Mark's answering machine was received however, the controversy about the breathing had already started. And in this call the breathing was quite a bit lighter. Evidently, "Dr Raudive" was now trying to breathe as lightly as he could, and/ or turning his face away from the phone to inhale. No

doubt intending to fade out the breathing alto gether over the next few calls, using one of sev eral possible techniques, and then hope the breathing controversy would die down and be forgotten. Which is just what I was afraid would happen, because many more people in the gen eral public, would be ta.ken in by phone calls from a non-breathing "spirit", than by phone calls from a breathing "spirit". At this point I pointed out in a letter, that after starting out with obvious breathing, if '"Dr Raudive" later stopped breathing, it would be obvious he was an impostor. Which of course was true. Again a copy of this letter was mailed to "Dr Rau dive". Again the response was soon forthcom ing. "Dr Raudive" stated in the call to South America, that he hopes everyone can hear him Syirit \1 oices GRAPH 1 Al I Atypi caJ Ph en omen a Combined (Relative to 100 % of Tapers) GRAPH 2 (close-up) Independent Researchers (Relative to 1 % of Tapers) GRAPH 3 (close-up) Luxembourg Group (Relative to 1 % of Tapers) 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SV-16/21 Syirit Yoices _ breathing. -- Well I certainly hope so too, so that everyone has an opportunity to detern:.me for themselves, as to which side of the veil these calls are actually being made from I Soon after the breathing controversy started, it was explained

from Luxembourg that the breathing we were hearing, was the breath ing of "Dr Raudive's" spirit body which is com posed of "finer matter". Evidently, "Dr Raudive" is the only spirit to have such a •finer matter" body, because in ITC communication, he seems to be the only spirit we hear breathing. And judging from the heavy breathing in his call to Sarah, he must have a very dense "finer matter" body. In fact, his breathing imitates a physical body so well, it would be impossible to tell any difference I In any case, this explanation is ridicu lous I As those who have had near-death and out-of-body experiences know very well, spirits can float through walls, ceilings, solid objects, etc., without the slightest bit of resistance. This means that if there is such a thing as "finer matter" in spirit bodies, which in itself is highly speculative, that there is absolutely no interac tion between this "finer matter", and matter as we know it. In turn this means that "finer mat ter" spirit bodies could have no possible effect whatsoever, on air molecules in order to cause the sound of breathing. (Or the sound of a voice either, for that matter.) Did I hear someone mention the "ecto plasmic larynxes" spirits are supposed to form in order to speak ? Soon after the time the Fox sisters started the mediumistic fad during the last century, a shop opened in New York City, to cater to the needs of professional

mediums. For quite some time one of their most popular items was ectoplasm, which they sold by the yard from bolts of material. It seems mediums found out that in an almost totally darkened room, white silk cloth made great "ectoplasm". And this "ectoplasm" of course, could do marvelous things, such as forming "larynxes" so that "spi rits" could speak to their clients. A larynx however, in and of itself, is not capable of generating sound, until it is activated by mo·:ing air. This in turn would require "ecto plasm:r: lungs". But lungs alone cannot move air um,i they are compressed, which would re In turn quire "ectoplasmic chest muscles". muscles cannot work unless they have a solid attach point to pull against, which would re quire an "ectoplasmic skeleton". Unfortunately, even this would not be enough because muscles also need energy to op erate, which means an "ectoplasmic" circulatory sv - 16 / 22 system, a digestive system, and some kind of food to convert into chemical energy. In a word, in order for an "ectoplasmic larynx" to work, would require that spirits create virtually a com plete functioning "ectoplasmic" human body. Which is ridiculous I Since the creation of semi-material "ecto plasm" by the mind of spirits, in order to effect matter (air), is by definition, a psychokinetic ef fect, it would be m'-lch more logical to suppose that in direct voice effects, if they actually exist at all, spirits directly cause compression/ de compression waves in the

air via PK energy. Certainly this would be far more direct and re quire much less energy, than creating a whole bunch of miscellaneous "ectoplasmic" body parts. in Luxembourg In the radio voice of "Dr Raudive", re corded in 1987, strangely enough "Dr Raudive" is not breathing. In a re cent contact through Homes, by the same "di rect voice by radio method", "Dr Raudive" is now obviously breathing. Evidently, sometime after 1987, "Dr Raudive" discovered that he needed to breathe while making "ITC contacts". Most prob ably, when "Dr Raudive" recorded the tape for the 1987 radio contact, the recorder microphone was far enough from his mouth so as not to pickup the sound of his breathing. And then, af ter the controversy about the phone call breath ing and his promise to let everybody hear him breathing, when he recorded the tape for the Homes "contact", he made sure the microphone was close enough and that he was breathing heavy enough, so that his breathing could be heard clearly. During the past century, professional mediums have built up layer after layer of fab rication and myth, trying to keep their clients convinced, happy that the spirit world was just the way they wanted it to be (?), and coming back for more. One of these myths is "breathing spirits". So much of this mystical nonsense has accumulated, that at the present time investiga tors probably do not actually know 1/10 of what they think they know about the

spirit world. Ev ery time I mention "breathing spirits", Mary just smiles and shakes her head. Its a total mystery to her how anyone could take breathing "spirits" seriously. To recap, real spirits do not breathe, be cause they no longer have anything to breathe with. (Why is this so difficult to understand?) An embodied person however, does need to breathe. If an embodied person is going to im personate a spirit, they cannot simply stop breathing for awhile in order to do this, so there Syirit Yoices has to be some kind of "explanation• of why their breathing is being heard. This • explana tion " comes in two versions. One has it that it is the breathing of their "finer matter" body that is being heard. (Why don't we hear their "finer matter" body breathing when they are in the room with us during taping sessions???) The second "explanation" has it that spirits form an "ectoplasm" •1arynx- in order to speak to us, and that it is the "breathing" of this larynx that is being heard. Both of these explanations are ri diculous, but they will probably both still be with us until ITC communication has advanced far enough to at least eliminate the spirit "brea thing" myth. (Where spiritual matters are con cerned, I'm inclined to agree with the general attitude of the Indian Nations, which seems to be-- "Paleface learn -- take fu!1!1 time" I ) Paranormal voices are the result of a mental effect on

electronic equipment and possi bly in very rare cases, a direct mental effect on air molecules. In either case it would require the expenditure of unnecessary extra energy to proj ect the sound of breathing, in addition to the voice. Since spi.Iits are always as economical as possible with communication energy, the only way they would waste such energy projecting the false sound of "breathing", is if they were trying to deceive someone into believing they were embodied. (Or of course, if they actually are embodied in the first place, trying to pretend they are a "spirit".) In a call to a person in Sweden during the past year, "Dr Raudive" promised the recipi ent that the next time he called, he would "try" to speak Swedish. The real Dr Raudive, who was born in Latvia, was a Swedish citizen and spoke fluent Swedish. It would be very natural for him to speak this language, and he would have al ready done so. He would not have to "try" to speak Swedish. Evidently the impostor "Dr Rau learn the Swedish dive• language. is still trying to On a recording which includes the "Dr Raudive" recorded by Sarah Estep in Luxem bourg in 1987, and copies of the three phone calls that were recorded here in the States in early '94, there are several things noticeable. The first most noticeable thing being "Dr Rau dive' s" slow, tired, dreary, Hollywood "voice of the crypt", sound. When I heard this recording, my

first impression was that it had to be a joke. But this was no joke, at least not the kind of joke that is intended to be funny. I remarked about this in a letter to Sarah during the course of the round table discussion that followed the phone calls. (A copy of this let "Dr Raudive".) ter was also mailed to Reader Comments "I feel you add a technical slant that is badly needed in this interesting subject." -- Electronics Engineer "I always enjoy reading your mail and newsletter. You have a logical, precise and very informative way of writing." --Electronics Technician "I was very pleased to get your "Spirit Voices" Newsletters. You are to be congratulated on the ef fort that you have put into the work." --Clergyman "Last weekend I received the copies of SV issues you sent to me. They were fascinating reading and I sure want to receive the next issue." --Physicist "Thank you so much for your letter and very interesting copies of Spirit Voices. From what I have already read, I can say that I agree with your views. Obviously you went to a lot of trouble to pro duce these magazines in order to help and encourage others to take a serious interest in TC." --EVP Research Director "Thanks much for your ongoing work in Spirit Voices. It's by far the best thing I've ever seen on EVP, technical or otherwise." "I just read SV-15 straight through -- fabulous! Thanks for your

tireless perseverance." --Radio Amateur SV-16/23 Syirit Yoices _Consequently, in the latest incident, in this case a phone call to Sweden, •or Raudive" now sounds more •lively", as a normal spirit would. In deliberately changing the way he sounds, the impostor is admitting to all of us, .that his Hollywood "voice of the crypt" imitation, was a lie. Evi<lently, until the matter was letter, this charlatan had no brought up in idea what a reai spirit actually sounds like, and took his cue from Hollywood movies, thinking this "voice of the crypt" sound, is what ITC re searchers expected to hear. Which at least sug gests, that like some professional mediums, -Or Raudive" does not believe there is any such thing as real spirits, or that anyone actually knows what they sound like. •or Raudive• has made several serious mistakes, the sum total of which lowers his credibility rating to zero. But overall the most serious mistake this charlatan has made, is in assuming ITC researchers are as gullible as the clients of professional mediums and channelers, and would therefore believe anything, no matter how ridiculous. FAX (source) Independent Researchers Single instance O Teams Multiple instances O Teams The Luxembourg group has not claimed to have received E-Mail as such, but 2 teams have claimed files have appeared in their com puters. Since other than signal flags, E-Mail is about the only means of communication that has not yet been reported from Luxembourg, we can logically expect that it will be

next on the agenda, and so provision has already been made on the Graphs for this possibility. Who knows? -- perhaps in the due course of time, "Dr Rau dive" will be so kind as to give us his InterNet address. DIRECT/RADIO (received) These are voices which Dr Senkowski de scribes as "direct voice by radio". Unlike ITC, these voices, are loud, clear, •1ong \.dnded", ap pear only in association with radio receivers, and give the impression of having been trans mitted to the radio, from a nearby wireless mi crophone. They have appeared only in the Luxembourg group. Independent Researchers Single instance O Teams Multiple instances O Teams No independent researchers have ever reported reception of such long, loud, clear, ra dio messages. ( No transpartners of any independent re search team, has ever been reported to have sent a FAX message. Luxembourg Group Single instance Multiple instances O Teams 2 Teams Luxembourg Group Single instance Multiple instances O Teams 1 Team Transpartners of the Luxembourg team are claimed to have sent multiple FAX mes sages, all of which were sent to Luxembourg group members. E-MAIL (source) Independent Researchers Single instance O Teams Multiple instances O Teams No independent researcher has reported the reception of E-Mail, or claim that paranor mal files have appeared in their computer. Luxembourg Group O Teams Single instance Multiple instances O Teams SV- 16 / 24 Direct/radio voices have been reported by the Homes team, and the Harschs, who seem to be quite adept

at producing "phenomena" on demand, have demonstrated such voices to au diences of up to 30 people. As far as I know no steps have been taken to determine whether or not these "spirit" voices are being transmitted from a wireless microphone. Although one thing is quite curious. In the radio method, the only thing necessary is to find any unused frequency on the dial. The Harschs, on the other hand, have to tune in a precise frequency, to receive these voices from the "great beyond". Since there is no such thing as a transmitter in the spirit world, or tens of thousands would be com municating with us through ordinary radios, the only reason to tune to a precise frequency, would be to tune in a local transmitter, such as a wireless microphone. Which probably explains why "Dr Raudive's" direct/radio "contacts" are limited to members of the Luxembourg group, whereas his telephone "contacts" have been Spirit Yoices made all over the world. Although on the surface, electronic phe nomena such as the Luxembourg group TV images, computer text and images, FAX and E Mail messages may appear to be impressive, it must be remembered that none of this phe nomena has actually been witnessed by inde pendent obsenrers. In addition, •or Raudive• remains the voice of an unidentified person, heard only from radio receivers of the Luxem bourg group, and through telephones. A voice which has very diligently avoided being positive ly identified. It is not my purpose to

tell anyone what to think. It is my purpose to bring up matters that need to be seriously thought about. All of us would like all reported phenomena to be genuine. However, in light of current affairs, this is unrealistic, •·- ignoring evidence, rationaliza tion, and wishful thinking, does not advance ITC research. NOTES ❖ TRANSLATIONS- We would like to extend special thanks to Mr Hans Heckmann for the tremendous amount of work he has been doing in translating EVP /ITC material from German into English. Hans has been translating impor tant information from the journal TransKommu nikation and from the VI'F POST, as well as excerpts from correspondence, and other mate rial. He has also been Translating lnfoNews, the newsletter of the Luxembourg CETL, and has re cently translated a small book from the same source. Over the years these translations have run into many hundreds of pages and countless hours of tedious, time consuming work. Without such translations, English speaking researchers would essentially be blind, deaf and dumb, about the important work going on in Europe, much of which is in German. Translations of this quality require not only someone who is quite fluent in both lan guages, but also someone who is quite knowl further yet, edgeable someone who is quite knowledgeable in the whole field of EVP /ITC research. in electronics, and Hans was born and raised in Germany, and later married an American lady and moved to the United States, where he has now lived

for many years, and has become very fluent in the English language. Hans is also an electronics Technician, worked with METAscience, and was responsible for much of the technical work done by that organization. Since then he has contin ued to advance the field of EVP /ITC research through the translation of very valuable in formation. A task for which he is uniquely quali fieci. Hans deserves a hardy round of applause from all of us here in the English speaking world, for his tireless efforts. ❖ ORGANIZATIONS- A new organization, the Transcommunication Society U.K., has recently been founded by Mr Jonathan Marten (MR) (Theoretical Physics), and Mr Donald Broad (MR) (Applied Physics and Head of Research). Mr Marten reports they have recorded some good clear voices, and are also designing new equip ment Transcommunication experiments. use for to Transcommunication Society U.K. 59 Helmsdale Close, Reading Berkshire, England Tel: (01734) 416385 (24 HR Answerphone) ❖ VIDEO- One classification not yet listed on the graphs, is video images obtained with a spe cial video feedback arrangement. This setup causes a continuously changing display of col ors and patterns. It is believed that some of these patterns, which appear to be of recogniz able objects and persons, and stabilize on the screen for a longer period of time than random patterns, are of paranormal origin. Several people have worked with this type of experimentation, one of the most notable being Erland Babcock, who has done much more work in this area, than

anyone else here in the United States. This method appears to be the first real technical step toward the develop ment of video reception. As audio reception de velops, increase our under standing of what needs to be done to advance video technology. it should also ❖ PHONE CALLS- Two more phone calls should be added to the phone call representation, on the independent researchers graph. One was an answering machine call received by Mr David Lothamer, which he believes to be paranormal. It was also reported in the winter AA-EVP News letter that Mr Richard Berman received a call he believes was from his departed Father. ❖ INFORMATION- As you know, the folks in Luxembourg give the impression that they are the only people, with the possible exception of sv -16 / 25 Syirit 'Voices _the real Dr Raudive and a few others, who have ever done anything in this field, and are reluc tant to even mention work and material made available by other people. I do not believe in such censorship. The reader already knows what my personal opinion is of the Luxembourg "phenomena". I will not however, use my per sonal opinion as an excuse to censor material our 'readers should know about. The most in formed opinions are based on the greatest amount of information. The following is available from Continuing Life Research, P.O. Box 11036, Boulder CO 80301 Tape-The Miracle of ITC ($10) -Macy Book-The Miracle of ITC ($12.95) -Macy/Kubis (available in Feb. '95)

Book- Breakthrough II ($12.95) Harsch/Locher (available in March '95) ❖ SUBTITLE CHANGE- Beginning with the next issue, the subtitle of this paper will be changed from Transcommunication Technology, to EVP Technology. A subtitle which better describes the actual technology of electronic communica tion with the spirit world. Technology based on experimentation instead of mysticism, actual in formation and instructions from the spirit realm instead of fairy tales, and expanding electronic voice communication, of value to an increasing number of people, instead of novelty phenomena of limited use and questionable origin. The real communications technology which we have, are, and will be engaged with, in the future. Research Materials Available a COOL EDIT- version 1.34, sound editing and voice enhancement shareware for Win dows. Written by Mr David Johnston, elec tronics Engineer. Shareware fee requested $25 - $35. 3½" high density IBM compatible format. Disk is free upon request to SV sub scribers. (If you wish to do so, a dollar or two, or blank disk is appreciated, but not re quired.) Disk also includes the blind compari son analysis program, and the Transreceiver simulation program published in recent SV issues (freeware). These two programs require either the Qbasic or GW-Basic program in or der to run, one of which should be on your computer, if you have a later version of DOS. a SV Back Issues- All back issues of the SV papers are available. Individual issues are $5 each, three or more issues, $4 each. sv - 16/ 26

Because of the controversial nature of some of the material in this paper, it is highly recom mended that you ask your own friends, family and associates, on the other side of the veil, any questions you may have. Your friends in the great beyond, are in a much better posi tion than any of us here, to know the truth about such controversial matters. And being , spirits you have personally known and worked with, they can be better trusted to tell you the truth, than spirits unknown to you, who are, or are claimed to be, the transpartners of oth er researchers. It is not the purpose of this paper to tell you what to think, or to tell you that you should simply have blind faith in this or that phe nomena, as some have been trying to do. ITC is not a religion or a cult. It is a joint volun teer research effort, for the benefit of every one. It is our purpose to gather and distribute as much information as possible, from both sides of the veil, to help you in your own search for truth and knowledge, and especial ly to help you in your own personal efforts in direct, one on one, communication with the other side. is edited and published, as Spirit Voices time and materials permit, by Bill Weisensale, P.O. Box # B.Q., Barstow, CA 92312-3030, United States of America. 4 issue subscrip tions are $20 Domestic, $24 Overseas (Airmail)

Reader comments are invited Member - American Association - Electronic Voice Phenomena Viewpoints expressed in this paper are strictly the Publisher's own opinions, and in no case are to be thought of as representing the views of the AA-EVP. Dedicated to development of the Electronic Voice Phenomenon for the en/Jg/Jtenment of Humanity. ( ------------------- AA-EVP Newsletters of Sarah Estep ---------------- Other Ways As you know, instrumental transcommunication (ITC) is my favored way of obtaining evidence that we survive death in an individual conscious state, and that those in other dimensions are always aware of us. I choose ITC because it is objective confirmation that life continues on. There are other ways though, which offer strong evidence that life never ends, and what happens to us is always known by the invisibles. In March I received the spring newsletter of the U.S. Psychotronics Assn., in which they described, among other things, their yearly con ference that will be held in Columbus, OH from July 16th to 18th, with several workshops to be taught on the 19th. Robin Foy, leader of the famous Scole mediumistic group in Scole, Eng land, will be lecturing and t.eaching a workshop on Monday. Interesting, I thought, as I went to meet my daughter. A few hours later, after seeing her, she called. She had put a bag I gave her on the trunk lid of my car (without my knowledge) and driven off. Obviously, my bag was lost some where along the way home. This distressed

me because I had some valuable things in the bag, such as two tapes of the invisibles and a check for $30. My daughter drove along the highway that evening trying to find it, and was unsuc cessful. Neither of us slept well that night. Something like this, which would normally pass my boggle point, except it happened to me, can only cause me to think about it and its wondrous implication. Perhaps the other side 'engineered' the entire incident--the losing of the bag; a 'force' that drove me out of my house Saturday morn ing, on an impossible mission; then finding the bag--retrieved by a man named Foye. My thought, rightly or wrongly is that 'they' were tell ing me, yet again, "Hey, Sarah. We're real, we can arrange things to let you know we're but a step away." This event, strongly suggests most of the cir cumstances found in cross-correspondence, one of my favorite non-ITC evidences for survival. Scared By A Ghost An E-mail letter came from Jackie Colligan, NV AA-EVP member in January. Quoting from her letter, she wrote: "I was scared by a ghost this afternoon. I was standing at the foot of the bed and running the sweeper when I saw, who I thought was my husband Les, step out from in back of me and stand to the side so I could see him. Only what I saw, a foot and a half from me, was a black form, broader built than Les, but

about the same height. It was standing in front of the bathroom door that was partly open, so he blocked out the light coming from it. I quickly turn to yell at Les for scaring me, but the form quickly disappeared. Les returned about five minutes later from our other mobile home. It scared me so badly, I had a crushing feeling in my chest and I felt my heart was in my throat. Took half a xanax, but that didn't help, so had to take the other half an hour later. After telling Les what had happened, I picked up my glasses and would you believe when I put them on, I was see ing weird. The one lens had also fallen out. Now I am waiting to see if the ghost was wanting to tell me something, or if it was maybe one of the many spirits living at the trailer court." Saturday morning came. 'Something' made me get in my car, drive up the highway fifteen miles away, to the point where we had parted the night before. "This is ridiculous" I thought. "How do you think you're going to find that bag, along one of the busiest highways in the county?" I kept driving. After getting to the spot where we had gone our own way, seventeen hours earlier, I turned my car around. Seeing a man taking out his garbage I started to drive by. "No!" someth ing told me. I backed up and rolled

down the window. "You didn't happen to find a bag here last evening?" I asked. He held up his hand and nodded his head vigorously "Wait a minute!" he An article appeared in the recent Dec./Jan. told me. "It's in the house." Bringing it to me, magazine, "New Scientist". It was about modern 100% intact, nothing missing, we talked for a few day ghost hunters. Quoting from it, we read: "For the first time, they are armed with afford minutes. He told me he was a real estate agent, with one of the largest firms in the county. I able yet sophisticated sensors and recording asked for his card and smiling happily he pulled equipment." The article goes on to say that they it out of his pocket. His last name? Foy(e). The are beginning to turn up unusual physical meas first three letters of his first name were the same urements from haunted locations as well as intri as Robin-Rob.... We're not talking about a guing "if not entirely convincing photographic evi Smith or Jones. We're talking about a Foy! dence." According to the article, more progress 3. Ghostmeter ,~-/ Phone line to tape recorder Interface Phonetotaperec:onlerinteffac:e Jeff King, New Zealand AA-EVP member, bas al ways been very busy in research and development, trying to make contact with other dimensions easier for both here and there. The above diagram is one of the newest areas of his RID. Jeff is very generous in sharing his ideas with others and

happy when those who become aware of them try them out to see how well they work. The diagram shown is the one he sent to me the middle of March. He mentioned earlier newsletters in which I wrote about Sonia Rinaldi's experiments with the telephone, and then my own which brought outstanding success. Quoting from his letter, he wrote: "I feel a different use for a telephone has great merit. To this end, I have a couple of older telephones connected up on a simulated local net work to do some experiments. I feel that the use of two telephones may provide advantage over a single unit for the purposes of EVP reception, as there is a circulating interaction of simultaneous audio cur rents between the two units. In my setup, I am not using the phone network, but a local power supply to energize the phones. Also, the use of the older rotary dial models may be preferable over the newer push-button dialing ones. In regards to the connec tion of the telephone to tape recorder, or computer soundcard, I have attached to this a Word 97 docu ment that I have created for an interface circuit. This will allow the connection of phone (and phone line) to the recorder or computer for recording pur poses. The device connects directly to the phone connection wiring, with the output having a mic ( or soundcard) audio plug via shielded cable." After reading the above, which he sent to me

e-mail, I had several questions. He promptly replied and said that ''the telephones are used as a modified form of microphone, so are for receiving voices as per the standard mic c01mection. A faint back;, I recommend the ground sound may be useful older version of telephone for several reasons, one reason being due to them having the older carbon mic, rather than the more modern electret version." Circuit Details: Jeff wrote: "The two 1 OON caps connected to the line are to isolate the line DC from the transformer, preventing any call set-up requests to the phone exchange when the device is connected (phone exchange will not sense this device). Device connects to red and green wires of phone termina tion. Do not remove any existing wires at termina tion. The transformer provides balanced input to unbalanced output, so the mic plug can be grounded via the recorder. The 100K/4K7 resistors drop the line audio level so to be compatible with normal mic input sensitivities. The t\.\'O cross connected diodes ensure that any ringing voltages do not damage the tape recorder." Jeff recommends a metal enclosure to avoid hum pickup. Please let me or Jeff (he's on the cross-country and e-mail network lists) know if you follow his sug gestions and receive results. Then they can be shared with other members. One more note. It is not necessary to have a computer to try using two phones to contact other dimensions. Just a tape re corder is all that

is needed. Computer Results I mentioned in the winter newsletter that I bad just bought a new computer with many bells and whis tles. It was giving me some problems, and I feh I needed to wear a crash helmet. Now we have be come better, if not best friends, and the helmet has been place.d on a n~arby shelf. I started trying to record voices with it and have been reasonably suc cessful. First, I used the sound recorder built into it, and received voices. Sonia Rinaldi was a great help in answering the many questions I had about com puter taping. Some of the messages I received through my computer are: "I sit. I sit here. " when I asked for the first time, "Are you here?'' Some of the others are: "Hold on Pickford," (reverse side), "We will come back," (forward side). After several the "Cool Edit" program weeks I went to that had (http://www/syntrillium.com/about.htm) been strongly recommended. It is a marveL no matter what kind of recording you do, and the re sults I received improved. The messages became longer and clearer, with more Class A. Most taping 4. Monique Simonet, France, wrote that she observed her 20th anniversary working in the field of ITC, on April 4, 1999. She has received so many contacts over the years that it was difficult for her to choose one that was very significant. However, she included the following. "Once I made contact for Claudia, a woman who lost

her husband. She loved him and was very sad. Raymond, her husband, had died when he was fifty, and had not been a very good man-- in fact he was a perverted person. Still, Claudia loved him. As soon as I called on him, he was with us. He said 'I was waiting for your call ' After that he clearly: said: 'I love you; please forgive me. I am waiting here for you. ' After these messages, he was quiet, and another voice came in and said: 'Contact ended. Pray for him.' Monique wrote that she didn't know when she made the taping that Raymond had been so bad, but when the messages came through, Claudia started crying and then explained what her husband had been like. Recently, Claudia had a vivid dream about him and he told her in his dream that he was cured, and was in a sort of paradise singing with children. Monique also mentioned in her letter that she'd re ceived many messages telling her she should: "Write a book. " Since the message was received 15 years ago, Monqiue has written 8 books, all of them very popular in France. She also is responsible for finding a French publisher for my book: Voices of Eternity (Du Rocher, Paris), one of her publishers. My deepest appreciation to everyone who took the time to share with us, what holds deep meaning for them in the years they have been taping. How About You? On a

number of membership renewals, members check the box: "Am a regular taper taping at least once a week." Wonderful! Only rarely does some one say just what (s)he are taping, so I often wonder about that. If you would like to share with our read ers, one or two of the messages you have received that you feel are most significant, please send them to me. I can't promise to use everything that comes, but I'll use as much as possible, and publish them in the spring newsletter. Apparition Visit From An Aunt Grace, a wonderful, intelligent woman comes and cleans my house several times a month. She is well aware of what I do, but because of her religious back- ground she has mixed feelings about talking to spirits. Grace has shared with me several things that have happened to her and it shows ( which she admits) that she has special precognitive gifts. Several weeks ago, she was here, and told me that six months earlier, when she was in my office cleaning, she came face to face with her beloved aunt, Edith. The two of them had been very close, although they lived in different states. "I didn't know what to think", Grace said. "It kind of scared me, and then in two or three seconds, Aunt Edith just disappeared." The next day, Edith's husband called Grace and said her aunt had died at 2:30 the afternoon before. That was the exact time Grace had seen her,

because she looked at the wall clock hanging above my desk. Grace and Edith had their encounter in the comer of my office, with Edith standing right in front of my tape recorder. I told Grace her gift for being able to see this, was a gift from God, and I hoped she sent Edith her love and prayed for her. Grace assured me she had, and now feels much better about contacts from spirits. Automatic Writing As most of you know, I prefer objective evidence for survival over subjective. There are different kinds of subjective evidence, some stronger than others, like Grace's visit from her aunt. I don't dismiss subjec tive evidence, but give it extra thought--accepting it more or less. Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, recently sent me a translated portion from the German Journal: "Transkommuoication", a semi-annual publication published by AA-EVP member, Dr. Ernst Senkowski. In it he quotes from the automatic writing contacts that Dr. Vladimir Delavre, his co-pubisher, has had with Aaron, who reports from the viewpoint of his sphere of life, which he describes as a "matrix level." Writing through Dr. Delavre he discusses mankind's possibilities in their process of learning, and says it will lead men from their material restriction to an un derstanding and total integration with a multiple ex istence. Aaron discusses transcommunication equip ment, which should hold special interest for our read ers. Unfortunately, the 8 pages are too long to go into any depth here, but quoting briefly from

it, he talks about how the 'mental influence' on the basic fundamental system leads to a change of all known physical fields and their actions. Among external factors of electronic communication of modulation are light, sound magnetism and electricity. Included with this are also feelings and passions, to be ab sorbed with spiritual things and the blocking of all "Signals of the first kind", such as openly percepti ble signals. "Signals of the second kind" are another aspect. In this Aaron says they are known as physical fields, which as a rule cannot be perceived by us, with the possible exception of gravitation, but we have not yet learned to turn it into signals. Further comments in his paper fall within this category. "Signals of the third kind" are of a purely spiritual nature and are being emitted by the so-called living, the so-called dead and by much more which you con sider inanimate matter. Aaron says these signals per meate us constantly. visited at least 50 times in the last two years without a problem On December 23111, it refused to accept my credit card. The attendant told me I'd have to bring it inside, get it checked, before I could fill up. I did, and as I was leaving, looked at the shelves of food they also sell. There was a huge box of Clark Bars. Needless to say, Bob's stocking was filled with them. I'm sure skeptics will say it was a coincidence, but I can't help

but think the invisibles knew of my frus trated search, and how I wanted to make Bob smile, when he found them in his stocking. In order to do this they had to make my credit card inoperable for the first time. In my stops at the same station since then, there have been no problems. I have quoted just part from the first page of this fas cinating paper. If you would like to receive the entire 8 pages, please send me a self-addressed stamped en velope, and I will mail a copy to you. Coincidence/Synchronism "The reality of the universe must be nonlocal; in other words, all objects and events in the cosmos are inter-connected with one another and respond to one another's changes of state." (Bell's theorem, Irish physicist in 1965). The other recent event took place Christmas day about two hours before my family arrived. I was sit ting in my office quietly thinking about Christmases past and looking at the pictures on my walls, espe cially the ones I took on my first visit to Egypt. Dur ing the two weeks I was there, with tour leader Lynn Gardner and my daughter, Becky, I taped over 100 messages on my small portable tape recorder. In a Coptic Christian cemetery, dating back almost 2,000 years, I had one of the greatest experiences of peace I have ever felt in my life. I didn't want to leave, and Becky almost had to drag me onto the bus.

Later that evening I discovered that when I had taped in one of the partially destroyed tombs, a clear Class A female voice told me: "/ buried you." The picture of that tomb is on my office wall, and I frequently glance at it. I then left my office and continued preparing for the arrival of my family. About twenty minutes later, I heard a loud crash coming from my office. Going in there, I discovered the undamaged picture of the tomb lying on the carpet. Its position was strange. In fal ling, it had somehow avoided the other two Egyptian pictures hanging with it, as well as the file cabinet, below all of them It had 'spun' out avoiding every thing, and landed with its loud noise about three feet away on a thick padded carpet. Never before had there been a problem with any of the pictures. When Bob came later, he checked it out carefully, and the hanger was in perfect condition. He re-hung it, and there it hangs. What caused it to crash? Some will There have been dozens of these incidences that re- say it was my psychokinetic energies that caused it. main in my mind, even after many years. Two of Perhaps, but if so, they took a rather long time to be them happened during Christmas week. My son, come activated and besides, I have never felt espe Bob, is very fond of candy Clark Bars that are almost cially gifted in that

area. My thought is that 'some impossible to find in the Annapolis area. I'd looked everywhere futilely for several weeks, so I could put a one' somewhere, knowing how I feel, wanted to let few into his Christmas stocking. Then I stopped at the me know they are with me irregardless of time and gasoline station at the foot of the hill, a station I've Does synchronism indicate survival? In some cases it may, but it does show that someone, somewhere, is aware of us as an individual It knows our concerns, our needs, and frequently steps in, taking a physical action to help us. All of us experience synchronism frequently. The pity is that we seldom recogniz.e it for what it is. It has always been dear to my heart. It proves to me that I, that everyone, are not isolated motes of dust swirling alone in the vast cosmos. Carl Jung, mentioned on page 1, and one of the pioneers of psychiatric research, described synchronism as a meaningful coincidence in which two otherwise un related events are linked inexplicably to one another space. 4. an instrument so delicate as to be affected, or moved, or manipulated by our personality as it survives in the next life, such an instrument, when made available, ought to record something." Telephone Recording Without A Line In a letter Hans Heckmann, AA-EVP member, PA, sent to another member, he wrote: "I would encourage the use of a telephone without a line connection. Enclose

this phone in a microwave oven with or without an answering device or a tape recorder. As you know this is not my own idea but I consider it the most convincing method for a scientist. If voices can be received in this manner then perhaps it will wake up science a little." Slowing Sound Many people report that frequently their taped contacts from the other side come through so fast they are unable to interpret them. Using a variable speed tape recorder can occasionally help. Another idea came from Erland Babcock, AA-EVP member of MA, in September. He wrote: "To slow sound down run the recorder fast while taping, and slow when playing it back. There are recorders that can do this without changing the pitch. I think Radio Shack may have them. Much more difficult to do this with a computer. You might try using a "bucket bri gade" attached to the output of the recorder. The BB is a chip(s) that when properly installed will slow down the signal. I have a delay line (made of inductances and capacitors) on a PC board that handles this problem". ity of the invisibles making their presence known. In his letter, Lloyd wrote: "It's my policy to give people the film out of the camera because it's their home. Also puts my liability at zero per cent. I don't keep what pictures I take, or the negatives. The parents had the film developed and there was grandma sitting in a

chair, looking right at me, and in the other frames looking at the boy. No doubt, she's the one who knocked off her grandson's hat. I explained to the parents that spirits have the full range of thoughts, feel ings and emotions we do and they have an advan tage that they used to be us. They have the death experience behind them. "Two nights ago, I was lying down, trying to escape the heat, and something I couldn't see ran into me with the force of a bowling ball. Didn't hurt, just super surprised me." I've Often Wondered Some people have difficulty wearing watches. They never seem to keep time, no matter how expensive or cheap the watch is. These individu als try one after another and within a day or so the new watch is completely off base with the correct time, or stops altogether. Could it be that for those people the reason for their watch difficulty is that their energies, their vibrations, are different from most of us? If you are one of those persons, I would like to suggest you try taping. It just might be, if personal energies are affecting the watch, the unseen could possibly find it easier to speak through your tape recorder. If you attempt this, give it a fair trial, then please let me know your results. Could It Be? A Spirit Photography Experience Lloyd Bradshaw, AA-EVP member, N.J., focuses his contacts with the unseen through the use of his

camera. At times, he records voices but for Those of you who have read Jane Robert's books, the most part, his camera is his main 'bridge' especially the 'Seth' series, know that he talked from this world to the next. He wrote recently repeatedly about parallel universes/dimensions. about a home he visited after the paternal grand- Many of us working with the invisibles, accept mother had died. They hoped Lloyd would be able the fact that there are other dimensions/worlds in to get a picture of their departed loved one. which consciousness exists. Seth 'told' Jane that Although they accepted what Lloyd did and in the parallel universe, we exist in complete believed that contacts were genuine, their college consciousness and live a full life, which can be somewhat different from the life we are living; aged son didn't. He was there the entire time in this, the earth plane Lloyd was trying to take pictures and making fun have chosen to live of the whole thing. Later they were all seated dimension. This idea, although it tests my boggle around the kitchen table when 'someone' knocked point a bit, is not entirely dismissed. I have diffi off the boy's baseball hat, and threw it across the culty thinking that 'Sarah' is busy in another kitchen. With that, the boy who was home on world. Not all of 'you' pass on at the same time. spring break, stopped making fun of the capabil- Some may live to be 100; others

shuflle off at 30. 3. ,a .. .3 have a lot of miracles taking place that we aren't aware of at the time." Tidbits Following are some of the tidbits of news that have crossed my desk, or been in my e-mail box the last few months. Lloyd Bradshaw, N.J. AA-EVP member wrote that he had seen his mother's spirit watching him from across the other side of the front room. He gave her acknowledgement. Quoting him, he said: "When she was in mortal form, she knew I did EVP and Spirit Photography. I use capital letters for those two activities because they mean a lot." He continued: "My little Yorkie TTY dances around at times with animal and human spirit playmates. It starts and stops before I can react with tape or film. . .. We're never alone even in a seemingly empty room." In an e-mail from Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, he wrote that he would be featured on the Discovery Channel TV regarding ghost photography the evening of April 28th. I watched, and it was a good program, and Dale did an excellent job in discussing his work. I asked Jeff King to describe some of his thoughts on crop circles, since he has been helping a researcher in England who is investigating them. In an e-mail he wrot.e: " There are a lot of hoax ers out there, but from some of the sincere people who have participated in watching for formations forming, there seems

to be repeated findings, namely: The formations seem to be always formed at night. There seems to be an activity of moving lights during the night of the event, wherein a circle will be seen to have formed in the light of the next day. No one seems to know the origin of the lights, but they seem to approach the field quickly, make sweeping circular wide passes over the vicinity, and then move off just as quick. Whatever is making the circles seems to have the health of the crop at heart, as the bent stalks still continue to grow while bent over, and show no evidence of being stressed. Deliber ate attempts to make a circle by tramping or pushing stalks down, create great damage. There seems also to be electromagnetic distur bances at genuine circles that are not present at hoaxed ones. My personal belief is that there is a directed intelligence that is involved in the for mation process. Whether this intelligence is part of an unknown but natural phenomena, or is the work of sentient beings is not known." Georg Lindstrom, Finland AA-EVP member, wrote The above picture was sent to me by Dominic Macquire, along with an article published in 197 5 by Psychic News. It shows a picture of Pope Paul VI, decorating Friedrich Jurgenson, credited with discovering EVP, with the order of St Gregory the Great medal. The article went on to say: "The Vatican now accepts that spirit mes sages have

been received on tape recorders." Hans Heckmann, AA-EVP member, PA, sent me a translation from the German Journal: "VTF Post" (pub. Jan. 99 ). The editor, Fidelio Koberle quoted an address by Pope John Paul II, in October 1998, who spoke to a gathering of pil grims in Rome, and was broadcast by Radio Vati can. The pope said: "One should not think that life after death only starts at judgment day. Particular conditions exist after natural death. While the body dissolves the spiritual compon ents continue life. This spiritual element is equipped with its own consciousness and its own free will. Man exists without a physical body." Miracles Jackie Colligan in an e-mail, described several incidents which she called miracles. In the one she wrote: "I went outside to sweep the daily sand from the drive way. I then tried to open the door but it was locked. I went next door to see if I could use the phone, to call husband, Les, but no one was home. So I went back to the house with a large Yale key in my pocket and tried to insert it into the lock, but it was much too large. Then for some reason unbeknownst to me I decided to try the key again and right before my eyes, the key changed size, becoming small and slid easily into the lock. The door opened and I was in a state of disbelief. From the inside I tried the key again, and

it was absolut.ely too big. "So stranger than strange things do happen in our lives. The spirit world can manifest things to different proportions and sizes. I imagine we Should You Or Shouldn't You? Digital recorders are becoming more and more popular. Perhaps you are wondering if you should invest in one or not, for your work in the field of the electronic voice. Jackie Colligan, NV AA EVP member sent me information about them that she had received from a Rick Fisher. Quoting from it, he wrote: "In the past I have been instrumental in introducing the Digital Camera to the world of Ghost Hunting. Because of its digital format it was clear to see that it would capture more anomalies than conventional film. I am pleased to announce that I have been conducting research using Digital Recorders. Since it uses no tape and uses digital format it seems to have better results in picking up more sounds and voices while doing EVP .... The results we are getting are incredible. It seems that the voices we are recording are responding to ques tions we ask. ·(They do this with regular recorders. S.E.) One friend asked for a name, and received: 'Jesse.' Then my friend asked what had happened to Jesse, and the reply came back: 'They beat me up with a chain'. Rick con tinued: "This would suggest that radio or sound waves could be ruled out since it is responding to specific questions. We are experiencing loud

noises that sound like growling. My theory is the recorder is picking up sounds close to it and maybe getting static as the anomaly gets closer. It seems that whenever I get a loud growling or shrieking noise it is followed by words. We have placed the traditional cassette recorders by the digital recorder while attempting EVP and the cassette failed to pick up anything while the digi tal picked up some words. "There are various models on the market. Sony has one that records for 10 minutes, and another for 16 minutes. I am currently using the Panaso nic IC recorder model RR-DR60 which will record for 60 minutes and has 5 microphone settings. The cost is $99. Since announcing this at the 1999 Gettysburg Conference, many people have purchased this model and seem to be getting good results. I believe this to be the wave of the future for EVP ." Rick wrote that you could send him your comments to: rfishei:@redrose.net. Other Ways--Trans-Video There are other ways to have objective contact with unseen dimensions. Pascal Jouini, AA-EVP member, France, has done a great deal of work and been successful in the field of TV contacts. In a recent e-mail from him, sent to a number of people around the world, Pascal wrote: "I have tested for the first time a new configuration for recording in Trans-Video. The camera is con nected in "LOOP" with COMPUTER via Capture Video card. This gives also good results, and this proves

that the images are not "residual" images from TV programs because computer and cap ture video card are not TV receptors. If you would like to see some images this is the URL": http://perso.cl ub- • internet.fr/pjouini/pagecomputerschemagb.htm1 If you want to reply personally to him, his e-mail address is: [email protected] The Emerald Tablet Years ago I read the above titled book and found it extremely interesting. It focused on an ancient document molded out of a single piece of green crystal, and was about mysterious visitors to Egypt over 12,000 years ago. It was translated into Greek in 330 BC. Then, in 400 AD, it was buried somewhere on the Giza plateau in Egypt to protect it from Christian mobs burning libra ries around the world at that time. Translations of the tablet survived and became the primary inspiration for Medieval alchemists who believed it contained the formula for transforming everything--not only physical matter-- but the subtle substances of mind and spirit as well. Now, Dennis W. Hauck, a well-known investiga tor into haunted locations and other unexplained phenomena, has had his ten years of research into the tablet accepted and published by Pen guin Books. It traces the roots of alchemy to reveal a practical guide to spiritual growth with ground breaking research, hands-on techniques, transformative exercises, and personal testimon ials. Some of the experts in reviewing the book wrote: "This book combines esoteric wisdom with practical advice. Hauck offers his readers a remarkable path for spiritual change in

the tradi tion of Carl Jung's depth psychology". (Stanley Krippner, Ph.D., Dir. of Consciousness Studies the Saybrook Institute). Jeffrey Mishlove, Ph.D., Director of Intuition Network, host of Thinking Allowed on PBS, wrote: "Every reader who gives this book the thoughtfulness it requires will dis cover a treasure of inner riches". To order the illustrated, 452 pg. book, cost $16.95, call: (800) 788-6262. The complete title is: The Emerald Tablet: Alchemy For Personal Transforma tion. 3. t8-2 have a lot of miracles taking place that we aren't aware of at the time." Tidbits Following are some of the tidbits of news that have crossed my desk, or been in my e-mail box the last few months. Lloyd Bradshaw, N.J. AA-EVP member wrote that he had seen his mother's spirit watching him from across the other side of the front room. He gave her acknowledgement. Quoting him, he said: "When she was in mortal form, she knew I did EVP and Spirit Photography. I use capital letters for those two activities because they mean a lot." He continued: "My little Yorkie TTY dances around at times with animal and human spirit playmates. It starts and stops before I can react with tape or film. . .. We're never alone even in a seemingly empty room." In an e-mail from Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, he wrote that be would be featured on the Discovery Channel TV regarding ghost I photography the evening of April 28th. watched, and it was a good program,

and Dale did an excellent job in discussing his work. I asked Jeff King to describe some of his thoughts on crop circles, since he has been helping a researcher in England who is investigating them. In an e-mail he wrote: " There are a lot of hoax ers out there, but from some of the sincere people who have participated in watching for formations forming, there seems to be repeated findings, namely: The formations seem to be always formed at night. There seems to be an activity of moving lights during the night of the event, wherein a circle will be seen to have formed in the light of the next day. No one seems to know the origin of the lights, but they seem to approach the field quickly, make sweeping circular wide passes over the vicinity, and then move off just as quick. Whatever is making the circles seems to have the health of the crop at heart, as the bent stalks still continue to grow while bent over, and show no evidence of being stressed. Deliber ate attempts to make a circle by tramping or pushing stalks down, create great damage. There seems also to be electromagnetic distur bances at genuine circles that are not present at hoaxed ones. My personal belief is that there is a directed intelligence that is involved in the for mation process. Whether this intelligence is part of an unknown but natural phenomena, or is the work of sentient beings is

not known." Georg Lindstrom, Finland AA-EVP member, wrote . •·. I ~ ~ 'At:A • The above picture was sent to me by Dominic Macquire, along with an article published in 1975 by Psychic News. It shows a picture of Pope Paul VI, decorating Friedrich Jurgenson, credited with discovering EVP, with the order of St Gregory the Great medal. The article went on to say: "The Vatican now accepts that spirit mes sages have been received on tape recorders." Hans Heckmann, AA-EVP member, PA, sent me a translation from the German Journal: "VTF Post" (pub. Jan. 99 ). The editor, Fidelio Koberle quoted an address by Pope John Paul II, in October 1998, who spoke to a gathering of pil grims in Rome, and was broadcast by Radio Vati can. The pope said: "One should not think that life after death only starts at judgment day. Particular conditions exist after natural death. While the body dissolves the spiritual compon ents continue life. This spiritual element is equipped with its own consciousness and its own free will. Man exists without a physical body." Miracles Jackie Colligan in an e-mail, described several incidents which she called miracles. In the one she wrote: "I went outside to sweep the daily sand from the drive way. I then tried to open the door but it was locked. I went next door to see if I could use the phone, to call husband, Les, but no one was home. So I went back to the

house with a large Yale key in my pocket and tried to insert it into the lock, but it was much too large. Then for some reason unbeknownst to me I decided to try the key again and right before my eyes, the key changed size, becoming small and slid easily into the lock. The door opened and I was in a state of disbelief. From the inside I tried the key again, and it was absolutely too big. "So stranger than strange things do happen in our lives. The spirit world can manifest things to different proportions and sizes. I imagine we Other Ways As you know, instrumental transcommunication (ITC) is my favored way of obtaining evidence that we survive death in an individual conscious state, and that those in other dimensions are always aware of us. I choose ITC because it is objective confirmation that life continues on. There are other ways though, which offer strong evidence that life never ends, and what happens to us is always known by the invisibles. In March I received the spring newsletter of the U.S. Psychotronics Assn., in which they described, among other things, their yearly con ference that will be held in Columbus, OH from July 16th to 18th, with several workshops to be taught on the 19th. Robin Foy, leader of the famous Scole mediumistic group in Scole, Eng land, will be lecturing and t.eaching a workshop on Monday. Interesting, I thought, as I went to meet my daughter.

A few hours later, after seeing her, she called. She had put a bag I gave her on the trunk lid of my car (without my knowledge) and driven off. Obviously, my bag was lost some where along the way home. This distressed me because I had some valuable things in the bag, such as two tapes of the invisibles and a check for $30. My daughter drove along the highway that evening trying to find it, and was unsuc cessful. Neither of us slept well that night. Something like this, which would normally pass my boggle point, except it happened to me, can only cause me to think about it and its wondrous implication. Perhaps the other side 'engineered' the entire incident--the losing of the bag; a 'force' that drove me out of my house Saturday morn ing, on an impossible mission; then finding the bag--retrieved by a man named Foye. My thought, rightly or wrongly is that 'they' were tell ing me, yet again, "Hey, Sarah. We're real, we can arrange things to let you know we're but a step away." This event, strongly suggests most of the cir cumstances found in cross-correspondence, one of my favorite non-ITC evidences for survival. Scared By A Ghost An E-mail letter came from Jackie Colligan, NV AA-EVP member in January. Quoting from her letter, she wrote: "I was scared by a ghost this afternoon. I was standing at the foot of the bed and running the sweeper when I saw, who

I thought was my husband Les, step out from in back of me and stand to the side so I could see him. Only what I saw, a foot and a half from me, was a black form, broader built than Les, but about the same height. It was standing in front of the bathroom door that was partly open, so he blocked out the light coming from it. I quickly turn to yell at Les for scaring me, but the form quickly disappeared. Les returned about five minutes later from our other mobile home. It scared me so badly, I had a crushing feeling in my chest and I felt my heart was in my throat. Took half a xanax, but that didn't help, so had to take the other half an hour later. After telling Les what had happened, I picked up my glasses and would you believe when I put them on, I was see ing weird. The one lens had also fallen out. Now I am waiting to see if the ghost was wanting to tell me something, or if it was maybe one of the many spirits living at the trailer court." Saturday morning came. 'Something' made me get in my car, drive up the highway fifteen miles away, to the point where we had parted the night before. "This is ridiculous" I thought. "How do you think you're going to find that bag, along one of the busiest highways in the county?" I kept

driving. After getting to the spot where we had gone our own way, seventeen hours earlier, I turned my car around. Seeing a man taking out his garbage I started to drive by. "No!" someth ing told me. I backed up and rolled down the window. "You didn't happen to find a bag here last evening?" I asked. He held up his hand and nodded his head vigorously "Wait a minute!" he An article appeared in the recent Dec./Jan. told me. "It's in the house." Bringing it to me, magazine, "New Scientist". It was about modern 100% intact, nothing missing, we talked for a few day ghost hunters. Quoting from it, we read: "For the first time, they are armed with afford minutes. He told me he was a real estate agent, with one of the largest firms in the county. I able yet sophisticated sensors and recording asked for his card and smiling happily he pulled equipment." The article goes on to say that they it out of his pocket. His last name? Foy(e). The are beginning to turn up unusual physical meas first three letters of his first name were the same urements from haunted locations as well as intri as Robin-Rob.... We're not talking about a guing "if not entirely convincing photographic evi Smith or Jones. We're talking about a Foy! dence." According to the article, more progress 3. Ghostmeter ,~-/ has been made in the last twenty years than in the past two hundred. Reliable investigators

in the field are reporting similar discoveries. Interestingly, some of this data is of equal value to skeptics and believers alike. As usual, both sides of the fence use the data to reinforce their own beliefs. Unusual mag netic field data are regarded by believers as the telltale signatures of ghosts, but by skeptics as freakish natural phenomena that cause halluci nations. Most ghost seekers visit haunted locations accompanied by professional psychics who say they actually see the spirits. The investigators take their equipment to the spots the psychics point to, and their equipment usually shows increased activity. The most convincing (at least to some) are the sharp fluctuations at the magnetic spots where the psychics say they see a ghostly presence. Normal background levels are about 1 or 2 milligauss, but at haunted spots the readings can go up to 100 mi11igauss. Portable infrared thermometers show intense cold spots wherever the ghostly magnetic fields occur with temperature normally dropping 20 to 35 degrees. Geiger counters at times measure these spots as being radioactive. The most com mon item used by a ghost hunter is a camera. Many different types of cameras and film are available. These need not be expensive and are simple to use. Many of the best images have been captured with standard film loaded in an ordinary camera. Tape recorders are also nor mally used in investigations of haunt.ed locations. Ghosts/Spirits In the early years of my involvement with voice phenomena I investigated a number of

haunted locations. Sometimes my good friends, Ron and Nancy Stallings of MD went with me, to such places as Point Lookout in southern Maryland. The popular TV show "Sightings" took me there six or seven years ago, and they still show it now and then, around the world. Jeff King, AA-EVP member New Zealand, wrote that he and his wife had seen it at their home in Christchurch. Just two months ago, Dale Palmer, IN, called and said: "Sarah, Kay and I are watching you on TV!" Quickly turning there, I saw it was the "Sightings" program. "Man Alive", a popular British TV show, came from London in Aug. '96 to film my daughter Becky and I aboard the hundred and fifty year old U.S. Frigate, Constel lation, docked in the Baltimore harbor. This also has been seen in a number of countries--Jeff saw that one also! Each time I've been very fortu nate in getting many Class A contacts. What are my feelings about ghosts? First, yes, I believe in them, but there are different kinds. Some, I feel, are psychic imprints left over from a terrible traumatic event. The battlefields at Get tysburg (PA) are filled with psychic imprints. Many people report seeing battalions of Union and Confederate soldiers still fighting; some even see the cavalry dashing by with soldiers clinging to their horse's manes. Vivid imaginations? No doubt at times, but pictures have been taken and some voices recorded. For the most part I think these may

be psychic imprints--which means to me, no real spirit (or ghostly body) is present. In some haunted houses you can get the same; oth ers appear to have a 'real' ghost still living in the home. The second day "Man Alive" filmed me, I took them to the William Paca House in Annapo lis. The house was built over 250 years ago and was the home of Paca, a signer of the Declaration of Independence. When I went into the kitchen and asked: "Is Wi1liam Paca here?" an indignant Class A woman's voice replied: "I think not!" The curator of the house was present during the filming and said that William Paca never went into the kitchen. So the female message is evi dential. It may have been a female ghost still liv ing in the house or a spirit who may have lived in the Paca house when William did, and came down to see what this strange looking group was doing there. When I asked my question, she felt com pelled to tell me, that Paca never had anything to do with being in the kitchen. The point rm trying to make is that we cannot lump ghosts and spirits together. There is a wide difference. Some may be hanging around the familiar environment for one reason or anoth er, which we don't have space to go into. Others are not ghosts at all, but drop down now and then to speak to us, or join us in

the get together of their family. Some people meeting me for the first time, and learning what I do look horrified. "You talk to ghosts?!" they say. No, not at all- and neither do you AA-EVP members who tape. Yes, if you go to haunted locations, you may. If, however, you tape at home, which is where I hope you do, you talk to spirits--and there is a world, literally, a world of difference! 4. New Way To Tape Brings Amazing Results Telephone/Answering Machine The last week in November I bought a telephone/answering machine. Sonia Rinaldi (AA-EVP member, Brazil), one of the leading experimenters in the field, reported outstanding contacts by using a telephone. Her close friend, Dr. Z, a professor of physics and electrical engi neering at a nearby university, made for her a special device that directly ties her telephone into her computer. He feels telephone recordings have some advantages because the telephone acts as an antenna. Sonia starts taping with it, after the telephone falls 'silent.' Her reports made me want to try something similar. Although I didn't have the engineered device she had, I asked her for suggestions. She immediately replied that I should look for a telephone/answering machine, but to make very sure the one I bought had a microcassette tape- in other words, not digital. On November 25th, I used it for the first time. The first message that came through was: "I'm here. Help me speak." Evidently the entity, realizing I was trying

something different, asked for help to come through this s~trange machine. In less than a minute, and in reply to my ques tion as to who had been able to come, a voice replied: ''Your addressment." At times com municators create their own words but it is usu ally not difficult to figure out what they mean. "Addressment" I feel means they had one or more of the unseen there to speak to me. Near the end of the recording I always turn the micro phone over to anyone who has a special message for me. As soon as I did this, I taped: ''We come!" All three messages were Class A. It is important to note that none of the three mes sages were on my TEAC reel to reel recorder that was taping at the same time. There were several messages on that tape also, but the two tapes were completely different from each other. to respond, but they meant (I feel) that they 'courted' --asked that person to come and speak, and they 'forecasted' he'd be with me. In less than a minute, a happy voice said: ''We have actu ally find him Estep." That person then did come through and speak. There are at least two unusual factors about such messages/voices. One, less than half of them will be on the TEAC reel to reel recording. The other factor that may be significant, is that ever since I began taping over 22 years ago, at least

95% of those who speak are male. F'emale voices, less than 5%. With the Casio telephone/answering machine, close to 50% are female. I have one or two theories why this is the case, but perhaps some of our technical people can send me their ideas about this. The procedure I use, and which those of you who have a similar machine may want to follow, is: 1 remove the cordless receiver of my Casio, and wait for the dial tone, operator asking if she can help, and then the loud grating sound. When alJ i::,; quiet, I push the record button on my answering machine, and carry the receiver over to my recording table. I push the record button on my TEAC so am, in fact, making two recording~ simultaneously. The Casio receiver has a small microphone built into it. The recorder sits on m: desk, about 8 feet away, recording the entin• time. The air-band on my two radios, which I use· as a sound source (both tuned to different air· band stations) is just several inches away from the Casio receiver. The other microphone, which is plugged into the TEAC, is a foot or two away from the Casio. Both tape recorders use th(• same sound source of the two air-band radios. S]ow]y turning the dial on the one radio, close to where the other air-band station is, creates loud static. The invisibles often 'ride' in on this sound as I tune away from it. At the conclusion,

I first play back the TEAC recording, entering into my log any messages that have come through Next,l play back the Casio. In the first three weeks of using my Casio, I recorded over 25 messages of which 75% were F'ortunately, I have a separate microcassette Class A. A few were: "Not going to." This recorder so I remove the cassette tape from my came in response when I remarked I didn't hear Casio and place it in that. Using a patch cord (a the voice of a particular individual I had called on. cord that 'ties' one recorder into another) I put (I now recognize his voice after dozens of one end of the cord into the 'ear' of the microcas sette recorder, and the other end of the cord into contacts). The remark was correct. I didn't hear "In" of my Sony cassette tape deck. I then set from him that day. Another time I called on the Sony in the "Record" mode, but push the someone else, and the message was returned: the ''We court. Forecasting him." An unusual way pause key. This permits me to play back 3. 17-q. cassette tape made in the Casio (but now in the microcassette recorder) through the Sony. Wearing headphones, I listen to the recording by using the large amplifier on my hi-fi. When an especially loud message comes through, I remove the headphones and play it over the wall speak ers to decide if it is Class A. Duplicating

Class A messages, I keep the two tape recorders still tied together with the patch cord. So, the messages that first came through the microcassette recorder of my Casio, is now on a regular cassette tape (in my Sony). Keep in mind, when duplicating Class A messages onto another tape, you should always try to tie the one recorder to another. This will make the duplicate tape as loud and clear as the original, for it will pick up no extraneous sounds. If you don't do this; if you use an open mike to record messages from the original tape to another, you will pick up every sound in the environment. I encourage you to try this mode of recording, if you have a telephone/answering machine that has a microcassette recorder. Most machines are digital, and to try to copy any messages that might come through such a machine, probably means you would have to use an open mike. The end results would not be nearly as good. I realize I have gone on at great length about this, but I feel this new way to record is very good and presents some tantalizing questions. If you try telephone/answering machine taping, please let me know your results. High Tech Proof Of Survival Tina Laurent, AA-EVP member, Wales, wrote a full length article that appeared last summer in "Psychic News"--a British publication. She described having read the book Breakthrough by Dr. Konstantine Raudive, and then meeting me sixteen years ago. She

began taping shortly afterwards, and had good results. After a hiatus of several years, she began taping again in November 1997. At the same time, she started taking long walks, climbing hills, and would carry her tape recorder on her hikes. To her "enormous pleasure", she discovered that the voices became magnified and much more abund ant on those occasions. She wondered if it was because of the rarefied atmosphere to which she climbed, or was it the stimulation of having the tape recorder around her neck and shoulders. Tina decided to experiment. She began walking around her flat to see if the voices still came through. "Eureka!" she wrote. "My friends, were there in abundance, not only coming from the right stereo channel of my recorder into which I and the Radio Wales background sound source speak, but also from the left channel which rubs against my body as I move." She described some of her messages. On one occasion, when she spent a long time planning her next outdoor hike, someone said: ''Where are we going, to Katmandu?" She continued: "I am concentrating on the serious entities who are coming on a daily basis, giving me their names and details of their lives. At times the details are so complete, I am able to find their names in the local phone book". These people have been unknown to her, but she calls the number and talks to the person still living there. "After a tactful probe, have been

able to tell them that I have messages for them from the beyond!" These individuals often come to Tina's home then, to listen to the messages, and often say the information she's received from their loved one is accurate. They are thrilled at objective evidence. Tina described many other messages she has received from her own friends and loved ones. She said: "I hear from Benson Herbert (a well known parapsychologist) with whom I worked in his Paralab in Wiltshire before his death a couple of years ago. My greatest satisfaction comes when people come to visit me looking for evidence for survival and I can astound them by telling them many things about their lives, names, details, events, that I could only have received by paranormal means. All I can do for my part, is to accept the love that I am given, accept the parts of their lives that they give me and do my best to follow through in trying to match them up with their loved ones who are still on this plane." I encourage you, whether you are a taper or not, and have a portable recorder, to carry it with you when going for a walk. If possible, like Tina, strap it over your shoulder, so it makes a rubbing sound and picks up your body energies. All of this could play a role in helping the invisibles to come through. Please let me know your results if you try this. "E,,joy your beautiful

written, inspiring newsletters. Always rekindles my hope anew". Margot Gizienski, CA member. 4. wrote: "I recorded for one minute directly to the computer (from the Tube to the PC via camera). Soon I started seeing many images. These pic tures are not in sequence, just one after another. One especially interesting picture was that of a teddy bear. What could be it's meaning? "Three days later a meeting was planned of our Association. A number of people would be there, from all over Brazil and I decided to take the pic ture with me to the home where we would meet. I thought the picture might have some meaning to a parent who would be present, as a remem brance of a deceased child. "This set of equipment avoids the use of a TV tube, so people can't say that the images come from any terrestrial TV-Station. Using the cathode ray tube, it is impossible to attract any image emitted on Earth, because the range of frequency is completely different. Any image coming from the tube is from Beyond with no risk of fake or terrestrial influence." Some Theories About Spirit Communication Dominic Macquire, AA-EVP member England, wrote: "Here are a few thoughts which may be of help to others. Many of the ideas came through a trance medium." "The evening of the day the teddy bear had been received, I phoned the woman at whose home we would gather. I started to tell her about the teddy bear that

had appeared on my computer screen that morning. She became very emotion al, and said: 'Don't tell me!' Maria had lost her son, Paulo, two years earlier in a car accident. He was 19 at the time. When he was a year old, he received a teddy bear and it was something very close to him all his life. Maria told Sonia, that many times she'd said to Paulo: 'Let's get rid of this old and ugly toy', but he never allowed her to do this. Two weeks before the meeting, Maria had gone into Paulo's room (still the same way it was before his death) and saw the teddy bear. She picked it up and said: 'Oh my son, if I could have some special sign from you.' "So, the picture of the teddy bear that came through my computer, was his present to his mother. It proves he was with her, and heard what she said. The next day, I received an audio message that said: "It was a present ftom Paulo." Right now, the image is at the Univers ity to be analyzed and to receive an Official Docu ment stating its authenticity." Special Equipment Used Sonia has received a great deal of help from a professor at the University of Sao Paulo, who has his Ph.D. in physics and engineering. He has developed much of her equipment, and has assigned some of his graduate students to help. I asked her what she used to receive the

images and she replied: "I use a cathode ray tube with electrostatic deflection; high stabilization power supply; horizontal wave; free aerial input; z-axis: fixed for maximum emission; external influence: upon vertical axis input. Some of these ideas may provide nutritious food for thought for our members. 1. "Communicators do not SPEAK words to our microphones. They TIIlNK the words. They can VIBRATE ectoplasm by word thoughts, if and when ectoplasm is present. 2. "The electrical energy, be it ever so mild and not perceptible to us, is sufficient to cause rear rangement of the molecules on recording tape, so that the playback gives us the electronic sound ofwords. 3. "Energy must be present in the EVP researcher's room to keep the microphone in a state of active receptivity. Otherwise the spirit person's mental word thoughts could not over come the microphone's inner INERTIA. The sound of a radio, a radio tone, our speaking voice, our music, etc., keep the microphone actively receptive. 4. "A radio, or an old type of tape recorder in the room, puts out an electro magnetic field, known as Flux Energy, which today is called Tesla Flux. That flux energy, similar to the electricity of our brain, is combined with the mild electricity pro duced in our atmosphere by the communicators. Ectoplasm is also electrical in nature and the one strengthens the other. One without the other is insufficient, as we have been told several times. 5. "In my own 1963 recordings, I was told to

move the record player so that its transformer was very close to the transformer inside the tape recorder. 6. "I have used three transformers, known as voltage converters. They change household A.C. 3. 17- 3 current into nine or twelve volts. The transform ers should not be too near to the open micro phone. They should be very close to the taper, but the microphone has to be a few feet A WAY from him or her. It may be that the transform er's magnetic field combines with the brain and body electricity of the experimenter. "Hope these thoughts help." tape she enclosed, along with their translation were: "My pleasure", "Fer" (my name) "Aah, Fer Camelot", ( Camelot is the name of our beloved Chihuahua dog, that left us two years ago. Now she is with a loved one on the other side). ''Tell your name now." Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote about some of the messages she has taped. She com mented about my mentioning in the summer newsletter, some of the contacts I have had with my husband. One that had very much surprised me, was when I asked Charlie who was the first person he saw when he stepped through death's door, and he replied: "I don't remember. Things come back." Clara said she's had the same type of message several times from her deceased husband Tom. One time, she men tioned to Tom about a very unusual experience they had in France in 1948-- an

experience she thought he'd never forget. Tom replied on tape: "I don't remember. When one goes on, one looks back." Another time, she told Tom that she'd received an invitation to a 20th wedding anniversary, where he had been best man to the groom, when he married twenty years ago. Clara commented to him that she knew he'd be there. Tom answered: "I don't know those people." Clara wrote: "What a shock! I wouldn't have been more surprised if he had said he didn't know me." (I feel that two similar messages coming from Tom and Charlie, about 'forgetting' is strong evidence that the voices are genuine. S.E.) Dan McKee, IL and FL State Coordinator, has sent me several short tapes with excellent reverse voices. Some of them are: "I one that causes that." ''We've 'found they're glad to." ''Well, this I guess, you knows it." "Past the door and I want you." "Signed up." "We'll live up ''We may pick you." here--it's different." ''Your purpose here thought--you would." "In Earth, that's where you live in now." Our Tapers Report Sandra Belanger, CA, joined us in July. She wrote she felt she'd had results the first time she taped. She asked if someone could help her with math. A male voice answered: "With what?" When she asked if 'they' wanted her to continue taping, a female voice said: "Certainly." Jackie Colligan, NV, wrote she had begun using an Optimus Voice Activator at night, and having "great results." However, she felt

some of the voices were trying to come through her and do their speaking, so she is being cautious. She received a letter from a man suggesting she try to take their picture when she felt they had come. She has taken several pictures this way, and said that one of the pictures of the ceiling has a double vortex on it. Some of Jackie's taped messages are on several web sites, along with pictures she has taken of her 'visitors'. You may want to bring them up on the Internet, if you have a computer and are connected. The new .1st on,:http://home.earthlink.net/~brkentoy/Ind e:t.html You will also find some of her messages '6n Stacy Rawling's excellent web site: http://www.angel:fire.com/md/EVPFILES/in dex.html Maria Guijarro is our first membeP from Mexico. She is trying very hard to have con tact with her beloved mother who made her tran sition this past April. She has called several times and also written to me and other members on the cross-country list. In one letter, she wrote: "I started taping on June 8th ... this tech nique is the most wonderful discovery of the cen tury. I couldn't imagine living without knowing that Mom is happy." Maria sent me a short tape and said she is using the sound of a waterfall, that she has in her home, along with a radio, as her sound sources. She said: "I've heard a lot of whispers, some of them saying my name. On June 26th, I got an

incredible clear male voice. In our summer newsletter, Geoffrey Tilga, For me, they are the light and hope that I needed to continue my life without the physical presence N.Y.AA-EVP member, listed a number of fre of Mom. Thanks a lot for dedicating your time to quencies used by airline pilots on international flights. The air band on radios is an excellent this incredible experience and for sharing your sound source, but it is necessary to live near an love with others." Some of the messages on the Reverse Cassette Voices There are voices on the reverse side of cassette tapes. To discover if you have reverse messag es, you need to have access to a reel to reel tape recorder, so you can duplicate your cassette tape onto that, and then give the tape one twist to play it back. 4. final tape. Or, provide two or three transformers near each other. "The kind of transformer to use are those that plug into household current. They should be several inches away from each other, and pro duce a slight humming sound. They're the kind supplied, with portable radios, etc. and convert 100 volts down to 12 volts. The mike need not be near them. Slowly move it away until the 60 cycle hum fades out. The 60 cycle will keep the mike in a state of activity, but have it just under the threshold where it goes below audibility." YOUR PERSONALITY AND SPIRITS In the spring newsletter on page

2: Like Attracts Like, I wrote that the type of unseen entity you were likely to draw to yourself depended largely upon the sort of person you are. Skeptics of ITC constantly accuse us of putting voices on tape in a psychokinetic way. This is provable nonsense in many ways--one, the reverse voices--but there isn't space to go into other ways to show the contention is ridiculous. I agree with them in one respect. Our, energies, our vibrations, the resonance we give off--call it psychokinetic if you wish--determines who will stop by to communicate. This has been proven to me countless times. It also doesn't mean that a good, up-beat person will always receive 'bouquets' and messages of love from the invisibles. Everyone goes through down times. If you try taping then, chances are you'll get little, if anything, or someone may come through with: "I don't like you." "I'm going to hurt you," and so on. These sort of messages may cause you great concern. They shouldn't- not if 95% of your previous messages have been friendly ones. Return a few days, a week later, with joy in your heart, a song on your lips and your results will bring a smile. positive people. Remember, the spirits of the dead are mirrors of who they were in life .... When we let go of bitterness, resentment, anger or any other negative emotion and attitude, we are set free of this heavy weight that draws negative spirits to us." Exactly!

As a rule, it's better not to tape when you are depressed or angry. JUST SO WE UNDERSTAND EACH OTHER I am always happy to hear from AA-EVP mem bers. Please remember, that while i enjoy your letters, E-mail or snail mail, with the growth of the AA-EVP, the time I have to spend on return correspondence is limited. I read everything that crosses my desk, and sometimes mark it for pos sible inclusion in a future newsletter. I've men tioned this before, but not recently, so perhaps it's time to do so again--whatever you write, if I foel it might have some interest for other mem bers, I may very well print at least some of it in an upcoming NEWS. However, if there is ever anything that you don't want others to know, just say: "Sarah, please keep this confidential." I always honor such requests--but you have to let me know, it's just between thee and me! OUR TAPERS REPORT In the summer '97 newsletter, I wrote how Lloyd Bradshaw, N.J. AA-EVP member, would have been murdered if he'd met his friend, Bill at the cemetery where Bill was caretaker. Although Lloyd had planned to meet Bill there, 'something' kept him home. At about 4:00 PM, the time Lloyd would have met with Bill, Phillip Cunanan murdered Bill, and took his car. You remember, Cunanan was on the national news for almost a week, as he went on a killing spree and killed, among others, Italian fashion designer

Gianni Versace in Miami Beach, before taking his own life. In a recent letter and phone call from Lloyd, he said he'd taken pictures at the cemetery and feels he has made contact with several spirits. One day, Lloyd was taping and said that Bill didn't need to get killed. An invisible entity replied: "We know that!" Carol Barron In an E-mail attachment from Jackie Colligan, Karajohn, MA State Coordinat"or, wrote that NV AA-EVP member, sent originally by Dave one of her favorite taped messages, came from Oester, International Ghost Hunters Society, he an unknown entity who said: "Praise be the dead; the dead didn't die." Clara Laughlin, wrote: "The key to removing these negative spir- its lies not in rituals, icons or words, but in our VA State Coordinator, reminded me that Mer own attitudes and emotions. We must first clear cedes Shepanek, her close friend and former VA our own house eliminating those traits and State Coordinator before her death, came through to Clara shortly after she died, and refer attitudes that are of a negative nature. If we ring to the spirit world, said: "Oh, the wonder of change our emotional outlook, the energy flow will it all!" Shortly after her husband, Tom died, become positive and the negative spirits will depart because they want nothing to do with Callie, Clara's main helper on the other side, told 3. 17-2. her: "Tom is a happy soul!" Clara seems to have special, unique energies that draw spirits to

her with evidential messages. At times she receives information about national figures, that later proves to be correct. She sends this infor mation to me ahead of time asking that I keep it confidential. Clara has given permission to use the following, and has changed the names of those who were a part of it. Clara offered to give EVP support to a psychic friend, "Jimmy", who was helping police with a murder case. The vic tim was a pal of"Jimmy's". He was with her at a restaurant about 30 minutes before she was murdered. Via tape, only the middle name of the mw·derer was audible, which later proved co1Tect. The victim spoke to Clara while she was taping, and said: "Ralph, I miss Ralph. I cry for Ralph." The name "Ralph" is the pseudonym Clara has given the man the victim spoke about on tape. When Clara gave the message to "Jimmy", he told her "Ralph" was the victim's lover. Tina Laurent, Wales, has called several times in the last three months, and sent an inter esting tape of contacts she is having. She contin ues getting evidential information about an indi vidual who is coming to her for a reading the fol lowing day. Tina tells them, before starting the reading, what she was able to pick up through her recorder, and it frequently has been correct. She wrote that she always has a Welsh radio on in the background for a sound source, and was told: "Keep

The Radio As It ls!" Someone told her: "You're vital, Tina." As Tina said, when she called, "It's as if the flood-gates have opened. I'm getting voices all the time, often evidential." Tina said when she goes hiking in the hills with her friend, she has a small Sony recorder hooked over her shoulder with it rubbing on the front of her as she moves. She has discovered many good voices in the 'movement' noise of the rubbing recorder. She walks around the flat where she lives, with the recorder around her neck and still gets good voices from the rubbing movement. They are quite distinct from the rubbing noise itself. On the tape Tina sent, there were many interesting voices, including "This is Konstan tin." "This is Raudive." "I am here. I've got hold of you." ''Would like to honor the dead." David Lothan1er, CA State Coordina tor, has a group of tour people who meet at his home, usually every other week. Martha Miko va, another CA M-EVP member, is part of this group and drives 100 miles to attend the meet ings. They always focus on recording voices, and David said they usually have fairly good results. Dan McKee, FL & IL State Coordinator, has written several times lately and sent me out standing tapes. He wrote: "For some time now the voices are almost continuous and answer many of my questions. I listen to the face of the tape as it is being recorded which seems

to have little to do with what is on the reverse side. Some of the Class A messages on his tapes are: "It knows I laugh at." "He'll hear most." "Down there, doing your sitting NASA." "You bring the standard up." "Pick out a Grid and guess that we could-land here." "I must announce the going there." "It would open all the ages." ''You can just not be a dreamer." "The best come, times will fit, I admit." Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil, is the most competent ITC researcher in her country. I also feel, she has, by far, the best taped results in Brazil, probably all of South America. She uses many sound sources while taping, sometimes as many as fifteen. In the spring she was invited to participate in the seventh national conference in Columbia. Spanish is the language used in that country, while Brazilians' native tongue is Portu guese. Sonia was afraid the Colombians at the conference wouldn't be able to understand her Portuguese messages, so she asked Gruµq Lan dell Station, her special group of unseen friends, 1f i;hey colitd give her some messages in Spanish that she could play at the Colombian conference. Immediately, she received fineen messages, all in Spanish! Rev. Rupert Sigurdsson, Maine. ~ retired engineer and 8p1r1tua1£st minister, wrote: ,,'Many wtii n~c-ept a v01ce or message on a ne•v blank tape who would not accept it in another way. This is why research in this area is so important." A woman wrote to him

and asked if he would try to contact her fifteen year old daughter, who had just died from cancer. During his next taping session, he told the daughter that this was her chance to communicate with her parents. The word, "Knows"was returned. HOW ABOUT YOU? I would like to encourage other M-EVP mem bers to start taping groups like David. You don't have to be a state coordinator to do so. Check your cross-country lists, and see if there are other members living within ten to twenty miles (remember Martha who drives 100 miles)! It is quite possible you might find two or three who would love to participate. Try to meet every week or two. Many, many times, several people taping together get results when taping alone brings little. It is the combined positive energies that can make all the difference. Let me know if you start such a group, and your results. 4 .. WRAPPED IN CO'ITON? In the winter newsletter, I mentioned Luise Fuchs, AA-EVP member, Germany. Luise wrote that while she was in Sweden many years ago, learning about transcommunication from Fred erick Jurgenson ( early pioneer in the field), he had played a tape for her. On the tape the scene of an accident could be heard, and then an invisible voice said the driver wouldn't be hurt because he would be "wrapped in cotton." More recently, Luise wrote, a close friend of hers was in a car crash, with the car almost com pletely

demolished. Mr. M. walked away without a scratch. Luise feels that "the spiritual world had wrapped him in cotton also." Above is a pic tw·e showing her friend's car aftc· the crash. Many of us have experienced or know someone who has been in a terrible accident. By rights, death or extremely serious injuries should have resulted. Yet you, or your acquaintance, escaped without harm. Could you also have been 'wrapped in cotton?' A VERY SPECIAL RECORDING Being 'wrapped in cotton' by the spirit world in order to avoid serious injury or death during an accident, may not be as outrageous an idea as it might first appear. Not that the individual is wrapped in cotton (as we know it) but perhaps the world beyond death somehow encases a per son in a special etheric substance. This seems to have been the case in the following example. One of the most extraordinary, chilling, moving tapes I have ever heard was recorded by Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator, before her death. Mercedes taped it on January 14, 1982, the day following the crash of the Air Florida plane into the Potomac River outside Washington, D.C. She sent the tape to me several days later and then played it at the first national AA-EVP conference held in Baltimore in August 1982. Everyone who heard it was moved, some to tears. There were 8-9 messages on it, all related to the crash. The entire recording lasted less than three minutes. Mercedes asked at

the beginning of the recording if her spirit contacts were aware of the crash. Immediately there was a babble of voices, some confused, others comforting. Some of the Class A messages were: " ... on that airliner." "We got a loser." "Redeem." "Will you come with me now, will you come?" "I'll do it right in the snow." (There was a lot of snow on the ground at the time.) "Reach down ... now reach down ... I don't want 'em all killed." All of the voices are tonal and you can hear the anguish some of those felt who had evidently just died. They were also all reverse voices, coming through on the wrong side of Mercedes reel to reel tape. It was clear there were helpers standing by to assist the newly dead, as well as others who seemed to be in charge. We know many died in the crash. "'We got a loser" suggests they eval uated the bodies lying in the snow, or still on the airplane. "Redeem" probably means that the spirit helper has found someone who will live. "Will you come with me now, will you come?" tells us that this person has died and the take-away spirit is urging him to leave his body and move on with him to the world beyond. Normally, spirit communicators show little emo tion. The Air Florida tape was completely differ ent. There was great confusion with several voices talking at once. The people who had been

in the crash seemed disoriented. They wondered what had happened. Those who had come from the beyond were largely trying to reassure the newly dead; you could hear the tone of comfort in their voices. At the same time there was con cern, a foe ling of being rushed in trying to pull a victim back from the brink of death. This was apparent in their vocal quality. One of the most puzzling aspects of the tape is the sense of immediacy you get from listening to it. The recording sounded as if the incident was happening right then, but Mercedes made the recording the following day. Time, as we know it, doesn't exist in the next dimension, and this recording sounded like a rerun of a previous event. Could it be that certain events are imprinted upon the fabric of time and can be replayed, relived, by special individuals when they ask about them? 3. 11-1 CONCERNS OF A PHYSICIST A friend, John Anthony Miller, a zoologist, sent me copies of several E-mail exchanges he had with Dr. Michio Kaku, a brilliant theoretical physicist. John had written to Dr. Kaku about EVP, and some of his own results with taping. Dr. Kaku had never heard ofit and he responded to John's letter with: "I am not familiar with the phenomenon you mentioned. But is it reproduc ible?? If so, it would be quite dramatic evidence. But usually, claims like this are notoriously diffi cult to reproduce. That's the acid

test: Science is based on the reproducible. In the meantime I guess scientists can Fourier analyze the spec trum of the sounds to see precisely which human these voices belong to, much like DNA can be used to identify people. " IS VOICE PHENOMENA REPRODUCIBLE? This is a question I have been frequently asked by scientists and non-scientists. I always answer, "Yes!" Dr. Kaku asked John about it and John's answer was a bit hesitant. To me, the phenomena is eminently reproduc ible. If you ask: "Are Tom and Mary always able to record voices?" I would reply, "Probably not." However, if Tom and Mary were outstanding tap ers, 'maestros of the tape recorder' as I called them in my book: Voices of Eternity (Fawcett, 1988) chances are they'd have results at least 90% of the time. Those results could well be that over 50% of the messages they tape would be Class A. I would also add that I believe 80% of all people who try to have contact with the invisi bles will sooner or later be successful. Scientists put great store in what is reproduc ible. So, if in the future you're asked that ques tion, perhaps you can answer in the affirmative. TAPERS REPORT We have many tapers reporting contact. I am always pleased about this, for it shows recording messages is not just for a few isolated individu als. It is available for most who are willing to spend a moderate amount of time taping

and who follow some simple suggestions. Jackie Colligan, ~v member, wrote: "I have been unsuccessfully trying to scan the picture of a Chinese man. One morning, I received a mes sage spoken by a female voice, that seemed related to it to a certain degree. She said: 'Disceptional dysfunction. Mark in tradi- tional Chinese medicine the tongue is con sidered the mirror of the entire body. Stir Lyangela on spirit into Tony's ears, fore head, hands, feet and le2s.'" I met Jacques Blanc-Garin, and his wife, Monique(France) in Sao Paulo, Brazil, last August when we were both lecturing at the International Congress for Transcommunication. We have stayed in con tact ever since. Jacques wrote that they organ ize a spring weekend with their members of INFINITUDE, an outstanding French organiza tion that focuses on ITC. He said: "The first day we have a meeting with ITC experimentation and we spend the second day in a very beautiful Basi lica named Montligeon, where we pray for the deceased and where we have an office and a meeting together with the Priest who is director of the Basilica. We made a recording the first day, and a mother whose son died 2 years ago, asked him: 'What are we going to do tomor row?' Her son answered: 'Tomorrow ... To Montli,ceon ... To dance ... ' Jacques commented that they thought that was a curious answer because "in a Church we generally pray but we don't dance. The next day we were

at Montligeon and there was a group of Congolese who were singing God Spell. At the end, everybody, including the Sisters and the Priest, began to clap their hands and to dance." ClaraLaughlin, VA State Coordinator, recently taped: "They prom ise they'll be my people." "I cry. I need a new family." "Kisses to look upon." "I don't know about these people." Tina Laurent, Wales member, wrote she is now giving readings for people who come to her for help. She is using EVP in a unique, evidential way. She wrote: "The day before my sitter comes I make a couple of short tapings giving their name, and birth date if I know it, and ask to hear from friends and loved ones belonging to them. Although I'm not always successful I've had some really spot-on messages, and I seem to get more messages for the older clients than the younger ones in their 20s & 30s. One day, I taped, 'Come hither,' fol lowed by, 'Get--Michael--Gold.' The next day, the woman came for her reading. I played the messages for her. She was in her mid-60s, and told me she had just bought a gold ring for her son, :Michael! Her mother always used the term, 'Come hither.' She obviously found the messages very evidential. Some clients go home and start taping on their own!" Richard Lewis, MO, asked for suggestions on taping voices, which I sent him. On January 23rd, an E-mail letter came from him that read:

"I made contact this evening with the entity I believe is in our house. I fol- 4. must destroy confidence in tape recorded voices." Think back to your own party going experiences as a youngster. A favorite game was to sit in a circle. The leader would whisper a word, such as ··dog" into the ear of the person next to him. By the time it was reported by the last person, you rarely heard "dog." It could have been anything. In a letter from Victor Zammit, Australia, Victor wrote that the research for his book: A Lawyer ~~rgues For the Afterlife (mentioned in the aut im n ni·wsletter) is almost completed. Althoug-h Ile said he's happy with the results, his resean.:h lrns led him to some sad conclusions. Quoting from his letter, Victor wrote: "One of (my conclu sions) is that the evidence for the afterlife and psychic phenomena is overwhelming but the 1•stablishment, uniVL'rsities, institutional iz,·d h 111 ct1es and the extreme materialists doli ·L want to hear about it ... I quite believe that we arc at I he stage that Galileo was--he had the scien tific evidence for the heliocentric view of the solar system but the establishment nearly killed him for it. It was only when the knowledge reached a threshold the establishment could not suppress or explain away that Galileo was vindicated. How long do we have to wait?" I understand Victor's frustration. The evidence for survival is overwhelming. At times I feel as

if we are singing to the choir who already are believers. We will keep on though, as individuals and groups (such as INIT) working cooperatively, :-;haring our results, considering the results of oth ers, so we will continue to learn from each other. TAPERS REPORT We have many people, more than ever before, reporting instrumental contacts with the unseen. The large number pleases me for it shows break throughs are occurring more often for more peo ple Some of these reports come from individuals having their very first contacts. A.s I mentioned on page 1. I share their deep joy. Lisa Butler, N.M .. wrote: "I am still having good success with taping. I can only think of one time in the last couple of years that I have taped and failed to get voices. I appreciate the ideas on taping and motivation of hearing from other tap ers that your newsletter provides.'· In an inter esting letter from Luise Fuchs, Gl·rmany, Luise said: "When I was in Sweden to learn more about t ranscommunication from .Jurgenson, he pla.vPct a tape where the scene of an accident could be heard. A voice spoke and said the driver wouldn't be injured because they would wrap him in cot ton. About a week after that recording, someone close to Jurgenson was in an accident and even though it was a very bad accident, there were no casualties. I have had a similar incident. Mr. M. who began a discussion group with me,

had an accident not long ago. I had taped a recording announcing an accident, not indicating though who'd be in it. Within a short time there was a crash with a truck on the highway. Mr. M.'s car was totally damaged but he got out of his car without the slightest injury. Apparently, the spiritual world had put him in cotton as well." Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordina tor, wrote that when she was recently checking some of her results, she discovered a very clear, "Hegeler." Carol said it was the loudest and , learest message she'd ever received. He has been coming through to her since she started taping in 1983. Unfortunately, when Carol went to make a copy of it, she accidentally erased it. In the next recording, she asked ifHegeler would cal I her on the telephone. Someone replied he wasn't there by saying: "He is with the children." Many times they have told Carol that he teaches children. She's been told upon numerous occasions that Hegeler was her brother in a previous life in Germany. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote about some of the messages she has received lately: "Clara, we're here for you." "We select the good people." "You serve the dead people." Clara said she received a surprise evidential mes sage from Tom, her husband. "You fly with me to Mary Smith--a favorite lady." Clara com mented this went back to the early 1970s, and a trip they made to see a good

friend. David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, sent me a tape with some very good voices. Some of them were: "We are on the earth." "They have their high star weapon." "Please give us a moment of radio." " In the hall keep the light on. We come in on it." Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, sent me a tape with outstanding reverse messages. Some of them wen·: "It will start within you--1 know it." "And know your soul whenever." "I come down. I get the man in the earphone." "My Lord, I want you to touch our values here." "Nexus are many." Dan said he looked up the word Nexus in the dictionary, and one definition for it is ''link.'" Irene Nelson, WI. joined the AA EVP in 1988. Although not a taper, she is inter ested in our Association because of the objective 4. 16-+ taping for years have their own special helper(s). With the exception of Konstantin Raudive, there is very little cross-over from one taper to anoth er, in the matter of spirit helpers. Maggy Harsch-Fischbach has Swejen Salter, Technician and several others. Sonia Rinaldi has the Dr. Landell group. William O'Neill had Dr. Mueller; I had Styhe. I could go on, but it's not necessary. My feeling is that each of our unique energies helped bring these special people and groups to a particular taper. They either didn't have the desire to go to someone else, or found it impossi ble because that particular

spirit's energies (or groups) could not mesh with the energies of the earth-side experimenter who perhaps called on them. For years I have noticed with interest that some mediums have a difficult time with watches. They break down soon or show strange hours not at all related to the correct time. Could it be that the medium's unique energies affect the running of their watches? JOINT EXPERIMENT BRINGS EVIDEN- TIAL CONTACT Sonia Rinaldi, Brazilian INIT board member and head of ANT (Brazilian Association for Trans comm unication) wrote about a meeting she'd organized on Dec. 6th. Sixty people attended and those who were having taped contacts with other dimensions, played their best results. Sonia dem onstrated the software, "Cool-96" with which you may amplify low voices. In talking to Jacques Blanc-Garin, French INIT board member, she learned that he was also planning a meeting for the same day. She and Jacques agreed to have both groups try a joint taping experiment at 4:00 P .M. Some of the people brought portable tape recorders and hoped that they, or someone else in the two groups (Brazil or France) would receive a message for them from a loved one on the other side. Sonia wrote: "We taped for 15 minutes. We used 2 tape recorders emitting noise, and 8 other tape recorders doing the actual taping. "Afterwards a friend started to analyze one of the tapes (the others will be analyzed later). In half an hour she presented the results. It was

incred ible!! Many questions were answered. The voices were as clear as our own and could be heard by everyone present." Sonia mentioned some of the over 40 replies that were received. The unseen spoke about Paris, showing that they were aware of Jacques and his group's simultaneous experiment with Brazil. A mother in Sonia's group called on her deceased daughter to come through. The girl replied: "Mother, nothing changes." The mother is convinced it was her daughter because of her unique style of speaking. Another attendee, named Carmen, called on her husband, Joao. He said: "Carmen, this is Joao. I love you more than ever." In an E-mail letter to Sonia, I said it was wonder ful that the group recording went so well. I asked about Jacques and if he'd had results. Sonia replied that Jacques had faxed her after their experiment ended. They had also received mes sages from the unseen. One was from a Brazi lian boy named "Robinson." A mother who took part in the December Brazilian meeting, had lost two sons. Her last name is Robinson! CROSSING MY DESK Each month, dozens of letters related to ITC cross my desk. Most are interesting. Some push my boggle point to its limits. Others require a bit of thought, even investigation. Tina Laurent, Wales, sent me an old clipping she found from the Journal of the Society for Psy chical Research. It was dated June 197 4, and appeared in "Letters to the Editor." The letter

was from Scott Rogo who, before his death, was well known as the author of many books related to PSI, and for his investigations in the field. Quoting briefly, Scott wrote: "I want to point out a fallacy that critics have made about tape It is claimed that because recorded voices. several individuals have different interpretations of a 'voice' that disqualifies that voice. Instead, it is some mechanical or accidental sound that really exists on the tape. This is based on the idea that if a voice did occur on the tape, all lis teners would interpret it uniformly." Scott goes on to show the fallacy of this premise and mentions experiments by Dr. John Lilly, known for his work with dolphins. In this case, Lilly presented a tape of a clearly enunciated word spoken by a human voice. It was discov ered that individuals heard up to 30 different words, for this one word. Scott concluded his let ter with: "This seems to rule out the argument listeners that the lack of unanimity among the 3. captured the form of an ectoplasm (living organ ism). Quoting again, we read: "The captured vis age was very clean. There is no argument that what was visualized and reconstructed by using cybernetic processes very closely resembles that of Eva Peron." After seeing the image, Father Guzman (who is of Argentine origin) said: "We can say that the specter of Eva Peron wanted to manifest to me, because I am Argentine and therefore

should know that the proportions of Evita's body are quite smaller than the norm." Addendum: An outstanding Class A reverse message I received some time ago was: "Yes, if I need help, I see a laser around it." This was played at the conference in Brazil. noon:" Bridges To Other Worlds", with over 30 messages played, was graciously received. Over the years I have traveled to many coun tries and always got along well with the people in each one. Those at the Sao Paulo congress, were the most warm-hearted I have ever known. I was almost overwhelmed by the love and kind ness shown to me and my colleagues from those in attendance. During every break and at the conclusion of the congress Sunday evening, the members of the audience swarmed around the speakers with questions, requests for pictures and autographs, hugs and kisses. There were tears, from those on both sides of the podium, when we said our final goodbyes on Sunday. INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE AND MEETING -- BRAZIL -- AUGUST 13-- 17 Brazil held its first international congress which focused on transcommunication in Sao Paulo. The theme of the congress was: From the Tape Recorder to the Computer. Leading research ers in the field of TC, spoke to the audience which also represented many countries. Over 25 people from the U.S. attended. Instantaneous transla tions through headphones were in: French, Eng lish, German and Portuguese. The two day con gress was sponsored by the International Net work for

Transcommunication (INIT) and super bly organized by board members Sonia Rinaldi (AA-EVP member) and Dr. Marlene Nobre, (Brazil). They had a large competent group of fellow Brazilians assisting them in the event. The two day congres::-- was preceded by a 3 day meeting of INIT board members at the Hotel La Rosa, an hour from Sao Paulo. There were 22 board members present from nine countries. We had much business to discuss, since our meeting in Tarrytown, N.Y., last September. Seven board members from the U.S. attended, and Dale Palmer was unanimously elected to be the inter national president. When the meeting ended Fri day, I felt greatly honored to he presented with a in in~trumental Life Achievement Award transcommunication signed h_\ en'ryone. The conclusion of the dedication r,~ads: ·'She has helped to lift the veil between th,, dimensions." We returned to Sao Paulo Friday afternoon where we remained for th(' re::c-t nf tbl' con£:H!SS. There were many outstanding pre::::cntations which included taped messages. vidl\O;-; : :ui crrri puter contacts. My own talk Saturda_v ah (T - The next international INIT congress will be held in France the summer of'99, followed with a tour of France. Start saving your pennies! MESSAGE TO THE 2nd INSTRUMENTAL TRANSCOMMUNICATION CONGRESS Saturday evening, Carlos Alberto Baccelli, an outstanding Brazilian medium, had mediumistic contact through automatic writing with those in spirit. It had been a Jong day for me so I, along with others, returned to our hotel. From reports on Sunday from those who

stayed on, the session was highly successful. Many messages were received for those in the audience from loved ones who have died. The longest, most amazing one, was from Konstantin Raudive, an early EVP experimenter who died in the 1970s. He remains active in TC and many of us have received phone calls and other contacts from him. The message is too long to repeat so I wi11 quote from it: "Hello, hello, my ITC friends, can you hear me?!! In the next century, if a war does not throw humanity into chaos, there will be great advances for the spirit. We are not alone. Slowly we will overcome obstacles. Organize yourselves and don't fear criticism. Only those who dare will be enlightened. To our dear friend Sarah Estep, in name of all transcommunicators from the beyond, I wish to send our best wishes. I will not thank everyone because I could commit the unforgivable error of forgetting someone. Brazil is a center of spiritual forces, whose des tiny is to irradiate to the world the light that all of us ::c,hould strive for within ourselves. With my warmest regards and wishes for a lot of success in this marvelous journey to prove scientifically to the world that there is life after death. Kon stantin Rau dive.'' 3. A VERY SPECIAL PICTURE j During our first break of the INIT board mem bers on Wednesday evening, warm greetings were exchanged as we tried to catch up on what had happened

to our colleagues the last eleven months. A number of us had cameras and hap pily snapped pictures of each other. One mem ber with a Polaroid camera, took a picture of a member from France. Instead of the picture developing as expected, in front of the eyes of several observers, a picture of a bottle-nose dolphin, swimming in beautiful blue water, emerged. In spite of the background of the board members, who are largely accustomed to the unusual being normal, everyone was stunned. The picture that preceded the dolphin, and the one that followed, came out normally. Sunday morning, during a break, presenters and congress organizers were moving around freely on the stage of the Grand Auditorium. Again, many pictures were taken with Polaroid and other types of cameras. One of the Brazilian board members with a Polaroid camera, took the picture on the left, of other board members. Maggy Harsch-Fischbach, Luxembourg, asked the individual if he'd like to get in the picture with his colleagues. He did, and Maggy took the pic ture. Those standing nearby, watched the film exiting the camera normally and developing bit by bit in the usual amount of time. Instead of the group of men we expected to see however, we have the picture on the right, of another dolphin swimming in blue water. Quickly, a third picture was taken, which produced a normal stage scene. It should be mentioned that Maggy is in contact with different worlds through her computer and by

other means. One of these worlds is a world of aquatic beings. "In meditation a few days ago, I'd been thinking about growing older--I'm 66 years old. I was told: 'Only the body ages. The Soul gains experience dealing with an aging body.' Dorothy Eliason, Idaho- AA-EVP. {). OUR TAPERS REPORT Jackie Colligan, NV, continues to havt• unex pected anomalies occurring in her trailer where she and her husband-Les, live, as well as other places. While some of these may be of a psycho kinetic nature, others appear to be related to her group of communicators from another dimension. In a recent letter she wrote: "The spirits never fail to let us know their presence. The music box had been thrown off the TV twice. I was in another room and I heard a loud rumble in the liv ing room. I quickly went there and found a large fan that sits on top of the TV just rocking back and forth like crazy--it wasn't even on. I imme diately taped and a male voice said: 'This is Mark. I want to know if Ray is there.' (Ray is the name of the guitar player in Jackie's son's band). Some of the other taped messages that have come through lately are: "He sleeps, aren't you scared?" "I want my God." "I ask Margaret. These eight people drowned. Must have markers." David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, called in August. He reports that he is continuing to have good results taping. David

and Gilbert Bonner (mentioned on pg. 2) were friends, and before Gilbert became seriously ill a year ago, David would frequently call him. In his phone call, David said that since Gilbert's death, he has received several taped messages about him. Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordi nator, shows us that where there is the will, there is a way. He wrote that he has developed a prob lem with the fingers of his right hand (his taping hand). Eventually, he lost most of the feeling in his fingers. After many tests, the doctor told him it was a problem associated with his spinal cord and neck. Dan, however, doesn't permit this problem to interfere with his daily taping. He wrote: "I now use my knuckles instead of my fin ger tips, which is a bit clumsy and effects my timing--but I still tape!" All of Dan's messages are on the reverse side of his tape. Some of those on the outstanding tape he sent me are: "Me heal. Know of it for separate days." "No. Stop it for several days." "Need it to do it." "Maybe you and I can fix that." "On Earth, "Heaven are those guys iust a guessin'." now, once you there." IDEAS FOR TAPING EXPERIMENTS We are grateful to our members who present us with ideas for taping. Some of these ideas come from tapers themselves, so they know what we face in our efforts. It is up to us to try t hcsl'

ideas, if at all possible, to see if they will work for us. They just might make all the differenn,. voice reverse speech is far different ... ! feel that our reverse messages are some of the best evi dence we have that these voices from other worlds are genuine." I explain the differences and play examples to illustrate what I am saying. Knowledge of 'normal' reverse speech has been around for a long time; it is certainly not a new discovery. About 16-17 years ago, there was great excitement when it was discovered that some of the 'hard' rock' songs had words on the r(•verse side of tapes such as: "Death", "Satan", ·'Murder" and so on. Then we have reverse other dimension voices. Friedrich Jurgenson, one of the (•arly pioneers in the fie]d, had them. Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, told me 18 years ago he had them and I shou Id turn my tapes over and listen. I did, and there they were. Other AA-EVP tapers also have them. f n .June, three members called or wrote about the work of David Oates who is on the Internet and is :. :-:pcciali~;t in normal reverse ~peech. Dennis Pollard, AZ; KathlP<-'n Teorey, MN; and Grey lVoodman, MD; LI\, had heard about Oates' work, ,,.-ondcrcd ifl knew about it, and one or two asked ii' I thought it might be related to EVP reverse ,;peech. I hastened to reassure them, that yes, I had known about it for

years. I am also familiar \'.1ith David Oates' work, and we have exchanged ietter'.:'. His work, I feel, is valid and interesting r,ut hy no strdch of the imagination could we say 1.lwt the type of reverse speech which he focuses ;m, could be related to EVP reverse messages. 1.Vhen Grey, who is a psychiatrist, called the last 'vcck in June, we talked for some time, and he ,1grees there i~ no relationship. What is heard on normal reverse speech, he believes, is often the c'.onscious, or subconscious thoughts of the speaker, which he feels he can't express. At times, Grey tapes the speech of those with whom he is in contact, as well as recording TV inter 0 iews. Grey said he has taped very small child ren, babies actually, as they are learning to talk. \Vhat is heard on the reverse side of such tapes reveals words no one would expect a small child to know. Grey has ordered a cassette tape player that can play such tapes automatically in reverse from Oates who sells them. A "How to" hook is included. If interested, call Oates for information. Phone: l-800-669-5789. \ I am not trying to 'push' Tape 4--my 30 minute Reverse Speech tape, but if you would like to hear EVP reverse voices, it is available for $6. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM ANONYMOUS One of our CA AA-EVP members has sent me some interesting material lately. He wrote: "Don't give my name or address out please!" so of course

I will honor this and cail him Torn. Tom wrote in regards to trying to get images through your TV: "The hottest thing going is recording VCR tape on a clear TV channel then playing it back in slow motion. This method is good for color reproduction. You get to see your spirits in color. You can do this with a camcorder outside, pointed at the sky. Play back in slow motion. You can catch UFO pictures this way.'' For taping, Tom said: "I set up 3 radios close together and used the RF carrier method in th<' broadcast band. The radio in the middle is th() main radio. Tune it to an open space on the A..\il broadcast band. Then use the second radio (sei right next to the main radio) to put its local oscil lator on the main radio. The third radio is used t<, get the audio note tone on the other two radios by beating its local oscillator against them. After a while you will hear voices. Best time 9-10 P.M. Tom also has suggestions for the microwave experiments we've encouraged members to try in the last several newsletters. He says: "The· microwave oven will work better if you short the microphone with a diode across the female mike plug. (You can get this at Radio Shack). Also (optional) put a small coil across lead. This method cuts out a]] the outside noise'.'." He commented on Dr. Raymond Moody's psycho manteum experiments: "Dr. Moody's method

works in different ways depending how naturally sensitive you are and whether the spirits are ready to appear for you when you are gazing. Always use a low level night light as instructed." We thank Tom for his treasure trove of ideas. Please let me know if you try any of them and your results. I'll tell Tom and will perhaps be able to use some of them in a future newsletter. 111Jour newsletter is so beautifully written, so enjoyable. #Jou give hope when there was none before. When 9 read it, my belief is always reinforced, that sometime, someday, 9 will see my beloved ones again! <Jod bless you." }VI.argot (Jizienski, ealifornia. 3. 16 -z. A NOD FROM THE VATICAN The Vatican has never been against communica tion with spirit, per se, although it has taken a cautious approach. It's main concern is who is doing the communicating and, rightly so, how such communication is used. My understanding is that there is a department of parapsychology within the Vatican. Pope Paul VI made Friedrich Jurgenson a Knight Commander of the Order of St. Gregory for his work in this and other fields. I have a picture of the two men standing together, the day Jurgenson was decorated. Monique Simonet, France, sent me an article that had been translated for her from Italian into French. This was written by Father Gino Con cetti in the daily Vatican newspaper: "Observatore Romano". I sent the article to Hazel Sarmiento, TXAA-EVP member, who

has volunteered to translate French material for me. Many thanks are owed to her and her husband Roberto, who assisted with the translation. Quoting from it, Father Concetti wrote: "From the point of view of the Catholic church, contacts with the 'other side' are possible and the person who talks with the world of the dead does not sin ifhe does it under the inspiration of the Faith." Another reporter commented that the article is important because in it, one can find new tenden cies in the Church's dealing with paranormal sub ject. The unnamed reporter further questioned Father Concetti (who is one of the most compet ent theologians of the Vatican). Father Concetti said in the interview: "According to the modern catechism, God allows our dear departed persons who live in an ultra-terrestrial dimension, to send messages to guide us in certain difficult moments of our lives. The Church has decided not to forbid anymore the dialogue with the deceased with the condition that these contacts are carried out with a serious religious and scientific purpose. Mes sages may not come by words but by means of diverse signs, such as dreams or by spiritual impulses that penetrate into our spirit. These impulses can be transformed into visions and into concepts." The interviewer asked other questions but space prohibits us going into them fully. Near the end of the interview Father Concetti said: "One should not play with the reality of death. One should not call the dead for

futile motives; for example, to get the lottery numbers. Be careful about falling into excessive credulity'' he warns. SUGGESTED EXPERIMENTS We are grateful to everyone who sends us experi ment ideas to try. Many of you have placed a "2" in front of your name when you signed up for the cross-country list (which now has close to 200 names on it). The "2" means you are interested in research & development. Might I suggest you become more actively involved with this. I have learned from talking to several of you, that you are engaged in interesting and promising research. Don't hesitate to share it with us. Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, wrote: "We must emphasize the 'reality' of spirit exist ence by eliminating all doubts about our contact experiments. Our experiments should be 'scientific' and not be contestable, as much as possible." Hans mentions Dr. Carlos Luz of Bra zil, who will be taking part in the Brazilian confer ence. He has developed a telephone receiver that works independently of the telephone network. The phone has its own battery operated power supply to operate the ringer and the circuitry. Hans suggests placing the phone and /or a small battery operated cassette recorder inside a microwave oven which should be unplugged. He writes: "It offers almost 100% shielding against any radio or microwave frequencies escaping or entering it. However, as we all know, electro magnetic shielding is no barrier to spirit voice or signal." In his letter, Hans goes on

to write: "We can fol low the same procedure with a small battery operated desk or laptop computer. Again, there should be no connecting cables to the outside." Dominic Macquire, AA-EVP member, England, writes to me frequently about a number of experiment ideas He is actively pursuing many of these ideas in his own research. Quoting from a June letter, he wrote: "We know from EVP theory, that spirit persons exist on a higher frequency than our matter. We humans already exist as spirit persons but with a physi cal body. Our vibration frequencies are higher than matter, but lower than spirit persons who have no physical body. Frequencies change many times during the day according to mood, environment, tiredness, etc." (This is why I always urge tapers to record when their energies are highest--S.E.) Dominic feels mental attunement is important 4. About 18 years ago, I also tried basically the same thing. After reading a book about pyramid power, I thought it might be interesting to try tap ing with the mike inside a pyramid. At my request, my husband had constructed at his plant an aluminum pyramid about 3' tall. For weeks, I placed my condenser mike inside it when I made my daily recording. The results were excellent. Voices were louder, clear (although with a rather hollow sound) and spoke frequently. You may want to try some enclosed mike experi ments. Please let me know your results, positive or negative, if you do. PYRAMID CLOCK POWER? Six

or seven years ago, I bought an inexpensive fiberboard pyramid clock that runs on one AA bat tery. Currently, it stands on top of a file cabinet , nside my office closet. We have been through a lot together. Moving, getting settled, many ups and downs. It is like a faithful friend, never asking a thing of me--not even a new battery! Yes, the same alkaline battery I installed over six years ago has never been changed. Not only that, but it is fairly accurate--even more accurate than the clock above my desk. What is its secret? I have no idea, but day in and day out, year after year, it continues ticking away. PHONE CALL FROM THE DEAD Doris McClure Humphrey, MD AA-EVP member, wrote that her former neighbor, Jean, came run ning to her door one evening several years ago, in tears. She said: "Oh, Doris! He called again! Sam called again!" Doris explained that Sam was a friend of John, Jean's son, and had been killed several days before when he rode his bike into the side of a Metro bus in the D.C. area. When Jean picked up the receiver, a male voice that she recognized as Sam's, asked: "Is John there?" Hardly believing what she heard, since she knew he was dead, she asked who was calling and he replied: "It's Sam." Jean asked if he had a phone number where her son could reach him, and the voice replied: "No, I'll call back." He

did this the following night, and it was this second call that drove Jean to the home of Doris. Rogo & Raymond Bayless) this same thing was mentioned." Doris told Jean that such calls were not uncom mon, and lent her the Rogo & Bayless book, so she could better understand the phenomena. WHO OWNS THE VOICES? On Easter Sunday, a member contacted me by E mail with: "Need you! Advise Immediately. Help!!" We will call the member Sue, who had written a month earlier about a family who requested she try to reach a deceased loved one for them on tape. She was successful in this and also received two or three pictures. Sue asked for advice on how she could let the public know about what had hap pened. She contacted local radio & TV stations but none were interested. I suggested she send her report to FATE magazine. FATE is interested in ITC and she might receive a positive reply. In Sue's plea for help on Easter, she wrote that a member of the family had decided he didn't want anything published about her contacts. He refused to listen to the rest of the family who wanted the story released. Quoting from Sue's E mail letter, she wrote: "Although I don't have what happened copyrighted, is the recording and the spirit photographs my property? Who owns a spirit message anyway? I really need to hear from you right away." Fortunately, I opened up my E-mail box a

few minutes after the message was sent, and I replied in part: "I would not try to give legal advice ever to anyone. However, I personally would never go against the wishes and desires of a family mem ber, where EVP messages--or anything else-- is in question. Whether you have a copyright or not, makes no difference. The person and his feelings always comes first. I would respect the wishes of the family member who wants you to drop the whole thing. He might sue; he might not--that doesn't matter as far as I am concerned. Of course you are unhappy about this; you feel he is wrong to feel this way. I'm not judging for or against him. He, again, doesn't want anything said. So be it! If you want to contest his 'legal' right in this matter, you will have to see an attor ney." This entire situation brings up an intriguing ques tion. Who does, in fact, "own" messages (or Doris wrote: "Jean said that there was no sound of pictures); whose "property" are they, as Sue asked? As far as I know, no one has ever had to the caller hanging up. The line just stayed open. I recall that in Phone Calls from the Dead (Scott face this situation in court, and it is hoped such an 3. /6-/ occasion will never arise. Do we own everything that comes through to us instrumentally, whether it is by recorder, computer, TV or telephone? Or does a

surviving family member own what may be received in such a manner? Ethically, I per sonally feel I don't own any of the messages rve taped over the last 20 years. They are more of a collaboration between someone in another dimen sion and myself. In addition, if we act in an uneth ical way in our contacts with the unseen and in bringing these contacts to the public's awareness, we can't expect much positive help from spirit. They will either ignore us, or we will come in con tact with spirits who are unethical themselves. We return to the legal question -- can we ever cop yright; can we ever own ITC communications? My mind delights in thrashing around such issues, but I can claim no legal expertise. I suspect though, that if anyone legally 'owns' such communications it would be a surviving adult family member. What is your opinion? Let me know. Perhaps we can discuss this in a future newsletter. OUR TAPERS REPORT We have a good many reports this time from members who are taping. This always warms my heart. Jackie Colligan, NV wrote that since I suggested in the winter newsletter that tapers who wished to experiment, try to contact those from worlds not considered spirit, she would attempt this. Quoting from her letter, Jackie said: "I used the CB for a sound source, and asked for someone to give me information from outer space. This came back: 'That surf is chasing a planet.' 'I

passed that planet burnin.' 'Good to h@D( close by.' 'Half of us spared.' 'We seek.' 'Research favorite.' Jackie commented: "I am so glad you asked me to find some voices that could be from outer-space, or I wouldn't have received the above. As for the 'Research favor ~ I believe they might mean the CB as their favorite sound source method." Trixie Cuthbert son, England wrote: "I am pleased to say that I have had some recent recording responses which is most encouraging. As yet, there are just an occasional word or two. There have also been several 'Help me' utterances. This is so moving and one feels helpless. My response is to tell them to 'go towards the Light,' and 'go with God.' Adrian Klein, Israel continues to have many outstanding taped contacts, especially with his mother. Quot ing from a March E-mail letter he wrote: "At 3:00 AM this morning, I got up and began recording, not being very optimistic about the outcome because of the unusual early hour. In spite of this, a long message came from my mother. She said: 'I'd ask you very much, go and sleep. Sleep until tomorrow in the morning. Go back (my nick name used by my dear mother) 'Please sleep. Don't stretch it beyond the limits. Don't become foolish all the night.' A few minutes later, I made another recording. With this, my father spoke. He used my nickname--different from my mother's, and said: 'You do not hear? You never

obey our requests!' Adrian wrote: "This time I was forced to obey." A few weeks ear lier, during his Wednesday evening recording ses sion, his mother came through and said: "Tomorrow your train is overcrowded; there are a lot of people." This proved to be true. Each Thursday, Adrian goes to a distant work place. Normally there are few people on the train but on this particular Thursday, Adrian said: "My carriage was stormed by a noisy group of schoolchildren on their way to a trip." Adrian feels this particular precognitive message is significant because it: "seems to suggest a very clear aware ness of our own temporal line as seen from 'beyond.'" Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordina t.or, said she had tried a microwave oven experi ment as I suggested in our last two newsletters. She wrote: "When I played back where I explained what I was doing, my husband whispered his name, just before I popped the cassette recorder into the oven. There were plenty of whispers and voices on tape playback, but nothing at an under standing level." Tina Laurent, Wales has been to Scole several times, which is a well-known cen ter for physical phenomena. On her first visit she walked around the grounds, taping. The name: "Elvis Presley," came through three times. Four months later, she revisited Scole. Again, taping on the grounds, a male voice repeated: "Elvis Presley." Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordi nat.or, has sent me two short outstanding tapes since

February. Some of the messages received during one recording, all on the reverse side of his tape, are: "He had some church fer here." "Now you're here and you'll heal" "My head know of it for separate days." "And knowing me, even the Doctor said no sign of it me feel." "You'll grow in design and I can e:et down there." "Harold, I had loose to come back here." "I thought you be here, I heard that you come back up." Laetitia Munro, N.J. joined us in September after reading the May FATE interview with me. She has begun taping and in her interesting letter wrote: "It took me about 4 weeks to get any response, but one day a rather loud voice said: 'More.' Since then I have been modestly successful, getting short messages 4. OUR TAPERS REPORT WHAT DO SPIRITS USE IN THEm CALLS? Dominic Macquire, England AA-EVP member, tries many interesting experiments and has a number of nutritional thoughts regarding the voice phenomena as a whole. Bill Denyer, a friend, and Dominic have discussed spirit phone calls. It is his theory that the spirit voice is probably not received through the mouth piece microphone because it is carbon. He feels it is more likely that it would be through the ear phone speaker which is magnetic, a magnet with a coil. Such a loud speaker (even in a telephone) is capable of serving as a microphone. me, as I lay sleeping. Terry does much the same thing,

and some of his best voices came through while he was asleep. As examples, he taped: "Alms for the lady." (Which I called A+). "Tu.mer." "Get up!" "Damn your army." Gary Diehl, MD, joined just two months ago and has started regular taping. He wrote that his approach is orientated more to psychology than physics. He is using naturally induced (non pharmacological) altered states of consciousness in order to determine their effect, if any, on EVP experiments. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordi nator continues taping faithfully, even after many years. She wrote: "On the 8th of September, this message appeared via tape: "Jennifer talking. Come and see EVP channel. Jennifer on It never fails to give great pleasure to write about EVP. Come and see 'Lisa's channel. "Clara said her name is frequently abbreviat.ed, and she is the results our members are receiving through sometimes called 'Lisa. She went on to comment their tape recorders. We have two new members that Jennifer was a friend from way back who has this time, which is always a special joy. Going in alphabetical order: Jackie Colligan, NV wrote: moved away and is not well. "Naturally, I thought "Sometimes the voices talk directly t.o me but for she had gone to spirit, so I made a call and found the most part they allow me to listen into their out she had not died, but was quite frail and not conversations." Jackie likes t.o experiment and expected to be here much longer. My

feeling is uses different sound sources. She commented: that she traveled during sleep and paid a visit to "The CB is easier to hear and decipher than the me. This is my third experience of this sort." water voices, but the static is maddening. I get a Before closing, Clara mentioned that Mercedes great deal from both sources, where as with no Shepanek (former VA State Coordinator before sound I only receive short messages. I have many her death and close friend of Clara's) had told her allergies, and using the CB (no antenna up) I that spirit often called her "Isabelle" on tape but recently taped: "I hear that Jackie is sick. she didn't know why. Frequently, now, when she When it happens it scares me sometimes. I speaks to Clara, she will call herself Isabelle. hope half of the saints reach her." A female Dominic Macqu.ire sent me a tape with some voice sang: "There's a big star. Suppose to examples. One message from his wife was: "Oh carry in the sea. It's as fast as me." The end of Mac, you are a poppet." Another time he recorded: "Coming through microphone." November, Jackie was using a new recorder with a built in mike. On that day, Rick, a regular commu- Dominic was thinking to himself that he would nicator said: "I don't like this mike now. What have t.o get better equipment and a few minut;es later he taped: "Is something wrong with the am I going

to do?" Another time Jackie taped: "There's a planet scraping the earth. Desert equipment?" Jim Morgan, NV, is also a new planet." It is Jackie's thought that they may member, having joined the end of October. He have been referring to the companion of the comet wrote: "I am so glad to have found your AA-EVP. 'Hale Bopp' that is larger than earth and is sup- My int;erest is very strong. My voices are still posed to pass over us this coming March or April. whispers but I can understand some of them." Terry Cox, England, sent me a tape in November. Jim feels that those who are persistent, who He had a number of clear, interesting messages on endure with their taping, will be rewarded. Dan it. Some of the especially clear ones were: "It's McKee, Il, and FL Stare Coordinator, sent me an Philip." "I don't know what's happen." excellent tape from just one day's recording "How are you?" "Hello." "Rubbish." Terry session--Dec. 3rd. He received in this-0ne ,session records frequently while he is sleeping. !,also, did a over 40 outstanding messages on the reverse side number of sleep experiments many years ago. of his tape. I called most of them A+. Some of them were: "You have east a lot-I trail it." Connecting my tape recorder to a timer, it would automatically come on early in the morning while I "Are they hurry?" "And that may drown to was asleep. At the end of Side 1 (

or two) it would our Big Signal." "Watch how Pm paying you." "I fear to us also." "Boy, you have little piece shut off. Each time I tried this, I received messag- es, in which 'they' showed they were very aware of of New Earth." "Earth, I see I nearly on." 3. ,,-'I- HE:ADPHON& MIK& s MIC r ..;.1 l~1B I - I L- -J ?LLIG t:==CJ== PICAL HE:AOPHOl-4:.: CIRCUIT DIAGRAM use .larger headphones with 2 inch speakers. Replace headphone wire with shielded microphone cables. Mount components on speaker board mic can be secured with rubber cement .. switch requires 3/18'hole, mic reqiires 1/2 " hole. Parts List: Radio Shack No,s Microphone element B-Bat. case-3 V AAA R- 180 ohm-1/2 w c- 10 mf 35 Volt Cable-shielded Mike plug 275-612 270-398 271-014 272-1013 218-1217 214-1536 6/15/86 c. S.c. '"What Do Spirits Use In Their Calls?", found on pg.3, and the theory that the spirit voice is prob ably received through the earphone speaker of the telephone, reminded me of an interesting experi ment I described in the summer 1986 newsletter. Dr. G. P. Krokhalev, professor at Perm Universi ty, U.S.S.R., wrote an article titled: "EVP." In it he said: "The human body can act as a receiver and a transmitter of radio waves. The skin acts as a transistor to modulate the waves, transmit ting an audible sound via tissue and bones to the brain. Concentration of thought can cause the ears to transmit faint sounds which can be picked

up by a sensitive microphone and recorded." In his EVP experiments Dr. Krokhalev used a plastic or rubber ear-cap, fitting around the ear, with a small hole in the middle for a tiny microphone. Talting this basic idea, I described to my husband Charles, a retired electrical engineer, what I would like. He designed the headphone mike seen above. We used stereo headphones and Charles built into them two mikes, one in each ear piece. The head phones fit comfortably around my head and were worn each time I taped on my stereo tape recorder. In the summer of '86 newsletter, I described the results: "External sounds are almost completely eliminated (such as the radio). This is due, no doubt, to the fact that the small mikes inside the headphone fit tightly against the ears. The voices that are taped with the head phone mike, although at times loud, clear Class A, have an unusual quality. There is more white noise in the background than with normal record ings. The taper's voice is surprisingly loud." Anyone with a bit of electronic know-how, should be able to build a similar set of headphone mikes without difficulty. This is an interesting experi ment that I hope some of you will try. Please let me know your results. EXPERIMENTAL WORK IN PROGRESS Dominic Macquire wrote that his associate, Bill Denyer, and he, talk several times a week. Den yer is constructing three square wave generators that will cover a wide spectrum. of ultra

sonic ener gy. He will let us know what happens. In the same letter, Dominic made the interesting observations: "I have come to the conclusion that there may not be such a difference between the audio and the video methods of communication, they now seem to be two sides of the same coin. The one is produced as electronic clairaudience, the other as electronic clairvoyance." - If this idea is right, the headphone mike described on this page should help the voices speak. WHAT HAPPENED TO MY MI CROW AVERS? On page 5 of the Autumn NEWS, I described a very simple experiment idea that came from Gerry Connelly of England. He suggested people place a small battery operated tape recorder in their microwave oven. Microwaves are similar to a Faraday cage that will not allow in (or out) any electromagnetic radiation, with a wavelength bigger than the holes in your mesh. Obviously, don't turn on the microwave while your tape recorder is inside! To my surprise no one wrote that they had tried the experiment. It is an easy thing to do, so I thought rd have a response. Yes, I tried it several times. There was one Class A message: "Very srood,." Another one, clear but not loud said: "Don't know what to say," There were a few other things but the voice(s) were not loud enough to interpret. I hope some of you will decide to try this during these long winter months. Be aware, that your

mike in the microwave will still pick up sounds in the environment. If you try it please let me Im.ow. Even if nothing comes through, this is a result that needs to be considered. 1. speed of the particular radio wave, which serves as the carrier for the voice signal at any given time. The speed of most wave lengths used so far, has caused nearly all the spirit voices to be recorded faster than the speed of normal speech. A variable speed tape recorder is helpful to adjust the pitch of the voice during play back. It is believed that any wave in the entire electro mag netic spectrum may be used, including light and sound waves. When sound waves are used for recording spirit voices they are recorded at more like the speed of normal speech." TAPING IN THE FIELD Although I do very little taping anymore away from my office, there are exceptions. In early August, I spent four days working with the Man Alive group from London. It is part of the largest British commercial TV channel in Great Britain. The first two days were spent looking over the two locations I'd chosen for the shooting. Both produc ers were enthusiastic with my selection and so the 3rd and 4th day we returned with a large camera crew hired from near Washington, D.C. The first day of taping was aboard the U.S. Con stellation, a frigate over 150 years old, docked in the Baltimore Harbor. It

is closed now to the pub lic while extensive repairs are taking place, but we received special permission to go aboard this fasci nating historical ship. The Constellation fought many battles and a number of men died on her. My daughter Becky, who taped successfully with me in Egypt, joined me for the first day. Between us we recorded 21 voices, some Class A. Although we taped shoulder to shoulder, never more than a foot apart due to a very restrictive camera/sound set-up, none of our messages were identical. This is typical when recording with someone else in close proximity. It reinforces my theory that each of us has unique energies that draws the unseen to that particular person, giving their own individual message(s). One of the dear Class A messages I taped was: "I'm beside you Becky." This followed my question: "Is there anything in particular you want to say?" country. On this day, I taped alone, receiving five messages. One of the most interesting came through in the kitchen, standing in front of the open fireplace where most of the cooking took place. My questions was: "Is Wi1liam Paca here?" Within three seconds an indignant woman's voice is heard clearly as she says: "I think not!" Unknown to me, or any of the crew in the room, the curator of the house was standing out in the hall with Jo Kessel, one of the London producers. When the curator heard my question, he whis pered to Jo: "Of

all the people Sarah could have called on, William Paca is the last. He never went into the kitchen." So, the woman, acting as if I should have known better than to call on Paca, gave a very evidential message with her reply. The program, which will show 3-4 people in the U.S. doing significant work with the unseen, will he aired in Great Britain in March or April 1997. Understanding Aliens--Letter to the Editor- The Capital (Annapolis) July 13, 1996 "On July 4, I, along with thousands of other people, saw the ballyhooed movie "Independence Day." Like most Hollywood movies (with the exception of "ET"-and he was a very different kind of critter) it depicted the aliens as the ultimate in reprehensi ble beings. Earth men were true, brave and strong. The UFO-alien question is far more complex than most people realize. They probably come not from one world, but from several. Yes, some who visit could be considered 'bad' in the morality of our cul ture. (We have no bad Earth people among us)? To abduct and examine--many times painfully--is abhorrent. (We never do that to our own kind)? Yet I want to stress that many who come mean us no harm, and commit no acts of terrorism. (I wish I could say the same about us). Some of our visitors explain that their reason for coming is "To help man." At rare times they will mention their God. "We have different God." So he is different from

our own? That doesn't make him Jess desir able than the God of man. They look upon him much the way we look upon our own. He is omnip otent. "He knows everything." There is objective evidence for all of this. Frankly, I would worry more about them if they didn't be] ieve in a God. Six days later, the two London producers returned with a different camera crew. On this day, we taped at the William Paca House in historic Anna- We are guilty of committing grave injustices against everyman. Now we are trying to inoculate polis. The house was built over 250 years ago and has been beautifully preserved. It is decorated in the public into carrying on that mind-set toward the manor of Colonial homes of that era, with other sentient beings in different dimensions. some of the Paca furniture still in place. Paca was Eventually we may learn that while there are dis similarities between us, we are more alike than we a signer of the Declaration of Independence and imagine." Sarah Estep, Annapolis played an important role in the formation of our 3. ,~-3 death. One day Margot recorded "Greeter." Mar got asked what that meant and he said he greeted her mother and also her grandfather at death because both were confused. Dr. Adrian Klein, Israel, continues with many experiments, trying to improve communications from Spirit, so he may receive more and clearer contact with his parents. Adrian wrote that he asked his mother

if she heard him right then. She replied: "Of course I hear you, but you don't hear me!" Adrian said she stressed the words you and me. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote that she has asked several times about TWA flight 800, that crashed in the summer.The only word she was able to pick up was "Gasoline." She, per sonally, doesn't think the reply is accurate. She taped at another time: "Little astronaut." Clara called on a former minister of a church. She had known the minister well, and felt a great deal of respect for her. Since the woman's death, the church has changed greatly (not for the better). Clara asked her if she wanted to make a statment about the church, and the minister replied: " This is mighty different!" Later, the same woman came through and said: "I cry. You need me," evidently meaning the state of the church today. Jean Lodge, N.Y. wrote that eleven days aner a close friend passed on to spirit, she was able to receive her on tape. Jean wrote: ''She was her own perky self as she came through with: 'Help you, help you. Wow, Jean! Good luck! I've got my puppy. I had cancer. I have my cat, Tabatha. Good pals.' She gave her name, and everything came through in one taping. Jean said all of the information on the tape was correct. Jean stressed she had not called on her friend the first time; the woman just came

through and spoke. She has spoken to Jean several times since then. Dominic Macquire, England writes frequently about various taping experiments he is trying, and the results. Using an aluminum reflec tor, provided the comment: "Edward wouldn't come."There had been a young man visiting Dom inic at the time, who had to leave before the five minute recording. The following day, he and another person returned and listened to the mes sage. Unknown to Dominic, the real name of this visitor was Edward. Irene Maletsky, along with her daughter, Valerie Tjaden, are N.J. State Coordinators. Irene tapes each morning in the kitchen while doing the dishes. One day, Irene was doing this and singing. On tape playback, a clear male voice said: "Sick!" She and Valerie have been scheduled for several speaking engagements in 1997 for various Women's clubs. Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, sent me two excel lent tapes. Some of the Class A messages are: 4. The above picture was sent to me by Jacqueline Colligan, AA-EVP member, NV. She received it from her friend Tom Dongo, Sedona, AZ, who pho tographed it and called it: The Little UFO. OUR TAPERS REPORT We have more people, some for the first time, It reporting taping success than ever before. shows the bridge of comm uni cation between this world and spirit is becoming more accessible to many individuals. Going in alphabetical order: Jacqueline Colligan wrote: "Some of the very long messages I have gotten lately are: 'Our

God 'This is the world I sends children to you.' 'How can we help you?' believe in Jesus.' 'You can bring help for me.' (Female singing).We wrote the scribes on you.' Terry Cox, England feels he is having good taping results. His wife, Pam, had to spend some time in the hospital. While she was there, Terry, using his mini cassette recorder for ten seconds each time, taped beside Pam's bed. A female voice said: "They left me alone." A man then asked: "Which one is it lady?" Next, Terry heard a Greek chorus of women's voices chanting: "They let me die." He frequently finds messages changed later when he enters them in his note book. Terry wrote: "I hold the theory that a voice on the tape leaves an electronic 'rut' which is eas ier for them to use over again." Trixie Cuthbert son, England wrote: "I tape most nights of the week and it is always a delight when I get a para normal utterance. The most recent one occurred last week when I asked if they 'had Sport', or The ater in their world. A male voice replied sadly: 'No o-o.' Margot Gizienski, CA said that her mother speaks from the other side through her recorder. She told Margot that she went to her own funeral. When Margot asked her what she did after the funeral, she replied that she sat in the corner and waited for the devil to come for her. Margot laughed and said

her mother was a wonderful woman, but because she didn't always go to mass, she was convinced the devil would take her at WHAT IS IT? Jackie Colligan, NV M-EVP member, sent the above picture to me. It was taken by a resident of Tehachapi, CA, on March 1, 1996. The person wrote that the three objects hovered for hours dur ing an intense wind storm. From the picture, one can tell it was taken in the evening. Unfortunate ly, I can't show you the beautiful pink /white color of the objects, against the pink and blue sky. The small white object above the second and third object is the moon. FOLLOW-UPS In the spring newsletter (page 2) I presented a new feature called: Best From The Past. The first topic for this item was taken from the sum mer 1987 newsletter which suggested we "Listen For Code Words". Briefly, I mentioned that a code word was a unique word the experimenter used as he was taping and which would then be returned from the other side. To me, and many others, code words are extremely important. I asked in the last newsletter that you check your message logs and Jet me know if you found such messages. land. In a few words, it descdbes Dominic's belief that Spirit can radiate telepathic energy. This energy can then be projected into a beam of light which can be carried to a transducer and con verted into electronic impulses(words). Dominic also feels

that a bright electric light can carry spirit's telepathic signal to recording equipment. A few days after the newsletter was mailed, Domi nic called me from England. He had received my name and phone number from Gilbert Bonner of England. We talked at length and he was pleas antly surprised when I mentioned reading about him and had, in fact, written about his ideas in the newsletter just mailed. Dominic said he would send me additional information; that Psychic News had left out the most important part of his experiments--the focusing of the light. I promised to mail the newsletter to him the following day. Dominic has written to me many times the last two months. In his first letter he wrote: "Of most importance is that the powerful light beam should be focused on an angle of 57 degrees. A1 umin um and lead are two metals that are most easily detected by spirit persons, when their telepathic energy is focused on them." Dominic suggests focusing the light beam from a slide projector upon an aluminum object, such as an aluminum 'silver screen' that is sometimes used to show 35mm color slides. You may want to try some of Dominic's suggestions. If you don't have a slide projector and screen, you can substi tute something else, trying to keep the light focused at 57 degrees. Let me know your results if you try this. I am pleased to announce that Domi nic has become an M-EVP member and is

also listed on the cross-country list. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote: "Going back to the previous presidential election, I asked: 'Will Bush still be President after the election?' The clear answer was returned: 'Bush proceeding to downfall'." Clara's code word of course was "Bush". Clara has also received infor m a ti on about the upcoming election. We both agree that the answer is not something that should be published. THOUGHTFUL OBSERVATIONS Richard Busse, IN State Coordinator, wrote a few days after receiving his spring newsletter: "The AA-EVP and the concept have come a long way in fourteen years. It appears that many things peo ple only speculated about for generations are com ing to a head. Perhaps in our lifetime, we will see it confirmed that the so-called 'supernatural' exists and always has; more specifically, other dimen sions of vibrant life and a second chance for man kind after all. And, perhaps, we'll even see today's most dogmatic icons of 'rational thought' humbled The second follow-up involves the segment on page to the point of admitting that today's unknowns 4 of the spring newsletter: "EVP--Howlt Works-- CAN become tomorrow's science--and that intel lectual pride cannot eternally mask mortal igno One Opinion". I quoted from an article sent to me by Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member. ranee of the greater universe and Creation's This article focuses on Dominic Macquire of Eng- mechanics. The AA-EVP will have helped to open 3. If- 2 minds to that universe and those mechanics.

All of us have been changed by the implications of your research and of our members'. Psychologi cally and spiritually, there is no going back. We couldn't if we want.eel to. Out here in the country, a person learns to live with the inexorable pace of the universe. With the seasons; with the stars and the often deafening silence of nighttime skies , we live in and beneath a mystery that portends tempting answers; that yesterday, today and t.omorrow are somehow one. We know, yet we won der; we sense yet we seek. We constantly face the mirror of our own mortality, we have heard and seen it confirmed that in our Father's House, th.ere, indeed, are many mansions. To think some people are asked to believe it on Faith alone!" OUR TAPERS REPORT Jackie Colligan wrot.e: " I am starting to use the CB band on my radio and having outstanding results with it. One of the first things that came through was: "Arrive spirit beings--will be here-cive you this message." There are no more whispers, all are genuine tonal voices. The women sing at times, always with beautiful voices what they have to say. rve never heard such wonderful music. It echoes with much fullness and there are no instruments, only some sort of a con stant beat. Some other CB messages I've received are: "Maybe you're going to the c:round instead of heaven." "I don't wanta go to heaven without you." "Bucky saw a spacecraft." "Throw out

this grief that come from living." "My little girl is in heaven." Gerey Connelly, England, joined the AA-EVP in May. He began taping a little over a year ago, after his wife died of a stroke, and reports much success. In fact, he wrot.e and published a book recently titled: "The Afterlife for the Atheist." This largely focuses on his taping experiments and his theory, as a physicist, why the voices speak with the patterns that they do. Art Counts wrot.e: "fve received a few messages lately such as: "You. Debt." "Art." "Shadow." I continue t.o ask for a guide t.o help me in taping, andjust the Jther day, a Class A tonal voice said: "Maybe." Carol Barron-KaraJohn, MA State Coordina ~r, wrote: "When my cousin's husband passed 1way recently (two years after his wife) I asked if 1e could hear me. The response was: "Yvonne is 1till in Heaven." That was my cousin's name." Or. Adrian Klein, Israel, wrote: I have had an .!xciting promising breakthrough a few days ago, Nhich may be of some interest to other AA-EVP ~xperimenters. My dear parents succeeded in ent.ering' the phone line which was left open by 1 friend calling me from his cellular phone, and waiting for my answer after the answering machine's outgoing message. It happened during the 16 second aftertime, before my friend's deci sion to hang up. It is worth mentioning that my Fax's delayed reacting ( usually it cuts the line after 7 seconds of silence)! Seemingly,

the Fax device sensed the incoming paranormal input. After a long and laborious processing with my filt ers, .I succeeded in understanding the three faint whispered short sentences. The first was my mothei:: "Adrian, do you hear me?" Then my father spoke: "Do you hear Dagica?" (My moth er's name). Then he finished with: "No, he doesn't hear anything.. Nothina, nothing!" The transtext was received of course, in the Hun garian language, while I was praying in my moth er's sanctuary. That evening during a regular recording my mother said: "I am very, very happy that you succeeded in understanding us. You can be happy!" I have tried to repro duce the receiving conditions of the phone call, by calling my own phone repeat.edly, allowing for par anormal inputs. I succeeded in receiving one faint, short message. The Fax's activation was not delayed. I suppose this technique could be of some interest to e:xperiment.ers. They could try calling themselves and leaving the phone line open for a few seconds which might provide access for TC to take place." Sal Rainone, N.Y., joined the AA EVP in May, after reading the interview with me published by FATE Magazine (May issue). Sal is a musician and was recording an original song. Sal wrote: "In the middle of the taping, a woman screamed in my ear as if she was being murdered. I gave it no special thought. However, when I played back the cassette, a soft spoken woman's voice is heard saying:

"Have mercy." The mes sage is appropriate when the title of the original song is considered. It is about a well known figure, accused of murder, but found innocent. Thanks to everyone who contributed to Tapers Report. Your results help encourage all of us. THE BRITISH ARE COMING! Joe Cassel, a producer of the British TV show: "Man Alive" has called me several times from London, about helping them with the show. I sent her Tape 5 (Spirit/Space) as well as our last two newsletters. After receiving them, she again called and said a camera crew will visit in early August to film me taping. Arrangements are being made with W estminst.er church in Baltimore to have me tape at the different catacombs/grave sites in the church basement. This will be shown in the future in Britain. 4. Lill RETURNS! On the afternoon of Feb. 9th, Art Counts, MD AA EVP member, called. He was immensely excited for he had just seen his first apparition. It was his beloved sister Lill. Art lived with Lill and her husband for a number of years. After her husband died, Art stayed on, tak ing care of Lill through a long terminal illness. They were extremely close, and Art was devas tated by her death a few years ago. Most of his taping has been directed towards having contact with her, and a reasonable amount has been taped from her as well as other spirit entities. In a letter written the day after

seeing Lill, Art explained further what had happened. On Feb. 3, six days before Lill returned, he taped the mes sage: "Breakthrough." Then, late on the after noon of the 9th, he was relaxing and listening to one of his favorite recordings: Rachmanioff's "2nd Piano Concerto". He was partially dozing, when he heard a soft, gentle voice saying: "Art." He wrote: "I sat bolt upright, wide awake, and there before me was Lill! plain as day. Not alto gether solid, but not hazy either. She was looking at me with that same sweet so gentle smile, her appearance unchanged. Sarah, I believe this was the answer taped message: the "Breakthrough." I wrote to Art with some ques tions. In response to my asking how long the apparition lasted, he replied: "I really don't know. Time seemed meaningless. At most a minute or so." I wanted to know if words were exchanged. He answered: "There were no words. It never occurred to me to speak. And though there were no words, everything needed seemed to be exchanged." Had he seen her complete form? "No, I don't think so. I was wholly conscious only of her face." Did she wear clothing? "Yes, she had cloth ing, but I haven't any notion of how she was attired, color, etc. The experience seemed utterly real, intensely real." to "Give me some more source, are: background." "Easy Writer." "Going to work is in the lives of these 'beings' being normal". "Here's something new." "Somewhat may

feel he wants to be created in God's creation." "We play a song. That way he can feel the PRESENCE." "Bible tour." "When I preach in Jerusalem send down six dollars." "Oh, bridges of Mighty." Dr. Adrian Klein, Israel, wrote: "I have kept on with my daily ITC work tenaciously, achieving sometimes very good results. My results seem to be consistent with the generally noticed influence of the lunar cycle. A few days ago, I got from Mr. Fornoff (Germany) his Universal Filtering Device, and by now I am intensely experimenting with it, trying to get rid of the awful mechanic background noise, typical for mike-recordings .... A happy event ofmy life recent ly, was my name being mentioned by Dr. Raudive in his transtext received by Mr. Homes (Germany) on his printer. This was kindly faxed to me by Dr. Determeyer (Germany)". Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, has had a difficult winter, weather-wise, as many of us have experienced in the east. She wrote that she had water in the basement after over 2 feet of snow fell. One of her messages was: "Ice below." Davul Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, wrote he had taped: "Madame Blavotsky" at the end of a radio air terminal break-in. He also taped: "Uncle Tom; I'm with Kitty." David said these two names were evidential because they were deceased rela tives of his. Thank you to all of our tapers who have shared their work with us. Remember what Art Counts wrote: "For after

all, keeping at it is how we achieve." We thank Art for permitting us to share his experience with AA-EVP members. As he wrote: "It may help other tapers in their efforts, may encourage them to keep at it. For, after all, keep ing at it is how we achieve." NOISE-CANCELING HEADPHONES How many tapers have wished for a better set of headphones to listen to recordings they've just made? Just about everyone, I imagine. (For beginning tapers--you should never play back a recording unless you listen to it through headphones.) Quoting from an article in the Washington Post, we read: "Pilots and others who must concentrate amid the hums, thrums, rumbles and roars of machines have for several years used expensive versions of headphones that generate silence. Now cheaper models are coming Jackie Colligan, NV, wrote: "Enclosed is my on the market for wider use." These headphones, taping session using the radio. I've gotten little which cost about $1,000, contain microphones and using this method, but your newsletter encouraged electronic processors that pick out certain kinds me to try again, and I am so glad that I did!" Some of noises and neutralize those sounds before they of the messages taped , using the radio as a sound can hit your eardrum. The process is called 'active 3. OUR TAPERS REPORT l'i·/ noise cancellation.' The article is much too long to go into to any extent here, but it comments that the new (and thankfully cheaper) versions let through

speech, music and other sounds. Back ground noises, fall away, and the sudden near silence "commonly brings a smile of astonish ment." Koss Corp. of Milwaukee, manufactures a high-fidelity model for $150-200 dollars. If you are interested, you could visit a high-tech electronic store, to see if they have them available, or write to Koss directly. EVP--HOW IT WORKS--ONE OPINION Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, sent me a clipping from Psychic News, (England). Domo nic MacQuire, who has studied ITC for over 30 years, and was a correspondent of Raudive, wrote the above named article. Quoting from Mac Quire's article he wrote: "Telepathic Energy: It has been shown that Spirit can radiate telepathic energy at the same time as they imagine they are hearing a voice speaking to them. Anything Spirit can imagine can be transferred as a telepathic signal either in words or in the form of an image. The worded signal can be projected into a beam of light within which it becomes attached. It may then be carried to a transducer and converted into electronic impulses. These impulses are record able and can be turned into audible sound. Electric light: The principle of light as a carrier for the intelligence signal was discovered in 1963 and diff ers from Dr. Raudive's method as it does not use an unmodulated radio wave. Light is composed of many bundles of energy particles which radiate away from their source. Electric light does not depend upon uncertain radio waves or climatic

conditions. It can be produced anywhere at any time. A bright electric light can carry Spirit's tele pathic signal to normal recording equipment. Tel epathic Particles: The telepathic signal is a form of energy similar to light. Particles are slightly magnetic and attach themselves to photons. They are then thrust forward and carried within a stream of light photons. Telepathically charged photons produce voice signal impulses whilst pho tons not charged will result in silent gaps between words." • UP WITH THE BIG BOYS! A letter came the end of February, from an unknown correspondent in France. It was all in French and so completely baffled me. Looking it over, I saw it was a printed letter probably sent to many individuals. My first thought was to throw it in the trash, but in examining it closely, I saw 30- 40 names listed to whom she had presumably mailed the same letter. When I saw my own name--Sarah Wilson Estep, listed, along with the Pope and Bill Clinton, I thought fd better take a second look Off it went to Hazel Sarmiento, TXAA-EVP mem ber, who had volunteered to translate French let ters for me. She returned it promptly with an excellent translation. The writer was warning those listed in the letter, to prepare themselves (and I guess those with whom they are in contact) to get ready for 'end times'. This isn't too different from many other dire warnings, and according to the document, will occur in the year

2,000. Numerous space ships will land on earth. Angels will alight and take all the good, worthy people to heaven. Space, unfortunately, will be limited, so all those not chosen, will stay behind. For the next four years, many dreadful catastrophes, ( wars, plagues, natural disaster, and so on), will wipe-out 2/3 of the people who didn't make it onto the ships. The 1/3 left, will come to their senses and we11 have 1,000 years of paradise on earth. I've asked Hazel to save me a seat on the ship. THIS IS THE GHOST OF CHRISTMAS PAST FOLLOW-UP On the last page of the Winter Newsletter, I wrote about the experience Ed Moore, OH AA EVP member, had the evening of Dec. 23rd. To briefly review the incident, at about 7:30 that evening, the telephone rang in the home where Ed lives with his sister and her son. Ed was there with the nephew, heard the ring, which he said sounded "funny". The nephew, picking up the receiver, looked at Ed and said: "Someone says it's the ghost of Christmas past". Ed went to the phone but all he heard was strange static, which the nephew said sounded like a computer. (Remember, l had bought a computer just two hours earlier). This sound lasted until 10:00 P.M. The message was clear, given in a low male voice, but neither Ed, or the nephew, had any idea what this completely unexpected message meant. When Ed wrote to me January 4th, telling

me about it, he asked : "Was it a joke or EVP'? Unknown to Ed, I had written that very phrase (which originated with Charles Dickens) to three AA-EVP members: Ingeborg Frank who was in Germany at the time, Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, and Kathleen Blair, N.Y. At Christ mas, many of us have a feeling of nostalgia. Mine was especially strong this year, as my memories returned to years ago and the happy times the Christmas seasons brought. Now, a good deal of 4. She has many I had the pler1sure of meeting Jc>r::kie C'ol li gan of NV and her husband Les, the end of Octo ber. t=iped contacts with those who appear to be from an alternate dimension (not spirit) carrying on lives not much differ In addition to this, unusual ent from our own. physical phenomena takes place in their home, and the home of her daughter. Some of Jackie's "Margret taped mess;:iges are: says when you go to sleep you will see most of "I waited too long us. "You must be strong to to visit you Jackie." want the other world." "Rick's gonna cook for I'm going to fish SUnday." them. 11 "That's stupid. Take <'l bicycle to get home. 11 'Didn't you Martha?' 11 "Earthpoint. 11 "Wilbur, Jcickie said in her letter: these I people don't seem any different from us. feel just as comfortable with them ;:is with my own family. They are involved with my family and their

own." "Sarah, Art Counts, MD, wrote that he continues to ask that a special guide be assigned to him to help with his taping. A soft, tonal voice told 'Ihey keep c;:il ling him: "Please keep trying." "Speak out!" him by n;::ime, and one time s;::iid: Terry Cox, England, wrote: "I have found ;:i lazy man's w<'ly of recording at night. I place r1 small voice operated recorder beside the bed few seconds by .=iny which is started up for r1 noise such as coughs, and r1 t;::ilking clock which :::innounces the hour. Many times a voice will -.:,peak during the sounds and once someone said: It is amazing 'Shut up. Tney are sleeping.' how to "carry" the voice. I used to get great voices on the snoring ;md wheezing of our old bull terrier who died recently. This has led me to believe a carrier of org;:inic origin may be the best means of voice production." they use an existing sound carrier Terry also wrote: "I would like to confirm the overlap voices of Dr1n McKee's experience mentioned in the last newsletter. I have often had this, including another message put on after another run-back." Luise FUchs, Germany, wrote that she has had contact with the spirit world through tape re corders and radio for 18 years. She is a member of a group that meets every other week to dis cuss metaphysical subjects. A member of the group died, after which her husband suffered from physical weakness. Luise

went with a group of his friends, and using a dowsing rod in his bedroom, they measured a force field that they felt was from a deceased spirit. Luise was asked to try to get in touch with the spirit On tape playback, through her tape recorder. Some of she heard a number of clear messages. I suffer from them were: "I really loved. hate." heart, morrow, "Love is not ... oh my wife." "Lift the that loved so much." "I am leaving to going to demonstration tomorrow. " • Luise wrote that the next day she asked if the spirit in the bedroom had been helped. "First, there wr1s some very unusu;::il music. You hear the toll of a cl_ock on a tower, some noises such ;;:is the sound of the tattoo with drums ;:ind again the unusu::!l music." Luise be lieves this was the moment when the ghost left the house. She s;::iid a or;;iyer, r1nd the record ing ended with the message: heaven. He wants to teach. He gets order." "He is going to 'Iwo weeks r1fter the t;:ipings, they checked the force field in the bedroom with the dow sing rod. It had become very weak. In one letter he wrote: Adrian Klein, a new member from Israel, h;:is been taping a short time, but is already hav ing results. He h;::is tried several unique ex periments. "As a direct consequence of your paper concerned with the reverberation effect , immedir1te 1 y tried to introduce

it in my work by using ;:i big ser1she l l (with its we 11.-known background r1 double-opened cerr1mic cont:::iiner noise) which al lowed me to put in its hollow closed interior my microphone. This didn't seem to bring results, but a few hours later, as I re sumed tr1ping in the usual manner, I was aston ished to her1r my parents opening the contacts in ;:i powerful and r1ngry voice: "Remove this awful shell! Take it out!" ;:ind I Tina Laurent, W;:iles, wrote • she .:=md six friends from Conventry met ;:it the home of Dave who has a Spiricom (developed by George Meek, N.C.). in Tina's home and many voices came through, in "We are Spirit." Nc1mes were rer.eived cluding: as well as the n;:ime of a group member who died two years ;:igo. ;:ilso made together tapes They Dale Palmer, IN, and his wife, Kay, stopped by my home of their way south to visit a sick friend. Dale r.ind I made an early Saturday morning recording with good results . He cr1 l.l ed on several friends and also Konstantin Raudive. When he asked Rr.iudive if he was here, a male voice replied: "I .=im with him." Nine counters later, _ ;:i loud, clear, Class A voice said: "Yes, Raudi ve is here. " Later, still Clclss A , we taped: I want to come down." Gerda Slater, FL, wrote: "Still taping ;:ind getting many good messages." Congratulations to all of our tapers men tioned. M;:iy

their efforts be an inspir-3tion to everyone who has thought about taping, but hasn't gotten around to it yet. t;:rpes. Her repo:~t w;:is first published in the VTF Post 4/95 in Oct. '95. Her personal letter to me was in English and e;:isily understood. However, her eight p;:ige report was in German. 'Ihis was sent to Uldis and he promptly re p lied. He wrote: "I have summarized the sali ent facts and have translated verbatim her in structions to the Spirits." Uldis did an ex cellent job but the report is still far too long to give in its entirety, so I wi 11 only touch upon the high lights . If you would like Uldis' transl::ition. or the complete 8 page re port in German, ple;:ise send me .::i stamped self addressed business size envelope. Ca lnaido' s approach is a unique one th::i.t seems to work. Please say if you want it in English or German. 'R::'Ewitl:B U9eS ect:rcnnlS s:ud:; with le:- nnJJ:di..rg:;. In tie cre, SE wi:bles hd< arl forth rn le:- rrdio dial J:etl..een u.o fi:reigl rcrlio stati<ns. With ''ca:Tl:rl mises" SE U9eS fi:reigl sp=33kers, <aTial sp:e::f1 dq::µrl q> cy rt. CXlTp.ltet", nrrrirg W3l:er ad ID en. 'fu:se ''CaTB:1 mises" SE plays bd< 01 a STAll cassette La:nt:cer dJr:in;J te: vcrire ~ - SE says: '"lllase a:rurp-w iyi.rg mises ITBke tie ~ of mr a:nversatim µJt b ers 1.a.m:- ~ ttus ffiSi.a:" to u d::r:starl. ~ fid: tlrit te coo h:Br tie rices furn ~

actmlly is rot sp:e::f1 b.lt th:ujrt:s-is a peort:101 that astnrrls als::> mr invisible a:nversatim prtra:s. I ''SE has fu.rrl that tie spirits can r1ls::> cb trei.r IErt to inp:ove tie ~ of trei.r voi.cEs. 'Itey d::i.sDler cnly cy dare that tta:e is s:J1a::1e w-x:> is try.iig to an 'Itey rave m ~ WBt ttey cnild ro to relp b:ct th:rn. U3 h:m" trei.r voi.cEs retter, ID -.e M\le to.tell tmn. '1h:=!y t:re:rr arsa:s re3 lly ;:Jls:>-just like m-rarl. p:cof tmt 'Ibey are alro tte:e W"E11 W:! liste'l b:dc to rur rarll us. nnJrdi..rg:;, :=t'rl ttey a::n h:m" h:w clS:1r: treir voi.cEs care t:hrw;j1. It gra:rt:ly relp; tmn i£ -.e tell tlBn wiat ttey are sHXH:rl to cb arl ttet ttey nust ~ fer ~ W3elc or u.o in c:xd:r to p:rla:m retter. 'R::'Ewitha tells th:rn: 'Pvd:ire 1arl .nwri.rg rn p r a-.n I it d:p:! mil of my :mn:dirg3 with ab:ut a 73t, effi:rt! 'Then it will take ycu less effcrt to ~ ne----ooly ab:ut ~- ~ ycu are listm:irg in rn my plny-b:dc ressio1s, ycu willJe;q:n e.Ki:Ctly h:w -.ell p r cl1SW3'.S are ~verl. 'Il:y th:i.rkirg p r a-se:s larlly arrl with effi:rt in syll <i:>les. PJ.e::\se thirk p r ~ in a1 ex.-gp:atally tre cise IIBTE"! Pra:ise th:i.rkirg is a::rolutely rea:ssary. \U1r tln.tj:n:s are ~ cy my mi.l<e taJeti er with the brl<gro.rrl &lrds arrl hmte arlible WB1 I li.sta'l to tie ~ - Sn:t ase:s arel:ESt. Dn't "'8Ste var stragth en w-x:>le seuteres. • '' R:l:Wi.tha tB.Blly

1ro<s rut t:hrotj:1 a wirrl:w W'lile t;µrg b:yirg rot to thirk ab:ut ~ ID le:- th:u;pts will mt it 1te.tfere with tie :mn:dirg3 CJE tie th:u;trt:s fron the l:e:Prl- SE etp'BSi.zes that se "81ts txn:st aise:s. SE says tie spirits are rig:'rt: l:mire U3 h:re en Emh arrl ttBt tie h¥:rrl is rere in this w::rlrl. a.n:- env:i.raTla1t is als::> tie env:i.nrnmt of tie d:tm t£rl rres. II A GHOSTLY PICI'URE? In her letter, Luise enclosed the above "This is a photo that I picture. She wrote: received through my video recordings in the same period of time. It may be the ghost." THEY ANSWERED THE CALL In the Autumn Newsletter I requested vol unteers to translate the occasional letters I receive in another language. The member re sponse was gratifying. Rita Go lts , MD, wrote that her husband Uldis, would be glad trr1nsl;=1te German, to Swedish and Danish letters. Uldis grew up in Sweden and was a German professor at one time. Michel Granger, France, volunteered to translate letters received in French. Dr. Adrian Klein, Isrr.1el, has offered to translate letters from French, Germr.1n, Roman into English. ian, Hungarian, and Hebrew Hazel Sarmiento, TX, wrote that she could translate Sp;1nish, German, Dutch, Portuguese, Italian, and French letters for me. Pierre Thery, France, can ;:ilso translate French, German, Spanish and Italian letters. Grey Woodman, M.D. of Iowa, wrote he has a friend who would be willing to tr;:msl;:)te Por tuguese letters into English for me. Many thanks to a

11 of you who heeded my I think we have all bases covered now. call. What a multilingual group we have! RECORDING VOICES FROM BEYOND by Roswitha Calnaido (Uldis Golts translator) A few weeks after Uldis volunteered, he had his first translating job. Roswithr1 Caln;:iido, a friend who lives in Weinstadt, Germany wrote she has continued her exoeriments ( mentioned in the summer 1991 AA-EVP newsletter). Inter estingly enough, Roswitha feels it is ;:ilso up to those in the beyond (as well as tapers here) to improve communication and that they should try to bring through loud, clear replies to us. She tel ls us what we need to suggest to the other side to help them do this, and she ex plains what the invisibles do to make us under the stand their replies when listening to 4. into physical terms. I guess those of us who t:::ipe are the rare ones who stop for r1 minute I look up• and catch a brief glimpse of to those on the other side as we re;:ich out to them via our tape recorder." I I m now over six decades of Simon Okoronkwo, AA-EVP member from Nigeria, West Africa wrote: "In one of your newsletters you asked the question: 'Why are we here?' And you correctly said that the answer is unique to each person. ;:ige and my experience during this period has convinced me that the world, as we know it, is a school in which we are all

students. For this reason our Creator furnishes us with learning situations in abundance and the less ons appear in various forms so that the 'syll abus' can be covered before we lec1ve ! Under standably, some and sad. lessons are hard, difficult Others are p ler1sant and happy. 11 DID JERRY GARCIA CALL? In early August, a man called who had re-'3d about my work in a New En~land newspaper. The caller, who had never been involved with tap ing, said he might have been the recipient of a call from Spirit, rind because of its- nature, thought it could have come from the well known musician, Jerry Garcia of the Grateful Dead. Garcia had died Aug. 9th, at a drug rehabili tation center from an .:3pp;:irent heart attack. 'Ihe call crime several days after his death. This man, who has since joined the AA-EVP, is a jazz musician c1nd plays at a jazz club in He is also a college weekly jam sessions. professor of mathematics. In the long detailed reJ:X)rt he sent, a few days after our talk, he gave permission to mention it in the news I withhold his name. letter but requested the telephone 'Tim's' letter, he wrote: "I Quoting from was speaking on to a close friend who is in tune and knowledgeable about the world of healing and many related areas. ;:,ppro;::iching and while we A thunderstorm w.::is . were speaking the power went out for less than 30 seconds. We ended our talk

and checking my answering machine, I saw the light blinking as it is supposed to do when there has been a power failure. I pressed the 'greeting' button to listen to the message I had on it. My voice ' Leave a is s ti 11 on the tape with the words : message after the tone'. Along with this there are three loud beeps fol lowed by what sounds like keyboard, guitar, base and drums playing a rhythmic riff which sounds like something from the Grateful Dead. Despite my efforts, I have not been able to identify the music which lasts about 12 seconds. "Some other things that I feel are relevant, and lead me to believe that this is an c1ctua l I~ phenomena are: There was a •strong contact field' existing that involved high energy and harmony_ within the earthside people, plus a connec~1.<:'n ~nd strong spiritual rapport with ~he s~1.rit side. Mary, with whom I was speak ing, 1.s one of the most spiritually connected• people I know, and most of our conversations center around spiritual m:;.itters. We had both recently returned from the national. convention of the American Association of Dowsers, which a~_ways. produces for me the highest positive I come away feeling overwhelmed vibrations. with loving vibrations. filled • with information 2nd I "After returning home from the convention jammed with some other musici-'3ns and there ~as :;.ind his life and musical tr1.lk about Garcia I have attended two Dead Shows. contributions. On August

10th, the day c1fter Garcia died, he was const;:mt l y on my mind. Thc1t niaht I played in the jazz club's jam session and- wore my Grc•teful Dead T-shirt. Al though I felt I did not play especially well that- evening, I was complimented by the drummer. That night as I WriS going to sleep, I remembered that in a video I have of the Dead, Gracia talks about how he could never tell while he wa.s playing, whether or not it was good. I have used the argument from the video as an illustration of a valid deductive argument in my Logic class. 11 'Tim' played the taped segment several times taken from his answering for me, ma~hine. th~t was It is very clear. EARLY TAPERS On the l-'3st p;:ige of our summer Newsletter I described two -tapes I had that were vours fo~ the asking since the AA-EVP by Martha Sherman. I only requested you make a donc1tion to cover the costs of handling and postrlge. Many people requested the we lch tape and also the 90 minute Cr1ss tape. they were donated. to In describing the I wrote: thirty minute William "During the years he Welch tape, there were in 1976, taped, until his death probably less than six people taping in this country." TWo of our members wrote John Crawford, of Orange, TX after reading this, to tell me they had be~n early t;:ioers. Dr. wrote: "During the early 70s, a parapsychology study group met

at my home on a weekly basis. One the tape of the projects we worked on was recording of spirit voices. We started this in 1974. We continued taping for two more years and the group folded from normal attrition. 11 3. ,+-J Jean Lodge. of Chestertown, N. Y. wrote the day after receiving her summer NEWS. "I W<'lS one of the original tapers; that would be in 1972 and Mr. Otto Binder was taping even ear lier than that. I have his t;;ipes. After he died, he spoke to me through my tape recorder. " OUR TAPERS OF TODAY REP0RT It is always a special pleasure when I have heard from a number of members reporting suc cess in taping voices the last few months. Per haps their results wi 11 encourage some of you to begin a regular taping schedule. Jacqueline Colligan of NV, wrote: "My spirit family is sti 1_ l living in the mobile home, but come over my recorder .::it the trailer where I last sixtee11 months." have been living the Jackie believes all of her contacts are the II living They don't h,we the rigid lifestyle earthbound spirits and fullest. as we do. They e?.t, sleep and whatever--when I have not knowingly cont.:::icted any other ever. dimension-- I tried, but gave up on it. If it happens it will have to be them contacting me." life to Beatrix CUthbertson, England, wrote: "Since writing to you and saying I had h<'ld no success with the

radio mush, I have in fact had some limited success. The first was when I told the voices that ' Saturday nights ;:ire very lonely' and on play-back hear a paranormc=iJ. voice speak ing quickly say: found this very comforting. I also had a clear whis (my pet name} which per saying sounded like my Auntie who passed over in ' 93." 'We're with you.' 'T-r-i-x.' I Clar;:;i Laughlin, VA St3te Coordinator, wrote she had11' t been feeling well for about a week but still managed to struggle to the tape recor der several times. Her husband, Tom, spoke and said: "'Ibey take your blood," which Clara feels showed they were aware of her illness. She also received in answer to a question: "Do you think of Annie, Clarisa"? and, "You can have a lotta fun with Betty. " 'Ihese are two deceased friends of Clara's and Betty was an AA-EVP member for a number of years. Jean Lodge continues taping after ;:ill these She mentioned the breathing that Wm years. Jean Welch says you will hear on his tape. wrote: "On one of the tapes I have, you will hear my Uncle Gerald taking a deep breath. Then say he is down by his river." later letter, Jean wrote that her mother's deg Penny, Soon after died shortly before her mother did. times the mother's death, she spoke several while Jean was taping, saying "Penny! Penny! 11 Then, Jean heard a bark which she recognized as Penny so she

knows the two of them are together. In a Jean commented: "I know when in Spirit. our loved ones have their beloved pets, their dcgs and birds." I am also getting much more Dan McKee, IL and FL State Coordinator, sent me two outstanding tapes and a letter in Aug. Quoting from his letter, Dan wrote: "The other side began mentioning Black Holes last fall. For some time it has become p l.:::iin to me that there are two factions in the Opposite world- one friendly and desiring to be helpful and the others who will do all they can to discourage us. indic::ition tha.t they are talking directly to me and they frequently use my name. They answer my quest ion if they can; however, it is apparent there are a number of subjects they will not speak on. There has been so much coming through I hardly know where to start. Many are on the overlc1os." Some of the excelle11t Class A mess.=iges on the more than 150 examples Dan sent are: "He' 11 come as God, and you' l l "On ours they follow him, he was a Master." "People opposite me, knows it. " "I am not Hum;:m. 11 "Some come to Earth. Those of the Earth will "God's fellow have expressed him 'Iheosophy. 11 "Time to grow ship. "You must not fear our look to enormously. 11 "'Ihe Earth." the Inventive, now does he know Incentive, there isn't any error?" Dan feels this l.=ist message

is vital in being a successful t~oer. A person must have a great deal of incentive to be willing to spend weeks, even months, trying to develop contacts with the other side. He must .=ilso be inventive, to ;:i certain degree, in experimenting to find the best way to cross the bridge to other dimensions. Once voices begin coming through, the taper will know there isn't any 'error' in the ide? that man survives death in an individual, conscious state. "For the man, he's a mortal." It hi ts now the Earth. " think he's it. " F.d f.1oore of Ohio, wrote: "After a long dry period of taping, I got two very good voices on tape. ' Sound Source Tape' as my background sound. I received one voice which said, "Em. " The other was my name, "F.d. 11 They really surprised me after so long." Using you through, even Ed's experience is a good lesson for all of us. Many tapers run into periods when nothing they may make a comes It's easy to become short recording each day. discouraged and stop. Ed also became discour aged, but he continued going to his recorder and eventually the voices returned. though J. J. Snyder of CA, wrote that he has begun using an infrared light and a battery-actuated mike, so he hopes that there will be more posi tive results in the future. 4. in which these changes the quantum field, bccur I seems to be open to influence

by con scious intention. In the quantum field, an act of creativity produces the appearance of oar ticles within our dimension that may have a short or longer life ... It seems likely that at the level of consciousness, probabilities are able to be altered, and this creates a spon the taneous but directed occurrence within field. This could manifest, for example, as an alteration in "random"noise, into the more coherent form of a voice print, as seems to occur in EVP ... It seems likely that with these points in mind, it should be possible to start the experimental process of discovering a de vice within current technology, that is the most sensitive to conscious interaction at a pre-physical level. With this device we might be able to place it within existing electronics and obtain alteration of the electronics pro cess due to conscious interaction." A number of you have checked on your member ship applications that you have a scientific background and are interested in working in research and development of I.T.C. I know we can count a good core group of engineers ;:ind physicists among our members. Here is an opportunity, following Jeff's ideas, and adapt ing your own ide,::is as your experiments pro sensitive device,· as gress, suggested by Jeff, which will permit us to ad vance in inter-dimension communication. to develop a VTF JOURNAL titled : One article, Thanks are owed to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, who recently translated the German VTF Journal for

us . 'Ihe Parabolic Dish-Microphone-Reverberation Method held special interest. Quoting from it we read: "The recorder may be any type you have been using. We recommend using ( an electret type mike--with a small battery). To increase the efficiency of the mike, we couple it with a parabolic mirror which gives us a directional microphone or a limited area of reinforced pick-up, cutting out much of the room noises. The mike is connected with tape or rubber bands to the metal support and has to be prop erly centered. The reverberation unit changes the received signals into something that is closer to speech and more pronounced. The cavernous hall effect of abrupt sounds is a favorite depository for paranormal voices. The setting for the reverberation unit and adjust ment of its delay has to be determined experi mentally. Small changes will oroduce dramatic results. If distortion becomes audible reduce the microphone input level." --ifi_ll i ::: - - - "" 3 I ~---a·- .. -8 - . _.JVVI,. ~- I Ooo Ottfv\ MIGHTY MIKE + C~C!lANfJEL A SOMFD G. v•~ T 51(1/:LO~P £.lleJJ.cS C. ,. IS • PLA';T•C. P1P1NC, ~ Hous,~...:6 13AlTl:lt'f · · : i ( j ( .HANN6 .L )3 -->01'-'\flO 4D VOLT ,1/)IO ..I ·I•\ I · - - : _ 12 A ~ A CE L1.. :-, M,. Z'/0-0'>U, l"IIL 11 11H, .. /h " ' " •~.PL_/< :,-lO·lli:, I mentioned a moment ago, that I found the article about a parabolic dish-microphone re ver~rat~on method

in th~ VTF Journa,, of special interest. I experimented with 511ch a method, although somewhat different, nine years ago and found it brought super~or results. "Six In the Spring '86 newsletter·· ( page 4) I described a new system I was usinq which I called Mighty Mike. 'designed' the system I in my mind, discussed it with my husband, Charles, and he built it, incorporating the necessary electronic components. The diagram is seen above, and the system is inexpensive and simple to build for someone who has any electronic know-how. Quoting _from the Spring '86 newsletter, I wrote: small micro phones have been placed in a· small housing which faces in towards a parabolic dish .• • All from Radio components are easily obtained Shack, or other good electronic stores. The mike elements are electret condenser ( $2. 69) each. Along with the mike, • I am using two radios tuned to the same station on the airbanc for my sound source. 'Ille one radio tends to nullify the other. By turning the dial slight ly, a beating sound occurs. The first ,·time this technique was used when I asked if they were with me, a Class A voice answered: "On our parity." One dictionary definition for parity is close correspondence which is an accurate but unusual way to describe what I was doing to the radio." Using the six microphones, almost within the parabolic dish, helps set up a reverber ation sound effect. This helps unseen voices come through

in strong, unusual clc'lrity. Of tried in the dozens of exoeriments order feel I I would en Mighty Mike was by far the best! courage you to try this. the l;:ick electronic know-how to put togetherthe system, perhaps you have a friend or family member who could do it for you. Let me know your results so I can mention them in future newsletters. improve" voice reception, I h;:we If you to 4. /4·2. messages I have gotten over the years, the one that is always with me is one of the first from Tom! He said: 'Don't look back. It isn't over yet. Nothing •• has changed. ' " (Clara's deceased husband) . Another time, Clc1ra asked the name of a murderer in VA and the answer came back: 'We've· told you three times. ' When he was caught and I had gotten the middle his name published, name but he had an extremely difficult last name I never would have gotten." Tin.::i Laurent wrote th.::it during the second meeting with university students, who she was helping in their production of a tape for TV, she was taping in a churchy.::ird near a hr1unted ' pub. She made a ten minute recording outside with a few of the crew. On playback, the back ground noise diminishes at one point, and very clearly, out of the left channel, a man's voice s;;iid: "I played it back many times, thinking how ver:y loud and clear it was. The next morning, it

h~d completely disapper1red! The silence is there, but no voice at all.·· Wh~t does it mean? Why I had gone over it many should it disappear? times and wrote it in the log-book." "I killed him." Tina commented: INTERESTING THEORIES ABOUT RECORDED VOICES How do voices manifest on tape? How do we exp lain the often 'quirky' things that happen to them once we capture their voice, such as the example mentioned above? The disappearance ( and at times reappearance) of the message a d~y or two later has been experienced by many and leaves us baffled. Jeff wrote: Many theories have been advanced about taped voices, but none have 100% satisfied most thoughtful experimenters. Jeff King, New Zealand thought provoking AA-EVP member, enclosed a I letter with his renewal the end of April. will quote from it. "Have been reading various books and research material on quantum physics and in particular quantum field theory. There are some exciting theories found within modern research, relating to the nature and activity of subatomic p;:irticles and how these particles can appear to an experimenter, depending on what his expectations are. This point has significance for the area of EVP, and the it implies that at a pre-physical level, manifestation of "ordinary" particles (e.g. those involved in electronics) can be theoreti cally influenced by consciousnes ... This opens the development of a possible the way for plausible explanation of how spirits in other realms may be able to alter the characteristic of electrical

impulses within an electronic de vice, such as a tape recorder, purely by an act of conscious will on their part. The realm of 3. CRYSTAL SETUP ;r:n the Spring Newslette:r, I mentioned that h;::id Clara . Lauahlin, VA State Coordinator, bought a c~ystal • ( "as l:::1rge as a man's hand") to use_ with her taping. She hoped she could repli~ate' ·David Lothamer's, CA State Coordin ator; results. David, some months ago, began using a crystal and received several outstand ing loud, clear, unusual messages. Clara sent me the above picture that shows '"Ihe She wrote: how she is using her crystal. crystal has been hooked up. Underneath the black tape is all copper wire. The right h.=md connector is plugged the 'ext. ;:intenna' ) . The left hand radio ( marked wire is long and pulls out and up high to a rod over the window. The crystal sits on a shelf just above the equipment." the back of into Cl:::ira mentioned that so far she hasn't no ticed any difference. She hopes once her un seen contacts become familiar with it, good results will follow. OUR TAPERS REPORT Anna Ce 1 y, TX, who joined us in June, has been taping less than a year. She fee ls she has been very successful. Although, since eye surgery in February, she believes she has heard negative messages, she also reports pos itive messages such as: "Happy," and, "I love you forever and ever. " Anna thinks these words

came from her husband, 'Ibm. Beatrix CUthbertson ~s another new member, and lives in England. She wrote that even though she has never met Tina Laurent, Wales AA-EVP member, she has been a wonderful friend and has been guiding her all the way in her early experiments with EVP. She wrote: "Al though as yet I have had no success with Radio I have had many whispers using water 'mush ' running in the bathroom. I even heard my name c"llled as "Trixie CUthbert ... " I sent Tina the tape and she heard it too, so I must be right!" Clara Laughlin wrote: "When I thii:i.k .of the His f;=imi ly c;::ime from the ashes were rele;=ised by his son. into Netherlands and his the Mitchell River "Dr. Puharich is best known for his re se;:irch in Extremely Low Frequency magnetic fields and their effects on the human body, and for research of the pr1ranormal, healing, is credited with and healers world-wide. He the discovery of psychics Uri Geller r1nd Peter Hurkos." WANT TO BET? L;:idbrokes in London, the world's l r1rgest bookie agency, has been betting ::igainst UFOs L=mding on earth in the next year. They offer odds of 250 to l . Since 1976 people from all over the world--but mostly from Californi::i- The Un::irious have wr1gered nearly $200,000. Academy of Science, with announced communica tion with inhabitants from the Pleiades, has stopned beating. L;:idbrokes, however, is still tc1king bets. AN UNEXPLAINED SIGHTING t;:ike Lc1dbrokes up on

Perhaps J.J. Snyder, CA AA-EVP member, their betting. should J.J. who is a pilot and active in the CA air n;:itiona l guc1rd, is f;:imi J iar with ;=i l1 military aircraft. th;:m one unex plained sightings of unidentified objects while flying. Quoting from a reoort he sent me, J.J. wrote: He has had more "Whenever I travel by airline, I try to get love to look out on a window seat, because I the clouds r1nd sky and watch the ground go by. I was sitting in the re;=irmost right window seat of ;:i Lockheed L-1011 which wc=is heading approximately west/northwest on a flight from Atlant;:i to Salt Lake City. "I suddenly s;:iw below two circul;:ir bright, white objects, with no visible wings or tr1i l surfaces, moving northeast at ;=i very high speed. They were moving much faster than the f;:istest military ;::iircraft would be c;:ipable of flying. the services now ( In addition) a 1- l ;:ire thus feature rad;:ir-absorptive p;=iint, and all the same dull. color. Although these ob jects were flying together, they were not in ;=i formation such as milit;=iry machines close would be, but perhc1ps 3-5 degrees apart. As they seemed to drift f;::irther they moved away, .:mart from e;=irh other. them dis appear in the distance and then looked forward along the row of seats to see i f anyone ahead of me was indicating they ;=ilso had seen the objects. No one had. Everyone w;=is w;=itrhing ;::i Whoooie Goldberg movie." I

w;::itched 3. 14 -I SPIRITS ALL AROUND There is a passage tertaining angels un;=iw;=ire. The above picture was sent to me by Keli Adams, CA AA-EVP member. She wrote: in the Bible about en taken terminr11 illness. "This photograph was in the bedroom of a gentleman in Winston-Salem, N.C. who is physically dying of a He tells people that angels come to see him ;:ind so he took a picture one d;=iy to prove i t . You ;:ire looking at the resu l ls. There are several figures in the room hovering ;:ibove the floor and you can mr1ke out the heads ;=ind the gathers in the skirts. There ;:ire more in the picture th;:m you c;:in see al first. Hold i t s1ight1y away from you r1nd you will see more. Look at There seems to be a rather lhe floor also. L=irge group of spirits standing I assure you that the film hns been untouched and there w;:is no damage to the film or camer;:i when this was t;:ike'1." there. Andrija Puharich LIBERANT The fol lowing notice was the tc1ken International Institute of newsletter of the Integr;:il Human Sciences. "On J;:inu::iry 3, 1995, Andrija suffered a fatal her1rt nltack and f;=ill at his home on lhe R J Reynolds estr1te in N.C. from were of a slightly different duration those at the end of letter. than Anyone who knew international morse could thus decode the signals recorded, and records were kept of the words thus produced. There

was evidence of considerable educa tion ( although the person communicating could not spell very well). The information received was highly technical and had to do with im provements in the setup' used and instruction to theuser to be more attentive to cert;:iin details as the timing of his work. The user was being (treated) like a schoolboy, but he was one of Britain's leading radar pioneers during the w;:ir and he received an O.B.E. 'Ihe messages were signed M.F., making r,,,ichael Faraday, a famous physicist who died in the 1900s, suspect as their possible source. The messages c;:ime in at the rate of near 8,000 words a minute, as each photographed spiral contained greatnumbers of dots and dashes.'" OUR TAPERS REPORT Richard Berman who was a member while liv ing in AR, then dropped out for five years, has rejoined us and now lives in TX. In his "r,,,y departed renewal letter, Richard wrote: father has called me on the telephone and said my name but no further convers;:ition. He, however, has come through on the tapes." Lisa Butler, KS, wrote: "Often I feel I'm out here alone, a little crazy to be trying to talk to the spirit world, and then the News letter comes and I know I'm not a lone. There I (think) we have to write to you are others! about our limited successes. We might think that they are limited, but they may encourage Some of the things I've been taping others. second system";

lately are: "We're proving we aren't dead" "Learn how to fol low your heart." One night I turned out the lights while taping and the first message that came through was very clear. They sang: "We don't want a seance." "We're in a Art Counts, MD, wrote that he taped about an hour after a visitor left who had come to listen to his EVP voices. On olc=iyback he heard a number of tonal sentences, two different loud, clear Class A voices. Some of the mess- ages were: "That's my voice". "This is seven (it w<'ls really about 4 P.M.) "No, o'clock"; it isn't"; "That's your voice." Terry Cox, our new member focuses on photographic anomalies, which have been published in J;::ipan. recently begun t;:iping and wrote: on open mike I've had n.::ime, pr.=ictical ly every day now, from England, some of He has "The voices .=ire coming every few seconds. ;::iddressing me by ;:im in .:ind I rel;::itives 'dead' "If this is what I think it is, we've got some work ahead of us!" EGYPT ANYONE? 'Iwo outst;:1nding trips to Egypt are planned in the ne;:ir future. Al though neither le;:ider promises an opportunity to unearth a new pyra mid, I don't think you'd be disappointed with either trip. Zecharia Sitchin is leading a group that he cal ls the "Peace Tour" to Egypt-Sin;:ii-Jordan and Israel from Jan. 31 to Feb. 14th. Sitchin is the author of such books as: 'Ihe 12th Plan et, 'Ihe Lost Realms, and Genesis

Revisited. He would be an ideal person to travel with while visiting those countries. The brochure sounds extremely interesting and I believe your two week journey would be ;:in unforgetable exper ience. The all inclusive cost is: $3,155. For complete information call: 1-800-888-5509 or 310-568-0138. FAX Number: 310-568-0246. 'Ihe other tour is with North Mountain Arti sans, led by Larry Arnold. The date is: March 24-April 7, and the cost is $2,489. Only Egypt will be visited. The last time I went to Egypt, Winnie Peters, MD AA-EVP member, went with me. We tr ave led with Larry and his group and fe 1_ t ;md that good v;:i lue the trip was worthwhile for our money was received. For details write Larry: 1024 Miller Lane-Harrisburg, PA -17110. A MACHINE TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BEYOND J. J. Snyder, CA AA-EVP member, sent me a segment from the book: Strange Prophecies That Came Ture, by Stew;:irt Robb ( Ace Books , 196 7) . the from Quoting segment, Robb wrote: "(while) Michael Ash, from Britain, was in New York, he told me he had visited a laboratory in surrey, England to witness a new way to commun I asked him to ic;:ite with the .next wgrld. write an account and he wrote as fol lows: 'The setup was a radiation source in a lead screen. The r;:idiations from this source were being re corded by a geiger counter onto a cathode ray oscilloscope, as a spiral tracing. The tracing consisted of

a record of each pair of charges produced by the disintegration of the r;:idiation source. The pattern was photographed ;:1nd w;:is found to be made up of short and long signals like intern;:itiona l morse code. The message was in decoded by observing a slight scanning letter which the signals at the start of a the November Tnese were first suggested in 1983 newsletter, but I think the are inter esting, and may prove helpful to old as well as our many new members. Melvin suggested that we try adjusting the bias on our tape record ers. You might have to modify them some, but Melvin thinks it is a useful avenue to inves tigate. If we turn the bias ~. there should be an additional base of energy available. Melvin said that if the Spirits do, in fact, operate on a higher frequency and if this fre quency responds to our physical idea of fre quency, it might be a good idea to record for a very short period, with the tape moving very, ':!!!:.Ei... rapidly. The entities apparently use short bursts of live energy. If we can record at extremely fast speeds, entities may be able to give us a great deal of information on a short segment of tape, which we could hear when we slowly play back the tape. Melvin said that electronic technology might have to be developed to permit doing what he has in mind. Many of our members are engineers or have a

good grasp of electronics. How about accepting these ideas as a challenge, and trying to Let me know what happens. develop them? AFTER DEATH COMMUNICATIONS Pat Sabodish, N.J. AA-EVP member, sent me an He cal ls them AOCs the Asbury Park Press (N.J.) article from tit led: "Types of Communication Reported. " 'Ihis was taken from the investigations of Bill Guggenheim of FL. Bill and I have exchanged letters in the past about our work, and he has mentioned what, to him, is strong evidence for survi va 1 . ( after death communications) . In the article, he listed them in order of frequency; they are: (1) Sen sing the presence: A distinct feeling that your loved one is nearby. (2) Hearing a voice: (3) ADC exper Usually heard telepathically. color iences while asleep: Much more vivid, ful and real than ordinary dreams, these feel like an actual visit. (4) Smelling an aroma. (5) Physical signs of the loved ones' exist ence, commonly involving butterflies, rainbows, birds , animals or photographs . These are called symbolic ADCs. (6) Visual experiences: Partial to full images of the loved one fully (8) Twilight healed. experiences: ADCs occurring the "alpha state"--when falling asleep, waking up, pray ing. (10) Physical phenomena: A sign, such as a light or appliance turning (11) out-of body ADCs. on and off by itself. A visit to the loved one, occurring during the alpha state or when asleep. Telephone ADCs: Voice heard on the telephone. (7) Feeling a

(9) Visions. touch. (12) in AN UNUSUAL TAPE (German) suggestions. As mentioned on page 2, David Lothamer has recently started using a large crystal. He spent two days wrapping it with copper wire, and attached it to his recording system, using Ernst Senkowski' s A colleague of Ernst's, Dr. Delavare, lately started experimenting with this unique way, and Ernst said he is having excellent results. David sent me a copy of the tape, and the three mess;:iges are outstanding Class A. The first message came through on David's answer ing machine about 9:30 at night when David had gone to the store. A tonal, slightly robotic male voice said: '"Ibis is a message from outer I hope you will use your instruments space. 'lliere are lots of things left to decode it. unsaid between the syllables of the words, which you may be able to decode with your peculiar instrumentation." A week or two later, while David was doing a regular recording, the following message came through the air-band of his radio ( the voice sounded very much like the voice received "Had it tested and I'm in the above message): now receiving your world. Seeking you reset your transformer." David fee ls , and I agree, that the peculiar instrumentation referred to in the first message was the large crystal he had wound. In the second recording, David believes the unseen entity was telling him to perhaps change the placement of his crystal. time, A third message received during

this told him he would have to: "deal with the air band." Since David uses the air-band as his usual sound source, he believes they are telling him to continue using it. OI'HER TAPERS REPORT Art Counts, MD, is taping· frequently,· and receiving a number of messages. He wrote that nothing will come through for awhile, and then there will be many communications for several days. His deceased sister, Lill, often speaks. One of the clearest messages was: You' re a bad boy, Arthur. God bless you. I love you, Lill!" Some of the other messages that h~ve been received and have little meaning to him, but are clear, tonal, low, and can be he~rd over the speaker as well as through the ear "Hip, hip, John phones are: Henry. " "Take care of my dog. "We' re deaci7' "Art, we know her." "Bring on the head coach." 'lliat 's all." "Good-by Coke." In addition to the two messages mentioned on page 2, which Clara Laughlin received about crystals, she reports the following also came the through: window, Clarissa-Betty." The Betty who speaks 3. '~ -3 "Process for Betty." "Watch in these messages is , Clara fee ls , her dear friend, Betty Evans, former VA AA-EVP member. Clara believes that the window • Betty men tions, is really the mirror that Clara has on top of her recording system. The other side 'window. ' of ten refers the mirror as a to Irene Maletsky, N.J. Co-State Coordinator with her

daughter Valerie Tjaden, likes taping at historical locations. One of them is the Van Allen house in Oakland. She is on the his torical board and when they have a business meeting or a cleaning session, she takes her tape recorder. In the upstairs bedroom she re In the kitchen she ceived a whistled tune. taped the words: "Sad" and the name "Trudy." She also taped two grunts and a sigh. In a recent letter from Dan McKee, IL & FL "I still tape State Coordinator, Dan wrote: five days a week with some interesting things coming through. The most fascinating one is a clear voice saying: 'I am not human.' •• Laurie Schoenick, WI AA-EVP member, wrote she hadn't done much taping this summer since she was working two jobs and taking classes at the university. One of her summer jobs was getting messages off an answering machine daily. On her last day of work, she sat down to take messages. She had only been out for 20 minutes, so there was only one message on the "It was unlike any machine. normal message though, leaving no name. It was monotone, a male voice, and spoke quickly. I recognized it as someone from whom I had heard while taping. He said: 'We wanna make sure you come back and visit. We love you. ' It is a Class A voice, easily heard without headphones. This is the first message I've ever received on an answering machine or by telephone."

Laurie wrote: TAPE ALERT! Everyone who is recording voices has mess ages that are especi~lly important to them. We need to be aware of their oossible fadinq after a period of time. Deterioration of thi~ recorded information can be expected when you consider that the magnetic oxide particles can be influenced by any magnetic field present after the recording is made. The tightly wound tapes could be influenced by adjacent layers of tape which lie only one one-thousandth of an inch away. The earth's magnetic field might also change or recorded changes the physical properties of the plastic tape might degrade the fidelity. Val uable tapes shoul~ be re-recorded periodically, using the best quality tape available. information the in Friedrich Jurgenson said that tapes should I would be re-recorded every suggest that you put together a collection of two years. your most important mess.=iges on a fine quality Cpssette tape. Listen to e.::ich tape you make every six months or so. If you notice any deterioration of quality in the voices, re-tape it immediately. It has also been suggested that the tapes will deteriorate more slowly if they are kept in a freezer. If you do this, be sure your tapes are carefully wrapped, or perh;:ips stored in a plastic container so the moisture won't affect them. • I A RECOGNIZED VOICE In a note the end of June from George Meek, N.C., developer of the Spiricom System, he wrote he had entertained Hilda Schffranke at dinner the evening before.

Hilda and her hus band Rolf, who made his transition in May, have long been friends of George. The Schffrankes were also very good friends of Konstantin Rau dive and his wife and had been guests in the Raudive home in Germany. George wrote that he had played his Raudive telephone taped message and said: for Hilda and she brightened uo "There! That's him! That's Konstantin Raudive! I would recognize that voice anywhere. Oh, what a pleasure!" RAUDIVE CALLS AGAIN! Nils O. Jacobson, MD, a Swedish psychiatrist, is an active taper who has received many re corded messages. He received a phone call from Raudi ve, the end of January, about the same time five of us in the U.S. did. Nils and I have exchanged several letters in recent months. In a letter to me, dated August 20th, he wrote: "Since my last letter, I have received one more telephone call from Raudi ve. It was in May, about the same time of the day as the first and this time I was alone in the kitchen. No~ (unlike the last time) I have a tape recorder at the telephone, so I managed to record the closing sentence of the message ( the recorder does not start automatically). The message was the second very short, and he said this was attempt to establish this new bridge, and that they would try to contact me in Swedish next time to make it easier for me. The voice was similar to

the first one, but brighter in tone." PSYCHIC NEWS HEADLINES English journalist, Michael Vinter, is a 30 year veteran of EVP. He wrote two long articles (June 4th and June 11th) which were featured on the front page of Psychic News, a leading week- 1 y British metaphysica 1 news letter. The art the dead. icles focused on phone calls from Vinter discussed many phone cal ls that have been received from the deceased over the ye.:irs. The _June 4th article was the Raudive calls we received in this country. Near that the end of the article, Vinter writes largely about 4. survival. TC, of course, is objective, and there is a world of difference. In a phone call from ~rt after the progri'lm, and in a letter from Mark a later, both expressed dis;:i ppointment Flt the way the show turned out. few drlys At the start of the sixty minute program, the lrls t beginning of R;,udi ve' s phone ca 11 Jrlnuary was heard: "I'm as fine as a dead one can be." Dr. Miller, the host, commented: "This supposedly was a phone call from a man who has 1:::ieen de;::id for over twenty yerlrs." Nothing more was mentioned about it or the calls four others in the U.S. received from R;=iudive ;:it that time. to me A 1:::ietter presentrltion was on "Sightings" which is seen in our area Sund;:iy afternoons from 5:00 to 6:00. A camera crew from "Sightings" came to my home one Sunday for

four hours and filmed me with my tape recorder. Alt houah the focus was not on taping, they had me analyze a taped sound they'd received while investigating seen ;:i h;:iunted nationally (and as it turns out internationally) during the ei'lrly part of November. This program w;:is location. Jeff King, New Zealand AA-EVP member, wrote and said he ;,nd his wife watch the program. One day, they turned on their set and there I was, in the living room! to their great surprise, Terry cox , a new member from Eng L=md, ;:i lso •'rote that he hr1d seen me on Skye TV in England. HOME DESTROYED Elisa1:::ieth Kubler-Ross, noted psychir1trist, author of many books on death and dying, and who founded the U.S. hospice movement, suffered a dis;:istrous fire Octo1:::ier 6th. Her home ;::ind he;::,d qur1rters l oc;::ited in Head Waters, VA, was com pletely destroyed by fire. Authorities are in vestigating it, but suspect arson. Several. hours 1:::iefore the fire started, one of Ross' prized ll;:imas had 1:::ieen shot and killed. There also h;:is ;:i string of burglaries and break-ins at her 1:::ieen home ;:ind office. Ross was not at home when the fire started and since then has moved to her son's home Al though she interviews, she h;:is s;:iid her refuses to give te;:iching center ;:it Head Waters wi17 remain open. in Scottsdale, AZ. I have met Elisabeth several times ;:ind h;:id a She completely long correspondence with her. accepts the reality of the Voices ;:ind

firmly be lieves to us through ;:i tape recorder. spe;:iking 'dead' they the ;:ire We first met fiftee11 yec1rs ago, on the day after she had given a lecture at the locnl high She invited me to come to her room at school. I took ;:ilong my the Holiday Inn in Ann;:ipol is. tape recorder and i'l short tape of voices. She thrilled, and asked if we was fascinated could m;:ike a recordi11g together. We did, ;:ind ;::ind a 1 though nothing c.::ime through, she commented th.:::it our ;:ibility to talk through a recorder to "Blows my mind!" those on the other side, Later, over lunch, a wom;:in whose ten year old daughter had been brutally murdered, came nnd sat with us. I will always remember the compassion Elisabeth showed ;:is she tc:1lked to the bereft mother. Nine ye;ffs ;:igo, I sent her fifty special cassette tapes. "Life After Life" was to be used for those who were terminally ill and for f;:imilies who were having difficulty their coming to terms with their death. Elisabeth wrote ;::ifter receiving them, about how grateful she was and she knew they would be of great help to those with whom she was working. SOMETHING TO THINK ABOUT There is controversy as to whether thoughts, words, even songs can linger in the atmosphere close to a location where emotional experien ces took place. Then hundreds, perhaps thous ands of years later, an individual visiting the l_ocation with a tnpe recorder can record what was

expressed long ago. In the Fc1ll/Winter New Frontiers Journal, published by WI AA-EVP members, Walter & Mary ,Jo Uphoff, they mentioned a lecture given by Fr. Francois Brune of Fr2nce who has m.:::ide out standing contribution to the field of PSI. Fr. Brune cited .::in experience of a Univer sity of B;:irceloni'l researcher, who taped in ;:in abandoned chapel in Spain. Later, on pl.:::iyback, he he.:::ird women's voices praying the rosary and singing i'l Gregorian ch;:int on the tape. In an other case, an Italian researcher held ;rn ancient Etrusc;:in jug in his hands while think ing intently about the Etruscans. Etrusc;:in words were recorded by a recorder that was in oper;:ition i'lt the time the researcher was hold ing the artifact and concentrating his mind on it. Fr. Brune said: "It may be that we are dealing with sound waves of the pcist which somehow are 'rollected' by the t;::ipe recorder." He suggests the theory that "human thoughts ;:ind emotions remain in the ether after de;:ith." In my personal experiences, I feel this m;:iy happen upon rare occasions. During my three trips to Egypt, I recorded well over 100 mess ;:,ges. I would estimr1te at least 90% were of the invisibles who saw me, or Becky, my daugh ter, who spoke to us at that moment in time. When ti'lping in historical locations e.:::ich message needs to be ev;:iluated. Does it show ;:in immedi;:ite awareness of what is going on, or could it be a thought or emotion of

the past? 3. 13-'l- "If this is what I think it is, we've got some work ahead of us!" EGYPT ANYONE? Two outst;:inding trips to Egypt are planned A 1_ though neither ler:ider in the ner:ir future. promises an opportunity to unearth a new pyra mid, I don't think you'd be disappointed with either trip. Zecharia Sitchin is leading a group that he cal ls the "Peace Tour" to Egypt-Sin;:ii-Jord;=m and Israel from Jan. 31 to Feb. 14th. Sitchin is the r:iuthor of such books as: 'Ihe 12th Plan et, 'Ihe Lost Realms, and Genesis Revisited. He would be an ideal person to travel with while visiting those countries. The brochure sounds extremely interesting and I believe your two week journey would be an unforgetable exper ience. The all inclusive cost is: $3,155. For information call: 1-800-888-5509 or complete FAX Number: 310-568-0246. 310-568-0138. 'Ihe other tour is with North Mountain Arti sans, led by Larry Arnold. The date is: March 24-April 7, and the cost is $2,489. Only Egypt will be visited. The last time I went to Egypt, Winnie Peters, MD AA-EVP member, went with me. We tr ave led with Larry and his group and fe 1_ t the trip was worthwhile that good v;:i lue for our money was received. For details write Larry: 1024 Miller L;:ine-Harrisburg, PA -17110. r1nd A MACHINE TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BEYOND J. J. Snyder , CA AA-EVP member , sent me a segment from the book: Strange Prophecies That Came Ture,

by Stew;:irt Robb ( Ace Books , 196 7) . I the from Quoting segment, Robb wrote: "(while) Michael Ash, from Britain, was in New York, he told me he had visited a laboratory in Surrey, England to witness a new way to commun ;:isked him to ic;:ite with the next wgrld. write ;:in account .::ind he wrote .::is fol lows: 'The ler1d screen. setup was a radiation source in a The r;:idiations from this source were being re corded by a geiger counter onto a cathode ray oscilloscope, as a spiral tr;:icing. The tracing consisted of a record of each pair of charges produced by the disintegration of the radiation source. The pattern was photographed ;:ind wr1s found to be made up of short and long s ign;:i ls like intern21tiona l morse code. The message was in decoded by observing a slight scanning letter which the sign;:i ls at the start of a were of ;:i slightly different duration those at the end of letter. than Anyone who knew international morse could thus decode the signals recorded, c:ind records were kept of the words thus produced. There was evidence of considerable educa tion (although the person communic;::iting could not spell very well). The information received was highly technical and had to do with im provements in the setup' used and instruction to theuser to be more attentive to certain details as the timing of his work. The user w;,is being ( tre.::ited) like a schoolboy, but he was

one of Britain's leading radar pioneers during the w;:ir and he received an O.B.E. The messages were signed M.F., making Michael Faraday, a famous physicist who died in the 1900s, suspect as their possible source. The messages c;:ime in at the rate of ne;:ir 8,000 words a minute, as each photographed spir.=i l contained greatnumbers of dots .=ind dashes.'" OUR TAPERS REPORT Richard Berman who was a member while liv then dropped out for five years, ing in AR, In his hc:is rejoined us and now lives in TX. renewal letter, Richard wrote: "My dep.::irted father has called me on the telephone and s;:iid He, my name but no further conversation. however, has come through on the t;:ipes." Lisa Butler, KS, wrote: "Often I feel I'm out here alone, ;,i little crazy to be trying to talk to the spirit world, and then the News letter comes and I know I 'm not ;:i lone. There are others! I (think) we have to write to you about our limited successes. We might think th;:it they are limited, but they may encourage Some of the things I've been t;,iping others. second system"; lately are: "We're proving we aren't dead" "Learn how to turned out follow your heart." One night I the lights while taping and the first message that came through was very cle;:ir. They s.=ing: "We don 't want a se;:mce. " "We're in a Art Counts, MD, wrote th.::it he taped about an hour after ;,i visitor left who

h;:id come to listen to his EVP voices. On ol.ayback he heard a number of tonal sentences, two different loud, cleax Class A voices. Some of the mess "This is seven ages were: "That's my voice". o'clock"; (it w;:1s really about 4 P.M.) "No, it isn' t" ; "That 's your voice. " Terry Cox, our new member from England, some of focuses on photographic anomalies, He h.=is which have been published in Japan. recently begun tr1ping ;:ind wrote: "The voices on open mike are coming every few seconds. 'dead' relatives ;:iddressing me by I've had .::ind I am in n;:ime, pr;:ictically every day now, 4. was an objective voice and comes from a con scious entity, removed from Ray, who was trying to verbalize his feelings about the situation I wrote that I in which he now finds himself. had the impression that the entity was confused and puzzled, perhaps a bit frightened, about what had happened. The entity seems to repeat "What have we done?" fol lowed several times: by "Yes, yes, yes." Of further interest is that I seem to hear in the background a clear female voice, more tonal, that says: "Helicopter" two to three times. I commented in my letter to Ray that this is interesting because there are many reports in articles and books about helicopters being seen right before or after a UFO sighting.· I also feel, because of the vocal quality be tween the two speakers, that the female may be long

to a different species of life form than the other entity. Near the end of Ray's letter he wrote: "In a way Sarah , I am sorry this communication is not from Spirit Realms, but I imagine that you share the philosophy: When searching for a particular thing, it is quite possible to find yet another." Again, if you have the scientific, e lec tronic know-how, consider setting up a system Let me know what happens. similar to Ray's. WHAT'S IN A NAME? Shakespeare wrote in: Romeo and Juliet: "What's in a name? That which we call a rose by any other name would smell as sweet." Names, in themselves, are unimportant. They are merely a convenience for us to identify one another. If someone calls you Tom or Mary, and you are really Bil 1 or Jane, it matters not a whit. in On rare occasions a name can take on a The name Konstantin special significance. Raudive, known by everyone the field of transcommunication, is pronounced half a dozen different ways. There seems to be no general In agreement as to the correct pronunciation. fact, one foreign taper takes "the Americans" to task and said in a recent tape that he cer tc1inly wishes "the Americans" would learn to say "Raudive" correctly. •• r I -=-1 (cr, l~~ .... '- "It may very well bring about immortality, but it will take forever to test it." IIDNIY MAltRII, -WHAT'1 10 fUNNY AIOUT ICIE.Ntlr (WlWMI KAUFMANN, lflC.J •••••••••••••••• AN UNUSUAL

TAPE In June, a tape came from Ray Thomas who lives in New Zea land. Ray had heard about me from Erland Babcock, MA AA-EVP member. I the that look at suspect were It is, however, tape, we should In his letter to me, Ray wrote that he is a retired electronics technician with a career history in the technical side of broadcasting, industrial radio communication and TV install ation. He requested I listen to his short tape which he said had elements of "High Strange ness" about it. Indeed it does. He also said it was his belief that the speaker is not from "A small alien being the Spirit realm but: physically alive in another domain or dimension 180 degrees removed from the physical world in which we live." Before getting into what is on the recording procedure he used. First, it came through on tape using a TEAC the reverse side of his cassette tape recorder. the unique and somewhat exotic energies he was using for 'drawing' the entity to his equipment. Quoting from Ray's letter, which he has given me per mission to do, he wrote: '"Ihe circuit config uration employs two 6 foot Fluorescent tubes , in a balanced arrangement with a 45 watt ampli fier providing regenerated white noise through coils in antiphase at approximately 39.6 KHz. 'Ihere are coils and magnets, color TV, blue lateral uni ts which are clamped on the Fluor escent tubes. For reception, the gain of the amplifier is

set below the point at which they burst into bright illumination. Beyond this point, the device acts as a transmitter, with travel ling running bands of light and shade, along the tubes." On the cassette tape label he has: "Scalar Wave Reception." Sounds com plicated? It is, but our many members who have a scientific background and have indicated on their applications they are interested in re search and develooment, might want to try to duplicate Ray's set-up. responsible I have always realized that I pronounce Rau dive a bit differently--even among my other American counterparts. When I began taping, like mcst beginning tapers, I called upon him to speak. At times a male voice came through and spoke to me in German, at my request, to help prove I was at least hearing from a German speaking individual. I know no German but wrote the words phonetically in my I bought a German dictionary and was able to find log and some of them some of the words in my The entity's voice is light in timbre, has were answers to my questions. During this time unusual rising inflections and odd voice manner- Raudive said his name several times and ever I have pronounced it the way he isms. In writing back to Ray, I said I felt it since then, Later log. 3. ,~-z dict the in 1976. No one has ever known this was 'strange' pronunciation. reason for my On January 27th, when the phone rang in

my office and I picked up the receiver, I heard: "'Ibis is Konstantin Raudive." is still He pronouncing "Raudive" the way he did almost eighteen years ago. TIDBITS Onni Magazine reports the invention of ,m It has a moving electronic "Psychograph." indicator which works like a OUIJA board but can print out instantaneously the message that is to be studied later . . Tina Laurent, Wales AA-EVP member, sent me copies of the front page of Psychic News, lead ing British weekly newspaper about psychic phenomena. In the June 4th issue, the phone calls five of us in the U.S. received from Raudive, were featured. Written by Michael Vinter, a journalist and 30-year veteran of EVP. research, he accurately described my own cal 1 The as well as the calls of my col leagues. AA-EVP is mentioned. In a follow-up article on June 11th, Vinter writes about some of his own EVP experiments, as well as other tapers in the field. Ed Moore, OH AA-EVP member, sent a clipping from the Steubenville Herald Star newspaper. It describes.work that the local Hospice is doing with terminally ill people. Hospice nurse Cathy Cich reports that as the individual gets closer to death, he begins to develop a special aware ness of people, places or things, even of those who have died. Cich feels that a terminally ill patient frequently lets his family know he is aware death is near and needs to hear per mission from them that it is all right

for him to go on. She recommends the book: Final Gift by Maggie Call;:man and Pat Kelley published in 1989, which focuses on how to help those who have an awareness of their approaching death. OVERSEAS MAILBAG Monique Sirn- ,net, France, wrote how happy she is that five transcommunication researchers in the U.S. have received phone calls from Raudive. She feels it is a plan of the other side to build i'l "bridge to the States . " Monique said she had cal. led on Raudi ve many times to speak to her through her tape recorder. One time he said: "I am with you, Madame." Monique's fourth book: Reality of ~_yond and Transcommunication is n()W in French b<)oKstores .. .. ·•··· ...... • .......... . . ·-•· ~ .. •• ~- . .... ' ),. .g;;.c~ , .... .. • • °TA'(E . ' • I • I th;:mks Many to • Edn;:. Dr 0 , 1.:c, AA--EVP me-rnber Livinq in ,3:t:i.iish Columbia, Can;:id~ fo1~ dr·awing' the al:ove cartoon. That, and several others she drew,· provided a good chuckle. SOME THOUGHTS TO PONDER Robert Camburn, PA AA-EVP member, wrote "The after. reading the Spring '94 Newsletter: personal nature of the NDE, though impressive, is still largely subjective in quality, and the mediumistic phenomena, important as it has been, has still left a naturally cautious and puzzled world with some:thing less than certainty. I feel the taped voices and new parallel indica telephone tive electronic communication via contacts, computer messages,

fax and TV images are most persuasive-even conclusive-scientific evidence for survival that can be rejected only because of traditional concepts." Charles Gaston, MD AA-EVP member, also wrote after receiving his Spring Newsletter. Quoting 11 As a physicist, I from his letter, he wrote: tech am very interested in the electronics niques that are being used. But, even more, the. apparent intelligent communication that occurs is earth shaking! I cannot begin to express my appreciation for your organization and its dis coveries. With each _new discovery that appears in layman's magazines and scientific journals as well, it is obvious that this universe is a very complicated place. There is an artist's concept of the universe which appears in the National Geographic Atlas. It shows successive magnifications .. An arrow points to the part of • our galaxy where our solar· system is. The millions of galaxies are painted as areas of color. One cannot help but be amazed to see where our little earth fits in this vast scheme of t~ings." 4. ard re registenrl ( that \..e l.01 ld m=ike CU11:cct) bf other rrears----e loctrcnic nears. 'Ilere wi 11 be n::> ( furt:tEr) te le f:h::re a:ntacts to p.rr: TIC groJp, rnllea:J-E M'!rk, until y=u will ~ sb:egUero that t r i~ t re nroiurcistic ~ to cur Tirrest:re:lll gm..ip. is Nnstc=ntin lam~ sr:eaJ<irg • II 'lh:is from Raudive In a letter from Walter & Mary Jo Uphoff, WI AA-EVP members, Mary Jo wrote that on the same they morning

George and I he;:ird also had a cclll from him. Time-wise, thei~ call and mine were within sever;:i l minutes of each other. Walter didn't have ;:i recorder connected to his phone so w;:is un.=ib le to record Raudi ve' s message. I t was basically the same as the ones received by George and me--first contact had been made to the States; how happy they were th;:it they had succeeded in building a bridge to th;:inking us for our efforts in the us, field of tr;:inscommunication. ;md H,ms Heckmann has ;:i lso joined the group in the U.S. who has heard by phone from Raudive. The morning of February 11th, Raudive called him. There were technical problems with the first Ci'l l l so he disconnected and cri l led back r1 H,=ms got the last sentence of minute l;:iter. Raudi ve 's second call on in German. This is logical bec~use Hans w;:is born is German. in Germ;:iny t.=ioe and i t was ;:ind his native tongue Since the five of us in this country have received c;:i l ls from Raudi ve, we have le;:irned that he has mclde cal ls to several transcommu nication experimenters in South America. In a from Ernst Senkowski, letter d.::ited March 8th, he wrote that Adolph Homes, a Germnn rese;:ircher who has had many cont.=icts with Raudive and oth ers in the Timestream group, received a messi'lge on his computer. The message from Raudive, said his group had contacted experimenters in

China and Japan by telephone and fax. These c.::i l ls have not yet been verified. The end of January, a letter came from M;:iggy Harsch-Fischbach. "M;:irk' s newest fax on Jan. 27th, m;:ikes our happiness complete. Konstantin hc=is been talking to Sarah, to George, and to Wrilter ;:is he confirmed over BURTON-BRIDGE I I in Luxembourg." In i t she wrote: Nils Jacobson, a psychiatrist in Sweden, wrote to me in e;:irly M.=rrch, that he had receiv ed his first call from Raudive on Jan. 28th. Al though this was a d;=,y after our three cril ls, he didn't know about them until he later talked to Ernst Senkowski. Ni ls wrote that he didn't have a t;:ipe recorder connected to his telephone but jotted down Rriudive 's message as soon as the c;:i l l was completed . Essentially, Rau dive said that now for the first time a bridge was formed to the northern countries and the U.S.A. And so, what are to make of all of this; I t is ;::ilso more ;:in "explosion" of so many phone cc=ills thcit hr1ve been received? We know th;_:it since Wm. O'Neil's death, he hc=is been clctively working with Raudive ;::ind the Timestrerim group to build con tacts from their world to ours. Those who knew and worked with him, say he was an electronic genius, especir1ll.y in the field of telephones. I t is their thought that his efforts since de;:ith, has a great der1 l to do

with mc=iking these than phone calls possible. possible th;::it the other side hopes, by giving us this addition;::il evidence of survival that we will help others see, by sharing our e~peri ences thr1t we do survive de;::ith in ;:in individual In Homes' computer message conscious state. in referring to their from Raudive, he sc=iid contacts by telephone ;::ind f;:ix: "OUr tests are necessary because humanity is in a phase of be ing-created by themselves-which is negative for us and we c;::innot influence consciousness. We therefore ask you to open the psychic barriers to a greater extent--only then is a possibility for us to finish off cont;:icts via radio receivers, TV and computers." there An unknown spirit told me one time while I "Your soul is not defeated." All was tr1ping: of these contacts that we are now having show, I feel, that the soul, the human personality, is triumphant. FOLLOW-UP SYNCHRONISM to our In the Winter '94 newsletter, I wrote about synchronistic experiences i'lnd how, to me, they show a planned order the I asked members to send me reports universe. of experiences they've had which they felt were synchronistic. Many th;:inks to al. l of you who did. We don't have room for every response, file for possible but future use. they'll be kept on lives and Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinrltor, sent a fascinating report. Quoting from his letter: I Prior to le;::iving, "My wife Bobby ;::ind I were planning ;::i trip to told Harold England. ;:i good

friend, that I wanted to meet Sherman, I had read their W;_:i l ter & Mary Jo Uphoff. books ;md found them most interesting. I also wanted, while in England, to see En;:i Twigg who w;::is the best psychic in the world. Everyone She was old ;::ind said to forget meeting En;:i. only sat for her best friends. I Bobby and went to the Psychic News Bookstore in London, i'lnd Bobby nudged me nnd said she'd heard the trill man ;:it the checkout counter ;:isk the clerk to send the books he'd just bought to Oregon, I knew the Uphoffs lived there, and al WI. though we'd never met, I went up and said: 'You rire Wc=ilter Uphoff and I am Mont He;_:iron. We We h=ive a mutual friend in H;:irold Sherman.' t;:ilked for ;:in hour with the Uohoffs and as they 3. I 3-( CANDLE EXPERIMENTS In a personal 1 etter from Bill Weisensa le, CA AA-EVP member, he wrote: "From what we know at this point, those on the other side commun icate by ;:iffecting our electronics, and the mechanism they use to do this, is psychokinetic energy ... (They) must dr;::iw energy, from one or more sources external to themselves in order to generate the PK energy they need to commun icate. We have been told they can use either energy from the environment, or energy from the operator. Which type of energy they use seems to depend mostly on whether or not there is an embodied

person present at the time. In the case of computer and answering machine messages, which are left when no person is present, they use energy from the environment, prob;:ibly thermal energy from the air." Bill goes on to write in the same letter: the airband on your radio as a sound "Use sourr.e, doing everything as you always do, with the exception of setting a lit candle nei'lr the system. A c;:indle will provide a good ;:imount of thermal energy, which they may be ab le to 'add' together with energy they dr;:iw from you, through at ;:md so be able to come even a better quality than they ;::i lready do. 11 This is certainly an inexpensive, easy ex periment to do. Why not try it for ;:it least several weeks and see what happens? Bill, ns most of you know, publishes an excellent tech nical newsletter, as time allows. You might want to give him, or me, feedback as to the results of your candle experiment. Bill's address is: P.O. Box B.Q., Barstow, CA 92312. WHY DON'T THEY WRITE? Some cross-country people report great success in hearing from other cross-country members they have contacted. One member said recently she had difficulty getting anything else done, she was so buy replying to letters from those on the list to whom she had first "I met my writ ten. Another member told me : best friend through your cross-country list. 11 Sadly, this isn't always the case. Some have written

that they never get a response from anyone. The fol lowing is such an ex amp le ;:ind came from Elaine Tillack of Ohio. In her Nov. letter, Elaine wrote: "I am faced with a problem. Over the course of the past 6 months I have written to 7 or 8 people on the list and no one ever writes back. Why, Sarah, do people want their n;:imes on a list if they never write or answer anyone?" Good question. The list is meant to be a 'friendly' list. A list of members contacting members t;:iping in friendship, sometimes for suggestions. help, a sharing of ideas ;:ind "Ld me througb-Fm th, wtimf' We owe the above chuckle to Max Petersen, a new member from AZ who joined us in October. A HOLIDAY TURKEY Continuing in a light hearted vein, although one might find something meaningful the experience, is my winning a turkey four days before Christmas. in Our daughter-in-law, Terri, invited all of us for Christmas dinner. Since she also had everyone for Thanksgiving, I felt it only right that I provide a turkey or ham for Christmas. She didn't want me to get Terri was adamant. either, or reimburse her for . whatever she · bought. I tried to insist, but she kept shaking "You gave to us ;:il1 these years. Now her head. it's our time to give to you." I dropped it, even though I still felt the ham or turkey should come from me. This thought

re mained in my thinking, always a part of me. Finc1lly, Every other Tuesday, our community has bingo at the lodge. It is popular with 200 attending faithfully. I seldom go since bingo is not my game. Several friends were going and wanted me to join them. I was tired I almost didn't go. from shopping, it was 10° ~bove zero, and the wind w;:is blowing. Finally, at the last minute, 'something' got behind me and pushed me out the door. I headed for the lodge. After intermission, five names were drawn from a box holding over 1,000 names. (They'd been collecting all ticket stubs since Sept.). I, who never win a thing, was one of the five who won a 15 pound turkey. Terri felt free to accept the turkey since I hadn't paid for it. In the end, I had the joy of being able to give when I thought this was going to be denied me. those in the beyond ;:ire too busy to concern themselves by providing us with Christmas turkeys. Or are they? Surely, 4. were l e.::wing, W;::i l ter s.::iid: 'We ;:ire going to see En;:i Twigg tonight. We always look her up when we get to London.' I .:::isked W;::ilter how one could get to meet En.::i, and he s;:iid he'd tell her th.:::it we'd like to see her. ;:ible to do this, he'd call us ;:it our hotel the next rnorn in1. This is what happened, and we had a nice

two hour visit with Ena on Sunday morning. If she was "This is a double synchronistic experience. What were the odds that by ch;::ince we would get to meet and know the Uphoffs, when both fami lies were several thousand miles from home, in a city the size of London? It is .:::in astronom ical number. Then, what were the odds bv chance ( that through meeting the Uphoffs) we would have a sitting with Ena Twigg? Another astro She passed on a year later." nomic;:i l number! Dennis Pol lard, IL AA-EVP member, wrote in reference to my having segments in the l;::ist two newsletters, about adapting c;:issette tape re corders to play tapes backwards. He has had an experience about this, that he fee ls is syn chronistic. Dennis wrote: "I bought a Radio Shack portable tape player with auto reverse. I discovered that in the reverse mode it plays the same side backwards. You have to flip the tape as in other players to play the other side. This is a manufacturing defect. I h;:ive not taped since the AA-EVP sponsored trip to Eng land in 1988. Wiybe I should try again." SYNCHRONICITY ON TOP OF SYNCHRONICITY The d;:iy after I wrote: Follow-Up Synchronism, I received a letter from Mason Senft, a noted musician, vocal coach and teacher, who lives in New York. Mason and I hove never met and I know him only by reputation. In his interesting letter, in which he described his spiritual/ there

have been mystical quest through life, many psychical experiences. Mason wrote: "In the course of my travels I have had the privi lege and meeting with great psychics such as Ena Twigg in London." (she was Twenty-four hours earlier, I mentioned Ena in connection with the Uphoffs and Hearons. Now, here she is again, mentioned by an unkown person. It opens up many questions which we don't have the space to explore here. Could the best Ena, herself, who Monty said "was ;:in out psychic in the world" standing medium) have helped bring about Mas on's mentioning her in a letter to me? Did she 'know' I was going to refer to her briefly in the Spring Newsletter in connection with syn chronici ty, and used this additional means to show she has survived death? (I should mention that this type of experience has happened to me before. Those of you who have my book, might want to turn to pages 87-89, where I described a very similar situation I h::id with Martin Ebon I suspect Ena m;:iy. we 11 fifteen years ago) . r1lso have pl;=iyed a part in all of this. It give us that synchro I ;:idditional evidence, nicity is a valid part of our world. feel, "I have lecirned that nothing Mason wrote: I study as if I will live in life is futile. forever--and live as if I might die tomorrow." OUR TAPERS REPORT In Maggy Hcirsch-Fischbcich's letter dated Jan. 28th, she wrote: look forw;:ird

to "Jules and I receiving your most interesting "News- letter" especir'll ly with the "real" tape-contacts you publish. We think that this is the only way to bring interested people nearer to the beginn ings of ITC research." The fol lowing people have shared with me recently taped results that they have received. Jackie Colligan, NV AA-EVP member, sent me a tape in February that had some excellent ~lass A messages, such as: "Cornfield. " "I love it." "Remove "Door." the raps." "I don't hear normal voices." "Once burnin' ". they baked myself." -----'~-------- "Talk. " "Shoot him." "Snmet:hiYJ.a ~s Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordin;::itor, has an outstanding Class A voice that said: "We play at triple speed." This may refer to the very fcist messages that sometimes are tciped. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote that on the 13th of February, she taped: "Huh The first week of March oh! Big disaster." her basement several hundred gallons of water and everything was ruined. She said she didn't know if her message referred to her upcoming flooded basement, or some discister in the world. flooded with D;:wid Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, sent me a t;:ipe recently. There were many unique, excel lent Class A messages on it; some thought provoking, such as: "On Earth you build up on radio." "It's Tesla." "Soldiers haunt you. We stand at the parting after life." "I feel dead. " "Trust me to talk "Wars you accept." with the other side. Love and faith." an

Ed Moore, OH AA-EVP member, wrote that a member of his answering family bought machine. A dear friend of his died last Nov., and before her decith she and Ed h;::id agreed that whoever died first, would try to contact the Immediately after her death Ed tried to other. get her voice on tape without success. Then, two nights after her transition, the phone rang cit 2:00 A.M., waking him. The answering mcichine ~ame on after four rings, and there wcis a loud burst of applause laughter--"very h.:::ippy sounding, " Ed wrote. However, the next d;::iy upon replay, there was nothing there. He is under standably puzzled and dis;::ippointed. ;:ind 4. am 1E regist:emj ( trnt \..e w::u ld 11Bke cmt.a:t) by other 'lla-e will be ro (furt:ta:") tele rrEBB--eloctrcnic IIE£rl5. t:h:n? mit::cts to y:ur TIC gn:up, mllecg..e M=lrk, until yu will ha\e stregtheu:rl that ~ t l -e rre:fa.mi.st.ic ~ to rur Ti.rrestrean grop. 'This is IUBta'1t.in Jarli\le sp..akirg • II In a letter from Walter & Mary Jo Uphoff, WI AA-EVP members, Mary Jo wrote that on the sa~e morning George and I heard from Rc1udi ve they also had a call from him. Time-wise, thei~ call and mine were within sever;::i l minutes of each other. Walter didn't have a recorder connected to his phone so was unable to record Raudive's It was basically the same as the ones message. received by George and me--first contact had been made to the States; how happy they were that

they had succeeded in building a bridge to the us, and field of transcommunication. thanking us for our efforts in Hans Heckmann has also joined the group in the U.S. who has heard by phone from Raudive. Tne morning of February 11th, Raudi ve cal led him. There were technical problems with the first cal1 so he disconnected and called back a minute later. H;:ins got the last sentence of in Raudive's second call on tape and it was German. This is logical because Hans was born tongue is German. in Germany and his native Since the five of us in this country have learned received cal ls from Raudi ve, we have that he has made cal ls to several transcommu nication experimenters in South America. In a letter d::ited March 8th, from Ernst Senkowski, he wrote that Adolph Homes, a German rese.=ircher who has had many contacts with Raudive and oth ers in the Timestream group, received a message on his computer. The message from Raudive, said his group had contacted experimenters in China and Jap.=in by telephone and fax. These cal ls have not yet been verified. The end of January, a letter came from Maggy "Mark's Harsch-Fischbach. newest fax on Jan. 27th, makes our happiness complete. Konstantin has been talking to Sarah, to George, and to Walter as he confirmed over BURTON-BRIDGE II in Luxembourg." In it she wrote: Nils Jacobson, a psychiatrist in Sweden, wrote to me in early March, that he had receiv ed

his first call from Raudive on Jan. 28th. Although this was a dry after our three calls, he didn't know about them until he later talked to Ernst Senkowski. Nils wrote that he didn't have a tape recorder connected to his telephone but jotted down Raudive's message as soon as the call was completed. Essentially, Raudive said that now for the first time a bridge was formed to the northern countries and the U.S.A. And so, what are to make of all of this; an "explosion" of so many phone calls that have been received? We know that since Wm. O'Neil's death, he has been actively working with Raudive and the Timestre;:im group to build con tacts from their world to ours. Those who knew and worked with him, say he was an electronic genius, especia.lly in the field of telephones. It is their thought that his efforts since dea.th, has a great deal to do with making these phone calls possible. It is ;::ilso more than possible that the other side hopes, by giving us this additional evidence of survival, that we will help others see, by sharing our experi- ,· ences that we do survive death in an individual In Homes' computer message conscious state. from Raudive, he said in referring to their contacts by telephone and fax: "OUr tests are necessary because humanity is in a phase of be ing-created by themselves-which is negative for us and we cannot influence consciousness. We therefore ask you to open

the psychic barriers there is a to a greater extent--only then possibility for us to finish off contacts via radio receivers, TV and computers." An unknown spirit told me one time while I was taping: "Your soul is not defeated." All of these contacts that we are now having show, I feel, that the soul, the human personality, is triumphant. FOLLOW-UP SYNCHRONISM In the Winter '94 newsletter, I wrote about synchronistic experiences and how, to me, they show a planned order to our lives and the I asked members to send me reports uni verse. of experiences they've had which they felt were synchronistic. Many thi=lnks to all of you who did. We don't have room for every response, they'll be kept on file for possible but future use. Monty Hearon, OR State coordinator, sent a fascinating report. Quoting from his letter: I le;::iving, Prior to "My wife Bobby and I were planning a trip to England. told Harold Sherman, a good friend, that I wanted to meet Walter & M;::iry Jo Uphoff. I had read their I also books and found them most interesting. wanted, while in England, to see Ena Twigg who was the best psychic in the world. Everyone said to forget meeting Ena. She was old ;::ind Bobby and I only sc1t for her best friends. went to the Psychic News Bookstore in London, and Bobby nudged me and said she'd heard the tall man at the checkout counter ask the clerk to send the books

he'd just bought to Oregon, I knew the Uphoffs lived there, and al WI. though we'd never met, I went up and said: 'You are Walter Uphoff and I am Mont Hearon. We h;:ive a mutual friend in H::iro ld Sherman. ' We talked for an hour with the Uphoffs and as they 3. I 3 -I CANDLE EXPERIMENTS In a person;:il letter from Bill Weisensale, CA AA-E\!P member, he wrote: "From what we know at this point, those on the other side commun ic;:ite by ;:iffecting our electronics, and the mechanism they use to do this, is psychokinetic energy ... (They) must dr;:iw energy, from one or more sources external to themselves in order 1n gener;:ite the PK energy they need to commun icate. We have been told they can use either energy from the environment, or energy from the operator. Which type of energy they use seems to depend mostly on whether or not there In is an embodied person present at the time. rn;::ichine the case of computer and answering messages, which are left when no person is present, they use energy from the environment, prob;:ibly thermal energy from the air." Bil 1 goes on to write in the same letter: "Use the airb;:ind on your rcidio as a sound sourf"'.e, doing everything as you alw;:iys do, with the except ion of setting a l i t candle ne;:ir the system. A c;:indle will provide a good they may be amount of thermal energy, which able to

'add' together with energy they drnw through nt from you, ;:ind so be able to come even a better quality than they r!lre;:idy do." This is certainly an inexpensive, e;:isy ex periment to do. Why not try i t for ;:it least sever;:i l weeks and see what happens? Bill, as most of you know, publishes an excellent tech nical newsletter, as time allows. You might want lo give him, or me, feedback as to the results of your cr1ndle experiment. Bill's address is: P.O. Box B.Q., Barstow, CA 92312. WHY DON'T THEY WRITE? Some cross-country people report gre;:it success in hearing from other cross-country members they have contacted. One member said recently she had difficulty getting anything else done, she was so buy replying to letters from those on the list to whom she had first written. Another member told me: "I met my best friend through your cross-country list." Some have Sadly, this isn't always the case. written that they never get r'l from ;:inyone. The fol lowing is such an example ;:ind In her Nov. came from El;:iine Tillack of Ohio. letter, El;:iine wrote: fnced with a problem. Over the course of the past 6 months I have written to 7 or 8 people on the list and no one ever writes back. Why, Sarah, do people want list i f they never write or answer anyone?" their names on a response "I am Good question. The list is meant to be a 'friendly' list. A list

of members contacting in friendship, sometimes for taping members ideas and suggestions. help, ;:i sh;:iring of 4. 7.et me througb-rm the wtim/" We owe the above chuckle to Max Petersen, a new member from AZ who joined us in October. A HOLIDAY TURKEY Continuing in a liqh1 hearted vein, although find something meaningful the turkey four d=iys is my winning a in one might experience, before Christmas. Since she Our daughter-in-law, Terri, invited ;:ill of us for Christmas dinner. ;:ilso h;::id everyone for Thanksgiving, I felt i t only right that I provide a turkey or ham for Christmas. She didn't want me to get Terri w;:is adcim;:int. either, or for whatever she bought. I tried to insist, but she kept shaking "You gave to us ;:ill these years. Now her he ad. it's our I to you." dropped it, even though I still felt the ham or turkey should come from me. This thought re m;:iined in my thinking, always a part of me. reimburse her Fincilly, to give time Every other TUesday, our community has bingo at the lodge. I t is popul.::ir with 200 ;:it tending faithfully. I seldom go since bingo is not my gcime. Several friends were going and wanted me I was tired to join them. from shopping, it was 10° =ibove zero, and the wind w;:is blowing. Fim l ly, ;:it the L=ist minute, 'something' got behind me ;:md pushed me out the door. I headed for the lodge. I almost didn't go.

After intermission, five names were dr;:iwn from a box holding over 1,000 n;:imes. (They'd been col lecling a 11 ticket stubs since Sept. ) . I, who never win a thing, was one of the five who won ;:i 15 pound turkey. Terri felt free to accept the turkey since I I had the joy thought this was those in the themselves by ;:ire h;:idn 't paid for it. In the end, of being ;:ible to give when going to be denied me. beyond providing us with Christm;:is turkeys. Or they? I Surely, ;:ire too busy to concern twenty-four hours after luck in her search. The story could end there, another but ietter came in which an individual wrote: "I w;::int to tell you about a synchronistic exper ience I recently had." this, Within 48 hours I had two related synchro nistic situations. It's as if someone/something, not wanting me to think it was just coincidence that Gerda gave me Lilia's name, followed it up with a letter from a man who used the term "synchronistic experience." This is what I meant when I wrote that there in is a "neatness", a "tying up of ends", synchronisi ty. Could anyone, except the most skeptical, say it was merely coincidence the way things happened? If you have h2d what you consider is a true synchronistic experience, please write and tell me about it. Perhaps I can share it with our members in future newsletters. FOLLOW-UP ON REVERSE PLAYING TAPE RECORDERS In

our Autumn Newsletter, ;::i letter I h;::id received from Gilbert Bonner of the England. address for a German manufacturer who sold cassette recorders that only played tapes back wards. The price would h;::ive been about $170. In it he described I mentioned r=ind gave Why would anyone want a tape recorder that plays recordings in reverse or backwards? To our many new members, it has been discovered that the electronic voice speaks on the wrong side of recording tapes, as well as the forward side. To me, this is some of the best objective evidence we have that these voices clre val id, for only someone living in another dimension would be capable of such cl feat. The reverse voices are just as loud, just as clear--in fact, often clearer than the forward voices. They answer questions, call the experimenter by name and make meaningful comments on their own. Four of this ccuntry's outstanding tapers have hund reds of reverse voices. Each of the four uses a reel-to-reel tape recorder as their primary recorder. With this type of recorder, it is a recording in fairly easy matter of playing ;::i reverse. During the third week of October, a letter came from ;:i friend in Colorado (he asks I not use his name). The situ;:ition might be regarded as another example of synchronisi ty, ;:i l though not quite as strong as the one described on page 2, and this page. Z thanked me for the Autumn NEWS which he had

received just that day and reference was made to "a machine th;:it plays backwards only. (Page 5--3rd p;:iragraph)." I had a He c;::issette player modified to play cassette tapes forwards and b;::ickwards ,=mtomi"ltical l.y. It is a pl.ayer only which is a little larger than a cigarette pack. It is cnlled 'Auto Reverse Stereo Cassette Player-Bnss Boost System Realistic' (SCP-51, Cat. No. 14-1091) which I purchnsed from Radio Shack on s;:i le for $19. 99 + tnx. (Headphones cost $5.99 + tax. The two AA batteries are extr;::i). few days ago, then wrote: "A "An electronics the player for me in an hour for $35. He s;::iid the pl;::iyer must be an 'Auto Reverse' --that is, a 'continuous-play cc1ssette plnyer." technici,m modified In a second letter from Zin answer to the questions I had bout his Oct. letter.. z wrote: "The s;:ime technician said he could ALSO modify a cassette t;::ipe p l;:iyer /RECORDER for me, but the unit must be an Automntic Reverse one to begin with . " Some of our tapers, ;:ind I ;::im de lighted to say that the numbers are increasing steadily, mcly want to get the type of cassette player or I cassette player/recorder, desrribed by Z. know from your letters, that most of you are using cassette recorders. For ;::i modest sum you can discover if you have voices on the reverse side of your tapes. ;::i new world for you! It could open HEAVENLY REPAIRS Unfortunately, Emy1u Hughes, FL, joined AA-EVP in

October. In her first letter she wrote clbout her hus band, Robert, who died in June, ;:ind their two computers--one acquired in 1980, which she later, hard disc model Robert used, and a Quoting from her ;::i bought letter, she said: "I stuck with operating the old Pet professional though Robert kept trying to get me to learn to use the new one. Well, recorders are the Pet got to the point th;::it it would not expensive and it is difficult to find one under load a progr;::im soon after he passed into the .=i $1,000. Consequently, most tapers, including Dr. those in Europe, use cassette recorders. These next life ;:ind I was quite frustr;::ited. tape Linda Myers (FL AA-EVP member who told Emylu give just as good results--if they (not portables), as your reel-to-reel. about AA-EVP) sent Robert cl mess;::ige to fix it, decks The one big drawback, is that it is impossible which he did. L.=iter the same thing happened to play a recording in reverse on it. Not many, ;:igain it though, would want to spend $1 70 for a German needed repaired. A few days later it w;:is r=ig;:iin c;:issette recorder that was capr=ible of ol;:iying opercitional. Only now it, s off cigain. Well., nbuiously the message is to learn to use the recordings just in the reverse mode. newer one, and I'm working on it." and I clsked her to please tell him few years ago. reel-to-reel ;:ire 3. / 2.-4 THE CRYSTAL SKULL Such

an object would be taping experiments. rare, perhaps impossible to find. If such a crystal could be located and used, the results' might be outstanding. "IT CHANGED MY LIFE" From time to time, people write describing an experience they have had that altered their life profoundly. Those individuals, not members of AA-EVP, have given me permission to share their experience in any writ ten report. The following incident could be called a Mystical Experience which happens to just a few people. It comes from Professor Doctor Edward Czerwin ski, Professor Emeritus of foreign languages in New York State University. "I was a college twenty-three years old, grc1duc1te, serving in the Air Force ;:ind at tend ing Officer Candidate School. It was a Saturday afternoon and no one was in the barracks. I was lying on my bunk, studying for exams which were scheduled for Monday. All my friends had taken leave and were enjoying themselves in San Antonio. I felt like being alone. "I had gone over my notes and had closed my eyes for a few moments.. Suddenly I was envel oped in a warm light. My eyes were open. I had never experienced such a feeling of well-being. Suddenly I knew what I must do and what direc It only lasted a few tion my life would go. seconds--perhaps ten seconds. H did not return nor has that feeling every come over me again. But it did change my life. I realized then that one must love everyone,

one must forgive every one, and one must get rid of ego. Simple: and it gets easier as I get older." NEW FEATURE FOR HAM-RADIO BUFFS Dan McKee, IL and Fl State Coordinator, has graciously agreed to be the coordinator for all those who are ham radio enthusiasts. I know from your letters, that some of our old members have been involved in the field for years. Many new members have said the same thing, and some have even sent me their call letters. Now you have an outlet for your hobby! Dan will lay down the ground rules--days for contact, hours when the line will be open, that sort of thing. Good manners should always pre vail. The more people on the line, the better for a free exchange of ideas. If you wish to take part, write to Dan at: 2435 Knollwood, Decatur, His FL address is: 425 62521. 30th Avenue West, Bradenton 34205. IL "Ju,5;t ,,_e_c..uve.d my ne.w-5.l.e.:t;tu and am ,,_e_adlng i l 0 Oil ;the_ ;th,(_/(_d :t,Lme.. U '-5 like. ,,_e_c..uvlng mail 61tom home. I e.njoy i l ve.,'1.lf muc..h." Ed Moo'1.e., OH The above picture does not begin to do justice to the four large colored pictures of the Crystal Skull sent to me in September by Frank Dorland of California. Frank and I began exchanging letters a month ago and in that time he has sent me several books, including his book: Holy Ice- Bridge to the Subconscious ($12.95) publish ed by Galde Press,

Inc.--P.O. Box 65611, St. Paul, MN 55165. The book focuses on crystals, especially the work he and his wife Mabel, did with the world-known artifact, the Crystal Skull. Frank and Mabel received the skull in 1964 from Anna, daughter of F. A. Mitchell-Hedges, who discovered the skull, supposedly while probing through the ruins of the ancient city of Lubaantun in Belize. The Dorlands had it until 1970, when Anna took it back home to Canada. During the six years it was in their possession, it was thoroughly studied and they became so involved with the Skull, that they gave up their original business which themselves was art conservation, devoting full time to the Skull. It is made from a single piece of left-hand electronic quartz crystal. It's carved age is 12,000 years. The Dorlands observed many episodes of strange phenomena with the Skull. When things were very quiet, they could hear soft voices and music. Quoting from Holy Ice: "Sometimes there was an odor--an elusive, sweet-sour, wet fragrance. If we put our hands close to the skul 1, we could feel a tingling like an electrical current, there were other and times when we clearly saw shapes and shadows moving around inside it." 3. ,2.-3 The Dorlands became convinced, through their yxperiences, that there were more things going on in the invisible world than they had ever imagined. He comments on page 17 of Holy Ice, "Human detection capabilities in the average person are currently estimated to be less than

two per cent of the known wave-length spectrum." that Frank writes the electronic qu~rtz crystal is the world's first solid-state tool- but the human mind must control the crystal. "The mind is the power supply; the crystal is the reflecting amplifier." The concluding sentence in the Preface of "A human being is a living, walk I Holy Ice is: ing, liquid crystal of amazing potential. 11 would encourage you to read the book. OUR TAPERS REPORT More and more of our members are sitting down in front of their tape recorder and asking: the "Is anyone here?" According to reports, other side is increasingly answering "Yes!" Genuine results make me happy and I thank the members who have written to me about what they are taping. A new member, Jacqueline Colligan of NV, be lieves she is having good results. She turns on the faucet in her bedroom while taping and feels the running water helps the voices speak. Jacqueline lives in Las Vegas and thinks that explains the large number of negative, combat ive messages she gets, such as: "I hope he's a born fighter." "He's one lucky kid, he's liable to kick them both." "Don't you want to talk to me from jail?" "He killed himself." Art Counts, MD, "Sarah, I'm still ELATED-- is continuing his efforts for taped contact, especially with his sister, Lill. He wrote: I think my dear sister, Lill spoke, thus my ela tion. When she was here with me, and there was something

a bit urgent, she'd call out to me in a special and most individual tone of voice, soft, gently, low, so as not to unduly alarm me. She'd say: 'Artie.' Sarah, that's exactly what One of my friends came and came listened and she also heard: 'Artie.'" through. Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, wrote and said she'd been extremely busy for three weeks and hadn't taped. When she returned to her tape recorder she apologized for her absence and said she'd try to record on a reg ular schedule again. A male voice said: "It'll be great to see you again." Carol is trying to get a voice print made of a message she received several years ago from a deceased AA-EVP member." She has a recording of his voice before death and then, shortly after he died, he came through and said: "I'm Alive!" Carol sent me a copy of this and I agree they sound the same. She has contacted several universities, the latest was the u. of Rhode Island, but they replied they didn't have the staff to accommodate her request. In her letter, Clara Laughlin wrote that Callie, her main contact on the other side, told her: "This time you chose a lonely life." like Clara commented, "Well, if I did, I don' l it and I hope I've learned my lesson." David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, sent Some of the me an outstanding tape in July. good Class A messages were: "He talks to you

in his speakers." "Please take care of Raudive. 11 "Trust with me to talk "Science is chaotic. " to the other side. "It's Raudive. We love you. We join your destinyso that you' 11 feel evolved." "You' re prone to sanctify death. 11 "We saw Arthur Ford. 11 Love and faith." Ed Moore, OH, wrote and said "We sleep." message he taped was: the latest Laurie Schoenick, WI, has written several times reporting her taping results. She visited the Crow Agency in Montana where the Battle of the Little Big Horn was fought. She used a portable tape recorder with a separate mike on which she had placed a funnel to amplify the voices. Two faint messages were received, one of them was: "Don't kill." During a recent recording she taped the name: The name was unknown to her, but she wrote it down in her log. Thal evening, listening to a news report, the reporter told about a tornado in a nearby state in which a man and his wife, living in a trailer, had their home demolished. Both had been killed and the name of the man was the same as recorded earlier in the day. "Ernst 11 Gerda Slater, FL, wrote that her results are "Eletter and better and louder and getting, louder. 11 A member in her spiritualist church asked her if she could make contact with her deceased loved ones through EVP. Gerda asked while taping, if there was someone there for her friend. She

recorded "Seymour" and then later on, "Marcus. 11 She passed these names on to the church member, who was delighted. Both were close family members. Geoffrey Tilga, N.Y. has been taping church services at the Church of Divine Inspiration, a Spiritualist Church in Rochester. The members are interested and supportive of his efforts. Using a ree 1 to reel tape recorder, Geoffrey has discovered that most of his messages come through on the reverse side of his tapes. An other interesting facet he has uncovered is that the reverse messages correspond exactly to what the medium, or minister is saying on the forward side of the tape. As an example, the 4. tape. again came through on both sides of my talked to each other about it saying: 1hey "Sarah got a mirror!" "This is fine mirror! 11 ;:isked if they thought it and so on. When they assured me would help them come through, ;_t would. I left the taping session feeling my $1. 98 had been we 11 spEmt and happy it took so little to please the next dimension. Still, feeling the whole thin9 was odd, I didn't men tion it to anyone. I A week or two later, Dan McKee, State Coordinator, called and said: I've been getting messages about mirrors. " then told him about my own mirror messages. IL & FL "Sarah, I tapings." Within the next week, Mercedes Shepanek, who was the VA State Coordinator until her death, "Sarah, I've taped several cal

led and said: messages telling me to get a mirror and use it with my I want to emphasize that Mercedes and Dan did not know ench other at the time and had never corresponded. I told her Dan and I were getting the same messages. I had bought one and was using it which pleased our unseen friends. Mercedes began using a mirror, and like me won praise from the other side for doing this. Several tapers since learning about the mirror messages, have begun using mirrors. Clara Laughlin, who became the VA State Coord- ator upon Mercedes ' death, has used a mirror .1.ur years. From time to time, she continued to tape mirror messages. from a non-taper ceived a startling message that further strengthens the cross-correspond ence aspect of mirrors as strong evidence for survival. Clara will te 11 us, in her own words, how it happened. Just recently, she re A VISIT 'l'O A MEDIUM Clara Laughlin "It has been a wish of mine to hear from transcommunication partner, Callie by means other than EVP --perhaps a good cross-check. 'Ihis finally happened at the end of an eviden Coming to the tial mediumistic consult;::ition. session, was late husband, Tom, and good friend, Bill ( in spirit). He is a gentleman to pay attention to and trust and is a counselor and helper. Several messages were received. Think ing this was the conclusion, I stcffted to leave. The medium said, "wait a minute--he is talking about mirrors--mirrors.

He has a message for ' And when you look into the mirror, say, you. _!J'-Jot "upon" reflection) . " "and on reflection." The next I did not mention time L. .. 1.s experience. At the end, "Thank you for helping me Callie and on reflection this is Clara. " On the reverse side, came back I said, taped, I I don't c;::ill him (pseudonym for the reply, "Believe in Mary, the medium) Clarissa, Cal lie, " The use of mirrors at every taping and Callie using his 'Bill' at the medium's was convin first name 'Bill' but he cing to me. uses the name frequently. I could see the medium struggling trying to figure out what in the world is this woman doing! And with I sat stone faced and gave no mirrors!! acknowledgment She thought I was disappointed, but I assured her at the end that she had a beautiful gift and was very accurate. that she was correct. "This is why I was so secretly excited when the medium used the n;:ime Bill He c;::ills him self Bill, Doctor Callie, Doc Callie, Willie, Billy--whatever the vibration will stretch to. He is well aware that we love evidential in formation and I knew exactly what he was doing when he gave that messr.1ge about mirrors and used his name." FURTHER COMMENI' ON MIRRORS Do mirrors help in EVP taping? Could they be used to good advantage in other areas of transcommunication? Perhaps. I really don't know. Mirrors have

;:i magical connotation to many who are interested in the field of PSI, but I haven't seen enough evidence in regard to mirrors to revere them as some people do. Just possibly, they might help a limited few who speak to us from other dimensions. It could well be, however, that by their urging three of us (Dan, Mercedes, ;:ind myself) some years ago to use mirrors, they were establish ing a cross-correspondence check. The unique word "mirrors" was the key word that each of us separately (and remind you unknown to each other) were taping at the s;::ime time. The unseen are eager to establish their v;::i lidi ty through objective evidence. They continued to do this with Clara's recent visit to a medium. I HELL LOCATED G:lod News. The location of hell has been discovered so we can do our best to avoid it! "Biblical Archaeology Review" a magazine slanted towards those interested in the ::in cient and early history of Biblical and pre Biblical days, h::is H feature called 'Barlines'. In it, there is ;:i piece titled "Hell Found Screams Scare Scientists" . Under Siberia : "Hell itself has been dis Quoting from it: covered by geologists in Siberia. (A Finnish newspaper reported) that Scientists drilled a hole in the crust of the earth nine miles deep ;:ind accident;:illy reached hell. When they took they heard human soundings the hole, from 3. 12-2 the screams ... Screams have been heard from condemned souls from the earth's deepest

hole.•• The manager of the project, Dr. Azzacov said: "The information we are gathering is so sur prising that we are sincerely afraid of what we might find down there. " According to the report, the geologists were dumbfounded. After they had drilled several kilometers through the earth's crust, the drill bit began to ro tate wildly. They were surprised that the deep center of the earth is not only hollow but so hot. Dr. Azzacov said that the calculations indicate the temperature was over 2,000 ° Fah renheit, which was far more than expected. A later discovery was even more shocking, he said, so shocking that the scientists are now afraid to continue with the project. He said: "We tried to listen to the earth's movements with super-sensitive microphones which were through the ho le. What we heard let down thinking scientists turned those thought into trembling ruins." the sounds were coming from our equipment) but after some adjustments we knew the sound came from the earth's interior. We heard a human though one voice, screaming in pain. voice was discernible, we could hear thousands, perhaps mi 1 lions in the background, of suffer ing souls screaming. Half the scientists quit in fear." ( At first we logically Even to According the original report, which first appeared in 1990, the matter is big news in Finland and Norway, whose scientists par The soviets, who ticipated in the project. the project, have cancelled it. sponsored OUR TAPERS REPORT living, he

thought her Phyllis Butcher, VA, said that while her taping husband was efforts were strange. As he said one time: "Well, Phyllis, you' re weird, but you' re a nice weird!" After his death, she tried to tape recorder and contact him received a clear laugh. through her I received from Dr. Edelgard John, Germany, wrote about the Jamal Hussein letter (Amman-Jordan) and mentioned in the Spring Newsletter. Dr. Hussein had written to me about the many contacts he and his colleagues have had with inhabitants of other dimensions. Edelgard feels that some taped messages from these alternate realities and reminded me of a long message she once taped: "Centers are here. We are here to love scared ones of the Earth. We are here tomorrow on the the clock-time." surface of the Earth of tapers have Laurie Schoenick, WI, wrote that her mother It was her had a miscarriage some years ago. belief it had been a boy. When Lau rieasks her deceased grandparents to speak she often hears a young boy's voice ca 11 ing: "Grandpa! " Laurie commented she could never understand this be cause her grandparents have no grandchild who _has died. Recently when Laurie sat down to tape she asked her grandparents if the baby n mother had miscarried was a boy and was wi "" them, and if so, what was his name. The grand mother replied: "Why don't you ask him?" Laurie was surprised and did this in her next taping. the young

boy replied: "Evan," in a Class A voice. Laurie wrote: "It can be heard loudly and even the skeptics clearly without headphonesJ in my family are more or less left speechless when they hear it. I am happy to hear from and even know the name of my other brother! It was to something continue our communication." Immediately after her question, I had not expected and hope PHONE CALL TO A SKEPI'IC Carole Gordnier, MA AA-EVP member, wrote about her daughter's hospitalization. Quoting from her letter, she wrote: "I had a health crisis with my 30 year old daughter. She was in the hospital for routine surgery and ended up having three surgeries in one week, and spent 5 days in intensive care, receiving 4 pints of blood. She almost died while she was in ICTJ, and was in the hospital for 30 days. During this stay, my sister spent a great deal of time there with me. One evening when Cheryl was 1 ICU, we sat in the waiting room, and I read the AA-EVP 1992 Summer Newsletter, and the article about phone calls from the dead. The next morn ing my sister called just before we left for the hospital. She said at 5:00 A.M., she had a very strange phone call. A faint and very far away voice said, 'Awake.' She told me it gave her a strange feeling. She asked 'What?' and the voice repeated 'Awake.' My sister does not have the same spiritual beliefs as

I, nor did she know about the newsletter. When we got to the hospital, we found that Cherylh~d finally turned the corner that morning and was no longer critical. When I told my sister where I thought the call had come from, she said, "But why would it come to me when you' re the one that believes in all this?" I told her that was exactly the point. If the call had come to me, especially after having read the newsletter the night before about just that sort of thing, I probably would have doubted it's source. Al though there is no way to prove the ca 11 's origin, Sarah, I know deep within where that call came from and I am grateful to have such caring friends." "Ne.vvc. would 1 wan;t ;to m.w1.i a -6.lngle. nw1.ile;t;.tvc. oft qou1t..1.i. So Ln.1.ip.l!t...lng, -60 be.au:t..lfiully w1t..U;te.n ! You g.lve. me. hope. whe.n 1 ean';t 6.lnd il anywhvc.e. e.l1.ie.. Thank qou!" Ma1t..go;t G.lz.le.n.J.ifl.l, CA. 4. '~ brl)i. her <lf 1. he der:c;oised Yt,rkie ;-,rv:i s::i1d h2 cir1 s times ;:is i f h<2 <":cm see his de;:irl bnither. ::it Lluyd wrute 1.h;:i1. he h;cis "duqqic_,, t,icnciils on 1.he tile flnor," ;:ind felt s,imethinci pressinci "JF'l, pl r1yuffs, Durino r1gr1inst his ;:ind 1.he ,1oyd s:-:iid he Wi'lS w;:it.,~hinq ;cit Llt,yd derer1sed Yt,rkie wr1lked for i'lboul fifteen se<"onds befurc u;:inishing. \ he the g:-:ime, lu<ikcd in :-:ind t;:iped leg. ;cils,> ;:ind o;cirents ;:isked my husband Gerdrl Slrlter, FL, ;cinswered L;:iuri<?'s "One d;:,y cJHer

I request for help. She wrote: to sleep, hr1d my beloved old <""11 Sh;cirnb;:il l" out I (in spirit) during my morning taping session, "\vhere is our Sh;:imball;:.i?" Ed r1nswered r:le;:.irly: "We hi'lve him!" :cind (11, month there were 3 meows!!!" lc1ter) "I asked Ed i f Sh;:imb;::ill;:, wc1s 1.here with l\1ir:ky ( our Schn;:iuzer wi 1. h whom Sh;:imb;:i l l ;ci used 1 o pl r1y.) ;:i few loud shrill b;:irks." He s;:iid, "Yes!" ;:.ind then I he,::ird then, MICROPHONE BOX Si'lria Buioni, Itr1lii'ln AA-EVP member, is c1 director of ;:in ex<"ellenl orq;:inizr1lion in Il;:.ily <"c1l led the Centro Mi Lmese Metr1fonir1 whi<"h is to studying genuine spirit ronl;:icts. devoted In May 1989, ,::i quest of their group at their n;:ition;::il ronferenre held in Mil;cin, which was attended by sever,=il hundred oeople. On lert.ured ;cind plr1yed ;::i demonstrr1tion Sr1turday I took ;:,fterrioon, I w;::is pe of Voices; On Sundr1y ~~rt in ;::i p;::inel. disrussion. I Sever;:il months t'1e AA-E\JP w;::is ment iCJned r1nother direrlor, publish In r:onjurwtion with their group, S;:iri;:i ;:ind Virgini;::i Ursi, ;::in oulst;:indinq Jc,urn;:il. ;=190, S;::ir;::ii sent me ;::i cooy of their reC""ent Jourri;=1l in which f;:.ivorr1b l y. included ;::i dir1gr;cim of ;:i microphone The Journ? l box designed by Rupert Sigurdsson, M;:,ine AA-EVP member. the Spring issue of our newsl el ler ber;::iuse Rupert 1989 I sent felt i t helped the voices rome through. It;=1l i;=1ri Rupert the Jour11r1l is bei11g used in Ilr1ly. so he rould see his exrieriment ;=1 copy

of the n;::iqe I hr1d published this in frnrn He to Rupert ronlinues replied sr1yirig ;::is his sound sourre whirh lhc1t he hopes his design helps others. t;:ioe d;::ii l y but is l ryinq lo slr1y ;:iw;:,y from using ;::i rn;:iny of us r;cidio for f;=1vor. ;:ire yer1rs 1 re;:il ize how <"rowd 0 d .::ind I would welcome suggestions for nori-rr1dio sourres, or different mike setuos or other elec1ronir cirruits from your re;::iders." ;::im working with non-r;:idil• SOlJr<"es. ;::ind T\7 the ;:iir w;cives He wrote: ""Beinq in rr1di<, ~f you have r1ny requested, send them to him. Also, ide;:,s in our SumfT'er Newsletter for I rould be of interest to other members. ide;,s ;:ilnnq the lirie Ruoert I will mr1i l I might use some nf these they t<) me them feel ;:ind Tf vnu \,l(lUld 7 ik:e ;:, ,ni_rn>nh()nc' h,x ciesiqned by Runer1, nl~;,se send ;::i S.A.S.E. t,> y,111. t,i me ;:ind Twill he h"DDV l<> m;ci"i_l ('()r,y ()f i '12 i_t PHONE CALLS CONTINUE "' rer:inrt , it hers, Furr,pe;:,n exrerimen1 er.s, surh ;::is the H;cirsrh frequ'?n1 oh0ne Fisrhh;:,rhs ::ind In H;:,ns Herkrn;cin's r;:ills from the sriri\ side. letter with the tr;::insl;::itiori of Mueller's third ;cilso 1.n rridio ront_;:irt with Ad()loh Hornes, he rluded lrr1nsl;::it ion of Konst;:int in R;:,udive's ohone r;:ill lo Homes whir:h l;cisted 5 min. 22 ser. ()uc,tinq from il, Rr1udive first ronfirmed th;::it 1. heir rn-work'?r, Homes h;:id frnm "A 7 l your drl i l y Mue 7 l er. He

went on lo s;=iy: ;:,s rl,s 1,,1el l events, your l hough ls c1nd events you seem u11;:ible to ronlrol, such r1s e11- virornentr1l c;:it;::islrophies, in the finril ;:,n;:ilysis were rre;=1ted by yourself, though they originate in other dimensions, in other, trance-like ronditions when you were your re.::il self. indeed he;cird in dre.::ims rlC""linns rind "None of you h;::is to die in order lo be wh;=1t You only h=we to die, you would like to be. bec;::iuse you selected one of rn;::iny possibilities l hr1l w;=is ooen to you. Even the person whn is n;:inic-stricken for fe;::ir of de;:ith, iri ;:inother dimension decided his physical der1th. long ;:igo " ... You should not look so muc-h ;=1t the I.T.C. problem from the technical side ;,lone, or you get r;:iught in .::i f;:ilse web of idec1s. This seems lo be the c;::ise ;:it present." Severc1l of our members h;:ive written ;:ind s;=1id ;=1re concent.rr1ting more on h;::iving ohone they r:ont ricts with the other side, ;:is ;::i result of re;::idi11g r1bout them in our newsletter. At 1 er1st three members hr1ve bought the R;:idio Sh;::irk Teleohone Rerorder Control-Model No. 43-228 recommended. Peggy V;:in Lear, OH, is one th;:it I i 1 of them ::ind she reports cont::icl ! i l w;:is signific;::int. w;cis limi led to one word, Al though Quoting from Peggy's letter, she wrote: l ;:ioecJ I h;::ive ;::isked i f t ;::iping sessions, I "During one of my there w;:is r1nvthinq I could do lo mr1ke commu11i c;=ition

e;::isier. A rn;::ile rom9uterized voice sr1id: "Yes, try the phone." invested in the R.::idio I Sh;,c:k device to be pre!'.)"'red on the uoper level r:011vers;:it ions wi l h of our home. v::irious liuing members of my f;::irnily. One time, ;=ifler t;=ioing ;:i ronvers;::ition with my sister Beth, I ;:inyone trying to gel through would h;::ive to shout. Nol only were there no gr1ps, but we orrict ic;::i l l y l;::i lked ewer e;::ich ol her. During l he ronversc1t ion with Beth, lo the kitr'-ien ohone lo look up .::i number fnr her. After we finished t;::ilking, I went brick uo lo the bedrno~ Uoo11 pl;=1yinq br1~k to h;:,no u0 the other ohone. listened to i t c1gr1in, I went downslr1irs re;:,li_zed c=ind 3. 12-1 I w;=inted the lr1pe, quit. e wh;:it. q;:ive rne the rreeps. Then, c:onver.sr1t.iun I'd just. h;=,d would h,=we been for r1nyone the word was quite .:=ippropri;:it.e." I her1rd one word: "B;:id." This wr1sn't. it the ;:ind how di.ffirult it t. hrouqh, so ;:it. ;=ind thought. first. .=ibout. tu her1r t.u c:orne I Peggy plr1ns lo rec:ord more ronvers:::it.ions ;::ind hopes to h;=ive event.u;:il cont.;:ic:t_ wit.h her sister rhr1rlot.t.e who is in spirit. FATE MAGAZINE/BALL LIGHTNING Int.he last. few months, some of our members h;::ive keot. FATE hr1opily busy publishing their experiences .=ind comments. Rupert Sigurdsson h.=id issue under t.he her1ding r1 piece in t.he Mr1rch "True Mystic Experiences" sec:t.ion. In the sr1me iri request. had a issue, Kathleen Tory, "Report From is She

feature. ro l lect. ing dre;::ims and pr1r;::inormr1 l stories .=ibout pregnancy ;:ind conc:ept.ion. JV'N, the Readers" J. J. Snyder, CA, h;::is .::in interesting i'lrtirle the "Ball Lightning and Crop Circles." is .=i pi lot and his picture appe.=irs in the Jr1nur1ry 1993 ti lle: J. J. st:::inding beside his c=iirplane. issue of FATE under You will perhaps remember Humphrey, MD AA-EVP member, Newsletter. ball lightning in the January 1992 FATE lit.led: "Dancing Balls of Light." She, also, h;::id I mentioned Doris in t.he Spring 1992 .::in r1rticle c=ibout issue of .=it I was The object was My own experience with the phenomenon was ;::in It happened one summer unforgettable one. the afternoon several ye.::irs ago. beauty parlor having my h;:iir cut. There h.:=id been a brief summer storm a short time e;:irlier, but now the sun shone brightly r1nd everything was crystal clear. The owner hc3d the door open, trying to catch a breeze, when all of a sudden, in through the door, rolled a red/or;:inge bc1l l about. the size of .:::i basketb<'lll. There were five .:=ill or six of us in the shop at the time. We immediately became frozen watching saw i t ;:ind its antics. in our presence seven or eight seconds, rolling ;:iround the shop c3nd between t.he ch;:iirs. At. its closest. paint to ;:is me, five feet silently .::is the door r1nd was gone. All of us looked ;:it one "Did you see th;::it ! ? " However, ;::inot her ;=:ind s.::iid: we

were unusually c;:i lrri, so no further mention wc3s m;::,de of the incident. ;:ind everyone continued I have alw;:iys found our wh;:it. they were doing. remarkable psychological incident somewhat remc3rkable in itself. When I wrote to J.J. congrat.ulat.ing him on his article, r1lmost had t.he feeling, from the wav I s;:iid I lhe object. Cc3refu1 l y rol l.ed room, avoiding t.he people and furniture, th;:it i t hr1d ;:i type of limited int.ell igence. An experience with b;:ill is something one never lightning forgets. Then, .::iway. it. rolled back out ;:iccept.;:inc:e of it. was about it. c;::ime, .::iround this t.he C.E.T.L. JOURNAL The lr1lesl tr:::inslr1tion of the exrellent. C.E.T.L. Journal, nublished by M;::iggie & Jules H;:irsrh-Fisrhbarh, AA-E\1P members, Luxembourg, In it., has been sent to me by H;:ins Heckmann. M;:iggie disrusses their p;:irt.irior1t.ion th, ;:it_ int.ernr1t.ion;::il conferenre on trr1nsrommunir.:=ition last. Mav. t.hat. wr1s held in S;:io Paulo, Br;::,zil, She wrot. e : "Be tween present. ;:it ions we me l young technici;:ins who belong tot.he te,:-hnir;:il members of S;:ir.::ih Estep' s AA-EVP org.:rniz;::ition. These young neoole reported about t.he good reli'1tions between cooper.:ition in Europe." I.T.C. rese:::irrhers friendly in USA ;:ind ;:ind Further on in the newsletter, Mr1ggie r1sked: "Should we ;:isk more techniral. and scientifir: quest.ions?" She s.:iid that she and Jules oft.en noticed that their technir:;:il questions were put off as not urgent, ;:ind that their soiri t friends preferred questions of human interest.. through They beg.::in to realize th;::1t cont;:icts their equipment ;:ire not triggered by

intrir:r1te technical circuitrv and its understanding but. by ,:i st;:ite of inner rer1diness, efforts for ;::i positive spiritual attitude ,rnd m.::iny other factors they still know little ;::ibout. She went on, however, the experimenter should not ignore his interest in sr:ience .:=ind technology bec;:iuse the time m;:iy rome when this knowledge can help them mr1ke new discoverief She ;:ilso said th;:it the technic;::il .::idvire t.he, get from the other side c3re merely hints. We still do not know why ;::i cert;::iin piece of equipment only works well in con'lection with .:=i certain experimenter. they know, there are no spirit plc3ns for the construction t.h;::1t would provide ;:i of electronic equipment for everybody. rec3dy made spirit contaC't As far ;:is to s;:iy th?t In the matter of reinc?rnation, M;:iggie wrote: "At the beginning of our first rle.::ir speaking cont;:icts with Timestream, Technici.::in and R;:iudive told us that reincarn.;:ition is ;::i "Spiritual L;:iw." Every being on both sides of the veil h;:is the right to "detour" this l.r1w for a while to c3void i t or even reject it, but. you cannot. esr.;:ioe i t forever." Technician: "The humc3n soul returns back to e;:irth often enough to ler1rn all hum;::in life const.;::int Reinc;::irn;:ition experiences. forward st.::irting with evol_ution that moves minerals to plants and animals t.o ,:ind human beings. There is no backwards evolution. The hum;:in soulnever returns in the body of ;:in anirnr1 l." is ;:i then 4. RADIO CONVERSATIONS WITH THE DEAD A.H. Wlere do y::u reside? rello, ¼here ::ire

yu..1? Fron More ;:ind rnnre individu;:i ls report l heir r;:idios fr()m rereiving in other mess.::iges vi:::i dimensions. My uwn r;:icio ront ;:irt s oo b;:irk ,wer cifteen ye;:irs ;=md J would estim;:,te ;:it le;:ist 70°;{ c: l,) rume r==>re cx l he romrnun1r:;itnrs used l his medium fur those through. Unfurtun;:ilely, exrer,1 repl ions, l hey were t1, ,t instantly interpret, ;:,nd hr1d I loud enouc1h for me tu them lo nl;:,y b:=irk l ;:iter through he;:idchunes. In ;:i oerson;il n<lle ;it r~, 'el ooer of f,,r rornmuni,;ili,m, he wn>l'.:': from George Meek, system (Senk0wski--Gerrnc1ri AA-f.\lP member) yeslerd;:,y ;:ind sr1id Dr. 'Loud .::ind C'1 e;ir ! ' " rviuel l er the:: enrl of Ortober l he Soiricom "F,rn.st r;:illed m2 lhn)uqh ,;:irne A week later, in ;i lelier to rne, Ernst wro1e: ,r-., ;:, ron\;:,C"'i first snonl==meous "Adoloh Homes qu1 vi;:, rr1diu under lhe n;:,me ,,f Der tvili<?l ir?r Crt. 13. A serund one h;:irpenecl CK"l. 1 S. third one (provoked by Humes r;:.il l iria Mueller) Crt. 21. In r1 l l r;:,ses, ;:i di;:, l ogue w;:,[O poss ih le of ;:,bout 4. S rninut es dur;:,t ion in C,errn;:,n l ;:,ricJU"l(}E'. On Ort. 79, (dere;:ised mother) told him vi;i teleDhone Homes' ;:i rnember- uf the gruur Zei1s lh;il \11/m O'Neil, r1s th<? other side) trorn, wilh Mueller. r;:.in ronl inue." Hoocfully 11-ie c:lir1l,iques is working together (un Neil w;cis Some of our mernber:3 m;:iy be un;iwr1re lhr1t w~ the PA experirnenler wri,i used 1 he

Sniricom S.,:'Slem, developed by tvieek, f-le,k rn;inn, ;:ind severr1l others, lo huld lontJ ronver s:::ilions with Dr. Jeffries Mueller, ;:, srientist whu died some yer1rs before. rn;cide his own tr;insiliori in Sepiember 1991. O' f\1ei 7 f-l;:,ns \11/e owe Hr1ns Herkrn;:rnn, PA AA-F,VP member, many th;:,nk.s for sending us ;:, comnl ele t r;insl;:,t ion cif f-J;=ms wrote: these contacts. I will quote wh;:il ,J--ere ;ire y::u r;:i l l irq rre? I T\M 11\l A STAIB OF REIN::3. IS MEN PRESENTLY APLF, 'IO \/',HfRf: rn f-DII/ IT HAPPENS BErALBE l)xs l irre exist 01 l y for US hUTT"ArG? '1h2 gcrera l r-crdi t icn c,f cur D l ;:ire\ is ;:, very e£TN::; IS LEA~l\11:l'XJ 'ID lF.Z\RNJl\'G 'ID LIVE IS EXPrn~. IT MAKES f\D I C)Ot 'THE IUll<::ICJ\l OF YaJR Tii"E IS (l_Q_"'E[_,Y Kl.ND 'IO D.f'-1. LIVE. DIFFFRENr~ VJHFN' fVIBYiilll\G IS HAPPEJ\D:N::; l\[W. A.H. t ml ! D.M. OTT-lER ILllJSICNS. A. f I. 92ricus ore. (This is tre only w:xd Dr. l'A. sa,ke in D.M. YES. Eh::; l L':''l. ot rerwise t h2 entire rcrivers;it im w=is in Cerrrnt1) . THE (1JALTIY OF LIFE OF VaJR RFALTIY IS NJT Q\l I'\ [ ,BrrL h(RIBY OF E\UJJITCN. m ~IHII\X:; DFTTSIVE 'ID ... (s;::,ve l re) ? PlAI\ET ... (?) ABSJRl\(TICN_<; 111/f--Hr:H GJJFR\l 'THE (NIVER.SE ARF. NJT PAITT OF 'THE U\DER~J\l'UIN:; OF MAl'Kil\D. ri.H. H~,1 will the misery m our pl;:,rel erd? Im is sO?_;:ikini 1Nilh rre? D.M. MEN ALWAYS RESE_C,S THAT, l~HKH HE T.S AIDJJ' 'IO lCCBE l-\T ANY

TIME. A.H. I did ry,t qel lml? W1,"1 IAhirh ... lre destnrt im of cur e;,rth? D.M. PLFASE ID NJT LCX::K FIB C'AIBES, BErAUSE YaJR fNITRE [___(CT(' IS I\IB' CIBREr'r. HA.S MA[\1 NJI' BEEJ\l ru.ARIZFD NFX:ii"ITI\l!LY SThTT, BIRTH? THAT'S TI-1E QJFSTICN. CID IS IN ALL 'IHIIT E. w-JAT VCTJ BELIDlE: HAS NJIHTI\G 'ID ID \'VTIH IT. lvffiE Al\D l'-'r:RE FRIGITTNTl\'G. A.H. YES, W2 k.rcw tmt. D.M. A.H. Yes, I goi IT03t of it. fl'1/ he;=lrtfelt tmnk.s. \-e;:,rd ycu s;:iy "Eh:l of o:nl rl<'.l . " mt ire rmxding. '' I .SHALL STAY IN 'JUill WITI-J VCTJ. END CF n:NIArT. \UJR STIUATICN BEITfvF.S I shi'l ll n l ;::iy l:::rrk l h2 Il\l AIL IS PEFFrrTICN. ;:,re the wrs1 r;:ises, I lbTPrks by Dr. E. ~ sk i : "D.Jr;:,ticn of di;ci lCXJLE 4 Very hiqi \Kllure of tr;:,ns-siqn;:,l. minutes 25 SECC.Ytls. '1h2 syU=ibles ;:,re strr:rqly .:icrent R=>tl-er lo"7 dislortim. ur>le:::l. DJrirg p:uc;es, tre radio 11EW3 Cc!n te rB"lrd with (rnsid2r,:,bly lc-w:'!r volure. Q:-'.ld::er D, 1992: R,µxl of exr::erirrenler lib l P1 1-tnes: Cct. 15, 1992-10:45 A.IVI. SrAl l f1VI r:=dio. I)i;:,lcque "I was in tre kilch:n rinsing disres ard listening to ?. rrusirnJ prcx:1rrm en lre FlV! r.=diu W"B7 I re;:,rd U-e fol lcwirq w::irds V2rY clearly o::mirq frrm tre I cu:J-.si::e,=:iker: ''EIHS RHIR)!" 'Ihis w:is Ie!=E:::ilEd three tirres. I stcµ:ro rinsirq to 921 rny ,.rl&..c:ette rECOrd::r "'rd mi ---nx:h,e into tre kitch I olaca:'l mlh on ;cin ;~rrnil;=iir in frorit of lre 911rll l en. rro r;::dio rB'."'eiver. I

re lTRira:1 quiet ;::ird SUXEl1 l y h2;:,rd l re \Anrds : tve;:in"knle tre r&E st;cirtEd. '1HIS IS rx::c rvtJEUER. ''THIS IS r:xx:: MJEliER. A.H. W-0 is lrere? D.M. A.H. Dr Miller?? w-x_, i.s D.r Miller? D.M. A.H. Cruld y::u sre;:ik r1 little clearer? D. M. I Af\NJ_NID MY.SELF TIR:U3-l MARK JV (Soirircm). PIEA....<=E GIVE MY rnE8I'l!\G AND MY 'IHA!'K5 'IO MR. MEEK J\J\D M~. SEt<l!<CWSKI. I l.lrd2rst::ind. I ID f\l'.JI' C'ARE ½HEIHER YaJ BEliIDlE ME CR '\Dr. CBJECT'I\lE IS 'THE 8E._SFJ\ITT-l , f\OT 'THE DIS7JSSICN. 'THE A.H. D.M. b:gi.ns r1fter music pm:n-;:im is sur:nres..se::L Ib ycu wr1nl to currrunirnte rel lo D::ctor. W::ul_d ycu like to rnmunirnte with rello D:rtor MtEller! D.M. TI-ITS IS IXX'Irn MJEUER. l-\,.H. s.:rrelhirg lo rne? D.M. HELLO HERR (f-trres). A.H. rre? D. M. AIL CTJVTVlNIC'ATICN SVSTEJVF ARE PASIC'.lllL Y LED TI-RUH MIND-'TEUPA'IHY. O\LY AFiffi 'ffiAT A.~ VaJ JIElE rru HFAR ~1E TI-RUH VaJR RADIO. A.H. Yes, I urcerslr1nd. 'IHE l\lETTSSl\RY VIBRATICJ\l rx:E'3 'IHEREFrnE 'ThO-WAY Cil·-.TI'ACIS SITP AFiffi 'IHE FXPffi D.M. IlvfNIER PAS.sill CMR. f\Dr EXIST i\l\lY l'-'r:RE. A.H. Yes, th;:,t is i'llro my cpinic:n, Ir. M.Eller. C'?n y:-.u sre;:,k Eh:Jlish with rre? rello! D.M. THIS (lJE._STICN IS SUPERfUIU3 IF YCU LNC,ffi._cm::x::o MF:. A.H. Yes, I urderstccd yru D:rtnr. furcl ic:n in lh2 USA? f-tw did ~iri<1'.JTI 3. 11-f- I see. I REFER 'IO THE MEDilJV[L'TITr' <LNrACT CF APRIL 14, D.M. THE METI-m IS Kl\ON l\f\JD CTJIDA'IED. A.H. Ar"B. D.1111. DIFF'ERF},ff 'IO\lE FRBJJEJ\TIES ARE l\D [_[1\(ffi ~ - 1\lE, A ffi1JP CF HNSICI.':IS AN) OTHERS

A.RE w:::RKThG CJ'.l CUR SIIB \;\l-JI(l--J \'VE C'ALL MARK IV. A.H. D.M. THE A._c,.__q_JvpTI(N TI-li"ff I AM IN HTG--lffi LEVELS IS :i:N:""IBRECT. ls irrorrer-l. .. D:rt.or, d., lres2 ny1t_,:,rt_s in l irre A.H. gel teH2r 1,,orlooce, or d, trey remin sirqular r::ises? D.J'Vl. 1920. A.H. 1920? D.M. MA,T\l \I\JI'TI-l HIS PELIEF C'AN !\ill 11/()/E rvtnl. Cl\J_,V THE mu::NITICN CF PREABTI,I'TIES ENARES THE PSYCTJE 'IO AIJv'MIB 'IO OTHER SYSIEJV'S CF REALTIV. A.H. I EEe. YeS, I ):rlrti:::illy urd?rslcxu tl-Pl. D. M. PLEASE PA._S.S CN MY CREEI'Il\'CB 'IlRll}J rvR. SENKCWSKI 'IO rvR. MEEK Af\JD TIIB MET~TI: GU.JP. A.H. for y::ur- rress;:g2 ;:ird "1fTl t-q:,irg for furtrer rr-nt;:rts lhrruj1 this r;:dio. I Lh::ink y::u sirrerely D::rtor JV\.Eller I IARS rot_ even l:::Drn then. I cpl that. M.Ek orcx:;r;::rn cnres G'lC'.k lo full volure. R3rBrks bf Ir. fl:nst S::nkc:w3k:i: '"J;'e c:Pte Arri l 14 , rress;=g2 q.ntro ty G=>rl A. 1920 refers tn r1 rrmiunisl ic- ftJirklard, M.D. in his b:x:ik: 'Ihirty YffiJ'.'S Jmrg 'llE Im'l ;::,n::J r2ferrro lo i11 ~kcwski's huk, Instn.Tra1tal '.Ira& "Sm tre CUTITU1irnti01. Q.ntirq fron Wi.ckl;::ird's bxik: lirre wi l l rare for 1,nich ;::, ll of us ;:ire 1,,orkirg ¼hen ;:i11 iristrurent wi 11 b? invented m e;::irth, by rre=ns of w-iim ;=ill IAkn wish will te r1ble lo h:Br lhe gre=it m:1Slers in Lre wrld of spirit. 11 REPORTS FROM TAPERS Phyllis Jaauetl of N.J. wrote: ;:i brief mess;=ige of "Hello, Vi lva." 11 Brer1k- lhrough! As is my rustom, the other morning I recorded while I h;::id

brecikf;:ist. Pl aybcick g;::ive 'T11e me The "Vilv;::i" "Hello" is loud, cle;=ir Cl;:iss A. is clecir, but where I he;=ir "Vil v;:i, " l he ol her people say i t sounds like "Phyllis." They ;:ill s;:,y i t sounds (Phyllis' dece;:ised husb,rnd) deen :::irid husky, ;::i singul;=ir voice. I'm being ,:;:ireful nol lo dereive myself. Perhcios too much so. ;::i11d listen to the mess;::ige." still is everytime I I l w;:is an exciting moment like R;=ilph Edward Moore of OH h.=is ;:i l.so h;:id In recent moriths he h;::is through. number of mess;::iges, "Wait!" was sniffing Ed's tcioe recorder lhe floor while he w;::is cat" (during the scime recording) good." ;:i brecik ;:i t;:ioed some Cl:=iss A, such cis (ivhen his r;::,t_ th;::it w;=is on "Friendly "God is '"lbat friendly cat." t;:minq). ;:ind Lc>urie Schoenick of WI, been ;::, member of AA-EVP for less th;:in In December she wrote : few words at ?. It's difficult to get C1 ciss A voires .:=md like Phyl 1 is, hcis ;:i year. ;:i lime, usu;:i 1.1 y C'l ;::iss B or ('. ;::im t ;:ipi ng qui Le "I am I ;:ilwciys ;:irn;::i;,:ed p;::i 's voire is 011 the t ;::ipe he r:;:ime ;:it how loud ;=ind cle;:ir my gr;:ind t hrouqh on." "On Orl. 21, C.,erd;:i Slciler of FL wrote: '92 loud m?le voire s;::iid throuqh my little soiril (sli0oed over 1-he exlernr1l eleri---~l .:'l just ;:,bout every morning when I ;::, lrurnpel mike) "We will speak to you!" Ever

sinre, I ,,oires. m;:iny A, t_;:ipe--4 to 5 limes ;:i w~ek. They ccil l me by n;:ime, rny p=>re11Ls soe;:ik in Gerrn;:in--;:ilw;:iys oel n;=ime, lelli~g me nf ;::im ;:ind help. love their lhri l led. Persever;::,nce does oay off!" I CAN YOU HELP THESE ~Er.1BERS? Sherry Pres112l l of AR wrote: would be int eresled in re;:idi110 more wh;::,t other members frierids (011 rerorders) ;:ind w!lcil they h;:ive lo s;:iy in ;:inswer." ".Something I is ;:iboul ;:ire disrussirn1 with our lhe other side lhrouqh their t;::,pe 11r111e letter, The rer1son I In L;:iurie Srhoe11irk's lellina me r1bout her t_;:::ioi~g results, she ;:is]<:ed:·•rr ;::, r;::,lher unustPl questio11. Do peoole ever tape I w;::is ;:i11irn:::ils? ;:isk is lh;::il whe11 l cini ng ;::, rouo 7 e of limes, ucon pl ;:iyb;:irk l here is? r;::it meowinq on l;:::ioe. Others in my f;:imily th;:it_ I've ol;=ived ;::ilso he;:ird lhe l::ipe for h;:ive il . I l sounds very rnurh like my c;it who pcissed ;::i Sicimese over ;::i ye?r ;:i11d;::, h;::ilf ;=igo. He wcis wi lh :=i very dist inrt ;:ind ;:ind very loud 1T1eow, I would like lo know i f cinyone t_;:ilk.:::ilive ... So l::ir,~ng h;=is else sessions. u c;:,n give." rerorded Th;=ink you S;=ir.=ih, for ;:iny help ;=i11im;=ils during I f ;::iny of our members <'.cin help Sherry or I ;:ind Al so, in l he they will be of L;=iurie, o 7 e;::ise send your ;::inswers to me, will forw;:ird l hem lo l he proper perso11. I wi

11 orinl l hem i f l here is so;:ire, Spring Newsletter for I interest to other members. feel TV EXPERIMENT fou11d rnedir:::,l re "A judge, ;::i 1,.1orld f;::,mous in whirh he describes ;::,nd my hri l l icinl ('.P.A. c'lnd A l.elter h;:is bee11 rereived from Di<'.k W;::,lker, ;::, friends I will quote from his OR ~A-F.VP member, surcessfu1 TV exDeriment he cind some c"ondurted two ye;:irs ;::igo. letter. se;:ircher. the n;:irlirio;::,nts. We set uo the equirynent sugqesl2d in cme of W;::ilter Uohoff' s n2wsl etlers. ;::,n oc-en rh;:irnel on my T\1, oointec J11Y I inserted;::, fresh video .--.;:irner? ?t lhe sc"reen :::,nd t_;:ine ::ind w;::itched lhe oirture of sriow for ten fTlinutes. It took our eyes off the ber;=ime mrinq so we the srreen judge V'7ho doesn't bore e~si_ 1 y. e:-rc 1_:=iirned, 'Sornelhinq h?c02ned. fl;:ished by on the srreen!' "lve rewound t he f i l ITl Suddenly, A qr;::,v b-1 .--.h;::,tiinc:i .... ::ill ex,..ept turned everythinq 011 I were ;:is in the ITCR. We ;:ind sl;::,rted i l b;:::irk ~-=, ,J r , l hen D l ;:iyed 1,v;:ilkin9 briskly ::ic"rrJss fr::im2 ;:it_ r1 tirne. the - - · - - - -- --;-..,..,,,.,_ ________ _ 4. - - and their committee through MEZA 1. Maggy commented: "SWEJEN SALTER, TECHNICIAN and KONSTANTIN RAUDIVE are continuing their communication with us via telephone and PC, part of the BURTON-BRIDGE II equipment. SWEJEN sends regularly new pictures from her side. KONSTANTIN RAUDIVE goes on with his communica tion with

Friedrich Makhoff also viri phone." SOME THOUGITS TO PONDER Robert Hyner, AA-EVP member living in West Australia, wrote recently and I feel many of the ideas expressed in his letter wi 11 be as meaningful to you as they were to me. "Through your newsletter you are constantly in our house. All of us who are so very inter ested in the next dimension, have one thing in common--love for our fellow beings ... Does this mean we all vibrate in a similar fashion? When one reads your newsletter, this is what I feel, the common bond, but ;=ibove all the love, which leaves its trail wherever the letter goes. ( It is) a preparation for the life to come, the golden thread, which connects us and in com to bination with . each other causes a burn, which can be even seen in the spheres ... light is not ill and "The spirit body the strength of that thought is making itself felt So we fight on, medi t.=iting in the material. and visualizing and trying not to give in. Is it not time that we all_ realize that we should not have to leave the earth because of bodily Surely failure but more of mental fatigue? that is the time that awaits us in the new age. But oh, what a battle to brinq it about. But we just have to ... The responsibility is ours and somehow I feel certain that our friends in the next life

agree with this and they might even assist us in this quest." SUSY Ann Longmore-Etheridge, VA AA-EVP member, sent me the following interesting account that concerns a little girl by the name of Susy (pseudonym used). Several years ago, Susy, who was eight, disappeared while coming home from the store. She lived near Ann and was we 11 known to Ann's mother who was very upset when Susy disappeared. Ann wrote: "OUt of sympathy for Mom, I decided to ask my spirit friends to look over the situation and give me a report on Susy. I was told by them that Susy was dead and was now in the care of a woman who may have been a relative, been difficult and she was very glad when it was over. Her body was found in a ditch the next day. She had been strangled. transition that her had 3. //-3 pidu•c. 1l,c. S1w,-,;0 _, i.,....i --J-• - t. fM. i,let- C-• • ., -,.....,,~ s"6 .....,._,.., __ st.r.·- ;,. ""'"~•-..., Ilia PC (:Jul'{. Ao t-,,..;H,,.C tloc pl•tu,c. n. ll~•'f 'f-- o "ir•• ,,u) c.o•-r-,.,e. '--• '"t"°"\i A LETI'ER FROM LUXEMBOURG In a letter received in August from Maggy Harsch-Fischbach, AA-EVP member, Luxembourg, she enclosed the above picture. It came through the PC of Maggy and Jules at the same time the picture was being transmitted through the TV set of Adolph Homes in Rivenich, Germany (men tioned on pg. 2) . Technician, who a long with leading communicator from Spirit

to Maggy and her husband, Jules, told them the round objects above Jurgenson' s head are the ''three suns of Marduk.'' ~jen, is a telephone they are having recorder, video, In her letter, Maggy wrote about some of the through outstanding results their and tape computer with the other side. I will quote from her letter: "Your work and ours will flow like streams into one another. When people ask for SWEJEN' S .=idvice how to get the same TC results ( tr;::ins ;:is we have, communication) contacLs via radio, TV, computer and phone are beginning by the research with your tape recorder. When you want that your new technical equipment will work one day, begin with a microphone and ,-=i simple tape recorder." she answers: "Good TC Mriggy commented that she had asked SWEJEN for help with a new two-way communication via radios and she agreed to do this, telling her to call it GA2. SWEJEN also told Maggy that she should begin with the old EVP method and to do many experiments until she hear&her ( SWEJEN) speaking out of the loud speaker. through In her letter, Maggy wrote that SWEJEN had come ( a system developed earlier) and spoke Finnish, a language unknown to her and Jules. Konstantin R;=iudive (an early pioneer in the EVP field) also spoke to them the MEZA 1 later, 11 A few weeks I was attending the opening ceremony of 'Ihe National Spiritualist Convention at The Church of Two Worlds in 'Ihere

were 300 people there Washington, D.C. and four mediums who were going to give several 'Ihe odds of getting a personal messages each. the message were first medium small, but immediately p::>inted to me. ( I was sitting in back of the church) and said there was a woman who wanted to come to me and had with her a little girl who had dark almond-shaped eyes and black hair. '!he medium kept asking me if I knew. the child and I kept saying I didn't so he gave up and moved on. She 'SUsy ! Who is SUsy?' "The next medium was Anne Gehman, a noted immediately pointed to me D. C. psychic. I knew now and said: who remembered my mother telling me the child was half oriental. I rather sheepishly admitted that I now recog nized the child. the child was and I also "It was about then that my taping partner, La.ta Chenreddy, and I were beginning to get good EVP voices. Within the space of a week we heard three different messages all sp::>ken by the same little girl's voice. None were eviden tial in proving the speaker was SUsy, but I had never heard a child's voice before--or since- and I felt strongly it was SUsy. During one taping, I called on an entity by the name of Francis to speak and immediately following, and louder than my own voice, a little girl calls 'Francis!' It remains the loudest voice I have ever received."

TRANSCOMMUNICATION JOURNAL We are indebted to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, for translating the German T.C. Journal of which Ernst Senkowski is an editor. I will quote from his excellent translation of this outstanding journal. "Adolf Homes and Friedrich Malkhoff started EVP research independently from each other at the end of 1987. '!hey were motivated mostly by They curiosity and had no great expectations. were brought in which Homes was looking for another person with a mutual interest in T.C. together by a newspaper ad "All equipment consists of ordinary micro phones and tape recorders, old tube operated radio sets (at times up to 5 were used to pro vide a mixture), personal computers and TV with or without antenna. Ultra-violet lamps were used especially during TV experiments. They \:7¥i~eU-~Vf~~ ~at ~~- _i_nvJ_:5Jbr~~Js 1~iw,vJ:15i~ volume. Could also be useful for radio con- The first direct voice ( heard over tacts. 1 the loudspeaker in room) said: 'We are in the area of the double plane. We are happy about your T.C. efforts. 1 , - 1120 TELELIVINGRM. "Homes found the following short computt-_ text in OCtober 1989: He interpreted this as an alert for a video con tact at 11: 20 A. M. At the announced time he received the first video picture with a sp::>ken comment. the next 14 months, three more pictures were received. The third one was of Home's father-in-law who had died one year earlier. ID "Be low is a computer printout received by the experimenters

Homes and Malkhoff. Reading paranormal computer texts is tricky. Words are run· together and there is no punctuation. " 212 PRINT"CENrRAL'ro STATICNRIVENIOiWEGRE" 213 PRINT"mYOOALLFRITZBEPA~" 214 PRINT"~A'l"l'HEMCMENl'SSIMPLERFOR" 215 PRINT''USTHANTOCARR~'fflSC'' 216 PRINT"HWEICiWErANNOl'REl?EM'EVERrnlING" 217 PRINT"EVmYCXJRT.EN~~" 218 PR INT "~~S " 219 PRINT"OllnlUO-SEnHUiHACiAIN7-22-89A" 220 PRINT"TSTATiamIVEN.IOJSlNCE'l'HESl:XXN.l" 221 PRINT"AC'l'SARfNOl'I'SFERABLEXiODISLOV'' 222 PRINT"FANDLCNEISCDDCENl'RALGRECXJA" 223 PRINT"LLFRCMIHETHIROL7-17-8900:4" OUR MEMBERS PUBLISH! At times, It is always a pleasurable feeling when I the background of many of our reflect upon members. someone will suggest obliquely to me that an interest in unexplained phenomena is the province of uneducated, super stitious individuals. I hasten to tell them about some of those I know who certainly don't fall within that category. Many of our members the are professionals, some with Ph.D.' s fields of physics, engineering, clinical psy chology and counselling, theology and medicine. We have attorneys and Some are writers whose words have appeared in nationa 1 few have written books. publications. teachers. in A Ray Dietz, MD AA-EVP member, has published two books of poetry. His poems have appeared in the Spiritual Frontiers Journal, an inter national of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship. journal In the last three months, four members have had their works published. Bernard Baker, A7 a minister in the National Spiritualist churc. wrote an article titled: "Electronic Voice (EVP) for the August 1992 magazine Phenomena" I t gives a good that the church publishes. 4. thing occurred. Lights h;we continued same J;:me' s 2 lectrica l system on her their "fun." c;:ir periodic;:illy doesn't work. Light bul_bs flash ,md burn

out or don't work ;:ind then do. We srnell his tobacco scent. He has appe;:ired in my dre;:ims as well as the drer1rns of our children and grandchildren. He also apperired to rne in Auburn, AL where I was asked to judqe a college ;:iir meet. (We are both pilots and I knew he'd approve). His c1ppearing showed me th;:it he knows His wherever appearance is that of a much younger, wiser, person. He has no concerns, no worries, He is totally cc=i lm , serene ;:rnd purposeful . ;m, whc1tev,er ;:irn doing. I I "These experiences have been as i f he 'I rnade it, it's true, it's true!'" saying: is HEAVENLY REPAIRS FOLLOW-UP ;:1fter rei:lding Many people wrote in their Winter Newsletter how my Olympi;=i electronic typewriter, with serious ele<:'tronic problems, had been This Wi:lS taping, with: "A-6 announced to me during my fixed the typewriter." It has worked perfectly ever since. 'magically' repaired. Ernst Senkowski wrote that the complicated video equipment of Klaus Schreiber would break down and Kl;=ius, not being a technici;:in, would somehow be 'directed' how to rep;:iir it. J .J. Snyder, CA AA-EVP member, sent me pc=irt of r1 letter he had received from Lois Gordon, ;:i FL friend. He commented ... "Both experiences, yours and hers, ;:ire very evidential in affirm ing th;:it other dimensions which interact with ours, and on occasion intervene in our aff;:iirs, really exist!" Quoting from Lois' letter she wrote: "The other night, my new printer began making noises.

The next day, in the car I said: 'Ple;:ise, who ever is listening, ;:isk God to fix the printer. I know this sounds petty, but i t wc=is like the printer was symbolic, because i t is where my An unknown work (writing) wi 17_ be produred. voice said, the I did, ::ind the voice book and we'll fix it." kept telling me whcit to do, and I'd read the book. Then I opened the machine and spirit said, "Listen!" I heard a clink and this piece of It wa:s some packing metr1l or metal fell out. something that had been there since setting i t up ;:ind had become jcimmed by the print plr1ten. Once th;:it w;:is removed, i t worked fine!" "When you get home, get out ru __ fed wilh a.lwayl "Vault newlle;t;tu J./2 )_,11.;tuutLng 1tepo1ttl bu;t I pa1t-tLc.uf a1tly enjoy you1t 6JJil;t page eommen-ta1tLel! They a1te ~o ve1ty YOU and mult make evuyone I. eel. :that th elf a1te you-'t pe..JtMnal l,1ti.__end ! " Ma1t-tha Shuman Renate Scheller, German AA-EVP member, sent the above picture which was received by Klaus Schreiber through his TV. She wrote that m;:iny who have seen the p;:;iranorrnal picture believe i t "I have seen the is the Madonna. Renr1te said: video. The Madonna's mouth moves. I t is wonderful!!!" TAPED CONTACTS It is always good news to hear from members about messages they have recorded. Ren::ita Barbarigo, FL, said fol lowing messages came through her SW radio set at 12-13

MHz. Most ;:ire in her native Itali;=rn language. the She ;:isked why her husb;rnd wasn't able to The answer was: help her make some decisions. "Per::iuse he's r:autious. 'Ille spirit is more cautious." " Is your world better than this?" logic and realistic than yours." "It 's more "Do you h::ive "We have everything "Why can't you tell the world of your here." existence?" to tell everyone, only some of those who search." "We are not permitted flowers?" Renata wrote that her husband, daughter, and others, continuously send her kisses, say they are well, and happy that they can communicate with her. David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, wrote "We saw about some of his recent messages: "We are now the Arthur Ford." dead." "I'm not dead-0:Jden." David said that Q;:rden w;:is the real name of his Uncle Jack who recently died. "Padre Pio. " ;:ind who asks Olga, a member since 1988, I not give her last name, hc=is written twice in She has hundreds of the last month or so. visu;::il and taped contacts with beings who are of a dimension not regarded as spirit. Olga c2l ls "yel 1ow people" or Lichtwesen, which in German me;:ins light figure. They have shared with h~r much about their world and why they come here. Olga sent me contacts these eight of the 96 pictures she has, and they are thought provoking. A message she received from them is: "Olga, you are accepted as a member in the club of memories."

3. II- Z I f t ' •. ir j. ' ' - ~ I ~Mr: Alns-111 ... Calling Mr . .Allllnaworth : .. H you•re within the IOUnd I:;-.:";" of my voice, Mr. Ainsworth, pleaM give us some kind of sign.· b;-· - •• Our thanks lo Ed Moore, OH AA-EVP member, who serit the above chuckle. ANOTHER CHUCKLE OR TWO? As indicated in my commentary, letters cover a wide spectrum. So do some phone calls that leave me flabbergasted and at a loss for words Some examples: at least for a moment or two. It Was Bound to Happen: The 60 minute Fox TV program, in which I played n part, was again shown nationwide the evening of June 5. "Sight ings: Ghosts" brought m:::iny calls and letters ,...rtl ler ,,,,anted me both times it was shown. One to come and investigate her toilet because she "In your toilet!?" I thought she had a ghost. asked--I couldn't believe it. "No, no, in the bathroom." The toilet kept flushing day and night for no reason. She believed a ghost was playing ticks. Further questioning reve;::iled there was nothing else going on in the house. The ghost stayed in the bathroom. "I guess he I agreed this might likes it there," she said. be so but I rather suspected she had a plumbing problem and thought she should call ;::i plumber. Mrs. B. agreed to do this. So What Does This Make Us? A woman called last week and said

she'd heard about us and asked that I send her information about the group. When I said I would, she confided she was·the only person in her family who believed "Everyone else in my family is in ghosts. educated. They all have college degrees. I'm the only one that doesn't so I guess that's why T believe in such things." How Should I Take 'Ihis? "Dear Sarah, I just read your book, Voices of Eternity and thought it was very interesting. You did a good job. Please write telling me al:l you know about EVP." FROM MY MAILBAG Gilbert Bonner, England, in a recent letter said he'd hc:id an experience which he thinks all taoers should take into consideration. One day loud, clear male he received a message in a 0 This time, voice. He played it four times on his Philips portable cassette recorder and it was always the sc:ime. The next day, he played the message on his Sony Walkman. the mess;:ige was different. The only two words that were :::i 1'ike on both recorders, were the first two: 11 Mr. Bonner. 11 Gilbert wrote: "I seldom have this problem but it shows how careful we must be. ;:im a lw;:iys aware of the need for great care in interpretation. One time you may hear one thing. The'next time something else." I TWO IDEAS.FOR EXPERIMEm'S Michel Granger, AA-EVP member, France, wrote that he. had read in Network News, published by SKYETECH LTD, Scot\and, that a Dominic McQuire noticed

voices were taped when light from a projector was shown on a tape-deck head. This to your is something you could easily add taping set-up. Knowledgeable rese;:irchers in the field of transcommunication have suggested infrc1-red perhaps ul tra-viol:et light, may 'help in voice manifestr=ition. light, and Be careful Five years ago, though, where you focus your light. I was experimenting with u.l tra-vio let light shin11_ing its strong beam at me ;:ind my TEAC ree 1 to reel recorder while taping. Good quality voires were taped. A week or so later, I discovered the beam had also hit the plastic keys of the TEAC cassette I wc1sn' t tape deck,. off to the side, which using. All of the keys hc1d melted, making the recorder useless. Marion Wilkerson, FL member, has some ideas for video experiments that she would like to see members try. I will quote from her letter: "If you are getting good tape voices, ask your communicators to picture themselves on TV. Turn on your TV to an empty channel (where you see Just snow). Photograph the screen. Look at the picture carefully. At first it will look like nothing but 'snowflakes'. Later, go back and look at it again. A picture may 'pop out'--not clearly, but discernibly. If you discover a nicture, see whether a computer expert could remove the snow by computer enhancement." Ye;:irs ago, when If you decide to try this experiment, I suggest you tell the other side, while making your regular recording,

that you are going to attempt to take their picture through your TV. them to please try to come through <'lt a Ask In other words, make an appoint certain time. ment. I was receiving TV pictures, I would tell the unseen during my ;:im going to sit in "Tonight I morning t;:iping: front of my TV. I hope you can come through." That evening, five minutes before going out to the TV, I would ag;:iin sit down c:it my recorder, push the record button and say: "Now I am going out to the TV. I will be very gr;:iteful if you can come through." About half the time they 4. to send interested members regul;:ir recording on my primary tape recorder. Some good results were obtained. At that time, I offered a cassette tape with a fifteen minute recording of these sounds to use as part of their taping experiments. Many members wrote for the tape. In light of Dan's experience and Ernst's comments, I am again offering the tape. Please the cost of the tape and send $3 mailing. I would like to know your results. If you experiment with the tape, to cover THE STARS ARE STILL THERE Robert Camburn, PA AA-EVP member, I have exchanged letters r1bout the above-named He and titled book by Stewart Edward White. his wife, Betty, are especially wel 1-known as the authors of 'Ihe Unobstructed Universe. ;;md There is an interesting sidelight to The the October 1991 issue of FATE ;:ibout

his the book that must be con Stars. In magazine, Lionel P. Miller wrote experience with sidered as strong evidence for survival. times several The Stars Are Sti 11 There. In 1945, Mi 1 ler was serving in the ;:irmy in the Philippine Islands. He received word that his six year old daughter had died from a brain tumor. During the next four weeks, he about his deceased dreamt daughter. She kept insisting he get a partic ular book, and so, he wrote down the title she told him : He searched all the libraries he had access to: Army, USO, Red Cross, but it could not be found. When he returned to San Francisco, he called the largest bookstore in the city, but they had never heard of it. Miller gave them his name and address, asking that they search for it. Six months later, the bookstore wrote to him. They now had the book and it had just been published. Miller wrote he was on "cloud nine" for his daughter had told him to get the book, months before it wr1.s published! through our recorders. The book der1ls mostly with the astral life and also discusses pre-existence, immortality, and reincarnation, as accepted facts of life. Much that is found in the book has also been taped We read that planes over there are not geographical. Like those on earth, there are different psycholog ical and intellectual levels. Consciousness is the only reality. We take with us what we've

gained on earth, in the way of character. The book also mentioned that upon death "one gains no sudden illumination, but goes on from where he was and with what he has." Some are said to have a period of adjustment, required of those without sufficient earth growth. 3. //-/ VIDEO PICTURE FROM ANOTHER DIMENSION Erl::ind Babcock, MA AA-EVP member, sent me the above picture of ;:in unknown man he h;:id re ceived through his television. Erland will be teaching a workshop at our conference ;:ibout how he receives TV pictures with his camera. A LETI'ER FROM GERMANY In his 1 etler to me, mentioned on p;:ige 2, I Ernst Senkowski discussed many points that think our members will find interesting and helpful. In a channeled dialogue with a medium, Ernst asked a number of scientific questions which were answered. One comment from the other side was: "Il is scalar waves which we use to articulate ourselves but they cannot be detect ed (by your me;=ms)." They also stressed that the new physics should be erected on the basis - feeling where man recognizes that he is a ~drt of creation. Ernst, commenting about our Winter NEWS, said he found my report about Dan McKee's tap ing varic1ble tones ;:it ti.mes before he started to record, "most interesting." He had heard similar tones, which were taped in his presence, al Hans-Otto Konig' s He wrote: "There is something about the tones enhancing ( voice communication) . So why do not

our ex perimenters 'answer' by using those tones as taped to possibly improve contacts?" laboratory. For our many new members who are unaware of in physics Ernst's background, he has a Ph.D. ;:i college and electrical engineering and was professor few years ago. Consequently, he is well qualified to make scientific/technical observations ,=md his ideas must be given serious consideration. in Germany before retiring a EVP TONE TAPE AVAILABLE In the May 1983 newsletter, I offered mem bers a tone tape of sounds th;:it I had taped at 131 MHz. the voices As with Dan and Konig, o-Ften beg,=m their messages with these unusual I isolated these sounds onto a six minute endless cassette tape which I would plr1y on a portable recorder as my sound source, while making a that newsletter, I wrote nds. in As Konrad Lorenz-Age 25. Shows him playing with his dog and her litter. Picture taken at his home in Germany. -.:~(J~~1·~ .'·\t•.:.~ ~:·.~"--'---~--'' Konrad Lorenz-Age·10: Taken in the Bavarian Forest National Park. Shows him playing with a tame female wolf. they are being bedded in tubs filled with heal ing waters. The wounds It is no easy work. have to be treated a11d their body has to be washed. Amputated limbs regrow within a short time and the sick tissue regenerates itself. Marie (Maggie's m;:iternal grandmother) does all this work. She is a very resolute womc'ln and has much help." life--grief, Technician, another leading communicr1tor in speaking about reincarnation, had this to say: "When

a man has experienced all facets of hr1opiness, pain, earthly suffering and exhaustion, when all search f knowledge was satisfied and he explored a'-_._ corners of the e.::irth, when the wheel of life comes to a conclusion after many incarnr1tions, then it is time to look for new horizons." joy, As always, we are grateful to Hans Heckm;:inn, PA AA-EVP member, for his excellent translation of the C.E.T.L. Journal. AT THE MOMENT OF DEATH COMMUNICATION? Rev. Rupert Sigurdsson, Maine AA-EVP member, 'Two young men were sent me an unusual tape. driving in a car. On the built-in car cassette they were playing a Creedence tape player, Clearwater tape. the car was demolished, and both men killed in stantly. Later, the tape was found in the car and given to a woman in Rupert 's church who, knowing of his interest in voice phenomena, gave it to him. There was an ;::iccident, First, you hear one of the songs on the tape. Suddenly (possibly at the moment of death) this stops and there are five seconds of very unusual some musical although having sounds which, elements to it, is really indescribable. ~ original song being sung, then continues to -, end. Konrad Lorenz-In Spirit. Picture is Computer Scanned. Received by Harsch-Fischbachs in Luxemburg. C.E.T.L. JOURNAL In a recent phone call from Maggie Harsch Fischbach, Luxemburg, she said a 11 is going well for her and husb,md, Jules. Their video results, and now pictures coming through their computer, are even better than

a few y~ars ago. They send best wishes to all AA-EVP members. The above pictures show Konrcid Lorenz. In his earth plane life, Lorenz was a noted nature researcher. The two pictures on the right are from the book: Konrad Lorenz-From the World of by Antal the Great Researcher of Nature, Festetics. The picture on the left shows him standing by some of his.equipment in the spirit to help newly arrived animals. world, used the group Timestream, Lorenz, continues with his love of nature and animr1 ls, helping animals who arrive, to restore them to heal th through a process of regeneration. I think our readers will be especially interested today in in comparing the picture of Lorenz, spirit, with that taken when he was 25. In spirit, he has chosen to return to the age when he felt most vibrant and in the best of health. a member of In the current Journal, Maggie writes that they have noticed their inquiries about spirit children are answered sooner- than any other request. Questions about mistreated animals technical were handled more ones. Maggie said that their communication partners on the other side analyze not only their questions, but the motivation that leads to the question. She wrote: "At the sc'lmE, t::_me, an analysis of the persoria>1lity of the auestion er takes place, which is r.=ire ly J;)?.ssed on to the experimenter." thoroughly than Swejen Salter, a chief communicator for the other side, spoke about healing. She said: "When wounded children and

adults arrive here thi'lt rnost of us do receive messages at times 'Ihe most could be called ambiguous. Why? logical expL=mation seems th;::it we were not intended to pick them up in the first pL:ice. that During followed, A clear example of this was rny taped contact with a well-known scientist who died in the early 1900' s. His name was sr1id clearly one morning. I the week cal led on him frequently. Mess;:ige.s c.=ime through on both sides of my tapes, indicating he was with me and brought others with him. It is interesting that this was during a period when other scientists were also coming and using scientific jargon such as "laser." In ;=iny case, after ;:i week, he said on the reverse side of my "That's still my name but I wish she'd tc=ipe: never heard. I rest!" The voice is loud, cle;:ir Class A. When I heard this, I apologized, sc=iid I didn' l me;:in to bother him .=ind would not call on him again. this person likely one of his I believe it is import;:inl to look beyond the message. Why couldn' l just w;:i1k away, ignore me, refuse to hc1ve anything to do with the situation? It seems ;:is if he couldn't. Each time I called on him during that week, I received a reply. This man, who wr1s interested in psychica 1 research during his life, somehow heard about me. He came wilh sever;:il colleagues lo see what I was doing .. Inadvertently,

he, or r1ssoci;:it es, said his more name which I wasn't me;:int to hear. Once I did, he couldn't get away. H was almost c=is if I had to 'release' him, which I did as soon as I knew how he felt. Could an rin;::il ogy be when you' re at home and someone keeps ca 11 ing you on the telephone? You wish they wouldn't but there's nothing you can do becc1use they hc=ive your Once I had come upon his p;:irticulc1r number. energies, his frequencies, Ge found it hard to break free. I guess no one will ever know, but it gives us much food for thought. A 11 serious tapers, I suspect , m;:iy have 100s of messages on tape that weren't intended for them specifica 11 y. Look over your message log and mark those that seem out of pl;:ice. I think I you m;:iy be surprised. We are many feel, eavesdropping on other dimensions. Please two or three of your write and tell me about most outstanding messages to fall seem within this c;:itegory. times, that IS DEATH THE END OF AWARENESS OR IS IT THE BEGINNING? It there is eternal life whr1t when we die. will it be like? I have ;:ilw;=iys thought th;:it maybe there was a more simple answer than all the dogmas we are given, most of which a re I believe that life in this created by m;:in. world, prep;:ires us for our fate in the next. in "However, while

spirit worlds are based on there ;=ire levels our thinking in this world, The of existence according to our works. levels levels of the spirit world are thought and our accomplishments, as they deal with our fellow maYJ. If you lead a life of vice and corruption here, that is the kind of spirit world in which you will find corruption being done to you as you did it to those with whom you were in contact at the physical level. "There is no eternal hell, though. It is within the re;:ich of every soul to be in the higher rer1lms. You must first understand th;:it the misL=ikes you made need to be corrected. It is only through fervent desire with the guided energy of love for 2111 God's cre21tions that it is possible to enter a higher level. "We cire our own judges in the spirit world. We cannot lie to ourselves, or rationalize our rleeds. Spiritual advancement is a person;:il L hing, requiring us to review our lives ( ;:ind make r1mends) for what we have done. We are not There are soiri t forced to do this a lone. teachers who will help us if we 21sk. Free will operates as eternally on the spirit level ;:1s on the physic;:il. "It would seem then, that death is not ;:in ending, but a beginning, a tr;:insitional state lives and further our to contemplate our advancement There is no vengeful God that strikes us down and forces eternal dr1mnation

upon us. God is all, and all is love." ;=ind soul growth. HEAVENLY REPAIRS My Olympi;:i electronic typewriter is weary. It has typed (orobably) a half million words since I got it over six years ago. Last fall, it showed its age by typing 'crcizy' squiggles, slashes, and lines that were completely with out meaning. This wasn't an occasional problem but rather a daily one. A call was made to a typewriter dealer in Annapolis. If I brought it in, they'd try to get around to it in the next week or that length of time was unthinkable. Giving it up for two. J. J. Snyder, CA AA-EVP member, corresponds with Lois Gordon of FL. Lois has been involved with metaphysical explor;:itions for some time. Her thoughts, which she wrote under the above title, and which I will paraphr;:ise, m;=iy be of interest to our members .. Then, one morning I s;:it down to tape. On t;:it=e playback, a Class A male voice said: "A-6 fixed the typewriter." The Olympia h;:is worked perfectly since then, but who is A-6 and with ;:i ncime like that, from what dimension did he come? "I have wondered m,my times whr1 t wi 11 h;=ippen More recently, my TEAC A-6300 reel to reel tape recorder has also begun to show its age. There is a lot of static; the amplifier fades in and out; the wa 11 speakers shut off and then back on--it is very distressing. My husband, a retired electrical engineer who

is knowledgeable about electronics, has been unable to pin down the problem or problems , which may be myriad. Not forgetting the excel lent help of A-6 on my Olympia, I was not shy about asking if they could possibly fix my tape recorder. No problem. As soon as I made my request, a Class A ma le "We can repair! we can repair!" voice said: 'Ihe following morning when I began my recording, an exceptionally clear, loud Class A male voice said: "Somebody's standing in front of the tape recorder." I could almost sense someone standing front of me, making minute in immediately adjustments to my equipment. I'm happy to report tape recorder is It still has problems but they have the better. decreased greatly. TRANSCOMMUNICATION JOURNAL We are indebted to Hans Heckmann for his, as job of translating VOL. 1, always, excel lent NO. 3 of the German journal about communicating with the unseen. This is published by AA-EVP member Dr. Ernst Senkowski and Dr. Vladimir Delavre. Q.Ioting from the Journal, we read: "Observa tions show that successful voice reception does not depend on the tuning frequency of the re ceiver. This had been reported by several ex perimenters including the German taper Homes. During a transmission he changed channels without influencing the voice." TV voice ( This has also been my experience. Often, unknown to me, a message starts to come through as I slowly move the dial on my Patrolman radio. On playback, the voice continues

his message, ending it on the new frequency. S.E.) "Good voices are also obtained by scaling the tuning range from one end to the other and hear We voices as fragments of normal broadcasts. should also point out the previously reported preference of tube receivers to transistor sets." In the Autumn Newsletter we wrote about the transition last May of Professor Hans Bender, a noted German parapsychologist from Freiburg. Professor Bender had come through the computer of Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach in Luxem burg and the tape recorder of Homes in Germany at the same message. Thanks to Han's trans lat ion, we now have more information about this. time with essentially the same " ... (On June 18) A. Homes received a phone call from the other side and was told: "Contact 'IV set, a tomorrow morning." The fol lowing morning, he switched on his usual equipment combination ( 2 radios, 1 tape recorder) and left the house with his wife on business matters. Upon his return at 10:30 A.M., he found the equipment turned off. The cassette recorder had a 10½ minute voice recording. Intelligibility is relc=ltively good and the voice similarity with Professor Bender's lifetime speaking voice." had a This As mentioned, the computer of the Harsch Fischbachs contained the same basic mess;:ige as the taped voice which said: "This is Hans Bender from Freiburg reporting. As we con centrate on you, many physical processes are taking place within you. Your friend Ernst Senkowski suspects correctly: An

unconscious personality structure backed by a conscious will, as well as a geo-biological filter pass on earth, make possible the meeting of the minds of different worlds. includes instrumental T .C. Your contact experiments in Rivenich in 1988 were only possible be cause you offered us five frequency mixtures in an altered state of consciousness ( as a medium). This should point the way for other ( When Homes started experi experimenters. menting he worked with 5 rc=ldio sets, each tuned to different stations. In this recorded frequency mixture the first voices could be heard). Through multidimensional effects you achieve a higher vibration. Even the burning of a candle can contribute to that. Your science and your scientific methods can hardly help here. From our side we work with "radar." This has nothing to do with your radar energy. At the moment I am visiting Freiburg and am feeling very well .... " There was also an article in the Journal ;:ibout a device called the "Ocluarium. 11 The l;:ite Viennese engineer Franz Seidl in the early 1970's, tried using a smnll glow lamp ;:is a source of light. It was to form an optical transmission link between the output of a microphone preamp and a cassette re corder. These experiments did not succeed, probably because of the great inertia of the filament. Herbert Spirik, a German taper, with the help of Maria Pokorny, also an ex perimenter, has asked Seidl ( in Spirit) for In his reply, Seidl used

the word help. He explained that Ocularium. the ootical transmission link basically consists of a light emitting diode (LED) which is modulated by the output of the mike preamp. The light, concentrated by a reflector, carries the mike signals which fall on a photo diode for de modulation. An adjustable feedback loop be tween photo diode output and LED input com the pletes the setup. According to Seidl, 4. Years ago, I saw a TV program that focused on how some primitive ~eople 'knew' things that they could not possibly have known. The astro nomical knowledge of the Dogons was discussed. It mentioned that part of the Dagon folk-lore involved 'beings' from another world who had come down and lived with them for awhile. These entities claimed they came from Sirius. I try to keep my imagination within bounds. Perhaps the idea may pass the boggle point for some of you, but could they have been trying to tell me that not only Sirius exists, which almost everyone knows, but that it did, in fact, play a part in the Dogon folk-lore? AN UNSETI'LING EXPERIENCE "At the time Leigh Hearon, daughter of Monty & Bobby Hearon, OR State Coordinators, has written to me about an experience she had. Quoting from her letter, she wrote: I was working on a case for a convicted murderer serving a life sentence in the Walla, Walla, WA state penitentiary. One Saturday, after visit ing my client in prison, I arrived back home. 'whoosh-whoo.sh' sound

in my basement, I heard a along with bangings that simulated the noise of five doors slamming. minutes or so. When I got into bed, the bed shook with a vengeance. This continued for "As time went on, the shakings extended themselves throughout my bedroom. One evening, while talking to another investigator on the phone about the case, my heavy desk chair began to shake, along with the picture frames on the wall. On other occasions, I saw the blinds and adjoining bathroom and bedroom doors shake and I consulted a Catholic priest, who rattle. blessed my house and sprinkled it with holy water. Ironically, the next evening I had some of the most vigorous activity yet. "I have a good psychic friend who picked up the fact that my client in prison was sub consciously sending out his disturbed thoughts the phenomena." to me which (helped) create The friend and another psychic, had a very intensive clearing session in Leigh's home. They, along with a man who has also been successful in clearing a person from unwanted negative entities, were finally able to clear Leigh from the disturbances. Leigh also feels her decision to drop the case helped bring the activity to an end but that the process took two months before she could go to bed without ~earing it would return. Near the end of her ctter, Leigh commented, "In one way, it helped open my psychic self, and I now feel more open to experiencing extrasensory phenomena."

'IHE FAMILY THAT TAPES TOGETHER We have more people taping today than ever before. they are Over eighty members say active tapers, taping at least once a week. This is good--with reservations. A number of you have my book and I suggest that you again read pages 194-196, in which I write that not everyone should become involved with psychic phenomena. I mean these words as much today as I did when I wrote Voices. Husbands , wives , and adult children who tape together can bring positive energies to taping, provided they don't fall into any of the categories mentioned in my book. At what age does a child become an adult? There is, of course, no exact age when a person becomes For emotionally and psychologically mature. the most part, I feel very uneasy if I learn that someone less than sixteen is taping. As far as I am concerned, sixteen to nineteen or Some young people twenty, is a gray area. that age can handle what may come through. 'tailspin' at real or They won't go into a tape. imagined messages think are on they Children less than fifteen should not be If they have emotional encouraged to tape. problems, they ( and you) should not suggest they sit down at a tape recorder at any age. You may open to some extremely undesirable experiences for you child, and yourself, if you do. the door SKEPTICAL SOCIETY recent Journal of Gilbert Bonner, England, wrote and said that

a the English SPR ( Society for Psychical Research) stated they have been unable to discover in all their research anything that is paranormal. I agree with them. As many people know, I I feel there don't like the word paranormal. is nothing that is paranormal, only many things we don't understand. However, I don't think the Society and I are looking at the word in the same light. They have long been known as being skeptical about many areas of psychic phenomena, including EVP and other aspects of objective contact with Spirit and I applaud the necessity alternate realities. of being skeptical about many claims made by the fringe elements in the field. With some people and groups however, skepticism becomes almost a religion. Perhaps these people need to consider the words of Heraclitus: "Most people do not take heed of the things they encounter nor do they grasp them even when they have learned about them, al though they suppose they do." 3. 10-3 OBN, 1.,.e!N• ~_1_0BN, 3 SQ~ WAVI 20 ICHZ 32 ID1Z 29 ICHZ B!BRBO RBC<BDER STEP 2 EM-FIELD DEMODULAT FILTER AMPLIFIER OS Sr~ US MICR01---..---' kAKE R 1 {J.J STEP 1 cj- - - - ULTRA SOUND FIELD GEN, S EN, 6 GEN. 4 1 20 .• ao 20 .. 4o•ao .. 20 I 1<HZ I 1CHZ 1CHZ ULTRA SOUND GENERATOR SYSTEM STEP l AND 2 KOENIG, GERMANY --------- ·------ VHF FIELD MICROPHONE RECEIVER 2 VHF 37.5 MHZ GENERATOR 2 VHF 37 ,5 MHZ STEREO

RECORDER GENERATOR l INFRA-RED _.fl..\~ 6 * ~11-1m RECEIVER l INFRA-RED 6*-'lpm ---AMPLIFIER INFRARED FIELDS LOUDSPEAKER INFRARED SYSTEM, KOENIG, GERMANY TAPING SET-UP OF KOENIG, GERMANY and Journal In the Summer Newsletter, I published the taping used by Jules & Maggie set-up for That, along Harsch-Fischbach of Luxembourg. the in with other systems, was published for Psychobio 11Transcommunication Interdimensional Communication physics As mentioned in the Summer NEWS, Systems. 11 the Journal, Ernst Senkowski, an editor of wrote: '"Ihat al though builders of the systems achieved good results with these systems there can be no assurance that other experimenters will get similar results. " He feels, as I do, that the personal factor in taping plays an important role, and is not necessarily trans ferable. We are grateful to Hans Heckmann, PA translating the article. AA-EVP member, for Hans Otto Koenig has continued in his out standing results with TC (transcommunication). In describing the Ultra Sound Generator System, Senkowski wrote: "The signals of square wave generators 1-2-3 are mixed by mixer 1. Mixer 2 further mixes these signals with the frequency The modulated outputs of generator 4-5-6. resulting mixture is partly audible because of the beat frequencies and modulating warble tones. Beaming it across the room for demod ulation and recording is accomplished by a Ultra Sound speaker-Step 1, or antenna Step 2. "Infra-red signals of generator l are sent then modulates out across the room to IR receiver No. 2 where The result of this they are demodulated. demodulation the 37.5

MHZ carrier of VHF generator #2. The carrier is radiated across the room and picked up by receiver #2. The 3 7. 5 MHZ demodulation then feeds back into generator #1 forming a feed back loop. The second output of receiver #1 the voices and provides amplification for feeds a stereo tape recorder." TWO EXPERIMEm' IDEAS Erland Babcock, MA AA-EVP member, wrote he was pleased with the clarity of the pictures I published in the last newsletter, which had come through his TV. He said they gave him an idea for an experiment. Erland is going to re photograph some of his television pictures using various filters. Some of our members are especially interested in Spirit photography. If you are one, you might like to try his idea. their original speed. Richard Light, N.Y. AA-EVP member, has discovered a way to slow down recordings to 1/8 of He heard 'chipmunk chatterings' on tape and decided to slow the tape down to see if it made sense. Quoting from his letter, he wrote: 11 My little recorder only has two speeds, 3 3/4 and 1 7/8. I cut the speed in half. No good. So I re recorded the half speed to my Sony reel-to r2el tape deck at speed 7½. Now I had some~ thing to work with. I played the tape back, cutting down the speed each time. At speed l 7/8, peoples' voices could be heard (that I could interpret). Remember, when doing this, the original recording has

been slowed down to 1/8 of the original speed." TAPERS REPORT "Yes, I have. Ann Longmore-Etheridge, VA AA-EVP member, wrote that she had sent a box of books dealing with various aspects of parapsychology to her sister, Alice. Before the books arrived, Ann asked if anyone had a message for her sister. Several things came back, among them a female Put voice who said on tape: your clothes on ... 11 Ann called Alice the next day to report the messages. Both agreed the Twenty one about the clothes was puzzling. four hours later Ann reports: "My sister was lounging around her living room in the summer heat with the windows open and the blinds drawn, wearing next to nothing. The doorbell rang and peeking through the window, she saw it was the UPS man with the books. Since she was nearly naked, she couldn' t open the door to receive them." Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, sent me an outstanding tape of over twenty messages. A number were about Arnold Barber, and some purp'.)rtedly came from him. Barber was 4. WOBBLE EFFECT 1-Z./( ..... -~/()/1.tf' u,1.~ '17 I g • .S' I 01JTl'cl1" !. / @ ~ ,,. Waaa1.ER. 1' ALL El.£.~oLyTic. CIIP.S /6 V M/N. F: /,J()jJll.£ Fa.f· w: wo,u,u: w,l)m Har,s Heckmann, AA-EVP member, has again from German translated- for us many pages Journals related to the voice phenomena. In the 2/91 VTF Post, an article was written and schematics given by Peter Stein of Denmark. I

was especially interested in this article because I discovered the same thing nine years ago during my tapings. This is mentioned on page 192 in my book: Voices of Eternity. I called my discovery a "Wave Effect" and I can personally testify it was excellent. In my own case, as I wrote on page 192, I slowly turned the radio dial between 125-127 MHZ. CA State Coordinator, David Lothamer, told me last year in a phone conversation that he also had discovered turning back and forth between channels could bring outstanding voices. 'wobble' Quoting from Stein's article, he wrote: '"Ihe to in electronics term automatic fixed tuning changes between frequencies. A wobble in a radio receiver takes place when the dial moves back and forth over a predetermined (small) frequency." applies two the same. Although Stein stresses the need for a small change on the frequency band, he gives as an example (for European tapers) a wobble width of plus/minus 10 KHZ; i.e.; 1520-1540 KHZ, if the mid-point is 1530 KHZ. As you can see, this is In a greater width than my own experiments. spite of the difference-though, our discoveries from Han's were "With such a mess translation, Stein wrote: speech (of mutations that are independent of the language mixture. Their rhythm of speech is- strongly The voices are made tied to possible by is exactly what David and I discovered but we (and other tapers) have also learned that the voices the ·very of ten will take on

., earth plane voice. frequencies) we often the wobble effect." the quality of Quoting again the wobble. record This Stein has designed two simple circuits that will produce electronically probably better) what David and I did mechanically. He wrote: In the radio receiver the best connecting point for a wobble input i:s the Mixer or Converter oscillator. A wobble adaptor has to be used "We need two circuit arrangements. ( and (see receiver schematic above). The wobbler itself is a small.._ home-built device with an adjustable increasing and decreasing voltage output." Many of you have. excellent electronic know-how, and I would suggest your building the two devices :Shown above, as a good place to start in helping the Voices manifest on tape. Please let me know yqur results. CA~ SOUNDS Hans translated for me from the same VTF Journal, an article by Roswitha Calnaido, who joined the AA-EVP in December. Al though I, and most other tapers I know, have not had much su~cess with pre-recorded tapes used as a sound source, Roswitha uses them in a way that works well. She plays a pre-recorded tape of sounds on one.recorder while taping on another She found by combining this tape recorder. with a live sound source she gets good results. She wrote, "I was surprised when I used the best pre-recorded tapes with live radio sounds. A wobble effect; foreign commentators on live radio added to the paranormal voices." David Scott Rogo SPEAKS{?) Few people know that the Q_ in

Scott Rogo's name stands for David. Bart Ellis, CA member, knew Scott. He and Raymond Bayless are close friends and at times tape together. Most of our members know that Raymond and Scott co authored many :books such as: Phone Calls From 'Ihe Dead. In two recent phone calls from Bart, he said he and Raymond had called on Scott one night while taping and asked him to give three knocks if he was there. This was returned. He then said his first name, "David." Bart talked about the murder investigation concerning Scott. A psychic said there were two men involved and the fingerprints of one of them would be found on a glass in Scott's home. This glass was found and the finger prints match one of the men in police custody. The second man has not been found. Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, got information while in a meditative state that may have bearing on the case. This is also being considered. 3. /0 ·2 TELEVISION PICI'URES FROM MASSCHUSETI'S , -. ,!I • -~r "· ·.li - ),...., -~ • • ~ . AYa.rgGirl A Srall Rm With G:cB5 is one of Erland Babcock of MA few is successfully people in this country who receiving paranormal pictures through his TV. In the last several months he has sent me many outstanding pictures. I asked Erl to share with us his methods. Quoting from his reply: the A YanJ Ori.ld l.nEr A . Bla'ket. l-l3cd 01 A Pil1cw .Anllia'x:wlM:11

to Erl, write (business size). His address is Lane, Burlington, MA 01803 .. 'please enclose a S.A.S.E. 38 Lantern BREAKTHROUGHS the joining within ( Time Base Corrector) It is always a joy to hear from members who have received their first taped message. Four members, all last five months, have . reported their first success! "The basic set up is a TV camera looking at a monitor. The output of the camera is fed to a VCR at the same time, the output of the VCR is fed through a TBC the output of the TBC is sent to a video corrector (used for enhancement and color correction ... Some of our pictures are in color), the output of this corrector is then fed into the VIDEO LINE INPUT on the monitor. The camera must be focused on THE BACK of the picture tube. You are defocusing slightly. Ray Kent of CA has written about the thrill the distance between the camera and monitor so you he feels when messages are taped. His daughter, get what looks like swirling grey clouds. It Taralyn, is having the most success and has takes a great deal of dithering to get it taped many messages. One evening when she and I always say a prayer before starting. her mother were taping, a Class A male voice correct. Then, a soft voice said, said, "Rockbert." "You know him." Ray wrote that the name was very close to the last name of his wife's uncle

who died a few years ago. Milton Cole, FL, said in a phone call that he tapes every night. He makes short tapings as sound source , and wears headphones when playing a recording back. The Voices are starting to speak. Milton said there is no joy comparable to having contact. recommended, using a You adjust "You do not need expensive equipment. You can use your ordinary TV and TV camera. Even a camcorder will work. You must have the feed back. The camera output goes to the input of the VCR and the outpu~ of the VCR goes to the TV. Point the camera at the TV (IMPORTANT ... LOWER THE BRIGHTNESS OF THE TV UNTIL YOU JUST THEN BRING IT UP TILL YOU LOOSE THE SIGNAL. If the brightness is SEE THINGS HAPPENING). too high you can ruin your camera. "Record a couple of minutes. time. Look at the It is very recording one frame at a helpful if your recorder also permits you to reverse one frame at a time. An addition that will help your reception will be the use of UV, I use a 2-wave-length (short & long) light. lamp that I bought from Edmund Scientific. You It is much like must have extreme patience. learning to listen for EVP. results depend a lot on your personality." Your Erl will be happy to answer your further If you questions on recording video pictures. 4. Edward Moore of OH is another new member who is· having

success. He wrote, "My first tape has a clear voice that says, "Eddie this is ... " The voice is soft and fades away." One evening, while taping, he heard a loud crash. Although he is sure the sound was in the room, nothing was disturbed. Jean Perkins, CT, taping voices. She sent me a tape and several times when she asked for knocks, 'knocks were heard. feels she is You can see the above that break from sometimes fairly soon. throughs do happen, According to my records, 75 of our members are taping. Please let me know when you have your own breakthrough. I would very much like to continue this feature in future newsletters. I am the Feb. 23, 1991 indebted to Steven Blumenthal who sent issue of, me an article from "The Science News. The title of the article is: Signal Value of Noise" and it discusses the work of physicist Rajarshi Roy at the Georgia Institute of Technology, as well as others working in the field. that It has been discovered (We could certainly say that under certain circumstances, noise can help detect a weak the EVP signal. voice the is normally weak, especially without help of an external sound--noise). Quoting from "This amplifying effect, the article, known recently has resonance, in a number of electronic circuits." surfaced Roy also noted ( what we, as long little noise, nothing known) that if you add to happens; if you add too much, it w ii I drown

out the signal (voices). it says: stochastic tapers, have as The article pointed out that although by the background noise goes up, the the detected signal goes up more. adding noise intensity of The concept of Stochastic Resonance is a in 1981 with a group of recent one, emerging Italian researchers. This was followed in 1983 by first researchers in Germany who produced laboratory demonstration, finding evidence for it in the behavior of an electronic system known as a Schmitt trigger. the This research was carried out further in 1988 by Roy and his colleagues who reported the first observation of the phenomena in an optical device. Further research is continuing. In order to read the complete, interesting article, check your local library. WORD FROM ABROAD Letters arrive weekly saying they've heard about the AA-EVP and want to know more. I often wonder how word about us has reached such places as South Africa;• Brazil, Mauritius--which threw the local post office into a frenzy as they tried to locate it so they'd know what to charge In case you're wondering, for my airmail reply. it's a small island in the Indian ocean. In March, a letter came from Sweden and the person said her local library in Sater had a copy of my news and was read letter which Please write and tell me all about fascinated. your group she requested. I was happy to do this, but how did the AA-EVP NEWS reach her library I'd never heard of

until het' in Sater--a place letter came? letters from abroad because it shows the AA-EVP is getting around. The NEWS offers not only objective evidence for aid survival, to electronic personal experiences and opinions (which although usually technical but communication, I welcome all ideas also carefully as well she'd as subjective) are still at times evidential. in letters interesting He wrote: from the other side. these voices previously, results since 1972 the in England, who has been Gilbert Bonner has taping with excellent written several last few months. He began I istening again to tapes made earlier and was amazed at what he heard. One recording turned out to be a dialogue going on I I do could have missed not know. Perhaps I was tired, but it certainly shows how careful we have to be." At one point, Gilbert told the unseen, "I will put out the lights now to see if this helps you come through." A male voice is NOT a spiritualist meeting." Gilbert said that he had noted what Jurgenson also noted--"the sound of a large vast number of people gathered as hall that reverberated to the sound. There was also singing, quite informal." replied clearly, if in a "How "This "Some Jutta Liebmann from Germany has also been in in touch. She attended~ the VTF conference Fulda in November at which about 60 people had been present. new Jutta wrote: computer recording methods by means of the supported equipment was recording with that method brought

many good audible voices the spirit world ... The new recording experiments by means of computers are costly and not every experimenter can afford such expenditures ... Spirit communication by radio/ tape recorder remains for me the most important proof for bodily survival." introduced and from EQUIPMENT FOR YOU information where Geoffrey Tilga, N.Y. AA-EVP member, sent me tapers, and would-be tapers, can get equipment. Fair Radio Sales CO. 1016 East Dureka St. POB 1109-Lima, OH 45807 419-227-6573, sells military surplus RD Phone: 365 reel to reel recorders. It is a transistorized footage counter and signal monaureal unit with level meter. Used, but guaranteed, $36. New tape reels and manual $75. with microphone, 2 Prime Electronics/Projector Recorder Belt CO. for all likely Phone: 1-800-558-9572, sells drive belts makes of recorders. Belts are to break and are easily replaced. the most A I ways check with a company before sending money to see about current availability. "Youl[. ne.w,r,le;tteJr. L6 wa.l[.m, ca.l[.,i,,ng, and mo-6:t Thlte.e. qua.W.lu .that bl.end we.U .ln.6Mma.tive.. :togdhVl. AgaJ.n, .6.lnc.Vl.e. comm.ltme.n:t .in l[.unn.lng a.n e.xce.Ue.n:t a-6-6oc.la.t.lon t:.e.U ot:.heJr.-6 about:.. " t:.o one. that 1 am pl[.oud :thank you 601[. youl[. Je.66 K.lng, New Ze.a.la.nd 3. 2 IO-/ Luise Fuchs of Billingheim, Germany has been a member of the AA-EVP since October 1982. She to taped successfully receive Spirit the Winter 1988 issue of the NEWS, I published some of her pictures. She sent me additional ones in January that I find outstanding. Following is a report of the method

Luise uses. for years, before through her TV. images trying In "You need a TV set and an empty channel. A It should have a Pause/Still button frozen, video recorder. which will permit a clear picture to be and a slow motion button. A video camera. in long The video recorder is connected by cable The camera to the empty channel on the TV. is connected to the video recorder. The focus (zoom lens) is turned up all the way. Strange forms will begin to appear on the screen. At this point, the images are video recorder is turned on and these recorded. Once taping has ended. (don't record too the beginning), turn off the camera and rewind the recording to the beginning. Now the real work begins.. The run through like a film, but the Pause/Still button has to be pressed and a thor«1ugh search made on the screen for what looks like paranormal phenomena. If nothing or something can be . seen, thoroughly search with the slow motion - button, picture by picture. You will then find paranormal images on your screen. is needed until you get images. Once they start to come in, there's hardly a recording which will not have some paranormal content: To all who want to try this, I wish them much success and the joy that is connected with work such as this." Several weeks work tape can't be faint OTHER PUBLICATIONS When the AA-EVP newsletter was first published nine years ago, there

was only one other journal being issued at the time that focused on electronic communication with different realities. Today, journals there are perhaps a dozen such and newsletters, mostly in Europe, devoted to the topic. Some of the ones in Germany are translated I ight for me by my good friend Hans Heckmann. This three month task, because over a is no In period, Hans translates t-lose to 200 pages. try addition, we have other material to Various mention that interested members have written that in what is being done by others in the field, so l will mention one or from each journal. in English. they are two highlights is published to from Most come INFONEWS their newsletter Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach are now publishing twice a year from their center in Luxembourg. They are continuing to have outstanding results with their. Maggie writes: telephone. TV, computer and "We get an average of three telephone calls a Swejen Salter, week. Technician, and Konstantin Raudive (helpers on the other side). Swejen has said that many new transcommunication been (T.C.) developed on her side as friends and relatives of earth experimenters form groups. A II nationalities are represented and everyone has a common goal: To enlarge contacts to earth. Much of what Swejen and Technician talk about can be heard by us in the background (of the phone calls). A mixture of voices during meetings; discussions, music, the barking of a dog and happy laughter. Children are crying for parents they

left behind and are comforted by the loving beings who are concerned with their welfare." stations have The MTFD Newsletter--Frankfurt, Germany is continuing publication twice a year. Several ,of their members, such as Adolf Homes and Fritz the Malkoff, who are also collaborating with CETL-Luxembourg, are having excellent quality voice contacts through their tape recorders. They from other dimensions also two and radios and a TV for background sound when taping. Questions are asked by Homes and often immediately answered by Thomas, a helper on The dialogue between the two the other side. men can last over two minutes. receive phone calls long computer messages. Homes uses 4. DO M:>SQUITOES ro TO HEAVEN? ... Dennis Stillings, AA-EVP member from MN and director of the Archaeus Project arxi D:litor of Artifex, wrote to me after receiving the Autumn Newsletter. Quoting from his letter, he wrote: ''Your discussion of animal survival caught my attention. It is all very well to speak of the survival of pets--cats, dogs, horses--however, in principl_e, one must also grant immortality to spiders, flies, mosquitoes, ticks, and gnats. Now, if the little souls of all these organisms, from the beginning of time, pass on to another world, it would appear that other world would be one to which we would not like to go ... .-I would certainly like to know how you or your readers would handle this problem. D::> we opt Do mosquitoes become for separate Heavens? nice in heaven? Even if they_would become nice, the

gigantic how would one navigatei through fend off cloud of the 'skito souls and that creep and incredible hordes of things crawl?" Quoting from my answer to Dennis, I wrote: "Well, yes, it is a puzzle isn't it? M.ich as I love all forms of life--although I admit I have reservations about cs,ckroaches--and to my shame, I'm not tooenthusiastic about snakes, if I had the gift to grant immortality I would not deny it to any kind of consc:ious life. Like you, I do not want to continue swatting at skeeters in the_ great beyond, or shriek at a wasp, . 'Little ~bee', get away from me! ' Even when we get "So what is heaven; what is survival? As I indicated in my book, and·•have referred to at various times in the newsletter, there is much we don' t know. ''!here' , wherever it may be, puzzles will remain and all 'Ibis of our questions wi 11 not be answered. becomes clear on tapes when -we • have several spirits arguing about an answer to a question. For me survival means continuing consciousness, and the kind of consciousness in which I will continue to strive to learn answers to that which is unknown. If I can continue to know that I am still me, and not one lived in a dream-state as some researchers believe, and have a consciousness in which some of the unknown will slowly become known, then I think I will be content. 'Ihis, obviously, is

not the 'Ibey will be sort of survival everyone wants. happy to sit beside Golden Pond for infinity. I hope their wish is granted as much as I want my own. • '!heir desire is not more or less worthy than mine, but rather a different genus from which all rank and order is absent. "Get ting back to those pesky creepy crawlies, I think they also survive but perhaps they have their own heaven. 'Ihey, it appears, have a personal type of consciousness al though I am -:-ather) sure they're not striving in their earthplane life to try to earn Brownie Points to get to summerlarxi. When I see an ant in my path .I step around it. It has an ant's consciousness, aoo· although I can't enter it, life. to an ant is savored as much in . its personal consciousness as our life is to us. 'lhey have the instinct (will) to survive. Just get out a can of bug spray and start spraying away, or a fly swatter and begin swatting at a fly that has been foolishly buzzing you -much too lorq. They • quickly prove they are not ready to give up the ghost. "Why should dogs, ca ts , horses, birds, and perhaps . a few .other forms of animal . life continue to share our world after death, and not ticks and gnats as you asked? No one can give a definite answer. However, it may. be our -love.for them and their

love for us has created a bonding that carries us through together to life beyond life. As I have already indicated, I truly feel a love for all conscious forms of life: yet that doesn't mean I want to share my home here and beyond with each species. 'Ihe Bible tells us there are different levels of heavens. We have some indication on tape that So, perhaps pesky critters this is correct. want nothing more than to be with other pesky critters--that is their idea of heaven. I must confess I hope this is so, and I am more than willing to grant it to them!" Do you have an answer to Dennis' question? If so, please send it to me. Perhaps I can use it in the Spring Newsletter. MI'FD A recent newsletter of the MTFD, Frankfurt, Germany, has been translated for us by Hans to whom we are Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member deeply grateful . Without Hans we would be unaware of the important work our European colleagues are doing. involved with Several people associated with the MTFD are continuing to have computer and tape recorder contacts. Manfred Boden, who died in March 1990 and was deeply trans communication, has given evidence to prove his ideni ty, including the word CHARLY which was the identification he used as part of a CB system during his life. One wpman, through automatic writirg, received, "Life so empty Death so beautiful-Pray-'lhanks." She didn't known Boden during his life but his •

friends said that at the end, Boden felt life was vety '' £,., is empty. Another time, she received, positive." The "~" is a code word known only to Boden and F. Malkoff who is associated with the t-fl'FD. It was decided between the two men four months before Boden's death, to be used as positive identification. MACRO-PHOTOGRAPHY n.-.._~ ... ~ ... ~ - Ya.lg ICIB'l W}) S83TS to dram she "'Ille 4 pictures came from 'Ille above four pictures were sent to me by Monique Simonet of Reims , France. She has made an exciting discovery in the field of spirit call-SJ Macro video photography which Photography. Quoting from Monique's letter, she wrote: the negatives I obtained after taking a picture of the original negatives. I take a picture of the TV screen when it seems as if there is a form, a face, or just a whirling cloud ... When we look at the negative with a good light, we see often other faces (~ pale ... which is invisible on the print we had made). '!hen we take a picture (Macro-photography) of the negative against a bright light, which = a second negative. From these negatives we get prints like the 4 prints enclosed.'' For those of you working in the field of TV photography, you may want to try this discovery. We also have members whose special interest is spirit photography while visiting an apparent haunted location. I would like to suggest you take some of

the negatives from good spirit photographs, take a picture of those negatives against a bright light as Monique suggests, and see if there is anything there on the developed prints. It seems logical that if the phenomena occurs in video photography, it could also take those who place in still photography. don't regard themselves as spirit photographers could try the same thing. Many people take pictures of special family dinners--birthday, Follow the suggestions holidays, and so on. given for Macro-photography. I feel at times that loved ones, who are no longer physically with us, drop in for special events, whether it be a dinner or other occasion. Let me know your results--or better yet, send me a convincing print(s). (your work) eould revolutionize spirit photography and add a new dimension to the field! 'Ibis discovery Even A cerk_ h3.in:d w:nm W:!8DJ'l;J a nustaje bl'gRBl A MIRACUUXJS HEALING I mention- Nancy and Ron Stallings are close friends of mine. them several times in Voices of Eternity_ arrl the experiments and investigations we've done together in my horn~ and out in the field., A year ago, Nancy was diagnosed as having an inoperable brain tumor. ~e wa~ taken to.several outstanding hospitals. including the University of Maryland and Jottns Hopkins. Top men in the field examined her and she underwent the most sophisticated tests available. During this time, Nancy• s heal th continued to fail. She suffered a stroke which affected her speech, her sense of balance, and a weakness on one side.

'lhe doctors agreed the stroke was caused by the tumor. Six months after the tumor appeared, Nancy was scheduled for one final test at Hopkins the following day. 'Ihe night before, right after Nancy fell asleep, she was taken out of her body. Since. Nancy is no stranger to OBEs she knew immediate~y what was happening. Sh~ found herself on a table in an examining room with a small dark haired woman approaching her .. 'Ihe woman told Nancy she was a doctor and was going to cure her. Nancy told her she had am inoperable brain tumor, and the doctor replied! that this was correct but she was going ttD take it away. "I'm to see Dr. X tomorrow at Hopkins fot a final test, 11 Nancy said. • "You wi_ll, but he won't find anything. WI know about Dr. X and the fine work he is doi11<1; rut no one can yet cure you of your problem. Olly we can do this, and only for a very few people. We have decided to cure you rut you must do exactly what I tell you." '!'he doctor then told Nancy that for the 4. NEAR-DEA'll:1 EXPERIENCE MI'FD COMPUTER CONTACTS interested in exploring In the Spring Newsletter, I wrote that I that was children have had. My reasons were that young children have not had the opportunity to read or hear about these experiences. If their accounts were similar to other childrens• NDE reports, I felt this would be additional

good evidence for survival .. the NDE I think you will find the following report It has been noted by survival interesting. researchers that out-of-body experiences and near death experiences are frequently similar. Notice how this is the case with Johnny and Ken •s report of his o .. B.E. on page 2. Diane, a friend in LA sent me the following: 11 (This) is an account of what took place in 1985, when our son, then aged 5½, had what I believe was a near-death experience. ... "(Johnny) had a severe asthma attack and was in a coma in a hospital in Alabama. 'Ihe hospital staff was kind enough to let me spend the night at our son I s bedside. "The following morning, when he woke from the coma, he told me what had happened. He said he was in a red tunnel, heading toward a bright iight. He said he saw his great grandmother (who had passed away in 1983) at the bright end of the tunnel. He then turned and his grandparents around and standing at the other end of the tunnel. He said he took two steps back to return to us because he loved us . His exact words were 1 I came back. 1 saw me "Ever since this experience he has been more mature, introspective and sensitive than many children his age,." MTFD CORRESPONDENCE A personal letter from Peter Klimke, Pres. of the MTFD, a transc::ommunication group in w. Germany, has been

received. Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, has ~.indly translated 1.t for me. Quoting from it:, Klimke wrote: 11 A few friends translated your letter. Many thanks for your kind words .... We are making headway with our experiments in Frankfurt. We.already had an adjustment (change) in our computer 'Ihe voices improved also as they came., texts. 'Antenna Translator• unit ... We are over the looking forward to further improvements but this .will come when more unified thinking among researchers is achieved ... Dear colleague, we send you our heartfelt thanks and the best "' of greetings from our members in Frankfur_t." Hans also translated ·computer contacts that came through a computer in Rivenich. Manfred Boden, W. Germany, well-known for his contacts with the unseen, made his transition on March 23, 1990. On the day of his funeral on March through 29, the computer the following: in Baden-Baden, he communicated am in a familiar world of unlimited 11 I Everything is possible. Middle diversity. The Past, Present and plane of existence. Future join logically together. I am seeking experience as my cycle· of reincarnation is finished. '!here are infinitely many systems. It is ?s if I am experiencing everything in a dream. There are a great number of people here who are Everything is part of the all. confused. I need rest ~nd concentration." NEW JOURNAL FOR RESEARCH INTO THE BEYOND come Information has from Dr. Ernst Senkowski, W. German AA-EVP member that he and two others are starting a journal

about trans communication. It will be published in German but later they hope to publish it in English. Quoting from ~he Press Release: I Voices on Tape I 11The paranormal phenomenon originally known as I Electronic Voice or Phenomena• has-undergone remarkable changes in the last few years. New developments have lead through radio, TV to advanced communication and computers. The sources of these paranormal messages wh_ether on through other electronic systems are not fully understood. Many believe that by using EVP they can have contact with their loved ones who passed away. TRANSKOMMUNIKATION wants this development from a scientific point of view. to document tape or and reports 11Contents include experimental designs and the theoretical discussions, messages Other 1 beyond I subjects of interest are: paraphysics, bio between energetic consciousness and electronic devices, contact with extraterrestrial intelligences. interactions readers . fields, from from "The journal is published twice a year. Price for one volume=4 issues: DM 48 + foreign postage. Subscription orders may be sent to the publisher:Gesellschaft fur Psychobiophysik e.v. Eichendorffstrasse 19--D 6500 Mainz, West Germany. 11 I have accepted with pleasure their request to be their U.S. correspondent. ~ ... 3: 9-3 ~'-'~-ua;, ,_... AtcfMAL StiR+I i.Vt\t., I was gratified by the number of favorable letters that came after the Summer Newsletter was mailed. Many of the writers mentioned our feature, "Animal survival." Ben Lee Harris, WA wrote: "Of great interest to Bonnie and I was your discussion of animal survival with which we are well acquainted. '!hanks."

inadequate Mary Kelley, a new MD member wrote: "Words to tell you how much your are letter and newsletter meant to me. Please continue to put articles about the afterlife, reincarnation of animals in your newsletter as there is such a LACK this. Sincerely and gratefully." relative to Monty Hearon also wrote favorably about the article and encouraged his daughter Leigh of WA state, to share the story of her cat Max's survival. We are grateful to Leigh for doing this and I will quote from her letter. " ... (I) have never doubted the existence of a life beyond this one, or the form that it would take. . .. I must admit I was amazed, and a little frightened when proof of this (came) even if it was in the form of a cat. "I acquired Max, a long-haired tabby, from a friend while living in Oregon. Max and I lived in an apartment that was not precisely suitable for felines. 'Ihe complex was near a busy street and there wasn't much grass or free space for him to roam around. Nonetheless, he would freely go in and out my apartment, and seemed content in his new . quarters, no I was very -;,.::1t-ter how restrictive they were. -~ched to Max, as I am toward all my cats, them, which .l lavish great affection upon 3 equally returned. I "One day, I returned (from being out) and saw a notice on my- apartment door. 'Oh, God,' it read.

'Max was run over by a car . . I'm so sorry. It was loved that cat so much. ' signed by a tenant who lived' in the complex. "I missed Max, of course, and was glad that I was going to CA with my ·parents to be present for my sister's ordination in the Presbyterian Church. 'Ihe service took place in Pasadena, and while there we visited our friends, Raymond and Marjorie Bayless. I asked if they believed in• the afterlife of their many pets. 'Ibey assured me they did and often heard one of their deceased dogs pad into their bedroom, and jump up on their bed.. I was relieved. '!hat night, I remember waking up in the middle of the ni~Jht, ca11in; M•x • s name anc: feeling a thick swirling mass of air ar,euftd me. I also thought I felt Max land on my stomach a typical place for him to be·when I was in~- "I returned home a week later. A friend of mine had been caring for my apartment in my absence, and that night told me about how one evening while watching TV on the floor, he felt ,-Max come up against his leg, as he often did demanding attention. Dave said, 'Not now Max,: and then realized that Max was dead. I then told him about my experience in California. ."On at least two other occasions, each while I was lying in bed, I felt and heard Max leap up on to

the bed. His presence is proceeded by a peculiar heavy aura. I have prayed many times that if Max's proper place was somewhere else for someone to guide him there . . I haven't felt his distinct aura for ~ome time; however, I'm not entirely convinced that Max isn't still with me. turn around a half-dozen times a I week and see, out of the corner of my eye, a tabby cat near me--and it's neither of the two cats I now have. In fact, I have often watched my cats side-step around areas where a cat could be, and watch, for extendeq periods, an area in my home where to my eye, I see nothing." A VIVID-DREAM ANSWERED Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote that for years she has received messages and made trips in her dreams. She is always aware that she is 'visiting' in the dream state and must come back. Clara shares with us a vivid dream she had in July. "Daughter Barbara insisted I go to PA with her and a girlfriend for a couple of days. We arrived without reservations and found we could get a room for one night only. 'Ihe clerk said it was doubtful there would be a cancellation. 'Ihe room was lovely and I said out loud to Tom (Clara's deceased husband) "For heaven• s sake, do something so we won't have to move, there's nothing else." Early the next morning, Tom came to ,me in a dream. We were

standing in front of the elevator on the first floor of the motel. He looked me straight in the eye-handed me a key exactly like our room key-didn't say a word-I woke up. There was a cancellation, and we kept the room! "Arriving home, I sat down to tape and near the end asked if anyone accompanied us on the ( You can imagine how I felt) when the trip. Key to my wife reply came back: Clara. Tom • " "Elevator. .. "Tlf.ead Ugh.t.ly on. owr. wo1t.ld '.6 .tou." Novel. Ealf.th 4 0 lap and licked his face. Edelgard wrote that Branton also believed 1/'Janda had once been Rolf. didn't take a pencil from it, and since she was alone, no one else did either. A new member, Denise Riccardo of Berwyn, II.. wrote about the experience she had when she was five or six. She had a black cat and liked playing with him. She would pull a string on the floor while he would chase after it. The cat became very ill and her parents had it put to sleep, her mother telling her it had gone to "kitty heaven." Denise wrote that she was not really sure what this was and she had never heard about ghosts. One evening she was thinking about her pet and missing him. She saw an old string with the cat toy tied on one end in the corner. She picked it up and began to walk around dragging the string.

Quoting from Denise's letter, she wrote: "I knew that he was gone and my mother had said he would not be back, so I was merely pantomiming my playingr with him. All at once, and to my surprise, he darted out from under the dining room table. He batted at the string, green eyes shining in the dark and then softly I can remember the touched my bare instep. velvety feel of his cat paw. It all happened very quick, and to my dismay he disappeared as quickly as he had appeared." WAS IT A DREAM? Jane, a woman in her fifties, called me one Her husband had died a month day in May. earlier after a long illness, and a friend suggested she contact me. As we talked, Jane said she wasn't at all sure she wanted to continue living now that Joe was gone. I asked if she would like to come and see me so we Jane came the could talk about this further. next afternoon with her daughter Sue. and we talked about As Jane shared her grief and despair with life, death and me transition she said, "If I could only be sure Joe was O.K., I'd be able to get on with my own life. We knew for a time he was dying and he always promised he'd let me know after he died that he was all right." long We talked about different ways loved ones let us know after death that they

are still I asked if she had living and can be with us. experienced a (mentioned in 'psychic theft ' the Spring NEWS), or had she had any unusual, vivid dreams? "Yes!" Jane said. "My husband came through several nights in my dreams and kept saying, 'The pencil mug! Jane explained her husband kept a large mug on his desk that always held three sharpened pencils. After having this dream, Jane looked in the mug and saw just two pencils. She knows she The pencil mug! ' Before they left, we made a five minute recording. A male voice gave two messages: I'm going down," and "I hear you." "Yes, Jane and Sue are convinced it was Joe. FROM MY MAILBAG Gilbert Bonner, England, wrote that a video tape of his work was made by students of London University. He has corresponded IVanova, a well known para with Barbara She is interested psychologist from Russia. in the there is no official view of EVP in the USSR. Normally the view has been negative to all para-events but it is hoped this will now change. taped voice but said Jutta Liebmann, of West Germany, wrote that although she has moved to a new house, they were the voices quickly let her know aware of this. She feels it is necessary to caution new tapers who might try any means to get voices on tape, which could be a mistake. Jutta wrote, "Some new tapers think that all ' angels' in the

spirit deceased have become world and this is really not true. 'Ihey they had remain there." been on earth for some the same personalities as time over HELP FOR YOU! Bill Weisensale, CA AA-EVP member has sent titled: me an excellent 30 page booklet ( and "Transcommunication For The Voices In it, Bill discusses many aspects others)." of the phenomena and gives practical ideas how you may become a successful taper. In his "This is primarily for new letter he wrote: people who have not yet attempted to tape and those who may have tried but gave up for because the difficulties involved .But it may also be of interest to others who are more experienced." Although Bill will send it free on request, he will accept donations up to $2 to help the cost of printing and mailing. defray Write: P.O. Box #B.Q. Barstow, CA 92312+4. they simply did not realize GARAGE SALE SUCCESSFUL our garage sale of three used reel to reel Sony tape recorders, announced in the Spring News, was a sell out! All three, plus one other that came into our possession later, to AA-EVP members who are now were sold happily taping away. Perhaps later on we will have additional recorders. "I en.joy 1tea.d.Ln.g I:t alway-6 lea.vu me. w..U.h a wa11.m and peac.e.6ul 6 ee.l.Ln.g . " T JJn Rae, V Mg.Ln..La 3. '1-Z. you1t ne.w-6le.;t;tu. VIDEO PICIURES I At the international Basel conference last November, shared a workshop with Mme. Monique Simonet of Reims,

France. My focus was taping voices around the world, as well as Mme. recording experiments Simonet the invisibles,especially through her television. Since the conference we have exchanged several letters and I think you will find the above excellent video pictures that she sent me in June very interesting. focused on her contacts with I have done. VTF REVIEW Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, translated a recent German VTF Journal for me. Fidelio the President of VTF and Edi tor of Koberle, the Journal discussed various taping methods, most of which are familiar to our members. A new one, however, may be of some interest to This is called the Synthesized Speech you. Method. Koberle wrote: "Experience has taught us that paranormal voices can form more easily when offer resembles more closely the human voice. Less energy is needed by the other side to form 'chopped' their words. A n,ethod that offers 'raw material' we acoustic synthesized speech and could be combined to a multitude of combinations is currently being developed. We hope to be able to demonstrate this method and appropriate equipment at our meeting in Fulda this June." AN INI'ERESTING OBSERVATION David Lothamer,CA State Coordinator said in a recent letter/tape that although we are trying everything we know in order to have successful communication with Spirit through our tape recorders, we forget that a recorder is not a natural "medium" for our Spirit friends. In effect, we are asking them to leave their world of different frequencies and vibrations,

through to speak equipment adapted to our world. to us My thought (Estep) is if we could somehow the get a better idea of frequencies and and then vibrations in other dimensions, them, we design equipment compatible with that communications could ImJ:X)ssible? tremendously. would Perhaps. But let's think about it. Let me know if you have any ideas. reasonably hope improve I 4. I turned around mirror on the adjacent wall. ~nd right in front of me, I can saw what I only describe as a ghost, an apparition! There was a perfectly round shaped head, like A neck, a white cloud of steam or vapor. shoulders , half a body, no legs or feet. Standing over a chair so I could not see the 1::x:>ttom portion. the I can only say there must be comfort I felt. I a God, and there must be life eternal. don't know if I would ever have pulled out of my depression if I had not seen that figure. I will remember it as long as I live!" You cannot imagine to too ill Bill Weisensale, CA, wrote about the many years of correspondence he had with Harold Sherman, who established the ESP Research Associates Foundation and wrote over 60 books. My own book is dedicated to Harold was was a dear personal friend. Harold took part in our first national conference and when he continue with his became Foundation, it became a part of the AA-EVP. Bill wrote that he had the

opportunity to meet Harold in 1978 and continued with, "In the winter of 1988, several months after the transition, on Harold had gone through several occasions I thought I recognized his voice on recordings. When I asked about this I was told "Yes Bill. He talked to you," and "He is here now." When I asked if there was any message he would like me to relay to his wife, Martha, I was given a brief two part message about him by another male voice. "When I sent this message to Mrs. Sherman she replied that they had not set up any verbal code but that a friend in Florida who is not a taper (and who's existence I had not known aoout) had received exactly the same message telepathically from the other side. I will not say what this message was as it is possible it may also be received through In my opinion the message is unusual others. enough that it could not possibly have been that coincidence and therefore its' only is Mr. Sherman himself." possible origin Bill has told me in confidence what the unique message is. I agree completely that only someone who is with Harold in the next dimension could have given Harold's message to the man in Florida as well as Bill, ooth independently and unknown working to each 'Ihis message, intended for Martha, is other. similar the cross-correspondence cases in mediumistic literature and which famous present very strong evidence for survival. to

CHILDREN AND 'HIE NEAR-DEATH EXPERIENCE Near-death experiences are often cited as providing strong survival evidence. This, as most people know, is where a person has been then declared dead, been resuscitated and d~scribes what happened to him while dead.' Since m~ny of these reports are similar, they help reinforce the validity of such events. literature Children, as I wrote on page 22 of my book, also have NDE. I am interested in exploring further the NDE that young children have had. 'Ihey have not had the opportunity to read the that abounds with metaphysical these accounts. Chances are, they have not heard such cases discussed. If a significant number of children can give similar reports about what happens to them at death--which may or may not be like an adult's experience- I think we can then say we have additional good evidence for survival. I will be grateful to you if you know of such cases and ask the adult who was caring for the child at the time to contact me directly. The following is one such report that was I find it sent to me recently by a mother. very significant and thought provoking. In this case, a child of three was sent back because of his size and brought with him a message that because of his age would not have realized was precognitive. This message was carried fourteen the disturbing years life is question as programmed. through, later, and opens up to what degree our tragically,

"My son had open heart surgery in 1963 at the age of 3½. During surgery his heart stopped several times. When we saw him after surgery he told us he had a dream. 'A fisher man caught him in a net, looked at him and said he is going to throw him back because he was too small, he wants him to grow more. ' My son died in 1977, at the age of seventeen, killed by a drunk driver." YOU MUST FIRST TOUCH THE PAINT What kind of life will we discover after death? Those of us who believe we survive death must wonder at times. Will we find pearly gates? Will we sing with the angels? Or, will we end up shoveling coal to help keep the furnace warm? Robert Hyner, and his wife Meta, from West I Australia joined the AA-EVP in September. will quote letter about what he thinks life after death will be like. from Robert's eloquent "The thought of speaking with the next dimension is in one way awe inspiring, and in another way absolutely logical. This life on earth is but a mirror of the other life. How If life over there was else could it be? vastly different it would be too much of a to earthly psychological strain to adjust 3. 'I-I Here themselves there and find the conditions and also visa versa. material is a test to overcome, and there, the control of thoughts is the main bug bear, whilst

the material adjusts itself to the vibration of the person involved and hers or his thought-life. I wonder which is the hardest? The logical answer is that those whose thought-life is not pu~ would have in an problems environment expressing those thoughts. It is those who often long to earth, which they most likely do, as here exists a greater chance of hiding from yourself. They forget that purity of thought on earth is a necessary attribute, but one seems able to get away with it down here. It is difficult to reach those of the higher realms. All that lays behind them has little attraction. I suppose that when they contact us, it will be done out of love and compassion. How hard it must be for those more evolved beings to not interfere in our lives. How much they could tell us. But we must first touch the paint ourselves before we will believe the notice of the wet paint." to return C.E.T.L. NEWSLETI'ER S'IOPS PUBLICATION The pressure in It is with regret that I must announce to our members the decision of Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach to stop the publication of their their newsletter. personal and professional lives became too great to continue. Both are employed full time and those demands, coupled with the many requests they received from the public for private and public appearances, expanded to such a degree they felt it wise to withdraw. When my husband and I visited them in October 1987

at their home in Luxembourg, we were impressed with their kindness and generosity, with their sincerity and openness. Whatever path they decide to travel in the future we hope it will bring them joy. ELECI'RONIC TRANSCOMMUNICATION SUGGESTIONS Bill Weisensale has sent me a list of suggestions that he felt would be helpful to tapers. Many of his suggestions agree with my own suggestions as found in Chapter 17 of my book. We both feel the ear-muff type head phone is superior to the flat kind and should be worn when playing back a tape. Bill wrote, "This type of earphone generally has larger speakers which are better at reproducing the the lower half of the audio spectrum where voice band is located. "When trying to understand weak voices there is the temptation to listen at high volume levels. Actually there is an optimal level which varies slightly with each voice. This uncomfortable. Repeated listening at very uncomfortable levels will in time cause hearing loss. slightly level is "Electronic transcommunication is awesome and fascinating. In time, without _xealizing it, one can become obsessed with this work. If you find taping is beginning to have a detrimental effect on other aspects of your life, slow down or even stop altogether. "If you hear things you don't want to the "off" switch is on our hear remember side. Like obscene phone calls, continuing to listen only encourages the caller. "Always use common sense and take what If some day you hear with a

grain of salt. someone who appears to be your aunt tells you to sell all your property and invest in junk bonds or to do yourself in because life it! is more pleasant over "Never under any circumstances consider taping as "entertainment." To do so invites lower level Spirits into your home who may entertain you in ways you are not ready for. there-forget "Accord your friends in the Spirit World the same respect and consideration you would your friends in this world. Remember, most of humanity is over there. They are the main the unusual stream, it is we who are in circumstances. trying to see reality through a frosty window pane." It is we who are A Scarl'ISH FRIEND Jane Longmore and Lata Chennareddy of VA, are close friends who tape together at times. Jane They report getting very good results. says she h8s been mediumistic. since she was a young child. In 1988, she began to receive messages through automatic writing and clairaudiently from a man who said he was Charles Rennie She had earlier heard a song McKintosh. dedicated then bought a book about his architecture. MacKintosh was born in Glasgow in 1868 and died in 1928. to him and Jane wrote that she first met the "post had been departum" MacKintosh in 1988. "I thinking about him and his art and he showed up. At that time I knew nothing of his life and throughout the coming months he went to great lengths to give

me obscure facts that later proved true. He also told me that he had been "hiding" for years in some place where he was utterly alone. I suggested he move toward the light, which he did." Since Jane and Lata have started taping, he has come through three times with strong, clear 4.messages in a Scottish accent. COMMUNICATIONS WITH DECEASED LOVED ONES I talked to Valerie Tjaden, N.J. State Coordinator, who compiled the above named booklet for our members in 1988. It is filled with many heart-warming accounts of those who have made their transition and continue to be aware and reach out to loved ones left behind. A number of the reports were contributed by AA-EVP members. Valerie is willing to have it republished for those interested. To order a copy, send a check for $8.22 U.S. residents, $8.49 Canada, and $12. 2 7 for overseas--al 1 payable in U.S. funds, no later than February 15, to her at: 27 Ryerson Avenue, Oakland, N.J. 07436 GHOSTS AT FATE! Many of our members , as I do, subscribe to FATE magazine. As you know, CUrtis Fuller, who began the magazine many years ago, sold it recently to Llewellyn Publications. Shortly before Christmas, I sent a 3,000 "Have Tape them titled: word article to Recorder: Will Travel." It describes my experiences and messages that came through taping in the field in such while places as Egypt, England, Italy, Westminster Church in Bal ti.more, and President Woodrow Wilson's home in Washington, D.C.

I was into a new building and Within a week, the managing editor called and said they liked the article very much and would be publishing it in a future issue. Aswe talked, the Editor said FATE had just the moved disturbances going on in the basement, they felt they had some ghostly spirits. I was requested to send my How-To paper to them, that I offer free of charge at the end of the article, to anyone who contacts me. 'Ihe Editor stated that as soon as my paper came, they would take a portable tape recorder to the basement and, following my suggestions, try to get rid of their ghosts! from The paper was mailed later that day. YOU OON'T HAVE TO WAIT! If you would like a copy of "Tips For Trips" that I will mail to the readers of the article, who request it, send me a self addressed stamped business size envelope, and I will mail it to you promptly. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, sent me a copy of the tape which Hildy Becker, VA, had mailed her that has the only example of a In February, Dr. Eli Feldman, N. Y. , Ed.gar Cayce's voice. Hildy is a volunteer in the A. R. E. library in VA Beach, that holds the Cayce recording. Carol hopes to be able to have a voice print made of the messages she and I have received about Cayce and also the tape

Hildy sent, so a comparison can be made. retired psychologist, devotes all of his time now to collecting evidence of survival after death. In January he sent me clippings of several interviews he has given to N.Y. papers about his interest. He holds classes in his home for people interested in survival. Jeff King, a new member from New Zealand, sent me a tape recently. He taped for months without many results but has discovered that by using an electret mike with running water as a sound source, the voices are coming through better. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote that she also has Edgar Cayce on her tapes. He usually speaks when she requests healing for people. Recently he told her, "'Ihis is Cayce from the vivacious seventh. 11 Clara wonders if this means Cayce has moved to the Tina level of the spirit world. seventh Laurent, Wales, called and said that London TV has interviewed her . they will devote an eight minute spot to her work Jean Lodge, in the field of voice phenomena. N. Y. , wrote that she is sometimes surprised how much those in other dimensions know about the physical plane. what goes on here in to tape, Several months ago, she sat down while wearing a red hat--something she has never done before. The message came through: '"Ihis is Alvin. I love you. I love your hat. 11 Jean said that Alvin was her boyfriend when she was a young girl and had

died four years that she and ago. Valerie Tjaden, wrote Victor De Vincenzo and his wife Geri , two to have another other N. J. members , hope interested N.J. taping session for members. that her mother, Irene Maletsky, is having good. results taping while she is working in the kitchen. She , like Jeff King, uses running water as her background sound source . Greta Van De Carr, a new member is a Senior at Cornell University majoring in communications. She is taking a year off from college to work on her Senior I t will be about communicating with earthbound spirits. During the year she will travel to famous haunts in the U.S. that have strong paranormal activity. Greta hopes to tape many voices during her travels. Bill Weisensale, CA, included a letter with his renewal. He wrote that he is still working on the electronics of Trans reception, and is convinced it can be done. soon Valerie said from N. Y., thesis. 3. 8-f ~n:-. Ihlavre, w. G:nra".ff after his locture niro:ssirg ro,p::s:ite tc{E with D:". s:rl«:w;ki at S3h.Jrd:ly aftenmt w.xk<:h:p PSI Party: Oiarles &· Smti ~ , kn Sni.sko, arl ~ mflnal ~ m SJrlay norni.rg Wi.mie :Eet:ers SWITZERLAND ADVEN'IURE The church houses The days we spent Our nine day trip to Switzerland exceeded in every expectation. beautiful Lucerne were all too short. On Tuesday, our limousine and Swiss driver drove us to the famous Benedictine church dating back to 946, located in Einsiedeln, over an

hour away. the Black Madonna, to which many miraculous cures have been attributed. During the drive, we saw the lovely Swiss countryside with picturesque homes, and each of us agreed that the picture postcard reputation the country has is well deserved. Wednesday, we took a train to the there, a cog foot of Mt . Poli tus and from railroad took us the high mountain . Surrounded by snow and ice, our view was breathtaking and unobstructed as we the rolling hills and could see for miles valleys with homes and villages below. top of the to Thursday was the beginning part of our Swiss adventure. driver picked us up early directly to our excellent 4 Basel . The Hotel Europe, of the second Our car and took us and Star hotel in located almost across the street from the conference center, We couldn't have been more convenient. quickly made ourselves at home and then went over to the Center to complete registration. Everything was handled quickly and smoothly and we were soon ready to start enjoying four wonderful conference days. There is not room to begin to give you a full report about how outstanding it was. Leaders in the field of electronic trans communication lectured and taught workshops. 'Ihe main language was German but headphones were provided with simultaneous translation into French, English, and German. Our AA-EVP members played an important, active part in planning the conference and in presenting lectures and workshops. Dr. Ernst Senkowski, West Germany,

was a member of the Scientific committee and Program staff. He also gave a major lecture the first afternoon, acted as moderator on panel discussions, and together we presented a workshop on Saturday afternoon when I played a composite tape of voices sent to me. Dr. Vladimir Delavre lectured about 4. We wish Tom well with Metascience and our very best wishes , along with high personal regards, are extended to George and his wife, Jeannette. Metascience has always been an organization that was interested in exploring further the mind, body, and spirit of man and his relation to this world and worlds beyond. COMMUNICATIONS PROM/ABOUT EDGAR CAYCE? Edgar Cayce is known by everyone who has any interest in the world of PSI as one of the greatest psychics who ever lived. A.R.E. ( Association for Research and Enlightenment) of Virginia Beach, VA, has continued trying to further his aims by holding a number of seminars and workshops each year. The many 'readings' he received while in a sleeping trance are preserved in a large library on the Association and are the grounds of available to all interested persons. Some years ago, I felt I had taped contact about Cayce when a Class A male voice said, "You take care of Ed9ar Cayce." I believed the message meant that Cayce had come to my taping session and someone was being told to help him (perhaps) find a seat. Later, when I asked about this message, two more Class A male

voices ,spoke. The first said, "Clarify that," followed a moment later with, "'lhat' s the my man. Disciple." looked upon himself as a second speaker (Pages 98 & 100 Voices). disciple of Cayce. inferred that I In the last three months, several letters from Carol Barron, MA and tapes have come State Coordinator. Apparently, she also has been the recipient of taped contacts about and possibly from Cayce himself. Some of the Edgar Cayce." "I hear you. messages are: "We'd love to work with you. I can develop." "Carol, we are crossing the line." Since I didn't want to influence her, I made no comment except to say I felt the messages were excellent Class A and sent the Cayce messages I had recorded to her. To me, carol 's message, "Carol, we are crossing the line," was very close in tonal quality to, "'lhat 's my man. Disciple." When Carol wrote back, it was clear that she felt as I did whEin she remarked that she found a striking similarity in the unusual high pitched voice of the two messages. She played them side by side and feels they are "too similar to dismiss." Carol wondered if I knew whether any . tapes existed of Edgar Cayce's actual voice. I suggested she contact Hildy Becker, VA AA-EVP member , who works as a volunteer in the A. R. E. library. Carol did, and Hildy said there is a brief, faint message of Cayce's voice when he was alive, placed

in the library. Carol has mailed a copy of her tape to Hildy for further comparison. Hildy will also send Carol a Lynn Cayce' s voice, since he supposedly sounded very much like his father, Edgar. tape of Hugh WXEMBOURG REPORT In a letter received from Maggie Harsch Fischbach , President of the C. E.T. L. , she wrote: "I totally agree with your thoughts in "FROM MY VIEWPOINI'." Having had similar experiences, I often think mankind stays to be like babies but in the wrong way. To explain (transcommunication) to them reminds me of in kindergarten." (Maggie teaches Kindergarten aged children). teaching colors As translation of Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member,continues the his much appreciated In one issue excellent C.E.T.L. newsletter. Maggie wrote, "To be able to advise us, non human entities adapt themselves to our life form and occasionally accept incarnation to The same is true of those live among us. higher beings who have again incarnated on they adopt a human body, only earth. part of their total self has incarnated. They become subject to all the limitations and the human body• i.e. weaknesses of sicknesses. They ar~ disti~guished by their inner strength, wisdom and strong will, but sometimes they also exhibit sensibility, These beings sensi ti vi ty and obstinacy. stand out from an idle apathetic mass of people, they are sometimes misunderstood and usually go about doing good. If they have not withdrawn from others they usually try to get people together to make them

happy and create harmony by the strength of their abilities and talents. They accept humanity where others suppress it. The love of higher beings for man distinguishes their thinking and behavior. The other side tells us there are many beings with many forms of life. Each is important in their own way." "Thue i-5 a land o 6 :the living and land ofi :the dead, and :the 6/(_idge be:tween :them i-5 love." Thol[n:ton. Wilde,I[ 3. 8- 3 OBSESSION/POSSESSION I ended the Luxembourg Report in the Summer Newsletter, quoting a message Maggie Harsch-Fischbach had received from the other side with: "Man can open him/herself to positive as well as negative power. Dealing with the supernatural can therefore help one person while it may do damage to the other one." When I began taping in octol:ler 1976, I the possibility of obsession, dismissed feeling I would never l:lecome obsessed with anything. Possession was also shrugged away with a rather blasJ attitude. I felt no one 'opened' would become possessed unless he himself to this. Just what it might take to open oneself was somewhat vague in my mind, but I was sure I didn't have it and it would never happen to me. Fortunately, my eager but light hearted approach and superficial faith that I'd be protected by someone if something out there was waiting to jump in and possess me, was well founded. I've never had a problem with possession or obsession. My personal life is far too busy to become

obsessed. Possession? I was so skeptical of the taped phenomena when I began taping, I didn' t even believe I was the first few months they spoke. If something it would have had difficulty wanted me, finding a toe-hold, let alone a foot-hold. taping voices from (anywhere) Now, I can tapers. thirteen years later, look back over the years with perspective and a great deal of thankfulness. I was protected, for various reasons, which I won't go into. During those years , I have known or heard Over ninety about hundreds of percent have had no problems, but there are some that have. I have always been concerned for those that find themselves in difficulty because of taping. This concern is expressed on pages 194-196 of Voices, where I go into the matter of possession and obsession. I cannot stress too strongly that there are some people who should never become involved with any area of the paranormal--as I wrote, "it is similar to a child playing with dynamite." to frighten people who are thinking about l:leginning to tape, or are in their early weeks or months of attempting to establish contact. Working in the field can bring some of the most rewarding, enriching experiences It would be amiss of me, of your life. however, not to caution you about the darker side of PSI. Experienced tapers will tell you not that comes through. You have your liars on the other side, as you have here. The more they realize

they are getting you upset, they will continue. Human nature being what it is, we may imagine certain messages are there, when in fact, there is nothing. The important thing though is, if a person believes a message is on tape, he will respond to it for l:letter or worse. to relieve everything the more thinks he If anyone at anytime in contact with low level entities, leave your in control at all tape recorder. to tape. times. Anyone can sit down It takes much more inner strength to pull the plug and walk away. Remain is HELP FOR YOU in the Spiritual World." Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, is very active in his local Presbyterian church. two occasions he has been invited to Upon their adult education give a course at the church on the psychic. Each course had nine one-hour sessions and were well attended. He entitled the course,"Adventures Basically, he in "Did miracles stop answered two questions: with the Bible 7" "Is there modern ( No ) ! evidence for the survival of spirit after (Emphatically, yes)! Monty :bodily death?" said he still has all of the material and could send it to anyone who is invited to give similar he didn't talks. Althouah request it, I am sure you will want to send Monty a large,self-addressed stamped envelope (l:letter put $.65 on it) and $2 to help cover xeroxing expenses, if you want a copy of the material. His address: 5337 S.W. 34th Place, Portland 97201.

HEALING IN RUSSIA Obviously, no one starts taping,automatic the OUija board, writing, or playing with thinking he will become possessed or obsessed. But it can happen. As I wrote on page 196 of Voices, "The difficulty is in ascertaining who is susceptible, which is an I am not trying uncertain venture at best." A letter came recently from new Canadian Howard members , Howard and Carolyn Reed. wrote that they had just returned from a group tour to Russia that included stops at Moscow, Leningrad, and Kiev. Howard said that Russia is very open to metaphysical ideas but. uses non-spiritual terms such as bioplasm. A 4. 'IRANSI'ITONS A VISIT TO ITALY In the last three months members have moved from life to life. two of our "I will miss him. 'Ihe first, Louis Lomba from Massachusetts joined our group in 1987. A letter came from' Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, saying his death was sudden and unexpected. She He was forever wrote: sending me BLANK TAPES to tape· on, and all the recent magazines he had read such as FATE. (He also sent) funny little notes with really his special brand of humor. encouraged me in my EVP work. Wednesday, the day after his death, another magazine and note came from him. It was strange to get that, knowing he had died the night before." He We wish you well Louis and know that will find great joy in your new life there will be additional opportunities you in your

desire to help others. you and for 'Ihe second member to make a transition was a dear personal friend, Marjorie McKee. A letter came from her husband Dan, Illinois State Coordinator, in June, saying Marjorie had moved to her new life the end of May after a long period of failing health. Dan and Marjorie were charter members of AA-EVP and strongly supportive of all of our activities. I met both of them for the first time at our first national conference in Baltimore in 1983. At the conclusion of the conference along with Harold and Martha Sherman, came to our home for dinner and the evening. they, She was vitally Many of you will remember Marjorie from that conference as well as the two following ones. in objective communication with other worlds, and in spite of physical problems , she was always cheerful, warmly greeting everyone who stopped by to speak. interested appointment at Several years ago, Dan and Marjorie stayed with us for three days while waiting for her Johns Hopkins hospital. During that time, it became even clearer to me that she never doubted for a moment that we survived death and would move on to another life in a world that awaited our coming. In spite of being completely blind the last few years of her life, she lived life fully. Now that she has gone home to the world, just a step away, I am confident (as she was) that she can see and fully

enjoy all the beauty that surrounds her. From May 26 until May 29, my husband and I were guests of the Centro Milanese Metafonia in Milan, Italy. 'Ihis excellent group is under the direction of Virginia Orsi and her The capable assistant Saria Buioni. international conference was housed in a beautiful hotel-conference center about an hour"s drive from Milan. Everything possible was done to make us feel welcome. To ensure we received full benefit from the outstanding speakers , my husband I were given headphones and each talk was translated into English as it was being given. My own talk was immediately translated into Italian over the wall speakers as I went along. At the conclusion of the session, many of those in attendance came up, hugged me, in Italian or halting English as best they could. One person wrote a beautiful letter to me in Italian (which I later had translated) saying how much my talk, which focused on my book, had meant to her. Another person gave me a picture of his "Master" which cannot be It is sitting on my windowsill reproduced. as a reminder of the love I felt in Milan. spoke and During my stay, the TV station of Milan came and interviewed me for a special program they were showing the following week about the conference. Saria stood beside me and translated the questions of the producer into into Italian. English and my answers back It was a large conference with over 400 registrants.

our friends, Ernst Senkowski and Martin Wenzel, were there and gave talks. two Martin had spent several days with us weeks earlier in Severna Park, and it was good to see him as well as Ernst again. to Following the conference, my husband and I went to Rome for four days. We visited many of the well-known historical locations. I did a limited amount of taping and some messages came through. At the Colosseum, there were mixed feelings: desperation, fear, happy excitement and some guilt. This was no doubt the emotional differences existing due between the spectators and those they had come to watch. Two messages came through, one Class A, "We love you. 11 Sitting quietly in the Sanctuary at St. Peter's Church, I had just explained that I was holding a tape recorder in my hand and could record their words if they wished to speak. A clear voice I can hear without headphones says "Recorder" followed a moment later with "We like you, 11 in a Class A voice. At the catacomb of St. Domitilla there were also mixed feelings. 'Ihere was some fear, but it was largely one 3_g .. z. different. himself, suffered no connection with ,unexpectedly, even violently. It is true that some, such as Carter their ill effect tomb, while others died from the in his work at The Earl of Carnarvon, who financed and collaborated with Carter the tomb, was bitten on the face by a mosquito as he emerged from the

tomb. This was unusual because the Valley is mosquito-free due to a lack of water. infected; Carnarvon developed pneumonia and in less than that ten days, was dead. before Carnarvon went to Egypt the last time, two psychics strongly recommended he not go and that his if he persisted with his work on the tomb. The bite became I ife would be interesting in danger It is In by the third chapter the mathematical Gordon Thistlewaite, Thistlewaite wrote about the late genius of Adrian Dobbs. Cambridge u111versity. Dobb's theory may help explain why some people have a psychic or mediumistic experience and others don't. Dobbs saw a transfer of psychic energy in sub-atomic particles he named pistrons. Quoting from the chapter, he wrote, "Such a particle carries a to a critically poised "bit" of neuron the is set up; neuron to fire. other neurons become involved and the subject perceives. the interaction is that the first neuron be critically poised when the psitron hits." receptive subject, causing A chain reaction information condition in a only The for psitrons The author postulates that the maliciously tomb of saturating receptive through charged Tutankamen fired poised neurons nervous systems and passed harmlessly others. the in Nearly three years after Carnarvon's death, and Tutankamen's mummy was examined by pathologists. They found a wound on like the mosquito bite that had caused Carnarvon 's death. the cheek, exactly unwrapped JOURNEY TO EGYPT F rem March 5 to the 19th, I visited Egypt for the third

time. As always, Egypt has a to special charm enchant. Winnie Peters, AA-EVP member from Annapolis, went with me and also discovered that Egypt has its own unique charm. that never for me fails first The conditions on two this trip were different from my The group was trips. excellent in many ways and I felt fortunate to There were sixty-five of be a part of in a us, which was far too large to do much the metaphysical sense. to people who were only This was looking fine for a for trip it. the metaphysical aspect; that fabled land. There were some, however, who expressed to me near the end of the trip that they wished we could have focused more that we could on have shared metaphysical experiences of the pa ,t and those that were occurring during our Several of our group members had trip. lived, memories of past lives where they had in Egypt. in some cases died violently, and They unfolding these memories and I, along with one or two others, did what we could. help with needed Our group leaders, Larry and Sandy, were conscientious and well organized. Everyone felt we had received from the trip what had been promised. The two Egyptian guides that went with us everywhere were also conscientious, thoroughly nice men, who were eager to share with us their wealth of knowledge of Egyptian history. The peaceful days and nights traveling on ship, were especially welcomed. There was a good

mix of activities; days of high activity followed those who wished with a day or two when could relax. large, modern Nile our it. the door. Getting up, There were unexpected, somewhat amusing incidents such as took place the that which second night at our hotel, the Mena House, in I was awakened at 1 :30 A.M. by a Cairo. I saw a noise at message had been slipped under It was a Fax-gram, and my first thought was that it was for Winnie or me and concerned someone in our family back home. My concern turned to astonishment when I saw it came from one of the chief residents of Buckingham Palace. No, she hadn't written to Winnie or me, but the Mena to The House. it)! the I next morning when manager and said this had come to our room by mistake, I thought he would have apoplexy. His grasp of English deserted him completely. two other people staying at (The devil made me read handed to it Yes, a time and quiet, Did I tape any voices? few, but because of the size of the group, and the lack of opportunity to get off by myself for the necessary it was difficult. One of the first messages I taped was when I held my portable the Tourists outside wall of the Great Pyramid. are not permitted repairs I told the invisibles that are going on. When I had returned to a place loved, a clear voice said,

"I'm very glad you're here." inside because of recorder against tape I "Ab m:m ha.6 uncoveJr.ed t:he la6:t. Veil.." kt t:he ba6e. 06 .th£. Mo;b.i.e. 06 I~ -in Egypt. 4. to speak, of quiet joy, of expectation. Leaving the group, I went into a small room where there were candles and a cross. the three messages came invisibles through within small battery operated tape recorder. a male voice, said clearly, "We will watch her." This was immediately followed by a Class A female voice that gave two messages: "With her." "I go with her." two counters on my The first Inviting our trip to Italy exceeded all of Thanks to Virginia Ursi expectations. her group for making it possible. our and AN INI'ERESTING LE'ITER FROM ENGLAND Gilbert Bonner, an EVP taper of many years, and I have exchanged many letters. In his most recent letter he wrote: "I have had a request from a major university in the UK for tapes of my voices and other data they wish to study ... I know they checked me out with the American Parapsychologist Dr. Braud." Gilbert also commented about John ~eel 's book, Visitors From Space published in_ the 1970's. He wrote, "Some interesting points emerge that could be related to the EVP phenomenon. For example, quoting Keel "I have pointed out the entities obsessio~ with time.. Their behavior as described by their various witnesses problems in adjusting such as THEIR RAPID FIRE UNINTELLIGIBLE LANGUAGE noted by witnesses all over the

world as sounding like a speeded up record on '.'1 pho_nograph. (This) could be caused by their failure to adjust to our time cycle ... (pg. 1 73 V. F. S.) Gilbert wrote that over the past ten years he has had at least three sightings of UFO' s but has no theories and is careful in his approach to the literature of the subject. He feels, however, that we can no longer believe that we are either the center of the cosmos or its only life forms. time frame suggests further to our AN IDEA POR YOU? Carol Barron wrote that she had bought extra copies of my book. She keeps several for lending and gave them to ministers she know-? who she felt would welcome books of this nature. She requested they put them in their church libraries when they completed reading them. In this way, members of their congregations can receive comfort and help by reading Voices at special times of need. Every so often, Carol places information sheets about in metaphysical books at nearby libraries. It is hoped that some of the recipients will go on to contact us and find out more about the Association. the AA-EVP LUXEMl:lOURG REPORT a the Many translated from around thanks again to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, who recent newsletter published by Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach of Luxembourg. Quoting from the editorial, Maggie, President of the C.E.T.L. wrote: "A worldwide ORGANIZATION FOR TRANSCOMMUNICATION is in the making. It will

research to coordinate be necessary groups of all participating countries in the questions and order to do justice to demands of people the world. family members and Contacts between dead their relative~ on this side need only few "energies." are being supported by the harmony and affection of people who love each other across time and in dimensions . p~lic and want experiments large circles of people, we will not only be dependent on the help of higher powers but especially on the harmonious cooperation of all p~rticipants. At present it is our duty to first prepare the broadening of T.C. This foundation will consist of a group of researchers who agree i~ mind and in their goals and are ready to live according to spirit guidelines." to spread T. C. If we want foundation contacts These among for a their main Maggie, quoting Technician teacher from the other side, wrote: "You may not like it, reincarnation exists. There are parallel worlds! Mankind evolves in a forever moving wheel of life. Reincarnation means progression forward not backwards. Animals too, are subject to the cycle of incarnation. A human body does not reincarnate in an animal body. There is a purpose for sickness and infirmity. Do not judge the fate of other Those individuals have selected a people. their incarnation." life of suffering for removed and different Maggie wrote that they have learned .that life forms such as higher, non-human beings are far from us. According to Technician, some of them

are not aware of us and yet all living beings on earth are connected with them; no matter how many different forms of life exist in the cosmos, they are all part of a whole. Man can to positive as well as open him/herself negative power. Dealing with the supernatural can therefore help one person while it may do damage to the other one. 'IHIS AND 'IHAT "Izvestia," government's the finally decided after official newspaper, alm I death I of Mrs. ost ten years 1 Yu i ya Vorobyeva 's in the Ukraine was news that the Soviet 4. TRANSITIONS A VISIT TO ITALY ln the last three months members have moved from life to life. two of our I "I will miss him. 'Ihe first, Louis Lomba from Massachusetts joined our group in 1987. A letter came from Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, saying his death was sudden and unexpected. She He was forever wrote: sending me BLANK TAPES to tape· on, and all the recent magazines he had read such as FATE. (He also sent) funny little notes with really his special brand of humor. encouraged me in my EVP work. Wednesday, the day after his death, another magazine and note came from him. It was strange to get that, knowing he had died the night before." He We wish you well Louis and know that will find great joy in your new life there will be additional opportunities you in your desire to help others. you and

for 'Ihe second member to make a transition was a dear personal friend, Marjorie McKee. A letter came from her husband Dan, Illinois State Coordinator, in June, saying Marjorie had moved to her new life the end of May after a long period of failing health. Dan and Marjorie were charter members of AA-EVP and strongly supportive of all of our activities. I met both of them for the first time at our first national conference in Baltimore in 1983. At the conclusion of the conference along with Harold and Martha Sherman, came to our home for dinner and the evening. they, She was vitally Many of you will remember Marjorie from that conference as well as the two following ones. in objective communication with other worlds, and in spite of physical problems, she was always cheerful, warmly greeting everyone who stopped by to speak. interested appointment Several years ago, Dan and Marjorie stayed with us for three days while waiting for her Johns Hopkins hospital. During that time, it became even clearer to me that she never doubted for a moment that we survived death and would move on to another life in a world that awaited our coming. at In spite of being completely blind the last few years of her life, she lived life fully. Now that she has gone home to the world, just a step away, I am confident (as she was) that she can see and fully enjoy all the beauty that surrounds her.

From May 26 until May 29, my husband and I were guests of the Centro Milanese Metafonia in Milan, Italy. 'lhis excellent group is under the direction of Virginia Ursi and her The capable assistant Saria Buioni. international conference was housed in a beautiful hotel-conference center about an hour's drive from Milan. Everything possible was done to make us feel welcome. To ensure we received full benefit from the outstanding speakers , my husband I were given headphones and each talk was translated into English as it was being given. My own talk was immediately translated into Italian over the wall speakers as I went along. At the conclusion of the session, many of those in attendance came up, hugged me, in Italian or halting English as best they could. One person wrote a beautiful letter to me in Italian (which I later had translated) saying how much my talk, which focused on my book, had meant to her. Another person gave me a picture of his "Master" which cannot be reproduced. It is sitting on my windowsill as a reminder of the love I felt in Milan. spoke and During my stay, the TV station of Milan came and interviewed me for a special program they were showing the following week about the conference. Saria stood beside me and translated the questions of the producer into English and my answers back into Italian. It was a large conference with over 400 registrants. Our friends, Ernst Senkowski and Martin Wenzel,

were there and gave talks. two Martin had spent several days with us weeks earlier in Severna Park, and it was good to see him as well as Ernst again. to Following the conference, my husband and I went to Rome for four days. We visited many of the well-known historical locations. I did a limited amount of taping and some messages came through. At the Colosseum, there were desperation, fear, happy mixed feelings: excitement and some guilt. This was no doubt the emotional differences existing due between the spectators and those they had come to watch. Two messages came through, one Class A, "We love you. " Sitting quietly in the Sanctuary at St. Peter's Church, I had just explained that I was holding a tape recorder in my hand and could record their words if they wished to speak. A clear voice I can hear without headphones says "Recorder" followed a moment later with "We like you," in a Class A voice. At the catacomb of St. Domitilla there were also mixed feelings. 'Ihere was some fear, but it was largely one 3. 8r 2 Rosalba Harris-LIBERANT A letter has been from sister of Rosalba Harris, Monsimer, Rosalba made her transition on March 14. had been knew the end was approaching. ill for over a year with cancer received Clara that She and All of us will remember with gratitude, the excellent translations Rosalba did from the Italian EVP newsletter, Metafonia, published in Milan. by Virginia Ursi, AA-E:VP

member for us trip that fondness lifted all I had a special for Rosalba from our second to Egypt when she was a member of our group. She had a dry sense of humor of our spirits and everyone tried to help P:osalba find an Egyptian home. cat that Unfortunat'"'"' laws, this plan fell through. At one point, we went around the group and told about something for which we were especially grateful. Rosalba said she was grateful for having the AA-EVP come into her life. the quarantine so wanted l--ieca11se of take she to interested To the end, she remained in all we did. She would call, now and then, and the I last time she called was just a week before left for Egypt. A lthoug1h Rosalba 's membership renewal was not yet clue, she was concerned it, about this and said her husband would mail I which he did. would not hear her voice again. I knew as we talked that Mrs. Monsimer wrote that Rosalba never reminded stopped worrying about others. her husband not to forget to give her sister a birthday gift. At 3:30 A.M. on March 14, she time has come, don't told that, Rosalba's worry, all spirit returned home to the Spirit world. the nurse, is well." "The With She Joy to you Rosalba. We know all is well! N.D .. E. All of us have read about N.D.E.'s, (Near Death Experiences). Paul Seaman, one of our following new members describes his segment.

the in MY NEAR DEA TH EXPERIENCE Paul Seaman, Hawaii in On a hot, sunny, hum id Hawaiian day 1978, I went for a 30-m inute jog at a park in Honolulu. The temperature was ninety-one and I jogged without a hat. As I finished my run, breathless, several men along the beach looked at me strangely. 3. wobbled the to my Volkswagen, peered rearview mirror, and saw a face as white as a raced. I was chilled and my heart sheet. into That evening I woke at 2 am. I was weak and faint. My pulse had climbed to 150; the beat was wildly erratic. I felt an overwhelming sense of dread, of finality. "Damn, I'm going to die," I thought to myself. found myself passed out and rocketing through a long, dark tunnel. I shot through the end and floated into a A sparkling felt a profound sense of peace. cloud of light appeared. "You have died," a calm, emotionless voice told me telepathically. "You will pass to another existence." limitless black void. "I'm not ready to go," I replied. I have so much to do!" back? "Can I go can "You shimmering, back," luminous cloud of light said after a moment, "this one time." the go I Again found myself hurtling through the I cavernous, black awoke in my bed. My clock's luminous hands pointed to 2:45 am. I was lying in a pool of sweat. My heartbeat was normal. I fell asleep. A moment tunnel. later

In the morning my doctor said I'd had a I was lucky I classic dose of heat prostration. hadn't died as one runner already had. PSITRONS What causes some people to be especially sensitive to psychic experiences? Why does one person an apparently haunted place see apparitions, hear ghostly talk and footsteps, while others in the same location never see or hear a thing? living, or briefly, visiting in Three weeks before I left for Egypt, Martin interesting book, Mysterious Ebon sent me his Pyramid Power, edited by him and publish~ed by Signet in 1976. When I wrote to thank him, I said his gift was "apropos ... a possible case of leaving for Egypt since syncronicity?" on March 5, which he hadn't known. I was Most of us are familiar with the curse of Tutankhamen which was on an alabaster vase taken from his tomb that said, "Death shall come on swift wings to him that toucheth the tomb of the Pharaoh." Howard Carter had tried for sixteen years to discover the tomb the Valley of the Kings. Finally, in November 1922, with only for excavation, Carter made one more try and found the buried stairway leading to the tomb. tomb Most archeologists seem little difficulty, but the situation curses with resulting far g-/ from Tutakamen's the permit tomb was to escape four days left on in different. himself, suffered no connection with ,unexpectedly, even violently. It is true that some, such as Carter their ill effect tomb, while

others died from the in his work at The Earl of Carnarvon, who financed and collaborated with Carter the tomb, was bitten on the face by a mosquito as he emerged from the tomb. This was unusual because the Valley is mosquito-free due to a lack of water. infected; Carnarvon developed pneumonia and in less than that ten days, was dead. before Carnarvon went to Egypt the last time, two psychics strongly recommended he not go and if he persisted with his work on the tomb. The bite became I ife would be interesting in danger that his It is In by the third chapter the mathematical Gordon Thistlewaite, Thistlewaite wrote about the late genius of Adrian Dnbbs. Cambridge u111versity. Dobb's theory may help explain why some people have a psychic or mediumistic experience and others don't. Dobbs saw a transfer of psychic energy in sub-atomic particles he named pistrons. Quoting from the chapter, he wrote, "Such a particle carries a to a critically poised "bit" of neuron the is set up; neuron to fire. other neurons become involved and the subject perceives. the interaction is that the first neuron be critically poised when the psitron hits." receptive subject, causing A chain reaction information condition in a only The for psitrons The author postulates that the maliciously of saturating receptive through charged Tutankamen fired poised neurons nervous systems and passed harmlessly others. tomb the in Nearly three years after Carnarvon's death, and Tutankamen's mummy was examined by pathologists. They found

a wound on like the mosquito bite that had caused Carnarvon's death. the cheek, exactly unwrapped JOURNEY TO EGYPT From March 5 to the 19th, I visited Egypt for the third time. As always, Egypt has a to special charm enchant. Winnie Peters, AA-EVP member from Annapolis, went with me and also discovered that Egypt has its own unique charm. that never for me fails first The conditions on two this trip were different from my The group was trips. excellent in many ways and I felt fortunate to There were sixty-five of be a part of in a us, which was far too large to do much the metaphysical sense. to people who were only This was looking fine for a for trip it. the metaphysical aspect; that fabled land. There were some, however, who expressed to me near the end of the trip that they wished we could have focused more that we could on have shared metaphysical experiences of the pa .t and those that were occurring during our Several of our group members had trip. lived, memories of past in Egypt. and They unfolding memories and I, along with one or two others, did what we could. in some cases died violently, these lives where they had help with needed Our group leaders, Larry and Sandy, were conscientious and well organized. Everyone felt we had received from the trip what had been promised. The two Egyptian guides that went with us everywhere were also conscientious, thoroughly

nice men, who were eager to share with us their wealth of knowledge of Egyptian history. The peaceful days and nights traveling on ship, were especially welcomed. There was a good mix of activities; days of high activity followed those who wished with a day or two when could relax. large, modern Nile our it. the door. Getting up, There were unexpected, somewhat amusing incidents such as took place the that which second night at our hotel, the Mena House, in I was awakened at 1 :30 A.M. by a Cairo. I saw a noise at message had been slipped under It was a Fax-gram, and my first thought was that it was for Winnie or me and concerned someone in our family back home. My concern turned to astonishment when I saw it came from one of the chief residents of Buckingham Palace. No, she hadn't written to Winnie or me, but the Mena to The House. it)! the I next morning when manager and said this had come to our room by mistake, I thought he would have apoplexy. His grasp of English deserted him completely. two other people staying at (The devil made me read handed to it Yes, a time and quiet, Did I tape any voices? few, but because of the size of the group, and the lack of opportunity to get off by myself for the necessary it was difficult. One of the first messages I taped was when I held my portable the

Tourists outside wall of the Great Pyramid. are not permitted repairs that are going on. When I told the invisibles I had returned to a place loved, a clear voice said, "I'm very glad you're here." inside because of recorder against tape I "No ,mn ha6 UY/liJVell.ed tiie. £.al.it Veil_. II Ai:. & ba.6e. 06 t:he. Ma:tu.e. 06 1~ .in Egypt. 4. TELEVISION PICTURE PHENOMENA LUISE FUCHS GUEST ARTICLE CONTRIBUTORS taped their special Several months ago, I decided it would be a idea to ask certain AA-EVP members to good I in e of write an article along Since Carol Barron, MA State expertise. Coordinator, has successfully in many historical locations throughout the New England states, I asked if she would write about this. She gracious! y agreed and I know all of us interesting appreciate her efforts and is our first article she sent. guest contributor, we hope she won't be the I have approached several other members last. about writing articles for us, so look for them in the future. the A It hough Carol TAPING AT HISTORICAL LOCATIONS by CAROL BARRON Nothing is more discouraging taper than to sit, day after day at a recorder, and get few, if any, responses. EVP requires the utmost patience and even the most experienced they are tapers can become discouraged when having a slow period with few taped messages. for a In our Winter 198B newsletter, we showed some pictures that Luise Fuchs,West German AA-EVP member, had sent that had

been received through her TV from the other side. fascinating. Many Recently, Luise sent more video pictures and I they are even clearer than her first group. think you will agree found them that you of VTF JOURNAL REVIEW We are grateful to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, recent the German VTF organization journal of based in Dusseldorf, West Germany under the leadership of Fidelio f< oberle. translating a for in Mrs. Eva Busse, like most of us who are seriously taping, has tried all kinds of sound sources in the hope of finding something to help the voices come through. She feels that musical instruments capable of resonating to other sounds are desirable they produce more natural sounds than the use of mechanically or electrically generated sounds. included the As a result, her attempts have use of a tambourine, a guitar, and a heavy iron on the right pedal of her piano to allow the piano strings to rnsonate freely. In spite of all of her efforts, Mrs. Busse writes that she keeps radio method because the voice passages are longer, due to the stronger energy carrier. returning that the to the Time to "hit road!" With a I use my tried and little imagination and a minimum of equipment, you can try your hand at field-taping. First, you will need a portable, battery-operated, cassette recorder. true standard size, but many people prefer the pocket variety. The advantages to the latter being obvious; it is more compact and less

conspicuous. A small, battery-operated radio to be used as a sound source is helpful; preferably one with an ai rband if possible. My method is to tape without any sound source, and of the time, with one. for a short while remainder the Perhaps Now, where to tape? there are historical buildings in your city or town; old houses, museums, churches, ships, etc. Anything old can yield some surprising communication. In some cases, to ask permission first. Also, it is best to tape at a fewest distractions. ti me when it may be necessary there will be such If you are not so fortunate as to have any of the above sites nearby, don't neglect other locations where outdoor as sites, like battlefields, important events took place, caves, cemeteries, etc. Or, record as you commune with nature, at the ocean, mountains or parks. Going on a trip? Don't forget to that bring along your recorder. field-taping of interest in recording at home, and revive your the monotony You'll break find can 3. 1-"I- EVP. Happy Hunting! Carol also enclosed following along with her article, to show two experiences she had while taping out in the field. the "In regard to taping where there might be "psychic impressions," or voices from long ago: is One of the places where Tina taped was road where The located by Gallows Wood where There there between the Welsh hero, Owen Tina taped many "Help: ,me" two voices mimicked her. Stalling Down, an old Roman

stagecoaches stopped 100 yea.rs a.go. road thieves and murderers were hung. was also a bloody battle Henry Glyndwr. messages, and IV and in." "While taping with a friend on the grounds in of one of the mansions on Ocean Drive, received a male voice Newport, R.1., we saying, This was come "Please do followed by another voice saying, "Invite them in for tea!" Because of the formality of the it invitation, brought to mind the elegance and grandeur of the days of the Newport mansions. I felt very strongly that the voice was a part of that era; in. Or perhaps that of a servant inviting us could it be that we were only eavesdropping, and for visitors the of long ago? instead, was the male invitation, especially voice, Later, the architect of in At the National Museum of Wales, Cardiff, Tina wrote that there had been a great deal of ghost and poltergesit activity. Mr. Dunbar Smith, the in the museum, had his casket bricked up just center wing. outside- the men's lavatory, and Tina feels this could h·ave been an affront to his this move by dignity. telephones work making the elevators and when no one is around but one warden. Two messages Tina taped at the museum were: instructions" and, "I got killed here." it was moved "Please, poor is protesting He reverse side of tape in. this summer at locations have yielded voices "Some old to be associated with the that do not seem the case

while Such was area I taping the ancient site of "Mystery Hill" in New Hampshire, also known I received many as "American's Stonehenge." voices on tape. the the Perhaps the success is due to the "energy" at The most significant message such a place. on that tape was a voice saying, "Her Callie's always with Anthony." followed by, "And out of their pores she has it"). Knowing the name of Clara Laughlin's that Callie I "guide," that to message if Anthony meant and anything to her. Clara said that on October "My 9th, she had channel loves you. Tony." is contacted to this message: received (This is relay her see "A !though had in August, I message until November. We interesting cross-check the taped "Anthony" did not notify Clara found to be an that of our recordings." TAPING AT HISTORICAL LOCATIONS WALES Tina Laurent, Welsh AA-EVP member, has also made many recordings at historical places In September 1984, she and a in Wales. reporter for the South Wales Echo newspaper did a week long series about ghosts for the paper. Two hundred letters were received as a result. There there. Tina spent midnight to six A.M. at the 1,000 year old Cardiff Castle. is much poltergesit activity, and ghosts have been seen. Members of the Royal Family regularly stay Many historical prisoners were kept there before being sent to the Tower of London. Tina taped voices laughing and singing in the banquet area. in "Peepo," was children's nursery. imperious woman's

voice asked, "What's that? Who's that?" when Tina asked if she could be heard or seen. Two voices said, "It's Bobby, Tina." When Tina commented to the reporter that she felt "tingly" in the children's nursery a child's voice said, "Tingully." taped refined, the A INDIANA STATE COORDINATOR be He for Busse Rensselaer to of request IN. has Richard State accepted my Coordinator is a charter member of AA-EVP having joined in May 1982. We have exchanged many letters over the years and I have always been impressed with his interest and general knowledge of PSI and with the sensitivity and caring he has expressed in his letters. We thank him for his willingness to serve in this capacity. HELP FOR FLORIDA MEMBERS Although we have eight members in FL, with the majority on the cross-country list, 4. that Company, a division of Reed Publishing, our newsletter will be the Bowker International Series Database, which is used to produce Ulrich's Periodicals Directory, found in libraries' reference section. International listed in Look us up when you visit your library! WASHINGTON STATE COORDINATOR After Dennis Taylor of Issaquah, WA read Voices of Eternity, hE! wrote to say how much he had enjoyed it. He asked for information about the AA-EVP and said if WA did not have a State Coordinator, he would be interested in such a role. the I sent few days, Dennis joined. He also became at that time State Coordinator. information and within a Dennis is a Psychical He

teaches a class callt3d: "Life After Death: In The Emerging Communication System." addition, he manages a Spiritual/Metaphysical Book Investigator. Store. We are pleased to have Dennis as a member to in of AA-EVP and appreciate his willingness help the Association and other members WA as Stat~ Coordinator. VOICES ON A BOMBER Clara Laughlin, V1~ State Coordinator sent interesting article about taped voices in a museum located me an from a RAF bomber hanger at Shropshire, England. The recording reveals muffled voices of the crew, engines dronini~, Morse code messages, and so on. Experienced pilots who heard the tape, which was made under strict scientific conditions, have said that the sounds are like those of a Lincoln bomber in flight. The tape recorder was the in empty cockpit and locked within the hanger. Later, when the tape was played back, it sounde1d as if the plane was in flight although it hadn't flown in 30 years. left running the bomber was There have been other unusual phenomena in associated with the bomber which has been When other the museum for eleven years. the nearby aircraft are covered with dust, to have been black bomber often appears polished. reported Several people have also seeing a ghostly airman, dressed in a uniform, inside the hanger. EXPERIMENT IDEA Many psychical investigators feel that voices on tape, spirit photographs, and apparitions are due previous imprints location, or a individuals associated with a to psychic left by specific object such as mentioned. was a strong emotional

that particular place. This the bomber, is often found where feeling attached just there to In my investigations of haunted locations, such as Point Lookout State Park in Southern Maryland, the Westminster church in Baltimore, the Woodrow Wilson House in Washington, and others, messages came through in each place. While some of them might have been psychic imprints, my feeling about most of the voices was that they did not realize they had died. locations. A number of people live near one or more historical to suggest I would you take your portable tape recorder to one or mor,e sites and make one or two short recordings. Play it back after returning home, listening to it carefully while wearing headphones if you have them. like Let me know what you full details such as location, why it is well-known, ti me of taping, if you were alone, and so on. I would like to report your findings in a future newsletter. tape, giving A LETTER FROM ENGLAND A in this I rudimentary letter has come taper. the bit about Maggie from Raymond Cass, Raymond wrote, well-known English "Regarding (Harsch Fischbach) cruising over the FM band until a transmission blots out the normal broadcast ... ! form some experienced found a German station on years ago. Medium Wave, and nearly every night the transmission would be blotted out for about 10 It does seconds and a voice or voices inserted. now seem that many of my early contacts were in the

nature of pilot experiments from the "other side" and that a bad negative period the "transmissions" was simply a is an even were chance are perfecting their technology and we shall have better contacts which will depend more on the the the activity of status of the experimenter." there the Beyond inoperative. that transmitting source . .. I groups think in time when than MEMBERSHIP RENEWALS Starting now, members will receive one notice when their membership is due. It will be sent 4-5 weeks before the end of their due date. In the past, I have sent a second notice to those who had not renewed by the tenth of the month. As a result of increased postage and printing costs, and less ti me on my part, this will stop. remain a member of AA-EVP, renew promptly. A second notice shouldn't be needed. Many thanks to renew early, saving me all who ti me and 7- • 3 3_ money! If you want to SIMULTANEOUS VIDEO/AUDIO TRANSMISSION The above picture was kindly sent to me by Dr. Ernst Senkowski, West German AA-EVP member. The translation of the message from German to English was done by our good friend Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member. and Maggie For the first time, a video picture from the the TV of next dimension was sent Jules of Luxembourg, accompanied by a spoken message. It shows Konstantin Raudive as a young man. Present during the transmission were Jules and Maggie, and Dr. Ralph Determeyer.

Harsch-Fischbach through dear "Good friends, is this evening, Dear Maggie, Konstantin Raudive speaking. I am dear Jules, dear colleague Determeyer, happy to see that you have found your way here to us again. What you are witnessing at this moment is a historical occasion on your side as well as our side. This is the first time that Video and Audio are simultaneously being transmitted and received. (Pause 12 seconds). audible switching the the following evaluation of Hans gave " ... Each segment begins and ends transmission: with a clearly impulse. Reception with a partially defective B/W TV short set and no antenna connection. distortion in the end. Characteristic decrease of speaking time and proportional reduction of spoken syllables, to maintain to point contact." the last segment announced increasing difficulty A Since that first video/audio July 1, 1988, received additional pictures on accompanied by audible messages. the H arsch-Fischbachs reception on have their B/W TV A WORD TO THE WISE The video reception from other dimensions that Luxembourg and some other European tapers are You should know those now having such results only did so after years of successful taping through their tape recorder. rece1v1ng that is very exciting. in every case DISCOVERY INTERCEPTS Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, called about messages he taped during the first few minutes of the Discovery space shuttle flight on September 29. Dan, a Ham radio buff, had his short wave tuned to the frequency used by the Greenbelt, MD Ham radio club. The

club, located near Goddard Space Center, picked up all the conversation going on between Goddard and Houston which were linked together by a direct phone line. At the end, Dan turned his reel to reel tape over to the reverse side and discovered he had many intercepts from unseen entities. We discussed these intercepts and feel the that several current flight as well as the Challenger flight that ended in disaster after launching. Since our talk, Dan has sent me a copy of his tape and it is excellent. Some of the messages are: individuals were discussing "For the benefit of those who still doubt and those who are of good will but were afraid that I did not belong to group TIME-STREAM anymore, 1 decided to transmit a picture of myself showing my present appearance on this side at the banks of the River of Eternity. (Pause 6 seconds). "Dear Colleague Determeyer, happenings such as you are witnessing come about not only through our efforts on this side but also through the willingness and efforts of people on your side. (Pause 7 seconds). "You have worked yourself in an exemplary manner for the unification ... for the purpose of founding a World Organization." End of Transmission 4. "The earth have her frequency." "Look! We used to meter that." "You've seen at this thing before." "Yours I know through thy braveness." "Air Force, you assess of." "We got confused in the firing." "Wasn't that heat in the short?" "Stand by

to evacuate." "Ours will become noticed there--poised there--we got trouble." "Error." "They open to him which actually killed us." "Correct. There's no flight to start beyond this." "So we have almost two days to hear you." "Hello, thetre to make it." "How we different." ~ ~~ y ? > -- - ( ►-,;, t , , , \ _J_ i I ,; I 1j ' - - - - - . ! . ~~------J- ---~'.ii///' 1111 t /11.'.'11-<~; • ''That's strange ... When l asked him if he still had a 111ulf1111ction 11·ith his recci1·er, he didn't w1s11·er. '' "c_opyJUght 7 9 8 8 by Hand&-on FhctJwni£1, rragaw1e. Repiun:ted by pe!()ml,&wn." COMPUTER TALKS FROM THE DEAD Dennis Pollard, IL 1'.\A-EVP member, was to England. He the part of our group that went gave me a clipping the University of Tashkent in researchers at the Soviet Union have successfully intercepted more than a dozen messages from a colleague who has died. that described how ill Dr. Pyater Suslov deiscribed in which research thirteen years they worked with 37 of in a terminally They also specially designed computer code. developed computerized machine which responds to the slightest change in electric fields. subjects, sensitive training highly them a last through, but first because of a The first 36 people who died were unable to get individual was the successful. He told them he had been unable to communicate at faulty research design. He changed his method of through. transmitting signals, and finally broke

The man, who was a physicist while living, continues to send daily messages that describe the and complete." In time, he will stop communicating and is only doing so now because he wants to fear. reassure us that death is nothing afterlife peaceful "joyous, to as AN EASY EXPERIMENT Tina Laurent called after I returned from to tell me about an article she had the Journal of the British Society of England read in Psychic Research. The man, who wished to remain anonymous, in referred writing to the Journal. He had his electronic 11 a business man 11 to himself as calculator on one day while working on some accounts. At the same ti me, a transistor radio was on and tuned to a medium wave band. The All of a the calculator. radio was next to he began report, to sudden, according hearing "space" music coming from the radio. The the music did not originate from earth. individual seemed sure the This experiment, which equipment, might be something our memberS might like to try to requires little that many of replicate. PARALLEL-WORLDS EXPLANATION in be Some experimenters, communication with worlds including myself, seem not to commonly thought of as spirit. fact, some of our comm uni cants state that they are from a world that is parallel to us. I asked Dr. Ernst Senkowski, West German AA-EVP member, and a physicist and electrical engineer to explain parallel worlds to me. His explanatio;, is the clearest one I've heard and

think can I be understood by the average layman. try to In Ernst wrote: "The case of 'parallel-worlds' seems rather complicated ... l would not limit the number of P-worlds to just one. If one uses the Many Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Theory as proposed by Everett is infinite continuously splitting up number of copies more or from our own. If one takes the theory of Heim as a basis then there is again an infinite number of fifth P-worlds (or P-spaces) separated by coordinate or dimension'.' then our world into a nearly less differing the CETL NEWSLETTER REVIEW Many thanks are owed to Hans Heckmann who translated the latest CETL newsletter from German to English. As you know, this excellent is written by Jules and Maggie newsletter, AA-EVP Harsch-Fischbach, members. For anyone who reads German, I can heartily recommend you become a member of this group which entitles you the quarterly newsletter. is on the cross-country list. Unfortunately, lack of space permits only a brief review. Their address Luxembourg receive to forget Maggie wrote, "We should not that involves constant searching transcommunication on both sides of the veil. .. The question of what it is we are trying to accomplish is of utmost importance ... The real task for each of us is our A II continued progression and development. communication groups in both dimensions are faced with the decision to aspire for the path to the I ight ... "We have good an evil continues learned that the

struggle between in other dimensions. 3. 7- 2 immediately put After death man does not away negative attributes. The w ii I to aspire to soul must the virtues is step ... The continue a long path of spiritual development which may lead through several reincarnations ... first in such an institute, therefore she is scientist very advanced in the field of paranormolgy. As you know, she died by an accident during her research work and the spirit world is now occupied to strengthen the contacts with us ... " in and destroy "Experimenters can attract positive as well as negative groups on the other side. Individuals in spirit can contribute greatly to the success token, they of a taping group. By the same can influence communication people negatively. Group experiments are safe only when people are united and pursue one common goal. The few who are distrustful and act communication will unconsciously draw the attention of destructive negative spirit the to entire group ... We are reminded of what Raudive had to say about is not a hobby for people who can't cope with the realities of life." "Transcomm unication themselves and negatively toward forces it: " ... (Our) equipment setup was changed and greatly simplified. We are only using a radio receiver, a small signal generator (from Hans 0. Koenig) and a ultraviolet lamp. When the receiving conditions are particularly good only the radio receiver is used. ESB and GA-1 do not exist anymore. to the BURTON-BRIDGE. (the

new system) as is There is no doubt that the main equipment located with our spirit partners. The other side refers "The other experimenter as a medium being a worlds. in receiver, a mediator dimension describes the the sense of two between ,,The mutual aim, communication partners, organization together is founding in with our a world 1989." ... in Basel, Switzerland PERSONAL LETTER FROM MAGGIE HARSCH-FISCHBACH Recently, Maggie wrote about Swejen Salter who along with TECHNICIAN and Richard Francis Burton, the English explorer who died about 1880, the F ischbachs main contacts from the beyond. is one of the that from said, Quoting letter, she this planet VAR ID "A complication comes when Swejen talks about her life on VARIO. She died in autumn 1987, is a and explains parallel world to our TERRA o.r EARTH. The political development on VARIO seems not to have been the same as that one of TERRA. A Second World War has never existed there and Adolph HITLER was never more than some obscure figure at the scenery of politics who at no moment (was important). Institutes for (transcommunication) are on VARIO and TC are even (supported) by the Government there. a Swejen SALTER, when still alive, was COMMUNICATIONS WITH DECEASED LOVED ONES title waiting When I returned from England, I the above found the for me. booklet with This the project to which so many of you is contributed reports about contacts you have had the deceased as well as unexplainable with psychic

experiences. The reports were compiled by Valerie Tjaden, N.J. AA-EVP member. It makes learned many things about our Association members that were previously unknown to me. interesting reading and I As I wrote to Valerie, those who "(The booklet) is fascinating and fi1Ied with many heart-warming their accounts of transition and continue to be aware and reach out it gives the reader a greater appreciation of our own almost unlimited capabilities going beyond the common everyday expectations and the limitations we tend to place on ourselves ... ,, left behind ... ln addition have made loved ones to in Whether you contributed to the booklet or not, I think you will want to read it. Also, if you have a is having difficulty coming to terms with the death of a loved one, you might want to give the booklet to them as a gift. It could very well help. friend who Valerie is charging exactly what it costs to reproduce and mail the booklet. For those living is $8.49; in the U.S. the cost is $8.22; Canada in U.S. Funds. overseas is $12.27. Deadline for your orders is September 1, when Valerie will have the number of booklets requested. Her address is 27 Ryerson Avenue Oakland, N.J. 07436 Please pay reproduced PARANORMAL VOICE TECHNIQUES In the Spring newsletter, I offered a video booklet describing methods of receiving pictures This booklet of the unseen through your T.V. was prepared by Helger Sauer and Martin Wenzel of Aachen, West Germany and

was translated by Hans Heckmann. twenty members wrote for the booklet. Over Since then, I have received a similar booklet from Sauer, describing ways of taping voices from the beyond. Again, the booklet written in German, was translated for me by Hans. If you this, send me a self would addressed, stamped Number 10 (business size) envelope. The postage required is $.45. like a copy of ''Veath no rroJt.e a CMk.e;t," CTa6-6 A vo.lc.e :taped m .the Onfri.:c.e On rYlj home, .the trOILJW'lg On ·May 2, 7988. 4. A VISIT TO THE WOODROW WILSON HOUSE Several months a110, the Producer of WTTG, Channel 5, Washington, D.C. (Fox Television) the Wilson house. The house, a stately mansion nearly 100 years contacted me about taping in old, is located on Embassy Row in Washington. Although the house has been unlived in for over twenty years, it is opened to the public at certain hours tor tours. Several people work there daily in order to keep the fully furnished home in a fine state of preservation. They have reported many cases of unexplained phenomena. An apparition of a woman is often seen gliding down the stairs; footsteps are heard pacing back and forth; and voices and laughter come from empty rooms. Arrangements werie made and I, to visit the home one and has taped many voices. area of spirit photography. by the producer for Ron and Nancy Stallings, who are close friends evening when all visitors were gone. Nancy is specially mediumistic Her

husband, Ron, is also very mediumistic whose abilities lie in the During the three hours we spent in the Wilson house, in President Wilson's bedroom as I taped several Class A quality voices. I held the tape recorder above the bed They were all receiv,ed where he spent many months, as a result of ill health, and finally died. Near the beginning of the taping a male voice whispered, "I'm here." The same voice added one counter later in Class A quality, "I miss the children." About an hour later, I returned to the bedroom and this time a the bed, said: female tonal voice, in reply to my question as "Just Swaden. Something's trying to pull him." there was anyone on to whether The program was aired a week later to a favorable response. No claim is made that I was in contact with President Wilson or his wife, Edith, who lived in the house until 1961. The house was occupied by others before the Wilsons bought it in the 1920's. MICROPHONE WITH AMPLIFIER Monte Hearon, Oregon State Coordinator, reported that Raymond Bayless, well-known psychical investigator and author, had written to him that he was now using a microphone with a built-in amplifier to tape paranormal voices. the Edmund Raymond said Scientific catalogue, Monte found a similar microphone. results were good. the In than it less I ordered the mike (Model No. X38,042--cost $59.95) from Edmund. final It seems to amplify some of the fainter voices coming I have

been results are using promising. I can determine first if it is a paranormal voice and secondly, what has been said. At the same time, in all, I have found its use it amplifies some of the background white noise of the radio but, all to be a plus. the the radio, so two weeks and to make a judgement, too soon Although through it is Lightweight headphones are to buy an adapter plug, easily found at Radio Shack, in order to plug the mike directly into the tape recorder. For more information and a catalogue, write: Ed. Scientific-101 E. Gloucester Pike-Barrington, N.J. 08007. included with the mike. It is necessary HAROLD SHERMAN'S BOOKS AND PAPERS-UNIVERSITY OF ARKANSAS A letter was received from Martha Sherman, widow of Harold, a few months ago. She wrote that the University of Central Arkansas at Conway had contacted her about Harold's work. They have requested that all of Harold's papers, books, etc. be turned over to them for their Archives! She commented that the collection of materials over the years was "horrendous'' but the University had given her orders not to destroy a thing. Martha said, "They may rue the day. Already they have taken ~ van loads with as many yet to go." Their daughter Marcia went it is a to see beautiful and gracious arrangement. They are just beginning to process Harold's material which will take many months to complete. just what was happening and said to Conway I know that all

of us rejoice at the final disposition of Harold's work. and available for countless numbers of people in the future, so as to the great contribution Harold made to man during his years on the earth-plane. It will be on display they may gain some understanding 3. 7- I COMPUTER CONTACTS-LUXEMBOURG Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach, Luxembourg AA-EVP members, are continuing to have not their recorder, but outstanding communication results with tnrough their tape only excellent personal computer. Some of the entities they are communicating with are deceased people from the earth-plane. At least one, a female named Swejen Salter, is from a parallel universe called 'Varid.' In a recent letter received from Ernst Senkowski, West-German AA-EVP member, he wrote: "Yes, it is very difficult to accept the existence and (maybe) importance of parallel-worlds and to fit this into our own limited world-views. The female communicator Swejen Salter now coming through Luxembourg ... is trying to enlighten us about this subject ... We should not forget that faulty computer 'behavior' has been observed time and again ... " Ernst then mentioned that Boden of West-Germany and Ken Webster of England had similar experiences with in contact with a than 250 printed messages were deceased entity who largely in old English dialect. Webster has written a book about these contacts which should be out by January 1989. In Webster's case, he was apparently the 16th century, and the more their computers. lived in According to messages from Swejen Salter, she died on

Varid during an experiment. Upon in an area where some of our own earth-plane awakening after death, she individuals go. It was there she discovered a transcommunication station and is able to operate it with the knowledge she gained during her lifetime on Varid. Many of these communications are to Ernst, a physicist and electrical engineer, and are highly technical and of a scientific nature. found she was George Meek, Founder of Metascience Foundation, N.C. AA-EVP member, called me shortly after returning from Europe. He said he and Ernst had sat with the Harsch-Fischbachs while information from the beyond was coming through on their compi.;ter print-out. They both found it extremely impressive. The ;:irint-out in German, was kindly translated for me by Hans Heckmann. In his remarks, Hans wrote: "Original print-out was without spacing and in small letters (except for 2 breaks) ... No punctuations were used except slash(/) for End of Sentence." In order to give you some idea of the way the messages look as they appear on the computer, you will see below several lines from the February 6 transmission. . t w ,:, i' t t_,.-:,. f r i -:~ d i q l; es i en i ,: ht / i ,:: h q l au b di e 1- au s g +:- f u n cl t't n z uh a IJt:- n ,..., es h a 1 b / i h r r11 c:1 r n P:• r i ~ t '='

i n ~ an d e r c- r a 1 s cf '-'-" r h i c r i i rn s i e b z e h n t en j ah r h u n d t:· r t Li e- f ass t e n VTF REPORT Hans Heckmann has translated a Journal of the German VTF for me. Most of the Journal was devoted to the various lectures and demonstrations of their annual meeting in Fulda, Germany. In the one lecture, Professor Dr. H orstmar Holtkamp discussed microphone techniques he uses. He said he found there was greater intelligibility to the voices if he used cheaper and older headsets for listening to the voices on tape playback. He felt the reason might be due to their restricted frequency response. Such headphones emphasize the voice range and filter out everything else. The core of Dr. Holtkamp's work deals with his use of piezoelectric loudspeakers as microphones. He connects several loudspeakers together to obtain optimum amplification and has had very good success with this method. In his opening, , F. Koberle, President of the Association, said that since Jurgenson discovered the voices in 1959, "Tape recorders have become smaller, many useful accessories were developed the use such as F. Seidl's Psychophone, special low noise microphone preamps, parabolic mikes, of piezoelectric reverberation units and power interrupters. 11 loudspeakers as microphones and the use of additional It was felt that this year's meeting did not show any new breakthrough,

but it would be false last to say that research was standing still. "The willingness year. Much tinkering is going on. Seemingly weird methods are tried out, some with success. Many are not satisfied any more with old recording methods but are realistic enough not to expect more than a step-by-step technical progress. 11 to experiment ... was as great as 4. GROUP PROJIECT FOR '88 This project is for every AA-EVP member. All you need is a tape recorder. It need not be an expensive recorder as almost any type will do. Experience is not required. You need no;t feel you Patience, persistence, an are unqualified important attributes. openness and desire to communicate with those if you don't possess great psychic-mediumistic gifts. the next dimension are in In most cases where outstanding earth plane-other dimension communication has taken place, the entire focus has been taping voices of the unseen: (such as, the Darmstadt group of West Germany, the Bacci-Capitani group of Grosseto, Italy, and the Harsch-Fischbach group of Luxembourg). It appears the joint positive energies of group recordings aids greatly in helping the other side to communicate. Almost, unbelievably, there is not a single such group in the United States! At the present time we have isolated tapers scattered here and there toiling mightily at their like I'm getting stale. Nothing exciting is coming I can well believe it. We have only so many energies to expend. Eventually, sooner or is tape recorders. Some have told me, "I feel

through." later, they are consumed and new energies need to be infused. needed. To put it simply, new blood This project, however, is not specifically aimed at current tapers, although I certainly hope they will take an active part. taped before, or have become for you who perhaps have never discouraged after receiving one or two messages. Gather a few like-minded people together. More than six would probably be too unwieldy. Less then three might not give the helpful extra energies. the sole purpose of Agree to meet once a week at the same time in receiving taped communication from the next dimension. the same location It is for I ended my first newsletter (May 1982) with, "Together we will do great things." We have, but I believe we can do even greater things. With the number of members we have, located in forty states, and with many AA-EVP members than thirty minutes from other Association members, we are in an ideal situation to further electronic-transcommunication. There is no other It is up to us. Think about it! Don't put the idea aside as a group in our country to do this. let someone else step forward. You are the one to take that good one, but one I' II do everything I can to assist you. step. in getting started, write or call. If you need help in which you'll living less NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Roy Bauer-Canada, included a He wrote, "I have been interested in psychic

phenomena for the last five years, but nothing has interested me as much as learnt while experimenting with EVP is that the ability to EVP .... The most important tbing I have record voices Roy indicated that although he had taped some good voices, he was discouraged and was going to stop for now, but "I will always be interested in EVP and will probably go back to recording ... " (some day). letter with his membership renewal. is not a right, but is ,, ,,rivilege. 11 Ingeborg Teek Frank-N.Y. and West Germany, wrote that she had just read an excellent book in German that she feels our members who are literate in reading German would enjoy. It is based on sayings by Leonardo da Vinci and is called Worte Meister Leonardos (words by Master Leonardo). It is published by lnsel Bucherei. One of the passages that especially caught Ingeborg's attention and which she feels in voice phenomena reads, "Fortunate those people who listen to what the dead have to say." is especially appropriate for those who are interested Tina Laurent-Wales, has acquired practically all of. the proceedings and Journals of the Society for Psychical Research (London) dating back to 1864. She said if any AA-EVP member needs a specific reference to it, she will be glad to make a copy of it. Tina is on the cross-country list. The Survival Study Group which she started continues to meet each Monday. Although there are only four members, Tina writes, "We

are recruiting members of quality slowly from an ad in the from local main library." the Oceanography Dept. who to make experimental tapes for me." found a deep sea biologist the diving bell soon In her last letter she wrote, 11 1 have is going recorder take a tape to in Valerie Tjaden-N.J., sent me an article about 11er work which appeared in the local newspaper. She and her mother work togetherout in the field trying to capture pictures of the unseen. Victor De Vincenzo, another N .. J. AA-EVP member, was also quoted in the article. She closed her letter with "Everybody should know that just because our loved one moves on to another plane, they never leave us. We've all heard it said before, but it really is true." 3. 6-4 TELEVISION PICTURE PHENOMENA-LUISE FUCHS VIDEO REPORT-WEST GERMANY Luise Fuchs, West German, AA-EVP member, recently sent me a group of pictures which she has received through her television from the other side. Many thanks to Tom Roers, MD AA-EVP member, publisher of Second Sight, a metaphysical catalogue who translated Luise's letter. "I'm sending you today as promised some of the photographs taken from my video tapes .... The following is necessary: A TV set and an "empty" channel for the video. A video cassette recorder. It should have a "Pause/Still" button which will permit a clear picture to be frozen, and a slow motion button. A video camera. forms and illuminations will begin to appear on the screen.

At this point, The video recorder is connected by cable to the TV set and tuned to the empty channel. The is tume:::I up all the way. video camera is connected to the video recorder. The focus (zoom Peculiar the video recorder is turned on and these images are recorded. Once this taping has ended (don't record too long in the beginning), turn off the camera and rewind the recording to the beginning. Now the real work begins. The tape can't be run through like a film, but the "Pause/Still" button has to be pressed and a thorough search made on the screen for what looks like paranormal phenomena. If nothing or something very faint can be recognized, thoroughly search with the slow motion button or the so-called "arrest" switch, picture by picture. You will then find paranormal images on your I would also like to mention that several weeks screen, as are to be seen in the enclosed photos. work is necessary until you're able to tune in images successfully. But once the images come in, there's hardly a recording which will not have some (paranormal) content. To all who want to try this, I wish them much success and the joy that is connected with work such as this." lens) 4. VOICES OF ETERNITY It was with great pleasure that I received word that Fawcett, one of the largest paperback book publishers in this country, has accepted my manuscript, Voices Of Eternity for publication. Louisa Rudeen, my editor

at Fawcett, attended our conference. We had the opportunity to sit down Sunday morning and go over a number of details. At the present time I am making final revisions. Voices focuses on my work with the electronic voice for the last eleven years. There are field, a brief history of voice also chapters devoted phenomena going back to the Bible, various experiments, controversy for and against the voices as being actual conscious entities speaking to us from other dimensions, and so on. My main purpose for the book is to present evidence that we are communicating with such entities, and to give an up-to-date report of just where we are today in communication with other realities, the work of other tapers the to in Voices will be a Gold Medal book and is scheduled for publication in September 1988. THIS AND THAT In the May/June issue of Woodrew Update, there was an item you might find of interest. King Hussein of Jordan, who has a chronic heart condition, began hemorrhaging suddenly and lost consciousness Hussein has since stated publicly that when this happened, he died and came back to life after an out-of body experience. He believes he went to another world. He told an interviewer, "I was a free spirit, floating above my own body. this time his heart stopped beating. It was rather pleasant, really." in January 1984. During in Europe, are apparently In our Summer NEWS, A member in the Chicago area recently sent me a

clipping of an article from Astrology & time to time that some people, Psychic News, about a computer. We have mentioned from through home especially computers. to me by Benn Kobb, VA AA-EVP member, in which the ghost of Thomas Harden, Dean of Brasenose College of Oxford in 1530, was communicating through Now, with our 'American' computer, it seems as if it is keeping in step with its European counterpart but with a unique twist. The article reports that Norman Ling, 22 of California suddenly discovered that his home computer was printing out E.S.P. messages transmitted by a neighbor who is a psychic. the computer of an economics professor. I wrote about an article sent receIvIng messages invisibles from the Ling received the first message after buying and installing the computer in his home. He "I would enter something into the computer first thought there was something wrong with it. and when I printed it out there would be whole sentences that I had not put into the machine. They were about people I'd never heard of and usually had to do with some question about somebody's health or love life or about money." Ling suddendly remembered that his neighbor was a psychic who often gave in her home. He took some of his computer printouts to her and asked if the messages might have any connection with her psychic work. She was very amazed, Ling reported and said that many of the printouts were familiar to her. She told

Ling that she sometimes contacted other psychics through long-distance telepathy to help her when she was doing a reading. Ling's computer had somehow picked up a few of these signals and printed them out. readings In the Spring-Summer 1987 issue of the New Frontiers newsletter published by Walter and they wrote about home video films produced by Alan Mary Jo Uphoff, WI AA-EVP members, Neuman. Some of them are: The Psychic Connection-105 minute motion picture feature shot on twenty locations of five continents; Dr. Fritz, Psychic Surgeon; The Crystal Skull; Prior Life Hypnotic Regression. Most films are $16.95 or $29.95 depending on length. For a list of films Alan Neuman Productions, 8170 Laurel View Drive, Los and videocassettes available write: Angeles, CA 90069. 3. 6- 3 CONFERENCE REPORT They say a picture is worth 1,000 words. I hope this is true of the above four pictures taken time and by my daughter Becky, for I could write that many words to describe the wonderful the positive experience third national conference in August. Although we had many there who had also been present at our first two conferences, the turn-out was not as large as hoped. With the outstanding speakers, excellent workshops and group activities, if you were one of the missing you missed a great deal. We had people there from over ten states plus Canada and Haiti. to have who attended our that each person seemed There is room to quote from just five notes received since the conference.

Carol Barron: As usual, your selection of speakers was terrific and of course, it's always so enjoyable sharing experiences of our mutual interests with other members." "I want to tell you how much I enjoyed the conference. Jerry Bennett: "I thoroughly enjoyed the conference this year and hope some of the members do feel that this will be a breakthrough in the will try the "mirror experiments'' (carefully). area of communications." Dale Kaczmarek: "Just wanted to let you know what a wonderful time I had at your conference. I made many new friends and met many old ones!" Clara Laughlin: "Bouquets to you for the beautifully organized conference and also to your supportive family. The weekend slipped away too quickly, but maybe it inspired some of the people to go home and tape .... The angels are smiling at you Sarah, and saying, 'job well done.'" I Ruth McWilliams: "Just a note to tell you how much (we) enjoyed your conference. Everything was so well organized and the speakers were excellent." 4. VALERIE HLJGGETT-LIBERANT Word has been received that Valerie Huggett, FL AA-EVP member has made her transition. Valerie, a charter member of the AA-EVP, joined the Association She was intensely interested in our work and would write to us about it from time to time. In the Fall newsletter I wrote about a book Valerie had just completed reading titled: Extension of Life by It is about Arthur Ford Pat Hayes, and which she felt "all EVPers could read

for enlightenment." and Valerie, who knew !='.ord, felt it was a genuine cMe of channeling sincQ it ha.d his "mind-set." I know all of us will keep Valerie in our thoughts and prayers that she will continue to find in May 1982. happiness and expanded opportunities in the world beyond death. LISTEN FOR CODE WORDS David Lothamer wrote, "Some members might be interested and He has found that at times those on the other side use some of the words he has used comments or questions, for their answers. listen for CODE messages." in his This, I know, happens in my own taping. In fact, I frequently remind those in other dimensions to try to use as many of the unique words I have used in my questions, in their replies. I explain that if they can do this, it will be evidential I am hearing from them, and have not picked up a radio transmission. As an example, if II ask, "Please tell me if you are in my office," and within several seconds I tape, "We are in your ioffice now," I can be reasonably confident I have recorded a message from another dimension. Since David and I both experience this sort of thing in our tapings, you may also. David would like AA-EVP members to report similar findings if they have them. Check you message logs and let me know if you have unique code words being used by the unseen. "THE HEART IS AGITATED BY A

TREMOR OF TENDERNESS" The excellent results Marcello Bacci and his friend Luciano Capitani of Grosseto, Italy have I been receiving through their tape recorder has been mentioned in previous AA-EVP newsletters. have heard several of their tapes which, since they are largely in Italian, I have been unable to interpret. However, because of the quality of the voices one can usually tell when the unseen are speaking. The two men use an old World War II tube short wave receiver usually set at 7 .2 MHz for their sound source. Rosalba Harris, PA AA-EVP member, kindly translated their latest tape for me. The voices are heard directly over the speakers and are loud and clear enough to be replied to at once which permits two-way conversation. Many of the messages on their most recent tape are worthy of In speaking about death, the unseen told the tapers, "The dead come back to life,"(in comment. tremor of the moving statement, communicating) tenderness." We are told during the taping that "Man Later, someone says, "Life beyond death, beyond the life we know, from death is life." "The heart is agitated by a is the cause of his own pain." followed with In answer to Bacci's question, "Do you live where we live or not?" the reply comes, "No, it is not yet so. There are still two separate worlds." The experimenters asked how the phenomenon of the voices takes place and were told, "It is necessary to have a personal, direct flux

in your life. We can collaborate. The human needsour collaboration." In the matter of beginning of the research." research on the other side, an invisible said, "Here we are at the very Or.e time Capitani was discussing the voice phenomenon with the other side and said although little importance generally attributed to the the names of those who have brought the many people are dedicated to it, he regretted the research. A voice reassured him with, "Blessed are research forward-they have lived." 3. 6-2 RESULTS FOR SOME BUT NOT FOR OTHERS There has been much consternation, and at times even accusations of fraud, aimed at some tapers who have outstanding results which cannot be replicated by others using the same system. Rosalba Harris wrote to me recently about a letter she had received from Saria Buioni. Saria is a collaborator to Virginia Ursi, AA-EVP member, Italy, and head of the Italian organizatlon in Milan (CE. M.M.) for the investigation of the voice phenomena. In Sari a 's letter to Rosalba, she pointed out that some equipment gives results only when used "Koenig's equipment works for him; Bacci has great success with his by a certain experimenter. radio (short wave) but when the same type of radio is used at CE. M.M., there is no success." She further wrote, "Spiricom, Koenig, Bacci, Capitani, etc. are all persons of good will, in search of something ... they are all open to attack and criticism from envious parties." I have long held the

theory that each of us has energies as unique as our fingerprints. You will find no two people exactly alike. The reasons why Bacci and Capitani, (and others) are so successful with their taping systems when no one else is, are undoubtedly many. One important factor could well be that their unique energies have combined with the energy source (sound and otherwise) they are using which helps the voices speak. When someone else uses the system their results, if any, are of inferior quality. The explanation for this could be that their energies are not as compatible with the sound source that the person uses that they are trying to duplicate. A GENEROUS OFFER Richard Black, LA AA-EVP member, has made a very generous offer. Richard is gifted in psychometry and the use of a pendulum. He is willing to give a free reading to any member who sends him a photograph and by using his pendulum can give a yes or no answer to your questions. Your picture will be returned but please remember to enclose a self-addressed stamped No. 10 envelope. His address is: P.O. Box 326-Slidell, LA 70459 PUBLICATION REVIEWS Several of our members have sent me articles that they felt would be of interest to us. Many thanks to each for bringing them to my attention. Monty Hearon sent me a clipping from The Oregonian which was about how the personal it, "Most modern experiences of many clash with the thought assumes things as heavenly appearances

and voices simply don't happen, at least not anymore." The findings of Dr. Johnson, a St. Cloud, Minn. Lutheran minister conflict with this assumption. His survey in 14 Roman Catholic and Protestant congregations in St. Cloud found that 30 percent of the people reported extraordinary experiences such as religious visions, prophetic dreams, heavenly voices or visitations. 'closed system.' Quoting briefly is a closed, natural system in which such the world from Benn Kobb, VA AA-EVP member, sent me an article from the September/October 1986 issue of Venture Inward. Titled: "The Ghost in The Machine," it describes how The British Society for in Psychical Research has made eight England. The professor describes how the ghost of Thomas Harden, Dean of Brasenose College at Oxford in 1530, has been "haunting" his computer. The good Dean, flashes messages upon his computer screen making commentaries about contemporary events or gives facts about his identity. Enough information has been provided by the ghost to identify it as being Dean Harden. from an economics professor investigations of a report Howard Ruess, TX AA-EVP member, sent me an article from the January/February '87 issue of American Health, "Mysticism Goes Mainstream" written by Father Andrew Greeley. Dr. Greeley describes two surveys done by him and his colleagues at the University of Chicago's National In the latest survey 67o/o of all adults report having experienced ESP. Opinion Research Council. In another poll conducted in 1973, it was 58o/o. He feels the r'ise of reports is due to the fact

that people are less afraid to talk about their experiences. Although there isn't space to report fully on this excellent article, Dr. Greeley writes, "What was paranormal is now normal." He also the paranormal. .. are anything but commented, "Our studies show religious nuts or psychiatric cases. They are, for the most part, ordinary Americans, somewhat above religious involvement." intelligence and somewhat that people who have in education and than average the norm tasted less in 4. CHRONOVISOR FOLLOW-UP In the Winter newsletter, I wrote about a letter received from Dr. Ernst Senkowski, West in which he described a presentation made by Padre Pellegrino German AA-EVP member, Ernetti at a congress of border sciences at Lake Garcia, Italy. that he had been working To briefly recount ... Padre Ernetti is a member of the Roman Catholic Order of Benedictines few details were known, some people were and teaches Archaic Music in Vienna. Although aware instrument he called Chronovisor, which permitted the viewer to look into the past. At Lake Garcia, he revealed more about his work and they had successfully received pictures and sounds from the early days of Rome as well as other events. that he was carrying out with a group of physicists for years on an the research in which Ernst wrote in January that he had found a report about Padre E rnetti 's work dated March 1, 1979. This letter confirms the newer data presented at Lake Garcia. The 1979 paper stated twelve physicists. that

in an interview with Padre Ernetti, he said he had been working with Together, they had constructed a complex system with which pictures, tones and events from earlier centuries could be received. His system possesses a number of antennas for tuning into identity card. different tones and pictures. Each person is characterized by a sort of individual learned As mentioned in the Winter newsletter, Ernst feels there is still much more to be about Chronovisor, before it can be accepted. He reminds us that "energy, according to the best of physical knov,1ledge will not keep form indefinitely in our system." He is continuing in his efforts to contact Padre Ernetti directly and will share with us if this occurs. TH IS AND THAT Numerous items have crossed my desk in the last three months, many which I believe will be of itnerest to you. Since they require more than two or three lines to do them justice, I decided that a new feature--This And That--was required. "Spirit Voice on Tape Recorder Traps Murderer" appeared in the January 1987 issue of the GAZETTE, pub I ished by the Spiritualist Association of Great Britain/London. Several members sent it to me and I will briefly review it. Hedwig and George Riedel, old age pensioners, moved from in Switzerland to spend their last days in Vienna. They quickly became popular with their new neighbors, but then mysteriously disappeared. After four weeks the neighbors called the police. The house was searched and the bodies of

Hedwig and George were discovered. Both had been brutally murdered by strangulation. their home He gathered a group of One of the neighbors, Hans Luksch, had successfully taped voices of the unseen for many years. the together, and deceased couple. With the tape recorder recording they repeatedly asked, "Do you know your killer?" At first ~here was much crackling and distortion but then suddenly, and clearly a lady's voice replied, "Yes." Luksch then asked, "Do you know his name?" The same female voice answered, "Bozidar Sajn." they sent out their thoughts friends to Luksch and his laughed at Luksch when he presented them with the tape, but eventually they located a Jugoslavian with the Riedels and lived in the same apartment block as the same name. he confessed to the crime. The Vienna court sentenced him to life in prison. the voice was Hedwig's. friends were convinced It was discovered he The police Thomas Edison Working on Machine to Communicate With the Dead at the Time of his Death, was the title of an article sent to me by Richard Busse of Indiana. Most of us have locate his heard that Edison was working on such a machine before he died, but efforts to issue of Astrology & Psychic News, Alvin plans have met with Speckler, a New Jersey scientist and distant relative of Edison, reported that the machine he is working on is a creation of Edison's. He feels that the most difficult aspect of the research The has

been completed and he has "heard some things about article closed with, "A the scientific community concerning Mr. Speckler's work should be made public later this year." the January fascinating the next failure. report life." '87 to In 3. 6-I Typewritten letter from the dead was a fascinating report which I received in a recent letter from Monty Hearson, OR State Coordinator. Atilla vonSzalay of CA, as many people know, was one of the first people to record voices of the unseen on tape. Raymond Bayless, well-known psychical investigator and author, reported this in the January 1959 issue of the Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research. Later, D. Scott Rogo, also noted psychical investigator and author, wrote about working with vonSzalay. Now, according to Monty's letter, vonSzalay He has a beeper, similar vonSzalay asked questions and heard in receive beeps and translate them into letters on a typewriter. He has received one way and belives it will be possible to get more. is receiving communications in a different way. independently. it started beeping raps it beeped once or twice for yes and no answers, such as From reports, he has rigged up an electronic contraption which will letter this to what doctors use. One day turning. table Robert Thouless' Cipher Tests--further information about this came from Tina Laurent, Wales, Survival Board Member. Thouless was an eminent British psychologist and parapsychologist, and Cambridge University professor. Before his death in 1984, Thouless had signed up to take part in what

is known as a cipher test, information which was to be relayed after his death. So far, it appears he has not been successful in communicating the two messages he left. Tina reported in her letter that the Society for Psychical Research (London), wrote that they had received money to cover expenses from Dr. Ian Stevenson, psychiatrist and parapsychologist, of the University of Virginia. With the money, they were able to have fourteen sittings with eight mediums during the last year. The Society said that they felt they had good contact with Thouless but he was to unable to remember remember something from a dream and that (he) had not expected that." tests. He reportedly said that, "It was the keys to his trying like In a newspaper clipping I received from Florida, the Survival Research Foundation of Pembroke Pines, FL, of which Thousless was a member, also has not received communication from him. The message received from Thouless through mediums sitting for the S.P.R. message I recorded on the wrong side of my tape a few years ago. with another parapsychologist who was taking part in a survival Class A messages came through on both sides of my tapes. to his test. Finally, in a tone showing frustration, he remember! his test not long before his death, from an acronym to numbers, which I feel difficult to remember. is similar to a in contact (I feel) A number of evidential I repeatedly asked him for the key in a

reverse message, "I can't It was always with me!" This gentleman, unfortunately, had changed is probably more I'm surprised. replied I was test. Our own Survival Project, although also trying to provide evidence communication has important differences. safeguards, while making it as easy as possible for those on I have tried to incorporate into it all the other side for postmortem the necessary through. to come "Censoring The Paranormal" by Jerome Clark, editor of FA TE magazine, appeared the February '87 issue of Omni. It is excellent, and I suggest you check your I ibrary for a copy if you haven't read it. Clark presents the strong negative feelings many individuals and groups have in regards to anything which is an anomaly. Near the end of his article, Clark points out that many scientists~don':tshare the skeptics certainty that all anomalies are bogus. in The article was brought to me by Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, Survival Board Member, the and his wife, Marjorie, when they visited us for several days in March. Dan also brought following Class A message received on the reverse side of his tape. the end soul "I say is numbered there. We mighty down there with 'ya. Remember, we lived that he's gonna use, and I need them there. I hope you live. Reign with that." I, but the self over your days flesh as ye the man I am is. in Dan and I discussed at some length the meaning. What do you think it

means? Write and let me know. Perhaps this is something we can share in our Summer newsletter. 4. SiAR. ANTENNA 'Ihe above diagram shows the antenna I am now using with my recordings. The idea for it appeared in the German VTF Journal dated October 1986, and was kindly translated for me by AA-EVP member, Hans Heckmann of Pennsylvania. Herbert Spirik, Vienna, reported how he had built it. "The five star antenna should {have) a 21.65" diameter circle, while the wire length between star points should be 20.66" . ... For normal use 60 windings is ideal from starting point A across five star points to end point E. One complete winding has a wire length of 5X 0. 525=2. 625 meter { 103" ). Total wire length requires about 51 7 feet of 26 gauge copper insulated or enameled wire. The finished antenna has a measured induction of 5.7 millihenry." I have connected the antenna wire from the antenna to the Ext. Antenna in the back of my I have another jack going from the Headphone of the Patrolman to the Patrolman 60 radio. Nothing is heard directly through the Auxiliary outlet in the back of the amplifier. radio,but instead everything comes over the wall speaker. At times the EVP message is loud enough to be heard as it is given, permitting me to respond immediately. VTF JOURNAL TRANSLATION CONTINUED Hans also translated various presentations given at the VTF conference in Fulda, Germany, which was held in May 1986.

Hans Berger from Vienna spoke about the thoroughness with which the EVP phenomena was investigated in Vienna. He cautioned we should not expect miracles in our research. It is wrong to assume para voices happen outside natural laws. One of these assumptions says para voices are not physically measurable. The voices are, in fact, measurable. It is the origin and means of the impingement we cannot measure. In a translation from an earlier VTF Journal, which Hans sent to me, it was reported that in May, The Hague, Netherlands, held a large Parapsychology Fair. over 10,000 advanced tickets were sold. During the three day event, 130 lectures were given in ten rooms seating 400 people each. The crowds were so large that the doors had to be closed for most of the speakers. Several EVP lectures were attended by 1,400 people. We are grateful to Hans for his excellent translations. They give us many ideas to use in our own work, and also keep us abreast of what our colleagues are doing in Europe. A VISIT TO ITALY Rosalba Harris, AA-EVP member PA, attended the Italian Association for the Study of She reports that many topics, besides On Friday, there were 300 people Psychophony ( AISP) conference, the end of October. EVP, were discussed during the three day conference. present and on Saturday, there were 500 in attendance. Several days before the conference started Rosalba visited Marcello Bacci of Grosseto, Italy (mentioned in the Fall Newsletter). During the recording, Rosalba

requested that her sister, Liliana, speak to her. Several clear messages were returned in Italian as well as English, a language which Liliana spoke fluently. Rosalba said that al though she wasn't sure it was Liliana, she didn't exclude it. The tape Rosalba sent me from the recording was very impressive. Bacci uses s·h.ort wave set at 7. 2 MHz as a sound source. The voices ha~ a ripple-like quality to them. The groups which work with Bacci and his close friend, Capitani, always close their communication for the day by singing. A number of voices sing and it is the most beautiful singing I have heard from another dimension. No one has been able to interpret the singing which has been studied by musicologists. They all agree it is unlike anything they have ever heard. CHRONOVISOR Nikola Tesla ( 1856-1943) one of the greatest electronic geniuses and inventors that ever lived, predicted before his death that someday a device would be invented that would permit the world to 'look back' at history. This was based on the concept that all events imprint themselves into energy which cannot be lost but continue to vibrate indefinitely in space. He pre-named this device 'Cosmovision'. In a recent letter from Dr. Ernst Senkowski, AA-EVP member, West Germany, he wrote that He enclosed with his letter, a translation and comments this may now have been done. about an article that appeared in the OCtober issue of the Italian magazine, ()Jgi. On OCtober 18/19, a

congress on border sciences was held at Lake Garda in Italy. Padre Pellegrino Ernetti, a member of the Roman Catholic Order of Benedictines and teaching Archaic Music in Venice, broke his long-held silence. He publicly reported his experiments which, along with a group of physicists, resulted in the construction of CHRONOVISORS which permits reception of pictures and sounds of events from the past. 'Ihe instruments necessary to receive these events consist of three elements: A series of antennas formed out of different alloys linked in a chain to be able to receive all or nearly all the different qualities of the electromagnetic and non-electromagnetic waves existing in space. The second group is built from devices reconstructing that which is searched for in space and selecting the pictures and voices always at the 'speed of light'. Finally, a third group that will reproduce the images and sounds similar to a TV set. Padre Ernetti reported on some of their successes dating back to the 1950's. Some of the early pictures and sounds received were from the ancient days of Rome. Ernst commented that the validity of the concept of storage of events on the basis of energy conservation is doubtful. He wrote, " ... energy-according to the best of physical . .. In a general sense the knowledge will not keep its form indefinitely in our system. process could be understood as a special form of psychic-technical (electromagnetic-ethe~d ( 'Akasha'), or to a metaphoric 'Information Space' outside or access to a

'above' space time in 'higher dimensions ' . 11 Ernst is trying to contact Padre Ernetti directly, and it is hoped he will have additional information to share in the future. 'Cosmic Memory' NEWS FROM AND AOOUT MEMBERS Roy Bauer, Canada, has written several times since our Fall Newsletter. In his first letter,he wrote how much he enjoyed the newsletter and that it not only encouraged him to continue taping, during the times his attempts to record voices have failed, but gives him many new ideas to use for experimenting. In his second letter, Roy wrote that he has taped many unusual voices, al though most of them occurred when he was experimenting and not sitting down for a regular session. The majority of his loud tonal voices have come through when he was using a combination of both pre-recorded white noise and human voices. At present he is experimenting with computer and electronic synthesized sound. Robert Camburn, PA, wonders if any AA-EVP member has a better, more realistic term than "dead" or "deceased" for spirit entities. "Departed" is more acceptable, but still not accurate since "they" tell us they are still here and haven't gone anywhere. Robert says the words "discarnate" and "disembodied" are available but he isn't very fond of either. Can you help Robert (all of us) find a better word? Send your ideas to me and I will publish them in our Spring Newsletter. Michael Engebretson, WI, has been taping voices for two years and is

still "amazed" that such a thing is possible. Michael, who is an electronics technician, has a background in physics. Quoting from the OCtober letter, "I came across an article in the January '84 issue of Science Digest about Kaluza-Klein theories. It states that what we experience as the electromagnetic field is the result of a gravitational disturbance in another dimenaon. If this theory is correct, it could be that our voice entities are somehow affecting their gravitational field to produce an electromagnetic disturbance in our dimension that can be picked-up by the radio, microeoone or directly by transistor circut." Michael enclosed with the letter, the first page from the above mentioned article: 4. EVP ON BROADWAY? No, but the Pioneer Square Theater of Seattle, WA, which brings live theater to the taped from the public, used in a recent production some of the cormnunications I have unseen. In August, Paula. Magar, Literary Manager and Assistant Director for the group of four theaters, called and said they were putting on an original play, "Mass for Dead Voices," and the playwright wanted to hear examples of the electronic voice. Tapes 1 and 2 were promptly sent with the of the voices during the play with a brief actual voices of the deceased. A short time they would also idea and was an excellent Association. VTF REVIEW - GERMANY suggestion that perhaps they could use some program note explaining that they were the later, Paula wrote that they thought this include in the

program a note about our Many thanks are owed German VTF Jou rna 1 for me. techniques for taping. to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, who translated a recent Such translations always give new ideas and at times, new Several references were again made about using reverberation devices with recordings (I have recently started and how, in each case, they enhanced the quality of the voices. to use Radio Shack-42-2108 Stereo Reverb System and found this to be true. S.E.) Paranormal voices fit into this play of energies. There was a long article in the Journal by Siegfried Scheunert, titled: "Gravity and Scheunert said that he started looking for a connection between Paranormal Voices." gravity and para voices five years ago and presented his theoretical views. He wrote, "Each point of matter is a point of entry for the energy effects of gravity in three dimensional space. the speaker in higher dimensional space has to generate a sufficiently accurate voice signal wave which will ent,er the elementary particles of matter in the same manner as gravity does. . .. The assumed beam of gravity acts upon the real mass of matter; i.e., the atomic nuclei. These vibrate at audio frequencies and create the peculiar tonal color of para voices . . . . We now shift the area of vibration into an electronic component through which It is important that this component has a crystalline structure which flow a current. . .. The transistor has can mechanically vibrate and thereby

change its electronic value. the proper structure and makes paranormal voices possible. Since audio frequencies are involved, the area of vibration has to be within transistors of audio frequency stages. The vibration here changes a flowing signal and we therefore speak of conversion. Only a flowing current can be to provide a background noise. However, the quiescent direct current flowing in an amplifier circuit can be used instead and should result in better voices." regulated and thus we have This means Scheunert believes that the entities are unaware of this but sometimes the right portion of the transistor is affected and a clear voice results. All other attempts produce the bulk of bad voices. He feels we could increase "hits" by making transistor and amplification illuminated. stages, more easily accessible stageis, particularly final the AISP REPORT - ITALY Thanks are also due for her translation of to Rosalba Harris, PA AA-EVP member, articles from the July issue of "EVP Information," published by the Italian Association for the Study of Psychophony. The EVP conference held in Milan, Italy, in June was discussed. Mrs. Virginia Ursi (AA-EVP member) is the founder of the Milanese Metaphony Center. Otto Konig conducted a successful EVP experiment with the aid of the generator he invented. Konig continues to to give many details about his generator for he feels it isn't sufficiently refuse It is known however, that the recording technique is based on ultrasound and perfected. (West German AA-EVP member) infra-read and ultra-violet rays. lectured on,

"The Voice Phenomena From the Scientific Point of View." The newsletter also carried a report from various items in one of our AA-EVP NEWS. Dr. Ernst Senkowski 3. 5'-} ,, Rosalba commented that although the Italian words refer to EVP, to voices from the dead. With "psicofonia," other sources are also considered. 11metafonia11 and 11 psicofonia11 both they have different meanings. Those who use "metafonia" attribute all EVP The AISP is holding a conference the end of October. Ernst Senkowski will lecture. Rosalba plans to attend the conference. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS the asked by sitters-and ( short wave-band), tunes his receiver between 7-9 MHz the signal starts to fluctuate until it goes down In a recent letter from Ernst Senkowski, he wrote that he had taken part in two recording sessions with Marcello Bacci of Grosseto, Italy. Bacci, who has been taping for fifteen years, looking for a special signal which sounds like the chirping of large grass-hoppers. Within several minutes, to nearly zero. At this point, a message comes through. At the end of the message, the background sound comes up again and this can continue for half an hour or longer, with the sound fading in and out. Most messages are received when the chirping stops. Ernst wrote, "In between, questions are and completely understandable from the loud-speaker-others only by replaying the tape which is running for documentation. Observation shows that the "blockade" of the normal behavior of the time after the contact is finished-normal stations are to be

receiver holds for some For technicians it might be still more interesting that heard only with two practically Bacci and his colleagues tried identical receivers, put them about one meter apart in the lab and got a contact. In spite of tuning both of them to as far as possible the same frequency, only one of them brought the paranormal voices in, the other just received the normal unchanged signals. During the voice reception they changed the tuning, but the voice remained. That means the paranormal modulation is not primarily in the high frequency part but more on the audio side-but it seems that "THEY" use the high frequency fields/signals together with the etheric of Bacci and the group to supermodulate the system and produce the voices." the following experiment: low volume. innnediately some of answered They them took Ernst also wrote that Klaus Schreiber of West Germany to receive pictures of the deceased on his television screen. By using several light sources of different wave-lengths or colors, including ultraviolet, he gets paranormal pictures on a projection screen. Most of the procedures are given to him through his tape recorder by his deceased daughter, Karin, and come through on the wrong side of his recording tape. Ernst plans to visit Schreiber in Aachen in the near future. is continuing NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Many of you must have taken to heart my comment in the Sunnner ODDS AND ENDS about a special "blessing" to those who sent their "news"

early. You did! Interesting letters came from members who had never written before. A number of our members have indicated they especially enjoy this feature, so all of us are "blessed" with your response. Bernadette Arras-West Germany, wrote to me about a book published in Germany. She "An editor of the journal gave a translation of the section concerning Thomas Edison: He wrote: called Scientific American wrote about Edison's dream of a technical medium. 'Mr. Edison can no longer believe in the old traditional theories about death and life. to connnunicate with He stated that he could construct a highly sensitive another sphere. that life is as . .. At age seventy-three he declared: undestroyable as matter.' " "I believe instrument Carol Barron-MA, gave a lecture and tape demonstration to a college class. During the demonstration, which produced voices, she used the airband on her small radio as a sound source. An electronics teacher in the class said he'd be more impressed if she used something besides a radio for this purpose. The entire class moved down the hall to a running water for her room with a background sound. Two messages, one Class A, were taped and everyone, especially the doubting Thomas, was impressed. sink and Carol made another recording using 4. HE:ADPHONE: MIKi:: # / s ' I I . 1 I -- r;:::::',, ~-,:-•:::.--: _,J ~; MIC R r ...;.·1 I ..;;..1e, I -11 L- _J Sir/ITCH CIRCUIT DIAGRAM Notes: Use iarger headphones with 2 inch speakers.

Replace headphone wire with shielded microphone cables. Mount components on speaker board mic can be secured with rubber cement .. switch requires 3/18'hole, mic reqiires 1/2" hole . Parts List: Radio Shack No.s Microphone element B-Bat. case-3 V AAA R- 180 ohm-1/2 w C- 10 mf 35 Volt Cable-shielded Mike plug 275-612 270-398 271-014 2 72-1013 278-1277 274-1536 TYPICAL HEADPHO~~ t==:=e:=J==::o PLUG 6/15/86 c. s !:. The above diagram shows how I have adapted Dr. Krokhalev' s method of using a plastic I had built ear-cap with a small microphone. Taking a spare set of stereo headphones, The headphones fit comfortably around my into them head and are worn while making a recording on my four track TEAC tape recorder. I have used them alone, without any other microphone; at other times, I combine them with Mighty Mike described in the Spring newsletter. Voices have been recorded both ways. two mikes, one in each ear piece. the headphone fit When using just the headphone mike, external sound sources are almost completely eliminated (such as the radio). This is due, no doubt, to the fact that the small mikes is inside unusually loud, the mikes do not record it. The voices that are taped with the headphone mike, although at times loud, clear and Class A, have an unusual quality. There is more white noise is surprisingly loud. the ears and unless than with normal recordings. The tightly against the background taper's voice sound source the in I bought Recently, in

order to use all the mikes in Mighty Mike, and both mikes in Headphone Mike, two leads carrying the six mikes from Mighty Mike, using the Siamese connector, is plugged into one channel of my TEAC. The other Siamese connector carrying the two leads with two mikes from Headphone Mike, is plugged into the other channel of my TEAC. There have been good results so far. two Siamese connectors at Radio Shack. The EVP TAPERS REPORT PSYCHIC EXPERIENCES In our Spring Newsletter, I wrote about Carol Barron's, MA State Coordinator, She felt suggestion that EVP tapers contact me about psychic experiences they have had, such experiences may to communicating with other a catalyst dimensions through our tape recorder. Many thanks to the tapers who sent reports and to Carol for her idea. to open us serve as Carol Barron-At age 11, she saw a The lady "spoke" to her with her eyes and gave Carol a feeling of overwhelming love and peace. Since then, she has experienced her presence twice and both times were during a very traumatic period in Carol's life. lady appear by her bed. Monty Hearon-wrote to my request: " ... therefore have had some psychic experiences. These cover such things as seeing an apparition and speaking briefly to him; having three percussive raps, one before witnesses; having the front door shaken violently while I was taping and no one was there; my mother-in-law speaking to me after she had gone on; seeing my sister twice after

she had departed; etc," in response Clara Laughlin-VA AA-EVP member-When Clara was five, she lived across the street from the her maternal grandmother. She had barely left the house when Clara looked up grandmother and would be back soon. and saw the shoulders and head of a man and woman. The woman said to her, "Don't worry Clara. We' 11 always take care of you." When Clara I s mother returned, Clara told her about the experience, The mother got out a photo alblum and Clara picked out the picture of her paternal grarndmother as the person she saw and who had spoken to her. One day her mother said she was going to check on Tina Laurent-reports heard raps in her head, many psychic experiences, As long as she can remember, she has several times a year, right before falling asleep. After her 3. 5'-2. mother's recent death, she communicated with Tina for two months and then this stopped. Although Tina grew up in a home that had no belief in spiritual matters, she got the idea to her pillow at bedtime. if she pressed her ear she would hear angels Occasionally, Tina reports, she did hear beautiful singing, right on the fringe of her hearing, and would fall asleep listening to this. Tina commented, "Who knows, Sarah. Forty years ago I may have heard EVP voices!" sing Dan McKee-IL State Coordinator-wrote that one evening after recording, he heard clearly outside his left ear, an audible voice that said,

"748." He checked that counter on his recording and at that point, there was the messag~'Tomorrow night you will be looking for Centaria." Unfortunately, the tape jammed the following evening and Dan was unable to record. Mercedes Shepanek-VA State Coordinator-relates "At 3 o'clock one morning (having taped the previous evening from 10 to 11 P.M.), I suddenly awoke and after waking heard 2 voices in the tape room which is adjacent to the bedroom. I couldn't characterize them as either male or One voice was deep and one was "light." female. The deep voice spoke about 10 words. I had a very strong impression they were commenting on the tape equipment but couldn't make out what they were saying. I was alone in the house, but rose up, put on my robe and searched every room in the house, all of which were dark. Of course, found nothing unknown." The second voice, 6 or 7. following experience. the EGYPTIAN ODYSSEY REPORT There are different reasons for traveling, especially to foreign countries. Most people want tour brochures. Others want to come in touch with the people and try to learn something about them. A smaller number hope to expand their inner consciousness, to reach out and come in contact with the visible and invisible forces which affect their lives. those well-known places the "sights", touted by to see Lynn Gardner and I tried to provide all of these experiences for the people in our group. Since returning, we have received letters

and calls from many who went with us, and each has indicated that we succeeded. We saw the usual places: The Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx which, no matter how often are visited, never fail to inspire. The Step Pyramid, considered to be the oldest stone building in the world, located at Sakkara, was seen. We stopped at the beautiful Temples of Abydous and Dendera. Several days were spent in Luxor and we went to Karnak a few miles away. One morning was devoted to the magnificent Valley of the Kings; another morning to the Coptic tombs in the Western desert where, in some of the tombs, the unseen seem to be still waiting, and you feel they are so close you need only stretch out your hand to touch the Pyramid of Medium; the 2,000 year old town of El Bagawat where people still live and time took a swim in a healing spring seems to have stopped. There was no one around as we located at the Kharga Oasis. At Aswan we sailed in a faluca to St. Simeon's Monastery, dating back to the sixth century. As we walked through the ruins, I felt we had the loving presence of some of the early monks walking with us. them. We also went to many places not usually seen by tourists: The people also touched our lives in many ways. Wherever we went we heard, "Welcome! Welcome!" Our coming was a big event in small villages which seldom

see outsiders. Small children would run for even smaller brothers and sisters so the "happening." They would be followed by the adults who came to look us over. Getting out of our bus, we would smile and nod at each other, language not being really necessary. They were pleased we wanted their picture, and after tucking in shirts and patting their hair, their smiles indicated they were ready. they wouldn't miss take to Our group was interested in, and accepting of, the metaphysical. Each individual had the opportunity to proceed at his own pace, to open up if he wished to the invisible, spiritual side of life. This was done individually and at times in groups. As a result, some people had deep personal experiences that will affect them the rest of their lives. My tape recorder went everywhere with me. Many voices were recorded and I have prepared a new thirty minute tape. There is a form enclosed if you would like to order one. Side 1 has voices taped during my first visit to Egypt and was taken from the sixty 4. 1. 2. TPP (TELEVISION PICTURE PHENOMENA) The above 2 pictures were received from West Germany. Ernst wrote that Klaus Schreiber of West Germany gave them to him, and Schreiber feels they show his mother (No. 1) and daughter, Karin, (No, 2). Schreiber told Ernst they came through his TV and he taped the pictures with his video tape recorder, using an expensive, laborious method suggested by

Karin, via EVP communication with her father. from Ernst Senkowski, AA-EVP member As mentioned in the Winter Newsletter, AA-EVP members who have a video recorder, might like to begin experiments, Ernst suggested trying to use an oscillator in the VHF or UHF range and modulate it with any signal mixture tuned to a free channel on your TV. Even if you don't have an oscillator, you can still start to experiment. One of our members is doing this, and thinks she may have seen two faint words in the "snow". EVP-STRAY PICK-UP? Many skeptics of EVP say the voices we record are C.B. broadcasts, stray radio waves and so on, How a stray pick-up could conveniently land on the tape as the recorder is recording, call the experimenter by name and answer his direct questions has never been explained, The reverse voices are also unexplainable from this stand-point. In a recent bulletin sent to me by Alexander MacRae of Skye, Scotland, he wrote," ... you no longer have to spend hours arguing with people who say EVP is just due to stray pick-up ... In late 1985 I town in Southern Spain. Now-if EVP was due to stray pick-up then what was picked up in Spain should be in Spanish. It wasn't, An English resident of another foreign country has been using an Alpha for 18 months. Out of 300 voices, he reports, only two were (possibly) in the native language." took an Alpha 3.5 to Calpe, a small EVP-OUIJA

CORRESPONDENCE Several months .ago Evening Magazine - Baltimore, interviewed Stoker Hunt about his recently published book, Ouija, The Most Dangerous Game (Barnes & Noble, Harper & Row). the conclusion of the interview, AA-EVP member, Linda Roers (co-editor and publisher At of Second Sight Metaphysical magazine-903 Forest Drive, Annapolis, MD 21401) and I, demonstrated the use of the board. I have reservations about the Ouija, and had not used one for over ten years, but agreed to see if we could have connnunication. The interview and demonstration took place in a 200 year old house. When I asked if there was anyone present who had lived on the property at one time, we learned that a man by the name of Franck had been there in the early 1800's. Upon questioning, Franck spelled out that he was still staying m the cameras were in that filming, direction. I also told Franck he would find his loved ones waiting for him. At the end Franck indicated he was doing this. Much of our communication was shown to the public at a later date. During the demonstration, I used my Innnediately after I asked if we had anyone with us who had at one time lived on the property, but before the name Franck was spelled out on the board, a Class A male voice said on tape, "Franck." looking for a bright light and going looking for his family. While I gave him suggestions about tape recorder. the area and 3. ,

- , MIGHTY MIKE L.J 5/lll.:,t.Ot=P ,,4,dt.€5 C. PLASTIC::.. PlPIN6 '4 Hous,~ C,MTEi.R'f + J ( . f lAN>JEL S 50 M•D lo VOLT I\ I £- ?- A A / 0 00 Ot\lV\ Ce Ll. ":> ._ Mo. ?_'70, 0'J2A. /nlL n!'/:!!/1LE,'( '3·!0·8f> The above diagram shows the microphone system I am now using. The idea was suggested in the German VTF Journal (1/86) kindly translated for me by Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP I have made some changes from the original diagram, placing six microphones in a member. The dish is not necessary and if one small housing facing in towards a parabolic dish. the microphones should face the taper. All components are easily obtained isn't used, from Radio Shack. The mike elements are electret condenser ($2.69) each. In the month I have been using it, the EVP voices are outstanding in clarity. Along with the mike, I am using two radios tuned to the same statioq on the air-band for my sound source. The one radio tends to nullify the other. By turning the dial slightly, a beating occurs. The first time this technique was used, when I asked if they were with me, a Class A voice answered, "On our parity." One dictionary definition for parity is close correspondence which is an accurate but unusual way to describe what I was doing with the radio. VTF REVIEW In further reviewing the 1/86 German Journal, Hans Heckmann said that Fidelio Koberle (editor of the Journal) was interviewed in

Berlin on the subject of EVP. The program is (No date given). to be shown in the USA with an expected viewing audience of 12 million. Experiments with the TANDY (Radio Shack) monaural reverberation unit (Cat. No. 32-1110) three channels of were mentioned. (slide controlled) which reverberation sound It is felt that certain amounts of reverberation result in "sharper" combinations. microphone voices. is a microphone preamplifier and has a multitude of microphone The unit allows We are indebted to Hans for his work in translating the German VTF Journal. It helps keep us aware of what EVP experimenters are doing in Germany as well as give those of us who are actively taping, new ideas to use in our own work. ITALIAN EVP NEWSLETTER R~VIEW Rosalba Harris, PA AA-EVP member, called me recently about the latest Milan, Italy the from Milan, EVP newsletter which she received. Virginia Ursi, AA-EVP member editor of the newsletter. Rosalba met Mrs. Ursi last year when she visited Milan. is The first part of the Metafonia was a report of our own AA-EVP NEWS, and some of our act1.v1t1.es. Mrs. Ursi also wrote, "During recent contacts with German experimenters, (I) in experiments was able conducted by physicist Ernst Senkowski and Hans Otto Konig. These studies seem to give positive results which allow us to hope for continued developments in manifestations from other dimensions." images of presumed discarnates to see on TV recognizable We are grateful to Rosalba for her translation of the Italian newsletter. Along

with the German newsletter, it helps us to be aware of what EVP experimenters are doing in other countries. AA-EVP MINI-REUNION On March 15, Tom Roers (AA-EVP member, Second Sight) and I, taught an all day EVP from Maryland and to AA-EVP members Notices went out workshop near Annapolis. surrounding states. ten members attended, along with thirty other individuals. Many of the participants had never heard an EVP voice until I played a demonstration tape Over 4. received such messages for about a year. The "plate" message is puzzling since I don't have one in my office. Possibly they looked upon the mirror as a plate. The only answer that seemed to come in direct response to my questions was when I asked, "Where do your voices originate?" and someone answered, "We're in the house." Clara Laughlin-VA AA-EVP Member had good results and her corrnnunicants came closer to answering her direct questions than the unseen did for the rest of us. When she asked "How do you speak to us?" someone replied, "When we hear our Clarissa, you give us back your special energy to your dear people. 11 The second question, "In what world do you live?" was answered with, "We give you an example. Doesn't Tom (husband) know what you The interesting answer was do?" Clara then asked, "Where do your voices originate?" taped, "We come there daily to the people through Callie's special window." Her final question, "What can we do to help you come through?" received

a very long answer which Clara says she boiled down to "sending out love." Tina Laurent-Wales AA-EVP Member made her recording at to coincide with ten F.M. E.S.T. She wrote that after her alarm woke her up she heard six or seven light bangs from the stairs without any apparent source. During the recording she received many messages. "Here's Peter," "Hello," "We're up Tina," "Talking to Tina," "On the tape Tina," "He's in there," "Sarahissteadfast," "Try this program Tina," (after Tina said she wanted to cross the bridge to them.) "Help please," "I can't see." three A.M. Some were: in order the Three of four participants they had good results. Although one objective -- to see if similar answers would be received -- was not met, the results were interesting in themselves. With the exception of Clara, the rest of us seemed to make contact with entities who were more interested in speaking than in answering direct questions. In my own case, I felt that the four or five different voices I was taping, were speaking to me for the first time. There was in their voices, the sound of pleasure and excitement at being able to do this. the experiment seemed to feel in Again, thank you for taking part! I am always open to ideas for future experiments. MORRY CUTTLER--ROBERT ST. PIERRE Word has been received that two of our members have died in the last three months. Morry Cuttler, spiritual leader of the Round Table of Light

in Miami, Florida, died Just two weeks earlier he had written and asked if I suddenly would lecture at one of his meetings this winter. the first of November. Robert St. Pierre, from California, died after a short illness. He had called me several times a few months before his death and also written about taping voices. He and to a member of his church congregation were working on improve communication with the unseen. the development of equipment All of us, I am sure, will keep both men in our thoughts and prayers as they continue the busy, helpf~l lives started here in their new homes on the other side. VTF REPORT-MICROPHONE RECORDINGS The article was Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, has translated an article for me from a recent VTF Journal, published by a German EVP organization. taken from a speech given by Hans Berger, a technician from Vienna, who spoke about test results he compiled together with Mr. Stadler, a physicist. They found in using the microphone method that: (1) Low sensitivity microphones do not produce voices, (2) It is not possible to get para voices when playing back an empty tape, (3) When feeding a normal mike into channel "A" of a stereo tape recorder, and a mike wrapped in sound absorbing material into channel "B", only channel "A" would record voices, (4) The residual noise level of commonly used microphone pre-amplifiers is too high. To effectively reduce this noise by filtering would also remove many of

the voices. A better way is the use of a microphone mounted in a small parabolic reflector, (5) Parametric filters are not suitable for filtering para voices, and (6) The use of ultra sound is ineffective. 3. 4-4- URBAIN BERTHELOT Word has been received that Urbain Berthelot, AA-EVP member in Belgium, has died. Urbain was an engineer who joined the Association two years ago. He was an active member, In the November. 1983 writing to me frequently and was often quoted in our newsletter. newsletter, I quoted a saying of Aristotle that he had sent me: "The ignorant affirms, the experts doubt, and the wise reflect!" I am sure all of us will keep Urbain in our thoughts as we wish him an active, happy spirit life. PARALLEL UNIVERSE-OPPOSITE Much has been written about whether there is a parallel universe. My question about it years ago brought a Class A positive response. tapes which support the idea of its possible existence. Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, has received numerous messages on the reverse side In an excellent tape "If you' re going to Earth and "This is an opposite. "We're opposite in 'ya." "Our Christ there kept saying, opposite is the of his which he sent to me recently, some of the messages were: that's reverse." Now I know what they are." "And therefore he's opposite of him. 11 same." "In Earth they're within the reverse class." "I knew him. That's opposite." With the tape Dan included a review of

an article from the July/August 1985 "Science" magazine, pages 73-74, which seems to support the theory of a parallel universe. Quoting in part, "An atom of antioxygen linked with two antihydrogen atoms makes a molecule of antiwater. Many of them packed together will make an ocean of antiwater, and this ocean will be indistinguishable from ours." If you are interested in reading more, visit your local library. They probably have the magazine on file. SIMULTANEOUS RECORDING EXPERIMENT At our August conference I met two new AA-EVP members from CA. Judith Ann Christie and her daughter Rosemarie unfortunately had to return home early Friday morning for a family emergency but we found the time to talk Thursday evening. Judith Ann I thought it might be interesting to make a simultaneous recording. agreed and so have chosen October 27, 10 P.M. E.S.T. as the time for the experiment. In order to coordinate our efforts, please use E .S. T. as your key. In other words, CA members will make their recording at 7 P.M., while those of us in the east will sit down at 10:00 P.M. to us?" (2) "In what world do you Some suggestions for our "game" plan: Make one ten minute recording. Ask: (1) "How (3) "Where do your voices do you speak It is my practice to ask originate?" and (4) "What can we do to help you come through?" for a each question several response. the experiment, that you tell them about it, ask for their

cooperation in trying to speak, and set the time for your (and their) return. thirty seconds between questions the last recording you make before times, allowing about that during I would also suggest live?" Please write to me about any responses you get, whether they are in answer to your questions or not. I would like to feature this in the Winter NEWS. Dealine, December 30. PHONE CALLS FROM THE? In their book, Phone Calls From The Dead, Raymond Bayless and Scott Rago described telephone calls many people have received that appear to come from deceased friends and loved ones. A number of people have also told me about being recipients of such calls. Two individuals recently reported discovering brief messages on their phone answering system from someone they loved who had died. After Ernst Senkowski's lecture Saturday evening at the.conference, I played several two tapes sent to me by AA-EVP members who were unable to attend. Ernst then played 4 .. LOST AND FOUND A tan, spiral ring notebook was left on one of the book tables in the rear of the Very careful notes, starting with just let me know and I is yours, Washington room at the conclusion of the conference. Thursday, were taken of the different events. will be happy to rsturn it tc you. If it TO RUSSIA WITH LOVE In the last three months scientists in Russia and East Germany have successfully contacted the dead. sent to me by George Fathman, AZ AA-EVP member,

and Ted Morrison, IL AA-EVP member. two articles have appeared 1n weekly tabloids claiming that These were The first said that Professor Dr. Pyater Mazurov of the University of Tashkent in link Russia, using sen&itive electronic equipment, between a dead child and her mother. The conversations described the child telling her mother what it was like during early months of spirit life. H~r description was similar to that received by mediums in trance as well as what some of us have recorded through tape recorders. had established cornmunicatiqn a I wrote to Dr. Pyater and asked for further information about the equiµrnent that was used and enclosed a copy of our Summer newsletter along with some other information. The second article told about some supposedly excellent results Dr. Otto Stangl, is having. Working with Arkady Kurylev, they have recorded communications with more than a dozen deceased people. ;3.n a Soviet electronics East German physicist, expert, The research team is using computers linked to satellite dishes located in the Soviet Union to change frequencies until a clear connection is established. The article quoted Stangl as saying, the results we'l:'.e swift and shocking even to us." the proper frequencies were determined, "Once Further attempts are being made to contact the researchers involved to learn more about their work. FR0:·1 ITALY WITH LOVE Rosalba Harris, PA AP.-EVP me.mber, has offered to send me a review/translation of the Milan, Italy EVP newsletter published twice a year. I accepted her offer with thanks. The first

two pages of their No. 20 1st semester 1985 newsletter 1.s devoted to a review of several issues of our AA-EVP News. They mentioned the work of Ernst Senkow$ki and quoted the opinions of Urbain Berthelot and Mercedes Sbepanek as to why some people are more successful Page 2 concluded with information about o~r conference and a complete schedule of the events was given. in recording EVP messages. than others A number of pages were devoted to members I opinions relating to EVP. In trying to answer the question as to how the EVP phenomena occurs, a member reported receiving the message, "Our energies are so deep that for you and your experiments a long time has to pass before you succeed in establishing the method to use to hear us better.'' Again, we are grateful ::o Rosalba for her efforts and will look forward to reading more from future Milan EV? newsletters. VTF NEWSLETTER We reported in the Summer NEWS, to give a review/translation of the quarterly German VTF newsletter for our newsletter. At the August conference, Hans gave me another review of the German paper. the kind offer of Hans Heckman, PA AA-EVP member, Raymond Cass of England was quoted as having written that public opinion in England was unfavorable towards Para voices. Mr. Cass feels British parapsychologists are twenty years behind development. A new German magazine "Atlantis" is mentioned and that the new publishers consider Spirit voice research of importance in proving continuous life after death. A

debt of gratitude is owed Hans for his help. 3. +-3 URBAIN BERTHELOT Word has been received that Urbain Berthelot, AA-EVP member 1.n Belgium, has died. Urbain was an engineer who joined the Association two years ago. He was an active member, In the November 1983 writing to me frequently and was often quoted in our newsletter. newsletter, I quoted a saying of Aristotle that he had sent me: "The ignorant affirms, the experts doubt, and the wise reflect!" I am sure all of us will keep Urbain in our thoughts as we wish him an active, happy spirit life. PARALLEL UNIVERSE-OPPOSITE Much has been written about whether there is a parallel universe. My question about it years ago brought a Class A positive response. Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, has received numerous messages on the reverse side In an excellent tape "If you' re going to Earth and "This is an opposite. "We're opposite in 'ya." "Our Christ there kept saying, opposite is the of his tapes which support the idea of its possible existence. which he sent to me recently, some of the messages were: that's reverse." Now I know what they are." "And therefore he's opposite of him. 11 same." "In Earth they're within the reverse class." "I knew him. That's opposite." With the tape Dan included a review of an article from the July/ August 1985 "Science" magazine, pages 73-74, which seems to support the theory of a parallel universe. Quoting in part, "An atom of

antioxygen linked with two antihydrogen atoms makes a molecule of antiwater. Many of them packed together will make an ocean of antiwater, and this ocean will be indistinguishable from ours." If you are interested in reading more, visit your local library. They probably have the magazine on file. SIMULTANEOUS RECORDING EXPERIMENT At our August conference I met two new AA-EVP members from CA. and her daughter Rosemarie unfortunately had to return home early family emergency but we found the time to talk Thursday evening. Judith Ann Christie Friday morning for a Judith Ann thought it might be interesting to make a simultaneous recording. I agreed and so have chosen October 27, 10 P.M. E.S.T. as the time for the experiment. In In other words, CA order to coordinate our efforts, please use E .S. T. as your key. members will make their recording at 7 P.M., while those of us in the east will sit down at 10: 00 P .M. • ?II to us?" ) Some suggestions for our "game" plan: Make one ten minute recording. Ask: 11 In what world do you 4 What can we do to help you come through?" (1) "How (3) "Where do your voices do you speak • It is my practice to ask originate. for a each question several the response. experiment, that you tell them about it, ask for their cooperation in trying to speak, and set the time for your (and their) return. thirty seconds between questions the last recording

you make before times, allowing about that during I would also suggest live?" and (2) II ( Please write to me about any responses you get, whether they are in answer to your questions or not. I would like to feature this in the Winter NEWS. Dealine, December 30. PHONE CALLS FROM THE? In their book, Phone Calls From The Dead, Raymond Bayless and Scott Rago described telephone calls many people have received that appear to come from deceased friends and loved ones. A number of people have also told me about being recipients of such calls. Two individuals recently reported discovering brief messages on their phone answering system from someone they loved who had died. After Ernst Senkowski's lecture Saturday evening at the.conference, I played several two tapes sent to me by AA-EVP members who were unable to attend. Ernst then played 4 .. TAPED SURVIVAL PROJECT An ongoing survival project for AA-EVP members who wish to participate 1.s announced. If you want to take part send me one cassette tape of good quality, on which you give your name and a brief background of yourself. This taped information should not be more than five to ten minutes. On the tape, as well as the covering letter you send with it, be sure to include the address of one or two people we should contact if you succeed 1.n communicating with someone on our survival board. Tapes will be filed and the information on the tape will be kept

confidential. I am the only one who will have access to them and won't listen to your tape until after your transition and only then if it appears you have communicated with a member of the board, It is anticipated that we will have four to five individuals on the board who are currently successfully recording voices of the unseen. Their names will be given in the Spring newsletter. The composition of the board may change from time to time, with names added or deleted. This will be announced in future newsletters when and if it occurs. You should ask a family member the survival board so I will then notify transition and will be If they feel contact has been listening for you in case you are able to contact them. made they will send me whatever they believe has been recorded from you. At that time, I will check your tape to see if there is evidence you have come through. If it appears you have succeeded in doing this, I will notify the person you request me to on the tape you send to me. I :reserve the right to share the evidence of your survival with others. to contact me soon after your death. they will be alerted to your We know from experience that the electronic voice at this point usually gives short messages. As you speak from the other side to a member of the survival board, give your name as well as something

of evidential nature. To be evidential, this information must h - - Im appy, would not be good evidence. However, be on the tape I have. love Shirley," would be stronger evidence of survival if the saying, "This is John. name of your wife, child, or mother was Shirley. Or, "This is John. I fish," would also be considered evidential if fishing was your hobby before death. Again, we could only consider "Shirley" or "fishing" if it was on the tape in my possession. T 1s 1.s Jon. I II h' h • II • I You may send your tape at any time. There is no charge for this; however, because of the work involved, and the expense, it must be limited to just AA-EVP members. NEWS FROM. AND ABOUT MEMBERS Richard Berman, from AR, has called and written about messages he feels he may be taping from undesirable entities. He suggests we always say a short prayer and surround ourselves with a white light before beginning any metaphysical work. Robert Camburn, from PA, had an excellent article published in the Fall issue of the Spiritual Frontiers Journal. "Research Report: A Brief Summary of the Evidence for Spiritual Realities." Different areas such as the electronic voice, are mentioned by Robert as providing survival evidence. The title is Edelgard John, West Germany, wrote recently about several messages she had One taped time a mysterious phone call came from a about recording through her child, calling her by her first name,

and insisting Edelgard was her mother. When Edelgard told the child she was wrong, the child began weeping. Edelgard commented she 1.s going to try recording through the telephone as suggested in the Fall newsletter. telephone. Benn Kobb, from VA, gave a lecture to Mensa about the electronic voice in November. to appear in the the subject and one was He has also written several articles about November-December issue of Reality Change. Walter and Mary Jo Uphoff, from WI, are well-known in the field of parapsychology for their investigations, books, and as founders and directors of the New Frontiers Center of In their Fall-Winter 1985 newsletter, Walter wrote that he and Mary Jo had Oregon, WI. been chosen to receive the first prize annual award of 3,000 Swiss Francs given by the Swiss Society for Parapsychology. 4 . received such messages for about a year. The "plate" message is puzzling since I don't have one in my office. Possibly they looked upon the mirror as a plate. The only answer that seemed to come in direct response to my questions was when I asked, "Where do your voices originate?" and someone answered, "We're in the house." Clara Laughlin-VA AA-EVP Member had good results and her connnunicants came closer to answering her direct questions than the unseen did for the rest of us. When she asked "How do you speak to us?" someone replied, "When we hear our Clarissa, you give us back your special energy to your dear people." The

second question, "In what world do you live?" was answered with, "We give you an example. Doesn't Tom (husband) know what you do?" Clara then asked, "Where do your voices originate?" The interesting answer was there daily to the people through Callie's special window." Her final taped, "We come question, "What can we do to help you come through?" received a very long answer which Clara says she boiled down to "sending out love." Tina Laurent-Wales AA-EVP Member made her recording at to coincide with ten F.M. E.S.T. She wrote that after her alarm woke her up she heard six or seven light bangs from the stairs without any apparent source. During the recording she received many messages. "Here's Peter," "Hello," "We're up Tina," "Talking to Tina," "On the tape Tina," "He's in there," "Sarahissteadfast," "Try this program Tina," (after Tina said she wanted to cross the bridge to them.) "Help please," "I can't see." Some were: three A.M. 1.n order the Three of four participants they had good results. Although one objective -- to see if similar answers would be received -- was not met, the results were interesting in themselves. With the exception of Clara, the rest of us seemed to make contact with entities who were more interested in speaking than in answering direct questions. In my own case, I felt that the four or five different voices I was taping, were speaking to me for the first time. There was in their voices, the sound of

pleasure and excitement at being able to do this. the experiment seemed to feel in Again, thank you for taking part! I am always open to ideas for future experiments. MORRY CUTTLER--ROBERT ST. PIERRE Word has been received that two of our members have died in the last three months. Morry Cuttler, spiritual leader of the Round Table of Light in Miami, Florida, died Just two weeks earlier he had written and asked if I suddenly the first of November. would lecture at one of his meetings this winter. Robert St. Pierre, from California, died after a short illness. He had called me several times a few months before his death and also written about taping voices. He and to a member of his church congregation were working on improve communication with the unseen. the development of equipment All of us, I am sure, will keep both men in our thoughts and prayers as they continue the busy, helpful lives started here in their new homes on the other side. VTF REPORT-MICROPHONE RECORDINGS The article was Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, has translated an article for me from a recent VTF Journal, published by a German EVP organization. taken from a speech given by Hans Berger, a technician from Vienna, who spoke about test results he compiled together with Mr. Stadler, a physicist. They found in using the microphone method that: (1) Low sensitivity microphones do not produce voices, (2) It is not possible to get para voices when playing

back an empty tape, ( 3) When feeding a normal mike into channel "A" of a stereo tape recorder, and a mike wrapped in sound absorbing material into channel "B", only channel "A" would record voices, (4) The residual noise level of commonly used microphone pre-amplifiers is too high. To effectively reduce this noise by filtering would also remove many of the voices. A better way is the use of a microphone mounted in a small parabolic reflector, (5) Parametric filters are not suitable for filtering para voices, and (6) The use of ultra sound is ineffective. to what we have done and what we hope eventually to accomplish. understanding as I always issue a challenge at the end of my lectures for those on the other side of the in research and development of podium to JOI.n me equipment; or just as a person interested in this type of communication who wants to be kept abreast of what others are doing. At times the challenge is accepted and this has led to growth for the field and for all those involved. in the field, whether as a taper; EVIDENTIAL MESSAGE RECEIVED David Lothamer, California State Coordinator, taped a message from a friend which must be considered evidential. An individual by the name of Bob T. was a friend of David's and they would frequently Bob had little faith in the they would argue about this for hours. Quoting Bob, If you ever take me to one of them SEANCES

discuss David I s phenomena and according to David, David wrote, "Well lEit me tell you something. of yours, I better never see any antennas or any electronic stuff. 11 taping Voices through his tape recorder. One morning David recorded, "I'm across David .. Bob T ... FREE. 11 David was shocked because as far as he knew, Bob was still living. Upon checking, David learned that Bob had died a short time before the message was taped! David commented, "Isn't it ironic that he should come through on the EVP?" LISTEN TO YOUR OVERLAPS to line up few numbers the zero again. through was a clear voice An interesting letter has been received from Dan McKee, Illinois State Coordinator. taping, the changing overlap must be Dan writes, "Of all the strange happenings in EVP the strangest. When I finish recording, the tape counter is returned to zero, or the starting point, and the momentum normally carries the tape past so I have to run forward a this is done each day, what is on the overlap soon becomes quite familiar. Most often it is random nothing but several times a to ponder 1.ts meaning. One that just year a distinct voice will leave a message for me came A slightly different version of the same effect was when the senders repeated a previously received message two times saying, "I think he said to know with you, Oh God. You hear 'em, I'd Then the identical wording was repeated again,

all on the heard overlap. One time a voice stated, "All over the overlap, I need to make an answer." In most instances the quality is better than average and there must be something special It is tricky at about first to catch these overlaps but with some persistence and careful record keeping, I believe this is happening to others who tape." them as this is done without the recorder in the record mode. touched your photograph. 11 I em, It loves you." that said, "I As REVERSE TAPE EXPERIMENT RESULTS The results are 1.n from our reverse tape experiment. We are grateful to Hu Custer, owner of STAR cassette custom copy and direct mail company, Elizabethtown, PA, who originated to Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator, who worked closely with Hu and helped to analyze the results. Ru's report follows: the experiment and "Two tapes were chosen. their Elizabethtown retreat. were returned with completed seven bits of communication. The first was a Spiritual Frontiers Tape made in 1975 at Only three AA-EVP members requested this tape and only two data sheets. One person received nothing and the other, Mrs. Shepanek detected 17. "Since there were so few responses to the first offer, another was made. At the tape made at the request of our consultant a different tape was chosen. tape) the "A number of people participated (on first national AA-EVP conference.) Four AA-EVP members requested this one and two completed their including the audience. work. One received 11 communications

and the other, 15, with Mrs. Shepanek hearing 19. Only this writer (Hu Custer) knew which tapes had been chosen. Samples of what was heard follow: (This was a Tape #1---Now, see, we all hear (many voices---Born again---Scouts yours, it's enough. voices---Will all eat with us---Now see you'll hear and times)---Examination---Etched granite---Yours 3. 4-2 Tape 1fo2---What have you to say?---They were in Vietnam---The odds are there---Not yet, you certain GI's---Loved Pittar News---Don't be afraid to be reared by her folks-- The worst are in Vietnam---Not yet, you certain gizar---Messier needs help---Tho there was news of Vietnam. "In addition, Mrs. Shepanek heard panting on one tape. Also,---Etched in granite-- Hiroshima---Something must have happened---It has---The earth, reality. the earth---You live in "The writer was disappointed that more people did not take part in this experiment. It might be wise to hand pick tapes that have more variation in content for future work. He was very discouraged that he did not hear communications and quite encouraged that Mrs. Shepanek and the others did." FOLLOW-UP REPORTS During the last three months more letters and phone calls have come from members than ever before. Many of these individuals contacted me for the first time. The "fuel" that seemed to ignite these letters were two subjects in the Spring NEWS: EVP VOICES FROM THE To each of you who got in touch with me, LIVING? and, MEDIUMSHIP AND THE TAPE RECORDER. many thanks! I will quote briefly from some of the letters received. think you are

interested in the ideas of fellow members, Since I Concerning "EVP Voices From the Living?", Gary Hickethier from WI wrote, "The first thing that came to my mind was that the tape is picking up the sender's thoughts that . •. It might help were transmitted (perhaps unconsciously) by the sender via telepathy. if the person who made the recording could remember the exact time that he received the voice. If the person who's voice appears on the tape was asleep or meditating at the time, this would add weight to the astral projection theory." Shirley Matthews, a new member some help . .. It's not at all puzzling when regarding the recorded voice of a person still living. you understand the mechanics of an out-of-body experience and communication. When the astral body leaves its physical shell it operates on an entirely different wavelength. Communication is by thought energy and when impressed on magnetic tape, takes on the form of voice sound." from UT wrote, "Perhaps I can be of Ernst Senkowski from Germany wrote, "I several times observed at least the name and possibly the voice of a 1 iving person some 300 mile·s away.... (A) case seems to have happened in Italy wherein an EVP experimenter succeeded in taping the contents of the mind of a far absent living person. So we have to be very careful in stating that all "our" voices came from the "dead." This is by no means correct. Whether it is necessary that

a living person be in a dreamlike state of mind seems doubtful to me - it may well be that a "telepathic" connection works independent from the conscious mind which may be busy with something quite different .... It becomes quite clear: there is a general interconnectedness on the unconscious levels--not only between earthbound people but at the same time between the inhabitants of the different "worlds" or "levels" including the deceased. • •• " "Mediumship and the Tape Recorder" also brought a good response. I Richard Busse from IN wrote, "I've been at this study for twenty years Sarah. wholeheartedly agree that a person who is a "proven" medium, or a person who may have unrecognized mediumistic qualities, can be used as a conduit the discarnates on tape, but on TAPES, Sarah. The tapes must do the talking, not the medium . •.• I went through, years ago, the "faith in mediums" stage. It's no longer enough . . . . " to help bring in Philip Carroll from MD wrote, "I have that mediumistic ability is necessary for EVP." Philip also commented about the "nonsense words" referred to in the last newsletter and although this is apart from the subject at hand, think you will find it interesting. "Have you ever listened to someone talk in their sleep? Sometimes they come out with perfectly clearly pronounced words of this kind. Do you suppose there could be some sort of connection?" the feeling I 4. ~"::\..'S FR()~ OTl-iER PUBLICATIONS

Dennis Stillings, A.A-~VP member from Minneapolis, Founder of the Archaeus ?roject and editor of ARTIFEX, requests information that may he of interest to many AA-EVP members. lil<e to receive any -information In his Snring issue he 1.Jrote: "The Artifex staff 1.JOuld that members and subscribers travels.' Archaeological sites, places associated \.l'ith paranormal events or ''anomalous" pheno;-;iena, and museums with ful] the information on locating information to provide subscribers with an annual Travel Guide Artifex. You may contact Dennis at: the site as well as your impressions of it. He \Jill use fortean-type ohjects are all appropriate ••• " ~29 12th Avenue S.~., Minneapolis, HN to visit on your 'strange places -::nay have on 55414. Dennis \./'ants ~alter and Mary Jo Uphoff, AA-EVP meLlbers from WI, quoted G.B. EVP researcher who~ we Fello1,,•ship Farm - Route 1, for my 0\..:: tu I have some 35,000 voice often quote, in their Fall, Winter, 1984 Ne·..,sletter fan<lress: Oregon, WI 53575) "I now do most of my l:Jenefit, to convert or to preach. recorclings on taoe which I feel ar,;,, in general, of paranormal origin ... " try and better un<lerstand other dim':'nsions of reality. I no longer care what the critics say. (EVP-paranormal voices) am not out research I In the Earth ~vs~•e __ rie_~--~2:_~dbook prepared by Sig Lonegren 1.n a () 5 8 2 P. - 0 0 2 4 ) joint venture of ti-. a n c th e n e.., E n g 1 a ~ ,; me r i

c an S o c i e t v o f po· ... : s e r s , Antiauities Research Association, Sig mentions EVP as being "particularly exciting," a: s 11 ggests placing a Aztec and Mayan Temples, Stonehenge, cham~ers further information. ~Several people have done so thus far. in a "sacred space" such as Chartres Cathedral, th '?yramid, and many underground stor fc ( D a n v i 1 l e , V e r~ on t the reader contact He sup;ested that in Ne1;, England. tape recorder the AA-EVP the Great founti I n c . a business out of No;-m Gauthier, Founder and director of the Society for Psychic Research of Ne Hampshire and ~assachusetts (P.O. ~ox 142, Hanchester, NB f\3105) reports in his ~far, ]985 newsletter ahout the way some people are being led into t~ying to contact the dea in Chica~o in 1982 whi, He vrote in Transcendental Telegraphs- na~es i patients ... A S40.00 fee (is charged) each client to place a message with a patient who: ti destinecl ne~senger's time and place of departure. T~e dying person need not memorize the messag· or even understand it. He just incorporates the message into his spirit, and then rel2: it to other spirits 1..1hen he passes over." '>f people oai~ to have their messages delivered to someone on the other sine. In the first months of business about receives notification the dead by using The message-sender relaying messages "A company was the mail

of terminally to die. through foun<led to Several publications, such as FATE magazine, and the conference brochure fc the Mi~west Retreat for Soiritual Frontiers Fellowship, have mentioned the death of J; Jane, vell-known for her many books of ~oberts, from arthritis on Septe..:iber 5, ]Q84. meta~physical nature, vas esoecially noted for her Seth books. A number of people, the possibility c In r.iy own case, this sparkecl my intere~ a1ternate realities upon reading Seth Speaks. some research int to learn more. Eventually reinc~rnation, and finally settled upon the electronic voice as the best evidence we ha~ that man survives death in an individual, conscious state. including myself, first became avare of I became a psychical investigator, <lid FI•TY-FOUR YEARS AGO In Tina Laurent's letter she included the folloving quote from the book: On The Edg: Of the Etheric by Arthur Findlay published 1.n 1931: "Question: "Ans"Wer: spirit '-lorld. it is a thi.n~ near those of c orne <l 01,,-n. 11 Can you su2,gest a means of com:nunication without a medium?" By fin~in~ something on earth susceoti~le to the higher vibrations of the This, scientists on our side are trying to influence you to accomplish, as for you to <lo, not us. i;.!e cannot do more than get our vibrations dol..l11 to It is for you to get your vibrations up to meet ours when we your earth. That research quote seems esnecially applicable and develop'nent. Many of those on to EVP researchers vorking i n the field of the other

side .,_·ant to comc'.1unicate 1,,•ith us, 3 +-I they can do onlv but engineering and electronics to assist us, " "b to help us get our v1 rations up so much. " • We call on knol..'leci~eable people 1n the fields oj through the development of suitable equipmenti to meet t ose ~ o come h h "d own. II MF.DIID1SHIP AND THE TAPE RECORDER to We come tl-iat ticklish question that frightens many people, "How much, if any, Some of those actively mediumship ability is reouired for successful EVP recordings?" They are afraid if we inject an vorking in the field refuse to consider the question. aura of mediumship into the electronic voice, the phenomena will be discounted by those of scientific bent. This may ½e true to a certain extent, but the true scientist doesn't reject ... he investi~ates with an open mind. Can we do less? the highest quality cor.imunicatians usually receive the r.:iost From listening to many tapes over the years something becomes apparent - there 15 a vast difference in the quality of the voices that different experimenters record. Most It 1s also note1.•orthy are not outstandir.g but, here and interesting messages. that It ap?ears that \.le have virtu0sos sitting .;t the "keyboard" of the tape recorder as we \.."hat unique have quality do they were m1c:diumistic and some, 1n spite of tl-ieir results, continue to say publicly they are not. Evidence is to the contrary. them sitting at the kevboard of a piano. To

start with, many never f~l t there, a bright star gleams. they possess that others :.:al-:es an EVP virtuoso? lack? 'What Urbain Berthelot, AA-EVP member from BElgium, 1.·rote: "My experience is you can onlv get voices when somebody is Medium and is near the tape recorder. Myself or with my wife then we get didn't get ncthing ... but when a them ... l)Ut this third oerson is a little medium." third person came and sit down near us, Tina Laurent, you 2ssured Tina of recording "turns" into a medium during a recorcing. remember, also wrote about loud, normal sounding her cousin 1..'ho, with l..'onders Tina voices. her if presence, her cousin There has been extensive concern \..·ill enable us to contact the unseen. is neer.eci? the last few years with developing equipment which Is that all that Is equipment then, the answer? Xercedes Sheoanek, VA State Coordinator, expresses it succ.inctly, "I'm confessing publicly to "eating crow" about my past theories for succe.ssfu:t EVP For .-ten years I've looked aghast at any suggestion.of "mediu;:;iship" involved and believed onlyiin the unexplained some other unknown dir.:iensi~. tape and-,equipment and 1-io1.•ever, this was alt.·2vs accompanied by: a·rn intuitive 'l.olonder andi ave at the phenornena""s very existence. interaction of taping. "A graJual drop off in An increasing preoccupation wi~h ever-increasingly sophisticated equipment and (I suspect) a in lessening of diminished returns. Emphasis on pragmatism has put mv efforts out of halance. I have an Is 1.·hat I've lost ca1le<i intuitive feeling of disappointment on

"the other-side." "merliumship?" Horrors! But--I've begun to t.•onder!" intuition and simplicity of approacl-i two years has 1:->rought about a and exoectation has reassessment. the oast resulted Ko, equipment in itself is not the ans~er. The nest elaborate equipment in the world The taper \Jho ta:ier will orobably result in little, if anything. used by a pragmatic 11 \..'0nder and awe" intuitively believes such corrm:unication is possible and 1.s filled 1.·ith that <'.lifferent dimensions can communicate will, it appears, becorr.e a virtuoso at his tape recorder no matter what equipr.:ient he uses. If he is blessed t.•ith elc:borate electronic equipment 1.·hich, as Arthur Findlay wrote, is "susceotible to ~he highel" vibrations of the soirit world," which helps get his "vibrations up" to meet those ,;.·ho 'l,:ant • to come dO\..'Tl, then he can hooe to achieve the highest quality voices. Both equipment and a special type of mediumship using unique energies are needed for two, ho~ever, it appears the taper is the most important. outstanding success. Of the This person, in a sense, places himself in a special "slot" "-hich seems to be the key to open the door to other realitie~ as he b~gins to record. 4 Upon complEiting the experiment tape. to property of AA-EVP,, experiment, send your name and address Shepanek, 6603 Beverly Avenue, McLean, VA back by March 8th. and data sheet you will return the person designated. and $1.00 tape, Y1:1ich becomes the i.n the to Mercedes 22101 by February 15. Your results are due to

help cover costs, take part the To You will not know who is taking part in the experiment or what tapes are being used, The objective of the experiment is to learn if people listening to the same tape will hear the same messages, Results will be analyzed and shared in a future newsletter. Here 1s your opportunity to become involved in a project of the Association. CHALLENGE ACCEPTED In the Fall Newsletter, I asked readers if they were up to the challenge of trying to show open-minded skeptics that those who speak to us on tape are independent, conscious entities. to evidential information received, were all interesting. To each of you who accepted the challenge, "Thank you!" from a philosophical approach responses, which ranged The Bernadette Arras recording voices on entities talk about proofs like these. acknowledged such as of West Germany wrote, "It should be proof when an EVP researcher is tape and unseen friends are cal ling him by name! the things only known by themselves and the researcher. We have many During the centuries many scientists had a lot of difficulties to get Sometimes Galileo Galilei and Johannes Kepler." Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, said that she has tried to be cautiously slow in Eventually she had to accept that the Voices were separate, analyzing the phenomena. She doesn't know if her conscious entities with their own personalities and expressions. experiences would convince others but, She mentioned that her sleep experiments were, to her, the most

evidential. One time a Voice whispered to someone else, "Too bad she fe 11 asleep." This came through as soon as Carol lay down but before she was asleep. Another time, after laying down, she opened her eyes for a moment. A Voice asked, "You woke up?" Here again, Carol had not been asleep but an unseen entity thought she had been. they convinced her, in the end, Gilbert Bonner of England feels it is difficult to convince skeptics that the voices are genuine. He wrote that one author referred to EVP as "illusion," Gilbert feels this does happen at times and our task is "hindered by any errors that may happen or any suggestion of fraud," Gilbert would like researchers try and collect good voice samples that talk about life after death, the beyond and so forth. to Robert Camburn of PA said that "the individual scientist, or layman, who is skeptical that the tape messages come from "the dead" hasn't read the literature on the subject, or, if he has, has not done so with an open or perceptive mind, Even should this first use of modern technology to contact the departed be perfected, there may be those who will still resist the implication. They would have to admit a basic error in their view the first modern evidence of of existence. More survival and contact with "survivors" appeared. the beginning scientists have rejected the evidence, even when offered by outstanding members of their own fraternity . .

. . It must be remembered that what is really at stake in the scientific world is its sancrosanct materialistic philosophy. That philosophy will not be yielded readily, but recent developments in science have begun to erode it." than a century has gone by since From Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, wrote, "I don't think there is any way one can prove that a voice purportedly from outer space can be proved to be an entity, They may tell you about where they live but how do you prove what it is really like on plant X, Y light years away? But voices purportedly from people who used to live as we do, but are now on another plane of existence is another story, Basically, these entities must identify themselves and give responses to questions that make sense and fit with their personalities and character." Monty gave several evidential messages received over the years. One time when they were visiting Friedrich Jurgenson, Jurgenson played a tape for them on which his friend Boris Sakarov gave him a personal message, Jurgenson was He checked and discovered that Boris surprised because h,e thought Boris was alive. 3 3-4 had been killed two weeks earlier. Monty wrote, "Some people suggest that the responses come from the taper's mind, however, I am convinced that is not the case, at least in my experience. I never have gotten words I casually think might be the answer which would come. One time I asked, "Is it

easier for me to communicate with you, than you with me?" The answer I received was one that I would never have anticipated. It was, 'We both have our problems.' " freak radio interpreted as Gary Hickethier, a new member from WI, also accepted the challenge. He wrote, "When presenting EVP tapes to the public, concentrate on presenting only those which could not possibly be the atmosphere or equipment. In other words, any voices which respond directly to questions, objects or conditions present at the time of the recording would be difficult to explain in purely mundane ways. You mentioned a recording in which two female names were present. After some detective work, the two women's families were located and it was verified that the two named persons had died some time ago . . . . Evidence like this is difficult to ignore. Finally, I think that the best way to get scientists, skeptics, and almost anyone else to take these to increase recordings, or who are aware that this phenomena exists and who become curious and eager to learn about it." the number of people who make the EVPers seriously would be reception, static from BEST OF '84 Bernadette Arras they received during died last February. "Schatzel" now belonged they would added conference next August. that wrote that she and her mother were very grateful for the messages Their German shepherd dog called "Schatzel" (darling) the year. they were recording, someone said that "Schatzel is waiting for you!"

Bernadette to our these messages and others to them. They said: following day while they have recorded bring The Carol Barron wrote that she gave a friend an unusual birthday present in '84. While taping alone one day she said it was her boyfriend's birthday and after stating his name Immediately, several voices whispered and age asked if they had a birthday greeting. repetitiously, "Happy Birthday." This was followed by a man's tonal voice who called her friend by name and said, "You're not old!" Clara Laughlin of VA wrote that it has been a wonderful year for recording. In the last newsletter I mentioned that she had taped a message saying that her "beam" was being tracked with "radar." Clara said that instead of "radar" the word "laser" should have been used. One of the most interesting recent developments Clara reports, is when she the unseen will buys something new, although she doesn't mention it in her recordings, give the correct brand name such as, "You bought a London Fog raincoat." Dan McKee recent ones are: wife) "This is love I give you." dreamer, daily." "For I live! For I live!" tapes every day and receives many communications from the unseen. "You ·raise yourself up in this." "That's right, you with Margie." "For he "Love you forever." "I love you Margie." Some (his 1.S a It was reported in the Fall Newsletter that Nancy White of TX was leaving for two weeks in Egypt. Although she had never tried

EVP recordings before, she hoped she would I sent her "Tips for Trips" which she found be able to do this at some of the locations. helpful. After her return, I thrilled with her Egyptian taped with her portable tape recorder. experience as well as one special message she Nancy has long "searched" for a name to call the home she plans to build. At one tomb she recorded a clear female voice which said, "The legend of Tel-Amon." When Nancy spoke to their Egyptian guide about the message he said it really translated into "The hill (or mountain, or home) of peace," so Nancy plans to call her home Tel-Amon. talked to her and she was REPORTS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS In her interesting letter Bernadette Arras wrote that that the voices recorded on tape get weaker with age. should be re-recorded after approximately two years. Friedrich Jurgenson told them tapes He suggests that voice 4 OUR MEMBERS REPORT Things wrote, but lull EVP wise may be at a , as far as our members are concerned there is much activity. at least in parts of Europe as Gilbert Bonner . . . John Anthony, new AA-EVP member, is interested in the video rec?rdi~g aspect o: EVP. He wrote "Interested to hear from any who have attempted electr~nic video recordin~ of phenomen~ and those who might want to discuss high/low energy physics of EVP and possible video, John Anthony-Quaker Bridge Rd.-Croton, NY 10520." She also wrote Carol Barron, MA

gtate Coordinator, has been busy contacting ~-EVP member~ in her I state. pl~ce it near the micro;hone and it generates static that at times has been conducive for voices. tapes to individuals and small groups of people and they are very interested." "For the past few months ... I have been using a neon lig_ht • I have been presenting my ' Robert Camburn --r,,--.,...,,----,,-,-----,--' from PA wrote that his article, "Contact With The Next World-What's 1 as It Like?", which appeared in the Spring Issue of the Spiritual Frontiers Journ~ , In another letter Robert corrnnented about an article he received enthusiastic comments. from in which had progressing by the emotional needs of the living." Robert suggests, "It appears that contact with "lost souls" may help them understand what has happened to them and enable them to "look for the light" and begin their outward journey. All in all, if our efforts are intelligently directed, we and they may be mutually helpful." the author wrote "spirit communicators may be inhibited read h • Wm Duvendack, I have suggested to him that he experiments to see if Voices can be recorded while he is in the tank. from MT, wrote that he is building an isolation float tank. Tina El-Ramli, of Wales, sent me a series of newspaper articles describing her and a reporter's investigations of a number of apparently haunted in South Wales. Numerous photos showed Tina attempting to contact the unseen through her portable tape recorder. Tina wrote

that she had given a lecture about EVP at the end of August to thirty-four Americans from Oregon who were on a month's "occult" tour of England. locations Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator writes, low grade spirits, no obscene or abusive words. But we have also heard a voice three times say, just before low The point in putting this into the newsletter is to character who wanted to muscle in. learn if others have had the same experience." I start speaking, "Get out!" which "We have never gotten any is directed am sure some to I Jamil Jahshan, of Amman, Jordan, sent me a newspaper article he wrote in Arabic about The article EVP and that was published in Jordan. translated part of it for me. Jamil wrote should be very helpful for those who want to start their own experiments. The previous that it was encouraging people to become more involved with the phenomena. is week a Kuwaiti newspaper had interviewed him. spreading to all parts of the world and is no longer limited to a few countries. Jamil closed his letter by saying that he is going to write an article about Raymond Moody's book Life After Life.. That is the book I gave Jamil when we met him at the airport in Amman last May on our way to Egypt. that word about EVP It is good He It Clara Laughlin, from Virginia, uses the air-band on her radio as a sound source. had been unusually

quiet lately and one day she mentioned this while recording. A clear voice said, "Don't worry about that. We I re tracking your beam with radar. 11 Another time an unseen entity said, "I love my work. Clarissa (Clara) knows words are progrannned. I'm glad you know the system." They were of excellent quality and David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, recently sent me a tape with four messages on two of them are especially thought provoking. it. Someone said the other you hear David asking, "How do you make the Voices from the land of the dead?" The clear response is, "No contact 'til they went from eternity," Although David uses the air-band on the radio for his sound sources, he is able there is no background noise. in rhythmic voice, "Science is chaotic. 11 to adjust his equipment so In Janet Majors, from MO, wrote that she works with a group that investigates ~la~es where there is evidence of paranormal activity. They have recorded sounds o~ a ticking clock on their tape even when there is no clock pres en:· The same recorder i~ used f~r other activities but the ticking sound is absent. At times the energy level with static background noise is so high they cannot hear the information they have taped. She would like to hear from members who have found the same problems and how they were solved. Janet is on the cross-country list. Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, is interested in starting a net

on a common frequency other AA-EVP ham radio operators could use in order to discuss the electronic voice. Dan said W 9 EQT operates all bands and probably 20-40 meters on a weekend would be best. His address is on the cross-country list. is a ham radio operator. He Tom Roers, from MD, and his wife Linda have started publication of a catalogue which It is called Second Sight and the catalogue to The Roers express through their catalogue their belief of "Applying For your free should interest many Association members. carries products and features articles which make use of the five physical senses expand awareness. ancient wisdoms and modern technology to self-development philosophy." copy of Second Sight write to: 903 Forest Terrace-Annapolis, MD 21401. Robert St Pierre, new AA-EVP member from CA, said in a phone conversation that he is interested in hearing from anyone who has received unusual groups of messages such as the mirror messages. He wants to correspond with those who have an idea for an electronic invention that would help with recordings. Robert is working with a friend who has a number of electronic patents and they are hoping to devise new equipment that will lead to improved recording results for everyone. He is listed on the Fall Cross-Country List. Nancy White, new AA-EVP member from TX, called me week trip to Egypt. daughter and I had recorded while there in May. help her find success as she attempts her own recordings in Egypt at

the end of October. two She was "inspired" by my account in the August NEWS of messages my She asked for suggestions that might in October about her future HELPING HANDS In the last three months many different aspects of the media have helped spread the word about the AA-EVP. The first was a special story about my work which appeared in Stuart Wilde's Summer and Fall issues of his Mystic Trader catalogue. Next, ABC TV Chicago, brought me I had a to Chicago to appear on their Monday morning "A.M. Chicago" show. few minutes to talk about EVP and the engineer played several Voice samples I had given him. Dale Kaczmarek, AA-EVP member from IL, was also on the show. He had been invited to tell about the work his ghost research group is doing. Harold Sherman wrote in his ESP Research Associates Foundation Newsletter (Jul-Aug issue) about our trip to Egypt and recording voices in the pyramids and other locations. He also mentioned our national conference to be held near Baltimore in August of '85. On the front page of the Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship Newsletter (Sept. issue) Mary Jo and Walter Uphoff's article about the electronic voice appeared. They mentioned the AA-EVP and the conference we had in August 1983. Helping hands are being extended for the future. David Newfeld of a Toronto, Canada radio station called recently to interview me for a broadcast they are preparing. We talked at length and the AA-EVP will receive good coverage.

David has since joined the AA-EVP. Michael Kimball's article, "Soul Search," which mentions to appear in the November a scheduled published in New England. Helping hands are important. without the hundreds of people who have helped me along the way. deepest sense of gratitude. issue of Yankee, the electronic voice, is reputable national magazine I am I would not be where the To each I owe 4 REPORTS FR0t'1 AND ABOlIT AA-~W MEMBERS M-'FNP members have been busy. The following reports of their activities relate to the field of EVP or psychic phencxrena in general. Bernadette Arras, a new member fr001 Viernheim, West Germny wrote that she heard about the M-FNP from her friend, Luise Fuchs, another West Gennan irernber. Bernadette and her mother have been taping voices for two years and last August visited Friedrich Jurgenson in Sweden. She wrote, "He (Jurgenson) spoke to us about his long time experiments, his so called "electronic bridge," and we were deeply touched by his excellent voices and unique messages," Carol Barron fran Massachusetts has volunteered to be the state coordinator for her state and her offer is accepted with grateful thanks. She recently gave an tW presentation to a group of which she is a member when they visited Maplecroft, the mansion Lizzie .Borden bought with her in..>ieritenCE! after she was acquitted. Carol wrote that she recorded in each roan and the tape got caught in the recorder twice. She replaced it with another tape that seemed to be working and

later listened to it briefly. Voices were on the tape but· it got so tangtect·'. she had to take it and the recorder back to the store where it had been bought. They succeeded in releasing the tape but it was destroyed. She put the second tape in a different recorder not wanting to take any further chances with it. That tape also becan-e badly wound up in the mechanism and in trying to release it, it was destroyed like the first one. Carol's report is interesting and reinforces what Hans Holzer wrote\in his book, Murder in Amityville. " ... I had experienced aimilar mechanical failures ( referring to cameras and tape recorders) in other haunted houses due to the presence of electromagnetic fields in the atmosphere." Although I have never had a problem with ny tape recorder when visiting such locations, I have been with professional photographers whose cameras refused to work. Jerry .Bennett, Georgia State Coordinator, sent me a book list fran Health Research in California. The canpany carries old and rare books in facsimile copies. I have examined the list and it is excellent. If you have been trying unsuccessfully to locate a book, you may want to contact them, .Box 70-Mokelumne Hill, CA 95245 . . Robert Camburn fr001 Pennsylvania has a full-length article appearing in the Spring Issue of the Spiritual l:t'rontiers Journal. The title is, "Contact With The next World-What's It Like?" you may order a single copy ($2.50) by writing to, Spiritual Frontiers

Fellowship, Inc. 10819 Winner Road, Independence, Y'D 64052. I recam-end this outstanding article. For those of you who are not members of SFF, Hu Custer £ran Pennsylvania who so ably taped our national conference last August wrote to me recently. He has many years of experience in taping conferences and lectures, and is especially interested in the field of EVP. tapes duplicated or in the many other services Hu offers, write to hi...'11 for infonnation, STAR.-632 S. Locust Street, Elizabethtown, PA 17022. If you are interested in having any of your Tina El-Ramli fran Wales recently sent me an interesting tape and letter. She has been using a pre-recorded tape with running water on it as a sound source while taping with two different recorders. Tina has discovered on tape playback that each recorder has its own unique messages. Tw:i female names came through to her a number of times. Both first and last rum:?S were given and since neither were known to Tina she checked tthe phone book. After much sleuthing and many phone calls, she apparently located the two worrens' families. Both families said the person she was inquiring about had died sore t:i.rre ago. Tina has also taped a number of messages about''books." At times when she asks a particular question she is told it is in the ''books,'" or they will "Check the books." She wonders if any other M-'FNP member has received similar messages. Jamil Jahshan of .Jordan sent me an excellent, full-length article that

he had written about contacting the dead and which appeared in the Jordan T:i.rres. He surveys the question of survival and makes a number of very good points. The M-'fNP is mentioned as well as sme suggestions for anyone in Jordan who wants to sit down at a recorder to try to record voices. On my way to Egypt in May, we had several hours lay-over at the airport in Anrnan. Jamil received special pennission fran the head of security to visit with me and was brought by a 3. 3-2 guard to the floor where we waited. Jamil, my daughter Becky, and I had the pleasure of meeting for the first t~ and we talked together for tw hours. I had brought him the book, Life After Life, by Raymond Moody, which the guard checked and pennitted him to keep. Before leaving, Jamil gave me a poem that he had written in 1962 which dealt mainly with the soul surviving death. The poem is very moving and closes with: "The great designer comnands, Souls are divided into bands, Then scattered throughout lands, To dwell in other handfuls of ' sand." Dan McKee, Illinois State Coordinator, wrote that the best example of reverse taping he has cooe across is a taped voice on the forward side counting, "One-two-three-four-five-six." When he played the tape in reverse a clear voice said, "I think he wants to know you 1 O~I" Dan ccxrmented, "Both sides are so clear and well spaced it would

be a perfect example to put • on a voice analyzer." Ernst· Senkowski taped an important message that I think expresses what the unseen look for and in fact may need for successful EVP ccmnunication to occur. "It is a question:.. of feeling, emotion and techrucjue." FIELD TESTING CONTINUES WITH ULTRASONIC CONVERTER In the ~lay NEWS I reported that Jerry Bennett had canpleted work on an ultrasonic converter which I was field testing. positive results. Since May, Dan McKee and Mercedes Shepanek have canpleted testing it. • ~essages were received when it was used in ccxnbination with other sound sources. One morning Mercedes taped, "Too much window!" which conceivably could have meant the spread of frequencies was too great. Carol Barron is now testing it. I mentioned that I had experinented with it in various ways with SCHEMATIC FOR DUAL ULTRASONIC OSCIUATORS Here is a schematic of a dual ultrasonic oscillator. Perhaps some of you would like to build one to use in your recordings. Since the low range and high range units have some· overlap tl1ere·are several settings of the frequency control knobs that will produce a ''beat note" that is audible through the speaker despite the fact that the two individual frequencies are well above the average hearing range of humans. This fact c~ be used to check that the oscillators are working. • For first-tine operation set the low frequency unit at about 20 kHz and the high frequency. unit at about 23 kHz and listen for

the 3 kHz beat note or squeal. Afterwards use the unit in any mode desired. If you builq the unit please iet me know your results. I have been experi..'ilenting with sooething similar for the last month. • ' IJUAI. Ul.'IIIA:iONlC OSCU,U.T<lll~ BEST OF 1983 In the February NEWS, Dan McKee, State Coordinator of Illinois, suggested M-f!NP nembers send in what they considered their best, (most interesting) intercepts of 1983. A number of people did this and so I am indebted to you for your response and to Dan for conceiving the idea in the first place. Carol Barron of MA has been taping less than a year but has already received many clear, Imrediately he answered, "Baby!" I said, ''What did your parents call you when interesting messages. A number of her commmicants show a delightful sense of humor. In one instance, which demonstrates how our unseen friends are sometimes a step ahead of us, Carol kept asking for the name of a man who spoke to her frequently. Carol writes, "I decided to be "crafty111 and ask another way. you were small?" • William Duvendack of MT received one word last year, but it was the most important word f? of us has received, our first word. Bill, although interested in EVP,_ was a bit skeptical t the unseen could speak to us. One evening, as an experiment, he put the sound source tape I seUfor $2, on a tape recorder and a blank tape on another· recorder.

He and a friend went into the kitchen and later when they came back, stopped the recorder and replayed the tape they heard"Ye-e-s-s-s-sl" Others have listened to it and confirm the rressage. Bill wrote, "Strange, the conscious, rational mind has difficulty accepting this, yet it's there." Edelgard John, one of our German members wrote that it was not easy to decide what was her best but she would take what gave her personally much comfort and hoped it would give comfort to others. She said, ''In this year 1983, my dear dog Rolf died. This was very, very sad for me and I of ten asked about him and got answers. Two or three times he even barked for me. A voice said, three weeks after Rolf died, "I already am friends with the dog." Clara Laughlin continues to receive many interesting messages. Her friend, Virginia Bates, another vA M-EW mernber, listens to all of Clara's messages and helps to confirm them. A shoE_t time ago someone said, "Clara's never been out farther than our ard stresses that the word was Androma an not Androme a, the ga axy. More recent y s from her husband Tom who has spoken to her frequently. He said he was moving "up" so would not be able to come through quite as often. Tom assured Clara that his side was very interested in our "mission," whi.ch Clara believes relates to our "mission" of corrmunicating with them. lanet Androma." (Clara David Lothamer writes that

for sometime he had asked for Fred Ray to come through because Fred had once been hi.s guardian. The clear message was received, which had deep personal meaning for David whe:n someone said, "Fred Ra~ loves you." Another time when David was feeling despondent a voice said, ''We know you ve been discouraged but dead isn't dead." Perhaps the most chilling message that he received was, ''Man's a savage lot. That's part of his far descent." Dan McKee's excellent Class A messages come through on the reverse side of his tapes. Dan had been taping for just seven years and although he hadn't mentioned this to anyone a voice said, "After seven years, does God still need us?" The message Dan finds most reassuring about our work and the doubts that sometimes plague us was, 11The inventive, the incentive, now does he know, there isn't any error.'' Arabella Roberts& MD State Coordinator, feels that the most interestng and thought provoking message s ? received was about a family member a short time after his death. A clear voice said, ~'Vernon's a third of a free shepherd." Mercedes shelanek.l VA State Coordinator, said that the most interesting aspect of her recordings for 983 was how many of the Voices began using Biblical language and that "thee," and "thou" WE:?re heard frequently. One time when she asked, ''What do you do to make the sounds, what makes the Voices?" someone answered, "They are both of oHr s_ounds. It is thy love clipped

and roEotic sounding gave the message, "Isabello we are traveled in space up the stellar light." thy belief makes ther.1." A different type of voice which came thi , (~ 3. 3-/ FRIEDRICH JURGENSON OOCUMENTARY In a recent letter fran Monty Hearon, Oregon State Coordinator, he wrote about well-known Friedrich Jurgenson, Swedish EVP researcher. For those new to the world of voice phenanena, Jurgenson (along with Attila von Szaley of California) is credited with bringing the phenanena to the attention of the world in the 1950's. Monty wrote, ''You know that Jurgenson is a good friend of ours .... Friedrich has been working on a TV program for several years which I gather will be a documentary on his ,taping. The program is essentially finished. On May 10-12, in Milan, there will be a press conference with Jurgenson attended by reporters from press, radio and TV fran all over the world. We might be on the lookout for the releases caning from that press conference .... Apparently the program will be shown by TV Luxemburg shortly after the press conference." DAN McKEE'S RECX>RDING.METI-10D I asked Dan to share with members the method he uses to get his excellent voices, mst of which are on the reverse side of his tapes. The following is from his letter. "Just outside the 40 meter amateur band, 7329.5 kHz to be exact, in the evening there is a military station that sends multiple tones constantly to hold the channel open for their use. On

the hour they transmit a coded message with the operator phonetically speaking each letter distinctly. Using an audio rejection filter I can usually reduce the nultiple tones to a low enough level so the voice signal predcxninates. Also backing the R.F. gain control down tends to bring the voice up. Then I copy the message in the normal reverse manner and it is often more distinct than any other way I've used. Sometimes I generate my own multiple tones by adjusting my transmitter frequency slightly different from the receiver frequency which results in multiple bird chirp sounds. I then voice modulate my transmitter, copy this from the receiver on a tape recorder and play it backwards." NEWS FRa,.t MEMBERS Arthur S. Berg~esident of Survival Research Foundation, wrote that he was pleased that some of our mentioned in the February NEWS. experiments you may contact hi.µ1: P.O. Box 8565-Pembroke Pines, FL 33084-9565. rs had responded to his request to help in a survival research project If anyone is interested in helping Arthur with various Betty Evans,. VA AA-FNP member, reports that she has had several messages lately from her ''London" was mentioned L-,, the one message in connection with her father and brother. brother which she felt was evidential. Philip Paul, TX AA-FNP metcl,er, stopped to visit me one day on his way to China. He will be living in Peking for the next several years. Mercedes Shepanek will be a part of history_in the year.20011 Her daughter and son-in law

have made-up a time capsule for their son Gregory born last fall. The capsule, which has been sealed, cdntains many artifacts from 1983. One of them is an EVP tape of sane voices Mercedes has recorded, a brief explanation about EVP itself, and the suggestion Gregory check with his rother further about the phenooena. Mercedes included a small tape recorder in the capsule just in C$e tape recorders capable of playing our present cassette tapes are no longer manufactured. Gregory will open the capsule in 2001 on his eighteenth birthday. Anne Smisko, VA AA-FNP member, has reported that her tape recorder was stolen. The police recovered it but' it was damaged. Anne hopes to have it repaired soon so she can·. continue with her recordings. • Tim Smith new MD AA-FNP member, wrote to me that he took his portable tape recorder to the roan ~re Abraham Lincoln died. He made a recording but nothing was heard. This stands tt, ;;.eason. Although an apparition, that many people feel is Lincoln, has been seen at wrious locations around Washington, it is doubtful if an individual of his caliber would linger in the room in which he had died. 4. r.VP EXViJUfv'iENT OPPORTUNITY Do you like the thrill and challenge of taking part in experiments? Are you eager to help provide more evidence for survival? This is for you! I received a letter from Arthur S. Berger, President of Survival Research Foundation. lie wrote, "The experiment will require several EVP experimenters located

in different parts of the world who are willing to work with us in one experiment which should not extend over too long a period of time. In this experioent we will be coordinating the survival research experiment and evaluating the material. Details will be supplied to those who write to me." SoW1d exciting? You may write to Arthur at P.O. Box 8565-Pembroke Pines, FL 33084-0565. AA-EVP ;,!E,.7J..BJ.J.ZS Atlli BUSY It is especially gratifying to me that many of our members are becoming actively involved in the field of EVP .. No longer are they satisfied to just sit back and observe, letting someone else Jo the work. They have stepped forward and each, using his unique talents, is helping the phenomena to progress. To briefly mention the activities of some of them: Betty Barnell, who joined the Association last JW1e and lives in Austin, Texas has been asked to 6 ive a talk about EVP at her local church. Jerry Bennett, the Georgia State Coordinator for the AA-EVP, has personally met all Georgia members who are willing to share names and addresses. Jerry, who is especially interested in the research and development of equipment to aid us in our cor1munications with other dimensions, has written that he has completed work on an ultrasonic listening device. lle will send it to me in the near future for testing. Jerry has also learned that an ultrasonic superheteroclyne receiver (1/C 5148 @ $39.95) can be bought from Chaney t:lcctronics, Inc. For their

1984 Product Catalogue write P.O. Box 27038 Denver, Colorado 80227. Robert Camburn, a PA member has recently had an article accepted by the Journal of Spiritual Frontiers, a national organization. The title of the article is: "The Evidence for Spiritual Kealities, or, The Death of Materialisr.1." been privileged the electronic voice and how it presents us with evidence for the Spiritual realities. Tho.f~ of you who arc members of Spiritual Frontiers will want to watch for Robert's article which will be published in one of the Journals this year. to read the article and it is excellent. Among other things, he discusses I have Association □embers in other countries have also been busy. Tine El-Rarnli, who joined the Association last: summer and attended our national conference, has returned home to wales. Since Septeraber she has met some of the leadini English EVP researchers such as Gilbert Bonner and Association member ~orraan :VJarsh. In a recent letter, Tina wrote that she has also becoue acquainted with Benson Herbert in his Paraphysical Laboratory in Wiltshire. He was involved with EVP in·the early years and studied iZaudive's results. His interest in EVP has recently been rekindled, and Tina was invited to meet with him and two groups of his friends. She discussed her feelings about EVP, as a newcomer to the field, with the individuals who came. Herbert has asked Tina to take part in some EVP experiments in his laboratory in the next several months and he may publish the results in

his Journal. Jamil Jashan (he has given pemission to use his last nane) from Amnan, Jordan, who I mentioned in the i'~ovember newsletter, has been hard at work introducing EVP to his part of In his recent letter he wrote that he has made the acquaintance of the cultural the world. editor of one of the local newspapers in Amman. This gentleman owns a publishing house and asked Ja~il to translate a book about life after death into Arabic for publication. Jamil is presently translating Harold Sheman' s book, 'The Dead Are Alive, which contains two chapters about EVP for this editor. EVP to a Lebanese magazine. Another friend of Jamil's is the Director of the English programs on Radio Arrman, Jord,m. Jar;iil introduced hir.1 to the subject of EVP and after having read in the Xay 1983, newsletter about the success of Otto KlJnig in receiving outstanding EVP voices at Radio Luxemburg, told his friend about this. This man is now ready to examine EVP taped messages with an electronic engineer. I was pleased to be asked to give a ten minute talk about the electronic voice for the radio station. At the end, I included five EVP messages on the tape in order to give the listeners in Jordan a better idea of the electronic voice. In addition, Jamil has mailed a four-page article about 3. 2-+ :.,.lE;v'illERS I EVP ;,,:.ESSAGES Carol Barron, AA-EVP member from Vi.A, began recording EVP voices last spring after reading about the phenomena

in the ~ational Enquirer. Despite the relatively short time she has been \Jorking in the field, a number of voices are cooing through. Some of them are: "Feel better? Huh? You all ri)1t? 11 After Carol had been sick.) "I have to quit." "Cut through." "Too bad she fell asleep. 1 (After C'-arol went to take a nap.) '111is was four years before the llearons began EVP taping. Monty writes, "A :•ionty liearon, Ore0on State Coordinator, wrote that he use:· to correspond with a Mr. H. who· livcJ in CA. Since "l!am" had lost his eyesight all correspondence was done via cassette tapes in 1973. while back I had reason to listen to his tapes again and this time with earphones. Much to r1y surprise, there were paranorn1al voices on several of his tapes ... On the first one, a loud, out whispery •1oice says, ":1iller." Last sUJ:mer when the Hearons were in England they had a sittinr_: wit:1 En.1 Twigg, Uritain s famous medium. She did not know about any particular EVP 1:icssa6es the llec;1rons had received but said that sor:ieone by the name of Joseph Miller was tellin6 her that he was tryin6 to help ~he Hearons with their taping! Clara Laughlin, M-EVP member from VA, continues to get interestinJ messages. One day she was gn.nnbling during a recording that she couldn't hear anythi~. A voice replied, on tape, "Clara we tr . We don't catch the earth between the o .,nincT." Clara has also been helping Anne

Smisko, a new AA-EVP member husband, 2--:ike, died in January 1983. Although the Smiskos had attended Clara's church, she did not know them. After Mike's death, Clara began recording "Michael" on her tapes. '"'hen Anne came to Clara's home and they made a recording together, ~'like car.ie through with his last name and other evidential messages. received her first voice, ·rMike S□isko."r" Clara listened to it and says it is of good quality. In a later letter Clara \-Jrote, "Anne has joyfully rorn VA get started in her EVP work. Anne's Dan YicKee, IL State Coordinator, wrote that he thinks it would be a good idea if everyone sent me their "Best of the Year" intercepts. telling r:ie about the most interesting message(s) you recorded in '83. publish these in the May N.1.'..'WS. Dan thinks~ that perhaps the most significant one he taped last year was, "The incentive; the inventive. Now does he know there isn't an· error!" Dan wrote, "Then to-wipe out that lingering doubt we a was a tremendous cl il:"1ax." I agree! Please drop me a note by April 1 ight with, 111ere isn t any error!' I would like to :'1ercedes Shepanek recently became a grandmother for the first time. One day while baby-sitting with six week old Gregory, she was doing her regular morning recording. Proudly she held him up in front of her tape recorder and said to anyone who might be with her, "Isn't he gorgeous?" On tape playback, a female voice answered

her question with, "Looks good!" followed by a male voice who said, "Looks awfully green!" Gre6ory was wearing a green Jordache jumpsuit! OTTO KONIG CONTINUES GETTING RESULTS " Since the November N.l.'..'WS was mailed, several individuals have written to me and, contrary to what I had been led to believe, have told me that Ktlnig is continuing to get excellent results with the ultrasonic electronic equipment he has deveioped. The first individual to write was Dr. Ernst Senk.owski, an M-FNP member from Germany. I will quote fror.1 his interesting letter: "Meanwhile he (Kl:foig) had to go to the Fulda meeting of the VTF (German FNP Association) of which he is a member. They got a couple of good voices in the meeting (500 people) ..• one saying in s01:1ewhat distorted German, greeting.' ... A lady asked whether Konstantin Raudive could possibly come in. Klfoig repeated this call, and after a few seconds a low pitched slowly speaking voice answered 'Raudive.' 'The dead "I compared this voice, raising the velocity/speed in replaying it, with the original of iZaudive during lifetime taken from an old record and believe I".le, they are quite similar to say the least!" Dr. Senkowski also wrote that Ktlnig recorded the name of his close friend walter Steintlkel, who was ill in the hospital. Fifteen minutes later, Steintlkel's wife called 4. transmissions. about 131-132 MHz on the air-band of the radio, may not be paranormal but rather of earth-plane origin and that at least some of those who

speak to us wait for the toneis before communicating. I expressed the belief that these tones, which occur at Some members ordeired the fifteen-minute cassette tape of these tones, which I offered for $2, and a good deal of interest has been shown in them by a number of individuals. A£ter reading the, May NEWS, Mercedes Shepanek tuned her radio to 132 MHz. Almost at once she heard the tones and since then has done most of her recordings there, S:he has sent me two tapes of messages recorded at 132 MHz, and while space does not permit me to list all of them, the following will give you an idea of the interesting nature of these messages: "Reverend, we 're pools at the side of your channels_." "We help you my friend. Hear us. Fight on." Mercedes asked if the sounds were coming from the spirit world and a voice re!plied, "Spirit comes from us. To Spirit from us_. That's ill" Another time when she repeated her question as to the orfgin of the sounds she was told, "They're both of our sounds. It's thy love__, thy belief' makes them." One morning someone said, "Isabello we are traveled in space by the stellar light." Just as Mercedes found the tones one morning a voice said, "Thou did touc:h th_y channel because you discovered this fact." A close family relative was having a serious operation the following day. Mercedes asked the other side to tell her deceased son, Raymond, about

the operation so he could stand by his relative and give him encouragement. A clear voice answered., "Your son has a hardship with this kind of service." It is Mercedes' feeling that despite the fact that some of those on the other side say the tones are coming from them, most, if not all, are earth plane. She also believes that the somewhat archaic language such as, thee and thou which is us:ed at times, is used deliberate)f to help distinguish it from an earth-plane broadcast. A LETTER FROM GERMANY I received an interesting letter from Association member Luise Fuchs, of "I live in Allfeld, a small Allfeld, Germany. Tom Roers, Maryland AA-EVP member translated it for me and I would like to share part of it with you. town of 1200 inhabitants. It's very peaceful here, good clear air, and ideally situated for tape recorder contact with our friends in the other I've been working since June 1978 with the tape recorder to make world. I spent a week in Sweden with Mr. Jurgenson in October 1979. contact. was extraordinarily interesting to listen to his clear,sometimes lengthy communications. work. Up until my trip to Sweden I sought, as no doubt everyone does at the outset, the best "recording method." After returning from Sweden, I've worked exclusively with the so-called Jurgenson wave . . . . I've gotten many good communications through this wave . . . . I worked by myself for J years, then had the great desire

to pass along my experiences to others who are interested in the subject. For 2 years we've been meeting in the adjoining room of a Gasthaus (combination inn-restaurant.) We convene once a month and attempt to make recordings, and it's a joy for me that young people show great interest." I will be indebted to him my entire life for this week of It REPORTS FR OM MEMBERS At the end of November, !\.rabella Roberts called me about several messages that she had recorded on November 28, They were: "Going on a bus. Don't drop it. Your pocketbook." We wondered if this might be a precognitive message; however, because Arabella seldom rides the bus, we were not too concerned, On June 19, for the first time in years, Arabella went on a one-day bus trip. As she was getting on the bus, preparing to return home J. Z-e. a man tried to grab her pocketbook. Fortunately Arabella was able to hold onto it and no harm was done, Clara Laughlin, AA-EVP member from Virginia receives many interesting messages, the majority on the reverse side of her tapes, On May 2, her husband, Tom, who communicates frequently said, ".,.I was sick on earth. No more. No longer sick." During this time he asked his daughter, Barbara, about her birthday which had occurred several days earlier. The following day, May J, he again spoke to Clara and said, "Clara I have to say this. this serious, I am living," On the 7th

he returned with, "Clara ... Take I continue to live. This is the truth." I received an interesting tape and letter from David Lothamer, California State Coordinator. Some of the messages were; "We know there are frustrations_,_" ( A few minutes earlier an individual in their group had said they were frustrated in their EVP work,) David continuously asks for proof of survival and names of deceased loved ones which he feels is important, One morning at .5 A,M, someone said, "We know you've been discouraged but dead isn't dead." One time David asked for the help of Padre Pio and a voice commented, "I hear that that is your saint." A voice of most unusual quality said, "Evil person Satan." David was reading a letter once while recording and someone whispered, "You mail lover!" David wrote, "And still I mull the question over. Do the entities have limitations on the choice of words? Thus some of the awkward sentences we get." He also questions why so few EVP researchers have a special guide or helper, as the well-known mediums had of 50-75 years ago. He wonders at the apparently complete absence of American Indian guides in our work since the early mediums frequently believed they had them. If you have any thoughts on this, or if you feel you do have a special helper in your work, please let me know. Dan McKee called me one evening and said he is making progress using the multiple tones in his

recordings. He has discovered there is a channel on his short wave that comes on each hour, on the hour, during which time groups of names are read. Dan records these names and then at the conclusion turns his tape over and plays it in reverse. The EVP voice takes the energy of the earth-plane voice and somehow shapes and turns it into the paranormal message. Since the earth-plane voice speaks clearly, in measured cadence, with a short pause between the names, the paranormal voice seems to be able to use this to good advantage. Dan has asked them who they are and someone said, "We are op~osite." They talk about "going through the mirror." I have all received many mirror messages.) Dan said he suspects this group may have something to do with anti-matter, which has been proven in the laboratory. For anyone who has a short wave set and would like to try to replicate Dan's results, turn to 7329 KHz on the upper side band. After finding the channel and recording the names, remember to turn your reel tape over and play the tape in reverse, following the suggestions I gave in the May 1982 newsletter. (Mercedes Shepane, Clara Laughlin and ROLL CALL With the addition of thirty-five new members since the first of May, we have experienced more growth than during any other three month period. The new members come from: Delaware, Oregon, Louisiana, West Virginia, District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and England. Florida deserves special

congratulations because it has added eight members during this time. With a total of eleven, it has the largest number of AA-EVP members, It's QQm2 to have all of you! 4. ' contributors are: George f,ieek, with a SPIRICOJ,; update; Dr. Ernst Senkowski on the European scene, and Gilbert Bonner on psychoacoustic factors. Mr. MacRae will give a layman's guide to decibels and what signal to noise ratio means with a specially prepared on-tape listening test. To receive this tape by airmail, send $10, (U.S. MacRae, Grianan, Portree Skye, Scotland IV 519 DJ. Additionally, he will be happy to answer any questions you may have about Alpha. funds are welcome) to: Alexander IDEAS FOR RESEARCH PROJECTS In the February NEWS, I asked members to send me ideas that could be used for future EVP projects. The response has been good. Jerry Bennett, a new AA-EVP member from Georgia, knows a lot about electronics. In a letter he commented that the .early Marconi detector is similar to a modern tape recorder. For exp·erimentation purposes he suggests, "Place a coil, or extra recording head if one is available, near the main recording head. Have this connected to antenna and ground wires." It is Jerry's thought that this may be an improved method of recording voices. Let me know your results and I will pass them on to Jerry. V. Krishnan, of Tamilnad, India, suggests trying 'absent' recordings. He writes, "What I plan is this: When I make a recording in the ordinary

way, I shall tell my contacts to come through in my absence, switch off and, after a period of time, say six hours, turn on the recorder and leave the house." Please continue to send me ideas for future EVP research projects that I can share with all members through the AA-EVP NEWS. EVP TONE CAPTlfr:ED? In the February NEWS, I mentioned that Dan McKee of Illinois, had written that he and an engineer were going to try to capture the tone that entities have told him they use to begin transmissions, A short time ago, it occurred to me that Arabella Roberts, of Maryland, and I may have this tone. Over a year ago, Arabella called and said she had recorded for the first time unusual tones at 131 lfiliz on her radio. When she asked about them, an unseen entity replied that they were speaking from the "Voice Super-Dome." I tuned my radio to the same place and within several days I too heard tones. Arabella has listened to the tones I receive and believes my tones are more musical than hers. Soon 131 MHz became the most active place, by far, on my radio for recording voices. Apparently, unseen entities wait for the tones, and one or two seconds after hearing them, they would begin to speak. The quality of the voice is different from other EVP voices. They frequently use the pronoun "we" and usually several speak simultaneously, making the "we" logical. The major disadvantage to

these voices is that, as a whole, they are not as clear as EVP voices received at other places on the airband. For this reason I did not, except for now and then to see if the tones and voices were still there, record at 131 MHz. After Dan shared with us the message he had received about the tones, I decided to further experiment. While tuned to 1J1 MHz, I first asked whether these were the tones about which Dan had been told. A clear Class A voice replied, "You're being told is possibility," I bought a six minute endless cassette tape and went through a number of recordings, duplicating only the 3. 2.-/ tones in isolation, of which there is a wide variety, Next I used this as a sound source played on my cassette tape deck. Since I wanted to duplicate as closely as possible the conditions that these voices find most favorable, I have the tape deck patched into an RF Signal Generator. The Signal Generator is tuned to 131 MHz, and I turn on two small radios in my office. In this way, the sound source tone tape is heard playing through both radios as if it is one broadcast. The one radio is tuned exactly to 131 MHz, and the other is slightty off; consequently you hear a mixture of the tones along with white noise and a limited amount of airband intrusion through the second radio. It is this second radio which receives

most of the paranormal messages. A number of interesting messages have been recorded using this method and I am happy to note, the quality has surpassed the previous 131 MHz voices. One more thing should be mentioned. I am not at all sure that the tones are paranormal. They may be earth-plane, or a combination of both. Whatever they are, the tones are used by at least some of those who speak to us. If any AA-EVP member would like to attempt to receive voices using the tone tape, I will be happy to duplicate my six minute endless tape onto a regular 15 minute cassette tape. $2 should cover costs. have an RF Signal Generator to use with a radio, you can still play it as a sound source on a cassette player, while using your regular recorder for recording. Let me know your results! If you do not ROLL CALL With the addition of eighteen new members since February, the AA-EVP has shown a healthy growth. Minnesota, Kentucky, Montana, and Missouri can now claim AA-EVP members, which means twenty-seven states are represented. We have added a member from Scotland. To all new members, a special WELCOME! REPORTS FROM MEMBERS Eric Brodish and Hubert Custer, two new members from Pennsylvania, spoke about EVP at a Spiritual Frontiers meeting in Harrisburg, PA recently.They played several demonstration tapes and answered a number of questions about the phenomena. Eric said there was great interest in the electronic voice, and .several individuals came

up afterwards and told him it was the best meeting they had attended. I received an interesting letter from Dan McKee. He wrote," ... about a I've month ago a quite clear voice came through and said, "Use New Way. Selected You." My further querries about what new way fell on closed ears and I had to assume it must have referred to the multiple tone method . ... I have selected a couple of transmitters on about 7325 khz. The 7330 khz is the Canadian time control station and you can hear the beeps every second followed by the spoken in French and English time announcements each minute . . . . I have had some rather good results-some with forward taping but more with backward taping referring to, 'The circut,' you,' and 'God will help.' Then dropping down to the amateur radio band just below and using Single Side Band Signals, better than average results seem to happen. It takes so very many tests before much of a conclusion can be reached that I do not want to say that anything more than encouraging results have been obtained thus far." 'Hearing I hope members who have equipment similar to Dan's will experiment using the same as well as different frequencies than he uses. Like the sleep experiments, it is good if we can reinforce one anothers results. The 4. I witnessed what can come recordings on this wave. in on the so-called Jurgenson Wave. It is found on:

I have gotten the longest Medilllll Wave=AM Here in Allfeld on Frequency 1492 "Within West Germany this frequency can be a little different and I don't know whether for America. Therefore, I would advise you to seek the medilllll wave it's a lot different AM spot which lies between Moscow and Vienna: (in Germany) this is the right frequency. At this point on the radio various transmissions are able to come through, but they comprise EVP voices too. wave-like or rhythmic rushing sound. Please don't be discouraged if you don't hear this rhythmic rushing right away. Keep trying. Once this point is found, stay with it even if EVP voices are not immediately satisfactory. From my experience I can say that this is the best frequency for radio-recording." If our friends are coming through well, then the EVP voices come in a We are indebted to Luise for her clear explanation and for sharing with us her experiences using the Jurgenson Wave. She is eager to hear from other M-EVP members who use it successfully. If you do, let me know and I will pass the word on to Luise. An invitation to visit has come from Edelgard John of Rothenburg, West Germany. Mrs. John, a friend of Luise Fuchs, joined the M-EVP last June. "Many American tourists are coming here. Rothenburg, I should be glad to meet her or him." For any M-EVP member who plans to be near Rothenburg in the future and would like to accept Mrs.

John's kind invitation you may write to her: Herrngasse 27 8803 O.T. West Germany If ever a member of our Association would visit In her recent letter she wrote, An interesting and thought provoking letter has come from M-EVP member, Norman Marsh of England. After his wife Marjorie died over three years ago, he decided to try to contact her via a tape recorder. Norman bought a recorder and attempted unsuccessfully for months to reach her. He wrote to Gilbert Bonner, well-known English EVP researcher, for suggestions which he followed closely. cassette recorder and made a recording of a German newscaster and played this back as a noise source, placing my reel to reel recorder about 7 feet away with the microphone in the middle ... (After about 6 more months of negative results) I was startled to hear a strong woman's voice call my name .... The following day I asked aloud who is doing this and a voice of excellent quality said, "Norman it's Marjorie, it's true, it's true, it's true!" I will quote in part from Norman's letter: "I purchased a small Three days later, Norman sat down to listen to the 'Marjorie' message on the reel tape before transferring it to a cassette tape. He writes, "There was no trace of it. Every word had vanished. . .. I tu.:.:,'led the tape over and tried each side and tracks 1 to 4, but to no avail. The recording had been erased without a trace .... I

had waited so long and then this happened. I was miserable but decided that I would carry on. I continued my recordings using the same German speaker as a noise source when half-way through the cassette was the recording that had been erased from the reel tape, "Norman, it's Marjorie, it's true, it's true, it's true!" Norman asks, "How did the message become erased from the tape of the reel to reel recorder and find its way on to the cassette which was 7 feet away in the PLAYBACK position? Was it done deliberately to show that paranormal activity was responsible ... ? He closed his letter with, "While she (Marjorie) believed iLlplicit:Y i.n survival by faith she was hesitant to accept that conmunication was possible. referred to corrmunication." I hci,c no doubt that the words, "It's true,'' EVP has spread to the East! Jamil ( and I will not use his last name on the possibility it might cause him some difficulty) lives in Arrrnan, Jordan. We have exchanged many letters and I have sent him some EVP tapes. Jamil has become interested in the electronic voice and recently joined M-EVP. In the letter in which he enclosed his membership he wrote, "I am doing my best to introduce EVP but I have to be tactful since fanaticism prevails in this part of the world. Anyway, slowly but steadily I will act." KOREAN-007-AIR DISASTER Those who attended the August conference and heard Mercedes Shepanek, Virginia State Coordinator, play her

tape Saturday morning as part of the tape demonstration were highly impressed. All of the messages were received 8-9 hours after the Air Florida crash into 3. 2.-) the _Potomac R~ver in J~n~ry 1982. arv;t.~~ ~c~ directly fr~ 'helpers' who were trying to assist the victl.IIls of the cr~~fi"':'C)1'¥~ JC-on enclosed list.) Now, it seems possible that Mercedes may have tuned into what took place after the It is noteworthy that with the Air Florida Korean airplane crash the end of August. crash, Mercedes knew about it and asked for information which was apparently given. However, in the Korean disaster she did not know that the plane had been shot down. was not until the following day that the world learned what had happened. It Mercedes sent me a copy of the excellent tape. Some of the Class A messages, all on the reverse side of her tape, are: ''This man has her ear cut off. 11 ''These people went up there you know. They all have hysterics, they all hysteric, they all hysteric." "Look, now. Things are no good." "Well God chose them. 11 ''We all may work quietly?" "So be it." The messages came one after the other. With the 'hysteric' message there was a babble of several excited voices. The message near the end, ''We all may work quietly?" suggests that someone was asking the 'helpers' to become calmer as they were working. WILLIAM WELCH SPEAKS? William Welch was one of the foremost EVP researchers in this

country before his death in the 1970's. He is the author of the book, Talks With The Dead, published in 1975. Harold Sherman called me several weeks ago and said that he had received a letter from Raymond Cass, English EVP researcher. Raymond had written that he had just listened to the William Welch Memorial tape, "Talks With The Dead," which was given in 1976 at the Harold Sherman Body/Mind/Spirit Workshop in St. Louis and which Harold recently sent to him. Cass was so moved by the tape that he felt compelled to go to his tape recorder to see if he could record a message. A clear voice whispered loudly, "Darling Kitty." Since Kitty was the name of Welch'es wife, Harold tried to reach her in California to see what term her husband had used in addressing her. Although Kitty was not home at the time, Harold talked to a gentleman who knew William and Kitty well and had recorded many times with them. According to this gentleman, when William spoke to his wife he would frequently refer to her as "Darling Kitty." The day following my conversation with Harold, I wrote to Raymond and said I would like to share his experience with the AA-EVP members in the November NEWS. Raymond promptly replied and most kindly sent me a copy of the Class A "Darling Kitty" message. I will quote from his letter. "The Kitty voice was received just after listening to the Wm Welch tape and trying

a mike recording which proved abortive. twiddled around the Jurgenson frequency (about 1480 khz.) On the instant I heard a loud hoarse whisper ... "Darling Kitty," riding on the drone and inrnediately captured copies of it." I might add that this is the first time I have heard the Jurgenson frequency (or "wave" I quickly switched over to the medilllil wave and as Luise Fuchs calls it.) It is a distinctive, unusual sound that seems to be created deliberately by the other side and does not sound like the typical electronic sounds that come through our radios. Once heard it will not be forgotten. RESEARCH IDEAS In each issue of the NEWS we try to give you one or two ideas that you can use in your EVP work. This time, as a result of the conference and of individuals knowledgeable in the field of electronics who want to share their ideas with us, we have more. Melvin Sobol, a physicist from New York, attended our conference and presented several excellent ideas during the panel discussion Sunday morning. There isn't room to give all of them but the following are two of those he gave. (Tape 9C & lOC enclosed list.) 1. Try adjusting the bias on your tape recorders. You might have to modify them a bit but Melvin thinks it is a useful avenue to investigate. If we turn the bias~ there should be an additional base of energy available. 2. If the Spirits do, in fact, operate

on a higher frequency and if this frequency 4. 'I'm over here. ' wrote: "I've had whispers, such as: 'Still living/' 'I'm ve,y happy/'" Tina Laurent, Wales, continues to have many contacts. Some are: "Tllere's steady contact." "Keep your faiJh." "We'tt heading for pe,fection." "A call from MtWen." In her Christmas card, Genia Slater, FL, wrote: "I am still taping often, getting good mes sages." Geoffrey Tilga, NY, wrote that he'd gone to the Mount Hope Cemetery in Rochester, NY, and taped in front ofa 19th century mausoleum He asked for someone to speak. The 'haughty' answer came back: "I do not answer." Bill Weber, FL, wrote that he'd tried to have contact with victims of the Egypt Air crash. He said: "A bass tone is heard and a male 'Egypt Air.' A minute later, another voice says: male voice is heard saying something like 'Jose' but not quite." He thinks it may be an Egyptian word NBC Web Site-"The Others" Several months ago NBC, located at Rockefeller Center, NY, called. They'd heard about me, and said they were starting a new web site. It is to reinforce Steven Spielberg's weekly show called, "The Oth ers" that will begin airing in February. Basically, it will focus on contacts the stars of the show have with 'others' in different dimensions. At their request, I sent them the first page of the autumn newsletter, and a demonstration tape. Part of my editorial, and some of the voice samples from the tape I

sent, are now on the site. When Spielberg's show begins airing, view ers will be encouraged to bring the web site up on their computers. You can read my contribution, and listen to the voices posted, by clicking on the web site: .http://www/the- others,com There are also other interesting things to read on the site. News From And About Members Jackie Colligan & Michele Hardison, NV, were inter viewed for sixty minutes by the local Pahrump TV station on October 141h. They played taped voices and showed spirit photographs. It was an excellent show. The AA-EVP was mentioned several times. Gerry Connelly, England, sent a note with his mem bership renewal, that he'd had several articles about EVP published in various British magazines. Eli Feldman continues to send me frequent, appreci ated articles about survival found in various tabloids. 'John' of CA, sent me a clipping from the November 16t11 Sun tabloid. The topic was: "New Proof Tllere'1 Life After Death!" The article focuses on Robin Foy and his Scole group in England, and con tacts they have had through their tape recorders with the unseen. I met Robin at the Psychotronics Confer ence in Columbus, OH last summer. Dale Kaczmare~ IL, was seen on the Discovery Channel January 5th. The work focused on the ob jective research his team of ghost-hunters are in volved in as they investigate possible haunted homes. The show was outstanding. Dale is the president and co-founder of the Ghost Research Society. Siyoh Tomiyama, Japan,

wrote that although he's not a taper, he's a "spreader". He writes many articles about the phenomena of EVP (or EDP-electronic disturbance phenomena). He has also placed me on his web site, with my picture and voice samples. New Computer-New E-mail On November 5th , I bought a new computer, and also got a new e-mail address It is: [email protected] Still a bit of a struggle, and it seems to love to crash. Guess I should look for a crash helmet! A Book By George Meek Before his death a little over a year ago, rr..y dear friend, George Mee~ completed the book: Enioy Your Own Funeral. It focuses on logical arguments and evidence of life after death, and then discusses experimental, scientific proof. It also brings out the many contacts George had with his wife, Jeannette, after her death. George, as most of you know, was the developer of Spiricom, and I was greatly honored when he and Jeannette brought it to my home to have me do experiments before he introduced it to the rest of the world. You can order a copy of the book $16.95 plus shipping and handling, by calling Galde Press, Inc., at: 1-800-777-3454. Fax: 612-891-6091. Write: Galde Press, lnc.-P.O. Box 460-Lakeville, MN 55044. It is a book I know many of you will treasure. Odds And Ends Many thanks to all of you who sent Holiday cards, pictures of your family, and even books you've writ ten. I hung each one on my

office door, and many people read them. Deadline for the spring newsletter is March 31 st . AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER : v't>t. 18 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER Number 4 From My Viewpoint RESEARCH AA-EVP NEWS Here we are in a new millennium. Face on we have met January 1, 2000, and except for some minor glitches, the world did not end. Armaged don wasn't waiting in the wings to blow up Earth, dump it into non-existence, or swat it into un ending nothingness. There were thousands gath ered in Jerusalem, and other historic places around the world, waiting for the 'bell to toll at midnight', December 31st • Most of them were praying that the 'old Earth' would keep on turn ing and since it did, may have laid its survival on their prayers and the thousands of others around them, also praying. No problem--positive thoughts and prayers are always welcomed. So we look ahead now to the coming years and our own years that may be extensive or limited, and the years that stretch ahead into unknown centuries, millennium(s). Where will we be 5 years, 10 years, a hundred years, a thousand years from now? No one can say for certain. Perhaps that is for the best. Some might like to know what the future holds, but most people, especially the older and hopefully wiser ones feel it's good we don't really know what is around the

comer. At times the other side seems to know what is going to happen, so I asked once while taping: "How do you know what the future holds?' A clear, Class A voice replied: "We look down at it." That, if you think about it, is a significant message. There is the theory that the past, pres ent and future are all one. In other words there is no such thing as time. I don't accept completely that everything is going on at once, but the above message does tend to reinforce it. Gifted medi ums are often able to say correctly what is going to happen in the near future. - MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS Wiater 2000 will we find? A different kind of world with uni maginable inventions, different kinds of world governments, medicines, transportation? Will space travel be available for a few dollars, for those who want to go beyond to the moon, Mars, wherever? Will the physical body of man look the same, or might we look even a little different? That's doubtful What about evolution? Look at pictures drawn by cave men. Do we look very differently, physically? Not really. We stand a little taller, we've lost some of our hair, but basi cally we're still the same. How about the world itself! Yes, that is where evolution takes place, constantly, for better or worse. There is a Buddhist prayer that goes: "I will be come enlightened for the sake of all living things." Marcus

Aurelius, a Stoic philosopher, writer and Emperor of Rome (161-180 AD) wrote: "Everything that exists is in a way the seed of what will be." Then, Carl Jung wrote that he felt it was important to be sure that we did not stand at the end with empty hands. I accept com pletely all of these beliefs. In other words, the evolution of the future lies solely with us, as those in ages past brought us to the evolution of today. What we take to the 'bridge', as time here ends for us, will determine which way evolution will go. Have we shown love and compassion? Have we given joy and understanding? Have we been unselfish in sharing what we have to those in need? Is the latchstring to our heart always out? About 30 years ago I wrote a book titled The It was a philosophical book, Season of Being. on 60 subjects and covered 60 pages. Quoting briefly from the subject: 'Time', I wrote: "Time cannot be controlled, it is ungovernable, the freest thing of earth it will never be mastered .... We must decide for ourselves how time is to be spent. With it we can walk through Dante's hells or touch the stars of the spirit." Let us never give up as we continue reaching for the stars. Wherever you are a thousand years from now, may you be happy and still reaching for the stars beyond the horizon ... Will we be back here in

the year 3,000 celebrat ing the new millennium? If you believe in rein carnation you may think that's a possibility. What Always my best wishes, _A~~ Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State Most Signif"acant Messages Received A number of people wrote to me after reading the flllhnnn newsletter, and said how impressed they were. They liked what I said in the editorial (includ ing NBC) and the three messages I mentioned as be ing some of the most meaningful contacts that I have I thougli that perhaps taped over the last 23 years. some of our members and friends ~ould also like to share with you/me what they regarded as their out staoding messages. Going alphabetically, we read : Lloyd Bradshaw, NJ, wrote: "It seems the spirits know our limitations and capabilities better than we do. They know I like taping and photographing them, but what pushed me toward more photo efforts was a question and answer session I had with them. • One time I set up my Akai reel to reel with a sound source and I asked: 'What am I better at, audio or photo?' I did it three days in a row before they finally an swa'ed., in a nearly Class A voice: 'FO-TOEI"' Lloyd is successful in taping as well as photos, but he stays mainly with their suggestions and bas received outstanding photographs of spirit. Jackie Colligan, NV, wrote: "I have selected some voice

messages (out of many) that are mind provok ing. "Our life's much different than Earthlings." When Jackie first started to tape, she said she didn't want to do it if it was a sin. A male voice replied: "Our Lord is gonna bless you." Another time she asked if they see people leaving their bodies. A fe male voice amwered: "I do." Once Jackie told a contact they were 'dead in ·the flesh.' A male voice asked: "How are we delU/1" Jacques Blaac-Garin, France, replied to my letter with: "In 1988, my wife Annick took wing for the other world. Some months after, by time of snow and black ice, my car started slipping. It went over the protective rail and my car was completely out of use, but I came out not knowing how that was possible. "Much later, my good friend Monique Laage, called Genevieve, a friend, on the phone to tell her about my accident. This friend had been working in EVP for some time, and she was recording during the phone call from Monique. Genevieve told Monique, 'it's a small miracle that Jacques didn't get hurt.' After the phone call ended, Genevieve listened to the taping she'd made during the call, and a very clear woman's voice said: "But Monique, I was there." Jacques commented in his letter, that wu the miracle. He listened to the tape, and ~perfectly rccognim1 the voice and intonations of my deceased wife Anniek.' Annick had been there and succeeded in

protecting him during the accident. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coonliaator, replied to my query with: "I consider even one whisper a mira cle by the &ct that it comes ftom a dead person. However, if I have to choose, I'd choose the follow ing. It was the first lengthy message I recem:,ci and came through shortly after I began taping, and was from my husband, Tom." 'After I died at Walter I looked arolllld for :,o• 1111d Reed, I awakened. Barbara 1111d yo• were not there. Then tJ,q took me to PaJhology where they did research on me. Yo• think of our beautiful life together. Do,,'t look back. Nothing has changed. It isn't twer yd.' In the same letter, Clara wrote the following would be her second choice, but was very dear to her because it came ftom her sister Elsa. Ten minutes after she'd finished taping, a call came ftom her brother-in-law, telling her that Elsa had died. When she played the recording back she heard Elsa's voice speaking to her. The message was: "I sit beside yo• little sister. I see you writing with a pencil The body has gone to the funeral" Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coonliaator, sent me a number of messages that he feels are most significant. Some of them are: "Our Team is down thett. They are ttal people. Help you living down dlere." "We walk tM Earth as you, once the life is tluo,,gh." "Heal younelj. I am yours." "I know

a/a a you say it, we think of it" Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil, wrote: " I know many scien tists don't believe in the reality of ITC (taped voices, and instrumental transcommunication) ~ they say that we experimenters don't work under labora tory control I feel very disappointed with that, but have to admit I agree. Then, my friend, Zilda called and said she'd had a contact ftom her husband (who was an experimenter also) and had died a few months before. We had his voice on tape, before his death, and then after death, in the contact he'd made with his wife Zilda. We sent both voices (dead/alive) to a laboratory for analysis and they came back the same! We now have proof the voices really do speak to us from other dimensions!" 2. . TV Experimeat In Jacques Blanc-Oarin's letter mentioned on page 2, he wrote about an experiment he'd done for 1V. He wrote: "We recently made this for a broadcast for TV, and a mother spoke to her deceased son and asked: 'Can you say something for your girl?' We received the following answer, 'My girl, I will help you in your life.' also seen it mentioned on wrious other web sites. That, in itself: tells us it's a good place to visit. Ad dress: http://www.ozemail.com.au Do you have a web site that you would like men tioned? If so, please let me know, and also tell me something about it. Can't promise, but I'll try to

mention at least some of them in the next newsletter. "No one thought that this message could be impor tant, and yet when the mother told her daughter about the message her brother had given, she immediately understood its meaning. It is in the last verse of a song a well-known French singer, had sung a long time ago, and the girl's father bad often sung it to her when she was younger. The final line sung by the 'hero' of the song came after he died, and it was: "My girl, I will help you in yoar life." Interesti■g Web Sites To Visit More and more people are buying computers and more and more individuals are then starting web sites. This includes our AA-EVP members. Going alpha betically, as usual, these are some of them. Tom and Alisa Butler, NM have just begun one and it is excel lent. I don't have much time to surf the Internet, but I have visited their site several times. They offer in formation about EVP, metaphysical training re sources, and you can down load books and essays by Tom. Address: http://members.xoom.Scrol1Book/ Pascal Jouini, France, has an excellent site also, that offers spirit photographs, taped messages, explana tions about how he is able to have 1V contacts, and so on. Fortunately, you will be able to read most of Address: the [email protected] articles posted in English. Sonia Rinald~ Brazil, bas had her site in operation for some time. I read about her site,

when I'm visiting other sites, and it is always recommended as a place to visit. There is much to mscinate everyone, such as spirit photographs, taped messages, and many com ments ftom Sonia. Like Pascal's web site, you will find a good deal of the site in English. Address: http://www/geocities.com/ Athens/ Acropolis/9045/ind ex. html Sonia requests that you observe that both "A''s are capital letters. Victor Zammit, Australia, has an extremely busy site. In a recent letter from him, he said: "I get thousands of hits a week, from people around the world." I've A Bit Of T•is. A Bit Of That Now a person can make their mark on the ultimate personal statement: death. Gone are the days of the somber, wooden coffin. A Dallas company called WhiteLight (www.artcaskets.com) offers the "Art Casket", which is a casket specially designed for you or the one you love. The company spokesman claims they have sold over 200 caskets in less than a year and said: "Nobody's life was a blank. This is the last opportunity to make a final statement." In a personal letter ftom Vanderlei Marques, Presi dent of the United States Spiritist Council, he wrote that their yearly conference would be held in Miami, FL from October 5-8th . The central theme of the Con gress will be "Spiritism: Science, Philosophy and Re ligion." They are inviting "renowned spiritist lecturers who will speak about topics originating from these themes, and are of interest to all of us." If you

would like more information and a complete program for the upcoming conference, write to United States Spiritist Council-P.O. Box 14026-Washington, D.C. 20044. Thanks to Dan McKee for informing me that the AA EVP and I are listed in Harper's Encyclopedia of Mystical & Para■ormal Eperieaces by Rosemary Ellen Gulley. You'll find us on pages 179 &180. Dan bought the book, but it's also probably in local libraries. Haven't had time to look me up, but I will one of these days. Dan said the Association (and I) follow Mary Baker Eddy, in sequence. She's an in teresting person to follow ... Tapen Report Edna Drake, Canada, wrote that she still finds time to tape and uses a wire connected to ELF. Also uses a diode that her husband Jim built for her, short wave radio, crystals, and a mirror. Recently she taped two voices, when no one was around, that sounded like two children. Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, wrote that a good friend had died re cently. He knew about her taping, and they agreed that he'd try to speak to her once he passed on. Carol 5. News From And About Members Lloyd Bradshaw, NJ, sent me a clipping from the April issue of FATE Magazine. He'd written a piece for the Philadelphia Enquirer about Egyptian Mum mies, that he'd researched and then sent it to FA TE where it appeared under "I See By the Papers". Tom Butler, NM, has a new welrsite address. It is: Edna

http://members.xoom.com/ScrollBook.1/ Drake, Canada, wrote in her e-mail that in her meditation class she is often shown her sister's face very clearly. Many times in her dreams they walk together, always having something to do and places to go. Edna closed her letter with, "I wonder if I am living in Two Worlds?'' John, CA, wrote he has taken several classes in dowsing, which he passed with high scores. He is still doing Time Travel Ex periments. John described them as, "Wow! What an experience!" Betsy Moyer, VA, wrote she'd just finished reading the French book: A L'Ecoute De L' Au-Dela by Rev. Father Francois Brune & Remy Chauvin (1999). She said Father Brune made a num ber of thoughtful references about my book Voices of Eternity. and me. He also refers to Clara Laughlin, who I mentioned in Voices. I met Father Brune at the international conference in Switzerland where I took part in several workshops, and we felt a 'connection' between us. Philip, MD, wrote how much he enjoyed the winter newsletter. He referred to my mentioning 'Time' in "From My Viewpoint". Philip had read ings at one time with a London medium who said that people in the spirit world saw time differently and couldn't always distinguish between what had hap pened and what was about to happen. Exciting news has come from Sonia Rinaldi. She is having two books published this month of April. The most tradi tional Brazilian publisher, Editora Pensamento, is publishing Sonia's Interd miensionais

(Interdimensional Contacts) that will in clude a CD of voices from other dimensions. The other publisher is Editora DPL. The title of the second book is Transcommunicacao-Espiritismo e Ciencia (Transcommunication-Spiritualism and Science). Both publishers will present them at the yearly Book Fair event from April 28th to May 5th • This event is attended by 5 million people. We wish Sonia much success with her two books, which, as I told her, will If probably become best sellers in South America. you have any knowledge of Portuguese or Spanish, you might want to contact Sonia and ask how these books can be purchased. book: Contatos Counting Noses With the spring newsletter, I always try to give an up date of the AA-EVP. We have members in 39 states, the District of Columbia, and 15 countries. For the 18th year in a row, men outnumber women, with 23 more men then women. CA with 29 members leads in membership. MD is second with 18. We have been happy to add 57 members to our membership list. A Special Note To Our Foreign Members As you know, dues are just $20 a year. Most mem bers in other countries send me a $20 bil~ or a check made out to a specific bank in the U.S. Some foreign members, though, send me a postal money order or a check tnade out in their bank that specifies, "U.S. Funds." Neither works. My bank charges me $5 to make such a deposit. The AA-EVP

is the only or ganization I know where dues are just $20 a year they've been that for over 15 years, in spite of many rises in cost of printing and postage. The Association is also the only one I know of that doesn't charge more for foreign members-usually $10 a year extra, because of added postal expenses. So I must tell all dear foreign members, in the future I will have to re turn whatever you send me, unless it is actual U.S. currency or a check made out to a bank in the U.S. Some Bouquets "Just a note to thank you for your persistent efforts through the years." Robert Camburn, PA "Thank you/or your devoted work." Ray Dietz, MD "When I think of what vast potential is touched by the AA-EVP, I am awed. Your organization has or ganized what would undoubtedly, otherwise, be a haphazard effort to make sense of tapings." Charles Gaston,MD "Thank you for your continuing inspiring work in EVP. "Martha Mikova, CA Prodigal Memben Are Blessed, However ... Blessed are they who promptly renew when their yearly notices come due. "No second reminder for us, they say, for in the folds of the AA-EVP we'll always stay." Odds And Ends We have done nothing odd the last 18 years. Thanks to you for making it all possible. Deadline for the summer newsletter is June 24th • A lw ay : ;~~ ~ • • •CIIIID• AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP

COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (410> S73-0873 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.19 Number 1 AA-EVPNEWS Spring 2000 From My Viewpoint Winter is over. Spring is here, my favorite time of year. The grass is green, the robins are singing, and I smile when I see my colorful pansies blooming. The short, dark days of winter tend to depress me, but I keep hoping ( and expecting) spring will drop from the blue skies in about ninety days. I've never been disappointed. As someone said, "Hope is. the pass port to a better tomorrow." Oliver Wendell Homes wrote, "A ship in the harbor is safe but that's not what ships were made for. We must sail sometimes with the wind and sometimes against it-but sail we must, and not drift nor lie at anchor." Those are my sentiments. For many years 'my' ship was a somewhat troubled one, since I believed that when death struck us down there would be no tomor row. I felt, "This is it. There is nothing ahead but oblivion." I hid those thoughts-that was the 'hid den'. side of me, and I continued as a more or less normal person-sailing, sailing, sailing ... As most of you know, in October 1976, I changed my path, amazed at what was revealed through a simple tape recorder. "That's not enough!" I told myself. "I must share what I have learned with others." So, I did, and the AA-EVP saw the light of day

with the publication of the first newsletter in May 1982. That makes us eighteen years old and with the publication of this newsletter, seventy-three newsletters have gone out to the world. Since most newsletters run close to 5,000 words, we can get technical and say that's over 350,000 words. Not important! What is important, is what do the words say? How much light do they bring to the readers? This question is constantly answered by letters and phone calls. SQ many of the words are your words, your comments, and your ideas. How much longer will we be on the scene? That's hard to say. Things do change uphill-- downhill, sometimes a smooth, easy road but that un fortunately often doesn't last too long, and there are always bumps here and there. We will see ... Letters have come over the years, from distraught, grieving people, about the death of a loved one mostly human, but there have been more than a few who lost a beloved pet. I have been able to reassure on both counts. Others write, fearing death is the end, and wanting me to try and convince them that isn't so. One woman years ago wrote: "Sarah, I am so consumed by fear of death, I can't do a thing. Can you try to tell me, these fears are irrational?" I tried, and she was reassured by me-and from what she read in the newsletters from our members. All of us have choices, many choices, to

make as we travel the road, the sea oflife from here to there. We can decide to stay with our ship in its harbor, not venturing out of a place where we have found some comfort. Or, we can raise the sails and leave for the open, perhaps stormy seas. On my calendar for the year 2,000, the words of wisdom for March are: "Your attitude almost always determines your alti tude in life." Well, yes it does. We can reach for the stars or we can put 'blinders' on, more or less through the years of our earth-plane life. The deci sion 1s yours. Keep in mind the words for July's cal endar: "Hold to the hope, the belief, the conviction, that there is a better life, a better world, beyond the horiz.on." My belief is that we are here in this life to try to make the lives of others better; we are here to help. I don't deny that our own life is important, and that we all want, and need, some icing on the cake now and then, but other lives have always been ex tremely important to me. We are something like the 'head domino.' When I touch another life, it in turn touches one, and it ... The light in enlightenment starts spreading and reaching into the dark corners of planet Earth. In closing, I will quote the October calendar. "In the midst of change we find the seeds of the fu ture." I

suggest we all become busy gardeners. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual conscious State Most Significant Messages When the Winter Newsletter was mailed the end of January, I asked some of our members to try and send me several of what they regarded as the most signifi cant messages they'd received. Carol Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, in spite of some very serious fam ily health problems, kindly obliged. Quoting from her letter she wrote: "I have to say my three favorites are: When my dad passed away and I first tried to contact him, a man's voice (not my dad's) said in a Class A voice, 'Praise be the dead; the dead didn't die!'" Carol wrote that in her early taping years, she fell asleep while taping. Upon playback she heard a very loud clear whisper saying, "Too bad she fell asleep!" Carol feels that was very evidential that it was not her subconscious putting it on tape as some non-tapers believe. Carol said of course she knew better, but this message offered proof. She wrote that her favorite message was one she re ceived from an AA-EVP member after his death. She'd had a number of letters from Harry before he died, as well as telephone and audio tapes he'd sent her while he was still here. Harry's wife wrote and told Carol about his death, and the next time she taped, a man's voice came through and said, "Harry's gonna

be on this evening." Carol wrote in her letter, ''Not wanting to miss that appointment, I taped again that evening. A clear Class A voice which I knew to be Harry's said excitedly, 'I'm alive/"'' She sent a copy of the tape to Harry's family, and they agreed it was him, and since she has a before death audio tape of him while he was living and now an after death tape of his voice, she closed her letter by saying: "Same voice! I was thrilled!" Sleep Experiments Carol mentioning the message that had come through when she was asleep, brought to mind a series of sleep experiments I did and which were mentioned in the February 1983 newsletter. I knew as Carol did, that skeptics often claim our mind is psychokineti cally putting messages on tape. Of course, this is not true for many reasons. Wanting to prove to myself that the voices could speak whether I was conscious or unconscious, I did four experiments while sleeping. My portable tape recorder was on my bedside table, connected to a timer, and set to come on at two AM, when I was reasonably sure I'd be asleep. It would tape for thirty minutes and then shut off automati cally. In the four nights that I did the experiments, I received a total of thirty-three messages, some Class A. Some of them were: "Help carry," "Sally," ( close friends call me that), "She is best/or him," "We wait here." In the

February newsletter, I suggested mem bers might like to try the same thing. Four did, and each reported results. In my own messages, as well as those received by others, the male and female in visibles showed an awareness of us lying asleep in our beds. They are around us at all times. Their mes sages showed that there was more than one entity, and they were talking among themselves. As I've said upon more than one occasion, it is as if we are eaves droppers at the gate to eternity. Many people tell me, ''I'd tape, Sarah, if I could just find the time." ''No problem," I tell them. "You can tape while you are asleep." Some of you might like to try sleep experiments. Please let me know your results, so I can publish them in a future newsletter. A Letter from Friedrich Jurgenson In March a letter came from Luise Fuchs, Germany, a charter member of AA-EVP, having joined us in Oc tober 1982. She was our first member from another country and I had the pleasure of meeting her at the international conference held in Basei Switzerland in the autumn of 1989, in which I took part. We kept a translator busy, as we chatted back and forth on Sun day morning. Luise has long been an outstanding ta per and receives many good pictures through her tele vision. Luise wrote in her letter that she started taping in 1977, but had written to Jurgenson in

1979, asking if she could come and learn more about transcommuni cation from him since he was known around the world as the pioneer in taped voice phenomena. He gave her permission, and she stayed in Sweden studying with him for awhile. Luise sent me a copy of one of his letters he mailed to her after her visit, and since it was in German, translated it for me. One of his statements was: "When you start taping, it is not only necessary to learn to listen but to adapt an attitude of sincerity, self-awareness and alertness." Jurgenson feh a person needed to transform his entire way of thinking and feeling and that it required his 2. When doing computer taping, it is very easy to play a recording in reverse. Sonia helped me simplify computer taping, and now anyone who has a com puter with a buih-in sound recorder can try to con tact the other side. If you would like the methods I follow, please send me a self-addressed stamped envelope, and I will be happy to send them to you. I just ask that you let me know your results, so they can be shared. mornings resulted in one or more messages. Some of them were: "/ know he didn't still (go) back up." (Class A-Reverse). "We just stand beside. They going up." (Class A-Reverse). "So far help her to talk." (Class A-Forward). "That's Estep. Bring her in." (Class A-Forward). None were earth shatter ing but some

were interesting and evidential. One of those was, "Well she heard. She won't have inner slept so the words rely on his head." (Class A Reverse). I had an appointment with the doctor later that morning and had an idea of what my ailment was. I think they meant I hadn't 'inner slept' about my condition, but I should rely on the doctor's head. I did. He was right, and my idea was incorrect. sages were: "On Earth, well that's what is here. " "Solid become the system." "Well the survey, our grounds gave and show it." "The problem is more It with the federal " "The Earth is standing. should be just as I saw." "You know the Venetian are involved." Al Rauber, a friend in PA, spends much of his time flying from one country to another on business. Al has done a great deal of taping, and appeared on a number of national television shows. While in London he checked his voice mail (not an swering machine) in his hotel room. Just before a client started to speak on it to give him a message about a meeting, a Class A emotionless EVP voice said, "Yes." He wonders if any AA-EVP members have ever received messages on voice mail? Please let me know if you have. Monique Simonet, France, wrote that she'd taped for a woman who had lost her 35-year-old son. She received 26 mes sages from him, many Class A. He expressed love for his

parents, saying how happy he was in his new world, and gave his name clearly. He also gave the correct name for his sister (which Monique didn't know at the time). The strangest Class A message from him was, "We have lnternet ... among the an gels!" Monique sent all of the messages to his mother, who called a few days later and said how Tapers Reports happy she was with her son's communications. She A number of tapers have reported contact in the last then told Monqiue that her son had bought a com three months. This is always evidential, in that not puter shortly before his death, and planned to sign just two or three say they are in contact with other up for Internet. Dale Sizemore, SC, enclosed a let dimensions, but a fair number. Members often tell me, especially in their renewals, they are taping and ter with his renewal. He wrote that he often has having resuhs, but as I mentioned in the winter messages on his answering machine. His church has a monthly mens' meeting the first Sunday of each newsletter, they don't always specify what they are. In an e-mail from Jackie Colligan, she wrote that month, and the club president always calls Saturday she had gone to a jailer :friend's home in Las Vegas, night to remind the men to come. When Dale isn't t.liere, the president leaves a message for him. Re who was having a lot of 'knocking.' The knocking

cently, during a brief gap between his words, an stopped after they were there, but followed Jackie home to her trailer and there have been several adult female EVP voice said, "He thinks of you." knockings since then, along with her tapings. Art Another time two different female voices spoke. Counts, MD, enclosed a short note with his April The first said, before the chairman's message~ renewal and said he tapes at least once every "Don't forget," followed immediately with the sec ond voice that added, "Come if you can." Dale said morning. His results are sporadic but often inter- the voice giving the second message sounded like esting. He wrote, "A couple of days ago a voice the same voice a few weeks earlier that said, "He came in speaking almost as clearly as someone on thinks of you." Anne Smisko, VA has also re the telephone, in a slow, deliberate voice and said, ceived some very interesting messages. Some of "lt's always there for you." Clara Lauglltia, VA those are, "Job for you." "Get thaJ hobby." State Coordinator, wrote about a nice message she'd received from somebody who said, "Walk "You've been hurt." "I'm not away." "I'll help you." "Don't give up hope." Rozella Roberts, CA, with the Ligh4 Clarissa. You gotta missio~ lady." Dan McKee, FL & IN State Coordinator sent me wrote that she has shared some of her messages on a short tape, which was excellent. Some of the mes- the radio. 5. Tina Laurent

called after her winter newsletter camc~I hactsuggcsted our British members call the London producer of the Man Alive program for the exact airing date. Briefly, for our new members, the staff of the program visited me for 2 days last summer and filmed my daughter Becky and me taping voices in several locations. They also visited and filmed several other well-known individuals working in the field of PSI in the U.S. Jo Kessel, a producer, said the results are very good. Tina called the network and learned that the show wi11 be shown in June or July over the ITV cable network. For an update of the time scheduled, call London: +44(0)181 743 7431. ;Iohn Richardson, ;MD wrote that he is going to try some psychomanteum experiments. He has set up a mirror in his closet. John wrote: "I have tried a few sessions but nothing happened, although one time it seemed like I saw a flash of light in the mirror." He also plans to take a video camera/recorder the closet for his experiments. John hopes that he will he able to capture a picture of a spirit entity on film as well as record any message they might give. into To those for whom the word "psychomanteum" is new, it means placing a mirror in a dark enclosed area, such as a closet. The experimenter gazes into a mirror hoping to have visual contacts with a friend or loved one. There are many reports that such experiments have

been successful. Karen Sharp & Jill Savin have begun a web site.WWW.PARANORMALNETWORK.COM MEMBERSIDP REPORT With the spring anniversary newsletter, we always try to give a membership report for the year. A year ago, I wrote we had taken in 68 from April 1995-'96. From April '96 to the present ti me, we've received 94. For the 15th year in a row, men out-number women. Last year we had 44 'extra' men. This year, it is 55! CA continues to lead in (Last year it was 23). membership with 35. Again, MD is second with 22. LOOKING FOR BOOKS? Have you ever tried to locate an out-of-print book, only to be met with frustration ? I have discovered Rock Toews--Annapolis Bookfinders. He has found several books for me, that no one else could. Rock's rates are reasonable. Fax your rcqucst(s) to him: 410-626-1363-0. Or call: 410-626-1363. He is normally home in the evening. If not, leave your name and number on hjs answering machine. BRAZILIAN CONFERENCE Final plans are being made for the international ITC conference in Sao Paulo August 16 & 17th. It will be an excellent, memorable event. Leading experimenters & t'esearchers in the field of transcommunication wi]l be speaking, playing taped contacts, and showing video pictures. There will be instantaneous translation into English, for a1l lectures. Some of the presenters are: Maggy & Jules Harsch-Fischbach, Luxembourg (examples of images, audio, fax, recent contacts, etc.); Fritz Malkoff, Germany (discussing impressive cases- including apports); Paola Giovette, Italy (audio/images); Jacques Blanc-Garin,

France (overview of ITC in France); Mark Macy, U.S. (development of new bridges to N. America); Ralf Determeyer, Germany (healing & apports, new possibilities of contacts by technical means); Sarah Estep (from non-believer to believer). There will also he 7 Brazilians presenting recent and current ITC work taking place in Brazil. Those attending the conference will leave N.Y. or Miami Aug. 15. The conference ends Sunday afternoon. Individuals who wish, will then leave on Monday for a wondcrfu I 7 day guided tou ,. of B razi I. First stop will be Rio De Janeiro for 3 days & nights. The group will visit the Frei Luz Center as one of the highlights. Next will be 3 days & nights in Brasilia with visits to the Goodwill Temple & Christalina. A one day & night stop at Iguassu Falls will end the tour. Departure back to the States will be on Aug. 25, reaching this country the morning of the 26th. The 12 day package ind uding conference, is the very reasonable price of $2,750 (Less if you don't want to go on the 7 day tour). No shots needed, but a VISA is required. Contact nearest Brazilian embassy for details. Ron Oyer of Sundance Tours, CA, is making all arrangements and is your contact person .. CALL:1-800-424-3434 Ext. 277. FAX: 714-833- 2769 or 714-553-3253 ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Summer NEWS is June 21st. To alJ members--both new and charter-- thank you for making the last 15 years

possible. Without your early, faithful encouragement, without the support of all those who have more recently joined us, we would not have reached this point. We have hc!ped each other. May the sun continue to shine through the fog for each and every one. You have helped raise the fog in my own life. I am grateful! Always my best wishes, ~I/UIAU~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) S73-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.16 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1997 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "The fog is rising." These four simple but eloquent words were Emily Dickinson's last as she died in 1886. In my younger, more foolish days, I wrote poetry. One of my poems, pub I iterary magazine lished in the coJlege (coincidentally or not) was about fog. I admired Dickinson, especially he,· nature poems, and many of my own were about simi lar subjects. People greet death in different wavs. Some fight and curse it as it approaches. It is reported that Richard Wagner, the great com poser, rnised and shook his fist at 'heaven' as his last gesture. Rosalba, from PA. who was an AA-EVP mem ber until her death ten years ago, had been iJI with cancer. The nurse who had taken care of her at home. at the end, said Rosalba had asked her to let me know when she made her transition. Miss Smith wrote: ''Rosalba died peacefully. She'd been in

a coma for several days and thcn,just as she died, she opened her eyes, smiled and said: 'It is time.' With that, she sighed, closed her eyes and dit\d." I am confident for Rosalba, the fog had al::-o risen. With this, our spring '97 newsletter, we observe our fifteenth birthday. Our Spring NEWS is the 61st quarterly newsletter I've mailed over the years. The first one went to 25 members in ten states and Canada. Today it will be mailed to 300 in 39 states, the Dis trict of Columbia, and 12 foreign countries. provide evidence of survival and t.o shat'(' results with all. I look upon AA-EVP as a group, not Just to help other EVP experiment ers but as an out-reach organization to let oth ers know what we have learned." Have we met these goals? You. are the best judge of that. I personally feel we've met them in 'hearts.' I use that word since it seems appropriate for what we arc doing. We are compassionate individuals. We feerfor others. We want to lighten the burdens others carry. Along with our 'heart-folt' orgaruzation, I would add the word, 'mind.' We should not forget that 'mind' needs to walk hand in hand with heart. The mind, working in intelligent and creative research, hopefully will help lessen the grief each one of us feels at times. Goals established 15 years ago, still remain firm. They should not be changed. New goals have been added and arc progressing well. For

the first few years, we were sometimf•:,; accused of not being "scientific enough". There were reasons for this. Our first 25, 50, l 00 members were largely 'heart' members, a:-: was I. This has greatly changed in the la:-'t several years--especially the last 12 months. As one of our members said to me at the Tar rytown, N.Y. conference last August: "The AA-EVP has become more scientific lately. It's presenting a good deal more in its quarterly newsletter of scientific interest, especially in the areas of transcommunication research." We both agreed this was good. Reading the first newsletter, especially looking for goals I had set, I read: " My role as I see it, is to try to bring us together. to give our indi vidual effort~ some cohesiveness. Great dis- r-n,, 0 1--inQ rrt•1,, h'--1 f'Ylf_1rlo Qin(Tl,r £"\.]' -in q, lT ' l •F • t l i~ h-1-,,-f t__.t. 6" \ j ' - ' J J , VUl, _ .. ,, • .._,~ .. ~ ... , ""'""".} wherever they are made, they should be shared. Look upon me as a conduit for your discoveries. One of our reasons for being is to Established ,n 1982 r or, ov1de O/JJect1vc0 Evidence That We Survive Oeat/1 111 ..Jn lnd1v1dual Consc1011s '~t,n, Groups, as well as life, can change greatly in 15 years. There are negatives, as well a~ many positive aspects. The changes in the AA-EVP, I feel, have all been positive. Our 'face' still remains the same.

We have always tried to 'raise the fog' with objective evidence for survival. We will continue to do so. How ever, you could now call us a heart/mind Asso ciation. As we age, we add new qualities, new dimensions, new character to our bein14. This is as it should be. This is the AA-EVP today. .......... b l J \._j,l ,.._, .. , ..................... , ,.lj.J. Eugene Maurey-LIBERANT Word has come that our faithfuJ member, Eugene Maurey of Chicago, IL, made his transition in May 1996. Eugene joined in March of '87 and renewed promptly each March . He was gifted psychically, especially with the pendulum, and helped me several times over the years. Seven years ago, he wrote a book about possession. He sent me a copy and it was excellent. From the few letters we exchanged, and knowing something about his spir ituality, I am confident the doors to the spirit world swung wide as he approached. Incidentally, the word LIBERANT (meaning those who die and are 'liberated' from the earth plane, for the spirit dimension) was coined for us by Monty Hearon. Monty and his wife Bobby have been AA-EVP co-coordinators for Oregon since 1983. Monty and Eugene were close friends. THROUGH TIDCK AND TIDN As mentioned in the editorial, the first newsletter was mailed to 25 people. From the 25 charter members, we still have 15 left, which I feel is a good sign. From the 10 who have been 'lost' to us, some died; others,

after a year or two, went on to other interests. The 15 still with us today include: Ben A.-TX; Virginia Bates-VA; Rosemary Ben nett-FL; Richard Busse-IN; Luise Fuchs Germany; Blanche Larrigan-WA; Clara Laughlin VA; David Lothamer-CA; Dan McKee-IL; Shirley Moorman-PA; Winnie Peters-MD; Ellen Pugh-WA; Martha Sherman-AR; Walter & Mary Jo Uphoff WI; Bill Weisensale-CA. TAPING EXPERIMENTS Since the first person sat down in front of a tape recorder and asked: "Is anyone here?", the search for something new--something to improve the quality and quantity of recorded voices-- has been an ongoing one. AA-EVP tapers are no exception. David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, called in March. The volume on his TV is fading so it makes it difficult to hear. David went to Radio Shack and bought Porta Vision 50 (Model 12687). On it, you are able to tune to the different TV stations and hear what is being said while watching the screen. As an experiment, David decided to try it as a sound source. He was astounded at the results. At the time, he had put a 90 minute cas sette in his recorder, knowing that the recom mended length is 60 minutes or less. Part of the tape, because of its length, became entangled in the mechanism. Right before that, an unknown voice said: "You break machine." Another time, a clear voice told him: "So we use those pho tons around you." One voice speaking to another said: "They have that star weapon." David said he is receiving

"many more messages during a recording" using the Porta Vision. He feels those messages have more of a "philosophical intrusion" than those that he taped before. Dominic Macguire, England, enjoys experimenting and builds various devices to help the voices man ifest. He has built a solid oak box in which he places a microphone and reports some interesting and promising results. Karen Sharp, MD, wrote that she had made a recording for a friend. Four messages came through. Two were clear, two weren't. Later she visited her brother, Joel, who is a computer buff. He played the tape through his computer, slowing it down and adjusting the clarity. Karen and two other family members observed him doing this, and heard the undecipherable messages become clear, one which was long and very meaningful. Karen concluded her letter to me with: ''Sarah, we are going to be able to decipher many spirit whisp ers previously inaudible in this way." Tapers, who have a computer with the necessary software and capability to play cassette tapes, may want to try this experiment. Many of your heretofore inaudible messages could become clear. Let me know your results if you try this. ADDITIONAL ENCLOSED MIKE EXPERI- MENTS I mentioned above that Dominic Macquire had built an oak box in which to enclose his micro phone. This idea is similar to that tried by Rev. Rupert Sigurdsson, Maine. Rupert has been an AA-EVP member since 1987 and his experiments were mentioned in the spring 1989 newsletter. He

wrote: "The size of the box depends on the size of the mike used. I believe EVP is similar to the old trumpet meetings only requiring much less power. The box may give an area to build up power." Rupert enclosed a diagram to show the box he had built. (See below) COTTON X 0 CD ~ .1! o-c<Z>z; ( r-,, b ' V, ~I .. n ...... I '\_ ~ of one or two words about once a week. Some of the more interesting messages are: 'You got me.' 'We come to tell you.' 'Talk to me.' One of the most poignant voices was a female or child sound ing very wistful who said 'Father.' Laetitia com mented: "When I get really frustrated and the thought of giving up crosses my mind, I start get ting voices again. I think once you are hooked you can 1t let it go. It is a fascinating, exciting adven ture." Karen Sharp, MD (and her friend Jill Savin) taped at the Edgar Allen Poe grave in Bal timore on his birthday. Both tape recorders recorded a clear female voice that said: "They all turn this way." Karen believes that the spirit meant that everyone turns the 'spirits' way and eventually become a spirit themselves. Gerda Slater, FL wrote: "I have deteriorating eyesight, but I can still tape! What a comfort it is to talk to my husband and parents." COMMENTS ON OUR TAPERS REPORT Adrian Klein observed that the precognitive mes sage

received from his mother about the train was significant because it suggests the spirit dimen sion is aware of our future time line. This is true. On page 86 of my book: Voices of Eternity I wrote about the questions I asked concerning pre cognition and the replies that were received. One entity answered: "I can look." Another entity said: "I look down." The first message mentioned on page 4 as having been received by Dan McKee was: "He had some church fer here." Unknown to both of us at the time, was that we were attempting to have con tact with a mutual friend who had recently died. I also seemed to be successful in this. One clear message I taped was: "Want liturgy to come on down." This is significant in two respects. First, we both received a message about a church (liturgy--system of worship used in a church service). Even more significant than that howev er, is the fact that this person, an extremely spirit ual person of the highest degree, was not overly enthusiastic about organized religion. So, we could say that the nature of the messages, completely unexpected because of the individual's feeling, was strong evidence we actually heard from them. It is something of a reverse negative/positive message which makes it all the more evidential. You could also say that what Dan and I taped was an exam ple of cross-correspondence. "From My Viewpoint" is always inspira tional and I can't wait to see

what you have written each time." Lisa Butler, N.M . OUR MEMBERS PUBLISH Ingeborg Frank, N.Y., FL, & Germany hn!-' ha·i ,i book published in Germany (Peter Erd puhli~tw, • The title is: Zeit fur Liebe. Although it i!-' wnrn•1 1 in German, she has a number of personal leUPr:-: , :1 English sent to her by notable personalitie:- There are many, many beautiful colored photn graphs in it. (Ingeborg is also a photographPr) thar shows German scenes and the garden at her hom 1 • in Baden-Baden. There are also photograph~ taken in New York City, and her home & beach in FL. I think our members who are able to obtain n copy, would thoroughly enjoy it. Doris M. Humphrey had an excelJent full length article published in the Oct. '96 issue of FATE. The title is: "A Mystery Writer's Experiences with Psychic Phenomena." It describes thP many psychic experiences Mary Roberts Rin(' hart, author of dozens of mystery novels, had. Dominic Macguire had an interesting article puh lishedinPsychic News, dated Dec. 28th, '96. Th(0 title is: "Electronic Voice Communication: The Forgotten Ingredient." In the article, he recommends that people read Arthur Conan Doyle's book: The History Of Spiritualism because it focuses on physical phenomena bet - ween 1850-1906. Dominic feels this information is related to E.V.P. today. Quoting from the articlL'. Dominic writes: "Some EVP researchers behev~ that Bioplasmic or Psycho Kinetic Energy, may be the forgotten element required for voice recordings." Dominic and others feel it

would be a good idea for a taper to record while sitting with a physical medium because they have a Jot of that special type of energy. A BOOK AND TAPE FOR YOU Mark Macy, CO, President of Continuing Life Research sent me an outstanding book and video film recently. The title of the book is: Break throughs in Spirit Communication ($12.95). It is written by Maggy Harsch-Fischbach, Luxem bourg, & Dr. Theo Locher, Switzerland. The video film is: "Communications from Beyond" ($29.95). If you would like either/both, write to Mark: INIT US--P.O. Box 11036--Boulder, CO 80301. Add $1 for each item ordered to help cover postage and handling. U. S. funds. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Edna Drake, Canada, wrote that she held a meet ing in March for people interested in exploring van ous areas of PSI phenomena. Twenty-on( attended and they hope to meet in the future. 2. 5. pital at 3:00 AM the morning of the 19th, because Paul had a serious ear infection. is it Fortean or just mundane???" TIDBITS ABOUT AND FROM MEMBERS Jeff King, New Zealand, wrote that he has been enjoying contacting other AA-EVP members by E-mail, such as Geoffrey Tilga of N.Y. (We now have 20 members on the E-mail list). Jeff has been surfing the Internet lately, and has picked up some "interesting things in the area of anoma lous phenomena and the new sciences." Clara Laughlin wrote: "At times when I return home after being out, I hear people

talking, but it stops immediately. Daughter, Barbara, was with me one evening and as we opened the door we heard walking around. Barbara ye1led, 'That's Daddi' The stride was unmistakable." I have suggested to Clara that she set a recorder to tape when she leaves the house. When she returns, she can see if anything was recorded. Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil, wrote that her organization now has a site on the Internet. I have visited it and there is a great deal about the international ITC conference to be held in Sao Paulo in August. Although the material is in Portuguese, pictures of the various participants are shown. If you have a computer and are on the Internet, you may want to bring it up on your screen: http://www.geocities.com/Athens/Acropolis/9045 Rupert Sigurdsson, Maine, sent me a flyer of the spiritualist church he has started in Hartford, Maine. It is called: "The Pinpoint Of Light." Rupert wrote: "EVP will be a class we'll offer." COULD IT BE? Like Jeff, who commented he didn't have much time to visit the Internet, I seldom have a spare moment to go 'surfing'. Now and then, I manage to squeeze in a minute or two, and while doing this came across something a while ago that intrigued me. Quoting from a Russell Baker of Merseyside (England), he wrote: "A lesser known fact for all of you out there who may be interest ed, is that there are apparently metallic domes stretching along the bottom of Loch Ness.

These domes were detected during Project Urqhart, which was a study carried out by Simrad, a lead ing manufacturer of military and commercial radar. Cover-up or man made phenomena?? As an aside, I actually have the internal corporate video in my possession and have seen the evi dence with my own eyes. So the question arises, Perhaps some of our British members would like to explore this further. If you do, please let me know, and we may be able to do a follow-up about it in a future newsletter. WE'RE NOT A MULTI-MILLION DOLLAR CORPORATION! Who's Who wants to list me (!!) as a leader in their 30th Edition of Who's Who In Finance & Industry. The idea astounds me. Six or seven years ago they sent me paperwork several times to fill out for their finance & industry edition, after I appeared in Who's Who In The World. I tossed it in the trash. No way do I feel like a 'giant' in the field. However, six months ago, they again began sending the forms to me. This time, in a weak moment (the devil made me do it)! I signed my name and sent it back. On July 5th, they informed me the 30th Edition was now closed, and I would appear. So who knows? Don't anyone tell them that if the AA-EVP clears $900 a year, Sarah is delighted. MEXICAN ITC CONGRESS Mexico will hold its first congress oflnstrumental Transcommunication from October 25-26, 1997. It will

take place at the Morelos Theater in Tolu ca, near Mexico City. Two thousand are expected to attend. Many of those taking part in the international congress, will also be a part of the Sao Paulo program. I feel greatly honored to be invited to speak. There will be translations of all the talks into Spanish. Yvon Dray and his Mexican committee deserve much credit for hav ing the courage to organize the first meeting of this nature in Mexico. BRAZILIAN CONGRESS--FINAL PLANS Everything is shaping up well for the interna tional Sao Paulo Congress from Aug. 16-l 7th. Notices on the Bulletin Board page about it in the last several issues of FATE have brought many letters and phone calls to me for more information. Ron Oyer of Sundance Travel Agen cy, who is planning the week tour to follow the congress, is having a good response. To date, 16 people have signed up for the tour. I'm looking forward to seeing you in Sao Paulo! ODDS AND ENDS May your summer be a happy one and your gar dens flourish! Deadline for the Autumn NEWS is September 15th. Always my best wishes, ; )~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 16 Number2 AA-EVPNEWS Summer 1997 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Bridges To Other Worlds is the topic of the talk I'll be giving in Sao Paulo, Brazil on August 16th. Briefly,

the talk encompasses my almost 21 years of working in the area of ITC (instrumental transcommunication). I mention how I came into the field after 40 years as a complete disbeliever in any kind of survival and what has happened to change that opinion. I discuss what I have learned since 1976, and play 30 voice messages to illustrate various points I'm trying to make. Near the beginning, I say the most important thing I've learned is: ''I now know that death is an empty word. It took over 40 years to learn the lesson, but once learned I feel I must share this knowledge with others." I have discovered that the unseen (especially spirit dimensions) largely use energies to speak. The energies may come from the taper himself, the sound source(s) he provides, or from the environment as he is taping. During my years of taping, I have learned that the invisibles are with us wherever we go. We are never alone. I discuss about having taped successfully with a small battery operated tape recorder in England, Italy, and on three trips to Egypt. Focusing on Egypt, I mention some of my meaningful experiences there, messages I taped, such as one in a 2,000 year old Coptic cemetery in the Western Desert. Standing within the ruins of a tomb, a Class A female voice said: "I buried you." I know that most of those who speak to us from other worlds are friendly and want to ass ist us

in our work. Two singing messages on the demonstration tape illustrate this point. "Sarah. Please guide me. I love." This is one of the two Egyptian messages I'll be play ing, and I explain how I tried to help this entity when I returned to Egypt two years later. Over the years I've discovered that some of my colleagues and I, have had extended con tact with worlds not considered spirit. I go into this as deeply as time permits, mentioning some of the messages others have received, as we11 as myself. I present evidence to show that many of these contacts are, I feel, genu ine and play eight messages from these con tacts. Near the end of my talk, I discuss some of the contacts I've had with the well-known such as Darwin, Eddington and Beethoven and play messages and musical notes from them. At one point I say: "While remaining properly skeptical of those unseen communicators, who claim to be someone famous or notorious, I think we should, in all fairness, not deny them the right to speak if they so wish." I bring out the different ways other dimen sions cross the bridge to us. The most com mon, of course, are taped messages. However, they also call us on the telephone, appear on our TV screen and send computer messages. What evidence do we have that these con tacts are genuine? We have code words which are unique words the taper has used in his

question, and the invisibles repeat in their answer. We have reverse messages that come through on the wrong side of tapes, and I play 10 of these messages where they call me by name, and answer my direct questions. There is much more evidence that our con tacts are genuine, but space prohibits my going into them. We also know that we can help the unseen, such as the male entity who said in a small crypt under the Temple of Dendera (Egypt): Established 1n 7982 to Provide O/JJect1ve Evidence That We Survive Oeatll 1n an lnd1v1dual Conscious State I close my talk with: "There is comfort in knowing we survive death but survival, unless based on what is virtuous, is an empty victory." AA-EVP OFFERS HOPE TO MANY In February '95, Daniel Berg from MN joined the Association and signed up for the cross-country list. His name was familiar to me because he was a frequent contributor to FATE magazine. The following year he didn't renew. Terry O'Neill, Editor-in-Chief of FATE, wrote in the May '97 issue of the magazine that Daniel, a 26 year-old FATE fan, whose strong interest in the paranormal, helped him move through his two year battle with cancer, has now gone on. Many people contact me when a loved one has made their transition, or when they are facing a life-threatening situation themselves. "You are our last hope for comfort", they say. Later, they may write and say that we have given the reassuring

evidence they needed that life doesn't end at the grave. Although I feel you deserve more credit than I with your reports of contacts with the invisibles, I am always grateful for such letters and know ing that we have been able to help. Our thoughts and prayers go to Daniel that he will find joy and light on his peaceful journey. THE MISSING MUG We mentioned briefly in our editorial some of the ways those in other dimensions cross the bridge to us electronically. There are many other ways, however, that they use to let us know they are still around. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator for the AA-EVP, wrote the end of April: "Last week--a strange experience. Betty Evans (VA AA-EVP member before her death and close friend of Clara's) gave me a teddy bear coffee mug years ago. Each morning I drink a cup of coffee from Betty's mug, then place it on a dish towel by the sink. It stays there until the next morning and this routine has been followed consistently. One morning last week when I started for the mug, it was gone. I searched everywhere, even the trash, but no mug. That mug was big and heavy. It would never inadvertently be thrown out. Over the years I've had other things vanish and some would turn up later in odd places. Maybe this mug will too, but it would take a lot of energy to move in my opinion." I wrote to Clara

later about the mug and won dered if it had returned. As of June 15, it hadn't, so has now been missing for two months. Clara asked Betty about her mug after it disappeared. She has frequently spoken to Clara on tape since her death. When Clara told Betty the mug was gone, Betty gave the somewhat puzzling reply: "I defend nothing. Betty." Have you ever had anything disappear mys teriously, for which there is no explanation? Did it turn up later in a strange location? Please share with us if this has happened. Perhaps we can mention this in a future newsletter. SAVED BY ms GUARDIAN ANGEL? Lloyd Bradshaw, N.J. AA-EVP member, called me in May. He was trying to recover from a ter rifying, tragic experience that could have easily resulted in his death. A close friend of Lloyd's was the caretaker of a cemetery down the road from Lloyd's home and Lloyd would frequently walk there to visit . Lloyd said he had urged 'Bill' not to live in the small house on the cemetery grounds, but he would laugh and assure Lloyd there was no danger. On this particular Saturday afternoon, Lloyd had made plans with Bill to visit him for several "But something happened, Sarah. hours. Something 'made' me not go, and I spent all afternoon doing jobs around the house, that I hate and put off doing as long as possible." While doing these chores, Lloyd heard the sirens of emergency vehicles going by

his home. That evening, on the news, Lloyd learned that Bill had been brutally murdered Saturday afternoon by an unidentified killer. The murder occurred during the time Lloyd would have been there. I told Lloyd that someone on the other side was pro tecting and looking out for him. Lloyd agrees. REVERSE SPEECH--REVERSE SPEECH I purposely avoid the word "versus" in my title, because there is no conflict between the two types of reverse speech. Some might think there is, but there is a world of difference between 'normal' reverse speech found on the wrong side of recording tapes when the taper has recorded a speech or interview, and the reverse speech of those who speak to us from other dimensions. As I mentioned on page 1, I refer to reverse mes sages and play examples in my talk at Sao Pau lo. Quoting briefly from that, I say: "I am well aware of the claims that sometimes a tape of a conversation played in reverse, will reveal words of 'normal' speech. What we have in electronic and that the invisibles tune into our thoughts. Near the end of that letter, Dominic wrote: "The best EVP researchers already talk aloud to the communicators, but I believe they should also THINK the words of some songs before recording, while listening to vocal music of their choice." In another letter, Dominic mentioned meeting the well known physical medium, Bill Anderson from Scotland. Bill was staying with John Austin, a friend of Dominic's.

Dominic went there to meet him and while the three were in the kitchen, the phone rang. John picked up the receiver but there was no one there. The phone had been unplugged from the wall socket the night before, and had not been plugged back in. Dominic wrote: "This shows again, that phone messages need not come through the telephone exchange." This bears out the thinking as already mentioned on page 4, of Hans Heckmann and Carlos Luz. In a separate letter, Tom, our member from CA, who wishes to remain anonymous, sent me arti cles from some National Tabloids. While I am not a fan of the Tabloids, at times they provide interesting nuggets ofinformation. One of the articles Tom sent was about receiving phone calls from the Beyond. It is a slightly dif ferent approach so you might like to try it. The suggestions come from a Dr. Albeda of Amsterdam who is a professor of psychology. He says: "All you have to do is prepare yourself mentally and spiritually for the encounter." Dr. Albeda believes brain waves are dispersed over the vast network of phone lines and radiate into Heaven. He also believes the lines act as receiv ers. He says you must first believe that you CAN communicate with the dead. First: Meditate to prepare your thoughts for about a half hour, planning what you're going to say. Don't try to say too much. Second: Call up a mental image of your loved one when

he was alive and happy. Mentally keep repeating his name. Third: Pick up the receiver and hold it to your ear. You will hear a dial tone and signal tell ing you to hang up. Wait until these automatic messages stop, then proceed. Fourth: Speak slowly and clearly to your loved one. Call his name repeatedly. When you feel he is on the line, talk to him. Fifth: Open your heart and mind and concentrate. With practice, you will hear the thoughts of your loved one coming over the wires. These ideas are simple and everyone can try them. I don't entirely dismiss subjective evidenc(' of other world contact--some is no doubt valid- but too often imagination enters into something like this and it is difficult to be sure. It is objec tive evidence that we as an international organi zation encourage, as stated at the bottom of our letterhead stationary. Therefore, I would encour age members who try this, to connect a tape recorder to your telephone. This is a simple, inex pensive procedure. The attachment can be bought at Radio Shack (Model No. 43-228). Push the record button when you pick up the receiver. You will then have a record on tape of everything you say, as well as your loved one if they come through. Keep it short--15 minutes maximum. Wear headphones when you play the recording back. Try to do this at about the same time dai ly, if possible, when your energy levels are high

est. Be patient. Keep trying. Let me know if you have results so I can share them with others. OUR TAPERS REPORT Jackie Colligan, NV AA-EVP member, sent me a transcript of messages she has received. • All of them came through using the AIR-WX VHF Band. Quoting from one tape on which several entities spoke, one said: "You come to shore, we think the land is safe." "I left a note, it is good. This is Cosmic. I met his dad, he had a Bible." "I pray today for any problems." Jackie commented that voices are starting to come over the two ceiling speakers if she doesn't have the recorder on. One day she was talking to a friend about her son, who has stopped speaking to a former friend. When she said this, a male voice came through the speaker that doesn't work and said: "Because he lies." (Jackie said this was true). Another time she was talking to a friend on the phone about someone who had missed an appointment. After she hung up the receiver and was walking away, a male voice came over the working speaker and said: Clara Laughlin wrote "She wasn't there." that she asked while taping if the 39 souls from Heavens Gate who committed suicide, met up with the spaceship they thought was behind the Hale-Bopp comet. Callie, Clara's special guide replied: "A misconception." Clara's daughter, Barbara, and son-in-law, Paul, went on vacation May 19th, so Clara asked spirit that day

to watch over them. When she played the tape back, there was the message: "Walk-in. Emer gency. No problem." Five days later, Bar bara called to tell Clara all was well, except they had to go to the emergency room of the local ho::-- 2. 5. thing apparently going weU. Upon landing, he dis covered his oil had completely leaked out through a crack on the cylinder head, which blew upon touch down. The last page details his thinking and analysis of the compulsion and his concluding that the sudden impulse to land might have been an intervention from the spirit realm. Victor Zammit, Ph.D., a new member from Aus tralia, has sent me his: Summary Argument with the title: "A Lawyer Argues For the Afterlife." It is excellent and his full version will be released in the next six months. Victor is a retired solicitor of the Supreme Court of NSW and the High Court of Australia. We will look for ward to reading the full version. TIDBITS FROM MEMBERS Luise Fuchs, Germany, wrote that she enjoyed: "A Nod From The Vatican" (Summer '97 NEWS). I had mentioned the photo of Jurgenson (early taper) and Pope Paul VI in it. Luise said when she stayed in Sweden to learn more about TC from Jurgenson, he gave her a copy of the same picture. Luise wrote: "The article reflects how I feel. I agree that the person performing TC should do it under the inspiration of Faith." Dale Kaczmarek, IL,

President of the Ghost Research Society, wrote his web page is up and running. Check it out: www .ghostresearch.org. Dominic Macquire, England, wrote: ''The thought in the summer newsletter about the telephone line carrying a mental thought has been known for many years. No one knows exactly how it works, but it does. It can be either a signal that is carried by the wire, or it can be telepathic thought transfer over distance, after the initial voice sound has established the contact." Monique Simonet, France, wrote: "I have already done telephone experiments mentioned in your summer newsletter, and heard my father's voice saying: 'Hello! It's me!' and some other things. Now I will start to do it regularly." Tom, CA, wrote that one method he uses for con tacting spirits is by using the RF (random fre quency) carrier. He first energizes the room for 30 minutes by turning up the RF volume to high. He stressed no one should be in the room at this time. Tom then returns to the room, reduces the volume on the carrier, and records for 5 minutes. hsing the praises of others. Those who sing about themselves, usually sing out of tune." BOOKLOOK Arthur Myers, author of more than 20 books has sent me information about his latest book: Com municating with Animals: The Spiritual Connection between People and Animals. Arthur explores in the book how animals commu nicate with humans through non-verbal lan guage, how they feel, if they're sad, even

when they're ready to leave this life. It retails for $14.95 and is available at bookstores. You can also call directly: 1-800-323-4900. Sheila Ostrander & Lynn Schroder sent me a copy of their recent excellent book: Psychic Discoveries--The Iron Curtain Lifted (Marlow & Co. Publishers) Their best selling book: Psychic Discoveries Behind the Iron Curia.in, published in 1971, has been abridged in the new book. That, along with the new informa tion, makes a fascinating and informative read. In it, you will read, among other things, how dif ferent countries ( including the U.S.) engage in psychic warfare to uncover the secrets of other countries. Uri Geller wrote the Foreword. It is available at your local bookstores. BECOME A PSI-EXPLORER There is now an interesting CD-ROM available ($44.95, plus $5 for postage & handling) for PCs. Mac version will be coming soon. In it, you have access to 5 areas of psi phenomena and can also test your own abilities. Contact the dealer direct ly: Psi Explorer Sales, P.O. Box 380711, San Antonio, TX 78268. Phone: 210-532-8432. To see Psi Explorer on to http://www.psiexplorer.com. the Web, go EGYPT ANYONE? Lynn Gardner is planning a guided tour of Egypt, from Jan. 8th to Jan. 24th. Lynn's tours are always worthwhile, and you enjoy many 'extras' that you don't receive from other tours. My first 2 tours to Egypt were with Lynn. I also traveled to England with her. All 3 trips were outstanding. For more info., plus a brochure, call Lynn:

(317) (317) 283-7639. E-mail: 283-7638. FAX: [email protected] ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the winter newsletter is: December 20th. Until then, Always my best wishes, ~~~ ~ •a:mn• • • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER (410) 573-0873 J}) QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.16 Number3 AA-EVPNEWS Autumn1997 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Most of you will receive this newsletter the week of October 19th. It was on October 24th, 1976, that I sat down at a tape recorder for the first time and asked: "Is anyone here?" We could say therefore, that this newsletter marks my 21st anniversary. As I contem plate the last 21 years, there is so much I could write, but space for the newsletter is lim ited. We normally total 4500-4600 words of which about 700 are devoted to: From My Viewpoint. Instead, I will mention and elabo rate on some quotes I have read recently that I hope will have meaning for everyone. "Destiny is not a matter of chance, it is a matter of choice," William Jennings Bryant wrote. Did destiny sit me down by chance at my tape recorder 21 years ago, or was it choice? There is no doubt. I deliberately chose to sit down, even though I had no expectation of success. As most of you know, I had com pletely disavowed survival when I was six. Although that belief had not changed one iota in over 40 years, I had always

wished it wasn't so. I made a conscious decision to try taping. That decision changed my life forever. Many of us face decisions that can affect us for years to come. We may despise the cards fate seems to have dealt, but it is normally up to us whether we are going to pick up the hand and play it through. Amelia Earhart said: "Courage is the price life exacts for granting peace." It took some cour age to push the record button that October evening. Would my latent hope for survival remain only that, or would there be something more? It took courage to continue taping through the frm;;tmting rnonthR that fo11owed and when some of those I knew looked at me strangely thinking I must be mentally ill. All of this tw·ned out to be an infinitesimal price to pay for what I have so generously received from the unseen, as well as many of my col leagues. So it is, with any hard decision that we can see affecting our lives in which obliga tion and duty play a permanent part. Do we stay? Do we flee? It may be easier to flee but what do we gain if we choose this path? An enormous amount of guilt, knowing that we have failed our inner-being, our soul. Something a bit light-hearted and yet nutri tious food for thought: A loved one sent me a "The card recently that I badly needed. birds of worry and care fly

above your head. This you cannot change. That they build nests there, this you can prevent." At times I think I have more bird nests in my hair, than hair. Since the card came, I've been considering the various nests, trying to root out the raucous crows that do me, and no one, any good. Not all nests can, or should be elimi nated, but I am trying to focus more on the bluebirds. Perhaps you would also like to con sider your own bird nests. A lot of them only take up space and are of no benefit. Shoo them away. Tell them to return from whence they came, never to return again. On a cup recently in a gift catalog I read: "Miracles Shall Follow Miracles And Won ders Shall Never Cease." The word "Beauty" the first word I taped on the sixth day of taping 21 years ago, was a miracle. Every contact I have had in the years since then has been another one. I look upon each contact everyone has who is working in the field of instrumental transcommunication, as further miracles. My belief is that objective contact with other dimensions are 'intentional' miracles. We have some part in causing these miracles to take place, but the unseen play a far greater role. There are many kinds of miracles that are waiting for everyone in their day to day lives. Believe in them. Expect them. Don't be a passive player in life. Reach out; grasp

passing moments. Miracles are events waiting to happen. They will come! Established 1n 1982 to Provide ObJect1ve Evidence That Vie Survive Death in an lnd1v1dua/ Conscious State LIBERANTS Three well known individuals, two deeply involved in the field oftranscommunication, have been lib erated to move on to the world beyond death. Gilbert Bonner, England, who was active in the field for over 20 years has made his transition. He was widely known as a conscientious, intelli gent individual who had excellent results with his tape recorder. Over the years Gilbert and I fre quently exchanged tapes. Gilbert also contrib uted articles to many publications. He was often mentioned in the AA-EVP NEWS. When I visited England eight years ago, Gilbert met me at my London hotel. We spent a pleas ant time together, over tea, as we discussed the field of TC. Life was frequently not easy for Gil bert, but he held firm in his devotion to communi cating with the invisibles. Willis Harman, President of IONS (Institute of Noetic Sciences) died in January from a brain tumor. He had become very interested in TC and had exchanged letters with Dale Palmer (IN AA EVP member) about designing and conducting scientific experiments to authenticate for the world, communications from the beyond. Since his death, several messages have been received in Luxembourg indicating he is now actively involved with other TC researchers in Spirit trying to improve communications on both sides of the Veil. Norman Marsh, England, has been a

member of AA-EVP since 1983. A note from his nephew, John, said his uncle had died on June 3rd. Ena Lloyd-Kitchen, AA-EVP member England, called in August to tell me about Norman's passing. Norman began taping after his wife, Marjorie, died many years ago. He taped every day for a year hoping to hear from Marjorie but did not receive a single message from her or anyone else. On the first anniversary of her death, he sat down at his tape recorder feeling very discour aged. He was at the point of giving up. That was the day Marjorie came through, clearly called him by name and then said her own name. Norman continued taping in the years that followed and had many more messages from her and others. The world has been greatly enriched by the lives of these three men. The world of Spirit will also be enriched by them since they returned home. A LASER BEAM TO COMMUNICATE WITH THEDEAD Alain Plaisant, France, sent me the above named article from a French publication. I sent it to Hazel Sarmiento, AA-EVP member TX, so she and her husband, Roberto, could translate it. Hazel replied promptly with the translation and wrote: "It is interesting and fun to push ahead in this phenomenon of communicating with those human people in another realm!!" The article focuses on Father Guzman, a Jesuit priest and archeologist researcher who has long been associated with Princeton University. Quoting from it we read: "Father Guzman and

his assistants have brought out the fact that a laser is more precise to interpolate the waves coming from ectoplasm. This procedure may dis rupt the opinions of the scientific world. The dis covery of the laser's capabilities to capture ghosts forces us into a new era. This tells us that the science of the 20th century has found a way to prove that the survival of the soul is not a utopia. Scientists have rejected for a long time unexplainable phenomena. Today, new technolo gies have allowed us to redefine certain limits of the unexplainable. At present there is a new technique that is revolutionizing the perceptions of the communications with the spirits of the dead. It has resulted from the alliance of the laser and the information theory (cybernetics)." The article goes on to quote Father Guzman: "It is an evening after a day of hard work. We begin arranging our materials when an unexpected vis age appears on our screen. We had been making measurements of broken Maya stone statues with a laser. The use of a laser allows us to make very precise measurements which, using cyber netic principles are translated into three dimen sional contours of the object ... I had finished sav ing all my last work (using a new laser) when, after a last look toward my screen, I realized that there was still an image left there. When I saw that the image moved, I was truly amazed." The article reports that

after Father Guzman performed many more tests, he was convinced that the rare image shown on the screen must have been that of an apparition captured and recorded by the laser. He tried further experi ments but was unable to reproduce the image. Next, he invited a specialist in paranormal phe nomena to visit his laboratory. This person brought along a Spiritualist medium. The experi ment was a success. Using laser technology they A letter came from Gerry Connelly, England in which he enclosed a paper with diagrams from Gavin Dingley (England). Gerry wrote: "I recently met Dingley who is heavily into Nikolai Tesla, whose ideas are currently being resurrect ed. I told him about my EVP work and gave him a copy of my book. We met again, and he gave me the enclosed paper." The title of the docu ment is: 'Electronic Voice Phenomena Via the Use Of Tesla Type Radio.' The paper gives suggestions on how to construct this type of radio (different from the usual radio of today) using a resonant LC tuned coil assembly (Tesla Coil). Dingley wrote: "Tesla himself said that the signals resulting, propagated through the earth and it worked on a principle of longitudinal elec tricity (as opposed to transverse electromag netism used in hertzian radio). In modern (but still fringe) physics, longitudinal electricity is described as Scalar Waves." The paper gives suggestions on how to build this system to see if you can receive Elf Earth Scalar Waves and improve voice

phenomena. There are also two pages of diagrams. If you would like a copy, please send me a self-addressed, stamped ($.32) business-size envelope. I will be happy to send it to you without charge. Richard Smedley, a new AA-EVP member from OK, and I, became acquainted through E mail. He first wrote that he is taking a 'novel' approach to recording voices. When I asked what he meant by this (using E-mail all the way) he wrote: "I plan on recording DIRECTLY to the computer. I'll do this using a suitable software program (WA V recorder) that replaces a mechanical tape recorder. The result will be digi tal audio, rather than analog audio. I'll use a white noise generator to emulate a radio tuned 'off station'. The advantage of this is since the computer generated the white noise signal, it can also remove it, leaving only non-white-noise (voices) on the digital track." Near the end of his letter Richard commented: "I want to contribute original research to the body of knowledge that already exists. True scientific investigation builds on the work of others." In describing his back ground Richard said he had 15 years of experi ence in the software engineering field. He co authored the book: C Through Design which was a best-selling textbook used by numerous universities across the nation. Geoffrey Tilga, N.Y., sent me technical infor mation in August (through E-mail). Like Gerry's contribution, it is about Scalar Waves. Quoting from his letter, he wrote: "A well-known

Euro pean researcher was told by his guide that spirit uses a form of electricity called 'Scalar' electricity to manifest on tape. Tesla, the inventor of AM radio and modern AC power systems, worked on 'Scalar' electricity generating systems, but his Patent: results have largely been lost. #4,685,04 7 is a generating system for Scalar electricity granted to Dr. Raymond Phillips in 1987. It can be ordered by accessing the US Pat ent Office Web site: www.uspto.gov. A physi cist, T. Bearden, has material to further explain this: You can contact him through the Internet: http://www.hsv.com/writers/bearden/tomme nu.htm .JJ Please let me know if you try any of these devices and your results. You can also contact all 3 men who are on the cross-country list. In addition, Richard and Geoffrey are on the E-mail list. OUR MEMBERS PUBLISH Gerry Connelly wrote in his letter: "My publish ing firm is bringing out a UFO book called: The Behar Encounter by Gilbert Nelson. The book will mention extra-terrestrial messages that have come through over the EVP." Eli Feldman, N.Y., continues to publish his news letter on a frequent basis. It focuses on survival of death and frequently mentions personal letters he receives from leaders in the field of survival. Dale Palmer, IN, continues to have requests for his book: True Esoteric Traditions. It is in hardback and contains many pictures and dia grams. An extensive bibliography and index are included. The book, 34 7 pages in length, took many years to write.

Dale provides an excellent treatise of the numerous traditions found around the world from earliest days. It is clear, concise, interesting and not at all difficult to read. Nor mally, the book sells for $29, but Dale very gen erously wants to contribute to the AA-EVP and make it available to all. If you send me just $10 and ask for his book, I will contact Dale and he'll mail it to you. We are grateful for his generosity. J.J. Snyder, CA, sent me his latest article: "A Blown Cylinder Head" published in the July '97 issue of: AG-Pilot International. In it, J.J. who is a crop-dusting pilot, describes the overwhelm ing compulsion he had that he should land his plane one morning while dusting an orchard of pomegranates. This feeling was in spite of every- 2. 5. COMPUTER TAPING More and more people who own a computer and are interested in taping, are turning to their com puters and reporting success. In a personal let ter from Jacques Blanc-Garin, mentioned on pg. 3, he wrote he'd enjoyed our autumn newsletter and requested a copy of the Tesla Type Radio. He also commented that Alain Plaisant (another friend in France) is using a computer to record voices and that he plans to start soon. Stacy Rawlings, MD AA-EVP member, uses her computer to tape voices. At my request, she sent excellent detailed instructions on how to do this. The instructions are applicable only for those who have Windows 95. If

you would like a copy, please send me a stamped, self-addressed business size envelope. MEMBERS RECEIVE RECOGNITION Richard Berman, TX, is known as "Dallas's Dr. Doolittle" for his work as a sensitive with ani mals. He has appeared on radio and TV and been written up in many publications. Richard is one of the founders of the Texas Parapsychology Association, and their first president. Dale Kaczmarek, IL, President of the Ghost Research Society, IL, was a guest on the Art Bell radio show, Dec. 19th. The show is very popular and airs in many parts of the country. Art always has interesting, knowledgeable guests, frequently in the field of PSI. Sonia Rinaldi has received the very prestigious award: Prize for Epipsychology-1998. This is awarded each year to leaders in the field of para psychology and given by the Dr. A Hedri Founda tion, Zurich. The award reads: "To Sonia Rinaldi, INIT Section for South America," and was given to her in recognition of her experiments in evalua tion of ITC phenomena as well as for her publi cations in Brazil and abroad. LIF PROJECT FOR 1998 (?) At times I believe those of us working in the field of ITC, are something of an insular group. Yes, we have our publications. We share with those who ask, our experiences with objective spirit communications. Groups are formed who share our interest, but much of this, as I wrote, is like singing to a choir of believers. There is nothing wrong with

this, but is it enough? I feel not. By nature, I am a people's person. My years as a social worker working with troubled people, were the most fulfilling ones I have known. Years ago, I donated to Dr. Elizabeth Kubler Ross, 50 cassette tapes that I especially made with my comments and taped voices, to help pre pare the terminally ill person and their loved ones for what they would soon face. Dr. Ross was very grateful for the Life Beyond Life tape and said she would use it in her pioneering work. Might some of us consider (and I am fully aware this sort of thing isn't for everyone) beginning to work with small groups of people who are facing imminent death? Perhaps your local hospice could be a place to start. Some hospitals and nursing homes, might welcome such a program. A church or temple whose leader is open-minded and accepting. would possibly support the idea. The sort of person needed for this type of pro gram i:c,; a nonaggressive. sympathetic. under standing type of individual, psychologically sound within themselves, who can empathize with those with w horn they come in contact. They would need to believe in survival and understand what sort of a situation the dying person will meet as he leaves his physical body to return home, along with some of the things he will experience in his new life. The taped voices could be a part of this program--possibly limited to 3 or

4 sessions--but not necessarily the major part. Although I am not against working with an indi vidual , I see more benefit in small groups where feelings, fears, and questions can be shared. I would like to know how you feel about:Life is Forever (L1F--for an acronym) project? Are you willing to become involved? Those of us who know there is life beyond this life, have been blessed with a great gift. Most people have doubts, questions, increased fears as their days are drawing to an end. Isn't it time to share the gift we've been given? ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for our spring newsletter is March 27th. Many thanks to everyone who sent special notes and cards during the holidays. I cherish each one. In India, circus people say their dead have fallen without a net. Of the living, they say, "we are still falling in the net." May the net be there for each of you, whatever your needs, in 1998. Always my best wishes, _ . -0~~ ~ •,....._.• .~. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOi. 16 Number4 AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1998 FROM MY VIEWPOINT A new year. A new calendar with words of wis dom. What will 1998 bring? I think it is good we can't see the future. If we did and saw the difficulties, the griefs, that lay ahead, we might throw up our hands

and say: ''What's the use?" Unfortunately, the human psyche tends to see possible problems rather than possible joys. There is a song, played during the holiday sea .:-;on that goes something like this: "\¥hen you're troubled and can't sleep, Count your blessings instead of sheep .• , Good advice. The 'wisdom' for January reads: '"Your atti tude almost always determines your altitude Someone who counts problems in life." instead of blessings, will not soar very high. Those who can glimps(:' a rainbow will be lifted above the clouds. This doesn't mean we should always be Susie or Sammy Sunshine, Grief comes. We must learn how to deal with this learning experience, and it is largely up to us whether we pass or fail. Kahil Gibran wrote: "If one doesn't experience grief, one will never know joy." My new calendar tells me: ''Coming together is a beginning, keeping together is progress, working together is a success." Most individu als belong to one or more groups. It can be a large group with members in the 100s; it can be a small one, such as a husband and wife, perhaps children. To ensure the success of any group one must listen with an open mind,an open heart, to other ideas. For civilization to advance, we need to learn to work coopera tively within the framework of a community as small as a family; as large as the world. their lives. Many other things can also bring about this change. Thinking you may

hear the flutter of angel wings, who then pass you by, can cause a fast assessment while you wait to see if that particular angel is for you. There are regrets at what you didn't accomplish. There is sadness that you didn't show your love more often to loved ones; that you weren't there for them when you were needed. As the sound of angel wings recede, you feel grateful to be given another chance to try to do better. Those who arc deeply involved in the field of ITC, might consider the words for December 1998. "Success is a journey, not a destina tion." Along with that is the suggestion for next month: "Sometimes success is just a matter of hanging on." I've lost count of mem bers who have written: "I've taped for a month (or longer) and haven't received a thing. What is wrong? I'm ready to quit." Quitters never succeed. I try to help. I give sugges tions, and eventually some individuals go on to achieve success. I share their joy when it hap pens. To my frustration, I frequently learn through additional contacts, that the troubled would-be taper hasn't listened to my sugges tions. Not that my advice promises success, but it gives a boost to new tapers in their early attempts, until they learn what works best for them. If we are on a journey--internal or more external--such as ITC, we don't shout at the first contact: "Eureka! I've made it! Good-by, the end."

No, we keep on. There is no final destination; this is a journey we arc on until we return home. Those who settle for less give me no problem; they have a right to decide on a short trip, whereas I and some of my colleagues have chosen a never-ending journey. Whatever hopes, expectations, we may have for this life, we need to learn that we can't sit October reads: "A bend in the road is not the idly by, waiting for them to come to us. We end of the road, unless you fail to make the have to start our journey; to take positive steps to realize their fruition. May the glory of turn." Those who have a near-death experi- the rainbow shine brightly for each of you. ence tell us what a profound change it made in Established in 1982 to Provide Ol:>Ject1ve Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State COULD IT BE? In a December E-mail letter from Jackie Colli gan, NV AA-EVP member, Jackie wrote that she had taken a history course at SEU. The profes sor told them that in an archaeological dig in 1995 at Giza, Egypt, they unearthed numerous tombs where mummies had been buried thou sands of years ago. The team took radiation readings to measure any type of activity, includ ing brain activity. They discovered weak electro magnetic brain activity in the mummies that responded to sounds, lights and dust. In my E-mail reply to Jackie, I

said this informa tion was fascinating. I wonder about it though. When the Priests were preparing the bodies for burial, they extracted through the nose, the brain and other organs. These were buried in the sar cophagus in special decorated jars, along with the body. I suggested to Jackie that perhaps the Pri ests hadn't done a very good job, or the tests from the archeo]ogists had been contaminated, per mitting outside influences to affect the results. I am reminded though, of the outstanding taping results I had on my 3 trips to Egypt. (Tape 3). They called me by name, sang at times at my request, and made many meaningful comments. My daughter, Becky, who went with me on my first trip, also recorded excellent messages as well as beautiful singing at the Temple of Abydos. Our situation, I must admit, was somewhat dif ferent from the archeologists who were actually testing the bodies of mummies. BEST FROM THE PAST It seems apropos at this time, to mention a seg ment used in the spring 1989 newsletter. It appeared under the title: PSITRONS. Martin Ebon, well-known author of numerous books that focus on PSI phenomena, sent me his book: Mysterious Pyramid Power, edited by him and published by Signet in 1976. In itself, this gift had something of a synchronistic tone to it. Unknown to Martin, I was leaving for Egypt three weeks later for my third trip. A segment of the book dealt with the curse of Tutankhamen

which was on an alabaster vase taken from his tomb, that read: "Death shall come on swift wings to him that toucheth the tomb of the Pharaoh." with little difficulty, but the situation resulting from the tomb of Tutankhamen was far different. Some, such as Howard Carter who discovered the tomb, suffered no ill effect from their connec tion with the tomb, while others died unexpected ly, even violently. The Earl of Carnarvon, who financed and collabo rated with Carter in his work at the tomb, was bitten on the face by a mosquito as he emerged from the tomb. This was unusual because the Valley is mosquito-free due to a lack of water. The bite became infected and in less than 10 days Carnarvon was dead. Three years later, Tutankhamen's mummy was unwrapped and examined by pathologists. They found a wound on his cheek exactly like the mosquito bite that caused Carnarvon's death. In the book, the work of the late Adrian Dobbs, a mathematical genius of Cambridge University is mentioned. Dobb's theory may help explain why some people have a psychic or mediumistic experience and others don't. Dobbs felt there was a transfer of psychic energy in subatomic parti cles that he named "Psitrons." He wrote: "Such a particle carries a "bit" of information to a criti cally poised neuron in a receptive subject, caus ing the neuron to fire. A chain reaction is set-up; other neurons become involved and the subject perceives. The only condition for the

interaction is that the first neuron be critically poised when the psitron hits." The author postulated that the maliciously charged psitrons saturating Tutankhamen's tomb fired to poised neurons in receptive nervous systems and passed harmlessly through others. Could this be related to the brain waves in the Giza archaeological dig in 1995? Possibly. Per haps one or more of the archeologists involved in the dig and measuring brain wave activity had 'receptive nervous systems' and responded to any fired neurons from the mummies. It would be interesting to know. SOMETHING MORE ABOUT ENERGIES Energies have always fascinated me. I have mentioned before that I think each of us have our own unique energies--energies as unique as our fingerprints. Yes, there are similarities between them, but in the end, the total energies of a per son stand alone. Most archeologists seem to escape tomb curses This perhaps explains why those who have been evidence we present through our newsletter. Near the end of December, she wrote: "I just have to write you about a heart wrenching epi sode that happened when my dead son's voice called out to me on the car radio--a completely eerie example of voice transference. It was Class triple A, and I'm at a total loss to comprehend." I have written to Irene that this is rare but it does happen at times. There are several European experimenters who frequently hear their name, or messages audibly over their radios. Many have their radios by a tape recorder,

and when this occurs, they quickly press the record button. It happened to me one time. I was working in my office with the radio on. A friend who was termi nally ill, called to me through the radio loudspeak er. I was sure she had died, and quickly ran and called her home. She answered, so I knew she was still with us. Not wanting to worry her, I didn't mention hearing from her through my radio a few minutes earlier. She died later that month. Al Rauber, N.J., wrote he was being interviewed for a N.J. paper and set up his equipment at the Cranbury Inn in Cranbury, N.J. He said: "The inn is haunted by a little lady named Miss Mac. She lived in the Inn for about 45 years, and died in the early 1980s. I set up my tape recorder and directed questions to her. A voice said: 'I'm really cold.' When I called the Inn owner to tell her about the voice, there was dead silence. Then she said I had definitely gotten Miss Mac. While she lived there, she was constantly complaining to everyone that she was always cold." Monique Simonet, France, wrote she has recorded many messages through her telephone. Some of them are: "Don't stop!" (Monique's father). "It's me. I'm happy. It's Papa Ludo." (Monique's grandfather.). He also said: "I'm here always, without leaving." "Yes, that's good. It is a new system!" "Hello! It's me, Mama!" (Monique's mother). Monique said that

the voices through the telephone are weak. She put a sound generator near the phone and the voices became much better. Monique mentioned that her close friend, Pierre Thery (French AA-EVP member since 1990) had also received good phone voices. Joseph Wright and his wife, Theresa, MD, joined us in December. Their hope is to hear from their seventeen year old son who died in April. Joseph has started taping, and called me very excited. The first time they taped, he said their son came through and said: "Hello!" Since then, they haven't heard anything further. He was feeling discouraged and wondered if this was nor mal. I assured him it was, that he should be patient and persistent. He was extremely fortu- nate to hear from their son so quickly. In time they will probably have additional contacts from him. WORTHY IDEAS TO CONSIDER An interesting letter came from Tom Butler, hus band of Lisa mentioned on pg. 4. He asked for a copy of constructing a 'Tesla Type Radio' offered to readers in the autumn newsletter. Tom, the author of the book: Handbook of Metaphysics, is working on: The Not So Departed that will focus on spirit communications, with ample examples, and an extensive section about EVP. Tom wrote about energies and said: "I have taken the position that (scalar wave) energy falls into the family of energy I refer to as etheric energy. I think of etheric energy as having a spectrum, just as does electromagnetic energy.

Of course, the etheric energy spectrum would have spiritual energy in its very finest nature at one extreme and the very coarse near-physical Tesla energy at the other. Since all of this energy is felt to emanate from an intelligence at the cen ter of reality, differentiation of the energy into lower frequencies may have been accomplished by entities as they created new 'local' realities in which to test possibilities offered by the opera tion of Natural Law on etheric energy." Tom believes that etheric energy is more a fabric than a wave or beam of particles. It is easily influenced by intention; it has vibration and is governed by a number of specific principles which are better described as cosmological rather than scientific. Tom wrote: "Communications from a higher plane must somehow be 'hosted' by energy at a physical rate of vibration." In his letter, Tom discusses the Mandelbrot Set from chaos theory, provides a picture of the set and includes a mathematical equation. He feels that "entities beyond the veil" use this energy to communicate with us (but) we are responsible for the availabil ity of this energy in the physical plane. Tom commented that any device which is designed to use scalar energy is closer to the point than those that use electromagnetic energy. He closed his letter with: "Our ability to provide energy through our attention, and focus it with our intention, remains the most important ingre dient for successful communication." Space limi tations prohibit my

quoting any further from his letter or showing his three diagrams. If you would like a copy of his letter, please send me a stamped, self-addressed business size envelope. 2. 5. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Edna Drake, Canada, wrote: "My husband, Jim, has buried the Elf Frequency Cable that he copied from the schematic you sent. It is outside the door of our front room, so it wil1 enable clearer signals to come from other dimensions." Domi nic Macquire, England, is continuing experi mentation with a mediumistic circ]e near his home in West Sussex. He reports outstanding success with different spirits coming through and giving suggestions as to how their equipment and experiments can be improved. Fred McIntosh, VA, called and said his wife's book: Sisterhood of Spies will appear in bookstores in April. It is published by the prestigious Naval Institute. Elizabeth describes her two years as a spy behind the Japanese lines during the Second World War as well as the lives of other women who were spies. Already it has been reviewed favo ·ably by the "New York Times." Re . upert Sigurdsson, Maine, is a Spiritualist inister. He wrote: "I always look forward to your newsletters and hand them out in our church ." Victor Zammit, Australia, wrote that his book: A Lawyer Argues For the Afterlife is finished. The full version is on his web site, and the printed version will be out soon. Victor was a solicitor of the Supreme Court, NSW. MEMBERS

WEB SITES Some of our members have begun their own web sites which you might like to visit. ale Kaczmarek, IL:www.ghostresearch.org. Stacy Rawlings, MD (focuses on EVP; has voic examples from me,Jackie Colligan,&others) http://www.angelfire.com/md/EVPFILES/in dex.html Sonia Rinaldi (Portuguese language/voice exam ples and pictures) http://www/geocities.com/ Athens/ Acropolis/ 9045 Yictor Zammit: http://www.ozemail.com.au HAUNTINGS OF CAPE MAY, N.J. TOUR Al Rauber, a friend, leads a 90 minute tour of his toric Cape May, from April-Nov. Many 'ghostly' locations are visited. Call Al to find out more. Phone: 609-463-8984. WE'RE GALLOPING ALONG In the anniversary newsletter, I always try tu give an update of our members. From April '97 to the present time, we've received 70 new mem bers. For the 16th year in a row, men outnumber women. Currently, we have 44 more men than women. Clo;-;e to 200 members have chosen to be on the cross-country 1ist, with 30 on the E mail network list. LIF PROJECT FOLLOW-UP In the winter newsletter, I wro~ that I hoped members would sign up for the LIF (Life Is For ever) project. I explained that our focus would be to work with small groups of the terminally ill, presenting them with the many types of evidence that show life is forever. The taped voice would only be a part of this program, possibly limitecLJ-,o 3 or 4 sessions. Those who volunteer for LIF would need to be psychologically sound within themselves, and able to empathize with those with whom they come in contact. The volunteer

would help the terminally ill understand what they will face as death nears; they would help them not be afraid to let go and move on to the world beyond death. Nursing homes, churches and temples where the leader was open-minded and accepting. might be places where thP se:,,; sions could take place. I'm happy to say, I've had volunteers who think it is a wonderful idea. New and old members, think it over and see if you would 1 ikc to take part. With just 3-4 more volunteers, I think the program will fly! HELPING THE DYING Enclosed you will find a letter I wrote to Edward Casey, the Executive Editor of The Capital. His strong endorsement of the idea is included. I have received excellent support for the idea from the medical profession and public at large. The Baltimore Sun plans to use the letter in May as they do a series of articles about the health field. I ask each of you who agree with the idea, to pass it on. Make copies and send it to your local media requesting they use it. Give, or send it to anyone who might help put the idea into practice. I have contacted Edward Casey and asked for his permission to reprint the letter elsewhere. He has kindly given this. It is hoped that whatevPr source uses the letter, will give The Capital credit. Let me know the results you have. ODDS AND ENDS Thank you for making the

last sixteen years pos sible. Without you, there would be no Associa tion. You are the AA-EVP. Deadline for the summer newsletter is June 20th. Always my best wishes, )(YJJW ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (410) 573-0873 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.17 Numberl AA-EVP NEWS "The wonder of this great celestial departure which is called death is that the departing ones do not go far away. They are in a world of light, but they attend, as tender witnesses, our world of darkness. They are high up and nearby. You, whoever you are, who have seen a loued one pass out into the tomb, belie1,e not you are left by the deceased. The latter is, more than erier, close to you. The beauty of death, it is the presence--the inexpressible presence--of the beloved souls, smil ing to our weeping e:yes. The lamented beings hm,e not disappeared, not gone off. We no longer see their su•eet faees; lN' feel oursefoes under their u•ings. "The dead are the invisible ones, but not the absent ones. Death is the ascent, to the superior degree of ei,erything that has lived. Dazzling and sacred ascent, each one receives its increase. Everything transfigures itself in the light and by the light." Victor Hugo The above was read at the close of my hus band's funeral, February 18th, by one of my daughters. As many of you know, my hus band, Charles, had

been seriously ill, ever since his first massive stroke on July L 1992. Since then, he spent most of his time living in nurs ing homes. Life, especially the last three years, was a constant battle for him, as he struggled to survive. The three children and I also struggled-- first, to provide him with the best care possible, and then trying to support him psychologically and emotionally. It was not easy but I felt as long as he wanted to live, I could do nothing less than try to make those years as comfortable for him as possible. Several times during that time, he came close to death, but each time he somehow pulled himself back. Finally, on February 2nd, he was rushed by ambulance to the Annapolis hospital, suffering from advanced pneumonia in both lower lobes of his lungs. He was barely conscious most of the time. Then, on Sunday afternoon, Febru ary 15th, he returned home to the world beyond death. Spring 1998 We were fortunate that he'd been placed in a small room with just one bed. We could come and go as we pleased, even spending the night with him on a cot beside his bed. We kept playing his favorite music on a cassette player we'd brought. The last three days, when I knew the end was near, I continued telling him he was free to go back home to his real home, the spirit world. I assured him his job here was finished

and praised him for the courageous ''We'll battle he'd fought for so many years. always remember you. You'll live in our hearts forever", I promised him. During this time, I told him to look for the light and head in that "Hold out your hand," I said. direction. "'Someone will take it and lead you through the tunnel towards the light. There you'll find all of your family and loved ones waiting to greet you. Soon you'll be healed and able to enjoy all of the wonders and joys of your new world." Sunday afternoon, as I held his hand, the nurse said his death was only minutes away. I asked her to put on the tape: "Somewhere In Time" his favorite piece. Within several minutes, he took one final peaceful breath and that was it. Also read at his funeral were words from Kahil Gibran, a favorite writer of both my husband and me. Part of it went: "We (the dead) shall pass into the twilight to wake to the dawn of another world. Let love command the coming day." The words from Victor Hugo's speech have been reinforced many times since then. "The dead are the invisible ones, but not the absent ones." Charlie has given evidential messages through my tape recorder. A Class A message nine days after his death, was about our threP children. I duplicated it for them and they will cherish it forever. More recently I read a short quote, also by Vic tor

Hugo. "Go to sleep in peace. God is awake." Yes, Charlie slept away in peace. Now he is awake, and all is well. Established in 1982 to PrDv1de O/Jjective Evidence Thc1t We SLu-v1ve Deatf1 in an Jnd1v1dua/ consnous Sr ,H, ANNIVERSARY ISSUE With this newsletter, VOL. 17, Number 1, we observe our sixteenth birthday. Our Spring NEWS is the 65th quarterly newsletter I've mailed over the years. From 25 mailings in ten states and Canada, in May 1982, it is now mailed to hundreds of members in 38 states and 12 for eign countries. We have touched a lot of lives in sixteen years. Many lives have touched mine. A member in California told me in a recent phone call: "Sarah, we've never met but I feel I know you. You put so much of yourself in your news letters, I feel we are family." I assured her that I look upon each and everyone of you as my extended family. There are no strangers among us. Whether we have met or not, we are united in a common goal, to learn more about the world beyond death, to learn more about possible other dimensions, to move towards the light of good ness, knowledge and wisdom. As a result of you and so many others touching my life the last sixteen years, I feel knowledge, wisdom and, I hope, goodness, have increased within me. At the same time, this wisdom that has become a part of my life, lets me

know I have not reached the ultimate goal. So we each move forward on our journey, holding out our hand to those in need, as we continue learning on this "journey without distance." LIKE ATI'RACTS LIKE Over the years many people have said: "Sarah, I'd like to tape but I'm afraid I might get in touch with bad spirits." While not denying there are some spirits around who you'd rather not come in contact with, this type of entity is normally rather scarce when it comes to taping. Recently a man wrote to me requesting informa tion about the AA-EVP. In his letter he said: "Sarah, I've been an agnostic all my life. I've begun taping and I've gotten some voices! Now I'm questioning my agnosticism. If we survive death, as these voices seem to prove, there must be a God who makes this possible." He's not the only one who has come to this conclusion. Jackie Collins, NV, sent me a print-out she'd read on the Internet. Someone wrote: "I wonder if your thoughts can summon a similar form of energy that relates to your feelings? People of goodwill usually have positive paranormal experiences and people associated with crime and other nega tive things usually come in contact with nega tive experiences. They also may come in contact with a negative entity. My assumption is your focused thought can gather energy. Maybe it is your own energy given off by this thought that attracts good (or bad) spirits." He's

right. Keep this in mind if and when you sit down to tape. Who and what you are, largely determines the kind of spirit who comes to speak. WORM HOLES AND SPIRITS? You are likely to pickup all sorts of things on the Internet. In a piece by Dave Oester, http://www.ghostweb.com International Ghost Hunters Society, he wrote about Trish from Maine who sent "fine pictures of vortices taken in her home." Dave said that many of them show multiple spheres within, and that per haps some of the vortices are gateways or por tals that allow spirit entities to enter and exit our dimension. Dave realizes the idea might be diffi cult to accept, but we should remember that spirits of the dead exist within their own dimen sion and when they visit us they have left their dimension to enter ours. Dave wonders if they might think about coming here to visit a loved one, and suddenly they are within a vortex tunnel moving toward their destination. He reminds us that physicists have said a wormhole may be the access port to other dimensions or galaxies. NOISE In previous newsletters, I've mentioned that extraneous sounds (noise) plays a vital part in successful EVP recordings. Those in other dimensions use these sounds to help them speak. Many of us prefer, because of its limited content, the air-band found on some radios. This is the band used to control aircraft. Virgil Hunter, AA-EVP member GA, sent me an article from the

Aug. 18th issue of U.S. News and World Report. It discusses "stochastic resonance" which we have also mentioned before. Basically, some scientists have learned that by adding a certain level of noise to recordings it can make them clearer. Now, sound engineers have started adding low level noise (called dither) to CDs which greatly improves their sound. Scientists at the University of Genoa, Italy, have begun introducing random "noise"--minute grains of color--to a video screen that contains little detail. Upon this addition the viewer can recog nize whatever image is there. Scientists believe the phenomenon of "stochastic resonance" may help the brain's neurons detect weak signals. lowed the techniques you listed and received a male voice on the second try. He said: 'We pass through here.'" Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, sent me an excellent tape, all reverse voices. Some of the messages were: "Here you need most of that." "I was raised. Now you know." "Then I'm someone." "Notice the ships that came with it." "And I'll believe the ships help you one day." "Forever I'm assign you." Irene Maletsky, who along with her daughter, Valerie Tjaden, are State Coordinators for N. J., sent me a tape recently. All of the voices were taped in a histori cal house near her home, where she volunteers her services. Some of the messages were: "I "How?" "Ellen." "It's under found it". here" (a clear whisper). "Here." "Sissy" (another clear whisper). Tom P., CA member, was very excited when he

made his first record ing. He feels all of his messages were reverse messages and some that he received were: "To Earth to Earth to say Hello to." "Ah, this is for my speech earlier out here." "North! North." Sonia Rinaldi, Brazilian member, wrote: "All of a sudden my terrestrial station has become magic! Now all of my questions are answered and many other voices enter also to say something. Many incredible cases have hap pened, such as a mother who came to my house to talk to her little daughter who died nine years ago, and had wonderful responses. Later, there came the longest message we ever received in Brazil: a sequence of 9 sentences from the son of a member of our Association, and so on. All of this was recorded using the computer." Sonia attributes the outstanding increased results from help she has received from Professor Doctor Euvaldo Cabral, a brilliant physicist and elec tronics engineer, who teaches at a university in Brazil. He and some of his 17 Ph.D. graduate students, have given Sonia some new equipment to use, and helped her set it up to bring the improved contacts. Pat Sabodish, N.J., wrote: "I have been getting very good responses when I fill the jacuzzi in the bathroom, and just let the lowest speed on. The water makes a little noise. I've sent many lost spirits into the light." spirit. A hydrid? I've checked several dictionar ies, but the word is not to be found.

Might she have said: "hybrid"? Perhaps, but I think it was hydrid. Whether it was hydrid or hybrid, it cer tainly opens up an unanswerable question. TOW ARD AN UNDERSTANDING OF THE INVISIBLE The above named article was sent to me by Nicholas Reiter, AA-EVP member, OH. It was written by him and his colleague, Lori Schillig and is fascinating, giving much nutritious food for thought. Nicholas wrote that his background is in electronics, vacuum systems and chemistry and he is interested in communicating with other researchers in the field of ITC. He has been con ducting recording experiments using diode circuits and magnetic field pick-ups. Briefly, Nicholas describes how the photograph (shown on pg. 6 of the six pg. article) was cap tured, and the equipment used. He mentions how frequent unexplained 'somethings' turn up on film in haunted locations due probably to the faster 'eye' of the camera, compared to the human eye. The photographer sees nothing when he takes a picture and yet, upon development, there is some sort of image. Nicholas writes: "Our position is that while such pictures many not represent 'spirits', they do seem to depict a very real, very invisible structure. We believe that careful anal ysis of this effect may open up valuable avenues into the physics of anomalous events, and could add to our basic understanding of the universe." Since June, 1997, he and Lori have worked on a hypothesis that may explain the mechanism for the appearance of photographically captured,

but otherwise invisible events. He writes at length about our ability, or in-ability to see what is going on around us. Nicholas explains how ani mals seem aware of an unseen 'visitor' to our home, that we are unable to, for the most part, glimpse. He discusses the differences between the rod cells (peripheral vision) and cone cells (frontal vision) of the eye. Peripheral vision seems to be faster. We, as humans, depend lar gely on the slower cone cells to see, while animals appear to use the faster rod cells. UNUSUAL PHONE CALL On February 12, I returned from the hospital after visiting my husband. Checking my answer- Although the article is technical in nature the ing machine, I heard some strange, unidentifi- language used is clear and easily undt,rstood. able music and then a clear female voice, speak- Nicholas gives much evidential information to support his evolving hypothesis. If you would likl' ing in a monotone, while the music continued playing, said: "I'm home. I'm a hydrid." I feel to read the complete article, please send me u self-addressed, stamped, business size envc•lope. the call was from another dimension, possibly not 2. 5. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Florence Galassini, IL, wrote that in the March/April magazine "Intuition" there was an 11 page article about the work of Russell Targ, a pioneering physicist who has explored the mind's ability to transcend the limits of time. His goal has been "to validate the reality of ESP." Dr. Targ has

many books to his credit and you might want to check with your local library to see what they have. Dale Kaczmarek, also from IL, sent me a flyer about the Am. Ghost Society National Conference that is being held August 7-9, in "Haunted Decatur, IL." There are many activities planned during that time with a number of nationally-known speakers. Bob Schott, mentioned on pg. 2, will be one of them, as will Dale, who is President of the Ghost Research Society. You can register by calling toll free: l 1-888-GHOSTLY. Credit cards accepted. In an E-mail letter from Jeff King, New Zeal and, he wrote: "I am in communication with a researcher in England, who is involved heavily with crop circle research. I have been helping him develop an electronic detection device. . Rupert Sigurdsson, mentioned on page 4, became the Superintendent of the Bureau of Phenome nal Evidence, for NST Spiritualist Churches in March. He sent me part of his next newsletter that will be mailed to members on July 15. He listed the names of four Spiritualist members who have offered to be his assistants. Rev. Ber nard Baker, AZ AA-EVP member, is one of them. I sent him the how-to tape paper that I offer to anyone interested, and Rupert replied in an E-mail letter: "Thanks, I will copy the instruc tions on the next NSAC NEWSLETTER; it goes to the secretaries of almost 200 churches." OUR MEMBERS PUBLISH Eli FeJdman, N.Y. has sent me copies

of his fre quently published newsletters. They include his personal experiences, as well as reviews of arti cles he has found especially interesting. Eli is on the cross-country list. Victor Zammit, Austra lia, mailed to me his completed book: A Lawyer Presents the Case for the Afterlife. Under neath the title is: "Irrefutable Objective Evi dence." It is an outstanding book, and on the back cover are excellent endorsements from nine well-known individuals. The AA-EVP and I are mentioned in his book. Victor wrote that over 2,000 people a week from more than 16 coun tries, access the summary of his book on the Internet: http://www.ozemaiLcom.au Victor is also on the cross-country list, and the AA-EVP E-mail network . IS PERU FOR YOU? Lynn Gardner, a sensitive and medium, who has led many groups on tours to countries all over the world, is taking a group to Peru from Oct. 3-16. The itinerary is excellent, but it will be a "very physical tour." To contact Lynn, see below. "If this is what I think it is, we've got some work ahead of us!" EGYPr ANYONE? Lynn is also leading a group to Egypt from Feb.25-Mar. 11, '99. If it is like her other trips it will be outstanding. I've traveled to Egypt two times with her, and taped over 100 voices. It will be her 13th Egyptian Journey ofTransforma tion. Quoting from Lynn's letter, she wrote: "Join us on this sacred transforming journey through time, as we walk in the

footsteps of the ancestors of this mystical, magical and astounding 5,000 year old plus civilization. It's awesome to stand before the Nile, it's deserts, oasis and lush deltas and enter into the monuments and tem ples that you've seen pictured all your life and to feel the special energy that is part of this. Lynn's Journey of Transformation workshops are small groups of individu als who are helped to develop more of their own abilities and learn more about the country. Each trip is full of spontaneous opportunities for the individual ready to stretch and grow in spiritual and physical experiencing. Playfulness, laughter, joy, and having a sense of adven ture are part of our journey. You will travel in comfort, staying in 5* hotels with fine restaurants. Think carefully before you join us as ancient Egypt has a transforming catalytic way of assisting change and expansion." Last winter I contacted Lynn about planning a trip to Egypt geared to Senior Citizens and those who have minor physical problems. This trip to Egypt is a slower-paced trip, and the ages of the participants will always be kept in mind. I hope to go and teach a taping workshop on loca tion.Winnie Peters, AA-EVP member from Anna polis, also expects to go. You can contact Lynn: Phone:317-283-7638.E-mail:[email protected] Mail: POB 88604-Indianapolis, IN 46208 ODDS AND ENDS '!'here is nothing odd about us! The "ends" have all been taken care of, I hope. May your tomato plants flourish like mine. Deadline for the

Aut umn NEWS is Sept. 25. Always my best wishes, .~. ~ • ........... • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER - VOL. QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER 17 Number2 RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS Summer 1998 A HAPPY TRIP TO ETERNITY Sarah Estep/Rebecca Estep There's a song which was popular, during the 1960s, titled "One Tin Soldier." It tells about two villages that had been at war with each other for a long time. Legend had it that a treasure of great worth (presumably gold) was at the top of a nearby mountain, and each vil lage wanted to claim that gold for itself. Over the years, people from both villages had made many attempts to scale the mountain, trying to be the first to arrive at the summit, because whoever got there first was the one who was entitled to the gold. As soon as one group neared the top of the mountain, the townsfolk from the other village would rush forward to kill any potential champions . .r 'inal ly, there came a day when people from both villages managed to reach the mountain top at the same time, each apparently taking a dif ferent path Everyone rushed towards the treasure chest, which sat majestically beneath a lone weeping willow tree. The lid was thrown back, wrenching it from its hinges, and everyone peered into the chest. Instead of the long fought over gold, the only contents in the

chest was a scrap of paper which read: "Peace on Earth. Good Will Towards Men." Everyone needs to take the moral of this story to heart, whether they are involved in the field of transcommunication or not. How many of us can truly say we have never been jealous of anyone? How many can say they have never had a negative thought about a person, per haps wished them ill, or spoken against them? I dare say, none of us could raise his hand. Each time we refuse to hold out our hand to someone in need, no matter how we may feel at the moment ourselves; each time we turn our back on something that needs to be done thinking: "I'm too busy, let someone else do it," we are denying the 'human' in humanity. When we verbally attack another person, jus- tifiably or not, or try to get others to join us in our 'crusade' even though we may think it is a 'holy' crusade--! dare say the 'angels of glory' are less than pleased. If we are honest with ourselves, we must admit that everyone has feet of clay. There is no perfect being. Instead of vehemently dwelling on the imperfection of others put that aside. They are they. You are you. All you need concern yourself about is the clay on your own feet. Can we not learn to forgive those for whatever real or perceived deed they committed against us? If we cannot, then the

'angels of glory' will not only be displeased, they will weep. If you can truly forgive and go on working not only for your own betterment but for the betterment of everyman, then you can face your eternity unafraid. As human beings, we can't escape the hunger to find a reason to believe in a benevolent eternity. Yet, each time we attack another person, holding our envy and ego paramount, that benevolent eternity we each yearn for becomes a little less benevolent. The light that it sheds becomes less bright. Millions of people around the world are on the dark, lonely and terrifying journey towards death. They want proof that this journey doesn't mean annihilation. You, who are involved in the field of ITC, actively or passive ly, are blessed in that you have been given the opportunity to provide this knowledge, in many different ways. Each of us today, are creating our own eterni ty. Whatever your discoveries and accom plishments have been over the years, they are secondary to what awaits you at the top of your personal mountain. Remember, we die a little more for every moment we live. It is the way, and the only way we live those moments, that will ultimately determine whether our trip to eternity will be a happy one. . ;d~~ Established in 1982 to Provide OtJ)ective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State Martha Sherman Returns Home In a note received from Marcia Lynch, she wrote that

her mother, Martha,who was 99,returned to the world beyond death on June 22, 1998. Martha, as many of you know, was the widow of Harold Sherman, world renown author and sensi tive, who died in 1987. Harold and Martha were dear friends of mine. They had both visited in my home and attended the first national conference of the AA-EVP, where Harold was an honored guest. Harold took part in the round-table dis cussion on Sunday morning. My book, Voices of Eternity was dedicated to him. They joined AA EVP in April, 1982, the month that it was begun. In Martha's effects was found the note: To You; Whose understanding friendship I have cherished through the years, I send a tempo rary fond farewell, in the profound faith that in the limitless dimensions which await us all, our paths will again cross. And, as we greet each other joyfully, we can once more share our many continuing experiences. Until then, My loving Thoughts, Martha I am confident that Martha and Harold are together now and in the future that never ends. GHOST HUNTERS/UNEXPLAINED IMAGES In the June 1998 issue of Research and Devel opment Magazine, there was an interesting article about bringing science into the realm of the paranormal. They are doing this by correlat ing temperature changes with bizarre images. The article describes the work of Bob Schott, executive producer of" Adventures Beyond." His documentaries have aired on the Discovery and other TV channels. Four of his investigations will

be aired this summer. He has found that while investigating various locations, fluctuating temperatures often correlated with unexplained images captured on film. B. E. Meyers. Inc .. of Redmond, WA manufac tures the high definition night vision cam.era. that Schott uses. Each camera amplifies existing light as· much as 70,000 times and records an additional 250 nm of the light spectrum beyond what human eyes can see. Along with these cameras they use the Omega rugged infrared OS521 portable thermometer that in three models cover temperature ranges from -18 to 870 C. They are available with either laser-dot or laser-circle sighting options. For more info. contact: Omega Engineering-I Omega Dr. P.O. Box 4047, Stamford, CT 06907-4047 Sherlock Holmes Estep! A European friend wrote to me in June, trying desperately to locate an individual in this coun try. She'd written to him but the letter had been returned and she had no idea where he might be. I started the search that afternoon. After half a dozen calls, some a dead end, I located his correct address--he wasn't even living in the state which address she had--and his phone number. The fol lowing day I was happy to send it to her. There is an interesting, evidential point to this. Before writing to me requesting my help, she'd asked one of her contacts on the other side, through her recorder, how she could find this per son. The reply came back: "Ask Sarah Estep!" COMPUTERS/SPIRIT COMMUNICATIONS Dominic Macquire, AA-EVP member, England,

frequently sends me letters filled with nutritious food for thought. He wrote: "Under the right spiritual conditions, a loved one can, with the help of other spirit persons, make parts or the whole of his or her spirit body take upon itself semi matter which is almost solid." Dominic feels that this could also relate to the use of a computer keyboard by a spirit in which they type a mes sage. In a later letter, Dominic wrote: "I believe that spirit communication received via computer/word processor occurs because spirits are able under certain conditions to temporarily make their finger tips become partially solid. Spirit communicators are still able to touch, exert a mild degree of pressure and thereby com municate in writing through the selected individ ual keys of some computer keyboards. Where it is possible, adaptation of the pressure sensitivity of some working keyboards, so as to make them extremely sensitive to the least degree of pres sure, might facilitate the phenomenon of worded spirit communications via computer." In another letter he wrote: "I feel that an electro magnetic field is essential for EVP recording. An easy way to supply this emf field is to use an electric motor, perhaps as a sound source in the CHARLIE VISITS lllllil!llllil"k" My husband, Charles, who died in February, has made his presence known in different ways to dif ferent people. On April 25, he called our son, Bob. No one was home at the time so he left a one

word message on Bob's answering machine. I was able to dial into his machine, and duplicate the message many times onto the Marantz that is connected to my own telephone. Each of our children will cherish the copy I gave to them. I have taped a number of good quality messages from Charlie. When I asked him what his great est surprise was, now that he is home in the spirit world, he replied: "I talk!" Another time he said: "Pm sitting down with Misty." Misty was the dog of our hearts. I had asked him several times who was the first person he saw when he stepped into the spirit world, but never received an answer. Then, on June 5, when I asked him again, he replied in a Class A voice: "I don't remember. Things come back." This gives us an interesting insight into spirit psychol ogy. It is easily understood, that someone who has just gone through the death experience, and now realizes he has truly survived death, and is being greeted by deceased loved ones, that in the traumatic, most happy experience he's ever had, that things could be forgotten, but as Charlie said: " .. .things come back." The most exciting contact I've had, is the above photograph taken in April. I'd been playing a game on my computer when the phone rang in my office. It was an AA-EVP member and we talked for about 15 minutes. When I went back to my bedroom,

where the computer is located, I noticed the game I'd been playing had been cleared from the screen, and the scoring screen had been brought up. Something 'told' me to grab my Polaroid camera and take pictures. I finished the pack of seven that was in the camera, and on two was the spirit image of Charlie. He is stand ing behind the computer on the right, impossible for a human to do because it is on a computer console with a back to it, and is facing the cam era. His left arm comes down, and he is pointing with his left hand to the scoring screen on the computer. When I asked him the next time I taped, if I had his spirit image on the two Polaroid pictures, he replied: "Yes." LONG RANGE AIRCRAFT FREQUENCIES As most of you know, I use the air band on two radios as sound sources while I tape. I prefer this band because it is the one used by aircraft traffic controllers and voices of the pilots and radio operators on nearby airplanes. As a result, the content is limited . An E-mail letter came from Geoffrey Tilga. N.Y. AA-EVP member, in May. ~uoting from it, he wrote that he knew I used the air band in order to obtain spirit voice communications. However, "The frequencies used are in the frequency range where a taper must live near an airport in order to make these recordings because the signals are short

range and fade out beyond this radius." Geoffrey is correct. I live not far from the Balti more-Washington International airport, and the two large Washington D.C. airports are also picked up by my radios. Geoffrey has found international calling frequencies used by airline pilots on international flights. They can be used by anyone using a short-wave radio, and that the user of these :-adio frequencies need not live near an .'a.~J:FGTt. . Some of the frequencies he gives are~ 5598khz; 5616khz; 6577khz; 8825khz; 8846kh~! 8891khz;104149khz; 11282khz; 13306khz. Geoffrey also commented that getting reverse tape voices meant playing a reel to reel tape in reverse. Now, however, AA-EVP members can download an IBM compatible digital sound editor from: "Cool http://www.syntrillium.com/cool.htm This will reverse the aircraft pilot's voice (and also EVP voices) and reduce background noise. Geoffrey wrote that it is shareware, but fully functional. He hasn't been able to find such a program for Macintosh users, but he understands they exist. Edit 96" ''Your newsletter always seems to me as ifit is a letter from home." Ed Moo-re, Ohio 2. 5. News From And About Members Sandra Belanger had a near death experience in 1981, so she wrote in her first E-mail that she knows we go on. However, she said this knowl edge frustrates her because she could not pro vide the knowing to others. She hopes now, that the technology of EVP will provide that knowing. She also told me about an experience she had last winter. Sandra is

a paramedic for the San Francisco Fire Department and was in the ambulance en route to a call. Quoting from her letter, she wrote: "I heard a voice say 'your door is open.' Looking over I saw it was ajar, so I closed it tight. Then a voice said, 'Seat belt.' I immediately put it on. Soon, a steady stream of water began to fall on my head (from somewhere) and I moved over close to the driver. Two sec onds later, a car embedded itself in my door, going about sixty miles an hour. If I hadn't closed the door, put on my seat belt, and moved to the left to avoid the water, I would have been killed." Richard Berman, TX, sent me an article from his local newspaper. It had a large picture of him, and his singing standard poodle, Pouche! Richard is looked upon by the city of Dallas as a pet psychic. He has communicated telepathi cally with animals for the last 10 years. Dale Kaczmarek, IL, sent me an E-mail note last month that read: "Major renovations are now online at the GRS web site, including the ability to order ghost tour tickets online." You can visit his web site at: www,ghostreach.org Jeff King, New Zealand, wrote that he had watched a show on TV that featured my daughter Becky, and me. This was from the "Man Alive" group of London, England, that spent several days with us two years ago. Brother Mark, who

lives in a monastery in the south, called one evening recently. During our conversation, he said his mother had called him on the telephone, and said: "Mark!" She had died about ten years earlier. Mark said he often has vivid dreams about the deceased. Rev. Rupert Sigurdsson, ME, as mentioned in our last newsletter, is the Superin tendent of the Bureau of Phenomenal Evi dence for the national NST spiritualist church. In a letter he sent recently to his members, he wrote: "EVP is still the easiest phenomena to verify. Spirit Photography is another important area of phenomena that if witnessed by a group J.J. Snyder, CA, sent me an is verifiable." excellent article he wrote which appeared in the August '98 issue of FATE magazine. The title is "Lord Dowding's Return." It describes how a departed British war hero who believed in life after death, is still doing his best to prove it. GAIT Authentication Project It is with great happiness that I can tell you about the GAIT (Global Association- Instru mental Transcommunication ) project. Dale Palmer, IN M-EVP member, who joined us in May '96, has been working tirelessly to bring it about. He, his wife Kay, Hans Heckmann, and I have attended several conferences together, including the one in Brazil. Dale's aim has always been to authenticate the voices that communicate with us from other dimensions. He feels if this can be proven scientifically, it will benefit all mankind for the better. I have sup ported

him in every way possible. Recently he heard from Winston Franklin, direc tor of IONS (Institute of Noetic Sciences), known around the world for its investigations into many areas of life/reality. Franklin said that they will work with us in the authentication project. Mar ilyn Schlitz, Ph.D., Director of Scientific Projects at IONS, is assembling a top-notch group to help with the project and judge the results. Two of those individuals so far are Dean Radin, Ph.D. and Jon Klimo. Dr. Radin, is widely known and respected by many professional parapsy chologists working in the field. He is the author of a number of books, the latest: The Conscious Universe. Jon Klimo is also a well-known inves tigator, author of many books which focus on Psi. It will probably be at least a few months before we actually begin the authentication. I will keep you posted on our progress in future newsletters. Pack Your Bags! Lynn Gardner has sent me the flyers for her trip to Egypt, from Feb. 25-Mar. 11. It looks excel lent, and I would encourage everyone who has ever wanted to go to Egypt to give Lynn's trip I've been with her twice in serious thought. Egypt, and both experiences were outstanding. She keeps her groups small, so each person receives a great deal of personal attention on Lynn's "journeys of transformation". You can contact me for a flyer, or call Lynn-317-283- 7638. Address: 4146 N. Illinois St., Indianapolis, IN 46208. Odds And Ends Deadline for

the Winter NEWS is December 28th. Always my best wishes, ~~ ~ •anm• • • - VOL.17 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (410) 573-0873 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES Number 3 AA-EVPNEWS REFERRALS Autumn 1998 From My Viewpoint It is impossible to list all of the things that have happened to me since I first sat down at a tape recorder twenty-two years ago and asked: "Is anyone here?" I always stop and try to assess what has occurred, as my anni versary of October 24th, 1976 approaches. There have been seven trips overseas directly related to my work with instrumental trans communication, to lecture/teach workshops. I always felt the world was one--now I know it. My book: Voices of Eternity oublished in 1988 by Fawcett and later in France, was a direct outcome ofmy involvement in the field. Our Association, the AA-EVP, would never have been founded in 1982, if I hadn't begun taping. I would not have met, or had contact, with many of you who have taught me so much, things that have helped me grow emo tionally, psychologically, and spiritually. Yes, there has been a small down-side to the thousands of people who have crossed my path since 1976. A few have demonstrated strong, hateful egos that must make the spir its, who are always aware of us, weep. Fortu nately, they and their misled followers number far less than one percent of those who

I've met who at heart, want to help all human kind. As one of our members wrote to several of us in September: "I am of the opinion that the principles of universal wisdom, wherein knowledge for the greater benefit of mankind, is the property of all to have and to share, so that all are uplifted together. It is only through cooperation and sharing, that the puz zles of ITC can be solved." Taping even saved the life of a loved one. My husband, Charlie, who made his transition this past February 15th, would have died 19 years ago, if it hadn't been for a message I taped at 7:50 AM, the morning of May 4th, 1979. Dur ing that recording a Class A male voice said: "More sickness will come." I urged Charlie, who hadn't been feeling well for several days, to stop and see his doctor before going to work. He did, and a phone call came from the doctor saying Charlie had been rushed to the hospital by ambulance. He was having a 'silent' heart attack. Talking to the cardiologist later in the hospital, he said Charlie wouldn't have made it, if he'd delayed twenty-four hours . Five heart bypasses followed and he had fourteen years of good quality life before suffering from his first massive stroke. In radio and TV interviews, I am always asked what I feel is the most significant message I've ever taped. That's difficult to answer. The most recent one was

taped on July 10th of this year. I had just finished telling the unseen how much their contacts have meant to me over the years; that it moved me from a complete disbeliever in any kind of survival (that went back to the age of seven) to my firm belief that everyone survives death in an individual, con scious state. Within a few seconds, a Class A male voice said: ''We offer soul freedom." That says it all! Whether an individual believes in survival or not, he will survive. There is a popular song that goes: "The soul afraid of dying, has never learned to live." If you believe in survival, you have the opportun ity to develop your spirituality to its fullest extent. You needn't sit around worrying what, if anything, will happen to you and your loved ones as you/they step through death's door. Powerful words. Who can doubt the truth of what he wrote? To think less, to do less, will make that person's peaceful voyage to etern ity questionable. You are free--your soul is free--to help every one in whatever way is your unique ability to contribute. By so doing, you and they will find the voyage to eternity is a happy one. Established in 1982 to Provide OJ-J)ect1ve Evidence That We Survive Death ,n an Individual Conscious State Objective Evidence-Spirit Photography If you read the bottom of the letterhead sheet, you will see: "Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in

an Individual Conscious Stat.e." My focus has always been the taped voice. To me, although not everyone would agree, it offers the best objective evidence we have for survival. There are however, other phenomena that pres ent the evidence for which we search. We have: Death Bed Visions, especially the 'Peak in Darien' cases. This is where a dying indi vidual describes seeing a deceased relative or friend, whom he did not know had died. In some instances the people in the room with the dying patient also did not know that the "take-away" entity had died and only learned about it later. There is Cross-Correspondence, which is one of my favorites. There have been some very interesting examples coming through the tape recorders of experimenters, unknown to each other at the time. In addition to the two mentioned, there are oth ers, such as spirit photography. Spirit pictures at times give me a problem. Some I can see clearly but with others, I'm just not sure. A good clear spirit photograph, is strong objective evi dence that there is no death. Some members focus on this type of phenomena and have sent me interesting pictures. Lloyd Bradshaw from N.J. has been an AA-EVP mem ber since April '91. He tapes voices at times, but his chief int.erest is spirit photography. For any of you who may be interested in trying to take a picture of a loved one, the following suggestions he recently sent me could be very helpful.

1. "Set aside a comfortable chair with a flat, dark colored, soft surface throw over it. 2. "Have floor or table lamps or a combination of both, on the other side of the room with lamp shades that could be directed at the chair. 3. "Have a camera ready with high speed black and white film 400 ASA or faster (1200 ASA film works great)! 4. "Have another chair at level with the spirit's chair. That's to get them fully in the view finder. Sit while shooting but don't block out the light. 5. "Leave a note with block hand printed large letters, taped to your computer screen, if you have one, or perhaps on the chair. You could write on the note, 'Let's have a spirit photo session!' (If you tape, you could say the same thing when you end your recording, perhaps set ting a dat.e- "Tonight", "Tomorrow morning",--1'11 try to take your picture. Please sit on the special chair)." Spirit can read what you write. 6. "Have a portable tape recorder beside the spirit's chair, and encourage your loved one to talk while you snap away with your camera." Lloyd explains that the color of the spirit body (which is usually whit.e or gray) is the reason for using a flat, dark surface on the chair. He says that these suggestions work for him, and he fre quently has received pictures of his beloved Y orkie, as well as others. He finished his lett.er to me with:

"Spirits want their picture taken. Glad to help anyway I can!" Computer Teddy Bear Picture From Spirit There are web sites that feature spirit pictures. Spirits are communicating through a few com puters, leaving written messages and spoken ones. In the Winter '98 newslett.er, I offered a how-to-have computer contacts with the other side, kindly prepared for us by AA-EVP member, Stacy Rawlings of MD. The offer proved popular with 28 members requesting a copy. Sometimes it's difficult to be sure if these written computer messages are genuine. As far as the messages are concerned, if the individual is on Internet it could really be coming from a 'tricky Icky' on this side. The same goes for pictures that the receiver is convinced originated in 'heaven.' Such com puter contacts (even if genuine) will never con vince the skeptics--ofwhich we have more than a pocketful--believe me. The following is extremely strong evidence that a comput.er picture did come from spirit. The story and picture were sent by Sonia Rinaldi, AA-EVP member, Brazil. Alexan dre Tornice, a graduate student at Sao Paulo University, who is getting his Ph.D. in mathe matics and engineering, has been working with Sonia,helping her with computer generated pic tures. He is responsible for sending the picture to me after much effort. My Macintosh computer is not friendly to other computers, and Alexandre tried many different ways before finding a way that worked. Quoting from Sonia's letter, she airport. These frequencies that Geoffrey sent can be used

by anyone who has a short wave radio. I had mentioned in the piece about aircraft frequencies found on page 5 in our summer news, that Geoffrey said that getting reverse tape voices meant playing a reel to reel tape in reverse. Quoting from the section, I wrote: "Now AA-EVP members can download an IBM com patible digital sound editor--"Cool Edit 96"--from: http://www.syntrillium.com/cool.html This will reverse the aircraft pilot's voices (and also EVP voices) ... " When I mailed the newsletter to Geo ffrey, I asked if a person could listen to a cassette tape on its reverse side (without having to duplicat.e it onto a reel to reel tape recorder). He called and said that a taper could do this by using the Cool Edit program. So all tapers who have a computer and a cas sette recorder, you might want to try and listen to your recordings by using the Cool Edit pro gram. Let me know your results if you do. A Different Use For A Telephone Along with the special equipment Sonia Rinaldi uses to capture pictures on her computer screen, she is also using a telephone connected to it. A special connector was devised by the Professor at the University, who 'invented' the system of using a cathode ray tube with other equipment for computer screen pictures. The results have been astounding. Sonia asked that I stress: "I use only the device (telephone) but not the tele phone lines. When you get the phone it

first makes the continuous loud sound. You don't do anything. Just sit there holding the receiver. After it stops, you will be disconnected to the t.el ephone company. You are not connected to anyone on Earth from that moment on, you are just (the telephone is) connected to your comput er. I then start recording in the PC--and the voices come normally as if the telephone was a microphone. They have said many times: ''You phorie us". You talk into it as if it was a micro phone, and the spirits often answer. You can't hear anything through the telephone, but when you play the recording back, using the comput.er, that is when you become aware that you have received spirit messages. All the voices are there, replying precisely to your questions." I asked Sonia if she could send a schematic for the connector, but she feels this is not the time. She worries about some aspects of spirit con tacts, aspects linked to morals and ethics. A Bit Of This; A Bit Of That Those of us who own Macintosh computers, one of the best computers made but sadly somewhat of a problem when it comes to software, may often wish we could use software designed for IBM or compatible computers. Now you can! Contact Connectix Corp.-1-800 950-5880, or bring them up on the Internet: www.connec tix.com They have what you need--for a price- but a lot cheaper than buying a new computer. The only drawback is that you

must have a Power Mac, or newer. Unfortunately, my Macin tosh Performa 6116CD is too old to benefit. The end of August, I received an E-mail letter from a man unknown to me about his company, EMF Inc. Don't know anything about the com pany, but if any of our experimenters use gauss meters, electric & magnetic field detectors, rem ote temperature probes, or UV meters for field research, you might want to ask for information. You site: http://www.lessemf.com or write: Less EMF Inc.-26 Valley View Lane-Ghent, N.Y. 12075 their web can visit BookLook One of our new members, who requested I not give his name except to refer to him as "the chairman of a small high tech company", wrote to me concerning a novel he heard about that focuses on spirit contact. The title is: The Fre quency of Souls by Mary Kay Zuravleff. This is her first book. She has a background as an indus trial engineer and writing t.eacher. It was pub lished in hardcover by Farrar, Strauss, Giroux and also as a Penguin paperback. It won the American Academy's Rosenthal Foundation Award. The setting of the book is Gaithersburg, MD, and it received good reviews. I found and ordered it from the Amazon Internet Bookstore- the largest bookstore on the Internet. If you are interested in ordering it, the Web address is: Amazon. comMailMenu Small World The above new member learned about me and the AA-EVP, from a Japanese web site. My name, old address

and phone number were given. When he tried calling me, the operator said I'd moved, and she thought I was living in Annapolis. He found a phone number for Estep in Annapolis and called. A week later he joined. Since then, I've exchanged pleasant E-mail letters with Siyoh Tomiyama, the Japanese web master. 2. 5. so I would understand what was said. Some of the messages were: "I love you very much my beautiful Fernandita." "Affirmation is life wherever they are." Lucy Guilmain, Canada, is taking a parapsychology course, and the sub ject the previous week had been transcommuni cation. The workshop leader teaches parapsy chology at the University of Montreal. Lucy talked to him, and although he doesn't want to take an active part in her taping, he is willing to help her find suitable taping partners which Lucy has long wanted. Tina Laurent called from Wales in November. She had just taped an extremely loud, clear male voice that said: "Konstan Speak!" Tina frequently hears from Raudive. She played it over the telephone for me. Normally, such messages do not come over well, but this was excellent. Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, sent me a tape in December. Some of the excellent Class A messages were: "They'll measure it--and he'll stay with you." "I'm down like you from Granu." "In Opposite he still has found it." Tom P ., CA, wrote that his mother died two years ago, but: "I have been able to keep in

contact with her via white noise Scanner radio at 31 MHz." Sonia Rinaldi, wrote there had been another meeting of her organization. Nearly 100 people came, many bringing portable tape recorders. Sonia taped the speeches her colleagues were making, and amplified the comments that the "Spirits were making simultaneously." Sonia invited parents to attend who had lost a child, so they could try to hear from them. She wrote: "It was beautiful seeing them come--nervous, crying and emotional to speak to their babies. They received many messages from them." Oops Received a call from Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA EVP member. He thanked me for mentioning his web site in the autumn news, but unfortunately my 'naughty' fingers typed the wrong address. It is: www.ghostresearch.org Sorry about that! Members And Friends Publish--Books Ingeborg Frank, N.Y., FL., Germany, sent me a German review of her latest book. It is in hard back, and written in German. The title is: Wol ken-Mandalas (cloud mandalas). Ingeborg is also a professional photographer, and there are many pictures of clouds throughout the book along with meditative mandalas. Her publisher has arranged press conferences for her, and reports that the advance sales are very good. Carol Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, wrote that she has published her book for children. It is on sale at the local bookstores. If you would like a copy, you can write to Carol: 6 Plymouth Ave. Fairhaven, MA 027119. Hans Heckmann, PA, called. George Meek has found a publisher for his last

book. It is out standing, according to Hans, and has many details in it, including his contacts with his wife Jeannette, who died over five years ago. Hans will let me know more later, along with the title, and I will pass it on to you. Monique Simonet, France, wrote that her sev enth book published in October, is doing very well. She also mentioned that she is going to use Becky's and my editorial: "A Happy Trip To Eternity" (summer newsletter) in her next pub lication. Her friend Pierre Thery, who joined AA EVP in 1990, translated it for her into French. Victor Zammit, Australia, joined us in 1997. I've mentioned his web site upon several occasions, and how he has his book: A Lawyer Argues For the Afterlife on it. Anyone who wishes can read it there. One member wrote his daughter had copied it for him, and it was the best book on the subject he's ever read. In a recent E-mail, Victor said he's rewriting it for a second edition. GAIT Authentication Project Update Plans are continuing to authenticate contacts received from other dimensions through ITC. Some people question the need for such a project, saying those who work in the field know that we communicate with different worlds. They are correct. However, there are many skeptics that think this is impossible. Some you will never con vince; others want to be convinced but can't quite decide ifit is real. It is hoped through the project,

we can offer proof to those individuals that the phenomena is genuine. As Siyoh Tomiyama, a friend in Japan, wrote: "Both taping and authen tication are important. It is like a bird with two wings. If you give the bird just one wing, he will crash to earth. He needs both wings to fly!" Odds And Ends I hope that 1999 brings to each of you, the very best of everything. May you continue to move on towards the light of truth, love, and peace. Deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 27th. Always my best wishes, LJ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 17 Number4 AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1999 From My Viewpoint Here it is, a new year. As I start trying to become accustomed to writing 1999, I wonder how I and others will feel when we write Janu ary 2000. There are many dire predictions as to what may happen, or fail to happen, after midnight at the end of this year. Several of our members send me frequent tabloid/ news paper clippings, or E mail notes about what will occur as the clock strikes twelve on December 31. No one really knows. We can only try to make an educated guess and pre pare ( or not prepare) as time marches on. Time is flexible. When I was seven, the next holiday season was as far away

as heaven. Now it happens with increasing frequency. Each November I begin searching for the cal endar that will take me through the coming months. Inspirational comments by others, comments to which I can personally relate and apply to my own life, are of great help so I look for a motivational one. This year I found two. One was at a local card shop; the other was sent to me by a foundation for the blind who quoted Helen Keller for each month. For January, the inspirational one tells me: "Endurance is your steadfast ability to con tinue despite hardship." Everyone meets many hardships of all kinds throughout life. Can we continue on, no matter what the hard ship is, towards what we perceive as our goal in life? We should keep in mind when faced with innumerable difficulties and feel greatly tempted to step off the path, that: "Triumph is overcoming obstacles." (October) An easy victory is welcomed, but in the end it is the trial and nature of the spirit that determines your place in heaven. Helen Keller wrote: "Rebuffed, but always per severing; undaunted, tenacious, the heart of man labors toward immeasurable distant goals." She also wrote: "No pessimist ever discovered the secrets of the stars; or sailed on to an uncharted land, or opened a new heaven to the human spirit." For March we read: "Continuity is the stead fast pursuit of your goals." For the same month, Keller said :"Optimism is the faith that

leads to achievement; nothing can be done I agree more with the first without hope." than with Keller. To a degree what she wrote is true, at least for many. However, there are those who continue with little hope they will succeed. Something drives them forward; a feeling they must not stop, even though their world, near and far, stands against them. At times, their faint hope becomes reality and goes on to benefit one or many. Who knows if someone who refuses to remain on the popular path and travels his own unique perhaps questionable one--at least in the eyes of others--is foolish or wise? Eventually when they reach the gate of Heaven and read: "Come in. We're open!" or: "Closed. Go down below", they will know if they have made the correct decisions during their lifetime. April and May could go hand in hand. For the one we are told: "Independence is the courage to stand alone." The other tells us: "Vision is seeing more than is presented." These com ments touch my heart. Those of us who talk to the dead, and to whom the dead respond, who view them through television, have faith; have the vision in knowing that what we do has helped many here and beyond. We have given comfort and realistic hope to those who grieve for their loved ones no longer here. We have given joy to those in the next world when they learn we have opened the door to heaven,

as Keller wrote: " ... to the human spirit." The path is wide. There is room for everyone who would take this path. Those of us on it, hold out our hands to one and all. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State Mont Hearon/Walter Uphoff LIBERANTS Word has come from the wives of two of our members that their beloved husbands have moved on to the world after death. Mont Hearon and his wife Bobby, joined the AA EVP in May 1983. I met both of them in Balti more that year and they became State Coordina tors for Oregon. Each time a person joined from Oregon, they would contact them and offer their help. Frequently, the new member would visit the Hearons in their Portland home. Mont and Bobby taped for many years with excellent results, and had frequent PSI experienc es. They were friends of the Uphoffs, having met them for the first time many years ago in a book store in London. Their meeting there surpasses all thought that it might have been a coincidence. Over ten years ago, I invited members to send me another word for "death." Mont replied with the word "Liberant" which, as he explained, meant a person had been 'liberated' from this life and was now 'free' in the world of spirit. In a note from Bobby written December 3rd, she wrote: "Mont moved on to new dimensions on Nov. 22nd. His

transition was peaceful and he was surrounded by his family." Walter Uphoff and his wife Mary Jo ( charter members of the AA-EVP) came to Baltimore in August 1983. I had invited Walter to speak at the first AA-EVP national conference. He gave the first talk on Friday evening and it was very well received by the audience. In a note from Mary Jo she wrote: "Walter went on to the New Dimensions on which he had focused his time and attention in the past decades." Walter was also surrounded by loved ones and his peaceful transition occurred in the early morning hours of September 26th. The Uphoffs have several published books about parapsychology to their credit. They began the New Frontiers Center many years ago and published an outstanding Journal which focused on different areas of PSI, as well as health. I am confident that now, since both men have become Liberants, they are frequently together and enjoying all the peace, love, and light of the world beyond. A Cry For Help From South Africa Was It St. Peter At The Gate? Several months ago, I received an E-mail letter from an unknown man who lives in South Africa. He had found my address on the internet, and pleaded for any help I might be able to give. 'Jim' wrote: "I hope you will be able to shed some light on what has happened. I am seriously concerned about this, as is everyone around me who were also witnesses

to what I am about to tell you." His next door neighbor, who had been a close friend for over 25 years had died two days earlier. She was not conscious and had been on a respi rator for a month. Jim said that he and his mother had gone to their neighbor's house that morning. The neighbor's son, who is a doctor, showed them a message he had received on his electronic pager the previous night. His mother had died 24 hours earlier. Doctor 'Lance' swore that the battery in his pager had run down earlier that day, and had not been replaced. "And yet, the message was there on the screen in plain sight and could still be seen today, by the more than two dozen people who were there" Jim wrote. The message read: "Pm waiting for you. Meet me at the gate, Peter." Jim also said his father, whose name is Peter, was being treated by Dr. Lance for a foot injury. It was their first thought that perhaps his father had sent the message to Dr. Lance, asking to meet him at the gate of their home. A call from Dr. Lance to Jim's father quickly established that his father had "not made any such call." Quoting further from Jim's letter, he wrote: "My family, being of very spiritual Catholic beliefs, had but one other explanation: this could only be a message from beyond where our dead neighbor, who had been unable to say goodbye

to her loved ones, had asked St. Peter to give them a mes sage, that she is waiting for them, and will meet them at the gate to heaven. I can offer no more plausible explanation. For the first time in my life I am utterly at a loss for any ideas." I replied and said while I didn't completely dis count his family's idea (as well as his) about the message coming from St. Peter, it was my thought it probably came from his neighbor who had just died. I said I thought she sent it to his father, Peter, telling him (as well as the others) that in God's good time she will meet them at heaven's gate. Bits Of This And That (Instrumental Transco mm unication). Could it be? In the spring '98 newsletter, I mentioned that when I returned home February 12, after being away for several hours, I found a phone call on the answering service I have with the phone company. A voice gave the clear but puzzling message: "I'm home. Pm a hydrid." The voice was strictly a monotone, and in the background you can hear faint music also monotone. I searched four dictionaries for the word, but it wasn't there. The internet also could not locate it. My feeling, as I wrote, was that it came from another dimension, probably not spirit. Recently, my daughter Becky gave me a note she had received through the internet. She had read an astronomy article

in which the word "Hydra" was mentioned, and wondered if someone could give her a definition/explanation of what hydra is. Someone replied: "The Hydra was a monster from Greek mythology. It is also the name for a constellation in the night sky. It's a common convention in astronomy to use the name of a constellation as part of the name for any object found within that constellation." Could it be that the "Hydrid" who spoke to me, came from that constellation? In years past, I've had hundreds of communications from alternate dimensions. Link your TV to the world beyond! Recently I received a flyer from Mark Gillespie, who wrote: "Explore the unknown in an interac tive VHS video tape that allows anyone with a 4 head VCR to conduct three different psychic experiments on their TV screen. The experiments are Gazing Ball, The Spirit Message Board and Test Your ESP." I'm not pushing this ad; I know nothing about the actual video, but it looks inter esting and might appeal to some of our members. The video tape is $12.95 plus $3 postage and handling. For more information, write to Mark: 6981 A Chico Way. Bremerton, WA 98312. New Communications Devices Serge Savard, who recently joined the AA-EVP from Canada, sent me a four page paper with the above title. It describes various areas he is con sidering and that he hopes will be developed and experimented with, which could further help ITC. The different areas he covers, with suggestions

as to what might be built for experimental research include: the computer mouse. He gives ideas as to how to transform a computer mouse into a spirit-operated mouse, admitting it would take considerable re-engineering. He also dis cusses the computer keyboard and feels that the flat keyboard could be transformed into an "ideal" keyboard, suggesting how this might be brought about. He next writes about the micro phone telling us (basically) how the typical microphone works. Serge offers advice how an experimenter could build a mike and how it could be made more compatible for spirit communica tions. The final area he discusses is: "A Direct Interaction Device." He calls the device that might be built a cupola, and if built, might per mit a spirit to interact directly with the physical universe. The four page article is most interesting and although somewhat technical, is not too difficult to understand. Anyone who has above average "technical smarts" could probably build at least some of the devices Serge suggests. If you would like a copy of his paper, please send me a self addressed, stamped business size envelope and I will be pleased to send it to you. Our Tapers Report Alisa Butler, N.M., wrote in an E-mail: "I am getting many voices that say more than the typi cal 3 or 4 words. (Someone ) named Michael said loud and clearly: "I don't really think you're going to help people---". He continued speak ing but unfortunately, husband Tom was speak

ing at the same time asking for communication, so the end of Michael's message wasn't under standable." Alisa said they were going to try to get Michael back to explain why he felt they wer en't going to be able to help people. Jackie Colli gan, NV, also sent an E-mail in which she described her Optimus Voice Activator that she bought from Radio Shack. It will only record if there are voices or other loud noises. She usually sets it to record at night and said: "You would be surprised at what comes over while you think you're asleep." She receives many voices from other dimensions during this time. Maria Gui jarro, Mexico, sent me a tape in December. She is now hearing frequently from her mother, as well as others. All of the messages on the tape were in Spanish but Maria translated each one 2. 5. First Anniversary February 15 was the first anniversary of my husband, Charlie's death. I taped seven mes sages from him, five Class A. All came through on my Casio microcassette tape recorder. The last message, where he shouted his name and was one of the very loud and clear Class A mes sages, was: "Charlie!" Counting Noses With our anniversary newsletter, I always try to give an update of members. For the seventeenth year in a row, men outnumber women. The women though, are catching up. Last year there were 44 more men than women. This year, men surpass women by

25. CA leads with 32 mem bers. MD is next with 20. Honor Roll: The following members joined in 1982: Ben A.-TX; Virginia Bates-VA; Rosemary Bennett-FL; Richard Busse-IN; Luise Fuchs Germany; Blanche Larrigan-W A;Clara Laughlin V A; David Lothamer-CA; Dan McKee-IL; Shirley Moorman-CA; Winnie Peters-MD; Ellen Pugh WA; Mary Jo Uphoff-WI; Bill Weisensale-CA FAME I Made It!! Guess what! fve been credited with the discovery of EVP! Bet you didn't know that about me! One of our members sent me a print out she'd gotten off the Internet, in which some college professor in California was 'pushing' his For me he wrote: Skeptics Dictionary. "Electronic voice phenomenon refers to the alleged communication by spirits through tape recorders and other electronic devices. The belief in EVP seems to have begun with Sarah Estep, who claims that in the 1970s she started picking up voices on her husband's TEAC reel-to reel recorder. Estep is sure that the voices are those of spirits and prove that there is life after death. In short, no one ever really gives up the ghost." My reply to the doctor was only to send him, without personal comment, the following quote: "If one regards himself as a skeptic, it is well from time to time to be skeptical about one's skepticism." Sigmund Freud in Ghost. The man's knowledge, at least as far as voice phenomena, is as faulty as what he wrote. Was It Mars? In an E-mail letter from Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil, AA-EVP member, she sent

a paper she'd down loaded from the Internet. It describes the work of Charles Francis Jenkins from Dayton, OH. Jenkins patented over 400 inventions going back to 1890. His most unusual experiment took place in Aug. 1924. That evening he participated in an exercise that involved the U.S. government. Dr. David Todd (a professor of astronomy at Amherst College) and a machine Jenkins had built called the "radio photo message continuous transmission machine." Mars was on a near approach to Earth and the U.S. Navy wanted to try to record any possible signals from Mars dur ing that time. They used Jenkins' newly devel oped recorder. President Calvin Coolidge ordered all American radio transmitters to shut down to avoid interfering with the signals. Other nations also participated by instructing their wireless stations to listen for strange signals. Several reported a baffling series of signals, and the word A Q U I was received. Upon developing the film it was noted that the mysterious dots and dashes formed an image that appeared to be a crudely drawn human-looking face. Jenkins described the images as: "A freak which we can't explain." U.S. Psychotronics Annual Conference I mentioned on page 3, having received the spring newsletter from the Psychotronics Association~ and their upcoming conference. Robin Foy will be featured. He will describe a new device and methodology to talk and record audio/video from entities on the 'Other Side.' Other invited speak ers include: Dannion Brinkley; Tom Bearden ( world renowned expert on scalar

electro magnetics); Sky David (designer of new types of photo biological equipment which have produced phenomenal results) and the Psychotronics Pres ident, Peter Moscow. Dale Palmer and I have already registered to attend. I hope many AA EVP members will join us there. It would be won derful to see and greet you, and we'll try to get together for a togetherness time in a special room. For info about this excellent upcoming conference, contact: USPA National Offi.ce-P .0. Box 45, Elkhorn, WI 53121. Phone:: 414-472- 4 790. Let me know if you're going! "Saro,h, know that many of us love you and your dedicated service to us all on Earth. And truth be known." Edna & Jim Drake, Canada Odds And Ends Again, thank you for helping to make the last 17 years possible. Deadline for the Summer NEWS is June 18th. Alw~;:::::st ~ ~ - •a:am• • • - AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (410) 573-0873 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.18 Numberl AA-EVPNEWS Spring 1999 From My Viewpoint "Be patient toward all that is unsolved in your heart. Try to love the questions themselves. "Live the questions now. Perhaps you will then gro,dually, u,ithout noticing it, Live along some distant day into the answers." From a poem by: Rainer Maria Rilke With this, our 69th newsletter, we observe our seventeenth birthday. Who would have thought it would still be continuing in the spring of 1999?

When I mailed our first news letter in May '82, to 25 members in ten states and Canada, I predicted to myself, it might have a life of four to five years--if I was lucky. Today, it will be mailed to members in 42 states, the District of Columbia, and fourteen foreign countries. Word of the AA-EVP got around and we grew, and grew, and we are still growing. It didn't • take long to discover that countless individuals were living with many unanswered questions in their heart, as Rilke suggests. Above all other questions was the one: "Is there life after this life?" They turned to me, to the AA EVP, to answer this for them. of the AA-EVP lasting four to five years was too optimistic." But my heart continued to stretch and stretch and ... So here I am, seven teen years later, still trying to fulfill the needs of so many people. The only way I have been able to do this is that I 'lived' the question of survival starting at the age of six. Then, like Rilke wrote I gradually lived into the answer a distant forty four years later. It took all of those years of doubt, and of searching, to learn the truth about survival. Yes, I know she wrote: "Be patient toward all that is unsolved in your heart. Try to love the questions themselves." In a way I was fortunate that my question, beginning at such an early age, gave

me the time to 'live' the question. Although I was never very patient about the unanswered question that largely dominated my thinking for so many years, and I certainly never loved it, I had the time to eventually live into the answer. Most of those who contact me, don't have that many years to spend try ing to find answers, so I could ( can) do no less than share with them what I have learned, as long as I am able. My belief, because it pertains to my own life, is that it is best to live into the answer as a result of your own searching. However, know ing that this is impossible for the majority of individuals, I must again, try to help them. Most were about a loved one who had died and could I give them reassurance that their Going hand in hand with my personally living beloved lived on? Would they meet again some the question is you. Without you without day? ~m~e we~e abo"ll:t their own impending your help, support and love, the' AA-EVP mortality 1~ which then- _docto~ had t:<>ld them __ w~mldn't have made it to year two. Starting they had six months to live. fm frightened, • with our charter members back in 1982 and Sarah. Can you give me proof that the end is yes, some of them are still with us, up t~ and including our current members (you) of today, not the end?" they wanted to know.

you have done much to keep me going. In the end, I am unimportant. It is what we do together to help others, to find their answers that is all that counts. Each plea, whatever it was, added a touch of sadness to my own heart. At times it came close to being overloaded. "Can I continue this?" rd ask myself. "Perhaps my prediction Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual conscious state Transcommunication--The Devil's Work Or Heaven's? An Energy Picture George Meek Returns Home Our dear friend, George Meek returned home to the spirit world in early January. He had been ill for many years and made his transition to the next dimension after increasingly poor health. George is known as the leading influence in the development of Spiricom, an electronic system that promoted successful communication bet ween this world and spirit. He worked for many years on this, with most experiments taking place at the home of Wm O'Neil, a gifted medi um, who lived in PA. Their efforts produced results unheard of up until that time and showed that extended two-way conversations were possi ble with the other side. Hans Heckmann who joined the AA-EVP in 1983, worked closely with George during all of those years, helping to develop the technical equipment needed. . . I met George nineteen years ago when he wrote to me about the system. He asked if I would~ work with Spiricom and try to

duplicate O'Neil's results. He and his wife, Jeannett.e, planned to visit their son who lived in VA, not far away, and he'd like to st.op by. I invited him and Jeannette t.o dinner. My husband and I had a nice visit with them, and after dinner, George played some of the tapes for us of voices, especially Dr. Muell er, Bill's chief contact on the other side. He again asked if I'd be willing to work with it. I was thrilled because I had never heard such clarity of voices that took place in two-way conversations between Bill and Mueller. The next day George installed Spiricom in my office. I worked with it for a month, and although I received voices they were not at all like O'Neil's, but remained basi cally the same as I had been getting through my reel to reel tape recorder. George called every few days to see how it was going, and I sent him several tapes. Finally after a month, I told him that I felt Spiricom wasn't going to work out for me, and he should pick it up the next time he was in the area. About a week lat.er he did. In spit.e of his disappointment at my not reinforcing O'Neil's results, we remained friends, with notes and occasional phone calls up until near the end. The above picture s ows us c urgenson , early pioneer in the field ofVoice Phenomena, and Pope Paul VI. Jurgenson was made a

Knight Commander of the Order of St. Gregory the Great, by the Pope, for his efforts in the field as well as his work in the area of film development. The picture, as well as the following comments by leaders in the Roman Catholic. Church are taken from the book: Voices From.The Tapes, by Peter Bander. Rev. Fr. Pisone, S.S.P. said: "I do not see anything against the teaching of the Catholic Church in the Voices. They are someth ing extra-ordinary but there is no reason to fear them, nor can I see any danger." His Excellency, Archbishop H.E. Cardinale, Apostolic Nuncio to Belgium, Luxembourg and the E.E. C: "Naturally it is all very mysterious but we know the voices are there for all t.o hear them." On page 4 of the Summer '97 newsletter, I wrote: "A Nod From The Vatican", in which I quoted an article that appeared in the daily Vatican newspaper. This was written by Father Gino Concetti, one of the most compet.ent theologians of the Vatican. He wrote: "From the point of view of the Catholic church, contacts with the 'other side' are possible and the person who talks with the world of the dead does not sin if he does it under the inspiration of the Faith." I am well aware of the mixed feelings some have about our work with the invisibles. My colleagues and I are regarded at times as being wicked and in league with the devil. Others bless us and

say the gates of Heaven will swing wide as we approach it. sages for someone due the next day. A man came back and said, "Uncle Tom". He then went on and gave a message for the next day's client, calling her "Little girl", and saying she had "a big decision to make." Tina said she had a lot of doubt about the name and message, because hardly any one in Wales is named "Tom". Nevertheless, the next day when her cli ent came, she played the messages that she'd picked up for her twenty-four hours earlier. The woman began crying. She had an Uncle Tom who had died, and she'd always been very close t.o him. She also had a big decision t.o make. Tina and I both agreed that these messages were excellent objective evidence that they came from the spirit dimension. Georg Lindstrom, Fin land, joined the AA-EVP in October. In his last letter he wrote that he is part of a group of 'sitters' who are "all strongly for the voices and for all evidential phenomena." Although they haven't yet taped human voices, Georg wrote, they were getting all kinds of different sounds. Some of the sounds are "hissing", "rubbing", "snaps" and "once laughing." In March, Dan McKee, FL and IL State Coordinator, sent me an excellent tape of a recent Space Shuttle flight. Dan usually tapes these flights, using his short wave radio tuned to WA3NAN, Greenbelt, MD, where much of the communication takes place

between NASA and the crew on the shuttle flight. On this particular flight, he taped over 30 messages, most of them Class A Some of them were: "A God is it?" "No profaning Delta"· "We the fancier, I heard." "You Islamic?" "Tlie seerer, he playing on you." "Glad our temp too high." I wrot.e to Dan that it sounded as if there was an invisible crew inside the space shuttle, talking about what was going on. Some of the messages, such as: "Glad our temp too high", sounded almost as if the speakers were from a parallel world. Rev. Rupert Sigurds son, Maine, head of the bureau for paranormal investigation for the Spiritualist church, has been an AA-EVP member for 10 years. He wrote how impressed he was with my winter newsletter, and the suggestions I gave about tap ing with the microcassette recorder built into my Casio telephone/ answering machine. Rupei;t asked for permission to copy the material from the newsletter, and send it to spiritualist church members in the U.S. I was happy to give this. Dale Sizemore, S. C., wrote that he had recently taped a cultured British male accent, who said: "Stop defending me." Dale doesn't know what he meant. ~:,tee £5 fr " " ' -~ Ludwig Schonheid, a friend in Germany, sent me the above picture. In his letter he wrote: "Dear Sarah, something wonderful happened in Jan. when we were visiting a friend. As usual, I had my small automatic camera (YASHICA Zoom

ate 70 F=38. 70 mm) with me, equipped with a FUJI ASA 100 film. This is the camera I have been so lucky to take energy pictures with. I had taken a number of photos already, when Mrs. Dietrich, a medium with whom I am cooperating, wanted to take my picture. She pressed the shutter release--but the flash did not work. She tried again, but there was still no flash. We felt slightly disappoint.ed. When I got the pictures back from the photo shop, I learnt why the flash had not worked: some eneNY: struc tures had wanted to manifest on the photo. Previous energy pictures always showed whirling energy structures, but these show strings of light, energy strings. The slight string oriented to my left (heart) hand is clearly stronger than the one going to my right harid. Presently we are experimenting with an AURA video unit record ing the human aura on film, malting it visible." Our Tapers Report Clara Laughlin, VA Stat.e Coordinator, wrote that two of her recent interesting messages were: "My spiritual preparaf:ion promised" "Cemetery--1 went, above." Tina Laurent,Wales AA-EVP called me on my birth day. She said she is still giving readings, and before a client comes, she spends a long time at her tape recorder, asking for information or mes sages for her client from a friend or loved one who· has passed over. Tina stressed she knows noth-. ing about the various clients that come--only their names. Not long ago, she asked

for mes- Some have wanted to join the AA-EVP but were George visited many countries, introducing Spiri--'"' fearful they might be 'drummed' out of the com to thousands. He never tried to make church. Others have joined but keep their inter-· money from it, offering the manual to anyone est 'in the closet.' The above picture and quotes willing to pay a modest printing fee. I am sure · should assure you that what we do is acceptable when George returned home to Spirit, the best . by leading theologians. Those who condemn us, red carpet was rolled out and all of the heavenly do so on a personal basis, and don't understand that we are trying to help those here and beyond.. choirs sang their song of hallelujah to him. 2. 5. evidence here." "We walk the Earth as you once the life is through." "God's where you are." "You'll have a memor-y." "You'll find your family." Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil, wrote in an E-mail that she received the message: "Put the noise ver-y clear." She'd been using a tape prepared at the University of Sao Paulo, which had 20 voices recorded and mixed on a tape. So she cbangAd her experiments, adding 3 radios and the noise was "Very Loud as requested by the Voices. The result is fantastic!" Books For You! Richard Hatem, AA-EVP CA, has accumulated many books related t.o the field of voice phenome na. He wrote: "I have several copies of Raudive's BNHktbrough, Peter Bander's

Voices From The Tapes (an excellent compan ion piece to Raudive's book), William Welch's Ifllp With The Dead, Susy Smith's Voices of the Dead? (an interesting overview of EVP through 1977), John Fuller's Ghost of 29 Mega cycles (an account of George Meek and Bill O'Neil's "Spiricom" experiments in the early 1980's), George Meek's After We Die, What Then? and one extremely rare hardback copy of D. Scott Rogo and Raymond Bayless' truly chill ing Phone c,n,, From The Dead. You can contact Richard by fax at (626)284-8254 with your requests. He'll fax you back regarding prices and availability on a first-faxed, first served basis. He also has an e-mail address: [email protected] Mailing address: 1724 Glen View Dr.-Alhambra, CA 91803-2505. We are grateful t.o Richard for this service and for bringing pleasure int.o other lives. Friends From Other Countries One of my great pleasures are the countless friends I have made in different parts of the world. In a recent letter from Alfonso Galeano, Spain, he wrote that he and his friend Jose Garri do, had an exciting event the end of May in Bar celona. He wrote: "Jose and I tried a public experiment. In front of hundreds of people we demonstrated how we obtain images from Beyond through a TV. We were t.otally success ful and many, many images appeared on the screen." Alfonso attached two of them to his e mail, and they were extremely interesting. Siyoh Tomiyama, of Tokyo, Japan, and I have become good friends

through the Internet. He is working vigorously in the field of instrumental transcommunication (ITC) and is doing a great deal t.o inform the people of Japan about the phe nomena. Siyoh plans to attend the Psychotron ics conference in Ohio, and we are looking forward to meeting each other. I'm 2,000! In a call from an edit.or of Who's Who in Ameri g, I wast.old my name, background, and work in the field of voice phenomena will be listed in their Millennium edition. Sometimes I feel that old. Just wish my wisdom stretched that far--- Are You Going? . After mentioning on the last page of the spring newsletter, the Psychotronics Conference in OH, from July 16-18, many AA-EVP members have called or written for more information. Right now, these members have indicated they will do their best t.o attend: Keli Adams; Mary Kay Johnson; Mary Kurtz; Dan McKee; Dale & Kay Palmer; and Winnie Peters. I hope very much to go, and my daughter Becky will be with me. The conference looks excellent. The theme is: "Restoring Sacred Space, Spiritually and Ecologically". Workshop fees are extra. Robin Foy, England, will hold a Sunday eve. workshop. Four workshops are scheduled for Monday. Dr. Euvaldo Cabral, Professor at Sao Paulo Univers ity, Brazil, will be leading a workshop Monday morning in which he will describe his work and research in the field of ITC, for over 20 years. Sonia Rinaldi will assist with the workshop, and I also have been asked

to help. A group taping is tentatively planned, probably through a comput er, and Euvaldo and Sonia have requested my help with translating any messages that come through. The conference starts soon but you can still reg ister. Visit their web site for a complete program description and t.o register: www .elknet.net/uspa Or call: 414-742-4790. Ramada room reserva tions: 614-267-7461. Tell them you're attending the conference t.o receive the special rate. Hope t.o see you there! Be sure to introduce yourself. Odds And Ends Always seem to run out of space at the End. Happily I don't see anything Odd in what we're doing. Deadline for the Autumn NEWS is Oct. 1. Alwa?::..wis~ ~- •amn• • • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.18 Number2. AA-EVPNEWS From My Viewpoint Here I sit at my computer thinking about all of the hundreds of letters, phone calls, and e mails fve received in the last three months . Some were sad; some joyful and made me smile. Others tested my wisdom t.o its fullest extent, and I could just hope I helped. Only the future-that individual's future will tell and yes, what I said, or did, may end up as a plus (or negative) mark beside my own name. In May, a member wrote how she desperately wanted to help the dying. She has a BA in psychology, and is working in an office.

"How can I help them Sarah? You are my mentor. Please advise me." I always feel great respon sibility when I receive a letter like that, and I replied giving her two suggestions. It is so important that such a person does have her plea for help answered--not only for her own sake, but for the sake of those she wants to help. In early June a member called who has been having many physical problems. She said she was thinking about taking her car and smash ing it, possibly against a tree, and killing her self. I never take something like this lightly, or criticize anyone who says this. I can feel only sadness for someone who has reached, she feels, the end of her time. We talked about her thoughts for awhile. She is afraid she might end up in a coma--like a vegetable--and be kept alive by machines, and fed through a tube. I assured her I underst.ood how she felt, and then I told her what I have read about people in a coma--that their consciousness often leaves their body during this time, and they become conscious in the world beyond death. • They visit it, see old friends, and get a preview of what life will be like for them- provided they permit God t.o take them in His own good time. We talked some more about it, and when she hung up, there were some tears in her voice as she thanked me for

helping. Summer 1999 A few months ago, I received a letter from 'Paul Street' who complained there was no good evidence we survive death. He wrote: "My wife and I have looked under every rock for evidence but there is none t.o be found." To start with, I think the Streets were looking in the wrong place for evidence. If you look under rocks for knowledge, chances are all you will find is dirt. In his letter he also wrote: "We don't go around antagonizing people on purpose but there is usually a gap between ourselves and most people as wide as the Grand Canyon, no matter how nice we try t.o be." He finished his letter with: "My wife and I feel the world is a 'nuthouse' and that we are walking around in a vast sea of b .... " Poor souls, if that's where they choose to walk, that's exactly what they'll find. What are they doing t.o try t.o change their world; to clean up the slime? Nothing as far as Paul's letter indicated. A person can continue to wallow in the slime, or they can climb up on the bank and try to bring some relief t.o their place in time. I guess the Streets have never heard about lighting one candle. We can only feel sorrow for them and others of their kind. They are wandering around like lost children in the dark, and the dark must be frightening. Although Paul professed himself as

being well read, he evidently was not familiar with litera ture in the field of survival. We have Death Bed Visions, especially 'Peak in Dairen' cases. There are Apparitions. There are Cross Correspondence cases. Transcommuni cation in its different forms, presents objec tive evidence that there is no death. Each of us has the potential for making a dif ference in our world. We can be like the Streets, or we can reach higher. The sun may not always shine, but we can try t.o touch the rainbow beyond, and help others see it's right there, waiting for them also. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual conscious State BiologicalEnergies/EVP Reoonlings An interesting letter was received in April from Dondnic Macquire, AA-EVP member, England. He wrot.e: "I believe there is a direct relationship between mediumsbip circles where EVP voices are recorded and the large quantity of the energy that comes from the physical body of the medi um. This is used in the production of audible voice aouncl waves in the room. At the same time, a smaJI amount of the same kind of physical body energy is supplied by several people in the room. •Although I cannot prove it, I believe that a small quantity of biological energy is supplied from the physical body of most EVP experiment ers, nen u,laen, th.ere is no medium praent. 11ds does not mean to say that biological energy (known as ectoplasm) from EVP experimenters is

the only energy that is used in EVP production. -in. the Colin Fry experiment.s, it was found that when I introduced the presence of three small transformers int.o the room, the audible voice quality. was improved. It should be kept in mind that tape recorders of every kind, supply a field of electro magnetic energy, which, combined int.o, and within the biological energy of the EVP ezperiment«s in the room, are together the basis for the tape recorded 'worded-thoughts', which change the impulses going ont.o the recording t.ape. What happens then, is that the communi cators' thinking of his or her words, produce sound waves from the loudspeaker upon play back of the tape. I think the introduction. of C111 additional electro magnetic field, from tll10 or three unshielded transformers, into CU& BVP -recording room should 'be helpfuL" Dominic also wrot.e: "The early transformers in nearly all electronic machines were NOT screened. They allowed a greater electro magn4'tic field t.o escape into the room." SomP.thing To Think About I agree with Dominic's stat.ement about a large quantity of energy coming from the physical body of the taper, as well as others present in the room. I encourage people who write or call, and say they've had no result.s, to find someone who is interested in what they are doing. "Have that personjoin you," I tell them. "Your combined energies may help the unseen speak." When people have come to my home t.o observe me taping, I'll start things off, and

then turn the microphone over t.o them. At that point I say, "You can call on anyone you wish." Probably 70-80% of the time, there will be at least one or two replies from the other side. I would suggest to you that you keep this in mind, if you are having difficulty making contact. Inv ite two or three close friends who are accepting of what you are doing. Do a short 5-6 minute recording t.ogether, each person hiking a tum calling on a loved one, or asking a friend who has made their transition t.o come through. You can also ask questions about the world beyond death. At the conclusion of your recording, play the tape back, and see if there is anything there-don.'t forget t.o wear headphones, and use a aound source. Perhaps you could agree t.o meet once or twice a month as a group, and encourage each other t.o make short recordings in their own home by themselves. Then, when you meet again, you can start off by sharing anything that has come through while you were apart. You may be very surprised, and delighted at the results that you (they) start to receive. Please let me know if you try this, and the result.s, so I can share them with our members in a future newsletter. If you would like a copy of "How to Tape" , which was partly prepared in coopera tion with a member of Rupert Sigurdsson's, (,AA EVP member, Maine)

Spiritualist church, please send me a business size SASE and ril be happy to mail it to you. You Might Want To Try Many members have checked a "2" on their membership applications showing they are inter ested in research and development. Jeff King, AA-EVP member New Zealand, is one of them, and spends much time working on various experi mental ideas trying to improve the field of EVP. In an e-mail letter, he wrote: "I am at present modifying a high quality shortwave receiver so that it will work with a frequency wobulator (I think you called it a 'wobbler' in an old AAEVP article). The wobbler is my own design, having to be custom built for the receiver, which is an older vacuum tube radio. I have additional plans for further equipment to provide further audio condi tioning of the shortwave ~als I will be using as part of the EVP sound source. The aim here is to study the structure of EVP carrier needed-in order t.o fine tune the design of my dedicated EVP receiver which is in the design st.ages." Jeff is on the international e-mail list. To contact him for further info. write: jeff-king@MAIL. TAIT.CO.NZ your mike in front of an ultrasonic generat.or while taping. On playback you would (probably) hear nothing. I( however, you used a Down con vert.or, that would lower the ultrasonic frequen cies so you could, in theory, be able t.o hear any voices from other dimensions that had spoken. Down

convert.ors are not easy to find and they are expensive. The easiest and perhaps most economical way, is t.o try and get a Leak detec t.or, such as is used in aut.omotive shops, or t.o detect gas leaks and so on. Check aut.omotive magazines. You might find a second-hand one. If you try this let me know your result.s. I would like to report it in a future newsletter. that at the end of July, they will have a congress of the Scandinavian Spiritualist Union in bis coun1ry. They have invited Robin Foy, England as the main lecturer of the congress. Foy will be one of the featured speakers and workshop lead ers at the Columbus, Ohio conference in mid July. Scott Preston, VA, said that he has dis covered an excellent service on the Int.emet, that permit.s a person t.o bring up anything he is espe cially int.erest.ed in. It is: Onelist.com Quoting him, he wrote: ~or example, I subscribe t.o a Buddhist list called [email protected] When I write a lett.er t.o this list it goes to all the other members on the list. If I choose t.o respond t.o a letter, I simply hit "reply", edit the letter, writ.e a response, push "send" and the reply is returned to the list." I brought the web site up on my own computer, and it is amazing the different subject sit.es that are available. You might want t.o look .it over. Rev. Ru.pert Sigurdsson, mentioned on page 2 of the

Summer NEWS, is the Superin tendent of the Bureau of Phenomenal Evidence. In a recent lett.er t.o fellow Spiritualist members, of which he always sends me a copy, he encour aged them t.o let him know if they had witnessed any Phenomenal Events in the last year. So far, he has received six answers to his questionnaire. I know some of our members are Spiritualists, so if you would like to respond t.o Rupert, he is on the cross-country list. He also has an e-mail address: [email protected] Our Tapers Report Carol Barron-KanQohn, MA Stat.e Coordina t.or, wrote that they had spent several days at Cape Cod. She always takes her portable tape recorder with her and frequently records voices. During this most recent trip, sb.e received: "Jim followed by: "You are my good Brown~ friend." In her letter, Carol wrot.e the unseen often use her t.elephone answering machine. Clara Laughlin, VA Stat.e Coordinat.or, wrot.e in June about some interesting messages that came through recently. Because of their nature, she asked that they not be printed-and I agree. One, however, can be shared. She frequently hears from Betty Evans, a good friend of hers, and an AA-EVP member before her death. In the lat.est message from Betty, she said: "It's a job taping people!" David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, phoned me the middle of June. He, his brother, and mother have not been well for some time. Now David is feeling bett.er. A recent taped message came from a doctor on

the other side who asked David: "Anyone healthy down. tl&eref" The end of April, I received an out.standing tape from· Dan McKee, FL & IL Stat.e Coordinat.or. He calls it his "Transition Tape" and it focuses chiefly on our transition at death, and some on the life beyond. The first message on the tape is a beautiful, Class A + singing one. Someone sings to him: "Yau, you're taught Dan., not to bejust here." In other words, they were telling Dan, that because of his work for almost 25 ,ears in the field of voice phe nomena, he's been "taught" that life is not lim ited to the earth-plane. Some other Class A mes sages are: "If you're self, you're spirit." !checked withapersonknowledgeablein the field "God's fellolDBhip, it hits nou, the Earth." of electronics. This individual said you could put "This is your project." Best From The Past In the Wint.er 1990 newsletter, I had a piece titled: "Might It Work?" It quoted a letter from a member who had asked: "Is it possible that the voices can be taped at a different frequency, such as ultrasonics, and then converted t.o Audio fre quency where we can hear them? Is it because the other side is at a higher vibration and when we record them, the voices have to lower their vibrations in order for us t.o record them?" I replied that his question was a very int.eresting one. I reminded him that in my book: Voices of Et.emity, I

had said that we felt those in other dimensions operate at a higher frequency and fast.er vibration than we do and must lower their frequencies and vibrations t.o come through. This helps explain, we believe, why the voices are fre quently not loud and most messages are 3-5 words in length. "Helps get the new 2. 5. You Might Be Int.erest.ed In GoodFellow In the 9/99 issue of "Physics World" GoodFel low had an ad. Quoting from it we read: "Goodfellow is an established specialist supplier of small quantities of metals and materials for research, development, prototyping and design. Our product range is renowned for being the most comprehensive of any source in the world. Whilst we can't guarantee to make fairy tales come true, we can help with your unusual requests for materials." For a copy of their product guide call: 0800-7314653. e-mail: [email protected] Web:www.goodfellow.com Web Sites Of Interest Rick Fisher from PA, mentioned on pg. 3 of our Summer NEWS, has joined us. His web site is:rfisher®redrose.net Jacques Blanc-Garin, France,has pictures on his site from other dimen sions: http://www/chez.com/infinitude Sherri Higgins site: www .angelfire.com/pa2/ghosthunt/ Looking For SETI? In an e-mail from The Planetary Society, we read the new SETI search program was: "Three years in the making, SETI@home--a free screensaver that analyzes data from the scien tific search for extraterrestrial intelligence is now available. It can be down loaded to your comput er. We are the largest space interest group in the world, with 100,000 members in over

140 countries."Site:http://www.planetary.org If you wish you can down load SETI@home http://setiathome.ssl.berkeley.edu/ News From And About Members On the last page of our summer newsletter, I mentioned Richard Hatem, AA-EVP member CA, and that he had a number of second-hand books available. These books largely focus on survival. His e-mail address was given, as well as his mailing address. However, Richard moved and I didn't receive his new address until after the NEWS had come back from the printer. Several members called and I was able to give them his current address. Others were able to locate it on their own. Quite a few members have written and said they were able to get the books they wanted. One member even said she was able to get my book: Voices of Eternity. His new address is: 3383 N. Lake Ave. Altadena, CA 91001. Richard's e-mail address is still the same. Sonia Rinaldi, wrote that she has had her third book accepted by a publisher. It will run about 400 pages, and a CD of voices is included. Paul Sitar, Canada AA-EVP member, wrote that he bought a CD recently. It is the first-ever CD dedicated to EVP. Paul said a small, independent British record firm, under the label Touch had produced it, and he was "rather impressed by its cont.ents." It goes under the title: "The Ghost Orchid" and is 63 minut.es in length. In addition there is a 24 page booklet covering EVP, and mentions that the voices were first

noted "by the Nazis and Soviets in the 1930s, but no records of their research remains." Paul said there are over 70 sound samples. Some samples of Raymond Cass-- well known early British taper-- are included, as well as some alien voices. All in all, it sounds like a very interesting CD. I have ordered a copy and am looking forward to its arrival. You can order it from: Soleilmoon Recordings-PO Box 82396-Portland, OR 97283. Phone: 1-503-335-0706. Cost: $12.99 + $2 ship ping and handling. Catalog number: 017 49. Visit Me At The Embassy A letter came a few weeks ago from David, who lives in Scotland. He has done a good deal of investigation for the last 20 years into aliens and along with others, had several close viewings of their ships. An interesting part of David's letter, is that he knows a musician of some renown, who has been declared a schizophrenic by the medical profession. This man listens t.o classical music on his radio, and often hears voices, which at times claim to be aliens and tell the man when they will visit earth. On at least one occa sion, this happened. From David's research, he was able to prepare a calendar table to predict when a physical manifestation will take place. He wrote: "This proved to be pretty accurate as you will see from the enclosed Admiral of the Fleet correspondence." David enclosed copies of his letter and the Admiral's, and it showed that there was

great int.erest in David's sightings and his prediction calendar. David found my address in section 4 of the Encyclopedia of Associations at the USA Embassy, London. Odds And Ends There is nothing odd, only things that man doesn't understand, and there is no ending to time. It stretches on to the coming millennium . Deadline for the Winter NEWS is December 31. Always my best wishes, ~ClltAw~ ~ •am:o• • • QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER (410) S73-0873 RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL.18 Number3 AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1999 From My Viewpoint On October 24, I will observe my 23rd anniver sary of becoming involved in the field of voice phenomena. It was late Sunday evening in 1976, when I first sat down and asked: "Is anyone here?" There was no reply. In the years since then, there have been thousands of contacts, but for awhile there was nothing. Over the years, I have been frequently inter viewed by the media: radio and television, newspapers and magazines, about my work. One question always asked by every inter viewer is: "Sarah, what is the most important message you've ever received in all of the years you've been taping?" My most recent int.erview took place on July 24th, in a telephone interview with station WCCO of Minneapolis, MN. Like all previous interviewers he also asked what message I regarded as significant above all the others. I always reply that while

it is difficult to say, there are three messages that stand out in my mind, above all of the other thousands. The first one came through twenty years ago. I was working on my book: Voices of Et.ernity published by Fawcett, of New York in 1988, and lat.er by Du Rocher of Paris, France. That message was: "Your soul is not defeated." To me, it shows that no matt.er what hard ships you have endured during life, your soul is inviolable. Nothing can ever hurt that which is the real kernel of you. We are born with that soul; we take it with us at the end. The second significant message that I treas ure because it showed me that my spirit con tacts knew about my background, my beliefs, my concerns with my current day to day liv ing, was received about twelve years ago. My granddaughter, Sara, was facing a tonsillec:. tomy that day. I sat down to tape and planned to ask the unseen to guide the doctors and nurses who would be working with three year old Sara. I did this near the end of the record ing, but before I even requested their help with Sara, within the first minute of my recording came the message: "Protect those near you." Less than five seconds lat.er, the mes sage was followed with: "Death no more a casket." This means they knew I was con cerned about Sara, and they also knew sh.e was greatly loved and

dear to my heart. It also shows that no matter what happened to anyone, death (life) did not end with a casket. I had come to believe this at the age of five through traumatic experiences in my grand parents funeral home. Looking at the unknown dead lying less than a foot from me, I became convinced that life ended with the cas ket, and the only place we went at death was a hole in the ground. The unseen knew this, and while I no longer believed it, for 45 years I did. The third message that has strong significance to me and which I now always mention in interviews, was received less than a year ago. During my taping, I thanked the invisibles, as I do every so often, for helping me over the years, for communicating with me, and turning my life around. At the end of my thanks that morning, a clear Class A male voice spoke, saying: "We offer soul freedom." Those who believe in survivai and the continuance of indi vidual consciousness, have the freedom of soul t.o live life to its fullest, knowing that life con tinues without end, no matter what kind of life we live. Even the greatest world-wide crimi nals survive. Their after- death life will not be a happy one, since they will have to make up, in one way or another, for the crimes they have committed against mankind. Death is no more a casket for them, than

it is for everyone else. God's fingerprint is within eacq soul. It is never lost and survives throughout infinity. It is up to each individual what he takes with him when he returns to spirit. Our record, for this life, goes with us; with our soul, as we journey home and is responsible for the kind of continu ing life we will know. Established in 1982 to Provide OiJ;ect,ve Evidence That We Survive Death in an tnd1v1dual Conscious State "I Live in Spirit!" In August I received an e-mail from Bill Weber, AA-EVP member who lives in FL. He wrote that he'd received an interesting taped contact on 7 /19/99 at 10:20 AM and offered to send the nine minute tape to me for my comments. When it arrived, as I listened to it, I was very impressed. A total of four messages came through and most were Class A Writing back to Bill I asked him to tell me about his set-up. Bill replied: "I use a Radio Shack SW-100 multi band (analog) set to approximately 125.9 MHz. It is full of interesting white noise. A low pitched hum is heard, along with an upper midrange hum. I've noticed the spirits have used the LOWER HUM for vocal manifestation and it often disap pears just before they speak. It is likely used for modulation before gradually returning after their message. My microphone is a unidirectional bat tery amplified mike set close to the radio speak er. I use a

high quality JVC TD-W318 cassette tape deck. I live two miles from the local airport air tower, but a close friend who works there has heard my tapes and assured me I've never recorded a pilot or tower person at 125.9MHz. These are irrefutable voices from spirit." In his letter, Bill also wrote: "I just tape mes sages for loved ones left behind. It is only the recording for others whose loved ones have made the transition when I get speaker modulated results. My main recorded spirit voices are always heard through the radio speaker." Bill has a background in pro video and has built some equipment. He is trying to find a german ium chip so he can build a germanium receptor device which could help produce further results. In commenting about the tape he sent, he said that the unique thing about it, was the "implementation of two deep bass tones imme diately preceding each voice transmission. No clicking sounds were heard but I got my usual knocking sounds from the radio speaker before the voices manifested. fve come to realize that the knocks mean they are getting ready to respond to one of my questions." Now for the tape itself, which Bill has given me permission to share with other AA-EVP mem bers. Bill made the recording two days after John Kennedy's plane crashed into the Atlantic Ocean. Our navy and coast guard were searching exten sively trying to locate it. Bill hoped that his ques tions

about the location of John's plane might be answered and if so, he would pass this informa tion on to those who were looking for it. During the recording, he asks repeatedly for them to tell him where the plane is. None of those questions were answered. However, within a few seconds of the start of the recording, when he first asks for the plane's location,• a loud male voice answered, while Bill was still talking, with: "He's here!" Bill hears this through his radio but can't interpret it until playback. He continues with his questions and then asks John Jr.: "How are you sir? Do you have a message for the world, John Kennedy, Jr.?" With that a loud, clear very excited Class A male voice replies: "I live in Spirit!" Of the four messages received, that one is the loudest and clearest. Bill continues asking for the plane's location, and a clear male voice says: "John was killed." A minute lat er, an even clearer, louder voice repeats the mes sage: "John was killed." Do I believe the messages came from John and one or two male spirit helpers who were evidently helping him with his transition? Bill and I both agree that there is no actual proof that it was John who spoke. I feel there is a very good pos sibility it was him. Most of those who speak to us on tape rarely show much excitement. The voice that said: "I live in spirit!" was

very excited and the listener can hear the happiness emanating from it. John had been dead approx imately 60 hours before the taped contacts. He had just returned to his home after death. John now knew that life does continue. He was alive; he had not died and he, as all of us will, "live in spirit!" Thomas Edison's Belief In his book: Conversations Beyond The Light by Mark Macy and Pat Kubis, they wrote about an interview Edison had with "Scientific Amer ican" in 1920. Quoting from it, Edison said: "If our personality survives, then it is logical or sci intel entific to assume that it retains memory, lect, and other faculties and knowledge that we acquire on this Earth. Therefore, if personality exists after what we call "death" it is reasonable to conclude that those who leave the Earth would like to communicate with those they have left here. I am inclined to believe that our personal ity hereafter will be able to affect matter. If this reasoning be correct, then, if we can evolve 1 . 2. Psychotronics Conference Several hundred people attended the Psychotronics Conference (presided over by Peter Moscow, President) which was held in Columbus, OH, from July 16-19th. Picture shows some of the leaders of the GAIT (Global Association Instrumental Transcommunication) Project. Siyoh Tomiyama, Japan is seated on the left. Dale Palmer, M-EVP member, IN founder & leader of the project is standing. Sonia Rinaldi, AA-EVP member, Brazil is beside Dale. Professor Dr. Augusto

Beresaws kas, Professor of Physics and Engineering at Sao Paulo University Brazil, and director of~searc~ & Development of GAIT is seated next to Sonia, and I am beside him. My daughter, Becky, 1s standmg between Siyoh and Dale. Picture 2 shows Robin Foy (England) a lecturer and workshop leader at the conference, and me. Picture 3 shows Sonia on the left, my close friend Winnie Peters, M-EVP member, Annapolis, and me, waiting at the airport on Monday afternoon, In Picture 4 we have a photo of the workshop led by Dr. Beresawskas and Sonia on Monday morning. They both lectured and Sonia played messages received through William O'Neil's (who worked with George Meek and Hans Heckmann in the development of Spiritcom) recorder, my tape recorder, and her own. Several spirit pictures taken by Erland Babcock were shown. Dr. Beresawskas is listening to the computer recordings made during the last half hour. Dale and Siyoh can be seen in the background. The people in the workshop were invited to call on a friend or loved one who had made their transition: I a~ seated beside Sonia and helped with the translation of the eight messages that were all received m English. Several people shed tears because they felt they'd heard from a loved one during the rec?rd ings. The conference was excellent with outstanding speakers. Dr. Beresawskas lectured on Fnday afternoon. Some other outstanding speakers and workshop leaders were Dr. Jon Klimo {who attended our Monday workshop), and Thomas Bearden. It

was a friendly group and I had the pleasure of meet ing Keli Adams, AA-EVP member from PA. Interesting conversations took place with others about the different ways unusual energies could be used. 2. 5. Q.Estim: Gn yw deri~ rertain fa\01'.cble t.i.rre3 for ,ant;ct fu:rn ttris? J\rs-.er: N::>, sirce rur piysical la.-.s are ess:ntially di.ffermt fu:rn yun:s. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Tina Laurent, Wales, wrote: "I'm giving an other lecture for a Spiritualist Church that I call it: "Ghosts And has just contacted me. Other Paranormal Communication." I start off with a subject that's bound to catch their attention. I show a tape of a moving ghost, and then I end up with EVP and play spirit voices and THEY DON'T KNOW WHAT HIT THEM! " Jonathan Marten, England, and the valuable work he is doing in the field of transcommuni cation, has been mentioned with much praise in a book by John Spencer. 'Ihe Paranormal: A Modern Perspective. Spencer is the Chairman of the British Unidentified Object Research Association, (BUFORA). The title is: Rozella Roberts,·cA, wrote she has publish ed a new book called: Infinite Visions. It has colored pictures showing different dimensions and five articles. She feels she has had many voices from Space people and has been in touch with them for over twenty years. J. J. Snyder, CA, wrote that he had just finished reading Raymond Moody's latest book: Reunions (mentioned in an earlier newsletter) that deals with manifestations of etheric be ings in mirrors.

His wife has set up a mirror equipped psychomanteum in their bedroom closet and they have been trying to duplicate Moody's results, so far without success. J. J. said the dark, isolated setting gives one a pleas I suggested to him ant feeling of relaxation. they use a tape recorder during experiments. MEMBERSHIP REPORT If membership history repeats itself In the Spring Newsletter, I always try to give a membership report. During the last year we have welcomed 94 new members and lost about 75. Seven of these losses were through trans ition. (as it always has in the past) at least fif teen percent of the losses wi 11 return to us anytime within the next month to three years. 'The prodigals are always welcomed brick with open arms. For the eleventh year in a row, men outnumber women. Currently, we have 35 more men than women. our members live in 40 states, the District of Columbia and 9 foreign countries. Overall, we have gained in member ship, and although it hasn't been dram?tic, it is on the plus side. This is especially wel come because some groups have lost more members to than they have gained. Severrl l discontinue their efforts or are close to it. have had BOUQUETS Your letters of love and support surround me at all times. They help keep me going when the path is difficult. I am grateful to you more than I can ever express. Whether I mention them or not, know

your thoughts are ever in my heart. "I ju6:t 6J...nJ...6he.d :the. ne.w6.le.:t:te.f[. Thank you 601[ ~uc.h an Ln6of[ma:tJ...ve. and ~:tJ...mula:t J...ng p![oduc.:tJ...on." Ray VJ...e.:tz, MV f[e,adJ...ng "Thank you ~o muc.h 601[ bung -thue. 601[ me.. I c.alle.d you ye.6:te.f[day ~J...nc.e. I wa6 60 up6e.:t ove.f[ I :tuf[ne.d :to :the. f[e_c.e.n:t lo66 06 my love.done.. you a6 a 6![J...e.nd, and you we.f[e. ~o kJ...nd. How glad Shaf[J... Langu, CA I am 601[ Mme.one. lJ...ke. you!" "I am ~e.ndJ...ng waf[m :thank6 601[ -the. J...de.a6 you e.x.pf[e.M Ln qouf[ ne.w6le.:t:tu :to help people. .f_Lke. my6e.l6 have. be.:t:tu f[e,6ul:t6." B. Pa:t:tuMn, CA "I alway6 look 6of[Waf[d -to you![ philo6ophJ...c.al 6J...f[6:t page. wJ...:th ple.a6Me.." /.faf[:tha Shuman, AK "Vouf[ ne.w6le.:t:tu J...6 d e.lJ...g h:t.6 ul b e.c.au6 e. J...:t ha6 a pe.![6onalJ...:ty 06 U6 own and J...6 6ille.d wUh 6f[e.6h Ln6of[mal Ue.m6 :tha:t people. lJ...ke. :to f[e_ad. I:t build6 6![J...e.nd6hLp6 among you![ me.mbe.1[6." Maf[y Jo Upho66, WI , VOIXS D' ETERNITE-SEPTEMBER PUBLICATION In the Autumn Newsletter, I mentioned thc1t my book: Voices of Eternity, pub lished in 1988 by Fawcett, had been sold by my literary agent to a French publisher in Paris. Monique Simonet, my dear friend whom I've mentioned many times in Reims, in the newsletter, and who France, has been asked by my French publisher to write the Preface to Voices. Monique has had several of her books published in France and other countries describing her work in the field of transcomrnunication. We met in Basel, Switzerland where we shared a workshop during

an international conference on communicating with the invisibles. The publisher has told Monique he plans to publish my book in Sept. lives ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the summer NEWS is June 18th. 'Ihe 'magical' eleventh year has ended and we are embarked on our twelfth year for the AA-EVP. We will continue to make our own magic as we bring comfort and light to others. Our path is no more marked, in many ways, than Columbus, but we will sail on, hoping to mr1ke further discoveries of inner/spiritual worlds. We will I continue looking for the truth, the light. invite each of you to be ;:in active part of the voyage. Always, my best wishes, rJ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 13 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1994 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Now we are twelve! With this, our Spring 1994 Newsletter, we celebrate our twelfth anniversary. Some psychologists view the age of twelve as an awkward age. The person longer be cal led a child and yet can no that in teen-ager. He's he's not a between stage where he has not yet attained the cloak of wisdom. .=it How about the AA-EVP? There have been growing pains, now and then, over the years but I like to think we are fast learners, that we are advanced for our years. Our cloak of wisdom, if sti 11 missing a

few buttons, becomes more beautiful with each passing year. We are no longer threadbare. The through field of EVP /transcommunication, along with the world, has also changed in the last twelve years. When we began, delib erate attempts to contrict the unseen was strictly through a tape recorder. Now it's done telephone, TV, computer and fax. The recorder has not been replaced; it wi l1 always be the key to unlock the door for beginning experimenters in the field. Eventually, a few move on to other means of tape recorder becoming contact, with less important, but this can take years. the time to Anniversaries are a time for reminiscing but they should also be a look ahead, to move towards future goals. One cannot remain static and hope to flourish. We must always stand ready, with hand out stretched, to those who seek our help. We the living and try to give must comfort honest reassurance to the dying. In February, a man I will call "Tom" came to see me. Tom, in his fifties, dying from cancer, has two months to live. He'd read my book and had questions. I always ask for guidance before a session like this. My hope is that I will be able to meet this person, wherever he is internally, and help him move towards lhe future with more con fidence. Tom wanted to sit in my ki lchen and so, over cups of coffee, he shared with me some of his concerns. He

showed qreat ;:ilthough at courage, even a little humor, I Before "I'm a leaving, took Torn little bit the end he admitted: scared." I assured him he w::is entitled to feel this way, and we further discussed his to my fears. recording room and showed him my equipment. Since Tom w:::ints to try to contact rne after death, I gave him a small crystal that I had picked up in the Egyptian desert during ;:i trip to Egypt in 1984. It has been sitting on top of my tape recorder the last ten years, and I suggested he ask his wife to put it in his hands, or his pocket, after he dies. He will t.=ike this with him to the grave and I told Tom I hoped it would act as a beacon to draw him to me .=is I was taping and would help his speak. is happy and excited about the experiment we will try together some d;:iy. Tom a in his E.=ich person has an important role to play in life. The problem with most, is trying to find the role meant for them. Every time I I pass drive down West Street in Annapolis, "Happy", twenties. retarded man Seven days a week, Happy, with a large trash ::ind forth, walks bag swinging wildly b;:ick with fast strides along West Street, one of the busiest streets in the city. Nothing de ters him .=is he darts a long the side, picking up each smidgen of trash

for his bag. He faces death a dozen times a day as brakes squeal. Happy is happy; there is always a srni le on his face because he has found his role in life. West Street is much cleaner be cause of Happy, and that is no small thing. On the shelf above my kitchen sink, there is a ceramic cup. It's far too precious for me to ever use, because it expresses so well I feel. Under a picture of the three how ships of Columbus are the words : "If it's going to be ... it's up to me." That's the way I felt twelve years ago when I began the AA-EVP. • I sent the ship sailing, but I can say without reservation, that if it hadn't been for you, for everyone of you, it would hc1ve quickly sunk to the bottom of the sea. Let us continue s;::ii ling together to that unlimited horizon, knowing that what is to be is up to e;:ich one of us. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State BREAKTHROUGH EVP member, and told him about my call. Hans said Raudi ve had cal led Mark Mr1cy, Founder & President of Continuing Life Research of Bould er, co several days earlier. Since Mark didn't have a tape recorder connected to his phone, he I next was unable to record Raudive's message. called George Meek in North Carolina. ;:i the years introduced in

As most of you know, George was the develop er of Spiricom, the system earl_y 1980 's, which permitted the first long two-way conversation between a person on this side (Wm O'Neil) and a person on the other side (Dr. George Mueller) . Hans Heckmann worked closely with Meek and O'Neil, giving technical it was being assistance during 'The above picture shows Konstantin Raudi ve, developed. When I cal led George and told him "I had one two hours I also have it on tape!" We have since exchanged tapes and the early Latvian EVP researcher who died in 1974, about my call he said: and another man, listening to messages Raud~ve, earlier from Raudive and had taped from the other side. Raudi ve and his group, Timestream, have ~en voice is identical on both. communicating with Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fisch- bac~ in Luxembourg, and several other European On February 2nd, Mark Macy left the house telephone, TV, through tape recorder, ta.pers, for a short time. When he returned there was a and computer. When my husband ,=md I visited message from Raudi ve on his answering machine. Maggy and Jules in Oct. 1987, along with Tina In it, Raudive ~aid he'd first called George and Carl Laurent, Wales, and Ernst and Adelheid Meek, and i'lsked him to pass on a message to George h;:id not completely understood Senkowski, Germany, Raudive came through during Mark. the two recordings we made and spoke at length. what Raudi ve wanted, so he

( Raudi ve) was now Sadly, however, contacts with him in the U.S. cal.ling Mark. When Mark called George, he con were that firmed that Raudive ha.d called him earlier that several of us have taped over the years through morning with a message for Mark, but he wasn't our recorders. All of- this changed dramatically sure just what he wanted. Mark sent me ;:i copy the last week of January and early February. of Raudive's call that came through· his answer- It is the same voice as he;::ird I was sitting during George's and my call. The three messages On the morning of Jan. 27th , few brief messages For sometime ing machine. limited to a "I'm as fire as a <m:l ere ca, te. lBar' Sarah, ttB"k )OJ very nu:h fer ~ rg Pl did :fir \-e tr:iErl siJTply 911 a-d=d tie p.Q.l:gdti.oo of tte \k:>ioes. I quickly pushed in b..ri.ldirg this l:ridJe to tte states.'Tt:u are qe_ of tte tape recorder first town are mtl:a::l:Erl 1¥ this ITE9T1irg. 'Ila-k yw very \-e are very trtm arrl h:n::x:oo I l1USt internµ: n::w. 'lhis W'lS 'lh:is .is Io'stanti.n la.rlive sµBkirg.,, "How nu:h all tte w::irk yru did. th3t ~ mud crnt;:ct )OJ. '"Ibis is Konstantin Raudi ve." "I'm as fine as a dead one tie first a::nt:cci:. at my desk working when my phone rang. Picking are as follows: up the receiver, I said: "Esteps" as I always 'lb Sarah BrtEp: do. A loud, clear m.=ile voice with an

accent said: In shock, but still able to function, the record button on my S;::inyo that is connected to my phone and asked: are you Dr. Raudive?" This explains his answer when he rep lied: can be." My Sanyo had begun recording at that point and his answer is heard -on tape. It is important to note that he heard my question and was able to answer it at once in an appropriate if surprising way, perhaps showing a dry sense then went on to complete his of humor. He My fee lings message which took 40 seconds. to describe. during this time are difficult ; Certainly, along with the shock was great joy. There was also a physical sensation that has not been mentioned by others so I don't know if they had them or not. Physically, I felt his In any phone call, you always have a presence. sense of location whether the call is one mi le 1 or l, 000 miles aw;:iy. This feeling _w.=is strong with Raudive 's call. I felt as if I could reach out and touch him. 'lb ~ M9a<: I immediately c.=il led Hans Heckmann, PA AA- '"This .is ~ R=l.rlive. ~ . ny friarl, at l.c5t ~ s r:rarl in a:nt:a::tirg )OJ. .l:B I ette (<lnrg?' s wife) is 1:mke ne arrl ge W:l1ts to gtve _ ~ her l<M:?. a::ntact )OJ get :Eron us. 'lhis is tte first I s WEe )OJ ca, her rre?'' 'lhis is lulstaltin R:u:live.

"I ca, h:Er )OJ very ~ll ... very plainly!" (M9a<) •~ - JIIrl oo, this .is tte h:gimirg of a n:w stay- a n:w ~ , <lnrg?. Ycu are a very g:xrl frierl of rurs, even if ~ ha\.el' t rret. '!his .is tre first ~ ~ SI li eedrl to b.riJd to tie states. Mm< W:\S a:nt:acterl, ~ I nust interrupt n::w. II \-e will crnt:i.r1E this. 'lb M3ri< JB::y (.an:wrin;J ~ ) : '"This is N.:n:ita1Lin Ra:dive sµBkirg. \-e just tr:iErl to antact ~ MB<:. W? sn re:eJ. b.tt re d:kh't get WBt ~ w:ntaJ to tell \-e toere ta 1kirg to him th3t ~ tried to neke 110'.fum him. (a ne:Jiun th3t M3rk UEES) istic a:ntcCt to Je3n Ieterre1 2. Lynda Noe] , N. H. AA-EVP member, wrote she has hc>d many contacts with her deceased son, three times while she Danny. He said "He 110 11 "It was our son }'las taping. Danny's voice plain and clear. I could not I was so happy that I cried." She believe it. played it for other members in her family and they all agreed it was Danny's voice. Linda wrote: TIDBITS In the most recent CETL Journal, we read that the Holy See in Rome is now taking extra terrestrials seriously. The Vatican is dis cussing if in the future priests should go along on space missions that might make contact with a liens . their missionary work immediately. Those concerned with the project wonder if the a

liens have a God-given soul. Because of the many unanswered questions the Vatican has authorized Father George Coyne to take over the Vatican observa tory in the framework of this project. They have made available $90,000 for further study. then start They could Dr. Eli Feldman, N.Y. AA-EVP member, sent me a clipping that reported the National Opinion Research Center of Chicago found that 9 out of 10 people believe in God. They also discovered th.=it 70 percent of all Americans believe in miracles; 40 percent say they've had contact with the dead; 78 percent believe in life after death. A survey of Americans by Time magazine reports that 69 percent believe in angels and 46 percent believe they have a guardian angel. Franklin Hemmerlein, CA AA-EVP member, also sent me a clipping which reports a number of fingerprints and handprints of the dead, which appear on wood, clothing and other articles long after the deceased person has made his transition. According to the article the super natural prints appear to be"burned into objects with a searing hot heat and are so clear that the prints can be lifted from them without a problem. " Dr. Georg Rhinefurt, a professor of religion at the University of Munich, Germany, has spent 28 years studying the rare phenomena and feels, "The dead are coming back from the grave to leave these marks as if to reassure us that there is an afterlife." Max Petersen, AZ AA-EVP member, sent me an article from

his local paper under the title: A lcor Life Extension '"Ihe Chosen Frozen. " Foundation is moving its entire operation, in cluding 27 frozen bodies, from CA to Scottsdale, AZ. Being frozen is not cheap: $41,000 for a head; $120,000 for an entire body. The thought is that eventua 11 y science wi 11 adv.=ince far enough to cure whatever killed the person, or grow an entire body to which the frozen head the can be attached. At body or head will be defrosted .=ind the unlhawed person can start life all over agi'lin! that happy moment, Martha's GUARDIAN ANGEL? Martha Sherman, AK AA-EVP member, wrote in the December '93 issue of FATE, about .=in ex perience she'd had in the early 1940's. She and her husband, Harold, had bought 120 acres of land in AK in 1942. She enjoyed walking along what she calls the "back 40 acres" which was picturesque with a jumble of rocky drop-offs. One day, walking alone while Harold was busy ;:it his typewriter, she prepared to jump over some stepping stones, a distance of five feet. These stones crossed a stream that was part of a waterfall cascading 35 feet over a rocky ledge She had done this to the forest floor below. many times without mishap. On this particular "In one day, her foot slipped and she wrote: terrifying moment lying badly injured at the bottom of those precip itous falls ... but, miraculously, this did not happen, Instead, I felt myself caught

in mid air, spun gently around and deposited as light ly as a feather on the very same rock from which I had just started." I visualized myself What saved Martha from being seriously in jured, perhaps even killed in this incident? Knowing Martha personally, I suspect her guard ian angel is a very loving, powerful, yet gentle being, who is always by her side. COMPUTER CONI'ACTS Hans Heckmann has translated from Volume II, No. 2, 1993 of ti,~ excellent German "Trans kommunikation Journal" (of which Ernst Senkow ski and Dr. Vladimir De lavre are editors) a "scientific dialogue with the beyond." Dr. George Mueller, mentioned on page 2 of this newsletter, has been in contact with Adolph Homes of Rivenich, Germany. He has come through his TV, radio and computer. Drs. Sen kowski and DeVwre prepared a questionnaire, Flddressed to Mueller, that Homes entered into his C-64 computer. One day later, the answers I think you were found on the computer screen. will find the exchange interesting. Some of the questions and answers are as follows: QEstim: W1at fields er aa:g:ies are )OJ usirg to infll.E!"Ce rur p,ysical field3? Pr&er: utalanrl ela:::trc:static-~Ehysiolccy M/Stical---leh:--'leleprthy. Q.Esti.rn: On 11e ~v e er ne:a.ire tle3e field3 er aagies ild:pnb1tly fmn :ra:lio mita:::ts? ~ : 'N:>. Ya.Ir IIBaSlirffiBlts ~ rot OJJ'.IOCl. QEstim: ra:lio :ta:Ei \er? Ib )OJ m:xlJL=rte a rartirular hrd in tie ~= 'N:>. Q.Estim: Are trere crrtain local er glcrnl aiv:in:n rrart:al fcClors wrich inflU:n::E y:ur 1:::rcn:rnissicns? Pr&er: Cl:ordi.mticn p)ints an re

creetoo. 5. Geoffrey Ti lga, N. Y. wrote that he was ex perimenting with computer assisted digital en hancement and found it to be an adwmtage to use in working with paranormal voices. He en closed a tape to demonstrate his different ex periments. Some of the examples that were good were: today. 11 "We are deeply disappointed '!here's a man here. We have "We're right here. "I seek. Sight unseen. 11 "Sheik. " a job to do. 11 "We have no worries here." "Die! (The last two were especially outstanding). I'm coming." NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Erland Babcock has had some outstanding success in taping, but his main focus is TV contacts. "I want to In a letter, he wrote: take time to analyze my 16 journals of research ( average 300 pages each) and reduce them down to a readable amount of information." Bart Ellis said in his June phone call, that he will be featured on the national TV program: Dateline-N.B.C. They were going to his home and office in Santa Monica to de the filming. The segment will focus on Bart's mental health work and clinic. No definite viewing time yet, but Check your TV Bart said it will be soon. program and watch Bart! Eli Feldman, N. Y., sent me a copy of a letter he and his daughter, Lili, received after speaking at the Great Neck Senior Center in April. topic of their talk was: "Is There Life After Death?" The Executive Director

pr;:iised their presentation and ended her note to Eli with: "Thank you again and let's plan to repeat this program in the near future." 'Ihe Emylu Hughes, PL, wrote she has an article in the May Dell Horoscope magazine about a gr,rndson. The title is: "Try, Try Again Taurus." Dale Kaczmarek, President of the Ghost Re search Society, IL, wrote that he is compiling a list of haunted locations and would like to hear from members who might have information in the form of clippings or personal encounters. IL 60454-0205. Write: P.O. Box 205--Oak Lawn, Ena Lloyd-Kitchen, England, sent me a packet of ash that had come from Sai Baba who is re guarded by many as a holy miracle man of India. Ena's daughter has been unwell with a stiff neck. She put some ash on her neck before going to bed and the next morning the pain was gone. I, also, have a chronic stiff neck that has troubled me for over six months. When I remem ber to rub a little on my neck at night, the pain is usually less the next morning. The sweet, distinctive odor from the ash permeates three months. my office, even after almost SOME ADVICE Clara Laughlin, an outstanding taper who has the evidential been taping for years, wrote in a recent letter: information on my "With all think of tapes over announcing that this is absolute fact, or 'that' isn't. .. my fee ling is that a 11 we can

do is tape and listen and report and try to keep the bridge strong to help the bond between us. 11 I wouldn't the years, Clara, like I, and a 11 other tapers who have had extended Class A communications with the other side, know that not everything that comes through from the beyond will be gospel truth. You have your imposters there, as you have here. Not everyone you meet beyond death, through your taping, is unblemished. Don't think be cause you have it on tape that it must be true. I t could very well be faulty and to think other wise is the height of foolishness. Most tapers I know (including myself) are communicating for the most part, with high level spirits. However, we are aware that someone may creep in and speak on tape with a "crooked tongue." MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL REMINDER Remember! If you want to remain on the cross-country list when you renew, you are to check the box on Side 1. Then turn it over and sign your name in the space provided. About a third of you fail to do this and when I write and ask if you really want your name removed, you reply: "Keep it on!" My attorney is 'sticky' about this. time and money by signing--if you want to continue to be listed. Also, please check the boxes on Side 2 in voice phenomena. showing your Save yourself and me, interest One member fretted this information was tapers stop

Some "redundant." Not at all. taping. Many more, original non-tapers, (thank fully) become interested and begin to tape. All of this is indicated on the Master List that is sent to each new member when he asks to be on the list. It is important you keep these lists, as well as the quarterly updates. We have over 200 names on the list and they are expensive to reproduce. ODDS AND ENDS At In watching President Nixon's funeral on T\1, one of the speakers mentioned Winston Church i 11 's funeral. the end of it, Taps was played, as is traditional. This was immediately followed by Reveille lo symbolize his awakening in the world beyond death. Let's keep Reveille always in our minds. May we live our lives so it will ring out joyfully when that time comes. Have a good summer. Deadline for our Autumn Newsletter is September 23rd. A i ; i~y ~ i sh e s , AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER C QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH VOL. 13 Number 2 FROM MY VIEWPOINT AA-EVP NEWS I sat down In May 1982, to write my first newsletter. Today, I begin my fifti eth. That's right, fifty newsletters have 'flowed' from my pen since then. Al times, the flow resembled a log jam, but with your contributions, the jams became unclogged. "From My Viewpoint" takes the most time to write. I always hope that I'll be able

to give the reader a bit of nutritious food for thought. There is no room for junk food them. in my comments and I try to avoid Since fifty is something of a milestone, I thought it might be refreshing to mention four Viewpoints that specially touched me as I was writing them. They helped me (and I hope you) to gel a better understanding of others. We wrote about Doris and her pet pig in an early Viewpoint. The only thing Doris had in her life to love, and who loved her in return, was Valentine. The city took Valentine because pigs weren't al lowed in private homes. Doris asked I pray for Valen tine and then call the mayor requesting he save her pig. She was convinced the city would put Valentine to death and she felt she couldn't face life without him. I con tacted the mayor and city council by mail and asked if they couldn't return Valentine to Doris, to put him in the children's pet ting zoo. He would be cared for there and Doris could visit him at will. The pathos in Doris' letter touched my heart dE·eply. What does this have to do with Transcommuni cation? Nothing, but I think if we are un able to share joy and grief with another, if we lack empathy, then perhaps our pleas to the other side to communicate wi 11 go unheard. They will not share with us fully, if we can't share with

our fellow man. One time I wrote about Kay in Viewpoint. She had the ashes of her husband, Ed, in an urn on a shelf in her home. During the day she would talk to him and pat the urn. Ed was quiet. At night, however, once Kay went to bed, the windows would start to rattle and someone would pound on her front dcor so MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS = Summer 1994 loudly, the whole house would shake. I gave Kay some suggestions and helped her see that for her sake, as well as Ed's, she should help him move on. like an innocent pure baby. Six years ago, I wrote about a letter that I had received from Anonymous in Pittsburgh who was concerned about my spiritual welfare. In the letter he wrote I needed to be "born again" and the surest way to God was to be come In all seriousness, I was to start on this new path by sucking my thumb, or better yet, a pacifier since thumb sucking would leave "teeth marks." Whatever you might think about Anonymous, I think you would agree he was a caring indi vidual. Not for a moment did I then, or would I now, make fun of Anonymous. Every thought in his five page typed letter was serious and it was clear he felt he was cal led upon to lead people bc1ck to God. Al though I don't think God is into pacifiers, I respect anyone, such

as Anonymous, who cared enough to try to save someone who he felt needed saving. In the Winter 1989 Viewpoint, I wrote about a loved one undergoing minor surgery. Sitting down to tape that morning, and not mentioning the operation to the other side, two Class A messages came through. The first was: "Protect those with you," followed a moment later with: "Death no more a casket." There it is! Survival expressed in five words from the other side. A casket does not mean death. Life does not end at the grave. The invisibles, knowing my concern, took this way to reassure me that all would be well. And it was! I could go on and on, but space is limited and it is time to end this brief review of Viewpoint. Al though you may feel you have little in common with those individuals men tioned here, we are alike in our humanity. Each of us was born; each of us is trudging through life meeting joy and sorrow along the way. We can find reassurance in such messages I suspect thc1t as "Death no more a casket." whatever we find when we pass through the door will be based upon the path we have chosen. May your ultimate journey bring you peace and joy. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State Desiree F.clen-LIBERANT A letter has come from Patricia Coe, AA-EVP member, Patricia wrote that Desiree F.den, an active

member of our Association since April '91, had died the end of March. Idaho. Desiree owned F.den Press in Idaho, which published metaphysical books as well as books by her husband Jerome, a pioneer Ufologist and Life Energy researcher since 1953 until his death in 1989. In Desiree's last letter to me she wrote: Twice "I have received several voices so far. my name was called and once a man's voice said: 'Hospital.' I am still hoping to contact my husband Jerome. When I heard a man whisper, 'Desiree' I really felt it was him. In Patricia's letter about Desiree's death, she wrote that they had taped together and said: "Desiree wanted me to write and let you know she very much appreciated your work (as do I). Desi was looking forward to being with her husband Jerry and her many beloved animals when she passed on. Your work gives us all much hope for a continued life on another plane--one that will be fruitful and pleasurable." I am confident that Desiree and Jerome, along with their be loved animals, are together, con tinuing to love and work in the world that is but a step away. MEMBER HELPING MEMBER In April, Lloyd Bradshaw, N.J. AA-EVP member, He was extremely upset because his called. little Yorkie had disappeared. I t was Lloyd's feeling that Tty was not dead but had been kid napped. Could I put him in touch with a good medium who might be able to help him

locate Tty? Immediately, I thought of Fred McIntosh, VA Fred is an outstanding dowser AA-EVP member. the Spring 1992 News and I mentioned him in letter in the segment: "Animal Survival." In it I described how Fred works with an animal agency that kept records of his dowsing for animals over a three year period. Fred had written: "If 'in spirit' the dowsing said that the animal was (dead) and the remains were somewhere that they could be recovered, the recovery was about 90%. If the dowsing said the animal was still alive, the recovery rate was slightly better than 50%." I helpedLloyd get in touch with Fred, in the hope he could help him find Tty. Early the following day, Lloyd called back. He had talked to Fred by phone who dowsed that Tty was still living. He had been picked up by a couple who now had him and was in no danger. Through dowsing, Fred gave Lloyd suggestions where he should start At Fred's request, Lloyd had sent him in overnight delivery looking. a map of his town so he could do a more accur ate dowsing job. Lloyd expressed confidence that Tty would soon be back home with him. Twenty-four hours later, another call came from Lloyd. He was exuberant. Tty had been returned the day before by a couple that said they'd picked him up, because thought he was lost and without a home. they In a letter received a month later, Lloyd wrote: "Fred

was right! The location Tty had gone to was southeast of my main entrance door. For three days he stayed in a single level white dwelling with an attache:d garage." Fred picked up, through dowsing, many details about Tty's disappearance and Lloyd will always be grateful to him for his help. A IDEm'IFIED? In the Winter '92 issue of our newsletter, I wrote on page 3 a segment titled: "Heavenly In it I described how my Olympia Repairs." electronic typewriter had malfunctioned for typing squiggles, slashes, and lines months, that were complete 1 y without meaning. This was a dai 1 y problem but since it would have taken a repair shop over a week to even look at it, I continued putting up with the incon venience. typewriter for that length of time would be similar to doing I sat without food. down to tape, a Class A male voice said: "A-6 fixed the typewriter." I wrote at that time that the Olympia had worked perfectly ever since and ended the segment with: "Who is A-6 and with a name like that, from what dimension did he come?" Then one morning when Doing without my In June, I was writing to a person in Canada who has had frequent benign contacts with UFOs nnd some of their inhabitants. I w;:is describing to him some of my own contacts, as found in Chaptei;s13 & 14 of my book: Voices of Eternity. Skimming through the two chapters, "My space friends who

I read on page 144: have comnrunicated by name to me are: Ras, Seran, Vrom, A." Could this be the same A who fixed my type writer over two years ago? With a unique name like that, it seems possible. I should add that since then, my machine has still never given me additional problems. "fhe. de_p;t.h 06 -tipi.,11.Ltua..f undu.-ti:t.a.nd.lng t:.ha.;t. EVP b~.lng-ti t:.o a. pe.~-tion'-6 U6e. L6 mo-tit:. mea.n.lng- 6ul .ln guU.lng ou~ own du;t..lny, and -6:t.a.y.lng .ln -tip.i.Jr.Ltual have e~oMed ove.~." Ted KUeh, Canada. eommunLon wLth t:.ho-6e. who 2. A DEFINITION FOR SYNCHRONICITY let him know." "You are receptionist." "Hello." "Help me." "Good day." ' . . . d • • d _ times a day, normally Carl Jung, one of the pioneers of psychi atric research, described synchronici ty as a meaningful coincidence in which two otherwise unrelated events are inexplicably linked to one another. Art Counts, MD, wrote that he usually tapes several limiting each time to five minutes, as I recommended. Also at my suggestion, he asked during one recording that he be assigned a special guide to help him J J Snyder CA AA-EVP member, feels an ex- with his taping. Over the radio he was using perience he had fits this definition. He is a . for his sound source, he heard a voice speaking major in the CA St~te Gua~ and was on uty at for the first time. On tape playback a Class a large military airshow in CA~ Befo~e t~e

show A clear tonal voice spoke rapidly with a mild began, he walked around the flight line inspect- It asked. "Whose . . 1ng the many varieties o~ aircraft. He noticed plan is it?" Art feels they were referring to a small metal _washer_ lying on t~e e~ge ?f t~e the suggestion 1 'd given him about asking for a asphalt and picked it up, putti~g ~t in his guide. The radio was set at about 109 KHz and pocket. The Colonel, who was feeling ill, asked provides white noise as a sound source. J. J. the to take over and be in charge of Marine color guard. As the guard began uncasing the two flags to be used, it was found the lower leather grommet was torn at the screw hole, making it impossible to fasten the banner to the wooden shaft. This meant the cer Then J .J. emony would have to be cancelled. remembered two hours earlier. It fit perfectly the torn por tion and allowed the flag to be raised at ex actly 1200 hours in perfect coordination with the F-16 flyby. David Goldman, FL, wrote that he has many tape recorded messages and has received what he feels are paranormal phone calls for years. the phone Many of cal ls, are what to be an annoying nuisance in nature. Bart Ellis cal led me from CA and said that he and Raymond Bayless (well known psychical researcher and author with many published books to his

credit) frequently tape together. Their results, Bart said, are improving all the time. the messages, esper::ia 11 y I would consider the small washer he'd found l eff ct . sing-song, that were unne e • t . I, also, have frequently experienced syn chronici ty. One time I vividly remember, was when I was in the grocery store. I saw at the checkout counter a magazine with a cover story on a subject that was of great importance to an acquaintance. This person had caused me deep hurt just a few days earlier. Should I spend $1.25 to buy the magazine for an individual who gave me grief? "Forget it," I said. "Don't be 'patsy.' Why should you buy a gift for some a one who acts like that?" At the last moment, my hand snatched it out of the rack and I paid the cashier as I left the store. Did I feel noble? No, I confess, I felt a bit ashamed at being so soft. As I reached my car, I found a one dollar bi 11 1 ying part way under my left rear wheel. What happiness I had at the dis covery of this treasure. Never before had I found a dollar. Nickels and dimes (and very few of them) had always been my take. Tucking the dollar in my wallet, I noticed it had tire marks across it. That evening, about eight hours later, I went into my office to read, as I do

every evening. Lying beside my chair was a quarter. Was it coincidence I found the exact amount of the magazine at two different loca tions? I think not. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, con tinues receiving messages, now and then, from Betty Evans, former VA AA-EVP member, who died last September. One of the messages was: "Betty--your EVP buddy." Since Clara and Betty were close friends and shared their interest in voice phenomena this could be called evidential. Tina Laurent, Wales, has written and called She has had good results with several times. her taping. At times the voices take on an almost trilling, musical sound, similar to the birds that may or may not be singing in her garden during her taping sessions. Fred McIntosh taught an a 11 day dowsing work shop in Annapolis at the home of a member of the Holistic Health group. I was privileged to be able to attend this worthwhile workshop. Fred said he uses his pendulum when buying a new piece of electronic equipment to help him in his tapings. The pendulum advises him what equipment will be of most benefit. He also uses the pendulum when playing back a recording. It shows him what segment has a voice, and on which he should concentrate his efforts, and what segment is just white noise. OUR TAPERS REPORT Jackie Colligan, NV, spent some time at a were: Pat Sabodish, N.J., sent a tape on which she Two of the clearest ~new. She continued

to a nobody." Pat wrote that she alw::ivs uses her nearby lake in her camper. tape daily and had many contacts. On the short Radio Shack tape player that has a pitch and tape she sent me, most of the voices were tonal speed control when playing back messages. (like ours). some of the messages were: "I'll "Remember 1 one hundred." Never had taped some messages. 5. carver whose work was true to purpose, style and quality. You might want to contact Tom and see what he has to offer in crystals. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Dr. Eli Feldman, N.Y. sent me an announce ment from the adult program of the Great N~ck public schools , showing he would be teaching an adult class of three sessions with the title: "Is There Life After Death?" Joyce Gaines, LA, wrote that one ?ay s~e went into a Wal-Mart store. A clear voice said: "Magnesium Oxide." Since no one _was . aro1;1nd, she dismissed the voice as her imagination. 'lhe next day she returned to the same store to pick up the things she had failed to get the "Exactly the same day before. She wrote: voice repeated exactly the same words: 'Mag nesium Oxide.' Joyce bought a bottle and the following day her daughter called from MS. She asked Joyce to come since she was unwell and needed someone to look after her young baby. A few days after Joyce arrived at her daught er I s home the daughter

had a massive heart attack. After a period in the hos pi ta 1, she was discharged with the doctors prescribing beta and channel blockers, as well as Magnes ium Oxide! Emylu Hughes called from Florida, _and said her deceased husband always Ba.el given her roses for their anniversary. On the day of her anniversary, her rose bush which had no blooms on it the day before, suddenly burst .forth with a half dozen beautiful roses. Since she and her husband, Bob, had enjoyed dancing, she ordered some tapes in his memory. After they came, she put one on her record player and danced around the kitchen. Later her daughter went to see a medium and the medium told her: "Bob says he is dancing with your mother every night." Ron Hebard, OK, sent me a pictnre of him self showing the electronic equipment he uses for taping. impressive. The set-up is most Ron wrote that he had recently graduated from a course in Recording Engineering with the Audio Institute of America. He is also in the process of incorporating a church in OK which "wil 1 be devoted to bringing the common bonds of theology together with scientific discover ies and theories . " Dale Kaczmarek, IL, has a video tape avail ab le: "'Ihe Evidence For Spirit Photography. 11 He also has the latest edition of the Inter national Directory of Psychic Sciences . For further information about costs, write to Dale. P.O. Box 205, Oak Lawn, IL

60454-0205. •Tina Laurent wrote thatshe is giving a tr.1lk in the near future about survival to the Noah's Ark Society in Wales. Dan McKee wrote that he is busy getting ready to put the AA-EVP Ham Radio Network in operation. Three members have so far expressed interest. Dan wrote: "In preparation for the I I ve erected four steel towers 50 feet net high, cut down one big tree and topped another a U to erect a 2 72 foot loop that sends out omni directional signals on most amateur fre quencies. Also have a new 1,500 watt amplifier. I plan to set up operation on 384? Khz plus or minus whatever is needed to find a clear channel." Dan would be de lighted to have you join him and the other members. Write: 2435 Knollwood, Decatur, IL 62521. J. J. Snyder, CA, wrote that he was on the "Laura Lee Show" , a nationwide program which originates in Seattle. Lee had read J .J. 's booklet: "Has Science Confirmed Survival?" and they discussed this during the hour pro gram. J.J. said he felt he was able to get his point across that survival beyond alleged 1 death I is a natura 1 occurrance, the same as birth, and is the future of all life. LOOKING AT BCOKS Max Petersen sent me a list of the 25 Best Sellers listed in his AZ newspaper. Out of the 25, eight focused on metaphysical subjects. Lloyd Bradshaw, N .J., sent me the

book: 'Ibuched By Angels by Eileen Elias Freeman. Freeman discusses her own 'close encounters of the celestial kind' as well as the ange lie I enjoyed encounters many others have had. the book a great deal, and you might want to check your library to see if they have it. Kenneth Maxwell, PA, wrote that he had read the book: Parallel Uni verses by theoretical physicist, Dr. Fred Allen Wolf. Ken felt I would find the book interesting. The library in Annapolis ordered it for me from Enoch the Pratt library in Baltimore, arid I found entire book fascinating. Although I have long accepted that there are probably many univer ses parallel to our own, some perhaps inter secting ours at times, Dr. Wolf reinforced my thoughts and helped me put them in a better perspective. I would recommend this book to anyone who is interested in the subject. ODDS AND ENDS 'lhe next time we 'talk' it will be 1995. How about a holiday gift membership. _ to a I will send them an friend or loved one? appropriate card to let them know ~bout your thoughtful gift. Deadline for the Winter NEWS is Dec. 17th. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 13 Number 3 AA EVP- NEWS Autumn 1994. FROM MY VIEWPOINI' 'Ihe end of October, I wi 11 observe my eighteenth ~nni versary since becoming in volved with

voice phenomena. On the evening of October 24th, 1976, I sat down and asked for the first time, "Is anyone here?" I was not surprised when no one answered, since I was convinced nothing survived death. 'Ihose of you who have read my book: • Voices of Eternity know that belief dates back to the age of seven, when I had many traumatic experiences at the funeral home owned by my grandparents. After reading about EVP in the book: Handbook of Psi Discoveries by Sheila Os I decided to trander and Lynn Schroeder, give this impossible phenomena one week. If nothing was heard by the end of that time I would forget about it. Fortunately, on the first message, taped my sixth day, "Beauty" which came in response to my ask ing, "What is your world like?" -I The rest, as they say, is history. There isn't space to go into all of the difficul ties, all of the experiences that were mine in those early years. Suffice it to say, they were busy, exciting times. What I want to look at today, however, are the chr.1nges that have taken place since October-1976, until now. When I began, there were probably less than 100 active tapers around the world. Todcly, no one really knows how many have joined us, but it has become quite a crowd. Even the name has changed. EVP. Today, it is 'Ihen, it was transcommunication. taped messages are still short, age. When a six or seven

word communication was received, we felt blessed. Today, some Al though contacts are hundreds of words. most they through a computer. can go on for pages Telephone cal ls can last for minutes, and TV appearances, while limited, are becoming longer, with a few audible messages heard. All of this was unthinkable eighteen years ago. Today, thanks to the devotion of many intelligent, spiritually enlightened individuals, it is becoming more and more accepted. The expanded phenomena, unbeliev able even ten years ago, is being replicated time and again by others. term known What has caused this 'explosion' of im proved, enlarged contact? There is a scien tific "Observer Effect." as Al though it isn't meant to apply to voice phenomena, I see a relationship. Essentially, and very simply, it means a sudden change in a physical property, when that property is observed. A question we might ask is whether if we any of this would have happened, weren't on this end of the ' line' and they weren't there at their end? Obviously not. Our relationships, our contacts, with each other, is a simbiotic one. We need them, but they also need us. Considering the growth in numbers exper ienced since 1976, it is not surprising that we are where we are today. A crystal ba 11 is not needed look ahead. If the observer effect principle continues, then we can expect that the more individuals who become involved in the field, the more contacts will improve. to In 1976,

there was only one way to have electronic communication with the unseen, and that was through a tape recorder. Now, in addition to the recorder, we have TV, fax, computers , radio and teleJ?hone. 'lhe tape recorder is still the key to unlocking the door to the new phenomena. Eighteen years ago we could hope for little more than a three to four word mess- I am grateful that I was permitted to be a part of the 'new' phenomena eighteen years I am grateful to still be a part of it ago. today. Those of you who were also ec1rly pioneers, know the uncharted lands you ex plored have become well marked for those who follow. Those starting out today, know you have to make a positive difference in our world for everymnn. the opportunity A l~ ~ sh e s , Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence Thar: We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious Star:e SYNCHRONICITY GEM Doris M. Humphrey, MD AA-EVP member, wrote that she was reading a mystery novel where a good bit of the action takes place at the Brit ish seashore . She said: "As I was reading , I began thinking about one of the times I'd visit ed Sandy Point State Park (MD) and watched a family seated at a picnic table trying to P.ro tect their sandwiches while impolite seagulls were snapping at the food. "As the plot of the novel progressed, the heroine described eating a solitary picnic

lunch at the beach, then going to sleep and be ing wakened by seagulls fighting over the re mains of her sandwiches . lunch at a beach called 'Sandy Point." She was having her SYNCHRONICITY OR CROSS-CORRESPONDENCE? On September 10th, I received an outstanding tape of three messages from David Lothamer, CA state Coordinator. These messages came through after David began using a large crystal, the size of his fist. Two days later, a letter came from Clara Laughlin , VA State Coordiria tor. She wrote: "I've received several messages lately about 'Eetty-we want a using a. crystal, such as: crystal' , and I guess they want me to use a crystal, but I haven't the faintest idea of where to get one." 'Mercedes-want a crystal' . I suggested to Clara that she contact David. DAT RECORDERS eliminatior of external background noise. The ~limination of noise makes it possible to hear the total dynamic range of recordings without having to play it back at unnaturally high levels." The headroom and earphones cost $699, but Bart suggested if you don't want to spend that for the 'package' get just the earphones. He "These alone will make a world of wrote: Bart difference stressed he has nothing to do with the company. You cannot buy either in stores, but must order them from the Headroom Corp. in MT. The free number for information is: 1-800-828-8184. the voices." in hearing EXPERIMENI' IDEAS In a letter from Erland Babcock, MA, Erland wrote that he

is now exo.erimenting with sound again. He had some outstanding results in the late seventies and early eighties, but event ually gc1ve up on it because he felt he was not progressing. He turned his focus to his video camera and receiving pictures from other dimen sions through his TV. Now, however, he is taping again, even though he received many unique and clear TV pictures. In his letter dated Sept. 8th, Erland wrote: "I found an in teresting device that the Radio Shack sells. This device is called an Electronic Reverb. It is primarily used for music to give that twang effect. However, I find that it works very well to create an artificial LIVE environment. It will take either a mike or line input and will give an out-put for each." In answer to my question as to where they can be found, Bart said that large musical supply stores have them, as well as the tapes. Bart Ellis, CA AA-EVP member, has called me several times and written about the DAT record er he is now using in his taping. He feels the DAT has made a positive result in his record ings as it has eliminated almost all of the background sound. In an earlier letter received in August, Erland referred to the spirit phone calls that have been received since the first of the year. He asked: "Did anyone ever think that perhaps they use the telephone because they use a mag netic signal and

the telephone would be a very easy device to give a good contact? Perhaps the carbon granules are the reasons the phone I personally think it has to is being used. do with the type of field being used on the To use along with his DAT recorder, Bart other side, much like charging up one very big ordered "Headroom"--a headphone amplifier and capacitor and slowly draining the energy." Geoffrey Tilga, N. y. , has cal led severc:i 1 audio image processor and also the Entymotic earphones (Research ER-4). Both are expensive. times and sent me two short tapes on which he Bart said the earphone, which is the insert used a computer enhancement program that he type, was developed by a company that produces had bought. By using the program, almost all is eliminated. equipment used in speech research and audio- of Geoffrey is continuing to work with it, hoping logical testing. to also make the voices stronger. Quoting from Bart's letter, he wrote: "These earphones are considered to be state-of-the-art Some additional experiment ideas came from and combine maximum accuracy with the virtual Melvin Sobe, Ph.D., a physicist living in N.Y. the background noise ,he is one of relatively few English people tq near samples of Raudive' s distinctive living "I find it possible to note voice. He said: similarities with the phone recordings; however. that is all they are. On the other hand, bear in mind that the physical organism which con trols our speech no longer

exists , I would be suspicious of a completely precise match." Thanks are owed to Tina Laurent, Wales AA EVP member, who sent the two articles to us. VOICE PRINr ANALYSIS People often ask me why voice print analysis isn't done on different people calling on the telephone, who have died, comparing them with a tape of their before death voice. There are several reasons why this is not feasible. Even granting you may have that person's before death voice on tape, you can't realistically expect to compare it with their after death voice. Vinter points out ( as I often have) , the physical organism which controlled our speech before death, no longer exists. True, there are often greater or lesser similarities but that is about the best for which you can hope. There is one exception, as I pointed out in my book: Voices of Eternity. If you can have taped contact with someone within a day or two of their death, then the voice may match. Within several days , through great changes, and you can no longer expect much more than a resemblance. the body goes TRANSLATION FROM GERMAN VTF NEWSLETI'ER We are grateful to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP for translating the VTF newsletter. member, 'Ihe VTF recommends the use of a Panasonic RQ 2101 cassette recorder that has a "cue to re view" key function. It has a rugged mechanical function which is good for constant play-and search in ·instrumental transcommunication work. A good deal

of the newsletter was devoted to using computer programs in ITC work. One com puter program makes possible pitch changes in steps of 1000 Hz that reach over several oc taves. The paranormal voice can thus be changed over a large spectrum to examine similarities to the life time voice of that person. A proper computer program correctly used, can reduce background noise. 'lhe article sates: '"Ihe long sought possibility of isolating the paranormal voice from its surrounding canned sound or carrier noise, has come into close reach with this computer technique." TRANSLATIONS FROM "TRANSCOMMUNICATION JOURNAL" We also are indebted to Hans Heckmann for his translations from the Journal published by Ernst Senkowski, German AA-EVP member, and his ~ollengue Dr.Delav~re. There is a great deaL of nutritional food for thought in the Journal but unfortunately, we have space for only a small part. If you are able to read German or have a friend who could. translate it for you in its entirety. I would encourage you to con tact Ernst. He is on the cross-country list. Hans Bender, former parapsychologist of the . University of Freiburg,Germany spoke thro~gh the radio in the home of Adolf Homes. Among other things, he said: "Free yourself from the rigid conduct of tradition and open yourself to the new forms of probability." Two weeks later, Bender came through Home's· "Your system of reality is computer and said: one of countless others. All are happening at the same time. The "frequency" of our own

reality is so short that it cannot be per ceived by you. It is far outside the range of electromagnetic wavelengths and has nothing to do with it anymore. Do not visualize that we exist about you such as in 'Heaven' . The con cepts 'Above' and 'Eelow' are products of your mind. The soul does not swing upwards, it exists in the center and orients itself in every direction. Things which you create with your mind are always part of your post mortal life whether they seem real or not. This is also true of your religion. You shall always find what you created in your mind such as a benevolent God or an evil Devil. Therefore, concentrate on the depth of your consciousness and on what you consider positive and good. " TIDBIT Max Petersen, AZ AA-EVP member, sent me a clipping from the August 6, 1994, 'lhe Arizona Republic saying that a seance was held in hon or of Andy Warhol, the famous ~rtist who died in 1987. It was held at his favorite restau rant in N. Y. in honor ·of the late artist·• s 66th birthday. The two psychics who conducted the seance said Warhol came through and said he "wants to help souls who have died and ones that are in transition going over the other side . " to INrERESTED IN CRYSTALS? Some of you, after reading about the re sults David Lothamer had with his crystal, may want to try some crystal

experiments yourself, but like Clara Laughlin, may not know where to find them. In his book: Holy Ice sent to me by Frank Dorland, well-known for his investigation of the crystal Skull, he recommends readers con tact Tom Struble--Holy Ice--Crystal creations P .0. Box 6003-LOs Osos, CA Frank found Tom to be a natural and talented crystal 93412. 2. 5. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT ~MBERS in order Congratulations are for Bernard Baker of AZ who was elected to the office of Vice President for the National Spiritualist Association of Churches. The election took place at the 102nd annual convention in October 1994. 'Ihe 1995 NSAC will be held the first full week in October in Phoenix, AZ. In his letter in which he rejoined the AA-EVP Richard Berman included flyers of some of the things he is doing. He is holding a series of twelve monthly seminars based on PSI subjects. 'Ihe last part of Jan. he is conducting a one day seminar on Animal Psychic communication. ;md Sheldon Nidle. Edna Drake, Canad.::i, sent me the fascinating book: You Are Becoming A Ga lactic Human by I t tells Virginia Essene about the great positive changes coming to our planet within the next year or two. Edna wrote that she has been busy 'networking' in Vancouver telling others about the progress TC is making. She said her work is being made easy by Spirit helpers on the other side. Edna has been nomin ated to be a member of the

Board of Directors of She will assist the the local Psychic Society. president and other members of to further spiritual knowledge and give proof of survival by electronic means. the Board In a phone call, Bart Ellis said that he was scheduled to be on.Dateline, N.13.C: Janua~y 6th. Originc1lly plarined for Feb. 14, N.B.C. was so pleased with it the.v aired i t early Tina Laurent', Wares, wrote tnat "her seminar In in Scarborough, Engl;=md went very well. addition to her lecture she played EVP tapes and showed pictures that have come through television. Robin Foy has a center in Scale that investigates many areas of PSI. Tina and Robin worked together at the seminar, each taking half of those in attendance. At mid-point they switched groups. 'ghosts' of . Jonathan Mcirten of EngL=md sent me informa tion cibout his establishing the Transcommunica tion Society U.K. They have held several meet ings and are gathering information for the pub Jonath;=m lication of their first newsletter. cal led me in November asking for permission to quote from our AA-EVP newsletter for his own newsletter. I was happy to give him this. The formation of his group earned mention in the Psychic News newsletter. A WORTHWHILE FEBRUARY CONFERENCE Paul Johnson, FL AA-EVP member, will be hold ing his 16th annual conference in Orlando, FL from Feb. 3-5. The title of the conference is: P;:iul 's Insights Into Prophecy and Revelation. conferences, which taken part in, are ;:ilways very well planned with ex-

For cel lent speakers and workshop I have attended and leaders. details call P.=iul al: 904-288-6607 or write: 14345 SE-103rd Terrace-Summerfield, FL 34491. BOOK LOOK Bruce Dudley, AA-EVP member and neighbor, stopped by the house after reading the Autumn Newsletter, and recommended I read: Hyperspace by theoretical physicist Michio Kaku. The Annapolis library ordered it for me and it was At one a challenging and interesting read. point, Dr. Kaku wrote: "Parallel uni verses may be graphically represented by two parallel places. Norm ally, they never interact with each other. However, at times worm-holes or tubes may open up between perh;:ips making communication and travel possible between them. This is now the subject of intense phyc::i ri c::1-c::. 11 i nt-i:>ri:>c::t- t-hi:>nri:>t-iral them, among THANK YOU! I appreci;=ite the m;:iny Ci'lrds and wonderful notes from you that came ;:it Christmas time. They touched a w;:irm spot in my heart and I am grateful to you for your thoughts and best wishes.I will mention one or two briefly. -t>po-t.-6 .ln my day. "Re.c.up-t. a 6 you1t new-t>lex-t.u L6 a ne. a 6 -t.he. 1 1te.ad i l 61tom b1t.lgh:te.-6-t. c.ove.1t -t.o eave.It. S.lnc.e. I will be. 70 a-t. my ne.x-t. bJJr.-t.hday, wha-t. .f.le.-6 ahe.ad L-6 a lo-t. on my m.lnd. Vou1tbo(ek Vo.lc.u and you1t have. be.e.n a .6ou1tc.e. of; 91te.at. c.om601tt. -t.o me.." new-t>lex-t.u-6 Be.1t-t.ha WhJ.:tne.y, R.1. FINAL THOUGHTS The fol lowing affirmation was written by Keli Adams, CA AA-EVP member, and sent to me It seems appropriate to use it

at Christmas. here, at the end of our first 1995 newsletter. 11 Fe.a1t No.t Phy-t>.lc.al Ve.a-t.h" "To danc.e. 61te.eiy wilhou:t -t.he. bu1tde.n 06 a c.umbe.1t-t>ome. body, To he.a.It -t.he. c. eiu-t..lal mu-6.lc. c.le.a1tly wilhou:t -t.he. l.lmlia-t..lon 06 -t..lny e.alt-6, -t.he. -t>ound wilhou:t lum.lnou-6 na1t1tow--6.lgh-t.e.d v.l-6.lon 06 p.lnpo.ln-t. pupil-6, -t>e.e. To -t.he. .l-t> Th,i_,6 e.c.-t>-t.a-6 y M1t be.yo nd -t.he. c.omp1te.he.n -t>.lon 06 ou1t .lmag.lna-t..lon-6 and -t.he. -t.1tue. c.eie.b1ta-t..lon 06 l.l{;e. and A.U Tha.-t. I-6." -&hac.kle.d human ODDS AND ENDS Dei'ldline for the Spring NEWS is March 24th. May 1995 be all that you hope for with dre.:=ims realized for you and those you love. Always, my best wishes, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (410) 573-0873 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS YOL. 13 Number 4 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Here we go again! A new ye;:ir with over 360 days ahead of us, each one a treasure. We can hold those days close to our chest, like a miser, or spend them in a positive way that will enrich ourselves and others. As Henry James wrote : ''Live all you can , it's a mistake not to." Even though some of us may be limited physically and financially in doing all that we want, we can still find avenues to explore that will bring pleasure and hc1ppiness to our life and the lives of those around us. Life should be, can be, exciting. The learning should never stop. journey of

William J;:imes wrote: "OUr knowledge grows in spots. The spots may be large or small, but the knowledge never grows all over." take on Some people the aspect of a leopard in knowledge, with spots everywhere. They may know a little about a lot, but not much about anything. There is the saying: "A little knowledge can be dangerous." How true this is. A man in his eighties, ordered all five tapes I have available. Later, he cal led and said he knew I'd faked the voices. I guess I've been In over eighteen lucky. years of taping with the results being play ed for literally thousands of people, this time I've been accused of is the first "Your cheating. Why did he think this? resu 1 ts are too good! " he informed me. The real pity of the situation is not my insulted feelings, but that the man, who is a leader of a Florida self-realization group, is able to influence others and lead them to false conclusions based upon his and limited knowledge. faulty 'Iwo months later a member called who lives in the northeast. 'Jim' , bless him, was preparing his will. He has never married and there was no one in his family to whom he felt close so he wanted to leave every- thing, including a very large house, to me joined the and the Association. When he Winter 1995 AA-EVP a few years ago, he was not at all sure anything survived death.

Now he knows all life lives on. We, you, have helped him learn this, and he has received his own un mistakable evidence. "You helped me so much to learn about things, that I want you and the AA-EVP to have everything." The gratitude I felt, feel, towards Jim, fills me with joy, knowing I have helped him discover that life is an eternal journey without end. I could not, however, in good conscience encourage him to carry through with his plans concerning the will. The AA-EVP is not a foundation. When I decide it's time to 'close the books' , it will end. I explained this to him and over the telephone we explored other options for him. I first suggested a church but for personal reasons he didn't want to fol low this route. My suggestion to divide his assets in several directions such as the Boy Scouts and a perpetual college scholarship at the local high school interested him and that is probably what he will do. Fred Alan Wolf, a theoretical physicist, Parallel wrote at the end of his book: "We might be able to alter the Universes: hologram (of the universe) by bringing in more conscious 'light' to the hell worlds (parallel worlds) that also exist side-by side with our own. It is time to speed up the process of illuminating the hologram, time to bring in the big laser of conscious ness. Evolution is our business too. It is time to know this universe-place

for the first time ever." Four months ago I wrote to someone: "We are responsible for evolution. The evolution of the future lies solely with us, as those in ages past brought us to the evolution of today." Let us always remember we are creating day by day, by what we do or fail to do, the evolution that will take place. May you help speed up the process of evolution by illum inating your world with beauty, with truth, with peace. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That we Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State TUNING IN TO EVP Terry Williams, a friend in Plymouth, Eng '94 land, sent me a clipping from the October "'I\ming in to EVP." Psychic News, titled: The article was written by Dr. Tom Keen, D. Sc., of Milta Keynes, England. His thoughts may hold great interest to many of our members since they give suggestions on how to modify a tape recorder so better TC results will occur. Dr. Keen wrote: "It (TC) does not appear to be such a metaphysical r:>roblem as to how EVP occurs, as related to ordinary physics.-- "It appears to me that discarnate voices are pitched at a frequency which is able to impinge upon the recorder's bias oscillations and act in the same way as a radio signal. "I believe that spirit voices are able to modulate the bias-signal of a recorder to the extent that the circuitry of that recorder can then detect this

modulation and convert it back to a sound wave intelligible to our ears. "If these assumptions c1re correct, a con siderable aid to EVP would be the modification of a recorder's circuit to al low for varia bility in the bias frequency. By 'sweeping' the bias signal through the limited range of variation, considerably more to scope would be provided for spirit voices. 'tuning in' "I would offer ;:is a clue the fairly common situation where 'dabbler shift' intruder alarms appear to be triggered mysteriously. Such devices often operate on ultrasonic frequen cies around the 40 kilohertz area. I feel that the 'mystery triggers' are, in fact, nothing more than the presence of spirits nearby. "Original reel-to-reel tape recorders often had bias oscillators operating on about that frequency, al though modern cassette machines are generally about double that vibration. "It is a fact that if two frequencies are mixed together, they interact to produce two the new frequencies, equa 1 difference of the two originc1l tunes. This is known as 'beat frequency. ' 11 the sum and to ITC ANALYSIS SUPPORTS SPIRIT CONTACT Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, also sent me an article from Psychic News, published in Engl;md. The article is titled: "Voice Machine Analysis Supports Spirit Contact" and was written by lawyer and psychologist Dr. Victor in Australia. Zammit Dr. Zammit discusses different evidence for survival and mentions Australian tr;:ince medium from New South Wales In one t;::ipe recorded session, Shirley Br;:iy. three spirit te;:ichers came These voices

were put through a very sophistic;:lted high-tech voice pattern machine, the s;::ime that was used by British forensic scientists in the Yorkshire Ripper case. through. Quoting from the article, Dr. Zammit wrote: "The results showed that three separate voices came through with different accents, rhythmic and breathing patterns. Experimenters said that it is scientifically impossible for one person to obtain the same results, especially when the session lasted over an hour." In another experiment a test was conducted on well known medium, Elwood Babbitt. Zammit wrote: "Whilst in trance, four EEGs were taken of Babbitt when each of the three spirit entities were coming through and then L=1ter while B;:ibbitt wasn't in trance. The results show the four EEG graphs are definitely diff erent from each other." TELEVISION ITC GOES GLOBAL In the instrumental transcommunication has been presented on sev eral national TV shows that focus on PSI. three months, l;::ist The day after Thanksgiving, the popular show, "The Other Side" which is taped in Los Angeles, showed a segment about TC. Although normc1l l y doing a reasonably good job on the subjects it presents, TC, unfortunately, was done in a haphazard fashion. One of the producers had called me several times four days earlier, urging me to fly to CA--all expenses paid--to be on the progr;::im. I had a strong impression I shouldn't go. Basically, I felt I didn't have enough time to important appointments get ready. would have had to be cancel led during the three days

I would have been away, but the feeling went deeper than that. I had an inner sense the show would be disappointing. Several Mark Macy of Continuing Life Research, CO, took part. He presented some of the Luxem bourg results as well as Spiricom (developed by George Meek of N.C.). Mark did a good job in the brief time he appeared. I'd suggested to the producer that he invite Bart Ellis, rA AA-EVP member who tapes and lives close to the studio, to be on the progr;:im. He did, and Bart also presented himself well in the few minutes he had, suggesting to the audience to try taping, and stating all that was needed was a simple tape recorder. 'lhe main difficulty with the progr;:im was ;:it one time. the t;:ilking about subjective evidence for that they tried to do too much Five or six other people were also on show, 2. contact with a station call sign FB which I am ·cold are the initials of the operator whose first name is Francis." Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, wrote re ;:ifter receiving the Autumn Newsletter. ferred to the segment I wrote on page 4 : "Tape Alert! 11 ;:_:i lerted the reader about the deterioration of voices on cassette tapes important after a period of messages should be recorded ag;:iin as soon as any loss in quality is noted. In this , I time and that "Ae Monty wrote: "I can completely confirm the I was fading of voices

after a period of time. telling a skeptic about my most convincing messages and he wanted me to put them on a tape and send them to him. Then he would believe me. When I put those old tapes on the recorder, not a sound came out! I had written down all the messages that were originally on the tapes, and sent them to No comment, of course, from him!" the skeptic. Clc1ra Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, has bought a large crystal at the local 'rock shop'. Although she has not connected it yet to her system as David Lothamer, CA State Coordin;:itor has, she has taped messages referring to her new acquisition, such as: "Pretty crystal 11 (from Betty Evans, deceased AA-EVP member, and "Beautiful crystal", close friend of Clara's). "Crystal above your picture", the mirror) ;md "Crystal preserves energy, Bi 11. 11 (me<'lning J. J. Snyder, CA, has followed my suggestion to tape while sitting in his psychomanteum. He wrote: "Have received a number of voices, some soft and some quite loud. The thing is though, none are clear enough to positively identify the words spoken , al though I can give my own interpretation to a few, which may or may not be correct. There's no doubt whatever in my mind that these are etheric voices, because I am very careful to remain extremely quiet dur tape. Also, on one ing the 10-12 minutes I occasion, I felt a tap on my shoulder just as I shut

off the recorder." Pierre Thery, a French member, wrote about some of his interesting taped results. One time Pierre r1sked what kind of question the other side preferred and the Class A reply wi'ls: "Questions of kindness". When he played it for an aunt later.she heard nothing. Pierre also didn't hear it, but later on the tape, there was the message! Later, it was again on the original place on the tape, so Pierre had it twice and the next morning the same voice spoke on the tape: "Questions of kindness", which made the message appear on the tape three times Pierre wrote: instead of the origin;:i l once. th;:it "There is ;:ilways a lesson laying behind In such a case, I understood sort of thing. that our friends h;:id wished to remind me of the necessary trust I failed in, when I didn't simply accept the proof produced to convince the aunt. 11 TRANSLATION FROM TRANSCOMMUNICATION JOURNAL We are indebted to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP translates various Germ;::in T. C. member, who journal is Journals for us. The above named published by Ernst Senkowski, German AA-EVP member, and his colleague Dr. Del;::ivare. An entity by the n;::ime of AARON has medium "Mind, istically communicated the following: thought and imagination is the fountain for all forms . In our world spiritual energies are sufficient. The stability of our world created by mind and spirit, contributes to the stability of your world. Conversely, the in st.::ibility ;::ind destruction of your world

will lead to a change of our world. There wi l 1 not be the familiar forests and streams in our world, should they have been destroyed or disappeared on e.:irth. This is the prim;:iry reason why the b;=isic m;::itrix of spirit wi 11 turn against you, should your efforts for abundance and self-realizc1tion be reversed and replaced by reduction and destruction. When this happens, a transformation of your world wi 1-l begin and the old wi 11 be destroyed for a new beginning. "God is not thought. He is the power that gives life to everything. He is more real than ;:iny reality because he makes experiences ,rnd realities possible to begin with. 11 Hans also translates the German VTF Post newsletter. In a recent issue, the computer is described as a visual acousti,:;::il support (voice enhi'lncement) of the ti'lpe recorder. For instance--the "viewing of voice samples on the computer screen"--the "clorification of voices by filtering out background noise"--the "man (stretching and compressing) of ipulating voices." In issue 4/94, a presentation of THEO BLEI TGEN given at the Fuld;:i conference enlarged on this description. Although he still sees the audio t;:ipe recorder as the common tool for ITC he draws a promising picture of the computer's capability as a digital audio recorder. The computer with an audio module can receive ana log sounds ,rnd signals and convert them into digital information, then safely store it for further enh;:incement. The computer allows mix ing sound sources in totally separated stereo

channels. All steps CEln be viewed on the computer screen. 5. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Rev. Bernard Baker, AZ, Vice-President of. the National Spiritualist Association, as well as the curator of its Bureau of Phenomenal Evi dence, wrote that his organization would hold its annual convention in October. He said: "If any of your members have had experiences that they would like to share for use ;:it the Oct. convention, I would be happy to her1r from them." Bernard's address is: 1710 E. Bell de Mar, Tempe, AZ 85283-4114. Tin;:i Laurent, Wales, in a phone call said she is helping university students prepare a ½ hour video on EVP. Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, called and said he was presenting a 3 hour workshop and demonstration at one of Paul Johnson's out reach meetings in FL in March. He also gave an EVP demonstration on March 2, the Sar.::isota Ham R;:idio Club. :::it TELEVISION AND TRANSCOMMUNICATION A N. Y. TV station went to Germany lo film Ernst Senkowski ;md several other well-known tapers in the field. This w;:is shown over many stations in the northeast in er1rly Feb., during a three night period . "Voices From The Beyond." M;:irk Macy, co. kindly sent me thought it was a copy of the program, and I well done. E:1 Moore, OH A,1\-EVP member, sent me_ a clipping from Time Magazine that described the program. It was tit led: 'lhe Sightings program in which I had a part and which

was aired r1gain shown April 2. Tim White, the host, said it had received more letters after it was first aired than any other show to date. in November, was COUNI'ING NOSES Our anniversary newsletter is always a time to take a special look at membership. As f;:ir as total numbers is concerned we have just about the same now as a year ago. Men still outnumber women, as they have each of the previous 13 years. Currently we have 33 more men than women. Forty states are represented and we have mem bers in 13 foreign countries. Portugal joined us in February; the Netherlands ,:md Singapore both joined in March, and so we are happy to welcome them. 'lhe AA-EVP is truly international! CONFERENCES Spring and summer is the time for many groups to hold conferences. Most of them are worth while and should hold interest for a number of our members. the All programs public that are listed here. r1re open to Association for Past-Life Research & Thera pies, Inc. is holding a conference in Washing ton, D.C. from May 4-7. Raymond Moody and Brian Weiss, are two featured speakers. For a bro chure, write: APRT, P.O. Box 20151, Riverside, CA 92516 or call: 909-784-1570. Spiritual Frontiers Fe l lowshio is holding its 39th .:innual conference at Cedar Crest Coll ege in Allentown, PA. The title is: Pathways to Expanded Consciousness. Date--May 18-21. This is immediately fol lowed with the annual conference of The Academy of Religion and

Psy chical Research. Same location, dr1te: May 21- 23. The conference topic is: Personal Survival of Bodily Death. For information write: SFFI. P.O. Box 7868--Philadelphia, PA 19101. P,ml Johnson's Spiritual Advisory Council will hold its 21st Anniversary Conference from June 3-8, at Lake Forest College in IL. This ;:in excel lent conference, held in is always be;=iutiful surroundings. The focus of the con ference is: Insights Into Healing and Prophecy. For a brochure, write to P;=iul 14345 SE 103rd Terrace--Summerfield, FL 34491. J:=mu;::try 1, 1995 On January 1, my husbr1nd, Charles, had another massive stroke. As I rode with him in the ambulance, the medics administered oxygen and struggled to keep him brer1thing. Tests showed that this, his second stroke, was on the opposite side of his brain from the first one. For ten days he slinned in and out of a coma, battled pneumonia, and severe. sepsis. It was doubtful he would live. In the end he pulled through and w;:is discharged to an Annap olis nursing home after 18 d::iys in the hos pital. The stroke has left him pr1r;:ilyzed on both sides of his body. He can't walk, trilk, or swallow, so is fed through ;:i stom?ch tube. The prognosis for much of a recovery, from his present condition is poor. Ple;:ise keep him in your thoughts and pr;:iyers. NOTES ON MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL FORMS "Thank you fo1t ail you1t wo1tk." Ro-6e.ma1ty Be.nne;U:, FL "You1t nw1.,le;U:vr. "I do enjoy ,i,,6 g1te.a:t!" Ph..U.i..p C. MV you1t wondvr.6ul nw1.,le.:t..t.vr.1.,." ShJJt..le.y

Co1tne.y, N. Y. "You1t nw1.,fe;U:vr.1., a1te. Elmg1te.n, IL .t.vr.1t.lt.i..c.." V.ur.g.lnJ..a. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Summer NEWS is June 17th. Now that the AA-EVP has moved into its teen age years, we can reflect for a moment upon the previous years when we helped bring comfort and light to others. our focus, though, should be the future. We will continue to look for the truth, the light, determined to share what in turn, may we know their own joy in their personal voyage towards the light. learn with others so they, Alwr1y'l' my best wishes, "--- ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 14 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1995 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Now we are thirteen! our Spring NEWS is always our anniversary edition, a time for at least a sma 11 celebration. Who would have thought, with our first newsletter m;:iiled in May of '82, that we would reach I this age? "If we' re lucky," I s;:iid c'\S mailed it to twenty-five people, "we may have a life of four to five years." Instead, we're still here; we've become a teen-ager! Teen years are usually difficult. If the stormy years can be weathered with love , with as much understanding as possible, parent and child normally emerge as strong, wiser, worthwhile individuals. In riddi tion, thirteen has the connota tion of being an unlucky number. It exists

in peoples' minds, a long with black cats, walking under ladders, and opening an um brella in your house. How about the AA-EVP? Will we develop growing problems? Will we battle internally or with instrumental communication (ITC) , at least in some of its aspects? Will the number thirteen prove I hope not. unlucky for our Association? those who question I am not ;:ifraid of confrontation; I have fought mriny dragons in my life. Frequently I have stood a lone. None of that bothered me as long ,:,s I felt I was fightinq for the truth as I knew it. However, one doesn't always know the truth for sure. We can find bi ts and pieces of evidence and putting them together, i t may look like proof but one cannot know without ;:iny question that it is unequivocally the truth. My nature is always to give others the Perhaps that is a benefit of the doubt. weakness on my part, but I would far rather than accuse anyone have trust betrayed, evidence unjustly, This in a different direction. points doesn't mean I'm gullible; just the oppo site--for also, by nature, I'm quite skep tical about m;::iny None of this things. means I'm afraid to consider other ideas, if accumulated even and then make a considered judgment, which could reject once held opinions. in involved Why bring this up in our anniversary issue? The future of ITC rests with all the field whether as those active participants or observers on

the How about the future of AA-EVP? fringes. Who can say? As long as I feel there is a need for AA-EVP, as long as I feel we can offer help, I want to try to continue. I Save." In the last 3½ months, I have spent many hours in the local hospitril and an Annapolis nursing home. There is a woman across the hall in the home, who pleads in an unending There are dozens li t,=my, "Save. propped in reclining chairs, or lying in comas in hospital beds kept alive with tubes, who have lost all hope. look at these people, almost daily, and my heart cries. 'lhere is nothing I can do for them. They have lost everything, and I grieve that the end of their life has brought them to this. Lives once touched with hope, with joy, with love and laughter, and now it is all qor.e- there is nothing. For those more alert, for the group of three women who sit by the door for my in arrival, with smiles and a cherry "Hello", all I can do is stop and chat for a moment. That seems to help and I am glad. their wheelchriirs and watch So I think back over the thirteen years, to the many we have helped and to whom we have given hope for themselves as well as their loved ones who are no longer with them. I know this is a good thing for the help we have

given, the comfort we have brought, has been honest. In the time ahead, however long it may be, I want the I hope we will gain more wisdom. AA-EVP to continue helping others to face today and whatever the future might bring. No matter what happens; whatever doubts may arise in the months ahead, let no one ever doubt for a moment that transcommunication IS: it's real. That is our joy. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State ROLL OF HONOR-AA-EVP CHARTER MEMBERS At the different summer c,3mps I directed (Girl Scouts; Camp Fite girls; my own private camp) we used to sing in rounds at campfires: 1%::ike new friends but keep the old . One is silver, the other gold." 'Ihe following fifteen peoole deserve speci==1l recognition, for they joined us in 1982, our first year, and are still members. They could be considered our 'gold' friends. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Ben A.-TX Virginia Bates-VA Rosemary Bennett-FL Richard Busse-IN Luise Fuchs-Germany Blanche Larrigan-WA Clara Laughlin-VA David Lothamer-CA D;:m McKee-IL 9. Shirley Moorman-PA 10. Winnie Peters-MD 11. Ellen Pugh-WA 12. Martha Sherman-AR 13. 14. Walter & Mary Jo Uphoff-WI 15. Bill Weisensale-CA EVP AND SURVIVAL Robert C=>mburn, PA AA-EVP member, although not a charter member of the Association, comes close. He joined us in J:=muary 1983 ;:ind h;:_is been a faithful friend, renewing promptly, ever since. Robert h;:_is contributed many eloquent and thought provoking pieces to our

newsletter over the years. The following is an example. "Isn't it odd perversity that the m;::itter of survival m;::ikes us most. skeptic.::il of evidence for it! For many years from my e.::irly days I wanted to 'know' , but only with the advent of EVP and some NDE accounts, did I find the evi The Flint t:::1pes and dence incontrovertible. Neville Randall's ~ssociated book concerning their production w::is also very important evi dence. Although it was a deterrent that the many messages via mediums seemed to differ in details of other-world conditions, that can now be understood as due to the spiritual level of the reporting disc::irnate. Perhaps the increas ing presence of the examination of the subject by the media will arouse the world to the fact of spiritur1l realities ;::md implic::itions for the saving of our dr::istically threatened world." the_ TESTIMONIAL SUPPORTS PARAOORMAL RECORDING Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, sent me a "On another occasion, June was to l.d that a giece of music she always played to help the medium enter trance, would be briefly erased. When we played the tape back, it was completely b l;mk, but when we replayed it, it was back! " The couple was told th;:it this was done by bending the subatomic electrons or impulses on the tape. I'M O.K. YOU'RE O.K. At times by letter (usually unsigned), phone calls, or even in personal conversation, I'm told I'm doing the "devil's work." Associating the one's self with anything that suggests paranormal

will, in the minds of some, ler1d the individual straight to the pits. Obviously I don't agree. Since our main reason for being is to help others, to show objectively that life continues beyond the grave, I firmly be lieve what we do is good; is even blessed by those beyond. Perhaps you've experienced the same thing with friends ?.nd family questioning your inter est in psychic phenomen~. 'Ihe Bible is frequently quoted to 'prove' the point that I am assisting the devil in his nef.::irious activities. Now you can prove diff erently. You mclny w;:mt to rer1d some of the following biblical passages. They show r1 know ledge of and support for vr:irious activities in the field of PSI. Sp.::ice limits my listing the over 120 items from the Bible that was publish ed by the Texas Par.::ipsychology Association. '!his was sent to me by Walter & Mary Jo Uphoff. '1ru¢ ~= 0«:dls 19:~25 20:1-26 I G:rinth:i;:ins 12 :1-11; 28-3:> Mi.nistErirg of llrgels: 9:li.ritml Gifts: Ieielaticns 1:10 4:1 Ilt:l:Jaili1l ~ t ~ : G:n2s:i.s 3:6 5:1-33 21:17 22:11, 15 Ie..rt:erm:ny 9:2-18 I Sm.el 3:~15 9:15-17 19:5-13 G:n2s:i.s 21:17-20 32:1-2 0«:dls 3:2, 8-21 ..b:hJa 5:~14 Isalrrs 91 M:n:k 16:20 Pets 4:31; 5:18,19; 8:26-3:> Prq:JY£of: .:I.rl;J:S 4:4 lure 1:67 Pets 6:5; 8:5-40; 21:8 ,%Iirit G.l:id=irre: I s=rruel 3:1-21 Pets 11:12-15 ~= G:n2s:i.s 24: 46:2-4 0«:dls 19:~25; 20:1-26 .J:iTI 20: 19 Ieielati.cns 4:1 OUR TAPERS REPORT Roddie Ruth Bowers, TX, attended a seminar the led by Raymond Moody and George Anderson ,

famous psychic/medium. She took r1long her por table tape recorder and taped the re::idings in the group discernment Anderson gave at the end of his talk. At one point, he said: "And they step aside", meaning the one spirit group left and the next was approaching. At that point, an EVP message c;:ime through on Roddie's tape. It was: "'!hank you Mom", in Cl.::iss A quality. We both fee 1 it was one of Roddie's deceased children thanking her for what she h::id done for them. Lisa Butler, KS, is an animal lover. During the midwest floods, she kept asking about the '3nimals in her recording sessions because she was concerned about them. One night during her taping, they told her to stop asking about the animals, as they were: ALL RIGHT!" Another time she and a friend were trying to care for a small bird that had fallen out of its nest. When it died, Lisa wrote she felt "devastated." That evening she r1sked her spirit contacts what she could do to help, now that the bird had died. A female voice replied: "Release and remember." Lisa wrote that some of the messages that she wished she knew more about are: "We hope we' re on Saturn." teleporter out." I want a phase free channel." "I'm on a spaceship." "I work on the main Art Counts, MD, ~ontinues taping daily. He frequently receiv2s his own name, and the names Norm::i l l y, of others known .::ind unknown to

him. at the start of his taping, he gives the day, time, date and his name. In the middle of Feb ru;:_iry, he ~ lso mentioned there w::is going to be snow that day which would ch;:inge to rain. On tape n l_ayback a clear voice said: "It will 'Ih;.it is r1ctual ly what h;:ippened, but freeze. 11 1,ct stresses he had not mentioned the word "freeze" in his introduction. Terry Cox, England, wrote that he has been asking the other side just how they communicate with us. He commented: "It would appear they use some form of apparatus like an artificial 'Ihe means is not clear as yet, but one throat. throat.' recent message said: 'Raudive has a "I was puzzling over this", Terry wrote, when '!his put Raudi ve spoke: me on the possibility of an artificial throat." 'I don't smoke Terry! ' Carol Barron-Karrajohn, MA State Coordinator, wrote that for the past year she had been trying to get a friend by the name of Bonnie, who h::id died, to speak to her on tape. Although Bonnie knew about Carol's taping and Carol felt she should come through, she never did. "Then , " Cr:iro l wrote: "A few weeks ago, my gaughter called. She'd had a very vivid dream about Bonnie, that she didn't understr1nd, but felt I should call Bonnie's mother and relay the events of the dream to her. " Carol did and the dream had great significance to Bonnie's mother and she was

grateful for the message. Carol concluded her letter with: "Shortly after, I got a message on tape in a man's voice saying: 'Bonnie loves you.' So it seems Bonnie got through to my daughter via a dream .::ind yet couldn't come through, herself, on tape. ( It 's such a mystery) . " Dale Sizemore, N.C., wrote that he has fin ally hr:id a breakthrough. He said: "I hr1ve begun to receive a few faint Class C voices, mainly: 'Help,' and 'Help us.' Dale said he is going to try to establish a more regular r:ind hopes for time and routine for taping, improved results. , VOIXS D' ETERNITE My book: Voices of Eternity is doing well It has been chosen for one of in France. their book clubs, r:iccording to my ;::igent. In March, my friend Monique Simonet of France, who wrote the foreword to the French edition of Voices, wrote that she had received a letter from a woman who lives in Grenoble, France. She had received my book as a Christ "Would you mas present and wrote to Monique: please tell Sarah Wilson Estep, my grr1titude for the book she wrote. This book is for me like my Bible. Since Christmas, I begin to make contact by tape recorder. All that Sarah wrote is exact in the lest details. I ask you to send to Mrs. Estep my warmest thanks." OUR MEMBERS PUBLISH Some of our members are also busy writing two and publishing. Robert Camburn has

had pieces published lately. '95 The Februr:iry issue of FATE chose his letter as "Letter of the Month. 11 Robert 's topic was "Tremendous Revolutionary Changes in Human culture. 11 He r:ilso had a poem titled: 11Cathedrr1ls 11 published in a Spiritual Frontiers Newsletter. , which was My neighbor, Bruce Dudley, has completed a non-fiction book about baseball. This has been accepted by an Ohio publisher. Paul Johnson, FL, had a major article pub lished in the Fall 1994 Spiritual Frontier Journal "Eastern Spiritualism And Mysticism." titled: Rozella Roberts, CA, has published three books and r:ippeared on numerous radio and TV programs. She also tapes voices of the invis ibles. Her books r:ind tapes are for sale and she can be contacted through the cross-country list. 5. clipping from Psychic NEWS (12/24/94) published IKi.rgs weekly in London. It describes how in the 1980s M=rt:eriali.zat.i.rn: Albert Tisch attended tr.::ince sittings with Ray- mond ::ind June Smith, the medium's d:::1ughter r1nd G:n2s:i.s 3:8 a friend in SUssex. Albert said: 18:1-10 sence one evening, the dece21sed Oliver Lodge, 0«:dls 24:1~11 .kb asked June to plr1ce a new, empty audio tape in- to Ray's h;:_ind while he was in trance. After a .Aqx:rts: few minutes this w::is put into a G:n2s:i.s 14·18 t;::ipe recorder 1 and when June _Played it b:=lck,. ther~ ~ere severa N.nters ll::3l I Kirgs 19:6 minutes of 011. ver Lodge's voice g1. v1.ng a lee- Psalns 28:24-28 ture. "In our pre- 4:12-16 2. ,wrote: know that my psyche to good

effect." "I felt great the next morning and 'experiment' had an effect on my Irene Maletsky, a long with her daughter, Valerie Tjaden, are Co-State Coordinators for N.J. Irene wrote: "We did an Electronic Voice Program for the Ramsey Women's Club. We were only supposed to speak for 45 minutes, but the members were so interested and fascinated with my tapes and Valerie's pictures that they kept us for two hours!" Fred McIntosh, VA, sent me a VCR tape re It showed the cer corded on May 8th, VE Day. emony at Ft. Myers, VA, which honored all the veterans of the Second World War. Fred sat on the platform besides President Clinton. A introduced Fred and spoke glowingly General of Fred's brave feats as a fighter pilot, and wounds received during the war theater. He also mentioned Elizabeth, Fred's in front of the platform, wife, sitting on Fred, who served undercover in the Prlcific during the war. Fred gave a stirring five minute speech, mentioning he was in Paris when hos ti li ties ended. 'Ihis led into the introd duction of the President, who also mentioned Fred's bravery as he began his own speech. From Ft. Myers, the President left for Andrews and boarded Air Force One to fly to Russia. in the European Cass also needs little introduction. Living in England, he was regarded during his taping years as having better results than almost any one else. He still occasionally records. 'Ihe thirty minute Welch tape has

many good examples some Class A. He mentions some unus ual situations such as voices appearing on tape, then disappearing the next day, only to return A clear Class A German again months later. voice was taped without going through the re cording head. Welch mentions the "breathing" that can be heard in thenext recording. Since the tape is 20 years old, some of the words have faded with time, but it is still very in teresting with some outstanding voices. The ninety minute Cass tape is very differ ent from Welch's. Most of it is Cass discussing the Five minutes towards the end, he gives examples of voices he has taped. 'state' of EVP back in the 1970s. Enclosed with your newsletter, you win find an order form in case you want to order one or both tapes. There are a limited number of each avail ab le, so requests will be filled in the order received. Since the tapes were so gener ously donated to us by Martha, I am not charg ing for them. I only ask that you send a dona tion to cover costs of handling and postage. Elizabeth had introduced President Clinton at the wreath laying ceremony at Arlington last Veterans Day. On the 8th, it was Fred's turn to do the introduction! Ellen Pugh, WA, wrote: "Work in the Cancer Center of a large research hospital two days a week. See and hear much in such a setting, in the way of clairvoyance

and clairaudience." Deborah Swindel, GA is a new member. She is investigating the Lickskillet Farm Restaurant in Roswell, GA. She wrote: "I am working with the owners to capture their ghost on reel to reel tape. The dowsing rods go crazy in the attic and books fly off the shelves in the office. It has cold spots and the adding machine types (AC) overnight, but there are no such letters on it." TAPES FOR YOU Martha Sherman and her daughter Marcia Lynch, have donated tapes to us made by Wm Welch and Raymond Cass. interesting tapes were sold at Harold's conference in 1976. These Welch was the outstanding taper in the U.S. in the 1970s. His book: Talks With 'lbe Dead, was published in 1975 and very popular. During the years he taped, until his death in 1976, than six people there were probably taping in this country. less THANK YOU The many cards, letters, and phone calls that came after the Spring Newsletter, in which I mentioned my husband's second massive stroke, were heart warming. Charles remains in an Annapolis nursing home needing skilled nursing care around the clock. He is 90% paralyzed, can't talk or swallow so is fed through a stomach tube- 19 hours daily. The nurses try to get him up in his wheelchair for three hours a day. He can no longer read because his eyes ,=ire unable to focus on even large print. TV and our visits are his only pleasures. His mind has

been unaffected, which in some ways makes it more difficult, for he is fully aware of what has happened, and that there is not much hope for his future. Your prayers and wishes for him, for all of us, are deeply appreciated. I hold each of your cards and letters close to my heart. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for our Autumn Newsletter is Sept. 23rd. May your summer be filled with happy, carefree days, surrounded by beautiful flowers. Always my best wishes, . . e )~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 (410> 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 14 Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS Summer 1995 FROM MY VIEWPOINT stepped off the shuttle. Cartographers of the ancient world had a problem when they drew their maps. Many of them seemed to realize there was more to the world than what was known in those early 'Ihis problem was solved by labeling days. the what horizon with there be dragons." they suspected might be over the words: "Here Today, the the physica 1 Vrnd mass oceans of planet earth have been well ex plored. Early adventurers into these fear ful unknown regions came back with the good news: "We found no dragons J 11 ;=md In drawing maps of the heavens our current map makers are not much further ad vanced than the early cartographers. Yes, we can see distant stars reasonably well with powerful telescopes. We have instru

tempera ments that measure the gases and tures of certain points in space. About the best th;:it can be said of what we have learned is : '"Ihis area is incapable of supporting life." (Ergo--no dragons). 'Ihe stars, so unreachable, so unattain the unexplored able, offer us mystery as lands gave to early man. Instead of fearing we might find dragons there, we look upon them as a place of -peace, of comfort, that would remove us frorn our son,etimes horrend ous problems of everyd;:iy life. We write songs and poems to them. The evening star is the depository for our nighttime wish. At the Annapolis nursing home I visit almost daily, the activities director hung a chart that encouraged all residents to write where they would most like to go if they were able. One person wrote: "I'd take a shuttle star to heaven and enjoy the carefree moments." that How many of us would like to go along on few the trip? empty seats there would be no dragons waiting for us as we I suspect there would be for we are confident We need no longer fear that we might find a physical dragon lurking wherever we might tr ave 1 . There a re no such I beasties ' ;=my where. We are safe. While physical dragons have dis appeared, along with the other chimeras of mythology, they are still very much a part of the inner life of most people. It is rare to find

a person who is total7-y without fear of one 'Ihis can be a physical nature or another. fear or an inner ferirs normally are the most crippling. Basically, we are afraid of the unknown, much like our early ancestors. We wonder what might happen, or not happen, if we do something--or fail to do it. We worry about our children; about others close to us. A new home, a new job, a new life. Do we dare take a chance? inner fear. The I As a case worker in a welfare agency for a number of years, learned many individ uals would choose to continue to live in an intoler;:ible situation, rather than venture out to a different life that offered other choices. "Rather the than one you don't know. 11 devil you know, There is a saying: So it is with many of our lives. I dare say all of us have hidden dragons if we are honest and at least admit it to ourselves. 'Ihe majority of us Do we live after death? working in the field of transcornmunication, or who are interested and associate with those who do, have met that dragon and hope fully conquered it by now. We need to find the courage to battle this dragon and any others that lie within our psyche. As you venture outward and forward, slaying them one by one, you may discover by so doing, that the dragon you so feared was a mythical dragon, not much different

from those of long ago. May you be a brave dr;:igon slayer as you triumph in your search for knowledge and for the truth. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State CODES A number of organizations that focus on su_-rvival after death, urge their members to chJOse a before-death code. This code is no::inally passed on to just the director of the gr~up. When the member dies, the director in fo::ins his group and says: "Mary has died. Can yo:i. contact her and try to get her code?" Sa:ily, although many attempts have been made, no one has reported success. and one or information, 'Ihe AA-EVP tried such a project. It was ar,_1ounced in the Winter ' 86 news letter and gr:iund rules laid down. Briefly, each person wh:i wished to participate was to send me a shxt cassette tape with their name, back two brief gr:iund e\-idential statements that they would try to col'ITTUnicate to our five member Survival Board af::er death. Such a statement could be: '"Ibis is Mark. I love Shirley. " Or , "'Ibis is Mark. I love fishing." As soon as I was notified of tt9 member"s death, I would contact our Survi v?.l Board who would then get busy with their including myself, t2"'.Je recorders. No one, I would only wc1ld know what was on the tape. li3ten to it, after one or more of the board "I think I've heard me-ibers notified me with:

fr8m Mark! This is what I taped." If the in fc:-rnation proved to be correct, I would immed i2::ely notify the surviving family member whom Mc::-k had requested on his tape. Although I tr:Jught the ide;:i was a good one, only one per sc:1 sent a tape. After a year or so without the project was dropped. f"L:.:'ther response, Recently, a member who knew nothing about tJ:-:9 survival project, sent me a code composed of letters and numerals he will try to send to me, and others, after his· death. I urged him tc choose another code using, as I suggested, a :xief evidentia 1 statement. ·..;orked on and off for about a week, Letters and numerals appear to be the most di::ficul t for the deceased to bring through anj yet, that is usually the method chosen. A wc:-ld renowned parapsychologist died unexpec tejly about 15 years ago. He participated in a su_-rvival project where numerals were given tJ-:3t were supposed to open a combination lock. I trying tc contact this man and I think I succeeded. He spoke clearly about his farm (which he did, ir: fact, own) and how much he loved it. He ga,,e other evidenti;:i l information, but no lock nullber was forthcoming. Those who devised the the test, unfortunately would only accept co:-rect lock number to prove that the man had su:-vi ved. Each day I _Pleaded with him: "Give me your lock number so I can let Dr. X know I've heard from

you." My request was always ignored, or answered with "No!" Finally, ;:ifter a. week, he replied and you r-;,in hear thP f:rustra : didn't tion in his voice: "I can't remember. think I'd forget. It was always wi. ~ - me! " Several months later the failure of the d1..,...;tc•r to communicate his code was mentioned in a pro fessional magazine devoted to PSI. Almost as an afterthought, the author wrote: "Dr Y, always carried his number with him in his wallet." It is difficult for the 'dead' to commun.i.- cate with us. Letters and numerals have r" emotional impact. If you wish to leave a code (or a friend or loved one does) please encour. age them to do so in a brief statement that has great personal meaning to them. CAN YOU CONTACT JOHN? In the Spring 1994 newsletter, I wrote about 'Tom' who had visited me. He'd read my :·,-:-ok and now, terminally ill, he asked to meet me personally and have some questions answered. Over cups of coffee in my kitchen we had a good talk and before he left, I took Tom to my recording room and showed him my equipment. When he said he'd try to sneak to me after his death, I gave him a small cryst? l I'd picked trip to up in the Egyptian desert during a Egypt in 1984. I suggested he ask his wife to put it in his pocket after he died and take it to the grave

with him. It was my hope the crystal would act as a beacon to draw him to taping and help him speak. me while I was In early May, I was notified that John (his actual name) had made his transition on April 24th. He requested that my crystal be placed in one of his pockets ( which was done) . In another pocket his wife put a gift she had given him that had great meaning to him. I have tried to contact John upon several occasions and may have succeeded. What I am suggesting now to interested members who tape, In order is that you also try to contact John. to connect with the correct John, you can men tion his visit to me the crystal I gave John and which was buried with him. For evidential information try to learn what the gift was from his wife, that was also buried with him. For additional evidential information, you can ask for the name of his wife which is extremely unusual, and the three the other names of individuals he wrote down day of his visit to me and which he said he'd try to mention on tape. in February ' 94, Let me know if you receive anything and to whether it's I'll give you feedback correct. Of course, if it is, I will immedi ately contact John's wife, and I know she'll be forever grateful. ris 'l'IDlHTS :r..1 the Winter '95 newsletter, that the home Kubler--Ross,

.Jeen destroyed by i,wesligating ;md suspected ;:irson. I mentioned .=md headquarters of Elisabeth localed in Her>d Waters, VA, had Authorities were fire. A number of people wrote or called ,=md said how dismayed they were by the incident. One CA utinber called and said every time he thought ➔b0ut it he "broke into tears." Clara Laughlin sent me an Associc1ted Press newspaper clipping which states: "Fire at Noted Psychiatrist's Home Wasn't Arson, VA Sheriff In the article, the sheriff st?.ted that Says." the fire started in the center of the home on The slove was the ,;ain floor, in the stove. desc:ibed as a large, wood-furnace lype. Ku_pler-Ross told the sheriff there had been a fire in the stove the evening before her home burned and she believed i l w;:is out when she left later that.: d;:iy. It evidenll y· w;:is still smoldering, however, and ignited later. Tom Warmington, AA-EVP member, Ireland, sent me a newspaper article tit led: "Wife's Voice Recorded 10 Weeks After Death." Norva l Fyall, a retired caretaker of Dundee, Scotland has re ceived a number of evidential messages from his wife, Valerie, since her death in May 1994. He had never taped before her death but had read about voice communication. Deeply depressed, he ordered a Phi Hips variable speed tape re corder from Germany and used a radio set to 700 Khz, as suggested by other tapers. Valerie, and others have spoken a number of times in the last ten months. She calls

him by his unusual name: ''Norval" and asked if their son David was t;:iking p:3rt in lhe tapings. One of the first "How are you messages coping?" On the 24th of November '94, Norval ta-ped the longest message of all on his cassette recorder. It lasted for 17 minutes and had Valerie's voice as well as other female voices in the background, urging Valerie to speak. from Valerie w;:is: AA-EVP RECEIVES NJ\'l'TONJ\l. MEDTJ\ J\'l"l'EN'l'ION llilrl ford C:our;:inl wi 11 dn a feature a.bout.: the AA-~VP and I.T.C. lhis monlh. A RECOMMENDED BO)l( Th2 following excerpt w;:is sent to me by Bans I lcrkmann ;=md w;:is t ;:ikc"n from t he r. l rlSS ir. book on survival, tilled: Here and Hereafter. There are several outstanding books in the series which I I mention them in _my rei'ld seventeen years aqo. own book: Voices of Eternity. The books by Anthony Borgia were 'received' by his close friend, R. Hugh Benson and published in 1958. They are out of print but can still be found in mrtny second-h;:ind book stores, especially those who have an extensive metaphysical section. , And now let us proceed with our friend's ! question. My friend of the earth recalls my account of the orchestral concert which I attended here, and he says that "if people play wind instruments in the spirit world, they must have lungs that can breathe air." And so he asks, "Do people breathe in the spirit world? If so, are the lungs

used for oxygenating blood?" Such reasoning is perfectly accurate. The spirit world has air just as you have on earth, and we have lungs in our bodies with which to breathe it. And it does "oxygenate" the blood in what would be the spirit equivalent of the process. Upon the earth the air you breathe will help to purify the blood. In the spirit world we have good rich blood running through our veins, and we breathe the beautiful clean fresh fragrant air, but while your blood undergoes the process or oxygenating, our blood is reinvigorated by the spiritual force and energy that is one of the principal constituents of the air we breathe here. Could one exist without it? Hardly. It gives us a measure of life-force just as it does you on earth. But you could not exist upon air alone. You must have food and drink. We do not need these two latter commodities, as you know, but we derive another part of our sustenance from the light of these realms, from the abundance of colour, from the water, from the fruit .... The end of April the AA-EVP was listed on Internet with a description of our group, its aims and my address. Letters and phone cal ls followed ;is ;:i result. One w;::,s from ;:in editor of lhe national magazine Entertainment Weekly. Tina Laurent wrote that she and some friends Several long phone calls from him were received. are setting up a Psychomanteum as described

in I sent information and the last two newsletters. Raymond Moody I s book: Tina has ~n the June 2 issue, a reasonabl~ write-up '?f tried several experiments thus far, and al the. group ( as_ well as Mark M_acy s CO orga~1.- though she hasn't seen anything, she had an un zation) was given under the title: "Contacting usual dream fol lowing one session. A problem 'I'l:e Dead On-Line--Networking Stiffs." Addi- that had been troubling her was so 1 ved • in her this particular person t1.onal phon~ cal ~s and letlers ~ave followed mind, when she from this~ including one from r>n independent TV and with whom she had clashed. Together they producer in England. The Hartford, CT newspaper came to a resolution of the problem, and Tina NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Reunions. , met• 2. 5. oecause or disturoing bacKground sounds 2nd Every turn them into demonstration voices. serious experimenter during the years has accumulated perhaps hundreds of such voices that were put aside. From now on it is techni cally possible to resurrect them. There could be a flood of filtered old voice treasures that were cleaned and increased in volume. 'Ihey 'Ihis new filter method never sounded as clear. In represents a quantum leap in our activity. my opinion we have traveled half-way to the goal of always getting good voices." OVERLAPS I imagine all of our members were impressed with Dan McKee's Tapers Report on page 4. His voices are unique in many

ways. All of them are on the reverse side of his tapes. '!here is little background noise ::is a result, and the message content is different from what most tapers receive. Perhaps you were puzzled by his use of the word "overlaps." Dan explains "Of all the str2nge overlaps in the following: happenings in EVP taping, the changing overlap must be the strangest. When I finish recording, the tape counter is returned to zero, or the the momentum normally starting carries the tape past so I have to run forward a few numbers to line up the zero again. As this is done each day, what is on the overlap soon becomes familiar. Often it is nothing, but sometimes a distinct voice will leave a message. 'All over the overlap, One time a voice stated: I need to make an answer.' In most instances the quality is better than average and there must be something s~€cial at-out them as this is done without the recorder in the record mode. It is tricky at first to catch these overlaps but with persistence and careful record keeping I believe this is happening to others who tape." l'.)Oint, and NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Dr. Eli Feldman, N.Y. recently sent me the newsletter he publishes. It is filled with in teresting anecdotes of letters received from well-known individuals in the field of PSI. Eli ;:ilso quotes from many articles found in the tabloids that show evidence of survival. If you want to contact

Eli, you wi 11 find him list. listed on your master cross-country In a phone call from Tina Laurent, Wales , and later a letter, she wrote the Welsh have a TV program called 'IDMORROW'S WORLD showing the latest and future inventions that will eventu ally change everyone's life. 'Ihey announced a MEGALAB 96 i11 which pro!X)S-:'l ls for nation-wide participation are to be submitted. Tina and her brother have submitted a proposal for EVP par ticipation. She sent me a ccpy of the proposal and it is exce 1 lent in detai 1 arid c Lari ty. VOLUNTEERS NEEDED Are you fluent in ,mother language? From time to time, I am in need of a translator to translate a letter from a foreign country. 'Ihis happens more frequently with letters from Germany and France, sometimes Brazil or Por I must reply to these letters that I tugal. am sorry I 'm unable to read them ( and don 't I always enclose know anyone else that can). our they probably can't read either, but ;:it least they know my heart is in the right place. l;=1test newsletter, which Perhaps Your duties wi 11 not be onerous . once or twice a year, I might send a letter to you for translation. Please let me know if you are willing and able to officially be a translator for AA-EVP! TRUE ESOTERIC TRADITIONS Dale Palmer, IN AA-EVP member, has sent me his above titled book. It is in hardback, contains many

pictures and diagrams and has an extensive bibliography and index. The book, 347 pages in length, took many years to write. traditions Dale provides an excellent treatise of the numerous in civilizations found His nround the world, from earliest d;:iys. writing is clear, concise, ;md scholar 1 y, but not ;,it ;,ill difficult to read. Some of his ideas you may find controversia 1, but they thinking and will always challenge your own perhaps cause you to pause and reconsider at least a few of your long-held beliefs. Normally, the book sells for $29, but Dale to the very generously wants to contribute AA-EVP and make the book available to all. If you send me just five dollars ($5), and ask for his book, I will contact Dale and he' 11 mail it to you. We are grateful to Dale for his generosity. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for our Winter NEWS is Dec. 29th. '!here are still a few of the Cass and Welch tapes left. Let me know if you want either or both. In a tape message one morning last week, someone told me: I don't really feel this way, but upon reflec tion I guess all of us are partly sublime. Let us try to live in such a way that in time we can become "largely sublime!" "You' re partly sublime." Always my best wishes, ..e8~~ ~ .~. e..........,e AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) S73-0873 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER

QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 14 Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1995 FROM MY VIEWPOINT As most of you know by now, I am always looking for quotable quotes1 not the every day kind that one sees on the back of auto mobile bumper stickers, or signs hanging in front of some stores. While they can at times be humorous, or even meaningful, I'm more on the lookout for nutritious quotes- the mind-sticking kind. Such quotes remain with me as I ponder their significance and perhaps find a place for them in my life. in Usually the Winter Newsletter, I share with you my new ca lend;:ir for that 'This calendar is important to rne and year. sometimes takes weeks, ;:ind visits to many stores, in order to locate. It must have a beautiful nature scene and a quote for each month, that will challenge my thoughts and which, in the end, I will accept or reject. 'Ihe quote for October is a case in point. It shows bright red berries crusted in ice, while underneath c1re words from the well "Live all you known author, Henry James: can; it's a mistake not to. It doesn't so much matter what you de in particular so long as you hc:1ve your life." While I can agree with James' first sen tence, the second makes me shudder. It does n't matter how you live your life? What a I wonder how St. miser ab le philosophy. Peter greeted him

at the pearly gates? I think if I'd been standing there as James approached, I 'd have thrown away the key. A statement that strikes a harmonious chord within my psyche is attributed to the Indians : "When you were born, you cried and the world rejoiced. Live your life in such a manner that when you die, the world cries, and you rejoice." How different this philosophy is from James and yet both, while probably equ?lly meaningful to those who espoused them would create completely different results in their personal life and the lives they touched. I think each of us must be totally aware each day we live, that the way we live those hours c;m have a profound effect, not only on ourselves but on others. It is a heavy In over 60 letters received respor1sibility. the last three months, I have heard frolfl a schoolgirl of fourteen wanting help with a school project, a man incarcer.::ited in a CA prison who had found my book in the prison libr;:,ry, a wom;in whose little dog had just died ;=ind she could hardly function because of grief. She was desperately seeking comfort that animals survive and we can be with them Another letter c;ime ;ifter our own death. from a woman in her 80s, who said she didn't have much time left and could I give her hope for what she might find (if anything) after her death. Each letter, while answered differently, called for equal care. On

a slightly different note, although there is a relationship, October is an impor tant month for me. I t was Oct. 24, 1976, that I sat down at my tape recorder and asked for the first time: "Is anyone here?" This opened up a completely new life for me that I h;ive been greatly privileged to share with others. There has been much written about 'walk-ins.' For the uninitiated, this is the belief th;:,it when some people die, and before a anyone realizes that person is spirit standing by 'walks-in' and takes over that individual's body This is ~lways done with the permission of the 'de parting' person. Evidence, according to the believers, that when the person recovers, his personality has changed, usually for the I must admit that I am far from con better. Instead, I believe vinced about the matter. each of us has the personal c;:;1pability to 'walk-in' to our own life, change it around and start down a different road that will bring joy and hope to others. ::ind mind. 'dead' , Yes, live your life fully, but live it well; live it comt;,assionately; live it with wisdom; and live it with as much love as possible . Est:ablished in '1982 t:o Provide Object:ive Evidence That: We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious St:at:e WHAT MADE IT BEEP? can use some of your answers in a future NEWS. INIT At 1:15 A.M. last month, the phone beside my bed rang. It was the nursing home where

my husband lives, calling to say an (incompetent) aide had rolled him out of bed. Although he was conscious, he was bleeding profusely from two cuts on his head, and the ambulance was taking him to the emergency room at.the local hospital. I rushed into the ER thirty minutes When later, I found a doctor and nurse trying to stop the bleeding and attempting to determine if there was neurological damage. X-rays were taken which showed no skull fracture. As the doctor put in nine stitches to close the cut on top of his head, he said: '"The cut is so deep you can see his skull!" Arriving back home shortly before seven, I called our two daughters to tell them about the accident. I also wanted to tell our son, Bob, but he and his family were at the beach on vacation. There was no phone in their ccndo and Bob had told me before 1-eaving that if I wanted to contact him, I would need to c;:ill the local police so they could go to his condo and Since the accident tell him to phone home. turned out to not be life threatening, I de cided not to involve the police, but I kept thinking: "I wish I could tell Bob." For some reason, Bob had stuck his beeper in his luggage and at about 7:30, it began beeping with an unusual sound. Bob was in bed and jump ing up, saw numbers on the beeper screen th=1t

meant nothing. He dressed and said to his wife Terri, who was in the living room at the time and also heard the beeping, "Maybe Mom is try ing to call me." Bob went to the pi3y phone outside his condo and called. My thought is that my unseen friends, 'know ing' about Charles and my desire to tel 1_ Bob about it, somehow affected his beeper, impress "Call home!" We might also ing on him to: ;::ihead of time wonder if ' they' somehow knew what was going to happen and 'directed' Eob, without his being aware of it, to take his beeper, which made no sense. The distance be tween the beach and Annapolis is 150 miles, aTJd there was no way any call from here would have activated the beeper. If Bob had left the beep there would have been no sound and er home, nothing to give him the idei3 he should call. So mi'lny imponderables! It is such incidents that make me feel my loving, unknown ccntc1cts ;=1re very near, totally aware of special needs and concerns. As a re result , I also feel extremely close to them. I would be interested in knowing what you Perhaps I think about the beeper experience. THE BENEFITS OF BACKGROUND NOISE Erland Babcock, MA, sent me the above tit led article which appeared in the Aug. 1995 issue of "Scientific American". In his letter, Erland wrote: "The article will explain why noise is important when trying to

make EVP re cordings. Final 1.y, a 'scientific' article on something we have known about for years." Quoting from the r1rticle, we read: "During the pa.st decade researchers have found that background noise is sometimes useful. Many systems, ranging from electronic circuits to rierve cells, work better amid random noise. "This phenomenon is known as stochastic resonance. A weak force coup led with noise c;;in, on occr'¾sion, give enough energy to ( the force--voices? S.E.) to increase the cutout. If the input (noise) falls below a certain R;:indom noise threshold, there is no output. can benefit faint signals (voices) in non linear systems by boosting threshold the the voices audible ... S.E.) them over (make ;=1 to which "The degree signal benefits depends heavily on adding the right amount of random noise. If too little noise is added, the signal is not significantly boosted. Add the enhanced ing too much noise overwhelms signal. There is an optimal amount of noise that conveys the most information (help). This bonus finding--that noise is recent rather than burst of interest in stochastic resonance in almost every science where noise and thres holds are encountered." a c> nuisance--has caused ? sometimes The lesson to be le:::irned from this article is that in taping voices, the best results are obtained by adding a 'controlled' sound source. As I have mentioned previously, an interesting observatiori I have made is that the voices tend to take on the quality of the sound source used. THOUGHTS TO PONDER

"After taping for almost Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator wrote: thirteen years, I c>m still very much in awe of the ex perience. It has fully confirmed my belief in an 'afterlife' .=ind I am totally convinced of the existence of other dimensions, also. "However, I must ;:idmit to a slight ambiva lence about it all! on a ment<'l l and spiritual level, I these things and accept them 100%. But on a physical level , at times, I find the concept sti 11 hard to conceive. That part of me is always trying to rationalize it 'know' 2. From September 1-4, the first meeting of INIT ( Internationa 1 Network for Instrumental Transcommunication) was held at Dartington Hall, Devon, England. 'Ihe meeting, closed to the pub lic and media, was attended by 15 individuals leading ITC researchers. who are the world's 'Ihey came from nine countries. 'Ihe purpose of the meeting was to form an international organ ization (similar to the United Nations) that would collaborate in bringing information to the world about transcommunication. 'Ihe meeting discussed ways to improve, ex pand , and protect ITC. Dr . Rolf Determeyer , Germany, and ~ark Macy, U.S., presented similar 'road maps' of the spirit worlds; circles with in circles, with the physical world at the out er edge and the 'Source' or 'God' at the center. Dr. Emde, Germany, agreed and said: "Our job is to do the will of the inner circle." Maggy Harsch-Fischbach, Luxembourg, that "negative" researchers can

get contacts of a lower nature, and it is im90rtant for those of us who are aligned to higher forces, to unite our energy. commented those On Sunday afternoon, in attendance formally agreed to found the international or ganization and named it INIT. Goals were set. Their underlaying aim is to ensure that ITC spreads with an ethical/moral base as well as a technical one. This declaration, written in German and English, was signed by all. Many more i terns were discussed during the long weekend meeting and although there is more to accomplish, it is extraordinary how much was achieved during this time. Most of the coun tries represented at the meeting will begin operating within a framework in which they hope the international concept of the group of INIT will grow and strengthen in the coming year. touch with each other Members will stay in through a quarterly newsletter. Plans for the future are already being made. Credit gees to Mark Macy of Continuing Life instrumental in organ Research, CO, who was izing the conference. His close friend, Mrs. Alison van Dyk, supplied most of the funds for the meeting, assisted by Lifebridge Found;:ition As a and the Institute of Noetic Sciences. result of their generosity, all expenses for each invited person were ccmpletely covered. I, also, had been invited to attend the conference as a founding member but had to decline with deep regret because of the fragile condition of my husband. Mark has begun a nonprofit

organization in the U.S. for INIT, and will function as editor for correspondence, publishing a newsletter for Hans Heckmann, because of his the members . fluency in Germa·, and English, and deep know ledge of ITC, will be the secretary for the U.S. group. Dale Palmer will be the legal advisor on the board. I have been asked to be a board member , along with Dale, Hans , Mark and his The five of us will work closely to wife. further develop the aims of INIT. BUYING A OOMPUTER FOR VOICE ANALYSIS Many thanks are again owed to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, who continues translating the German VTF Journal for us, in spite of his very busy schedule. In a Journal published this year, there was an article about computers. Quoting from it we read: "The computer is not meant to be a sub s ti tute for conventional voice recordings but In addition to the acoustic becomes a support. control check through our hearing, the computer provides an additional visual control. Deciding on a particular system depends on the widespread software which runs under DOS ± WINOOWS. Com puters with processors 486 DX2, 486 DX or Pen tium with 44, 50, 66, or 100 MHz which allows higher processing speed are usable for our purpose. "Attention should be paid to using VESA-LOCAL BUS main-board, because d;:ita transfer between processor and its periphery is much faster. "The tested programs, voe 386 for WINDOWS, Blaster master and Blaster-Tools are

available. Their disadvantages are a diminished signal res olution on the screen and disturbing crackling sound when cutting to tone data. "There is a difference in the program WAVE for WINOOWS. This system is distinguished by absolute quietness and cleanness when cutting the tone data, high resolution of details and good processing speed. Especially noteworthy is the ability to slow dcwn the sound data sev the originril eral steps without sacrificing pitch. This has always been a primary demrind for voice research." There is a great deal more about computers from the VTF Journal translated for us by Hans, but I realize some of you are not computer buffs. If you would like Han's entire trans lation, please send me a stamped, self-addressed business size envelope, and I will mail it to you promptly. VOICES--VOICES--VOICES In a later VTF Journal translated for us by Hans Heckmann, Hans reports on an article by Fidelio Koeberle who wrote: "'Iheo Bleitgen demonstrated in Cologne a sensational computer ized audio filter system that is more effective than anything we have heard before. It is poss ible now to clean 'old' voices we had disregarde 5. she has to do a taped video presentation and she will do hers on EVP. She hopes this will create interest among the other students. Jackie Colligan, NV, is under book and movie contract with a Los Angeles agent. The agent has three of her book manuscripts and feels they show much promise. The title of the first book

is: EARTHOOUND SPIRITS SHARE OUR HOME. I t focuses on the experiences she and her family have had in their home with the unseen, and the taped messages Jackie has received. Bart Ellis, CA, called and said a TV camera crew frOITI "Sightings" came to his home and in terviewed him about his work with voice phenom ena. This will be shown on a future show. Miehe l Granger, France, wrote that he had completed reading my book which is selling well in bookstores throughout France. He said, in referring to the book: "What a bath of fresh ness." He will write about it in his weekly chronicle called: DIMANCHE and encourage his readers to buy a copy of the book. Dale Kaczmarek, IL, sends many interesting (England) , In Psychic News articles to me. there was an article titled: "Television View ers Invited to Send Tapes on EVP for Testing. " People in the viewing arec'l were encouraged to send to the station examples of EVP voices they had on tape. The tapes would be sent to Germany for closer examination. The results of the test will be featured in a future program. INTEREST CONTINUES TO GROW People he;:ir about us--I often wonder how- and write or ca 11 for more information about the AA-EVP. In 1995, 87 people contacted me about our group, pf which about 12% live in other countries. Seventy-six people asked for information in 1994. so the gain--although mod est--is a positive one. ISRAEL AND

JAPAN JOIN US Did you notice how many members and friends from other countries contributed to our Winter Newsletter? Look it over again. I think you'll be surprised at the number. This is how it should be. The voices are world-wide and demon strate how, in the end, we are essentially one. It is always a pleasure to we l.come new members and a special joy to count another country on our membership list. Israel and Japan can now be added to our growing number. BEYOND SYNCHRONICITY In early December, I wrote to three friends: "I think at this time of year, many of us are haunted by ghosts of Christmases past." This is a familiar saying from Charles Dickens. In a recent letter, Ed Moore wrote: "On the ~vening of Dec. 23rd, the phone rang. It was a weak, funny sounding ring. My nephew c=mswered 'Someone says it's the phone and called to me: the ghost of Christmas past. ' I went to the phone but all I heard was strange static, that sounded like a computer. The line stayed like thr1t until 10:00 P.M., then resumed its normal dial tone. My nephew said the voice was deep and hollow. Was it a joke or EVP? 11 Perhaps I will be forgiven if I say that I believe 'someone' in the next dimension knew the unique sentence I h;:id written to three people and used Ed as an intermediary to prove unseen existence. I want to stress I did

not write thr1t particular sentence to Ed, and he doesn't know the three to whom I sent it. In addition, ;;it five on the afternoon of Dec. 23rd, I bought my first computer (which Ed also atai'r't know). Yet, that is the sound he heard on his phone line for two hours ,3fter the c;::il l. To me, this is extremely strong evidence we are communicating with other realities. I feel, persona 11. y, it is an example of cross-corres pondence, norma 11 y regarded by survival re searchers as some of the best evidence we have for survival of individual consciousness. INIT-U.S. On December 22nd, the board members of INIT U.S. had their first board meeting. INIT is an international network for instru mental transcommunication. Mark Macy, of Con tinuing Life Research, hr.1s begun ;:i nonprofit organizr1tion in the U.S. for it and will act as President and editor of the newsletter. Hans Heckmann (PA AA-EVP member), Dale Palmer ( IN AA-EVP member), and I are board members. In the telephone conference call arranged by Mark, all of us were 'present' and gave ideas to help the group move forward. The name of the triannuc1l newsletter is Contact! It wil.l focus on reports of spirit communicr.1tion research. Books and t.=i.pes will be available. For a $24 for yen.r's subscription to Contact! Send U.S. m.=i.iling. Canada, Mexico and overseas sur face mail is $26. Overseas airmail is $39. All funds must be in U.S. currency. Write: INIT- U.S.--P.O. Box 11036--Boulder,

CO 80301. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 29th. May 1996 be a year filled with joy for you, with dreams realized as you continue your quest towards the light. Always my best wishes, ~~w.r AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410> 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 14 Number 4 AA-EVF NEWS Winter 1996 11 FROM~ VIEWPOIITT '!he year is closed, the record made, The last deed done, the last word said. '!he memory alone remains Of all its joy, its griefs, its gains. And now with purpose full and clear, We turn to meet another year." Robert Browning The end is the beginning. The oast, the present, the future are there; many mystics believe they exist simultaneously. Not many of us have the gift of precog think it would be nition--and at times I more of a curse th;::in ,3 gift. th:;:it David Bohm, one of the world's most re spected quantum physi~ists, s;:iys the t;;ingible reality of ocr everydc>y lives is ;:i kind of illusion, like;:, holographic image. Underneath it is a deeper order of existence that gives birth to all the objects and appearances of our physical world . He c::i l ls this deeper level of reality the implicate order (or enfolded order) and our own level of life 3S the explic;:,te (unfolded order). Heady, confusing thoughts? Perhaps. You may feel they' re nonsense and not wish to involve

your thinking with this. Some of the evidence Bohm and other physicists present is convincing, and while we can't say: "Any , it certainly seems that each thing gees! 11 person construe-ts his own unique reality. Let's not concern ourselves further :::it this time with implicate orders of existence but look more at the explicate order. '!hat, real l.y, is another word for what we think has gene on in the past in our life, or is the present--the results of going on at which may possibly lead to the future. Browning expresses it very we 11 for us and his poem could be meaningful to the life of just about everyone who re;:ias it. Here is is, Janu~ry 1996, a new year for each of us, whatever reality we i::hoose to create. However, here ag;:iin, we have to ;:icknowledge that some religions ;md cultures say it is not 1996, but :;1 different year large majority altogether. Wh;:itever. The of us accept 1996, r\nd even for those who don't, they too have their own New Ve;::,r, a time for starting afresh. ;:i So, 1995 is rlosed. We have made our record, our mark ucon it . Deeds '1ave been done, . words spoken. The memory of them wi 1 l remain with us for a long time, perh=:ips for ever. We may regret some of our deeds and the words we spoke, or regret not h;:iving done other things, or sooken words of love and comfort more freely. We 1cannot

forget loved one the grief we exi;,erienced when died, was further handi~apoed, or ;:i cher ished project f~iled to rn~teri~lize. There was joy though, throughout the year, oerh ➔ps I think ~t times, we more thdn we rer1lized. i.n person?l grief ::>nd become so immersed to be open to the probl.ems, that we f::ii 1_ simole ::il_l around us, w::iitinq in our own personr1l. re ality to be ;;,~kno,;.,ledged.· H1s r111ything been gained? We rn2y need to look ~ bit h::irde:~r fc,r this, th;::111 the joy we feel ;:it a be=:iutiful sunrise, or the smile of a stranger who I think, though, each of crossed our path. us has m;;ide a positive gain in the year con cluded. It may seem we are more on the debit than the ~redit side, but gain ;:ind loss wear different coats .=ind should not be balanced one ::igainst the other. Even withholding an unkind word is a gain. Trying to be more compassionate and understanding are all im If we look, we'll find them, portant gains. .=i.nd I suspect there are more than we thought. joys 2nd delights which are Yes, everything that m.=ikes up the rer1lity of our life is important. We take with us to the next world, what we are here. As we begin intirn;:itely connected to the life just concluded. that life, it will be Let us, as Browning suggested, be full of a determined purpose to meet this new yer1r with the best we have to offer--and a

bit more. Let us stretch the peri:-eived limits we have placed upon ourselves, ;:ind go beyond. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State Konstantin Raudive CALLS AGAIN On November 7th, I rnade n five minute re cording. Upon playback there was one Cl.=lss A message at the end. A voice said: "~ness." This wc1s evidential for the d::i.y before I had taken my husband, Charles, to the hospital for ;::i test. The results were poor and gre?t sorrow was felt by both of us. Leiter, on the morning of the seventh, I had to le;::ive the house for two hours. Upon return ing, I checked with the telephone company's answering service and learned I had one call . I heard: "Dear Sarah, this is Konstantin Raudi ve. '!banks a lot for the engagement in ITC and its recent development. OUr medical group here on this side is working on intertwaining ( inter twining) lots of life and afterlife of Charles. I can assure you that every possible interven tion will be made. This is Konstantin Raudive." The message lasts for 40 seconds and the voice is identical to the voice that called me J.::in. 27th, 1994. I t is loud and cle.::ir and there is no doubt about the interpretation. r1 I shared the content of this message with 14 people in this country ,md nbrond. Many wrote or called, some saying it was 'gift' of love from Raudi ve to

help ease my stress. He and his colleagues 'know' what is going on in my life and Charles', nnd were aware of what had taken place the day before at the hos pital. With this call, they re~ssured me that ' intertwin their medical group is working on ing' portions of Charles' current life with his life to come and that he will receive nll possible help--medically, emotionally, and psy chologically after he makes his transition. The significance of the call is immeasur able. Those of us working in the field of sur vival research suspected that a person receives • the help he needs .::ifter death so he can move on to a healthy and productive life in the next dimension. Now, we have ;:in objective voice on tape tel ling us that this does indeed happen. On a personal level, it has helped to less en my depression as I found it very reassuring and comforting. indebted to the other side for their great kindness. As usual , I am carolyn SUllivan LIBERANT Word has been received from the estate of carolyn Sullivan, that she made her transition in september. Carolyn joined us in 1987 and contributed from time to time to our newsletter. After her to N. c. . She wrote husband died, she moved the unusual phenomena about some of that or.curred right before ;:\nd after her husband's death. She had no doubt that we survived death in an individual, conscious state. I .::im confident that

she and her husband have been reunited .:ind I know all of us wish her a journey into the world beyond death. happy COMPlJI'ER ASSISTED DIGITAL ENHANCEMENT Geoffrey Ti lga, N. v. AA-EVP member, has called several times and sent me information on how the noise on tapes may be gre~tly reduced. Tapers are in something of a Catch 22 situ ation. Background sound is necessary if a fair number of loud, clear voices are desired. How ever, the background sound source that is used to help bring this .::ibout, ends up on tape, at times overshadowing the voices that spe;:ik. Wlv:it to do? More and more research is being done to try to eliminate the noise as much as possible. Computer enhancement, which filters out at least some of the noise, is being used. Geoffrey sent me a tape on which he had put some of rny voice examples, as well as his own. First, we heard them unfiltered, then filtered. I t did seem to help r.1t least in some of the cases. Class A examples were still r.lass A, but a bit better. The same for Class B. Class c. were still mostly poor, but one or two were im proved enough so you could tell whnt wns snid. Geoffrey wrote: "The Apollo Moon Flight of the ;1970s, used a process called computer Assisted Enhancement to remove noise from radio voice communication with the astronauts. We've npplied this to EVP with outstanding results, erasing most noise. A

program cr.1lled cool Edit does the same thing with EVP, and is compc=itible with IBM 386/486 PCs." If you would like a copy of the cool Edit program that was developed by Dnvid Johnston, Geoffrey will send it to you, along with in structions, for $2.00 U.S. or $5.00 outside U.S. (U.S. currency). Geoffrey stressed it will only work for those who have an IBM computer, or IBM compatible computer. sound card and a mouse. You must also have ;:i Once you have tried the progr~m and if you want to continue using it, you are honor bound to send Dave Johnston ;:i check for his program. Geoffrey thought this might be about $30. His r.1ddress will be given with the instructions. To receive your copy of the disk send ($2 or $5) to Geoffrey-12 Meig St.-Rochester, N.Y. 14607. OUR TAPERS REPORT AA-EVP tapers ::ire busy taping and getting A number have written in the last results! three months, reporting their success. 2. Dr. A. Hedri-Prize For Eoipsychology 1996 • • II In December I received a registered letter from Dr. Theo Locher, retired professor of math- ematices, Brugg, Switzerland.. Q.Ioting from it, he wrote: "We have the pleasure to inform you, that the Jury of our Hedri-Found.:::ition has de cided to r1ward you the Dr. A Hedri-Prize for Epi psycho logy 1996 in recognition of your gre;:it work in the field of Tape-Voice research together with your "American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomenn" , for your periodical :::ind your

book, as well as for your influence on the mass media. "This Prize, the Prize for Exopsycho logy ;:md the Prize of our "Swiss Foundation for Para psychology" Biel , wi 11 be awr.1rded 9 February in the large ;:iuditorium of the University of Berne." Dr. Locher, internationally known in survival research, is President of the Found;:ition. Epi psychology is defined as "science of conscious ness of life after death." In his letter, Dr. Locher wrote that the r.1ward ( which is .:::i very generous one monet.:::iri l y) will be shared equally between George Meek r1nd myself. George ;:ind I have talked since our notification and we both feel immensely honored to be recog nized for this prestigious r1ward. For myself, I feel as if I have received r1 Nobel Prize in Pr1rapsychology. EVP TONES IBn McKee, Four years .::igo, IL & FL State Coordinr1tor, sent me a tr1pe on which were sound effects produced by the other side r.1nd evidently used to help them speak. The first wr1s a vari able tone that started low, went up to high , then back down again. The second unusual sound effect was a clear gong sound thnt immedi;::itely preceded the message: "Wait! 'lbe fact of signals go beyond." IPn commented on the tape that he frequently hears this gong before a messr1ge. Professor or. Ernst senkowski of Germany, when he heard about this, wrote that he also had in his heard similar tones which were He presence at Hans-otto Konig'

s wrote: "There is something about the tones en hancing voice communication . " He ;osked: "So why do not our experimenters '::i.nswer' by using these tones as taped to improve contacts?" taoed laboratory. EVP TONE TAPE AGAIN AVAILABLE In our last newsletter (Autumn '95) I quoted •On page 4 from F.d Moore's (OH) letter: "After a long dry period of taping, I got two good voit::es using your Sound Source Tape ;is my background "Ed. " I taped: "011" and my own name, sound. After rerlding this, several members wrote and asked if I still h;:id the tone t;:ipe avni lab le. Yes I do. In the Spring '92 newsletter, I wrote that I had a tone tr1pe'Df sounds taped at 131 MHz. '!he voices often began their messages with these sounds. I isolated the sounds on a six minute endless cassette tape which I'd play at ;:is my sound times, on a portable recorder source while making a regular recording on my primary recorder. I offered to send to inter ested members a copy of the tr1pe. Over 30 people wrote for it. Al though I wr1s eager to have feedback about it, only several replied. They felt it helped in a limited way. • My offer still st.::inds. I will send you a 15 minute cassette tnpe of these sounds for $3 to cover the cost of the tape c1nd m:::ii ling. Interestingly enough, while I was making the origin;::il t.=ipe some years ago, a C'lass B

male voice, about six minutes into.the tape, gives r1 mess;:ige that c.::in be her1rd without he.::idl;>hones. Since the t.::ipe was copied · from the endless cassette tape, you will hear it again near the I' 1.1 not say at this time twelfth minute. what the mess:::ige is, except it is an .::ipproori ~te one for the tape. If you order the tape and hear the message, please let me know wh;::it you he~r. I r1m also especi.::illy interested in any taping results you hr1ve while using the tape. Perhaps I can give feedb;:'lck in r1 future newsletter. MY OVERSEAS MAILBAG Monique Simonet, Fr.::ince, wrote that she and her close friend, Jean Cordnt, have just com pleted writing a book: Songs of Eternal Love. It will be published this year by du Rocher of Pr1ris. The book focuses on the telepr.1thic and other means of contact Cordat has had with his wife, Beatrice, since she died a few years ago. One of the contacts was a phone call Cordat h:::id from Be::itrice on his birthday. Several phones in the home r"'ng ~t the same time an<l although he picked up the phone, the one in his office continued ringing~ Several friends were there for dinner, helping him observe his birthday. Everyone present henrd the phones ring, and the "gurgle" of voices on the re ceiver that had been picked up. Martin Wenzel, Germ.::iny, wrote in December: "Your newsletter I read :::ilways with interest I'm still learning specially by and pleasure. I

hope mr.1ny reading: "From My Viewpoint. " oeop le learn the lesson and understand the message ( from your news letters) . We survive our death. We wi 11 never be destroyed!" NEWS FROM AND APOlJr MEMBERS Lisa Butler, KS, wrote that she is taking classes at Delphi University in Georgia. Delphi is ;:i school th.:Jt teaches about alternate he;:Jl. ing ns well as al.tern;:itive energies. Lisa said 5. conference, sleep in comfortable dorm rooms and eat in the cafeteria. The reasonable fee covers all expenses. For info. call Paul: 1--800-245-1389. Glass, .Japan, teaches English at a college in that country. He is working on a project and would appreciate help from other AA-EVP members. He is especially looking for examples of neologisms, use of unusual or antiquated English, and exotic or unidentifiable language. If you have Class A or B taped examples, he would appreciate your sending them to him. He promises to respond individually to each letter. He· is on the cross-country list. Tina Laurent, Wales, has volunteered to trans late letters addressed to me in Arabic. Over the last few years, she has appeared on 8 TV shows and has had pieces written about her in many newspapers and magazines, all focusing on elec tronic communication with the unseen. FATE CALLS In February, Terry O'Neill, Editor-in-Chief of FATE magazine, called. She said FATE would like to do a 1,000 word interview with me concern ing my work and the AA-EVP. A few days later, Dawn Brunke, a

writer for FATE, called .. The taped interview lasted for an hour. Two weeks after the interview I received a letter from Dawn. She wrote that she had called Terry and said there was no way she could do justice to my work with ITC, or the AA-EVP, in just 1,000 words. Terry gave her permission to go ahead and make it 2,000 words. The interview, along with my picture sitting in front of my taping equipment, is in the May issue of FATE. I am pleased with the result which focuses on electronic communication and the AA EVP. Another article in the same issue: "A • Ghost In The Machine" by Don Olsowski, is also excellent. It gives good coverage as to the different ways the unseen communicate with us through various electronic instruments. A large part of it concerns my work with the invisibles and also my book: Voices of Eternity. I think you'll enjoy both articles. COUNTING NOSES MEMBERSIDPRENEWALPROBLEMS Our foreign members have difficulty at times sending the $20 fee for their renewals. Some send a check made out to a specific bank in the U.S. There is no problem depositing such checks, but those members discover their own banks charge a hefty fee. Most members opt to send -$20 in cash. This is a bit risky, but none has ever been lost. Others send a postal money order. Until recently, our post offices would accept such checks. Now they no longer do. Our banks will deposit

a check from a foreign bank, but turn around and charge me heavily. For instance, on a check from a Canadian bank for $20, I will only receive credit for $13. Having your bank write: "Payable in U.S. We always try to take a special look at member Funds" doesn't solve the problem. They must ship in our anniversary newsletter. Total number actually have it payable by a named U.S. bank. I, · of paid members now is about the same as in April obviously, cannot take a loss on foreign checks. '95. In 1994-95, we took in 66 new members. Most organizations charge a good deal more for From April '95 to the present time we've received foreign members because postage alone can easily 68. For the 14th year in a row, rr:en out number be double over domestic postage. I've never done women. Last year we had 30 more men than wom this. Since January 1986, the dues have remained en. This year, the gap is even wider with 44 'extra' men. CA, with 23 members leads in mem at $20 for everyone, in spite of large increases in printing, stationary, and yes, postal rates. I have bership. MD is right behind with 22. only been able to maintain the $20 membership fee because of the generosity of some members who at renewal time, will add extra--"to help you out!" they write. As you know, I have never solici ted for extra money. It's something I wouldn't feel

comfortable doing. I do have to ask though, that our members living in other countries--each who I cherish highly, pay their renewal in U.S. funds. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Summer NEWS is June 21st. To each and every member, thank you for making the past year and all the years preceding it possi ble. As I wrote in my first Viewpoint, "We are on our way!...We, together, are the Association. . .. Together, we will do great things!" We have done some great things--sharing what we have learned with others; holding out our hand to help and give comfort. Each of us is a light bearer. You have helped light my path and I remain grateful to every one of you. CONFERENCE IN JUNE Paul Johnson, FLAA-EVP member, will be holding his 22nd Anniversary Conference at beautiful Lake Forest College, IL, from June 2-7. The theme is:Discovering Our Oneness. These con ferences are always excellent, with outstanding speaker~ and workshops. Those attending the Always, my best wishes, ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER (410> 573-0873 QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 15 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1996 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Happy Birthday to us! It was in May 1982 that I mailed our first newsletter, which was four pages long, to 25 members in ten states and Canada. Now that we are fourteen, and this is our 57th newsletter, we can celebrate our advanced age

by doing something different. This is the first computer generated newsletter I have written. In the Winter NEWS ('96) I mentioned rd bought a computer the afternoon of Dec. 23rd. Those of you who have computers, perhaps know the struggles that ensued as you tussled with all of the intricacies of this complex beast. I call it a 'beast' for all too often it seemed to have its own mind and would go in a direction, different from the one I wanted to pur sue. I purchased a 'user friendly' machine, since I knew it would be up to me to figure it out; there would be no one to show me what to do. In spite of its reputation of being user friendly, that has not always been the case. Too often I was 'bombed' (yes, that's an actual word in its lexicon) and the shrieking sound that followed, made me want to grab up my little dog, Lovey Dove, and head for the hills. Other times the screen would freeze and in spite of all my efforts, remain stuck in that mode. There was nothing to do but turn the thing off ( one time I even had to pull the plug) to shut it down. This, as anyone knows who is 'into' computers, is a grievous crime. After gathering up my courage and turning it back on (or putting the plug back into the wall),a sad face would appear on my screen with tears running down its

cheeks tell ing me I had turned the computer off incorrect ly. I've decided the thing has an I. Q. 1,000 points higher than my own. Patience and perseverance is usually rewarded. I can now play a mean game of Solitaire on it and type most personal letters using the word processing feature. The Spring Newsletter is my next brave attempt to move forward. Up until now, I have always used my Olympia electronic typewriter. It had a built-in spelling check and would whistle at me if I typed a word incorrectly. Early on, I quickly learned it always whistled if I typed "psychic" "paranormal" "mediumistic" and so forth. It was obvious that the Olympia or rather the person who pro grammed it, wanted nothing to do with anything related to what is called paranormal. In that one aspect, I can agree with the programmer- although for completely different reasons. To me, there is really nothing that is paranormal. It's just a handy buzz word, but that's a differ ent Viewpoint. We often call what happens out of the ordinary, especially when it's regarded as paranormal, as a miracle. St. Augustine wrote: " Miracles happen, not in opposition to Nature, but in opposition to what we know of nature." Exactly. Does my computer whistle? No, but it does have a very good checking system. When I fin ish a document, I bring up the spelling check. It quickly shows me all of my mistakes and even tells me how the

word should be spelled. I click "Replace" and my word disappears while their word shows on the screen. How does it feel about words such as "mediumistic" and "psychic" that my Olympia hated? It accepts them. All of this points out a very simple thing. I think we each basically form our own reality. We learn to live more or less comfortably within the parameter we create around our indi vidual life. What has meaning to me in the field of psychic phenomena, and what I find accept able, may have no meaning and be unaccept able to others--whether it refers to people or computers or electronic typewriters. That doesn't necessarily make one better than another, at least when we talk about individu als. We each must decide upon our individual goal and then pursue the path in honesty and determination, whatever obstacles may appear, towards that destination. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State BEST FROM THE PAST With this, our anniversary newsletter, it seems appropriate to begin a new feature. From time to time I enjoy looking over newsletters from the past. It helps give me a better perspective of where we have come from and the direction we seem to be heading~ Since our first newsletter in May 1982, there have been a number of outstand ing articles. Many of them have not been read by our newer members, and even those who have been members since the

early years, could have forgotten them. In the future, upon occasion, I plan to offer: "'l'he Best From The Past." In the Summer 1987 newsletter, I wrote: "Listen For Code Words." This was contributed by David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, and a charter member of AA-EVP. David wrote: "Some members might be interested and listen for CODE messages." He has found that at times those on the other side use some of the words he has used in his comments or questions for their answers. I know this happens in my own_ taping. In fact, I frequently remind those in other dimen sions to try to use as many of the unique words I have used in my questions, in their replies. I explain that if they can do this, it will be evidential I am hearing from them, and have not picked up a radio transmission. If I asked: "Please tell me if you are in my office," and within several seconds I tape: "We are in your office now," I can be rea sonably confident I have recorded a message from another dimension. UPDATE: Code words still frequently occur for some tapers. Please check your message logs and let me know if you have unique code words being used by the unseen. Perhaps I can mention this in a future newsletter. SPIRITVOICES/vsJLIFE TIME VOICES There has been consternation among some individ uals about the difference between a contact's spirit voice and the voice he had during his life.

They accuse the taper of fraud who says he has recorded the voice of a well-known person, usually active in the transcommunication field before his death. I have tried frequently to point out that we can't label anyone a cheat because this voice sounds different today than that of 25 years ago. My words have largely fallen upon deaf ears. These people, many who pride themselves as (pseudo) scientists, or gifted with great electronic know-how, seem to forget that at death our body goes through great physical changes. The voice box goes and it would be unreasonable to think that this deceased individual should still sound the same. A recent letter from Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, further explains the situation faced by those who speak to us from other dimen sions. Hans wrote: "(One) main argument for fakery (is) the dissimilarity of spirit voice and life time voice. It is explainable when we understand that spirit has to totally recreate their own life. time human voice with their mind. The memory of the sound of their voice is vague. The output of the spirit mind is extremely rapid. The being must learn again to adopt the slow measured rhythm of their former voice. The mere fact that they can 'speak' at all is a miracle." THOUGHTS ABOUT EVP Jeff King, New Zealand AA-EVP member, sent me a long letter in which he wrote: "Have been giving the whole field of EVP some thought lately and the following is a

list of properties that (I feel) are associated with the technical aspects of the process." You may not agree with all of Jeff's ideas, but they are thought provoking and worthy of considera tion. I will quote from them. 1. "Spirits do not have physical voice boxes; therefore, their mes sages are not conveyed through sound vibrations or directly recordable via microphones. 2. "Spirit~ have no earthly radio transmitters, therefore mes sages cannot be picked up directly via radio receiv ers as a normal radio message. Tuning a radio to specific bands to improve voice clarity may help, but again it isn't picking up a spirit radio broad cast. 3. "Voices are still heard over radios and via recorders which use microphones, despite 1 and 2 above. The medium of reception, therefore, is not the microphone or aerial of radio. 4. "If Spirit voices are not a sound or a radio transmis sion, what are they? They are a "spirit inten tion", which: a. affects existing signals within the tape deck which are initially picked up via mike, or generated as internal noise with the deck. b. affects existing sounds with the radio, picked up via the aerial or internally generated as noise. c. affects both radio and tape deck simultaneously as above. Without the existing sound or signals, the "intention" has nothing to "work on". 5. "Where in the radio or tape deck does the spirit intention work on the existing elec tronic signals? This is the focus of

serious EVP technical researchers and when finally discovered will lead to other spiritual electronic devices, such as aura recorders and thought-operated applianc es, etc." that has gone, and so I wrote to the three individu als named: " I think at this time of year, many of us are haunted by ghosts of Christmases past". None of these people knew Ed, and obviously hadn't passed the message on to him. It was clear to me that the other side knew I had written this to one or more persons. It also appeared as if they had picked up my emotional sadness during this holiday season. Through this shockingly wonderful news from Ed, however, I had to wonder how they had decided to use him as the 'messenger'. Ed and I have never met. We know each other only casu ally through the few brief letters we've exchanged since he joined the AA-EVP in October 1990. Ed had no idea of the significance of the phone call, until I enclosed a letter to him with his Winter NEWS mailed Jan. 19th. He replied to this with great joy. Quoting from his letter he wrote: "What a thrill I got reading your letter. I can't get over how 'they' worked it out. Every step worked together to get a meaningful message for you. It gave me chills and brought tears to my eyes. As you said, it is a 'blessing'! Here's another touch I think they worked in. Every time I tape,

I ask for a message to give to Sarah Estep. Well, nothing ever came through. Now I have my definite proof. No question about it". Yes, that is the proof our contacts with the invisi bles are genuine, for those who doubt. Those who know me, know I seldom use the word "proof' but here I use it unreservedly. It is also now clear why they used Ed--because each time he taped, he asked for a message for me ( which I didn't know letter came). I look upon this as the until his strongest case on record of cross-correspondence. and the tape impressive. He inquired if any formal studies had ever been made of the taped voices. I assured him that my tapes, and the tapes of many other experimenters, had been tested in electronic laboratories and all showed the proper characteristics of speech. He commented that it was fascinating and would send me a copy upon publication. This arrived the first week in April. Although several fields of psychic phenomena are mentioned, perhaps over 80% of it is devoted to the UFO question. The AA-EVP is mentioned. Single issues are available for $8.00. To order, call Customer service at (202) 887-8621. AA-EVP WRITERS The AA-EVP has its own 'stable' of writers. Many of our members have been published, or are cur rently publishing. In the last three months, I have received from: Eli Feldman, N.Y., several of his newsletters that he publishes frequently. All of these newsletters, focus

on Eli's personal contacts with well-known individuals working in the field of survival. He also reviews various tabloid articles. Michel Granger, France, sent me a copy of the weekly newsletter DIMANCHE, which he pub lishes and that has a circulation of90,000 readers. He gives a long and favorable review of my book: Voix de l'eternite (Voices of Eternity) and in a personal note, wrote that he hopes his review will encourage his readers to buy a copy. Rozella Roberts, CA, sent me a copy of her interesting book: Visions Of The Infinite. It also contains spirit photographs. Rozella has published a number of books. These three individuals are on our cross-country list. If you wish further infor mation, you can write to them directly, or contact me. Self-addressed stamped envelopes for something like this are always appreciated. THE CONGRESSIONAL QUARTERLY In February, Charles Clark, a staff writer for the magazine: The Congressional Quarterly Researcher, called me. The office, located in Washington, D.C., publishes its magazine 48 times a year. Mr. Clark said he was writing a long article, for the March 29th, issue that would focus on psychic phenomena. He had heard about me and requested that I send him more information about transcommunication, as well as the AA EVP. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Alisa Butler, N.M. wrote that she and her hus band have just moved from KS to N.M. (new address on cross-country list). Her talk at Delphi University went well, and the demo tape of voices

I sent to her was a real hit. There were many questions and some individuals said they were going to try taping. She wrote: "We are dropping out from corporate jobs. My husband has had a new novel called: One Who Cares published. He will pursue his writing and I will be doing alterna tive healing therapies. As always, I will be telling people about EVP and how to tape and you, and your address." Bart Ellis, CA, called and said his work with voice phenomena will be featured on A few weeks later, Mr. Clark called. He thanked "Sightings" during"sweep"weekinApril. He will me for my help, found the information interesting be shown the week of the 20th or the 27th. Jesse Our last two newsletters were promptly sent, along with information about the AA-EVP, and my 45 minute Spirit/Space tape. 2. 5. dozens of voices by using just my small cassette recorder and an ionizer. They usually say just one word, but on occasion, when we accidentally knocked over a bottle with a candle in it, an Irish voice said: 'That was a narrow escape. You nearly broke the bottle.' "I believe my son has spoken at least twice. In the lat.est message, I joked about Victor hearing a knock in the kitchen while he was mixing Polyfilla. I said: 'Perhaps the Polyfilla went hard, and you dropped it and that was the knock we heard.' My son (in spirit) replied--and all of this is on tape: 'Yeah, very

funny, well, can you not laugh at ~ Without question, it was my'dead' son's voice, intonation and everything. I agree with you that EVP is a miracle. A miracle we can share with our loved ones." NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Rev. Berna-rd Baker, AZ, Superintendent of the Bureau of Phenomena for the National Spiritualist Church and on the board of directors, called me in June. He asked if I would be able to lead a work shop on taping voices at their national conference in Oct. This will be held in Las Vegas. Unfor tunately, I had to refuse his kind invitation. Ber nard will lead the workshop in my place. For fur ther information you can contact him at: 1710 E. Bell De Mar--Tempe 85283. Robert Camburn, PA, wrote an interesting article about Miracles in a recent Journal for Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship. Heidi Casasco, MD, is the program director for Noetic Sciences in the Annapolis area. She asked me to speak about ITC at their July meeting. Since I was unable to do this, Winnie Peten, MD AA-EVP member, kindly filled in for me. Jesse Glass, Ph.D., Japan, called me in May from Japan, where he teaches English at a women's col lege. He will be leading a group from his college to visit various historical sites in the U.S. in August. He will also read some of his poetry at two Univer sities in Boston and Syracuse. When we talked, Jesse told about a visit to an

ancient Buddhist temple in Japan. That night he had several vivid dreams/experiences. In each case, he was actu ally thrown violently out of his bed and almost forced to go to his balcony. The 'entity' tried to persuade Jesse to throw himself off the balcony which, because of the height, would have meant death. Jesse said he had to physically struggle with all of his strength against this unseen force. Eventually it left. Talking later to someone who knew the history of the temple, the person told Jesse that it had a long history of hauntings. Many people have reported seeing spectral figures while at the temple. In the last two months I have enjoyed surfing the Internet. While surfing around the countless UFO sites, I came across: "Flying Saucer Review". FSR is an excellent journal published in Great Britain. They have a long list of distinguished board members. Our own Mi.chel Granger, Ph.D., France, is listed on the board. Sally Ringen, IN, is another new member who joined after reading the FATE interview with me. She is a natural born intuitive, and is the Founding Director of The Marshall Center in Anderson. From the newspaper articles and other info she sent me, the Center is active in healing and offers many metaphysical classes. Ernst Senkowski, Ph.D., Germany, recently lectured at the Society for Psychical Research in London. E-MAIL BEING CONSIDERED Several members have suggested we offer E-mail to other members who have a computer and E mail capability. I

have mixed feelings about this. On the one hand, it could be convenient. On the other hand, it might become an albatross around one's neck. In any case, I have not ruled it out and so in line with this, you will find a special enclosure. If you have a computer and would like to receive and send E-mail messages, fill it our carefully. Please Print. If you have one incorrect digit, or letter, your E-mail will not 'fly'. This also means that I have to be able to read what you write. By filling out the enclosed form and signing your name, you indicate you want to be a part of the AA-EVP E-mail network. Deadline is Septem ber 16th. I will announce in your Autumn News letter (October) ifwe will have this feature, and if so, the first E-mail list will be enclosed with your newsletter at that time. Future E-mail lists will be enclosed with each quarterlynewsletter, similar to the cross-country list. LOOKING AT BOOKS Recently, I completed reading The Holographic Universe by Michael Talbot (Harper Perennial- 1992). It is an excellent book in every way, and I can't recommend it highly enough. It has helped me look at my universe and the possible universe(s) around it in a different, and much more appreciative way. Jackie Colligan wrote about some books she has just finished reading. She especially recommends: Merging Dimensions by Tom Dongo-P.O. Box 2571, Sedona, AZ 82339. Write to Tom for a list of his

other books. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Autumn News is Sept. 20th. Enjoy your summer! ~-·-· . ......._.. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS. MARYLAND 21401 (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER _ QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 15 Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS Summer 1996 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "Not once in the dim past, but continuously by conscious mind is the miracle of the creation wrought!" Arthur Eddington. Eddington was a noted and highly respected British scientist, who died in 1944 at the age of sixty-two. His efforts were mainly in the fields of astronomy and physics and he was also a writer of some repute. As a result of his work, he gained the title of "Sir" and from then on, was usually referred to as "Sir Arthur". Unknown to many was his keen interest in psychic phenomena and he did some investiga tions along that line while living. Those of you who have my Tape 4--the Reverse Voice Tape--hear Eddington say his name and then at number 32, give an inter esting and unique message. It is also eviden tial by its nature, that we, as tapers, record messages now and then that we were not intended to hear. Upon rare occasions we become eavesdroppers at the gate of et.amity. Was it Sir Arthur? We can't be sure, but he came several times with other well known sci entists to observe what I was doing. Knowing his background and his keen

mind and int.erest in scientific and PSI matters, it is reasonable to suspect that it was. For our purpose today, Eddington's interest in taping is relatively unimportant. What he said, however, when we look at the meaning behind his quoted words, gives us nutritious food for thought. If I 'read' him correctly, he believed that God, or whatever you want to call the force that made existence possible, didn't wave a wand and say: "Earth begin! Man Be!" Eddington, although not denying creation began this way, says that it is an on going matter, and that our conscious minds are always continuing the miracle of creation. I agree. Descartes, a French philosopher and mathe- matician, who died about 300 years before Eddington, said: "I think Therefore I am". I can agree with this, but there are all types of thinking; of awareness. Even those in a coma appear to have some brain activity. It is not the sort though that will do much in helping ease the ills of the planet. These unfortunat.e patients cannot be placed in the same cate gory as those fully alert, sentient individuals who appear to live as if they are also in a coma. How about life after death? In my writing, in interviews, in the lectures and workshops I have taught in the past, I always say: "Instrumental transcommunication provides objective evidence that we survive death in an individual conscious stat.a". Look at the bot tom of this page; you'll see it there.

Each mes sage we tape, each telephone call we receive from the world beyond death, the computer messages that appear on our screens now and then, demonstrate clearly that individual con sciousness is alive and well in the next dimen sion. Strikingly, these ITC messages can show clear, creative, thought processes going on. They think. They are. They are continuing to demonstrate, with their conscious mind, that the miracle of creation has never ended. I am not sure I would even want to survive if I thought otherwise. Recently I read: "I am a work in progress!" Ah, yes, that is the way we should look upon ourselves, each day. Our work is never fin ished. Every day we are creating what our present is, and what the future may bring. This idea has become very important to me. I never start the day without having it in mind and it occurs to me frequently as I move through the hours. All of us blot our copy book, but at the same time while we know we're not perfect, or even meant to be, we are a truly living work. We will continue to live it, to work at it, every day we live here and beyond. May you find the strength to try and write a masterpiece! Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State AUTOMATIC WRITING/EVP Mary Kunde, MD AA-EVP member, sent me an article written by Matthew Manning, well

known gifted. English psychic. This appeared in the August 1979 issue of FATE magazine. Manning wrote that although he rarely used aut.omati.c writing since he believes 80% originates in the unconscious mind of the medium, and you can rarely prove any of it, there have been excep tions. In one of them Graham, an unknown entity, repeatedly came through and gave four names. Manning checked these names out, one of which was a Monsignor in Britain, who admitted he knew Graham and two other names he had mentioned. Graham had died of cancer at the age of 28, just two months earlier. During further experiments with automatic writing, Graham came through, and gave concrete information. One evening Manning was at the home of the Mon signor and Friedrich Jurgenson, early discoverer and pioneer in the field of the electronic voice, was there. Jurgenson turned on his tape recorder while Manning again used automatic writing to contact Graham, who responded. When Jurgenson played the recording back, Graham spoke to a close friend on tape who was present during the experiment and crying. Graham said: "Weep no more." Paul Johnson, FL AA-EVP member. Space limi tations prohibit my going on, but you might be interested in reading Sigbtinp to see if any of these locations are near you. Even if they're not, I would encourage you to take along a portable tape recorder as you travel. You never know what might turn up on tape. If you would like my paper: "Tips

For Trips" for suggestions on how to tape in the field, send me a self-addressed stamped envelope. It will be my pleasure t.o mail it to you. Let me know if you tape any messages. I would like t.o report your results in a future newsletter. PARAPSYCHOLOGIST TO TRY TAPING IN THEFIELD At the end of June, an internationally known , highly regarded parapsychologist phoned me. Although he has never focused on electronic com munication, he has become interested in using a tape recorder as he investigates many locations in the special field of his expertise. We talked at length, and I told him about an experience I had as I visited a home and talked to the residents who were being plagued by unknown forces. I men tioned the voices I had taped there and I felt that in the type of work he is doing, he also would be very successful· in recording voices. Dr. __ indicated he was going to try to do this, and . gratefully accepted my offer to send him my: "Tips For Trips". HAVE TAPE RECORDER-WILL TRAVEL 'HOT'SPOTS Art Counts, l\ID AA-EVP member, kindly sent me the book: Sightinp by Susan Michels. (Simon & Schust.er-1996). Sigbtinp is based on the popu lar TV show "Sightings". Chapter 2: "Voices of the Dead" largely focuses upon my work. My pic ture is also included, surrounded bymy equipment. Section I of Si&htinp is called: "Hauntings". In the ten st.ories found in this section, a number of

locations are featured, such as Mt.. W asbington near Los Angeles; the catacombs and burial grounds ofWes1minster church where Edgar Allan Poe is buried, in Baltimore; Point Lookout State Park in southern MD; a haunted castle called Ber ry-Pomery near Totnes, England. We also read about the Whaley House in San Diego county, CA; and Baleroy, a historic thirty-room mansion in Chestnut Hill, a suburb of Philadelphia, are regarded as two of the most haunted houses in America. An entire chapter is devoted to the ghosts of the Gettysburg battlefield in PA This, also, must be regarded as one of the most haunted locations in the U.S. Many people have had life changing experiences at Gettysburg, including THE BLIND SEE Eleanor Katz, NY AA-EVP member, sent me an article that appeared in Vital Signs, the newslet ter published by The International Association for Near-Death Studies, Inc. It describes Vicky's two near-death experiences. The first occurred when she was twelve; the second happened ten years later. Vicky, who became totally blind several days after birth as a result of a hospital mistake, had the typical experience of being sucked through a tunnel. Emerging on the other side, she imme diately saw, for the first ti.me, grass, flowers, birds and people. Several identified themselves to Vicky, as friends she had known-one in the blind school she attended for years. The second experi ence was very similar to the first. This ti.me, her grandmother greeted her. Both ti.mes, Vicky was greeted by a

religious figure she identified as Jesus. On each occasion she was sent back because it was not her ti.me to die. INTERESTING? Recently, a note came from a man named Judge. He wanted info about the AA-EVP. That evening a minister named Justice called from NV. He also wanted M-EVP information. 2. known medium to inquire about an appointment and the cost. This medium is known to me, and probably to most of you also. There have been books about him, and he has appeared as a guest on at least one popular TV program. The books are full of the comfort he has brought others, and he appears to have genuine mediumistic gifts. In his letter to me, David enclosed a xerox letter from the medium's program coordinator, giving the prices for appointments. One to two people can have a 45-50 minute session for $1,000. Three persons, for 50-55 minutes will be charged $1500. If four persons sign up for 60 minutes, the cost will be $2,000. Somehow, all of this appears excessive to me. It is good he can reassure and comfort oth ers in their loss. I suspect, however, he receives some comfort from the $1,000-$2,000 checks. BEST FROM THE PAST On page 4, Adrian Klein suggested trying to receive voices through an open telephone line. I mentioned an experiment similar to this in the Fall 1985 Newsletter (pg.5). In it, I suggested you connect a small portable tape recorder to your telephone. This can be easily

and inexpensively done with a telephone recording control and a tele phone jack adapter (both available at Radio Shack). Quoting from the article, I wrote: "Put the recorder into record mode. It will not be acti vated until the telephone receiver is lifted. Lift the phone receiver and dial any single digit. Make a brief announcement. You will have about 25 sec onds of clear line before the taped offer of assis tance breaks in. Hang up and repeat the proce dure. One member dials "time" and records voices in the pause between time announcements". Let me know your results if you try this experi ment. I would like to mention them in a future newsletter. \fflttt~~t-ti~OO'\m,.V-.. The cartoon on the left was sent to me by Ed Moore, OH member. rm not sure about the source of the one on the right. It was in my folder and works in so well with Ed's I decided to use it. We see this sort of thing advertised so much on our TV sets. I knew one psychic/medium who signed up for a Psychic Friends Network. She was honest and sincere but I never felt that she was gifted enough to give accurate readings. After a year, she withdrew from the group. Another man I know, spends hundreds of dollars each month for telephone readings. His life is still in turmoil. Two years ago, a man in CA wrote for information about the AA-EVP. This was sent and almost by return

mail, a check was enclosed along with his order for three tapes. He did not join AA-EVP. Two weeks later he called, thanked me for the tapes and said he and his partner were very impressed with the quality. Rather proudly, he said the two of them were going to advertise a psy chic hot-line on TV with: "Phone Us And Hear Genuine Voices of The Dead Speak"! The more money a person sent, the more voices he'd hear. I was horrified and let him know in no uncertain terms that the two of them were preying on fragile people. I also said I was sure the other side would not look upon them with favor, and sometime they would have .to answer for what they had done. Adolfo quickly agreed with me and said it was really 'his partner' that wanted to do this. I replied he'd better find another partner. rve never known whether they went through with it, but no. CA member has ever written and said: "We saw Spirit Voices advertised on our TV!" OVERSEAS MAILBAG A letter was received from Judith Chisholm, a friend in England. Quoting from her letter, she wrote: "You may be interested in my EVP experi ence which began six months after my eldest son died suddenly in Aug. '92. My other son, Victor, and I were devastated by his death, so began to sit in a physical circle. One evening I took along my micro-cassette recorder, only to make a

literal record of what happened. (I knew nothing about EVP). On playing the tape back later, another woman said my name. I knew it wasn't me, or David Swann MO AA-EVP member, joined after anyone in the circle, because I was the only reading the May interview in FATE. He has long woman present that evening. That's how it began, in March of '94. Since then, at home sittings of wanted to contact a loved one who died over five just myself and my son Victor, we have recorded years ago. In line with this, he wrote to a well 5. meeting after dinner on Friday. Gunter Emde, Germany, led our meetings which lasted until after lunch Sunday. He did an excellent job, and I feel all 25 people who participated in the meetings felt our gathering was a most productive one. Various issues were discussed and plans made for future advances to help ITC (instrumental transcom munication) become better known and more accessible on a global basis. On Sunday afternoon at two, the doors were opened to the public for four hours. Dale Palmer introduced all speakers. Mark Macy and Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fischbach, who are also board members, gave excellent pre sentations which included tapes and slides. Two hundred people attended Sunday afternoon. Some of our AA-EVP members also came. Victor DeVincenzo and his wife Gerry from N.J. were there. Allyn Kahn, N.Y.; Dr. Eli Feldman and his daughter, N.Y.; and Geoffrey Tilga, N.Y. were all present. For

me, personally, the conference sur passed all of my expectations. A great deal of credit and appreciation goes to Juliet Hollister, CT, who was instrumental in making the meeting pos sible. Trier, Germany At the N.Y. INIT meeting, one of the German members announced that the German INIT group planned a one day April conference at the Ramada Hotel in Trier. Outstanding speakers will take part such as Mark Macy, Jules & Maggy Harsh-Fischbach and Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil (a new AA-EVP member). The short conference may be too far for most U.S. people to attend, but should be of great interest to our European & British members. For info. contact: Dr. Ralf Determeyer Schuetzenweg 7, D-79199 Kirchzarten, Germany. SURFING When I have time, I like to 'surf the Internet. There are many interesting items waiting to be discovered. One of these is ISCNI (Institute for the Study of Contact with Non-human Intel ligence). Michael Lindemann is the editor of their twice-monthly electronic newsletter. You might like to contact him. E-mail address is: [email protected]. The first two issues are sent without charge. You must be on the Internet and have E-mail capability to receive the Flash. EVP-READING LIST Thanks go to Dominic Macquire, who has spent time and effort preparing a list of books and papers that relate to voice phenomena. Although some listed are not in English, or are out of print, it is a good comprehensive list. For a copy, please send me a self-addressed stamped envelope. SHOW ME

ONE SOUL-Nancy L. Stallings My close friend, Nancy Stallings, has sent me her recently published book: Show Me One Soul. It is in hardback, published by Noble House. They were so impressed with the book, it was brought out within a few months, instead of the usual year to year and a half that it normally takes. It is an excellent book describing the many experiences that occurred over a 10 year period while they were living in a haunted house in Baltimore. Nancy and her husband Ron, and their seven children were all affected-- many times negatively, during these years. I mention Nancy and Ron in my own book: Voices of Eternity. and described some of the situations we investigated together. My recommendation for the book is printed on the back cover. I encourage members to examine the book at your local bookstore. Once you begin reading it, you'll have difficulty putting it down. WORLD CONGRESS-BRAZIL-AUGUST 30-31 Sonia Rinaldi from Brazil, attended our INIT meeting in N.Y. Since the board hopes to meet each year in a different country, she offered to host the conference in Sao Paulo in 1997.When she asked for board members to assist her in plan ning, Dr. Fred Bader (CT AA-EVP member) and I, volunteered. We have heard from Sonia several times in the last six weeks. Fred and I are in charge of the U.S. contingent and organizing travel plans. At this point plans are tentative. The con ference will be preceded by

a 3-4 day guided tour of various mystical locations in Brazil, for those who wish. Conference sessions will be led by outstand ing experimenters from around the world. In a previous national conference held several years ago, over 1900 attended. In this, our World Con gress, at least 2,000 are expected. August weather in Brazil is very much like August weather in the eastern part of the U.S. More detailed plans will be given in future newsletters. Meanwhile, place the August World Congress in Brazil, in your bank of positive thoughts. FIRST E-MAIL LIST ENCLOSED For those who signed up for E-Mail, your first list is enclosed. Your updated list will be sent with the quarterly newsletter. Members, new and old, are invited to join who are on the Internet and have E Mail capability. If you wish to withdraw your name from the list at any time, let me know. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Winter NEWS is December 20th. Always, my best wishes, ~~ ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410l S73-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 15 Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1996 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Here we are. It was in October 1976, that I sat down for the first time in front of my tape recorder and asked: "Is anyone here?" In September, a TV crew came to my home to film me for a new national TV program. The field

director asked questions off screen about voice phenomena. When the show is aired, I will be shown answering questions ( the questions won't be heard). Instead, it will give the impres sion that I am informally talking about the phe nomena in a 'stream of consciousness' situation. The last question asked was: "What have you learned in twenty years of taping?" For me, the most important thing I have learned is that we survive death in an individual, conscious state. Until twenty years ago, I believed we didn't. At the age of five, I became utterly convinced no one survived death. This is a rather young age for a child to have such thoughts, but it came about as a result of a ser ies of traumatic experiences. When my grandfather remarried, his second wife and her son owned a funeral home in New York. Twice a year my parents and I would visit them. It was there I saw my first dead person. When visiting hours were over and no one was around, I would slide the door open to the parlor, closing it carefully behind me, and go to the casket. Standing on tiptoes, only about two feet away from the corpse, I would gaze at the person laid out in front of me. Normally, you would expect a young child to be terrified in such a situation. I wasn't, because the person was so completely dead. Within my childish heart I knew they were totally incapable of

hurting anyone or anything. It was then, at age five, I lost all hope of heaven or fear of hell. What else have I learned in twenty years? I have learned that we are met by friends and loved ones who earlier made their transition. I know we go to the level in spirit where we deserve to go. I know I will be with others after death who are like me. Those that have not lived their lives in love and peace; who have committed serious transgressions against oth ers, will find themselves surrounded by similar spirits. They won't like what they find, but even the 'lowliest' will have the opportunity to work their way out of that level and to slowly start moving away from that sad place. Those who die discover they are, as they have frequently said on tape: "Back home." This suggests to me that reincarnation is a fact. To my joy, I have learned since 1976 that we can be reu nited with pets that we loved. They will be there waiting for us, along with our loved ones, as we cross over. I even know we are given some choice as to where we are to start our spirit life. Styhe, my chief guide for many years, answered my questions about this with: "We sit with him." and later added: "Two places are looked over." I know that the world beyond death is a place of peace and beauty. In fact, the very

first word I taped was: "Beauty" when I asked what their world was like. It is import ant to me to have learned that we, as tapers, can help the 'dead' who are confused by what has happened and beg for help on our tapes. I give suggestions as to how they can move on and keep them in my thoughts and prayers. Completely unexpected to me is that I have dis covered other dimensions (besides spirit) who can, upon rare occasions, speak through my tape recorder. What a great relief it is to know that we don't have to wait until the trumpets blow to arise from the grave. An active spirit life begins the instant physical life ends. All of this, and so much more, I have learned in the last twenty years. I could go on and on, but space is limited, and I must stop. Recently I read: "You cannot discover new oceans unless you have the courage to lose sight of the shore." The bark I climbed aboard twenty years ago, is still sailing onward. There is no horizon in sight. May you also find the light in enlightenment as you leave the shore to explore new oceans. Established in 1982 to Provide OtJ)ect,ve Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State WERE THEY RELATED? Early the morning of July 27, I was awakened by the loud screeching sound of my telephone. Since I get up at 3:30 seven mornings a week, this

dictates an early bedtime, normally before nine. Too often, I have had my sleep disturbed by calls that come after this. As a result, I always take the receiver off the hook at bedtime. After the usual taped message asking me to dial, and then a screeching noise, everything is quiet until I replace the receiver at 3:30 the next morning. I was deeply asleep on July 27, when the screech ing of my phone occurred. Looking at my bedside clock, the red digital numbers showed 1:07. As the noise continued, the numbers changed to 1:08. Wondering what had caused this noise that had never happened before, I returned to sleep. Less than three hours later, I went out to the kitchen to get breakfast and was startled to see the large painting behind my living room sofa was gone. It had hung there since moving in three years earlier. Looking behind the sofa, there it stood with the wire in place, and the hanger undis turbed eight feet above. At five when I turned on the TV to get the morn ing news, I learned there had been a bombing at the Olympics earlier that morning. The call, warn ing about the explosion, was made to 911 shortly before 1:00 on Saturday morning. One can only wonder if the disaster in Atlanta somehow affected my phone and picture at that same time. A VISIT TO SCOLE Scole, England, is a center for active physical manifestations from spirit entities. Weekly

meet ings are held and visitors from other countries have attended the gatherings, always leaving impressed. Scientists have observed the activity and have never found any evidence of fraud. Tina Laurent, AA-EVP member, Wales, attended a meeting in August. Her condensed report follows: WITNESS REPORT--Tina Laurent "On the 25th of August, I was one of nine people who had been invited to sit with the Scole experi mental group. I settled in with my companions to what turned out to be the most memorable day in my life of 59 years. As Robin, the leader was introducing us to their work, the wooden table next to him gave two bangs. Each separate incident, from the initial cold wafts of air, cowbells ringing to the energy voices that moved about the middle of the room speaking to individuals was by itself a unique and inspiring thing to witness. With the 'thickening' of the atmosphere, temperature drop ping, I began to be aware of noise and the solidity of vague forms on both sides ofme. A hand gently touched me with love. Overall, I was touched about ten times, even seeing the fingers of the hand in the illumination of the Spirit light. It tugged my thumbs, grasped my wrist and the top of my head. Unknown to my sitting companions, on first encountering the blackness of the cellar, I had hitched the bottom of my slacks up as far as they could go in order to feel more keenly the antic

ipated cool breezes. The hand, as a final gesture, grasping one ankle, moved up and down the bare flesh as if to say, 'We are aware of what you've done.' The Spirit light approached me, hovering gently in front ofmy face. We communicated telE: pathically and I said: 'Yes, you can enter.' It immediately whooshed into my solar plexus mak ing a small plop that I felt. It moved around for a little while giving me a tickling sensation, then moved quickly down my arm and plopped back into the room through the back of my hand. What do I make of all this? Well, I know that the love encountered was very real and tangible. It is an experience that will burn warmly within me for the rest of my life." MISSING HUSBAND SPEAKS THROUGH EVP Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, sent me the above article that appeared in the June 15 issue of Psychic News (London). It reported that Christine Curran, the wife of a missing prison officer, is convinced he is dead- through EVP- and has heard his voice on tape. She called upon the help of Heleneia, a gifted medium, who has subse quently visited upon several occasions in the Cur ran home. They used a tape recorder during one of the visits and Christine said there were at least 10 examples of EVP. She has submitted this tape to the Association for the Scientific Study of Anoma lous Phenomena, who has confirmed that the tape

does contain examples of EVP. Christine believes her husband was murdered, possibly by the IRA. He was based at Whitemoor, which was the scene of an attempted IRA breakout in 1994. EVP-HOW TO TUNE IN TO SPIRIT Immediately following the above article, the editor asked Dominic Macquire, AA-EVP member, Eng land, to give suggestions on taping voices. He gave very clear, helpful suggestions, so the readers could start their own experiments. He mentions: "One of the problems with voice recordings is the "Yes, and I do it all." "Very sorry for him." "You beneath yourself'. "He had a woman." "Now he leave her." "And the Book say that we be Opposite." "Earth, the Opposite." "Now iust Reverse It. Amaze you!" Ray mond Niswanger, TX joined AA-EVP in August- although he is primarily interested in research & development and is actively experimenting--he also tapes. He wrote: "Some voices monitor my work. After plugging in a new receiver to check its noise level, a Class A voice came in immediately, saying: "There you have got it." CarolAnn Poole, LA accepted my offer in the summer news letter to send: "Tips for Trips." She wrote that she and her husband were going on a China cruise and she hopes to tape voices on her hand-held micro cassette recorder, at some of the Buddhist temples and other sites. She normally uses her Sony boom box for taping, but has received only one audible voice. A man said: "Don't swing." Carol commented that this made

no sense to her. Sal Rainone, N.Y. called. He is eager to receive many voices, and asks the other side to speak. One day, a clear female voice answering his plea said: "Give me time." EXPERIMENTAL WORK Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, com mented on our way to New York the end of August: '\The AA-EVP certainly seems to be getting more technically minded people." This is true. The focus of the following individuals is to make com munication between this dimension and the next, more successful for all tapers through new or improved electronic devices. Gerry Connelly, England has come up with an idea that I like. He wrote: "In spite of everything, there are still peo ple who believe that the Voices are caused by radio. One way of refuting this notion is by placing the recording equipment inside a Faraday cage. This is a metal cage that will not allow in (or out) any electromagnetic radiation with a wavelength bigger than the holes in the mesh. Most people have a Faraday cage in their homes: it's called a microwave oven. Place a small battery operated tape recorder in your microwave. If voices are still received, that would rule out radio broadcasts. Of course, on no account should the oven be turned on!" I would like to encourage all members to try this simple experiment. Please let me know if you receive any voices, so I can do a follow-up in a future newsletter. As mentioned on page

4, Domi nic Macquire tries many experiments. In a let ter dated Sept. 13, Dominic wrote: "I propose that modulations of human brain waves by a SPIRIT PERSON'S mental words is possible. I tried this two weeks ago. Using a very sensit1ve micro phone, I put my head 3 inches away from the mikt, which was on a floor stand, causing a loud feed back, my body probably serving as an antenna. and said aloud what I was doing. At that point on the tape, a woman's voice can be heard singing in chant like tones." This is another simple experi ment our tapers can try. Please let me know your results. Raymond Niswanger, mentioned pre viously on this page, is doing extensive experi ments with voice phenomena. He wrote that he built two transmitters. "One transmitter trans mitted audio only and the other a modulated car rier wave with a bandwidth from 150 Kc to 170 Mc. Some of the results are: Audio waves could be implanted onto either side of the tape in the play or record cycle. The modulated carrier wave could not. The dynamic mike was very receptive to the audio waves but not the modulated carrier wave. The electric mike was not receptive to either the audio or modulated carrier waves. Audio amplifiers were receptive to the audio transmis sions even though they were completely shielded. Telephone and house wiring also were sensitive to audio radiation. The sensitivity to sound pressure waves can be increased

substantially by adding another transistor to the head of the electric mike. This is not recommended for the dynamic mike. Currently, a two channel receiver is under con struction. One channel for an antenna assembly and the other for both types of mikes. Each chan nel has a censor to detect any signal above the receiver internal noise. Output will be fed to both the recorder and earphones." In a later letter he wrote: "It may be that the voice is simply implanted on either side of the tape and does not arrive through a microphone. Planned future tests will determine which methods are used. The VR- 100 receiver that is currently being designed and constructed may answer these as well as other questions concerning voice reception." INIT CONFERENCE-Tarrytown, N.Y. On August 30th, IN AA-EVP member, Dale Palmer and his wife Kay, picked me up at my home in Annapolis to drive to the INIT (International Network of Instrumental Trans communication) conference that was to start later that day. On our way, we stopped for Hans Heck mann in PA. The meeting was held at the beauti ful inn and conference center located in Tarrytown. New York. Dale, Hans and I are the original U.S. board members, along with Mark Macy, CO and his wife Regina. Mark is chairman of the U.S. board. The international board, consists ofleading experimenters from around the world. Many of them were present as we began our first closed 2. 5. THANK YOU FOR ASKING

To all of you who wrote inquiring about my hus band on your holiday cards; to everyone in the past months who asked about him, I am grateful. Charles is still here but is 90% incapacitated. He has had two strokes since July 1992. In the last three months, he has been rushed to the Annapo lis hospital four times. The first time was the end of Sept. and came while I was working on the aut umn newsletter. He had advanced pneumonia in both lungs and the doctors were not sure he'd live. The last time was the day before Christmas. I have transferred him to a different Annapolis nursing home where it is hoped he'll receive better care. Piease continue to keep him in your thoughts and prayers that whatever is for the best, will be. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Lloyd Bradshaw, N.J., called and said he is becoming skilled in the use of his pendulum. He has established telepathic contact with his mother and others. Lloyd received the impression that his uncle had died right before receiving word. Jackie Colligan wrote that a Japanese camera crew filmed her investigating a haunted inn in Rachel, N.V. She said: "I am on video someplace in Japan talking about EVP." Jackie also wrote she'd seen me on the TV program: "Strange Universe." Edna Drake, Canada, wrote that she is helping to form a metaphysical group that will meet on a reg ular basis. Eli Feldman, N.Y., continues to send

me his newsletter. It contains information from media sources of evidence for survival of bodily death. Eli is on the cross-country list. Irene Maletsky and her daughter Valerie 'fjaden, are State Coordinators for N.J. Irene sent me a news paper clipping from their local newspaper. A reporter had interviewed her the end of Oct. about her taping. She wrote: "Come Halloween, we all become famous!" Carolyn Reed, Canada, wrote that her husband, Howard, is now "quite adept with the pendulum." They attended the annual meeting this year of the American Society of Dowsers in Vermont and enjoyed it very much. A new member, Karen Sharp of MD, and her friend Jill Savin have formed their own group. They call it: "Underground Paranormal Stories Exchange Network." The purpose is to record members' stories in written form or on audio tape. UPCOMING CONFERENCES As mentioned on page 2, Spiritual Advisory Council still plans to hold their annual winter con- ference in Orlando, FL from Feb. 21-23. There will be two pre-conference intensives starting Feb. 19th. The conference will not only be a memorial tribute to their beloved founder and president, Paul Johnson, but will have a full slate of speakers. For information call: 1-800/321-2323. For our British and European members, I would encourage you to attend the ITC one day confer ence to be held in Trier, Germany on April 5th. Speakers include Dr. Ralf Determeyer, Germany, Maggy Harsch-Fi,~chbach, Luxembourg; Mark Macy, USA; Dr. Gunter & Gertrud Emde, Germa ny; Dr. Paola

Giovetti & Silvana Pagnotta, Italy; and Sonia Rinaldi, Brazil. For info. contact Fritz Malkhoff--Bahnhofstr .24a--D-54338 Schweich ' Germany. Phone: 011 49 6502 9514.9 MAN ALIVE COMING! Jo Kessel, a London producer of the Man Alive group, recently wrote that she and the other pro ducers were very pleased with the program taped in the U.S. last summer. In the autumn newslet ter, I wrote that I'd spent 4 days in Aug. working with them, as I taped voices in the field in Balti more & Annapolis. This cable program will be aired in Great Britain in March or April. Call: +44 (0) 181 743 7431 London for the exact date. BRAZILIAN CONFERENCE-Aug. 16 & 17 Plans are moving ahead for an outstanding world conference to be held in Sao Paulo, Brazil next August. Sonia Rinaldi, AA-EVP member, Brazil, is largely responsible for making arrangements. She has rented a large, beautiful meeting complex in Sao Paulo for our activities, capable of holding over 3,000 people. Sonia is expecting that many to attend. A guided tour is also planned after the conference so, those who wish, will be able to see some of the beauties of the unique country of Bra zil. You will be receiving your brochure of the com plete program and tour before long. Some of the speakers scheduled are: Maggy & Jules Harsch Fischbach, Luxembourg; Fritz Malkhoff, Germa ny; Saria Buioni, AA-EVP member- Italy; Mark Macy, U.S. A; Sonia Rinaldi and Carol Luz, Brazil. I have also been

asked to speak about my 20 years of taping and the AA-EVP. Try to put this outstanding event on your "Must Do!" for 1997. ODDS AND ENDS May all that is good; may peace and joy, be yours in 1997. Deadline for the Spring NEWS--Mar. 26. Always my best wishes, ~~ ~ ........... ............. - - VOL 15 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS Number 4 AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1997 -- FROM MY VIEWPOINT Now it is 1997! It usually takes me a month or more to faithfully remem her to change the dates of my correspondence to the new year. Am I trying to live in the past? No, I don't think so. While my past holds many things I cherish, there are more than enough experi ences, ongoing and finished, that I'd rather for get; that I could Jive without. Rereading that last sentence, I think: "Wait a minute! Is any experience ever really I'd have to say, I guess not. Each finished?" of us today, is what every experience we have ever had has made us as of this moment. This, I suspect, goes back to the instant of birth, perhaps before. If we can tentatively accept that--that no experience is ever truly concluded, then we must look at the rest of the sentence. It's just about a given, that nothing we have ever experienced is ever actually for

gotten. It's there, lurking deep within the sub conscious, which supposedly affects to a greater or lesser degree the way we live our lives today. It governs how we act or react to what we meet as we live each day. Then, we come to the end of the sentence: " ... I could live without." Could I? Could any of us Jive without the experiences that we encoun tered since we began our moment oflife? the sweet, that you have ever encountered. A friend who I cherish for his wisdom and expertise in the field of instrumental trans communication has said to me upon several occasions: "Sarah, we must have been idiots if we volunteered to come back and have some of the experiences we are having in this life." Perhaps. I like to think, however, that much that we have found, are situations we volun teered for before our current life. We did this, knowing that we could learn more; our spirit would be strengthened, from a difficult life, than one upon which our ship sailed largely over a sea of whipped cream. Everyone knows someone whose life seems easy, who is living a 'charmed' life. I sometimes wonder if a puff of wind would blow them away, or if they would withdraw so completely in escape that societv would then have to care for them. - In the course of life, each of us face crisis' of experience that may be of short or long dura tion.

It may help to keep Thomas Crum's words in mind: "Instead of seeing the rug being pulled from under us, we can learn to dance on the shifting carpet." Some of us do more danc ing than others but I don't suppose any of us are especially eager to enter this type of con test. Don't berate yourself for your missteps. While we may have difficulty keeping in step . keeping in time with the music, and finding happiness in our lives, know that it is not pos' sible to find it anywhere else. You are what you are! Every blip, every 1/4 inch of you is precious. Take away one iota and you would no longer be you. You are a gift, an affirmation of life. Remember, God doesn't expect perfec tion, only that we try to do our best. When the Lord was passing out physical char acteristics before I returned this time, he left out height in the basket of goodies he bestowed upon me. I used to tell those who asked how tall I was, that I was 5'1/4". They always laughed at the one-fourth inch, but I would reply: "If you took away the 1/4 inch, I wouldn't be me!" And isn't this true? If the Good Fairy could remove one thing from you that you most wanted to lose, face it, you would no longer be you! This, naturally, applies not only to physical characteristics, but to every single experience, the bitter and Established

in 1982 to Provide O/J)ect1ve Evidence That We Survive Death tn an Individual Conscious St.Jr, There is a Maori proverb that says: "Turn your face toward the sun and the shadow falls behind you." This might not always be com pletely true on an emotional basis, but it mav help. May 1997 be a year in which you find that unexpected light. Paul Johnson LIBERANT My dear friend, Paul Johnson, Founder and Presi dent of SAC (Spiritual Advisory Council) made his transition to his new life on December 11th. Paul had been ill for over a year but in spite of failing health continued sending out his monthly newslet ters and held his yearly summer conference at Lake Forest College IL, last summer. Paul was a strong supporter of instrumental transcommunication. He joined the AA-EVP in 1983 and had been a faithful member ever since. I can still see him sitting in the audience as I held the first national AA-EVP conference in August '83. At the last conference I had planned for July '92, and had to cancel because of my husband's first stroke, he and his wife Marikay, had been scheduled to teach a workshop. It was my privilege to lecture and teach two work shops at Paul's conferences. There, I came to know him and Marikay who was always suppor tive and deeply involved in Paul's work. Over the years, Paul and I exchanged many letters in which we shared our inner thoughts. Even this last year

when it became increasingly difficult for him to write and carry on with SAC, he would send me notes of encouragement regarding my own per sonal difficulties. Paul was never "too busy", he never permitted his fatal illness to stop him from holding out his hand to those in need. We felt alike about many things on a spiritual and metaphysi cal basis. I have never known a person who had the generosity of spirit that I found in Paul. So often, I wished I could be more like him. The February '97 conference upon which he had spent so much of his final ebbing energies will still be held. It will be a memorial tribute to all of his many years in which he so lovingly gave to others. Although we may weep at Paul's passing while rejoicing at his return home, know that Paul will always be with us. His work here, the good that he has done, will never be lost. Paul is continuing his mission from the world beyond death. VOICE FREQUENCY COMPARISON Are phone calls from the 'dead' genuine or are they as the skeptics say, merely a long distance phone call from a fraudulent person? Those of us who have been fortunate to receive such calls believe they are genuine. Unfortunately, until now, we haven't had the objective evidence to say: "They are real because of this factor!" Raudive, and a third call, although not directed to me, involved me and was received by

Ed Moore, OH AA-EVP member. This came through Dec. 23, 1995 and the caller merely said: "This is the ghost of Christmas Past." Unknown to Ed, I had written this sentence to three friends -- not Ed the first week in December, none of whom knew Ed. The male caller was aware I had written this, and also knew that many individuals claim these calls are fakes. He wanted to prove to everyone they are real. In addition to the call, Ed wrote the ring was "weak, funny sounding with strange static on the line that remained for several hours." As I wrote in the winter '96 newsletter, to me this is the strongest case on record of cross-correspondence, in itself outstanding evidence of survival. Dr. Carlos Luz (Brazil), an engineer and computer analyst, has confirmed the genuineness of the phone calls. Mark Macy, President of Continuing Life Research, CO, received a letter and several articles from Dr. Luz. He has done a thorough computer analysis of Raudive's phone voices in comparison with an adult male's voice. The fun damental frequency is how many times the vocal chords open/close per second. A male voice has the fundamental frequency between 100-130 Hz (vibrations) a second. This creates the "harmonics"--a by-product of the fundamental fre quency. Raudive's paranormal voice has a funda mental frequency between 500 Hz to 1,428 Hz. This shows that the voice though human sounding, is not produced by human vocal cords. TELECOMMUNICATION Quoting from an article in Psychic

News, Eng land the correspondent wrote: "The subject of spirit telephone calls is understandably at the more controversial end of psychic science. Howev er, this phenomena may be more common than we think." He then described a phone call received by Pat Jeffrey, who ran a mediumship circle with her husband, in the mid-1980's. The day Pat's mother died, she received a telephone call from the late Helen Duncan (the famous physical medium and principal communicator in the circle) who told Pat: "Mum is safe and with us." This was followed by the voice of her son, Michael, who was also deceased, and then a song was sung. Pat, in a state of shock, phoned a member of their circle to tell her of the incredible events that had just taken place. During this conversation, another song was sung. Pat and the friend could both hear the singing, and yet when she called the operator to trace the source of the call, there was I have received two such calls from Konstantin no record of any call having being made. 2. YWONDERWIIV THI~ CUFF AAS ~~VER 8EEN CLIMBED 1 ~~ \~ p Rav ER s s 1 a: 1 3 What a shame-yes, how stupid I-to decide before knowing the tacts! ARE YOU A CLIFF CLIMBER? Are you like the Gorilla above, or are you more like his small companion who wants to try climbing the cliff in order to learn what just might be at the top? The cartoonist

paraphrased Proverbs 18:13 so I went to the source, the Bible, to see what had inspired him. There I read: "To answer before one hears is one's folly and shame." Ah, yes! I doubt if there is anyone who is guiltless from making up their mind and speaking out on a situation before learning as much as possible about the subject. We adopt the attitude: "It's impossible because it's impossible." Those of us involved with trans communication hear this all the time. Contact In surfing the Internet I have become acquainted with many individuals and groups. In the autumn newsletter, I mentioned ISCNI (Institute for the Study of Contact with Non-human Intelligence). They publish a twice-monthly electronic newslet ter. their E-mail address: [email protected]. for more information. Debra L. Lindemann, the Administrator, sent me an E mail letter after listening to my Tape 5 (the 45 minute Spirit/Space tape). Quoting from her let ter, she wrote: "I think you have some very important information on Side 2. I was particu larly interested in the information about the use of 'black boxes' as a tool to help synthesize or com municate their voices. The reason this REALLY stood out is some information that has recently surfaced in a documentary on the Roswell incident and the alien bodies. In it, one of the military men present at the crash site stated that one of the beings was still alive and was clutching a 'black box.' It seemed important to him/her and they didn't

want to let it go.'' More recently, through the Internet, I have colI'e in contact with Dr. Stephen Greer, the director of the CSETI Project ( Starlight) and Shari Ada miak, who is research director of the program. I sent my Spirit/Space tape to them and received very positive replies from each individual. They have asked me to assist them with their program in trying to establish taped contact with those from space. In field trips with their groups, they feel definite physical contact has taken place, although thus far it has been non-verbal. They want very much to change this factor and I have assured them I will do all I can to help. Dr. Greer has already been able to brief numerous world leaders on the Extraterrestrial Intelligence issue. Quoting from information he sent, we read: "We have found that wide consensus exists among senior political, scientific and military/intelligence figures for a public acknowledgement of the reality of UFOs and ETis." SEE WHAT HAPPENS I know verbal contact with those not from spirit realms can take place. As described in my book: Voices of Eternity (Chapters 13 & 14), I write about some of the hundreds of messages I taped from 'Space'. I pointed out to Dr. Greer that I am by no means the only one having such contacts. I know of at least half a dozen other people who have had similar results through their recorders. Are such contacts important? I believe they are. Although spirit

contacts have always been, and will remain, our first priority, I feel it behooves us to learn as much as possible about other dimen sions, other worlds. Historically, it appears that other-world craft have visited us for thousands of years. There is mounting evidence their contacts with us are increasing and there may well come a time, perhaps sooner than we think, that we may need to know more about them on a personal level. I have never felt at all threatened by any of them. Those I know who have also had taped contact, report all of their experiences as positive. I would like to suggest to all of you who want to participate that you devote part of your taping efforts in an attempt to reach out in friendship to those from worlds not considered spirit. Let me know whether you have success or not. If mes sages come through, send me a transcript. I would be especially interested in a copy on tape of these voices speaking. I will be sure to share this infor mation with the appropriate people. 5. WE DIDN'T FLY WE ARE LISTED Unfortunately, it was necessary to cancel our November trip to Switzerland/England. Up until the last minute, I hoped we could go, but several people who had planned to attend were unable to because of health or personal reasons. the economy 'Ihe discouraged others . From all reports , it was an excellent conference and I am sorry we had to

miss it. international situation and EXCITING INNOVATION FOR CROSS-<XX.JNl'RY LIST You will find enclosed a form that asks you to check what best describes your interest in EVP. Walter Sherbrooke, CA AA-EVP member, first suggested this several months ago. He, taping with AA-EVP member Paul Simmons also of CA, felt it would be especially helpful to other cross-country members to know the chief focus of interest of members listed. Starting in November, every new membership application form, and every renewal notice, had such a place for members to check. Some of you this so you needn't be have already done concerned with the enclosed paper unless you want your status changed. Although the check list is primarily for cross-country people, I would like to know the focus of your interest even if you're not listed. If you aren't sure whether you are on the list (many people sign for it originally and then fail to mark the box provided when they renew), check your envelope. All cross-country people have C on their envelope. You should also receive- an update of new cross-country 'There is a space people with each newsletter. provided on the enclosed form for you to sign for cross-country--if you wish, or to indicate you don't want to be listed. 'Ihe cross-country list is only one of the things that is unique to AA-EVP and not found anywhere else. Many people are happy at the idea of meeting other like-minded people through it , some discovering and making

new friends living in the same city. As you know, I have never charged for the list even though it sometimes means additional postage. Although it is extra work for me, and for my faithful daughter Cindy, who types the master list every three months, I want to continue offering this service to those who wish. In our Spring NEWS, our Ninth Anniversary! I to send a complete list of all cross hope country people, special indicating interest to everyone on the list. If you are on the list, or want to be on and have your interest indicated, please return the form no ,later than March 15. their Word has come two other reference sources in addition to Who's Who In 'Ihe East and their special supplement for this year's Who's Who In America~ that we are listed in Reference Press International of Greenwich, er has listed the AA-EV-P-in~eir new book. R. R. Bowker N. Y. , publishers of Ulrich's International Periodicals Directory: also describes the AA-EVP and its quarterly news letter, in its book. OOOKS FOR YOU You will find enclosed a list of books, a special record and tapes that are available. Look it over carefully and order promptly. For some of the books , two A delay could mean disappointment. copies. I have just one or As I mentioned • in the Autumn NEWS, Colin Smythe, editor and publisher in England, and I have been in communication with one another. You will remember he is the

original publisher of Raudive's book, Breakthrough into English. I arranged with him to send me several copies of the book, as well as Raudive's famous record, both unavailable for a long time in the Unjted I was States. surprised to discover they are in hardback, so this is a rare opportunity for you to get either or both. the books arrived, When In order to avoid delays, please add your the figures accurately, proper amount for postage and handling. taking into account JOURNEY INTO ONENESS Paul Johnson, FL AA-EVP member, President and Founder of the Spiritual Advisory Council, is holding his yearly winter festival from February 8-10, at Las Palmas Inn, Orlando, FL. The conference promises to be outstanding, as always, with many noted lecturers and work There are also several pre-festival shops. sound offered intensive workshops that interesting. to receive complete information about the festival, I suggest you call Paul. His number is: 407-774-6151. In order ODDS AND ENDS My wish, my hope, for each of you is 1991 will bring you joy and good health. you be surrounded by love. At the end of may you look back upon the year • as one lived in which you freely shared love and with others. that May 1991 well hope Let me hear from you. The deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 29. Always my best wishes, JdaMW~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► OUARTERL

Y NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 9 Number 4 ..:....::.:::..:..-=--=-~==------------------'----------------- AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1991 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Here is is, January again, the start of a new year, the arrival of a new calendar. I shared with you a year ago how important the buying of a calendar is for me because I know it represents days and months of events that lie ahead. I want one that shows beautiful nature scenes that can transport me, even for a few seconds, There must also be a memorable quote for each month that I hope will lead to personal growth. to their midst. I I How do feel as look at the new calendar lying to the right of me on my desk? 'Ihere are fears, doubts, -gloom, a knowing that we have not learned what we needed to the intangibles of spirit-soul learn about since we first stood upon our planet earth. We have learned greed and hate. we have to destroy all that become masters on how lies in our path, a path that often leads to what we think must be ours, no matter whom we may harm in the process. There are prophets of doom prophesying that the end is near. We are informed by others that there are space ships hovering nearby who will intervene at any moment and whisk the righteous to ... ? I must admit I have my doubts about the I don't think the end is accuracy of

both. I place little faith in space ships near. think taking masses of people anywhere. Yes) I 'Those of you who have there are space ships. read my book know that I've had my own 'encounters' but I have difficulty accepting that they are coming to save us. What I have learned is that they are interested in us, they are observing us, but if there is any saving to be done, it must be done by man. Although I question that the individuals are right who think space ships are standing 'good' people by in the wings to take away from their ~vil brothers, would I choose the I doubt I've the choice? to go if given earned the right to a ticket but just suppose I--you--have, what would you do with yours? My first feeling would be one of joy in knowing others felt I was worthy enough to climb aboard. Then, I would feel exultation that now I was going to have an opportunity to learn about other physical to explore, worlds and forms of life. My next thought would be, "Who will be with me that I love?" If that answer was satisfactory, I would then feel tremendous relief that at last I was leaving our 'sick' world whose ills are increasingly affecting me. I As took my first step up the ramp, I would stop and look back one last time at all the ugliness that has become a part of our society of which

even the most blind must soon be aware. What freedom to go on! What happiness in knowing that soon I would be a part of a new and better world. I would then look ahead at those waiting for me, holding out their hands to my own outstretched hand. I see me, even Slowly, my hand would drop. more slowly, stepping aside, stepping off the ramp back to planet earth. 'Ihis It is, alas, what is my world, here and now, and I have helped create perhaps in the future. it, I suspect from earliest times; I cannot abandon it. I and my brothers have made it. we cannot deny our responsibility and place the blame on others for what it, and we, have become. There is beauty here and there, still; there is some light. If beauty is to grow, if light is to become more brilliant, I must do what I can to make it flourish. 'Ihere is a saying, 11 If the world ends , it will not do so with a bang but rather with a I must try to do what I can to see whimper. 11 invi t,~ you to join me. neither happens. I Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death Bonnie Harris LIBERANT Word came in October from Ben Lee Harris of WA, that his wife Bonnie made her transition :~ September 1. They have been charter members the month I joining in May

1982, <llf AA-EVP, began accepting membership applications. Ben Lee wrote that Bonnie had been ill for just 3½ months, a victim of Lou Gerrig's disease. He feels that since her death, she "b)as contacted him at least in "two d:'amatic and most unusual experiences." twice Bonnie shared with Ben Lee his interest for many years in PSI and encouraged him in his exhaustive study of the phenomena and how it oflen relates to passages in the Bible. We are confident that Bonnie has returned t~ vibrant health and is already experiencing the joy of being back home. SOME ELOQUENT THOUGHTS In a three month period, well over 300 pieces of mail cross my desk relating to the ~A-EVP. Many are personal letters concerning ·verything you might, or might not, imagine. .Jre of them are especially noteworthy and tay in my mind a long time. Although a number 1-re pleas for help, others express sentiments Lihat help me in my own journey and I think may help you. a timeless Alqng with his letter about Bonnie, Ben Lee Harris enclosed the following thought: "Man spirit, LS ftnctioning through a soul matrix, expressing lore, understanding, through mind and brain, operating a physical body, fullfilling THE will of God law and EaSence of eternal life) . " inter-dimensional and awareness (the Robert Hyner of West Australia wrote: "We It is in hlve had a lot of sickness here. t~se someti-mes despairing the that times imrortance of the voices become apparent. The confort of

the strong evidence of the voices on the tape gives the strength to continue ... As the years go by the barrier separating this diirension from the rest will narrow until the influence will be felt throughout the world, chltlging our approach to life and at long last shtwing us what the purpose of this material wotld is, a laboratory for human evolution. "What you do ... (what all of us can do) ... has left its mark on many and most likely has cr~ted a thought form of light which will he~ all those who strive for a better world." Martha Sherman, AR, after reading a recent AA-EVP editorial wrote: "Like you, I feel that to Tt:lth for one person may be anathema another. We see it through the perspective of our own experiences--so how could it be the same until we each have chalked up enough to understand the other's point of view! I pray constantly that I may know the TRUTH when I find it even tho I know it has to be relative! And the search becomes mind-boggling but fascinating!" WE ARE ONE the night she was to drink great rest of amounts of water and gave her a special large crystal that she was to put under her back when she was returned to her body in her bed. '!his is what Nancy did, and al though she couldn' t see the crystal, she told me she felt it was there. She was taken out

of her body several times during the rest of the night, and each time found herself back in the examining room being examined by the same woman doctor. Sir Arthur Eddington, (1882-1944), noted and writer, the the electron vibrates, astronomer English physicist, wrote: universe shakes." "When Years later, Irish physicist John Bell said much the same thing when he formulated in 1964, what is known as Bell's theorem. Very simply, it means that all objects and events in the cosmos are inter-connected with one another and respond to each other's changes of state. On October 15, I taped a Class A male voice that said, "I bring her !1s,_me. _'_'_ 'lwo days later, I developed chest pains. Although mild, they continued on and off until November 1. On loved one unexpectedly made her that day a transition from a massive heart attack. The pains stopped the morning of her death, but before I knew she had died. My thought is , the that I somehow picked up the pains and disquietude my loved one was experiencing with her heart during that time. My contacts knew two weeks ahead of time they would be bringing her back home. The only regret I have is that I didn't give her a basket-full of hugs during those last two weeks. Perhaps it will help all of us to keep in mind that we should stop for a moment when we would frown, or say or do something unkind, whether it be to someone

we love or a stranger. What we do, or neglect to do, dm through frs iipple effect, "shake the universe." WE'LL TALK NEXT WEEK Sir Oliver Lodge was a respected English scientist of the early 1900's, and well known in the early days of British Spiritualism. His book Raymond, describing his contacts with his son Raymond, after the young man was killed in in the First World War, Spiritualistic day, Sir Oliver was talking to a friend and told him he'd been trying to contact a colleague but no one seemed to be at home. "He died last week," he was informed. In that case, I'll talk to him next week," Sir Oliver replied. "Oh, I didn't know. literature. classic a One is The following morning, Ron to Johns Hopkins hospital. She underwent the final test by the well known physician. There was no evidence of a tumor. It was gone. took Nancy Nancy's story could stop there, but she In desperation, she continued to feel unwell. had Ron take her to a doctor who had once been their family physician but who she hadn't seen for years . He conducted several simple tests in his office and told her she had diabetes. the local community hospital Later tests by confirmed his diagnosis. taking Nancy medication for this and has returned to almost normal health. is to The the woman doctor. Although Nancy thanked the woman doctor for curing her, she asked that I do this through my tape recorder.

following morning, and during my regular ten minute taping, I asked my unseen contacts to express Nancy's thanks, as wel 1 as my own, for curing her of her brain tumor·, 'lwo Class A messages were returned that referred to their visiting her while she was asleep: "Yes, I will sleep with her. I will sleep with her," and two minutes later, "We find her. We find her. We sleep with her." the Stallings who confirmed my interpretation. They also heard several additional messages that I hadn't. This was sent to 'Ihe question arises why the woman doctor the 'gave' Nancy diabetes when she took away brain tumor? The tumor would have killed her. With diabetes , she can live an almost normal life. But why give her anything? I know some of our members are heavily involved in healing. Do you have an answer? NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS As mentioned in the last newsletter, Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, took her tape recorder with her on her honeymoon to Aruba and taped. She has now had the chance to analyze her tape and there are many messages on both the forward and reverse sides. Tney said her name repeatedly and her guide Hegeler spoke several times. Robert Camburn, Pa, had an excellent article in the Fall Spiritual Frontiers Journal, under the title, Christmas Is A-Comin' . There were three articles appearing under this title and Robert wrote the third part: "Christmas-'lhe Uncertain Birthday·." In it, he explored the

historical date celebrated by the Christian church, and showed various reasons why Dec. 25 is probably not the correct date. Robert ends his article with: "It would seem that Jesus' birth occurred no later than 4 B.C. and in one of the warmer months of the year. The exact date may forever escape the historians so that the traditional festivities of December 25 will remain undisturbed." Ray Dietz, MD, further commented upon his idea as found in the Autumn NEWS that tapers make a tape of white noise and ring a bell every 5-10 seconds while taping as a sound source. He wrote that the bell should not be a clapper type, but rather a Tibetan bell, rung by striking. Justice Krishna Iyer of Cochin, India, a retired Justice of the Supreme Court in India, was in the U.S. on business in October. While here, he visited me, Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, and Carol Barron-Karajohn. Each of us taped while he was present and messages came through at each home he visited. In the November 1990 issue of FATE Magazine, there was a special section about Chicago. One The World's section was titled, "Chicago: Biggest Ghost Town." The investigations of Dale Kaczmarek, IL, and his picture, were a prominent part of the article. Tina Laurent, Wales, wrote that she was part of a four person panel on Central TV in Oct. Tina now has an agent who is trying to arrange for her to give lectures about EVP and

survival. Dennis Stillings wrote a long review of Paul Kurtz 's book, Exuberance: An Aff_ir_mati ve Philosophy of Life, in the November issue of FATE. Paul Kurtz, as many members know, is an important part of CISCOP, chief de-bunker of the paranormal. Dennis' review of the book was very negative, and he gave a number of to support his conclusion. good examples Valerie Tjaden, N.J. State Coordinator, said that she and her mother held an open house on Nov. 11, for all N .J. AA-EVP members. Many came and Valerie reported it was a "Success! And What FUN!" In a later letter, Valerie wrote that she and her mother visited a haunted house. Her mother taped, "Lady" and also laughter. Valerie got a photo of a small dog. She contacted the owners of the home and they said the description sounded like their previous dog who died three years ago. Valerie has sent the picture to the owners and is waiting for confirmation. 2. 5. In Some of tapes are Class A. to be about Harold Sherman and Dan McKee-IL & FL State Coordinator, sent me an excellent tape and letter. As many of our members know, his messages come on the reverse or wrong side of his tapes. Most of the intercepts them on Dan's two appeared messages came through on what Dan calls "over the Summer 1985 Newsletter, Dan laps." explained what he meant by this. For those of you who joined since then, or for those who

were forgotten, when Dan stops members, but have taping, he runs his to the counter 0 tape back to be ready for the next day's taping. Sometimes, his tape goes past O and so he advances it until he reaches the 0. At times, there will be a cl.ear message between 'negative' number until he reaches 0, that wasn't there before. Normally, the voice quality is better on these overlaps and the fascinating thing about them is that Dan did not have the recorder in the record mode as he was forwarding his tape to reach O again. Dan believes other tapers m::iy have thing, of which they are unaware, and urges everyone to listen carefully. time, a message came "All over the overlap, I need to make an through: answer." In his most recent tape, on one overlap, a Class A voice said, "It's so weird to dub sound." the same One the said She'd gone in a phone Sitting on one of Winnie Peters-MD, call, that she'd attended Paul Johnson's (Fl member) Winter conference to in February. this conference several years ago with her husband George, who died in June. As she walked into the lobby, she was overcome with grief, thinking back to the last conference and how George had been the sofas, and with her. obviously people, several including Marikay, Paul's wife, came to comfort her. Later, feeling better, she went to her room. Opening her new pocketbook, she found a wooden kitchen match. Winnie doesn't

smoke and never carries any matches. few months before George died, he began smoking again. He this, and always went out to the garden to do always used· wooden kitchen matches to light his cigarettes. However, a distress, great in MEMBERSHIP REPORT to me Happily, to have a It is always a that about 1 Oo/o of our 'go' return after a year or two- Members come and members go. more come than go, so we continue paid membership of over 200. special delight members who they haven't been able to forget us, they write. welcome all returning members with open arms. For row, men outnumber in a women with 53%. Members live in 32 states, the District of Columbia and 11 foreign countries. CA leads with 20 members. MD follows with 18. For foreign countries, Germany leads with 7. Canada follows with six. the ninth year CROSS-COUNTRY LIST The complete list is enclosed for al.I cross country members. I was pleased at the number of people who returned the slip of paper that was sent with the Winter NEWS, showing their It was a nice interest. focus of current surprise regular to find that 30 members are idea about before. tapers--many that I had no Twenty-three people are interested in research & development and feel they have the scientific background to take part in this area. For the names without a number, they are interested in voice phenomena and the evidence it gives for survival. BOOK LIST is You

want books and I am pleased. You just about cleaned out my stock, so more were ordered. Those who were disappointed before returned, don't delay, order and had checks titles on the list. now! There are many new The Vertical Plane by Ken Webster an It tells about the excellent, fascinating book. many experiences Ken and Debbie Oakes had in their home in Dodleston, England for two years with Tomas Harden who the 16th century. A number of Harden's messages came through a computer in Old English. There were disturbances within the small cottage, which once was Harden's home. Pictures are included with the book, unobtainable in the U.S., except Again, order promptly. through For most of the books, ,there are two or three copies. the AA-EVP.. lived just in SOME BOUQUETS "I a.m e.n.c..f.01.i.ln.g a. c.he.c.k 601t my 1991duu. I wouldn't wa.n.t to m'.lM you1t be.aut.i...6ul n.ew.1.J le.ttvr. 6otr. a.n.yth.i...n.g." Ma1tgot G.i...z.i...e.n.1.ik.i..., CA "I hope. to alway1.i ge.t th.i....1.J le.ttvr. a-6 a.1.i you a1te. putt.lng U out." V. R.lc.c.a1tdo, long IL "I 1te.aU..y e.njoy the. .ln601tmat.i...ve. n.ew.1.J le.ttvr.1.i." Vale. S.i...ze.mo1te., S. C. "Love. youtr. new1.ile.ttvr. and 1te.ad e.vuy wo1td o 6 U. " San.dtr.a. T 1tawe.e.k, TX "You1t n.ew1.ile.tte.tr. .lo g1te.a.t!" John. We.bu, CA CODS AND ENDS Deadline for the Summer NEWS is June 29. We have come to the end of another year. All of you have made this, our ninth year, a good one as you have made the previous eight. I closed the first Odds And

Ends with: "Right now we are a seedling. Let us grow to be a mighty oak with branches stretching out to everyone." Thanks to your caring and support, we are past 'Oakhood' the seedling stage. looms ahead! Always my best wishes, ~~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER • QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 10 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1991 FROM MY VIEWPOINT card in and promise of fifteen dollars Now we are nine! It was in the spring of 1982, that twenty some people received VOL. 1 Number 1, of the AA-EVP NEWS. They were trust me with willing to take a chance and for a yellow return their membership a the quarterly newsletter. The newsletter then ran four pages, without columns, and had a letter head about twice the size of today's. With the first anniversary, we grew to six pages in length. It wasn't until the Winter 1986 issue, that I raised the yearly dues to twenty dollars which I am still trying to maintain. Then, in the Summer 1988 issue, we left the solid page format and moved into columns, a change which everyone has enthusiastically endorsed. So there, old and new members, you have a capsule report of the AA-EVP, but how much is left unsaid! the fact three that national Aside from sponsored the Association has conferences, several trips to Egypt, one to England, one to Switzerland, and

my book was published by that has Fawcett, happened. I that those other feel are the most important. The Association has brought comfort and hope those who It has I it a candle for some who at despaired. one time 'cursed' the darkness, and no longer do. is so much more there It 'things' to_ is As an example, a woman called me last month, and said her sixteen year old son had recently died. He was warm, loving, articulate, popular and extremely intelligent. Because of the nature of his death, although listed as an accident, there was a suspicion in the mother's mind that it was suicide. Her husband was convinced it was accidental. Not being sure was tearing her apart, she said. Could I help, I sent her the tape I made a few she asked? years ago for Elisabeth Kubler-Ross designed ill, as well as especially for their grieving loved ones. reassured her, but her greatest hope was to have Joe speak to her on I took a while but made the voices do on the tape for Dr. Ross. terminally tape, as This the It Joe gave four messages, eventually three Class A in which he called her "Mother" twice, and said his death was an accident. As we talked about this, she said Joe had materialized in the home. One evening, while sitting with her husband he pointed and said, "There's Joe!" Mary saw him at I commented that I guessed this made a believer

then, did not out of her husband, who until think we survived death. She agreed it almost has. is being challenged, so he's moving cautiously and slowly, but he is moving. Her husband's entire belief system the same time and is in on of the Investigation Sharing This brings us to the new letterhead on this issue of the newsletter, and also a different statement page: the bottom to Provide Objective in 1982 "Established Evidence That We Survive Death an Individual Conscious State." This the third motto we have had in nine years. The previous is still of ones were correct. utmost results with all importance. will remain a primary goal. With our current statement, we are moving further along a necessary path. Back in 1982, I felt the only objective evidence was the electronic voice. The world has changed greatly since then and evidence for survival has kept pace. Since 1982 many experimenters have had objective evidence provided screens. Computers, givJng long messages about the life recent and world the Whether development. info rcnation given in the messages as valid, is one thing, but it is difficult to deny that there is a conscious, typing out messages from beyond this· plane, for us to the future ... who can say? read. Association has changed I feel the changes have all been positive. You, your ideas, your caring, your concern, not only about us, but about others, have brought about these changes. They will, I hope, continue to in the

future. Holmes bring positive changes expressed. it so well when he wrote: "The great thing in the world is not so much where we stand, as in what direction we are moving." in nine years, but a accept intelligence, 'individual television through 1 death, after their Yes, The you are Established in 1982 to Provide Ob,'ective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State Walter Sherbrooke LIBERANT A letter came in February from Paul Simmons, CA AA-EVP member, saying that Walter had died unexpectedly the night of from a heart attack February 11. He and Walter had met through the and list, became cross-country taped together once a week. friends, close to be on the audience-speaker Walter joined the AA-EVP in 1982, and came to our first conference in Baltimore. On Sunday time of morning during interaction with comments and questions, Walter suggested we have a cross-country . He the names and addresses of all who collected tbat list, before wanted afternoon to return to CA. Several months ago· in to me one evening, he suggested a phone call indicate a person's main we expand the list to the interest unseen. He felt this information would help other listed people. The list, that so many of you have enjoyed over the future, is an outcome of Walter's idea. in electronic communication with the years and will enjoy leaving list. the in Walter had done little taping since joining, but ~Her meeting Paul he began taping daily. Almost :at

once he had a breakthrough. Long messages, irnany of a scientific/philosophical nature, began coming through. Walter, an engineer, was given ideas from the other side to improve taping. He was working on time of his death. Before Christmas, he sent me a 70 minute tape of voices that I found impressive. My feeling is that after a period of rest, Walter will begin working in communication to help us on this side of our tape recorders. ideas at the these Walter made an important contribution to the idea of a cross I am future. AA-EVP :ountry ..'.Onfident his work will continue He will be missed, but the for originating list. the in EVIDENTIAL MESSAGE ABOUT WALTER SHERBROOKE Some of us have called on Walter since his t-ransition and messages have been received. Walt•:H met Mercedes Shepanek at first anference and they became friends. Many of you will remember Mercedes, who was Coordinator for VIA until her death in Nov. 1986. Although they rret just that one time, Walter phoned Mercedes s::t times and they exchanged letters upon occasion. the After Walter's death, Clara Laughlin, the p;esent State Coordinator for VA, who has had rnmerous taped messages from Mercedes since her cltath, called on her. to if she'd rrention Walter by name, but asked her •··.ad a recent transition over there, one of us." iercedes replied, "Walter. No kidding!" She was careful not Q.O MOSQUITOES GO TO HEAVEN? (Follow-Up) There was excellent response to the Winter letters received. Newsletter with many

favorable One of our articles, "Do Mosquitoes Go To Heaven?" came about because Dennis Stillings, MN AA-EVP member, wrote and asked my opinion and the opinion of our members, as to whether survival is possible for such forms of life as spiders, flies, mosquitoes and so on. After expressing my opinion--"Yes, they probably go to their own after-death life forms," I invited our members to try to answer Dennis' question. Many of you did; so many in fact, that I can only use a few here. I will try to publish additional replies in future newsletters. level with similar is only one consciousness but Marilyn Blondin, wife of John, FL AA-EVP, "We understand that we return member wrote: In a truth of oneness to. where our belief lies. there are there that one consciousness. many belief systems in reptiles, and birds are all The earth, part of the one consciousness, one spirit, one soul. Trees return to their vibrations. Animals, insects, birds, fishes, reptiles, rocks, do the same, returning to their belief systems. The universe is balanced and it's own truth." in harmony, each with insects, a raised is similar to our world, but Robert Camburn, PA AA-EVP member, wrote: fundamental "Dennis Stillings has question about heaven. It points up, I think, our tendency to picture the spiritual world as a close replica of the physical one. Perhaps the lowest if spiritual plane evolutiol'} is a cosmic law, then survival wi~I lead to existences so ethereal, so advanced, that they

cannot be perceived or re~ealed in earth terms ... Scientifically all creatures below man exist, seemingly, to make life possible for man, being the balance of nature in the world's ecological system ... The bird could insect, instinctual life may e.g., consciousness which reverts at death to the great Source." (also) need have such and the Doreen Di Crescenzo, a new member from N.J. "There is the possibility that gnats, flies, wrote: spiders, etc. may have some sort of immortality, but they would be harder to identify than say a cat crawling up to you. Because of their short life span, I believe that they wouldn't have many In my opinion, emotional ties with this plane. they go their reincarnation karma." through reach to (To Be Continued) STOCHASTIC RESONANCE learned Experienced tapers have to reasonably often, a receive good quality voices to certain amount of noise needs to be added their taping efforts. Few Class A voices are recorded in a taping environment where quiet is the rule. that research and development Network News is now being published by Alex I mention Alex, and his MacRae of Scotland. background in Voices of Eternity, on pages 45 & 46. Alex, an engineer and scientist, works in the area of for EVP and In February, he sent me a 45 does some taping. minute tape of some of his Voices, demonstrating how he thoroughly analyzes each message and uses a computer to assist him in editing them. His explanations can be understood

by scientist and layman alike. Alex also enclosed information that "Network News-a newsheet about EVP read: matters will be issued from Skyetech at regular intervals in the future. To reserve your free copy "Skyetech LTD. Grianan, Portree, Skye, write: Scotland IV51 90J." is Quoting briefly "Spirit Voices Spirit Voices-A Transcommunication Technical Letter is being published by Bill Weisensale, CA from his AA-EVP member. comments,, we read: to free concentrate on the technical aspects of T .C. There will be no set subscription fee (but) donations to help cover the costs of printing and mailing will be accepted and appreciated." Bill will publish Spirit Voices at irregular intervals as time permits. Many of our cross-country people have already If you haven't and would like to heard from Bill. receive his letter with many helpful diagrams, write to Bill: P.O. Bcix B.Q. Barstow, CA 92312+4. technical The in English are given first Journal of Transkommunikation has been received from Dr. Ernst· Senkowski, German AA-EVP member. Ernst and Vladimir Delavre, M.D. another AA-EVP member, are joint editors of this worthwhile journal. Although published in German, brief summaries for major articles. An interesting article translated for me by Hans Heckmann, discusses Erland Babcock's work. Babcock has been experimenting for some time trying through TV to have visual contact with the unseen. He is now receiving outstanding the electro-optical feed pictures. Babcock uses In back principle introduced by Klaus Schreiber. recent experiments, Babcock expanded his most light at this method by beaming a stroboscopic the

TV monitor. is in photography. similar to the strobe The other one lamp operating at a variable discharge frequency of a few hundred HZ to a No clear dependency of the rate of discharge was noted but to be about 1400 HZ. the optimum seemed Babcock suspects light pulses has something to do with the increase of picture quantity and quality. Members who are able to read German may want to subscribe to this twice yearly journal. Cost is about $39 fo~ four to: Dr. Ernst Senkowsk1 Eichendorffstrasse 19-D-6500 Mainz, Germany. Two types are used. One is a neon gas discharge the Rise Time of journals. Write few 10 KHZ. light used the TAPES FROM THE DEAD travels with a it discusses my the five photographs thing FA TE changed was My article, under the above title, appears in the May issue of FATE magazine. I am pleased with the way they handled it since they didn't change a word and used I the The only sent. I used, "Have Tape Recorder: Will Travel", title. tape because in recorder to Egypt, England, Italy, as well as I could this country. After - I saw understand the is featured cover story and shows a girl sitting in front of a reel to reel tape recorder, headphones on her head, half scared out of her wits, as a bony blue skeleton, holding a mike, talks to her. The magazine has been out ten days and in the last week, I've received 174

letters adressed to requesting my P.O. box, plus more information. the cover, The article four phone calls the change. THIS AND THAT led good in heaven and hell The Gallup Poll, in a recent survey, said more than Americans now believe ever recorded before. Of those surveyed, 78o/o said they believe there is a place where people who have lives are eternally rewarded. A very small percent believe there is a place for those who have lives (and die without being sorry), are eternally damned. Most people who believe the in heaven expect to go survey reported, but few expected to go to hell. Interestingly, church those who no affiliation, or religion, are the most concerned about ending up in hell. led bad there, claim The Society Newsletter--P.O. Box 142-- Manchester ,. N .H. 03105, said that of 360 people polled by Dr. Julian Burton (Director West Side Center for Growth & Counseling, Los Angeles), they had been contacted by a dead 55o/o said relative or the deceased living had a positive message. In almost every case, the that. had contacted friend. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS ,,, Michel Granger-FRANCE, wrote that he hoped transcommunication would be admitted the scientific area in 1991. He is a writer and some of his articles have been about communication with the voices. Michel said he'd had 71 papers published in 1990. into Jean Lodge-N.Y., said that while taping one day, she commented that the unseen knew more about us than we did about

them. She asked if it was because of fear on our part and how could we lift the veil. A male voice said, "See in her Bible and the Parables." fear and found explains how, find understanding. through wisdom, we may the parables deal largely with looked Jean 2. 5. ~n answer came back! With a California broadcast, the host asked if he could interview me. agreed and asked when he had in mind. now, 11 he replied. Tell us all you know about EVP I talked fast! I "Right "You' re on the air 1 i ve ! in 60 seconds." BOOK LOOK Inc., sent me I write a commentary. I was pleased when Peter Skutches, Editor at an Richard Gallen & Company, 'lhe Revolution, 2 ,-Jvance copy of Super-Memory 'Ihis c.1td asked that ,xcellent book by Sheila Ostrander & tynn schroeder was one I was happy to endorse without reservation. In my opening statement I wrote: •Super-Memory 'Ihe Revolution provide~ a cornu- 0pia of information about that which dwells , ithin each of us and regrettably eludes us all r:JO often when most wanted, our memory." The uthors give practical suggestions on how we can 'Ihey 1etrieve memories that seem to be lost. cive us the c TCient past and how they worked. Memory starts t-~fore birth and affects us each day of our laves . Near the end of my commentary I wrote: , ·-1emory is the 'cement' that binds together all consciousness from the creation of

our planet to current times. It stands to reason that we must understand this and take steps to cleanse and accept our memories making them a living part of ,11r world if we want to heal it and look towards An f-ie <tensive appendix, resource section, index, and ibliography is included at the end. future with courage and with hope." insights of super memories of I feel many members would be interested and It should -~nefit from reading this fine book. ,ie available at your local bookstore. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS time Renata Barbarigo, FL, wrote that she often rears from her deceased husband and daughter. 01e the daughter said, "Is nice here. i,~llo Mamma." Renata uses the SW radio for her the static she hears :S,und surce. telling her they wices calling her by name, love her and send her kisses. They also tell her, "You have many spirits that protect you." tvt.st of the voices, including her husband and dcughter, speak to Renata in Italian, since that i.'.i her native tongue. 'Ihrough Richard Busse has been busy contacting all Il members, five Joining as a result of my article in FATE. them a packet of He sends rna,1erial, including my detailed "How to Tape He also notifies the other members vcices." atJUt the new member. Richard hopes to start a mt 1thly IN newsletter, "Hoosier Voices," that will update each member in his state on what oner IN members are doing. Robert Camburn, PA had a beautiful

poem recent Spiritual Frontiers published Newsletter. The poem, "Petition" was from his booklet, "'lhe Silent Stars and Other Verses," in a Joyce Gaines, LA, wrote that she is active in a forum group which meets each Saturday at the City Book Store in Shreveport. On June 29, she gave a talk titled, "Gifts: Spiritual or Psychic." infra-red film but Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, is She trying to get pictures through her TV. experimenterd with the experiment was unsuccessful. Clara wrote that she had a new roof and shingles put on her house with two coats of white paint. She asked her deceased husband, Tom, how he liked He replied, what she 'd done to the house . "'Ihe roof sure looks pretty from heaven," and "Epoxy--all white." Jonathan Marten, a new member from England, wrote that when he did EVP experiments, he had the best rsults when he called on family members, rather those who were casual friends. He said he finds that this fits in that mediums believe our with deceased loved ones communicate to show their continued love for us. theories than Valerie Tjaden, N.J. State Coordinator, wrote that she had heard from the owner of the house in Phillipsburg, N.J. which sh..e and her mother had visited. This was mentioned in the Winter 1991 NEWS and that Valer-ie had gotten a spirit photograph of a small dog. The owner said the dog was not theirs, but her husband had dug ~pa dog license dated in the

1940 's, buried under an old pear tree. Bill Weisensale,·· CA, wrote that he had just seen the video "Ghost" and recommends it to our members who have not seen it. IF YOU WRITE FOR US I am delighted at the number of AA-EVP members who send me material for our news letter. You are truly outstanding in this. the newsletter. You in a real sense, make Unfortunately, space is limited. If you send something, try to keep it around 100 words. As always, I reserve the right to edit your contribution to fit editorial requirements. ODDS AND ENDS Have a good summer! May your tomato plants taller flourish as mine are, which are now than me. Deadline for our Autumn Newsletter is September 28. Always my best wishes, ..0~&aq;J AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER • OUARTERL Y NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 10 Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS SUnvner 1991 FROM MY VIEWPOINT In June, a columnist interviewed me for "Insight" a weekly news-commentary magazine with a circulation of 500,000. During the three hours he spent in my office, many questions were asked, some requiring soul searching on my part that continues today. "Why do you still tape after nearly "Haven't you fifteen years?" he asked. explored aoout everything you can? i-;11at ~s the point? What more do you hope to learn?" His questions were valid. After all these years, there will probably not be

a great deal more revealed by the other side. I just about all suspect they have told me they are going to tell. To a large extent, what I have learned will be found in my book. So why continue? Do you throw away an old friend because there isn't a great deal more to say to each other? Not if they' re a cherished friend. You feel a closeness to them, a comfort that only they can give. You sense a steadiness in them, an easing of the stress in a life that is at times harried. I have found that Also, with the Voices, when they feel there is something I need to know, they will speak in a loud, ~lear Class I mentioned this in the Winter A voice. told me Newsletter when two weeks they before the death of a loved one, "I bring her home." "What is the main reason for haviny the AA-EVP? What purpose does it serve? he wanted to know. My We have many reasons for continuing the Association. files are filled with letters from those who have found comfort and reassurance from the statement on the stationary: bottom "Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence an '!hat We Survive Death Individual Conscious State." letterhead our of in A few, considering suicide, have decided to wait and see if things got better. With they the help from some of you, to whom turned, and with my counseling, things have As one person

wrote in June, improved. after reading the Spring Newsletter and before becoming a member, "I had the first sense of hope in over a year. " I feel we also bring together those who want to learn more about the world after death. 'Ihey want They want to exchange ideas with others. to make new friends, someone to whom they can talk and who will understand. As an organization we have encouraged objective research into survival and tried to bring together those with a scientific background to promote research. always "What are your plans, your hopes for the tapes you future? What aoout all those have with voices on them. Are you planning to put them in an archive at a university?" he asked near the end. In I answered there were few that although this was a concern of some, it had not been a concern of mine. My main reason for starting to tape in October 1976, was to try to prove to myself survival of death. This was done to my sat is.faction years ago. When I began taping, tapers; EVP was largely unknown. Never, did I dream, that to form an international I would go on organization. the fourteen years phenomena has. spread around the world, partly because of our own efforts, and certainly by the efforts of other excellent grouP§ that have started within the last six or seven years. We are no longer lonely voices shouting· in the wilderness. Our shouts have been heard,

and people are responding. I have frequently said that not only are we learning, but I feel the Voices are learning. They are evolving, they are moving and I doubt they would have done computers. this if interest in them remained at the 1976 level. The AA-EVP will live its life. Whatever happens, I will be accepting and happy that I was given the opportunity to take part. My tapes? They have more than served the purpose, not only for me, but more importantly for others. into new areas such as TV Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death 1n an Individual Conscious State CROSS-COUNTRY LIST the One of things that makes the AA-EVP unique is the cross-country list. Normally, listed m~mbers get the complete list once a year, and updates with their other newslette:s· You received the entire list with your Spring our growth has been phenomenal in the NEWS. last three months, with close to 80% of the new members asking to be put on the list. Therefore, my 9augher, Cindy, who updates the list for me, and I agreed we should again send the comP.lete list with this newsletter. You will see that it now runs 4 pages on two 8½xl4" sheets of paper. ·. , With over 200 names on the list, I suppose we should not be surprised that a few members are 'loose cannons.' I want to strongly urge all members to be careful if someone calls you and claims

to be related to the King of Siam, or the Man in the Moon. Don't go off the deep end and make plans to meet your space brothers some night because you are from somewhere not of this earth. You think I'm being facetious? I wish I was. I have come to know many of you personally, and I am proud of the quality of 99% of our members. You are warm the Fo; our new members , I feel it is • smarts. ' important to caution you against a possible loose cannon here or there who might try to impress you. and you've got caring, Another admonition is also necessary. I that our cross thought it was understood I do country list is just for AA-EVP members. I t is not a mailing list for not sell it. personal gain. I do It is strictly private. this to protect you from unwanted advances and undesirable publicity. If I learn that someone has given the list to a person who is not a member, his name will be removed permanently. I became Several weeks ago, involved in a It was matter brought about by a new member. unpleasant, cost me money, lost sleep and time from my seventeen hour day~, none of which I could afford. None of this would have happened if the member had listened to my advice in May. He didn't and got _into a situation potentially dangerous for himself. For me, and the AA-EVP, it

was embarrassing and certainly undesirable. and caused Having said all of that, I again want to reaffirm my belief in the list. It can continue to bring joy to many but may I again say, be I don't want to stop the list, but cautious. at this point, I am thinking about it. I t is up to you whether we continue. 00 MOSQUI'IDES 00 TO HEAVEN? (CONCWSION) With this issue, we conclude your excellent response to the original question asked in our Winter Newsletter: Should survival be denied to such forms of life as spiders, flies, and mosquitoes? Again, my thanks to everyone who wrote and showed by your thoughtful replies that the AA-EVP is indeed a special group interested in the deeper meanings of survival. Brother Mark Dohle of GA wrote: "Cats, dogs, horses, etc. have some sort of personality, or awareness that could survive death. Gnats, It flies and so on don't seem to have that. would' seem that there is nothing to survive." Edelgard John of Germany said: "Do we not know that the body stays on earth after death, that our soul goes to another dimension, or heaven? Why should it be different with any form of life? Souls cannot bite nor be bitten do not eat or are eaten. think it is wonderful that you think about animals, even them. " mosquitoes . I also try not to harm I Denise Riccardo of IL wrote: '"lhere could also possibly be a group soul for

animals, especially the lower ones such as insects. I believe that by loving our pets, this would call them to us in the hereafter. Love is the bond that draws people as well as ?.nimals to us in this world as well as the next." . ' J.J. Snyder of CA wrote: "I would imagine, and have read in several books that animals, such as pets, birds, and etc. survive because of the their relationship with humans on physical level . This carries over to the etheric level. My feeling is that lower forms such as flies and ants, down to and probably past bacteria form distinct parts of a great life pool which goes into the physical plane." WAS MUFFIN THERE? It was, "Hello" and said twice. Richard Busse, IN State Coordinator, wrote taping one he had his first contact while night. A friend later agreed that was correct without Richard telling her what he heard. During the same session, Richard taped a dog barking. He said, "My little dog, Muffin, died that very day, and though the bark was not hers , I 'm intrigued by it." Richard wrote he has large outside dogs on his farm but is sure none of them barked for he would have heard them. He added, "They barked at something after I taped~' A thought! Could Muffin have stopped by while Richard was taping with a new spirit dog friend who barked during the recording? The other dogs, seeing their 'ghostly' visit<;>rs,

greeted them before they left by also barking. 2. Am:INNAB IICBIVU l 1M 88 JlllZ IIC&IVE& 2 FM 88 Mlrl UCEIVEll 3 TV SET UHF 640 Mlrl DIODE l ANBNHAE ~ BllOADIIAND ' - - - -_ . 1 - - -+ - - UCEIVEll FK 90 KHZ ... - ..,...., GENERATOR SQUilE WAV: KHZ llAl«.E LOUDSPUIDS ~3~ 11111)@---@ FLUCUSCE~ LAMP BLINXII«. 9 LAMP RATE 1/aee GEIIE&ATOII. AH-FK 30 MHZ GBNUA:ral SQUAU WA\t m u.-.:;z - q EUROSIGNAL BllIDGE IIARSCH-F, 1um&I LUXEMllOURG TAPING SET-UP OF SUCCESSFUL TAPERS Everyone who is a serious taper is always interested in the electronic set-up used by latest outstanding experimenters. Psychobio Journal Transcommunication physics Cormn.lnication Systems" (VOL 1, NO. 2 1991) Dr. Ernst Senkowski, AA-EVP member, wrote an article and gave schematics for several systems. We are indebted to Hans Heckmann translating this fine German publication for us. Interdimensional In For the for & Ernst wrote: "Al though builders achieved good and at times unusual results with these systems there can be no assurance that other experimenters will get similar results. It is quite likely that strong personal contributions play an important part in the highly unus:1a1 equipment functions and are not necessarily transferable." Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach, AA-EVP members from Luxembourg, need no introduction to old members and probably not many new members. 'Ibey stand at the very top with four or five others who have had the best results with inter dimensional communication through tape reco~der, TV, computer, and telephone. Chapter 16 in

my book describes a long weekend my husband and I spent with them in October 1987. In describing the Eurosignal Bridge, Ernst "Two Short/Wave/FM receivers and a B/W wrote: TV together with two UV lamps, a fluorescent lamp plus one incandescent blinking lamp make up the system. At times, a square wave generator is added. The radio receivers are tuned near the Eurosignal European only countries--88 MHZ) . The TV set is tuned to a free channel near 470 MHZ. The voices from the radio sets could be heard directly and recorded by microphone. ( heard some in (On) 11'1he GA-1 system, the antenna of a SW/ FM receiver is connected to 2 diode circuits and the output of a modulated generator. At times, a square wave generator is used. Two-way conversations with directly audible voices were possible." In our on-going survey begun about six months ago, there are currently 39 members who have GA• l SYSTEM IIAIISCB•F • LUXEMJlOURG indicated they are especially interested in research and development and feel they have the necessary scientific background to take part in R&D. With the Wobbler schematic shown on page 3, and the system shown on this page, you can go to your workbench and pick up your tools! Perhaps you have ideas of your own. Whatever, don't tell the 'angel' sitting on your shoulder, "I'll do it tomorrow." I plan to publish another set-up in our Autumn NEWS in which a system built by an outstanding bringing objective results. experimenter

is OOMPUl'ER EXAMPLE Many members have computers and have said they'd like to try computer contact with From the German Journal just other levels. mentioned, there was a sample given by Adolph Homes & Friedrich Malkoff, of Germany of their contacts. Answers to the questions they take anywhere enter on from a fe~ hours to several days to come back. them and for other computer Messages for experimenters very often the following which was translated for us by Hans. their computer can like look _. , 212 PlUNI'"QNI'RAL'ro STATICNRivm:I01Wmm'' 213 PRINT''~ATiml'law<EAS" 11 214 PRINT'"ltmX:RYA~SS~ I 21 5 PlUNI'' 11 216 PRD."l'''HWEI~TEVERl"l'HING 217 PRINT' II 218 PRJ:Nl'''YBEENWRI~~ 219 PRD . " l " '~ -22 -89A11 220 PRINT''TsTATICJGIVENIOfSINCEl'1mm::x:Nl" ~1 P lUN I ' "~S IOJ ' ' 222 PRD."l'''EANDLOVEI~" 223 PRD,"l'1'LLFRCMl'HE'l'H 7-17-8900: 4 II ~vmn , • • FATE UPDATE My cover article, "Tapes From 'Ihe Dead" in the May issue of FATE ~rought a response that was almost overwhelming. As of July 6, 765 letters have come to my P .0. Box and they haven't stopped completely. I have also given 15 radio interviews, some live, with With National this country and Canada. Canadian Broadcasting, I did a taping over the phone with a talk show host who had me through his first lead him, step by step, recording. He used a tape deck and at my suggestion, called upon a deceased friend. 5. Ann Longmore-Etheridge, is scheduled to give two talks in October to a metaphysical group in VA.

tapes and discuss recording methods. She will play sample Rupert Sigurdsson, ME, teaches workshops and gives talks on voice phenomena. He sent me an outline of a program he had given this summer at a church, and it was excellent. frequently WE'RE GETI'ING AROUND Since July, there have been several TV appearances and six phone hook-up radio inter This has views from the office in my home. resulted in many inquiries and new members. On July 15, I was live on nationwide CNN, from their new studio in Washington, D.C. The interview lasted for fifteen minutes and was a fascinating exj)erience. One week later, WGN, a TV cable company based in Chicago, came to my home to interview me in my office. All went well. Some members wrote and said how surprised they were to turn on their TV and-there I was larger than life! OPUS 27, NO. 2 Another question invariably asked by TV and two "Have you ever radio interviewers, mentioned in my editorial is: heard from anyone famous?" in addition to the the form of the diatonic scale, is moving. The strongest evidence is the minute of music that came through one night during a severe elec trical storm. That morning, during my usual taping, musical notes had been taped. When I ended the recording, I said I would try , come back that evening. With that, Beethoven presumably, said: "I will try playing. 11 He did this and two measures from his Opus 27, No. 2,

better known as "Moonlight Sonata," are heard. At the conclusion of the music, several male voices said in a Class A voice, "We are good! 11 Unlike many EVP messages, there was great emotion in their voices and you can easily hear how pleased they are with the results. It is utterly convincing. Bob asked if I would give him permission to use it as the musical theme to introduce each program in the "Mystic Journey" series. The following week, I wrote to Bob and said I would give permission for I have long felt the music was meant to be shared. I must, however, retain all rights. At my request, my name will not be mentioned; Beethoven and his colleagues will receive full credit. In addition at the end of each show where the credits are shown, it will state that the musical theme heard at the start of the pro gram was taped the night of September 12, 1978, from recorder, through a Beethoven in the Spirit world. My stipulatir were quickly agreed to and my attorney preparing the necessary document. tape came and .... .::; I briefly answer that several well-known people have apparently communicated with me. "Who?" they ask. I refuse to go into this on camera or radio, because I am aware that the very idea of EVP passes the boggle point of many. To claim Julius Caesar and I have chats via my tape recorder would completely destroy the field and myself. the creditability

of This situation arose in September when Bob Terrio, a producer for Hollyberry Productions, a. TV cable company reaching 51 areas, came to my home. Hollyberry is starting a new series in "Mystic Journey, " and several months, titled: my work with voice phenomena will be one of the early thirty-minute programs. After the camera was turned off, Bob asked about the musician I had mentioned (without elaboration). I told Bob about the messages and music I feel I received from Beethoven and his colleagues thirteen years ago. The contacts lasted for over a month and resulted in a tape that runs about thirty I told Bob I had never sold i t--nor minutes. did I intend to sell it in the future. Only a very few people have heard it, including six noted musicians all listed in Who's Who. At Bob's request, I played the tape for him, and he was almost overwhelmed. The clear musical notes, and a young boy singing his message in FROM THE MOt.m-lS OF BABES Winnie Peters, MD AA-EVP member, called last week and said her young granddaughter had reached some conclusions about God and dying. 'The child's baby-sitter, whom she loved, died one night from a massive heart attack. 'Ihe death was unexpected and when S. was told about it the following morning, she wept bitterly for fifteen minutes. She then dried her tears and told her mother, "When someone dies that you love, it is good to cry about it. Now I've

cried and I'm finished. I wondered though why Mrs. T. had to die last night. I've decided when God sits down for his morning de-caf coffee, since he's health conscious, he waves his wand at 1,000 people, that die that day." and they' re the ones ODDS AND ENDS "We can easily forgive a child who is afraid of the dark; the real tragedy of lif is when men are afraid of the light. " Plato Winter Newsletter deadline is December 28. Until then, always my best wishes. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 674-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER • C QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 10 Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1991 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "'Ihe thought of death in perfect peace for I have a firm conviction that our Spirit is a being of indestructible nature." Goethe leaves me Worry! How many of us waste what could be productive hours, even days, in needless worry? We worry about many things. Children, teetering relationships with jobs, money, significant people in our lives, health, death. The list is endless. run They ask for advice on how Letters, and sometimes phone calls, come to me weekly from people who are worried. the gamut of human Their worries emotions. to solve their problems. It is clear that some of them need professional help and I suggest The word this as tactfully as poss Lble. "psychiatrist" they them immediately reject the idea. "Counseling"

is much less threatening and usually they will finally agree this might be acceptable. There is only so much I can, and should, do over the phone or in a letter. frightens that and Death! This is the greatest worry, the greatest fear, of most. Has their loved one survived death? Since many regard me as and to a certain a survival researcherj extent I suppose I am, they think I have ail In the last three the answers. Alas, no! months, have radio continued apace, and not one interviewer has failed to ask, "What happens when we die?" "What do Spirits tell you life is like after death?" try to answer their questions, I always say that what other re searchers and I have learned from electronic communication is just the tip of the iceberg. Al though I interviews and TV raised our hands. Dr. Smith was surprised. "It 's unusual for people your age to be worried about dying, " she said. She didn ' t ask, so I didn't say, but my worry started when I was seven--but then, I lived through some unusual circumstances. Unfortunately, three fellow classmates, for me research a prominent issue until thirty years later. None of us, I venture to say, had read the words about death by Goethe, or any other great thinkers on the matter in ages past. into survival didn't become and my Recently, I read an article written by a She described how woman who was ninety. full

and joyous her life was in spite of some physical infirmities. Although she admitted there are calamities in life which cannot be controlled and must be endured, she feels to worry about them before they happen, or afterward, is to abuse oneself. She writes that she has wiped worry out of her life. She refuses to dwell on real or imagined catastrophies. Near the end of the article, she says there is one adventure ahead of her, the greatest experience of all. It has no strings attached, there are no loose ends. It is death. She looks upon death as the perfect ending. Yes, death can be a positive or negative experience. How many of us regard death as a negative experience for ourselves; for our loved ones? It need not be. Could we try to be more like Goethe to whom the thought of death left him in perfect peace? Or, like Beethoven whose dying words were: "I shall hear in Heaven. " For those greater or smaller worries that journey through life, it I read come to us as we might help to remember some words recently: In college, the head of the Psychology "How Department asked the class one day, many of you have ever been concerned about death?" Four of us out of a class of thirty, twenty, the ages of nineteen and between "Common things happen commonly. Uncommon things do not. When you hear hoofbeats Don't think of zebras." Established in 1982 to Provide Ob1ect1ve

Evidence That We Survive Death ,n an Individual Conscious State LOOK AT US NOW! Did you take a good look at the letterhead of your newsletter? If so, you noticed we have become incorporated! My attorney was distressed we hadn't taken this step and felt it needed to be done for various reasons. Bowing to his advice, I began the process. It was interesting and at times amusing. After the papers and seal arrived, we held our first board meeting in his office. I was required to resign--for five minutes there was no one at the helm of the AA-EVP ! Then, my daughter appointed Vice President, Becky, who Secretary/Treasurer, before my resignation, nominated me for President. Since there were no opposing votes, it was carried unanimously, so here I am! Legally, I and Also, upon the membership legal counsel, applications forms have been renewal changed. When you renew, or join, please read If you want to be on the cross both sides . country list, it is not only necessary to put an X in the proper place on the front of the the reverse side, you will see a form. space at the bottom for your signature. It's not that I am being fussy--my attorney says the signature is needed. On Just a few more words about the forms, and our 'house-keeping' chores will be done. There is a place for you to indicate what your main interest is in voice phenomena. Most people check box l or

2, sometimes both, which is fine. I suggest that A few people check all 3 boxes. if you have checked either the first or second box, you shouldn't check the third. When you do, it makes it confusing, and I don't know how to list you in our records. TRANSITIONS 'Two men, well known for their interest in psychic phenomena, have made their transitions. In a letter from Dr. Ernst Senkowski, German AA-EVP member, he wrote: "The late Professor (Hans) Bender, our most prominent academic He came parapsychologist, passed over May 7. through the Luxemburg computer and by voice to Homes, (a German EVP researcher) with the same long message at the same time June 19. Moreover, he sent greetings to a certain Mr. Steiner, to whom he had promised in 1984, to send word via another person if possible, when he died. None of the experimenters knew about this. It was not even clear whether Bender had met Steiner during his lifetime." The August issue of FATE Magazine announced the death of CUrtis Fuller, co-founder of FATE in 1948, and for many years its publisher. A personal remembrance of curtis was written by Clark, a close friend of CUrtis and his wife, Mary, for over 30 years. Clark said that CUrtis had died of heart failure at the age of 79 in Scottsdale, AZ. He described him as a "voice of reason through out the world of the paranormal. His numerot articles and in FATE were regular column always

insightful and introduced many of us to Now he the world of the strange and unknown. is gone." The are now able We wish both men god-speed in their return home . their am interests and further develop I confident that many of the questions they had about the world of psychic phenomena will be answered. to pursue them. AN INTRIGUING QUESTION Many of you have bought Tape 5, my 45 minute Spirit/Space Tape. On Side 2, which I call "space" for lack of a better word, there are a number of, at times, bizarre messages (to our earth-mind frame). As I point out in my book, Voices of Eternity, "space" messages frequently use words unknown to us. Some words are strangely repeated, and the quality of the voices occasionally sounds computerized or robotic. All of this is evident on Tape 5. In Number 2, we hear: "Pro ro sirus is is J ) '!his is an an attack. The headed a fact. they were practical. " The message is loud, Class A. At least two male voices speak. I have no answer for the meaning of the message. To me, it is one of those imponderables which most experienced tapers face at times. Near the end of July, a letter came from Ray Kent, CA AA-EVP member. Referring to the "If we consider the first message, he wrote: syllable (pro) , meaning then we could have a rough translation that Sirus is a fact. Sirus the Mead, was a

significant biblical character. Maybe there is some sense to the message after all." 'for' Ray is correct. However, I was deliberately making an effort to communicate with realities not commonly regarded as the Spirit world. Ray's letter, though, made me consider the message more carefully. We Are Not Sirius is a star of the first magnitude known as the Dog Star. Quoting from the book: ( Riddles of Ancient 'Ihe First "The Science) by Andrew Tomas, he writes: Dogons of Sudan have a strange tradition about the "dark companion of Sirius." companion of the bright star Sirius is visible only in the most powerful telescopes, such as that of Mount Palomar." This d~ regarding the Survival Research Foundation of FL 'key' word from him after mentioned in the Summer 1989 NEWS, how hoped to receive a his death. Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, sent In his 1n excellent tape of reverse voices. ~ letter, Dan wrote: "I have been taping wired direct from Receiver to Input Jack of Recorder with good results . No mike ( is being used) ! " Gail Zande~Washington, D.C. AA-EVP member, wrote: "I sometimes wonder who I 'm talking to when doing the tapings. Last week I received, 'Mrs. Zand.el where are you? can you hear me' "? 'IHOUGHTS ON TECHNICAL RESEARCH & EQUIPMENI' In a letter dated Sept. 2, Hans Heckmann, who translates all of our German publications and has an extensive technical background, wrote to me about his thoughts on technical

research. Quoting from his letter, he said: "The earthside technical aspect presently is not that important. There is not much more that we can do technically now to make it easier for I think we have seen and read the other side. enough evidence that makes it pretty clear that "mind link" and the concentrated power of mind, when unified and in frequency with the other side, will accomplish more. These things are mq__ch more important than any technical efforts !(_1 jatter how well meaning and sincere they may ~- Believe me, it is quite a sobering exper ience for a technically minded person like me to realize that all the wonderful equipment is really not that important. I have an admir ation for sophisticated electronic equipment. The strong desires and tendencies of the T. C. researcher (and medium) on earth can become the guideline for spirit cooperation. There is nothing wrong with that. Too much giving in and the actual catering to the researcher's desires the other hand, should be a warning to us. On wonderful cooperation is possible when both in common. " sides are sincere and have much to help more voices come Hans echoes my thoughts in his letter. I, like most other tapers, am guilty of always trying to find a better way, a better piece of equipment, through louder and clearer. It was in Oct. 1976 that I In first sat down and asked, "Is anyone here?" the fifteen years since then, I have

learned it is not equipment or methods the difference. It is the taper. As an unseen male entity told me once on the reverse side of "We need to see within the heart. " the tape, that make • dans, and I, and most other knowledgeable the active tapers, certainly do not dismiss I have written and importance of equipment. frequently said that I feel 80% of successful communication with other dimensions, depends upon percent is a result of equipment used. communicating. the person 'Twenty CE. M. M. to my Sarai Buioni, Italian AA-EVP member, in that she and letter, said answer Virginia Ursi still publish their excellent newsletter. It deals mainly with communi cation (instrumental and otherwise) with the The work of Italian re spirit dimension. searchers and others is discussed. The news letter published in June and December, is available to all members of their center. It is Subscription is 30,000 lire a year. published in Italian and for those able to read this language, I feel you would find it worthwhile. The address is: CE. M. M.-Via Porro Lambertenghi, 34-20159 Milano, Italy. CAN YOU HELP? 'Two years ago, at the International PSI I met in Basel, Switzerland, Conference Christine Berge from France. She has her Ph.D. in philosophy and was teaching at a French University. We have exchanged letters, and Christine She is is living in VA until next summer. doing research on channeling for a disserta tion which will lead to a second Ph.D., this one

in anthropology. Her focus will be EVP, mainly in this country. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, and I have each met twice with her. She is eager to do a survey of our She members to help with her dissertation. will be grateful if you send the answers to the questions below so she can contact you. Write to: P.O. Box 195-Urbanna, VA 23175. l. Name 3 . Race 4 . Birthdate 2 . Sex 5. Place of birth 6. Present address 7. Marital status (married; single; divorced; spouse dead) 8. Children 9. Education-high est level achieved. 10. Your current work situation or are you retired? 11. Religion 12. Do you tape or are you trying to receive pictures through your TV? If so, what are your methods and results? 13. Do you try other forms of "channeling"? 14. Do you read about EVP or other phenomena? 15. Do you have any particular doctrine which is important to 16. Do you believe in reincarnation? you? NEWS FROM AND AOOUT MEMBERS Ray Kent wrote that his new license plate reads : EVPTAPR. Richard Light said that he has a large about psychic collection of old books phenomena. two copies of Peter Bander's book: Voices From the Tapes, which he will sell. If you are interested in his books, write P.O. Box 177-Holmes, N.Y. 12531. He has 2. 5. CROSS-COUNTRY LIST Those of you listed, will find enclosed the entire list of other cross-country people. Put it in a safe place! As

is our custom, the complete list is included only with the Winter NEWS. The other three quarterly newsletters wi 11 have updates. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (410) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS EXPLORING HORIZONS CONFERENCE! VOL. 10 Number 4 AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1992 TUNE IN After listening to one of my tapes and read ing my book: Voices of Eternity, Fox network, headquartered in Los Angeles, has contacted me. They produce a regular series of programs about unexplained phenomena presenting them as inves tigative documentaries. Rob Kirk, a producer, called and said they would like to show the electronic voice as part of one segment. A crew of four wi 11 be coming from Los Angeles the third week of January to film me in my office and out in the field. It is expected the show will air nationwide the end of February. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Robert Camburn, PA, sent me a copy of a letter he wrote that appeared on the editorial Inquirer under: page of The Philadelphia "Letters to the Edi tor." In it, he commented about an article that had appeared earlier in the paper concerning near-death experiences. While agreeing that such experiences support evidence that the soul survives physical de;::ith, Robert said other phenomena also suggests this, such as: voices appearing on blank tape, images the from coming through 'departed' on the telephone and computers. the TV

and messages Ray Dietz, MD, had an article published in "How the Spiritual Frontiers Journal, tit led: is Poetry Written"? Ray, an aeronautical en gineer, is ;::ilso a poet and has published two books of poetry (Ray's Light and Ray's Light, Too). With this Journal article, R;::iy included "Near-Life Experiences." one of his poems: Stefan Horvath, OH, is the Founder & Presi dent of the Ohio Society for Psychic Research. to discuss such The group meets occasiona 11 y subjects as: auras, psychometry, astrology, and dowsing. information, you can contact Stefan at: P .0. Box 12083-Columbus, OH 43212. For Dale Kaczmarek, IL, wrote he had a major in He also appeared on NBC' s Chicago the Chicago Tribune Magazine article in October . Live and Fox 32. 'Wobbler' Jeff King, New Zealand, said in a recent letter th;::it he especially enjoys the technical bi ts in our newsletter. He commented that he uses a in his work station and the the receiver is noise it makes while "quite hypnotic!" He feels a factor in this is the repetition sound heard at about 10 Hertz. (A schematic to build a Wobbler was given in the Summer 1991 AA-EVP NEWS). tuning We are going to have another conference! It is time to get together again. Besides, it is our tenth anniversary, and what better way to celebrate? Mark your calendar for July 24- 26 for the gathering of the clan. Hotels in Baltimore have priced themselves out of business with a minimum

of $92 a night plus meals, so we will be going to the Baltimore campus of the world famous John Hopkins Uni versity. The campus is large c=ind beautiful. All buildings are air-conditioned and Hopkins has offered us an attractive package. We will sleep in a building on c;::impus reserved for conferences and our me;::ils will be the spacious college cafeteria. Your fee will in clude two nights lodging, all meals and con ference registration at a fraction of what it would be if we went to a hotel. in I have The conference theme will be "Exploring I am working on the program and it Horizons." will be outstanding. a Already commitment from Ken Webster (England), author of The Vertical Plane. He, Debbie Oakes (who was featured in cl British camero crew will end their two month stay in the U.S. at our conference. All of them will be traveling throughout the country, inter viewing and filming people engaged in unusual Our conference will play an activities. important part in the film which will be shown on British television in the future. the book), and There will be more details in the Spring Newsletter. You don't want to miss being a part of our fourth national conference! ODDS AND ENDS Many thanks to everyone who sent special It is notes and cards during the holidays. always heart-warming is remembered. My wish for each of you is that 1992 will be one of joy and good health. May you be

surrounded by love. Let 1992 be a year in which your dreams wi 11 be realized and you will help others realize their dreams. that one to know V;::ilerie Tjaden, N.J. State Coordinator, said that she and her mother were guest speakers for 'Ihe New Jersey Society of Parapsychology, Inc. Valerie discussed spirit photography and her mother played a tape of Voices she had taped. 'Ihe program was well received and was followed by a "lively discussion." Deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 28. Until then, always my best wishes! FROM MY VIEWPOINT There is a cold winter sky in front of me as I look out the window facing my desk. The large creek, that I also see, has shut down to boat traffic until warmer days return. The sailboats and power boats are buttoned up; the bubbling systems churn briskly, to keep the water from freezing and buckling the piers and harming the many boats. A lone, leading down large white goose, who took up residence on our bank the water, gives his mournful cry. All of his sisters and brothers chose to return to warmer climes months ago, but 'our' goose decided for his own good reason to remain behind. Obviously, he marches (or waddles) to a different drummer. I have become very fond of him ( or her) and would miss him if he decided to leave. to I thought so But no, it is not Why does he cry? Does he regret not going

now misses them south with his kin and i'lt first because intolerably? there were four of last spring and summer, the banks of them who c=idopted our bank and those other neighbors. particular geese he misses, the poor fellow is just lonely. He is calling for the ducks, of which we and the surrounding neighbors have dozens. He sometimes cal ls for several hours before the ducks come and join him on our bank. As soon as they come, he stops crying. Happily, together, they peck around the yard looking for tasty tidbits or waddle up to our pier and together enjoy the winter sun. Ducks and goose appear no they think each other strange or indication different, or out of place. Perhaps we can learn an important lesson in perfect and give from them. harmony and visits for me, with The past three months have been somewhat some international those of other business, I don't like countries coming to Di 11 Road. the word "foreign" for that denotes someone who is different and of course, no one is really that unless living in a mental hospi tal--and I'm not always sure about them. letters, to me, from In In November, a psychiatrist from India, now living in this country, came to visit for several hours. She had done a great deal of reading in the field, especially in the area of survival, and for the most part had not been particularly impressed by any of it. She said patients

in India who are to a quiet terminally ill, normally come acceptance for what lies ahead. this country, Dr. C. , said, it is completely different. Most of her patients here, facing imminent death, fight against it and are terrified. This has been her experience and perhaps the experience of many other psychiatrists. I feel though, that those who seek the help of psychiatrists in order the to face death with equanimity, are desperate ones. The large majority don't. last month after someone said to me As listening to the I have especially tape prepared for those who are terminally ill , or unable to come to terms over the death "I no longer fear death." of a loved one: and had Then, in December, I received my first letter from Iran. Amir R., who lives on Roadaky Avenue in Tehran, sent a letter to the "AA-EVP NEWS", the correct address , even down to the zip code . He wrote thnt he had long been interested in parapsychology and had heard I worked in the field. He asked for information about our group. immediately and replied included in the airrnai l postage required, the $. 52 stamp that shows lovebirds with the word "LOVE." two I I like the words of Edith Wharton: to "There are two ways of spreading light: be the candle or the mirror that reflects it." Sometimes we cr1n be candles. More often and just as important, we are the mirror. As we enter the

early days of 1992, let us make a resolution to warmly receive those who turn to us. Let's not look at the differences between ourselves and others but rather at the basic kinship in all humanity. If the ducks and goose can do it, should we do less? As a popular song of today goes: "It all comes down to you and me." Established ,n 1982 to Provide Ob1ect1ve Evidence That We Survive Death ,n an lnd1v1dual Conscious State William O'Neil LIBERANI' EXPLODING LIGHT BULBS A letter has come from Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, in which he said Wm O'Neil had died on September 4, 1991 in Pennsylvania. Many of you are familiar with the work of Bill in relation to the Spiricom system that was developed by George Meek. Bi 11 , who had very strong mediumistic abilities, succeeded in having over 20 hours of meaningful two-way communication via Spiricom with Dr. George Mueller who had died a number of years earlier. Two weeks after his death, Bill came through twenty-five a trance medium and chatted for minutes with George Meek. He told George that he now sees all happenings and past events in their proper perspective. Bill also indicated he is working with children on the other side. This may not be too surprising. At one time, he had a TV program for children on the Wilkes Barre, PA TV station. He entertained them with puppets, songs and ventriloquism. our warmest thoughts and wishes go to Bi

11 that he will find happiness in his new life. WHAT THE AA-EVP HAS MEANT TO ME Letters frequently come from members saying what the Association has meant to them. They are invariably heart-warming. Each corresoond they feel they have been ent writes how much 'given' from being a member of our group. '!his ranges all the way from making a "best friend" through the cross-country list, to finding hope and comfort, for the first time, that there is no death. Perhaps, in this instance, I am a 'candle' but the light that is reflecting back from your 'mirrors' has brought me great joy. This joy is all the greater because I know you are then turning around and becoming a candle yourself as you share what you have learned with others. What you have received as a result of being a member of the AA-EVP, has been given back to me ten-fold. All of you are in a very real way my extended family. Rob and Meta Hyner, West Australia AA-EVP recent members, put i t so beautifully in a letter that I want to share it with you. "We enjoy the newsletter very much. It crosses the borders of the countries and makes us part of a family. A family of wonderful people who have the ability to use the fu 11 availability of their faculties enhanced by their evolutionary development. Here in West Australia, living near the most isolated city in the world, we sometimes get lonely

and your newsletter helps in breaking this isolation .... If people only were aware of what really matters, what really governs us all .... For all those who participate in the work you do, Sarah, the veils of our future life are being removed." Subject matter of the hundreds of letters that come during a three month period varies widely. Most are interesting and while not related strictly to the voices, deal with anomalies that lead us to further consider the fascinating world in which we live. Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, and I letters about our have exchanged several respective exploding light bulbs. In a recent letter he wrote: "We have had two such explosions in light fixtures in the hall. Like you, the explosions deposited 100s of pieces in a relatively small area. In the first one the bulb was intact but the filament was out. In the second case though, the bulb was not only intact but still burning! I still think the explosions were caused by a per cussive rap inside the globe. " Monty goes on to mention that he has had five very loud percussive raps in the air near him, and his wife Bobby, has had one. Several of these raps were witnessed (heard) by others. He reminded me two such percussive raps while at Freud's home, which he mentioned in his memoirs. that Jung had My experience was similar to Monty"s. I had just started to enter the kitchen when an light

bulb, about six feet away, overhead exploded. It was not in a shade at the time, so the glass from the bulb rained down to the floor. My thought is that I may have had an It was implosion rather than an explosion. impossible to count the pieces since it was largely like grains of sand. I t also fell in a small area of about three feet, instead of flying across the room. Have any of you personally experienced a (not necessarily exploding strange anomaly light bulbs) that you can't explain? If so, please write and tell me. Such anomalies often seem to be an outgrowth of unusual energies not very well, if at a 11, understood. These energies, I feel, are related, to a certain extent, to electronic communication with other dimensions. I might like to share some of them in future newsletters with our readers. INTENTIONAL VERSUS UNINTENTIONAL MESSAGES One of our new members wrote after hearing the Voices for the first time on Tapes 1 & 2 that I sent him. He felt that a number of the voices were "ambiguous." He may be correct to a certain extent. Out of the 83 messages on the tapes, I would call about 10% ambiguous. Reflecting further on his contention, which incidentally is not unique, and thinking about some of the outstanding messages I have taped and heard on tapes sent to me, I have to agree wavelength of the light is unimportant. ,:ed devices could be used

also. small and the addition is simple. Infra The cost is TAPERS REPORT Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote that one Sunday she took a small portable Sony cassette recorder to church to tape some music. While it was recording during the service, Clara began to reminisce. On playback later at home, a voice said during the recording which had occurred: "Don't look back." Clara said that this type of taping might bore some but "for myself, in the quiet, one feels the spirit come closer." Dan McKee, IL and Fl State Coordinator, sent me an excellent composite tape of over 100 messages. All of them were on the reverse side of his tape. Two of the most unusual things he included were sound effects produced by the other side, evidently used to help them speak. 'Ihis began when The first was a variable tone. he was using his Sony cassette recorder for the first time, along with a new tape. The tone started low, went up to high, and back down to 'Ihe second unusual sound effect was low again. a clear gong sound that immediately preceded The fact of signals go the message: "Wait! beyond." Dan commented on the tape that he frequently hears this gong before a message comes through. OPTIMAL CARRIER FREQUENCY 'Ihe reason the aircraft themselves. I wrote on page 4 that "successful. voice reception does not depend on the tuning fre quency of the receiver." My personal prefer ence is the airband (not found

on all radios). This is the band used by air traffic control I and prefer this band is because i t is limited in earthplane message content. "You are cleared for landing," or, "I have a passen ger on board that doesn't have a ticket, " I am not going to think I have recorded a message from the heavenly realms. Normally, I tune my radio between 120-131 MHz, and the unseen also Perhaps, and seem to like these frequencies. this may be important, after fifteen years they've become accustomed to them, as far as speaking to me is concerned. They have adjust ed their equipment and there is little doubt in my mind to come through to me at these frequencies. they have equipment, If I hear: that In a recent letter from Bill Weisensale, CA AA-EVP member, who publishes "Spirit Voices, 11 an excellent technical transcommunication news letter, he wrote about the optimum frequency for recording. Quoting from his letter, Bill said: "I believe that although voice reception is possible, and in fact frequently happens in voiceband systems that contain above no that an above voiceband carrier frequencies.. will be needed in an efficient TC receiver. When I inquired about this, it was indicated th;:it the optimal carrier frequency is around 1 GHz (1,000 Megahertz)." SPIRI'IUAL ADVISORY COUNCIL CONFERENCE Some of them are: Paul Johnson, FL AA-EVP member, is holding his annual winter Spiritual Development Con ference in Orlando, FL from February 14-16. The conference, titled: "Journey Into

Light," features many outstanding speakers and work shop leaders. Steven McFadden, Betty Riley, Frank Tribbe, Kenneth Thurston Hurst, and Ron Warmoth. a professional dowser/psychic, will be teaching "The Art of Self an the Fulfillment" for three days preceding conference. I have attended and participated in Paul's winter, and also summer conferences, and can recommend them highly. You will find your time well spent if you attend. In order to receive full details quickly, call Paul. His number is: 407-774-6151. intensive workshop: Ron, FROM MY MAILBAG Gilbert Bonner, from England, wrote that although he is discouraged at the overall lack of serious EVP research in his country, he continues with his own daily efforts. He was recently notified by a publication that the 3,000 word article he submitted to them about the phenomena, will be published this spring. Gilbert said: "I believe still that EVP is the important breakthrough to most amazing and have taken pl.ace in PSI history." Jon Marten, English AA-EVP member, has become a good friend of Gilbert and has visited him twice in his home. Letters, in response to my article in the May 1991 issue of FATE Magazine, are still trickling in, ( three last week) bringing a total of over 850. One, from a Mrs. Carr in FL, commented about the mess;:iges I had taped in the Woodrow Wilson house in Washington. She wrote: "I used to be a hostess and guide There there and it was was a little china bell on the mantel

in the that would ring by itself when living room there were no visitors. The houseman who slept on the 3rd floor said there were spirits around when he shaved in the bathroom. Pres. Wilson and his wife's brother had used a ouija board during their lifetime." 'haunted' even then. "Out 06 t:.he. -6c.a.d-6 06 1Le.adln9 matvr.Lal. :that c.omu in.to my hou-6 e. you.IL nw-6le..:Uvc. L6 btJ 6a.tt :the. mo-6:t Lnt:.vr.u:t,lng a.nd :thought:. p1Lovok,i,ng. VON' T EVER CHANGE!" Ttte.ne. NdMn, (JJ1 2. 5. Michel Granger, France, wrote that his work on taping voices will be published in the news paper column he writes. The column focuses on strange and fortean facts. full- length Doris Humphrey, MD, article published in FATE titled: "Dancing Balls of Light. " This was about the interesting phenomena of ball lightning. a (Jan. '92) had Edelgard John, Germany, writes that she has taped voices that complain about the cold and pain. She be1ieves that the etheric body does "Could it be that not feel either and asks: they are not long in the other world and do not know they have died?" the Tina Laurent, Wales, sent a tape of voices. She was recording while a friend was preparing tea for Several Class A them. messages were taped . One message referred to the tea the friend was making with: "What a feast you' re making! " She .:=rnd her husband Carl plan to attend our July conference. two of Jon Marlen, England, wrote that he

has been "Active on the EVP front on this side of the Jon enclosed an article that he had Atlantic." just published in the ASSAP NEWS. The news letter looks excellent. In his article, Jon interviewed Professor Bob Morris, a noted para psychologist. Morris has the Chair of Para psychology at Edinburgh University in Scotland. Martha Sherman, AR, wrote that she has to Spiritual donated all of Harold's books '!hey will Frontiers Fellowship International. be kept in Philadelphia, where hundreds of people may enjoy and use them for reference for years to come. in their archives J. J. Snyder, CA, sent a booklet he wrote: "Has Science Confirmed Survival?" 'Ihis was published in England by Michael Roll and his group of researchers. It is an excellent twelve page treatise on the subject. Voice phenomena and the AA-EVP are mentioned. Geoffrey Tilga, N.Y., along with his sister, Carolynne, came to visit one Saturday afternoon the end of February. He brought a cassette tape of voices he has recorded and many of them were very clear. Geoffrey also brought his reel to reel tape recorder which hcls given him good 'Ihis is smaller and lighter than most results. open reel tape recorders and is easily port able. In spite of this, it still takes regular size reels. Fair Radio Sales Co., Inc. sells these second-hand reconditioned recorders for under $ 75. For the price, they seem to be a good buy. For information write to: 1016 East Eureka--P.O. Box 1105, Lima, OH

45802-1105. Phone: 419-227-6573. EXPLORING HORIZONS--CONFERENCE UPDATE Program for our July 24-26 conference is 100% completed! All speakers and workshop leaders have committed themselves to be with us and I can say without reservation the this, our fourth national conference, will b-... the finest ever held. Featured speakers include: Ken Webster from Joan Windsor; Frank Tribbe; Sheila Wales; from Canada; Lynn Schroeder; and Ostrclnder Rauni Kanen-Kilde, M.D., from Switzerlclnd. Some of you may remember Rauni who came to our first conference in 1983. Since then, she has had a near-death experience and contacts with aliens. Each will be sharing their experiences and knowledge. In planning cl conference, one must try to have as m.:iny different workshops as possible that will appeal to everyone. You wi 11 find In fact, this is the case at our conference. if there is a complaint, it will be that you have difficulty choosing between workshops. There wi 11 be two intensive ( 4 hour) workshops: Dreams and Healing and seven shorter workshops (2 hours each). There will be everything from learning how to tape, taught by a 'master', to Kirlian photography; from filming spirit video pictures through your TV, to astrology/numer I could say more, but I don't want to ology. give away all the surprises that are in stor We will gather together as a group for dis cussions and activities. Our 10th anniversary will be celebrated Saturday evening. Johns Hopkins University has been outstand ing in helping us plan for the three day

event. At my request, they' 11 'bring a catered buffet breakfast to us Saturday and Sunday morning, in our conference headquarters. We wi 11 be able to sit and chat informally with eclch other and program staff over a good cup of coffee and other 'delights.' The program brochure will go to the printer April 10th. Target date for mailing it to you is the first week in May. When you get it, return it promptly. Not only will you save on the registration fee, but you will be more assured in getting your first workshop choices. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the summer NEWS is June 20th. We have come to the end of our tenth year. All of you have helped make this a good year with exciting events, and much positive grow•· Together we begin our second decade. Thero~~ will take us where it will, but you have been, and always will be, in my thoughts. Always my best wishes, ~~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 726 DILL ROAD SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 (410) 647-8742 ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 11 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1992 FROM MY VIEWPOINT With this newsletter, we have reached a milestone--we are now ten years old! Each spring we celebrate our anniversary, for it was in the spring of 1982 that I mailed the first newsletter to our small, but eager group of less twenty-five members. Today, l t is ma11ed to

over 300 individuals around the world. than Many times I have to wonder how people hear about us, especially from other lands. At the end of January, Victor Perekoskiy wrote from the vi 1 l;=ige of Be lenkoye, a part of the commonwealth of Independent States (Russia). He said, "I would like to ask you to help to find work in your country. I'm 24 and I'm pharmaceutical chemist. shall be gr,3teful for your any help." An hour and six phone cal ls later, I spoke to the personnel director of Johns Hopkins University International Faculty. She said they would be happy to have Victor as part of the staff at the medical school, provided a 11 of his papers were in order, and he had the proper educational back I wrote to Victor with the infor ground. mation, wis11ed him luck, and said if he came to Bal tirnore, I hoped we could meet. This obviously has nothing to do with voice phenomena, or even survival after death, but it is symptomatic of how we have small become known, Russian village. somehow, even in a Why become concerned, why spend time and effort, on something so far afield from the focus of the AA-EVP? My personal belief is that we must reach out our hand and try to answer a cry for help, in whatever guise it comes. Yes, our focus is objective evidence for survival, but whatkind of survival can we hope for if we become so involved

with immediate concerns, that we lose compassion and lack time to listen to others? In ten years, much has been accomplished. I could use all six pages of our newsletter, and then some, writing about what has taken place since 1982. But that's not what you, three conferences, my Trips, or I, want. book, media coverage in books, magazines, newspapers, radio and TV are only a small part. With this "notoriety," as some people would call it, comes a heavy responsibility. I am always aware that what I do or say, or fail to do, or when I speak thoughtlessly in cl moment of stress, can cause disillusionment. I don' t mind, but people being For myself, ;:ind what what they are, they tie the AA-EVP it stands for, to me. I, in truth, am but an infinitesimal, a 1/300 part of it, if you will. As one of our outstanding tapers wrote to me recently, "I've got a responsibility to the voices and to helping others. If I don't do it right this time, I may have to come back in 70 years and do it again." the last A bird's eye capsule of ten years? That's not possible in the space we have. Perhaps we can manage the last twelve months. For starters, 1,000 (975 to be exact) people have written for information ;::ibout the AA-EVP. A large part of them came as a result of my cover article in the May 1991 issue of FATE Magazine. We

compare that with 1990, when 78 people wrote. This year, we have had our greatest growth with over 100 new members. Increased media coverage has led to other requests for interviews and appearances. Our fourth national conference is scheduled for the end of July at Johns Hopkins University. All of you, with your continued letters and cal ls, have been my greatest support, my greatest comfort. 'Ihe future? You are the future. Be active not passive in your beliefs. Paraphrasing a well-known saying: '"Ihe greatest evil is good men who do nothing." You are good! You wi 11 find time to light a candle to help those who need its light. Put on your travel ing shoes as together we start down the road to second de~ade! Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an lnd1v1dual Conscious State WHO SPEAKS? Lois M. Gordon After hearing time, Lois, a following poem. thoughts of many a voice tape for the first the Florida friend, the sent Perhaps she expresses of us. "Spirit voices, from whence do they come? from what time, or space or plane? and if they come, why do they come? and speak, again and again? "Perhaps they feel the need to speak to tell us that all is well. Perhaps "out there" they feel that they have important tales to tell. "And if we listen, can we learn from these voices from someplace? or understand our place on earth is an alternate life we

face? "Is there more to life that death can tell? 'Ihat maybe they are one? and that death is not an ending but a new "life" that's then begun? "We know not all the answers but the truth exists somewhere Perhaps the answer then is we ARE both "here" and there!" INTENTIONAL/UNINTENTIONAL MESSAGES--FOLLOW-UP In the Winter 1992 newsletter, I wrote that I felt many tapers recorded messages that were not intended for them. It was as if we are eavesdropping on other dimensions and happen to pick up brief conversations among two or '!his, I believe, is evidential more entities. in itself that is genuine. Skeptics cannot claim in such a situation that we are trying to impress a message on the tape. I asked members to send me examples of such '!hank you to al 1 who responded. messages. the phenomena Dr. Ernst Senkowski, Germany AA-EVP member, wrote: "I believe that many taped passages are the results of inter-dimension "cross-talk!"" "I have taped hundreds of un Sarah Estep: Some of them are: "I intentional messages. "We'll stop. He must guide me. Only road." help you guard ship." "Ah, we'll fly tonight." "He don't build the robot." "I'm still coming over. out of luck!" All were reverse messa.ges. Except for the first, and possibly the last, I feel the other messages came from dimensions not commonly thought of as spirit. "However, we have received some weirdos. done a lot of studying. " "Ti tser, oh! 11 out! " and, "You'

re parmish. " "He's "Get, Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, sent the following. The people mentioned are unknown v her . All are reverse messages : "Sister Dana, can you deny you got rich from it?" "Clyde, this is Arno 1 d . '!here is no defeat for my "Joe, we'll help you. Don't be so defender." rough with yourself." 'Ihis is Maverick. Is this the same time Rudy?" "Good day. th;:m IL & FL State Coordinator, wrote: Dan McKee, "I'm sure there are many unintentional messages, perhaps more His messages are also from the reverse side of his tapes. He listed: "For they are opposi te--you laugh--man's ear is set." "Sit down with us, if you know to understand that you're repel here." "We will use a kel ly to work this recorder." intentional ones." LOVE AFTER DEATH From "Psychic Pathways" of Woodmere, N. v. , came a report of love continuing after death. A group of friends vowed that they would try to they died. communicate with each other when Many there was no contact from any of them. Della, a member of the group, then decided that death was the end. subsequently died, but Della had an automobile accident and ass~ flew through the car's windshield her one id\f) was to communicate with friends and family. She found herself flo;:iting towards a bright light where she found a profound love. There was no need to communicate with those on earth since there was no separation. She then

knew that her departed friends from the group had met with the same experience. When Della recovered consciousness in the remembered her experience and hospital she said: "I know that the cosmos of love and trust and eternity is all around us in dimen sions only the ego fails to comprehend." ANIMAL SURVIVAL Fred McIntosh, VA AA-EVP member, is a well known dowser. He wrote: "As you know, I teach dowsing and do a lot of helping people locate their lost or stolen pets. '!he animal agency I work with kept records over a three year period (unknown to me). If the dowsing said that the animal was "in spirit" (der1d) and the remains were somewhere that they could be recovered the If the dowsing recovery rate was about 90% ! said the animal was still alive, the recovery rate was slightly better than 50% / Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, wrote that '!he point here, of course, is the existence most of the messages he and his wife, Bobby, of a communication link as well as the ability to questions. of that link to function after physical decith." tape, answers to be seem CONFERENCES Paul Johnson, AA-EVP member FL, is holding his annual Lake Forest College conference at '!his is Lake Forest, IL, from May 31-June 5. vays an excellent conference with outstanding 1:>t-€akers I feel all members would thoroughly enjoy this event and benefit great 1 y from it. information, contact Paul at his new address: 14345 SE

103rd Terrace--SUmmerfield, FL 32691 and workshops. For complete Ernst Senkowski has sent information about a conference to be held at the Hi 1 ton Hotel in russeldorf, Germany from May 1-3. '!he theme is: Life After Death and the program looks out standing. Speakers and workshop leaders come from several countries and apparently, many sessions will be in English. Ernst has a lead ing role to play in the conference. Contact him for details: Eichendorfstrasse 19-D 6500 Mainz, Germany. An international congress on Transcommuni cation will be held from May 22-24 in S. Paulo, Brazil. English & Portuguese will be the two the well-known official languages. speakers are: Martin Wenzel, Ernst Senkowski, Jules & Maggie Harsch-Fischbach and Ken Webster. I have programs . For more info, contact me. Some of FROM MY MAILBAG 'Ihree years ago I came in U.S. (J)»oting from a letter received from Panel Dragon, she wrote: "'!hanks to your wonderful book, Voices of Eternity, I'm now in contact I'm with you. a political refugee from Romania. I'm hungry to know more. 'Ihis kind of books do not exists in Romania. Soon I will come back in Romania after six years in exile and I wish to share what I found out in free world. I do not know if somebody wi 11 believe me when I know and be lieve firmly now what I expect after life. Death is a wonderful thing!" A letter and conference program came from Dr. K. Mohan, secretary Genera 1 of

the Fourth World Spiritual Peace Congress held in New Delhi, (India). He wrote: ·•M~re in Delhi half way round the world, we have come to know about your Electro-magnetic tape wonders through your book, only now. We would be grateful, if you informed of your further re kindly keep us search in the special field detected by you and other members of your group. Since it is now too late for us to invite you to India to par the Congress, the sessions of ticipate kindly accept our congratulations on your re :: '!his soul is sure that you would certainly keep us in your mental frame." ::-ch. in MEMBERSHIP REPORT Each spring we try to give a membership up date in our newsletter. As already mentioned, corre from we have added over 100 new members since last April. Members the District of Columbia, and 11 foreign countries. '!he countries are: Australia, represented Brazil, Canada, England, France, Germany, Ice land, Italy, Luxemburg, New Zealand, and Wales. For in a row, men outnumber '!his year, 55% of our members are male. women. the 10th year states, 40 SOME BOUQUETS "1 'm atmzed a;t :the tmJUn:t 06 .though:t and IAlJIC.k t:ha:t Alent: ,in;to yOU!t. YIRVJ6lefte1t. .u. .,urp'C.e.M-UJe. t:.IUJJ..y Sta;te_ CoolCJUna:tolt. Th£. dedica.tion Thank you!" .ir. d~ Rid1atrd &t.Me., IN "1 am deligh:ted t:o be a membe1r. 06 M-EVP. 1 look. 1 IAllnt :to t:hank. qou 6CJJWJ1.ltd eageJtly t:o :the New6l.R.tte1r.. 6()1(. g,w.,ing me. :the ~ t:o b€. a 1'ft!IIOOr. 06 -6lJM a

().l)nde1t6ul OlrfJaruz.ati.on. " Ve6i.Jr..u Eden, Idaho. ''Thank. you again 6()1(. you.It beJ1Ll,f,i,/µl ca,p,r.ehen6-We. New6- leftfur... U. a1Jmy1.:i atmze.6 me. hOAJ you can &Ji1ch !Iran Thank you poeJ;le IAltlti.ng, in:t1J a highl.y ~ one.. you. gave. me.." 1.:io llaJrgo:t G.izew.ikl, c.A. :the p(l/ll.,onal aittRYlition rrudt 601C. ''Really enjoy JteC.e,w.,ing YOU!t. ~ e.tr.n. (f..lll."11llr.. U. a1Jmy1.:i oopilr.e.6 me. t:o .tAfnk. about:. a wide1r. 1tealU:y than 01rrw1alUJ U!,e.. II J~6 lwtg, New Zeal.tmd. 'lfAhen t:Jr.e. Nev.J6bftM emie.6 .th!wugh :the doo1t evelrJjtJw,g emie.6 :to a !JIWlfW1g haft. M alv.wjll, nut, one. ,ii, paclw1 wli::h intMe.6:ting ftem6 and IC.lll1li..ruif me hOAJ 6~e. we. a1te.. The 24t:h 06 July ,ii, llfj 10t:Jr. anni»rutMlUJ a;t EVP. 1;t_ ha6 <Ywti.£d me. .th.1r.ough ..some. veJUJ JUJUgh IJpotl,. God B&6.6 ! " CTmra Laughlin, VA Stait.e. CoolCJUna:tolt. •'Thu, note. :to you hi t:o t:.dl you lrt:MJ veJUJ flfJdr. 1 enjoy and l.ook 60JrJJ.D/r.li :to yOU!t. n.ewl.:ibfteAf, . 1 .love. bw,g a fXI.ICX 06 &cl. a gJUJup." F/J)Jteree. 1?a;tclJ..fi6e., VA COINCIDENCE OR REINCARNATION? Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator wrote that she has done some research on her main spirit communicator, Hegeler. Ernst senkowski had a genealogy sent to her of the noted German author, Wilhelm A. Hegeler, who died in 1943. From the beginning, Carol has been called Kathy (Cathy) from the other side, although no one she knows has ever referred to her this way. In her research, Carol learned that Hegeler had a sister named Catharina, who died at the age of 31. She has taped messages saying, "We'

11 get your brother Hegeler for you." Carol may have age regression to see if she was Hegler's sister in a previous life. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Dr. Eli Feldman, N.Y., continues publishing his newsletter. It is largely a compil;:ition of many articles and books he has read about psi p,enomena. If you would like more information, 27G Grand contact Eli. His address is: 270 Central Pkwy., Flor3l Park, N.Y. 11005. 2. 5. David Fox, England, was one of 28 members who bought the Sound Source Tape that I made avai l;=ible in the Spring NEWS. In his letter requesting the tape, he said he was anxious to hear the tones my voice contacts sometimes used at the beginning of a message because he had also noticed them in his own taping. Carole Gordnier, MA, owns a store that sells "There is a metaphys ic;::i l products. She wrote: t;;:,pes ohenomena that occurs repe;:itedly on my ~hen the one who s;:iys, "I love you" speaks. I have crystal prisms hanging in the front window of my store where I do my recordings, and after he speaks the crystals start clinking and bang ing the window. I know he is doing this. It is a physicc1l manifestation of his presence." Doris Humphrey, MD, wrote about hec1ring messages that make no sense as she is falling asleep. Although these messages belong in a different category recorded from tapers sometimes get, others report messages Some of the ones Doris hearing such mess;:iges.

h;:is heard are: "Not until the day after tomorrow", "Sky-load", "California", and "The final d==iy." ambiguous "Cowboy", loved one. Phyllis Jaquett, N.J. sent an excellent ;md Recovery" article she wrote ti tl.ed, "l.n~8 the "Afterloss" news which w;:is published in outstanding publication for those letter, c1r Phyllis' c1rticle who have lost a eloquently focuses on how she is moving on ;:,nd working through her grief after the de;:ith of The piece will be her beloved husb,=md, Ralph. included in the book Afterloss due out in July or August. that publishes "Afterloss" has hired Phyllis to do editing for them from her home in N.J. The CA publishing company EXPLORING HORIZONS-CONFERENCE UPDATE I have been delighted ;:it the wonderful re sponse ~thus far from members who h;:ive sent in their registrations for our July 24-26 confer ence at Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore. Many new faces will be present ;:is well as those who have been with us before. We have far ex ceeded the number coming at this time (June 22) compared to this d;:,te for our last conference five years ;=igo. Distance is no deterrent to our intrepid members. Registr;:ints thus far are corning from 13 st;:ites, as far away as AZ, FL, IL, OH, OK, TX, and UT. Special arrangements h;:ive been made with Hopkins for those who wish to spend Sunday night at leave until Monday. This means you' 11 not need to miss a moment of our conference but can w;:iit until the Just let me

know, next day to return home. beforeh;:ind, if you want this option. the University .::ind not '!Wo positive program changes have been mc1de. 'Iihe Live Taping workshoo Saturday afternoon proved to be even more oopul;,r than I expected. I want to keep th;:it group small so particioants can have a few private minutes with the leader. Although husbc1nds and wives, sisters, cousins, etc., wi 11 share this time, the workshop filled several weeks ago. fVly daughter, Becky, has agreed to take a second section. Becky had out standing success t;:iping in Egypt with me on my first trio ;:ind some of her messages are on the Egyptian tape many of you h.:we. Even with the second section, it is almost filled. One or two others are reaching capacity. Remember, if you ta.ping workshons, are in recorder and a bl.::ink bring a port;:ible Eaq~hones to c;:issette tape to your workshop. insure fit your recorder are recommended pri vr1cy upon playback and also help you he;:ir the recording better in c;:ise you c1re fortun;:ile enough to get a message. the Live or Group t;:ipe to The second positive change is that Marlin Ebon will be with us and give the 9:00 A.M. Sr1t urd;:iy lecture. Ken Webster, scheduled for then, wrote several weeks ;::igo from Wa 1 es ;=ind s;:iid he couldn't come. We feel most fortunr1te lo h;:ive Martin. He is the author of over sixty books and is known as the most knowledge;:ibl_e person in p;;:irapsychology tod;:iy. He expresses his

wis dom through a m;:irvelous sense of humor and is someone you won't want to miss. M;::irtin's talk is titled: "Safe Journey Through the Land of Psychic Phenomena", topic for ;:in everyone interested in any arer1 of PSI. important The other reason I want to stress for your registering quickly is that Hopkins is not a hotel. They order ;:ill linens from a B;:iltimore company two weeks before ;:in event ;:ind then pre nare the rooms needed. Our other conferences ~ere at hotels so lodging was no problem. Some people arrived unannounced, the day of the con the hotel were able to ference arid we and I don't want you to miss out accommodate them. on this, the most outstanding conference we have ever held, but I fe;:ir if you don't prereg ister, you will find there is no room ;:it the inn! If you are trying to decide whether to come or not, or were procrastinating, wait no longer. Let me hear from you. Come sh;:ire those three wonderful days with each other and with me! ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for our Autumn Newsletter is Sept. 26th. Until then, I'm looking forward to seeing you at our conference! Always, my best wishes, ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 726 DILL ROAD SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (410) 647-8742 ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 11 Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS SunTner 199 2 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "Be Good Or Be Gone" reads ;:i sign

above the door of a Severna Park rest;:iurant that I have never seen we frequent once a week. the manager point his fiDger ::it any patroD and then usher him to the door. We c1re all Perh;;:ips we don't want to lose our good. eating privilege of their excel lent chili and ribs. Those five words enter my thoughts d;:ii ly and how they relr1te to our li,1es here, c1s we live them, and in the future when we wi 11 live them somewhere else. to say "Be Gone!" A 11 of us meet with s i tua lions when we w;:int Surrounded by negativity that drags our very being down, we can surrender and become a part of it or somehow, almost literally, claw our way out of the darkness and move towards what we hope wi 1 l be light. Struggles always exc1ct a heavy price. Success may seem minimal and yet, to choose not lo struggle, lo not say, "Be Gone!" will be in the end more costly to the health of our inner spirit. In our effort to Be Good, Struggles may do little to er1se personal burdens but we can try to ease the burdens of others. to help those who ask for and need our help, perhaps our own load wi 11 seem less he.:=ivy. It will always be there, it can never be forgot ten, but at least i l has not over- whelmed us completely--it has not consumed us as it most

easily could. As we look at society today, who has not felt like weeping? Big Brother, wearing the cloak of authority, whether on local, state, or national level has, in too many instances, forgotten his weaker brothers and sisters who are struggling to just exist. Too often, the helping hand is missing and the foot upon the neck is heavy. c1 our AA-EVP members come from a 11 levels of society. We are a microcosmic community, soci;:il ly and economically, of the world at large. The thing that unites us, that makes us ;:i community, is our interest in objective evidence for survival, and helping to spread 'light' as we each move along our individuHl, unique paths. I think it is safe to say that a 11 of us, whether we be saint or sinner (and isn't everyone a bit of both?) want to say "Be Gone!" to the dis-ease of our world. There are l. ighter moments in my daily correspondence such as the letter that came last week from an eleven year old girl. She enclosed her school picture and requested I ask my spirit friends who she wcis going to marry. Several letters come e;:ich school year from young people . They want to do a project :=ibout ghosts or nsychic phenomena for their school science fair. Can I help? I try to, and often wonder if any of them have won a blue ribbon. Five or six letters have come from a men's penitentiary in CA.

My book, Voices of Eternity, the prison librciry. They have read it ;:ind want to let me know how much the book has me;:int to I was those ;;:idvised. Indeed not! Those correspondents need ;:is much, if not more, encouragement as I can't shout, "Be the others who write. Gone" to them, but feel I must sit down and oromptly write a short reply saying I am they have my glad my book has helped and very best wishes for the future. letters", "Ignore them, is in I think our gre;:itest inhibitor in trying to do something about our unh;:ippy world is the feeling we are helpless. We are one frai 1_ individu;:il facing a Goliath that not even David would have dreamt about in his worst nightmares. We are not asked to take on the world, however--just one small micro cosmic speck of it. Those of you who write telling me about your volunteer efforts are all brave Davids. You are saying, "Be Gone" to the Goliaths of our world. When you reach the 'Heavenly Gates' I am confident St. Peter won't say "Be Gone!" to you. The gates wi 1 l open wide, he' 11 say, "Come right in!" and you wi 11 find you are back home. Established ,n 1982 to Provide Ob1ective Evidence That We Survive Death 1n an lnd1v1dua/ Conscious State PHONE CALLS FROM THE LIVING DEAD Many people report their loved ones have ~alled them after death. Scott Rogo and Raymond Bayless detailed this

phenomena in their book: Phone Calls From 'Ihe Dead (Prentice-Hall, 1979). Individuals, known and unknown, have written or cal led me about their experiences a long this line. they have been unnerved by what happened and wanted to know if I had ever heard of similar c;:ills. A few thought they might have imagined their call and were afraid they were--as they put it--"going to crazy." reassure everyone who has contacted me. In almost every case, I have been able Fortunately, A letter was from Dr. Ernst received Senkowski German AA-EVP member, telling about I his evidential call from the living dead. will quote iri part. "On Feb. 10, I received a first p;::iranormal late friend Klaus from telephone call Schreiber mediating a deceased person Poland. from our "When I was at my word processor Feb. 10, writing about earlier telephone contacts and referring to Phone Calls From (Rogo/ Bayless) I tried to formulate a sentence with the remark that during the last years, thanks to the answering machine and recorder, such The calls could be documented technically. telephone then rr1ng normally. Adelheid (Ernst's wife) picked up the receiver downstairs and listened while I talked on the phone upstairs. 'Ihe Dead "After Kl.:ius gave his full name I asked for his OK to tape the conversation. He agreed and I switched on the machine. The di.:ilogue runs for 2 minutes in excellent quality. "There are several points to be observed. Klaus spoke his typical native dialect. The marrwith him spoke

in his native dialect of his ( southwest Poland, southeast Germany) . region His main concern was that the way existence really is after death, must be told to people which is underst;:indab le because he was a Roman Catholic Cardinal during his lifetime." Ernst cited the evidenti;::il information the former churchman had given. He said he knew Ernst's father who died in 1959 and quoted a unique phrase originated and used only by his father during his life. Ernst said he had never used it himself and that neither Adelheid or any of their children knew it. Later it was learned that Swejen Salter, a spirit world contr1ct of the Harsch-Fischbachs, had called them while they were at work. She left a message on their answering m,=ichine which was activated about 30 minutes after Ernst's ca 11. In the ca 11, she referred to the ca 11 made to Ernst from Schreiber and the Cardin;::i l. The significr1nce of the cal 1, coming when it did, can't be overlooked. Ernst, alone at his desk, working on the phenomena of the dead using the telephone to call us, received his own call at th;:it time. They knew what he w;::is doing and took this method to show him th;::it the living dead do contact us with phone calls! AN IDEA FOR AN EXPERIMENT This is an idea that tapers and non-tapers can try. Connect a port ab le tape recorder to your 'This is very easy to do and no

telephone. technical knowledge is required. Radio Shack inexpensive device called a sells a small "Telephone Recorder Control. " ( Mode 1 No. 4 3- 228). One end plugs into a wall outlet, the other into your tape recorder. When someone calls you, if you want a record of that call, simply push the record button of your recorder. The entire conversation with your voice, as well as theirs, will be on tape. For tr1pers, I would suggest you ask during your recordings that a specific loved one try telephone which is now to call you on your connected to a tape recorder. If you ?.re fortunate to receive a c;_:i l l, such as Ernst did, I feel you should fol low Ernst's example of requesting permission to tape the call. This will no doubt be given but it's only courteous to ask first. Please let me know if you receive a call of taped this nature and copy of the call. Your success is something I will want to share with others. I would appreciate a "I MADE IT! IT' s TRUE! II Carolyn Sullivan, TN AA-EVP member, wrote recently about the transition of her husband, Jim. Her heart-warming and evidential exper iences before and after his death, will be of interest to everyone. She is happy to share this with a 11 members so I will quote from her letter. "For two weeks before Jim passed away, my Guide was with me, 24 hours a day. The day

Jim died, he fell in the kitchen and as I rushed to help, my Guide made himself very evident in ( He h;_:is my consciousness, before departing. not returned) . We got him to the hospital , ministrations in the emergency room were given and he m;_:ide his transition--No fear, no pain, no distress of any sort! " Daughter Jane ;_:ind I went directly to the bank. (Jim and I had discussed in the past what we should do). Once well inside the bank and involved with the task on hand the power went completely off and then on. We got home the and the inst;:mt we came into the house, 2. I stress making appointments with did. As far as a c;_:imera is concerned, black and white film is usually recommended, although the eight pictures Olga sent me are in color. A Polaroid, if you have one, can be used. The the reason other side, is that I suspect they may have to do special manipulations of energies, perhaps they have special equipment even go to where I agree with Marion, for video/com contact. that someone who has had good taped results is the one most likely to have success with TV. A VISIT TO GERMANY AND THE DUSSELDORF CONFERENCE I mentioned In the Spring Newsletter, the Life After Death conference that was to be held at the Hilton in Dusse ldorf, Germany, May 1-3. Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, attended as George Meek' s special emissary. Quoting from

his letter that he mailed after returning home, he wrote: reaching Dusseldorf we ( a German research visited Friedrich Malkhoff er). He surprised us with a 8xl0 photo of the paranormal image of Dr. Mueller. (Mueller spoke to Wm O' Nei 1 via Spiricom developed by George Meek). Mueller had recently come through the Rivenich/Schweich TV screen. This picture also was to be a surprise for George. "Before phenomena ( German AA-EVP member) . "We stopped by and had a very pleasant visit The with Luise Fuchs strictly German conversation centered around the voice spirit pictures. Friedrich Jurgenson was a good friend of hers and she has regular voice contacts from former monks of the Monte Cassino monastery in Italy. She also gets video pictures similar to Erland Babcock (MA AA-EVP member who will be teaching a Sunday TV workshop at our conference). and "I in taped the podium discussions the morning at the conference and some of the work shops in the afternoon. Several good paranormal pictures were shown on a large screen. The cost of the 3 day conference was high--approximately $610 just for the conference and banquet. A double room at the Hi 1 ton was an additional In spite of that, and the fact $1 70 a night. that the entire public transportation system in Germany was on strike, the conference was a success." C.E.T.L. JOURNAL--GCX)D NEWS! from Lack of space always prohibits our publish ing much the Harsch-Fischbach' s out standing Journal. We include as

much as we can, but you can see that with their twice yearly Journal often running twenty-thirty pages, we can barely touch the surface. Hans Heckmann does a masterful the Fischbachs job in his translations, and (Luxemburg) who are also AA-EVP members, and I, have dis- cussed this li'ick of space problem in a phone call. I know from your letters that you want to be kept up-to-date on what is coming through to them via phone, answering machine, tape re I have also made clear to Hans corder and TV. how grateful a 11 of you are for his efforts. At" the end of the Dusse ldorf conference, Hans drove to Luxemburg- to meet the Fischbachs I wi 11 again quote from for the first time. his letter dated May 29th. "I can report agreement with Maggy and Jules H.F. about an essentially full translation into INFONEWS English of beginning with the next issue. No agreement about the distribution was made yet. For more information and subscription price, write to: CETL-B.P. 2 5887 Hesperange, Luxemburg." their bi-annual CETL RECORDERS wrm REVIEW KEYS Many successful European tapers favor the Phillips Cassette tape recorder, Model D 6350. Chances are, you'll not be able to locate it in U.S. electronic stores, but if you can find a Phillips distributor, he might be able to order There may also be other recorders , more it . easily found, with the unique feature of a Review Key. In his May letter, Hans wrote: "Look

for the designation "Review" in addition to "Rewind." This would indicate a suitable cassette recorder. take a recorded cassette with you to the store and play back your tape in the recorder you want to If an automatic buy. Press the "Rewind" key. "Review" feature is present and activated the "Play" key will not snap up but stay depressed. After releasing "Rewind", the recorder will automatically start repeating the tape passage." To make sure, CHILDISH(?) INTIJITION Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote about a visit her daughter, Barbara, and small grandson, Jonathan, made to her home. Jonathan had disappeared and looking around, they found he had gone into the room Clara sets aside for taping. There he sat, in front of the t;_:ipe recorder, earphones on, 'reading' my book, Voices. (Jonathan has not started school yet and can't read.) Clara commented: "The puzzling thing to us was how he connected the two--the taping equip ment with the book--because the book was over in my bedroom with other books. He could just as well have picked up something else." NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Ali bought in the Inc., price Al lmaker, MA, cal led to say he had the reel to reel tape recorder mentioned Spring Newsletter. (Fair Radio Sales Co. Lima, OH). He was very pleased at the ( $36) and the prompt service offered. 5. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 726 DILL ROAD SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER SEVERNA PARK. MARYLAND 21146 (410) 647-8742 ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS

EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 11 Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1992 I find the situation ironic. Seventeen years ;::,go, I sent a questionnaire to 1, 000 people listed in Who's Who In America. The focus of "H;:ive you ever had a the questionnaire was: If so, please describe paranormal experience? it fully." My thought at the time was that if I received enough responses, I would put them in a rook. I t would be interesting, I felt, to see if well-known, mostly professional, well educated people had psychic experiences like John and Mary Smith who lived next door. To my surprise, I had a 50% response. As any professional pollster will te 11 you , this large a response is almost unheard of in the polling field. Of the close to 500 people who mailed their replies back to me, about half indicated they'd had an unexplained experience that they called paranormal. Some went on ;:it great length, adding several pages to their reply. It proved several things lo me: One, that people were eager to tell arout their experiences to some they fell was understanding and sym one who pathetic. 'Iwo, anyone c?n have a psychic experience. As I was organizing the material, I wrote lo Who's Who and told them what I had in mind for a possible rook. I asked if they had any objection if I mentioned in the Foreword that everyone in the rook had been listed in Who's Who. Within a short lime,

a letter c;:ime back from one of the editors, saying they would prefer I not mention this. Although I still feel the idea had merit, I went on to discover rook. EVP, and so dropped the idea about a Now they are listing me, fully aware of what I am doing. Could it be that times are changing? NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS In her letter, Ann lDngmore-Etheridge said she will be giving a lecture arout EVP on Nov. 9th, for the Silva Method (formerly Silva Mind Control) group in the Washington area. Eli Feldman, N.Y. sent me an article from one of the tabloids titled: "Home Computer Can Talk Supposedly, Japanese scien with the Dead." tists have developed a personal computer that can be used by ;:inyone to talk with those who are deceased. It is called the Kimi PC and is expected to be on the market by 1994. It h;:is an omni-sensitive receiving device, so sen sitive that it can pick up faint electrical pulses and patterns that current m;:ichines can't detect. Quoting from the article: "OUr re search shows people can contact about 80% of attempts." It is expected computer will sell for arout $10,000. the dead in the Mary Kelley, MD, wrote after hearing arout the Fox TV progr;:im "Sightings: Ghosts." This in February and was first shown nationally EVP was one of repeated sever;:i l months l;:iter. tl-ie features with the c;::imer;:1 crew corning to my home and to Point the fol lowing day

going LDokout, a haunted lighthouse in southern MD. "I was born ;:ind raised near there Mary wrote: and never h;:id any doubts of their presence have seen m.:i_nifestations since I was a very lilt le girl." Irene Maletsky, mother of Valerie Tjaden, that she and N.J. State Coordinator, wrote Valerie are sharing the job of Coordinator. Irene has been taping successfully for several years, and Valerie's special ;:irea of expertise N.J. members ere is spirit photograohy. 'blessed' such excellent, having by friendly, caring leaders at the helm! two that Jonathan Marten, England, wrote a fellow member of SPR ( Society for Psychica 1 Rese;:irch) , Dr. Bernard C;:irr, is a physicist, theorist, and a mathematician. He has tapes of Dr. Carr's lectures in which he discusses the likelihood of the existence of higher dimen sions 3nd he c31ls 11 Actu;:ility Dr. Carr claims he has generr1ted Planes. 11 m;:ithemFltical support for his theory. Jonathan also said that rese;:irchers there c;:ill spontan eous disappearance of objects "JOfS" (just one of those things). He said he h;::id put a 1 etter to be mailed in his wife's handbag and ;::i short it had mysteriously vanished latter, time from the bag. levels these FROM MY VIEWPOINT If we Time is eternal and life goes on. Each day as we arise, those two precepts are in the hidden recess of our mind. Rarely they are just voiced, seldom thought of, think of anything, it's: there. The same 11 Another day. today as thing yesterday,

and tomorrow no doubt will be the same as today." We are confident in the continued sameness of our life. There in will be no crisis, no decisive moment, which we will be called upon to make decisions that could unalterably affect the life of someone else, or ourselves. Dissatisfaction. I have never known anyone who said his life was perfect, that there was not a single thorn here and there along the way. If life was a continuous pot of gold at the end of the rainbow, there would be no moti vation to try to improve things in our own life or even in the lives of others. Perhaps this is good. Geoffrey Tilga, N.Y. called one evening. He said he had learned th3l there are four reel to reel tape recorders available from a person who he feels is reliable. They are being sold for $65 each plus UPS postage. If interested write: Mr. Litsche-Air Navigation Industries--P.O. Box 191, Canandaigua, N.Y. 14424-0191 for details. CONFERENCE-BASEL, SWITZERLAND A program h.::i.s come from Basel, announci1tg I t will their 10th international conference. be held from Nov. 12th through Nov. 15th. The focus this year is healing: Spiritual healers: "What they do. How they work-whom they help." English is one of the three languages used al the conference and for anyone who is able to go, I feel you would find it interesting and helpful. For information write: Messe Basel, Congress Dept., P.O. Box, CH-4021 Basel, Switzerland. ODDS AND ENDS

An order form is enclosed for taoes from our 3 previous conferences. Return form for those wc1nted. Ray Dietz will fill your orden I think though, we have to be a gardener of unparalleled excellence to know what thorns in our life need to be disposed of and what are merely a petty inconvenience. Eleanor Roosevelt said, "You gain strength, courage, and confidence in every experience in which you really stop to look fear in This is true, but we could the face." replace the word "problem. 11 If we have the courage to face a situation that is truly a problem, and go on to deal with it, we will grow and become stronger as a result. the word "fear" with In most lives, however, I suspect what we call problems are not truly that. Some times it seems as if by taking a nuisance and enlarging it past all proper proportion, we almost deliberately cause grief in our in the lives of own lives and sometimes others. This is not the lesson we are meant to learn. This is not why we are here. Why are we here? The answer to this is unique lo each person, as unique as our fingerprints, but there are similarities. largely distinguishes us Just as most people are born with two hands in which you find little difference, so it is with our lives. Fingerprints are what from one another and they are not obvious unless you make a study of them.

In our current life I believe each has been 'fine-tuned' for this particular time. In some ways though, we have the same lessons to learn. As a first grade teacher hopes all of the children in her class will learn to read that year, she knows some will do a better job of it than learn others. lessons and then, as in every school, we are tested to see how well we have learned them. While I believe the teacher hopes we wi 11 all learn love and compassion for others, there are many other lessons placed in our individual knapsacks that He hopes we will become aware of and at least examine upon occasion. think we are here 'Master' to I that while what I feel we need to learn that life is indeed fragile and lies beyond death is timeless, our physical life is limited. The status quo is not a given. Tomorrow can be different from today and is something over which we, at times, have little control. We are not always masters of our fate and there is not a great deal we can do to prepare for the unexpected. We should appreciate what we have today, even if it's not perfect, because, literally, life can change irrevocably from one minute thorns can't - and to the next. shouldn't always be ignored, there is beauty there if we will but look, and to fail to do so is an insult to God. Al though Let us

try to keep in mind the words of Yeshua Ben Josef who closed his autobiog raphy, 'Ihe Magian Gospel with: "Live not in the limitations of time, but in the inti mations of immortality. Go onward and inward. Seek understanding and arove all, be joyful." the light. And, Deadline December 19th. for our Winter Newsletter is Always, my best wishes, -d~ ~ Established in 1982 to Provide Ob1ective Evidence That We Survive Death m an Individual Conscious State CONFERENCE CANCELLED A PHONE CALL FROM FRIEDRICH JURGENSON On June 30th, the day after I mailed the Summer Newsletter, my husband Charlie had the first of two strokes. 'lwelve hours after being rushed to the hospital by ambulance, he had the second stroke, which was massive. A week later, I decided the conference had to be cancelled. Letters and refunds were mailed to all registrants on July 6th. Cancell ing the conference was the hardest decision I ever had to make, but I felt my first respon sibility was to my husband who needed my ful 1 attention and presence most of the day and part of the night. This lasted for almost a month. It is fortunate I made this decision because a few days after mailing the July 6th letter, Charlie became critical again. For a week he battled pneumonia through an oxygen mask until an emergency tracheotomy was -performed late one night. For over a week we didn't know if he would live from one day to the next,

as he remained in a coma. Finally, he started to pull out of it and consciousness slowly returned. and breathed The response from AA-EVP members, as well as the conference program staff, has been over whelming. Over half of the conference regis trants wrote, assuring me of their understand ing and full support. Although each mentioned their disappointment at the change in plans, most said, "You did the only thing you could." Martin Ebon wrote: "Certainly, you have your priori ties right! " Another member, who had registered, a professional journalist, from VA, offered to help get out an edition of the news letter. A N.J. member called and asked if he couldn't return his conference refund to help with the money I lost from cancelling the con ference. This was declined with deep appre ciation. As other members learned about the situation, letters and cards to both Char lie and me were received. Flowers and phone calls from this and other countries came. I regret not being able to answer each one -personally, but I'm sure you understand. If there has been one bright soot this summer, it has been the warmth, love, and support offered by so many. Upon discharge from the hospi ta 1, Charlie to a convalescent center for skilled went nursing care and therapy. On September 18th, a bed became available for him at Johns Hopkins rehabilitation hospital in Baltimore. I visit him daily. He remains severely disabled, unable to walk, use his right arm

or hand, or to swallow food so must be fed through a tube. It is hoped with intensive therapy that many of his skills will at least p;:irtly return. our three children and I, ask for you continued support and prayers. Senkowski, In the Sumner Newsletter, I told how Dr. AA-EVP member, German Ernst received from Klaus joint phone call Schreiber, deceased transcommunication exi;,eri menter, and another man who was Catholic Cardinal during his lifetime. a Ror a At the end of June, Ernst wrote about a I will second paranormal phone call he'd had. quote from his letter. "Pere Francois Brune, together with Prof. Remy Chauvin and a crew from a French TV net work, visited us April 28. We had interviews and tried to catch some EVP without convincing results. Near the end, the telephone rang. When I answered, Friedrich Jurgenson (deceased I asked for EVP researcher) gave his name. permission to record, got his OK, pressed the recording button on my answering machine and asked if he had a message for me. Immediately, thanked the French TV he spoke French, and crew, and then continued in German. He said: 'I thank the French friends and we shall-you wi 11 receive (information) via the colleagues Ernst said that the voice Homes and Harsch.' sounded very similar to that of Jurgenson. Continuing to quote from Ernst's letter, he wrote: "It is necessary to state that no out sider knew that the French TV crew was here, or planned to

be here--the date had bfT} changed shortly before. phone conversation with Maggy Harsch-Fischbach. She said the day before she had a seven minute telephone talk with Jurgenson before he called me. He mentioned that a picture through TV was planned to be sent to Adolph Homes (German researcher ) . Next day, I hac:t-t ( Over a month latter,) "Adolph's TV camerr1 taped a picture of a man. It shows a rather young man's face. The hair cut is characteris tic of Jurgenson's later life. I have no early photo of him but we are trying to get in touch with people, possibly his family, for checking. "Later that day, Homes received a call from the Harsch-Fischbachs. He was told that when they came home at noon there were two combined messages on their computer which had been switched off when they left but was now on. The first part, signed by Jurgenson, had some ideas of the group of theologians on the other In the second part, reference is made side. transvideo event of Homes and said to the technical difficulties which there had been prevented transaudio contact to come through." the originally planned "It 1..-6 aPJJJay-6 a happy mome.nt whe.n we. ge;t youtc. ne.wl.lle;t:t.e.tc.." Sa1r.i..a Bui..on.1.., 1:t.aly. 2. overview of the phenomena from 1928-1988. The AA-EVP is mentioned. In the same magazine, Rupert Sigurdsson, ME, had an article published under the tit le: "Is 'J'"-1.s The Mediurnship OF 'Ihe Future?" Ru-pert also ,te about the development of EVP.

Paul Johnson, FL, had an excellent article appear in the Winter/Spring issue of Spiritual "I Experienced The Battle Frontiers Journal. Of Gettysburg" describes an experience he had in July of '71 while visiting the battlefield that changed his life. He realized for the the there was first time earth plane. " Since then, he has gone on to found and become president of the outstanding organization, Spiritual Advisory Council which two national publishes a newsletter and has conferences yearly. "something beyond Rozella Roberts, CA, recently sent me a book she published titled: Mind Assassins. It is an interesting fictional account of a woman who, according to the introduction, "had the courage to expose a world wide conspiracy ... the events portrayed are true." REPORTS FROM TAPERS Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, wrote that they had out-of-state company in the summer. She and her husband, Lou, took them on ( \our of the Newport mansions in Rhode Island. ~.l took a long her portable tai;,e recorder and while taping at the "Elms" got: "Barron, we "So glad you could make it. " talk with you. " "Kathy." (The other side frequently calls Carol "Kathy" and have indicated that was her name in a previous life.). At the "Breakers" she taped: "You bring the darkness with light. " He was Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, has apparently had contact about the grandson of a close friend. twenty-two and in the back-seat of a car being driven by a friend. Of the four

-people in the car, Michael was the only one killed. Clara called on him and on the reverse side of the tape, a voice replied: I see you my people. Comical facing "Michael. you people. Mikey's dead. Loss of body. A good man, Michael. He's sorry. Hit the wall. Lisa Michael is sleepy. " Clara said the car had hit something that looked like a wall. Michael's father died five years earlier, and a week after Michael's dec1th, his father appeared at the side of his wife's (Michael's mother's bed.) Tina Laurent, Wales, called and also sent a t~pe of voices she has recently recorded. A TV . rlucer in Britain is making c1 video of people involved in the psychic phenomena field. The video will be available in Great Britain, and Tina is one of those featured. While they were filming, Tina made a recording and taped over twenty messages. A number were Class A and one voice said, "Estep!" Tina included that on the tape she sent and many were excellent. I Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, wrote and said that he and his wife Betty had visited Washington D. C. in July. He wrote: "I tape 5 days a week, sometimes 6. taped the last shuttle landing communications and as almost (While in D.C.) I always, had communications. rented a car and stopped by Greenbel U;'laryiand where communications are relayed back and forth. Met a brick wall there and also at NASA head there said, quarters in

D.C. "Send me a tape and I' 11 listen to it and see if I can get you to the right person." last man The EVP 'IONE TAPE FOLLOW-UP In the spring '92 newsletter, I offered a 15 minute cassette tone tape of sounds that I had taped at 131 MHz. The idea was to play this tape on a separate tape recorder, using it as a sound source, while making a short recording on a primary tape recorder. I feel these sounds came to me from another dimension. Over thirty people sent for the $3 tape. I was eager to have feedback as to whether those who used it had positive results. Unfortunately, only one or two wrote back and said it may have helped in a limited way. that I had Nothing was said in the newsletter about any message taped while originally putting it on a six minute endless cassette tape. However, I hear one clear message on it. A male voice says: "We bring this back to you." The message is about six minutes into the tape, can be heard without headphones, and I would cal 1 it Class B. Since the tape was copied from the endless cassette tape, you wil 1 hear it again near the twelfth minute. Evidently, my contact on the other side knew I was making the tape and made an appropriate remark about it. In Ann Longmore-Etheridge's she wrote that she has been using the tape all summer "with fair

to middling luck." She and her taping partner hear several "low grade EVP voices on it." Several of them are "Tommy." "I hear you, I hear you." "Right behind you." letter, Those of you who bought the tai;,e may want to listen to it again carefully to see if you hear any of the messages Ann picked up, or the one I hear. Also, please let me know if you feel the tape has helped you in your own taping efforts. I'VE BEEN PROMOTED! For the last year and a half, I have been listed in the Marquis, Who's Who In 'Ihe East. In a recent letter from them, they said they were now going to list me in their 47th edition of Who's Who In America. 5. they feel have worked not only with those gifted with un usucil body reactions, but with ordinary indi vidu;::ils. Using some old Sufi dortrines qoinq back to the 7th century, they~ are achieving their goals in the field of "Schmerz "technique c;:il led ;:ilso a demonslrat ion" and 'Switch Technique' ar,ross w;:is th;::it acciendt;::illy in our labor;::itories." Dr. Hussein closed his letter by writing: "We do believe that wh;::il we have succeeded to develoo inside Paramann helo science in mc'lny w:=i.ys. We hone that our oro gramme can be of interest lo you so that we can in fields of make rnutu;::il interest." joined researches Laboratories Programme together come c;::in NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Jay Feeley, MN, had an interesting shori

article oublished in the Oct. '92 issue of FATE. IL described a number of eAucL ~c:, J\_,c:.:::i he hrid while living in a haunted house and how one or two individuals continued to come br:1ck, seem ingly unaware th;::il they h;::id died. Tin;::i Laurent, WALES, has r;::illed seu2ral times in the last three months. She will again be fe;:ilured in ;::i TV progr;::im in '93 which will focus on her wc,rk with the electronir voire. "EVP will be On her Christm?.s card she wrote: prominent this spring by new series Cenlral/Angli:=i. TV ralled Believe I t or Not." in a to know quite a Valerie Tjaden, N.J., along with her mother Irene M;:ilelsky, ;:ire sharing Slrile Coordir-i;:itor duties. Valerie wrote on her Christrn;:is c;::ird: few members Morn has come through correspondence ;:ind we o l;::in to invi le them to our home probably this spring ... There is a restaurant that has some ';::irtivily' that I would like lo visi l. I want lo coordinate i t with Victor Devincenzo (N.J. member) so th;:it we c;:in go together." BOUQUETS I f all of the 'bouquets' you wri le to me were transformed into flowers, I would be un ;:im gr;:it efu 7 able lo gel past my front door. to you for your expressions of love, friend l he AA-EVP ship, ;:ind sharing with me how much rne;:ins l hat hc1ve been Some of l hose received in recent months are: to you. I "I c.an't te.ll you how muc.h

I enjoy t(Outr.. new-5- J..,ntotr..mat.Lve. and e.njoyabfe_." le..tte.tr..6. Mo-!it Joyc.e. Gtr..aham, PA "I th.i..,nk. youtr.. Autumn New-!ife..ttu wa-5 the. tJ..,nut ye..t." Monty He.atr..on, 01? "Voutr.. atr..t.i..,c.Re., 'Ftr..om My VJ..,ewpoJ..,n:t' Vo.f. Numbe.tr.. 2, wa-5 tr..e.ad. motr..e.." Robe.tr..t Pa.tu.-!ion, CA I hope. you atr..e. the. mo-!it uplJ..,M,i,ng in-!ipiJr.e.d. I hq.ve. 'to wtr...l:t.e. "Vou have. be.e.n M muc.h he.lp pe.op£e.. God Ble.M Vou ! " -!JO Be.tr..tha Whi.;tne.y, to 11 , e.v e.tr.. many manl{ R. I. CONFERENCES A we l l organized conference with ci worth while progr::im focusing on your spe<'.i;:il inter ests <'.;:in be ;:i boon in helping you lo rer:h;::irge your energies and move ;::ilong your chosen p;::ith. p;:,ul Johnson, FL AA-EVP member, is hold his annual Winter Festiv;::,l in FL the middle of February. He hris sent me ;:i orogr;::,m ;=ind i t is There ;:ire seuer;:il ore-festival oulsl::inding. workshops for those who ;:ire interested follow immediately by the conference which runs ed from Fridciy lo Sund;::iy. The emch;::isis wi 71 be on spirit evolvemenl ;=ind suruiu;:il. I f you c;::in ;:im r,onfident you will find nIBsibly ;:ittend, I your time wel 1 spent. Write lo Pc1ul for ;=i brorhure: SAC"-14345 SE l 03rd Terr;::ire-Sumrner fiel d, FL 32691 Phone: 904-288-8664. l'i;::,l ter & Mc1ry Jo Uphoff, WI AA-EVP members, ::i C'onferenre orogr;::im t h;::il will be held sent me in Mont rec1 l , Canad;::, I l is ;::in from M;::iy 7-9. intern;::itionril r-onference ;=ind the noted invited guests ;:ire from many rounlries. theme of the conferenC'e

is: "Soiril: '93-Th2 Power for Pl;:inet::iry Trr1nsform;=ition." inforrn;::ition ront;::irt: I.I.I.H.S. Conferenre-P.O. Box 1387, 2NE C:;::in;=id;:,. Station H, Monlrec1l, C;:in,::id;::i H3G For The THANK YOU FOR CARING le::irnino, ;::iboul my husb;::ind's To everyone who wrote or sent C'hristm;:is c;::irds with exoressions of love ;:,nd sucrx:irl ::ind assured me nf your nrriyers, to those wl-io c h;::ios didn't but sent oosilive thoughts our' INrV ;::ifter rn;::,ssive I only wish stroke six months ;:,qo, thank you! I could h;::ive ;::inswered e::ich one oersona 7 l y but my d;::iys ;:ind somel irnes niqhls, have berome un bel ievc1bly compliC'::ited ::it limes. C'h;::irlie re from l he rehc1bi l i t ;::it ion hospi t ;:i 7 l urried home on l\1ov. 24th. He is stil 1 greatly hc1ndir-r1poed ::ind i t is queslion;::ible i f he will ever w;:ilk ;::,qain. His joy is in being home. We ;:ire try ;::,sk for your C'On I lo do the best we c;::in and linued orayers ;=ind support. ODDS AND ENDS "Bfu-!ie.d atr..e. :the_y who p1r.omp:Ulf l[e,new whe.n the.iJt ye.al[f Lf n.o:Uc.e.-5 c.ome. d~e.. "No -ti e.c.ond l[em.i..,nde.f(_-6 lotr.. u-5" the.y -tiay, "FM w..i..:t.hLn :the. !,ofd-5 ot :the_ AA-EVP we.•a afway-5 -!itay. " My best, my new ye;::ir. gle::im in your life. Remember love lo all of you in this the soeri;::i l fn 11 ow to De;::idl ine for the Spring NEWS is Mc1rr:h 26th. Always, my best wishes, ~ ·-· .l,,&,,l,M,W • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 726 DILL ROAD SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER

SEVERNA PARK. MARYLAND 21146 (410) 647-8742 ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 11 Number 4 AA EVP NEWS Winter 1993 FROM MY VIEWPOINT lookinq ;::it ;::i new ye;ir, a t irne f i 1 led wi_ th January, hope for many, fear for some, despair for others. A period when oerh;::ios most st ririd on the threshold, the twelve rnontl-)s ahead, wonderino wh;:it is to rome. We m;:iy fee 1 if we are like the young c1:1i 1 d room filled with pr1ckc1oes ori peering into ;:i that soecia l morning when oresenls fro~ farn i ly lie i_n front (>f u::::. hlh;::,i 2xcilement! Whril ~oy is just beyond our finqerlips as we step the gifts ours. into the room ;:ind then, rn;::ike fortun;::ite, c1 rrystr1l b;::ill." Someone sr1id lo me recent 1 y, "If we only I want no <'.ryst;::,7 br1ll. hr1d To_ be r1ble to see the future cl e;::,rl y might bring grief loo diffiC'ull to be;::ir. Without foreknowledge showing gloom and doom th;:it m;::,y w;::,i l 'oper;::ite' with hooe, _in r1s positive a w;::iy r1s possible to try that to bring the will offer some semblr1nce of joy. future into the oresenl for us, perh;::ins we r::an i l l nve important In previous Winter Newsletters, I h;::ive men the buying of my new tioned how A dear friend in yearly desk r;:ilendar is. Wr1 les r1 l w;::,ys sends me a lonq s 1 ilTl c;::i 1 end;::ir to hr1ng from the

floor lc1mo besides my desk so I ;::i glance. The one ~an see the entire month r1l to wri_ le on my desk must have spc1ce on each day's ;::ippoinlments. It must have ;::, ly picture for the month to 7 ift my spirits ;::ind a mer1ningful s;:iying to nourish my soul. 'Ihe 1993 c;:,lerid;:ir meets rill requisites ?l though one or two r1re more grim th;:in norm;::il. Ferdinr1nd Rc1imund for September wrote: "No m;:itter how f;:iir the sun shines still i t must set . " Ah • Night must fol l~w d;:iy; sc1dness fol lowi joy; there is de;::ith follows life. We r-ould go on we are of no limit to the list. However, i f ;::i more positive bent, we could reverse the list ;::ind put the l?st word first--joy follows s;::idness; the point, I'm sure. To pr1r;:iohr;:ise y:::ii, 1 i_ 1 Gibr;:in, one cannot know joy unless he has first known that one must sadness. live the storms of 7 ife in experience ;:ind life follows dec1th--you get It could well be ere is ;:in end to everything. . , es. y Th 1 I For least v.;r(>1 e: ;:ire some "A talent in stillness, a charcicler to fine turie ch;:ir;::irter. order lo develoo, If we hide under a bush to try lo esrane the rr1v;::iges of life we c;:in only emerge ;::is a p;::,le, unlovely slug. think Raimund must have been a oessimistic fellow. Why could looked beyond the setting sun n't he h;::ive lo

see the driwn th;::it was sure lo .-:om~, or looked up into the night sky to :.:it the see the be;::iutiful evening st;::ir? rnont h of April , Virgil 11 Look with f;::ivor uoon a bold beginning." Well, I think that depends upan whr1l kind of r1 beginnina I would There you are facing. just ;::is soon skio, but i f I did, I would not l e;:irn i f Goel he was rorrer:t . The pic- l ure for Or:lober gives us;::, sky filled with is clouds ;:ind Goethe's words: formed in the I'm not sure orie should world's torrent." t;:,lent by being 'still' or could develop ;:i ;:iboul the i l. indic;::ited, I feel one ch;::,r;:irter p;::,rt. As I must experience life's storms (successfully) i f they are to fully develoo strength of chc1rr1cter. August shows a be;:iutiful rr1inbow touching some rocks and Alfred Lord Tenn it· yson's coriment: follow the gleam." like th;:it. whic~ give me nourishment. How easy i t is times when we are beset on every side a~ wi lh problems, in 1 ife ~ For our soiri t 's l riumph, one must continue to reach outw?rd, to not stop in ;:i go;::il , even our uowards climb though it m;:iy .::ilways rem.:iin slightly out of rea~h. To me, vir,tory is in the continued trying. M~ wish for you in this new ye;::ir to of 1993, pu~sue life, w~ich gives your life mer1ning. Mr1y you find health and joy knowing there is no

end to your journey and your own soecial gleam for1~ard. is r1 lwr1ys is th;:it you will continue there beckoning you "After i t , follow :"hatever gleam the r;:iinbows is in your I t is words to forget ;:igree on 7 east we towards Al Established in 1982 to Provide Ob1ect1ve Evidence That We Survive Death in an /nd1v1dual ConsCJous State Stefan Horvath LIBERANT Word has been received th;:1t Stef;:in Horv;:ith of Ohio has made his tr;:insi tion. :::i long time member of the AA-EVP, w.::is Fou11der .::ind President of the Ohio Society for Psychic Research. In their group meetings they would discuss and try to learn l'T'Ore about m;:iny ;::ire:::is of psychic nhenornen.::i. Stef;:in, I know everyone joins me in sending oositi..ve ;:is he continues his ex thoughts to Stef2n, citing journey in his 11ew life. TELEPHONE CALLS FROM THE DEAD In recent newsletters, I have written F1bout phone calls that European experimenters in the are.::i of voice/visu;:il communic;::,tion have re Many of ceived from dece.::ised person;:ilities. the calls later oroved to be highly evidenti::il_ ;::,nd were recorded on voice answering m::irhines. Since the Autumn Newsletter three of our members h::ive written they received, or someone rlose ceived, frorn ;:i deceased individu;;il.. rn=>iled, was .::ibnut ec;:ills to them re- Monty Hec1ron, who ;:ilonq with his wife Bobby, ;:ire the Oregon State Coordin;::itors, wrote ;::,bout r1 phone c;:il l his d.::iughter Leigh He;:iron had re ceived. Leigh, ;:ipparently, has strong medium istic/psyrhic gi..fts and has been mentioned upon sever;:il

occasions in our newsletters. I will. quote from Monty's recent letter. "As you know, Leigh joined the RC church and ::i Howr1rd ________ ...:... the organist there w;::is He bec;::ime i l l a11d hc1d to go to the hosoital.. While there, Leigh used to take me;::i ls to him. She h;:id lessons from him ;:it the church. t::iken organ ;::,lso " ... How;:ird died at the telephone night after he passed on, Leigh's r::ing. How;:ird was on the line ;::,nd ;:i nice convers;:ition. He said he was doing fine on the other side." the hospital they h.::id ;:ind Quoting Edelgard John, German AA-EVP member, wrote from the that she hr1d ;:in "undoubted phone c;:il.l_ other side." Edel.gard's call w;:is unusu;:il bec::iuse i t came from a chi l.d and the n::iture of from Edelgr1rd's i t was ;:,typic::=!l. letter, she wrote: I was her "The chi l.d s.::iid (Edelgard commented she did not h;:ive f'f'lother." "I a chi l.d in this life, only ::i miscarrL=,ge). told the child she had ;;i wrong t:onnef"'.tion, ::ind then the child rried. She knew my first n;:ime, I which w::is not in the phone book. .::ig::iin, this time might have another phone C? l l .;::igo. 11 from my de21r husband who died m;:iny ye.;::irs I hope Clc=1ra Lciughlin, VA St;:ite C:oordin.;::itor, wrote received, about sever;:i l ohone c? 1 ls she h;:is 2. I rerognized Tom." most not very cle;:ir. She s;:iid, "The first one, '1owever, w;:is? loud whisper, "I love you,"

so 1 oud ( Cl;:,r::i 's dece;:ised husb;:rnd). Virgini;::1 B?.tes, VA AA-EVP member, w;:is on the phone t;:ilking to Cl;:ir;:i .::it the time, ;:md she ;:ilso he;:ird the voice. "Virginia sair' 'Oh, w::is th;:it Tom--w;:is th.::it Torn??!!' We h, just enough of ;:i break in the convers;:ition to he;:ir that. There h;::,ve been two other mess;:iaes little I couldn't make out but tl-iey were ;::i longer--;:ibout 5 or 6 words. I w;:isn' t t.::iping the conversations, they h;:ive ;:il 1 been lost." Sin1ce A REMINDER ::ind t;:ine recorder ;:i port;:ible In our summer '92 Newsletter, 'brlck burner' I suqgested c1n e;::,sy method to record Phone ronvers::itions. 1'7hich t;:ioers :::ind non-t.::ipers ::ilike roul.d use to record ;:i phone c;:ill from .;::inother dimension. joined us For our m;:iny new members who h;:ive ::ind for those of you who might since then, then h;:ive put i t on a forgotten ?bout it, consider the fol lowing: ConneC"t to your teleohone. This is e::isy lo do. R.::idio Sh;:ick sells ;:i sm.::il.l inexpensive devire called ? (Model no. 43- "Telephone Recorder Control" 228). One end plugs into a wall outlet, the other into your t;:ioe recorder. When someone c;:ills you, ;::i record of th;:it c.:::,71, oush the record button on your recorder. The entire ~onver_s;:ition with your voice, (TJ well as theirs, will be on t::ioe. For taper~, I suggest you ;:isk during your recordings th;:it ci specific l_oved one try to c;:i l l you on your telephone, expl;:iining i t is connected to

your recorder. ;:ind i f you w::int th.:::it You might also want to consider Cl.;:ir;:i 1 th;:it extra push Perhaos this suggests Laughlin's experiences when h 0 r husb::ind Torn c;,me through on ;:it 1 e.::ist one ~rrasions whil~ she w;:is t;:ilking to ;:i friend on the pho~e. We know those on the other side frequently use sounds in our environment to help them spe;:ik. ;:ind Virgini;:i 's voices coul.d h;:ive Cl;::ir;:i 's th;:it w;:is helped give Tom needed. th;:,t i t is individu;:il s to join e;:isier for some dece;:ised in when ;:in exoeriment, you might w.::int to ;:iutom;:itic;:il l.y taoe ea1ch r::onvers;:ition. Listen to i t l;:iter I f you hr1ve a c.::issette through he;:idphones. t::ine deck, ;:is well as the oort;:ible, pl.::iy i t through the deck. Don't let your im.::iginr1tion run wild but listen carefully for ;:in 'extr.::,' voice, such ;:is Torn' s, "I love you," to Cl.;::,r;:,. line is ;:i l re;:idy open. the As Ple;:ise let me know i f you have oosi ti"~ results so I c;:in sh;:,re i t with others. ..!n he w;:is ;::i tall slender m;:in we;:iring ;, .::ind his picture tube w::is golf sweater. He w;:is slightly sfr-,oped h;::iir was;:, widow's pe::ik. Unfortun::itely, I for ~ot to focus my c.::,mer? on the screen. Therefore, we couldn't m;::ike out the m;:in 's fe;:itures. I p- ·,peel th?t one of us might h;::ive known him \ We ra l led our wives into the room ;:ind repl.::iyed i t for them.

They were all very disturbed and did not w::int;:, t;:,pe repeat showing! back to his home city ;=ind h;:id i t tested ;:ind in spected i11 The results indic::ited no I am hoping to soon find tirne to reoe;:it fr;:iud. I most cert?inl y expect to this experiment and h.:::ive oositive results." in our frequency. The ohysici.::in took tl-ie lab. ;:i C.E.T.L. JOURNAL Tne first complete English tr;:msl;:,tion of the excel.lent C.E.T.L. Journ;:il (Luxembourg) is now re;:idy. This Journal is lc1rgel.y ;:in ;=iccount of the cont.::icts Maggy Hr1rsch-Fischb;=1ch h;:is with the snirit dimension through t.::ipe recorder, TV, computer, and telephone, and is writ ten by her ;:ind her husband Jules, Secret.::,ry of the c:. E.T. L. 'There are contributions from other European rese.=irchers dese"ribing their own results in the The Harsch field of Fischb;:ichs ;:ire members of the AA-EVP ;:ind h;:ive asked Hans Heckm.:::inn to handle the tr;:insl;:iti..on of their long, f;:isrin.=iting Journal into English. Hc1ns sent the tr;:msl;:ited Journ;:il to me sever.::il (j)ths ago.~ which runs 54 pages! tr.::inscommunic;=ition. M,my of you will w;::,nt to subscribe to this exceHent Journal .;::i yec1r, so I will. only quote briefly from i t . is published twice th;:it M;::iggy ;:isked TECHNICIAN (one of her main communic;=itors from spirit) about s;:icrifice and Some why many people felt a need to do th is . of his comments ::ibout i t were: "If you pray or send out positive thoughts with the same inten sity that other people use to make sacrifices, your

thoughts are just ;:is effective." "You can not buy a better spirit existence through sac rifices." "We are happy that people of this age finally understand we do not expect sacrifices which involve self-destruction or the destruc tion of other forms of life." In her comments, Maggy wrote their spirit communicators say that elemental. beings like gnomes, river spirits, forest soirits, etc. are real <'lnd for some hum;:ins they are visible. that frorn the other side, recommends with M;:iggy frequency mixture of several Harsch-Fischbarhs use seven) . Swejen Salter, another leading communicator .;::i (The r.=idios. The re;=ison for sis that since people on both sides differ ;:::ict ions, i t is s Lightly in their thoughts ;:ind 21dvisable that the earthside group tunes their equipment themselves until, in unison with the spirit grouo, they ;:irrive ;:it the 'right' fre "Tell all experimenters quency. Swejen said: we advise you not to rely totally on us. Do not just turn on your equipment and wait for help but take some action yourself. Scan the dials. Rep face old equipment with new uni ts which ~ l low a finer, more accur;:ite setting of the di;:ils. I t is desirable you help with that!" Friedri,-h Ma lkoff, .::i nol eel Germr1n exoer imenter, contributed to the Journal. a phone ronvers;:ition he hr1d with Konst.::intin R;:iudive, a deC'e;:ised pioneer in the field of EVP, who died in the 1970's. One of the comments Raudive m.::ide w.::is: "It is confusing when the doubters or those

who do not want to understand think they know everything better. Transcommuni cation is not a hobby for those people who can not -cope with the reality of life." To receive the complete 54 page )--ssue of this outst.::inding Journal, write to: \,CETL Re se;:irch Center-Residence M;:irie Curie-Ave. Louis P;:isteur 13-1 7--L--2311 Luxembour?-\ My under st anding is thr1t i t is $12 ;::i copy/ FROM MY OVERSEAS MAILBAG During a three month period, letters are re ceived from ;:ill p::irts of the world. .::ilw::iys wonder when he;::,ring from an unknown individual. 1-iow they learned .=ibout the AA-EVP. I ;:i In a letter from Gilbert Bonner, friend who lives in Engl;:ind, he wrote about sever;:il individu;:ils we both know who :cire more or 1 ess connected with the government. Quotinq from his letter he said: "We know 'Jim' r<::!oorts to 'Torn' and he is interested m;::iinly in PK ;:is is the he;:id of the deo;:,rtment. So i t looks as i f ;::ind h;::is their interest in EVP was PK relc1ted no be;:iring on met?physicc1l concepts like sur viv::il ... I f we go ;=ilong with the PK mee"hanism for the voices which seems a re;:ison;:ibl e hyoo theses, we do not of course h::ive to accept the rnind producing this as our own." Three weeks .;::igo, ;:i letter and pictures came from Jamal Hussein, PH. D. of Amm;=in, Jordan. ;:i A 1 though I had never he;::ird of Dr. Hussein, physicist, his letter (;:ind pictures) were fas cin::iting. For

the l;::,st ten years, he ;:ind a grouo of experimental ohysicists and experts in the field of medical sciences hc=we been "scientifical.l y studying those phenomena of unusual body re;:iction to o;:iin, injury and in fection i'lS demonstrr1ted by SWnf'f'lis, gurus, f21kirs, etc." Their objective is to sucreed in helping medic::il science overcome hum;:in p;:iin and infection and to bring about he;:::iling of injuries "within a in fection." In their experiments ;:it the p;::,r;:im;:1nn Programme Lr1boratories rluring this time, they few moments without 5. ;:ind resul led they 7 ike and thcil in your book, exoress ;:i desire lo help. that surround our world. He ;:ind his people r;::in t ;:ike human form when the re;:i.son he rl;:iimed he was human in his rant.arts with us was his fear we might end romrnuniration with him on the b;=isis of being afraid of him ;:is he to our plane of existenre! does not belong in proving Furl her rommunirat ion has th;:it wh;:it he was saying about his re;:il identity these beings is ;:ibsolutely correct. I feel th;::it they do, cis you ;:ire very emotional ;:ind h;:iue menl ioned friendship ;:ind in the Parr1m;:inn Progrr1mme L;:ciborr1lories, c1re very hr1ppy lo be lo know th;:il you ;:ire br;:ive e11ough not afr;:iid lo announr:e what you h;:ive rome c1rross in your over sixlee11 ye;:irs of t;::ipe rerording un think lh;:il you, unlike those who seen voices. I ;:is try lo interpret ;:ill par;:inorm;:il ohe11omen;:i being soi ri tu.~ l l y c,~used ,

h;:"Jve to l he rourrlge that you h;cive exoerimenl ;::i l eviden"e der1 are that c;:in prove the exislenre of u11seen worlds which l-vwe nothing lo do with hum;cin spirit.s ;cind whose inhabit;:ints ;:ire e11dowed with ronsriousness wh iC'h is by no me;:ms humr1n i l does h;::ive a lot of similarities with hum;:in ronsrious11ess." though l oue We NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Monique Simonet, Fr;cinC'e, has finished an She other book whirh wi l l soon be oub l ished. in i l wrote lhr1l she h;::is used th;::,t Erl;::ind Babr:ork ( MA AA-EVP) member received from the other side lhrouqh his TV. l hree oirt ures Rev. Bern;:ird B;::,ker, AZ, is a minister with the Nr1tionr1l Spirilur1lisl Assor. of Churches. They h;cive appointed him curator of the Bure;ciu of Paranormal Evidence for l he rhurch. is seeking documented cases of phenomen;ci nomena person.) He hooes iri lime lo pub 1 ish his find ings. I f you have h;:id such ;:in experierire wri le lo him ;::it: 1710 E. Bell De Mar-Tempe, AZ 85283. He (phe than one lhal h;is been seen by more the beautiful Paul Johnson, FL, will hold his 18th Anriu;cil c;:impus of Lake Conference on Forest College, IL, from June 5-10. The theme is: "Allowing The Spirit To Emerge." For infor m;:it ion write: 14345 SE 103rd Terrr1re-Summer fie ld, FL 34491--Phone: l-800-245-1389. Tinc1 Laurent , Wales, c;:i 11 ed recently. other TV progr;:,m in Wc1les, is expected lo be shown short 7

y An- fe;:ituring her work, lo the public. Jonc1lh;:rn M;:irten, E11gl;:i11d, sent me ;:in ex cellent article he wrote for "The PSI Resec1rch er" the magr1zine for The Society for Psychicc1l Research in London. "Who Needs The Paranormal? Why Do We Believe? What Do We Achieve?" Among other topics, he discusses EVP and the video phenornen;:i. Ner1r the end he wrote: ;:i srienlific "P;:irapsyC'hology m;:iy presently be , but pantomime qoers everywhere "Cinderellr1 11 The l i t le is : will rec;cill the rl;::,ssir f;:iiry t;::ile." the turn of events ;:it the end of o;::in MrKee, FL & IL St;cile roordin;citor, wrote thr1l he h;cid conl;::irted FL members this p;:ist winter. him ;:it his home in Brr1denlon. resoonded r1nd went lo vis' Sever;::il Rnzell;::i Roberts, rA, sent me a t;:ipe of ;:, lonq interview she h;:id with "Timeless Voyager Radio" in CP... ;:i number of subjects discussed, esneri;::,lly rr)rnmunir;::,t_ion with other dimensions. It w;:is very intere.'::'l ina wi 1 h ~rnsl .Cenko,'1ski, Germ;ciny, wrote l h;:il his Instrurnente l le Transkommuni exce 11 enl hnok: kc1tion is beinq lranslr1ted into Sp;cinish. It is hoped before lona the Sp;:inish edition will be oubl ished. V;:,lcric Tjaden, N.J., has a number of her Sririt pho1ogr;ciohs on displ;:iy ;cit the Middlesex rourily Museum They r1re part of an exhibit on lor;:il folklore. i11 N.J. MEMBERSHIP REPORT Members rome rind members go but , h;:ippi 1 y, more come lh;:in go. Of speci;cil note is lh;:il few come b;=wk ;:ifter having beeri gone

qui le ;:i fnr;::, ye;cir or more. is ;ci wnm;cin who returned lo us ;:,fler ;cin r1bsence of 'prodig;cils' have never been 2½ ye;:irs. r1ble to forget us, whirh is ;:i oersoncil delig~ A recent example These From April 1992, until the present lime, we feel is h;::ive welcomed 102 new members whiC'h I little over oulst;:inding. Renew;:ils 75%. We have members l_iving in 42 sl;:ites, the District of Columbia, ;cind 10 foreign countries. As h;:is women. We now h;:we 31 more men l he c;:ise, men out number t h;:in women. ;ci l wr1ys been r1verr1ge ;:i The future--who can s;:iy? Interest in wh;:it we do continues lo grow worldwide. In l he first three months l;cisl ye;:ir, 27 people wrote or c;:illed for information ;:ibout the AA-EVP. In the s;:ime lime frr1me for this ye;::ir, 55 people h;:ive conl;cicled me, so i t looks good! ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Summer News is June 5th. We have come lo the end of another year. I l has been ;:i good ye;:ir which all of you heloed In the first()jds .:md Ends m;cike oossible. written in M;:iy 1982, I wrote: "Right now we are r1 seedling. Let us grow lo be a mighty o;:ik with br;:inr:hes stretching out to everyolle." toqel her, have done l his. Over l he years we, We h;:ive br;cinches stretching everywhere. have brought light and comfort lo others. Ye_ Yr have impacted m;ciny lives in ;:i positive way. ;::im qrr1teful conli'1ued love "lnd

support. for l his and I for your to you Alwr1ys, my best wishes, ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 726 DILL ROAD SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER SEVERNA PARK. MARYLAND 21146 (410) 647-8742 C I> ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL 12 Number l AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1993 FROM~ VIEWPOINT Here we ;cire. We h;::,ve re;:iched the m;::igic;::i l number of el euen. Wi l h this, our Soring Newsletter, we celebr;:ite our el evenlh the number ;cinn i vers;::iry. In truth, I'm eleven is ;:i sper:i;:i l number• '1ol sure r1bout riumerology, but I cibl y onen-minded snmewh;:il intriguing. ;cim re;:ison find In numerology, i t ;:ind ;:iboul i l that started to lhril first speck of dust t;cike form ;:ind began us on our w;:iy ;:ieons ;:igo. Il is m;cin who cre;:ites ch;:ios, not the er1rth itself. We have been given the pl;:inet lo r;::,re for, lo nurture. The greatest gift of ;cill is lhal we hcive been given erich other. Too mr1ny of us l hrough l he ages have been messy housekeepers. We hr1ve '10l cr1red enough. ;:iboul ;cisking ;:is "lwo" has seemed lo be my The number 'I\.vo phone r;ci 11 s wi l hin number for ye;::irs. 'I\-Jo new members the same d;::,y two minutes. Two with similar n;:imes--Mary; M;ciri;::i. the l el lers in the same m;:ii l "Swcin L;:i ke 11 AA-EVP wi l h addresses such Two magazine editors ;cind "Bird Pond. 11 rr1l ling the sr1rne week

;:isking for inform;ci lion ;ciboul the Associ;:ition, and so on. From this brief ;cirrount, you c;cin see the number I'm not th;:il cogniz;::inl two h;cis my number. r1bout numerology but my understanding is ;ci number to be esperi;cill.y th;:it cherished. However, for better or worse, it seems lo be mine. is not 11 2 11 On known the phenomenon Perhaps none of this h;::is r1nylhing lo do Instead, i t could be more with numerology. ;:i ;:is fe;citure of synrhroniC'i ty. Now th;:it does interest me. So much that h;:iopens is beyond coincidenC'e. the universe There is the philosophy th;=it into exislellce out is rh;:iotic ;:ind i t came the of C'hr1os. few the other h;:ind, experiences I hr1ve described, ;:ind I have ;:i ;:i dozen or more a week, give lie to ha 1 f I f the events ;::ire truly lhal phi losoohy. I prefer to believe, synchronistic, which Instead of ch;:ios, I I t may not there is order in all things. seem so to us in our usu;:illy hectic lives as we r1round us whirh frequently seems insr1ne. We canriol begin ln gr;ciso the larger picture and I suspect very much from the hints th;:it I hr1ve been given, just being aware and trying lo st;:iy ;ci from in touch with life, thr1t there h;:is been pl;:in for our world, for r1l l of us, find i t reassuring. the world look r1l rom l ;cipe f;:icing l he soecia l In Febru;::iry, ;ci sorne ye;irs

aqo I I m;::,de l el ler came from ;:i member h;cid whose husbr1nd h;:id rer:ently died. m;:i i 1 ed her for lo Elisr1beth Kubler-Ross imminent de;cith, helo those who are H. wrote: or who hr1ve l is tened to l he t ;:ipe over ;:ind over "I h;:ive ;:ind i t is ;ci comforting joyful l hing. When tough limes arise, I put the t;:ipe br1rk on, sit b;cick and listen to the voires th;:it We' re well." s;:iy to me: "We' re hr1ppy. 11 then get on with my life." lost ;ci 1 oved one. "We' re ;:ilive. 11 "We' re busy. 11 I c;:in r1'1d ;ci When ;:ire the AA-EVP; letter like th;:it comes, I know wh;::it we are doing is good. Whether you have been ;:i member for the full eleven years, as some of you h;:ive, or whether you joined ;ci month ;:igo--you, individually, ;:ire imoortc1nt. You As I wrote in thr1t first newsletter: "I am '10t the Assori;:ition. You alone r1re not the Associ;:ition. We, ;:ition. Together we will do gre;:it My belief w;:ivered. lhinqs!" hr1s never together are the Associ the AA-EVP is you. th;:it statement in All of you hr1ve helped in the p;::ist to do some truly gre;:il things. Will we, in this eleventh ye;:ir--m;=igical or '1ot--continue to do great things? E.:>ch of you has th;:it light to sh;:ire with others, so within yourself I t is your decision the answer is yours. I lo m;::,ke. will find you, my

very good companions, keeping me compr1ny as we journey along the p;:ith together. I susperl thc1t you will, ;cind Established in 1982 to Provide Ob1ect1ve Evidence That We Survive Death in an lnd1v1dual Conscious State R;:ilph Politte, LIBERANT Word has come that R;:ilph Politte, VA AA-EVP member, m;::ide his transition in March. I first met Ralph at a n;::ition;:il Spiritu;:il Frontiers ,conference. Although never having met before, we sat together for lunch ;:ind were soon chatting like old friends. When told him "Sign me UP!" Tlv:it i'lbout the AA-EVP, he s;:iid: f;:iithful was ten years ago and he remained ;:i member, attending ;:ill three conferenres. I We will miss Ralph, but I am confident the from his cheerful other side will benefit friendliness and desire to help. EVIDENCE FOR SURVIVAL is such All of us, whether we ;:ire t;:iping or not, are The interested in good evidence for survival. involves Olga fol lowing Worrall, f;:imous he;:i ler ;:ind medium before her death in the 1980's. P., a MD member since 1983, who has asked I not use his name, called short ly after the Winter Newsletter was mailed. c;:ise ;:ind ;::i On page 2 of the Winter NEWS, I reported a ;:i German member, had phone call Ede lgard John , from the other side. In the call, a young child, unknown to Edelgard, kept crying and insisting Fdelgard was her mother. Fdelgard s;::iid in her letter to me that she'd never had a child in this life, only a

miscarriage many ye.:irs ago. Olga I t was this report that prompted P's call . He was a close friend of Olga Worrall ;::ind her husband Ambrose, and spent a good deal of time with them. ;:ibout visiting an tol.d P. Episcop;:il vicar and his wife while traveling in England. After dinner, Olga became psychic and told the coup le: "Your son John is with us. " The vicar's wife insisted they never had a son n;:imed John. Later, the vicar took Olga aside and told her that several years e;:irlier his wife had a miscarri;:ige. His wife w;:is evident ly unconscious at the time, so the vicar took the child and before burying i t christened i t "John." Honing to spare his wife further grief, he riever told her what he'd done, just that Now John h;::id he'd taken care of everything. come back ;:ind made his presence known to Olga. P. feels that Fdelgard's ral.l. from the un known child could well have been the child she h;::id misc;::irried. RADIO CONTACTS CONTINUE I In the Winter Newsletter, reported .:=ibout the two r;:idio contacts Adolph Homes, German ex perimenter, had with Dr. Jeffries Mueller who died in 1967. Members wrote saying they found the report fascinating ;:ind sever;;:il m;:ide conies th.:=inks to H.:=ins and sent them to friends. Now, Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, we h.:=ive a tr;:ins- third contr1ct Homes had with lation of a fvlue l l er. This ;:ippe;:ired in the Journal "Trans Kommunikntion" published by

Dr. Ernst Senkowski, Germ;:in AA-EVP member who lives in M;:iinz. In this third cont.:=ict, Homes deliberately called on Mueller. You will remember that tr· first two contr>cts, as reoorted in the laL newsletter, were instig;:ited by Mueller. "My answer to both questions: As you know, "Herr Dr. \\'fueller, I welcome you." "Hello, Mr. Homes." "Dr. Senkowski has asked me to p;:iss on A.H. D.M. A.H. two questions to you: 1. How can we expl.:=iin the T.C. interaction of spirit entity ;:ind spirit app;=ir;:itus with the er1rthside experiment er ;:ind his equipment? 2. What is the task ;:ind puroose of your equipment in communicrltion with us?" D.M. the human body has an energywhich you under st;:md to be of electro-psychological n;:iture. Concerning instrument;:il_ communication, ;:i channel or corridor opens through our cont;:ict methods with your equioment in connection with intuitive centers of your body and your psyche. our thoughts get through to you when all 5 (?) concepts are in agreement (.:=ilignment)." A.H. cation without electronic equipment m;:ide?" D.M. telepr1thic brain activities .:=ind by a strong desire and ;:iim. tion is necessary." A.H. else to us?" D.M. dreaming. Apprehensions will diminish ;:ind you will be better ready to coordin;:ite yourself. Give my greetings to Mr. Senkowski and Metr1- science. End of contact. " "Dr. Mueller, how is mediumistir. communi "Please stay in a timeless state of d.:iy "A human channel develoos by exnanding "Dr. Mueller, do you wr1nt to s;:iy anything In all cases a strong motiv7}-) \ YOU HELPED! In

our Winter Newsletter, Laurie Schoenick, WI AA-EVP member, wondered i f members h;:id ever taped ;:inim;:ils. She hr1d taped a cat meowing on tape several times and thought i t might be her be loved Siamese c;:it who died two years ago. Several members answered Laurie's request. John Blondin, FL, said he has taped barking during his recordings. While he is in a medi tative prayer state, ;:i cat will at times curl up on his legs. Al though he c.=m see the c.:=it clearly, his wife can't. John believes his new dog is a reincarnation of his former dog. (This is simil;:ir to Edelg;:ird John's belief. She ;:i lso fee ls her current dog was a dog P½e once h;:id and loved very much). Lloyd Br.:=idsh;:iw, N. J. , sent me two pictures which he feels shows his Yorkshire Terrier who the died in November 1992. Lloyd sti l1 has AN OPPORTUNITY FOR YOU! is to be found u c;::in recei\2 the full Journ.=il idea of wh;:it Journal. H;:ins' It is imoossible to give more th;:in a brief in the C.E.T.L. tr;:inslr1tion ran over 40 p;:,ges. tra11slation Send issue; $25 for the two issu?s to: M;::irk M;:iry-Cont i..nui..ng Life which is now ,w;:iilable in this country. $13.20 to rec 00 ive the next next. Rese;::irch--P.O. Box 11036--Boulder, CO 80301. OUR TAPERS REPORT joined last April Arthur Counts, MD r1nd t;:ipes on a regular bc1sis. He h;:is had resul ls and is esoecia l ly eaqer to her1r from his

de ceased sister who died over ;:i ye;;:ir ago. He visited a friend in a ne;:irby hospit;:il. whose from where his room w;:is ~just one door sister h;::id-been. Severc1l d;:iys ;;:ifter his second visit he t;:iped: "Welcome," ;:ind two days lat.er, "Welcome back to the hospital." r>way C;:irol Barron-K;:ir;:ijohn, MA Slr=>te Coordin;:itor, wrote that she t;:iped one day while she ;:ind her d;:iughter were pr;:icticing their guitar lessons. Her d::iughter was doing well, but Carol said she "sounded awful." When she pl;::iyed the tape b;:ick later, a clear male voice said, "Cancel thnt "I think" Carol wrote, "that w.:=is his test! 11 lingo for "Skip the lessons," or just pl;:iin norgel it! II (';:irol c~mment~d i t ;:ilways am;:izes (JJr how the other side w1 l l use completely different phrases to get their point ;:icross. Carol h;:is since stopped ol;:iying the guitar and is now taking pi;:ino lessons! Cl;:ira Laughlin, VA St;:ite Coordinc1tor, wrote that her t. c3pe recorder w.:=is in the rep;:iir shop so she was unc1ble to t;:ipe. At last i t c;:ime b;::i.ck and she had everything connected. She s;:it down to make her first recording and Sc3id she now had her tape recorder and could t;:ilk again. A "We have been watching." voice said on t;:ipe: t;:iped thc1t she h;:id Irene Maletsky, who ;:ilong with her d;:iughter, is N .J. State Coordin;:itor, \7;:il.erie Tjaden, wrote "two spect;:icul;:ir mess;:iges." She hr1d her recorder running in the kitchen while she w;:is doing the dishes. Her young grandd;;:iughter

w;:is se;:ited ne;;:irby playing with her toys. She spoke to her gr.:=indmother, c;=illing her "Letsby." A voice immedic>tely r'.ame tape correcting the child's oro through on nunci;=ition with "Maletsky." letter, Irene ;:ilso said th;:it ;:it one time, she and her f;:ither sh;:ired the love of a little dog c;:illed "Boopie." Her f;:ither died ;:i number of years ri ;:ind then Boooie died a few ye;:irs later. On few counters ;:=i 11 Boop1e!" followed with, "I'm u"ipe she received, "Jump!" later she taped, taking care of Boopie." In her .:=ind Lynd;:i Noel , N. H. , wrote t h;:it she received ;:i good m;:iny voices but most. she can't interpret. One trouble with her t_;:ipe recorder ;:ind other side what the oroblern W?S. her, "Screwdriver." Lynd;:i tried using a screw rem.=iined broken driver on the rerorder but ;:ilthough loose, she could hear oossibiy .=i screw, rolling ;:iround inside. ;:ire whispers whirh lime she was h;:ivinq the Someone told something ;:isked i l Olg;:i pf;::iff, CANADA, l ;:ikes oictures whirh she feels show those who live in ~ther dimensions. In ;:i recent letter, she wrote she had tr1oed the following sentence: "Olga, ;:is you know, you have big slender friends. " ;:, l so ;:ind t ;:ipes L;:iurie Schoenick, WI, wrote that she still he;:irs occasion;:illy from her grr1ndoarents. She s.:=iid th;:it she h;:is received mc1ny short ITless;:iges ;:ind from unknown entities such as: "Save me." When she t;:ioes snmelhing like this, she tells them to go tow;:irds lhe light; there are

people there w;:iiting to help thefl'l. "Help," OVERSEAS MAILBAG Letters ('Ont inue to corne from f;:ir r1way. a student at Chitra Dhakr1l, .:=i Britis~ assisted school in Kc1lhm;:indu, Nep;:,l, wrote th;:it she had just taken her A-level ex;:ims. She read , my book: Voices of Eternity which w;:is lent to her by Karn;:=:il Ghimire of India. This introduction to the Voices and she was her found i t very interesting. is becoming involved with the phenomena ;:ind hopes to c::irry out some to her village in the rurnls. research when she retur11s She Another interesting letter h::is come from J;:im;:i l Hussein, Amm;:in-Jord;:in, mentioned in the Winter Newsletter. Dr. Hussein wrote th;:=it he ilT'pressed with my 1 etlers ;:ind newsletter was forwarded them to all l he members of and h;:=id their Progr;:imme L::iborr1tories. ;:i l so sent copies to Professor Sheth;:i A 1-Dergazekkus of Durh;:im University-Englr1nd, who w;;:is at one time ;:i dirertor of the Programme Lr1bor;:itories. Dr. "She is one of the h;;:ird Hussein commented: workers the phenomen;:i relating to P-worl.ds." investigating field of the in He ;:i L ;:ibout cont;:wts he Dr. Hussein, who is by tr;:iining a Physicist, ;:ind his wrot2 length col leagues h,=we h;:id with inhabitants of P worlds- (other dimensions) that he is convinced surround us. Quoting from his letter he said: "After over a ye;:ir of continuous communication with an unseen voice, we were lo hear this very voire, which we used to think of ;:is being ;:, human voice of someone

who lived ;::i life on- the er1rth plane, announce that he is very for cl;:iiming he w;:is a human being because, in f;:,ct, he is one of the inhabitants of ;:in unseen world 'cheated' us th;:it he had ;:=istonished ;:ishamed 2. 5. tacts on the other side. As mentioned in the Spring AA-EVP Newsletter, Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, complete English Journal. through Mark Macy of Colorado. is doing a the CETL This is made available to others translntion of Maggie wrote: "In the meantime we made new fascinating experiences with Timestream. We are released by your convinced efforts, your (Meek's) work of many years and Mark's top article in NOETIC SCIENCES REVIEW. translations, George they were that "Here a short summary: "A German friend of us, called Ernst Mackes, who died in November 1992, sent his image (March 1993) by computer scanner. We also received two letters from him via PC, describing his arrival in his next existence. "Paracelus contacted us by GA 2, two-way communication, and has spoken in the idiom of Switzerland. The contact has been recorded. (April 14th, 1993). "On Friday, April 16th, we the first contact by FAX from Swejen Salter (!!)in which she thanks Mark Macy and Hans Heckmann (from the other side) for their excellent work. received "Besides these overwhelming experiences the audio-contacts of Konstantin Raudive, Tech nician and Swejen Salter are going on." interested If you are the CETL Journal which is published twice a year, contact Mark Macy-Continuing Life Research P.O.

Box 11036-Boulder, CO $13.20 for one issue; $25 for the next two. in receiving 80301. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Dale Kaczmarek, IL, and President of the Ghost Research Society, wrote that he has con tributed several chapters to a new book called: Dead Zones. This is a compilation of over 35 haunts of the supernatural. The book was edited by Sharon Jarvis and published by Warner Books. You can Dale is selling the book directly. write to him for information: GRS-P.O. Box 205, Oak Lawn, IL 60454-0205. Jonathan Marten, England, wrote: "Good news. I have received a proof copy of the article I wrote for '"Ihe PSI Researcher". It now looks certain to be included in the next issue. I was very thrilled." In his letter, Jonathan also said that he has received permission from Maggy Harsch-Fischbach lo report on lhe work of CETL to the English Society for Psychical Research. He mentioned in his letter that he and Tina Laurent hope to do some experiments together. Ernst Senkowski, Germany, members mentioned above, like two is also busy with the In his last letter he writing and publishing. "The Spanish translation of my book is s'aid: currently being done. lady from Vr1 lencia, has it finished up to the last 60 pages. Hopefully, it shall be in print." The young In his letter about his pyramid experimentE Rupert Sigurdsson wrote that he is scheduled to give several talks on EVP. Rupert is an or dained minister in the National

Spiritualist Association of Churches. Rev. Bernard Baker, AA-EVE member AZ, and also a Spiritualist minister, gave a seminar at Rupert's church in Maine, at the end of April. The theme was out of body experiences. TIDBITS In her last letter, Edelgard John wrote: "You believe and write about animals surviving. I am a member and get papers from 3 Electronic Voice Association, but you are the only one Thank you, Sarah!" that writes about this. From the many letters that have come from members in response to my pieces on animal sur vival, and your sharing your own stories about a beloved pet, I know this is of great interest to you. You may want to get the May 1993 issue of FATE. It has a number of articles about animals--everything from how to have telepathic contact with your pet to evidence for survival. In the May 18, 1993 Baltimore Evening Sur from the Chica predominantly Judea-Christian reprinted an article was Tribune titled: "Belief in Q)d Found to be Prevalent." It discusses a survey conducted in 13 countries which showed a large majority believed in God The survey also found and life after death. the strong belief in the supernatural, with majority in 6 countries believing in miracles. Questions about good-luck charms, horoscopes, and fortune tellers were asked only in Britain, the former East Germr1ny, Ireland, Slovenia, and the former West Germany. Varying minorities in these countries, with the exception of Slovenia, believe in such "magic." ODDS AND ENDS Although

not everyone would agree, there is nothing really 'odd' about us. I always tell people that communicating with those in other dimensions is the most naturnl thing in the world. 'End'-well this is the end of the newsletter from Severna Park. The lord willing, the next one will be from Annapolis. Deadline for the Autumn NEWS will be September 25. Have a good summer! Always, my best wishes, . Jd~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 12 Number 2 FROM MY VIEWPOINI' Some of you may have been surprised as you took your Summer NEWS out of its envel ope. having glanced at noticed I have a new address. "A month early!" you' re saying. Others, letterhead first, the Yes, to both. On July 1, I am moving to Annapolis. This will be just five miles from the group home where my husband is now living, still suffering the affects of his massive stroke a year ago, and emergency major abdominal surgery in April. My present home, with almost an acre of ground leading down to the pier and water, is too large for me to maintain. My new home is small and all on one level. I think once I get settled- and I dread to think how long it may take- I' l l be happy in the adult community I've the summer newsletter chosen. wouldn't be mailed until

the middle of July, ~ut I'll be lucky if I even uncover my type writer by then! Normally tapes For the last two months, I've had an on going household sale, so things have been moving out the door in a constant stream. The people coming to my door have come in all shapes and sizes and personalities. A few I'll never forget. One woman, seeing the box of metaphysical I'm selling, wanted to know what the word "metaphysical 11 meant. After I tried to explain in as simple a way as possible what it was, she smiled "Oh, and said: thought perhaps it was I refrained asking why she felt Christian." Christian/Judaic be philosophies would nbsent from the world of the metaphysical. As I followed her from one room to the next, she enlightened me about how active she is in her church. I found it somewhat ironic in the way she tried to bargain me down from many things already priced ridiculously low. The street vendors of Cc1iro could le;:irn a thing or two from her. I Most of the people who c;:ime asked how I could bear to leave such a beautiful water :ront home. It will be difficult, but life moves on, and whether one likes it or not, you have no choice but to move with it. AA-EVP NEWS Summer 1993 You can scream and beat your breast to fate and the heavens above, or you can try to adjust and make the best of

t~e si ~uati<;>n. l t will The first will accomplish nothing; not change a thing, so I choose the second. 4-- .1_y vL1c . ''l'J_._,·<'e 11,.,. +-..-. L-1....J ,.....,.,.e,,_,.,.,-,.,....,...,.. c::v The last twelve months have been a time of turmoil for me. A member whose opinions I value wrote in regards to the disasters that 'v'O_._,·rP~, occur evenL-uai_._y whether by channels or by instruments, try to convince us that all this (if not God's will) look for experiences. is our own will to Thinking this out, it comes to the point that most of us must have been complete idiots in choosing such a fate. No, I do not believe I do not know a re;:isonable solution of that. the problem. Maybe our brain-mind system is too 'small' for comprehension." - - - L • - Perhaps it is. It is difficult for me to I believe that before I returned this time, chose what has happened in my life since last June I also can't believe that many of you who hav~ sha;ed your grief, your agony and doubts with me over the suicide of a beloved child, the unexpected death of a loved one, or a cripplin0 disease that causes you co~ stant pain anc suffering, chose any of this before returning. For myself, I like to think I have learned more about myself and others in the last year than I have in the first sixty. I believe I am stronger as a result. I am a

bit mor2 confident that I can meet emergencies and make decisions; but am totally aware of the need I have for others to step is limited and beyond my ability. in and help where knowledge I I think all of us can learn from experien As Eleanor their nature. ces, whatever Roosevelt wrote: "Nothing that happens to ;::inyone has value unless it is a preparation for what lies ahead. We face the future for tified only with the lessons we have learned from the past. I t is today, that we must create the world of the future." Each of us is creating today, the world we will live in tomorrow. I know you will create a good one. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State . EVP CONTACT? 1936 Most of us have heard about the early days of EVP recordings which took place in the 1950's. It may cane as a surprise to learn that an effort to produce voices CaJll! as early as 1936. In a letter fran William Callander of England he wrote. ''You might be interested to know I had made the first CI believe) effort to produce voices in 1936, a box-like wireless set-2 valves and a large H. T. Battery• with two leads attached to a speaker, holding one lead in each hand. I got lots of noises ... Alex MacRae thinks I would have had voices if I could have taped them, but

tapes were unknown." MIRRORS Each time the enigma of the mirrors has been mentioned in a newsletter it brings a flood of inquiries. To bring new members up to'date several years ago three of us unknown to each other at the time taped messages telling us to use a mirror while recording. mentioned the mirrors on A. MacRae's EVP Quarterly Tape-3, and said I was eager to learn if unique messages, such as those about mirrors,- crossed the boundries of one country. I Barbara Jennison, new AA-EVP member fran England wrote that she had heard the tape and thought I might be interested in her experience with mirrors. One day while taping, she said, "Here's a photo of the lady." Saneone said on tape, ''Use a mirror." Clara Laughlin, Virginia AA-EVP member, recently recorded two mirror messages. A voice I love to watch our conscious and our mirror." Another said, "I'm in front of ou. time a voice as ~Can~_2t:..,1y~ou~w~a~t~c:!!..~'l~our~..!!~~~!:!!..~~~~~- In February I was asked to lecture and teach a workshop about EVP at the Spiritual Advisory Council conference in Orlando, Florida. During the talk I mentioned the mirrors and how they related scxnewhat to the cross-correspondence cases, famous :i.n literature about evidence for survival. Several people came up to talk to me about them later. Sol Lewis, keynote lecturer at the conference, President of the Michigan Metaphysical Society, new member of AA-f:.VP, wrote to me after the conference. He said he had been "impressed" to tell me to use

two mirrors angled toward the other so a reflection wuld be created. I am now doing this. The first time I tried it I asked if they thought the second mirror would help them. A male entity in a Class A voice replieq, ''Yes I see with them. D:>esn't seem to hel me toda. t y I will o over and learn to use it." Since then ve earne to use t ve sa1. t y i . DAVID LOTIIAMER'S TECHNIQUE David LothaJll!r, CA State Coordinator for AA-EVP, is eager to share with you the recording technique that works so well for him. He thought some of you might·· like to try it. If you do, David would like to hear about your results. He is on the cross.,.country list. Connect a patchcord fran headphones outlet of radio that you are using for a sound source to Main In of equalizer. Connect another patchcord frcxn Main Out of equalizer to Line In of recorder. Either channel of recorder can be used. Microphone should be plugged into the other channel. Headphones are plugged into headphone outlet of recorder. You can now hear what is on the radio and can control the volune. On tape playback all radio intrusions and mst of the paranormal messages are on the channel that is not carrying the mike. David sent me a tape of voices recorded this way and they are unusually clear. GILBERT BONNER REPORTS In an interesting letter received from Gilbert Bormer, English

EVP researcher he wrote, "I put in for a grant for further study in evp in relation to Left/Right brain hemisphere decoding and Subliminal hearing to SPR London. On a split decision my request was refused but I was interviewed by a psychiatrist and his assistant ... given a cassette by them and told to get voices. Before two witnesses at 4 in the afternoon on their own tape I recorded evp including Raudive." 2. UL'IRASONICS IN GERMANY Dr. Ernst Senkowski, German M-FNP member, wrote that Otto Konig, German researcher is continuing to work on the ultrasonic method for EVP recordings. "In long-time experimentation you never have a stand-still. The parts are changed, rearranged, it is a dynamic procedure ... Konig himself is of opinion that the whole developnent is far fran perfect--so what is the use of giving exact data which--at time given--are already surpassed by another set." In his letter he wrote, George Meek, President of Metascience Foundation, Franklin, NC, ·sent me a tape of Voices Konig had recorded. It is outstanding. Raudive's voice which came through at the Fulda conference is on it as well as Walter Steinokel, a former co-worker of Konig' s. Their after death voices are compared with their before death voices, and one can hear that they match! ULTRASONICS IN U.S.A. I am pleased to report that sane of our members are doing research which will, we hope, ultimately lead to improved ccmnunication between dimensions for all. Walter Sherbrooke, CA AA-EVP member, is

working on an ultrasonic system which will be ready for field testing by several of us in the near future. Jerry Bennett, GA State Coordinator of AA-EVP, has completed work on his first ultrasonic converter which I am now field testing with interesting results. It will then go to Dan McKee and finally to Mercedes Shepanek for additional testing before going back to Jerry for further modification. Although I have experimented with Jerry's converter in various ways, and each way has brought positive results, the best results have been achieved when I use it in canbination with other sound sources such as the short wave on the radio set to 14 MHz. There is a lead on front of the converter which is plugged into the right channel of my reel to reel tape I have an audio generator recorder. set to 40-43 kHz, and a tweeter connected to the generator. In this way I am able to hear the sounds over the wal 1 speakers, or through the tape recorder, by wearing headphones plugged into the headphone outlet of the recorder. You can build a similar converter. Jerry used the plans shown in Radio Electronics-Special Projects Book-Spring 1981. Permission to print the schematic diagram was kindly granted to us by Gernsback Publications Inc., 1981. (The microphone is plugged into the left channel.) t ;·,· r-----------·---- --·-·---·--·-----··-··· ----- ---.. -1--41·····-- RI 220K TOI + Cl IOµF R2 220K R5 1M R4 220Sl C2 O.lµF CJ .DlµF C4 .OlµF 16 9

12 Vss 4 5 JAM 7 14 CLOCK IC2 CD4018 ... RS 22K B GND PRESET RESET ENABLE 15 10 5 ~ 13 04 11 QJ 6 02 4 01 5 JAM 1 2 3 2 3 7 TO DIVIDE INPUT BY CONNECT OATA TO 10 8 6 4 2 05 04 03 ii.2 01 9V 1 + -I •-I -T cs I.01µF + C7 SOµF ! +9V l SCHEMA TIC DIAGRAM of the ultrasonic listener. Transducer T01 should be connected to the device using coaxial cable. 5. t.:3ping with their prim;:iry recorder. This m;:iy be a prerecorded music language' broadcast, etc. I have tried this but again, with few results. foreign tape, that It is live sounds that give most tapers the loudest, clearest, most frequent voices. Some thinc:; I h,we pointed out before, but which seems to be large 1 y ignored by technica 1 researchers, is that the type of sound source you use will largely determine the sound qual ity of those who speak. As an example, using running water as a sound source, the voices lend lo take on that characteristic and you wi 1 l hear a whispery, tape of voice. On Oct. 24th, I will observe my seventeenth year of taping. During that time I have tried many types of sound sources, but in the end, I alwr1ys go back to the airband on my l\~Jo Radio Shack Realistic rc1dios. This was suggested by Raymond Cass, well known English taper. His voices are

t ona 1 (close to the human voice) . Most of my voices when using the c=iirh=md are also tonal. The voices of what I consider this country's best l apers are tona 1. Each one is using the radio--airband and/or short wave as their sound source. 'watery' My theory is th;::it everything has its own unique energy pattern--vibralions. From trees to humans; from flowers to birds--everything. All created sound sources ;:i lso have unique energies, vibr;::itions. Whatever sound source you are using is used by the invisible to spe;::ik. 'The taper combines his own energies, vibrations to the sound source and the voices are then produced. Normally, I tape between 120-130 MHz on the airband. Most r;:idios don't have airbands but they can be found. Some people are reluctant to use a radio for fear they, and others, will say they are nol voices speaking from other dimen This sions, but normal earth plane voices. happens but you can soon learn to distinguish between the two. If they call you by name, an swer your direct questions, make meaningful comments about something in your life or a family member, you can be confident you have taped a voice coming from a dimension or world that is not your own. The other side likes radios as their sound source. If you' re not presently using one, turn it to the airband if possible, or short wave as a second choice. You just might decide that you like it also! NEWS

FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Rev. Bernard Baker, AZ is on the board of In this 'The National Spiritualist AssociFilion. role the curator of Phenomenal Evid~nce. He sent rne the July issue of their is also he Journal, An article he wrote for it, mentions t1he AA-EVP taped voice as documented evidence for survival. ;:md Irene Malelsky has assumed many duties as State Coordinator of N.J. to help her daughter Valerie Tjaden who is busy with job and family. In a recent letter, Irene reported she had contacted N.J. members. In August, Valerie, her hush=rnd and their lwo children spent a week on Deer Island, Canada. Valerie took pictures in Eler1nor Roosevelt's bedroom when they loured C=impobello. She got a face in the window "with a mouth that sure looks like Eleanor." She also gol a picture of a stern looking face in the bushes outside of the window. Angela Thompson, NV, said in a recent phone call that she expects lo teach a workshop soon on psychic development. The organization for which she works, is interested in psychic/ spiritual development. They host ;:i r;:idio show each week that explores such topics. , VOIXS D' ETERNITE Good News! A letter and contract has come from my literary agent in New York. The con from Editions du Rocher a French tract was publisher. It is an agreement to publish my book: Voices of Eternity in French. In about a year, Voixs will be in French bookstores. THANK YOU FOR YOUR GOOD WISHES

Cards, letters ;md phone cal ls came from dozens of members this summer wishing me happ iness in my new home. Your positive thoughts helped tremendously with the traumatic rnove and difficult dFiys thr1t followed. Bruce Dudley, a member, is a neighbor which I hFidn 't known until he turned up at rny front door the first evening to welcome me to the neighborhood. Winnie Peters, another member who has traveled lives wi lh rne to several foreign countries, over the hill. I wrote to ;:i friend recently and said I thought I'd spent the summer in ;:in altered state. Now, I'm fairly well settled, content, and have rediscovered that the sun shines on most days. ODDS AND ENDS Sl umned as to what to give a friend for Christm;:is, or special occasion gift? How ;:ibout agift membership to the AA-EVP? It wi 1 l be a unique gift , thE,t w:ii.111 lkeep on giving through an entire year. Share the fun, the learning, the insights our newsletter provides. Unl il next winter--next year--may ;:ill of your days be bright, filled with joy and love. Deadline for the Winter NEWS is December 18th. Always, my best wishes, ~~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. 816 MIDSHIP COURT ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP. FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 12 Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1993 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "They probably deliver all of their m;:i i l by c;=imel," said the mail clerk with a

sneer al the br':'lnch post office in Annapolis. I had gone letter weighed there to have a destined for Al Bir in Saudi Arabia. "I doubt that," I replied, a bit pro voked at the clerk's ;::;ssumption that ,..,11y thing in that part of the world would nol have the conveniences for mail ( al'ld other things) found in our country. Granted, cFJmels are not the most pleas ant animals, which I learned on my trips to Egypt. Although I'd not want one for a pet, there is a place for in our world. them As I continue thinking about the clerk's remarks concerning camels, and the superior air he unconsciously portrayed, it brings other thoughts to mind. Misunderstanding leads to ignorance which we could call the twin furies of our time. In classical myth the Furies punished crimes at the ology, ins ligation of their victims. Today, we ;:ire being punished by our l;::,ck of under standing and ignorance. I letter In August, received a Programme Laboratories from physicist Dr. Jamal Hussein, a director of the Param;::inn in Amman, Jordan. Dr. Hussein, mentioned in our winter and spring newsletters, invited me to lecture and teach a workshop at a World Congress on unconventional healing to from November 9-13th. be held in Baghdad His laboratory and the Tariqa Casnazani yyah Laboratory of Iraq, are holding a joint conference ;:ind asked me to partici pate with most expenses paid. The plan was the for me lo fly to Amman, where I

and other congress members would be met by air conditioned, sight-seeing buses and driven to Baghdad. The official language of the instantaneous congress translations into French, German, Italian, and Spanish. is English, with I there could be problems getting permission to travel lo Iraq and realized I spoke The attorney when I called the State Department, my fears were confirmed. to immediately said I had 100% chance of refusal because the President ;:ind Secretary of State don't want anyone traveling there. Al though I explained the congress was on healing and I had been asked lo be a part of the program, "Go ahead and write a he remained unmoved. letter" he said, "it'll make you feel better, but I can tell you right off, you'll not be permitted to go." request I did this, and enclosed copies of Dr. Hussein's two letters about the congress. On September 28th, a letter came from the State Department denying my the purposes stated in your letter." The last paragraph reads: "Since conditions within Iraq remain extremely hazardous, especially for American citizens, lhe granting of an exception to the restriction on the use of the passport to travel there for the purposes described in your request would be inconsis tent with our responsibility to safeguard the lives of Americans abroad." "for their invitation, by Many would say going to Iraq is not a good idea. However, I feel that now is the time, more than ever before, when those who have an open

heart towards a l1 humanity need to go wherever there is distress between nations. By accepting taking their own outstretched hand in mine, I could say with great joy, "We are one in our person hood." What could be more benign than a heal ing congress? What could our government possibly fear by my going? It is not me, Sarah Estep, that our government is concerned about, but their position of wounded, righteous dignity. They fear the light from the candle I might light. rather of maintaining So, unless there is a miracle, I will stay home. Misunderstanding and ignorance will continue to bedevil us. What message will my failing the absence of any American to be there, give to the rest of the world? the congress, to be at for Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State LIBERANI'S Three members have made their transition. Betty Evans, a charter member of AA-EVP having joined in 1982, died Sept. 21st in Maine. Long a resident of VA, she and her son Eddie, moved to Maine several years ago. Betty was a close friend of Mercedes Shepanek a leading taper and VA State Coordinator before her death. They taped together frequently with outstand ing success. Even after Mercedes' death, Betty's interest in the Voices continued and she would usually get at least one good Class A voice whenever she taped. Betty had been in failing health for over a year and messages had

been taped from her fam ily members on the other side, as well as her dear friend Mercedes, that they were aware of this and were standing by. Now Betty is with them and I suspect there were tears of joy at the reunion when she stepped through the door as she returned back home. Leonid Kovalevsky of CA has died recently. He had been a member of the AA-EVP since 1987. Al though never on the cross-country list, he the was letters we exchanged, he always expressed how much he enjoyed reading about what other mem bers were doing. interested in our activities. In Leonid was a friend of Harold Sherman and Harold mentions him in his book: The Dead Are Alive. Many of you have this book and you may want to turn to Chapter 12: "Spirit Communica tion by Telephone" to read further about him. through her father's In July, a phone call came from the daugh ter of Victor Oliver, a MD AA-EVP member who made his transition in March. She said in go things, she came ing across an AA-EVP newsletter and felt she should call. Victor had been a member for just three months and was on the cross-country list. He wrote several times during this time and it was evident from his letters that the taped voices gave him much comfort and reassur ance. Although I didn't know it, his daughter said he had been terminally ill for some time and they had

tried to make arrangements for him to return home to Nigeria. Unfortunately, Victor died before this could be carried out. We wish our three members godspeed. I al ways feel that the death of any member dimin ishes us a little. They leave a small empty place behind that can never be entirely filled. FOLLOW-UP ON MIRRORS The feature in our Summer Newsletter that created the segment about mirrors, and how they had played a role in several cross-correspondence cases. interest was the most "Tell us more!" some asked, but there is Clara really not a c_:ire=>at deal I can add. Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, mentioned in the feature, wrote after receiving her NEWS: "I can't tell if the mirrors help in taping, but one of my first messages was: 'We look out our window. We see you through the mirror. ' At the beginning there were some strange messages: 'Move over--there--there.' Then something was said that made me realize that I should look (Sometimes) I forget directly into the mirror. to do that during the entire taping but I make sure I am directly in front of it." Jerry Bennett, GA State Coordinator, called in August and said he had read in the National Examiner an interesting article about mirrors. It told about Dr. Raymond Moody's work with mirrors. Moody, a psychiatrist, first became known for his book about near-death experiences. Now he is working with mirrors in a setting he calls "Theater of the Mind" located in AL.

He has had contact with his dead grandmother. She manifested herself visually to him and they had a long conversation. Interestingly enough, this was the grandmother Moody never especially liked but after their talk Moody said she cleared up some things for him and he now feels closer to her. Not all of this was in the Examiner but a great deal more was in the Journal of Near Death Studies (Winter 1992), sent to me in July by Steve Glanz, CA AA-EVP member. The article describes individuals who have taken part in Moody's '"!heater of the Mind," and many report experiences similar to Moody's. A friend or loved one--and it's not always the person most hoped to have contact with--somehow comes through the mirror and greets the person on this side. When they do this, the entity is in solid form and is as remembered, although per haps younger. Steve wrote that in the autumn ( ? ) wi 11 publish of this year, Random House Moody's latest book called: Family Reunions which details his experiments with mirrors. As Last winter a member sent me a tape of a lecture she heard Dr. Moody give about mirror work. The subject is fascinating and ran be in any explored by just ;:ibout anyone. psychic experiment, caution and good judgment need to be exercised. One of our members tried mirror experiments several years ago. He is a level-headed, no nonsense type of person, and what he saw through his mirror was

so frighten ing he never tried it again. Wise person. I repeatedly tell people (and I'm afraid it falls on deaf ears) if what you believe you get through your tape recorder frightens you, stop immediately what you are doing. For myself, I would like to obtain a genuine electronic quartz crystal polished to a mirror sheen and large enough to use as a mirror for 2. "I have a message for Jane medium would say: Smith. Is there a Jane Smith here?" On the reverse side of the tape a voice might answer: J'You have Jane Smith with you. 11 Geoffrey made a copy of some of the messages that have come through and sent them to me on .a cassette tape. Many were good Class A. OVERSEAS MAILBAG Gilbert Bonner, England, wrote in August that he I d had a visitor from MUnich, Germany who spent one full day with him. They discussed eyp and the situation concerning transcommuni cation in Germany and the rest of Europe. He said that Fidelio Koberle, long-time director and editor of the German VTF Journal, which has retired and that Peter focused on EVP Stein of Denmark is now in charge. Of special interest to tapers is Gilbert mentioning that a friend of his had a cassette tape backwards without recorder that plays a turning it over. Gilbert said he has never had much faith in the backwards (or reverse) voices; however, he gave his friend a short tape of five voices

to play on the recorder. To his surprise, two of the voices made sense when played backwards and one of the two said exact ly the same thing backwards as forwards. A deep male, strong voice said: "We are great Spirit." After receiving Gilbert I s letter about the cassette tape recorder that plays cassettes backwards, I asked if he would send me more information. Gilbert replied: ur.rhe Germans It offer a machine that plays backwards only. is from a German electronics firm that caters to EVP buffs. The cost in Germany, payable in advance, (about 90 pounds UK, or roughly $170 US Funds). \He suggests that those interested write to DIPL Bolger Sauer-Ewigkeit 37-DW 2900 Oldenburg, Germany, for a catalogue and USA prices. Stress that you are especially tape recorder that plays interested in the cassette recordings bac::kwards ~ is 180DM transcommunication Monique Simonet, France, has written several The Association she has founded that times. is called: on focuses 11Infinitude--'Ibe beyond speaks to us. 11 The group continues to grow. In the spring, Monique was on French television in Paris talking about the voices. Afterwards, the commentator said: "I cannot believe. What are these voices? The dead person has no vocal cords!" Monique wrote that she looked at him and thought: "He is nott intelligent." With her on the program was Father Brune, a great scholar and scientist, • who fully accepts the voices. Knowing this, the commentator treated him well, but he had difficulty accepting what Monique was

saying. MOnique has completed writing her fourth book. The first three, already in print, are doing well and Monique has hopes for this, her late st book. She reminded me in her letter "Think always that this life on our world is just the ~ay for a real life." Builcliq A Briqe aw W.l4"1 'Ihe al:x>ve diagram is to be found in Bill (Aug. Weisensale's Spirit Voice newsletter I felt it was well worth including in 1993). our own AA-EVP NEWS. As time permits, Bill publishes a newsletter aimed more towards the person with a technical background, although others no doubt will also find it interesting. For complete information, write to Bill: P.O. Box B.Q., Barstow, CA 92312-3030. 'IRY IT! YOU MIGIT LIKE IT! As many of you know, ·I am a firm believer in using sound sources while taping. The Voices use sounds in the environment to help them speak. The~e is controversy as to just . how these sounds help. We do .. know that most people who use the straight open mike appro ach to taping (with no extra sounds provided by the taper) receive few' voices and what they get is usually of poor quality. • Many of us get the best results by using what I like to call live sounds. This means from a sounds originating at that moment I, and a number of others, receive source. little by using a 'canned' sound--RF gener- ator--that sort of thing. A few people report results by

using a pre-recorded tape . which they play on a secondary recorder while 5. Clara Laughlin wrote that her daughter's much loved 17 year old Siamese cat, Andre.=i, h.=id died. Clara's deceased husband, Tom, was fond of the cat and so Clara said, "I was not surpri sed to hear Tom say: 'Andy (Andrea's nickn.:=ime) is here with me. Kitten is beautiful.'" Dan McKee, IL & FL State Coordinator, sent two short excellent tapes. In the one, he had messages that he fee ls are communications be Some of the tween a liens, possibly on UFOs. Class A were: "You all flew in from Eastern Sol Prestice." Have the Earth man come join us. " "We now fly these Nevertsie out of your vessel." A number of Orshna here." tar:,e, Dan included general In his second "Believe in this medium." messages such as: "God's Fellowship, it hi ts "Now we are free." now the earth. " "Time to grow enormously. " "Start with Dan and the research I have dealt 'ya . " '"Ille Incentive, the Inventive, now does he know there isn't any error?" Most of Dan's messages are on the reverse side of his tapes. Olga Pfaff, Canada, wrote that a clear voice I will love told her: "Olga you are protected. you. We wi 11 see each other again." Another time while taping, she commented that people who die have a difficult time because they are still able to perceive their loved ones, but are not perceived

in return. Suddenly, a loud voice heard in the radio said: "That is true!" In October, P;::it Sabodish, N.J., sent me an interesting tape lasting less than one minute. She said she was t.=iping before going to work, through with many and very comments. to understand it. The voice quality is unusu;::i l , and one man's voice, standing out above the others, seemed to say: "I wanta come back." She had to slow the tnpe down loud voices came NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Bill Attaway, a new member from Phoenix, AZ, teaches classes on subjects in the metaphysical field. One of them is "A Course in Miracles." 'Those who live in Phoenix, or nearby, may want to contact Bill. Emylu Hughes writes the Self-Guidance chart for the monthly HOROSCOPE magazine. Fred McIntosh, VA, taught an evening work shop on Dowsing in October for the Annapolis Holistic Health Center. I t was well received and he h.=is been invited to return and teach an all day in-depth workshop on the subject. HAM RADIO NETWORK UPDATE In our Autumn Newsletter, we announced the formation of a ham radio network under the able direction of Dan McKee, for our many ham radio In Dan's November letter, he said enthusiasts. h"' 'd he-=ird from two members--Caro l yn Sul. l i van of N.C., and Dale Sizemore of S.C. I hope now that the holiday se.=ison is over, many more will contact Dan and take part in this opportunity to chit-chat with

other members and exchange ideas related to tr;::inscommunication or whatever is of interest to you. Dan's winter address is: 425 30th Ave. West-Bradenton, FL 34205. INFOnews--01/93 in is available 80301. Each issue is $12. New members may not know that the excellent CETL Journal (Luxembourg) published by Maggy & the Jules Harsch-Fischbach, U.S. It is translated by Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, and edited and published by Mark Macy--Continuing Life Research--P.O. Box 11036 The Boulder, CO last few pages are devoted to comments from Mark as well as the progress his own co group is making. On pages 42 & 43, Mark discusses the Autumn AA-EVP NEWS, and my using the .=iir band on my two Radio Shack Realistic radios for best taping results. Wi lliarn O'Neil, who worked closely with George Meek, and who had long ex tended conversations with George Mueller in spirit, through Spiricom, made his own trans ition in 1991. O'Neil is a communicator with Mark and his associates. He encourages the use of a radio for spirit contact and suggests tuning to 1003.5 Kz on the AM b.=ind. Konstantin Raudive, early European TC pioneer, also in spirit, advised the Luxembourg researchers to acquire a 40 MHz radio receiver to use in their This frequency is normally used for work. radio-control devices. Raudi ve also suggests tuning to the far right of the SW band. LOVE NEVER ENDS Eddie Namerdy sent me the poem be low. He wrote it on Thanksgiving day in memory of his

mother, Betty Evans, but I think it will touch the heart of everyone who has lost a loved one. "Love never ends--unless we let it. Love never dies--unless we force it. So, if we focus on our Love Inside We never die. We merely transmute." ODDS AND ENDS Interest in the AA-EVP remains high. In 1992, 122 people wrote and asked about us. 1993, brought 136 letters with requests for informa tion about our activities. Deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 16th. May you resonate with love for all here and above in this new year. Always, my best wishes, .dCln..tue.+ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA, INC. ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND 21401 816 MIDSHIP COURT (410) 573-0873 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES REFERRALS VOL. 12 Number 4 FROM MY VIEWPOINT AA-EVP MEWS Janu.=iry. A new year. A new cn lendar. Traditionally, a lime for making "New Year Resolutions" for "Turning over a new leaf." I am indeed strange, as some Perhaps people tell me ( and many more I am afraid think) because I never make New Yec=ir reso lutions. I don't believe in them. However, I am a champion turner over of new leaves. If I think something needs to be changed in my life as happens frequently, I do it then. Why wait unti 1_ January first? To do sc would be another blot on my copy book. Not c=ill of the new leaves I turn over in a year end up a success. When

that occurs, the situation must be reassessed and another decision made on a different approach. The ink never dries in my copy book. At best it remains damp. Montaigne writes on the Febrmiry page of my "I care not so much what I '94 calendar: am in the opinion of others, as what I am in my own." That philosophy has earned a damp place in my copy book. I do care what others think, but it has become much less important to me over the y~ars. Fifteen years ago if you had turned to that page you would have found it wet. there might be only a smudge if you ran your finger across it. Now, With April's calendar, we find Victor Hugo's immortal words: "There is one spec tacle grander than the sky, that is the in terior of the soul." If one wculd choose an idea to live by, he couldn't go far wrong by In my having those words as his talisman. copy book, you would find them as part of the Foreword. The Foreword never changes . occasionally I will add a few thoughts to it but wh;:it is there, is there for life. The ink is always dry. When spirits flag, or if I consider wh;::it is to me ;:in unworthy deed or thought, the Foreword and then, with renewed hope and strength, move ahead along the path that I think goes in the right direction. turn back to I 'Ihe philosophy expressed for

October is Helen Ke Her' s. She said: "Life is either a Winter 1994 daring adventure or nothing." I feel life is meant to be lived, to be an c=idventure, as Keller snid. It should not be, as someone wrote, 11 lived in quiet desperation. " We are the 'doers' and it is up to us to paint the picture during our time here on earth. Not all of the pictures will be beautiful, but if those less so, we wi 11 we can slowly become a more talented artist. learn from (source unknown), A member enclosed with his Christmas card tit1-ed: a short article In discussing trans "Q-iosts in the Machine." communication, the author wrote: "Research continues in the U.S. among groups such as the 11-year-old American Association-Elec logo tronic Voice Phenomena appropriately, is a reel-to-reel tape record er linked to a cemetery gate)." (the group's I Heavens no! looked at our logo very carefully after I read that, and I guess the author could be excused in thinking it was a If he had talked to me gate to a cemetery. before writing his article, I would have explained that what he thought was a gate, was really a bridge. This is why I have an arrow pointing in both directions. We cross they cross the the bridge to the unseen; I feel bridge to us, via a tape recorder. all of us are building bridges--bridges that stretch on to horizons that never end. We don't stop at

cemetery gates. With that thought in mind, it is appropri ate to end with what Pliny the Younger wrote and which is on the calendar page for Decem "Since it is not granted to us to live ber. to posterity some let us long, memorial that we have at least lived." transmit Everyone can create memorials of love, loyalty, kindness and compassion. These feelings, given to others, grow; they spread from one person to the next, long after the person who gave them has gone on. His name may be forgotten, but what he did remains in In the end, each takes with positive form. him just his copy book that details how much -joy, beauty, and love he. h;:is qiven others. May 1994 be a year in which y<'.5u w1 l l paint many beautiful pictures in your copy book. Established in 1982 to Provide Objective Evidence That We Survive Death in an Individual Conscious State LIBERANTS that Word has come two more members have made their transition. Australian AA-EVP member, ':1ob Hyner, wrote that his wife, Meta, after a long period of failing health, died on October 23rd. They joined the Association in 1989 and had been interested in transcommunication for a number of years. In Meta was a gifted musician and composer. several newspaper clippings Rob sent me, her contributions to musical fields are stressed. Her output, stretching over 40 years, included 10 operas, 27 chamber works and song cycles. As "Meta-Hyner-Overman 's one works must be

regarded as an important contri bution They combined beauty and strength." to Australian music. reviewer wrote: I am confident that Meta is now in a world surrounded by music and actively taking part in composing and playing beautiful music. Over the years, I have taped many musical notes, chords, and once a full minute of music. Now, Meta, in renewed heal th, is continuing with her wonder ful gift, sharing her music with those in the world beyond death. A note has been received that Howard Ruess, TX AA-EVP member, has also made his transition. Howard, a charter member of our organization, joined in 1982. We had exchanged letters for about a year before I began the AA-EVP. Howard had been taping for over ten months when he first wrote about how he was trying desperately to have contact with his beloved wife. Each day found him at his tape recorder, calling on her to speak. Nothing was heard. I sent Howard r1. tape and some suggestions, and one day my phone rang. "She spoke to me this morning!" he said. We both rejoiced at this breakthrough which had taken a full year. He went on to have other messages from his wife as well as a few friends who had gone on. Two or three times a year, he would call me just to "touch base. " Howard, remembering his own difficult start, was always happy to help others who were having taping problems. the Howard and his wife

are now together, tape recorder no longer necessary, as they con tinue their uninterrupted journey through life and beyond. COMMUNICATIONS FROM AND ABOUT Betty Evans In our Autumn Newsletter, I mentioned the transition of charter AA-EVP member, Betty Evans, in September. Betty spent much of her life in VA, but the last year or two, she had lived in Maine. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, was Betty's closest friend, and since Betty's death, she has had a number of communications concerning Betty. "I see Clara One of the first was: in mirror." The name of the nursing home in Maine where Betty died, also c;:ime through. Another time when she called on Betty, Callie (Clara's guide) said: "Betty is sleeping." Clara wrote that this was a pattern from Betty's earth life for she took naps throughout the day. Clara has also picked up "David" and "Edward" the names of Betty's twin sons. Recently, Betty said her "It gave me the chills, name and Clara wrote: it was the voice I know so well." SYNCHRONISM I like true synchronistic experiences. To me, they are strong evidence that the uni verse is not chaotic; that chaos doesn't reign supreme. Although I don't understand a great deal about the Chaos Theory, I find it fascinating. The thing I like best about it, is that some scien tists are now discovering that even in chaos, there is a kind of order. It may be a bizarre, exotic sort of order, but it's there! The

dictionary says that synchronism is ;:i "coincidence in time." Well, perhaps. Coin cidence may happen now and then, but maybe less than we think. Synchronism is much more. There is a neatness to the situation, a tying up of ends, an order, that gives a feeling of delight to the person experiencing it. At the same time we must be careful not to label everything thcit happens as synchronistic. That is like a taper who hears voices when nothing is there. I don't deny the existence of a certain amount of coin two. Try to discern between cidence. the In early December, I had what I consider a synchronistic experience. An unknown woman, a nurse, livi'lq in FL, wrote to me. She h;::id read about me, and tl-\ought I might be able to help her find a reputable past life therapist living I didn't know of anyone but in her FL area. felt there wcis a woman in Hollywood, FL who could steer her in the right direction. This woman, a leader in the metaphysical field, is a wic,ely known, gifted and highly reputr1ble per son. Although, to my knowledge, she doesn't do past life regressions, I believed she could refer my correspondent to the right person. However, as hard as I tried, I couldn't remem ber her name. During the next twenty-four hours I kept asking myself: "What is her name?" The following day a Christmas card and note She came from Gerda Slater, FL AA-EVP member. wrote: "I

watched a fascinating 40 minute film about EVP at the FL Society for Psychical Re search in Hollywood, FL, directed by Lilia Logette." Li la was trying to I had been remember. I immediately wrote to the nurse in FL, giving her Lilia's name and wishing her the name 2. If you would r;:1ther not get involved with this, don't sign for the list when you join the AA-EVP or renew your membership. It will s;:ive us both time and in addition save me money for printing and extra postage, and not cause disappointment when a member doesn't hear from those she/he has contacted. REDUCING BACKGROUND NOISE Tapers are often f;:iced with trying to de cipher EVP messages that are more or less lost in background noise. Geoffrey Ti lga, N. Y. AA-EVP member, sent me several articles about this and condensed the essential ideas into the following that I will quote in part: 'Oe of tte ~ diffirulties ud:!tslatdirg :ra:nrd Erl :E.W rn p~ is the hig:1 lei.el of b:d<grurd roise. A an.eitirnal 'cllcllcg-' arlio s::u.n filter" will ~ the Epirit voices alcrg with the roise. 'IlE WCXR 1H'II digital sig,al prrESST arlio filter will d:> with c11 arlio siglal 'IlE vhat the rrultimillirn d:>llar N\SA a::rrp.rter did. 'tn e.rhTI::E the intelligibility of literature stares: ~ sig'lals W'lile re:i.rirg hiss, static, igri.tirn, arl several other typ:!S of mire ... It w:!d<s great far arlio s~ls that rElcrl tn be p.1l1Erl rut of the mrl ... the roise rmrtirn alg:ri.thn

(a:nµrter µ:o;:ira11) is very effective, ru t~ h..m=n ~ with little CBJ[cdatirn. Alttntj:1 the mire filter will rrake sb.rrri.rg irrp:oveTEnts a, sig nals with a m:rerate cno.nt of mire, it v.01 1 t :re:::over- a sigi,3l that is a:npletely hlri.Erl-C-mi.rus voices." Fbr :furtrer inforTTBtirn far this <Elli.re that rrey be a great b:xn for ~ a:nt;ct: ~ Eloct:rrnics. 793 Grrri.l't:J ~ . Victor, l\ew York 14564. TIDBITS Dale Kaczmarek, IL AA-EVP member, recently sent me copies of several articles that were in Psychic NEWS, published in England. In the one, Ursula Roberts, one of England's greatest mediums and a minister of the Spiritualists' National Union, said in ;:m interview: "I think electronic mediumship is going to be stronger is than physical mediumship. This, I the mediumship of the future." think, Gilbert wrote There was also an article written by our friend Gilbert Bonner of England. In it, he discusses the skepticism that still surrounds PSI phenomena, in spite of much evidence to the contrary. that he believes "reality and imagination can flow into each other. Everything is interrelated. Reality is a state of mind; of consciousness ... '!he holo graphic theory of the uni verse put forward by David Bohrn opens up a totally new concept in fundamental physics in which matter and con sciousness are seen as a single field. New doors to understanding the re;:i_l nature of man are opening. We are the pioneers of it in the electronic age." TAPERS FOR HIRE? I agree with the sentiments

expressed i11 a She writes: letter from Saria Buioni, AA-EVP member, Italy. She, along with Virgini;=i Ursi, publish an excellent Italian newsletter that focuses on transcommunication. If you can read Italian, I feel you would find the newsletter very worthwhile. She is on the cross-country list. Like Saria, I have experienced the fol lowing many times. II It happens quite often to meet people who know very little about EVP and want, if I c;:::in say so, to "hire" you as their personal telephone or broad casting system with the other world. Independ ently of their culture and education, it is generally very difficult to have them under stand that this is not the way it works and- you are right--it is extremely difficult to deal with them. Sometimes they disappear and unfortunately they are easy prey for more or It less costly fake is a battle we are constantly fighting against too many Is it the same in the U.S.?" 'enemies of mankind.' ( also tapers!) 'mediums' OUR TAPERS REPORT The following tapers are members I know there are many others) who don't fall in to the category of wanting others to do con trict work for them. They are busy building their own bridges to other dimensions. ( and I In Lisa Butler's (Kansas) Christmas card "You have affected so she enclosed a note: many lives that I'm sure mine is just one of many. tape nightly and have had great success. I'll never forget the first words

I 'Crystals help.' Since then, Lisa wrote heard, that she has heard from many wonderful helpers, and has spoken to her father, an uncle, and grandp;:irents. She closed her note with: "None of this would have happened if you had not written your book. " ( Voices of Eternity), Jacqueline Colligan (W) joined the AA-EVP in September. Although she has been taping just about a year, she is having outst;mding results as demonstrated in the short tape she sent me in November. Most of the fifteen ex amples were Class A. good ones were: nothing. " "QJiet." with less leg ground." Some of the especially "Pray for "Mil linet. " "Where's the warmth?" "I mean we ran up a lot of static "I play dead. " She said: Carol Barron-Karajohn, MA State Coordinator, wrote that her piano teacher told her to tape her lessons at home. "I have to laugh sometimes because my EVP friends like to intersperse little comments on the tape when I do. They let me know when it's bad!! One time after a practice lesson someone said, 'Carol, we're gonna love you!' Guess they liked thr1t one so I was a little encouraged." 5. Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, last in answer NEWS for a better word to describe the dead than deceased or discarnate, suggests "liberants." Monty wrote, "There is no such word in any of our dictionaries, but people make up words in It would be defined as "those who have been liberated from

the body." this area all the time. to Robert Camburn 's request the in David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, Survival Board Member, sent me an excellent tape. "Hold that vision." When David asked if life Some of the message on it are: "You won't die." after death was a dream, a Class A voice answered, "It's not a dream for soul." John Webb, CA, recently joined the AA-EVP. He wrote, "I finally began getting EVP with It works my earphones used as paired microphones simply by plugging them into the mike jack. as a high impedance mike since speakers, earphones and mikes have similar circuitry." AUGUST CONFERENCE UP-DATE Program planning is complete for our third national conference from August 7-9. I can say without reservation, that although our first two conferences were good, this is the best! For one thing, it is better balanced. For another, speakers and workshop leaders are outstanding in they are their knowledge and special charisma which not only captivates their audience while speaking, but makes them a delight to be near when they are not on the speaker's podium. The location of this conference also helps make it exceptional. We are returning to the inner-harbor, Baltimore, location of our first conference. Within a five minute walk, you will find 130 shops and restaurants. With Baltimore's fine museums and historical attractions, Baltimore has become a leading vacation spot on the East Coast for the entire family. Bring your children and spouse. They can enjoy the large

indoor swimming pool at the Holiday Inn, and visit the National Aquarium, the Constellation, the Science Center, while you are taking part in our conference. The Holiday Inn has turned over their newly redecorated entire top floor to us! No more searching frantically for workshop locations. Everything is spacious. The general assembly room long hallway with many holds 200. The smaller workshop rooms hold seventy-five. There is a friends, and our nooks and crannies, keynote speakers who will be with us the entire time. for talking between meetings with old and new ideal The success of any conference, to a great extent, depends on program. Martin Ebon, Joseph Jochmans, Shala Mattingly are featured speakers. Lynn Gardner will teach an intensive workshop starting Friday morning titled: run to 3:30, for those who want something very special. Our conference will officially get under-way at 4:00 P.M. From then on, until filled with one exciting happening after another. it ends about 4:00 P.M. Sunday, every moment will be Keys To Life, which will Saturday workshops are unique. You will choose one that lasts three hours, which will give you a more solid experience. Two of the four Saturday workshops--the Spirit Photography and the Taping Voices of the Unseen workshops, w ii I take their participants on an actual field trip the that afternoon workshop. These two workshops must be strictly limited to the first thirteen who sign-up for them, so it is important to register early! the morning segment of into practice what

learned during to put they Other special features are a Potpourri of Psychic Phenomena Friday evening when you can try lucky quarter,practice pendulum power, or play I could go on and on, but some surprises must be saved for the to bend a spoon (bring your own!), dowse for a an EVP tape for us to hear. conference brochure which you will receive in May. Decide now to come. When the brochure arrives, make your workshop choices (five exciting ones are offered Sunday morning) and without delay return it to me. We are doing extensive national edvertising. According to reports, more people are attending conferences of this nature than ever before. I hope you will be sitting on one of them! the assembly room will be taken. I hope every seat of the 200 in ODDS AND ENDS Send me your news for the Summer NEWS. We want to hear from you! Deadline is June 5. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 6 Number RESEARCH MEETINGS AA-EVP NEWS E'✓ P TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ Spring 1987 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Five years ago I wrote, "We are on our way!" Now, with this, the fifth anniversary newsletter can write that we are continuing our way together into the future. I like to_ think of the future, as I said in my closing remarks at our August a never-ending story. see only dark clouds. My ball

may have shadows here and there, but beyond the shadows infinite. A It hough each of us see the rays of the sun breaking through. The future is in our physical form, we will move on to an infinite future. '85 conference, as I am not nearly as pessimistic as many who, looking into their crystal ball, I always is finite In our second anniversary newsletter I wrote, "I have always believed strongly in John Donne's You that you have a sensitivity, a wonderful statement, 'No man have constantly reinforced my belief that you care about others; desire to reach out and make our infinite future better today. then has changed my mind. island."' Nothing since is an One man, a charter AA-EVP member, wrote several months ago that his in by the fact that loved ones have been Sarah, that one sees the bright promise of EVP most graphically the rest of us-nero hope those people-and all back and wrung his hands, but instead he is active efforts to interest others in research and development of the electronic voice. letter was "inspired in hospitals, illustrated .... I see only that in demonstrable form." This man could have sat reaching out and becoming involved. He is making the hospital this year." He said, "It is In life, we are always aware of death. This can bring days filled with dread, or vistas of the individual wrote, The I am happy to be a member times of never-ending story mentioned a

moment ago. At the end of January, another when he amount of power and energy produced ·by like-minds is astounding! realize more of The AA-EVP helps me of the organization. stillness, I know this invisible power is all I really need." renewed his membership, "I am looking forward the conference this summer. light. inner the to to In It is pleasing to be able to say we have grown This has been a good year for the AA-EVP. Two months ago, our size suddenly increased over ten one-third. states and Canada in our first newsletter, to approaching 300 representatives in forty-one states, the District of Columbia, and eleven foreign countries in this, our twenty-first newsletter. Size, though, brings increased responsibility as well as some dangers. two-edged sword which can more easi I y lead to misunderstanding and even misrepresentation. twenty-some members It can be a from in What are my hopes for the future? From here, from my viewpoint, 1987 An outstanding third national conference has been planned for August. You will find enclosed, your There invitation to Discover Keys to Life, as Egyptian Odyssey for our are several situations developing which give promise of additional positive growth important that we remain an out-reach organization, to let others know what Association. we have just as important light" as quoted is comforting but survival without virtue is an empty victory. earlier. To know we survive death though, that the AA-EVP helps others to present all genuine evidence leaves October 1, for

Egypt. realize more of the "inner It is learned and for postmortem survival. looks good. It is II Size is not the ultimate goal. the essence of a person, a group, that is important. Ideals expressed are not always ideals lived. To live what we believe, in spite of tremendous difficulties at times, is not easy and yet, it is the important important. You are only way difference as we continue our never-ending journey into a never-ending future. It is what we do with what we have that counts. Together, we are making an find peace within. It is to Always my best wishes, jJ~~ Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electrontc Voice That We Survive Death ESP RESEARCH ASSOCIATES FOUNDATION - - ) AA-EVP In our Winter newsletter, I wrote that Harold Sherman, at the age of eighty-nine, felt it was time to give up publication of his bi-monthly newsletter and his work with the Foundation which he started many years ago. Over the years, Harold's work and his Foundation became known around the world. He brought hope and news of research and activities in the fields of survival and psi phenomena, to thousands of people. As I wrote three months ago, his middle name could psi. be the highest standards he always stood "integrity" areas of in all for for I have been a member of his Foundation since 1977, and we have been close friends for nine years. When I learned from him that

he was ending his work with the Foundation, I asked how he felt about his members becoming a part of the AA-EVP. Harold has been a charter member of our organization and so was well acquainted with our focus and philosophies. Several letters and phone calls followed and in January, all of his members became associated with our group. is unique, but I believe our own members, No one, no group, can ever replace another for each as well as Harold's, have much in common. We are int~rested in evidence for survival, and all of us together are searching for the "inner light." We want more of that light in our own lives and want to help others find it also. I know you will join me in saying to the Foundation members, "Welcome to the AA-EVP!" FOUNDATION MEMBERS RESPOND In the letter of welcome I sent to all Foundation members at the time of their becoming a the part of our organization, I enclosed background Winter newsletter and invited them to take an active part in our upcoming activities, such as the August conference and Egyptian Odyssey II. I encouraged them to share with us what they were doing and suggested they might like to contribute to our newsletter. the AA-EVP as well as information about Two of those who responded were the Rev. Virginia Elmgren of IL and Kay Sterner of CA. Virginia described her work over the ESP Foundation, Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship, and as a Life Member

of Daily Word and Unity. familiar with voice recordings, having read about them. She also attended Harold Sherman's last conference in St. Louis, when Walter Uphoff played some voice tapes in a workshop. She closed her letter with, "I send you my unconditional love and support." the years with She is letters Kay Sterner and I had exchanged several two years ago when she sent me her excellent book: A Psychic Explores the Unseen World. We were privileged to offer this at the book table at our last conference and some of you have bought it since then. Kay founded the California Parapsychology Foundation, investigating in 1957. In her many areas of psi phenomena, letter to me Kay wrote, "The She also mentioned that she has been is one denominator common to all Psychic involved with psychic surgery and will discuss this is active in teaching and leading workshops to contact her: P.O. Box 947, Lemon Grove, CA 92045. in psychic and spiritual development, you may wish including taped voices. religions." in her next book. the world, Since Kay She has traveled Inc. HOW A SPECIAL SPIRIT FRIEND WAS MADE Some of us have been fortunate in our tapings, over the years, to make new spirit friends who speak to us frequently on tape and help us with our efforts in voice phenomena. Clara Laughlin of VA is one such person. Bill Callie had come into her life. He is an and often brings Clara's husband, Tom, to speak to

her. In a recent phone conversation, I asked Clara how individual who has come through to her many times Clara replied that she had never known Callie in his phsycial life and so asked why he came frequently. Callie replied that during Tom's long illness, he had been with to speak to her so him to help and then assisted him in his transition. From that experience, he and Tom have become close friends in Spirit, and so he feels something of a responsibility to continue to help, in this case Clara, as she is reaching out for voice contact with those on the other side. Clara says he has a wonderful sense of humor, always seems to know what she is doing (as does Tom) and doesn't hesitate to offer advice about her various activities. VIRGINIA STATE COORDINATOR Clara Laughlin, a charter member of the Association who began taping voices agreed willingness to serve in this capacity. to become the state coordinator for Virginia. We are grateful in 1982, has for her to Clara VTF JOURNAL Many thanks are owed to Hans Heckmann, AA-EVP member from Pennsylvania, who translated the latest German VTF Journal for us. The Journal mentions the completion of Friedrich Jurgenson's long awaited film about his pioneering efforts in the field of EVP going back to the 1950's. The one hour film is described as spellbinding and fast moving. Quoting from the review ... "The message of life after death is expressed convincingly." Last Gate to

Eternity will be made into VHS copies suitable for home viewing for approximately $40. Hans reminds us that VHS films from Europe use the PAL System. This sytem is not compatible with American TV /VHS systems. Digital recording, which I mentioned in the Fall 1986 NEWS, was also discussed in the latest Journal. The quality of the recording is as good as the sound from a compact disc. Koberle, the editor of the Journal wrote, "An- analog recorder could hardly amplify the EVP voice without also adding noise of its own. The digital method however, with its extremely low noise level could greatly amplify the voice without adding noise." Hans commented at the end of his. translation that the two considerations of the performance 1. The of any tape recorder are of great importance to the recording of paranormal voices. recorder (difference 2. Signal-to-Noise ratio of the recorder. between the lowest and loudest recorded sound). The bigger the range, the better. He feels that a truly digital tape recorder excels in both. The dynamic range of the In The recorders are still extremely expensive (about $1,000) and not generally available. time, price should come down as more reach the market. At that point, those working in the field of taped voice phenomena may want to consider them seriously. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Bernadette Arras, West Germany, has called and written several three months. She and her mother drove to Luxembourg to visit Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach who are also

AA-EVP members. She wrote, "It was indeed an impressive evening. We heard a loud voice from the famous EVP r$.$earcher Konstantin Raudive who died in 1974. He spoke long sentences and explained that in, the future we will see dead persons on the screen and at the same time receive their voices 0-n tape!" times last the in Robert Camburn, PA, had a poerm "Three Little Candles" published in the February issue of the Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship newsletter. Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach, Luxembourg, sent me an excellent tape of voices and In addition to AA-EVP members Bernadette Arras have also written and called several times. for a taping. and her mother being present for recordings, Ernst Senkowski also visited them letter that they felt teamwork Unseen voices came through each time. Maggie wrote in her interested in the voice phenomena was of utmost importance in getting valuable among people results. In reply to my question as to what sound source they used, Jules answered that they use short wave below 88 MHz. Maggie ended their tape to me by saying, "Transcommunication shows the way to other dimensions amd it has become an important and beautifut. task." Rosalba Harris, PA, has translated several of Marcel lo Bacci 's letters for me. Bacci is the Italian researcher who is having outstanding transcommunication contacts, many resulting in two way conversations. in hypnosis and mediumistic studies from a scientific point of view. We would like to exchange information and You may write to him

at: in to collaborate with groups also VIA Della Pace-No. 60-58100 Grosseto, Italy letter Bacci wrote, "Our group these phenomena." In a recent int&rested involved is 2. 5. Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, called about a taped concerning his brother-in-law who had died twelve hours earlier. "Faith will now be here. Faith gave now, be thee seeing light played this into this side. They put 'em now on the further side. You hear two men opposite. Dan's aware, you would not catch that. Aw, we get that guy tell us, no more than I wish you nurse him. No way out of it. Great chance that we're over. He live a cancer too. here. He miss her." Mentioning cancer is evidential since that was the cause of death. long message he had Richard Stanton, N.H., wrote that he believes what is really needed to improve communications is better technology and this can only be accomplished through the efforts of electronic technicians on both sides of the "veil." He said, "I think those people who have accepted the fact that life continues after death of the body are interested in the kind of 'life-style,' if you will, they'll be experiencing after they have made their transition." Near the end of his letter he wrote "Whatever sphere I find myself on when I expect to discover a reality parallel to the one I left but perhaps of greater explication and more beautiful according to those who have had that brief encounter," (from

reports of those who have had a clinical death experience). I pass through the 'Gates' RAY'S LIGHT, TOO Ray Dietz, MD AA-EVP member, has just had a book of his poetry and prose published. I had the privilege of reading his manuscript before it was published and found it delightful. In the forword, Rev. Louis Richard Batzler, former national President of Spiritual Frontiers interesting blend of Fellowship, wrote, "In this book of poetry and prose, Ray Dietz presents an life-its meaning, homespun, folksy, common-sense philosophy and some profound truths concerning source, many possibilities and wonders ... " the book directly from Ray: Spirited Communications-1838 Ellinwood Rd., Baltimore, MD 21237. Cost:$6.95 + $1.00 postage and handling. We will have the book at our conference book table. Ray will tape our activities as he did two years ago. If you buy the book at the conference, I know he will be pleased to autograph it. You may order AUGUST CONFERENCE UP-DATE Registrations are coming in. Now that the conference is less than eight weeks away, more and more people are calling or writing for additional information. The response has been enthusiastic, many saying how well-balanced they think the program is and that our new features sound exciting. Our national advertising ran out of my original printing of 1,000 brochures two weeks ago and had to have 200 more printed. is bringing good results. I As of this date, June 15, there are openings in all workshops, although two are proving very popular

and are starting to fill. If you have been hesitating or procrastinating about mailing your registration, wait no longer. Remember, all registrations postmarked June 30 or before, receive a special rate. More importantly, the sooner your registration is received, the better chance you have of getting your first choice of we rkshops. I have checked with the Holiday Inn. They have agreed to extend their special room rate for the AA-EVP, beyond the stated date of July 6, but only if they have rooms available. Four years ago, when we met at the Hyatt Regency-Inner Harbor, the Hyatt became filled and our last ten registrants had to go elsewhere. Don't let that happen to you. The Holiday Inn is within a five minute walk of the Inner Harbor, a popular vacation spot for the entire family. Don't be afraid to come because you don't know anyone. At our first two conferences (and this will be the same) everyone remarked how friendly and open we are. There are no strangers at AA-EVP conferences. Don't think you live too far to come. We have had people from California, Florida, New Mexico, Canada and Sweden, attend our conferences. Come! Make new friends. Meet many of those you have read about in our newsletters. Learn from our outstanding featured speakers and workshop leaders. Take part in our special activities. Explore new horizons. Put your registration in the mail today. I'll mail your receipt, workshop assignments and registration card for the Holiday Inn within twenty-four

hours. ODDS AND ENDS Send your news for the Fall NEWS by September 4. See you at the conference! Always my best wishes, rlow.- ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 6 Number 2 RESEARCH MEETINGS AA-EVP NEWS EVP TAPES COUNSELING Summer 1987 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "And let in knowledge by another sense." John Dryden. the work of certain individuals, I am constantly aware of knowledge gained by the use of super-senses. At the same time, I become privy to confidences that show world who use the super-sense gifts of others for their own gain. In my work, and in learning about the there are those in our I Recently, received a letter from a member who was distressed because she thought a The magazine had used several short articles she had sent articles had been returned to her several months earlier with the usual thank-you but no thanks. May enclosed copies of her articles, as well as the pages from the magazine in which she felt her In this case, ideas had been used. Some of the unique wording in both were exact duplicates. fortunately, I was able to reassure May that because of the time involved, the magazine was in the c!ear. Apparently, May, who has frequently shown super-sense gifts, had focused in to several experiences that would be reported in an upcoming issue of the magazine. This brought to mind several

of her own traumatic experiences she'd had earlier and she sent a report about them to the magazine. them, without giving proper credit. Although in this situation, the magazine was is not always the case. One well-known author used the unpublished work of another well-known author without ac_knowledging the efforts of the man from whom he had done the pirating. This book, based on psi phenomena, was well received when brought out by a major publisher. innocent of any wrong-doing, such A woman in Ohio wrote to me about $3,000 she and her daughter had given to an invention corporation. Mrs. Smith, along with her daughter, had invented a way in which they could talk to the deceased, including her husband. Their invention made many of the conversations very clear "like a phone call," she wrote. The corporation promised to market the device for $3,000. One~ the money was sent, attempts to contact them failed. Mrs. Smith asked me what she should do. Ethics ... morality, call it what you will, there seems to be a singular lack of this quality in our ~orld today. They are words which, thanks to television and publications, are in every mind if not In every heart. Colleges are urging students to sign-up for courses in ethics so they'll know the proper way to act-react when they get out in the real world. Dog eat dog is no longer quite the thing to do. I doubt, though, that taking Ethics 401 will greatly change

a person's thinking if he comes to the class believing other dogs will make a tasty dish. We know governments are interested in using the super-senses of a few to find out what other governments are doing. The work of Russia in encouraging and developing super-psychics has been well documented in several books and articles. Our own government's these lines has been partially reported in several periodicals. involvement along A very real moral dilemma may occur for some if they are approached their super senses to try to be a peeping Tom on the governments of other countries. At first, the individual may feel flattered that his government needs him, but he must then go on to ask what could be the ultimate result to the world, as a whole, if his peeping is successful. to use Given the current state of the voice phenomena, probably not much could be learned trying to peep through the keyholes of governments or private citizens. This may change as research and development continues. Unfortunately, the unscrupulous here may find counterparts beyond. When and if faced with a decision that could affect not only ourselves but others, I think we must try to look at the larger picture and hope we have the wisdom and the courage to choose the answer and the action that will benefit the largest number of people possible. The gifts of the super senses are not to be taken lightly. They are a serious responsibility. Established to Investigate Evidence

as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death ABC-GOOD MORNING AMERICA {GOOD MORNING-HAUNTED EUROPE) The third week in May, ABC television presented a series of famous hauntings in Europe on their popular program, "Good Morning America." Ronald Regan, Jr., who originated the idea for the series and was the host, took the viewer to five locations such as Dracula's castle in Romania and the catacombs in Rome. Several months earlier, the producer contacted AA-EVP member, Tina Laurent of Wales and Benson Herbert, internationally known parapsychologist, about visiting Athelhampton Hall in England, which is one of the oldest 15th century manor houses still being including a pair of lived in. There are many reports of repeated visitations of several ghosts, duelists; a monk; and a Grey Lady with her pet laughing ape. All have been seen at one time or the duelists dueling, have been frequently heard. another, and sounds that they make, such as Tina spent two days with Herbert at Athelhampton assisting him in his investigations. During the actual program, which aired May 22, Herbert was shown observing and commenting about his electronic equipment which was set up to register the presence of unseen entities. Before leaving Athelhampton, Tina found the opportunity to talk briefly to the producer and information about the Association, several newsletters, Regan about the AA-EVP and give and the travel brochure for Egyptian Odyssey II. them MEANING OF LONG MESSAGE GIVEN In the Spring NEWS I gave a long message Dan McKee

had brought when he and his wife, I asked for your opinions as to what the message meant and said I Marjorie, visited us in March. would like to share this in the Summer newsletter. Three people sent their interpretations. For new members, or those who may have forgotten the message, it goes as follows: "I say the end is numbered there. We soul I mighty down there with 'ya. Remember, we lived that he's gonna use, and I need them there. hope you live. Reign with that." I am I, but the self over your days in flesh as ye the man is. Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, wrote that he believes the person was trying to say that man is an eternal soul in flesh. That he (the communicator) was still himself, but we, on the earth plane, have a limited time. That they (on their plane) are always with us on our plane. The speaker asks us to remember that they develop by helping us and so they need us, and he hopes our life is "ruled by that thought." Tina Laurent said she gets the feeling that the originator is talking about reincarnation and· that "the human may have more than one type of 'soul' or spirit ... it is a very deep statement." David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, feels the message says that the real spirit (soul) exists in the physical flesh of man, but the person speaking is existing in the spirit world. The

person is telling us that we, personally, have a Ii mited number of days on Earth. David also feels that the spokesperson is saying that their power (help) is down here with us. He believes that the individual is indicating that they lived and worked so we could use our own life correctly. They want us to live a good life; that we have been given responsibilities and duties and we are needed here on Earth. I am grateful to the three people who sent their interpretations. NEW JERSEY BEGINS TAPING GROUP It was with great pleasure that I recently read a letter from Victor DeVincenzo, N.J. AA-EVP member. He wrote that he and his wife, Geri, have started a group that will meet periodically for joint taping and photography experiments. Valerie Tjaden, AA-EVP member and her mother, attended the first meeting and expect to be an active part of the group. Victor wrote, "My role Victor will attend our is mainly conference in August and I am sure would be happy to talk to other individuals there from N.J. to assist her (Valerie) and maintain scientific controls." I hope Victor's efforts will be an inspiration to others. One of my reasons for starting the I know, AA-EVP was the hope we would have an outgrowth of many such groups. Victor is the first person to do this. I urge you to become similarly involved! As far as EGYPTIAN ODYSSEY II UP-DATE There has been much for eighteen wonderful days

in Egypt. A number of people have said they expect to go and are looking forward to being part of the group. in our Egyptian Odyssey leaves October 1 trip which interest II Lynn Gardner tour leader, and as co-host, have made additional plans. We will have two sections leaving from this country. Those who live closer to Chicago will meet Lynn the evening of October 1 at O'Hare airport. For those who prefer leaving from New York, I will meet them at Kennedy for departure to Amsterdam at 6:50 October 1. The two planes land at Amsterdam within a few minutes of each other, and so then on, we will be together until leaving October 18; the Chicago group going back to Chicago and the New York group to Kennedy. that is where we will meet. From There is more good news! For our European members--you can meet us in Cairo at the Mena House, located at the foot of the Pyramids on October 2. This will be our headquarters while in Cairo. By making your own plans to get to Cairo, you save $1,050 from the tour price and need send Lynn just $1,935 (U.S. Funds). One Europen member, frequently mentioned in our newsletters, feels she'll be with us. Let's have at least three or four more. Egypt is for everybody! Some good news for our American members. If it makes it easier for you financially not to have to pay the entire tour price at one time,

you can charge your air-fare through Lynn and pay that portion later. Lynn and I feel this trip to Egypt is going to surpass all that went before. We want you to be a part of it and are making it as easy as possible for you. Lynn will be taking an active part at our conference and, as mentioned the conference brochure, will have a special workshop on Sunday morning for those who have signed up for the trip or are seriously considering doing so. Although it isn't definite, our Egyptian guide, Ahmed Fayed, is going to make every effort to attend at least part of our conference! in If you have any questions or if you have misplaced your trip brochure, get in touch with Lynn (317-283-7638) or me. We will help make your dream come true! NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Robert Camburn, PA, wrote "It seems that much channeling is being reported in the public press as well as in publications in the psychic field, and this euphuism for medium-communication may induce in those not given to thoughtful examination a credulity that accepts whatever purports to is not come from psychic or esoteric necessarily the truth, the whole truth. There are evidently, deceptive spirits, and those that intend no deception may still be speaking out of knowledge distorted by continuing prejudices and misperceptions. And the channeled material may be 'polluted' by subconscious intrusions from the channeler. We must rely on our own intellects and not accept

every voice that speaks ... " And even what comes invisible quarters realms. from From the proliferation of channelers on the scene, many looked upon with questionable reverence by an adoring public, I felt it wise to quote Robert's thoughtful letter at some length. Victor DeVincenzo is due congratulations for having an article accepted for publication by the The article is about the 1968 Zeitoun apparitions in Journal of Religion and Psychical Science. Egypt. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote that her guide, Callie, mentioned the Spring newsletter, calls himself her doorkeeper. Clara said that after watching a Phil Donahue program about cryogenics, she asked Callie what spirit thought about this. He gave the interesting message, "A frozen soul gives no comfort." An evidential message was taped recently, "Philadelphia people come to your conference." This came at about the time I received, but before Clara knew, that Rosalba Harris of Philadelphia had mailed her conference registration. in Tina Laurent, wrote, can understand how he concentrates on them. From my nightly tapings I am getting more messages on the reverse side, so much that I may concentrate on that for a while. Those voices are so distinct and ear-catching and you KNOW there is absolutely no other explanation for them, I just get a lot more satisfaction from them." "Regarding Dan McKee's reverse voices, 2. 5. Carol Barron-MA in a haunted house. in another dimension it's a nice life down - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - ' ' - - State Coordinator, wrote that since the conference she has visited and taped She told the spirit that his physical body was dead and he was now "alive" and should move on. When she played her tape back she heard, "On Earth, there," and later, "Forgive." Luise Fuchs-West Germany, who has been taping voices for years wrote recently that she is now looking forward to I working with a video camera and has already gotten good transmissions. the pictures she has promised to send and have asked her to tell us the method she is using so can share this with members in a future newsletter. I am Clara Laughlin-VA State Coordinator, reports that her special guide, Callie, in commenting about spirit communication said, "This is the gift that God gave to Callie." Tina Laurent-Wales, has called and written several times in the last three months. She has formed a Survival Study Group which meets weekly to study all aspects of paranormal phenomena, while developing their own psychic talents. DIFFERENCES IN MEDIUMISTIC COMMUNICATION Many thanks are owed to Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, who translated several of the excellent Harsch-Fischbach newsletters from German to English. Technician, a non-human entity, who assists the difference between a medium and electronically assisted communication as follows: their work described the Fischbachs in Communication via Medium (Deep trance; half trance, awake) 4/5 Psyche>-1/5 Spirit Electronically assisted communication--1/5 Psyche--4/5 Spirit EGYPTIAN ODYSSEY IN EGYPT At this time, a group

of individuals Gardner in Egypt. commitment to Fawcett and AA-EVP demands, I eighteen days. I had hoped, and expected, is having a wonderful, enriching experience with Lynn to be a part of the group, but because of my just could not find the time to get away for Lynn is planning a trip to Peru in June. an excellent metaphysical tour of Peru write to Lynn: will not be able to go, but if you are interested in 4146 N. Illinois St.-lndianapolis, IN 46208. A NOTE ABOUT ENCLOSURES Look it over carefully. is an excellent way for you to vicariously Your Fall Newsletter, is "rich" with enclosures. So rich, in fact, that for the first time, it is being mailed in a large manila envelope. The main reason is Harold Sherman's poem which could be mailed flat without folding in case you want to frame it. You will also find a tape order form for all three conferences. If you were unable to be with us, or even if you were, live, or relive, our truly outstanding this programs. You will also find a form to order, Ray's Light, Too, a book of poetry by Ray Dietz, MD AA-EVP member, and finally, a membership application. Share the fun of AA-EVP with a friend. Give them the opportunity to read about EVP-transcommunication through tape recorder and television, plus other evidence for survival and different areas of Psi phenomena through our quarterly newsletter. Christmas will soon be here; birthdays are ever re-occurring;

and "time" to If you would like your gift to be a surprise, just make a note of be thoughtful is always a factor. this when you return the application, giving the date and occasion for the event. I will send an appropriate card at the date specified telling them their gift has come from you! ODDS AND ENDS Our Winter NEWS means time tor the Best Of '87 feature. Tapers, please send me a list of feel were most significant as well as the past. Deadline for all Winter in two or three messages you taped during 1987, which you being of good quality. Everyone has always enjoyed this NEWS is December 12. We want to hear from you. This is your newsletter! Always my best wishes, Id~~ ~ ... AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 6 Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS FALL 1987 FROM MY VIEWPOINT The seasons revolve and we move with them. Like the seasons, so goes life. Old age is compared to winter but winter is just a prelude to spring before we experience the beautiful return of new growth of leaves on trees and bushes, flowers cultivated or not, and baby robins into their open beaks. snug in their nests chirruping their joy as mother drops a tasty morsel it is One of the many sights I enjoy most each year, is

the early return of the dandelion for seeing its bright face blooming in my yard that lets me know another winter has passed and all is right with my world. We, being part of our world, must journey on with it. There is no stopping the world as the saying goes, to permit us to get off. All of us are, whether we like it or not, a part of everything that goes on at that particular moment in every place of the earth. Our actions They, in turn, create create a ripple effect which touches the lives of all in one form their own ripples which move out and on and on and eventually come back to us or another. those around us. In August, a woman from another country came to my home for several hours to find out more about the voices and how she could start taping them. She said, "I started on the path I've to enlightenment thirteen years ago when I first read about Edgar Cayce. continued my search." During our conversation our talk moved to our two respective countries which in the past have warred with each other. We both expressed the strong hope that before long, Man would learn to live in harmony with all men everywhere. Since then, When I introduced Joseph Jochmans at our conference Sunday afternoon for our concluding learned to to love lecture which was about Earth energies and planetary healing, take an active part consciousness he chose,

there would be no pathway left for him to travel. We cannot Earth and not man, for the two are as one. for Earth, whatever pathway I said unless Man in healing, in carying loving, in Getting back to our seasons, and comparing life with them, there are many who dread the winter of their life because they look upon it as There are even more who are fearful because they can't be sure. They may admit there is some evidence for continuation of individual consciousness after death but for them evidence isn't enough, they want proof. Not everyone can feel as assured as the gentleman who attended our August conference and it would wrote to me two years ago about his belief that life follows life, "Do you know all take to improve just about everybody? If they knew, I mean really knew, the way I know the sun's coming up tomorrow, that there was a life after death. That'saiT. 11 the end. Too many, I am afraid, are like the "soul" in the popular song that goes, "The soul afraid of dying has never learn&d to live." To meet life bravely, whatever it brings, to look upon what comes after with hope and as much confidence as possible is a brave soul. This does not mean blind faith. Rather, we should examine all evidence for survival, of which there is a great deal, and not until we do that can we draw an intelliger:it conclusion. If the Great

Creator insures the eternal return of the dandelion, do you think less will be done for man? Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death A Tribute Our dear friend of many years, Harold Sherman, made his transition at 2:30 P.M. on Wednesday, August 19. He died at home with his beloved wife, Martha, and daughter, Marcia, at his side. In a phone call from Marcia the morning following his death, Marcia said her dad's passing was peaceful. She said Harold showed he knew death was at hand and that he was ready to go. last conference held in St. Louis ten years ago. We had exchanged I first met Harold at his several letters before then and he had encouraged me from the very first in my efforts with the taped voice. Harold and Martha visited us upon several occasions. At our first national the Sunday morning panel discussion. conference, he was an honored guest and took part in Without his unfailing love and support, I doubt very much I would be where I am today. He showed faith and trust when both were needed, which prompted me to go on and accomplish more than I ever thought possible. This past January, when because of failing health, he had to discontinue his ESP Research Associates Foundation, begun years ago, he showed his concern for the Foundation members in our efforts, by arranging his members, and further trust become a part of the

AA-EVP. that Harold has over sixty published books to his credit. Most of them live a happier life, ESP, and evidence for life after death. You Live After Death, published in 1945, has remained a best seller and has brought comfort to thousands who have I, was honored when he asked me to write about the electronic voice, which became Chapter 4, in his book, The Dead A re A live. lost loved ones. focus on how to Harold was one of the most impressive psychics and mediums who ever lived. Because of his personal characteristics as a man, loving, concerned about others to the very end, he helped move the entire field of Psi from a clouded, questionable, not quite respectable background, to the forefront of what many now look upon as another of God's great gifts. Harold loved life and lived it to the fullest. He lived a spiritual life, a positive life. At the time of his death, the Elder Statesman and leading Lay Authority of ESP. he was regarded around the world as Or.e of Harold's final requests, was that Martha prepare a small white card to be given to his friends. IN THE NEXT DIMENSION!" It reads:" I EXPECT IT WILL BE A GREAT MOMENT WHEN I GREET YOU in May 1980, At the National conference of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship held Harold gave the featured address on Saturday evening. He also gave each person who attended a poem he wrote in 1939. This poem was

read at his Memorial Service. My framed copy hangs in the office above my tape recorder. Harold will feel joy knowing that I have shared his poem with you which is enclosed on a separate sheet so you may also frame it if you wish. "Eternity and I embrace. At last I meet God face to face." It is apropos to quote the ending. in Baltimore I know Harold has done this. Heaven will be a better, happier place with Harold there. LIST OF ANOMALIES WANTED Doctor Vladimir Delavre, a new member living in West Germany, wrote to me in June. in the universe, will quote from his interesting letter. "One of the great scientific mysteries is the fact, that all 5 direct communication systems which have come to my attention (Konig, Meek, Hartning, Bacci, Harsch-Fischbach) operate with quite different electronic set-ups. Yet, as is order the different I have discussed this with Ernst Senkowski and all we could agree is the fact, that approaches. the the experimenter seems to act as an antenna (medium) and reproducing system. time/condition dependent phenomenon ... We are trying to compile a list of effects occuring simultaneously with EVP (both tape and direct) such as silencing of radio transposition of transmitting frequencies, lowering of magnetic field, and concurring signals in the Elf range." there should be some scientific connection between the electronic equipment as transcommunication is much evidence receivers, There there is a that . If you send me information about any anomalies you

have noticed in relation to your taping, I will forward them to Dr. Delavare. I know he will be grateful to you for your help. 2. DIRECTOR OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT I am very happy to announce that Roger Brower, N.C. State Coordinator has agreed to become Director of Research and Development for the AA-EVP. The two of us talked together at our times since then, about the need for getting more members actively conference, and several engaged in taping and to present them with good practical ideas that they can use with some hope of success, as they experiment in trying to contact entities in other dimensions. Roger is ideally suited for this position. He has had many years experience in the field of electronics and radar. For two years he worked at Cape Kennedy with missile guidance. Since 1969, he has been in product is instrumentation and micro computer systems. development and manufacturing. Their specialty is runnning an electronics business in Raleigh which involved Roger hopes to present ideas and various systems for experimentation in future newsletters. I know all of us are grateful to Roger for being willing to accept this responsibility. WIRELESS MIKE Picture number 0n page 4, shows Roger working with the wireless mike which he demonstrated to the -~ro~Saturday evening after Martin Ebon 's lecture. The FM wireless mike can be bought at Radio Shaek which has two suitable models. One, sells for $19.95; the other for $6.95 (model 60-2109). Roger feels either will

work equally well. The mike is used in conjunction with the FM band on your radio. First, tune your radio to an off station where there is no station voice coming through. Next, turn on the mike. It should be 4-5 feet away from your speaker. Turn amplification up on amplifier until it "squeals," then turn mike back, just below squealing point. If you have completed the transaction correctly, your voice will be heard coming through the radio as well as the voices of the unseen who are trying to speak with you. A noise source, such as a second radio, can still be provided. The wireless mike should not be held by the taper but placed near-by. By using this type of mike, there is a better chance of hearing and interpreting messages from the next dimension, at that moment, thus permitting two-way conversation. Several people who watched Roger demonstrate the mike have since bought a similar mike and are experimenting with it. Betty Evans, VA AA-EVP member, reports success. Please let me know if you try such tapings ao I can report them in future newsletters. A LETTER FROM LUXEMBOURG Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach, Luxembourg AA-EVP members, have written several times in the last three months and sent an excellent tape of voices they have recorded from other dimensions. I have also talked to them by phone upon three occasions. In her letter dated June 28, Maggie wrote about a meeting at their home attended by Ernst and

Mrs. Senkowski, and George Meek, AA-EVP members, Engineer Seyler of Luxembourg, and Father Andreas Resch, a professor at Lateran University, Vatican. Maggie quoted Father Resch who said, "Our aims are quite the same." Commenting upon this meeting, Maggie wrote, "Each of us learned from the others, as all men should ever learn and never stop to do so." ... Later on, she wrote, "(We) are very honoured that we were chosen to fulfill this important task as a tool in the hand of the "Higher" one .... Man himself is not as important in transcommunication as he sometimes thinks he is-he is, in fact, only the "receiver," and if the "sender" on the other side does not want to em it, there are no results .... Let us be happy about every message:: that comes through and let's always be aware that we are not the rulers of the game." NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Bernadette Arras-West Germany, wrote that she and her mother had met privately with Friedrich Jurgenson in Munich after his film: "Last Gate to Eternity" was shown. They talked to him about the AA-EVP and our activities. Bernadette said he was very pleased and asked her to extend his kind regards to all members of the Association. 5. LOOKING AT BOOKS Joy Wallace-R.1., AA-EVP member, has published a book of poetry which is uplifting and spiritual. Many of our members would enjoy Joy's book: Whispers of The Soul, which she sells for $4.40, (postage included). Joy

plans to donate any proceeds to charity and the less fortunate. Her address is: 24 Bedlow Avenue-Newport, Rhode Island 02840. FORTHCOMING BOOKS Trish Gallagher-MD, AA-EVP member, hopes to have a book out this spring about ghosts in MD. Lynn Gardner-IN, is finishing her book which should be out in the near future. Ernst Senkowski-will soon have a book published about Electronic-Transcommunication. Although it literate in German. will be in German, it will give an excellent picture of the phenomena for those Spirit Summonings-An editor from Time-Life Books contacted me in December about the field of voice phenomena. Spirit Summonings will be one of the Time-Life Book series which are so popular It will examine the entire field of spirit communication dating and will be available the end of '88. focus on Electronic-Transcommunication. back to early Spiritualism. The last part of the book will Voices Of Eternity-my book about electronic communication with other dimensions is moving ahead Louisa Rudeen, my editor at Fawcett, has notified me that it is being type-set right on schedule. this month and it will be available in bookstores around the country in September 1988. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERN A PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► OUARTERL Y NEWSLETTER VOL. 6 Number 4 RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING AA-EVP NEWS REFERRALS ◄ Winter 1988 FROM MY VIEWPOINT In the midst of death there are affirmations of life, if we are open enough to recognize them. My next door

neighbor died in November. His wife, to whom he'd been married for years, called me frantically one morning and said, "Sarah, I think Henry has had a stroke. on the floor and can't get up. Will you come?" sixty H2 1s I ran over and although Henry was conscious, he was partially paralyzed. As Patty rush,"'Jd around getting dressed, waiting for the doctor and ambulance to arrive, than kneel beside Henry, pat his shoulder and murmur words of comfort. Although he was i.s than six hours from death, he recognized me, raised his hand in greeting and said, "Thank you." I could do little r,, LOCATING BOOKS A short time later, driving Patty to the hospital, she said, "The doctor told me Is there a book you want but have been unable to find because it is out of print? Chances are, Middle Earth Book Shop can find it for you. located a good second-hand copy of: The Unobstructed Universe by Stewart Edward White for me when all other sources had failed. Write or call: Paul Hudson-2791 East 14 Mile Road-Sterling Heights, Michigan 48310. Phone: 313-979-7340. They recently DIRECTOR OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT REPORT is our Research and Development director, wrote in a recent letter, "I Roger Brower-N.C., who 'sophisticated' approach may not have a greater chance of success am becoming a believer ... that a than a layman's experimental approach. What an answer for all tapers who have limited technical understanding and resources. They do have a good chance

of success with 'simple' equipment." Roger also wrote that before the next newsletter he plans to set up an arrangement using the Radio Shack wireless microphone for tests. He will provide diagrams and instructions for In addition, he will set up the arrangement used by the Harsch-Fischbachs and report results. us. the enthusiastic JOURNEY TO MYSTICAL ENGLAND Pack your suitcase. Dust off your portable tape recorder. Lynn Gardner and I are leading a group of AA-EVP mem.bers and their friends to England leaving June 23, and returning July 4. Many of you met Lynn at our last two conferences and you will remember the two of us took a group to Egypt in the spring of '86. Our journey will focus on southern England and will explore the mystical-spiritual dimensions which abound in many of those areas such as Glastonbury, Coventry, Bath, Stratford on to make special arrangements so our group can spend several Avon and Stonehenge. w~ere we h_cip~ hours meditating under the full moon! As in Egypt, I will teach EVP workshops on location to those interested. Lynn will have special sessions in which she will show how you can open yourself to your own unique :inner potential. The trip is under the auspices of the AA-EVP. Read the enclosed information sheet carefully.' If interested in a trip of a lifetime with like-minded individuals, return the form to me promptly requesting more information. ODDS AND ENDS Those on the cross-country list will find enclosed the complete list which

is mailed each January. For those individuals who are concerned as to when their memberships expire, check your envelope which shows the expiration date. A special thank you to all those who mail their renewals a month early so if your membership renewal arrives before the montll!,rJt is otue; ·y,ou witL be giveJ)·the prc,,per credit for rt~ I don't have to contact them about it. Don't worry! Even Deadline for the Spring NEWS is April 2. Please mark your calendar and send your news on time. I appreciate the thoughtfulness of people who do this, saving me the time and effort of having to rem ind them. I must be Last prepared for Henry's death. Perhaps week he began talking about wanting to go back home, that he had to go there." it's just as well since his mind has started to go. As gently as I could, I explained to Patty that Henry was talking about going back home to the the spirit world. Many times when a person nears death, he realizes his spirit dimension. Fortunately, Patty is the sort of person who could accept what I was saying and felt greatly comforted. I have learned through my tape recorder the last eleven years--that life follows life. I was only able to give this comfort though, because of what true home in is In December three people came to my home. indication that they thought death might be approaching. Joan's husband and son had died within six months

of each other. The couple she was with had a sixteen year old daughter who had been killed in an automobile accident last summer. "We're hurting," Joan said, "and we've come to you for help." During our conversation, before playing a short tape for them, I asked if any of "Why, their loved ones had given an yes!" answered Barbara whose daughter had been killed. "Lisa started talking about dying several months earlier and even wondered if her boyfriend would be able to come home from the Navy to attend her funeral." You would not normally expect a sixteen year old to suddenly start talking about dying unless they had a precognitive feeling this might happen. We explored this further and when I asked if Lisa had given any sign she might still be around, such as the movement or disappearance of objects, the father, who because of his grief had been unable to speak until then, said, "Yes!" and smiled for the first time. Barbara mentioned several personal trinkets _of I helped them see that Lisa Lisa's that had been mysteriously moved from one place to another. was trying to let them know she was all right. When they left they said, "You've given us hope." To be truthful, it was not I who had given them hope, it was the tape they'd heard and the fact that I could help them see that there is I ife beyond I ife. the Voices on Recently, a person we will

call John phoned me. He had read about my wo_rk in The Dead Are Alive, by Harold Sherman. loved very much had died and he felt devastated. Sitting alone on the beach in August, he was not at all sure he would ever know joy again. had never seen before, or since, walked up and quietly handed him Harold's book. Turning, he walked away just as quietly as he had come. John started to read the book and by the time he had finished, he knew the dead must be alive, including his loved one. Last spring a person he A man who he: We can wonder who this men was who appeared out of nowhere and There are few who would call the incident a coincidence. Although John, I suspect John was not unkown to him. returned the man was unknown to --?--. to In the last three months, I have been exposed to an unusual number of deaths •. I was privileged to offer comfort to those who were grieving. they loved were giving affirmations that it was not the end--that they Lived! They could begin In some cases, those to see Always my best wishes, >Cu-~~ Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death A VISIT TO LUXEMBOURG I flew from long discourses the other side The last part of October, my husband and to Luxembourg to visit AA-EVP members Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach for several days. The Fischbachs are

noted for their success in receiving radio using a technique which they call the Eurosignal-Bridge system. The Eurosignal is a series of electronic sounds heard through radios of certain European countries. Jules and Maggie tune one radio to this signal, while the voices come through a second radio. Along with the radio, they use a TV for the white noise produced tuned to a blank channel, two ultra-violet lamps, a battery powered fluorescent lamp, combined with an incandescent blinking lamp, and a square-wave field generator which they bought from Otto Konig of West Germany. All of these devices used together seem to produce the necessary sounds and energies, which combined with Maggie's unique energies, enable the next dimension to speak. Those sitting in the recording room can clearly hear what is being said and can largely interpret such communications iwhkhr,come through- in the native-- tor1-guer, -oi the person to whom it is being given. the speaker of through their We made two excellent first, on Friday evening, brought Konstantin Raudive, who greeted us personally by name, followed by a long discourse from Henri Sainte Claire Deville, a frequent communicator. On Saturday morning after greetings by Technician, the Fischbachs' special helper from the other side, Raudive came through and spoke at length. recordings while there. The Our very pleasant visit was enhanced when AA-EVP members, Dr. Ernst Sankowski and his wife Adelheid, dri:,:veo from Mainz, West Germany on Friday morning, and Tina Laurent and her husband, Carl, flew in from London

an hour later. From then, until we flew back to the U.S. Saturday afternoon, all of us spent many good hours of conversation around the large dining room table in the Fischbach apartment. We asked and answered many questions about our personal efforts in the field of voice phenomena, we listened to tapes of messages received from the beyond, and as it should always be, we shared what we knew, we learned from each other! OSCAR SOLIBAKKE-LIBERANT Word has come that Oscar Solibakke, N.C. AA-EVP member since 1983, died in November •. Many of you met Oscar who attended our first two conferences. When I wrote to him July to see if he would be coming to the '87 conference, he replied, "Sarah: may be on your tapes from the other side soon, where I'll continue as an AA-EVP member ••• " I am quite ill so last I In my note back to him, after expressing distress at hearing about his illness, I said his faith I reminded him of what our dear friend life after life should be of great comfort to him. in her last phone conversation with me, "I'm looking forward 'to it. I closed my letter with, "Miracles do happen at times •.• but if it is Both of you will always be AA-EVP in Mercedes Shepanek had said It will be a new adventure." time for you members! Someday, our paths will cross again ... " to go, please give my love to Mercedes.

A card came November 9, saying, "Oscar Solibakke has peacefully returned to his maker." We wish you joy Oscar. FINE TUNING-NEW ZEALAND A letter came in December from Rex Sanders of Auckland, New Zealand, who had heard about the AA-EVP. He was eager to share a discovery his group has made with all of us. According to Rex it "made all the difference to our experiments." He wrote, "after tuning your equipment to the finest degree, you are to close your eyes, still with fingers lightly on tuning knob, wait for an image to appear in your mind's eye. This image is to be of a specific and reliable person and with delicately moving the tuner, the image will iiritensft,y. Once the person's mouth can be seen moving, you will note that your fingers have lost contact with the tuner. You are psychically FINE TUNING." Rex and his group have been interested in voice phenomena since 1958, and have investigated many different aspects of it. We thank them for sharing with us, and as mentioned earlier, we should share what we know. We should learn from each other. .. FRIEDRICH JURGENSON-TRANSITION .. _•·,":',,:",-.~~-,;-;.-_ _ _ __ _ -- ---- - -,~; -" - - ~,..,,,>.,,,-,: .. ~ :~ - -- ~~ - October 15, 1987 . Friedric~ Jur~enson, the great pioneer-father of electronic voice phenomena, has returned home In 1959, while he was to the world beyond. "'"'.:"c • recording songs of birds, he dilcovered he had voices on his

tapes, one of which he recognized as his deceased mother. He continued with his work up until his death and wrote two books about his efforts, neither translated into English. Ingeborg Frank spent three days visiting him in Sweden a week before his death. She sent us the picture to the left which was taken on Oct. is 5, ten days before he died in his sleep, and in probably the last picture of him. Ingeborg, "I was writing overwhelmed by his kindness and warmth. I also was deeply impressed by the purity of his heart and mind." Technician has told the Fischbachs that Jurgenson will, in time, communicate with us on tape. Meanwhile, "We wish you godspeed Friedrich. Our debt to you is beyond measure." to me about her visit said, BEST OF '87 Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, wrote that when she asked if we continue to exist after death, a male voice answered, "Thcu Carol, will in orbit, to far out in spirit!" The funniest for '87 was a heavily accented female voice which said, "Carol, we have streudel here." Betty Evaas, VA, asked her deceased sister how she the sister replied, "I like little Sissie." Betty played this for us at our national conference last August, and it was an exceptionally loud, clear voice. liked her newest grand-daughter and Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, said herspecial guide, Callie, gives a message once in a while that indicates reincarnation. Early this year he said, "Mr. Laughlin holds

up Clara's Indian East Asian biography." Several months love your Asian hero Tom." (Tom was the name of Clara's husband). Clara also taped the name "Deenah," which is a word the Lamoreaux brothers (early tapers) received many times and was supposedly the name of a planet. later she received, "You still Tina Laurent wrote that while she was visiting the Swansea museum in Wales, she said into her portable tape recorder that she was trying to contact "anyone within the walls of this museum." A voice replied, "We're the dead and buried." Later, she said she'd like to hear from anyone who was listening, and the voice heard in the previous message answered, "Who is anyone? The Living? I'm going stay careful." David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, said he felt one of the most significart messages he taped this year was when he asked why we don't have continuity of spirit communicators. His question was answered with, "Be it the frequent change of Spirits." Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, the one I am I, but the mentioned in the Spring '87 NEWS. self is over. Your days is numbered there. We mighty down there with 'ya. Remember, we lived that he's gonna use, and I need them there. the most important message he received was "I say the end soul in flesh, as ye the man is. I hope you live. Reign with that." feels MANIFESTATION OF THE EVP MIRACLE Noel Heagerty, N.Y. AA-EVP member writes, "The sudden reality of

being able to contact a loved one (through EVP) can create a most sensitive situation .... This mixture of Extreme realities can, at the onset of recording, cause a strange type of hysteria, because you are so desperate to make it will contact .... A person should be calm and as cause much unneeded tension and wasted expectation .... The EVP can manifest as the miracle it really is if you relax more than you think you ever could. The mere possibility of making contact is so powerful, awesome and incredible, that you have to keep cool ... " relaxed as possible when recording, otherwise 2. 5. Noel Heagerty-N.Y. wrote he is continuing to tape on a steady basis and having results. He is writing to a number of members on the cross-country list and is pleased at their response. He said fellow member. All of the~ (mention) their feelings on taping and often tell of their own psychic experiences." "Many people express great surprise on letter from a receiving a Monte Hearon-After Friedrich Jurgenson's death, Mary Margaret Fuller, Associate Publisher and Editor of FATE magazine, asked Monte to write an obituary for him. Monte did this and the two page result was outstanding. It appeared in the March issue. Dale Kaczmarek-IL wrote: "I've been getting many more interesting photographs of spirits from all over the world and many have proved to be few others are simple lens reflections, double exposures, etc." Dale wrote that he is gett_ing a computer

program that will enhance the photographs and he will be able to see further details. totally authentic while a Clara Laughlin wrote that she had received a group of messages from Michael. Smisko_ (who she friends ~,nee Ar"le never knew) directed to his wife Anne. Clara and Anne have become close to joined the AA-EVP in 1983. The messages went: "Michael Smisko SOS Clarissa." Annie." "Try a doctor-Mike." Clara called Anne at once and learned that she had crushing chest and back pains all night which were continuing as they talked. At the urging of Clara, and as a result of the messages from her husband, Anne went to the doctor who confirmed she had a heart problem. "You're tired, unhealthy." '·'Smisko Clara's sister Elsa, died recently after a long illness. She was in the hospital unconscious for some time at the end. During these weeks, Clara received a number of messages from the other side indicating they were preparing for her arrival. She died at 7:50 A.M. and at 10:30 A.M. Clara made a recording, shortly before her brother-in-law called to tell her of Elsa's death. During the 10:30 taping a number of messages came through that Elsa had died and was now with her friends "It's and loved ones. The following day Elsa, herself, spoke to Clara giving her messages such as: a miracle! Elsa your sister. I watch you dear Clara. You write with a pencil!" Tina Laurent wrote in a recent letter that she has been

discussing with a public relations woman the possibility of selling her Casebook of paranormal experiences for a TV series in Wales. The people who have read the Casebook believe it would be very popular and well received. TRIP TO MYSTICAL ENGLAND UPDATE A number of members returned the form in our last newsletter, requesting more information for our twelve day trip to England June 23-July 4. The response to the colored brochure outlining our journey, day to day, has been enthusiastic. This will be the first EVP workshop taught on location in England, and is under the auspices of the AA-EVP. We will leave in the early evening on June 2al from two locations: Baltimore and together until we Chicago. The two groups will meet in London the next morning and remain return. There isn't room to detail all of the wonderful experiences that Lynn Gardner, our tour leader has planned but to name a few: On the first morning we drive to Chicester to see the largest Roman ruin in England. Later that day we go to Portsmouth Harbor to visit Henry Vll's resident ghost ship, the Mary Rose. Before the day is over we will also visit Beaulieu, whose enjoys making its presence known to visitors. From then, until the end of the tour, it will be one exciting event after another. Imagine having the opportunity to tape voices and take spirit photographs at such places as Glastonbury, Stonehenge, Shakespeare's birthplace and the Ann Hathaway cottage at Stratford

Upon Avon. We will have a free morning to shop and explore Bath. We'll visit castles and see the famous 180 ft. Cerne Giant. Stops will be made at Westminster Abbey and the Tower of London--imagine what you might get on tape there, or the spirit photographs you may take! There will be time allowed during the trip to relax and to shop. There is still time to sign-up for this wonderful once in a lifetime, never to be forgotten trip. I wanted I have been to Egypt twice with Lynn and there was no question that she was the one is an excellent facilitator in helping each person realize their to direct our trip to England. She fullest inner potential. Deadline is May 15. Give me a call and I will mail the brochure to you at once. I'm looking forward to having you with us! ODDS AND ENDS Thank you for making the last six years possible. Let's have this up-coming year the best one yet. Deadline for the Summer NEWS is July 9. AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERN A PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► OUARTERL Y NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 7 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1988 FROM MY VIEWPOINT A time for celebration! With our Spring newsletter, we are celebrating our sixth anniversary. that so I wrote the first: "From My Viewpoint" six years ago Who would have thought when much w

o u Id com e to pass? As I look back over the years to our birth in the spring of 1982, I see not only the growth our organization has enjoyed, which is the least important of our achievements, but first, what the AA-EVP has meant in the iives of hundreds of people, the positive difference it has made. In addition, I feel that we have in some small way contributed to the entire field of electronic transcomm uni cation. to England on With your help, we have held three national conferences, sponsored two trips to Egypt, with a twenty-five trip newsletters. Without you this certainly couldn't have been done. My book: Voices Of Eternity this was sold this year to Fawcett. September. Again, without you, I doubt I would ever have seen it through to completion. You, the AA-EVP, play an important part in it. two months away. We have published in galley form and will the bookstores the horizon It is now reach just Six years ago, it was almost unheard of for anyone to receive pictures through their TV from Now, although still not an everyday occurrence, more and more European the beyond. experimenters are reporting positive results. They are sharing with us their methods so others may hope to see, as well as hear, from loved ones who have made their transition. Computer contacts were unknown. Today, again in Europe, they are becoming almost commonplace for a few experimenters. From my viewpoint, I have something

of a bird's eye view of the field and I can tell you that it looks promising. There have been many changes in the last six years, most of them for the good. The future is bright, even brighter than I dared hope in my May editorial of 1982. As I wrote then, and as today, "This I write In the Anniversary issue last year great things." out-reach organization, to evidence for postmortem survival." more of their "inner-light." let others know what we have I also wrote that it was is Your Association .... Together we will do important that we remain _an I wrote, "It is learned and to present all genuI_ne important to help others realize We each have this inner-light. It may be dim at times and flicker weakly, but if we search then be privileged to help others also realize the goodness of their own inner- light. ideals expressed, As we nourish it and try to it can be found. live within ourselves perhaps, we will 1 We have grown from twenty some members living in ten states and Canada, to a large gro_up living in many states and ten countries. A number of our original charter members still remain. I am indebted to you for your faithful support. The six years haven't always been easy but learned a great deal I think, your encouragement helped keep me going. together. For those who joined later, for those yet to come, we welcome you _and ask tha~

you share your "gifts" whatever they may be. No one need fear they have no~hing to contribute. By reaching out to others, by giving a hand to those who stumble, by sharing our essence of being, we give the greatest gift imaginable. Let us light each other's path. I hope, we have A I ways my best wishes, _A~~ Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death A TRIP TO PENNSYLVANIA GROUP PROJECT FOR 1 88 UPDATE On March 30, my husband and I traveled to Pennsylvania to visit Hans Heckmann, AA-EVP member and his house guest, Martin Wenzel of West-Germany. Martin was in the U.S. to lecture about Klaus Schrieber's video experiments at a Seth conference held in Louisville, KY. During the two weeks he was here, he also visited Walter and Mary Jo Uphoff, WI AA-EVP members. Although Martin and I had never met, we immediately felt a close rapport. I have noticed before, in meeting tapers from around the world, that there is an immediate harmony as we sit and discuss mutual efforts. There is not always complete agreement about all aspects but there found a kindred soul. has never been a feeling of strangeness. Rather, joy we have there is Martin expressed a concern, shared by me, that people who begin taping seldom realize that upon rare occasions they can open themselves to negative entities. When this occurs, the person may not understand what has happened; they may not

even be aware of it. if it continues to such an extent that it can no longer be ignored, the affected person becomes panic stricken and doesn't know what to do. We agreed that the reason the situation arises so seldom is probably largely due to the fact that few people, in the end, go very far with their tapings. He felt reassured when I said that I had gone into the matter of possible possession in Voices. Eventually, Since Martin's interest is T .P.P. (television picture phenomena), we did two experiments- first using Schreiber's method and then his. We felt we had positive results. Martin also showed a number of slides that Schreiber had received of people, mostly known to him, from the other side through his television. Each was outstanding. JUST ASK In March, Hans Heckmann mailed to me the translation of a booklet prepared by Holger Sauer and Martin Wenzel of Aachen, West-Germany. The booklet describes the video methods used by Schreiber, Martin Wenzel and the Harsch-Fischbachs of Luxembourg. Since the booklet is copyrighted, I wrote to Sauer and asked if I had his permission to share it with our members. He replied graciously writing, "I am willing to support your efforts to spread the knowledge little bit of it by the methodology of recording voice to unveil a of life beyond death and phenomena and videos, etc. This is a very important task." If you would like a copy of the video booklet, please send me

a self-addrec,sed, stamped, I will be pleased to number 10 (business size) envelope. You will need to affix $.45 postage. xerox the booklet for you without charge. TRANSITION OF TWO WELL-KNOWN INVESTIGATORS Klaus Schreiber, mentioned above, died the first week I asked Martin Wenzel the cause of his death, he said he had been ill from a heart condition which eventually caused his death. in January. When Richard Shergold, physical investigator from England, has also died. Word of his death was received from Tina Laurent, Wales AA-EVP member. Tina wrote that his death was unexpected and that they had been friends, exchanging many letters over the years. We wish both men godspeed and hope they will find joy and will continue with their work in the world beyond. A LETTER FROM ENGLAND Gilbert Bonner, well-known English taper, wrote in January after receiving the Winter NEWS. I have used one for some years He said, "In your newsletter you mention using a wireless mike. ... in the following manner. Recording from about 1500 Khz on Medium Wave I picked (voices) up on the radio mike which is tuned to the FM Band and this was recorded directly to tape, In other words this process for some unknown electronic reason, voices were amplified ... " Some messages of good quality that Gilbert has taped recently are: Konstantin (Raudive) this frequency." "Bonner we've opened the "We are the great spirit." I transferred MW is directing." "Link unto and within to FM line." 2.

As you remember, in our Winter Newsletter, I urged members to become more involved with actual taping; to organize small groups to meet once a week in their home for the sole purpose of taping. I wrote: "In most cases where outstanding earth-plane--other dimension contact has taken place, the entire focus has been taping voices of the unseen ... it appears the joint positive energies of group recordings aids greatly Almost, unbelievably, there is not a single such group in the Unites States!" I also pointed out that we are the only group in this country in a position to do this sort of thing. in helping the other side to communicate. The response has been less than what I had hoped. Only Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator and Jerry Bennett, GA State Coordinator replied they planned to start. Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator hopes to start a group in the future. A few others wrote that they thought it was a good idea but they didn't know where they'd find like-minded people. Take a lesson from Tina Laurent, Wales AA-EVP member, mentioned in last newsletter. "We are recruiting members of quality slowly from our ad in our local main library." Might I suggest you do the same? You don't need to be a state coordinator to organize such a group. through your Anyone can do tape recorder, or results are diminishing, this could change things around. It could be the start of something big! Let me know if I

can help. For those of you who complain you don't get much this. the FRIEDRICH JURGENSON RETURNS! In our Winter Newsletter, we announced the transition of Friedrich Jurgenson and also were privileged to carry his last picture taken by Ingeborg Frank, N.Y. AA-EVP member. Since his death, Jurgenson has spoken on tape to Ernst Senkowski while he was visiting the It also seems that he has come through on television for at Harsch-Fischbachs in Luxembourg. least one individual. During a phone conversation with George Meek, he said he had heard from Claude Thorli of Sweden, a correspondent of his for the last ten years. Claude's wife Ellen, is very psychic and she was this and a picture of Jurgenson appeared on her screen at the same time his burial service was being held seventy-five miles away. 'told' to turn on her T.V. She did AN INTERESTING AND WORTHWHILE PROJECT Valerie Tjaden, N.J. AA-EVP member, has started a project in which all AA-EVP members can participate. She is contacting members and asking them to share their psychic experiences with her. When completed, she is going to make up a booklet which will be available to Association members and their friends. She will withhold the names of those who request it. In a recent update Valerie wrote: for the booklet. Each letter I have received is filled with wonderful experiences that will serve to comfort and spread the messages that our deceased loved ones are sending: love, comfort and protection." "I am

extremely enthusiastic over the response Valerie is sending out ten letters a week to members on the cross-country list. If you are not on the list, or if you are and haven't been contacted yet, and wish to share your experiences, you may write to Valerie: 47 Ryerson Ave.-Oakland, N.J. 07436. I know she will be grateful. The deadline for letters is the end of May. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Jerry Bennett sent me a video tape that showed him and a friend doing what they call "table aerobics" (table tipping). Although I have seen several demonstrations before of this phenomena the demonstration on Jerry's tape is the most active I have viewed. The fairly large-size table walked all over Jerry's living room; partly climbed up on the furniture; and Jerry and his friend had difficulty keeping up with it. Ruth McWilliams, another GA AA-EVP member filmed the table with her camera and gave suggestions for questions to ask the table, to which it replied. Phyllis Butcher VA, wrote that she has resumed that she and her husband have returned from over-seas Naval duty. She has received a number of messages, some Class A. One of the most interesting was, "We received yesterday a message from Callie for you." It was not until several months later when Phyllis received a letter from Clara Laughlin saying that Callie was her guide, that Phyllis learned who he was. taping now 5. transmission." Florence wrote that the vibration sound remains and the

voices themselves have a vibrational quality, at times very strong. very enjoyable. Check your bookstore or write Cost: $6.95 plus handling. to the publisher. EGYPT ANYONE? in electronic Rosalba Harris, PA, phoned and said she had read in an Italian Journal that a group in Italy, interested had accepted Jurgenson's offer made before death, to store his tapes. in a central location so that researchers of voice phenomena will be able to visit and listen to the thousands lifetime. of communications he taped during his communication They will be Doris Humphrey, MD, wrote an interesting report about an experience she had at the age of twelve. It is in the July 1988 issue of FA TE Magazine in the feature: "My Proof of Survival." Dale Kaczmarek,IL, wrote that he was on a radio talk show from Jackson, MS and a number He enclosed an of call-ins were received. article about Raffaella G remese of Italy who has hundreds of images of her deceased father first and others on video picture of her repeated it was another six years before she efforts, image or that of anyone else. again taped his Since 1986, she has begun images of to see dead people regular! y on her TV. in spite of father, After tape. the in April, she had Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, wrote "Nostradar::. that Conditions come up and out of and near Hawa11. Hail, gale, Hawaii. in shadows.'; lives later, she ordered a book about Several weeks family name

Nostradamus and was Nostradam. learned that his taped: Many Norman Marsh, England, wrote: "During my EVP taping session I had an amazing experien~e. I heard when playing It was a woman's voice I back the recording. A voice called TINA, and recognized the voice of TINA LAURENT from Wales. Tina has called at my home several just how many members of times ... ! wonder AA-EVP have experienced this phenomena?" Fred McIntosh, VA, wrote that he will be speaking the in Baltimore on August 6, at Homewood Friends Meeting House-10:00 A.M. His subject will be the application of dowsing in various ways. Dan McKee, Infra-red and Ultraviolet IL State Coordinator, wrote that he has a VCR and CAMCORDER. along with foil reflector. Preliminary tests in trying to receive pictures through his TV have yielded background for future results. figures and gives him hope lamps and GHOSTS & HAUNTED HOUSES OF MARYLAND Trish Gallagher, MD AA-EVP member, has by had Tidewater Publishers of Centreville, MD. 21617. it It I think you will fascinating and published named above book find the is trip Join Lynn Gardner on her ninth to Egypt for 15 days. The group leaves Chicago aboard KLM on December 21. You will step back into time as you visit the mystical land of the Pharaohs, and the magnificent temples and tombs. You will go to the Pyramids and the Sphinx. importance of ritual and expand spiritual insights as Lynn guides you in exploring this ancient land. Experience the from

Cairo The trip takes you to Aswan and includes a magical camel caravan into the desert under a full moon for a Christmas eve is a special New Year's eve vigil. celebration in Aswan. The total cost is $2850. There There will be a 19 day trip to Egypt led by Lynn and sponsored by the Institute of Noetic Sciences leaving February 15. A pilgrimage to Israel/Egypt at Easter for 13 days, sponsored bv Unitv Church is also planned. For complete i~formation contact Lynn at: 4146 N. Illinois St. Indianapolis, IN 46208. Phone: 317-283-7638 VOICES OF ETERNITY in By the time I write the Fall NEWS, my the be book: Voices of Eternity will bookstores and I hope in your hands. Everything is moving ahead on schedule and it will reach the bookstores It will be in September. nationally distributed and published in the U.S. local and Canada simultaneously. bookstore doesn't have it, please request they trips to Egypt, order to Egypt) our (an entire chapter itself, are national conferences, all mentioned. A number of members have written that they want to buy an autographed copy directly Unfortunately by written contract with Fawcett, I am prohibited from selling Voices. it from Fawcett. Our is devoted the AA-EVP from me. If your ODDS AND ENDS in that this NEWS, two Did you notice finally successful with members who were their tapings: Florence Estwick and Victor De Vincenzo, were so only after many efforts. tenth, or the They didn't give up after

the thirtieth or fiftieth try. They kept on and at last the 'voices spoke. Might the same thing happen to you? Are you willing to persevere in spite of repeated disappointments? Only you can answer that question. I hope you like our new format and will contribute to the NEWS in the future. Our deadline for the Fall newsletter is October 8. ... BS: AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 72.tl DILL ROAD SARAH ESTEP, l"OUNDER (301) 647-8742 e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 7 Number 2 RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ AA-EVP NEWS Summer 1988 FROM MY VIEWPOINT is to for for forever format. For some in change to something the eye and although what Look at us--we have a new face! Yes, we I are changing the format of our newsletter. the am not one who believes sake of change, nor do I think you should hang on the sake of tradition. Many traditions are meaningful and Others should be cherished and protected. the attic with bustles should be relegated and high-top shoes. I have time, It wasn't been dissatisfied with our is to "pleasing" the physical said far more felt we could appearance of a publicatior, have both. into columns. To my surprise, I discovered : could include a it bit more material but more allows greater flexibii;ty. As an example, you will find a delightful cartoon on page 3, that the editor of Hands-on Electronics gave me special permission to use in

our Summer NEWS. I think everyone, taping or not, will appreciate the sentiments its humor. expressed, recording of unseen voices with, "Ah, yes!" Thus, we have gcr,·· in thinking about You will echo important than important, the i last The In many cases, from members been busy. three months have Members of the Association have come to visit; some for a few hours, others for several days. There has been a heavy load of correspondence, some disturbing, and non members. the person writing felt great desperation at the death of a loved if life was worth continuing one and wondered and if they would ever know joy again. Form letters are totally inappropriate at such times and one asks for wisdom to be able to answer fev,.. that particular person's cry for heip. days ago, I returned from a twelve day trip to England where voices were taped, not only by me, but by others in the group. A report of There our journey will be was additional work on my book: Voices of Eternity. The galley proofs came later than expected and for seven days I spent final twelve hours or more each day making corrections. or worse, everything is "graven in stone." Please join me in sending positive thoughts in its direction. found on page 2. do for better Now, to A letters One of the disturbing received a month ago was from "Joe." Joe has never been a member of the AA-EVP but he writes every so

often and I try to reply and give what help I can latest letter, to a very disturbed person. Joe wrote that is terminally ill with a lung condition. He asked if in my group of spirits who ! had any healers could come and heal him. letter "God and his male angels couldn't care with: I wonder if I could be helped by LUCIFER less! whom ci scapegoat of for 2,000 years." the doctor had told him he been maligned, made Joe ended his In his think has I There isn't room to discuss our philosophical I certainly beliefs in the existence of a Lucifer. am not wise enough to debate tor, or against, the actual physicality of such a person. However, in God--whatever the nature of if one believes think one cannot entire:; God might be--then I dismiss a Lucifer. I do not accept the stereotype picture of a person with pointed ears and a tail who gleefully brandishes a pitchfork at all those If the essence of who have "fallen" by the way. God is light, wisdom and love, then on the other side, call it Lucifer or Satar. or whatever you will, I believe you will find darkness and hate for all that is good, all that which helps man make his slow, stumbling progress to the light. The following quotes are from some of the letters sent recently by AA-EVP members. They help give me the strength to work with the Joes. Thank you for

taking the ti me to write. "Thrmk you. cmd rmy God 6.leJ.i-0 you.'t Gua.tteU..an. N'lgW." Ed Chepe.n.-0-Flo'Wia. 'We. enjoyed. you.'t R.o.;tv.;t. n~efteJt and c_e.trJ:a.J.ney a.'te. :the. yealll.:i. '' .:th,wugh .tho.nkfpl £o't all you't e/;£otr.:l6 G:JjJ__ l.andef-{Jb_-0tw7B:ton, V. C. "Congtr.atue.o.:twn-6 on ano.:the't '6llff_eM0ul n~e:tteJt. T ailm.y-0 d,wp evelLJj:thlng rm.en. ..U a1tWJM o.nd '1.ead. .U:. oMm 6eg.bzn.u1g :to end! T wu,h :the newolefte't u.t:to rrrm,thiy. " V).ane. /10'1.ang-Nuz.Ona '\:heat N~e:tt.-L't ! " H.U.d'teih Be.ck.e't-ilkMrn.ng,ton, V. C. A lway~~s t~s , Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death JOURNEY TO MYSTICAL ENGLAND journey through On June 23, eight of us left for a twelve day the southern part of England. This was under the auspices of our I asked Lynn Gardner of Association and Indiana to make the physical arrangements for the tour and to guide us while we were there. You will remember I had chosen Lynn to lead to Egypt because of her our the ability to help experience. their unique members of the hidden potential as well as ' mystical aspect of places along the way. She also has the group to appreciate realize trips two last Plans for the trip began shortly after our third national conference In ,oiscussing plans with Lynn, we chose southern England because it had so much to offer those the spiritual, unseen who wanted energies of the them present. the past and relate last August. touch to to to finish, our From start journey was extraordinary.

The group was outstanding in its "seekers" of compatibility. We were each the path each respected enlightenment and person had chosen for himself. Some of the people were especially eager to tape voices and I tried to help these individuals as much as possible. Winnie Peters, AA-EVP member, MD, taped humming in a cathedral. Patty Tucciarone of N.J. who had never taped before, received two Class A messages during first attempt when we visited Beaulieu her Abbey, used many hundreds of years ago as a monastery. It was at Beaulieu, where we went on our first full day, that I also taped my first Class I had stopped by the family grave of A voice. people who bought Beaulieu when it ceased being an abbey, and called out the names of the three people buried behind the locked gate. When in the middle, a clear female voice replied, "Yes, I went home," indicating she had returned home to the spirit world at death. I spoke to Victoria, who was buried island, it clings precariously loc'ated on coast, was Tintagel Castle, the legendary castle of King the wild and Arthur and Merlin, windswept Cornish spectacular. Dating back to the fifth century, remote and isolated on an to the edge of a cliff. All of us who climbed the steep steps leading up to the castle, sought out a private spot upon reaching the top. I w~•nt to an out-crop of stones and gazed down at Merlin's cave. As the surf thundered

back and life must forth, I could easily visualize what I called have been like those many years ago. the unseen to speak and my own name upon "Sarah," sounding as great distance, was clearly recorded on tape. if it was coming from a At Stonehenge, I moved out into the fields away from the I asked how the invisibles felt monument itself. about the current state of Stonehenge and a clear male voice replied:' Now I am gone." the crowd, but still facing Prisoners were kept The dungeon at Warwick Castle was another moving experience. in unbelievable deplorable conditions, sometimes for years, in a small, dark, dank room. As part of the room, a small hole had been hollowed out in the ground, with it, where especial! y despised prisoners were put. Lowering my tape recorder as much as possible into this hole, I said I hoped they had found the peace A Class A male voice sounding they sought. close answered, "I love you my friend." a grate over late at night and There were many other memorable stops along the way: Glastonbury, where we climbed the Tor, a monument dating back thousands of top of a 500 foot high conical hill. years on Although it was there was rain, we found several others had preceded us. We were joined there by two young men in a circle that our planet be healed. Our journey took us to Stratford upon we attended Shakespeare's play Avon, where the Royal

"Much Ado About Nothing" at Shakespeare London ' where we spent the last two days, will not be forgotten. theater, and of course ' in which we asked tapers. for me was A special pleasure "touching bases" with some of our European I spoke to Tina Laurent, Wales, twice during our trip and she was instrumental in letting some of our members know where I would be at certain times. Ingeborg Frank, N.Y. and West Germany, called from Baden-Baden. Ena Lloyd-Kitchen of Liverpool called on Sunday. Gilbert Bonner, well known English taper, came to my hotel Sunday afternoon and we visited three together leaving, Gilbert gave me an hours. Before excellent ninety minute tape of some of his voices as well as comments made by other researchers of electronic communication. for Our trip was a success. We' re sorry you weren't with us. "Tvx, Jt.Oaii.l.:i dwe.1t.ged. J.n :the. vx,odl.:i, a.nd I-I :took. :the. :the. :.tl(fJ.veled. by, And that ha-6 rmde. all. le,M one. dlline1t~e.. II Robell:t F't.0-6:.t "I enjoy you.11. pubRJ..c.atJ..on g11..e.atl.y. Keep up :the. g11..eo.t vx,11..k.. 11 Ma.wn Pea!t.1-New Volfk ''Thank6 60IT.. :the. CUIT..11..ent n.eVJ6.lefte.1t..; ,(;t I I.:, loaded wlth goodi.R.l.i. 11 S:te.fp.n. ff01T..vath-Ohlo 2. :;;:1·~ . :: ' ·. f;c j,:;.-.,1 t:"'· '" ~ ·'::;t ~-- . ' ~ ' '· , , -~ .... !,, ~ ~-~. . - ~ ~~:::~t .. :~" - •• ,_ .......... , ' lI9i.i_f {; <' ,_ . .,. ' ---~· ~j\">:: [ ,·}:..· ,:_~_-:. ,' -I' i-~ ' . .

~- '~ ,- i &_: ~-- is ,.. t r ~" d. > , .. - ~~ - 1 ~'1-i..~:-' :~ ..... .. f: ~.>.t:~.~· .'t~~,j ;~-~ • .- <' _,":.-·.}It;:,;': ':·-·•.. · .. / . f . ~ . , , ~"'.• ·,, , ·'/," <~,;~:JJ~;;~~:r: .. ~ : , Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, said in a phone call that she used the air-band as a sound source for her daily tapings. In between air control tower announcements, she will often hear clicks and whispers. Recently a Class A voice sounding close said: "This, coming over to me is special." idea about forming small groups of Roy Bauer, Canada, sent me a tape in June of voices he has recorded. He wrote that he felt like my minded people, for the purpose of taping, was an In an effort to meet people who excellent one. is attending a might be lectured local Spiritualist church. He has also about the history of electronic communication with the dead to a group of the Spiritual Science Fellowship. Roy hopes to have a taping group organized by this fall. interested in this, he • \~":Ji!~ .-~1 ~ FRIEDRICH JURGENSON AFTER-DEA TH VIDEO In the Spring newsletter, we Jurgenson had appeared on and Ellen Thorli during was being held seventy-five miles away. the reported that the TV of Claude time his burial is the one The above picture the Thorli's say appeared at that time and has been published in several metaphysical newsletters

since then. The following (in part) report was in given by Claude Thorli and the Journal Spring Heckmann. translated found the German VTF for me issue of Hans that by is " ... After breakfast, my wife, Ellen, who has had psychic experiences since childhood, told me inner voice repeating 'Channel 4.' she heard an She said she felt it had something to do with Jurgenson's funeral which was scheduled for 1 :00 p.m. I loaded my Polaroid camera with black/ white film. Shortly before 1 :00, I turned on the TV tuned to Channel 4. l I left the the usual "Since Channel 4 is not used in Sweden, the TV screen displayed random noise pattern ... ! positioned myself camera in hand in a chair in front of the TV set. E lien sat with me. After 15 minutes, she room ... l remained in front of the TV and had given up The hope when something strange happened. the screen stopped flickering noise pattern on light and became silent. rapidly, appeared on lasted disappeared, then expanded again. 6-7 seconds. I held in my hand ... it developed into a face that left no doubt was our friend Friedrich Jurgenson ... " I released the camera shutter. the Polaroid picture Suddenly, a spot of It expanded the screen. This NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS An unusually large number of members have shared with me, in the last three months news about their act_ivities. This is good because' many

people have written that they enjoy this feature. in light Roger Brower, N.C. State Coordinator and the Director of Research and Development, wrote he has not had any significant results with the FM wireless mike. He suggests that it may help to have on an ultraviolet the vicinity of your taping. The use of UV light is recommended by Martin Wenzel, the Harsch-Fischbachs, Otto Koenig, and in the new booklet Paranormal Voice Techniques. Roger enclosed an ad of an UV lamp that is taping inexpensive and can be used for purposes. It can be ordered from Lolir Computer/ Surplus Center-2741 Beltline Rd. #111 Carrolton ' TX 75006. is STK #7000-124. Price-$8.95. F reight-$4,-00. Phone: 214-416-5155. Product Number Victor De Vincenzo, N.J. wrote that after months of no results he taped a Class A voice that said, "One voice now." He has also had his first article published in the January 1988 issue of the Journal of the A cad em y of Religion and 1968 is It Psychical Science. apparitions at Zeitoun, Egypt. about the I joined "Since the day for me and to be moving fast ... l made 60 Florence Estwick, France, who the AA-EVP in February, called in April and said she In a letter two weeks had taped her first voice. later, Florence wrote: first contacted you on the phone in January 1988, Life things has opened a new chapter recordings seem first at 10:00 P.M. GMT and then at 8:00 P.M. GMT. I use a

sensitive electret condenser mike and radio tuned at first to FM channel 108 MHz The shift on and then to L W channel 344 KHz. I was ready to make channel took place while the 55th recording on April 22. I was growing dissatisfied with (the FM) band and I was also depressed over the lack of results I was getting ... I scanned I head a beautiful vibration without any "bang." That night I taped my first personal message very clear and very close: "With you tonight." Since then, Florence has continued taping a number of messages and line of feels "setting up a specific they are the L W range. 5. in contact for the synthesis, and many other things. As a result, she has been fifteen letter and phone, with a man who ,years, by was awarded a Nobel prize for his scientific endeavors. This man was a great admirer of Ingeborg's great-grandfather and has expressed to Ingeborg his belief that life ends at death. last Ingeborg hopes individual and to visit tell him about the discoveries made in the field of electronic communication and at that ti me, give him a copy of Voices. the COMMUNICATIONS WITH DECEASED LOVED ONES As mentioned focused on contacts Valerie Tjaden, N.J. AA-EVP member, wrote the that she has had a reasonable response to above named booklet. the in Summer NEWS, the reports were compiled by largely contributed by our Valerie and were felt members and they had with as

unexplainable psychic experiences. Whether you contributed to the booklet or not, I think you would find it interesting and reassuring. Valerie has some extra copies available. You can contact her at: 27 Ryerson Ave., Oakland, N.J. 07 436. Cost: U .S.-$8; Canada-$8.49; overseas $12.27. U.S. Funds. they the deceased, as well COME WITH US to Egypt. On March 5, Winnie Peters, MD AA-EVP member and I, expect to leave for a two week is sponsored by North Mt. trip to Egypt. This led many other successful Artisans who have They offer an outstanding trips itinerary for a metaphysical journey and are calling it a "healing odyssey." Alberto Aguas, world renown healer, will accompany the group and lead us in healing meditations in the Great Pyramid and other temples we'll visit. to my knowledge. The cost of the trip is only $1859, which is It reasonable the most There is a includes a four day Nile cruise. safari week's extension experience I will be helping the members of the group in Egypt who want to try to tape voices. to Kenya interested. those for for a third This will be my to Egypt, a trip country I love. If you have been thinking about going to Egypt, now is your opportunity. Write to: North Mountain Artisans-1025 Miller Lane, Harrisburg, PA 17110-2899. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Winter NEWS is January 7. Let me hear from you! Always my best wishes, jJ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERN A PARK, MARYLAND

2 I I 46 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e 4 ► OUARTERL Y NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 7 NUMBER 3 AA-EVP NEWS AUTUMN 1988 FROM MY VIEWPOINT start? The Time for another newsletter. Where should last three months have passed quickly and it has been a time of sharing, of giving, of asking for patience, understanding, and wisdom. What I have received during this period has far outweighed my own small gifts. Normally, I feel the most miserly about time I want so because I have so the needs, much those who expressed and contact me. Understanding doesn't usually give me a problem. From earliest days I have understood--too well at times--the dynamics It is patience I behind a particular situation. am working on and wisdom, which must at least be considered as a gift of the gods. All too often it remains slightly out of reach. requests, unexpressed of little of it and to answer all In his like an innocent, pure I don't entirely agree with Peeking into my mailbag, I come up with leave me nonplused occasionally. letters that letter came from Anonymous A month ago, a typed five page xerox in Pittsburgn. letter, Anonymous wrote that we should all be "born again" and the surest path to God was baby. to become Although this premise, the thing that gave me the greatest to suck my thumb difficulty was that I had As Anonymous or, better yet, a pacifier.

wrote: infant's It's much better to use pacifier for yourself. to suck one of your one of them than it is thumbs. if thumb right along, you've been sucking your into your you've noticed thumb when you suck it ... " I was to suck on the pacifier while I was watching television, taking a show er, and so on. " ... you should purchase an You probably have teeth. teeth bite your And Every Not for a moment am I making fun of the conclusions of Anonymous. thought expressed in the five pages was serious and it was clear Anonymous felt he was called upon He to deserves, for I've done a standing up for I know good deal of 'standing' all my life so thank I from where Anonymous everyone deserves, credit lead people back their beliefs. finding God. is coming. to as for his concern t,im, whoever he might be, about me. It's just that I don't think the best way to find God is through sucking a pacifier. On joined the spectrum a the opposite end of It was letter came that was not unsigned. from 'Joseph' who requested I remove his name from the mailing list. In defense of Joseph, he had never the Association but his membership had been a gift from a colleague. In his note to me, after I had notified him of "I am his gift membership, he wrote: a scientist but keep an open mind." (Six months and two newsletters

later, he decided he'd had the man who had enough). given the membership, "It seems as if he's not quite as open as he likes to think. Individuals like this are more to be pitied than scorned." I wrote to 'John,' read the comment I wonder if Joseph ever from E .F. Schum acner: ''The. .l.:,;(jjj_ rrrxie1m. ().J)lfJ.d und5 :tr; be. -6k£ptJ..c.al about rw~ :that rmku d2m:md-6 on mm' -6 hJ..gheJr. 6~ . &t.t ..U:. L6 YW:t a;t -!ikeptic.al about d"1l'riYIIU halu1ly -!ikeptic,l5m «iu.ch anything • II scientists are Fortunately, not all like Joseph. The AA-EVP has a good representation joined since of scientists and more have reading Voices of Eternity. that Voices 'New Age' in to be section of most bookstores, and that a scientist might visit such a section and buy a book of this nature, may surprise some. ranks are still slim, but they are growing. found Their fact The the is "To It seems apropos to close my Viewpoint llve.. ti.ghti..y ,in t:Jil6 ().J)lfJ.d we rem arks with: rruM f/Jt,l.:;t, bec.ome.. ataJte.. 06 ..U:.. The. plWblem L!i mm '-!i tf'}.h,e.. a1.il.>llrptlon :that he. L6 alJc.eady at.UVl.e.., «iu.ch lea.vu him no rrotive.. 601t mvew.ga.tlon." Pa:tJrmy6 t:D PeJt6ec.t ~ VeJmOn HCWllr.d I :tJu.nk ..U:. L6 betteJr. tizan. "1 llke.. youJt new 6oJtJrat.! b~CJ/1..e.. aJ1d you do have. tro1te.. Jt.Oom!" Edelga,r.d John, We.Lit GelUl'rJYUJ. One. 06 :the. rrr:my ietteM Jt~e.wed afl'_eJr. th£. StmmeJr. NW6-letteJr., m p!tfJMe.. 06 the. new 60JtJrat U6ed. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of

the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death The above- picture was taken recently at an area Waldenbooks store. The response to Voices the has been most gratifying since it reached bookstores the first week in August. As a result of Voices, we have taken in more members the last two months than ever before. It is to give all of the heart impossible warming comments received after someone has finished reading the book. As a sample: "By far, it's the finest book about EVP and survival I've I sincerely hope you plan a sequel." ever read. (Richard Busse-IN). "Your book was very honest, beautiful and sincere, as well as awe-inspiring." (Tina Laurent-Wales). "I have just finished your I can't begin to tell you how astounded book. and excited I am knowing others believe life exists after death." (Tammy Matthews-new "I congratulate you for this really member-IN). (Ernst Senkowski-West fine piece of work." Germany). "I think the thing we (Harold and I) have always honored you most is your dedication to honesty in your research." (Martha Sherman AR). Many individuals have contacted me and said they are having difficulty the book. Crown, Dalton, and Waldenbooks are carrying it If your local as well as other national chains. bookstore doesn't have it, request they order a copy. They are always happy to do this. finding I talked In September I to my agent who contacted Fawcett, publishers of Voices. They have given me permission to sell it to overseas members as well

as U.S. members who have been unable to locate it. If you want a copy, please let me know indicating if you would like it autographed. Cost, which includes postage and handling is: $5 U.S.; $5.50 Canada; $7 overseas. NOBEL LAUREATE After Frank, N.Y. Ingeborg and West read Voices of Germany AA-EVP member, Eternity, she wrote to say how impressed she was. Ingeborg's great-grandfather was Justus father of von Liebig, who organic chemistry, and also discovered photo- is considered the Harry Borglund-LIBERANT Word has come that Harry Berglund, MA AA-EVP member since 1984, died in September. Although I never met Harry, I felt we were old friends. Each August he would promptly renew for the coming year, as he did membership I wrote to Vanda, his this past August. widow when she sent me word of Harry's " ••• It came as quite a shock, this sort death, of thing always does, but thought of Harry and of his faith that life does not e~d! I am confident that he now knows that belief was well placed and that he will continue in a busy, happy life just a step away ... " then As I 1 We wish you joy Hc.rry in your return home. ETHICS AND PSI This "As a psychical is a subject about which much has been written. That I am concerned about the I wrote on page 1 of matter is clear when Voices: I have encountered some fraud and a great deal of self-delusion."

There's not enough room here to say all I think we I want to say, and yet must bring it up front for the few people who need to be reminded that what they do and intentions are good, can their say, even seriously affect the lives of others. investigator, if Many mediums are very charming people. to em it a glow, a charisma, that In that flawed. individuals these people idolized They seem a number of many cases, the person irresistible. later discover is seriously they find these offers down; in the close to 100 To bring the situation nearer home, since letters that have August come to the P.O. Box address given at the end of Voices, about a fourth have asked me to try to contact a through my loved one for them Some have offered money, a tape recorder. few a great deal. for I deserve no credit turning to do otherwise In the first place, it is would be despicable. request ho~estly. impossible to do what In the second place, if I could I would, without charge, and it would give me almost as much I ~lways joy as the loved one concerned. tie, no write back, " ... there is no emotional to bonding between your tape bring him back recorder. to I then give suggestions and succeed in this." in Voices, urge them to which is about taping methods. re-read Chapter 17 loved one and me the one most through my to speak

You are likely they . As Our AA-EVP is an open Association. We have a cross-country list which, I believe, no list find great pleasure far. Several people who other organization has. the list a have worked briefly with me call nightmare in its logistics, and it is. In spite of this, I don't want to abolish it, for many who are on in the contacting others near and Warm, permanent friendships have evolved. Clearly, I I can't police the almost 150 names on would remind you, to exert caution though, when you write to any unknown person and to always keep your own good if a reply comes. For those of you who may hear from a new pen pal, in an honest straight-forward way. Don't play at being a medium, even if you are trying to lessen the grief of someone. To say you are in contact with a loved one when you're not is a cruel hoax. Even if you think you are, unless you have history of mediumship, you are ninety-nine chances out of a hundred deluded. successful judgment reply long, had it. a Everyone in the end has to face what he has done with his life and what he has done to others. UP-DATE ON THE STORAGE OF JURGENSON 'S TAPES In our Summer newsletter, I mentioned that Rosalba Harris, PA AA-EVP member, had written that a group in Italy would be storing Friedrich communication Rosalba has kindly sent additional tapes. information about this:

Jurgenson's voice "In issue of the July 1988 "Journal of Mysteries" published in Florence, Italy it was announced that Maria Anne!, a close friend of Jurgenson's the wish made by Jurgenson before death, that all his tapes be kept in Italy, a country he loved. for many years, expressed "His wish was immediately accepted by ltaliana the President of A.I.S.P. (Association Studi Psicofonici). A small museum of the voices will be built in his honor and memory. This museum may be located in the castle of Caldarola, in Fermo, where Count Lorenzo Spinucci held the first Italian conference of paranormal voices ... " WE ARE LISTED in in all For several years, the AA-EVP has been the Encyclopedia of Associations listed libraries and published by Gale found Research. private individuals as well as the media have come as a result. letters Many from Now, have been informed by R.R. Bowker 2. . CETL NEWSLETTER REVIEW The door issue experimenters We are grateful A new phase into to Hans Heckmann who translated excellent This 02/88. newsletter is written in German by Jules and leading European Maggie Harsch-Fischbach, transcommunication and members of the AA-EVP. In her editorial, Maggie wrote: "We used to share the opinion of many that once we had a breakthrough to clear two-way communication, our goal had In time, we realized that we been reached. in are only at the beginning. T.C. other the begins when dimensions is opened. Not everyone is suited for T.C. is much more field

of T.C. complicated than most people want to admit! indicate a Contacts the spiritual world slowly 'net' of positive energy which spreading like-minded experimenters. Our scientists refer to it as "morphogenetic _is . the for spiritual development within a readiness person. in our spiritual The God principle development should attract us more than the contacts with our Prayers and thanksgiving seem to open doors. The less we demand Spiritual communication dealing with the existence of other worlds rarely make the headlines of our daily papers." the more we loved ones. Required receive. fields." among over and in is The following These worlds, Every person on these worlds are people is a brief summary about parallel worlds given by Technician, ~ne of the Harsch-Fischbachs' chief communicators: "Man through his thoughts, wishes, and actions, 'triggers' many possibilities which become reality in other worlds. just in nature. All like our world are material like beings living i~ us who do not pass into a spirit world until their bodily ·death. this planet has doubles in other worlds. When you die on earth some of your other selves in parallel worlds while yet continue to live others have already died. these worlds, when compared with each other, show small or large differences, historical or lives . of political changes which influence the the entities living there. Our other selves live in local conditions. Each entity grows and develops in their material his world. universe around them by what they do and do not do.

The question: "In what world is the original me?" can only be answered: "There is no original me." A meeting with our other self in one of the material parallel worlds or on our earth would be disastrous, comparable to a small nuclear explosion and could cause a chain reaction. Every parallel world has a different energy pattern and obeys different physical laws." these worlds according influence Each of They the to 5. Maggie :!lso wrote that their question about the existence of spiritual parallel worlds was• answered that many the affirmative and discarnate of the third spirit level, where most go at death, are not informed sufficiently and know nothing about parallel worlds. in NEWS FROM MEMBERS to help Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, wrote that she has been concentrating on Reverse messages. She has discovered that the unseen them speak. use her voice at ti me Carol and a friend taped at Mystery Hill in is known as N.H. American's Stonehenge and is at least 4,000 years old. Although many messages were taped, Carol felt they were entities who had not been dead for a long time. A few whispers were on the forward side of her tapes but the "reverse side yielded a whole tape's worth of voices!" recently. location The Florence Estwick, France, has written and called several times. Recently, she wrote that she is continuing to have contact through her tape recorder with her husband and others. She said, " ... so you see, Sarah,

transcommunication is a very alive phenomena for me." Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, sent me an article first published in the "Christian Science Monitor." focused on quantum It mechanics. The term has been used for more than 60 years but the public is largely unaware of it. It is one of the most accurate sciences ever developed, making possible everything from to televisions, transistors computers, fiber optics to fission reactors. The concept is difficult to grasp and physicists use it to talk about such things as particles with no size, 10-dimensional space, a multitude of parallel where and universes, probability replaces certainty. calculators a world to lately of members Clara Laughlin wrote that she has held two the in group meetings Six members Arlington-Alexandria, VA area. attended, two of them new. They discussed electronic communication, and made several recordings. Messages were received, the loudest and clearest on the reverse side of the tape in which one of the members present was called an "angel." (Perhaps Clara's efforts and results will encourage other members to form groups). Warren York is a new member from Texas. He is starting recordings on a regular basis and sent me a copy of the first word he taped which was "Help!" The word was clear and of good quality. Later on, he will set up a computer line for interested members. messages. There is a steady beeping sound. Shirley feels the sound acts as a beacon to the other side and thought other members might

like to try the same thing. She thinks results. it would be interesting to compare It tape recorder. reel-to-reel Oddur Sigurdsson, Maine, called recently concerning a lecture he was giving about EVP at a nearby church. During our talk he said he had made a variable speed circuit for his is not difficult to find this feature on portable tape recorders, but I had never heard of one on a reel recorder, and often wished I had this to slow down or speed up messages that come Upon question, through at unusual speeds. in his Oddur said he uses step circuit and is plugged directly into the motor of his tape recorder. Anyone with a bit of electronic know-how should be further able to build a similar device. information you can contact Occur at: Rt. 1, Canton to enclose a self-addressed stamped envelope. 04221. Don't forget this circuit resistors For before Christmas Dennis Taylor, WA State Coordinator; wrote that he and his wife planned to go to Portland, OR to meet Monty Hear on and his wife, Bobby, Co-State Coordinators for Oregon. They hoped to pick up some recording tips from Monty. When Dennis contacted the WA members, he found that he had already met one of them, Ellen Pugh, at a Spiritual Frontiers Retreat eight years ago. that They several received Valerie Tjaden, N.J., wrote in November, she and her mother held a group taping session with Victor DeVincenzo and his wife, Geri, who are also members of the

AA-EVP. clear statements: "What do you think I am?" "You can feel," and, "Frankenstein." A few days later, her mother worked a "jumble puzzle" from the Saturday newspaper. The puzzle was to have about Frankenstein! Valerie wants monthly group taping sessions. If other N.J. members would take part, you can call her: 201-337-0695, or write: 27 Ryerson Ave. Oakland 07 436. like to is The first, the annual Winter Festival from February 10-12, held in Orlando, FL. It is sponsored by Spiritual Advisory Council, of is which Paul Johnson, an AA-EVP memberJ the founder and president. Some of the noted speakers are: Brad and Sherry Steiger; Kenneth Hurst; Frank Tribbe; and Meredith Lady Young, author of Agartha. Since ti me ic: short, give for a brochure: 407-351-3900. Paul a call is the and I can the world intercontinental Seth are: Peter Moscow research; Bryce Bond, recommend The second conference will be held April 6-12, at the Sheraton Lakeview Hotel, Louisville, KY/Clarksville, IN. and It third focus metaphysical conference and is the The co Spiritual Sight and Healing Visions. Joyce sponsors Kovelman. Some of the outstanding presenters are: Coral Polge, psychic artist; Anna Mitchell Hedges with famous crystal skull, along with Carol Davis who will do channeling with this the skull; Budd Hopkins, one of country's leading investigators in the field of UFO internationally known Spiritual Healer; Martin Wenzel, who contributed two special papers to our AA-EVP members on audio and video taping; and Jules and Maggie Harsch-Fischbach who will be

at the conference for twenty-four hours. They, along with Martin Wenzel and Walter Uphoff, of New Frontiers Center, will spend Friday in Electronic afternoon describing their work Visual some interested in all or experiments. part of this conference, contact HPC Ltd., 409 ,Marguette Dr., Louisville, KY 40222. Or, registration, phone: 502-423-1188. If indicate you are a member of AA-EVP. you do register quickly, you will this, and receive the early-bird rate. Phenomena, If you are On your conduct and PLEASE! Many thanks to all of you who send me I frequently use them in our news clippings. In the newsletter or pass them on to others. future, please write the source and date of the clipping. the background and give proper credit. important to know It is TWO CONFERENCES There are two upcoming metaphysical conferences scheduled :n the near future that I think you would find interesting and helpful to you in your own personal growth. ODDS AND ENDS Winnie Peters, MD AA-EVP member, and I are continuing plans for our early March trip the Spring Look for a report in to Egypt. NEWS, and other special Deadline features. for contributions to our Seventh Anniversary newsletter, is April 8. ... AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, l"OUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 7 Number 4 AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1989 FROM MY VIEWPOINT the All 1988 was good There is a shiny, new calendar

sitting on I go my desk. On January 1, every year, I over the old calendar, month by month. large look at what has been written in for each day and reminisce blocks provided I can't about certain events. complain. Loved ones, for the most part, stayed healthy. Old, friends true friends, were made and time alone will if they will join the old friends and become gold. my book, Voices of Eternity, was published and is doing well. Many new members have joined the AA-EVP as a result. in all, to me. New tell remained loyal. to this I said nothing about Some significant messages were taped. Perhaps the ones that remain most strongly in my mind were two that came through the morning of May 2. I was taping as usual but greatly concerned because a loved one was undergoing minor surgery at that time. Even the though invisibles, they telepathically picked up my in a Class A voice, "Protect worry and said followed several seconds those with you," The later with, "Death no more a casket." outcome of the operation was successful, but my communicators had taken this opportunity to remind me that no matter what happened, death was not a casket; it meant something much more. To those of us who believe in the voices are objective survival and evidence, death means life! Several of you who have read Voices have commented about the statement on page 54, when I was discussing "homes" with those in

the beyond and someone said they looked upon the spirit if world as their real home. "home" they felt the spirit dimension was how did they look upon the earth plane. The unexpected "Death was returned. clear message, then asked loud, feel I It's a matter of perspective I guess. There are exceptions, of course, but not life here, in our many of us look upon our earth plane home as death. A minister once said to me, "I know I have a heavenly home to go to when I die but I'm not homesick to get there." I suspect most of us would join him in a hearty "Amen!" When frequently do we talking about my relatively good year of 1988, I must also think about all of the year was my fellow humans for whom In reading the evening the worst of times. paper, how "Only read, if that was a two, (or three) died?" those who for victory. those who didn't? escaped, but what about Ultimately, yes, a victory them when they discovered their consciousness continued, and they were living in another dimension. It loved is doubtful rejoice. ones As It may have been left behind could if many of immediately though, their for The result of the explosion of Pan Am 103 in Scotland with no one aboard surviving, and many on the ground being killed, must into every home, whether we knew reach anyone on the plane or not. A young girl in her twenties,

Miriam Wolfe from Severna Park, was on the plane. By all reports, she was an outstanding, warm, loving, individual Two days before her the best of persons. It was to death, she mailed her last letter. her grandmother to whom she felt unusually in it she enclosed a clipping that close, and quoted Gandhi: "The world has enough for every man's need but not enough for every man's greed." if yes, this, the world would it in mind in our personal day Ah, only remember the best of times could be available for everyone. If we have difficulty keeping to day life and carrying it over to others who touch our lives at home, at work, at play, to become how can we expect the world united and live Gandhi's creed? Realistically, perhaps we can't. This doesn't mean that we should give up in despair or stop trying Always my best wishes, ~~ Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death to live in gentleness, in kindness, in helpfulness, fail. in warmth, because here and there we I As I will be able look at my new 1989 calendar, I the year w ii I bring, and how wonder what I much I do will make a positive wonder difference in anyone's life. I hope I will not fai I anyone and that my actions will not cause someone to have the present or the future to come. to others. if what faith

in to give less I hope 1988 has been a good year tor you and that 1989 w ii I be the best of years. SPIRIT VOICES TAPED FIFTY-SIX YEARS AGO Most reports of the taping of EVP voices start in the 1950's, when Attila von Szalay of later Friedrich California, and three years recorded Jurgenson of Sweden, said reported unexplainable voices. voices, however, came twenty-three years before von Szalay's. This report is found in in Session to me by Martin Manhattan," and was sent Ebon, noted author and psychical investigator. It is from his book: Communicating With The Dead published by New American Library. they had The earliest through "Recording Chapter 16: Lack of space prohibits a full account but briefly it occurred on April 23, 1933 at the World Broadcasting Company's studios which later became Decca Records in New York The medium was Wm Cartheuser, and City. team consisted of well-known the supervisory the field of PSI and knowledgeable people and writer such the Hereward Carrington, Louis Anspacher, poet, and the secretary for the Am. Society for Psychical Research, Mrs. Helen Bigelow. in researcher psychical as Electric Company chance of The Western the air, up by was installing the latest sound-recording equipment in World's studios and the engineers at World, who were skeptical about seances and talking to the dead, devised test conditions that they felt would eliminate any fraud. Mike 1 was on the floor. Mikes 2 and 3 were twenty feet from the sitters and twenty

feet in diagonally in opposite corners. They had such a short range of sensitivity that they could not record voices from mike 1. In order for mikes 2 or 3 to pick up a voice, the speaker had to be within twelve inches and since they were directional, Each mike had to be spoken had the its own control room. The sitters were unaware what the engineers had done and proceeded with a normal direct-voice seance. line of communication with into head-on. the ceiling a out very Soon, a spirit voice expressed interest in the experiment and said, "We think they have worked testing procedure for us on their equipment." When the control room asked who was speaking the voice, speaking into mike 1, said he was an engineer the spirit world. He added he had colleagues with him and they wanted to cooperate in making the important recording. interesting in When requested by the control speak directly into mikes 2 and 3, t responded quickly, answering within in these mikes. the unseen voic Next, they wanted to give a demonstration. that, he made a circuit of the three mikes, while speaking a short, simple sentence. Then the speaker introduced a colleague who he said had been an "eminent research engineer in the science of sound." The new speaker told the listeners and engineers in the studio that he and the other unseen communicator were "surviving personalities speaking to you from another dimension." He concluded the demonstration by moving his

voice from the for a male human (around 300 normal level levels of 3,000 and 5,000 cycles) up to the cycles, which is beyond the range of human hearing. His commentary became a thread ~ sound I ike "an incredibly distant radio signal.' - communicator Repeating descended cycles. the Eventually, it sounded like "a giant mumbling into a at the bottom of a well," and sound "like the lowest note on longest pipe in a giant organ." the th rough faded the frequency test, the original He voice spirit The returned. and thanked recording staff for helping in the experiment tests. and offered engineer's the to collaborate sitters future in the American Society Within a few days the records were sent for Psychical to Research, but the crucial test stayed in the hands of the studio engineers. They did not want to testify publicly that spirit voices had in New been recorded in April 1933! York's Manhattan, one night in a recording studio owns In a recent phone call there has never been a State Coordinator. New, that problem has been resolved! Dan McKee, a IL State Coordinator, condominium in Bradenton. He and his wife, Marjorie, spend many months during the year from Dan, I there. if he would agree to be Coordinator asked for FL while he is there. Dan agreed to do this and help in every way possible. His FL is: 425 30th Ave. West-Bradenton address 34205. Phone: 813-746-3553. He expects to is be there until the

first of March. Dan one of this country's outstanding tapers and twelve has been wcrking years. Give him a call. You'll be in good hands with the help of Dan! field the for in CETL NEWSLETTER REVIEW "The new In a recent CETL newsletter, published by Maggie and Jules Harsch-Fischbach, AA-EVP members, Luxembourg, and translated by Hans Heckmann, Maggie wrote: "Information for construction of a new equipment set-up increased lately .... Swejen Salter, one of their main contacts on the other side, said last equipment will only summer, function properly when spiritual progre• Is A comment from guaranteed among men." TECHNICIAN, is contact, to all members of AA-EVP, as important well as others who begin their taping efforts from a strictly scientific basis. He said, "This person could not make any contact transcomm unication because he approached only from the technical side." another main the In her newsletter, Maggie quoted the in his report of Herbert Spirik, Vienna, taping experiences. Mr. Spirik feels good weather conditions are helpful. He said that the personal condition and spiritual attitude of tapers and other participants are important. A destructive attitude by someone in "brake" on good communication. Voices are mostly captured with the mike sitting near a radio receiver. these EVP voices are radio transmissions. the group can put a "transformations" of HAROLD SHERMAN'S PAPERS READY MD TAPING GROUP BEING FORMED! NEWS FROM MEMBERS Phyllis Butcher, District of Columbia, in her letter to me before Christmas, wrote she and her husband were being

transferred by the the from Norfolk, VA, to Washingto!' Navy In October 1987, she.taped first of January. "Rapid tour." Since her husband was not scheduled for transfer until September of '89, Phyllis said it was indeed a prophetic message. Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, has taken the first section off of a three section spirit trumpet and slipped it over her mike on the stand. She wrote, "Spirit noticed and the following came through: "Love that trumpet." "The trumpet lovely feature." "Efficiency." and, "Trumpet every day." In the next taping, Clara commented that they really seemed to like the trumpet. There was one loud clap- like hands--and then Callie, her chief contact said, "Gives energy." Those of you who have visited my office or have read Voices, know that I use a metal funnel at the end of my long, narrow mike. the I bought this over eleven years ago at local hardware store, and as I wrote in Voices, I've never the voices immediately improved in loudness and clarity. It is Clara's and my thought that some of you might like to try the same thing. If you do, let me know the results. it off because taken taped. Later, Jean Jean Lodge, N.Y., reading joined after Voices and has resumed taping after several years absence from her tape recorder. One the names of her evening she asked for the name of mother's sisters, only knowing The name "Harriet" one of them--"Viola." was found some old the County Courthouse.

tam ii y records at There was a photograph the included that showed a picture of a grave records stone with "Harriet" on it. She had died in 1893, at the age of four. Jean's mother was later so hadn't known born eight tape, Jean taped, Harriet either. "Aunt Harriet followed with a "Bow-wow." Jean wrote that "Judy" was the name of her pet dog who died many years ago at the age of nineteen. Later, on loves Judy," years in A received letter has been the Archives of from Tom the Dillard, director of University of Central Arkansas, in Conway that Harold Sherman's papers have been research use. ready catalogued and are the University by They were donated to Harold's wife, Martha. The collection has family correspondence going back to Harold's childhood, copies of his sixty books, and tape recordings of many of his lectures. for 2. joined after Gene and Jan Simonds, new MD AA-EVP reading Voices, members who taping with positive have already started I have met with Jan several times results. and listened to one of her tapes on which there were three good quality EVP voices. They are eager to start a MD group to meet in their home at a mutually convenient time. Give them a call: 301-757-8859, Or write: 620 Bay Green Drive, Arnold 2_1012. Shirley Matthews, UT, has also resumed taping. She wrote that when she first joined the AA-EVP in 1985, she tried taping for six months without results so became

discouraged and discontinued her efforts. In December, she began taping again and her results have been is better trying a new technique. She put a blank tape in her answering machine and switched it to 5. Shirley said she than expected. HITHER AND YON It is not yet time to hang up my traveling shoes. The Centro Milanese Metafonia group in Milan, has invited me to lecture about my book at their third International Conference last weekend in May. Ernst Senkowski will also take part. Interested European members can contact: Virginia Ursi-20149 Milano-Via Gignous 27-ltaly. the IL. Paul is outstanding. is holding his In June, I will again pack my suitcase and go to Lake Forest College, Johnson, founder and president of Spiritual Advisory Council fourteenth conference there from June 18-23. I have an advance copy the program and it of On lecture about my book I will Monday evening an afternoons four for then and experiential workshop to Tape titled, Voices from Other Dimensions." There are many excel lent workshops, activities lectures the college planned. Registrants can stay the dining hall. dormitory and have meals For old and new Let's celebrate this For a brochure contact Paul at: 2965 W. State Rd. 434-Suite 300-Longwood, FL 32779. Phone: 305- 77 4-6151. in friends, try to come. time together! and in present "How NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Carol said like a strange message, but Carol Barron,MA State Coordinator, said that friend's funeral, she on the day of an elderly came

through and said, "Carol, I read a paper!" this might fol lowed by her name. seem the woman was totally blind at death. In spite of this, she prided herself most on her ability to keep up with current events. Carol had a newspaper beside her while taping and commented her friend's voice sounded like her. remarked (her chief taping, she that many He Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, said that one day while to Callie guide) people replied, "They real. believed EVP wasn't doubt the gift of heaven missions." Clara heard the death of her Aunt Lucille a month about after she had died. this, Clara made a recording to which she hadn't had time to listen. When she played it back a voice said, "Lucille is sleeping." Clara and is evidential because the message came before she knew about her aunt. Shortly before feel this I Howard Ruess, TX has very kindly sent me a number of books about PSI phenomena from his personal library. Most, I had not read. Others, I am find. were out of print or difficult to grateful to Howard for his generous gift. Jan and Gene Simonds, MD, held a group meeting in their home on February 21. Over a I had the pleasure dozen members attended and time. of meeting some of them first the the general We discussed field of PSI, the for personal experiences we'd had along this line, and made two recordings. Even though nothing came felt we had

benefited by meeting and exchanging ideas. through, we that Valerie Tjaden,N.J., wrote they have had another group taping session at their horn e. During a separate taping session they recorded the voice of a young child sounding panicky, calling for his mother. It is Valerie's thought that they the child's voice during his transition or that it might have been a memory left in the house by a previous family. taped link' between in Electronics. Warren York,TX, works lab in a Research and Development His special interests are in the field of gravity and Scalar It is felt by Warren, as well as some Waves. other scientists, that Scalar Waves may be the 'real world' and the 'missing phenomena He has been as EVP. developing and testing equipment along this line with results that can be replicated. Warren and his work has been mentioned in several books such as: Mind Over Matter and Psycho-K inesis, both by Adrian Clark; and Excalibur Briefings by Lt. Col. Thomas E. Bearden. such is eager to contact him letter, Warren wrote is now working In another that his computer system twenty-four hours a day and he for AA-EVP members His computer BBS number The number for his home phone 915-581-3931. Warren said he has the members " ... very who have already contacted him are, warm and open people. I hope I can help them they have with mine." with this. is: 915-833-0405. their studies as is: that through found MEMBERSHIP REPORT With a

paid membership of over 200, fifty four percent are men. Members live in thirty five states, the District of Columbia and the most thirteen countries. members with twenty-three. California is right behind with twenty-two. The countries are: Australia; Canada; England; France; India; Italy; Luxembourg; Netherlands Antilles; New Zealand; Phillipine Islands; Sweden; Wales; W. Germany. Maryland has ODDS AND ENDS Enclosed is a separate sheet about a very in exciting World EVP Conference to be held it Basel, Switzerland Read carefully and know, if at all possible, you'll be going with me and other AA-EVP members! in November. Deadline for the Summer NEWS is July 1. Thank you for the last seven years. Without you, it couldn't have been done. Always my best wishes, )d~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 8 Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS Spring 1989 FROM MY VIEWPOINT I think little did learned why) to be exact. I guess far as Another anniversary! Another milestone! Some people Our seventh one look upon (although I've never I have to agree seven as being lucky. the past seven with them, at least as years are concerned. The first newsletter which was four pages long, was mailed to twenty-five ten states and Canada. At that members in that our membership time, would grow over 800% from 1982 to 1989. On page 3 of that incorrect it out with

my address was given. typewriter and for for good all measure. Even then I hoped we would grow but I didn't dare dream to such an extent. For some reason, I decided to make membership applications and membership cards told me later that yellow yellow. A psychic it was my was a sign of confidence. if subconscious that was so endowed because, 'fly.' truth be told, I was not sure we would the correct one, ten plus first newsletter an in copies, it would be twenty-five I crossed If so, typed factor important Membership, per se, has never been the most to me, but members have always been of primary importance.I have been chided upon occasion for the amount of time I spend in my office, or the two to three hours it frequent! y takes to personal I y answer "Use form letters," I'm advised. Yes, a letter. I do, whenever possible, but so much can't fit into a formula. People are not stamped out of a mold but each individual with his own unique problem, grief, or concern. Form letters are totally unsuitable in such situations. is an in A brief rundown of what has occurred the last seven years as a result of the AA-EVP would include: Three national conferences; trips to Egypt and England; my book, Voices of Eternity; radio, TV, and newspaper interviews and really important? Like membership versus members, they are secondary. The impact that some of lives those activities have had upon individual

But are lectures. things these to my heart. I hold closest Your is what letters, and letters from the hundreds who have written just one time to let me know that an interview, a tape demonstration, or my book, them comfort, hope and bettered has given their lives is, in the end, all that counts. Someone said yesterday, lot of good I replied, things are happening to you lately." "Yes, but all of things bring added responsibility. Nothing is free. There is always a price to pay." those "A a Somewhat belatedly, I often th ink about those joined. for being so first twenty-five members. Some are still with us. Others have I did, made their transition. They had hope, as that viable the AA-EVP would become organization. Even before the first newsletter, they I decided trusting, that they deserved a I quickly designed the card membership card. find a then scrambled around and printer who, I hoped, would be 'in tune' with our found one who wore his astrological sign around his neck, I decided he through was the one and so he has remained the years. ideas. When trying to I "This wrote, Seven years ago is Your I have expressedthe same Association." It is thought almost every year at this time. said a chain is only as strong as its weakest link. This is why our NEWS from the beginning has been member orientated, and trying I am in that direction by to move more and more

having members contribute articles. We made in our Winter newsletter. We are a start including even more I hope you like this. the Spring NEWS. in We have come so far together. There are other roads left to travel. Let us travel them together, sharing what we know, giving comfort and hope to those in need, and showing that there is I ight at the end. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death WHAT EVP HAS MEANT TO ME be our that tried would celebrating our Winter newsletter, to some of our members With mailed, they requests write a segment about what EVP has meant to them. This seemed appropriate, I wrote, since we seventh anniversary with the Spring NEWS. In the group, some were tapers, some not. Some joined the AA-EVP the first year. Others, more recently. to get a good cross-section of our I In fact, people and they responded admirably. so admirably I have far more than I can use in one NEWS. I don't want to cut their comments more than is absolutely necessary, I have decided to extend this feature into future newsletters. I will go down the list taking the names in alphabetical order. To everyone who took part, my deepest gratitude. I think all of our members will find your remarks interesting and heart warming: Since such the human soul. "Most religions encompass the teaching of the survival of Yet, when spirit confronted with as

communication, many people tend to dismiss it Fear as unreal, or is to be afraid of imposes understandable! the saddens me as essence of self; of what we are and of what we will become. it becomes a denial of evidence limits But the it. it rewarding experience "The Electronic Voice Phenomena has been for me, both It has taught me it I feel tolerance for those on this a deeply spiritually and emotionally. the uniqueness of continues after death, and as a result, more respect and side of the veil, as well. individual personality as "It has expanded my awareness of the need to make the most of our lives while here, and has made me more in awe of the many things that are, as yet, beyond our comprehension. "Most important, those on the other side continually stress the importance of love and God. EVP has been a beautiful experience and I am very grateful to have been able to be a part of it!" Carol Barron, MA to me further confirmed the "EVP has It offers a mental challenge continuity of life. to learn and develop an to those willing expanded consciousness. EVP messages can give important information, support and comfort to individuals. the AA-EVP which gives guidance (that) can make these benefits available for such a valuable experience." Virginia Bates, VA to all who are I appreciate ready for the and Even that body to planet Earth and the product of " Mankind's history has been

hi_s confinement to his physical body. No matter the dearest and most finest and secret desires of his soul most noble qualities of life, it has been to the sustenance of its physical environment that his efforts, of nece~ity and the sacred priority, have been directed. tenets of the Bible have seemed out of reach compared to that reality. And so he has not realized the sort of world that Book envisions. His master has been the demands of physical existence and he has had to confront, and contend with, the worst of man inherent in, and inspired by that condition. Now, through EVP, he sees open a window to possibilities elsewhere he thought impossible to Earth. He begins to comprehend this time--the release of his soul from the bondage of the physical universe, and acquiring the finest and most noble qualities of existence--might be far more possible after all from productive dimension offering Earth-type and the dictates of the soul are master and his potential in a place of unbounded beauty are for good limitless. This is what my membership in the It has been, and AA-EVP has meant to me. than remains, that window its inception--with a view we looking at new and expanded possibilities for the mind and spirit of man." Richard Busse, IN body priorities, where to greater promise in another but imagined before that what he freedom for all longed "When I first started with EVP it was to be proof, for me, that there

was survival after death. As a devout Christian, life after death had been, always, a matter of faith. But now, through EVP, I was going to prove it to myself. Granted a very selfish reason, but at that time it was important. The one thing that has been constant, throughout my worship of God, is that you ask for proof and you always get more than for. Which was exactly what you bargained happened to me. Indeed, I found survival. And I found what survived. I even got a few answers as to how and where. What came through, loud and clear, in a hundred different ways, was love. That those who have gone on, come back out of a love and caring for us. We reach out with love--they return with love. Sometimes to prod us, sometimes to preserve us and always to teach us. What I have gotten from working with EVP is that love never dies, it continues and it grows. Something a lot of us have given lip service to over the years, and really had no talking about. But the greatest love of all is that God the to hear allowed me presences and find one more way to in this classroom, Earth." Phyllis C. Butcher, D.C. 2. to protect us, sometimes idea what we were the voices, learn feel USSR ACADEMY OF SCIENCES The They I send requested I was pleased to do Institute of Scientific Information of the USSR Academy of Sciences in

Moscow, has them ·contacted me. information about the AA-EVP as well as a recent newsletter. this. In addition to the fact sheet I mail to people I mailed who inquire about our Association, the Winter newsletter and also the newsletter This described my second for Summer 1986. trip to Egypt. learned about the nuclear explosion at Chernobyl and the next morning how we had formed a circle in the Western desert, each member giving a personal affirmation that our planet find peace and be healed. It told how the group LOOKING AT BOOKS Tina Laurent, AA-EVP member Wales, has sent us reports of two interesting books. She from Psychic Phenomena by Bradley: quotes "Electro-magnetism the is mechanics of the reliving function of the brain. Researchers electro- neurological magnetic memory and up tapes and we could preserved on magnetic 'replay' recorded past experiences ~at will?' of impulses could be picked have recording library any frop, our suggested involved these that in From Omens of Awareness by David Tinsley. Baird Spalding, a research engineer, traveling organized a group of twenty-six dedicated men about eighty years ago. One of Spalding's friends was Steinmetz, who had known Edison. they The group called invented a device "Camera of Past Events." Their first success the filming of George Washington giving was the his inagural dignitaries and on Washington walking back and forth before them as he spoke. His voice was also on the sound track. from history. True to esoteric tradition the camera has faded from

sight. They filmed many other events of platform showing the address, present all At the end of her book reports, Tina said that the "Camera of Past Events" reminded her of Chronovisor. This is also a 'camera' capable of filming past events and reportedly developed by Padre Pellegrino Ernetti, a member of the in Benedictines who Venice. the Winter and Spring 1987 newsletters as a result us by Dr. Ernst of Senkowski, AA-EVP member in West Germany. Chronovisor was mentioned teaches Archaic music information sent to in release A press for Ken Webster's book, "The Vertical Plane was sent to me recently that he by Ernst Senkowski. in many "found Ernst wrote fascinating report it a Strongly recommended instances. reading." The book describes Ken's many contacts for fourteen months through his computer from an entity who lived during the sixteenth century in 1 the home where Ken was and still is. Poltergeist activity was also time. The entity answered Ken's questions and a close relationship was formed between the two of them. Contact was ultimately made with an enigmatic entity called '2109.' All of this was witnessed by others. I will contact Grafton publishers in London to see about making the book available to interested AA-EVP members. involved most of the MICROPHONE BOX in 'sittings' Rupert Sigurdsson, Maine AA-EVP member their and his wife, have regular home in order to have Spirit communication. Attimes they tape good quality voices of the unseen. He recently sent me the diagram below of

the box they use to enclose their mike. You may want to try similar experiments. The size the size of the mike of the box depends on I used. Rupert wrote, "This is the mike box is am having success with. trumpet meetings only similar requiring much The box (may) give an area to build up power." I believe EVP less power. the old to COTTON X 0 co i h MIKE " LUXEMBOURG REPORT to from Luxembourg. to pay special attention Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, has kindly translated a recent C.E.T.L. newsletter for us Maggie-Harsch Fischbach wrote that TECHNICIAN, their chief contact from the other side, advises tapers and researchers the development of new devices; that it should be a priority. The newsletter also described a tape recorded session, (sent by Ernst Senkowski) that took place with Hans Otto Koenig and others The in Buedingen, West Germany. communicator from the other side said: "Love and patience are very your contacts ... A stream of energy (helps) to build a bridge with earth ... Your loved ones be not alone but are of the same vibration within the energy field ... Damage to the material body has no influence on the astral body ... " important for 5. list, attended my lecture and took an active part in our EVP workshop. We had many chances to talk and although there was sadness when it came time to part, there was joy knowing that we now had a place in

each other's heart. For those interested in SAC, you can write to Paul at: 2 965 W. State Rd. -434-Sui te 300 the year 1 y Longwood, FL conference at Lake Forest, Paul also has a Feb. Winter Festival in Orlando. His monthly newsletter is interesting and mentions other activities taking place in various locations. Besides 32 770 . DIMENSIONS IN PARAPSYCHOLOGY "Dimensions Bryce Bond, of New York City, lectured and taught a four day workshop at Lake Forest. He has distinguished himself through his work in spiritual and psychic development as well as Through his being an outstanding healer. weekly cable TV program, In interviewed many Parapsychology," Bryce has leaders in the field of PSI. He brought his equipment to the conference and filmed most lectures. On Wednesday, sitting on a bench under large oak trees in front of the stone chapel, Bryce interviewed me for sixty mintues. Focusing on my book, and my discoveries in the last thirteen years taping, it will be in shown over seven cable stations on Saturday morning the end of July or first of August. If you live in the N.Y., N.J., or CT area, check your listings for time and station. OOOK LOOK Eugene Maurey, IL AA-EVP member, has just published a book titled: Exorcism-How To Clear In At A Distance A Spirit Possessed Person. it, Eugene tells how he has 'cleared' many people possessed by negative energies. He uses a pendulum to help him and then sends them on their way.

Eugene also tells how you can do the same thing. It is an interesting book and you may order it from him for $12. 95. His address is: 4555 W. 60th St. Chicago, IL 60629. Betty Riley and I shared a suite at Lake Forest. Meeting for the first time, I came to know Betty as a warm, caring and sincere person. She focuses on helping people look at life more clearly through her contacts with those in Spirit who bring special insights to those seeking her help. Betty's booK: A Veil 'Ihin: Reincarnation out of Control, Too describes her previous life in England several hundred years ago. It is much more than your Thoroughly typical reincarnation researched by Lucy C. Huie, competent researcher of Atlanta, the evidence presented is convincing. think you will find it fascinating and well worth reading. You may order it for $2. 95 from: Valley of the Sun book. a I Box 38, Malibu, CA 90265. NEWS FROM MEMBERS Ingeborg Frank,. New York, reported that she was looking for: Beethoven's Letters by Dr. A. C. Kalischer. Returning home, after locating it, she checked her telephone answering machine. To her astonishment, she from Fur heard several musical measures Elise, Beethoven's well-known composition. In a recent letter from Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator, Monty wrote that he had heard from his friend, Raymond Bayless, psychical investigator and author. Raymond is interested in EVP and tries different In a recent experiment taping experiments. he had a mike touch

the side of a plastic container which was upside down on a hard surface. Monty tried several experiments lasting five minutes. On playback, he heard 15 loud raps and a voice saying, "Hello." Monty's conclusion was that the use of the container did give many raps, but the mike did not have to touch the container as long as it was about an inch away. You may want to try this experiment and see what happens. Walter Sherbrooke, CA, has sent me a picture and information about an electronic board he has developed. Called COMPU-PSI, it is similar to a Ouija board but Walter feels is far superior. He reports he has received messages through it from Spirits. Selling for $97.00, i t is handcrafted and attractive. For information contact Walter: Prod. Eng., P.O. Box 2604 Van Nuys, CA 91404. SWITZERLAND ADVEm'URE our plans to visit Switzerland from Nov. 5-13 to attend the international Technical Tran~-Communication Conference at Basel, are Several people have made progressing. reservations and their places are assured. 'lhe trip, starting with four days in Lucerne, will be outstanding. your opportunity to see a beautiful country and take part in an excellent conference at the very reasonable cost of $1550, conference included! Don't delay in signing up for the trip. Deadline is September 2! 'lhis is ODDS AND ENDS Let me hear from you. Deadline for the Fall Newsletter is September 30. Always my best wishes, .. S'S: AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146

721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e 4 ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVPTAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 8 Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS SUmmer 1989 FROM MY VIEWPOINI' Mid-summer and the days are hot. Our tomato plants, as usual, are the talk of the neighborhood. Presently five feet tall, they grow and grow and grow. Fancifully, I consider climbing them as Jack did with his beanstalk. What would I find i f I did? Would I find a giant, like Jack, who wanted to eat me? Would I have to use my trusty ax to chop the vine down as he chased me back into my world, thereby bringing about his quick end? I think not. My world of fancy is a beautiful world of light, peace and love. There are no mean, blood-thirsty goblins in this world but individuals who acceptance . show kindness , warmth and save him first, which will At a meeting I recently attended, Jim, "If I am one of the participants, asked: mugged sometime and it is apparent the mugger is going to kill me, should I kill from him committing the sin of murder, but putting my own soul in danger? Or, should I let him kill me, saving my soul but in the process have him lose his?" Forgetting the instinct for survival, I'm not sure how Jim's question should be answered. Perhaps it is unanswerable. How would you answer it? We are an organization focused on objective contact with other

worlds. We encourage research that leads to bettering this type of communication. feel a commitment to let others know about this communication and what we have learned as a result. to consider to a certain extent, some of the larger philosophical issues that lie beyond life and transition. to have objective tools that give us knowledge but does it stop there? What do we do with our tools? Do we dig ditches with them or will we like to carve a try Michelangelo? It is not amiss, It is wonderful "Pieta II though, We two taken part in thousands of miles , two conferences (a third, in Colorado, had to be turned down because I was in Rome at the time), lectured about my book: Voices of Eternity, taught a four day workshop on how to tape voices, gave interviews for television, and met hundreds of people. I mention this last because to me that was the most important. Few people would deny that language is an important tool. Used correctly, it can stir the hearts of man to seek peace and to do great things; understanding among mankind. Incorrectly to misunderstanding, used, it can incite riots, can cause murder. It is a that isn't always needed. tool, however, Two months ago, my husband and I were in Italy. Our grasp of language was nonexistent but we got along well. True, many Italians knew a smattering of English, but smiles and gestures on our part, as well as the Italians

we met who tried very hard to be helpful, got us there and back. Language would have smoothed the way, and would have helped us understand better the inner feelings of those with whom we spent time, but the smiles and the hugs from the Milan conference let us know we had touched each others hearts. lead the I have always had great faith in the innate goodness of most people; less faith In the scheme of things, in governments. governments are a necessary tool needed in How order to keep a country running. often have we seen this tool misused? It those who is unfortunate govern lose sight of what is in the heart of everyman, that the tool they have been given in trust would find no place in the world of the Michelangelos. that many of In the last three months I have traveled "Have. 6aUh ,Ln wha:t you a1te.. Have. naUh ,Ln wha:t you a1te. :to be.." Old Ch,Lne,,tie. 1.iay,Lng. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death WHAT EVP HAS MEAN!' TO ME In our Spring newsletter, we started a rtew series in which some of our members described what EVP meant to them in their lives. I mentioned that those who responded to my request had done such an excellent job that I didn't want to shorten their replies than necessary and so would continue more the feature in future NEWS. Many members in their letters to

me have said how much they enjoy the new series. to go alphabetically, Betty Evans writes: Continuing "It proves to me that there is no death is beyond that but' an ongoing existence comprehension. In 1948, my father died and in 1984, Mercedes Shepanek sent me a tape of my father's voice saying, "'Ihis is Illtyd Evans speaking. 'Ihis is Ill tyd ! " Mercedes put the Class A voice on tape three times. In 1988, Clara Laughlin received a voice saying , "'Ihis is Ill tyd, this is Ill tyd, " which sounded exactly like the voice taped by Mercedes in 1984. I was thrilled to hear from my father. When he was young he lived in MN and was interested in Spiritualism. "In 1986, when I asked my sister Nell, who had died, how she liked Jessica, her new granddaughter, like little Sissie." That was the name used by Jessica's two older sisters in referring to their new sister. I played this Class A message at our last national conference in Baltimore. she said: "I We "During the time Mercedes and I taped in the 70's, Merce and I received many messages from Merce's son, Ray, my Uncle Bled.den, and taped other relatives of us both. messages from people we didn ' t know. One interesting entity who had an unusual name turned out to be buried along with his son, in a grave adjacent to Ray Shepanek's. The following year in the law office where I worked,

the attorneys say that the relative of this man would be in taping later. I had sessions with Mercedes and the from had I wondered about all my life. What a wonderful thing EVP is ! " Betty Evans, VA I heard one of I will never forget my finding answers things joy to is "EVP proves there definitely life after death although I have always believed it. I fear death less now than I did before. Our life has a purpose and so does death. To know we can reach our loved ones and know it doesn't end at the grave is a joy. EVP means everything to me since I lost my husband. When a loved one dies a person will always say now they are happy, but when you hear your loved one say on tape they are happy you know they are. " Shirley Flamm, IL so-called dead "The opportunity to learn about taping in July 1982, literally opened a new world for me. The first voices came in August 1982, with the introduction of husband, Tom, and channel leader Wm Callie, MD. We have "built a bridge" (their term) of communication with many friends, neighbors, unknown and well-known entities. The experience of attending EVP conferences, meeting other devoted tapers , exchange of information via the newsletter, untold love the passing of and help from spirit and to comforting a blessing beyond grieving is Clara Laughlin, VA adequate expression." reassuring messages and friends relatives, "Becoming a

member of AA-EVP has made me a1r.rare that wonderful things can happen like hearing recently, for the first time, a faint but audible voice saying "Robert." Having lost my son, Robert, two and a half years ago this is indeed • a breakthrough. Receiving letters from AA-EVP members with their news look forward to with great is something I I am so pleasure. Friends have been made. glad to have become a member for a new world has been opened and there is much more to discover. " Ena & Jim Lloyd-Kitchen, England HAS ARNOLD BARBER SURVIVED DEA'IH? 'Ihe following notice was received from Arthur Berger. Perhaps some of our members would like to try and contact Arnold. "Arnold Barber is dead. ·He left a test message enciphered under a system designed by Arthur S. Berger called the "By the Numbers" Test for Survival. The key for the message is a single word. to communicate this key after death to enable to his message provide evidence of his survival of death. to be deciphered and so intended Barber "The Survival Research Foundation which is investigating the question of survival after death, will pay $1,000 to the first person who sends the Foundation the word that will decipher Arnold Barber's test message. "Please send any key word purporting to come from Barber and a description of how Survival Research Foundation obtained to: 33084." Pembroke Pine, FL P.O. Box 8565 2. probably because two doctors reported it. In 1978, she was 'killed'

by a 380 volt shock of electricity, was pronounced dead, and spent two nights in the morgue. But she revived, stayed awake for six months, and then fell into a long, deep sleep. When she finally awoke and resumed her day to day She was strongly life, she wasn't normal. psychic, into people, or she could see through them, and she could even see through things as solid as roadways. When the two doctors examined her, she gave one of them a correct diagnosis of his physical defects. 'saw' When "Izvestia" interviewed her, she what lunch. (Spiritual Frontier Journal, Fall 1987) the reporter had eaten for WHAT WAS THE LIGHT? by been In my note of appreciation, In our Spring newsletter, Paul Seaman, HI AA-EVP member, shared with us his near-death experience . I asked what he thought the light was. In his reply, Paul wrote that he has a degree in philosophy and is a confirmed Episcopalian but he felt much of what Christ said had probably organized distorted As a result, he has difficulty religion. the Christian concept of God. accepting Quoting him in part, he wrote: "I feel there is a sense of coherence in the universe, of a vast, regulated energy system ( regulated by what? who knows?) that has within itself a sort of intercommunicative capability, and that sense of communication pervades all of human consciousness. 'communicative stuff' in human consciousness has a role in generating bad, morality, human relationships, society and so on. So

what I perceived as a white light probably was my consciousness linking up with the great transpersonal consciousness, if you will--that profound energy system at the core of everything. I remember having when encountering the light was not one of reverence, really, but one of great calm and peacefulness, a kind of sensing of "Oh, yeah, here it is, at last." I've essentially lost any fear of death so in that sense, maybe I'm more relaxed and accepting about things. I hope that I have become a bit more tolerant of the foibles of others." concepts of feeling good That and The LAKE FOREST (l)NFERENCE Paul Johnson, Founder and President of FL, Spiritual Advisory Council Longwood, invited me lecture and teach a four day workshop at his yearly conference in Illinois. held at Lake Forest College to give a The campus is beautiful. the community for 100 years, Towering oak trees, grassy lawns, old buildings melding with new, give the college, that has been a a part of For six feeling of peace and contentment. days, our group lived in one of the dorMs and ate in the college dining hall. Worry from about what was going on away the Stone benches, conference was forgotten. under shade trees dotted the campus readily available for quiet contemplation. I could have spent the summer there. Lovely setting aside, this feeling of if happiness would not have been possible those attending the conference had not brought with them warmth, love, acceptance. there before.

registrants had been Most 'Iheir joy at seeing · each other again was obvious and I frequently heard, "This is my second home. New attendants were quickly welcomed and made to feel an important part of the group. I 'm back home again! " the Having organized and presented three national conferences myself, I am well aware of tremendous amount of pre-planning that starts months ahead if a conference is to be successful. The Lake Forest conference under the direction of Paul and his wife Mary Kay, was successful in every aspect. An outstanding program staff had been lined up for lectures and workshops. Paul had suggested I It went well. lecture about my book. The eight copies of Voices that Paul brought to the conference for the book-room were sold within several days . My workshop: How to Tape Voices was an on-going four day workshop. Although the group wasn't large it was enthusiastic, with two people going to town the second day to buy tape recorders. We made two recordings during the four days . Everyone in the group received a message, or a special sound, indicating the other side was trying to come through. Mary Walczak, a new AA-EVP member, called on her teacher "Master Michael." A clear tonal male voice, that you could hear without headphones, replied, "'Ihis is Master Michael." I also had the pleasure of meeting other AA-EVP members for the first time. Richard Busse, Indiana State Coordinator, stopped by SUnday evening on his

way home from weekend reserve duty at the Great Lakes Naval Training Station. We spent several hours together and had dinner discussing many aspects of the AA-EVP and communicating with other dimensions. Virginia Elmgren who lives in Lake Forest and is on our cross-country 5. ◄ NEWS FROM AND ABOUI' MEMBERS lately Robert Camburn, PA, has had items published in Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship newsletters. His beautiful poem '"Ihe Singer" was in the June newsletter, and his excellent article, "'Ihe Everlasting the September newsletter. Reality" was two in from Western Robert Hyner and his wife Australia are two new members. In his first letter, Robert wrote that he and his wife have been taping for years and have had many contacts. Their best results seem to be on a small, pocket size, cassette recorder and their poorest on their Sony reel to reel tape recorder. In his second letter, he said that they are concentrating on the 'good' entities and try to protect themselves with light and a prayer. Roberl commented: "It seems as if the higher developed souls have greater Their difficulties vibrations are much higher and maybe they have problems in lowering them in order to get their voices on tape." communicating. in Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator, has written that she has been working with a new VA member, Ann Longmore, to help her learn how to tape voices. Already, Ann has had her first breakthrough with a voice saying, "We hear you!" She was using a fan

as her sound source and plans to experiment with other sounds. Ann has strong mediumistic gifts and has been actively in contact with spirits for some years. She is excited at the idea of now having their objective voices on tape. locked and no one was nearby. Tina Laurent expects to move from Wales to Ireland soon. Recently, she and two friends were walking through a graveyard. The church was They stopped by the headstone of the former organ master, Willis, who died ninety years ago. Standing there for about they invited the unseen to make themselves known. Later, on they heard music like an organ, with chorale which sounds It continued until they moved on. singing. tape playback, two minutes, INSTRUMENTAL Ernst Senkowski, West Germany, wrote that TRANSCOMMUNICATION his book: will be published this month. The main part consists of 200 pages, along with 40 graphic charts. In addition, 100 pages will deal with documentation of important T.C. contacts. It will close with 120 pages of supplement (remarks, references, listing of literature, The book is written in German. and index) . Dennis Taylor, WA State Coordinator, wrote he has contacted the two new members in his state. Nicole Buchannon and her daughter, live near Dennis and they have visited since Dennis reports that joining the AA-EVP. He and his Nicole's taping is going wel 1. and wife have Dennis feels his fourteen growth center. years as a psychical researcher and his training in the Hospice movement, will be helpful

to the AA-EVP members in his state. a metaphysical bookstore SWITZERLAND ADVEt--1I'URE UP-DATE our trip to Switzerland is less than a month away. The group is small but there is enough enthusiasm for 100 people. For everyone who considered going but decided to pass, we'll miss you. Our hotels in Lucerne and Basel are putting out the welcome mats and I suspect there may be a few tears when it comes time to say, "Auf Wiedersehen" to our Swiss hosts. again, Ernst The Basel PSi Days program is finalized and is outstanding in every way. Members of the AA-EVP are an important part. l"le are looking forward to meeting Jules and Maggie Senkowski, Harsch-Fischbach George Meek, and meeting Dr. Vladimir Delavre for the first time. our good friend Martin Wenzel wi 11 also be taking part in the program and we are eager to touch bases with him. I will be teaching two workshops and along with George Meek, will be involved in a discussion group, In English, on Friday evening, supported Transcommunication." They will be wonderful days. Look for a report in your Winter NEWS. "Technically titled: 00 YOUR SHOPPING EARLY! The holidays are right around the corner. What better way to remember a special friend enclosed membership the than by using a year's gift to give him application membership to the AA-EVP? Think what your membership has meant to you. He'll make new friends through the quarterly newsletter and cross-country list, if he chooses to be on Just

let me know what special holiday it. is to be celebrated, and I will send an appropriate card and membership card at the time telling him it is from you! correct ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Winter Newsletter May your holiday season is December 15 . be filled \·~1i th 10~,.,7c, warmth, and peace. May you rejoice in knowing you are cherished by others here and beyond; that you are never alone. Always my best wishes, ~ •mim• • • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD {301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 8 Number 3 RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ AA-EVP NEWS Autumn 1989 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Let's look at some quotes by individuals who so thoughts many of us have but been able to put into words. express well-known eloquently have never In my younger,more foolish days, I wrote poetry. Emily Dickinson was (and still is) Although Emily has a favorite of mine. fallen somewhat out of favor with critics, she expressed many of my feelings and I still have an inner warmth when I read her poems. One time she wrote: "The war ld is not conclusion; A sequel stands beyond, Invisible as music, But positive as sound." Ah, yes . For those of us who accept survival of consciousness, we say, "Amen" to what Dickinson wrote, but was she the dark correct? trying final keep to dissolution at bay? Are we whistling thoughts of

in Perhaps we can relate more to F. W. H. Myers, early psychical researcher who wrote: "The question for man most momentous of all is whether or no he has an immortal soul or whether or no his personality involves any element which can survive bodily death." is That the eternal question a number of people. We hope Dickinson's faith is reality, but the more pragmatic person accepts Myers. for Norman Cousins' comment is accurate for "Dea th is not the enemy; many. He wrote: living in constant fear of it is ... " in 'whistlers I have met many For some, Since starting to tape thirteen years the ago dark. ' I have been their last hope that I could convince them that their the grave; consciousness continued beyond to that there is a sequel for all of us move into, once the physical body dies. I always take this responsibility seriously. As I try to work with these people, some almost consumed by fear or grief because of the death of a I have learned loved one, they don't want the pabulum of reassuring words from me; they want proof. Sadl~ one man's proof is another man's evidence, or not even that. in the I understand how they feel and empathize with them to a certain extent. There is so much literature on voluminous survival that gives me pause. We won't go into what I consider weak--I could write a book about that subject alone--but I will share

with you some of that which I feel is strong evidence of survival of consciousness. ( l) in Death Bed Visions--the Dairen' cases as mentioned on pages 17 & 18 of my book Voices of Eternity. 'Peak (2) Apparitions--those that are genuine and not wishful thinking. Unfortunately, it is not always easy to determine into which category a report falls. ( 3 ) Cross-Correspondence--We have some See pages 45 & 46 of this in our taping. in Voices. (4) Possession--those that are genuine, but it is extremely difficult to be sure about such a case. ( 5) Electronic Voice Phenomena--the the Reverse Voices category, as far as I am concerned, proof. especially, making Many of you will wonder why I didn't include another category. It is because, to me, it is weak, or not as strong as the five As a result of ear 1 y I have presented. childhood traumatic experiences, I did not come early or easily to accept a belief in survival. Now I do, and largely because of the five categories listed. My belief is stated on a card sitting on a window-sill above the desk in my office and written by R.W. Raymond: "Life is eternal; and love is immortal; and death is only a horizon; and a the limit of our horizon is nothing save sight." Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death WHAT EVP HAS MEAN!' TO ME 'Ihis is the third and concluding part

in our series about what EVP has meant to some of our members. A number of people wrote that the contributions and hoped we would continue with future series. Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, said: "We all have the same thoughts but express them so differently." they enjoyed that The discovery "EVP has opened a doorway to a whole new world. the process called "living" continues to exist after we die has dispelled a lot of my fears. I am always amazed by the information I receive when It has provided me with questions, answers, comfort, and enthusiasm to keep contacting our unseen friends!" taping. Jan Simonds, MD "Involvement in EVP taping convinced me without an iota of doubt that life continues after death and those who have gone on are trying to help us. Words of encouragement and affection from my husband via taping are very comforting to me. "I am grateful to Clara Laughlin, a super taper who l~unched me on my taping endeavors. Her instructions were very clear and simple. EVP is indeed a doorway to another world. "I want to add, the EVP conferences were also a very worthwhile experience for anyone interested in meeting other tapers and learn of their successes in reaching the Spirit World." Anne Srnisko, VA "I think that when most of us become there is an element members of the AA-EVP, a of anticipation of one day hearing deceased loved one's voice on tape. And if or when that happens, it

is a wonderful moment; the protection of is so healing becomes a gift to cherish forever. in that instant, comfort and love which ••But my lessons fell into a different path. to First, it came from within myself. After I learned that life really does move on after death,I felt a genuine sense of peace inside enrich my me which helped has relationships with those I I finally felt ready to tape,communication did open up to the "other side" and it was very exciting. But the surprising part of all is that EVP also opened up communication with I've made so many new people all around me. friends--lasting friends due to our common search for answers to the mysteries of life. love. When "It's been a 11arvelous journey that I know will never come to an end but will forever teach me about the goodness of life and what lies beyond." Valerie Tjaden, N.J. NEW SERIES STARTING-CONI'RIBUI'ORS WANI'ED Since our first series has proven so popular with our members, with many saying they hope we will have others, we are responding to your requests. Starting with the Winter Newsletter, we will begin a series I would like titled: Evidence For Survival. as many of our members as possible to participate, and it is hoped the series will run for at least two to three issues. Ground (1) Choose one or two areas (no more) rules: that you think are evidentially the strongest that individual consciousness survives bodily (2) Give your

reasons for feeling death. ( 3) Keep your contribution to a this way. maximum of 200 words. Type or print what you send. ( 4) As always, I reserve the right to edit. Let me hear from you. our members and I want to know what you have the most convincing that life continues after we die. Special deadline for this series is Dec. 1. found METASCIENCE-CHANGE IN LEADERSHIP around the Foundation. In a special membership update sent to all Metascience members the first of August, George W. Meek, Founder and President of Metascience, announced a leadership change remain in Chairman of the Board of Trustees, and feels his "fervent prayers, extending over two years, for younger and capable hands to take over management of Metascience Foundation have been answered." George will says Thomas R. Love, Ph.D., is the new President He and his wife, Jeanne, of Metascience. live on a 40 acre farm thirty miles from Buffalo, N.Y. Dr. Love's Doctoral degree is in mathematics and he wrote his dissertation on 'lbe Geometry of Elementary Particles. Dr. that he personally channeled Love important portions of his thesis. Tom and Jeanne, who is a highly developed telepathic in channel , have worked in Unity churches several areas in the b.s. He will accompany the conference in Basel, where Geo~ge George is giving a lecture. In this way, Dr. Love will be able to establish personal contact with old and potential new members of the for Metascience. 2. International Advisory Panel

to for healer minutes on the government operated TV. each morning appears thirty N.J. STATE COORDINATOR Valerie Tjaden has accepted my request to become the State Coordinator for New Jersey. Many of you are already familiar with Valerie and either took part or purchased her excellentbooklet:Communications With Deceased Loved Ones published a little over a year ago. I have always been impressed with Valerie ' s In her warmth,· sensitivity and compassion. "Being a letter of acceptance she wrote: Coordinator puts me in a position to give support, understanding, and care to those who want it, and that is truly something I enjoy. 'Ihe AA-EVP stands for so many good things,and I will do my best to convey this to the New Jersey members." CAN'T FIND VOICES? Some members have written or called saying they are having difficulty finding Voices of Eternity. There's a solution to your problem! Go to London. Tina Laurent, Wales, wrote that she had bought six copies of it at Watkins Bookshop in London!! If London is a little far for you to go, try closer home. The November issue of FATE Magazine, gave a reasonable and fair review of Voices. To order a copy, send $3.95 plus $2 for postage and handling to: Venture Booksho{r-P.O. Box 64383-2082 St. Paul, MN 55164-0383 They are also selling it. COULD IT BE? Most people feel that life, as we know it, cannot exist in other worlds. What we have learned from our space probes tells us this. What

about the countless number of U.F.O.s flying helter-skelter through our skies and reported seen by thousands? How about all of the books claiming close contact with space brothers (or devils) and the (fortunately) two way trip to World XYZ? At one time I found such reports highly suspect. If the writer was sincere, and he usually seemed to be, then I sent out a wish that he would soon be cured of his mental aberation. In the middle of my hoping that the unfortunate be cured, I started having my own contacts. Chap_ters 13 & 14, in Voices goes into my experiences with worlds, not thought of as spirit, so I won't do it here, but only mention that I heard from several known places such as Alpha Centauri on both Saying so, obviously sides of my extremely and doesn't make tapes . it so, am I cautious about vocal claims, or inner-belief that the worlds, mentioned on tape, did in fact communicate. Messages aside, there was a good deal of evidence, in Chapter 14, that I indeed had many contacts with different worlds. described Edelgard John, West Germany, who has been a member of AA-EVP since 1983, wrote after reading Voices: "What you write about voices from other worlds fascinates me for I also have voices I am sure are not from the so called dead ones. You write about Alpha Centauri. I have someone speaking quite long "Centens are here! We are who begins with: here from earth.

Scared ones Tomorrow we are at the surface of the earth In of the clock-time. We are jetting." another letter, Edelgard noted, as I have, that voices from other worlds are "mostly much louder than from the so-called dead." to love. A from came letter recently Jutta Liebmann,a new friend who lives in Bielefeld, West Germany. She writes that she has had many loud, clear taped contacts from space. the Ash tar Her entities claim to be from Sheran Command originating from a planet called Metaria in the Alpha Centauri range. Some also claim to be from the Sirius system. "I am very surprised to Jutta commented: hear and read that years before and still now, other researchers world-wide have got similar messages from space without knowing from each other!" In her letter, Jutta wrote that her space messages on tape are clear and their "source of emitting energy seems to be much stronger than those compared with spirit contacts." She also noted that there are concerning acoustics, topics of messages, pronunciation of words, phrasing, background signals, and especially the duration of these messages. 11 All of this has been observed in my own contacts and mentioned in my book. "significant differences I by no means accept all reports, written or otherwise, of human contact with space. Much is still suspect. I do believe, though, that we are in contact with many worlds, and some of those worlds, along with Spirit, are tape recorder to able to speak through a

some tapers. The idea may be mind boggling, but if they have the ability to travel from their world ( s ) to ours , as to, being able tape would to communicate on surely be a very simple task to them. Could it be that they are taking this additional way in an attempt to prove that they exist, and should be as real to us as we are to them? they seem 5. feel, if Stillings had presented some I oapers written by serious investigators who hink extraterrestrial contact is occurring and who have just as impressive credentials as the current contributors. find Although the book is one-sided in my opinion, all those who are interested in the question would studies worth reading. We need to be open-minded about the phenomena, I personally feel no single answer will suffice but believe it could well be multi-faceted. To order a copy, Project--2402 to Archaeus send 55114 University Ave., St. Paul, MN to which $8.00 the In Basel, Ernst Senkowski kindly gave me a copy of his recently published book: Instrumentelle Trans-Kommunikatin: Dialog mit dem Unbekannten. For any of our members who can read German, you will want to have a copy in your library. Hans Heckmann, PA AA-EVP member, wrote about Ernst's book: "It It may well become is very comprehensive. the ultimate for serious Transcommunication researchers and experimenters. A great job!" reference and workbook If you are interested in ordering a copy, His Eichendorfstrasse 19-D 6500 write to

Ernst directly about cost. address is: Mainz, West Germany MIGHT IT WORK? he IL AA-EVP member, When Dave Whaley, included an renewed his membership, interesting note. Quoting from it he wrote: "Is it possible that the voices can be taped at a different frequency, such as ultrasonic, and then converted to Audio frequency where we can hear them? Is it because the other side is at a higher vibration and when we record them, the voices have to lower their vibrations in order for us to record them?" I I wrote back to Dave that he had asked a reminded him very interesting question. that in my book, Voices of Eternity, I had said that we felt those in other dimensions operate at a higher frequency and faster vibration than we do and must lower their frequencies and vibrations to come through to us. This helps explain, we believe, why the voices are frequently not loud and most messages are 3-5 words in length. In order to try to answer Dave's question, I checked with a person knowledgeable in the field of electronics. This individual said in front of an you could put your mike ultrasonic generator while taping. On tape playback you would (probably) hear nothing. If, however, you used a Down convertor, that lower the ultrasonic frequencies so would you could, in theory, be able to hear any vbices from other dimensions which had spokeni. Unfortunately, Down convertors are not easy to come by and they are expensive.

The easiest and perhaps most economical way, is to try to get a Leak detector, such as is used in automotive shops, or to detect gas leaks and so on. You might be able to find a second-hand one in an Automotive magazine. If you try Dave's innovative and I feel promising idea, let me know your re~ults. I would like to report it in a future NEWS. SAC WINTER FESTIVAL Paul Johnson, Founder and President of Spiritual Advisory Council, is holding his 11th annual winter festival in Orlando, FL from February 9-11. the conference is Journey Into Oneness. Martin Ebon, Nan Porter, Frank Tribbe, and others the excellent program. wi 11 be a part of Those in the "Snow Belt" will enjoy a few days in a warmer clime. For members already skip and living in FL, you are just a hop"' 407- 774-6151. jump away! For details call: focus of The SOME WORDS ABOUT ENCLOSURES As is my custom each year with the Winter NEWS, I send the complete cross-country list to all those listed. Check it over. See who may live nearby and get in touch. You will I continue to hope and find over 150 names. encourage you to form small taping groups . Others, who know something about electronics, might want to work with one or two others in research and development of new equipment to bring about more emphasis on inst!umental communication with unseen worlds. Let us be a vital organization, not a static

one. Only you can make it happen! Everyone will enclosed. order soon. two copies available. find list If you want any of the books, there is just one or a Book-Tape For some, ODDS AND ENDS We are looking for more contributions to our series: Evidence For Survival as found on page 2. Try to keep it close to 200 words. All of us want to read what you feel gives the best evidence that consciousness survives bodily death. Also, if you have an idea for a new series, please let me know. Deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 24. Always my best wishes, ~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301} 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► OUARTERL Y NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 8 Number 4 AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1990 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Here I sit at my desk again looking at my new calendar, the start of a new decade. Much has been made on TV and in the papers the last few weeks about the 80's, and the beginning of the 90's. Just think what it's ten years when we in going to be arrive at a new millennium! What will our thoughts be, what will our world be like, when we first look at our calendar that shows January 2000? like is a transition, a not be static. Each day bridge from the day before to the day beyond. I think there is a

need for contemplation, some would call it meditation, others, prayer. Whatever, you would call it, I to think it is necessary for each person make time for a quiet assessment of where he is, where he wants to go, and then find the road that is most likely to take him to his dreams realized. Symbolically, The buying of a new desk calendar each year is important to me. I know that this represents days and months There will be of events ahead of me. laughter and tears; surprises-some pleasant, some I'd rather do without. There will be some things during the year that will cause me fear and that I wonder if I can meet with courage. Some of those days will bring pleas for help, pleas that I can answer with a willing and understanding heart. I hope I So you can understand, perhaps, why start looking for my new yearly calendar months ahead of time. It must "speak" to me. My calendar this year is about Roads. Each month shows a picture of a beautiful road, with an appropriate comment. Some are especially noteworthy. January presents road, with "OUr lovely snow covered a future is limited only the roads we to travel" written beneath it. Ah, yes, how often have we wondered what our life might have been if we had taken a different road in the past that brought us to today? We must live today to take us to the future. The road we choose

now will lead us to what is to come. This suggests that we must pick our road carefully but at the same time, we must have courage to face new paths that would not limit our growth. What does my calendar say for February? "Roads, like our dreams, keep us searching for what is over the hill ... around the next I have said before that life should bend." March suggests that, "New opportunities dawn with each new day." Yes, obviously, but how many snatch at, or create opportunities during the day? How many go to bed at night and think, "Just another day?" To me, such a thought is an insult to God. For April, we are told that, "Sometimes we must step apart from our world to find our place in it. " I suggested this for February, but I should add that we can never divorce ourselves our society. Whether we like it or not, we are an integral part of it. What we do, or don't do, affects it more I always keep in mind that one person can make a difference and this gives me hope. from our world, than we realize. to others, "To some, roads are only the paths to a destination; the adventure themselves," suggests June. Are you going to endure life, or are you going to find the courage to move out, to face the unknown in spite of fears, and greet the adventure of life with open arms? they are

"When July brings us, road you' re traveling isn't going where you want it to, This is step out in a similar to what Have courage! Believe in yourself! I wrote for June. new direction." the September: "I seek the road that leads me toward the far horizon." How often I have written words to that effect, but as I said at our national conference "A horizon is nothing more than the limit of our sight" in 1987, Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electromc Voice That We Survive Death What road will you choose? In the end, we must each choose our own road. No one should or can, do it for us. Whatever road you take, may it bring you joy. 00 WE SURVIVE? A member wrote to me that she is having doubts about whether we survive death. Her question has come about because so many people say that they'll return to a loved one after they die, and then they never do . 11 X" has experienced her own lack of communication from those she loved. She closed her letter with, "I now do not know what to believe ... have you anything to tell me?" In replying to X, I wrote that I felt many times the loved one did return, they tried to give a clue, but the person was unaware that this had happened. I said that coming through on tape, or any way else, was difficult and some spirits

apparently didn't, or that couldn't, for whatever reason. It could also be that the higher level the spirit is on, the more difficult it would be to communicate. I also reminded X that the contact they were attempting might be so subtle that it could easily be missed. the UFO Since writing cyber-biological studies of component to X, Dennis Stillings Director, Archaeus Project and a member of the AA-EVP, sent me a book that he has edited the titled: imaginal contact in experience. One of the chapters, contributed by Peter Rojcewicz, although focusing on the UFO experience (or lack of) could well apply to why the majority of people feel they have not had contact with a deceased individual. "We need Quoting briefly, Rojcewicz writes: to understand to reality the mind both organizes and invents what is real. There exists a threshold of perception beyond which our senses cannot perform. Because our eyes are selective, we all must learn how to see .. What we see is significantly shaped by what laws of our we have already seen, by the cultural "maps." 11 the mind's contribution to appreciate how EVIDENCE FOR SURVIVAL In the Autumn Newsletter, I requested that our members choose one or two areas that they felt were evidentially that individual survived bodily I am grateful to Robert Camburn of death. Glenside, and Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator for responding. the strongest consciousness PA Robert wrote: 11 I think that the near-death the electronic voice (NDE) experience and

I phenomena (EVP) give the strongest, that is the most rationally supportable and generally acceptable, evidence that human consciousness survives death. The full NDE experience (all reported stages) produces a vivid impression following existence of after-life resuscitation from "death" (frequently doctor certified) often or usually an individual transformed psychologically and spiritually including a loss of fear of death and with through certainty of survival, feelings of unconditional love toward all. incomplete or partial experience Even an from-and sense of separation a includes therefore independence-of the body. leaves and, The unusual established quality of normally unaccountable EVP voices and the recorded messages, offer content of some impressive evidence that the voices are those of discarnates demonstrating survival. Both of these evidences of survival are most important because they do not hint of suspect mediumistic or telepathic coloration, or fraudulent production, strongly suggest survival and have achieved a significant degree of respectability among careful and methodical investigators." Monty Hearon wrote: types, "Death-bed visions Visions are of several seen by the dying of persons unknown by them to be dead, death-bed visions seen by others and visions of the spirit of the dying person leaving the body. including: Perhaps the strongest evidence of survival of the spirit is the first type mentioned above. Frequently, knowledge of the passing of the person seen had been withheld from the dying that person ' s because of terminal illness. Many of these occurrences had many witnesses. It is very difficult to explain such occurrences except through

the concept of survival of the spirit. person Almost as strong evidence for survival are the experiences where both the person dying and one or more witnesses see the figure of one who has already passed on and has come to welcome the dying person. 'Ihere are many examples of witnesses seeing the spirit leaving the body of the person at the moment of death. For further information on this subject to Sir William reference could be made Barrett's book, re published in 1986 by Aquarian Press, and to "What They Saw at the Hour of Death" by Karlis Osis and Erlendur Haroldsson published by Avon Books in 1977." "Death-Bed Visions" 2. *TO BE CONTINUED* lectured and gave several Psychosomatic Effects of Electro "The A Magnetic Fields," on Saturday morning. medical doctor in Frankfurt, West living Germany, we had exchanged several letters in the past and I had the pleasure of meeting him after his talk. His lecture was followed with an interesting lecture by George Meek. Then, on Sunday, Jules and Maggy Harsch Fischbach tape two workshops were demonstrations. My own well attended. The first one was on Thursday afternoon, which I presented by myself. I spoke and gave many taped examples I have recorded around the world and also during the sleep experiments. experiments such as The group was receptive and large, very interested in my playing of the Voices, with a number of people coming up later to talk to me about my work. the I had

joined us in 1982. joy of meeting other AA-EVP members, such as Luise Fuchs of Billigheim, Luise , a charter member of West Germany. AA-EVP, She receives excellent pictures through her TV from other dimensions which I have published several times in our newsletter. Luise reminded me that she was our first overseas member which helped make our Association international. Ingeborg Frank came from her home in Baden I was Baden, and we had a pleasant visit. very happy to welcome two new AA-EVP members to our organization during the conference: Renate Scheller of Zell, West Germany, who has been taping outstanding voices for years, and Alfons Steiner of Vienna, our first Austrian member. They both asked that their names be placed on the cross-country list. The conference had 1200 registrations, but in spite of its size, it went smoothly with never a hitch as far as I could tell. It showed months of planning and work, and the result was an exceptional, outstanding program in every aspect. As I mentioned on the final panel Sunday morning, which I had been asked to participate in, I was filled with admiration and grateful to the board for making a conference like this possible. We reached Basel, as the Berlin wall was starting to come down. You can imagine the electrifying excitement shared by all of us, as we were but a from everything that was happening. Being able to talk to those from other countries, sharing reinforced my ideas and hopes

belief that we are all truly one. short distance together, The focus for the November conference next year will be Paranormal Healing. I am thinking seriously about going. Do you want to go along? FROM MY MAILBAG A letter came from Gilbert Bonner, EVP taper for many years. He said that recently he made a l½ hour cassette tape about EVP covering his seventeen years of work, and sent it to every UK researcher he knows. In going over his recordings, dating back to the 70 's, he discovered some interesting voices that he had originally missed. Many of them spoke in sentences and called him by name. Gilbert said the majority of them fit well into the survival hypothesis and he feels all were from some other dimension. interesting Jutta Liebmann of Bielefeld, West Germany, sent me an tape of excellent voices that she feels come from spirit and other worlds. She has used short wave for her sound source for many years and commented she believes those from other dimensions know how we tape and adapt to our individual methods. Jutta is fluent in many languages but tunes her radio to stations that use Hindi, Urdu, Chinese and Arabic. In spite of this, her EVP messages are largely in German, with an occasional message in English. It is significant, I feel, that Jutta' s messages are in her mother tongue, and not the language of the broadcasting station. In the Spring 1986 newsletter ( page 3) , I

wrote how many skeptics of EVP say the voices we record are C.B. broadcasts, stray radio waves and so on. I commented from a bulletin sent to me by Alexander MacRae of Skye, Scotland. He wrote about taping in Calpe, a small town in southern Spain, and that none of his EVP messages were in Spanish, but everything came through to him in English. BOOK LOOK On page 2, I mentioned cyber-biological studies of the imaginal component in the UFO contact experience. This was a project of ARCHAEUS. Dennis Stillings sent the book to me in December and I have finished reading it. 'Ihe contents of the book consists of nine "papers" ) those who Stillings feels have chapters written by something worthwhile to say about UFOs. ( Stillings calls them their ideas In reading the book, I found the writers had presented in a careful, scholarly way. There is much in the book with which the approved Al though each writer thoughtful approach. admitted the phenomenon is extremely complex, the overall "tone" was one of skepticism that we are having contact with extraterrestrials. disagree but I I 'Ihe book would have been better balanced, 5. SAC 15th ANNUAL CONFERENCE SWITZERLAND-ENGLAND-NOVEMBER 1990 The Spiritual Advisory Council will hold its summer conference at Lake Forest College from June 16-21. The theme is: "A Journey of Transformation." The campus is in IL, just north of Chicago. The planned program is excellent. Last year I was privileged to be a part of the

program and I can recommend this conference highly to our members. If you are looking for a six day respite from your daily routine, you will find it here on this lovely campus. Write to Paul Johnson, Founder and President of SAC for more details: 2965 W. State Road 434-Suite 300 Longwood, FL 32779. SOME BOUQUETS "Vault ne.w-6.lutu-6 a1te. vuy n.lc.e.. The.y g.lve. me. .ln put a-6 to why I e.x.l-6t. God b.le.M you. " John K.lng, TX It's not too soon to start thinking in a positive way about going with us to Basel in in England! November, followed by a week I have talked to my travel agent, told her what I have in mind, and she is making the necessary contacts and planning the itinerary. We will fly from JFK in N.Y. arriving in Zurich the following morning. From there we will be transported to the Hotel Europe in Basel. We stayed at the Europe last November and it is a modern, excellent hotel with two restaurants that are ranked among the city's best. Located within a five minute walk of the conference, it is very convenient. After arriving at the Europe, we will have time to check in before going over to register for the conference that starts Thursday afternoon. "Vault c.o.lumn NEWS, hU home. w.lth me.. S.lnc.e. a c.hild, t1t.le.d to c.onv.lnc.e. people. on ongo.lng C.la1ta Laugh.l.ln, VA 'Vo We. Su1tv.lve. 1 .ln the. W.lntu I have. -l.loe.." me. .late.-6t one. (W.lntu) wa-6 e.-6pe.c..la.l.ly "Th.l-6

good 001t de.-6c.1t.lbe.d M that be.aut.lou.l.ly the. 1te.a-6on-6 why OU.It .loved one.-6 do not/c.annot make. c.ontac.t wilh u-6 v.la EVP. AA-EVP .l-6 a m.lnd-e.xte.ndu." Tlte.ne. Ne..lMn, WI you .ln "What would we. e.vu do w.lthout you?" Anne. Sm.l-6 ko , VA "I pa1tt.lc.u.la1t.ly e.njoye.d 1 F1tom My V.le.wpo.lnt' You managed to 1te.a.l.ly 1te.ac.h me. .ln-6p.l!t.lng wo1td-6 about ou1t p.lac.e. .ln c.ho.lc.e.-6 we. all have.." (W.lntu). wilh you.It the. wo1t.ld and the. Va.le.1t.le. Tjaden, N.J. MEMBERSHIP REPORT We continue to have a paid membership of over 200 with positive growth for the last row, men the eighth year in a year. continue to outnumber women, with 54%. Our members live in 35 states, the District of Columbia, and 11 foreign countries. For GARAGE SALE My husband is on the mailing list for government sales. He mainly buys oscilloscopes which he reconditions and sells. Recently, in one lot from John Hopkins Science Lab, 3 used Sony reel-reel tape recorders were included. He has corrected the minor problems they had and they are now available to the first three If people who send $60. Try it for 15 days. dissatisfied, return by UPS. the You pay shipping back. Your money will be refunded. Sony model-'IC 277-4 4Track-3 Speed Single Motor--Tape Deck I interested think most people are in paranormal healing. At times, it offers an alternative to main-stream medical care or can be used in conjunction with it. Speaking from my experience of last year, I know the four day program will present

outstanding people in the field of healing from around the world. There will be a wide selection of lectures, workshops, and panel discussions to attend from Thursday until the conclusion on Sunday afternoon. On Monday, we will leave to spend a week in magical, mystical England. Our stops will include Bath, Salisbury Cathedral, the Tor, Glastonbury, Avebury, Stonehenge and several days in London. We are trying to make plans to visit one or more of the fields where the mysterious circles have appeared. The cost will include: Round trip air from JFK, all Basel conference the banquet Saturday night, hotel(s) in Basel and England, breakfast each morning and some dinners. The anticipated date for the trip is Nov. 7--Nov. 19. The cost for the thirteen tentatively day trip is not firm but estimated to be about $2600. fees and is If you are interested, please sign the enclosed and return it to me within 15 days. This doesn't commit you but please don't send it back unless you are serious about going. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Summer NEWS is June 23. Again, thank you for your caring, for your the last eight years for making support, possible. Always by best wishes, v~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD {301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e MEETINGS AA-EVP NEWS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ Spring 1990 me with people asking for my help, and I am tempted to say "No", that guard and ask,

"Can I do less?" think about I ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH VOL. 9 Number 1 FROM MY VIEWPOINI' to us! Happy Eighth Anniversary The Spring Newsletter each year celebrates this special time. It was in April 1982, that I wrote: "Greetings fellow AA-EVP members! We are on our way!" Now, eight years later, You have made it we are still on our way. possible. the windowsill Normally, with the Spring NEWS, we review in capsule form the past year and the years preceding it. This year I thought we would do something different, and so I invite you to visit above my desk. Fortunately, it is a wide windowsill able to hold the 40-50 objects on it, and those of you who have visited me in my office know I don't exaggerate. You may or may not be interested in the state of my windowsill but its "life" began when I started the AA-EVP, and so you are responsible for many of the things found there. take me Now, around traveled would taught about voice phenomena Since 1982, I have traveled far. Before the then I'd barely left the state. miles the world several times. Some of the trips were business-pleasure, such as the lectures and in workshops Milan, Italy and Basel, Switzerland. Others, including the three trips to Egypt and then England two summers ago, were sponsored by Some of us took tape recorders the AA-EVP. to see if the unseen would speak to us in ancient and castles,

and we found they did! churches temples; tombs and There are dozens of pictures and small objects on my windowsill. There is a crystal pyramid and a picture of the Cheops Pyramid. Each time I look at it I remember my first ledge visit there and sitting on a stone inside the entrance, waiting for the rest of my group. the guard took out his sandwich, which was all He he had, wrapped in a piece of paper. offered me half. How many of us, if we had been that guard having nothing in the way of worldly goods and probably very hungry, the same generosity of would have spirit? When everything seems to pile up on time for lunch and It was found to me In my day-to-day living, I A clay statue of Thoth, the Egyptian god of wisdom, science, and writing stands next from to a small wooden cross sent try Jerusalem. the precepts expressed by both to keep symbols in mind. There is a small clay plaque bought at an outdoor bazaar in front of the Temple of Abydos when I visited Egypt "The real the first time with my daughter. the Temple." thing, Lady. Everyone knows it didn't, but each time I look at it, I'm reminded of what my daughter and I recorded as we sat separately in two I got the "blessing" I rooms of the Temple. requested, recorded beautiful, unusual music. and Becky It came from I that found there There is

a clay statue of "The Dying Lion of Lucerne, " the day before going on to Basel. A statue cannot be imbued with life, it is not animistic, but the "Lion" expresses so well the grief that everyone suffers at times. Lest I get too serious, I look at the glass marble within several inches of the lion. It was given to me by Cindy, another daughter, after our last conference that some of you attended. This was to reassure me I hadn't lost all of 'marbles' during the preceding three days. my A typical English cottage sits to the right of the lion. It brings back memories of the AA-EVP trip to England in June 1988. It was a "magical" trip, filled with special moments as we explored the Tor, Merlin's cave, Stonehenge, Glastonbury, and so on. If plans work out and we return to Switzerland in November followed by a week in England, to add. there will be additional objects To the far right of the cottage, there is the red rose still in its vase and mentioned on page 153 of my book Voices of Eternity. I t was the sphere which floated in front of my window one summer night. It survived the visitation in better physical shape than I, but al though it is now dried, some of the redness remains and I the light of in Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death would not dream

of shared too much together. throwing it out. We And so we come to the present. There is not room to describe everything on my window sill; that would take several newsletters. Since my windowsill is an outgrowth of the AA-EVP and you are the AA-EVP, I thought you would like to see what you have brought about. You have enriched my life so much and I am grateful. 'Ihank you! FEAR OF DEATH Not many people can face death with the equanimity of Emily Bront~ who wrote at age thirty, as death approached: "No coward soul is mine. No trembler in the world's storm troubled sphere. I see Heaven's glories shine, And faith shines equal, arming me from fear." A letter came recently from a new member "I am one of those who suffers who wrote: from an unreasonable fear of death. I hope through membership to prove to myself that to death is not the end and in the process, meet so adventuresome and so much fun." people who like-minded sound We hope the feature below, which was begun in the Winter NEWS, will help this member and others who face the same doubts and fears. EVIDENCE FOR SURVIVAL 'Ihis feature was started with the excellent contributions from Robert Camburn, PA and Monty Hearon, OR State Coordinator. I asked that other members send contributions to the series and I appreciate your response. We will conclude Monty's contribution and then move on to the others. taped. "EVP is strong

evidence for survival. My wife, Bobby, and I were taping. She asked if there was someone in our contact group whom she had known but I had not. "Yes there is, " was She continued saying she was thinking of a friend she knew in college. A male voice said, "'Ihat 's Marie Curnan. " Several weeks later, while taping, she again asked for someone whom she knew but I hadn't. The answer came, "Yes, it's your father. 11 The requirement was met since her father, Oscar Olsen had died two years before we started going together. Two days later, I was taping alone and asked for Mr. Olsen. He replied, I then asked if he ever saw "Oscar Olsen. 11 the hospital in his wife Esther, who was recovering from surgery. He replied, "I'm watching her all the time." In the weeks that followed, I had additional messages from him in which he gave his name and when I asked if he had a message for Esther, "I'm " beside her. I'm with her." taped: D:>rothy Elisson, ID wrote: "My father died ~even years ago at age 82. Two years ago I, was awake and noticed the sun shining through the drapes . There , standing by my bedroom ·door five feet away, was my father looking as he did at about age 45-50. He looked healthy and happy, and was solid because he blocked off the wall as well as part of the doorframe. He was dressed as

he was when he worked on the farm, wearing starched and ironed denim overalls, workshirt and a jacket. This was such a natural feeling seeing my father that then he was gone. finally I said "Hi" and I "My mother also died at age 82. Two weeks before her death she told me she had decided to go on, meaning she had decided it was time for her to die. A week after her death I was alone in my office catching up on some paper I became aware of a presence and felt work. a great love. looked around and asked mentally, "Mom is that you? ... You did real well. Don't be concerned about us here. We are fine. Just go toward the light because Dad and the others are waiting for you." Then in my mind I heard my mother's voice saying, "I can't go on until you understand that I did love you as much as I loved the boys (my I had always felt that my mother brothers. ) " I had favored my brothers over me but certainly never told her or anyone else that I thought this. Then the voice said, "things look different from this side." few minutes the presence was gone and I finally knew my mother had loved me as much as she had loved my brothers, she just showed it in a different way. I felt a sense of comfort and peace." In a to about this experience, Shari

Langer, a new member from CA, wrote: "I would like you to know that there are not many people I can talk to about my experience, since there is much disbelief. So you can see what a comfort it is for me to have someone to write how grateful I am about you and your group. 11 Shari then went on and described several incidents that occurred after the death of her a1:nt last April. She was devastated by this death because her aunt had been like a second mother to her after her mother died 27 years ago when Shari was seventeen. The most significant incident happened one evening. Shari was in the den of her home where she had hung many of the pictures her aunt had Shari continued her letter with, painted. "One night I was praying and I said to God that love was stronger than death. I was staring at my aunt's picture, just rambling, I wa::; so upset talking to myself and God. with God for taking her away. All at once my eyes caught a glimpse of something in the 2. iilHDffii A SPIRIT PHOTOGRAPH Valerie Tjaden, N.J. State Coordinator, sent me the above picture. The Bernardsville Library, not far from where she lives, has a history of being haunted, going back to the Revolution. Formerly a tavern, the story goes that Phyllis Parker, a daughter of the tavern owner, went insane after discovering the body of Aaron Wilde, who had been hung

as a Tory spy. Her father brought Wilde's body back to the tavern and placed it in a closed coffin. Phyllis and Wilde had been in love, and when she opened the coffin in the middle of the night and saw Wilde, she became insane from then on. In the more than 200 years since the incident there have been many unexplained noises, and an apparition of a woman in a long flowing dress has been frequently seen. In February, Valerie and her mother, along with Victor and Geri Devincenzo, N.J. AA-EVP members, went to the library to investigate. Valerie had talked to the librarian before the visit, and they were given permission to move about freely. Valerie said the above picture was taken outside of the library as She she focused her camera on the window. feels it shows a picture of a man's face. Victor is now trying to learn more about the history of Wilde. PSYCHIC THEFT? As most of our members know, a psychic theft is when an object disappears from a spot and then, usually within a day or two, reappears either in the same place or some where strange. Therecipients cf these psychic thefts are baffled by the dematerializations and their objects. "such things are impossible! " they say, but they happen! It appears that a psychic theft is yet another way spirits try to let us know they are around. rematerializations of Tina Laurent, Wales AA-EVP member in March and told about an

happened to her, her husband Car 1 , , called incident that and Ingeborg Frank, ar:: AA-EVP member from N. Y. \yho spends a large part of her time in Europe; the Laurents have become close She and friends, through the AA-EVP. 'Ihe last time she was in Europe, she made plans to meet them at an inn. After her shower, Ingeborg went to put on her slippers that she had left in the middle of the bedroom floor. They were gone. When the Laurents arrived they looked everywhere--the room was taken apart--but no slippers. Tina told Ingeborg not to worry, they would reappear before she left the inn. The next day, there the slippers were--in the middle of the floor where they had been left. Interestingly enough, before leaving home to meet Ingeborg, Tina had "asked" Frank, Ingeborg's deceased husband, to give his wife a sign he was around. It appears Frank heard this request and lovingly showed Ingeborg he was with her. WE'RE GETTING AROUND Word of our work continues to become known to others. Hildy Becker, VA AA-EVP member, wrote and said a copy of my book is now in the Edgar Cayce library in Virginia Beach. Wayne Green, editor and publisher of " 73 Amateur Radio", reviewed my book in the Jan. 1990 issue of the magazine. Quoting from the review he wrote: "Another:_ book, Voices of Eternity by Estep, explained how she set up rudimentary commun_ications with the spirit world using a VHF radio and

tape recorder. A chap named Raudive wrote a book on this twenty years ago, but his results weren't nearly as convincing." Channel 11, CBS Baltimore, spent several hours in my home 'Ihe producer asked many questions about voice phenomena and we made a five minute recording together. 'Ihe interview will be shown in April. the end of March. Two messages were taped. The Lily Dale Assembly, the largest center in the world for the religion of Spiritualism and Metaphysical New Age philosophy,has asked me to lecture and teach a workshop about how Joseph Merrill, to record voices this summer. Program Co-Chairman, contacted me after he had read a review of my book in a Spiritual Frontiers Journal. 'Ihe day of my lecture is July 22, followed by the two day workshop. I have received an early program for the summer's activities and it looks excellent. You may want to write for a copy. 'Ihe address is: Lily Dale Assembly, 5 Melrose Park, Lily Dale N.Y. 14752. Phone: 716-595-8721 5. COMPUTER EXPERIMENTS Many AA-EVP members have computers.Let's to have :ry some experiments and attempt contacts with the invisibles through our home computers. All objective contact with the unseen, whether it be through recorders, TV. or computers, is valid. Game Plan: Type one question on your computer screen. Leave it. Go back every so often to see if there is an answer. The time delay that Hans mentioned in his letter is very real. Those that are having successful computer contacts find

that answers can take from several hours to be returned. If after three or four days nothing has been received, clear your screen and type another question. If you are taping tell the other side during a recording what you are going to do and ask their help in bringing If you are not computer messages to you. taping, verbally ask during a quiet time for computer contact. Let me know your results! to several days NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Bena ta Barbarigo, a new member from FL, has had communication through her recorder from her seven year old daughter who died in 1950. More recently, her husband died and she grieved deeply. Benata kept hearing him speaking to her clairaudiently and wondered if she was II sick in my mind." Then in March 1989, still speaking clairaudiently, he told her to focus her camera on a clear TV channel and Bena ta did, and her husband came through. She enclosed a picture the this, and a male showing "snow." shoulders up can be seen take a picture. image in from the Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, wrote that her father made his transition the end of January. At her family's request she taped during the funeral. "We can help you Carol" and "Ed Monize (her father's name) is come!" Carol said she later played tape and another demonstration the funeral tape for the minister who had officiated and he could hear most of it. She received: Dale Kaczmarek,

IL, sent me a flyer that the publication of the book :True announces Tales of the Unknown published by Bantam. Dale's article: Most Haunted Cemetery" is one of the thirteen true stories in the book. You can order the book directly from Dale for $5. 75 which includes first class postage and handling. Write: P.O. Box 205 Oak Lawn, IL 60454-0205. "Bachelor's Grove: Clara Laughlin, VA State Coordinator wrote that soon after the death of her neighbor of 21 years, the neighbor came through and asked for "forgiveness." Clara assured her there was nothing this request was made because during her life she had appeared skeptical about the voices. to forgive, but suspects Jean Lodge, N.Y. wrote she haE several "mirror" messages as some of the rest of us have taped. One of them is, "I want a Jean hoped to meet me at Lily Dale mirror. 11 lecturing and am the end of July when teaching a two day workshop. that I Irene Maletsky, N.J., sent an interesting tape that has some excellent voices. She uses an old Emerson cassette recorder with a built Irene turns her recorder on while in mike. working in the kitchen. The invisibles use the background sounds in the kitchen, such as running water and the rattle of pots and pans, to help them speak. Norman Marsh, England, sent me a recent a British weekly issue of Psychic News, spiritualist newspaper. The English Tourist Board is preparing a directory that will list haunted locations

to visit where super-normal happenings can be expected. SWITZERLAND-ENGLAND --- From the enclosed flyer, yow can see we have been busy planning a wonderful trip to Switzerland and England this November. three times and dealt with In the last two months I have called Basel three travel agencies. The first two couldn't give us the kind of week in England I wanted and their rates were too high. Finally I found a good agency, not far from home, who can give us exactly what I want for an excellent price ( over $150 less than I had estimated in the Spring NEWS). Gina, the owner of the agency, said the itinerary I 've planned sounds so wonderful, if she can possibly get away, she Need anymore be said?! wants to go along. The topic for the Basel conference is : This will Power Sites and Life Energies. to everyone as we examine special appeal power sites around the world that have unique energies such as the Pyramids, Glastonbury, Stonehenge, ley lines, and so on. Look the flyer over. Decide to go with us. I will be advertising the tour Don't delay. to metaphysical MD-D.C.-VA (over 20,000 people). I don't believe in large tour groups so if you wait, you may be too late! groups Deadline for the Autumn NEWS is Sept. 22nd. ODDS AND ENDS Always my best wishes, JC ,~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILLffOAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY

NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 9 Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS Summer 1990 FROM MY VIEWPOINT There is an old Buddhist prayer that like: sake of all living things." "I will become enlightened for I the There is only one problem with this prayer--what is enlightenment? Webster's Dictionary defines it as: ''to instruct; to give information to; to make clear; to free from superstition." Ah, yes, this sounds good, but enlightenment is a personal matter which has been an important part of my own enlightenment. This is something that has been constantly reinforced to me the last fourteen years. Truth (enlightenment) that so many like to think is unimpeachable is, in fact, a philosophical concept, a mental picture of what we think is, or should be. There are some societies that think it is good to eat their captives. We shudder at the notion and are unanimous, I believe, in loathing the idea. these groups though, that their way is wrong and they are unenlightened to continue such practices. Try to convince This, admittedly, is an extreme example. Let us bring it closer to home and consider something that many of us have experienced- the fundamentalist. These individuals think that what we do--talking the unseen through our tape recorders, or even having an interest in the phenomena, or any psychic phenomena--is wrong. O\er the years I have had a number of contacts with such people and they have never been pleasant. to A dentist from Atlanta called

one evening on a 'mission' to save me. I had never heard of him, and how he'd heard of me is unknown, but that is unimportant. He told me his wife was out for the evening, so perhaps that is why he felt free to rant for half an hour, quoting passages from the Bible, to prove I The was headed for fire and brims tone. entire time he talked, I could hear a baby screaming in the background. I couldn't help but think, "should begin at 'saving' me that he home." He was so busy "Charity" couldn' t comfort his own child who was distress. in One, a man Truth is often subjective. In eight years only two members have asked to have their names removed from the mailing list before in their membership expired. California, wrote I was "too religious, so don't send me any more newsletters." The other, a woman, asked to have her membership discontinued because "you' re not religious enough." Interestingly, this woman used the I Ching system of divination which is not based on religion. In any case, the system told her she was having "dealings with an evil person," so she decided I was it! Was I upset at their withdrawals? Not really. How could I decide what direction was right for either of them? I couldn't, and accepted their decision to leave us as the right one, the enlightened one, for them at that point in their lives. Must we stumble around

then in a morass of confusion searching for truth? Must we look under every rock trying to learn what truth is, only to discover that very little light (or beauty) exists in such places? Are we, in the end, little better than children crying for the light in enlightenment that never comes our way? I think not. If we are searchers, then we soon learn that the search is an intensely personal one. A familiarity with the great philosophies of many religions and cultures needs to be thoughtfully considered. Much we will discard but here and there we will find grains of gold that will shine brightly and help light our way throughout all the years to come. We learn that we cannot should not judge others by our own belief system.' Everyone must have the freedom to choose his own truth. We need to find the time to sit quietly, to listen to the voice of our inner being guide us to what is right for us. Enlightenment should be a personal odyssey that never ends. to search within ourselves, Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death Jeannette Meek-LIBERANT In the Spring issue of UNLIMITED HORIZONS, George Meek, President of the Metascience Foundation, wrote about the transition of his wife Jeannette, April 25, after a long illness. Jeannette worked tirelessly beside George, actively participating in and supporting his business interests for the last 40 years. She was a real part in

the life of the Foundation from the beginning of its conception eight years ago, encouraging George every step of the way in his efforts. Upon two occasions, Jeannete and George were guests in our home and I came to know her as a warm, loving, and understanding person. She had no doubt that life continued after death, and eventually she would move on to live in one of her Father's Many Mansions. Those of us who knew and loved Jeannette are convinced her new Mansion is a beautiful laughter. one filled with light, love, and EVIDENCE FOR SURVIVAL In the last two issues of the Newsletter, AA-EVP members have shared with us heart warming stories of how loved ones have contacted them after death. Many of you have written about how much you enjoy this feature and I hope we can continue it in future NEWS as other members share their experiences. Edelgard John of West Germany has been a member of our Association since 1983. over the years, we have exchanged many letters. In a recent letter she wrote about her husband Walter, who made his transition a number of years ago. Quoting from Edelgard's letter she "I did see my dear husband several wrote: times, but only in the first year. (One time) I went home from the graveyard when a young man about twenty years old, came and took the same step and smiled at me. found this strange because I did not know him. He tried

to take my arm like my husband did and I said, 'Go away, you are not my husband!' The young man did not go away, he just vanished. I "Some weeks later a cousin of my husband 'I found a picture of your Walter, wrote to me: as he looked when he was nineteen. As you married late, I think you do not have it, so I am sending it to you!' I looked at the picture and it showed the young man who took my arm! " "PEAK in DAIREN" Tina Laurent, Wales wrote: "Concerning your series on survival evidence, the Peak in Dairen cases are the most convincing from an objective point of view." To me, also, these are extremely convincing. As I wrote about them on pages 17 & 18 in my book: Voices of Eternity, "In this situation a dying individual describes seeing a deceased relative or friend whom he did not know had died ... In some the room with the dying person also did not know that the "take-away" entity had died. This must rule out the possibility of telepathic thought being picked up by the dying." the people instances in ANIMAL SURVIVAL in Do animals survive death? Many believe they do and that you will find animals of every kind living beside you the world after death. There have been many reports of beloved pets, especially dogs and cats, returning to visit for a short time with those they loved. I have asked

if we will be In my own work, reunited with pets we loved after our own transition, and have been reassured in a Class A voice on tape that this does happen. ' crazy. ' recently. Ann, a grieving young woman in her thirties, called me She was experiencing extreme grief over the loss of her cat and wondered if she was going Ann had nothing else in her life. She lived alone, was handicapped, and rarely left her house. Her cat had died a week earlier, and several days later, Ann, while lying awake in bed, heard her cat purr. The cat then walked across her bed and Ann felt the covers go down . Then Kitty snuggled up beside Ann, as she did before her death, and gave her a kiss. This continued for three nights and Ann said she hugged Kitty, who felt just as solid after death as before. Edelgard John also believes animals not only survive death but are reincarnated, at times coming back in new physical bodies to their previous owners who loved them so much. Rolf, a dog whom Edelgard had for seven years died, and Edelgard missed him to such an extent she felt she would never get another dog again. Two years later, Edelgard read about a man who was giving away some dogs so she went to see him. Two dogs appealed to her so much she came home with both. She called one of them Wanda, and according to

Edelgard, she knew amazing thi,ngs: She knew Edelgard 's car, the streets she had walked with Rolf; the neighbors he had loved--and the ones he didn't. Edelgard took both dogs to Fulda to attend the VTF conference about the electronic voice. Even though both dogs were shy, as soon as Edelgard entered the room where there were 200 people, Wanda immediately ran across the room where Branton de GeUs sat, who had been a good friend of Rolf's. She crawled up onto his WHO'S WHO The publication board of Marquis Who's Who has notified me that I will be listed in their next book: Who's Who in the East. This will appear this· September. libraries Look me up! in TRANSMITI'ING SIGNALS image of a man's face appeared on the screen. A male voice heard by us and Dr. Senkowski spoke: 'The whole cons is ts of good and bad. Your existence is made up of every type of feeling. Every feeling is reality and you are responsible for everything. This is how your being (life) gains purpose ... By your own energies you create good and evil.' " a In recent letter from a remarkable reduction of the other side, 'carrier' signals from Dr. Ernst Senkowski, physicist and AA-EVP member from West Germany, he wrote: "Several observations apparently clearly show sometimes produced following the volume/noise coming from the radio receiver and starting with like a switching on. Afterwards, the receivers may So, in our system be 'dead' for some time.

and with our words, we someone transmitting signals which supermodulate our In my view electro-magnetic-acoustic field. this is a clear sign for a special 'field' not yet to be measured by our instruments but overlaying and manipulating our space-time 'reality' which is tightly bound to certain functions of our mind-brain systems." sharp click suppose MTFD is a The MTFD transcommunication group in Oct. founded in Frankfurt, W. Germany, 1987. They publish a newsletter in German and I have received their last several news the President of letters from Peter Klimke, the group. We are indebted to Hans Heckmann and his willingness to translate their news letters so we can share the highlights with Some of the members of our AA-EVP members . the group are having outstanding results through their tape recorders, telephones, TV, and computers. The video contacts include sound which hasn' t always been the case in the past with other experimenters. 'Ihe newsletter reported about a woman's voice which spoke over the phone. It is felt the voice was Hanna Buschbeck, founder of the German VTF, who died some years ago. She said: "You will have eternal life after you pass over. You will be given the opportunity to LEARN to SEE and your BEING will get CLOSER 'ID THE TRUTH. Do not be afraid of dying, for there is no death. Do not make the mistake of considering your reality as the only real one. learning process more difficult ... " It will make your later

In January, a video experiment was tried. The setup consisted of 2 TV sets and 4 older radio sets. All equipment was tuned to idle TV channels and radio frequencies for the purpose of offering R. F. energy and inter channel hash to our friends. A black/white lived, lives now, ' Love and Forgive . "Christmas 1989, brought the following tape Every recorded message: thing that ever this very second. Abraham and Jesus Christ therefore live among you, Your present being is changeable as you will change after your physical death until somewhere you will experience the cosmos that is infinite to Nothing ever gets lost and all your you. personalities from past lives now live within you.' 11 today, spiritually. also There are many computer contacts reported Some of them are: by the MTFD Association. Q.: How many planes do you know? A.: Very many ... and many we do not know. Q.: What should be our concept of God? A. : God is spirit which interpenetrates All that is. God is in Everything. All that is. Q.: Can we contact our departed loved ones? A.: That is possible if you wish. Q.: Does the person crossing over go directly to the third level? A.: It differs and depends on karma. Q.: What happens with us next? A.: We cannot answer that as your future can be shaped by you and we are not all knowing. COMPUTER CONTACTS is a distinct "A most fascinating to this delay such as

type-out or In the letter that Hans Heckmann included along with his translation of the MTFD news~ letter, he wrote: time phenomena takes place in all computer contacts. time delay between There questions and the type-out of the answers ... My guess is that it has to do with the shift.from "No-Time" dimensions to our dimension of Space/Time. Only physical manifestations seem the to be subject appearance of a computer the appearance/disappearance of physical objects ( recorded) ( Apports) ... Direct or spirit voice does not seem to be limited by time. are direct manipulations (modulations) of already existing electron magnetic fields or even psychic energy fields in our physical world. I am not sure in what category TV images belong. The entire subject of TIME-LINES, TIME-SLIDES, and TIME-WARPS is still a closed book to us. A most fascinating subject indeed, about which we are greatly ignorant!" indirect They 2. 5. There were a number of interesting i terns in the newsletter I received shortly after our talk. The ASPR had just completed a poll of their members and one of the questions asked was: "What types of research would you like to see undertaken?" Survival after death led the response. Colin Smythe, editor and publisher ( Colin Smythe Limited) of England, wrote to me in September. Smythe is the original publisher of Raudive's book, Breakthrough, as well as Peter Bander 's book, Carry on Talking ( Voices Ftom Smythe The Tapes) , and other related books. wrote that they

had many people contacting them asking for up-to-date information on Although he always gives Voice Phenomena. them my name and address , as well as two to send researchers in England, he asked me him current information alx>ut the phenomena, and also alx>ut the AA-EVP. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS LILY DALE Four happy days were spent at Lily Dale, the world's largest Spiritualist community, the end of July. I closed my lecture Sunday afternoon by playing a nine minute demonstration tape of Voices. Then, on Monday and Tuesday morning, I taught a six hour workshop. There were twenty some people in the workshop and I have never worked with a group so eager and enthusiastic. Every person came with their own. portable tape recorder. Their energies enhanced my own and in the two tapings we did, over 80% of the people recorded one or more messages. At the end of the workshop on Tuesday, there were hugs and a few-tears. I had the pleasure of meeting Jean Lodge, N.Y. AA-EVP member who took my workshop. Steve Hermann, VA member, was introduced to me on Saturday. The bookstore reported a sell-out of my book after my lecture on Sunday, with many others asking for it. Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, is now Carol Barron-Kara john. She was married in August, and in a recent letter she said she took her tape recorder with her on her honey moon--and taped! ( Would I have 1,000 other members like her)!! The Community,

over 100 years old, with many beautiful homes almost that old, and towering oaks everywhere, is located in N.Y. state on a One was almost overwhelmed at lovely lake. times with the feelings of peace and serenity remain with me. the positive energies, and Ray Dietz, MD, suggested in a phone call, a new idea for a sound source that some of our members might like to try. He has taken part in a number of Spiritual Frontiers Fellowship workshops taught by Ron Mangravite, who is a scientist from N.J. Among other things, Ron discusses how many Buddhists are helped on their journey into death by the ringing of a bell. Ray suggests that EVP tapers prepare a tape of white noise and as it is playing, ring a bell every 5-10 seconds. It is thought that the tape, along with the sounds and vibrations of the bell, might help the unseen speak. Let me know your results if you try it. that Tesla's Steve Glanz, CA, wrote that he is Director of Research for the San Francisco chapter of the International Tesla Society. It is his ideas can contribute feeling greatly to EVP technology. In the spring, he gave a lecture alx>ut EVP drawing heavily on my book. the "San Francisco Chronicle." Al though this man is normally a 'satirist' according to Steve, he wrote positively about Steve's talk, and EVP in general, in his next two columns. Steve said the reporter was now interested in EVP. A reporter

was there from Valerie Tjaden, N.J. State Coordinator, called and said she is planning an open-house for all N .J. AA-EVP members. This will give everyone the opportunity to meet other members, discuss taping and anything else of interest in the field of PSI phenomena. FATE Donald Michael Kraig, Editor of "FATE;-" has written and said my article: "Have Tape Recorder: Will Travel,.· for publication in the December or January issue of the magazine. If you are a subscriber, you should receive your copy in October or November. scheduled is READ X9{.JR LABELS! Some members write expressing concern as to when their membership is due. "I don't want to miss a single issue!" is the frequent comment. I don't Although your sentiments delight me, want you to fret unduly. You can determine easily when your membership will expire. Look at the label on the envelope of your quarterly NEWS. Beside your name you will see, as an example (Exp. Nov.) That means you are in good standing until November. In addition, I always mail a yellow membership renewal form the first of the month to everyone who is due that month. You can help me most by renewing promptly! Extra reminders to you cost me time and money. ODDS AND ENDS Deadline for the Winter NEWS is December 28. Always my best wishes, .\.~: : AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOCE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21141 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647•87,'2 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e 4 E►=--.;O:.:U:::.:.A.:.:.R:..:.T.:.;ER:.:.:L:..;Y...:N.:..:E::.:.:W;.::;S.:.:LE::..;T~T.;;.;E R;.;...___,;,;A=ES __ E __ A--R

__ CH __ M_E_E_TI_N_CS-:..._--=.E.;.;VP~T~A.;,;..P.=.;ES:;__--=-CO.;;._U;..;.N.;.;;.S.;,;_E L--1--NG~------ VOL. 9 Number 3 AA-EVP ~NEW::.:.::S::_ ___ _ _________ A_u_t_umn __ l_9_9_0 FROM MY VIEWPOIITT the seed of what will be." Marcus Aurelius, an early stoic writer and philosopher who became Emperor of Rome between in his 161-180 A.D., wrote meditations, "Everything that exists is in a Sixteen way hundred years later, Benjamin Franklin expressed much the same idea when he wrote, "This is an embryo state, a preparation for living. A man is not completely lx>rn until he is dead." A hundred years after Franklin, another U.S. philosopher and historian by the name of John Fiske said, "Who can tell but this which we call life is really death, from which what we call death is awakening." What purpose is there in quoting the alx>ve three men, brilliant though they were in their own time, and beyond the fact that they all conclusion? the Implied, but unspoken in what they said, is the idea of transition being brought about by dying. reached same Like Aurelius, Franklin and Fiske, when we think alx>ut transition, our first thought is death. Transition from life_ to death- or better said, from life to life beyond this life, will in time come to each. One into element of something that is not totally known. It is natural to have some fear, some insecurity, alx>ut the unknown, but is there any other type of transition? Must we experience death to learn what transition means? is moving transition Not at all.

We have been going through transition since the moment of our birth. 'Ihere is not one second of our life that is identical to any previous second. Think of all of the millions, billions of transitions you have survived since you took your first breath. True, most of our transitions have occurred without our conscious awareness. 'Ihink however of the milestone transitions Some may have that have com~ your way. brought fear, grief, pain, and loss, but others brought great joy, a sense of meeting a challenge successfully. All through your early years you moved through one stage to the next, some giving more problems than others. You may have felt more or less successful than your peers in various stages of transition but in the end, a change was made. Another significant transition occurred when you moved from the home nest to a nest of your own. Loved ones died, and you made a transition from one point in your life to another--as they did in their new life and home. There was marriage and children for many, each a significant transition with its own unique difficulties. At times you found to insurmountable problems and so you had make to that problem from another phase; you chose a different step. transition a are Now, here we today, with those uncountable number of transitions behind us. All of us have made transitions which we deeply reg~et. If we were wise, we realized the negative lessons learned brought positive Think of

growth, and we adjusted to that. all the moments of transition that lie ahead Think of the milestone for each of. us. transitions to that are waiting experience. Consider the opportunities that may ge available for us in those transitions, if we can only find the courage to step out to face the challenges they present. for us Life is inescapably a part of transition. Life cannot be static, even if we wished it. I suspect that our life beyond this life will not be much different the matter of transition. You have survived all of your You need not fear transitions transitions; experienced. truly There is nothing to suggest you won't survive all those that come in the future, all those that lead from this life to the next. thus far. are you in Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death D. Scott Rogo's DEATH Word,has been received from Monty Hearon, ~ Sta~e·coordinator, of the untimely, tragic ~ath of'o.:scott Rago in his California _home. l{aymond Bayless, well-known and ::psychical investigator and close friend of '1~nty and his wife, called. Monty the middle -~ August to say ScOtt 's body had just been ,:ili.scovered by neighbors. He had been stabbed .Jo death. For now, not much more is known. author Many of us have read one or more of • He was a prolific writer, Scott's books. (l>llaborating with Bayless on some of them/ :tat writing a number of them independently. ·6e

subject of most books was PSI phenomena. I-~, along with Bayless, investigated Attila • on Szalay of CA in 1956, when Szalay was ,ecording unexplained voices and both men :el t For a lilmber of years, Rogo was a Consulting Editor t=or FATE magazine, and his feature, "On the f~ychic Frontier" appeared regularly. they were of paranormal origin. Rogo's interest in the taped voices lasted , ;itil his death. We had exchanged several 'etters and I had sent him tapes. He will be rissed by many, all of whom I am sure join me m wishing him "God-Speed" in his new life. CAN TREES HELP WITH TAPING? "By the Over the years I have received five or six ssages that came in response to my asking ere my unseen contacts were. 'Ihe answers-- 1ways Class A--were, tree," or .e' re in the tree." I have a number of trees 1r my yard, one a huge oak right outside my difice window, and so I always found these J1swers intriguing. Geoffrey Tilga, a new rr.~r from N. Y. , has sent following nntribution. 'Ihe idea came from an article issue of "Scientific American." ir a 1919 think you will find it interesting as well ,s thought provoking. Please let me know if yru follow Geoffrey's ideas and your results. the "With Trees For Ears" "In 1919, General Squires of the US Army Siqnal Corps, discovered that a tree is as ;_ro.x:1 as any man-made antenna for receiving raiio waves; and better

in that there is far l.:IBs background noise in the received signal. ·, tree in leaf is more sensitive than a tree 1.n its winter dormant state. A dead tree will ro:t work, this receiving capability is a pnoperty of the living organism. "'Ihe late Konstantin Raudive gave a voice e:iample from his collection-"du hast kein 'you have the fluid,' as fllidon." anexplanation of why some people are able to re~ive paranormal voices with electronic (German) This equipment. living organisms. 'fluid' is associated with than daytime "'ll)e tree shares properties with the wire Reception at night is (Hertzian) antenna: better (We have reception. observed it is best at sunset). It is better in dry, clear weather than damp, muggy weather. Reception is unaffected by rain--if there is no thunder or lightning with it." Geoffrey has duplicated General Squires' tree-antenna experiment and will share the technical information necessary to use a tree as an antenna in EVP work. Write to him at: 128 Meigs St. Rochester, N.Y. 14607-2035. OUT-OF-BODY EXPERIENCES '!here has been a great deal written about out-of-body experiences. Within several days of each other the subject was presented on the Oprah Winfrey Show as well as Unsolved Mysteries. Both programs did a good job in their presentations. in September, Ken Newell, TX AA-EVP member, wrote in July they two OBEs he has had, and said about occurred when he was in the dream state. He corresponded with Dr. Robert Crookall who has made a study of OBEs. Dr. Crookall

assured him that this type was a valid OBE experience. Ken wrote: "'Ihe first took place sh'ortly after my dad's death. W~ were very close and I was grieving deeply. I had gone to sleep but almost immediately found myself in the familiar tunnel. There was a light at the end of the I emerged tunnel so I went in that direction. into a beautiful sunlit area filled with flowers of all variety and color, as well as trees and shrubbery. There was also a fence and a gate behind which stood my dad. I couldn't open the gate so I decided to climb over it. Before I could do this however, my dad held his hand up and said, ·•wait--it isn't time . ' Then I awakened. '"Ihe second experience I found myself in a totally black void. There was no indication that I was in a tunnel but of course that is what it was. I was conscious of floating but in no way was it frightening--rather a deep Then I saw a tiny speck of sense of peace. light and I began floating I stepped out into the most beautiful landscape I had ever seen. Flowers were everywhere and the the colors were so vibrant. Grass was greenest I had ever seen and the sky was a deep blue. Trees were aspen white and lined the banks of a deep flowing river. People were standing around in conversation. They looked at me and smiled. I sat down

to wait for my dad to arrive. Then I awakened." towards it. A VIVID SURVIVAL DREAM '!here are different.kirids of dreams. Inthe one, we sometimes go over in our subconscious mind, the feelings of guilt, fear and longing. 'Ihe other type is very different in that it comes almost like a photograph and we are aware that it is more than a dream; that we have somehow 'left' the dream. '!his is called a 'vivid dream.' Denise Riccardo, IL AA-EVP member, wrote about several vivid dreams she has had. Her parents died within eight months of each other, her mother dying first in March 1988. In Oct. she had several vivid dreams about her mother and feels she was trying to prepare her for the death of her father the following month. Denise. wrote, "After my dad passed on, I did not have dreams or any kind of messages for nine months. '!hen I had a dream in which he appeared to me and did not say anything. He looked very happy and in radiant heal th. I could sense his love for me, and this dream had that quality of a vision more than just a dream state. When I awoke, I felt very happy and at peace . " (Later) my husband and I were with his parents. His mother took me aside and told me In her that she had a dream of my Father. dream she talked to him. He looked happy and said to tell

his daughter that everything was 'Just fine.' He then gave her a very personal There was no way she message to tell me. would have known this, nor did anyone . When she awoke, she felt at first paralyzed, and heard a crackling sound like, as she put it, electricity above her head toward the ceili~g. 'Ihe paralysis state was brief and so was the noise. Also, she had this dream early in the morning at the same time I did." Near the end of her letter, Denise said she seeks information to help her understand her experiences. She especially asked my opinion why her mother-in-law felt paralysis and heard the crackling electrical sounds after her vivid dream of Denise's father. I replied that I had heard of this sort of thing before and although we couldn't be sure, I suspect it happens because of the unique energies and vibrations those in other planes have in contrast to our own. (We believe theirs are much higher). Normally, they lower their energies to come through and so we don't feel many, if any, physical changes within ourselves . In this particular instance, her father evidently didn't change his Spirit energies a great deal--probably because he was coming through to her as well as the mother-in law at the same time. As a result, he needed , many more energies than if he had contacted just one person . BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU SAY! Edelgard John, West German AA-EVP member, wrote that

her neighbor had a large cherry tree in his yard. Each year he looked at the tree with hope, wanting it to produce a large cherry crop that he could enjoy. Never, however, did it bloom or offer a single cherry. • Finally, in exasperation, he went to it and said, 'If you don' t bloom this year; if you don ' t give me That cherries, I'm going to chop you down!' year, he had a prolific crop! NEWS FROM RUSSIA Near the end of July, a letter came from the Siberian Jurij Pokholkov, Co-Chairman of Scientific Research Center, about the second international conference they had held in Tomsk in April 1990. The title of the conference was: "Rapidflowing Phenomena in Surroundings, " and 500 reports were presented. These reports focused on: nonspherical interactions; general methodology and philosophical aspects; methods, the devices and techniques of experiments; and scientific new approaches anomalous phenomena. ufology; investigations of aspects of to I replied, thanking Mr. Pokholkov for his letter and sent him the information sheet about the AA-EVP and the Summer Newsletter. THIS AND THAT Bill Guggenheim (P.O. Box 536365-Orlando, FL 32853) wrote to me about his research project called, "After-Death Communication Experiences" (AOC) He said he has interviewed 1200 people in all 50 states and six Canadian provinces who have been contacted, by a deceased relative or friend. He and those working with him are researching this for a series of books they're wri t!hg for 'Ihey are the general public.

intended to document the reality of After-Death Communications. to be interviewed by phone about such experiences (at Bill's expense) you can contact him at the above address and give him your phone number time for him to call you. and a convenient If you are willing John LaMartine, Librarian of the American Society for Psychical Research (a respected and professional organization) called recently. He said people contact them at times about the voice phenomena and he always refers them to me. He asked if I would be willing to exchange publications with them in the future and I said this would give me great pleasure. I also told him about my book, Voices of Eternity and he said he would order it immediately to be placed in their library. 2. C: through that day about the mirror. When I asked if this would help them, a Class A voice said, on the reverse side of the tape, "If you use that mode we can help you." Have any of you received messages about mirrors? If so, please write and tell me. when researchers working independently receive similar messages, especially if they don't know anyone else has received them. This type of communication shows a coordination of efforts in another reality, in their attempts to have contact with us. It is significant A RECENT BOOK From time to time, I will recommend a book I have read and feel you would enjoy and find helpful. Harold Sherman, an AA-EVP member, has

written such a book: THE DEAD ARE ALIVE. Harold, a distinguishErl.psychic, sensitive, author, and founder of ESP Research Associates Foundation, needs no introduction to most of us. different ways that show how the dead try to prove to us that they survive death in a conscious state. Several chapters are devoted to electronic communication with the discarnate through a tape recorder. You may order the book directly from him for $9.95 postpaid, Highway 5, South, Mountain View, Arkansas 72560. In THE DEAD ARE ALIVE, he describes ODDS AND ENDS A few words about mailing lists, group meetings, letters to the editor, and so on ... In each AA-EVP NEWS you will receive an updated list of all those in If there is no mailing list included your state who are AA-EVP members. with your NEWS, that means you are the only person in your state who is a member of AA-EVP. This might be considered a singular honor, but it is one that I hope will be of short duration. where there is more than one member,there is a state coordinator. This individual has indicated a willingness to help others in his state with advice about EVP if contacted, and to organize area meetings where It is hoped that there will be meetings on a local and state feasible. basis where information can be shared and ideas for future EVP research can be implemented. All of this will be passed on to me by the coordinators and I will publish

it in future AA-EVP NEWS. By working together in small core groups your efforts will become more productive. By giving me the opportunity of sharing it with everyone else, the Association and the entire field of EVP will benefit. In some of the states, I will cherish each of your letters. Please let me know what you are doing, your personal thoughts about EVP, and any ideas you have about future EVP research. Time being what it is, I will not be able to answer your letters individually, but they will be carefully read and considered. Unless you ask me not to, I will feel free to share at least parts of your letters in future issues of AA-EVP NEWS. Since the next NEWS will go to the printer on July JO, the closing date for this type of information will be July 2J. With each NEWS you will receive a yellow flyer. Pass this on to someone who is'Interested in the Association. We will only be successful, if we are active. Right now we are a seedling. Let us grow to be a mighty oak with many branches stretching out to everyone. Again, together we &11 do great things! Always, my best wishes, 4 4( ....... .. - .... i 0 ••a::r:D•• AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENON • Severna Park, Maryland 21146 726 Dill Road Sarah Estep, Founder (301 - 647-8742) -< Quarterly Newsletter -< Research -< Meetings -< EVPTapes -< Counseling -c: Referrals VOL. 1, Number 1 AA-EVP

N:.:E~W:.;;:S;,_ _ __ __ ___ __,;M;,.;.a~y...L.-, ...:1:..2.._8;;..;2;;;._ __ _ FROM MY VIEWPOINT Greetings fellow AA-EVP members! We are on our way! Memberships are coming in weekly and ten states and Canada are now represented. confident that as others learn about our Association the membership will grow and additional states will be added. I am This is Your Association. I believe that strongly. All of us who sit in front ofatape recorder and ask other dimensions to communicate know that it takes the active help of unseen entities to make our efforts succeed. I feel we are in partnership with those in other realities. We can't do it alone. They have their reasons, as we do, for wanting contact so it takes our combined efforts to make inter-dimension communication work. It iG the same for the AA-EVP. I am not the Association. You alone are not the Association. We, together,-are the Association. My role, as I see it, is to try and bring us together, to give our individual efforts some cohesiveness. Great discoveries may be made singly or in a group, but however they are made, they should be shared. Look upon me as a conduit for your discoveries. Pass them on to me and I will pass them on to others through our newsletter. Together we will do great things! Since one of our reasons for being is, " ... to provide evidence of survival and to share results with all," I feel this means all. Those of us

who work extensively in EVP are forced, somewhat by circumstances, to travel alone into unchartered dimensions of reality. What we discover on our journeys, especially as it relates to survival, is meant to be shared. My personal belief is that although a very small number, comparatively speaking, will ever try to record paranormal voices, those who do should share what they learn with everyone. The good news of survival and the evidence we have accumulated over the years belongs to all. This is why I look upon AA-EVP as a group, not just to help other EVP experimenters but as an out-reach organization to let others know what we have learned. I believe if man can know he survives death in an individual conscious state and that he takes with him the person he was in his physical life, then he will try to live a fuller, more meaningful and useful life on the physical plane. REVERSE VOICES In the spirit of sharing, let me share with you something that was first shared with me by Dan McKee, an AA-EVP member from Illinois, and which has become an important part of my recordings--the reverse voices. Some experimenters have discovered that they have paranormal voices on the wrong side of recorded tapes. A recording is made in the usual way and upon the conclusion the tape is turned over and played in reverse. If you have recorded from 0-100, you play it back from 100-0. It is at this point that

the voices are heard. They are not heard on the forward side of the tape. Take the following steps, one by one. Established to Provide Evidence of Survival Through the Electronic Voice and to Share Results With All. First: Take both reels off your tape recorder. Turn both reels to the other side. turn both reels to Side 2. turn the two reels back to Side 1. If you have completed a recording on Side 1, you will If you have completed a recording on Side 2, Second: Put the right reel on the left reel holder and the left on the right.- Third: Give one twist to the tape on the left side, just before it starts to play back. In most tapes the shiny side is now up. Fourth: Push the play button and the tape will start to play in reverse. When you hear your voice speaking gibberish you will know you have completed the transaction correctly. The EVP voice will be clear. The reverse voices need sounds just as the forward voices do. I prefer the air-band on the radio tuned to 125-131 MHz. Reverse voices are not an occasional phenomena. It is rare for me not to have several at the end of a day's recording. Some experimenters express concern that by playing their tape in reverse their tape will be wrong side out. This is not the case. When you have finished playing the tape on the wrong side, take the two reels off

and return them to their original position. Because you have twisted the tape one time, in returning the reels to the way they were the twist is no longer there and your tape is ready for you to begin another recording. One time when I asked my unseen contacts if they found any difference between one side of the tape to the other, someone replied, "We use either side." Try turning your tapes over! of significance there, and it adds more insight and depth to the whole area of taped voices. Let me know your results, and I will pass them Incidentally, the reverse voices confound our skeptics. on to others. Only paranormal entities to whom space, time, and matter itself, have different meanings, from us, would be capable of such a feat! I have heard many messages like conversations with persons very much alive on higher levels of consciousness." SPIRICOM is the result of twelve years of research carried out by Mr. Meek and other scientists at Metascience. Using SPIRICOM during the last four years, many hours of conversation were,held with some of the "so-called dead." The most extensive were with Dr. George Mueller, a deceased engineering and mathematics college professor. Dr. Mueller, who gave suggestions for the development of the present SPIRICOM system which is based on multi-frequency audio tones, supplied personal information, such as his social security number,that was later verified. With the release of the news about SPIRICOM, Mr. Meek also made available to the public

a 100 page technical manual which will allow anyone who is electronically inclined to build a similar instrument. There is a ninety minute tape which contains, among other things, some of the conversations held with Dr. Mueller, from beyond the grave, and William O'Neil, a consultant to Metascience. I have the manual and also the tape which is amazing in the loudness, clarity, and the ability of the spirit communicator to carry on extended conversations with the experimenter of this side. Mr. Meek has released this information at this time primarily in the hope that it will encourage other experimenters to try to duplicate the results in which so far only Mr. o•Neil has been successful, and to further research in communications with other levels of human consciousness. The cassette tape can be ordered for $9.95 from :XUNINgXRIKllDl X~~4XJiECJflXUU~Il.U]PCUX:UXEUJ6lll6.».X.l.UllU P. o. Box 747 Franklin, N. c. The tape, plus 100 page manual, will be sent postpaid upon receipt of $25 in U,S, funds. Order from: Metascience Foundation, P.O. Box 747 Franklin, North Carolina 28734. 28734 AIR FLORIDA CRASH MARYLAND STATE COORDINATOR REPORTS Mercedes Shepanek, Virginia state coordinator for AA-EVP has taped excellent voices on the reverse side of tapes. She recently sent me a duplicate tape of a recording she made on January 14, the day following the crash of the Air Florida plane into the Potomac River. Mercedes had asked if those on the other side were aware of the crash. At once a babble of voices, some confused,

others comforting, responded. There isn't room to report all of the messages, but some were: " ... on that airliner ... " will you come?" "I'll do it right away.:-:-right in the s~ " "Reach down ... now reach down ... I don't want 'em all killed." "'I/ill you come w1 th me now, "We got a loser." "Redeem." The tape is one of the most "chilling" I have listened to, as well as moving. All"of the voices are tonal and you can hear the anguish some of those felt who evidently had just died. It was clear, however, that there were helpers standing by to assist the newly dead, as well as others who seemed to ~e in charge of what was going on. The messages were all received on the reverse side of the tape. SPIRICOM On April 6, George Meek, a retired engineer, inventor and president of Metascience Foundation announced at the National Press Club in Washington, D.C. the development of SPIRICOM. Those attending the press conference were told, "An elementary start has been made toward the eventual perfection of an electro magnetic-etheric communications system which will someday permit those living on earth to have telephone- Arabella Roberts, who is the Maryland coordinator for AA-EVP, has been recording paranormal voices since 1970. It was not until 1974, that she read about Konstantin Raudive and knew other individuals were receiving voices through their tape recorders. She writes, "Before I started recording voices, quite often I would hear my

name being called and at other times I would hear a whispery, "Hello." On two occasions my name was called on the clock radio right before the program came on." they were at When Arabella decided to try to record these voices, first soft and low, but they spoke clearly enough to tell her she needed another tape recorder. The voices also told her what else she needed in the way of recording equipment. She followed these suggestions and finally a voice said, "1.21!!: set's complete." In the twelve years that Arabella has been recording, she has taped many messages that were meaningful to her as well as several friends. MIRROR, MIRROR ON THE WALL Three AA-EVP members independently and unknown to each other at the time have recorded messages about mirrors. Dan McKee, Mercedes Shepanek, and I have been recipients of this type of message. In my own case, they started sixteen months ago, and since then over a dozen such messages have come through. Last November when I asked what I could do to help them answer more of my questions, a clear voice said, "Try and talking into the mirror," Several days later, I placed on top of my equalizer, less than a foot away, a small mirror. Many excellent messages came 2. J. MARYLAIW-VIrtGIIHA :-iOLD JOINT MEETING The state coordinators of rfiaryland and Virginia, along with Association members from both states, met on July 18, at Sarah Estep's home. Several members played short demonstration tapes which

were then discussed. proved to be a very interesting meeting, and some of those attending indicated they now have a better understanding of how to record paranormal voices. It is hoped that another meeting can be held in the near future. It REPORTS FROifi AND ABOUT ~MBE?..S After h1ercrJdes Shepanek read the report about mirrors in the r,:ay, .3he asked the Voices for further mirror information. You AA-EVF NEVIS, will remember that Mercedes is one of the three Association members I mentioned that unknown and independently of each other has received messages concerning mirrors. On this particular day, she asked if they use the mirrors and if they are a help to them. at you with this energy. " During the same recording someone added, "now we look down. There's mirrors enough." Mercedes has two large mirrors in her recording room and so the entities seem to be telling her that she doesn't need any more. Someone replied, "I look In the spring, Governor Hughes of Maryland, honored in a special ceremony at the University of Maryland those individuals who had made a significant contribution in time and effort to the state. Kevin f,}ack, a Maryland AA-EVP member, and I, both received certificates. We were so honored because of the several trips we made to Point Lookout to investigate a purportedly haunted lighthouse, which is located in a Maryland state park. A number of good quality paranormal voices were recorded on tape as well as some photographs which showed the

apparent presence of spirits. ODDS AND ::,.;NDS The updated list of all those in your state who are Association members is included in this mailing. Every name on your list has indicated they would like to hear from other AA-EVP members in your state. Pick up the phone and call each other, or drop a line. Perhaps you can meet! You have a good basis for friendship, a mutual interest in EVP! Again, if you do not receive a mailing list, you are still the only AA-EVP member in your state. We hope this will soon change. Tell others about the Association. Generate interest! Pass on the yellow flyers. If you are attending a meeting or belong to an organization that you think might be interested in the Association, let me know and I will send you additional flyers. The next newsletter will be mailed the first week in November. Please let me have all of your news on or before October 15. This is our Association. We each are responsible for its future! Always, my best wishes, t j ~ - ~ -◄---• J ~ .1 •• ITIIJee -= j J n n a tl AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENON 726 Di!! Road Sarah Estep, Founder (301 - 647-8742) • Severna Park, Maryland 21146 ◄ Quarterly Newsletter ◄ Research ◄ Meetings ◄ EVP Tapes ◄ Counseling ◄ Referrals VOL, 1, Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS Au gu s t , 19 8 2 FROM l\~ VIEWPOINT Summer Greetings to everyone!

During the last three months I have been busy answering letters from people who have heard and want to learn more about our Association. There have been phone calls from ~aine to California from those who want immediate answers to questions about taping and hope I can provide some answers. talk show appearance, calls were still coming in at five! never sleeps! Additionally, WJZ, Baltimore TV, as part of its ~vening ~agazinE feature taped a six and a half minute segment in July about the electronic voice and the AA-EVP which is bringing inquiries. It is evident that word about the Association is getting around and people are learning they can communicate with other dimensions through their tape recorders. from midnight until five in the morning, and yes, r:hone I was part of a f'i ve hour mar 2.-:hon radio I came to the conclusion that Balti~ore In IV1ay, As one young man wrote to me from Harrisburg, Pennsylvania after listening to the radio show, " ... I really cared about your message on WEAL Baltimore, very early May 2J, I really do want information on taping the Spirit messages, only after being part of crowds the next day, I started to fear that your message may be too good to be true." '82. I answered David's letter and assured him the Voices are real and offered some suggestions as to how he might start recording them. In the first newsletter f wrote that I looked, " ... upon AA-EVP

as a c:roup, not just to help other EVP experimenters but as an out-reach organization to let others know what we have learned," We should not forget the thousands of Davids who have never heard about the electronic voice and yet, after hearing about them have a "hunger" t.o know more. We can never be satisfied with our own accomplishments until we have "spoken" to all of the Davids everywhere. Since the first AA-EVP HEWS, our membership has almost doubled and we now have members from sixteen states as well as Canada. ago about receiving calls from Maine to California. Mer:,bership-wise, we could draw a big X across the country. There are members in IV:aine-California; and i:-. Florida-Washington. As long as we continue growing we should feel encoura~ed. I mentioned a ~oment REVERSE VOICES-CASSETTE TAPES Some correspondents have indicated great interest in the reverse voices and have written that they plan to start turning over their reel-reel tapes. Others have also said they are interested but since they use a cassette tape deck !or recording, there is no conceivable way they can play this type of tape 1n reverse. If there are voices there, they will remain forever unknO¼TI, Take heart, cassette tape deckers! There are voices on the reverse side of your cassette tapes. Each of you can have the satisfaction of Sherlock as you track them down. All you need is a friend who has a reel-reel recorder. Established to Provide Evidence of Survival Through the Electronic Voice

and to Share Results With All, After making a cassette recording, have it duplicated onto a reel-reel tape. Then turn the reel over, as described in the first newsletter, and play it in reverse .. This will be, in effe?t, a p~ay through of a casset!e tape on its wrong side. As the reel !ape is playing the cassette record~ng in reverse, the recording can be duplicated onto a cassette tape. You will then have a copy of the cassette recording you have made, ~sit sounds in reverse, and can listen to it at your leisure. Reverse cassette voices are just as frequent as reverse reel-reel voices. They are as easily understood and the nature of their messages is the same. D. Scott Rago, well-known parapsychologist, author and psychic investigator, in a recent letter to me wrote, "The reverse tape effect is not new. Dr. Bender discovered this with Jurgenson years ago, and the effect nas long been part of "tape voice lore." " Let me know your results, if any, when you turn your tapes over. Also, please include information as to what you were using as a sound source at the time. I would like to share this with others in future AA-EVP NEWS. RESEARCH PROJECTS As stated on the letterhead, one of the six benefits offered to members Jf AA-EVP is ~he opportunity to take part in research projects. nappy to recommend the following to you. I am 1. "Artist/researcher dealing with futurist aesthetics, and art forms

generated by the new realities of other dimensions needs help in attempting to communicate with Galbraith Perry Rodgers and Wiley Post. Rodgers in 1911 was the first person to fly across the U.S. Post in 19JJ was first to fly around the world alone. "As a pilot, I am flying Rodger's route this summer. This work will be shown publicly Sept.-Oct., 198J in a major exhibition sponsored by the University of Maryland, Baltimore County. All tapes sent will be used and acknowledged in the exhibition catalogue. Tapes will be returned. Please send tapes by Feb., 1983 to: Pat Canavan, Associate Professor UMBC Visual Arts Department 5400 Wilkens Avenue Catonsville, Maryland 21228" I have met Mr. Canavan, as well as the other two men who will be flying with him: Jerry Stephany, head of the photography department, U. of M., Baltimore County, and Bill Tutor, musician and composer from the University music department. They will be using a battery operated reel-reel tape recorder as they are flying cross-country to see if paranormal voices will come through. Iv'lr, Canavan has promised to let me know if voices are recorded high in the sky! In itself, this should prove to be an interesting experiment. I will let you know their results in the November NEWS. If any AA-EVP members believe they have succeeded in having contact with Rodgers or Post, through their tape recorders, ask for evidential information. I suggest you do this before you read anything about them. experiment "cleaner," more valid,

in the eyes of many, if you check the information after it has been received. It makes the 2. Ar~hur Berger, President of the Survival Research Foundation has written to me, He is eager to hear from AA-EVP members who may be interested in participating in research projects undertaken by the Foundation. Quoting from his letter, " ... Our survival research project to investigate the question of survival of bodily death is based on tests by which persons may establish their survival through posthumous communication of specific unknown but objectively verifiable information. Such information might be the communication of a predetermined word, such as "Excelsior," or sentence such as "We will survive death." 2. " ... After their death (of the participant,) we will attempt to get tbeir specific information. These attempts will be made with both mediums and tape recordings. " ... Your members can participate in our project in two ways: by using our test to prepare the evidence of their own survival which we will try to get after they die; and by acting as volunteer co-experimenters, try via EVP to get evidence of the survival of people who have used our tests and died," For any AA-EVP member who would like to take part in the projects described by Mr. Berger, write to: Survival Research Foundation P.O. Box 8565 Pembroke Pines, Florida JJ024-0565 Please note, those members who are not taping voices can still take part in the project by choosing a word or phrase to

try to communicate after death. WJ.ETASCIENCE FOUNDATION-SPIRICOM George Meek, of Metascience Foundation, wrote to me recently, " ... as a result of the early April press conference reporting on the work of SPIRICOfl':, (I am) in touch with twenty-one persons or organizations in Brazil, Germany, England, and the U.S. who are starting serious work. A number of psychics have volunteered for research in various parts of the U.S.- In the months ahead it is planned to alert the electronic researchers to any apparently qualified and volunteer psychics in their vicinity. "As a result of the great flood of correspondence from many countries it has become obvious that it will be desirable to supply the researchers with supplemental information to be sent to all those who are doing serious research. The first mailing of supplemental information will probably be made in July." STATE COORDINATORS We have five state coordinators so far. California-David Lothamer Illinois-Dan McKee Maine-Leslie Bugbee I'hey are: N.aryland-Arabella rtoberts Virginia-Mercedes Shepanek These five individuals have been working in the field of EVP for some time and are very knowledgeable about the electronic voice. They have agreed to offer help and give suggestions to other AA-EVP members in their state who turn to them for assistance. Where practical, they will hold group meetings from time to time. I am grateful to each and every one of them. HELP WANTED-A CHANCE TO SERVE As we continue to grow we will need more state coordinators and also area coordinators. By working in

local and state groups we will develop a sense of cohesiveness and the national Association will become stronger. Would you like to be a state or area coordinator? ~ualifications: 1. 2. J. A sincere, lasting interest in 2VP. Some knowledge, which need not be extensive, about EVP. A willingness to organize one or more groups of local Association merebers to meet occasionally iri order to share ideas and discoveries and to discuss possible projects for future research. 4. Area coordinators will pass on to state coordinators what is being done 5, State coordinators to pass on to me what is being done in the local on a local basis. groups. If you think you are qualified to be a state or area coordinator let me know. Don't be shy! Step forward! Chances are, you'll be greeted with open armsl 3 THE DEAD ARE ALIVE-SECOND EDITION . In the May issue of the NEWS, I mentioned a recent book by Harold Sherman titled, THE DEAD ARE ALIVE, Harold is recognized by many as this country's premier psychic and sensitive, He is author of numerous books and founder In the book he describes different _of ESP Research Associates Foundation. ways the dead try to communicate with us and there are several chapters devoted to EVP, Harold has recently come out with a second edition of the book,_and so for those of you who ~ave not had the opportunity to read it, you mi~ht wa~t to order.the ?ook directly from him. The cost

is $9,95 postpaid. His address is: Highway 5, South, Mount~in View, Arkansas 72560 REPORTS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS David Lothamer, state coordinator for California and I talked recently by phone, He told me about contacts he has had with California Association m~mbers, David has been doing some interesting EVP experiments using a remote mike, He hopes to soon conduct experiments with a wireless microphone. Leslie Bugbee, state coordinator for Maine, and I are working with a well kno~ free-lance writer who lives in Maine. This gentleman is writing a:n article about EVP for a prestigious magazine. He has talked to the editor who h~s.encouraged him to go ahead with it. Leslie and the author have plans to visit a purportedly haunted house near them to see if they can record voices, Clara Laugh~in, an AA-EVP member from Virginia, reports her first real break-through in recording voices. Ever since her husband died about a year a~o she has tried to contact him through her tape recorder. Although feeling discouraged ?ecause of her lack of success, she continued. Finally, two months ago different voices began speaking to her. These are of good quality. One person.asked he1;, "Are iou maki~ this a habit Clara?" evidently referring to her patient pers~stence in recording. Another voice asked "Can I help you lfom?" This was followed with, "Does that help?" Tom was the n;me of her husband. Clara receives messages on both sides of her tapes. lVl~rced~s Shepanek, state coordinator for Virginia, has gotten a computer,

She_is going to go through all of her messages and divide them according to subJect area, Although she has been working with it for only a few days Mercedes feels it will be a grea~ boon to her as she makes a ~ore system;tic study of the taped voice, She will try to have a report ready for us in the February NEWS, ODDS AND ENDS . Some of you will receive a mailing list, along with your NEWS for the first t~me because many states who had one member previously now have more than one. S~nce all those on the mailing list have indicated they want to be in contact wi~h oth~r state mel!lbers, call or write to them, They are new, you are "old" (figuratively speaking of course!) so you make the first move, Let me hear from you, I know it takes time, which few of us have in abundance, but even a short note will be cherished. Some Association members I know well from letters, phone calls, or personal meetings, Others, are just a name, Won't you change that? whether you are recording voices or not, and if so, what method(s) you use, I would like to know your feelin~s about EVP ' Pass on the enclosed yellow flyer, Several individuals wrote to me after the A~gust NEWS and asked for additional flyers to hand out to organizations to which they belonged, Let me know if you would like more. The next newsletter will be mailed

the first week in February, Please let me have all of your news on or before January 15, Always, my best wishes. 4- 0 •• a:::IIJ•• ii( )II ........ - - AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENON 726 Dill Road • Severna Park, Maryland 21146 Sarah Estep, Founder (301 - 647-8742) .,c: Quarterly Newsletter .,c: Research .,c: Meetings .,c: EVP Tapes .,c: Counseling .,c: Referrals VOL . .L_Num."'"'b;::.,;e:;;;;r;..,.......,J:e.--___ ____ __;AA-EVP NEWS November, 1982 FROM MY VIEWPOINT A proverb that I like and one I think is especially apropos for we who work in the field of EVP is, "Patience is a bitter cup that only the strong can drink." Rarely a day goes by but I find it in my thoughts, We each have our own reasons for wanting to contact other dimensions through our tape recorders but we all learn very quickly this contact does not come easily, Some work for months before we receive our first message from an unseen entity. No one forces us to sit day after day and ask, "Is anyone here?" We sit because we want to, for whatever reason or reasons, and in time our efforts are usually successful. Eventually some of us decide that what we arc learning is so monumental it should be shared with everyone. Most of us are familiar with the work of Raymond Bayless as a psychic In the July, 1978, FATE magazine book review of, investigator and author. NATURAL AND SUPERNATURAL: A HISTORY OF THE PARANORMAL by Inglis,

Hodder and Stoughton, Bayless mentioned the incredible refusal of most parapsyooologists to give a fair hearing to taped voice phenomena, of FATE, he reviewed the book, PSI SEARCH, Although he felt the work was a generally useful introduction to modern parapsychology, he wrote that the authors", ,,are skeptical of the (voice) phenomenon as is the parapsychological establishment which treats the problem with the same studied disregard it once afforded the photographs of Ted Series," In the September, 1978, issue Not much is written about EVP in professional journals and what is is usually negative, Time has not changed the tenor of what is said and while this does not bother me to a great extent, the closed minds, and yes, even the lack of moral fairness does excite my sensibilities. In the Autumn, 1982, issue of Theta, published by the Psychical Research Foundation of Chapel Hill, North Carolina, we find the article, "Involuntary Whispering, Conversational Analysis, and Electronic Voice Phenomena," by Gerd H. Hovelmann. Mr. Hovelmann is a graduate student in linguistics, philosophy, and literature at Marburg Uni versi·t in West Germany, and while he may know a good deal about linguistics, he obviously knows little about EVP. Although we might be dazzled when we note that he used twenty-five sources as references, we are less impressed when we notice that fourteen of these sources are seven or more years old and have little to do with EVP. Indeed, one source is forty-two years old, long before the discovery of

the electronic voice, N~. Hovelmann goes on at great length writing that many of the messages we record, and which we think are paranormal, are really the result of whispering taking part between the experimenter and others who sit with him during a recording, happen at times, and for all of you who record with a friend, I advise you to be extremely careful when making a joint recording. Most EVP experimenters to whom I have talked have told me that they record alone, Out of the thousands of recordings I have made in the last six years, less than thirty have been done with someone else in the room, Whispering is clearly not the answer to the electronic voice, I do not deny that this might Established to Provide Evidence of Survival Through the Electronic Voice and to Share Results With All. In the January, 1982,issue o.f FATE, the Psychical Research Foundation I ordered "Paranormal Voice Phenomena." offered twenty tapes for sale. This tape was a lecture given by Davis Peck in 1977. Many of us know Dave personally and have great respect for his sincere efforts in the field of EVP. During the lecture, Dave went into the history of EVP and discussed sor.1e of the efforts of EVP experimenters. At the end of his talk he played a number of messages recorded by one individual with whom he had been working. They were of poor quality. This individual ·is a close friend of mine and when I

called her about the tape she was surprised. No one had gotten in touch with her about it, then or since, and if it hadn't been for my call she never would have known. have improved tremendously and she now has many excellent quality tonal voices. being reproduced and sold commercially. I later learned that Dave also knew nothing about his lecture In the last several years this person' s"voices" Besides my feeling that it is not quite the thing to sell someone else's lecture and voices without their consent and the ethical, if not legal, nicety of such an act, I have to question the decision to sell the tape to the public at all. By so doing it is implied that this is the state of the It isn't, Those of us who have worked for some time taping art today. voices know that progress is being made. We are learning how to better communicate with unseen dimensions and,more importantly, I feel they are becoming more adept at communicating with us. Over the years I have become acquainted with some well-known professional parapsychologists. Many still want nothing to do with the voices, but a few are starting to come out more openly and indicate a willingness to at least consider EVP. One or two are beginning limited experiments. We as individuals and as a group can contribute a great deal to the eventual acceptance of the electronic voice as voices speaking to us from other realities. What we

say, how we act, our very lives must reflect the highest qualities. It won't come soon, it won't be easy, it demands that bitter cup of patience, but in time EVP just might change the world, INTERPREI'ATION OF THE AA-EVP LOGO Some individuals have asked what the logo means, so for the benefit of all who may have wondered, let me explain. The tape recorder is the way we communicate with other realities, and, in respect to the electronic voice, it is the way they communicate with us. We cross the bridge to them and they cross the bridge to us and so, for that reason, we have an arrow pointing in both directinns. The links joining the tape recorder to the bridge are a result of a message I received one day when I asked how they were able to find us sitting at our tape recorder. Someone answered, "I found the link," thus the links in the logo. DEATH NOTICE The following was translated for me by Thomas Roers from the German magazine Esotera. "The Viennese Engineer Franz Seidl, a recognized pioneer in magnetic tape voice research, died on 2 June, (1982) shortly before his 71st birthday. He died in Vienna after a short, serious illness. He was one of the most active pioneers of tape research. Seidl became recognized especially through his invention of the "Psychophon" which was accepted the world over among voice researchers and which serves as an instrument for high quality voice phenomena. Up

to the moment of his sudden death he was busy in the Vienna working group of voice researchers as well as in the completion of his inventions," ROLL CALL During the summer months the rate of new members decreased. Evidently gardens, vacations, and picnics claimed the attention of many. How about you? Did your work with your tape recorder slide as you fought tomato blight or tried to conquer the beetles on your roses? Most of us are guilty of playing hooky now and then. But now fall is with us. tributary of the Chesapeake·Bay, and as I write a large flock of geese going southward has just honked th~ir way as they fly over my home. For those of us who have been laggard the last few months in respect to our tape recorders, it is time to return. In spite of summer delights, we have added some members and additional states to our list. Michigan, Mississip~New Jersey and North Dakota have joined and we are happy to give them a special greeting. At the present time twenty states and Canada are represented in the AA-EVP. I live on a REPORT ON RESEARCH PROJECT IN PROGRESS In the August NEWS, I wrote about Pat Canavan, a professor of art, and from the University, and one of the three members of the team, has two of his friends, also professors, from the University of Maryland. Members of the Association were invited to try to contact Galbraith Perry Rodgers and Wiley

Post, two early pilots, and let Mr. Canavan know if such contacts were successful. He and his two friends planned to fly cross country in August, re-tracing the early routes of Rodgers and Post. Unfortunately, there was a problem with the plane and they were unable to go. They have firm plans to make the trip between January 15-22, Bill Tutor, musician and composer developed a smaller version of SPIRICOM which weighs less than twenty-five pounds and can be carried in one hand. They will use this system along with their battery operated reel to reel tape recorder to see if voices can be recorded while they are in flight. The plane will be making a number of stops along the way. record voices in your home using their electronic system, write to Mr. Canavan. Provided your home is on their flight path, they will make every effort to stop and will get in touch with you beforehand. Mr. Canavan's address is: UMBC Visual Arts Department-5400 Wilkens Ave.-Catonsville, MD 21228 If you would like to meet these gentlemen and see if you can NEW RESEARCH PROJECT A new member of our Association, and one who heeded my HELP WANTED-A CHANCE TO SERVE feature in the last newsletter, is Shirley Starke of North Dakota. Shirley has volunteered to be state coordinator for her state so she joins the other five state coordinators with my special thanks. Shirley has an idea for a new research project in which everyone can take part.

A close friend of hers, known as "the Belfast poet," has died. He lived in Belfast, Northern Ireland, and according to Shirley some of his poetry will soon be published. The name of this poet, musician, and song writer is known to Shirley as well as a professor at Concordia College. that perhaps some AA-EVP member might be able to pick up a song or poem from him, as yet unpublished, from his existing body of work that can be later verified. Since those who speak to us through our tape recorders are largely, at this point, unable to have long sustained communications, even a short, unique phrase from one of his unpublished poems or songs would be considered evidential. Furthermore, if you can record on tape the name of this man, or that of another noted poet who reportedly is with him, this would appear to be a communication from another dimension. Shirley suggests that those who do not have a tape recorder could still take part in the project by trying ~o have contact through automatic writing. Anyone who feels they may have been successful in hearing from or about "the Belfast Poet," please write directly to Shirley. Her address is: Rural Route 2, Valley City, ND 58072. It is Shirley's hope 2. J. and Kodacolor film she has filmed three entities in the backyard and one on her living room wall. Dan McKee of Illinois sent me an interesting tape. On it a Class A voice said,

"I was on Earth. claim to be from other worlds in space. Dan and an engineer from a nearby atomic energy plant are going to experiment to see if they can capture the tone that unseen entities have told him they use to begin transmissions. I lived down there with 'ya," Many of the voices AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD {301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL, 1, Number 4 RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ AA-EVP NEWS February 1983 TO MEET OR NOT TO MEET FROM MY VIEWPOINT Would you like to get to know other AA-EVP members? Would you like to meet those who are interested in electronic communication with different realities? Would you like to listen to experts in the field of postmortem survival speak about their discoveries? Would you like to attend workshops designed to help those who are working in the field of EVP or who have an interest in this type of communication? Plans are being made on a very tentative basis to hold a conference in I have reserved the necessary Baltimore, Maryland from August 26-28, meeting rooms and sleeping accommodations at the Hyatt Regency Hotel, located at Baltimore's fascinating inner harbor. The theme of the conference would be about evidence for survival with the focus on EVP. George Meek of Metascience Foundation, the developer of SPIRICOM has promised to come and speak about: SPIRICOM TODAY. Stuart Wilde, a gifted English medium,

President of Impossible Possibilities, and host of the radio show, "Mystic Moments" will be a featured speaker and lead a Saturday mor~ing workshop. Walter Uphoff has also said he will make a very serious effort to be with us and speak. Full registration for the conference which does not include room or meals would be $60,00 for AA-EVP members. Room reservations are to be made with the Hyatt Regency. They are offering those attending the conference a special rate--~58 a night, single or double. If you want such a conference, please sign and return the enclosed slip within two weeks. This does not commit you but only sign it if you have serious intentions of attending. I will not go ahead with plans unless I have a good response from you! ODDS AND ENDS Leslie's idea about putting an ad concerning the Association in his local newspaper is a good one. This is something that perhaps you might like to consider doing, You need not be a state coordinator to do this. Only six states out of the twenty-three represented in the Association have coordinators, so you are encouraged to try and develop core groups. Let me know if you need additional membership flyers. Pass on the enclosed flyer to someone, or, perhaps you would like to give a friend a gift membership to the Association. A member in Utah gave her son-in-law a membership for his birthday! A woman in Maryland gave a membership as a Christmas gift to

a New Jersey minister who had expressed great interest in the Association. At least four times a year your friend will be reminded of your thoughtfulness as his quarterly newsletter arrives! Keep in touch. Let me hear from you. Always, my best wishes. I q. In the Fall, Winter "New Frontiers Center Newsletter" published by Walter and Mary Jo Uphoff of Oregon, Wisconsin, I read a quote from Arthur Koestler's, The Roots of Coincidence, that I like: "The limitations of our biological equipment may condemn us to the role of Peeping Toms at the Keyhole of Eternity, but at least let us take the stuffing out of the Keyhole, which blocks even our limited view." Throughout history there have been a few individuals who have seemed, at times, to have more than a limited view of Eternity. Emily French, Eileen Garrett and Emanuel Swedenborg were three. Not many though are so gifted. Then, in tne 1950's, the ability to talk to the unseen through a tape recorder was discovered by Attila von Szalay of California and Friedrich Jurgenson of Sweden. In time, word got around that almost anyone with a certain amount of recording equipment and great patience could also talk to those who claimed to have lived a physical life and had died. Slowly the phenomena grew and now there are thousands of individuals around the world who sit down at their tape recorders and ask, "Is there anyone here'?" How fortunate we are I Those of us who

have learned about EVP are becoming less a Peeping Tom and, bit by bit,· are unraveling some of the mystery that surrounds life, death, and life again. We will never learn it all; mystery will always remain, and that is good. The c,hallenge to know more, to develop a greater understanding of the nature of those who speak will always be there. Yes, our biological equipment will limit us· to a certain degree but we are learning to compensate for those limitations. The tape recorder is helping us explore new frontiers. We are taking the stuffing out of the Keyhole of Eternity. GILBERT BONNER'S RECORDING NLG'THOD Gilbert is a well-known English researcher who has been working in the field of EVP for many years. We have been corresponc;ling for some time and have exchanged voice tapes. The voices he tapes are, for the most part, loud, clear and of unusual quality., • I think you will find his method interesting and perhaps helpful in your own e~forts. He reports as follows: "The method of recording from radio that l have adopted allows voices to be received whether transmitted by EM waves or 'metamorphosed' from existing radio material by some PK type effect. Generally I tune to a frequency that is near 1500 kHz. stations to fade in and out ... a beating effect ... Care is needed to get the I signal-to-noise ratio correct, or voices can easily be masked by radio. prefer to work with the open microphone method

rather than direct patchcord. I often use stereo mikes ... one in front of the speaker, and one for me to speak into. Recordings may appear on either track and I have noted several times a strange thing. Voices coming in from one track may ·suddenly switch to the other track. them all. One Toshiba deck goes both to a Sony TC 280 reel to reel recorder, and a Sanyo radio cassette recorder fitted with two speakers and four mikes. I also sometimes use a radio microphone which has produced excellent results I use three recorders in a special set up that links I allow radio Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death from special sound sources provided for pure mike recordings. belie,e voices can be recorded in a vacuum. It is essential we have PATIENCE. I do not COMPUTERS AND EVP Mercedes Shepanek of Virginia reports on her use of a computer in her EVP work. She writes: "Indexing the taped voices on computer is going ahead with moderate speed. and, therefore, a good deal of organization and collation was required. Subject headings used include "ref. (reference to) mirrors," "energy used," "rescues," "drop-ins," etc. The relevant reel number and counter numbers are listed under the heading. The necessary abbreviation of the input can result in some startling irreverance appearing on the video screen, such as "ref. God" or "dead rel/friends." One becomes accustomed to it, however." I decided the best approach

to be subject area index REPORT ON RESEARCH PROJECT IN PROGRESS Shirley Starke wrote that one AA-'EVP member contacted her after the November NEWS and said that he would try to learn the name of the Belfast Poet, either through his tape recorder or while in trance. this gentleman recently and he said he has not had sufficient time to devote to the effort, but hopes to be able to do so soon. This is an on-going experiment so if you feel you may have received the name of this poet through your tape recorder, or some other method, Shirley would like you to write. Her address is Rural Route 2, Box 2JO Valley City, N.D. 58072 I talked to RE)q(UEST FOR IDEAS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH PROJECTS In each issue of the NEWS, I would like to offer you at least one new project in which you can participate. By taking part in these projects and sharing with me your results which will be published in future NEWS, all of us will learn more about the nature of the Voices and develop a greater understanding of the phenomena. Please, if you have an idea for a future project write to me. Share your ideas with all of us. SLEEP EXPERIMENT In line with the above, let me tell you about an experiment I have done on four occasions and which produced results each time. All that is needed is a tape recorder, a clock and an automatic timer. The timers

are not expensive and can be bought at any hardware or department store. Your only requirement while doing this experiment is to be asleep! I placed my small portable tape recorder on the bedside table. I set the In the tape recorder I placed a sixty minute tape, (thirty timer to come on automatically at 2:JO AM when I was fairly confident I would be asleep. minutes to each side.) The idea was that the tape recorder would begin to record at 2:JO and turn off automatically at the end of the tape,(thirty minutes.) When I made my regular recordings each morning, I told my unseen contacts about the experiment I would be doing that night and asked them to try to come through. They agreed. Every morning when I replayed the tape there were always voices. Some of the messages were: "I will get." "Sally." (my name) "Help Carry." "Come and wait." "She is best for him." "Stay!" "I will come." "Wait for me." "We wait here." Most of the volces were tonal. Although not as loud as what I normally receive, remember the sleep experiments were done without a sound source. The four nights produced a total of thirty-three messages, some of which were Class A. The significance of recording paranormal voices while asleep cannot be overlooked. My purpose for doing the experiments was to see if voices could speak while I was lying in bed unconscious (sleeping.) Also, if they spoke, what would be the nature of

their messages? If true consciousness exists in these unseen entities, I hypothesized they, knowing I was unaware of them and unable to respond-since I was sleeping, would show this in whatever they might say. This turned out to be true. Without exception, each of the 2. messages were either about me, or a comment from one entity to another. Although our PK energies may work in any state, they would seem to be less while we sleep. Those who claim the voices are a result of our PK energies placing words on tape as we sit beside a tape recorder find it difficult to continue such assertions with the sleep experiments. Let me know your results. I will be happy to listen to any sleep experiment tape on which you feel you have recorded voices. This will be returned with my comments. ROLL CALL--AA-EVP INTERNATIONAL In the last three months we have added ten new members. Most of them have come from states already represented but two new states, Wisconsin and New Hampshire, have been added to the list. An individual from Weilersberg, Germany has also joined. With our two Canadian members and now our German member, we can say AA-EVP is international! We hope they will find their membership in the Association interesting and worthwhile. NEW YORK GAINS STATE COORDINATOR It is with many thanks that I accept Paul Brother's offer to be state coordinator for New York. Paul wrote to me shortly before Christmas and, in response to

my plea to take an active part in our Association, said he would be willing to serve as coordinator for his state. He joins our other five state coordinators and to each, I am very grateful. AN AA-EVP MEMBER GIVES HELP Arabella Roberts of Maryland told me about a recent experience she had while recording voices. Significantly, it shows a continuity of awareness lasting several days with one entity. In addition, it demonstrates how we, the experimenter, have a moral responsibility to give help whenever we can to those who ask for our help. Arabella reported that one evening she received the message, "I'm from another world. Can't get help. Won't you help me?" After she received this message, she prayed for him and advised him to ask for help and look for and follow a white light. Several days later, the same man said, "I'm telling you the_,Y've ~one free, Got a message set them free. It was quite a scene! That's what it's all about" Three days later, the same person came back and said, "You should see o~r school. It's out on farmland." The latest report Arabella has had from this man is that they are still on the farm and will be there six months. REPORTS FROM MEMBERS ~eslie Bugbee said in a phone conversation that he is working with an engineer and that they are trying to incorporate a computer with recording and sound pick-up devices. He plans to put an ad in his local

Maine paper about the Association and invite all those interested to his home for a meeting. EVP as a whole will be discussed. Leslie feels confident this will bring some new members, and give him a group of individuals with whom to work closely as they explore their mutual interest--the electronic voice, David Lothamer of California said he has found inexpensive reel to reel concert tape unbeatable for our work. He feels the expensive tape has too heavy a drag for what we do. David also suggests we try to record in a room that has some resonance. If this is impossible, we might want to consider getting a reverberator amp. David, and an engineer to whom he has talked believe this type of vibration may have a positive effect in recording voices. Clara Laughlin of Virginia reports she is getting excellent results with her recordings. She receives most of her transmissions on the reverse side of the tape an~ ~lter~ t~e speed (back and forth) while she listens. She finds success in clarifying muddled or scrambled voices with this method Virginia Bates, another AA-EVP member from Virginia, assists her with golng over unclear transmissions and verifies or differs with Clara's version. Clara is also involved with spirit photography, Using a very simple camera J. Plans are progressi~s for our conference to be held in Baltimore, r,:aryland from August 2~ -28. The success and worthiness of a conference depends foremost upon -::r-.e speakers and workshops, and I can say without

hesitation that ours is of the highest quality in every respect. The theme of the conference is: Evidence for Survival, with some focus on .SVP. will be featured speakers including: George !l,eek, Ken.'1eth Ring, Walter Uphoff and Stuart Wilde. Harold Sherman and his wife IY;2.rtha will be special guests. workshops and other special activities are planned. Internationally k::1.own leaders in the field of postmortem research In add:tion to the speakers, a number of excellent I have visited the Eyatt Regency hotel, site of our conference, and met with the convention manager. The rooms they have reserved for AA-EVP, the hotel itself, and its location, being at the heart of Baltimore's fascinating new Inner E2..rbOr, make it ideal for our purpose. Later this month you will receive your conference brochure. Look it over. See for yourself the very worthwhile experience that awaits all who attend. Fill out the reservation form, Select your workshop choices and return the form to me without delay. Workshops will be assigned in order of reservations received. We are expecting a good turn out with AA-EVP members coming from many areas. Come! Don't miss this wonderful opportunity. We want you to be a part of our conference. ODDS AND ENDS Fortunately I have nothing 'odd' to report. And fortunately, this is not the end! Thank you for making the first year possible, We have done it together! Always, my best wishes. Afv1ERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTR □ f'-JIC VOICE PHENOMENA 726 DILL ROAD e SEVERN A PARK, MARYLAND 21146

SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER (301) 647-8742 ► QUARTERLY ~JEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING VOL. 2, Number 1 AA-EVP NEWS FKOM If.Y VIEWPOINT REFERRALS < u:ay 198J One year ago I wrote, "8reetings fellow AA-EVP members! We ~e on our ·~.-ay ! fl Here we are, one year later and the only word I wou1.c add is, "Me are continuing on our way!" As the year ends, it is time to reflect, to assess. It has been_a year of excitement, of meeting some of you personally, and of hearing from many more by phone or letter, also been a year of growth for me. 'gave' me a bit of yourself. There have been some difficult moments, but many rnor 7 of quiet joy. Ultimately we must each find our own answers, no one can give them to us but individually, and through the Association, we can help others to begin to find some of those answers and to look towards the future with hope. I am grateful to all of you who It has Our future, that of the Association, is bright with promise. A year ago, I had certain goals in mind that I hoped to achieve during the first year. All goals have been met and some even surpassed. One that I had not ~xpected, was that we would become known internationally. I have received letters from all parts of the world. Whatever the writer's social, economic and religious background, a close kinship is felt as we ~xchange ideas

and write about what touches our hearts. believed strongly John Donne's wonderful statement This has been proven to me time and again. I have always "No man is an island fl • • As we begin our second year we continue to be mindful of the need to ~ncourage research and to develop better systems of EVP communication. ~?me mem~ers are moving in thi~ direction and have made significant discoveries. We are also looking forward to our first national conference to b~ held in August. Additionally, there are reasonable hopes of cont~nued growth here and abroad, Whatever the future holds, we will continue to work towards what I wrote about EVP in the first FROM MY VIEWPOINT colurm:: cons?ious ~tate ~nd that.he takes with him the person he was in his physical lite, tnen he will try to live a fuller, more meaningful life on the physical plane. fl flI believe if man can know that he survives death in an individual GiliN'lA.N EYP RESEARCHERS REPORT POTENTIALLY IMPORTANT DEVELOPN'i.ENT I received the following in a note from George Meek of Metascience "While I was in Germany last October, Dr. Ernst Senkowski Foundation. told me that Hans Otto Konig of Rattingen had started to experiment with ultrasonic ~equencie~ in his EVP research---from 25,000 to 70,000 Hz. '. .. A l~tter Just received reports that Konig took his ultrasonic equipment to ~a~l? Luxembourg on January 14, 1983. Under supervision of the station's tecni:11c1an~ ~hey succeeded in receiving "two voices of absolutely fantastic

~ual1 t~- -:¥1 thout an;y background noise. fl One said ( translated from German), Otto r.?n1g makes wireless with the dead." The other one said, "We hear your voice." 6. In conclusion, Ivlr. Meek wrote, "Both Ernst and my American colleagues Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death are of· the opinion we should begin to think about a mix of :frequencies such as .:Jr. Mueller's and then bring it down into the audible range." TIME RUNNING OUT FOR BELFAST POET PROJECT In a recent letter :fro~ Shirley Starke (R. R. 2, Box 2JO Valley City, N.D. 58072) she stated that a book by the poet has just b~en published. It ic not yet available in the United States; therefore, if yo~ can_r~cord his name or q q~ote from the book via a t~pe reco~der, autom~tic writing,_ ~r during meditation, it would be evidential. Shirley descri?ed an experience she had concerning the poet. Last winter she wrote to a forei~ com~any and Jrdered what can be best described as a she was astonished to find that it was the recall of an experience the person had had with the Belfast Poet. To add to the coincidence (an~ I use t~e ~ord advisably), for over a year Shirley has ha~ a da~dream_of taking part.in Just such an activity with the poet. Another time while Shirley was watching TV, the poet's first name was mentioned as the nam~ of one of the ch~acters. Immediately,

an electric light that was off blinked on for a split second. If you feel you have contacted ~he poet, writ~ to Shirley. _Once_the book reaches the United States, possible contact will be less evidential. 'mystery gift.' When.it arrived, FOLLOW-UP ON SLEEP EXPERIMENT In the February NEWS, I described exp~riments I had done for four. I urged members who tried the experiment to consecutive nights and how a total of thirty-three ~essages were_received on tape while I was asleep. let me know if they were successful. ~erced~s Shepanek of Virginia has performed the experiment a number of times since then and many messages have b~en recorded. She has heard from male and female entities, i~cluding her son Raymond who died eight years ago. Raymond has told her he is, "In the house." Another time he said, "I sent back my second pack." r.~ercedes didn't know what he meant by this except she recalled that e years ago while he was hiking through the West, he sent home a ~-pack. A few days after the message was taped, Mercedes talked nother son who told her he had been looking, unknown to Mercedes, ~aymond's back-pack in the garage. This search took pla?e the day ~tore the message :from Raymond and indicates that he knew his brother nad been searching for his back-pack. ALPHA MONITOR-NEW EVP AID Alexander MacRae of Skye, Scotland and I recently have exc~anged a number of letters. Mr. MacRae is Company Secretary and one of the directors of Skyetech

which manufact~res prod~cts mainly in the areas of speech recognition and synthesis, robotics, and healt~ products. One_of th~se is the Alpha Monitor. Although originally des~gned ~s a psyc~ic said, recently it has been discovered that ~hen combined with a ra~io many EVP voices are produced. To quote from his most recent letter, Perhaps th~ most exciting UK development curr~ntly is the_ 'Alpha.' Based on detecting changes in the free-space properties surrounding the operator, the theory, 'Mu Epsilon,• was presented at the London EVP_co~ve~tion sp?nsored b? ASSAP November • 82. . .. Alpha 1s not just hardware, 1 t 1.s interactive, has its own software on tape, with debug and applicati?n pr?cedures," He wrote t~at quantity although the initial quality of the EVP voice:3 is not g?od, the is excellent, but, " ... best of all, the user improves with use. 11 i~&bility to replicate an experiffient can also be significant. Let me know your results, positive or negative, and I will pass them on. Whenever we try a new experiment we must give it a fair trial. Some individuals have told me that they tried something a time or two, and when it didn't work, they stopped. Usually those in other dimensions need a period of adjustment to adapt to something different. All efforts are worthwhile if in the end the quality of the EVP voice is improved. How long constitutes a fair trial is difficult to say, but depending on the experimenter and the experiment, I would suggest at

least twelve separate recording sessions. Arabella Roberts called and reported an interesting message she received one evening as she was making a recording. There were several of the musical tones that she and I receive around 1J1 MHz, on the airband. Then a clear, male voice came through and said, "We• ve got a new type of system. Got a winner with you! One response and we've got it." Since then Arabella has tried to learn what new type of system they have but her questions have gone unanswered. Notice how similar Arabella's message is to Dan's. With Dan it was, "Use new way. J..rabella: "We've got a new type of system. Got a winner with you! ... " Although Dan's message came through about four weeks before Arabella's she did not know about Dan's until after her own was received. I have suggested before that it could be considered evidential when EVP experimenters working independently and unknown to each other receive similar transmissions. This seems to be one of those cases. I've selected you." Clara Laughlin, an AA-EVP member from Virginia told me of the excellent results she is having with her recordings and some of the messages that have come through. Those who seem to be in charge of her tapings often call themselves her, "Panel Leaders." On March 25, Clara received J5-40 messages, and she said the entities even called her by her middle name. Although a few messages were on the forward side, most were on

the reverse side. Two days later, Clara thanked her Panel Leaders for enabling her to communicate with her loved ones. A male voice replied, "I expect that. Clara this is Deltrude (unknown to Clara), 1718 Panel assist bound for Adal2.sh." At the end of the recording another voice said, "She has come forty minute thousand for my stop." One day someone said, "This is four panel dock. At once someone said, "I don't quite come to her. See if she can be a leader." Clara also has received, "Let's use the north-east apro for Clarissa" (Clara.) Because of the unusual nature of some of the messages, Clara wondered if she was hearing from a dimension that was not spirit. She asked if space or spirit was communicating and a clear voice replied, "This is spirit." One day Clara commented that she thought it was wonderful we could communicate with them. An entity agreed with her, replying, "It is drama tic. " Another time Clara intended to stop her tape recorder when she reached 100 on her counter. When she looked up a while later, she saw 126. Immediately, a paranormal voice announced, "126." I got a partner." This was followed with, "Leave her spaces." Clara uses the airband on her radio as a sound source. At times she will tune to the extreme right on the airband where only white noise is heard. When a paranormal message comes through, it is usually loud. She has also discovered that results are

poor when music is used as a sound source. Clara is especially interested in knowing if any other AA-EVP member has received the term "Panel Leader." In addition to the Alpha Monitor, Mr. MacRae plans to produce a quarterly EVP cassette tape. The first tape will be ready April 28. Some of the 2. 5. AA-EVP NATIONAL CONFERENCE In less than a month our conference will be history! Will you be a part of that history? Only if you come! Registrations are coming in, Everyone I have heard from seems intensely enthusiastic. Our speakers, our workshop leaders, our helpers behind the desk and at the book tables, those who are coming from five miles to a thousand, seem aware that they will be taking part in a "historic" conference, the first national conference of AA-EVP. Get to know through their workshops those you have read about in the past fifteen months. Dan McKee, Arabella Roberts and Mercedes Shepanek will be leading Friday afternoon workshops. On Saturday morning you will again have the opportunity to choose the workshop that appeals to you most. Wilde, Mediumship and EVP; and I, EVP for Novices, will lead workshops. Late Saturday afternoon there is a workshop for those who have special EVP recording problems. Jack Blevins, EVP photography; Stuart Listen to Kenneth Ring lecture about Life at Death. Walter Uphoff will tell us about the many EVP researchErs he has known since 1968! Hear George Meek talk about SPIRICOM and recent developments in the EVP

field. Stuart Wilde will close our conference on Sunday with his talk, Communicating with the Unseen, Many of you know Harold and Martha Sherman, who will be at the conference to greet old and new friends. Some of the leading EVP researchers will share tapes and methods on Saturday. A panel discussion Sunday morning during which guest speakers and workshop leaders will take part, will consider the question of the significance of EVP for everyone. Bring a cassette of some of the Voices you have recorded. We will try to plan a "rap" session in which everyone who wishes will have the chance to play a short tape. One of the unique features of the conference, not found at many other conferences, is that our speakers will be with us the entire time. of coming, giving their talk and leaving, they will be at the Hyatt from Friday-Sunday. You will be able to meet them, to ask questions, to learn. Instead As a courtesy to the speakers there is to be UQ. individual taping during their lectures. This also applies to the tape demonstration on Saturday and the panel discussion Sunday. Hubert Custer, of STAR, who tapes professionally for many conferences, will record the lectures and special activities. These tapes will be available shortly after each event for those who wish to purchase them. available and their cost for those who are unable to attend. In the November NEWS, there will be a list of all tapes Our conference theme

is Evidence for Survival.,__ and there will be books on this topic, a number written by our guest speakers, at the book tables. Although time is getting short you can still register if you don't delay. Some workshops have more participants than others, but there is at least one or two openings in each. If you act promptl.Y,, chances are you can have your first choice. Since the special room rate for us at the Hyatt of $58 a night (single or double) ends August 5 I suggest you call them {J0l-528-1234) and tell them your check is on the way. Then send your registration fee ($70 for AA-EVP members, $80 for others) to me, with the completed yellow form indicating workshop choices. workshop assignments in the mail to you within 24 hours. I will try to have your receipt and Enclosed is another conference brochure for those who may have misplaced their first one. Or if you have already registered, give it to a friend. A wonderful experience awaits everyone who comes. See you in Baltimore! Always my best wishes. I, AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 2, N.1!,mber 2 AA-EVP NEWS August 1983 FROM MY VIEWPOINT The hot days of summer are here and while some are busy pulling weeds In the last three months more from their tomato patch, many are not. letters and

phone calls have come from old and new friends than in the first twelve. There are reasons for this. National Enguirer did a good job reporting the work of various researchers of postmortem survival and In May, included a segment about my work with the electronic voice. Evening Magazine-Philadelphia reran a program they had filmed over a year ago concerning voice phenomena. Harold Sherman and Walter and Mary Jo Uphoff wrote about the August conference in their Foundation newsletters. There have also been two notices about the conference in the last two issues of FATE. All of this has led to countless letters from people who want to know more about EVP, As I answer their letters and try to give suggestions, the thought keeps reoccurring, that people are eager for information as to what awaits their loved ones and them at death. Virgil, a new Georgia member, signed his letter, "An open-minded skeptic. In my reply to him I wrote: "Open minded skeptics are especially welcome! Perhaps in a year you will be a little less of a skeptic. Let us.hope so!" Within the last three months, a well-known psychic investigator returned six spirit photographs to me. He had thought they might lead to a story and had asked to see them. The photographs, however, did not show the usual "ghostly" apparitions. What they show can best be described as a spinning ball of light with pointed ends, moving around my friend, who was acting as medium, and me

sitting at the tape recorder, A number of Class A messages were taped during the experiment, as well as a month later when I spread the pictures out on my desk and invited the unseen to come and look at them. Upon seeing the photos, one entity said that he was sure it was "Rabideu," but another entity replied, "I doubt it." These taped messages were sent along with the photographs to the person who requested them. In his return note he wrote, "I thought the photos would be the more traditional kind." Much can be said about traditions. There are some that deserve to be kept and cherished, but there are others whose rightful place is in the attic with other dusty discards that have proven to be no longer practical. Clinging to tradition, disregarding other evidence, can lead to a sterile, stultifying life. Unfortunately some people are not willing to accept what William James called the pain of a new idea. In the August issue of FATE, Curtis Fuller quoted from Vernon Howard's, "To live rightly in this world we must first Pathways to Perfect Living_. become aware of it. The problem is a man's false assumption that he is already aware, which leaves him no motive for investigation .. ," Those of us working at our tape recorder know there is much we don't know, We are investigating worlds of possibilities. It seems appropriate to close with a quote from Robert Frost, "Two roads diverged in the

woods, and I-I took the one less traveled by, And that has made all the difference, Perhaps all of us need, at times, to consider alternate roads. Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice T;hat We Survive Death GEORGE MEEK MEETS OTTO KONIG OREGON GAINS STATE CO-COORDINATORS In the May newsletter, I mentioned a note that was received .from George Meek concerning the excellent results Otto Konig of Rattingen, Germany was having using ultrasonic .frequencies in his EVP experiments. George called me June 19, shortly after he returned .from Europe. During this trip, he met some of the leading EVP researchers in that part of the world including Otto Konig. George said during our phone conversation that he was very pleased with what he found--that Konig is a highly qualified man who has already made a significant contribution to the field, and we can expect important developments .from him in the future. George reminded me that in the SPIRICOM manual, Dr. Walter Russell's writings were mentioned in which he stated that there are octaves above and below what can be heard with the human ear and that influence what is going on. The purpose of using ultrasonic .frequencies is to get the Voices down to within the human hearing level. With ordinary amplifiers and mikes, which most of us use, there is a cut-off point around 18-20,000 cycles. All of Konig•s work, which requires some special equipment, is .from 25-50,000 Kilocycles. To reach this range of

kilocycles it is necessary to go to piezoelectric transducers, but the paranormal voices which can come through are of exceptional quality with no background noise. At our August conference, George will speak to us Saturday afternoon, the 27th. He will play a tape of some of the EVP voices that Konig has recorded and will share with us what he learned .from Konig and other EVP researchers during his recent trip. FURTHER FOLLOW-UP ON SLEEP EXPERIMENTS In the May newsletter, I reported the excellent results Mercedes Shepanek, Virginia Coordinator, was having with her sleep experiments. Briefly, for our many new members, in the February NEWS I described a I placed next to my bed, a series of four sleep experiments I had done. small portable tape recorder that was connected to an automatic timer set for 2:JO A.M. Each morning when I replayed the tape I heard many male and female paranormal voices, which showed an awareness of me. Since the May newsletter was published I have heard .from three other individuals who reported similar success. Carolyn and Helen, twin sisters and new Maryland J.A-EVP members, have tried the experiment and received messages. One man asked for "Help." In June Phyllis Butcher (AA-EVP member formerly of Virginia who recently moved to the Philippine Islands) called and said she had done the experiment several times and recorded messages. One male voice said, "Remember December 1 " and gave his name. After some thought, Phyllis recalled a Christmas party at which she

had met this person seven years ago. During another sleep experiment a voice came through and said, evidently referring to the experiment, that it was "Adventurous." Phyllis commented that in every experiment she has tried,it has sounded as if more than one voice is speaking in the background. If any of our other members try the sleep experiments, let me know your results. FOLLOW-UP ON EVP TONE EXPERIMENTS In the May newsletter, I wrote that Arabella Roberts, Maryland State Coordinator, and I may have "captured" the tone that Dan McKee, Illinois State Coordinator, was told by the unseen that they use to begin their In May, I had the pleasure of meeting Bobby and Monty Hearon of Portland, Oregon who have been working in the field of EVP for many years. They came to my home for a short visit and before leaving not only joined the AA-EVP but agreed to act as state coordinators as well. They are our first, but I hope not the last, husband-wife co-coordinators. HELP NEEDED FOR FUTURE EVP EXPERIMENTS AND RESEARCH I received a letter in June from Arthurs. Berger, President of Survival Research Foundation. He wrote, " ... a very prominent para psychologist is willing to work with me and EVP researchers,provided rigorous experimental conditions imposed by electronic experts were agreed upon. experts willing to volunteer their services." In this connection, we are also looking for electronic This request for help .from Mr. Berger should appeal to many members since he is interested

in hearing not only from those who record Voices but those with a technical background. From your letters I know that a number of you have good electronic know-how. Here is your opportunity to take part in EVP research. Mr. Berger's address is: SURVIVAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION-P.O. Box 8565 Pembroke Pines, Florida JJ084-0565. AN INTERESTING BOOK Ben Lee Harris, a retired electronics engineer and an AA-EVP member .from Leavenworth, Washington, wrote to me about a "project" book that he thinks you mi~ht find interesting. He wrote, " ... I was attracted to the solid state (chips) coupling with parapsychology research. It is most provocative by two sensitive writers, Mike and Ruth Wolverton." I have read portions of this book. The title of Chapter 10 is, "Stalking The Wild and Ghostly Voices," which gives an idea of the informal and interesting style the Wolvertons use. They are people who have worked at a tape recorder and successfully recorded voices. As a result they know whemof they speak (and write.) Due to their knowledge of electronics they can give us some solid information about building electronic aids to help the Voices come through. For the book write to TAB Books, Inc. Blue Ridge Summit, PA 17214. It is book #1J49 and titled: How To Build A Lie Detector, Brainwave Monitor, and Other Parapsychological Electronics 1rojects. The cost is $14.93. ALPHA MONITOR-EVP QUARTERLY TAPE Alexander MacRae of Skye, Scotland called me recently. He told me that refinements are continuing on the Alpha Monitor, a

new EVP aid mentioned in the May NEWS. As I wrote in that newsletter, the Alpha, when combined with a radio, produces many EVP voices. In our phone conversation, Mr. MacRae said the new EVP Quarterly cassette tape which he produces is ready. The first tape, which came out in April, was excellent. Dr. Ernst Senkowski, a German scientist, spoke at length about Otto Konig and his research. Gilbert Bonner, the well-known English EVP researcher, talked about psychoacoustic factors. George Meek updated the listener on SPIRICOM, and I gave recent news about the AA-EVP and the work of EVP researchers in this country. The newest tape will again have talks by Dr. Senkowski, Gilbert Bonner, myself and others. To order either tape send $11.80 for one or $2J.60 for two, to: Alexander MacRae, ,Grianan, Portree Skye, Scotland IV 519 DJ. It will be sent to you airmail. u.s. currency is welcomed. 2. 5. In a recent letter to me he wrote, ''The Spirt Voice is an independent, technical EVP newsletter published as time perrnits, with a quarterly goal. The primary objective is to assist in the development of Spirit Voice Receivers. Subscription is by request. Donations not exceeding $15 a year, to help cover publishing and mailing costs, are appreciated. You may write to Bill: Box B.Q. Barstow, California 92311 Paul Johnson, President S iritual Advisor Council-2500 Curry Rd., Orlando, FL 32806, atten e our conference. His organization hol s several conferences a year. SAC, interested in various types of

survival evidence, is becoming increasingly interested in EVP. At their recent conference, Walter Uphoff, a lecturer at our August conference spoke about EVP. Dan McKee-Illinois State Coordinator has written that he is starting to play the tapes made at the conference in reverse. This is a time consuming job but he sent me the reverse tape of one of the lectures and there were interesting messages on it such as: ''I see those downward. 'Sounds a 1 right. That I reach the cement." "Life is in art. En· o s it. " ig a rue s Im hearing it. "A 1 ine to cut in there. " e are with him. NEW STATE COORDINATORS Two people I met at our August conference and with whom I was very impressed were Jerry Bennett of Georgia and Roger Brower of North Carolina. Both men show an interest and the ability to further electronic research of the paranorrnal voice. I am pleased to announce their acceptance as State Coordinators of their respective states! ROLL CALL Since August the M-EVP has gained 50 new members. A record! We have left the "magic" number of 100 far behind and are "galloping" onwards. We have members in thirty-four states and seven foreign countries. Our Puerto Rican member has moved to Massachusetts and is enrolled in the doctoral program at Harvard. CONFERENCE TAPES You who were saddened that you were unable to attend our conference; those who did come but had difficulty in choosing among the interesting

workshops; to everyone who wants to discover or relive memories as to what took place during a workshop, lecture, tape demonstration or panel discussion--take heart--all of this is possible! Hugh Custer and his wife, Ann, who tape for many conferences, taped ours. Look over the cassette order form and order your tapes directly from STAR. The tapes contain a wealth of inforrnation and suggestions that will help all those interested in EVP. MEET NEW FRIENDS-SHARE NAMES AND ADDRESSES One of the services.offered by the M-EVP is making available to members in the various states, the names and addresses of other M-EVP members in their particular state. Due to the great influx of members, these lists are not up to date. About half of you will get a forrn with this newsletter to be filled out and returned to me within two weeks if you want your name and address shared with Association members in your state. If youwould rather not have your name on the list, just ignore the forrn. For those of you who do not receive a form, it is because you have already indicated to me whether or not you want to be on the list. However, if you have changed your mind, one way or the other, drop me a note in the next fourteen days, and I will change your status. ODDS AND ENDS How about a membership to M-EVP to a close friend or relative for a Holiday gift? If you like, I can

send an appropriate Holiday card, their membership card, and a personal note to them the first part of December so they will know this is your gift to them. Reflect on how fortunate we are in our world as compared to Jamil who wrote," ... fanaticisrr prevails in this part of the world." Berthelot Urbain, our new Belgium member in his recent letter to me quoted a saying of Aristotle that I like: "The ignorant affirrns, the experts doubt, and the wise reflect!" Let us all try to be wise! 6 ~ •am:n• • • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 2, Number 3 RESEARCH MEETINGS M-EVP NEWS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ November 1983 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Days are shorter. Nights are longer. There is more time for thought. The August conference is history but the many seeds planted there show signs of germinating and growing into healthy further development of the electronic voice. As any gardener knows, one must always be vigilant against weeds and disease. A vegetable or flower garden is like the garden of our mind. Not all of us are gardeners in the fields, but we are all gardeners of thoughts and of deciding to put certain of those thoughts into action. Those who have spent years in front of their tape recorders find it a humbling experience. The longer they sit, the more hours they spend asking for

communication from the other side to answers to their questions, the more they realize how little they know. They have had more genuine electronic contact with other dimensions than anyone else, yet none of them would presume to tell others that they have discovered the secrets or unlocked the many facets of the complex phenomena known as EVP. They know the answers to the phenomena do not come quickly or easily and yet they are content. Each tiny bit of the puzzle that is unlocked is regarded as a great victory. When we sit down at our tape recorders we never know what is going to be recorded. I, and I know others, have received messages at times that could cause considerable grief, panic or e~citement among large numbers of people. tabloids found in your super-markets would blazon on their front pages. It is the type of inforrnation that the weekly We who have received messages of this type feel deeply responsible to others. We know that at times unseen contacts speak with "crooked" tongues. We want nothing to do with sensationalism. Once we were few; now we are many. On one hand this is good, but on the other, as more and more individuals learn about EVP and become actively involved with it, dangers increase. The self-declared prophets, those who want to share with the world their messages from God who spoke to them last week on tape; the purveyors of "truth," be it gloom doom or joy from

their EVP contact from Mars or the Man in the Moon, must find, it is hoped, a small audience. We can understand how such claims can only harrn the entire field of EVP. What comes through to us and what we think we hear on tape (and the two are not always the same) must at times be seriously questioned. Let us continue to be responsible individuals when we "speak" for EVP and do nothing that could harrn others or the field of EVP itself. Let us hope that we are given the wisdom to know when to speak and when to remain silent. CONFERENCE REPORT Our August conference was even more successful than I dared hope. Although registrations began to trickle in last April, and slowly grew in number, it was not until the middle of August that we were almost overwhelmed with them. calls day and night from people who said they were on their way. So many came that the Hyatt Regency ran out of rooms but fortunately I was able to help the late registrants find accommodations at a near-by hotel. In addition, the last week we had phone Participants came from seventeen states, Washington, D.C., Canada and Finland. Altogethe1 we had slightly over 100 individuals with us during the three days. The feelings expressed to me during the conference, and in the many letters since then, were almost unanimous in Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death

praise for the featured speakers, workshops and general meetings and Hyatt facilities. The fact that we had outstanding lecturers and a nl.llilber of interesting workshops helped attract many individuals. Several remarked during the conference that the only criticism they had was that they couldn't attend all the workshops; each one sounded so interesting. Another person asked on Sunday as he was leaving, "How did you manage to get so many leading researchers in the field of survival?" Increasingly, the evidence presented through EVP suggests survival and more and more researchers in the field are looking upon it as such. Most of those who were with us took a positive approach towards the electronic voice and felt the future looked bright and held much promise. Time and again I and others emphasized the need for research that could lead to better communication for the many of us sitting in front of our tape recorders and those who speak to us from other dimensions. several extremely knowledgeable individuals in the field of electronics. Each onP has recently become interested in EVP, and by talking to them and getting to knowthein personally I feel they will have much to contribute to the field of research and development that we will be able to use on a practical level in the next few years. I had the privilege of meeting for the first time We had a heterogeneous group at the conference but whatever their background they were all united in their interest in

EVP. The group was friendly, and I had the pleasure of frequently observing people who had been strangers the day before sitting and talking animatedly with new friends about the electronic voice. One of the most important benefits of attending a conference of this nature is meeting and exchanging ideas with people. This happened in Baltimore. To all those who were unable to be with us--you were missed! To those who were there- it was good meeting you! COM-FEEDBACK The second EVP Quarterly Tape was recently received from Alexander MacRae of Skye, Scotland. One of the most interesting parts·of the tape was a demonstration of an EVP phenomena recently discovered by MacRae. He calls it Com-Feedback which is basically a repetitive process of playing possible EVP corrrnunications through a resonant system. You place a small tape recorder (the portable cassette type is good) inside a small resonant enclosure, such as a can, bucket, etc. After doing this, you_Pl?¥ a cassette tape of one or more suspected paranormal messages through the tape recorder that is inside the enclosure. As you are playing back the tape, make a copy of this onto another cassette tape recorder. The microphone should be placed close to the resonant system with the voll.Illle low. You now have a copy of a copy. Take the second copy and play it through the resonant system, again making a copy of that. (Only two tapes are needed.) Continue doing this five-seven times, listening to the segments you are copying

every time or two. Something interesting and unexpected starts to happen. Not surprisingly your voice and background noise begins to deteriorate and by the fourth copy you will not be able to understand what you have said. The surprise is that the paranormal voice becomes clearer, up to a certain point, with each new copying process. You will also notice new paranormal messages emerging that you had no idea were there. It takes some time, patience, and a certain amount of experimenting until you get a good workable resonant system, but results can be worth the time spent. For a copy of the tape and for future EVP Quarterly Tapes write: Alexander MacRae, Grianan, Portree Skye, Scotland IV 519 DJ. Cost of each tape which will be sent airmail is $11.80 LETTERS FROM AFAR Further news of the Jurgenson "'Wave" has been received from Luise Fuchs of Allfeld, west Germany. In the May NEWS I quoted from Luise's letter in which she said she had spent a week in Sweden with Friedrich Jurgenson in October 1979. While there she learned how to use the Jurgerson ''Wave" and since that time has used it exclusively with good results. I wrote to Luise arid asked her for more information. Torn Roers, Maryland M-EVP member, kindly translated her reply, which I will quote in part. " ... at Mr. Jurgenson's in Sweden, corresponds to our physical idea of frequency, it might be a good idea to record for a very short period, the

tape moving very, very rapidly. The entities apparently use short bursts of live energy. to give us a great deal of information on a short segment of tape, which we could hear as we slowly play back the tape. If we can record at extremely fast speeds, entities may be able Melvin said that electronic technology might have to be developed to permit doing what he has in mind. Do any of our engineers and electronic experts have some ideas along this line? Here is anopportunity for you to become more involved. Let me have your ideas and I will share them with others. Monty Hearon, an engineer and Co-State Coordinator with his wife, Bobby, from Oregon has written to me about how he uses ultrasonics in his EVP work. Many of us have heard or read about Otto Konig, in Germany, who is using ultrasonics to produce unusually loud and clear paranormal voices. We who attended the August conference had the opportunity to listen to a tape of the several outstanding voices he has received, but we learned that his equipment was unusually complicated and expensive. Since then, I have heard that he has not been successful in picking up much if anything, that is paranormal. From meeting and talking to Monty and Bobby last May, I learned that he has been using the ultrasonic sound with good results since February 1982. he did this and I will quote from his letter. I asked him to share with us

how " ... As you know, we use the microphone technique for recording. We have many times heard a click or faint rap just before a voice starts speaking. We asked why this occurred and received the answer, "It makes it louder." This led to the concept that some source of energy might help our invisible friends ... I realize that others have reached the same conclusion and use a radio or music softly in the background for that purpose. However, it occurred to me that ultrasonic sound would be ideal. It would not be picked up by the microphones and ultrasonic sound having a higher frequency has more energy than audible sound. the horns and turned it on. The microphones were directly in front of the alarm about six feet away .... We received some tonal voices and quite loud. As you would suspect though, all the voices were not that way but enough were that we have continued to use the ultrasonic sound when recording. I had a Radio Shack ultrasonic sound burglar alarm so simply disconnected ''The alarm I first used had a frequency of around 23,000 Hertz. Later I bought another one to use just for taping and it has a frequency of about 40,000 Hertz. I think the first one works better, although we have gotten some good results with the newer one." Monty would like to hear about anybody who tries this technique and learn what results Incidentally, if you have they get. If

you let me know, I will pass the word on to him. access to an audio generator, this already has an ultrasonic band on it and you can use it for experimental purposes. Walter Sherbrooke, an electronics engineer from California who attended our conference In a recent phone conversation he suggested thatthore who are taping has many good ideas. voices try to get hold of a double-head tape recorder. The moment it records it plays back in less than a second. If headphones are worn during recording, the recorder will be playing back at you through the headphones and through the recorder. You will be able to hear the paranormal entities speaking and perhaps could have a running conversation with them. Walter is compiling a cross-country list of M-EVP researchers which was begun at the If you would like your name and address on this list, with the idea in mind conference. that perhaps sometime in the future it will be shared with other M-EVP members on the list, please let me know and I will send it to Walter. REPORTS FROM MEMBERS I am pleased to announce that Bill Weisensale, an M-EVP member from California, has resl.Illled publication of The Spirit Voice._ This was published for a while several years ago but, for personal reasons, had to be discontinued. I received my first copy of the new issue in September. His newsletter reflects his excellent grasp of electronics. Bill is interested in the technical development of equipment which can

be used by many. ' 2. \ 5 ROLL CALL Since the November Nr.wS, we have added a member from Australia, two more German rneobers, plus members from states already represented. For those interested in a mild dose of statistics, we have twenty-six more men than women who are members of AA-EVP. This might be of interest to sociologists and others, who feel wcxren are more interested in things that go bump in the night. To r:ie there is no mystery why men outnurnber women in their interest in EVP. This is one area of the so-called "paranonnal" (and I use that term with reservation) that our "nuts and bolts" engineers and scientists can cocte to grips with in "hard" research. □ZOSS-COUNTRY LIST Y.iAILED Ma~v responded to the notice in the November NEWS about having their name and address on the· C.!'oss-country list. The first week in January, I sent a list of fifty-eight names to all who wished t:o p;i.rticipate. This list will be updated periodically. on the current list but would like to be on subsequent lists let me know. A special note to our friends in other countries: This list is also for youi it is truly cross-country. we already have names on it from three foreign countries. Pease send me a note if you want your name and address on future lists. If you are not EVP TAPE FOR SALE After reading Mike and Ruth Wolverton's interesting book, How To Build A Lie Detector, Brain \·iave

:vlonitor and Other Secret Para s cholo ical sent to me as a surprise git by Haro Sherman member, 'washington, August NEWS) I wrote to the Wolvertons. Mike replied graciously and said they are living in Australia and continuing to lecture, teach workshops and do parapsychological research. He mentioned that they have a series of audio cassettes about surviving death, one which deals" ... with the latest theory and practice of electronic voice phenomena." To order a copy ($9.95 plus $2 for airmail) or learn more about the other tapes Mike has available write Connunications Associates-Box 1385 GPO Mackay, Queensland 4740 Australia. cts which was kindly Harris, M-FNP recoome e CASSETTE TAPES L\ BULK For those who use IJany cassette tapes in your EVP work, you may be interested in contacting Long's Electronics of Birmingham, Alabama. Rev. H. H. Van Dick, New Jersey M-EVP member, wrote that he finds them to be inexpensive and of excellent quality. Mercedes Shepanek and I have also used them for some time and can agree with Rev. Van Dick. In addition, Long's offers many other reasonably priced electronic aids. For a catalogue, call toll free: 1-800-633-6461. SAC CONFERENCE Paul Johnson, President and Founder of Spiritual Advisory Council, member of M-FNP, is holding his fifth Winter Festival in Orlando, Florida from February 2-5. Notice of this is probably arriving too late for most of our M-EVP members to consider going, but if you live near Orlando, you might want to attend for at least a

day or two. The program promises I will lecture Saturday to be excellent with Sol Lewis and Bryce Bond as featured speakers. morning about EVP and teach a workshop that afternoon. For details, call Paul: 305-898-2500. ODDS AND Ei\JDS In 1601, William Shakespeare wrote, ''We know what we are, but know not what we may be." Those of us who are interested in the electronic voice are getting a glimpse of Eternity. Unlike in Shakespeare's time, we have a better idea of what we may be in the future; the potential that is there for all of us. It could be that the quality of one's Eternity depends on the quality of one's present. 6 Always my best wishes, ..... •am:o• ~ • • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA 726 DILL ROAD SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 2, 1~umoer 4 AA-EVP i\JE'wS February 1 %4 Fi.<.01'1 HY VIEw'POii~T It is winter and tt1e weather has brought to i'faryland its not entirely welcrn:1e 6 1.tts of colJ, snow and ice. The ice rc;ainds me of a message I received throut;h 1:iy tape recorder over a year ago. /iy home is along the banks of a river which becomes ice covered during the winter. One morning, after the ice had returned, I sat down to start t:1y usual rnornin6 tapint_',. At once a Class A voice, apparently referrin6 to the ice on the river asked, "Is

that thick water?" The question raises tl1e issue as to whether this entity came frora a world in which ice is unknown. lie obviously knew, by his use of the word "water," what water is. One morning to his surprise the water is gone. I£ this is the case, then we must further wonder just what his world is liK.e. \\~1at has happened? All that he can think is that the water is thick. In the followin8 recording I tried to explain to him what had occurred during the ni,sht and how the water had turned into ice. Perhaps he now knows what ice is and has carried this information to other~. At least I have received no further observations that the ice outside my off ice window is thick water. Another time when I was cor.municating with a reality I felt was not spirit, I asked how they were able to use our lan.sUage so well and seet:1ed to have a reasonably gooJ understandinf, of concepts expressed and un-expressed in our day-to-day life. Someone replied, 11v-le sit with thee. 11 Some of us, and I know I am one of them, look upon those who corrn:iunicate with us as teachers at times. They also seem to re;;ard us as teachers and this could be one reason why they speak. As William James wrote in Tne Varieties of ~(elirJous Experiences 11 • • • our normal wakin6 consciousness, rational consciousness as we call it, is but one special type of

consciousnesf whilst all about it, parted by the filr:1iest of screens, there lie potential forn1s of consciousness entirely different." In the last newsletter I wrote about the responsil)ility we who are taping voices have to the public at large. recorders to encompass all the unseen from wherever they spea~. helpful we can be to them when this help seeL1s needed. I also feel that this responsibility stretches from our tape ,,ie need to consider how One of the challenges we have is to learn as mucl1 as we can about these possible al ternat, realities. I would like to suggest that we 6 ive r:iore consideration to those messages that seem strange and not dismiss them as an aberration. Most of them probably have meaning to those who give them. There may well be consciousness existing on other planets millions of niles away. suggest it is not necessary to search that far. BEVPA CONFERENCE Ci~~CELED I personally find it heart wan11ing to believe we are not alone. I I have learned from Gilbert Bonner and others that the L:VP conference planned for London in November had to be canceled due to lack of support. Again, how fortunate we were and I repeat r:1y sincere thanks to everyone who helped make our first national conference last August in Baltu~re such a tremendous successt Gilbert, a well-known English EVP researcher, is writing a book about the phenor.iena, has Ile would welcome also written articles, and give lectures concerning the electronic voice. hearing

from M-EVP researchers with statements 400-500 words long giving their opinions, Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death discoveries, etc. concerning their EVP work, for possible inclusion in his presentations. His address is 95 Silverdale Paynton Rd. St. Leonards-East Sussex TN 37 7DZ England. 1"10rill r'lZOM TUE VEILLEUXES t<.ichard, Fred, and their father Joseph, Veilleux, of :Vlaine, are well-known for their psychic photographs as well as some EVP voices. and incluJeJ some of their photographs in their book New Psychic Frontiers. 1Zecently I wrote to ltichard to see if they are continuing their EVP work. He replied that they are to a limited degree but are concentrating more in the area of photography and automatic writing. One of tltei.r cor:11:n.i.riicants told them, "Truth is a torch, and the more you shake it, the Lr1ghter it burns." tr.J do with wha,: we have been gifted to receive." iZichard corrrnented, "It would appear as if there is a bit more 'w'al ter and Mary Jo Uphoff wrote about thera 'shaking' ltOlJ)}'j lU1\II(~ :30Ul~D Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator for the AA-'i.VP and I have discussed u1)on several occasions the Brain/:"',inc.l Bulletin for May 30, 1983, which is devoted larL_'.,ely to 1Iolophonic Sound. Zuccarelli, a scientist who lives in London, has invented this new sounJ technique which broadcasts directly to the brain. Zuccarelli speculates that the brain perceives moving sound in a way that is similar to the construction of a holoj:;ram. That is, the

auditory system emits its own tone which acts as a reference beam similar to the one used to constn.1ct and decode a holograr:1. t:ven the loudest sounds do not cause the normal discomfort associated with volume. Those who listen to a 11olophonic cassette recording describe the effect as 'realer than real.' It has a strange penetrating intensity. Not only do the sounds seem to oove freely around the room, but sometimes they seem to be inside the brain or are felt in various body areas. Apparently because the holophonic effect depends pri.r.1arily on its access to the brain rather than accoustic power, sound equipment meters do not reflect the apparent increase in vohnne. Zuccarelli says. "The effect is not dependent on two ears~ - Each channel of perception -we don't need the cooperation of two channels. Each can give the brain works for itself. the full inforewtion of its speciality." 'There is a great deal more about holophonic sound in the Bulletin but space 1 imits my going into it. ;v1ercedes and I have speculated whccher it r.i.ight be possible to scxnehow develop a holophonic sound recording device that could be used in our EVP work. The advantages are obvious. So much of what we now miss would perhaps be audible, and the results we do get would be clearer. We call upon our engineers anJ scientists to consider if this approach would be practical and if so to do some research. For a copy of the issue oentioned, send

$3 to Brain/Mind Bulletin-P .O. Box 42211 417 N. Fi1;ueroa St. Los Angeles, CA 90042. Zuccarelli's address is 78 Priory Rd. London N8, Sngland. N01lli MIRROR YiESSAGES In earlier issues of the NEWS, I wrote that several of us such as Mercedes, Dan McKee, Clara Laughlin and I had received messages telling us we should use mirrors in our work. I spoke about the mirror messages on the EVPQ-3 tape produced by Alexander MacRae, which is sent to many individuals around the world. At the end, I asked the listeners to let re know if they had recorded mirror messages, because I was eager to learn if similar messages crossed the boundat iE!> of one country. Apparently they do. Alec said on tape, at the conclusion of my talk, that he also has received r.i.irror 1nessages. In the one he was told to, "Look in the miror." - - In a recent letter, Alec said that he believes the reverse voices are valid. There is controversy as to whether the voices heard on the wrong side of our tapes are genuine paranormal voices. There is every evidence that they frequently are, but some have trouble accepting this because the whole idea seems so incredible. who worked for Stanford Research and NASA before returning home to Skye, Scotland and is re"arded as one of the top men in the Western world in the field of voice analysis and re:earch, does accept reverse voices as communication from other realities. I was happy

to know that Alec, 2. KBnig and said her husband had died fifteen minutes earlier! Since then he has succeeded in recording two minutes of a two-way conversation between himself and Stein8kel in which SteinBkel gave his complete name. This conversation took place with several other people in the room. His voice has been compared to his life-time voice and as Dr. Senkowski wrote, "They are so similar that any reasonable person will imnediately recognize, again there is a certain touch/dialect very characteristic." Edelgard John, another Gennan member, subsequently wrote that she was present at the Fulda conference when Otto KBnig demonstrated his equipnent. She wrote: "One can hear the answers from the other side at once so this really is like a call with the telephone! The very best, well fascinating thing was, two mothers that had lost their children called, and the children answered with clear voices and several times with long sentences." I am grateful to Dr. Senkowski and Mrs. John for their two interesting letters and for bringing us up to date on Otto KBnig' s work. We all 'rejoice' I am sure, at his continued I have always felt that one person's success is a success for all of us. success. REVIEW-GERMAN EVP NE.1\1S I am indebted to Urbain Berthelot, Belgium M-EVP member, for sending to me a xerox copy of an article fran the German EVP newsletter. Many thanks are also owed to Tan Roers, MD M-EVP member, who translated it for me. The

article, written by Fidelio KBberle, tells about Otto KBnig's recording session at Radio luxemburg on January 15, 1983. It mentions how loud and clear many of the voic•:~s are that come through KBnig's "generator." KBberle writes, "Now there are microphone recorded voices of unexpected strength, percision, clear and noise-free. People can no longer say that one is hearing something in the background noise that isn't there." Mr. Berthelot also included in his letter two block diagrams KBnig had made of his electronic set-up for recording EVP voices. Space prohibits showing both of them but Monty Hearon, a retired engineer, has examined them and suggests the one shown here might be of most interest to other engineers and researchers. • -r: 11. J'"1.. 'vlG. V L F·.:.Ber- '.l>e- Hoau La:lion.. ..,__....,._-4VLF-1,1,: \0 e lose - Bestel-Nr 6:ll 615 tr1 - - S.sle/1-Nr 6:ll 616 5. ROU. CAIL We have added new members in the last three mnths. Men continue to outmnnber women. In the February N&1S I wrote there were twenty-six mre r.:en than women. Today, the men have a lead of twenty-seven. Maryland leads the states with sixteen members. Virginia is close behind with fifteen. rn.oss-COUNTitY LIST Those of you who have re-newed your membership in the last several months have noticed there is no longer a space to check if you want to share your name and address with others in your state. nembership. list. Many of you have indicated you pr'7fer this and at this time we have

seventy names on the list. The list will be updated each quarter and those who are on the list will receive the new names along with your newsletter. I have had to eliminat~ state mailing lists due to the large growth in Instead of thirty sane individual lists, we now have~ large cross-country NEWSLETTER DEADLINE I am pleased at the increased participation that M-FYP members are taking in the newsletter. It seems each time we have more members with Nt"'WS to share. This is good! Deadlines, however, are necessary. Once I have your contributions, I must put them together in sane sort of readable collation, keeping an eye to space limitations. Then off to the printer it must go, followed by putting the paper together, addressing and stuffing envelopes, writing special notes to some, enclosing updated cross-country lists in the proper envelopes, separating overseas envelopes from the domestic ones and so on. If you have something you want in the next newsletter please meet newsletter deadlines or regretfully it might be too late. The deadline for the August newsletter is July 7. M-EVP NATIONAL CONFERENCE-1985 Many members who attended the conference last year, and a ntunber who did not, have asked me whether we were going to have another conference this sunrner. Something that was as successful as our August '83 conference bears repeating. For several reasons having a conference this sur.rner is impractical but one is planned for 1985 .. I will contact the Hyatt Regency in the next

several months and make reservations for a firm date. Already I have in mind several things for program and it is something you won't want to miss. Watch future newsletters for details! EGYPI' On May 13, my daughter Becky, who many of you met at the conference, and I will be leaving for Egypt. During the two weeks we are away, we will be part of a group of 36 lead by Lynn J. Gardner of Indianapolis, Indiana. The group is comprised largely of individuals interested in exploring inner-dimensions, and open to the possibility of other realities. We will spend all night in the Great Pyramid of Cheops, part of a night at the feet of the Sphinx, and hold a seance at Seti's Tomb. Our travels will take us to the Sinai Desert and- St. Katherine's Monastery. At dawn we will climb Mt. Sinai. Becky and I will take along several tape recorders and it is our hope that unseen entities will speak to us on tape at different locations. ODDS AND ENDS Today we begin our third year. We have reached this point because of the faith and support of many. Each new year is a milestone, a marker, which points towards the future. Recently on a tape sent to me by Stuart Wilde, Publisher of the Mystic Trader, a friend of his and wel 1-known trance medium, spoke in trance. Someone who cal ls himself the Old Chinese and says he lived thousands of years ago, speaks

through this individual. One of the things that impressed me, and can be applied to our individual lives, as well as the M-'FNP, was sanething he said. "Have faith in what you are. Have faith in what you are to be." I would like to share it with you at this time. 6 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21148 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVPTAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 3, Number 1 M-EVP NEWS May 1984 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Here we are--our Second Anniversary! It is time to reflect, to assess." A year ago I wrote, ''We are continuing on our way! Evaluation of a group, of a life, should be done IlX)re than once a year. Perhaps I may be forgiven if I say I feel the M-EVP has a life of its own. Two years ago I breathed a spark of life into--sanething--that I felt was waiting. It took off and as one person said to me recently about the Association, ''You've got a tiger by the tail." Ah, yes, but what a tiger it isl and seems to be headed in a direction towards which I can only dimly perceive and encourage. In the first newsletter I wrote we had members in ten states and Canada. . A year later I give the lead a tug here and there, but I am not it. It has its own mind our membership had grown to twenty-seven states

and three countries. Today thirty-four states, the District of Columbia and eight foreign countries are represented. We have added over 100 new members in the last year. Statistics can sound impressive but numbers in themselves have little meaning. What lies In this case you are the ntunbers. behind the numbers? ask ourselves "What has M-EVP meant to its members?" In a proper evaluation, we have to One member living temporarily overseas wrote on her Christmas card, ''Your newsletter is the one bright spot in my life!" A man from Pennsylvania wrote last month on his renewal In March, a woman came to my office to see what membership, "Best organization I belong to." kind of equiµnent I use and to observe me making a recording. For almost a year she and her sister had tried unsuccessfully to contact their father who died a year ago in another country. We made a recording together and when she called on her father three messages were received, including one on the reverse side of the tape ~en he said, "I'm with you my daughter." Members write or phone asking for help with recording problems or just to tell me how things are going for them. You have let me know that M-EVP is important to you. Last August we held a successful national conference in Baltimore. New friends were made at the conference. Valuable ideas and suggestions came from those who were there and are being carried out today. Curtis Fuller, Publisher of

FATE magazine, wrote about the conference in his, I SEE BY THE PAPERS feature in the March 1984 issue and suggested that the M-EVP is one of the "new doors" being opened to "extrasensory perception and other mind phenomena.'' .. In the March-April 1984 issue of Parapsychology Review it was mentioned that Arthur C. Clarke (noted author) felt that great discoveries tend to be made by people who are too ignorant to know that what they are trying to do is impossible. One can live with failure as long as one has tried. To do less for something in which one believes is unforgivable. No matter how limited a person is he can take at least one step. The future for M-EVP? Who can say. First, it seems necessary to let others know about the electronic voice for it is surprising how many have never heard about it. Secondly, we will try to learn oore about the phen~na for there is much we don't know and there may be worlds of consciousness to explore., Thirdly, we will continue to support all valid research which leads to better ccxrmunication with the unseen from wherever they speak. With your help we have cane this far. With your continued help we will rrove into the future, together. Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death . EVP CONTACT? 1936 Most of us have heard about the early days of EVP recordings which took place in the

1950's. It may cane as a surprise to learn that an effort to produce voices CaJll! as early as 1936. In a letter fran William Callander of England he wrote. ''You might be interested to know I had made the first CI believe) effort to produce voices in 1936, a box-like wireless set-2 valves and a large H. T. Battery• with two leads attached to a speaker, holding one lead in each hand. I got lots of noises ... Alex MacRae thinks I would have had voices if I could have taped them, but tapes were unknown." MIRRORS Each time the enigma of the mirrors has been mentioned in a newsletter it brings a flood of inquiries. To bring new members up to'date several years ago three of us unknown to each other at the time taped messages telling us to use a mirror while recording. mentioned the mirrors on A. MacRae's EVP Quarterly Tape-3, and said I was eager to learn if unique messages, such as those about mirrors,- crossed the boundries of one country. I Barbara Jennison, new AA-EVP member fran England wrote that she had heard the tape and thought I might be interested in her experience with mirrors. One day while taping, she said, "Here's a photo of the lady." Saneone said on tape, ''Use a mirror." Clara Laughlin, Virginia AA-EVP member, recently recorded two mirror messages. A voice I love to watch our conscious and our mirror." Another said, "I'm in front of ou. time

a voice as ~Can~_2t:..,1y~ou~w~a~t~c:!!..~'l~our~..!!~~~!:!!..~~~~~- In February I was asked to lecture and teach a workshop about EVP at the Spiritual Advisory Council conference in Orlando, Florida. During the talk I mentioned the mirrors and how they related scxnewhat to the cross-correspondence cases, famous :i.n literature about evidence for survival. Several people came up to talk to me about them later. Sol Lewis, keynote lecturer at the conference, President of the Michigan Metaphysical Society, new member of AA-f:.VP, wrote to me after the conference. He said he had been "impressed" to tell me to use two mirrors angled toward the other so a reflection wuld be created. I am now doing this. The first time I tried it I asked if they thought the second mirror would help them. A male entity in a Class A voice replieq, ''Yes I see with them. D:>esn't seem to hel me toda. t y I will o over and learn to use it." Since then ve earne to use t ve sa1. t y i . DAVID LOTIIAMER'S TECHNIQUE David LothaJll!r, CA State Coordinator for AA-EVP, is eager to share with you the recording technique that works so well for him. He thought some of you might·· like to try it. If you do, David would like to hear about your results. He is on the cross.,.country list. Connect a patchcord fran headphones outlet of radio that you are using for a sound source to Main In of equalizer. Connect another patchcord frcxn Main

Out of equalizer to Line In of recorder. Either channel of recorder can be used. Microphone should be plugged into the other channel. Headphones are plugged into headphone outlet of recorder. You can now hear what is on the radio and can control the volune. On tape playback all radio intrusions and mst of the paranormal messages are on the channel that is not carrying the mike. David sent me a tape of voices recorded this way and they are unusually clear. GILBERT BONNER REPORTS In an interesting letter received from Gilbert Bormer, English EVP researcher he wrote, "I put in for a grant for further study in evp in relation to Left/Right brain hemisphere decoding and Subliminal hearing to SPR London. On a split decision my request was refused but I was interviewed by a psychiatrist and his assistant ... given a cassette by them and told to get voices. Before two witnesses at 4 in the afternoon on their own tape I recorded evp including Raudive." 2. UL'IRASONICS IN GERMANY Dr. Ernst Senkowski, German M-FNP member, wrote that Otto Konig, German researcher is continuing to work on the ultrasonic method for EVP recordings. "In long-time experimentation you never have a stand-still. The parts are changed, rearranged, it is a dynamic procedure ... Konig himself is of opinion that the whole developnent is far fran perfect--so what is the use of giving exact data which--at time given--are already surpassed by another set." In his letter he wrote, George Meek,

President of Metascience Foundation, Franklin, NC, ·sent me a tape of Voices Konig had recorded. It is outstanding. Raudive's voice which came through at the Fulda conference is on it as well as Walter Steinokel, a former co-worker of Konig' s. Their after death voices are compared with their before death voices, and one can hear that they match! ULTRASONICS IN U.S.A. I am pleased to report that sane of our members are doing research which will, we hope, ultimately lead to improved ccmnunication between dimensions for all. Walter Sherbrooke, CA AA-EVP member, is working on an ultrasonic system which will be ready for field testing by several of us in the near future. Jerry Bennett, GA State Coordinator of AA-EVP, has completed work on his first ultrasonic converter which I am now field testing with interesting results. It will then go to Dan McKee and finally to Mercedes Shepanek for additional testing before going back to Jerry for further modification. Although I have experimented with Jerry's converter in various ways, and each way has brought positive results, the best results have been achieved when I use it in canbination with other sound sources such as the short wave on the radio set to 14 MHz. There is a lead on front of the converter which is plugged into the right channel of my reel to reel tape I have an audio generator recorder. set to 40-43 kHz, and a tweeter connected to the generator. In this way I am

able to hear the sounds over the wal 1 speakers, or through the tape recorder, by wearing headphones plugged into the headphone outlet of the recorder. You can build a similar converter. Jerry used the plans shown in Radio Electronics-Special Projects Book-Spring 1981. Permission to print the schematic diagram was kindly granted to us by Gernsback Publications Inc., 1981. (The microphone is plugged into the left channel.) t ;·,· r-----------·---- --·-·---·--·-----··-··· ----- ---.. -1--41·····-- RI 220K TOI + Cl IOµF R2 220K R5 1M R4 220Sl C2 O.lµF CJ .DlµF C4 .OlµF 16 9 12 Vss 4 5 JAM 7 14 CLOCK IC2 CD4018 ... RS 22K B GND PRESET RESET ENABLE 15 10 5 ~ 13 04 11 QJ 6 02 4 01 5 JAM 1 2 3 2 3 7 TO DIVIDE INPUT BY CONNECT OATA TO 10 8 6 4 2 05 04 03 ii.2 01 9V 1 + -I •-I -T cs I.01µF + C7 SOµF ! +9V l SCHEMA TIC DIAGRAM of the ultrasonic listener. Transducer T01 should be connected to the device using coaxial cable. 5. The day before returning hor;:e I contacted an Egyptian with whom I had beccxne acquainted on the second day I was in Cairo. The Queen's Chamber in the Great Pyramid of Cheops is now kept locked, but my canpanion was able to obtain the key. We met early at the Pyramids, and he unlocked the gate to the Charaber promising to return in an hour. D..lring this time,

while I sat alone, locked in the Chamber, a number of excellent quality voices were taped. Perhaps it is appropriate that the last two messages I recorded in Egypt called me by nrure and said they stayed with me .. In cooparing the voices received in Egypt with those taped in my office there are sane notable differences. No sound source was ever used. The voices in Egypt had an unusual "power" to them. Many had a strong drum beat rhythm. Since I was aware that I might be contacting some very "old" entities, I carefully explained each time what the tape recorder was that I held in my hand and what it would do. Recording in places going back aeons of tir:Je, considering their history and what we know'about their purpose for being built, it is perhaps not surprising that the invisibles w'ere near-by~ - One, however, can have only the greatest sense of gratitude to them for speaking and for the type of message that they brought. They could easily have remained silent. The fact that they didn't, that they spoke frequently of I sensed a love, truth and light, gives evidence as to what qualities are important to them. nobility of spirit in many of those ~uo spoke and one can only continue to wonder from what realr.i them came. 1 · ROIL CAIL In the last three nonths we have added members from six states plus two foreign countries, including our first r.1enber from the R.epublic

of South Africa. To all new members, Welcorre! Ci{OSS-mrnITRY LIST Our cross-country list is continuing to grow. Many members who are renewing their memberships are indicating they want to be included, and their names have been added. If you are on the list, an update is enclosed. tV1.-EVP NATIONAL CONFERENCE Mark your calendars! A date has been selected for the second M-BIP national conference. It will be held at the Hilton Inn, Columbia, Maryland from August 8-11; 1985. The Hyatt-Regency, where the conference was held last year, had nothing open until the middle of September 1985. was a good possibility that by next year they would be even higher;- In addition, their room rates had increased $30 a night and there I have signed a contract with the Hilton and by so doing their very reasonable rates, in effect at this time, are guaranteed for our conference. The Hilton is beautiful with superior accoIIIUOdations, meeting rooms and restaurants. Columbia is only twenty-five minutes from downtown Baltimore and forty minutes from Washington, D.C. There is limousine service from the Baltimore-Washington International Airport to the Hilton and plenty of parking for cars. 'There will be new features and opportunities offered to those who attend the conference. I have been in touch by letter and phone with Ernst Senkowski in Germany. He and Otto Konig, the Gemian EVP researcher who has had such excellent results in the development of ultrasonic equiµnent, will be with us. The two of them will conduct a one-day

intensive workshop on Thursday, August 8, for those interested in an in-depth study of ultrasonics and their relation to the electronic voice. On Friday afternoon through Sunday afternoon, the re.11ainder of the conference will be held. More details about the conference in future newsletters. It is not too soon to start planning to be with us for this outstanding event! ODDS AND ENDS Keep in touch with me and with others through our newsletter. If you have something you feel would be appropriate for our November newsletter, please send it to me.no later than October 6. Until then, Always my best wishes, 6 _ ) J~~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION .. ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERN A PARK, MARYLAND Z 11,1 721 DILL ROAD (JOI) H7-87U SARAH ESTEP, P'OUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVPTAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 3, Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS August 1984 FROM MY VIEl-JPOII\11' In the last three months I have experienced many things, some for the first time .. I took my first flig.l-it and traveled close to 12,000 niles. My life has been touched by hundreds of people from around the world and it will never be the same. belief reinforced that people are people, fr01n wherever they cone and in whatever situation they exist. I am reminded, however, of Ken Wilber's ccmnent from his new book, Quantum It was no surprise to have my stions: The M stical Writ· s of the World's Great Ph sicists " ... all things are God, ut some things

are more God t n ot rs. . . The saire cou said about People. Al though tiany of those I have raet since May cane fran backzrounds as different as it is possible to be from mine we had no difficulty corrrnunicating. A smile, a touch, looking deeply into each other's eyes was usually all that was necessary. Y;0st people I met had never heard about recording voices of the dead. somehow, I was able to show them what I did or hoped to do. and I knew by their smiles and a nod of their heads that, "Yes," they were with me. Indeed, some had never seen a tape recorder before but, "AY wa, AY wa," they replied, The book, Adventures In In1nortality: A Look Be~ond The Threshold of Death, by George Gallup, Jr. with h'illiai7l Proctor, states that belief in t~e possibility of contact with the dead is held by perhaps 37 million people. It was my good :furtune that many of those I met in the last three ronths were part of that 37 million. Each of us find our own way to cocl!lUilicate with the living. Some of us also find a way to Cor:JTlllnicate with those who have completed their death experience. 'I\v0 articles about EVP, one published, one unpublished, have crossed my desk since May. I have questions and reservations about both of them. The unpublished piece is written by a person who calls himself, " ... a curious outsider who has casually

followed <leveloµnents in the l'..W field ... " Since I am personally acquainted with this individual I can endorse both of these assessnents of himself. It baffles me then how such a person, who has never done any real work in the field, _can write fifteen pages which basically focuses on what we are doing wrong and how it can be corrected. I would be the first to say that the field of EVP is far_ from perfect. :Vhlch needs to be done. New equipment, new energy sources, and perhaps new ways to .approach what we do need to be devised. This will not be accomplished by theorizing, especially by curious outsiders. It will only be realized by gifted, knowledgeable,~creative people who are willing to becane involved in the nitty-gritty, frustrating work of trial and error. TI1ere is always room for this sort of person. If you have been uninvolved until now, think about joining us! The door is open. JUST ASK Since May I have had a number of people write or call me requesting specific instructions I have tried to help each of these individuals and trust on how to record paranormal voices. before long they will have the joy and thrill as they record their first EVP message._· Ross Brown, M-FNP raernber fr0r.1 Calgary, suggested that perhaps I could write about how to get. voices on tape in the newsletter. I explained to Ross that it would take a large portion . of the newsletter to do

this but promised to give it soire thou6ht. to raake this offer. about recording £VP voices if you will send me a self-addressed, starnped,Number 10 size envelope. In order to help you becOlne involved, I will mail you a how-to P?per I have, and so would like Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death ULTRASONIC-PSYCHOKINETIC EFFECT? Monty Hearon, Oregon State C.OOrdinator, sent me an interesting letter in which he described an incident that happened to him the first time he was using ultrasonic frequencies as a sound source. I will quote frcxn it: "It occurred on Feb. 16th, 1982 when I first tried out the use of ultrasonic sound as an adjunct to paranormal taping. Our ultrasonic burglar alarm is upstairs, so I brought the taping equipnent upstairs and put it in the breakfast I was in the house alone ... nook where the mikes would get a direct blast fran the alarm. I had only been taping several minutes when the front door (or maybe the stonn door) was violently shaken as though by a giant. ruining my taping. You guessed it, there was no one there. The noise occurred while I was in the recording nooe and the first part of the noise is on, the tape. Well, I returned to my taping and about five minutes later the same thing happened. This time I was prepared and it took me about one second to get to the door and

throw it open. Again, no one was there. The second time the noise occurred when I was in the playback nnde so it is not recorded. I turned off the tape recorder and went to the door and threw it open. I was naturally irritated since this noise was "The purpose of reporting this incident in your newsletter is to find out if other tapers have had similar experiences. While I think all of us get audible raps while taping, have others gotten these strong psychokinetic effects? The one I mentioned is the only thing of that type which has occurred to me while taping. Naturally I asked on the tape who was at the front door, but got no reply. I had gotten some voices, so contact had been made." If any of you have received an unusual psychokinetic effect while taping, please let me know so I may report it in the November newsletter. You may also write directly to Monty. He is on the cross-country list. SIMILAR TO CROSS-CORRESPONDENCE Most readers are familiar with cross-correspondence in the history of psychic phenomena. Very briefly, it allegedly originated with the spirit of F.W.H. Myers in the early 1900's. He devised a plan whereby mediums in various parts of the world received fragments of messages at about the same tirae that apparently had no particular poin~ or meaning. When these messages were put together it was like fitting pieces of a puzzle together and the meaning then became clear. Most

of the messages were received through autanatic writing and the mediums did not know what anyone else w·as, receiving at the time. There have been a number.of cross-correspondence cases since then and they are strong evidence for survival. , The closest case of cross-correspondence for EVP are the mirror .. messages. This is especially true when several years ago three of us (Estep; McKee; Shepanek) unknown to each other taped messages about mirrors. Something similar occurred more recently. Although I had heard the word for the first and only time three ronths earlier and had seldom thought about it since then, it is only fair to mention that it was part of my knowledge. In January I received a thirty-minute tape of some paranormal messages Otto Konig had taped. One of the recordings took place in his hone in December in front of several people. Dr. Ernst Senkowski, AA-EVP member from Gennany, was part of this group. During the taping a very clear voice said, "Auroraclub." You can hear Dr. Senk.owski's excitement when this word comes over the wall speakers for he calls his transccmnunication station "Aurora" and it had not be taped before. An unseen entity had created a new word, "Auroraclub." On April 27, I recorded an excellent Class A male voice which said, "Auroraclub." This, along with several other messages received in the next two days, was sent to Dr. Senkowski. He agrees with my interpretation of "Auroraclub." 2. VOICES FROM EGYPT Egypt spoke to me in

many ways. The people, the land, its history and countless numbers of invisibles reached out and touched me during the two weeks I visited in May. Before going to Egypt I wondered whether the unseen would speak. If on-going consciousness was found in the ancient tombs and ·temples what would its nature be? Would I be cormunicating with 4,000 year old earth-bound entities or would conscious entities fran higher realms be willing, or even able, to speak through something as prosaic as a ta~ recorder? Since Becky agreed to try for the first time a l:ilnited arnou.~t of taping, I gave her a Sanyo recorder while I ''wore" a microcassette recorder in the camera case hung around my neck. All recordings were battery operated because there are no convenient electrical outlets in ta:tbs thousands of years old. Our group was led by Lynn Gardner (4146 N. Illinois St. Indianapolis, IN 46208.) It was comprised of people accepting of other realities and open to the possibility of contacting them. There was great interest in what I was doing and sone tried their own recordings. Lynn is leading a similar group to Egypt from October 5-21, and has invited n~ t91 go as Co-host and teach an EVP workshop "on location." If I can possibly get away I will accept. If you are interested in going, drop me a note. I' 11 s-emtl you sane helpful tips as to useful equiµoont. Becky and I taped over 100 ~'VP messages. Voices were recorded

in nore than twelve locations in such areas as the Pyramids, the Sphinx, Temples of Abydos, Luxor, Karnak, tile Valley of the Kings, and the Coptic tombs in the western desert. place or cover fully the many excellent Class A voices that were taped. sixty-minute composite tape of some of the things we recorded. There is an order blank enclosed if you would like to order one. I cannot begin to go into all that took I have made a In many of the locations I felt as if I could reach out and touch the unseen presences. A warm, caring feeling was paramount. They showed an awareness of us at all times and responded to our requests, singing a nUI"!lber of messages as I had asked. At the Temple of Abydos, llecky taped two minutes of the 1aost unusual, beautiful paranomal singing I have heard. Unique words I used in my questions or corrrrents were used l>y them. Only three messa6es indicated that the In only one place did I feel at all threatened. corrnunicator was earth-bound or in trouble. I had climbed down a steep ladder to a small room This happened at the Temple of Denderah. Imnediately I felt as I stood with my back against the rock wall and under the temple that was used for "Magic" rites thousands of years ago. if an unseen horde was crowding up against 1ne. made one quick three minute recording before heading back to the ladder. On tape playback

there were two Class A messages. In the one, a nale voice called my name and asked me to guide him. At the Rock Tombs of Beni Hassan, reached after crossing the Nile on a ferry-boat, riding donkeys to the foot of steep cliffs, and then climbing the cliffs, I recorded many Class A rressages. Cameras were strictly prohibited in the tombs because the flash from them would further fade the beautiful wall murals. As we ~ntered each of these 4,000 year old toobs, I would slip away from the group and walk around before beginning to record. The Egyptian guard noticed me doing this, and thinking it was a camera I held, started over to 1ne with stick upraised in a threatening manner. Neither of us spoke the.other's langa~e and it looked as if we were about to have an unpleasant incident. Fortunately I was able to show him with smiles and gestures that what I held in my hand was not a camera but a tape recorder for recording voices. After a moment he seemed to understand. He lowered his stick, smiled, nodded his head and walked away so I was free to continue recording. On tape playback later, a clear male voice said, i.Imediate:Q before the guard approached, ''Have no fear.'' The two locations that affected me the most personally were the Coptic tanbs in the Western desert and a small tanb by the Pyramids that few people visit. At the s~ond I felt great sadness as

I sat on the stone floor by a statue of a young boy. Many messages were taped including: "I'm back with you II and ''We thought rou 'd come. II Becky was sitting in the same roan a few feet away and taped. a group of five C ass A messages, different froo mine. Her first message was, ''My oother." The feeling at the Coptic tombs was one of joy and peace. When I turned the microphone over to anyone who wished to speak a female voice said, "I buried you." 5. TIPS FOR TRIPS Going on a trip? Thinking about taking your tape recorder along? Let me enc?ura~e !ecording in you to do this. The unseen are everywhere and in many cases will speak. the field however The acoustics are very different' and you ;ill not be able to use a sound source. Recordin~ techniques need to be altered slightly. There are unique challenges to be met but meetin~ them succes~fully There are seve_ral small pieces of equ~pment brings its own special sense of reward. ( inexpensive and easily obtained) that you should take with _YOU. If you would like to receive your "tips" send me a self-addressed, stamped No. 10 size envelope. is not the same as recording in your home. ROLL CALL With so many people learning about the AA-EVP in the last three months, I have had difficulty keeping up with the number of requests for additional information and the follow-up work that has been required.

As a result, it has been necessary to engage the services of a part-time secretary for several hours a week. A sign of growth! Over 40 new members have joined the Association. Colorado, Hawaii, Kansas, Nevada, Oklahoma, and South Carolina are now represented with thirty some other states. California has shown the greatest growth with seven new members. To everyone, we're glad to have you! CROSS-COUNTRY LIST Over thirty names have been added to the cross-country list. In the If you want your status The the list will find the Fall supplemental list enclosed. will be one updated and current list. to the list or taken off, now is the time to let me know. the dead line! Those of you who are on Winter newsletter, there changed, your name added first week in January is BEST OF '84 In the May newsletter we had an excellent feature, suggested by Dan McKee, of the best EVP messages received by members during the year. A number of you urged that we do this yearly. The first newsletter of the new year seems to be more appropriate so please three most send me, no interesting messages you the Winter newsletter. later than January 5, what you consider to be These will be taped during 1984. the featured two or in AA-EVP NATIONAL CONFERENCE RESPONSE Although our national conference is nine months away, many people have written that they have marked their calendars for August 8-11, and will be with us. Luise Fuchs

of Germany, wrote that she expects to come. Her friend Bernadette Arras, also of Germany, called and said she, and possibly her mother, plan to be present. Bernadette will bring some of her tapes and this will be interesting for everyone. One of our Canadian members Perhaps we should call the conference International? Whatever, it said she is coming. promises responding with helpful suggestions. Our State Coordinators are to be outstanding. ODDS AND ENDS for "Thank you!" the many gracious letters that came as a to the May newsletter and to those who wrote after receiving the Egyptian tape. Your response was heart-warming. As Bernadette Arras said in our phone conversation, "I was afraid when I ordered, "Voices From Egypt" I would have difficulty understanding it since it is not in my native tongue. My friends and I found it very clear." The only criticism concerning the May newsletter was from people who wrote, "You didn't say enough about Egypt." Well, The newsletter is for you there must be a limit to my own contributions for the NEWS. and-, as much as possible, by you! few tales to be told about our experiences. Possibly I may have a special workshop about Egypt at the conference, as suggested by several people. We will wait and see what develops. There are still a response Meanwhile, until later, you have, Always my best wishes, 6 QY •anm• • • AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 728 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742

SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL 3 , Number 3 RESEARCH MEETINGS AA.-EVP NEWS EVP TAPES COUNSELING ◄ Fall 1984 FROM MY VIEWPOINT In the last three months I have received hundreds of letters and many phone cal ls. lecture, This is largely due to over 200,000 people learning about the AA-EVP newsletters, special features in catalogues, and a television appearance in Chicago. through a One unusually poignant letter came from Doris, a forty year old woman who large southern city. Doris asked me to pray for her pet pig Valentine. I've been asked to pray for a lot of things but never was non-plussed when I read this. taken from Doris I won't go into all the details except to say Valentine was a pig! because pigs aren't allowed in the city. The final disposition of Valentine is to be decided in court and Doris begged me to call the mayor and ask him to save her pig. She closed her letter with, "God bless you. Please help." Unexpressed, but very clear, was She would lose the only thing her fear that the court would decide to kill Valentine. she loved and, she felt, the one thing that loved her. She was terrified of the hurt that would come if she had to face life without Valentine. lives in a I must admit I A month later Kay phoned me. tape recorder. She asked if I would teach her how to contact her Ed had died six

months earlier but was still around. husband through a During the last eleven years of their fifty-four year old marriage, Ed had been bedfast. the end to have him Kay cared for him the entire time and said Ed begged her near cremated and bring his ashes back to the house for safe-keeping. He was "afraid" to leave her. Kay did this and daily goes into the room where his ashes are kept, puts her hands on the urn and talks to him. Ed is quiet during the day but as soon as Kay goes to bed, the windows rattle and someone pounds on the front door so loudly that the entire house shakes. This keeps up all night and Kay can't sleep. The once skeptical daughter She is so frightened she won't in-law spent a night with Kay and heard the same thing. come back and thinks Kay's wanting to contact Ed is "evil." Kay said, "You know it's hard to give up someone you love who you've been married to for over fifty years. If I tell him to be quiet at night, he'll think I don't love him." We talked about this and perhaps I helped Kay see that for her sake, as well as Ed's, Like Doris, Kay was not able to face life without that she should help him move on. which she loved. In his excellent article, "Archarmonics of Egypt," Dr. Joseph Jochmans (Earth Star in Aswan, Summer Resources paper) writes about the initiation

which took place ages ago Egypt. The initiate was brought before a covered statue of Isis and at the base read the inscription, "No man has uncovered the last veil." As Dr. Jochmans so aptly wrote, "When the inner realms are explored and information is received from beyond, even that other reality is found to be a veil covering another deeper reality ... One can keep penetrating veil after veil ... The mysteries of the universe and creation go on forever." Those of us who work extensively with EVP have discovered the same thing. As we The answer of one, or a penetrate one reality after another we learn there are others. hundred, questions always brings more questions. There is no final answer because there is no final question. We can perhaps help Doris, Kay (and Ed), and others who turn to us for help, but we can go only so far. One might become discouraged to realize there will never be an "end in sight." Or one can accept this with joy knowing that knowing is limitless and we are free to journey towards an unreachable infinity. Established to Provide Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death LOOK INTO THE MIRROR The mirror messages some EVP researchers have everyone interested in the phenomena of the electronic voice. the following State Coordinator, sent actively involved in recording or not, can try Jerry's experiment. to me. Everyone who wishes, whether received have fascinated almost Jerry Bennett,

Georgia they are "Those of you who have received the cryptic phrase, "Look into the mirror," on their EVP tapes may be interested in some experiences of mine. I don't know that this is what the EVP Voices are referring to or not, but I suspect it is. You may want to try the experiment to "see" (hopefully) the person or spirit who has been speaking to you on your tapes. "I was given instructions on how to see "spirits" in a psychic development class ... ! On three occasions I was startled to see someone tried the experiment and it worked! looking back at me in my own mirror! ... For those anxious to try for themselves let me explain the method I was given. First, and most important of all, is to protect yourself from undesirable type spirits by asking for God's protection before you start. "Now for the details. I use my bathroom mirror at night with one candle burning off I stand looking to my left side several feet from me. This is the only illumination. trying not to blink and being very still and quiet. into my own eyes in the mirror, Blinking the the process and requires starting over with the eyes seems concentration ... Soon you may notice that your facial features appear to be rearranging themselves. Don't be alarmed but continue looking into the mirror. The next step may the mirror take 15-20 minutes to occur. temporarily clouds over with swirling white

clouds, looking through a window (where the mirror was) and see people and places in full color. This last step happens with startling swiftness and the clarity of vision is so great and the colors so bright that everything appears "more real'' than real! The condition you are looking for is when then instantly, you are to retard "If you don't achieve success after several attempts, you may want to try daily meditations and a vegetarian diet. "For the future, I want to try the experiment with someone else present to determine if they agree on what's been seen. Also, I would like to set up a camera and video tape recorder and try to capture the images that I see. "I would like to hear the results of anyone trying these experiments. ' Jerry D. Bennett-3980 Pineview Drive-Smyrna, Georgia 30080." I also would like to hear from anyone who tries Jerry's experiment so I can use this Jerry enclosed a book list for those who want more information 1n the Winter newsletter. on scrying. Unfortunately, there isn't room to print it but he said most of the books could be obtained from Health Research, Box 70; Mokelumne Hill, California 95245. NEWS FROM ABROAD I received an interesting letter from Gilbert Bonner, an English EVP researcher. Gilbert has been working in the field of EVP for many years and feels discouraged by the lack of positive feedback. Gilbert wrote, "Things regarding evp at moment here are dead. . .. ASSAP

has done The News of the World (largest Sunday) has shelved article on evp. . .. Hearing voices requires good hearing plus the correct nothing re-conference promised. psychological attitude. An attentive yet relaxed state of mind." Gilbert feels the major problem is to prove to skeptics (such as many psychologists, parapsychologists, and other scientists) that the voices are from separate entities speaking from one or more dimensions. UP TO A CHALLENGE? Let's give some serious to what Gilbert and many others feel is a major problem for EVP. How can we prove to open-minded skeptics that those who speak to us on tape are independent, conscious entities? Think about this and send me your ideas. I'd like to feature them in the Winter newsletter. thought 2 REVERSED TAPE PSYCHIC LECTURE EXPERIMENT Hu Custer PA AA-EVP member, of STAR Tapes (632 South Locust St., Elizabethtown, _PA 1702 2) has d;vised a reverse tape experiment for everyone. The outcome could help give significant evidence for the reverse voi:e phenomena if 1;11any people (you!). take part. Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator, will collaborate with Hu on the experiment. impressed any is a preli!'1inary a~tempt Hu wrote: "Three taped lectures given by people claimed to be psy~hic will be reverse copied and offered to AA-EVP members for EVP ~nalysis. The three ~111 be chosen from a collection of 600 or so masters, copies of which are currently available for _memb;rs of :o determine if the several organizations. The experiment lecturers have information onto their

recordings which can be heard by reverse playing. Help is needed from members of AA-EVP. You will need a casse~te p~ayer with a counter. Tapes will be exact copies of the master, reversed, and you will listen to up to 60 minutes of recorded material. This will take several hours. You must agree to complete the work within two weeks an~ return the tape_ and a completed set of results as well as answering a number of questions. Results will be analyzed and the ?utcome shared with the membership. Complete instructions and data sheets will be sent with the cassette. You will not know who is lecturing on the tape and are requested to not try to find out. If you desire to take part in the experiment, please send your name, address and $1.00 to help cover costs to Mercedes Shepanek, 6603 Beverly Ave., McLean, VA 22101. Cassettes become the property of AA-EVP when the experiment is completed. Several blinds are built into the experiment. You will know your tape only by a number. Please help!" Order your tape from Mercedes by Nov. 19. The results will be given in a future newsletter. SCHEMATIC FOR DUAL SWEPT OSCILLATOR I have been working with the unit below for two months, along with a dual ultrasonic oscillator (schematic in Aug. NEWS). With the present unit, you have two tones working separately sweeping from audible to inaudible range and back down again. Combining this If you want to build the with the

first unit has helped produce interesting results. I will mail a full-size unit below, diagram to you. send me a self-addressed, stamped envelope and t .17 If . -l'lV . >. r- • -I swePT O'pCj 0,1,TO. I SEC, swerP DUAL RANGE SWEPT OSC.ILLATOR, . t tor. I et< f/Z. L """ R.l' .. NG E A PP/l.OJ: ,loo l(N2, i.Jo HIGH :5 itl42. - to Ja/2. '' ~ Moo 5. 7 -1114 271-1720 Part No. Description Rf m ~weep Range • SOit Level Cont • 51t P'req. Range .680 lk ·6.8Jt· RZ RJ R4 R_5,R6 R?,Rl4 .lOk R8,R.D 100k R9 RlO 12 R 1 J · R14. R15 R16 R17,R18 82k R19 , Sf'EAICE1' - ~DIO ~li~I<.. 40~ )~10, J.Jk 150 , • 2, 2k 47. ! watt 10k ·1ok i!'j5itFreq· • • . llt .t - t t . • ' 1 ,271-1716 271-171,. ~i -12 lol) 1.14 FET NPN Si • NPli ~i-T0-220 PNP Si T0-22Q ICL-80J8 ICL-80J8 ·LF-J.5J type • ,12VNeg .. reg., 12Vpos, reg. 1q1 IC2 ICJ IC4 IC:5 LJ!:Dl Osc. intlicator C1,C2 1000 umd 25V c:,,c4 220 uf 16v 470 pt • C$ c6, .001 ufd • • c7,ca _10, ufd/J5 .v. • ,1N4001 • D1-D4 D.5-D7 1N4001 Tl Spk, jacks 25. 2VC'l' xfiner male female '276-203.5 276-2009 276-202Q 276-2027 276-2JJ4 2?6-2JJ4 276-171~ 276-177 276-1771 276-080 272-10)2 272-956 272-125 _272-101) 276-1101 276-1101 273-1)66 274-286 274-251 Resistors not specified are 1/8 watt our tape recorders. This is especially true when we try to record voices

in the field, Both seem to whether it 1.s 1.n a purportedly haunted house, the use of unique energies. requ 1.re things besides The approach a number of them take, philosophically, is similar to the approach water. many of us take with our tape recorders. The book can be ordered for $14.50 from The American Society of Dowsers, Danville, Vermont 05828-0024. the Sphinx, or pyramids. The dowser searches for numerous THE HUNDREDTH MONKEY by Ken Keyes is an uncomfortable book to read. thoughts of it will linger with you during the day. your sleep and read by everyone who thinks might is right and best. learn Commercial Avenue, Coos Bay, Oregon 97420. to live together, we will perish together. I t may disturb The book should be It shows clearly that if we don't Send $2.00 to: Vision Books, 790 ON A SLIDE OF LIGHT by Greta Woodrew is a fascinating, provocative book. Dr. Woodrew describes how she was suddenly contacted by entities from another solar system. Many of the things they told her would happen in the future are starting to take place. One result to manifest unusual energies which strongly affects matter. You may order the book for $10.00 directly from If you would like the STAR Foundation, 448 Rabbit Skin Road, Waynesville, NC book autographed, mention this in your note as well as to whom it should be autographed. the Ogatta group 1s her ability from her rnnt~rts with 28786. ROLL CALL We have taken in twenty-six

new members 1.n the last three months. New Mexico 1.s now represented. A warm welcome to evervone! CROSS-COUNTRY LIST Enclosed is the updated list of all AA-EVP memhers on the cross-country list. There are over 120 names on it. CONFERENCE UP-DATE It holds great promise and should appeal Plans are continuing for our August 8-11 conference. A clear picture is emerging as to to everyone the direction we will go. whether they are taping Voices or not. Unfortunately, Otto Konig has decided he cannot attend. We have not changed our plans to hold a one-day special seminar on Thursday, August R. This will be an exciting, outstanding day as we examine the manifestation and ways unique energies are used. Dr. Ernst Senkowski, German physicist and EVP researcher, to be with us and his contribution to the conference as a scientist and active plans Voice and researcher will be contacting lecturers and workshop leaders within the next month. More about this in the coming Newsletter. For now, anticipate! You won't be disappointed!-- to complete program planning invaluable. expect I ODDS AND ENDS Share your ideas and thoughts with us. Each 1.s cherished. Please have this to me by the time of the next deadline - March 23! Always my best wishes, 6 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 726 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► OUARTERL Y NEWSLETTER VOL. 3 , Number 4 RESEARCH MEETINGS M-EVP NEWS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ Winter 1985 FROM

MY VIEWPOINT In his excellent book, THE DIVINING HAND, - The 500-Year-Old Mystery of Dowsing, Christopher Bird quotes British psychiatrist Alan McGlashan' s definition of psyche as "spontaneous, unpredictable, free, its very existence is a challenge to logical thougbt, The psyche 1s the glitter of an executioner's axe beautiful and dangerous." to every strutting orthodoxy. Just how dangerous it can be is brought home to me now and then. I frequently am asked to counsel people, most of whom I have never seen. They are just a voice over the telephone. A few, such as Joe, a paranoid schizophrenic, are certifiable. Joe, raised in a church orphanage, was constancly told by his guardians that if he was bad the devil would get him. In his twenties Joe could not resist finding out if this would, in fact, happen. He went to a meeting of those who practiced black magic, and the devil got him and for twenty years has not let him go. Joe has been in and out of mental hospitals and once in California was put in jail for trying to stab the devil (fortunately the air) with a knife on a street corner. His life is in torment and he calls me every so often for advice. Joe's psyche was tampered with as a child and the prognosis for his recovery 1.s bleak. i~t~lligent, More typical 1s a phone call I received from Anne a week before Christmas. She has a full scholarship and is a Junior

nt a near-by state college. Her first words to me were, "I'm a victim of psychic attac 1c." th:J~ she was highly tn paranormal which, sadly in her case, was just enough to hurt her. Anne said there was campus-wide movement of voodoo started last fall by several professors. She was ch'.)sen hy the professors to he a student leader of the practice. At first she was thrilled with what was happening but then became frightened. She has tried unsuccessfully to get OJ· several times and because of this, she believes her mind has been "taken over" and she i3 lose he, under psychic attack. scholarship and not graduate. [ questione<'i her carefully. My conclusion was ,c[,out inpressionable, had a smattering of knowledge She 1.s afraid she wil 1 have to drop out of school, Yes, the psyche is beautiful and dangerous. In talks I often mention that the mi.,d is capable of all sorts of marvelous and not so marvelous things. I have known severa 1 EVP researchers whose mental outlook caused me concern. They were convinced one or rnor· entities were trying to control them and this belief, right or wrong, was the importar· thing to consider. Dr. X, thought a parapsychologist, who has written for professional journals, wrote Li n • taping voices may be sp .. i tting into a number of that he personalities. regardless of gender, will get voices of both sexes on his tapes. He doesr.' t care to address hims~lf to the

question as to how all of us Jekylls and Hydes are . • t:J r>lace messages on the reverse or wrong side of our tapes. the person who This explains why, according the res(!archer, to him, is Some members responded to my UP TO A CHALLENGE? a·. anci we will take a look at what they have to say abo 11t ~ in the Fall Newsletter, t'Ch as Dr. X. A NEW SLOGAN AA-EVP member, Barry Detwiler of New Jersey, wrote the bottom of statement for our Association, substitute the word, "Provide Evidence" to "Investigate F· and I owe him many thanks for his excellent suggestion! found at he fe!.t , more accurate r stationary, would be to :lence ... " Barry is correct Established ro Investigate Evidence as a Result of the F!ectromc '.'Jtc~' That We Survive Death LONG MESSAGES RECORDED One of inability to provide this exist, theories for such as our time can be said. immediate reply came back saying, taped are three-four words. With a the drawbacks of EVP communication is the short nature of most messages. those in other Several The majority of dimensions with the necessary energies to aid in their communication. messages few rare exceptions, messages longer than twenty words are infrequent. Now Dan McKee seems to have made a breakthrough. Quoting from his letter he writes, "I asked for my voice communicator friends to work with me in 'Give us improving this method of communication. An hours of work it.' That intercept

continued with a total of 52 continuous words. Most of the replies are this long, or longer, which rather dispells the common notion that only a 'You few words at a 'Hear us, we on are to work it, we help you.' daily.' In his letter Dan described his recording equipment set-up so anyone with similar equipment may want to try to replicate his results. He wrote, "I'm still working with multiple tone injection as the entry level for the voices. Besides using the multiple tone signal of a government station on 7329 khz upper side band, I use the reel to reel recorder and the point of oscillation which produces to several bird like sounds at one time. Also, I have operated the transmitter and receiver at the same time and on the same frequency which produces an effect similar to the howl of a public address system when the microphone hears the speaker. Moving a few cycles off zero beat generates the birdies and produces a multiple tone effect as needed. Voice injection is still required and playing this combination backwards has produced some pretty good results. . .. It takes a lot of juggling to get this method operating but it has been worth it many It appears our friends will try to accommodate us in almost anything we want to try." Dan's communications are received on the reverse side of his tapes. S~me of the other things they said were, 'You, you are one.' the gain

control open 'Help it help 'ya.' times. turn REVERSE TAPE EXPERIMENT CONTINUED In the Fall Newsletter, I wrote about a reverse tape experiment that had been devised is Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator, PA AA-EVP member. by Hu Custer, collaborating with Hu on the experiment. They have reported that some members responded. We have discussed the experiment, the possible significant evidence for the phenomena if many the interest shown, and It is our hope that with the holidays over, more people will people (you) take part. want to participate. It has also occurred to me that with so many people joining the Association in the last six months they may not know what the reverse voice is. Let me briefly explain. answer his direct questions, Some EVP tapers have discovered that they have paranormal messages on the reverse or wrong 3ide of their tapes. They are just as loud and clear, in fact, at times clearer, than mFssages found on the forward side of tapes. They continue to call the experimenter by name, and make pertinent comments about existing situations. The whole thing sounds impossible but they are there! We won't go into the mechanics involved as to discovering whether there are reverse voices on tapes. That is clearly spelled-out in the "how-to" paper I send to those interested. For now, it is enough to say that the unseen speak to us, at times, on both sides of recording tapes. It is also some of the best evidence we have

for open-minded skeptics (and others) that we are communicating with entities from other dimensions. Only such an entity would be capable of this type of feat. Such voices cannot be illusionary; they cannot be placed there by our subconscious mind. Back to the experiment. Hu, as President of STAR Tapes, is the official recorder of many regional and national conferences. He taped our own national conference in 1983 and is expected to do the same at our conference next August. He has in his possession over 600 master tapes. Hu has taken several of these tapes and reverse duplicated them onto cassette tapes. Anyone, whether they have ever tried to record voices or not, can take part in the experiment. All that you need is a cassette tape recorder with a counter. instructions and a data sheet that you will fill out will be sent with your Complete Carol Barron and I were invited to appear on a CBS TV morning talk show in Boston We discussed our work recording Voices and the message, "Sarah! before Christmas. Please guide me. love," that I recorded at the Temple of Denderah in Egypt last May was played for the listeners. Great interest was shown, many phone calls were received, and several people joined the Association. I Morry Cuttler, FL AA-EVP member, wrote that he is starting a local group in Florida in February. He is on the cross-country list and anyone who lives in the Miami area may want to contact him

for further information. Monty Hearon wrote that as a scientist he has long been interested in the question as to how the Voices get on the tapes. Monty uses both channels on his tape recorder and learned that two mikes, but at times has experimented with just one mike. consistently the Voices would be only on the channel with the mike attached. Recently, taping in his usual way with two mikes and two channels, he received a short musical The musical tones, however, were on just the left channel. Monty assures us segment. in good working order. His voice was still on both that all of his equipment was channels. Only the music was missing from the one track. He has Edelgard John of West Germany, in corrnnenting about the tape I have made, Voices From She Egypt, wrote that with the exception of one message, all others were in English. the said, "It is known languages we know." She then asked, "Do you not think of the building of the "Tower of Babel" when we were punished with no longer being able to understand each other! Is the time near when we understand again?" those who usually speak to us use exactly that they In the Fall newsletter, I wrote that Dan McKee, a ham radio operator, was eager to start a net on a corrnnon frequency other AA-EVP ham radio operators could use to discuss John Anthony the electronic voice. Dan is pleased to report that two members

responded. of NY and Ben Kobb of VA contacted him. They try to chat on 3840 khz Friday evenings. Dan has discovered that many other individuals have picked up their conversations and have a number of questions about EVP. Dan has sent membership applications and how-to papers to some of them. Dan wrote, "I feel there is potential for membership growth here and it should stimulate idea exchange among So, all of you ham operators who would like to drop in and visit Fridays, a warm welcome awaits you. Dan is on the cross-country list if you want to contact him ahead of time to confirm plans. those participating." Mercedes Shepanek is going to Africa the end of March on a three week camera safari. She will take along her portable tape recorder and see if Voices will speak to her in the grass lands and the jungle! TAPE ALERT! All of us who are recording Voices have messages that are especially important to us. We need to be aware of their possible fading after a period of time as suggested by Frederich Jurgenson to Bernadette Arras. Deterioration of this recorded information can be expected when you consider that the magnetic oxide particles can be influenced by any magnetic field present after the recording is made. The tightly wound tapes could be influenced by adjacent layers of tape which lie only one one-thousandth of an inch away. The earth's magnetic field might slowly change the recorded information, or changes in

the physical prope:r;ties of the plastic tape might degrade the fidelity. Valuable tapes should be re-recorded periodically using the best quality tape available. We could use your future newsletter. thoughts will be shared important subject. ideas on in a Your this A LOOK AT SOME BOOKS Three books I have read in the last several months which made special impressions on me and which you might like to read are: THE DIVINING HAND by Christopher Bird is about dowsing and if you think dowsing is simply going out with a forked stick and trying to locate water, you have much to learn that we dowse with about read this excellent book it occurred to me the art. As I 2 5 Marv1and leads the states with seventeen ~em~ers. California is next with four~een. ?ennsylvania and Virginia tie with twelve each. AA-EVP NATIONAL SF.:"11NAR-CONFERENCE UP-DATE It may not be gramrna ti cal. but our second nation al seminar-conference scheduled Aug. B-11, is chock-ful of "wonderfulness." Many of you said you wished the first conference could have lasted longer, therefore, our conference will start with three very special seminars on Thursday. The manifestation and constructive use of all unique energies is I have put together the exceptional program we are important and so, with this in mind, It should appeal to everyone whether their main interest is the now privile~ed to offer. electronic voice or other areas that are evidential of survival. At time it will help us see how we can

tap into unique energies and use them in our lives. the same Beginning Thursday morning at 10:00, Louis Matacia, a surveyor and master dowser, will t<:ach a three hour seminar on dowsin<2;. Christooher Bird devotes an entire chapter in his hook, The Di vini~Hand, to-Louis, who wi 11 to dowse and each participant ~ill make his own dowsing rod before the end of the seminar. teach us how Vrom 'Z:30-5:30 1 Dr. Greta Woodrew, noted for her book, On A Slide Of Light, will cover the area of unioue energies with her seminar topic, Snectrum Snan: "From E.S.P. to E.T." As one of the leading psychics in the world today, she is well qualified to help us examine m~tal hending, psychic healing, telepathy, psychometry, psychokinesis, etc. Dr. Ernst Se~kowski, German physicist and engineer, member of AA-EVP, will bring us a three hour seminar Thursday evening Dr. Senkowski, as a scientist and active EVP researcher, will help us gain a better insight to effect transcommunication between different into levels of consciousness. the electronic voice. the unique energies from 7:00-10:00 on that are used From Friday afternoon through Sunday afternoon, the quality of the program remains just as high. We will focus on different areas that suggest postmorten survival and continue to examine the unique energies that affect all of our lives. Stuart Wilde, a metaphysician and writer, founder and president of The Mystic Trc1der catAlog, will lecture and teach a workshop. Ernst Senkowski will lecture on EVP in the Eyes of

Science. Brad Steiger, known to thousands moving meditation/slide/lecture titled: Dimensional ~eings. through his 100 puhlished books, will bring us a - We Are All Multi- The World Beyond Death Rachael High, noted British medium, will give Perception demonstration. to Spiritual Reception. At the the closing she conclusion lecture: will give From Psychic a platform You asked for more workshops last time -- you got them! There will be three periods for workshops instead of two. You as1<ed for a group recording last time -- you got it! tape recorder On Saturday morning names will be chosen manned by an experienced EVP the opportunity to give a brief message to a loved one. is chosen, vou will have If your name the audience to go to a taper. from Ar\/lERICAN ASSOCIATION El_ECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA 726 DILL ROAD SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 (301) 647-B742 e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 4, Number 1. AA-EVP i\"'EWS Sprir1g 1985 Happy third birthday to us! Three years ago when I wrote the first newsletter, i had I dre2mt I woulc write, in due time, "Happy third birthday," but I wondered It turns out it was. There were other dreams, some of r:iany dreams. if this was a realistic dream. which have been realized, while others are still ~aiting their turn. Triis year has been an exciting, enricriing yFar. thev were ~ainly in Che area of growth. Like a mother who must huv her toddler new clothes

to accommodate his growth, I had to enlar,<;e and adjust to the s-udd,--n sr•1rt in grcl\.,,t.h wri ch began after I returned froM EgvDt last ~ay. It brought snme pro'l,lems, hut Mv belief is that the value of any organization can only be measured to the extent it I 1.,;ould rather have ;1no members to whom AA-EVP is important meaning for its mer..bers. that it has affected their lives constructively, than 1,000 members who look upon it just another group to which they belong. has in as Your letters and phone calls have assi.;red me the Association is important to you. Someone this past year in referring to the newsletter, wrote, "I can't wait for it to come." Another individual wrote, "I devour it." A third person said, "It helps keeu me sane." To all of you who have written or called, I am warmly grateful. You didn't have I am even more grateful to you who sent me to take the to you that we have a newsletter of this material for nature. the sort of newsletter that, as one friend put it, "When it comes, everything else stops until I sit <lown thought you should know this-.- to read it." You have made a difference in the lives of our members and I to do this, but you did! the contributors, are largely responsible the newsletter. for it being It is thanks Jou, time I saw a bright light. I was sitting quietly Several nights ago when the

Association and where we have come in three years, and where I hope we wi 11 go in the indescribably beautiful, was very future, This light, almost different from the lights I see upon rare occasions. It was four feet to my right, about there were dozens of tiny, brilliant white and silver one foot above in lights, all connected, rapidly spinning, in the form of a wheel with spokes. sight, perhaps two seconds, before it abruptly disappeared. ~~at does it mean? think that what we are doing, you and I, is regarded favorably it meant several things. One, by is an there interconnectedness between all life, all consciousness, in all Dlanes of existence. in a subtle way it was the floor, and thinking about It ,,,as I in my office invisibles. telling me Secondly, that the Conference brochures will be mailed Read it carefully. Return your registration and workshop choices You not only will receive a price break by so doing, but you will be more assured of getting your first workshop choices. Workshops are assigned in order received, so don't delay! in May. to me promptly. Reservation cards for the Hilton Inn, Columbia, MD, will be with the brochure, They should be returned pro~ptly to the Hilton which is giving us a special rate. I hope you are as enthu~iastic about the upcoming conference as I am. It promises to be a truly worthwhile experience for everyone who attends. Always my best wishes, 6 k:favL ~ Our future?

Who can sav. In less than four months our second national conference will be held, during which there will be a meeting concerning a plan that will help the Association grow and make an important difference in the lives of others. I hope many of you will think about attending this meeting. There are other goals but since you are the Association, onlv by vour efforts and by sharing with me your to realize our dreams. ideas can we hope Frederick Frank, the artist, wrote, "However far you may walk, every pilgrimage is a like to feel that s.:ifari into your own <l;:irk interior." This is, in a sense, true, but I our efforts, together, will shed illumination for those known and unknown to us; that our personal pilgrimage need not be a fumbling in the dark, but that we will light a light for each other. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death ' I 1 A LETTER FROM WALES Tina Laurent, AA-EVP member from Wales, recently sent me a long letter in which she summarized her findings after three years of extensive EVP recordings. Since many of her observations are significant and give evidence for the paranonnality of the electronic voice, I would like to share at least part of her letter with you. few days she will find to her. Usually, within a She wrote, "Simultaneously run tapes giving different results - i.e., EVP message being the same but

in a different place, or EVP message on one tape but not on the other, or different EVP messages on both tapes."-Tina records many unusual names and situations the name or which are unfamiliar Two situation in a book or film. One day an EVP voice said, "House of seven bodies." days later on TV she saw a film called, "House of Seven Corpses. 11 In her letter Tina wrote, "I have noticed that many times there seems to be a false start to the EVP voice The first few syllables or words are as if they are practising what they are saying. (In my reply to Tina I said I also heard faintly and then are repeated more strongly." have this anomaly at times, as does Fredrich Jurgenson who calls them "echo voices.") Tina records many voices at the beginning or end of her sessions. She also has forward speaking voices on the reverse side of her tapes. Tina observes, "My EVP voices have changed from mostly typical (speed, pitch, rhythm, etc.) to normal-sounding ones. Also, certain places and certain people seem to encourage volume and strength of voices ... with my cousin, I can be assured of LOUD normal-sounding EV"P voices." Tina asked, "Does she turn into a medium in the presence of a recorder?" When investigating some haunted "Where houses polter)!;eist hapTJenings are occurring I always get voices that mimic." Near the end Tina wrote, "I've had, on two occasions, voices that sound exactly like two people

I know and they gave their names, I don't know what to make of that. Do you? One of them I played for my brother and his wife and they recognized it straight away and they have always thought that I played a joke on them." she gets numerous voices. they are STILL living. interesting comment, She also made too, but the Tina would like to undertake a project to categorize the voices and asks AA-EVP For examole, when she visits certain buildings that appear to have members to help her. "This is my house." At "Who are vou?" "Who's that?" a ghost she records: locations where great sickness or sympathy with ill or dying people has occurred she invariah ly gets many "Help me" voices. Tina believes these are voices of spirits who do not know where they are and she always prays and gives them her love. Other categories are: The recording of a mimicing voice in a house that has a poltergeist; the taping of voices that claim to he extra-terrestrials; recording voices of people you know are still living. "Go awav!" If vou have these appreciate your getting i~ touch with her. voice(s;, she would be especially grateful. received any of tvpes of voices on your tapes, Tina i f you could include a duplicate tape Tina is on the cross-country list. would of the EVP VOICES FROM THE LIVING? theory to which Tina's letter provides evidence that the electronic voice originates from different long subscribed.

Let's consider just one source, the recording of a voice of someone still living. In one instance, her brother and sister-in I have sources, a perhaps the most puzzling of all - Upon two occasions Tina feels this occurred. law confirm that it did occur, although they think she used a pre-recorded tape of the individual's voice. How can such a thing happen? Seven years ago I read about a similar incident. The explanation was that possiblv the person who spoke had been in the dream state, had an out-of-body experience, and visited the EVP Seeing that the person was recording at that time, he spoke to them and his voice was picked up by the microphone and recorded. taper whom he knew. Sounds clear that given some else have a if t~ere is a resnonse. fantcistic? Yes, but fantastic things do I am not convinced this is what occurred. yea::-s ago. Have any A...\-~VP mer:1hers ha:i I'd like theory abo~t it? Let me know. happen at times. I should make it I only offer it as one explanation a similar exoerie:i.ce? Does anyone to use this in a future newsletter This is not to sugRest that everyone who receives just an occasional whispered, "I'm here," should put the dust cover over their tape recorder and walk away. Every genuine communication from another dimension is important in its significance for, in it, we have objective corrnnunication with other worlds. By definition, anvone who relays a message from one entity to

another, whether we tell a child his father said he shc;,uld take out the garbage, or we report that an There is unseen voice told us he was with us while we were recording, is a medium. nothing "spooky" or shameful about it. Why are we so concerned with the simple little word, "medium?" Everyone is a medium--some to one dimension, some to more than one. So, of course, we're mediums. Welcome to a not very exclusive club! REVERSE TAPE UP-DATE The tapes have been returned by those people Experiment. Hu Custer, originator of the experiment, study the results. ~e hope to have a report of their who took part in the Reverse Tape assisted by Mercedes Shepanek, will findings in the Surmner newsletter. REPORTS FROM MEMBERS Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, did an interesting experiment using a clock. Sr loudly fri:nd pla:ed a tape recorder near a and a requested 1.t to ti.ck faster, slower, louder and erratically. Carol sent me a duplica I of the tape and you can clearly hear their request and the clock responding correctly. the . tape on a portable tape recorder which was connected to an oscilloscope, pla~ed too much to hoping background noise on the tape to see this. I have suggested to Carol she reduce the volume on her tape recorder next time, request the clock to tick slower (faster; erratically; :tc.) and l:ave the room for several minutes while the experiment is taking place. This 1.s an experiment other AA-EV?

members might like to try. Any clock with an escapement that can be heard ticking is suitable for the experiment. Let me know vour results. the response of the clock. isolate and visually see ticking clock. There was Verbally, t' Carol also reports recording voices in a haunted house. She and the owner both used tape recorders and received some loud, clear messages. Later, when the owner played her taoe bac1< for friends, al 1 tape but Carol's the paranormal voices were gone voice was still there! from the d h ave always fascinated me. meaning, such as: II II nor:isense wor s 11Mestclxis; 11 "Cantelviric;" "Rapitan;" and "Rontankin." On the tape Carol sent, she mentioned recording words at times that seemed to have no So cal~,;d the skeptic who c!aims ~11 of our messages are placed on tape through psychokinetic action of the taper's I also have received words of this nature and have long wondered mind with t:1e tape. from what dimension they come. They are usually loud and clear and interpretation of t~em_ causes no difficulty. within ~ phenomena. Unfortunately, the pu½lisher who accepted it went bankrupt and manuscriot was eventually returned. In mv book, Voices From Eternity, I mentioned this phenom 2 They are one answer to th nc; • - Mercedes Shepanek spent a week in Jamaica this winter with her familv. Each day she •..;as lo~d smackin" recor~ She has found my Tips ·for Trios helpful. Quite a few have sent for this. Just

let would record when no ~ne was around. present• A clear male voice responded with, "I kiss you! 11 followed by a sound!! Mercedes three weeks frequently. With vacation time approaching, there may be others who would like to have it. me know. Please enclose a self-addressed stam?ed envelope. During one recording she asked if anyone is spending and hopes in Africa in April to ROLL CALL New mem½ers have been added tlie last three months, including our first member Italv. Those who requested it are on the cross-countrv list, which is enclosed. For the year we have shown a hea 1 thy members. Well over 100 people have renewed women with 59% of our mem~ers being men. growth, having enrolled seveuty-eight their membership. Men st i 11 outnumber r.e·..; the 5 Clara Laughlin from VA writes that recently she has been holding up family pictures and the unseen will come back on tape with the names in the photos and also make connnents about those individuals. Clara commented that some of the details in the pictures were small and she was surprised that those on the other side were able to see them. Recently she asked if they could see her in the mirrors in her house. Someone replied, "We see you, but we do not spy." Mercedes Shepanek tape recorder while on safari in Africa. At one point she said, "What an interesting bird Shortly a whispered answer was returned, "A Cockatoo." call. Another time a voice said,

"Africa is a hell of a place, 11 followed two counters later by someone saying, "Mexico has tequila." interesting messages on her battery operated I wonder what it is?" taped some ROLL CALL Since the Spring newsletter, we have added over first member from France. A welcome to each of you! membership interesting and worthwhile. twenty new members, including our We hope you will find your AA-EVP SEMINAR-CONFERENCE PROGRAM STAFF ADDITION It is with great pleasure I announce that Lynn Gardner of Indianapolis, Indiana, has Lynn, you joined our pogram staff for our national seminar-cor..ference on August 8-11. will remember, led the metaphysical tour to Egypt in May 1984, of which I was fortunate to be a part. She is an outstanding and gifted psychic-medium, and is truly a "mystical, magical woman", as she has been referred to by the media. We are indeed fortunate to have her with us. After I returned from Egypt, many of you requested more information about our trip there. With this in mind, I have asked Lynn to discuss that trip and others she has led and will lead to the Land of the Nile. She will do this at a special assembly, titled, "Egyptian Odyssey, 11 on Saturday evening at 6:45. You will not want to miss this fascinating presentation. Lynn will be available for metaphysical consultation by appointment. SEMINAR-CONFERENCE UPDATE Registrations are coming in. indicating how well-balanced People are calling and saying, "Mine is on its way. Save a place for me!

11 The response to the program as outlined in the brochure has been enthusiastic, many If you have been teetering between coming or not, teeter no more. Come! Make new friends. Meet many of Learn from our featured speakers and those you have read about in the newsletters. workshop leaders. Put your registration in the mail today, or call saying, "I'm coming!" I'll mail your receipt within twenty-four hours. Bring an EVP Voice Tape with you. We'll have a get-together tape potpourri Saturday evening after our featured speaker. Open up and explore new horizons for yourself. they think it is. Grow! A word or two if you want to break bread with us Sunday morning. I have checked with the Hilton and must turn in all reservations for Sunday before the conference starts. If you plan to eat breakfast with the group on Sunday and have not sent your $6, please send it to me as promptly as possible. ODDS AND ENDS leave you with this thought. should open up properly." I they Espiritistica Cristian Filipinas. kind you want. !. opt for the open See you at the conference! "Parachutes and the human mind have former president Joaquin Cunanan, Let's all try to be like parachutes. this in common; the Union of You choose the one! Always my best wishes,, _fJtM .. k ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING

REFERRALS ◄ VOL. 4, Nunber 2 AA-EvP NEWS Surmer 1985 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Good things have happened the last three months to the Association. We have reached a~d p~ssed that milestone of 200 members. A local chapter of a national organization highlighted the AA-EVP, and the upcoming Seminar-Conference, in their monthly newsletter. As a result, many calls and letters have come from their members. Other letters, from non-members, from around tl1e world have reached me. France, and Italy have been heard from and the gentleman from France join. Belgium, then went on to the phenomena. When He said he had read something about A month ago a Police-Constable from Mauritius wrote wanting to know more about our the electronic voice and was extremely group. local to interested located for that might postoffice, affect the ~ate_ I had looked it up in my World Atlas and could tell ~im it w~s an island in the Indian Ocean a bit east of Madagascar. My answer was reassuring to him for he then had no difficulty affixing the correct po,,stage to the envelope. in the postmaster wanted to know where Mauritius was to_ pay • . Fortunately, I had letter in reply to him took my the I I ~idn' t We each search and, if we are fortunate, find reassurance in many facets of life. There are always unreachable stars and perhaps in some ways that is good for*it keeps us stretching and in the stretching we grow. find ~_eassuring is that

more and more people around the world are learning about the voice phe11omena. You ~otice is say "AA-EVP" for I If we, as an organization, can important is the electronic voice and its significance. help others learn about EVP, we have done a good job. When a letter such as the one fr~m t~e tiny island of Mauritius comes, I feel we are progressing reas;nably w?ll in our objective. We are opening frontiers and helping to shed light to an area hat still remai~s largely dark, shrouded in mystery and a good deal of fear. In the ope.~ing up of frontiers we should also keep in mind we are doing this not only for others iu our world but for the invisibles who are on the other side of our tape recorders. the end, we are unimportant. What One of the things that I feel, in A member ?ent me. some _infor~ation recently that was startling. Although he wrote that he knew it was incredible, it was no more incredible than EVP had once been. This person, when he first joined the Association three years ago, said he was taking a chance It was a show me on u~ because he doubted we could communicate with other dimensions. Each year he has promptly renewed his membership and co~vince me ~viden~ly the voice phenomena incredible. just written, he no type of membership. from what he has longer finds This brings up that well known quote from Arthur Schopenhauer, h • 1

11 Any unexplained phenomenon passes through three stages before P i osopher. of it is accepted. During second stage, it is adamantly opposed. Finally, during the third stage, it as self-evident." the first stage, it is considered laughable. the German the reality During the is accepted Schopenhauer died 125 years ago but he could have been describing the electronic voice as it is today. There are still a number of individuals in the first two stages but an increasing number are beginning to move into the third stage. You, through your interest and efforts, are helping to bring about this transition. - - Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electrontc Voice That We Survive Death REALISTIC EXPECTATIONS What can EVP What"""can we lead our audiences of one, or one-hundred, or one-thousand to expect? two questions, both directly and constantly challenged on issues need to be considered by everyone involved with the phenomena. tapers realistically expect to receive through their tape recorders? I am the indirectly, and these First~ I am reluetant to place limits on anything that we might accomplish in the think field in the near or distant future. experienced researchers have learned from sitting in front of their tape recorders. We are not going to receive a heavenly "pops" orchestra playing uninterruptedly for ten minutes. long discourse telling us what we have to do to earn a key to the Pearly Gates. Even the choir(s) are not likely to sing for our benefit, at least

for any length of time. Someone isn't going to come through with a There are some though, things, that I In the past I have always told the individual who is considering sitting down at his tape recorder that patience and persistence are important. Human nature being what it feel other is, these words seem to escape the attention of most people. Although I attributes are also important for outstanding successful recording, such as equipment and a special type of mediumship, without patience and persistence nothing much will be achieved. to hear anything." Upon many occasions someone has said, "I listened to X's tape and it was noisy or too faint the person criticizing had never tried recording and didn't understand the immense amount of effort involved with EVP work. A few of these people go on to try recording and are surprised In most fields, one must pay his "dues" to discover it isn't as easy as they expected. before getting anywhere, as is certainly true with the field of EVP. Those that continue to tape learn many lessons, and not all come from the unseen. Those that drop out at least develop a better appreciation for the struggles that the EVP taper endures. These are often valid criticisms, although We come to the second question ... What can we lead others to expect when they sit down I have done my fair share of tape demonstrating and I to listen to a demonstration tape? have learned, at times

to my sorrow, that a large part of most audiences expect to be entertained with heavenly music or at least long, clear as a bell, expositions as to what life is like over there. Many in such an audience have visited mediums where Uncle Joe, through and clearly describes spirit or some exalted being in flowery language, comes This is life or what the sitter needs to do with his own life to achieve his goals. fine, as far as it goes, and type of communication rests directly on the worth of the medium involved, whether s/he is having a good day or not, and how truly exalted "St. Eureka!" is. It has always baffled me how the import of the electronic voice escapes the awareness of so many. This is the only phenomena this effect, captured on tape, can be played over and over and examined and measured in scientific laboratories. I would rather have one genuine "boo!" from an unseen entity than hear from the lips of a well-meaning medium that Aunt Susie is happy in her "heaven" world. In demonstrating a largely unschooled audience of the phenomena. the value of such contacts received in this that affects matter objectively, and remember we are demonstrating to a tape, however, we must from other dimensions think we who are actively working in the field must do Obviously, my belief in the significance of EVP is high. At the same time, I can stand back and see that from a

technical standpoint, it leaves much room for improvement. two things when playing a tape I It is far better to play for others. First, we should demonstrate only the best Voices. a ten to fifteen minute tape of excellent quality Voices than a thirty minute one with which our audience will have difficulty. We need to be aware that most, if not all, of our group has never heard an electronic voice before. What is good and clear to us and in fact, be regarded as a good Voice by other tapers who are familiar with the may, electronic voice, may come out as a the audience. We have had years of learning to listen to these voices. Those who are facing us, have not. The second thing we should do before playing a the listener(s) a realistic expectation as to what they are going to hear and why the Voices sound as they do at this If we do these two things, those who are listening will have a greater point in time. to try to give tape is jumble to 2. And finally, Ernst Senkowski closed his letter with, "Correct: Outstanding (EVP) success depends on a special lesser degree on equipment - as long as we have no theoretical understanding we completely depend upon the faculties and possibilities of our friends over there! And completely agreeing: Every and anybody must be considered as a medium - starting to awake to other dimensions!" so welcome to the club of

those who are just type of mediumship and probably to a LOOKING FOR BOOKS? Alan Cameron, AA-EVP member from Maryland, very kindly sent me the book, Raymond or Life and Death by Sir Oliver Lodge. In it, Sir Oliver describes the evidential contacts he and other members of his family had with his son, Raymond, after he was killed in the I had long wanted a copy for my library but Raymond is out of print and first World War. hard to find. When I wrote to Alan to thank him for his gift, I asked how he was able to locate it so I could share this information with members through our newsletter. Alan replied with four addresses. to Cover-7188 Cradlerock Way, Columbia, MD 21045. Another one is: Zobel Book Service-P .O. Box 153-Clintondale, N. Y. 12515. The third is: Middle Earth Bookshop-2791 E. 14 Mile Rd.-Sterling Heights, MI 48077. The last is: Rand Macdonald Co., P.O. Box 30 369 Main St.-Portland, CT 06480. He uses: Cover VTF NEWSLETTER A letter was received from Hans Heckman, PA AA-EVP member, who subscribes to the German VTF (quarterly newsletter which deals largely with EVP.) Hans, who is fluent in German, very kindly offered to send me each time a review/translation of the newsletter, an offer which I accepted with enthusiasm. In the April 1985 newsletter, we learn they are celebrating their 10th anniversary The program for their conference from June 3 - and have a membership of almost 2,000. June 8

is given with Edelgard John, one of our German members, lecturing on the subject, "Voice contacts are necessary." A number of pages are devoted to the technical aspects of EVP recordings with seven pages given to "differential amplification," a method which seems to help remove noise from our recordings. It becomes quite technical but what the experimenter appears to do is to tune two radios to the same exact signal. Their cable outputs are fed "out-of phase," into a single recorder input. Since the spirit voice is most likely impinging on only one radio, it will pass undiminished to the recorder and be fully amplified. We again thank Hans for his gracious offer and will look forward to carrying news from the German VTF in future newsletters. We learn from each other! NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Carol Barron-MA State Coordinator, writes that she frequently tapes while she irons. Quoting Carol, "The sound of the steam has produced excellent results . . . . Try it!" Norman Basile and Dale Kaczmarek, from IL, were mentioned in Curtis Fuller's editorial in the July issue of FATE magazine. They were referred to as "ghost hunters." Dale will be teaching a Sunday workshop, Photography and EVP, at our national conference. two members Robert Camburn, from PA, reminds us that in Lawrence LeShan's excellent book: The Medium, The Mystic, and the Physicist, the rejection of the field of parapsychology by many in the scientific community has taken a number of forms from outright rejection

to avoidance. LeShan cites Carrington's statement that the reluctant scientists fear that the way re-opened for a the established status of natural renaissance of superstitions and belief in magic. But to ignore the evidence "is to violate the scientist's obligation to the facts and also to delay and withhold a wider and truer comprehension of the cosmos and our place in it." law would be weakened and 5. sound of a dying). On of her dead II _M_a_r_k_s_o __ t_h_e_k_in_g. loudly ticking clock (the person had repaired watches and clocks before another occasion, a woman was with Tina and told about seeing the paw-prints dog. Tina was taping at the time and an unknown male voice said' on her tape ' The woman then told Tina the name of her dead dog was Rex. • f 11 BEST OF 1 85 REMINDER to For. the last two years we have had the special feature, suggested by Dan McKee, share with other members the one or two messages we have recorded during the year that we think are in the Winter NEWS. Deadline for your contribution is December 30. interesting. to feature the most I would like this ROLL CALL We have taken in a number of new members, including one from Belgium, in the last three months. Welcome to everyone! CROSS-COUNTRY UP-DATE IN WINTER NEWSLETTER I hope to mail, with your next NEWS, an updated cross-country list. The names of Those who are not on the list those who have

not renewed membership will be removed. but would like to be, will be added. If you aren't receiving a list each time with you; NEWS, you are not on it. When renewing membership, it is important to check the line on the form if you want to continue to be listed. either to be on the list, or to have your name removed, let me know promptly! If you want to have your status changed ' CONFERENCE TAPES You who were saddened that you were unable to attend our conference; those who did come but had difficulty in choosing among to everyone who want-: to discover or relive memories as to what took place during a seminar; workshop tape ~emonstrat~on or panel discussion--take heart--all of this is possible i lect,.: 2, Ray Dietz, assisted by his son Jeffrey, and Vincent Monico, did an excellent job taping ours. _Loo~ over the cassette order form and order your tapes directly from Ray--Spirited Corrnnunications. The tapes contain a wealth of information and suggestions that will help all those interested in EVP. the interesting workshops; GOVERNMENT GARAGE SALES Do you like garage sales? Are you always looking for a bargain? Then the government auc~ion sales are for you! These sales, held frequently all over the country, are a delight to many people. Everything is offered at such sales--from kitchen tables and chairs, to highly sophisticated electronic equipment. At some sales it is necessary to be present. To get on the mailing list and to

be notified about upcoming sales write to: DoD Sales-P.O. Box 1370-Battle Creek, MI 49016. For others you send in your bid. ODDS AND ENDS Having difficulty with your holiday ( or birthday) list? How about a membership to AA-EVP for that person who is difficult to buy for, or who seems to have everything? Send me the necessary information, and I will be happy to send an appropriate card, their membership card, and a personal note is your gift. S:veral people have already done this and the giver, as well as the receiver, are pleased with the idea. they will know this them so to As mentioned several times in the newsletter, the deadline for all contributions for the Winter newsletter is December 30. If you to share with other members, please send it to me by then. No one has ever been scolded for getting their news to me early. run a very tight schedule--usually less than 2 weeks from deadline until I take the NEWS to the printer. Since I never know how much material I'll ~ave until I hear from you, I appreciate hearing from you promptly. Those people are especially cherished who send in a contribution before the due date. think you have something appropriate I ~ ·-· .......... AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING VOL 4, Number 3 AA-EVP NEWS Fall 1985 FROM MY VIEWPOINT

Here we are, Summer is over and we are moving into the season of cool days and to assess realistically the last six time now, I hope, cooler nights. months and the direction towards which we are heading. There will be the just lived summer I have through For me, the wonderful conference days in August, the rest of the time was a oiur of preparation for the event and the follow-up work that such a meeting entails. As a member of the program staff wrote to me after it was over, "The whirling Dervishes have nothing on you." She was accurate in describing my feelings, but I was glad to be able to write back, "The top has run down." Life in the fast lane is not for me. In such a life there is a lack. of time to contemplate and evaluate the past on an inner microcosmic basis and how it may relate to a larger macrocosmic level. There also needs time to think about the future and to begin moving in that direction. that never was. Except for to be In my closing remarks at the conference I said that although the conference would soon be history we should make it a never-ending story. I felt we should carry forth, into the future, what we had learned during the last four days, expanding horizons for ourselves and trying to bring closer a quality future for all. An AA-EVP member called me recently and said she felt

like a "fool" at times for She has to wonder if there is trying to communicate with a anyone there; if there is anyone listening. I reminded her about the hundreds of people around the world who are having contact, at times very evidential contact, from those who have made their transition into the next life. She agreed and said this was one reason why she found our newsletter so comforting. We are helping Mrs. X to expand her horizon and to give her hope that life survives. loved one without success. Life should not be static. I doubt it could be even if we wished however, have the freedom to minimize or maximize life and I suspect this into the life beyond life. it. We do, carries over This brings us to an apropos comment from Plotinus, a great philosopher and religious genius of the third century A.D., who wrote in the Enneads, "Souls which once were in Some indeed, in men, when they leave the body, need not cease from benefiting mankind. addition to other services, give occult messages, thus proving by their own case that other souls also survive." We should never forget that the unseen who speak to us from the other side of our tape recorders, especially those we have never known, are providing a service which they hope will benefit all of us still here. Each message I receive is treated as a treasured gift. Plotinus felt "souls" gave messages to provide survival. This

being the case, it becomes the responsibility of those involved with EVP not to break the link but to reach out, extending it as far as possible to let others know that life is a never-ending story. Always my best wishes, Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electromc Voice That We Survive Death CONFERENCE REPORT Where to start? I could use the next five pages reporting on all that took place: interesting workshops and outstanding Thursday On our excellent program staff; seminars and lectures which we had Friday through Sunday; I could try, but probably fail, to describe the wonderful cohesiveness which emerged very quickly and went further than I dared hope. the think everyone, to a positive energy flow that was almost tangible and lifted me, and I high which still has not completely left. I can mention, but unless you were there you will not appreciate, the One of my greatest joys, and I think the joy of others, was greeting again those I had met for the first time two years ago at our first conference. I also met many new friends who, until August, had been just a name to me. A special pleasure was welcoming Sheila Ostrander and Lynn Schroeder, two conference registrants. I first heard about EVP ten years ago when I read their book, Handbook of PSI Discoveries. As I told the group when I introduced Sheila and Lynn on Saturday, it was thanks to them that not only had

my own life been so completely changed but that the AA-EVP had been started over three years ago. The success of any conference should not be measured in just how much hugging and kissing and yes, even tears, occurs at the end, but to what degree it has affected the lives of the participants. There was certainly ample evidence that many who came were responding in a positive way, and the countless letters received since then indicate that this continues. There is not room to quote from all of the letters but I think you will be interested in reading some of the remarks: Virginia Bates-VA: "Let me tell you again how much I appreciate your producing such a high level conference. I'll mentally relive many, many of the moments many times." Bruce English-MA: AA-EVP conference. high for many days. was a beautiful event." "Just a short note to tell you how very, very much I enjoyed the It was much more than I ever imagined, and I'm sure I'll be riding a I was so impressed by the calibre of the speakers. All in all it Richard Galston-FL: "I was happy to meet you at the conference. I had a good time there. Best of luck. May the EVP forces be with you." Dale Kaczmarek-IL: of your conference and meeting everyone involved. speakers and workshops were excellent. them." "First of all I want to tell you how much I enjoyed being a part The just wish it were possible

to attend all of It was a truly enjoyable time! I Clara Laughlin-VA: "An excellent conference--even better than 1983, if possible. It I'm sure the room was packed with unseen has taken some time to come down to earth. Jt is extremely encouraging to meet people working so friends and relatives of all. devotedly on the technical end for better communication. Again, let me say it was a memorable weekend." CONFERENCE EXPERIMENT Saturday morning some of the conference registrants chose to go with Carol Barron to give a message to a loved one, while others decided to take part in an experiment. two. The messages, played The audience wrote down their interpretation and the idea was Mercedes Shepanek, Clara Laughlin, and I had prepared short tapes each lasting just a the minute or conclusion. to see if anyone gave the same interpretation to any of the messages that the EVP taper had given. two messages were interpreted the same way as the Out of a the same taper and many of interpretation. Considering the general difficulty of people agreeing on EVP message interpretation, and encouraging. the other messages had at least one or total of eleven messages, interpreted until experiment were times, were not two words with results of interesting conference three our the tapes in which the messages had come via a telephone. The first was from a young couple who had been killed in an automob.ile accident. The second, lasting eighteen minutes, was a two-way conversation between Manfred

Boden, a German researcher, and several entities Those of us who were privileged to hear his tapes who said they were "pure" energy. found them fascinating and some said they were going to try to have telephone contact with other dimensions as soon as they returned home. Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator, was one such individual. Her report follows: "I have been working with the telephone technique for a short period of time and have had a few results, mostly whispers. Two of the transmissions were, 'We will call you.' and, 'We will ring you.' "This technique requires a input of a cassette recorder. telephone recording control ( available from Radio Shack $24. 95) and a telephone jack adapter ($4.95). To convert your existing telephone jack to a "two-haler" the device jacks into the telephone wall jack along with your telephone and also into the microphone and remote The method is as follows: Put the recorder into record mode (it will not be activated until the telephone receiver is lifted). Lift phone receiver and dial any single digit. Make a brief announcement as you would in any tape session. You will have 34 seconds of clear line before the taped offer of assistance breaks in. Hang up and repeat the procedure. The obvious short coming is the brevity of in the fortunate I dial one from the other, position of having Thus, time as desired. Another leaving the second receiver off the hook and have as much alternative is to

arrange with a friend (preferably one acquainted with your strange life style) to call at a pre-set time and leave his/her telephone off the hook for whatever period is agreed upon. One of our VA experimenters reports still another system. She has just begun telephone taping; dials time and is recording voices in the pauses between the time announcements." trunk lines into the house. the clear line time. two am I MEMBERS REPORT A drunk approached Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, reports recording one day while driving in her You got a the car as she slowed down and yelled, "Hey! car. cigarette?" On tape playback you can hear his question followed five seconds later with an EVP voice which whispers, "Habit". Carol will be teaching an EVP workshop in October at the New England Spiritualists conference near Boston. One day, using her portable Panasonic Betty Evans, VA, reports that she has been getting some good results taping since our August conference. tape recorder, which was sitting beside the telephone with the receiver off the hook, she asked, "How about some It is sad to always be raps?" A Class A tonal voice replied, "It is not a good day. dead and always wandering." followed by a number of church bells chiming. Betty said there are no churches in her area or on her TV which she was using as a sound source. The same voice added a moment later, "Betty Evans." After this, a cheerful voice said, "I'm Mick!"

Betty found it especially interesting that in the middle of the It continued again, long message the voice paused for a moment, when the TV was silent. when the talk-show host began talking. Betty feels the unseen voice was waiting for the TV voice to give it added energies and to help provide it with sounds to conclude its own message. She is not sure if this is a telephone voice, speaking through the receiver, or if the voice originated somewhere else. This was Clara Laughlin, VA, had an interesting experience a week after the conference. She in was sitting in the den with the TV on. It stayed there for several minutes letters at least three inches high on the screen. before disappearing. Later, the word was back. A day or two after this, she received a taped message which said, "Watch your television. We have a surprise for Clarissa." ( Clara) At one point, she saw the word "SPHUT" I have suggested to Clara that she keep her camera handy to try to take a picture of anything that may come through in the future .• ' Tina Laurent, Wales, wrote that she not only will tape the name of the father of someone who is with her, but twice she has recorded the sound of his former profession. Once they heard the clink of glasses (the man had been a bar-tender) and another time the 2. 5. days later, "Greetings from the highlanders." looked, she saw a

large cobweb near the ceiling! "There's a fiber on the wall!" When Carol Louis Kara John - MA has not been taping very long but has received some interesting messages. One of them is, "We live for man forever." Clara Laughlin feels one of the most interesting messages she received in 1985 was, this system knows love Clarissa, cybernite. term, "this system" and she "We Clara." Clara wrote that wonders if we have been pre-selected to do this work. Since she was a very young child, the unseen frequently use the Tina Laurent's forte appears to be taping names, unknown to her, but having meaning for the person she is interviewing. Recently she recorded the name, "Max Wall. 11 When her companion heard this she became excited because Max was the man she almost married many years ago but had died at the age of thirty-three. David Lothamer - CA State Coordinator continues recording voices of excellent quality In a recent tape he sent me, some of the outstanding messages "I'm across David, "Ah, my mom's free spirit is now depart." with interesting content. were: "No Saint is bad." Bob Turner free!" (Evidential since David did not know at the time that Bob had died.) Dan McKee - IL State Coordinator sent the following as some of "Dying is not as the Earth make it." his most interesting "I did not help you, reverse intercepts of 1985. here is Master." "The Master is here;__sEyj.~_at y})ur. side now." EGYPTIAN ODYSSEY UP-DATE

Reservations are coming in! Tips for Trips have gone out to persons have expressed concern about traveling abroad at this time, safety is uppermost in our minds. We will travel by KLM and land airport -- safest in the world! Conditions in Egypt are stable. any danger we would not go. The following is from Lynn Gardner, our Several few. quite a but be reassured your only at the Amsterdam If we felt there was tour leader. "In a the extraordinary experiences in your deposit you will be receiving a few months, on April 25th, we'll be boarding our flight on KLM (Royal Dutch Airlines) for an exciting and memorable trip to Egypt. For those of you who have already sent in those who are that await you. preparation for considering joining us to call Sarah or myself at 317-283-7638 so we can answer any additional questions you might have so you can avoid disappointment later if we have reached capacity before your deposit has been received. Sarah and I agreed to make the first opportunity to join the group available to AA-EVP members and as of early January, additional letters and ads reaching other groups will appear and reservations will be taken. for an incredible journey of learning, transformation, fun, and beautiful people." list of suggested books from you if you want Let us hear to Join us I urge read to ROLL CALL Eleven people have joined the AA-EVP in the last three months, including our first Swedish

member. Welcome to everyone! MEMBERSHIP DUES INCREASED Although I am not trying to make money out of the AA-EVP, I feel I should break even. The best year financially was 1984 when I cleared $83! Two have In order to continue providing a to $20 a year, This has not been happening. This year shows a yearly dues of $20; three - $25; and quarterly newsletter and other services, effective innnediately. I belong to 7 national metaphysical organizations. I must raise the AA-EVP dues two charge $30. loss. ODDS AND ENDS Thanks to everyone who eased my mind considerably. sent in their contributions early for our newsletter. The deadline for our Spring NEWS is March 21! You Always my best wishes, ~&A..«• ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERN A PARK, MARY LAND 21146 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVP TAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS VOL. 4, Number 4 FROM MY VIEWPOINT AA-EVP NEWS Winter 1986 In a "Fantasy." long grocery line a few days before Christmas, I had an encounter The child, sitting in the passenger seat of with a child, "just four," and her mother. to the grocery cart, waved her teddy bear in my acknowledge its presence. When I said, "That's a nice teddy," I knew I had made a friend for life. It was obvious she wanted me face. "Yes, learned." he is," replied Mother. She then went on, "Tell the lady the new word you just So prompted,

the child answered, "Fantasy." "Ah! II Looking suitably impressed I wondered just where this conversation was taking us. Mother enlightened me. Nodding in my direction she said, "Tell her Mr. Teddy is not fantasy. Since you love him so much he is real." Well now. I felt we might be treading dangerous waters. It is important to be able to tell the difference between fantasy and reality. Under the conditions in which this meeting was taking place, and not wanting to openly disagree with strange Mother who was so eager to convince child that Mr. Teddy was real, I spoke to the child by saying, "Love is the most important thing of all." As Mother turned to place her groceries on the counter, Child leaned over to me and whispered confidingly, "I know Mr. Teddy really isn't real." We concluded our encounter by my saying, "You know then the difference between what is real and what is fantasy, or imagination. That's good!" from We move the world of children and in large city newspaper entitled, "Americans have a December on the editorial page of a shocking tendency to believe utter nonsense." Mr. Z writes that this is the age of "science." He says that while we need to keep abreast of scientific development, "We must learn to thread our ways through the swamps and jungles of pseudoscience." to an article published teddy bears In the muck and trees he includes "Ghosts, poltergeists, mediums, psychics, monsters, astrology, Bigfoot, biorhythm, numerology, astral

projection, Kirlian photography," and so on. The electronic voice phenomena is not mentioned, evidently becasue Mr. Z never heard of it. We could look upon this as a mixed blessing, I suppose. Mr. Z says we can get our daily "fix" of fiction/fraud through such places as public libraries, supermarkets, newspaper, radio and TV. He even tells us how we can create our own nonsense to titillate others ... just "lie a lot." We are informed that there is, "not one scrap of verifiable proof of any paranormal occurence." The work of J. B. Rhine and Geller that "virtually" all their claims have been discredited. is mentioned, but Mr. Z asserts For those who care to read about the other side of pseudosciences, Mr. Z reconnnends, (It is at his knee we are to learn the among others, James Randi's book, Flim-Flam. truth??) Although I feel that we need to remain aware of what is fantasy and what is not, we to see if our dreams may be to have also need the imagination to dream, capable of moving beyond dreaming to an independent existence, to a touchable reality. the courage Give me the child with her teddy bear. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death LIFE BEYOND LIFE--ELISABETH KUBLER-ROSS One of my dreams has become reality. For some time I have dreamt and wondered if the in a more positive way, those who are terminally voices we record might somehow help,

ill, or those who are having difficulty coping with the death of a loved one. Six years ago, I met Dr. Elisabeth Kubler-Ross in Annapolis. She had given a lecture nearby the night before and invited me to have lunch with her the following day at her hotel. After discussing our work we made a short recording together. During lunch, a mother whose child had been brutally murdered several months earlier, joined us. As to her about what happens as we make our transition, it was clear, Elisabeth talked through the tears of our guest, that she was finding the first comfort she had known since the death of her child. Dr. Ross, as I imagine everyone knows, is internationally known through her books, true She is a death-and-dying workshops, and personal work with the terminally il 1. pioneer in the field and was one of the first to bring to our attention the experiences someone has who is dying. Since our meeting in Annapolis, I have been on her mailing list and followed her progress from California to Head Waters, Virginia where she now has her center. It occurred to me that she might be able to use a tape of electronic voices giving information which would bring reassurance, comfort, and understanding to someone dying or a grieving loved one. About this time, through the generosity of two AA-EVP members, one in South Carolina and one overseas, I received the impetus to carry through on my idea. I made

a thirty-minute tape that I sent to Elisabeth and said if she felt it would help her in her work, it would be my joy to donate thirty duplicated tapes and turn over to her all rights to it. Before long, Elisabeth replied saying she was warmly touched by my offer which she The thirty tapes were made and sent to her the week before accepted with gratitude. Christmas. Although I conceived the idea and made the tape, I feel each of you has a very real part in it. Without your warm, and sometimes loving, support over the years, I doubt the tape would ever have been made. In a very true sense, I am indebted to you. Our joy is mutual, I believe, in the thought of the hope the Life Beyond Life tape will bring to many in the future. SIMULTANEOUS RECORDING EXPERIMENT FOLLOW-UP In the Fall newsletter, I announced a simultaneous recording experiment to take place Sunday evening, October 27, at ten E.S.T. The experiment was to last ten minutes and I suggested four questions to ask. The idea behind the experiment was to see if the Voices that spoke at that time would give similar answers to the same questions. Reports were received from total that gives a results, appreciate the efforts of those three members by the deadline, December 30. of four who participated. who responded. Going in alphabetical order: I had hoped With my for more own but Carol Barron-MA State Coordinator: asked

the questions you suggested. luck. answer to "How do you speak to us? 11 A loud whisper was, last three words were faint." Not "We too much took part in your national experiment and The only thing we got was in 'Your death-is aside us.' The I Sarah Estep: recorded eight messages of excellent quality. A week before, and each day following, during my morning recording, I mentioned the experiment to the other side and asked them to try and come through for everyone who took part. They assured me the start of the experiment a Class A voice said, "We go up," they would help. At followed immediately with a different voice, still Class A, that said, "Hello. 11 One of the most outstanding messages of the eight was, "The mirror!" followed one counter later The mirror message is especially interesting because several with, "We see the plate. 11 of us independently, and at first unknown to each other, received messages a few years ago about using a mirror in our tapings. two sitting on top of my recording equipment and although in the past have recorded many messages about the mirror, had not I have 2. TPP (TELEVISION PICTURE PHENOMENA) Letters have been exchanged recently with Dr. Ernst Senkowski, AA-EVP member from those in other dimensions seem eager to contact us West Germany. From taped messages, visually through our TV sets. Two gentlemen in Germany, Klaus Schreiber and Otto Konig, have independently received Their method, a number of

TV pictures which extremely laborious and expensive, is not suited for most people. taped on video recorders. they have Ernst suggests an easier, and perhaps just as effective a method. He writes, "Try to get an oscillator in the VHF or UHF range and modulate it with any signal mixture tuned to a free channel." This would be connected to a video tape recorder so you will have a record on tape of any paranormal pictures that are received. Many AA-EVP members have video tape recorders and could start experimenting at once. From a message I received If you don't have an oscillator, you can still experiment. to through my Channel 47 at night. There is just "snow" at this channel, but the TPP forms itself out of the snow. Your video recorder should be taping the entire time. If it has a pause control, you have the advantage of stopping it if a paranormal picture is received and taking a picture of it with a separate camera. Let me know your results. I would suggest you begin your experiments by tape recorder, turning TWO EVIDENTIAL COMMUNICATIONS Two AA-EVP members in Virginia recently recorded or received evidential messages that showed they were in contact with the other side. Betty Evans tried to contact her deceased sister, Nell, one evening through her tape recorder without success. The following day at work while Betty was busy at her desk, she heard her first name called two times over the paging system. Betty

wondered about this because when someone is paged in her office, the first and last names are always given and then the person is told to report to someone. Checking with the girl at the switchboard, Betty learned she had not been paged. Later, she asked Clara Laughlin to check with Callie (Clara's guide) t~ see if Nell had spoken to her at work. Clara did and taped in response, "Yes, she talked to Betty." During this same recording, Clara recorded, "Henry is healthy," which she also reported to Betty. Unknown to Clara at the time, Henry was Betty's uncle with whom she was close. Clara Laughlin also received a personal evidential message. One day she recorded, "You should learn shortly I died and am in heaven. Surprise I went so early. You should tell Libby. 11 Clara had been good friends with Libby and her husband, Cecil, when they lived in CA and had not heard that Cecil was sick. A day or two later, Clara received a card from Libby saying Cecil had died. the message occurred within 72 hours of each other. As Cecil had requested, Clara called Libby and told her she had heard from him which Libby found very comforting. His death, and Clara's taping A LOOK AT A BOOK interest for The Ghost of 29 Megacycles (New American Library) by John Fuller. This should be of special the development of "Spiricom" constructed by George Meek and his associates. The system was then used successfully

by William O'Neil from 1977-1981 in communicating with Dr. George It is a fascinating, well written book by the Mueller, a scientist who died in 1967. author of Ghost of Flight 401 and other books. the electronic voice. interested It 1.s about those in BOOK LIST ENCLOSED Speaking of books ... you will find a list of books available that are left over from Look the I have only one or two copies of some and our conference. Many of them are excellent and offer hours of good reading. list over and send your order to me promptly. your request(s) will be processed in the order received. BEST OF '85 Carol Barron has continued taping many interesting messages this year. Some of her "You're in the mid-land." A few favorites are: "Is this a telephone call? Call me!" 5. PSYCHIC EXPERIENCES-EVP TAPERS? In a recent letter, Carol Barron described many psychic experiences she has had all her life. The first one she remembers was at the age of four while visiting St Simons Island, Georgia. While in the woods she saw a large flash of light which "spoke" to her, Carol feels it would be an but interesting tapers describe psychic She feels such experiences may have served as a experiences they have had in the past. catalyst and opened us to communication with other dimensions through our tape recorders. the rest, she wrote, has been lost in her memory. future newsletter to have EVP feature for a Let me

know about your past experiences. I feel members would be interested in this. ROLL CALL from Luxembourg. Welcome We have added a number of new members in the last three months, including our first member For the year we have shown a healthy growth, having enrolled fifty-nine new members. Well over 100 people have renewed their memberships. MD leads the states with 23 members; VA is next with 19; CA is third with 14. Men still outnumber the women with 54% of our members being men. to everyone! LIGHT JOURNAL You will find enclosed, On "Holy" War, written by Brenda Marshall, President/Editor of Light, published quarterly by the College of Psychic Studies, London. When I wrote to Mrs. Marshall about reprinting her piece and sharing it with our AA-EVP members, she graciously gave permission. She wrote, "I must say it does seem to me all very obvious, but I agree it is helpful to keep stating it." Light is an excellent metaphysical journal. Subscription rates are $15 a year for address is: 16 Queensberry Place, London SW? the U.S. 2EB I have subscribed to it for two years. which The includes airmai 1 postage. England. EGYPTIAN ODYSSEY UPDATE We are packing our suitcases and rushing out batteries for our battery operated tape recorders. Yes, we are going! Due conditions, especially because of our EVP recordings in the places we will be visiting. there is something is small but the group to buy extra supplies of tapes and to world to

be said for small groups, As mentioned in the tour brochure, I will be teaching an EVP workshop on location and helping group members with their tapings as we move from one location to the next. At the tomb of Amon-Hotep who died in 1224 B.C., and in the crypt that was used for magic rites thousands of years ago, located under the Temple of Dendera, special ceremonies will be held. It was at these two places, that the invisibles spoke to me on tape in May 1984, one of them calling me by name, asking for my help. This time I will try to give suggestions to help them move on. Lynn Gardner, who many of you met at the August conference, and who will be leading our tour, has been unflagging in her efforts to make our Egyptian Odyssey experience truly outstanding for all participants. It promises to exceed all expectations. Those of us who are going will meet at the KLM counter, Kennedy Airport, NY, at 6:30 P.M., Apr 24. We will return on May 10. The Summer NEWS will carry a report of our trip! ODDS AND ENDS A special note of thanks to the many people who upgraded or sent in their membership renewal early after the last newsletter. Your thoughtfulness is appreciated. Some have asked how they can know ahead of time when their membership will expire. On each white the mailing label, I have the month when your membership is due. label, this

indicates that you have requested that your name be placed on the cross country list. Deadline for your contribution( s) for our Summer newsletter is June 20! Until then, .. If you have a C on AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21146 72e DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 5, Number 1 RESEARCH MEETINGS AA-EVP NEWS EVPTAPES COUNSELING REFERRALS ◄ Spring 1986 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Here we are, four years old. look upon each Spring Newsletter as our anniversary issue. One of the highlights this year was our second national conference which opened new doors and expanded horizons for many who attended. Another highlight was the Life Beyond Life tape of EVP voices that Dr. Elisabeth Kubler-Ross has indicated she will~ in her work. We have just begun a unique taped survival project which we hope will lead to increased evidence for postmortem survival and bring comfort to many. I In our first newsletter, published in May 1982, I wrote that ten states and Canada were represented. Today, we have thirty-five states, the District of Columbia, and ten foreign countries. for obvious reasons, I am perhaps not the best person to evaluate the Association, I will try to give a realistic assessment of what we have done, what perhaps we could have done better, and the goals which we might hope to bring closer to realization. Our membership has ten fold. increased Although, One of the goals, mentioned in the first

newsletter, in regards to EVP, was, " ... not just to help other EVP experimenters but as an out-reach organization to let others know what we have learned." This, I fee 1, was a worthy goal and wi 11 remain a goal for the future. What kind of a job have we done in meeting this goal? Growth suggests success but could we have done more? We have about a dozen members who are actively telling others about EVP. They do it in different ways, and many of the people whose lives have been touched in this manner, imagination to write to me and say, "My life has been changed." believe that some of the lives that have been changed go on, in some cases, to change other lives and they in turn go on ... One can't help but wonder what the story would be if we had 100, rather than a dozen people speaking out about EVP. It doesn't take much the need the second anniversary issue, dated May 1983, to be In mindful of to develop better systems of EVP research and communication." This goal remains, and is slowly, so slowly, corning closer but we have, as the poem goes, "Many miles to travel before we (rest)." Perhaps we will never rest (or sleep) in our research; we may never get that far, but I believe eventually research will bring about more effective ways for communicating with the unseen. I wrote, " ... we continue to encourage

Another goal mentioned, and this was in the May 1984 issue, was, "We will try to learn more about the phenomena for there is much we don't know and there may be worlds of consciousness to explore." Here again, we have progressed but still, the end is not in sight, and, as in the area of research, I doubt very much if there is a finite boundary. Realistically, looking at this many faceted phenomena known as EVP, and believing the final key to unlock the door to objective inter-dimension communication or discovering the "last" world of consciousness, is beyond our reach, does not in any way discourage me. Failure is not a frightening word. Only being afraid to try because one might fail, brings sleepless nights. There is victory in the attempt. Last year I wrote in Viewpoint, "I like to feel that our efforts, together, will shed illumination for those known and unknown to us, that our personal pilgrimage need not be a fumbling in the dark, but that we will light a light for each other." We have come far since 1982. Working together, we will go further. Let us continue to share our light with everyone who has a need as we move into the future. Always my best wishes, s-JOAAJ'- ~ Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death SURVIVAL BOARD It is with great pleasure that I announce our Survival Board: 1. Carol Barron-MA State Coordinator 2. Clara

Laughlin-VA AA-EVP Member 3. Tina Laurent-Wales AA-EVP Member 4. David Lothamer-CA State Coordinator 5. Dan McKee-IL State Coordinator 6. Mercedes Shepanek-VA State Coordinator The above six people have been recording for many years and each has had outstanding success in EVP work. In addition, all of them have received evidential messages from deceased individuals, at times unknown to them, which upon checking later gave strong evidence that the communicant was who he claimed to be and had survived death in an individual, conscious state. UP-DATE - TAPED SURVIVAL PROJECT the Winter Newsletter, In announced. members saying their tapes will soon be mailed. for The response has been positive with tapes starting to an ongoing survival project AA-EVP members was come in, and other To recap briefly: Members are invited mention things that are important to them: This background information should last only address of one-two people we should contact if more of our Survival Board members. to send me a cassette tape on which they likes-dislikes; family members and so on. five-ten minutes. Be sure to include the it appears you have come through to one or As soon as your family member notifies me of your death, I will contact our board members. They will start to listen for you through their recorders, and will actively ask for help from those on the other side to bring you to them and assist you in giving your message. Remember to be evidential, at least one thing you say to a

board member must be on the tape in my possession. No board member will have any idea what is on your tape. I also will not listen to yourtape until after your transition, and only then if a board member reports possible contact. All members are encouraged to participate! CHALLENGER COMMUNICATIONS After the explosion of the Challenger on January 28, several AA-EVP members reported taping messages in reference to the astronauts or the space shuttle itself. Sarah Estep. I requested that the other side !El to help the astronauts move into the spirit world. A Class A male voice, using the word .!.!.I, in his answer, as I had used in my request, replied, "I'll try with them." Arthur and Pat Huff. The Huffs attended our August conference and learned about the tape nightly and report taped after the "Permanently survive." reverse ·voices receiving excellent reverse messages. accident were: "Exhaust line." "We're about to crack. We're going to crack." "A problem." Some of the things that they in Dan McKee's workshop. Since then, they Clara Laughlin. Clara taped several messages when she asked about the astronauts. (Clara) "That was terrible. Clara, it had no future. Challenger has " ______ (name of one of the astronauts) pleased that he is there Her guide, Callie, came through and said, "Now we make this official, Clarissa. They perish in Atlantic." a loss of power." with her." Dan McKee. Dan reports that he received a fair amount of relative information. The other side said,

"We see them." Dan commented that he felt that he had no direct contact with the astronauts themselves. Dan's observation is interesting because in looking over the messages the rest of us taped, this also becomes apparent. We received messages about the astronauts, or the craft, but no astronaut spoke to us. This somewhat reinforces that what we taped were genuine EVP messages. 2. at the start of the workshop. in taping voices. After the workshop and a buffet lunch, we broke up into small groups and walked around the "haunted" restaurant trying to tape voices of the unseen with our portable tape recorders. Close to half the people reported contact when they played their Since we had such an enthusiastic response from those who attended, we hope to have a similar day next fall. two or three had been successful until then, tapes back later. Only NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Richard Berman, parapsychology and electronic voice in his presentation. AR, called recently and said he has given that many people are two EVP. interested his area and he always plays a short tape of EVP voices as told me Richard lectures about in the part of William Duvendack, MT, wrote that he is taking a course about radionics and wonders if it might be an effective way to "tune" in on the EVP phenomena. He commented that distance is no factor for someone using a radionics machine which is an electrical device. He hopes to do some experiments

using it with EVP taping and will let me know the results. Betty Evans, VA, attended the all day EVP workshop near Annapolis. Near the end of the day, Betty whispered to me that she had to leave early to meet her son who was coming from New York. Later, on tape playback, Betty heard, "Ha, ha, ha, he's already here." This was true because, to Betty's surprise, when she reached home she found her son had arrived earlier than planned. Clara Laughlin, VA, continues to tape interesting EVP messages. A voice told her recently, "Cloudy weather is our strategy. Several months ago she asked on tape that those on the other side send healing to a friend's son The following day, an EVP in-law. d " ecause t e person concerne voice sai, has asbestos lung cancer. She did not mention what was wrong with the man. 1s is true, To come near is no easy feature." 1· as a ma ignancy. " Th. ·d b h h • • Tina Laurent, Wales, wrote to the National Federation of the next twenty minutes EVP, discussion. that she was Housewives. she plays a giving a talk to a group of people who belong The first twenty minutes she lectures about tape of EVP voices, and this is fol lowed by Dan McKee, IL, wrote about some reverse EVP messages he taped recently. He said, "One quite interesting voice said, "There are doubts I'm visible." Dan feels he is receiving above

average material referring to being born. As an example, someone said, "I was told to go in the womb." Dan commented that he has observed in reverse taping that too much signal strength seems to be undesirable. One time there was a good deal of laughter on the forward side of the tape and on the reverse side a voice told him, "The crashes are bad during laughter." Howard Ruess, TX, called a few months ago about a voice that had whispered his name during his daily taping. Howard played the tape for me over the telephone. Normally, in this sort of situation, I hear little, if anything. The whisper Howard played for me, however, was so loud and clear, I heard it without difficulty. Ernst Senkowski, West Germany, wrote that he in a Munich satellite TV production. Professor Bender, Professor Resch, and Dr. Determeyer also were on the program. Thirty minutes were devoted to EVP and another thirty minutes to more general cases of transcommunication. took part told me Mercedes Shepanek, VA, in a recent phone conversation that they had just sealed a time capsule for her second grandson, Jeffrey. They did the same for Jeffrey's two years ago at his christening. The capsule will be opened by each brother, Gregory, They contain pertinent information of the present, an boy on his eighteenth birthday. explanation of In Jeffrey's capsule, Mercedes included some "seventh dimension" voices Ernst Senkowski played for us at the conference last August. some samples of EVP

voices. the electronic voice and 5. Later on, the doctor told Barbara she would have twins. Clara went to her tape recorder and asked if this was true. Tom replied, "Single baby boy," which proved to be correct. David Lothamer-CA State Coordinator, flyer his group had printed, announcing a lecture and tape demonstration of the electronic voice. The meeting was held in May and much interest was shown by those who attended. Steve Glanz, another CA AA-EVP member, visited David and they held a successful taping session. Steve hopes to begin some research in the area of TPP (television picture phenomena). sent me a LOOKING AT BOOKS Jeff Vilencia recently sent me his just published book: Spirit Voices. It 1.s a short book of seventy pages, with the last twenty-five pages being largely a transcript through on the cassette tape which is included and explanation of how the voices came with the price of the book. Although Jeff writes in a clear manner about his experiences with EVP the last ten years, you will not learn anything new. He mentions nothing about recent research and experimenters, and one suspects he is unaware of them. This is unfortunate, for the field needs an up-to-date, all purpose book to encourage research and create new interest among the public. I wrote to Jeff that I was sorry I couldn't be more enthusiastic about his book because he appears to be sincere. Side 1 of the 60 minute tape has EVP voices. Side 2

The rest of the tape has about a five minute demonstration of how to make a recording. is blank. Since Jeff works with groups who evidently still believe "Silence is golden," most of the voices are faint, whisper type of poor quality. There are a few that are Jeff includes over a dozen of Raudive's voices so, louder and could be called Class A. To order the book and tape, if you haven't heard these before, you may be interested. send $9.95 plus $1.50 to: P.O. Box 946, Bellflower, CA 90706. Rosalba Harris has located a dealer who had a copy of Konstantin Raudive' s book: Breakthrough for $6. If you are still looking for the book, you can write to: Middle Earth Book Shop, c/o Paul Hudson, 2791 E. 14 Mile-Sterling Heights, MI 48077. Harold Sherman-AR AA-EVP member, wrote recently that his excellent book: The Dead Are Alive, 1.s being brought out the first of January. If the book is not already in your library, you will want to add it as soon as it reaches the bookstores. in a new edition by Ballantine Books AA-EVP NATIONAL CONFERENCE Mark your calendars! A date has been chosen for our third national conference, It will be held at the Holiday Inn, Inner Harbor-Baltimore, from August 7-9, 1987. The location, within walking distance of 130 shops and restaurants; fine museums; historical sites; and the National Aquarium, will be a delight to everyone and offers an ideal vacation place for the entire family.

By signing a contract with the Holiday Inn now, we have been guaranteed the very reasonable rate of $64 a night, single or double. There the Baltimore-Washington International Airport and limousine service parking for those who drive. The accommodations, sleeping and meeting rooms, will be excellent for our purpose. from is The first two conferences have been so outstanding, you will not want to miss this one. Whether you will be a repeat attendant, or coming for the first time, it is not too soon to start planning to be with us. There will be more exciting details about the conference in future newsletters. ODDS AND ENDS A note! Please remember to check the box on the membership renewal notice, if you A number of people are not doing this. Special wish Deadline blessings to those who don't wait until the last minute, Let me hear from you! the Fall Newsletter is September 13. for your contribution( s) the cross-country list. to remain on to Always my best wishes, .JJ~ ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 2114& 7H DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, P'OUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVPTAPES COUNSELING VOL. 5, Number 2 AA-EVP NEWS Summer 1986 FROM MY VIEWPOINT There is a Roman beyond," Those of us well aware that there touch our lives. saying, "Plvs Vltra", which who have an interest in what the physical is much beyond is more translated means: "There is loosely termed "paranormal" are world of the

five senses which can Plvs Vltra would make an ideal obituary but it could also be a motto for us as we If we look around, if we get beyond the neat like a child of two who that g:eet the r~sing o~ the sun :ach morning. little box into which most lives have been placed, we will find ' shrieks with JOY at every butterfly and lovingly smells roses and dandelions alike ' our world is full of excitement and a good deal of beauty. . . . Two months ago, _I returned from seventeen days in Egypt. There was advice from high and low that the trip be forgotten, Due consideration was given to the world situation and our group was polled. The decision was unanimous -- "Go! 11 Certain precautions were taken and never, at any time, did we feel at all threatened, Egypt! Two acquaintances who had been there before were surprised when I said I was going back. "You were there two years ago. It's so dirty. Why do you want to return?" they asked. inspires awe and, land of beauty. Still a to me, that land a Well, yes, in a way it is dirty. Water is scarce in many places -- they don't have modern machines to scrub their streets. There's not enough water to always have a clean I prefer, however, to raise my eyes above the dust and look at face or clean clothes. I the Pyramids and the Sphinx; at

the temples and the tombs. c~n look at the people, especially those in villages scattered throughout the country look, I see that their priorities, although in some ways like ours, are met side. When I in a different way. found a quiet joy at being with family and others in their community. This doesn't contentment and suggest all Egyptians are angels or paragons of virtue. They are people, and like people everywhere, they have their individual differences, some pleasant, some unpleasant. in a material sense, many have I needn't look that high. Having nothing I am reminded of one occasion when I went off to do some private taping. As I sat at tomb waiting for others in my group to join me, it was time for lunch. The the base of a guard took his sandwich, wrapped in a newspaper, from a crevice and offered me half. He wanted to share what he had. To me, that is beauty. Beauty was also seen in the joy on the faces of Egyptian children as another member of our group and I, gave them pens to use for school. Education is compulsory in Egypt but some children come from families too poor to provide them with school materials. One learned about the nuclear explosion at Chernobyl. We night, at our hotel in Asyut, we formed a circle, each member stopped giving a personal affirmation that our planet find peace and be healed. When we released the balloons which another member of

our group had brought, and watched them spin and dance away in the wind across the sand, we saw beauty. the following morning in the Western desert and Although the world needs the most positive efforts each of us can give, it also needs, I feel, people who, like the child of two, see beauty in the dandelion. Plvs Vltra offers hope for tomorrow. It should also challenge us for today. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death CONTROLS--TAPED SURVIVAL PROJECT Monty Hearon, Oregon State Coordinator, visited me We discussed many developments that have taken place in the field of EVP over the last four years, and the direction the phenomena seems to be going. During this time we shared ideas about the AA-EVP. We talked about the taped survival project and our hope that it will bring comfort to many in the future, as well as add to--t:he evidence that individual consciousness survives bodily death. two days in June. for He is concerned that if a member of our survival board hears Monty feels we should try to place a control, a safeguard, on the survival tape that you send to me. from someone after death, whose tape is in my possession, critics of the phenomena will claim this information was passed on to try to prevent this accusation, he suggests you place within the tape case a small piece of paper with your signature and several of your the box

in tissue paper and inked fingerprints. Wrap scotch tape it securely. On the tissue paper, again write your name and add the inked fingerprints. the board member earlier. To After your transition, and contact of a board member, I will open the tape in front of witnesses. Together we will listen to the tape. So I can't be accused of placing my own fingerprints on the tape, or having someone else do it, it would be a good idea to leave a set of your inked fingerprints in a secure place in your home. All this may seem a bit cumbersome but in actuality it shouldn't take more than several minutes. You are, of course, free to do as you wish. I feel Monty's idea has a great deal of merit and I encourage you to consider it. For those who have already sent me a tape, if you wish to make another tape, following Monty's suggestion, I will return your first tape to you. NEW IDEAS ABOUT EVP Tina Laurent, AA-EVP member from Wales, has contacted me about a recent letter she received from Benson Herbert, internationally known British parapsychologist. Since returning to Wales three years ago, Tina has become acquainted with Herbert and done experiments with him and two of his associates. Herbert is familiar with EVP and has listened to many of Tina's tapes. Although he accepts there are voices on the tapes, until recently he did not believe they were voices of the dead. Now, with

his letter to two Russian scientists, he commented Tina in which he quoted from articles written by that he guessed he might have to become a spiritualist and an EVPist. In the one article by Dr. Romen of Alma-Ata University in the U .s .S .R., titled "Bio Plasma and Psychic and Auto Regulation," he wrote, "Yoga and auto-suggestion can deeply affect the bio-energetic processes in a person's system and is of great value in the prevention of and curing of diseases and promoting regeneration ... With the possibility of maintaining the personal "I" (ego) on the conditions of extreme stress, and after death personal in recognizable characteristics independently of spatial and individual." temporal factors ... and definite biological image maintains form ... This energetic is a the a The other article, quoted by Herbert, was by Dr. G. P. Krokhalev of Perm University, It is titled, "EVP" and he wrote, "The human body can act as a receiver and a U.S.S.R. transistor to modulate the waves so transmitter of radio waves. transmitting an audible sound via tissue and bones the brain ... Concentration of thought can cause the ears to transmit faint sounds which can be picked up by a sensitive microphone and tape recorded ... " The skin acts as a to In his own EVP experiments, Dr. Krokhalev uses a plastic or rubber ear-cap, fitting around the ear, with a small hole in the middle for the insertion of a tiny microphone. Herbert concluded his letter to

Tina by writing, "So there is nothing to hinder the to persist after living then tape recorded, hence supposition that the energetic image (ghost?) as described by Romen death, could emit radio signals capable of being picked-up by person, converted into sound EVP?" the person's ears and the body of a through Since the above was received from Tina, I have talked to her by phone. She has again towards EVP being heard evidential of post mortem survival. He kindly gave permission to quote him in our NEWS. leaning even more strongly from Herbert, who said he is minute tape some of you may have. Side 2 contains voices recorded from my most recent trip. A few of the voices sound like the voices taped during my first trip and came through at the same location. I always said at such places, "I have returned to you. Can you please speak to me again?" At the Quar tomb and the Temple of Abydous, messages were taped that indicated they were doing this. Two days before leaving Egypt, we went to the Church of Zeitoun in Cairo, where an apparition of the Virgin Mary appeared many times in 1968, and was seen by over a million taped came through as I people. Perhaps it is appropriate that the last two messages I was sitting quietly in the sanctuary of the church. Much of the success of the trip is due to Ahmed Fayed, our excellent Egyptian guide. the first night we

were in Egypt, "While you are here, you are part of my He said family," and this feeling prevailed the entire time. The night before leaving for home, talked to Ahmed about plans for a future trip. There will be an Egyptian Lynn and I Odyssey II in October 1987. Start to put it in your bank of positive thoughts. I hope you will be with us. NEWS FROM AND ABOUT MEMBERS Roy Bauer-Canada, is experimenting with a friend to see if a person is able to affect a recording while in the out-of-body state. He reports one success in which his friend said Roy's name while having an O.B.E. Roy would like to hear from other researchers who are trying to develop better techniques for recording. He is on the cross-country list. Italy and France they spent seven weeks Kay Croissant/Catherine Dees-CA, have been doing EVP experiments for nine years. Last year to research in Egypt, Greece, historical places for writing projects in which they are involved. During their trip, they taped many EVP voices. At a site of medieval devil worship in Italy, they first walked through a nearby hermit cave where a benevolent voice said, "Seek out," and, "Let nothing prevent you." As they entered the cave used for devil worship, someone said, "Malestro" (mischief or damage) and then, "You all will fail," followed by, "Don't look." They are planning a novel on the lives of the Brownings and spent two hours in their home in Florence.

When they asked, "Do you like our story?" a soft woman's voice replied, "We especially do," and later, "Thank you for your words. We wait for them." They closed their letter to me with, "This work is a vital part of human understanding of our great responsibility in our If memories are retained in the subtle atomic structure of matter, then how careful we must all be with our very thoughts, not to let them join the larger negative energies at work in the world today." They have published several historical and romance novels under the name Catherine Kay. thoughts and actions. Betty Evans-VA, called a friend one evening and while waiting for her to come to the phone, a man's voice came on the line and said, "Hey, how are you? How are you doing?" After a moment of shock, Betty realized it sounded the voice of her deceased brother, Henry. She checked with her friend as to whether the friend's son might have spoken and was assured he was no where near the phone. Betty called Clara Laughlin and asked her to inquire about the incident through her tape recorder. Clara did, and taped a number of messages indicating that Henry had spoken to Betty on the phone and would try - - to do the same in the future. like Jules Harsch-Fischbach-Luxembourg, called a few days before we left for Egypt to wish us well. He has contacted several European AA-EVP members through the cross-country list, and

received replies in response. Jules feels with "this system" (Newsletter and cross country list) we can "give on light to help the whole world." Rosalba Harris-PA, and Dave Overton-TX, are due special thanks about Curtis Fuller's editorial in the July issue of FATE magazine. the devoted to Hans Heckman's Microphone Recordings which appeared in our Winter Newsletter. (PA AA-EVP member) translation from for writing to me Over a column was journal about VTF Benn Kobb-VA, had an article about EVP published in the Spring Edition of Reality Change. A number of people have contacted me for more information. Clara Laughlin-recently became a grandmother. Before her daughter, Barbara, knew she was pregnant, Tom (Clara's deceased husband) came on tape and said, "Hello, grandmother." 2. 5. Tina Laurent-Wales, recently sent me an article from the International Journal of Paraphysics published by Benson Herbert, internationally know~ British paraps_ychologi~t. In the article, Herbert discusses EVP and offers some theories and suggestions. Tina also wrote that she and. her husband, Carl, are compiling a book tentatively called, "Welsh Ghostbuster' s Casebook." She has again appeared in the local Tenby paper and had a three-minute spot on Radio Wales. Shirley Matthews-UT, sent information about our organization to Heritage Foundation the diagram of Psychic Research Group. As a result, the newsletter carried our logo, Mighty Mike and ( television picture phenomena) pictures received by Klaus Schreiber (AA-EVP NEWS-Spring 1986). Many people wrote to me for more information and in most cases, the person commented he had never

heard of EVP before reading about it in the Heritage newsletter. two TPP the DON'T GIVE UP Since Shirley Matthews wrote to the Psychic Research Group about the AA-EVP, I have been in touch with Wayne Davis, editor of their newsletter, published ten times a year. The group also publishes a bi-monthly magazine, A Look At the Unusual. Subscription rate; ar~ $13.95 -for one year which al;o makes a person eligible for the newsletter. One of the features that might especially appeal to our members is the listing in the publications, of hard to find books and unusual metaphysical products. In the June issue of the newsletter, Davis corrnnented about the necessity of using proper procedure and a willingness to continue to experiment in spite of not succeeding with early efforts. His views should be taken to heart by all tapers or those who are thinking about starting to tape. He wrote, "And the single most important realization that must be in the experimenter's mind at all times is simply that no mechanical psychic device has ever been invented that will cause a startling and noticeable reaction in the user as soon as he begins . .. those who attempt various experiments with psychic devices should realize that the fruits of that experiment may not be readily discernable without lengthy comparisons . . . . the researcher (should) remain calm and aloof from premature conclusions . . . . all information garnered will be written down carefully and fully and

(at least) several experiments must be conducted before he can even begin to evaluate the device or procedure in use." to use it. If interested in the group and its publications, write to: Wayne Davis-P .O. Box 14511-West Allis, WI 53214-0511. CROSS-COUNTRY LIST to discontinue Our cross-country list is growing but its growth is causing a problem or two. I don't want feature. Unfortunately, many people renewing memberships don't indicate if they want to remain on the list. From now on, once you indicate you want to be listed, you will continue to be listed as long as you are a member of AA-EVP. Only if you write to me requesting that your name be taken off, will it be removed. so many members this unique it since enjoy ODDS AND ENDS Our Winter NEWS means time for the Best of '86 feature. Tapers, please send me a list of two or three messages you taped during 1986, which you feel were most significant as well as being of good quality. Everyone, tapers and non-tapers alike, enjoys reading about this. Mark your calendar. Deadline for all Winter NEWS is December 12. Let's have as good a response next time as we did this time. We want to hear from you! In closing, I want to leave you with a saying from the Talmud that I like very much: "In death, two worlds meet with a kiss; the world going out and the future coming in. II Always my best wishes,

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 211411 721 DILL ROAD (301) 647-8742 SARAH ESTEP, P'OUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER RESEARCH MEETINGS EVPTAPES COUNSELING VOL. 5, Number 3 M-EvP NEWS Fall 1986 FROM MY VIEWPOINT "There is a principle which is proof against all information, which is proof against all arguments, which cannot fail to keep a man in everlasting ignorance; that principle is contempt, prior to investigation." Herbert Spencer Investigation! How often have we denounced skeptics of psychic phenomena for failing to investigate with an open mind various areas of PSI/ESP? How often have they charged us with being deluded and deceived? Both sides are justified in their accusations. Boggle thresholds vary from person to person. We each have our own level at which the mind boggles at an idea that cannot be accepted into our usual pattern of thought. Scientists usually have a lower boggle point than those who are interested in and accept, to a certain extent, different aspects of the paranormal. Unfortunately, those with a high boggle threshold may find themselves victims of fraud. Fraud of any kind is intolerable but perhaps the greatest harm is perpetrated in the the last hope of someone and by his paranormal field. machinations leave him in utter despair. This is especially true for those interested in they are often the most vulnerable. Their deep evidence for post-mortem survival for need this 1.s something that the unscrupulous are well aware of and will use to their own advantage. them,

without justification, believers, and The corrupt person can take too often makes to believe The history of psychic phenomena, especially in the area of mediumship, has been degraded with countless instances of fraud. Many mediums were caught cheating and the result placed the public was the entire field of mediumship in disrepute. Although partly to blame with its insistence that a medium always "produce", that did not excuse the deceit. Magicians tell us that they that is regarded as paranormal. which is genuine. can duplicate from their bag of magic tricks, everything This may be true, but that does not make less true that from my own experience, When I founded the AA-EVP in 1982, a man wrote to me from Indiana wanting to know how I he (I) could be positive fraud was not being corrnnitted in relation to the Voices. I knew answered personally and fully trusted, that I didn't think this was possible and gave reasons for my belief. My boggle point was higher then than it is now. In the last four years rumors of fraud have arisen and although I have wondered at times about the truth of I have tried to avoid taking part in the charges and counter-charges. My those rumors, mind always goes back to the magician and his bag of tricks, but evidence is not proof and perhaps, to a fault, I tend to give most people the benefit of the doubt. the experiences of other tapers who and Where there

is an accusation of fraud in connection with EVP, we need to consider all evidence presented. We must investigate, as much as possible, those charges and in the end try to decide whether the evidence is strong enough to accept or reject, the premise take courage and presented. It is to believe we can communicate with other realities understandable limit. Whatever is stretching many boggle points through a happens, we must show by our own approach to inter-dimension communication and by our own personal integrity, that faith in voice phenomena is justified. Either decision can that asking people is no easy answer. tape recorder, there the to Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death WE ARE LISTED! Come November, the AA-EVP will be as close as your local library. At the suggestion the Gale Research Company, of Mercedes Shepanek, VA State Coordinator, publishers of the Encyclopedia of Associations, to see if we were eligible to be listed in their encyclopedia. request for any publications we had, to be returned with the forms. Our AA-EVP newsletters for the last year were sent along with the requested information. information forms soon arrived with a I wrote Long to Vincent DeVincenzo-N.J., is trying to get in touch with the Vatican Archives through the Vatican Embassy in Washington, in the hope of locating the EVP tapes made by the late Father Leo Schmid of Switzerland. If he succeeds, he will send a copy to us. Joyce

Gaines-LA, frequently hears voices clairaudiently. In August, she was awakened by a voice that told her to, "Sell, sell." She mulled it over for several days and then sold her the stock investment market's recent sharp decline. in a High Yield money market thereby avoiding fund, Several months passed, and then a phone call came from the editor. She had some additional questions as well as personal questions about taping. At the conclusion, she said she found our organization, and the newsletter, one of the most fascinating that has ever crossed her desk. We will be listed in the November supplement and in the main book when it is published the early part of 1987. Look us up! EVP AND THE JAPANESE Lynn Schroeder and Sheila Ostrander, AA-EVP members, have returned from a month's stay in Japan. They were invited to talk on Superlearning, a new approach to learning which they have developed and which has received excellent results world-wide. Since it was the tenth anniversary of the Japanese psi society, they were also invited to speak to groups all over the country about psi. Valerie Huggett-FL, has just finished reading a book about Arthur Ford which she feels "all EVPers could read for enlightenment." The book, titled: Extension of Life, is by Pat Hayes who, along with her mother, were good friends of Arthur. Valerie wrote that she had taken classes from Arthur and feels the book is a genuine case of channeling for it has his "mind-set." For

a copy, send $12 plus $2 postage to: The Extension of Life Foundation-P.O. Box 767121-Atlanta, GA. Virgil Hunter-GA, sent me the article, "Here Comes DAT" from the August 1986 issue of the Popular Science. Digital audio consumer in 1987. They promise to eliminate the hiss and noise heard from conventional tape recorders which should improve the quality of EVP voices. Many companies are about ready to release the recorders but Onkyo may be first. The cost is expected to be around $1,000, but this should quickly drop as the machines become popular. tape recorders will probably be available for their expertise electronic It was eye widening Lynn wrote, "EVP was one of our main topics. Seemed like a good idea to get the Japanese with interested. patience traditional Translation of our talks in Tokyo was quite good .... in other cities translation got very third generation wobbly. translation by then ... People did seem very interested in EVP. After the lecture ( in Sapporo) fifteen 18-23 year olds showed up at the hotel with a young English teacher. ... The kids mainly wanted to know about New York and EVP . . . . We passed around a Walkman . .. All with your Egyptian tape. listened intently and said, "Yes, yes." Essentially, I think they thought you were the EVP. The translator tried to explain what was on the tape. that came back, the questions to see and "Two young men ( artists) said something strange had happened to

them. They heard a voice that spoke aloud to them, no one was there, they were not recording anything, but later when playing a tape, the voice was on it." Near the end of her letter, Lynn commented technology and that apart them that the Japanese might succeed at EVP because of their patience, it seemed to Shinto religion. Shintoism is very open to linking with the dead. from the I had the pleasure of introducing Lynn and Sheila at our national conference last summer. This was a special pleasure because it was from reading their book: Handbook of Psi Discoveries, over ten years ago, that I first read about electronic voice phenomena. SOUND MODULATION EXPERIMENTS Carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, and David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, are radio their experiments with sound. These experiments differ continuing airband/shortwave sound source that many of us use while taping. from the Some of the taped examples David sent were Class A, and Carol also reports good results. They use something of the same approach, creating noise near the tape recorder, which the unseen use to help them speak. Carol made the interesting observation, "Some things come tonal voice but rather, articulation out of the noise itself." in very clear, but this method rarely yields a I have also done sound experiments 1.n the past with interesting results. Once, while An using just the open flame of a propane gas Important." My own unusually clear Class A voice answered, "You will know we

talk. the characteristics of experiments whatever sound source is used. The propane gas voice had the whooshing sound of the flame in it. Caution must be used with this approach for it is all too easy to think you have a voice when, in fact, it is just noise. I asked if they could speak. the unseen voice indicate that take on tends tank, to in Fulda. In Edelgard John-West Germany, gave a two letters, Edelgard expressed her belief to me lecture, "Reincarnation of Animals?" at the VTF conference in animal reincarnation. Rolf, a previous dog of Edelgard's, died at the age of seven from a broken leg after the mis-diagnosis of three veterinarians. At first, Edelgard thought she would never get another dog because her grief was so great. Finally, after two visits to a Since then, Edelgard and her friend, shepherd, she adopted two dogs, one named Wanda. Christine Koberle, have both received taped messages indicating Wanda was once Rolf. Wanda also has many of the unique behavior patterns and knows many things that only Rolf knew. Edelgard closed her first letter with, "For me there is difference between man and animal, in intelligence, not in soul." the molecular surface (of Benn Kobb-VA, Editor of Personal Communications Technology magazine, has had another article published, this time a technical one titled: "The New World of Communications" (Radio-Electronics-Sept. 1986) Benn sent me a transcript of the EVP discussion by the entity "James, 11 channeled through Tam Mossman. Mossman was editor

of the Seth books while at Prentice-Hall and worked closely with the late Jane Roberts. Quoting from the indeed transcript James said, "Your audio voice recordings of discarnate voices are genuine phenomena. However, their sources vary and the means which you have been using up to now are primitive at best . . . . It is possible, though laborious, for an entity to change tape can be primed, so it may more easily attract and hold discarnate voices. The way to do it is to 'magnetize' that tape with your own vibrations. Hold the cassette. Stroke it lovingly. Keep it with you on your body for at least twenty-four hours. Imagine your bodily energies flowing into it. . .. Tapes thus primed will show a greater fidelity, and more concepts, more evidential messages may in this way be recorded . . . . What you are trying to do--your mistake, is that you are trying to get ghosts on your machine without having a ghost in your machine. You are making things doubly difficult for yourself by trying to remove the personal aspect from what is an intensely personal and loving exchange. When you (are taping) precise-ify your desires. You will listen to the tape lovingly from backwards to forwards, in your search for answers." tape) so you get words ... Magnetic the Benn has been invited to lecture about the electronic voice at the annual Info Fortfest meeting in Virginia the early part of October. Clara Laughlin-VA, in

summing up four years of taping, wrote, "The quality of the I have I like evidential messages I've made a dear new spirit voice has not gotten any better or worse, but the rewards are beyond description. immediate contact with Tom (her deceased husband) who knows such as, "Yesterday I saw you painting on the Oldsmobile." friend (Callie). Also, other friends have asked for help and it has been given." 2. 5. ESP RESEARCH ASSOCIATES FOUNDATION "A thousand memories flood my mind as I begin this last and final newsletter," Harold Sherman wrote in his November-December newsletter. After many years of publishing a bi-monthly newsletter, Harold fee,ls, at the age of eighty-nine, that it is time to let go. Since its start, it has brought hope and news of research and activities in the field of psi phenomena to thousands of people. Harold's middle name could be "integrity" for he has always stood for the highest standards in all areas of psi. I t is with sadness that we see him end his newsletter, but the good he has accomplished over the years, the positive influence he has had, will continue indefinitely. THE DEAD ARE ALIVE Harold Sherman recently sent me a new copy of The Dead Are Alive. It was originally Now, Fawcett, a leading publisher, published in 1981, and was an immediate success. If you have not already read the book, you has brought Harold's book out in paperback. will want to do so. It is a fascinating

book which offers many instances of evidence for postmortem survival. There are two chapters about the electronic voice phenomena. One is by Raymond Cass of England. The other, Chapter 4, "Spirit Messages On Tape" I was privileged to write. BACK ISSUES OF NEWSLE'ITER AVAILABLE In Roy Bauer's second letter, he asked if it would be possible to buy back issues of the newsletter. Since he had not joined the AA-EVP until December 1985, he was missing the first thirteen. When I assured him that I had extra copies of all newsletters, Roy promptly sent me a check to cover the thirteen issues. If anyone else would like to order back issues, just let me know which ones you want.Since they are published quarterly, with this issue there are a total of twenty. Cost: $1 each which includes postage. U.S. Funds. DIMENSIONS OF CONSCIOUSNESS CONFERENCE We are continuing to plan for our third national conference to be held August 7-9, 1987, at the Holiday Inn-Inner Harbor, Baltimore. One woman in New York called after our Summer Newsletter and said she is coming. A man in New Jersey wrote that he had reserved those days as vacation time from work. We are planning new features; exciting workshops with a unique twist! Several State Coordinators have written, or called, and said, "You can count on me to help." Excellent lecturers, leaders in their field will speak. There will be more details in our Spring NEWS. You won't want to miss those three wonderful

August days. If you haven't already marked your calendar, do so now! EGYPI'IAN ODYSSEY II The tentative date for our second EVP workshop on location tour of Egypt, is planned for October 2-18. That will pl~ee us in Cairo, at the foot of the Pyramids and Sphinx Lynn Gardner, who will again be co-hosting the trip with me, will under a full moon! be at our national conference to help prepare those who plan to go with us for this experience of a lifetime. ODDS AND ENDS Many people, not wanting to miss a single issue of our newsletter, have asked how they can tell when their membership will expire. The mailing label of your newsletter envelope shows the month your membership ends. Some individuals send their fee early and are given credit for this. For those who don't, you will receive a reminder the month before your due date. Deadline for the Spring NEWS is March 7. Please send your news to me by then. '!hank you! Always my best }ts~~: .Y ..,.~ ~ AMERICAN ASSOCIATION ELECTRONIC VOICE PHENOMENA SEVERNA PARK, MARYLAND 21141 721 DILL ROAD (301) 147-8742 SARAH ESTEP, FOUNDER e ► QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER VOL. 5, Number 4 RESEARCH MEETINGS AA-EVP NEWS EVPTAPES COUNSELING Winter 1987 FROM MY VIEWPOINT Each morning when I come to my office, before turning on the light, I window in front of my desk. world, my part of it, is still dark. lights on boat docks surrounding the large creek on which our

home is situated. Since it is always early, daylight is far away and look out the the I look at the dark water which glistens from the In those few moments I have many thoughts. First, I send out a silent prayer that this will be a good day for all I love in this world and the next. Then, I echo William James' thought, "I will act as if what I do makes a difference." All too easily we can decide that we are helpless to affect our world in even t~e smallest way. Discouragement Few of us are like Don Quixote who found his for many, has become a chronic curse. could pleasure in tilting at windmills. be said to represent the world, we should perhaps look at our world, our individual personal world on a microcosmic level. That we can affect for better or worse, and that is one of my thoughts as I look out of my office window so early each day. Instead of trying to fight the windmills, which That thought leads to the next, to a parapsychological conference I attended two months ago. Little was said about the possibility of postmortem survival which didn ' t surprise me. To a certain extent, I have never felt the survival issue belonged to the The electronic voice field of psi phenomena, but rather in its own separate category. was mentioned when a psychiatrist asked a noted parapsychologist and college professor who was lecturing, what his

opinion was of them. Dr. X replied that he thought most people played their tapes over 100 times and then became convinced there was something there. For the few faint things he had heard on demonstration tapes, he felt they were put there by psychokinesis from the taper. When I spoke to him privately the next day and asked when he had last listened to a voice tape he replied, "Oh, years ago." After I told him the phenomena has changed, in some ways radically, in the last ten years , he said he would like to hear a recent tape. A composite tape of forward and reverse voices was sent the following week of voices different tapers have sent me. In the covering letter, I again pointed out to Dr. X that the voices we record today cannot be compared with ear lier voices. I wrote, "and that should cause even the most skeptical to give some thought to this phenomena." "Something intelligent is making progress , " The new moon, hiding in its own shadow, reflects brightly in the water in front of me. '!his brings to mind what Viktor Frankl, the psychiatrist wrote: "A higher dimension is simply a more inclusive dimension." Yes, the dimensions, the worlds are there but, like the moon before me, we are unable to see them. In time either in this world or later, we will see more clearly. The sun will rise and we will stop fumbling in the dark. As

I reach to turn on my light, I think of the words by the poet, G. Appolinaire: "Come to the edge, he said. They said: We are afraid. Come to the edge, he said. '!hey came. He pushed them ... and they flew. " Let us not be afraid of the darkness, real or symbolic. Let us not be afraid to fly. Established to Investigate Evidence as a Result of the Electronic Voice That We Survive Death A Trirute Our dear friend and associate, Mercedes Shepanek, made her transition on November 6. She was one of our closest collaborators, always supportive, having joined the AA-EVP when it was founded in May 1982. From the beginning, she was the State Coordinator for Virginia and contributed something to each issue of our newsletter. Her approach to the electronic voice phenomena was extremely intelligent and she demonstrated, at all times, good common sense in her own efforts in the field and with those with whom she came in contact. Without fail, she continued to encourage others who wanted to learn more about the taped voices, spending much time in correspondence and on the phone answering requests for help. A number of you met Mercedes at our national conferences and took part in the workshops she taught. The week following the last conference held in August 1985, she entered the hospital with cancer. From then on she was never well and, at the end, was eager to go on to be with her loved

ones. I remember when I first met Mercedes about seven years ago. She had been taping for five years and brought some of her tapes and several friends to my home. We listened to each other's tapes and she expressed her firm conviction that we survived bodily death with memory and consciousness intact. As she said then, "I have my suitcase packed and am ready to go whenever it's time." Her faith never wavered and in my final conversation with her two weeks before her death, she said, "I'm looking forward to going. It will be a new adventure. Let's stay in touch." Ten days before she died, Mercedes received a letter from my daughter, Becky, who had met Mercedes at our conferences. Becky loved Mercedes and wanted to tell her this before it was too late. It is one of the last letters Mercedes received and I am quoting from it because I feel it may help everyone who has lost, and will lose someone they love, in the future. "Dear Mercedes, is an al tar upon which God has laid his wisdom and love. ... Since the age of twelve, I've pondered upon the infinite mystery of life. In twenty years of searching, I've come to the conclusion that death is just as mysterious as life. Heaven and earth are linked together by every passing moment. Life is full of many initiations ... Death is also an initiation; a rite of passage, so to speak. The Soul In

the infinite mind and heart of God, we all come home at last, only to realize that coming home is yet another beginning. Each of us represents a prayer in the vision of eternity's dream. In that vision we are born forever . . . . I will joyfully carry the memory of you as I go forward into my destiny. Please send your prayers down to us, and we will send ours up to you. We all look forward to seeing you again, when we finally come home, too. Bless you, and in much love, Becky Estep" Mercedes has moved beyond our horizon, but a horizon is only the limit of our sight. She has traveled over that horizon and is happy in the world of someplace else. OUTSTANDING TAPED MESSAGES WANTED '!here are many occasions when it is desirable that I play a demonstration tape for others. These times range from lectures, personal appearances on radio and television, people coming to my home to learn more about the phenomena, and tapes I send to people, I t is more effective if such tapes have a such as Dr. X mentioned in my editorial . sampling of messages received by different tapers, rather than just my own. I would like to make one master composite tape to use at such times. For all active tapers, please send to me, no later than March 1, five or six of your clearest and loudest messages. I will choose from these and

put all of them on one tape. You will be given full credit on the tape for the messages used. Thank you! 2. "Exploring Other Reali ties-The Eleventh Dimension" by Paul Davies. check your library for a copy. You may want to There have been times when I ( and I'm sure others) have taped messages which showed If the the unseen had no idea what they were saying was being recorded on this side. theory is correct about our experiences being caused by a gravitational disturbance i~ another dimension, (and I suspect this may be especially true with psi experiences) it could help explain how some voice communications come through "accidentally" and not by deliberate intent as I feel most messages do. Stefan Horavth, OH, sent me several articles. In the one article, a microcomputer circut called a Zeta Noise Blocker, was shown next to a penny. The microcomputer is about one/sixth the penny's size. The circut, which was recently introduced to the hearing aid industry, helps hearing devices to discriminate speech from background noise. I hope to be able to incorporate it, somehow, into my recording system. I called Intellitec of Northbrook, IL, who manufactures it for information. LETl'ER RECEIVED A letter, and several articles and pictures from German magazines, have been received from Fidelio Koberle, editor of the German VTF Journal. Koberle referred to our Spring Newsletter that showed two pictures Klaus Schreiber felt he had received from the other side through his TV. Picture 2, he

believed, was his daughter, Karin. Koberle wrote this was not the case, but instead was a picture of a young skater from a TV program. He enclosed a photograph taken by Rainer Holbe from the same video-tape and published in the German Magazine, "Neue Revue," which shows the skater. Both pictures are similar. I t is felt that in the Schreiber picture, he photographed an image that had drifted from a station and thought he had Karin. Kober le did not question picture 1, which seemed to show Schreiber's mother. He feels television picture phenomena is possible. BEST OF 1 86 carol Barron, MA State Coordinator, wrote that she had asked if the voice speaking was from space or spirit. 'Ille entity replied, "It's the man spirit .. Spirit in space." Carol said, "Somehow those seven words summed up a lot. Perhaps there is little or no distinction and spirit can be anywhere." Clara Laughlin, VA, wrote that she is encouraged by the taped messages she receives in which the unseen assure her they will eventually come through her TV. At times she seems to see printed words and letters. On another occasion she and Virginia Bates (AA-EVP member VA) were talking on the phone when someone whispered to them. She asked about this later, during a taping and her husband, Tom, replied, "On the telephone I'm allowed to whisper." Most messages are received on the reverse side of her tapes. Tina Laurent, Wales, wrote that recently she taped the

interesting, puzzling message, "They've brought you down in doubles. " Another time someone said, "Come in Tina--Hello Is she going?" Tina tapes messages Tina. Help is with us. This must be quick Tina. on both sides of her tapes. David Lothamer, CA State Coordinator, said in a phone call that one message that meant a great deal to him this year was, "You will not die," which was of excellent quality.All of David's messages are heard on the forward side of his tapes. Dan McKee, IL State Coordinator, also gave his report over the telephone. He gets many messages in which the word "opposite" is heard. In March a clear voice said, 11 r1:e the man opposite. They all want to hear you better. " Another time someone said, "To In reply to Dan's question as to use you mean a shell with a man. Live you know it." whether they have bodies like us , a voice answered, '"Ihe earth scale one would be the tenth of us." This was followed with, "I doubt that I'm visible." All messages were on the reverse side of tapes. Dan feels reverse messages are clearer and of more interest in content than what is heard on the forward side of his tapes. 5. The Exclusion Cage. However, this also Makes the physical universe a sort of informational "exclusion cage." We have seen that what is going to happen is determined by strong probabilities ... but what is NOT GOING TO HAPPEN is

also determined by these strong probabilities. So, apples shall fall down, but not UP ... ; electrons shall repel each other, not ATTRACT ... ; thou shalt not LEVITATE nor SEE THE FUTURE nor be in any way paranormal - which is to say, UN-USUAL ... of LOW PROBABILITY. However, it is possible to "weaken" probability, locally. Weakening Probability. Probability is at its lowest where the sequence of events, locally, is random - where the sequence of events is unpredictable. Thus you find "paranormal" phenomena are often associated with random events. White noise, atomic decay, tea-leaves, the I Ching yarrow stalks, even earlier, the cracks produced in turtle shells by heat, all random processes. Note that paranormal simply means beyond normal, or improbable. One can, however, lower probability by determinate means, and this occurs in most of the workable EVP methods. It is, I suggest, the meaning behind Weisensale's received message to use many repetitions. The Delta. Taking up this point, some years ago I developed the Delta method. This used 4 loudspeakers connected as an acoustic bridge, and acting interactively as microphones also, in a highly reverberant small enclosure. Such were the number of repeated wavefronts that probability was already low due to the complexity of determination. This was further reduced by the "probabilistic feedback loops" introduced by interactions. Probabilistic Feedback Loops. If a factor A is determined by three other factors B, C, D; and if B is likewise determined by three factors - A, C, and D

... then you can see that the state of A is partly determined by B, which is itself partly determined by A. Thus B affects itself, as does A, and the end result of this is to introduce probabilistic "interference fringes" - a sort of "banding" or binary distribution, much as in Chaos Theory effects, whereby probability may be minimal local?" The breakdown of probability now puts subtle and otherwise unseen influences on the same footing as normal effects within the Exclusion Cage - that is, Information can "seep into" the normal, (usual), Physical universe that is normally excluded by Certainties. We know from a correspondent that both the Koenig (early system --Ed) and the Alpha systems use swept-frequency signals. A swept-frequency signal is for most of the time an entirely predictable sequence. But one cannot sweep the frequency in one direction forever ... instantaneously a transition point arrives indeterminate. it is here that the signal becomes ... and 10-17 The Exclusion Cage. However, this also Makes the physical universe a sort of informational "exclusion cage." We have seen that what is going to happen is determined by strong probabilities … but what is NOT GOING TO HAPPEN is also determined by these strong probabilities. So, apples shall fall down, but not UP ... ; electrons shall repel each other, not ATTRACT ... ; thou shalt not LEVITATE nor SEE THE FUTURE nor be in any way paranormal - which is to say, UN-USUAL ... of LOW PROBABILITY. However, it

is possible to "weaken" probability, locally. Weakening Probability. Probability is at its lowest where the sequence of events, locally, is random - where the sequence of events is unpredictable. Thus you find "paranormal" phenomena are often associated with random events. White noise, atomic decay, tea-leaves, the I Ching yarrow stalks, even earlier, the cracks produced in turtle shells by heat, all random processes. Note that paranormal simply means beyond normal, or improbable. One can, however, lower probability by determinate means, and this occurs in most of the workable EVP methods. It is, I suggest, the meaning behind Weisensale's received message to use many repetitions. The Delta. Taking up this point, some years ago I developed the Delta method. This used 4 loudspeakers connected as an acoustic bridge, and acting interactively as microphones also, in a highly reverberant small enclosure. Such were the number of repeated wavefronts that probability was already low due to the complexity of determination. This was further reduced by the "probabilistic feedback loops" introduced by interactions. Probabilistic Feedback Loops. If a factor A is determined by three other factors B, C, D; and if B is likewise determined by three factors - A, C, and D ... then you can see that the state of A is partly determined by B, which is itself partly determined by A. Thus B affects itself, as does A, and the end result of this is to introduce probabilistic "interference fringes" - a sort of "banding" or binary distribution, much as

in Chaos Theory effects, whereby probability may be minimal local?" The breakdown of probability now puts subtle and otherwise unseen influences on the same footing as normal effects within the Exclusion Cage - that is, Information can "seep into" the normal, (usual), Physical universe that is normally excluded by Certainties. We know from a correspondent that both the Koenig (early system --Ed) and the Alpha systems use swept-frequency signals. A swept-frequency signal is for most of the time an entirely predictable sequence. But one cannot sweep the frequency in one direction forever ... instantaneously a transition point arrives ... and indeterminate. is here that the signal becomes it 10-17 EXPERIMENTAL PART 1 TC TRANSMITTER One of the reception methods that is most attractive from an experimental standpoint, is the radio -transmitter method. This method uses a local, low power, wireless microphone, type transmitter. Since there is every indication that Transcommunication is amplitude modulation, this type of experimentation of course, requires an AM transmitter. Although numerous wireless microphone type transmitters are available through Radio Shack and other sources, all of these transmitters are FM rather than AM. Some time ago I was able to locate a schematic for a low power AM transmitter (SU-i0/19). This transmitter has an effective range of only a few feet, which is ideal for TC research. It will put out a clean RF signal which can be AF Modulated by an electronic white noise generator (SU-9/21), a built in tone generator for alignment as shown, or

can be configured }o accept an external AF carrier such as the signal from a carrier recorder, etc. A rotary switch is used to select the Modulation input or select RF only. The unit can be battery powered or powered by a small duel voltage supply. If a power supply is used it should be in a separate enclosure as the noise generator is quite sensitive to EM, especially 60 Hz hunt. The tuner is a standard capacitor used in shall broadcast band receivers. The coil is 100 turns of coil wire, center taped at 50 turns, wound on a 5/16" ferrite rod. A replacement Radio Shack telescoping antenna is used, but an ordinary piece of hookup wire will do. In blind comparison experimentation, this transmitter with a shall portable broadcast receiver, was approved over the Airband Method although there was no noticeable improvement in absolute reception quality. A STARTING POINT In the "cats whisker" days of radio, Hobbyists, later to be known as radio Amateurs, started with the very simplest of crystal receivers and worked upward through trial and error. During these early days there was a great deal of experimentation with a large variety of circuits. As time went on circuits which proved to be of benefit were further refined and incorporated into more advanced designs. Others that did not work as well, were simply dropped by the way side and became history. There is no reason why Transreceiver technical development should not follow the same path. In

fact, to a certain extent it already has, and it is probably inevitable it will continue to do so. The only real difference being that with the existence of modern electronics, sophisticated test equipment, manufactured components, computer Modelling, stereo recorders, etc., TR development should be much faster than was the early development of radio. Just as one example, if it had been possible in crystal set days, to stereo record reception from the same transmitter 10-18 EXPERIMENTAL PART 1 TC TRANSMITTER One of the reception methods that is most attractive from an experimental standpoint, is the radio -transmitter method. This method uses a local, low power, wireless microphone, type transmitter. Since there is every indication that Transcommunication is amplitude modulation, this type of experimentation of course, requires an AM transmitter. Although numerous wireless microphone type transmitters are available through Radio Shack and other sources, all of these transmitters are FM rather than AM. Some time ago I was able to locate a schematic for a low power AM transmitter (SU-i0/19). This transmitter has an effective range of only a few feet, which is ideal for TC research. It will put out a clean RF signal which can be AF Modulated by an electronic white noise generator (SU-9/21), a built in tone generator for alignment as shown, or can be configured }o accept an external AF carrier such as the signal from a carrier recorder, etc. A rotary switch is used to select the Modulation input or select RF only. The

unit can be battery powered or powered by a small duel voltage supply. If a power supply is used it should be in a separate enclosure as the noise generator is quite sensitive to EM, especially 60 Hz hunt. The tuner is a standard capacitor used in shall broadcast band receivers. The coil is 100 turns of coil wire, center taped at 50 turns, wound on a 5/16" ferrite rod. A replacement Radio Shack telescoping antenna is used, but an ordinary piece of hookup wire will do. In blind comparison experimentation, this transmitter with a shall portable broadcast receiver, was approved over the Airband Method although there was no noticeable improvement in absolute reception quality. A STARTING POINT In the "cats whisker" days of radio, Hobbyists, later to be known as radio Amateurs, started with the very simplest of crystal receivers and worked upward through trial and error. During these early days there was a great deal of experimentation with a large variety of circuits. As time went on circuits which proved to be of benefit were further refined and incorporated into more advanced designs. Others that did not work as well, were simply dropped by the way side and became history. There is no reason why Transreceiver technical development should not follow the same path. In fact, to a certain extent it already has, and it is probably inevitable it will continue to do so. The only real difference being that with the existence of modern electronics, sophisticated test

and that which is below is as that which is above, for the performance of the one truly great work. Line one of the Emerald Tablet About which I say in The Hermes Concepts Discourse: (1) iv Answers This principle signifies that everything existing in the physical aspect of reality has its correspondence in the greater reality. Perhaps a clearer explanation of this principle is that everything in the physical (below) has been expressed from the etheric (above). In turn, that which has been expressed has an influence on the expresser (and other personalities). The lone tree is found in many ancient cultures as the Tree of Life. It generally represents the people’s relationship with Nature. The Tree of Life is often depicted as a tree (above) and the roots (below). The Hermetic Tarot includes a Tree of Life which represents the seeker’s progression toward spiritual maturity. It is seen as a roadmap for how to apply the 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot to disclose the way to transform the coarse personality driven by human instincts (lead) to the finer form of spiritual maturity (gold). The Axis Mundi is described as a spiritual pillar connecting the earth to the heavens. It was often represented by the ancients as a tree with branches extending to heaven and roots extending to the center of earth. In the cosmological model I use, each of us is our own Axis Mundi. So, the lone tree is my imagined place of quiet from

which I contemplate our spiritual nature and seek ways to convey what I learn to you. Thus, the two figures under the tree are you and me as we teach each other about our actual nature. v Answers Back Cover Progression When we begin our transition out of this lifetime, we will not wonder if we had been a good person or if we learned anything. We will wonder if we have gained understanding about our nature and the nature of the reality we inhabit. A student’s progress in ancient wisdom schools is typically measured with an initiation. Initiations involve a test, often posed as a challenge which must be answered before the student is allowed to pass through a passage to the next level. It may go like this: “You have been taught about the relationship between meaningful and pleasureful ways. You have been given the opportunity to contemplate these and examine their implication. Now I ask you to compare discriminating intelligence to morality.” You see, the test is not about the lessons. It is about understanding gained by examining the implications of the lessons. In the end, understanding is that part of awareness that informs our next act. The questions posed in this book are from Quora.com. They are not necessarily wise, but they offer opportunities to test understanding. I have included answers based on my understanding of our nature and the nature of the reality we inhabit. It is my intention that you might read them and

gain a degree of understand that can inform your next decision. vi Answers We Do Not Work Alone Admittedly, this book is all about reality according to Tom Butler. Should you disagree with what I have said, your disagreement is with me. Much of what I think is true is anchored on what I have learned in the study of transcommunication with Lisa, so if you like the book, thank her. This book is different for me in that its content has been guided by people asking questions on Quroa.com. While I have been selective about which questions I have answered, those that I did answer have inspired me to find new ways to examine old issues. I often argue that active participation in a community is the golden way to understanding. Thus, I must thank the questioners of Quora for being part of my cooperative community. vii Answers Content Use License ............................................................................................................. ii About the Cover .................................................................................................... iii Back Cover.............................................................................................................. v Progression ..................................................................................................v We Do Not Work Alone ......................................................................................... vi Content ................................................................................................................ vii Introduction to This Book ..................................................................................... 23 Section 1 Theories and Concepts .......................................................................... 29 Introduction .................................................................................................... 29 Question 1 ....................................................................................................... 30 What are some generally accepted concepts in the paranormal community? For instance, children are thought of as more susceptible to seeing spirits? 30 Question 2 ....................................................................................................... 32 Should we believe in spirits? ...................................................................... 32 Question 3 ....................................................................................................... 33 What is your personal opinion on the possibility of the existence of ghosts/aliens etc? ..................................................................................... 33 Question 4

....................................................................................................... 35 Do you think our thoughts are a means to the soul? .................................. 35 Question 5 ....................................................................................................... 36 What is an example of philosophy in life? .................................................. 36 Question 6 ....................................................................................................... 38 How does philosophy relate to creative and critical thinking?..................... 38 Question 7 ....................................................................................................... 39 How do you define supernatural? What is considered supernatural? .......... 39 Question 8 ....................................................................................................... 40 What are the types of morality? ................................................................ 40 Question 9 ....................................................................................................... 41 What is your favorite definition of a soul? .................................................. 41 Question 10 ..................................................................................................... 42 How can we understand "The production of knowledge is always a collaborative task and never solely a product of the individual"? ................ 42 Question 11 ..................................................................................................... 43 viii Answers As an atheist, what is the purpose behind souls, having feelings, and abilities (like speaking, running, decision making, etc.) if there’s no place to go after the body stops functioning? When the body stops working and we pass away, where do we go? ..............................................................................43 What are professional ethics? ....................................................................46 Question 13 ......................................................................................................48 What are the base legal and ethical consideration of online publishing? .....48 Question 14 ......................................................................................................48 What are the best arguments against individual difference? .......................48 Question 15 ......................................................................................................50 How many types of ethics are there? ..........................................................50 Question 16 ......................................................................................................51 How can philosophical thinking benefit one in life? .....................................51 Question 17 ......................................................................................................52 Are most major philosophers now irrelevant? .............................................52 Question 18 ......................................................................................................53 How is morality possible without the existence of a higher being? ..............53 Question 19 ......................................................................................................54 What do you consider integrity? How

would one acquire such? ..................54 Question 20 ......................................................................................................56 According to Descartes’ definition of a soul, can robots have soul if they get to a point where they are conscience and can ‘think’? ................................56 Question 21 ......................................................................................................56 What is the most mind-blowing philosophical idea/theory you know of?.....56 Question 22 ......................................................................................................58 Should we care about morality or should we care about cause-effect? ........58 Question 23 ......................................................................................................60 Is morality social rules to constrain people? ................................................60 Question 24 ......................................................................................................61 What is the difference between paranormal and supernatural? ..................61 Question 25 ......................................................................................................62 When dealing with paranormal experiences, how do you explain that which cannot be explained? .................................................................................62 Question 26 ......................................................................................................63 What is the Secret Doctrine? ......................................................................63 Question 27 ......................................................................................................64 Could we have evidence for objective moral facts? What would it be? ........64 Question 28 ......................................................................................................65 What is the current theory on the purpose of humans? ...............................65 Question 29 ......................................................................................................67 What are the 7 densities of consciousness? ................................................67 Question 30 ......................................................................................................69 ix Answers Isn't even the idea of thoughtlessness a thought? Can we ever be thoughtless? ............................................................................................. 69 Question 31 ..................................................................................................... 70 What is the difference between the spirit world and the astral plane?........ 70 Question 32 ..................................................................................................... 73 Could an uploaded consciousness be considered a living entity? ................. 73 Question 33 ..................................................................................................... 74 If universes are by-products of supreme consciousness, where does this consciousness originate? ........................................................................... 74 Question 34 ..................................................................................................... 77 Do you believe in collective consciousness? If so, do you believe one individual can lift/lower the collective consciousness?................................ 77 Question 35 ..................................................................................................... 78 How

does one's mind and one's body be entangled with energy through one's organic system/medium? ................................................................. 78 Question 36 ..................................................................................................... 81 Can you measure awareness?.................................................................... 81 Question 37 ..................................................................................................... 83 Is your future self watching you right now through memory? ..................... 83 Section 2 Science .................................................................................................. 85 Introduction .................................................................................................... 85 Question 38 ..................................................................................................... 86 Is there a single paranormal case that has been agreed by scientists to actually be supernatural? .......................................................................... 86 Question 39 ..................................................................................................... 87 What is the best reason for writing an argumentative essay about believing in ghosts?.................................................................................................. 87 Question 40 ..................................................................................................... 89 Does research support ESP? What are your thoughts on ESP? .................... 89 Question 41 ..................................................................................................... 90 What is the true meaning of an essay? ...................................................... 90 Question 42 ..................................................................................................... 91 What is dualism? Write an essay on dualistic philosophy. .......................... 91 Question 43 ..................................................................................................... 92 What are the paranormal theories? ........................................................... 92 Question 44 ..................................................................................................... 93 Is Parapsychology a legitimate science?..................................................... 93 Question 45 ..................................................................................................... 94 Is dualism a convincing way to explain the identity of a human being? ....... 94 Question 46 ..................................................................................................... 96 x Answers Which phenomena cannot be explained using scientific reasoning? ............96 Question 47 ......................................................................................................98 What supports morality scientifically? ........................................................98 Question 48 ......................................................................................................99 What is metaphysical dualism? ..................................................................99 Question 49 .................................................................................................... 103 What are some good criticisms of scientism? ............................................ 103 Question 50 .................................................................................................... 105 Is it true that "church ladies" now form the major obstacle to progress in science? ................................................................................................... 105 Question 51 .................................................................................................... 106 Is Metaphysics a science? ......................................................................... 106

Question 52 .................................................................................................... 107 How do you define metaphysics, and is it just another word for "supernatural"? ....................................................................................... 107 Question 53 .................................................................................................... 109 Why do scientific observations often reflect philosophical observations?... 109 Question 54 .................................................................................................... 110 What do you think about parapsychology? ............................................... 110 Question 55 .................................................................................................... 111 What is a priori skepticism? ...................................................................... 111 Question 56 .................................................................................................... 112 Is morality a byproduct of our biological reward system? .......................... 112 Question 57 .................................................................................................... 113 What will it take for Americans who are opposed to science to change their attitudes towards it? ................................................................................ 113 Question 58 .................................................................................................... 115 Is parapsychology related to physics? ....................................................... 115 Question 59 .................................................................................................... 116 Does precognition by itself account for all the various findings in parapsychology? ...................................................................................... 116 Question 60 .................................................................................................... 117 What is the difference between dualism and non-dualism? ....................... 117 Question 61 .................................................................................................... 118 What are the differences between metaphysics and parapsychology? ...... 118 Question 62 .................................................................................................... 119 What is the point of metaphysics to the average person? ......................... 119 Question 63 .................................................................................................... 123 What is the simplest definition of metaphysics? ........................................ 123 Question 64 .................................................................................................... 123 Has science ruled out or disproven psychic abilities? ................................. 123 Question 65 .................................................................................................... 125 Will there ever be a science of morality? ................................................... 125 xi Answers Question 66 ....................................................................................................126 What's the correct word to refer to a believer of scientism? ......................126 Question 67 ....................................................................................................126 Is application of the principle of parsimony to scientific research rooted more in logic or pragmatism? ............................................................................126 Question 68 ....................................................................................................128 Is philosophy a

mystic science? .................................................................128 Question 69 ....................................................................................................129 To what extent is the belief in progress based on wishful thinking? ...........129 Question 70 ....................................................................................................131 What is the scope of practice for a metaphysics doctorate? ......................131 Question 71 ....................................................................................................132 Is panpsychism a form of property dualism? .............................................132 Question 72 ....................................................................................................133 Parapsychology has studies that have been replicated and are known to be solid. Are you convinced? .........................................................................133 Question 73 ....................................................................................................135 What are the fundamental differences between modern science and scientism? ................................................................................................135 Question 74 ....................................................................................................137 How is psychokinesis related to quantum connection? ..............................137 Question 75 ....................................................................................................138 What are the metaphysical presuppositions of science? ............................138 Question 76 ....................................................................................................139 What energy does paranormal phenomena use or contain? ......................139 Question 77 ....................................................................................................141 What are some good resources for learning about metaphysics? ..............141 Question 78 ....................................................................................................142 Why are there skeptic organizations? Do people need help to disbelieve things? .....................................................................................................142 Question 79 ....................................................................................................143 Is the study of metaphysics futile and overly vague? .................................143 Question 80 ....................................................................................................144 What is psi energy? ..................................................................................144 Question 81 ....................................................................................................145 Are skeptical standards for parapsychology unrealistic? ...........................145 Question 82 ....................................................................................................146 J. B. Rhine application of scientific methods enabled him to produce credible evidence that extrasensory perception and psychokinesis phenomenon exist. Where are those results? ..........................................................................146 Question 83 ....................................................................................................147 What are the laws of metaphysics? ..........................................................147 Question 84 ....................................................................................................148 xii Answers What are reasonable alternative explanations to genuine paranormal evidence recorded on video? .................................................................... 148 Question 85 .................................................................................................... 149 What do you think about my first thesis on science and its relationship to the metaphysical world?

................................................................................ 149 Question 86 .................................................................................................... 151 Scientifically is it possible some supernatural entity created the dense atom that created our universe? ....................................................................... 151 Question 87 .................................................................................................... 152 Why is scientism considered a bad thing? ................................................. 152 Question 88 .................................................................................................... 153 Why does mainstream science brush off any seemingly reliable scientific evidence of paranormal phenomena such as psi phenomena that seems to be proven to some degree to occur? .............................................................. 153 Question 89 .................................................................................................... 155 What is the difference between science and scientism? ............................ 155 Question 90 .................................................................................................... 156 Has telepathy been either refuted or proven scientifically? ....................... 156 Question 91 .................................................................................................... 157 Is the study of supernatural phenomena considered an actual field of science? ................................................................................................... 157 Question 92 .................................................................................................... 158 How can one differentiate between normal accidental/coincidental activity and a paranormal activity? ...................................................................... 158 Question 93 .................................................................................................... 160 What are the best discoveries in parapsychology? .................................... 160 Question 94 .................................................................................................... 162 Why do some people so readily latch onto junk science when so much of it is easily dispelled? ....................................................................................... 162 Question 95 .................................................................................................... 163 Is parapsychology ever associated with paganism, Satanism, vampires, alchemy, or witchcraft? If so how ............................................................. 163 Question 96 .................................................................................................... 164 What is a parapsychological (PSI) phenomena? ........................................ 164 Question 97 .................................................................................................... 164 What is the dualistic theory? .................................................................... 164 Question 98 .................................................................................................... 166 Is anything in parapsychology useful?....................................................... 166 Question 99 .................................................................................................... 167 Is there such a thing as dogmatic scientism?............................................. 167 Question 100 .................................................................................................. 169 Why do scientists turn their head away from findings

in the paranormal field?........................................................................................................ 169 xiii Answers Question 101 ..................................................................................................170 How common is scientific fraud? ..............................................................170 Question 102 ..................................................................................................172 What is the theory of a bunch of thought? ................................................172 Question 103 ..................................................................................................174 What is the middle way between dualism and physicalism? ......................174 Question 104 ..................................................................................................175 How scientific is psychology? ....................................................................175 Question 105 ..................................................................................................176 Has a general theory of thought ever been developed? .............................176 Question 106 ..................................................................................................177 What are the paradigms of parapsychology? ............................................177 Question 107 ..................................................................................................178 Was the inclusion of metaphysical elements in Alchemy and other sciences an early gesture towards a unified theory of everything? ..........................178 Question 108 ..................................................................................................179 How would you scientifically describe or define the existence of a soul or spirit?.......................................................................................................179 Question 109 ..................................................................................................183 If scientists are able to create artificial consciousness using future quantum computers or upload our own consciousness into a machine, would spirituality and nonduality therefore become obsolete/unnecessary under this new materialist paradigm? ................................................................183 Question 110 ..................................................................................................185 Why can't science explain supernatural things like magic or ghosts? .........185 Question 111 ..................................................................................................188 Is pseudoscience a pejorative term? .........................................................188 Question 112 ..................................................................................................190 Is there any science data and research supporting psychic phenomena? ...190 Question 113 ..................................................................................................193 How does science explain paranormal phenomena? .................................193 Question 114 ..................................................................................................195 How do we define what a science is? To my understanding anything can be a science as long as there is an ambition for objective truth and the ability to falsify. ......................................................................................................195 Question 115 ..................................................................................................196 How do metaphysics and epistemology connect?......................................196 Question 116 ..................................................................................................198 Why do you think that ESP

and other elements of parapsychology are controversial with many researchers? .......................................................198 Question 117 ..................................................................................................199 Why is paranormal science not developed like other science? ...................199 Question 118 ..................................................................................................201 xiv Answers Should non-experts be allowed to criticize experts? .................................. 201 Question 119 .................................................................................................. 204 Why are there still many profoundly metaphysical questions that remain unanswered by science? ........................................................................... 204 Section 3 Psi Functioning .................................................................................... 207 Introduction ................................................................................................... 207 Question 120 .................................................................................................. 208 Do you believe that ESP exists? ................................................................. 208 Question 121 .................................................................................................. 208 Is telekinesis scientifically true? ................................................................ 208 Question 122 .................................................................................................. 210 How did you get involved with the paranormal? ....................................... 210 Question 123 .................................................................................................. 211 How can I learn telepathy, telekinesis, and to understand auras? .............. 211 Question 124 .................................................................................................. 213 How much of YouTube's paranormal aired material possibly real? ............ 213 Question 125 .................................................................................................. 215 Why do some people attract a lot of paranormal activity, others a bit and most none? Are there characteristics in people that dictates that?............ 215 Question 126 .................................................................................................. 216 Is telekinesis scientifically possible within the realm of how little we understand of existence or would something totally new have to be discovered for it to become plausible? ...................................................... 216 Question 127 .................................................................................................. 218 I’m fairly sure I’m Clairaudient. I acknowledge presence of spirit but don’t know how best to hone or use it, any guidance you can offer? .................. 218 Question 128 .................................................................................................. 220 How does spiritual communication work?................................................. 220 Question 129 .................................................................................................. 222 Does E.S.P. exist? ..................................................................................... 222 Question 130 .................................................................................................. 223

Is the human mind actually powerful enough to use telekinesis? ............... 223 Question 131 .................................................................................................. 224 Can you obtain psychic powers through training? ..................................... 224 Question 132 .................................................................................................. 226 Scientists theorize that psychic ability comes from the subconscious. What do you think? ................................................................................................ 226 Question 133 .................................................................................................. 227 Are there any scientifically proven psychics? If so who are they? ............... 227 Question 134 .................................................................................................. 229 xv Answers Why, since the dawn of time, have many people perceived reflecting surfaces as portals towards other worlds?..............................................................229 Question 135 ..................................................................................................230 How do you turn off telepathy or disconnect a psychic connection? ..........230 Question 136 ..................................................................................................231 How do you stop viewing the world in dualistic terms? .............................231 Question 137 ..................................................................................................233 What are examples of paranormal documentaries? ..................................233 Question 138 ..................................................................................................234 How does knowledge affect your emotions? .............................................234 Question 139 ..................................................................................................235 What are the downsides to a person having a lot of skepticism? ...............235 Question 140 ..................................................................................................236 What is the best website for someone that loves the paranormal? ............236 Question 141 ..................................................................................................238 How do you distinguish credible psychics from frauds and charlatans?......238 Question 142 ..................................................................................................240 Is there a connection between the paranormal and UFO phenomena? ......240 Question 143 ..................................................................................................242 What paranormal experiences have been proven to be misperceptions based on logical explanations? For example, orbs in photographs are caused by dust, moisture and reflection. ...................................................................242 Question 144 ..................................................................................................244 Why is there no idea of a telepathy device? ..............................................244 Question 145 ..................................................................................................245 Is there any evidence of the scientific measurement of the speed of mind in

telepathy? ................................................................................................245 Question 146 ..................................................................................................247 Is there a difference between psychics, clairvoyants, and mediums? .........247 Question 147 ..................................................................................................250 Do dreams represent archetypal realities obscured during waking consciousness? .........................................................................................250 Question 148 ..................................................................................................251 Why do psychics misinterpret questions? ..................................................251 Question 149 ..................................................................................................253 As a psychic, where can I speak with other psychics? ................................253 Question 150 ..................................................................................................254 How do you tell the difference between connecting with the spirit world and a hallucination? .......................................................................................254 Question 151 ..................................................................................................257 What is the most compelling, unexplainable piece of paranormal footage (or photographs, recordings, etc.) out there? .................................................257 Question 152 ..................................................................................................258 xvi Answers Do you believe psychics are really or scam artists? .................................... 258 Section 4 Ghosts ................................................................................................. 261 Introduction ................................................................................................... 261 Question 153 .................................................................................................. 262 In horror movies, ghosts/demons can create very strong physical movements on things like throwing a chair and pulling hair. Are these realistic? Can real life demons/ghosts do that? ..................................................................... 262 Question 154 .................................................................................................. 263 Is it possible to contact a deceased family member without the aid of a psychic or using anything dangerous like a Ouija board?........................... 263 Question 155 .................................................................................................. 265 What are some paranormal activity detection machines used by people investigating haunted houses? ................................................................. 265 Question 156 .................................................................................................. 266 Can you give me a good example of detecting paranormal activity using an EMF detector?.......................................................................................... 266 Question 157 .................................................................................................. 268 What is the best reason for writing an argumentative essay about believing in ghosts? ................................................................................................ 268 Question 158 .................................................................................................. 270 If you died and came back as a ghost, who would

you want to haunt and how?........................................................................................................ 270 Question 159 .................................................................................................. 271 Paranormal: do cats have their own spirits/entities that attach to them and haunt them? ............................................................................................ 271 Question 160 .................................................................................................. 271 Have you seen your cat witness a ghost/spirit? ......................................... 271 Question 161 .................................................................................................. 273 Why do we not see the good spirits trying to help the bad spirits? Does this even happen, why not? ............................................................................ 273 Question 162 .................................................................................................. 274 Honestly, do you believe in ghosts, spirits or angels? ................................ 274 Question 163 .................................................................................................. 276 Do spirits group with the spirits of their own religion when they fly off to the universe (per scientists) after death? ........................................................ 276 Question 164 .................................................................................................. 277 Is it scientifically proven that ghosts exist? ............................................... 277 Question 165 .................................................................................................. 279 Are ghost detectors just detecting electromagnetic fields? ........................ 279 Question 166 .................................................................................................. 280 xvii Answers Among all the cryptids (kraken, megalodon, Bigfoot, etc.) or the legendary or supernatural beings (ghosts, for instance), which is the most believable and could really exist according to you? ..........................................................280 Question 167 ..................................................................................................283 What would be a logical explanation of ghosts? One that correlated with science and what we know about the universe? ........................................283 Question 168 ..................................................................................................287 Why aren’t things like hunting for ghosts/paranormal experiences treated more seriously in science? ........................................................................287 Question 169 ..................................................................................................288 What are other theoretical explanations of ghosts, assuming: a) they are not imagination and b) not spirits of the dead? ...............................................288 Question 170 ..................................................................................................289 Why do people feel that ghost hunters are scam artist? ............................289

Question 171 ..................................................................................................290 Are ghosts tied to a specific location or can they wander? If so, how far? ..290 Question 172 ..................................................................................................291 Are ghost hunting devices sold on the internet fraudulent? .......................291 Question 173 ..................................................................................................293 Do ghosts keep up with technology? .........................................................293 Question 174 ..................................................................................................294 What does a black orb mean? ..................................................................294 Question 175 ..................................................................................................296 If a ghost is no longer a living person, why are they caught on EVP with breathing sounds? ....................................................................................296 Question 176 ..................................................................................................298 How can I start a paranormal investigation team, with little equipment? ..298 Question 177 ..................................................................................................300 Would it be reasonable to state that “ghosts” or “spirits” people witness can be interpreted to extraterrestrial more so or just as likely as they can be interpreted to the “supernatural”? ...........................................................300 Question 178 ..................................................................................................301 Why can ghosts and spirits manipulate electricity and electrical devices so easily?......................................................................................................301 Question 179 ..................................................................................................303 Can animals other than humans become ghosts? .....................................303 Question 180 ..................................................................................................305 How do I write from a ghost's POV? ..........................................................305 Question 181 ..................................................................................................306 Since ghosts from ancient times are seldom, if ever, seen, do ghosts have a "shelf life"? ..............................................................................................306 Question 182 ..................................................................................................307 If ghosts exist, how can they walk through walls and touch people too?....307 xviii Answers Section 5 Demons and Evil ................................................................................. 311 Introduction ................................................................................................... 311 Question 183 .................................................................................................. 313 Why do people insist demons are not real? Are they? ............................... 313 Question 184 .................................................................................................. 315 Can your spirit guide be lost using an Ouija board? ................................... 315 Question 185 .................................................................................................. 315 Have you ever used

a Ouija Board? What happened? ............................... 315 Question 186 .................................................................................................. 316 Are there any real Ouija experiences that are comforting? ........................ 316 Question 187 .................................................................................................. 317 What if you hear an EVP say a demon’s name? ......................................... 317 Question 188 .................................................................................................. 318 Where can I buy a Ouija board in Johannesburg, South Africa? ................. 318 Section 6 Spiritualism and Mediumship ............................................................. 321 Introduction ................................................................................................... 321 Question 189 .................................................................................................. 321 Who is a spiritualist? ................................................................................ 321 Question 190 .................................................................................................. 322 What is a mental medium?....................................................................... 322 Question 191 .................................................................................................. 323 Can you truly believe in a Higher Power without a supernatural experience? ................................................................................................................ 323 Question 192 .................................................................................................. 325 What happen to Silva mind control? ......................................................... 325 Question 193 .................................................................................................. 325 What are the roles of religion to ethics? ................................................... 325 Question 194 .................................................................................................. 326 Why is integrity so important?.................................................................. 326 Question 195 .................................................................................................. 328 How genuine are psychics, mediums, etc.? Houdini was exposing mediums in his time, so do today's mediums (and similar) use different tactics to fool the public? Or are they actually genuine? ....................................................... 328 Question 196 .................................................................................................. 329 What are the most basic principles of being a spiritualist? ........................ 329 Question 197 .................................................................................................. 331 Why are some people so interested in and believe in the paranormal? ...... 331 Question 198 .................................................................................................. 332 xix Answers Is there a difference between psychics and spiritualists? ...........................332 Question 199 ..................................................................................................334 What is an unpopular belief you have regarding the paranormal? ............334 Question 200 ..................................................................................................334 Why are people skeptic of psychic mediumship? .......................................334

Question 201 ..................................................................................................335 Why is spirituality called spirituality if it doesn't have anything to do with spirits? .....................................................................................................335 Question 202 ..................................................................................................337 Is it better to live a lie in luxury or live in the truth penniless? ....................337 Question 203 ..................................................................................................340 What made you interested in metaphysics? ..............................................340 Question 204 ..................................................................................................341 Are the parapsychological phenomena produced by the materialization medium Mychael Shane real or faked? .....................................................341 Question 205 ..................................................................................................342 Is Marcello Bacci a fraud?.........................................................................342 Question 206 ..................................................................................................343 Does the 'SOUL' concept have any philosophical value? ............................343 Question 207 ..................................................................................................346 Where does the study of philosophy fit in the study of spiritualism? Are these two areas compatible? .............................................................................346 Question 208 ..................................................................................................348 What are the pros and cons of getting indulged in paranormal stuff either directly or indirectly? ................................................................................348 Question 209 ..................................................................................................349 What is your attitude to paranormal and scientifically unexplained activities? ................................................................................................................349 Question 210 ..................................................................................................350 What are some secret symbols hidden in plain sight?................................350 Question 211 ..................................................................................................352 Do you believe in collective consciousness? If so, do you believe one individual can lift/lower the collective consciousness?...............................352 Question 212 ..................................................................................................353 What do you call someone who guards the doorway between the spirit world and the Earth? .........................................................................................353 Question 213 ..................................................................................................355 When a spirit is 'moved on' what happens to them? .................................355 Question 214 ..................................................................................................356 How do I see the physical world for the illusion that it is? ..........................356 Question 215 ..................................................................................................357 How can you tell if another thing is conscious? .........................................357 Question 216 ..................................................................................................358 xx Answers Does the universe have a consciousness? .................................................. 358

Question 217 .................................................................................................. 360 What do spiritualist churches do? ............................................................. 360 Question 218 .................................................................................................. 363 Who started the path of Spiritualism? ...................................................... 363 Question 219 .................................................................................................. 366 How do I become a good rationalist, humanist and spiritualist? ................ 366 Question 220 .................................................................................................. 369 How do I deal with paranormal beliefs without looking like a crazy person? ................................................................................................................ 369 Question 221 .................................................................................................. 371 What is the value of metaphysics within contemporary society? ............... 371 Question 222 .................................................................................................. 373 How do you know that we are spiritual beings having human experiences rather than human beings having spiritual experiences? ........................... 373 Section 7 ITC ....................................................................................................... 379 Introduction ................................................................................................... 379 Question 223 .................................................................................................. 380 How accurate is EVP recordings? .............................................................. 380 Question 224 .................................................................................................. 382 What age should I be to try to capture an EVP? ........................................ 382 Question 225 .................................................................................................. 383 Is EVP a real phenomenon? ...................................................................... 383 Question 226 .................................................................................................. 385 Is EVP (Electronic Voice Phenomenon) accepted in the world of science? ... 385 Question 227 .................................................................................................. 387 What is one time you have seen a supernatural entity that has made you believe in the paranormal? ....................................................................... 387 Question 228 .................................................................................................. 388 What is EVP in the world of the paranormal? ............................................ 388 Question 229 .................................................................................................. 390 What’s the best app for communicating with ghosts on iPhone? ............... 390 Question 230 .................................................................................................. 391 What is the difference between dust orbs and spirit orbs, and how can you tell? ......................................................................................................... 391 Question 231 .................................................................................................. 394 Is it really possible to hear the voices

of the dead? .................................... 394 Question 232 .................................................................................................. 395 Is there any science behind “spirit boxes” or any tools for paranormal investigations or is it all entertainment? ................................................... 395 xxi Answers Question 233 ..................................................................................................397 What is EVP in parapsychology? ...............................................................397 Question 234 ..................................................................................................399 Which devices record the paranormal activities and how far they are accurate? .................................................................................................399 Question 235 ..................................................................................................401 Everything can be faked with special effects these days. So hypothetically how would one prove the existence of the paranormal even with undoctored ultra high def footage? .............................................................................401 Question 236 ..................................................................................................402 What do you think the orbs are that appear in photos? Do you believe these are supernatural in nature, and do you have any orb photos to share with us? ...........................................................................................................402 Question 237 ..................................................................................................405 Is the electronic voice phenomenon (EVP) just nothing more than the snippets of random radio stations? ...........................................................405 Question 238 ..................................................................................................407 How accurate do you think a spirit box is communicating with the dead versus an Ouija board? .............................................................................407 Question 239 ..................................................................................................411 Can animals other than humans become ghosts? .....................................411 Question 240 ..................................................................................................413 If spirits don’t exist, how do you explain “electronic voice phenomena” or EVP’s for short? ........................................................................................413 Question 241 ..................................................................................................415 Where can I have ghost audio (EVP) analyzed? .........................................415 Question 242 ..................................................................................................416 Has anyone, or even you, ever used a spirit box before, and what stories can be shared using it? ...................................................................................416 My Qualifications ............................................................................................... 421 Index .................................................................................................................. 425 References ......................................................................................................... 429 Introduction to This Book This book consists of my answers to 242 questions

posed by apparently average citizens on the website named Quora. (2) Anyone can answer Quora questions. Just go to Quora.com and sign up. You can select the categories you are interested in. My list includes Parapsychology, Deep Thoughts, The Paranormal and Mindfulness to name a few. Of course, the idea is to have the public create free content for Quora so that people will come and read the ads embedded on each page. I think one of the reasons the business model works is that people can ask thoughtful questions in a pretty safe environment. And of course, like me, many people are happy to share their opinion. Be aware though, Quora offers to pay money to people who attract a lot of answers. Some of the questions show they are coming out of the questioner’s mental random question generator. I like answering Quora questions because the questioners provide me a virtual cooperative community. Many of the questions are novel and force me to find a different way of explaining the concepts I write about. I write about a relatively small set of concepts such as Duality, ITC and survival. The concepts are complex and there are many ways they integrate into a whole. I have written books on the subjects, but I suspect my approach has always been a little too technical. I tend to work alone because I have not managed to find more than a few thoughtful people who will collaborate and give me much needed sensibility

checks. As I think to answer a question, I occasionally have one of those realizations and that helps me better understand my subject. The reason I think you will benefit from reading the answers offered here is that, collectively, they paint a picture of information I think is vital to all of our spiritual progression. While I might make the same point in many of the questions, each repeat tends to be from a different perspective. One of those perspectives might finally sink in for you. Intellectual Authority to Answer Many of the questions I have answered should be answered by someone who has academic and research experience in the subject. For instance, I am not a psychologist, yet I have answered several questions in the Consciousness section that are clearly intended for a Ph.D. to answer. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 24 You will see that I frequently address the role parapsychologists play in the study of things paranormal. I am a critic (3) of many things parapsychological and am probably not the best one to talk about them to the public. Knowing this, I try to put my grievances aside and cast a positive light on the field of study. Afterall, people outside of our community are watching. You will also see that I have claimed subject matter authority that is outside of my formal education as an engineer. It is important to me that you, and people reading my answers on Quora, understand my qualifications. I

often warn the reader at the beginning of the article that I am not a psychologists or parapsychologists. I explain my qualification (Page 421) to answer these questions at the back of this book. If you take time to review them, you will see that I am more like that old man next door who knows more about how to fix things in your house than the scientist who only knows how they work. At the most, I am a science reporter. Oh, and an inveterate shade tree philosopher. As well as I can tell, people who should be answering Quora questions are not. I often write about the Academic-Layperson Partition in which people with an advanced degree, relevant or not, tend to shun people without. When an effort is made by an academic to communicate, it is too often from behind an ivory wall of science babble. I ran into the same absence of academic authority when I was an active Wikipedia editor. In almost every instance, my efforts to communicate with parapsychologists about these phenomena have not ended well. Now, I am of the mind that, if parapsychologists want to sequester themselves from the intellectually unwashed, I am happy to give them a good reason. Another important consideration is that Quora answers are read by the public, most of which, I expect, are not familiar with the paranormalist community. It seems that if I did not answer, only the religious or skeptics would. Attitude If you are familiar

with my other writing, especially Section II of Your Immortal Self, (4) you may have noticed that I think community is of the utmost importance for personal development and the future possibility that we might someday understand these phenomena. 25 Answers I also feel that the academic community treats paranormal subjects like their plaything—entertainment in their retirement years. The problem with academics migrating from the established culture of mainstream science to the paranormalist frontier is that they bring their elitist culture with them. It manifests as an the Academic-Layperson Partition. At the least, it is a hinderance to gaining further understanding about the nature of these phenomena. I often think of parapsychologists in terms of the Wizard Syndrome. That is the assumption that superior academic training automatically gives them authority in unrelated study. Because of the Partition, the usual feedback mechanism provided by collaboration between those qualified to study and those able to produce phenomena is mostly missing. On average, laypeople are little better. An emergent practice amongst wannabe experts is to claim credibility by using the name of a historically significant person. That is exactly the practice that has so corrupted the historical record of Hermetic teaching that we no longer know what to believe of work attributed to him. As a fan of ancient wisdom, I will never forgive those ancient Greeks. Certainly, I cannot condone our contemporary Greek-like plagiarists. The discernment of laypeople in the paranormalist community is often overshadowed by: The Wizard of Oz syndrome which

is the layperson’s counterpart to the Wizard Syndrome mentioned above. We who are not academically trained have been culturally conditioned to accept anything a person with a Ph.D. says … without question. Hyperlucidity (5) is my term for a short-term change in behavior marked by the tendency to find phenomena everywhere despite considerable testimony to the contrary by peers. Laypeople tend not to bother with discernment. Possibly the greater sin is that their friends do not bother to correct them, even when their friends do not see the phenomena being shown them. Silver Bullet(-itis) is a way of saying that paranormalists tend to turn toward the easiest way of producing phenomena, to communicate with discarnate loved ones or for self-improvement even though there is no objective evidence that the technique works. Of course, I point to the radio-sweep technique for EVP as a classic example, but mental mediumship is a close second. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 26 Scientism is a version of the Wizard of Oz Syndrome. It is the belief that only established science tells the truth. That is, if science does not say it is so, it cannot be and therefore must be fraud. This usually becomes a factor when dealing with the skeptic community, but skepticism occurs at all levels. It is common for a person who accepts mental mediumship as a fact to argue that physical mediumship is fraudulent. Take some time to read some of the other answers to the questions I answered.

In the eBook version, the date answered includes a link to the Quora page for my answer. Other answers can be accessed from a link at the bottom of that page. For the paperback version, go to quora.com/content. All of my answers are there. From the perspective of Duality, the answers offered from the faith- based point of view are exactly what we do not want the public to think is true. That is one of the reasons I answer. While I am sympathetic about religious beliefs, I see no public benefit in teaching that they are truth without framing them in the context of research or at least naturalist studies. Finally, my dissatisfaction with the lack of community cooperation sometimes shows in my answers. While I stick to my convictions, it is for you to look beyond this old man’s discontent and find the greater truth. Arrangement of this Book I signed up for several categories of questions based on my interest and whether I think I can add something useful to the conversation. The questions to me via email. I have preserved the date on which I answered each question and a link to the web page the original is on. From there, you can see other answers. It is an interesting exercise to review other answers. When compared to other answers, one of the things I notice about my answers is that I have a rather different perspective. Perhaps my effort to change my perspective from body-centric

to personality-centric is working. 27 Answers As they come to me, the questions are in one of the Quora categories. I have organized them in this book as they make sense to me. Thus, there are: Section 1 Theories and Concepts – Page 29 Section 2 Science – Page 85 Section 3 Psi Functioning – Page 207 Section 4 Ghosts – Page 262 Section 5 Demons and Evil – Page 311 Section 6 Spiritualism and Mediumship – Page 321 Section 7 ITC – Page 380 I understand that the Table of Contents is long. I set it up that way because it seems doubtful that many people will read this book cover-to- cover, but instead, find questions that seem interesting. Please be aware that much of what is included in these answers is substantiated on my Etheric Studies (6) website. In turn, the two books, Your Immortal Self (4) and Exploring the Mindful Way (7) are written to integrate the material in a more cohesive whole. I am always available for questions using the Contact Tool at the bottom of each web page. I prefer that discussions be conducted on the ATransC Idea Exchange at coop.ethericstudies.org/ Section 1 Theories and Concepts Introduction Beginning with questions that are concerned with Theories and Concepts will give you a little background about the way I answer and the metaphysics I follow. You will see that I have evolved a perspective in my writing that, while true to the implications of the metaphysical concepts,

are likely unfamiliar to most people. Take a little time to contemplate these answers. Follow the links to examine the references. Study. Then see if the ideas can serve your progression. Most, if not all of the questioners appear to be asking from a relatively uninformed point of view. The questioners are not necessarily paranormalists. Quora pays people to ask questions based on the number of responses they attract. That means a lot of the questions are nonsensical because they are just dreamed up likely questions. The effect is that some questions approach familiar paranormal subjects such as mediumship and psi functioning in novel ways. Of the many questions I see, I answer the ones that give me the opportunity to explain one of the concepts in terms of the metaphysics I have been trying to teach in my other writing. Take some time to read some of the other answers to these questions. They will often leave you thinking the phenomena are religious, nonsense or perhaps even evil. People from mainstream society might read answers to these questions. Many of my answers are simply to set the record straight. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 30 Question 1 What are some generally accepted concepts in the paranormal community? For instance, children are thought of as more susceptible to seeing spirits, etc. Answered June 2, 2018 Answer Many different, often contradicting points of view are represented in the paranormalist community. And yes, the community includes religious and skeptic subgroups. My

favorite comparison is the parable of blind men trying to describe an elephant by touch. It is likely that each has part of the story but will not accurately describe the elephant without collaboration with the others. From my study, I think there are three primary schools of thought. (8) One is that there is only the physical and reports to the contrary are fraud or normal mistaken as paranormal. Call this the Physical Hypothesis. In this, there is no psychic ability and there is no etheric. The second theory is that the physical is permeated by a subtle field referred to as the psi field. The influence of thought in the psi field is referred to as Psi. Reported psychic abilities would be psi functioning. This concept is referred to as the Super-Psi Hypothesis, which holds that all reportedly paranormally accessed information is normal access mistaken as paranormal or the psychic access to someone’s memory or residual memory in the physical. Psi phenomena is well-studied with good science and arguably a universal characteristic of life. Psi is usually treated by parapsychologists as an undefined aspect of the physical that does not require the existence of etheric space or survived personality. The third theory is the Survival Hypothesis which holds that we are only entangled with our human for this lifetime, and that we as immortal personality existed before and will after this lifetime as a sentient, self- aware consciousness. In this theory, information thought to have been accessed by

paranormal means is ordinary access mistaken as paranormal, 31 Answers psi functioning or access from other incarnate or discarnate personalities. Mental mediumship is psi functioning (psychic) with the intention of communicating with discarnate personalities. It is difficult to prove psychically accessed information is evidence of survival and not Super-Psi. Thus, survival is not a well-established theory from the science perspective. It is known that we easily delude ourselves because we become consciously aware of information after it is filtered by our worldview. I will let you contemplate the implications of that point. Test your references. If something is true, what are the implications? Are they true as well or are they contradicted by other theories? A hypothesis must explain reported experience in a way that allows for testing and extrapolation of new questions. A theoretical model is not complete unless it addresses all forms of reported phenomena. Be careful about intellectual hand waving. Request clarification. Ignore statistical proofs. There are many well-meaning theorists in our community. A good litmus test of a theory is if it maintains that the information comes to us via a person is based on a personal theory or channeled information. If the information is manipulated by a person acting as a channel, it may be belief- based and should be placed in the Suspended Judgment file for future reference. If it agrees with a well-considered and tested model, (9) then it should be considered for addition to the Maybe file. For instance, if the resulting

information is testable, such as the location of a person’s lost keys, it is reasonable to include it in the Maybe file. However, if it is about the nature of the other side, it is not actually testable, and being from human intervention, it is considered belief and held in the Suspended Judgment file. Certainly, “Spirit told me” information can only be used as a reference that must be supported by other, more objective sources. This is because the “Spirit told me” information comes through a person’s mind. We know the majority of people’s mind is an unreliable storyteller. There are rare exceptions to this rule. Jane Roberts’ Seth (10) may be one, but discretion must be used. I base this on a study conducted by Paul Cunningham (11) and the consistency of the Seth Material with other metaphysical sources. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 32 You are right in asking. Be mindful that I represent only one possible approach to answer your question. Do not stop asking. Above all, never assume you know enough to say something is ”True” or “False” about things paranormal. None of us know enough to be sure. Question 2 Should we believe in spirits? Answered September 15, 2018 Answer I have a saying on my website: Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe. The model for reality I use in my metaphysical study is that we exist to gain understanding. It is understanding of the actual nature of

reality we seek in The Mindful Way (12) because it leads to greater lucidity. (5) That, in turn, leads to increased access to more opportunities to learn. Metaphysically, I think it is arguable that it is understanding we take with us beyond this lifetime. Memory of experiences is specific to the lifetime and probably fades. Another factor is that once we decide about something … right or wrong … we tend to integrate it into our worldview. That, then, is used as part of our sense of truth for future decisions. It is difficult to change our mind, and in fact, it only changes in small learning increments. If there is doubt, the best approach is suspended judgment. (9) That is, consciously decide not to decide until more information is available. So, the first part of my answer is that, if you decide, know why you selected the decision and understand the implications of that decision. For instance, to ”believe” implies you are taking someone’s word for it. It is better to accept the results of your investigation or suspend judgment until you have more information. In matters of spirit, it is possible your teacher will be wrong … including me. To make sure we agree on terms, I think of spirit as that aspect of who we are that survives bodily death. When we transition out of this lifetime, we return to a more natural aspect of reality which we sometimes describe as being in spirit. When we communicate

with discarnate loved ones, we 33 Answers might say they are spirits, but to avoid the overly used term, I say personalities. I say they are discarnate. When I try to describe our spiritual anatomy, I say they are immortal personality. With that said, the second part of my answer is that my studies have led me to accept that we are immortal personality temporarily entangled with our human in an avatar (13) relationship for this lifetime. That makes our actual nature during a lifetime the same as our loved ones who are in spirit. So, if you accept that you are not your body and that your actual self will continue after bodily death, then yes, it is reasonable to accept the existence of spirits. Question 3 What is your personal opinion on the possibility of the existence of ghosts/aliens etc? Answered September 18, 2018 Answer There is substantial evidence that there is a nonphysical aspect of our reality. Research into psi functioning is a good place to begin. Parapsychologists have modeled the psi field as a hypothetical field acting as a means of psi propagation that permeates physical space. They characterize it as nonlocal (no distance) and nontemporal (no time to travel no distance.) See Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research compiled by Dean Radin. (14) It is necessary for a psi field to exist if we are to talk about ghosts. We know of no physical principle that explains Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). We also know that

some examples may be produced by still physical people, but the preponderance of evidence is that most are initiated by people who are no longer in the physical. The production of EVP is seemingly independent of space. There is some evidence EVP are sometimes produced just before a question, suggesting agreement with the hypothesis that our unconscious mind processes information before presenting a version to our conscious self. The Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 34 communicator may be responding to our question as we prepare to ask it. This unconscious before conscious effect is referred to as presentiment. These and other indicators suggest that mind is not produced by brain and that mind exists in the psi field (the etheric). These are necessary characteristics of reality for ghosts to exist. A more complete discussion of these concepts can be found on the Etheric Studies website. (15) For my answer to be complete, it is necessary to explain that our perception (of everything) is colored by cultural training. We experience what we have been taught to expect. (16) In the same way, we find the local ghost because we expect to and not because the ghost is stuck there. Remember that the etheric is nonlocal. We record the voice of the local ghost for the same reason. So, yes, I accept the immortality of personality as a reasonably well- established concept. If the concept is true, we have an etheric aspect and ghosts are possible. The problem is that I

am pretty sure the myth of ghost is different from the actual nature of survived personality seeking to communicate across the veil. Aliens are part of the psi field and survival discussion. For instance, it is common to encounter apported objects in physical séance. (17) An apport is the product of disintegration, movement through the etheric and precipitation in the new location. Apports are usually small objects. Sometimes they are from living things such as flower petals but there is no apparent reason they could not be a spacecraft apported from one galaxy to another. I am working on an essay titled Avatar. (13) In it, I am arguing that the life field model does not restrict immortal self’s physical organism entanglement to humans. I can find no reason, other than usefulness, preventing us from using a cat or bird as an avatar. In the same way, there is nothing restricting us from entangling with an alien species. Again, remember that the etheric is nonlocal. I hope that helps. 35 Answers Question 4 Do you think our thoughts are a means to the soul? Answered September 19, 2018 Answer I will say that I am of the Dualist school of thought. That means this answer is from the perspective that we existed before this lifetime and will after as conscious, sentient self. Those who have bothered to examine the evidence that mind is separate from body should have at least an attitude of “Wait to see if more information comes

in,” rather than blind rejection. To answer your question, I say that Soul is how we have come to describe the immortal aspect of who we are. I rather think of Soul as our overriding personality. The way I think of it, personality is the source of our purpose and receiver of understanding we acquire through daily experiences. It is our I am this. In terms of spiritual anatomy, it is the Observer. (18) Think of conscious self as our experiencer … our traveling perspective or I think I am this. In our normal waking state as an immortal personality entangled with a human avatar, (13) that perspective is generally inside of our human’s head looking at the world through its eyes. In terms of spiritual anatomy, it is the Experiencer. Think of our mostly unconscious mind as a complex of functions supporting our worldview to produce our perception and expression. Worldview represents our memory, cultural conditioning, our human’s instincts and our spiritual instincts. In terms of spiritual anatomy, it is the Judge. The model I use is simplistic, but I have found it helpful as a device for thinking about our mind. In the model, all signals from the environment, including from our body’s five senses, come to mostly unconscious mind as a psi (psychic) signal. We ignore most, consider some but most of what is passed on to our conscious awareness is modified to agree with what we have been taught. If it does not, we will likely

not experience the signal. (19) Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 36 I make a distinction between our etheric self and your human to make the point that, unless we have learned to manage our human’s instincts — we call that maturing — our conscious thoughts will be largely those of our human avatar based on its survival instincts. The only real influence we have on our mostly unconscious perception is our conscious expression of intention. That is the real value of mindfulness. (12) It is through a lifelong habit of intending to experience reality as it is, rather than as we are taught, that we gain a greater understanding of the actual nature of reality. So sayeth spiritual teachers. So, the short answer is that we are, indeed, Soul experiencing a physical lifetime, and no, our thoughts are not a means to our Soul. It is the conscious expression of intention that opens a window. But that is a process. I will add as a footnote that degree of lucidity (5) is a measure of how clear a person’s awareness is of the actual nature of reality. People who claim to be psychic or mental mediums will have more or less lucidity. Most mediums and psychics will just be good storytellers and their messages will be colored by their cultural training and cold reading. I am a certified medium with National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) and can attest to the problem I have with coloring. When you consider

answers to questions like this, suspend judgment so as to leave room for more input. If you do that, while always seeking to understand the actual nature of reality, your thoughts will eventually be a means to your soul as you become more lucid. The Judge hates to give up a decision, so suspended judgment helps avoid locking in a belief. Question 5 Answer What is an example of philosophy in life? Answered September 20, 2018 37 Answers I am 75 now and have noticed over the years that people seldom begin by saying “This will be my philosophy in life.” More often, people are busy trying to mature enough to be a good citizen. It is mostly the circumstances that determine their life. When asked “What is your philosophy in life,” I see people stop and consider their past. In their memory, they notice that they have been mostly fun loving or a born capitalist or find that they turned toward nature whenever possible. So, they name what they have become their philosophy in life. In marketing, it is sometimes taught that people have native personality styles. Consider David Merrill and Roger Reid (21) proposed four styles: Analytical: thinking, thorough, disciplined. Amiable: supportive, patient, diplomatic. Driver: independent, decisive, determined. Expressive: good communicator, enthusiastic, imaginative. Of course, there are also the twelve astrological signs and their predictive personality traits. I cannot speak for astrology, but I have noticed that the four styles of Merrill and Reid are easily applied in

self-analysis and often agreed on by friends. The point is that people seem to come into life with inclinations that tend to determine how they react to situations. Over a lifetime, that inclination goes to shape who they are in terms of their philosophy. My personal philosophy in life begins with what I have on my personal website: Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe We are part spiritual personality and part human. Both bring their instincts. It is for us to learn to manage our human’s instincts while we pursue our spiritual instincts. How well we do so goes a long way toward determining how we live our life. In recent years, I have come to think of this practice as The Mindful Way. (12) Examine your beliefs. Our only real control over our inner thought processes is our intention. Learn to routinely manage your intention to see reality as it is and not as you have been taught. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 38 Question 6 How does philosophy relate to creative and critical thinking? Answered September 23, 2018 Answer Speaking as a layperson, I have found that point of view modifies expression. A reason for this is explained in First Sight Theory. (19) I have attempted to write a brief on it in the Perception Essay. (22) Corollary 8 applies here: In this summative process, the person may turn toward information (signed positively) to include it in the construction of experience,

affect or action, or turn away from information (signed negatively) and exclude it. Bidirectionality Corollary. Belief limits experience. Using First Sight Theory as a ruleset for how we think, if we do not accept the possibility of something, an experience involving that something will either never reach our conscious mind or will be modified to agree with what we do accept. 39 Answers Here, I am using philosophy to mean how we allow what we think is true to influence our thoughts and actions. If, for instance, a person thinks mainstream science has all of the answers and knowing mainstream science rejects the possibility of psychic functioning or survival after death, the person’s creative work will be limited to what is acceptable to mainstream society. At the same time, the person’s assessment of reality will be blind to many aspects of reality we think exist. Another thing to consider is that many of us think we work with the unseen aid of others. I do not mean this in a mystical sense. However, if we act as if we are helped by loved ones on the other side, we are telling our mostly unconscious mind to consider new ideas. If we are the charioteer of our body the chariot, perhaps that is like letting our horses lead for a while and being open to where they take us. It does not matter where in the unseen our ideas come from so long as we are open to them and have

the presence of mind to be discerning about what we accept. Question 7 How do you define supernatural? What is considered supernatural? Answered September 24, 2018 Answer Supernatural is an old term mostly used these days by the media. Most people I know might use it as an explanation point, but otherwise, prefer to think that all things are natural. Some just are not yet explained. I think the term most often used to identify phenomena once called supernatural (psychic, levitation, mediumship) is paranormal (aside from normal). I think of the community of people who are more than casually interested in paranormal phenomena as paranormalists. Thus, paranormalists include skeptics, seekers, experiencers, practitioners, researchers and those seeking to understand. The belief that mainstream science explains everything there is, is known as scientism. It is faith based on the belief that scientists are infallible. In fact, some well-qualified and smart people with advanced degrees are studying things paranormal as an emerging science. We know Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 40 them as parapsychologists. The Parapsychological Association (23), Society for Psychical Research (24), Rhine Research Center (25), Windbridge Research Center. (26) To show the world that mainstream scientists still know everything, skeptics refer to the serious study of things paranormal as pseudoscience (false science) and have convinced the government it is a danger to society. Of course, that is nonsense, but you can see how desperately some scientists want you to believe in their power to explain. (3) Note that there is

a difference between faith-based organizations and paranormalist groups. One of the reasons we have moved away from using the term, supernatural, is that it suggests belief, rather than objective understanding. An “I saw two suns” report would be treated as a probable illusion that may have personal meaning. If many people reported the same, the report might be treated as a possible objective event that needs an explanation. Researchers would compare it to other, probably better- understood reports and eventually develop hypotheses. Question 8 What are the types of morality? Answered September 24, 2018 Answer Morality became a question for me when a research team accused their living research subject of trickery and fraud for activity that supposedly happened outside of the research protocol. (27) They unjustly harmed him in many ways. The Belmont Report (28) published by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services is the golden standard for research ethics when a human test subject is involved. I mention this because it illustrates that, in academia, moral treatment of research subjects is part of the culture. At the same time, the culture in parapsychology currently ignores this moral code. As some of the answers indicate, morality is relative. A better way of stating it is that behavior is okay in one community but may not be okay in another. 41 Answers Morality is usually established in a culture to support what the dominant members of the society want to do. A moral code might remain the rule

until some part of the community rebels. Equal rights advocacy, Me Too Movement, Unionism and Democratic Socialism are examples of modern rebellion. In every case, it has been necessary to convince the leaders that their moral code is no longer acceptable. My take on ethics is different. I think of ethics as a foundation concept that does not change as one moves amongst communities. I use these definitions: Morality is defined here as a distinction between right and wrong based on local standards of behavior. Ethics is defined here as a distinction between right and wrong; based on the organizing principles governing reality. That governing reality bit comes from the essay, Ethics as a Personal Code for Mindfulness. (29) An alternative reading would be “principles governing human decency.” So, my answer is that morality is a social norm based on what the leaders want. Ethics is a foundation concept that applies to all aspect of human behavior. Question 9 What is your favorite definition of a soul? Answered October 11, 2018 Answer Sasha, I have written a 500-page book addressing the Survival Hypothesis and the implications of that hypothesis. Except for the incidental use of the word such as in The Dark Night of The Soul, (30) I have not used the word, soul. Speaking the word soul automatically reminds the listener of a religious context. So, while it is a fine term, I avoid using it because the subject has nothing to do with religion. I use personality in

the same context and define it as: Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 42 The etheric essence of a person. From the perspective that a person is a physical body that has evolved in the physical and mind which has evolved in the etheric, personality is that part of a person that has evolved in the etheric. Personality existed before this lifetime and will continue after this lifetime. It can be thought of as an etheric field containing the essence of who the person is including a measure of the person’s understanding which is realized as progression and an inherited urge to acquire understanding by way of experience. See Glossary of Terms (31) You might try a different approach. Deepak Chopra’s definition of Spirituality is perhaps the best I have read. From Deepak Chopra in his Huffington Post Blog: Spirituality is the experience of that domain of awareness where we experience our universality. This domain of awareness is a core consciousness that is beyond our mind, intellect and ego. In religious traditions, this core consciousness is referred to as the soul which is part of a collective soul or collective consciousness, which in turn is part of a more universal domain of consciousness referred to in religions as God. Question 10 How can we understand "The production of knowledge is always a collaborative task and never solely a product of the individual"? Answered October11, 2018 Answer The most important implication of the idea that the creation of knowledge is the

importance of a cooperating community … a global community. We must share this world and it is becoming increasingly clear that no event happens in a vacuum. Another important implication is the need for a library system that provides easy access to scientific literature for the average person. Since it is mostly lacking today, your question might be answered by saying we can 43 Answers understand it as a warning that we need an open library system and other ways of improving collaboration. According to Wayne LaMorte in Behavioral Change Models (32), an early version of Social Cognitive Theory known as Social Learning Theory “… posits that learning occurs in a social context with a dynamic and reciprocal interaction of the person, environment, and behavior.” I refer to such a community as a cooperative community (33). The process of mentally composing what to say helps the person organize and better understand what he or she thinks is true. When a person comprehends what was said and organizers thoughts to respond, self- learning also occurs. Each person in a community acts as a teacher, role model and example. Question 11 As an atheist, what is the purpose behind souls, having feelings, and abilities (like speaking, running, decision making, etc.) if there’s no place to go after the body stops functioning? When the body stops working and we pass away, where do we go? Answered October 19, 2018 Answer My reasons for answering as I do are complex and make no sense

if you do not have a little background. Let us make sure we are on the same page. From the American Atheist web page: “Atheism is one thing: A lack of belief in gods. Atheism is not an affirmative belief that there is no god nor does it answer any other question about what a person believes. It is simply a rejection of the assertion that there are gods. Atheism is too often defined incorrectly as a belief system. To be clear: Atheism is not a disbelief in gods or a denial of gods; it is a lack of belief in gods. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 44 People I have talked to who consider themselves atheists object to the Father God concept and biblical creation theory. I also object to those concepts and think acceptance of them is an abdication of personal responsibility. It also ignores our natural urge to question and seek answers about our nature and the nature of the reality in which we live. The Apple Man fractal of the Mandelbrot Set provides an illustration of how a simple principle can result in a most complex and infinite space. There are an infinite number of sub-Apple man fractals in the space around the top Apple Man fractal. That mathematical space is a merger of the imaginary number plane bound by -1i, 1i and the real number plane bound by -2 and 1. The Mandelbrot Set is useful for explaining the First Cause or Source concept

used in many metaphysical models. The set represents a hypothetical First Cause as the starting point for the reality field. The sub- fractals represent instances of life (life fields) in the reality field. As defined in the version I work with, there are three major characteristics of a life field: 1. Attention Complex – produces perception and expression. 45 Answers 2. Curiosity – implied behaviors of all life fields are curiosity, seeking understanding and gaining understanding. 3. Organizing Principles – This can also be thought of as worldview. Each instance of life has a personal reality based on prior conditioning be it evolved instincts or learned experience. The reality field is conceptual space, as opposed to the physical universe which is objective space. That is, our perception of physical things is first conceptual, meaning that our awareness is a mental construct of the physical thing to which we assign physicality as we have been taught since birth. There is precedence for the idea of Organizing Principles. Physical space includes such physical principles as the natural distribution and the natural rate of decay. These are rules of nature that operate at the foundation of everything physical. For instance, an apple falling from a tree is a high-order event, but one of the natural principles underlying such an event is the acceleration of gravity which acts on all things physical. One last point. Think of the Attention Complex (mentioned above) as being composed of a Worldview and a Perceptual Loop acting together

as a decision machine. The process compares sensed information with what the person thinks the world is like (worldview). The resulting perception sent to the conscious self is some version of the sensed information that agrees with expectations. That becomes the person’s expression. Worldview includes human instincts, what has been learned during the lifetime and (theoretically) acquired understanding derived from the expression of curiosity. I can explain the idea of mind-body duality and the nature of acquired understanding, but I think this answer is complex enough. See Mind as Storyteller (34) for extra reading. My answer is based on the cosmology described above. The people who think there is only physical space will say that all of the behaviors you describe are based on instincts that serve to assure the continuation of the species. For instance, play teaches how to fight for the best mate. That is the bases of Darwinian Evolution’s ultimately random survival of the fittest. But there is growing evidence that learned behavior can be passed on to the next generation. Such evidence supports the idea that evolution is moderated by intelligent solutions to environmental challenges. If true, our instinctual urge to survive may be moderated by a more fundamental urge to gain understanding. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 46 There is also good evidence of anomalous information access and the influence of intentionality on physical processes. These are some of the reasons I think something like the above model must be considered. The sentient part

of who we are as a person appears to exist outside of individual lifetimes. This can be taken in many ways. I take it as we are sentient life forms that are (essentially) immortal. If curiosity does produce understanding, I think it is the understanding that survives and is inherited by other life fields. See Sheldrake’s Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (35) Understanding evolves from relatively incomplete to increasingly complete. If this is true, memories serve to help that evolution in understanding and may fade as they are no longer relevant. The one thing I think is demonstrably true is that we are more than our physical body. Amongst the consequences of that are the ideas that purpose follows the organism. The human is inclined to continue its species. The conscious self is inclined to continue seeking understanding. All else are variations on that theme. None require the existence of a supreme being, only a hierarchy of inheritance that is organized according to knowable principles. Question 12 What are professional ethics? Answered October 30, 2018 Answer There are different ways to consider your question. Professionals, casual workers—all people—are subject to some form of ethical code. I try to make an argument for ethics as a universal concept in A Personal Code of Ethics for the Mindful Way. (29) My personal code begins with Do not Violate. Morality is defined here as a distinction between right and wrong based on local standards of behavior. Ethics is defined here as a distinction between

right and wrong; based on the organizing principles governing reality. 47 Answers You can think of “organizing principles governing reality” as Natural Law. The trick is to think in fundamental terms to avoid cultural contamination such as might be injected by local moral codes. Without conscious intervention based on spiritual instincts, your human’s instincts dominate your thinking. For instance, your human’s instincts are to assure the dominance of its gene pool. That means your first reaction to a situation might be to dominate an opponent. That would not be a decision based on ethics but on a primal urge. You must decide if the greater good of your gene pool is more important to you than the greater good of humankind. Ethical decisions are like that. That is why I suggest that each individual develop a personal code of ethics. Organizations typically have a code of ethics which employees are expected to know and follow. If you examine a few, you will see that they are actually a set of rules intended to control employee behavior so as to protect the company from angry customers and possible legal action. They seldom have much in them about ethics. At best, they are local moral codes. Professionals have a moral code that typically includes a few fundamental ethical ideals. The Hippocratic Oath is characterized as “first, do no harm,” although I understand that actually comes from Hippocrates’ Of the Epidemics. “First, do no harm” states an ethical idea. Similar ideals are applied

to other professions. So, I might define professional ethics as a code of conduct reflecting local moral norms and based on fundamental ethical ideals. I might add that, while morals tend to be relative to local culture and ethics tend toward universal ideals, these things are also relative to the scope of the community so that you might have a personal ethical code, community moral standards, a national code of citizenship and global care for humankind. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 48 Question 13 What are the base legal and ethical consideration of online publishing? Answered October 30, 2018 Answer The owner of an information outlet is responsible for its content. You cannot assign that away. This is a personal opinion. I manage three websites and a discussion board and have always followed the policy that my organization, and me as an officer, is responsible for their content. This is a rule I see followed only when practical by most publications. For instance, a book publisher does have limits on what kind of material it will publish. However, as a practical matter, I think it comes down to expectation management. The bounds of what can be said are different if the material is publicly represented as political satire than if it is billed as news. Question 14 What are the best arguments against individual difference? Answered November 7, 2018 Answer I am not qualified to give you an answer under cloak of academic authority; however, I have developed a

point of view during my study of the Survival Hypothesis that may help here. For this answer to make sense, for now at least, accept the idea that we are a spiritual personality having a physical experience as a human. I should also say that spiritual is used here to mean that part of who we are that we think of as our higher nature, however you think of your inner self. I intend no religious references in this answer. 49 Answers The first part of my answer is that we are fundamentally the same, but different in how we have learned to apply those fundamental characteristics. By that, I mean that we have all inherited instincts (human and spiritual). Our behavior is informed by those instincts and only limited by the extent that we are able to consciously manage them. At birth, our human instincts are pretty much in control. As we gain in maturity, we learn to manage them by expressing discerning intellect based on our spiritual instincts. For instance, we happily take something from our weaker playmate when we are children if it seems to further our chances of survival. As we mature, we may learn to share as a way of earning support that helps us survive, but in many examples of sharing, there is clearly an altruistic aspect in which sharing is seen as compassion. As creatures of nature, we are not different in our expression of instincts. Our sex, hormones and physical abilities are

the major differentiators of this otherwise common nature. During the course of our lifetime, it is our spiritual nature that may moderate the influence of our instincts if we have the mindfulness to do so. The factor that differentiates how our spiritual instincts influence us seems to be the question of how much we have come to understand how Mother Nature works. Based on my references, we come into this lifetime with a degree of understanding which sets us apart from others. In the essay, Conditional Free Will, (36) I have attempted to list the factors I think go toward limiting what we consider free will. While we may be the same in essence, how well we learn to manage our perception helps to determine our difference. My answer is that it is better to recognize that we are fundamentally the same in nature, but different in how we well we understand and have learned to express our understanding of nature in the way we live. We are also different in physical characteristics such as sex, health and upbringing. Anyone who grew up in a small town and moved to a large city, if they think about it a little, will likely tell you that there is great benefit in human diversity. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 50 Question 15 How many types of ethics are there? Answered November 7, 2018 Answer I distinguish between ethics and morals (29) in this way: Morality is defined here as a distinction

between right and wrong based on local standards of behavior. Ethics is defined here as a distinction between right and wrong; based on the organizing principles governing reality. Following those definitions, if you think you are your body and will cease to exist when your body dies, then it is probably correct to say that behavior is only defined by the dictates of human instincts and locally defined morals. 51 Answers If you accept the possibility that you may exist as a self-aware personality after physical death, it would seem that there is one ethical code that should modify human instincts and local morality. I cannot claim the wisdom to define a universal ethical code. That is why I recommend that each of us contemplate concepts like spiritual instincts, purpose and the implications of existence as an immortal personality and then define a personal code of ethics. Such a code would be modified during life as the person gains in understanding. To give you an idea of my point, the Possible Mindfulness Personal Code of Ethics shown above is one I developed for myself. Question 16 How can philosophical thinking benefit one in life? Answered November 8, 2018 Answer Good question. Conducting an Internet search for Philosophy will turn up many variations of the general theme: the study of knowledge, how things relate to you and how you relate to things. That is to say that philosophy is a process of seeking to understand. After seeing thousands of words about

it on discussion boards, I have come to the conclusion that, as a term, philosophy is best reserved for the study of historical philosophy, such as the teaching of Socrates or Aristotle. Those who study the ancient philosophers are particular about how the term is used and become testy when an amateur chimes in. Philosophical thinking is usually discussed in terms of a behavior. I like to think of it in terms of musing, contemplating or studying. It is not intended to be academic. Instead, it is intended to help you make sense of things. To your question, the motto on my personal website is Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe. That is a personal philosophy. The process of examining personal beliefs and identifying their implications is thinking philosophically, but in more actionable terms, it is better described as contemplation. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 52 Any kind of introspection is important and healthy. The most powerful tool you have for self-education is discernment. With that, you learn to … not question critically, but seek to see if an idea relates in a sensible way with what you already hold to be true. The second half of that is what I describe as the Mindful Way. (12) Back to my motto, by habitually asking yourself if what you are doing makes sense, you can effectively weed out unreasonable beliefs. Doing so will help you in many ways, but especially to align what you

hold to be true with the actual nature of things. Question 17 Are most major philosophers now irrelevant? Answered November 22, 2018 Answer Ideally, philosophers help us sort out what we know and think we know about ourselves and the world we live in. Few of us are able to take the time to contemplate the more abstract aspects of our daily experiences. Thinking about the same sort of subject for a long time tends to give the thinker insight about that subject which the average person will not see without help. Our philosopher’s job is to help us think. A person who can be considered a philosopher is one who has taken the time to contemplate concepts, has developed a discerning point of view and has become informed about many subjects related to his or her focus. A person we would consider a wise elder of the community is often such a person. By “major philosophers,” I guess you are thinking of the ancient philosophers of Greece and Rome. It is true that much of their work concerned timeless questions that are still relevant today. But, consider this. Wisdom must be anchored in contemporary experience; else it is of little use. A 2000-year dead philosopher did have important insight about our nature, the nature of the world and our relationship with the world. The problem I see with ancient philosophy is that it has to be explained to us for 53 Answers us to see the point. That is

a red flag indicating there is a problem of relevance, and therefore, usefulness. The underlying themes are universal. For instance, the Allegory of the Cave (37) illustrates that we cannot trust our senses alone to understand our nature and ourselves. Plato turned to deductive reasoning to complete the required understanding. Today, we have thinkers who have evolved that deductive reasoning while adding contemporary understanding of psychology, biology, physics and emerging understanding about how we process information for perception and expression. By comparison, our contemporary philosophers make Plato’s work seem primitive. Which is more relevant to you? Question 18 How is morality possible without the existence of a higher being? Answered November 23, 2018 Answer As the concept is applied in society, morality tends to be a local code or custom. From my experience, ethics tend to be more fundamental. A personal code of ethics (29) becomes an expression of how compassionate and humane a person is to self, others and the environment. A sense of purpose seems to drive ethics. Suppose for a moment that you are conscious self experiencing a lifetime as a human. From that perspective, you share your worldview with your human and are thus driven by your human’s instincts. Your human’s highest good is to assure the continuation of its genes. That is an instinct that has evolved as the human has evolved. In this supposed relationship, you as conscious self, also have instincts. Let me call them spiritual instincts. You become aware of these instincts

as the urge to behave differently than the urge to act driven by your human’s instincts. In practice, you might override the urge to kill for food with a concern for the wellbeing of your prey animal. You might feed the poor rather than invest in making more money. (Here, making more money is Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 54 seen as an expression the human instinct to assure survival of its personal gene pool.) The urge toward compassion is a real thing I think we all experience. The source of this urge and its purpose is a complex question. You can call it the intention of a higher being. The model I prefer is that it is the expression of curiosity about self that living this lifetime helps answer. To be sure, curiosity cannot be satisfied with just happy experiences. As they say, it is not what happens to us, but how we react. Every experience is an opportunity to gain understanding and understanding appears to be the immortal part of who we really are. If you reject that supposed relationship and think you are only your body, the concept of ethics is meaningless, and your behavior is only governed by local rules (morality). In that case, the idea of a higher being is meaningless. Question 19 What do you consider integrity? How would one acquire such? Answered November 27, 2018 Answer Integrity is usually used in the sense of having strong moral principles. We might say that

a public figure or a merchant has great integrity if he or she behaves in a manner we expect. That is, in a manner that conforms to the moral standard of the community. But remember the saying that "There is honor among thieves.” Standards for integrity are also relative to the community. The underlying idea of integrity seems to be the idea that the person has a high moral and ethical standard. This, in the sense that the person has “a good moral compass.” Unlike moral integrity, ethical integrity is personal and concerned with right living from a humanist perspective, rather than a community or organization’s perspective. In terms of ethics, a humanist is a person who has adopted a personal code of ethics which emphasizes understanding 55 Answers principles of nature and living in accordance with that understanding to the benefit of self and others in a cooperative community. My answer is that integrity is a sense of how well a person lives his or her personal code of ethics … and how well that code agrees with principles of nature such as respect for others, cooperation in the community and recognition that all life matters. Developing moral community integrity is just a matter of understanding the rules and following them. The trick is to make it a way of life. Remember that community integrity is in the eyes of the observer, so being predictable is important. Personal integrity is a little different because it involves understanding who you

are, the nature of your world and how you relate to the world. I speak in terms that are probably better described as spiritual, although I intend no religious implication. From my studies, I have come to think of the process of understanding myself and my world as The Mindful Way. (12) It is the same as taught by many systems of study, including some ancient wisdom schools and New Age teachers. The idea is to habitually question what you believe is true. Not so that you are so uncertain that you are unable to act, but just to be aware of your actions and their consequences. I begin my personal code of ethics (29)with Do not violate, from which comes principles such as respect, kindness and fairness which is expressed in such ways as “Just because I can doesn't mean I should” and “Lessons come from new experiences.” Be aware that a person of high personal integrity may not be favored in a community that places corporate wants over human needs. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 56 Question 20 According to Descartes’ definition of a soul, can robots have soul if they get to a point where they are conscience and can ‘think’? Answered November 28, 2018 Answer Some futurists and science fiction writers have explored the possibility that machines might develop sentience. If you accept the idea that you are not your body. That is, if you think the real you is not dependent on your body

to exist, complexity is not an issue. In the Dualist view, your brain is a transmitter-receiver for your perception and control of your body. In effect, your body is an avatar supporting your nonphysical self in this world. Consider the essay, Avatar. (13) It is an exploration of this question. The best answer I can think of is that it may be possible for a machine to function as an avatar once a method is developed to change physical signals into psi influences. Studies with random event generators have shown that there is a way to convert psi influences into physical signals. See Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events. (38) Question 21 What is the most mind-blowing philosophical idea/theory you know of? Answered December 6, 2018 Answer As a co-director of an organization dedicated to the study of transcommunication, I have experienced, even produced many forms of 57 Answers phenomena which seem to be evidence of our continued survival after physical death. Examples of this communication include mental mediumship, physical mediumship and Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). ITC includes audio (Electronic Voice Phenomena or EVP) and visual forms. My avatar is an example of video-loop visual ITC. The trans- prefix is used to indicate across the veil between the physical world and the greater reality. You would think the evidence of our immortality would be my answer. And yes, it is near the top of my list of important ideas I have encountered in my 76+ years.

However, the real mind-blowing discovery for me has been that people—you and me—do not directly experience the world. I am not speaking in the usual metaphysical terms. I am talking about emerging evidence from mainstream science that everything we become consciously aware of has been filtered by our mostly unconscious mind based on what we have been taught is true (our worldview). I have provided four references below which are representative of what I am talking about. The reason this is so mind-blowing is that meditation, mediumship development, mindfulness—all of these ideas of learning to clearly sense our world—appear to be based on the assumption that we need to quiet our mind so that we can listen to our inner self. While that is an important ability, as it turns out, the real task is to teach our mostly unconscious perception and expression processes to allow such information to come to our conscious awareness uncolored by our expectations. That can be described as lucidity. I refer to learning to do this as the Mindful Way. (12) In essence, it is the habitual, moment-by-moment examination of the implications of our thoughts, beliefs and expressions to ask if they are true, reasonable and consistent with a cooperative community. (33) Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 58 The one conscious influence we have on our mostly unconscious mental processes is the expression of intention. Mind itself will not change in great steps. It will only change in small increments. Making a decision tends

to lock in a belief which is difficult to change, thus, suspended judgment is an important trait for managing our mind. If you consider the implications of these ideas, and if you know a little about personal improvement techniques such as meditation, you will see that everything changes with this new understanding. The path I have been on for so many years was more a circle than a progression. Perhaps this new understanding will turn me more decisively toward progression. It also blows my mind that it is so difficult to convince others of the importance of this idea. Four references that help explain my point are Perception written by me (22), Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity by Max- Planck-Gesellschaft (39), The Unconscious Mind by John Bargh and Ezequiel Morsella (40) and First Sight: A Model and A Theory of Psi by James Carpenter. (19) Question 22 Should we care about morality or should we care about cause-effect? Answered December 13, 2018 Answer I understand the intent of your question as whether or not you should be willing to do whatever it takes to achieve something without regard for the possible negative effect your actions have on others. Think of yourself as two people sharing the same body. One is the inner seeker, ever striving to be at one with nature and our spiritual self. The other is the outward human that is driven by the instinct to assure the continuation of the gene pool. Both of you must

live together. Your human must be successful, but your inner seeker will want that success to come without violating others. This idea of two purposes is described well in the Katha Upanishad (41) . I have tried to make sense of that story in the essay, The Razor’s Edge. (42) 59 Answers This is not a religious argument. The Katha Upanishad is just a good example of many such systems of thought arguing that we have a choice between following the way of our human or the way of our inner seeker. We all have that choice. Few follow the way of the inner seeker. My answer is that I personally care about morality and accept responsibility for whatever my person may do, be it as the human or as the inner seeker. Ideally, the cause is right action. The effect is accomplishment while maintaining harmony in the community. As a point or order, morality tends to be practiced as local codes of expected behavior. As a practical matter, morality is instruction for the person following the way of their human instincts. In practice, ethics are more specific to the inner seeker. My personal code of ethics (29) is illustrated in the table provided here. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 60 Question 23 Is morality social rules to constrain people? Answered December 25, 2018 Answer As you can see with some of the other answers, some moral codes make more sense than others. The subject of morality and ethics

were probably amongst the first discussions around the clan fire at the beginning of civilization. We need to get along if we are to live together. The alternative is perpetual conflict. Being tall for my age in elementary school, I spent a lot of time sticking up for the weaker students. Perhaps I had something of a White Knight Syndrome as well. My point is that some of us are offended when we see bullying and mistreatment of others. I think that is not just a righteous response. It is one of our human instincts to preserve the community. When I was that kid in the playground, I was imposing a moral code of sorts on the bullies: “Don’t pick on smaller kids and we’ll get along.” That is the kind of code imposed by police enforcing local laws. I had elected myself the playground sheriff. The biggest bullies in the global scene are religions trying to impose their sense of right and wrong on the rest of the world. Moral codes are typically designed to protect the institution. For instance, corporate moral codes are really codes of conduct directing how an employee should act to keep the job. “God tells us” moral codes are really just social engineering. So yes, moral codes are intended to constrain people. In the USA, we have a constitution that helps to limit how much organizations can constrain people. Freedom of speech and religion are two examples. Humans are motivated by instincts intended to

assure continuation of the gene pool at all cost. We need moral codes to protect the weaker from the stronger and the organization from the rotten member. As an aside, the one code I would love to see all of us adopt is “Do not violate others.” I seek to follow that as the foundation concept of my 61 Answers personal code of ethics. (29) As you consider right and wrong, keep in mind that we are two people. One is driven by our human instincts which tend to dominate our behavior. The other might be thought of as our spiritual instincts. We want to do right by others if only our urge to control the world would let us. Question 24 What is the difference between paranormal and supernatural? Answered January 3, 2019 Answer These are the definitions I am familiar with: Supernatural – not thought to exist in nature; not physical or material. Paranormal – not explained with known principles of science. Note that the definition for supernatural indicates it is used in the sense of not physical. This is magic in the sense of something not existing in nature. Paranormal is used in the sense of not defined by physical principles. This is in the sense of possibly existing but not currently defined … aside from normal. For instance, the ability to throw a ball farther than anyone else could technically be referred to as paranormal. As paranormal is usually used in modern vocabulary, it indicates experiences

that are thought not to be explained by currently understood science (apparitions, anomalous acquisition of information, anomalous influence at a distance). The assumption is that the experiences are real and that existing principles, or even new ones will eventually be found to explain them. Something said to be supernatural may be attributed to divine intervention where the divine is unknowable. A point of confusion is that following the thread of cause and effect for paranormal experiences may also involve speculation about first cause. In this case, first cause would not be considered divine, but a knowable principle. This is comparable to Big Bang theory in physical science. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 62 My answer to your question, then, is that supernatural is more akin to magic while paranormal is more akin to science yet to be defined. Magic is simulation of real or deliberate illusion based on incomplete disclosure of information required for correct perception. Question 25 When dealing with paranormal experiences, how do you explain that which cannot be explained? Answered February 7, 2019 Answer Interestingly, there is quite a lot of evidence for the existence of many forms of paranormal phenomena. Yet, it is common for such reports to be discounted as fraud, delusion or normal mistaken as paranormal. There are three classes of paranormal reports. Class 1 - Ordinary mistaken as extraordinary. Since magicians depend on fooling people using this principle, I will include fraud and trickery in this group. Such a reported experience would

likely be ignored by an experienced paranormalist. Class 2 – Psi Phenomena These are reported experiences that imply the existence of a psi field, anomalous information access and psychokinetic influences on the physical. The way these phenomena are modeled, a hypothetical nonphysical field permeates physical space and acts as a medium for propagation of psi expressions and sensing. There is tangible research evidence that intentionality can influence physical processes. We see this in Transform Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). (43) We also see this in the effect of intentionality on Random Event Generators (REG) (38) and intercessional prayer. (14) There is also solid evidence that people are able to psychically access information about distant locations (remote viewing) and what is on the mind of other people (Extra Sensory Perception) 63 Answers Class 3 - Phenomena related to survival of personality after physical death. This is a more difficult class to prove because many of the reported experiences are actually Class 2. The primary form of proof is from mediumship in which a person is thought to convey information from discarnate personalities. There are many good examples of information being accessed via psychic or mediumistic ability that have been verified via the sound application of the scientific method. The proof that a mediumistically reported message is from a discarnate personality and not from a still living person’s memory is that the reported information cannot have been known by anyone in the physical. That is a difficult task. The only example I am

aware of is the “Doja, No!” EVP recorded by Martha Copeland. It is explained in EVP Examples by Martha Copeland. (44) Skeptics try to discount the validity of all forms of paranormal phenomena by making researchers and advocates look like idiots and frauds. For this reason, it can destroy a young Ph.Ds. career to be associated with the study of things paranormal. In fact, many scientists who do study the phenomena apply the scientific method with a higher level of care than many mainstream scientists. People I know who approach the study of these phenomena without a debunking agenda do not see them as being unexplainable. There is no magic, no Devine intervention. Reality is knowable. Researchers must not say more than they know, and when they do, they need to provide references and a yellow flag of some kind warning others that they do not know for sure. Care in distinguishing between what is known and what is speculation represents a cultural change that, in the future, might make it unnecessary for your now reasonable question. Question 26 Answer What is the Secret Doctrine? Answered May 5, 2019 Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 64 The Secret Doctrine (45) is the title of a two-book set written by Helena Petrovna Blavatsky. She is one of the founders of the Theosophical Society. (46) and The Secret Doctrine is considered an important text for that system of thought. As I read it, the basic concepts seem sound but are flavored by

the Indian culture. If you read the Katha Upanishad, 1-III-14. (41), it tells the seeker to “Arise, awake, and learn by approaching the exalted ones, for that path is sharp as a razor’s edge, impassable, and hard to go by, say the wise.” Blavatsky took that advice seriously and reportedly learned from many teachers (Mahatmas). Thus, The Secret Doctrine has many intriguing references to such ideas as the nature of the different kingdoms (planes of existence of which humankind is one), angelic personalities and life waves. These are things one can wonder about, but it is a stretch for my engineering temperament to make it relative to now. I have written a couple of books about metaphysics. From that experience, I argue that readers will better understand the work if they do not expect the ideas to confirm what they believe. I think The Secret Doctrine is important and essentially true if we normalize the concepts to our contemporary perspective. The Secret Doctrine should be read as part of a wide-ranging study. Of course, I recommend my work, but the Hermetica (47) is another important system of thought. Personally, I began with the Builders of the Adytum (48) class on Tarot. Question 27 Could we have evidence for objective moral facts? What would it be? Answered May 9, 2019 Answer Morality is a local concept. By that, I mean that it is relative to local culture. Virtually all of the moral codes I have seen have been written to assure

members of an organization do not embarrass the organization. 65 Answers Some other people answering here have noted that some cultures have different moral standards than others. Some codes even contradict other codes. For instance, capitalistic groups favor ruthless bargaining while humanistic groups find such tactics harmful to the wellbeing of individuals. A more fundamental approach to what I think we intend by morality is ethics. While morality tends to be relative to the community, ethics tends to be a more fundamental concept that is independent of the community. For instance, my personal code of ethics begins with the basic understanding that I should not violate others. I think of associate principles as such concepts as kindness, respect and justice. The outward expression of those are such ideas as “Just because I can does not mean I should,” “Is it a belief or supportable understanding?” and “I will not impose my will on others.” The common denominator of all societies is the individual. Ethical or moral code, the objective should be to further the wellbeing of the individual. Certainly not to further the community at the expense of individuals. Question 28 What is the current theory on the purpose of humans? Answered August 21, 2019 Answer The reductionist answer to your question is that the purpose of humans is to procreate, assure the continuation of the human species and assure the dominance of the individual’s gene pool. To paraphrase Genesis 8:15-17 of the Bible: “Go forth from the ark …

breed abundantly on the earth and be fruitful and multiply upon the earth.” That about sums it up. With that said, I want to answer based on the assumption that Dualism is largely correct, meaning that our mind exists independent of our body. Put another way, our aware self existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after, while our human functions as an avatar. It likely has its own form of immortality as part of a species collective. See Morphic Resonance (35) Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 66 With Dualism in mind, the idea of a purpose should probably be attached to our aware self and not our human avatar. The question I will answer, then, is “What is the current theory on the purpose of our aware self’s existence in this lifetime.” Consider our power to create. When we consider doing something, say going for a walk, it is natural to first visualize the walk. For a moment, we create a temporary world in our mind that represents where we might walk. We populate that imaginary world with a little me to which we give the freedom of choice in how to experience the imagined walk. Little me, then, returns to us a sense of the walk … do we like it, should we wear a coat … things that one gathers from thinking about something. Once we decide, we discard the imagined world and little me, but it is important to note that we can

always recall that experience. In a sense, the imagined experience remains in our memory. By imagining a world and little me, we effectively create a venue for learning and populate it with an aspect of ourselves … complete with a degree of self-determination, but limited by our sense of world and colored by the nature of our curiosity as the intended purpose. The purpose of such mental creations is to gain understanding from a specific experience. Nature tends to reuse useful models, so it is reasonable to think we are little mes for other life fields. I will spare you the details of how that theory might be modeled. The main part of my answer is that we inherit purpose from an immortal aspect of ourselves. Primarily, I think, it is to gain understanding about the nature of reality through life experiences. It is not what happens to us, but what we learn from what happens to us … the understanding we gain. People who understand this might moderate their reaction with the realization that their spiritual self progresses through all experiences. I recommend that you consider the two essays: Conditional Free Will (36) and Prime Imperative (49) 67 Answers Question 29 What are the 7 densities of consciousness? Answered September 9, 2019 Answer The seven-layer model of reality has been around a long time. The layers are sometimes referred to as planes, kingdoms and dimensions. They are often related to the seven chakras of the body. Typically, they are:

Plane 1 - Mineral Kingdom Plane 2 - Plant Kingdom Plane 3 - Animal Kingdom (includes the human animal) Plane 4 - Astro (near-physical, perhaps the psi field) Plane 5 – Mental Plane 6 – Soul Plane 7 - God In the Implicit Cosmology (15) I study, the layer cake model is replaced with fields. In that, the physical universe, which represents the first three planes, is considered the physical aspect of reality (physical field). Source, which would be the God Plane, represents the reality field and the source of organizing principles. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 68 As an aspect of the greater reality, the physical field is conceptually in the reality field. That is, it is a subfield in the greater reality field. Here, “in” is a relational term since there is thought to be no distance in the etheric. Source is not a Dive figure, but the intelligent core of reality. Immortal personality is in three parts. One is the core intelligence of an individual life field. A second is the perceptual/expression processes informed by Worldview. The third is conscious self as the “I think I am this” experiencer of Immortal Self. As can be seen in the diagram below from the book, Your Immortal Self, (4) reality is a conceptual place. Our ability to experience aspects of it is limited by our ability to conceive of that aspect’s character. To answer your question, the seven densities of consciousness are an old cosmology based on the

assumption that a person is in the body looking out. As the ancients understood. We know now that our human is just our avatar for this lifetime. Below are two diagrams from the Handbook of Metaphysics (50) that show how different systems of thought use the layer concept. The first is a composite of cosmologies. The second is based on the Cabala. 69 Answers Question 30 Isn't even the idea of thoughtlessness a thought? Can we ever be thoughtless? Answered September 9, 2019 Answer I have never achieved a true thoughtless state of mind, so I cannot speak with authority. In my study, I have found it seems nonsensical to seek a no-thought state of awareness. Our mind is hard-wired to tell us a story about environmental signals and there are always environmental signals. Rather than seeking to completely still our mind, the challenge seems to be to learn to manage the stories our mind tells us. There is also a question Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 70 of usefulness. Our teachers do not tell us truth via a still mind. We discover understanding with a well-managed, engaged mind. Let me explain this way. If we believe something is true, information from our mostly unconscious mind will tend to reinforce that belief. For instance, a fearful person tends to have fearful thoughts. A person afraid of demons is more apt to experience demon-like thoughts than one who does not believe in demons. The task for personal progression is to

live an active life while habitually asking if what we do and think is reasonable. If I am about to say something, I learn to ask if it is true to the best of my understanding, if it is considerate of others and if it leaves the door open for new understanding. When I am about to act, I learn to ask myself if it is appropriate, how will my action affect others and if it will further my understanding. One of my favorite sayings is “Just because we can does not mean we should.” The act of deciding if we should is on the road to enlightenment. Each time I question my thoughts and actions, I send a message to my mostly unconscious mind to say that I intend to align myself with those values. I am telling my mind to change the story it tells me by ignoring what I have been conditioned to think is true and use what I am learning is … well, perhaps a little truer. My answer is that you are right in questioning the truth of no-thought. Seeking no-thought is like that proverbial guru who lives in a cave. It is much easier to be a guru in a safe cave than it is out there interacting with people. We are born into this lifetime to seek guruship by interacting with people. Question 31 What is the difference between the spirit world and the astral plane? Answered September 14, 2019 Answer The

short answer is that the difference is one of perspective. The Astral Plane concept is part of the usual layer-cake models of reality that has evolved out of ancient wisdom. I think it has been useful to explain spiritual cosmology to people who had little vocabulary for such 71 Answers abstractions. I think we have evolved some and the layer-cake model is misleading in a way that now restrains seeker progression. Basically, the Astral Plane represents an attempt to describe the fringe region of perception people encounter while in a disassociated state that appears to be between true physical space and spiritual space. It is a relatively uncertain boundary in which mental imaginings are easily expressed as seemingly real. From the dualistic perspective, the Astral Plane concept is developed around the body-centric perspective. That is, there is the physical in which our human lives. Since our mind is not physical, it is natural from a physical perspective to think there must be a plane above the physical for each aspect of mind: Astral for body consciousness, mental for mind and etheric for soul. There is more but you can get the idea. There is increasing academic recognition that mind is not the product of brain and that perception first comes to mind and then to conscious awareness. The best way I have found to model this is by using fields. In the Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 72 fields model, the building blocks of reality are life fields and

the expression of life fields. All life fields have the same qualities, but they are expressed to different extents, depending on the role played by the field. In this model, our personality is our immortal self. As the center of our mostly unconscious mind, personality binds the various functions of our mind into an etheric or nonphysical field. It receives understanding about its world from our conscious awareness. Think of personality and its related mostly unconscious functions as the Observer. Our conscious self is our Experiencer. Think of it as a traveling camera. When we are awake, our perspective is through the eyes and other senses of our human avatar. As you can see in the Functional Areas of a Life Field Diagram, The Attention Complex is functionally between our Observer and our Experiencer. Worldview represents what we have been taught is true, also, our spiritual and human instincts. It is our Judge because whatever is sensed by our life field is filtered by the Judge and sent to conscious self in a new form which better represents what we have been taught is true. The important point here is that, if we are not our body, then we are a being of the greater reality. Our more correct perspective is what I refer to as the immortal self-centric perspective. For the sake of discussing reality, some form of overriding source is necessary to complete the model. In this context, some kind of source is the reality field (top life

field). Spirit is a word often used for the reality field. In any form of model that accounts for the nonphysical nature of mind, our natural habitat is in spirit. To be clear, this is not intended as a religious argument. I have just described a model that is like many such models that allow for nonphysical space and nonphysical mind. In this context, and in general conversation, it is correct to say that when we are not fully involved in conscious physical life, our mind is in spirit. That is, we have moved our perspective from that of our human avatar to that of our immortal self. The answer to your question is that “Astral Plane” represents an early attempt to describe an aspect of our mind from the body-centric perspective while “spirit” is now used as a more useful way to describe mind from the immortal self-centric perspective. 73 Answers Question 32 Could an uploaded consciousness be considered a living entity? Answered September 17, 2019 Answer I made an effort to answer that question with the essay, Avatar. (13) Avatar is based on the assumption that our actual self is not our body; that we are entangled with a human during this lifetime. If the assumption is reasonably correct, our human acts more like a drone than our actual self. However, since our human is a life form, we share our avatar’s instincts, and to some extent, its consciousness. Even if the avatar model is not technically correct,

it is useful for helping us understand our behavior. For instance, which of our actions are driven by our human’s instincts and which are driven by our spiritual nature? Our human’s instincts compel it to assure the survival and dominance of its genes … often at the cost of other gene pools. To do so, we, as an entangled personality, sometimes find ourselves doing things that are contrary to our spiritual nature. Understanding the difference might help us express more compassionate choices. Just looking at the drone part, any device that provides an etheric- physical transmitter-receiver function for our mind would serve as a way for our immortal self to more directly experience the physical. The extent of that experience would depend on the capabilities of the drone. For such a device to work, it is necessary for us to be able to sense physical information. It appears our human’s brain serves that function. The way we sense distant things, say with remote viewing, is probably via mind- to-mind communication with other personalities in the flesh. If that is true, our drone would be indirectly visible to us if it was seen by others. Otherwise, there is still no obvious means I am aware of for a machine to send us psychic information. That remains a research question. We know that mind can influence random processes. We see that in Instrumental TransCommunication. See A Model for EVP. (43) In principle, Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 74 we already know

how to mentally control a machine. What remains is product development. This is all science fiction, but my point is that we are moving in that direction. So, my answer to your question is yes, if you accept the idea that our living personality would be expressed through the machine and understand those limitations. But note that we would not be creating consciousness. We would only be enabling existing consciousness to directly sense and interact with the physical. Be mindful that consciousness is probably not a physical world phenomenon. Question 33 If universes are by-products of supreme consciousness, where does this consciousness originate? Answered November 20, 2019 Answer Of course, the dominant theory for what started the physical universe is the Big Bang Theory? (51) Based on current research, it is supposed that it began as a singularity that rapidly expanded to form the universe. There appears to be no answer in mainstream science for where that singularity came from or what caused it to expand. I believe scientists have no good theories for explaining the impossible forces inside that singularity. I might add that a huge proportion of society’s elective research funding is spent on discovering the nature of that first matter. For instance, by one estimate, the Hadron Collider has cost around $14 Billion. Without a clear understanding of the physical source of the singularity, it is not realistic to speculate whether a mind caused the event. I addressed Source as the reality field in the Source Discourse.

(52) That does not answer your question as to the origin of consciousness, but that series of essays does suggest a conceptual field model for reality, rather than a physical universe cosmology. 75 Answers The question concerns the nature of reality for which we have no means for direct knowing. We must extrapolate its nature from what we do know. But first, let me make sure we agree on terms: If: 1. There is a greater reality (etheric) of which the physical universe is an aspect. 2. A person is an immortal self entangled with a human in an avatar relationship. 3. Reality consists of life fields and the expressions of life fields. Then: a) Personality is the immortal aspect of who we are. A person-centric perspective is from the physical looking toward the etheric. An immortal personality-centric perspective is from the etheric looking into the physical. b) To know the greater reality (the etheric), one must assume a personality-centric perspective rather than a person-centric perspective. c) Consciousness is a characteristic of the greater reality. By itself, it is not sentient. That is, sentience is a characteristic of a life field bounded by personality. d) As a building block of reality, life fields consist of the following major functional areas: 1. Core personality (purpose; The Observer) 2. Unconscious Self (perception, expression and memory; The Judge) 3. Conscious Self (volition; The Experiencer) e) While the physical is organized according to fundamental principles such as forces (gravity, magnetism, nuclear) and constants (rate

of decay, phi), the etheric is organized according to fundamental organizing principles such as intention, imagination, attention. f) Changes in reality are expressed via personality’s attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so. Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 76 My best guess is that Source is a good model for a universal consciousness from which individuals like my immortal personality are differentiated. Think of a nested hierarchy of personalities (life fields), so that a personality is a parent with many child personalities. Thus, comes the idea that the Source life field is the reality field and each of us is a child of a personality that may be far removed from Source, but in the Source field. Like Source, each personality is a creator following Item f, above. The origin of Source is the cosmological question. Consider the fundamental properties of physical space. A few forces such as gravity and properties like the natural rate of decay combine to produce the physical as we see it. If an overriding consciousness is added to the mix, then these forces and properties act to bound the influence of the creative process (Item f). In this cosmology, personalities (life fields) are the creators of the physical aspect of reality. Probably more like a collective of personalities merging intention to produce and sustain an aspect of reality like the physical. This is a fundamental cosmology, but it goes to my answer to your question. As a collective, we are

the creators. That would make our collective the supreme consciousness, what I refer to here as Source. I have no answer for Source’s origin. it may be an aspect of yet a more fundamental personality. This is what I wrote in the book, Your Immortal Self: (4) Initial Conditions For completeness, the singularity called Source is used as the initial condition for this hypothesis. Since this hypothesis is concerned with the progression of personality, if just personality is considered, the cause and nature of reality may be ignored. Initial Condition include: 1. There is a Source as the top life field and the top organizing field. As a singularity, Source is the reality field. See the Etheric Fields (53) and Life Fields (18) Discourses. 2. For simplicity, Source is assumed to be (at least) self-aware and curious about its nature. This curiosity is expressed as a creative process to explore its nature. See the Perception and Expression (22) Discourse. The Anticipation Corollary (22) of First Sight Theory, (19) which essentially states that mind seeks to anticipate events, 77 Answers provides reasonably good support for this idea of a personality having a natural tendency to understand its environment in order to anticipate changes. If this is a valid argument, then all else follows. 3. Seeking to understand itself, Source has imagined aspects of its personal reality and aspects of itself to experience those sub- realities. 4. The process of imagining with the intention of understanding 5. has produced a hierarchy of

personalities (aspects of Source) as a Hierarchy of nested sub-subfields. In response to a prime imperative (49) [to understand], aspects of Source express aspects of themselves with the intention to understand the nature of reality (which is the nature of Source). This translates as an individual with an inherited urge to gain understanding through experience. Question 34 Do you believe in collective consciousness? If so, do you believe one individual can lift/lower the collective consciousness? Answered November 28, 2019 Answer Collective consciousness is a term that can be rightly applied to several aspects of who we are. For instance: Mainstream thought Social culture is the collective measure of truth, morality and acceptable process that has evolved in a community. The Definition of Morality (54) Changes in paradigm as the common truth evolves. Global Mind Change (55) Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 78 Instincts are natural behaviors that have evolved out of the collective experience of many generations of the same or related species. The Greatest Threat of All: Human Instincts Overwhelm Reason (56) Metaphysical thought The understanding of the collective consciousness (hypothetically) evolves as individual personalities gain understanding through experience. Prime Imperative (49)and Progression, Teaching and the Community (57) The collective morphogenetic code (hypothetically) evolves as individual personalities adapt to environmental challenges. Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields an Introduction (35) There are others, I am sure, but the point should be clear. Collective behavior is based on the evolution of a collective memory which in turn helps organize individual

formation, behavior and responses to environmental signals. If that is true, individuals contribute to the collective, and in turn, are influenced by the collective. Personal responsibility and self-determination prevail but they are influenced by the collective memory. As you consider this answer, keep in mind that, as persons, we are both a spiritual personality and a human organism. Emerging understanding is showing that environmental information from our five physical senses and our spiritual senses are processed in our mostly unconscious mind before becoming part of our awareness and behavior. Our Unconscious Mind (58) That processing is influenced by our human and spiritual instincts. We are an active part of many collectives. Question 35 Answer How does one's mind and one's body be entangled with energy through one's organic system/medium? Answered December 21, 2019 79 Answers The short answer is that no one knows with any empirically supported certainty. There are theories, though. But first, let us agree on a few terms for this answer. Physicalism is used here as the philosophical view that only matter exists. Everything is physical and the interaction of things physical. In Dualism, reality consists of material (physical) and mind (spiritual). In this, mind is independent of body, but is expressed into the physical by way of the body. In Monism, all of reality is mind and the physical is an expression of mind. All three are correct, depending on the perspective. When dealing with purely physical problems, mind appears to have relatively little effect and

physicalism is the right view. That is also the body-centric perspective. When concerned with the nature of mind, Dualism is most useful, but it is necessary to remember that physical principles might still apply. Monism is right for dealing with the nature of life. How reality evolved to its present state is spiritually important to understand purpose but has little to do with how an apple falls from a tree. Of course, mainstream science is based on physicalism. It got that way as an evolutional escape from religious creation doctrine. Today, its hard- edged materialistic view is softening under the influence of emerging understanding about our mind-body interaction. From the Parapsychological Association, (23)“Parapsychology is the scientific and scholarly study of three kinds of unusual events (ESP, mind- matter interaction, and survival), which are associated with human experience.” Parapsychologists who seek to understand the nature of mind-matter interaction appear to have settled on a few important concepts to help describe this human experience. Psi is a term used to signify the mental influence (psychokinesis) and perception (psychic) which is propagated in a hypothetical psi field. Parapsychologists describe it as subtle energy, but since it does not behave like physical energy, I prefer to refer to the psi field as a field of influence. For instance, the influence of intentionality. Psychic influence of physical matter has been documented in the form of non-contact mental influence of the physical. For instance: Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 80 • Discovery of an Anomalous

Non-contact Effect with a Pyramidal Structure (59) • Effects of Distant Intention on Water Crystal Formation: A Triple-Blind Replication (60) • Distant Healing Intention Therapies: An Overview of the Scientific Evidence (61) • Psychophysical modulation of fringe visibility in a distant doubleslit optical system (62) • Examining Psychokinesis: The Interaction of Human Intention With Random Number Generators—A Meta-Analysis (63) In our study of transcommunication, especially Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), relatively chaotic noise is seen to be transformed into speech, apparently in a nonlinear process of audio recording devices. See A Model for EVP. (43) The entanglement you speak of is the mind-body-interface. Presumably, it is via the physical brain, but for it to exist (Dualism), it is necessary to identify a nonphysical-physical interface between the mind and brain. We see in the above references, evidence that mind can influence the physical. In the study of EVP, we think the influence of intention (a conceptual influence) expresses intentional order on a chaotic process by way of stochastic amplification (the concept of a physical process). In that, a small signal is amplified when mixed with a strong noisy signal. In survival metaphysics, (64) it is usually posited that the body is a complete organism that would survive a lifetime without entanglement with an immortal personality symbiont. The subject is complex, but the idea is that the dualistic solution to the question is that our human is an avatar (13) through which we experience the physical. If that is true, we can argue

that the brain provides a chaotic biological noise signal which is psychokinetically influenced by nonphysical mind as intended order. If mind is nonphysical, memory, perception and expression signals would be processed in nonphysical space. The only input of mind to body would be action commands (move, sniff, look). The remaining problem is perception of physical senses. For that, I have seen no good theories. Of course, one is the mind-to-mind exchange of information from someone that is looking at us. There is also some 81 Answers discussion that the microtubules in our brain act like a phased array antenna to convert physical signals into psi information. I am currently operating under the assumption that our discarnate friends (hypothetical discarnate friends, if you must) cannot actually see us, but must rely on mind-to-mind communication from those still in the flesh who do see us. Us looking into a mirror, for instance. This is a most interesting field of study. The more we understand the mind-body interface, the better we understand our actual nature, how to fix malfunctions and how to do things like possibly moving spaceships to distant stars with our thought. Question 36 Can you measure awareness? Answered December 25, 2019 Answer By “awareness,” I am going to assume you intend a person’s actions being guided by conscious decisions rather than being automatically guided by human instincts. Being aware of the nature of one’s thoughts, for instance. Human potential movements such as the New Age Culture of the 1900s are

all about personal improvement by developing our spiritual aspect. By spiritual it was usually intended becoming consciously aware of our relationship with such concepts as purpose, altruism and discernment. Mindfulness through meditation was seen as important and notable effects of success were such abilities as improved personal health, increased awareness of the influence of friends in spirit and psychic ability. Virtually every such class I have taken has aimed at improving my self- awareness so as to enable my ability to heal others and myself, sense subtle energies around me and even commune with discarnate loved ones. Being able to express such abilities are seen as evidence of increasing spirituality. The term most often used for the process was to increase self-awareness. Having studied these concepts for a time, I have moved on to the more pragmatic question of how one person is more able to record voices via Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) or is more able to psychically or Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 82 mediumistically access information than others. Even more relevant for today is how a person decides to be a liberal or a conservative? I am not a psychologist, so I will not speak from that authority. What I have observed is that sentience is a universal consequence of life, but that it is more or less expressed, depending on the organism hosting it. See Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields an Introduction. (35) Psychologists sometimes measure awareness in terms of acting to serve self versus

acting altruistically to help others. In terms of human potential, turning toward the altruistic choice is thought of as being more aware, and therefore, more spiritual. In Mind as Storyteller, (34) I explored the implication of awareness as it influences our life choices. In the diagram shown here, the Dominance Threshold marks the moment of enlightenment in which a person consciously decides to seek greater lucidity. Here, lucidity is used to mean how clearly a person is able to sense the difference between actual reality and the version sent to the person’s conscious awareness by mostly unconscious mind. It is argued in First Sight Theory (19) that everyone first psychically senses the environment and that the unconscious mental processing of that information might not reach our conscious awareness. As a person develops lucidity, the person becomes more aware of that psychic sensing. That is what the New Age movement has been trying to teach all along in the form of increasing self-awareness. So, my answer to the question is that all of the measurement techniques that parapsychologists have developed for the study of psychic and mediumistic functioning apply here. We can tell when a person has 83 Answers turned toward more discerning decision making, at least in the sense of is or is not, is some or is a lot. Possibly none of us know what complete self- awareness looks like. Question 37 Is your future self watching you right now through memory? Answered December 29, 2019 Answer This is

an interesting question. While “watching” is probably not the best way to say it, it appears to be reasonable to say that our present creates our future. It comes down to the way we develop our worldview. By Worldview, (16) I mean a functional area in our mostly unconscious mind that acts like a database that informs our perception of the world and how we express ourselves. I refer to this database as Worldview because it holds our memory, our human’s instincts, our spiritual instincts, our acquired understanding about the nature of things, and most important for us as people, it holds what we have been taught is true by our parents, culture, teachers and the media. Every decision we make is formed around our worldview. When we smell or feel something, when someone speaks to us, that information is first processed by our mostly unconscious mind based on our worldview. It is only after that information has been changed to agree with our sense of truth that it comes to our conscious awareness. It is possible that we may not even become aware of some information if it is too far out of agreement with our worldview. In effect, our worldview forms our personal reality. It represents what we think is true. We can evolve it toward different perspectives, say more radical conservative or more discerning, through such techniques as mindfulness. I refer to the technique that helps me as The Mindful Way. (12) The key is to decide

to and learn to habitually question what we think is true—not to be paranoid but in the same way that we learn to question if our actions are ethical. (29) Section 1 - Theories and Concepts 84 With this said about Worldview, you can see that your past—that which is contained in your worldview—informs your present self. The way you evolve your worldview determines your future. In that way, your future self is influenced by your present self. To finish this answer, I should say that the Worldview concept is a model that has turned out to be useful. I am not a psychologist, and this may not be exactly as a psychologist might explain the concept. It is an important model that we would all do well to understand, as it describes a way for us to take a little responsibility for our actions before we act. Section 2 Science Introduction Science is the term we use for fact-based explanations about all things, the development of those facts and the community doing the developing. We distinguish things scientific from opinion and beliefs. We assume scientists are unbiased researchers and reporters of that research. We assume scientists work in service to humankind. To some extent, science is all of that. For sure, I think most scientists try to be all of that. In the paranormalist community, parapsychologists have assumed the role of scientists. We paranormalists want to think they exemplify all of those qualities. As you will see in these

answers, I have something of a strained relationship with parapsychologists. I attempt to be supportive of them. Certainly, I am quick to defend their usually hard and earnest work. It seems important that mainstream society sees that our scientists know what they are doing. Many of my answers are written with parapsychologists in mind. They are never around to answer these questions. It is doubtful any of them bother to read the answers. But, just in case, I sometimes imagine that parapsychologists are reading my answer, and in a moment of Academic- Layperson Partition (3) weakness, say something to their peers and take steps to tear down that partition. I also dream of someday meeting Tinker Bell. Perhaps if I put out a glass of milk and some cookies. Section 2 - Science 86 Question 38 Is there a single paranormal case that has been agreed by scientists to actually be supernatural? Answered September 14, 2018 Answer To be sure of our terminology, science is best considered in two parts: normal and paranormal. Paranormal means something that is not explained with normally understood physical principles. Normal science is not equipped to study something that is not covered by normal principles. Paranormal scientists are primarily psychologists (parapsychologists). Many are philosophy majors. Many carry physicalist baggage from mainstream science that tends to cloud their judgment. In my opinion, few have demonstrated the open-mindedness needed to study many of the different forms of trans-etheric-physical influences such as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). When discussing

things paranormal we are dealing with people from just about every point of view: atheist, devoutly religious, pragmatic scientist, practical naturalist and … well, those who will believe anything. Do not expect agreement. For your answer, it is best to look for well-documented studies and decide for yourself. I recommend The Survival Top 40. (65) Also, take a look at some of the articles at atransc.or/journal/ 87 Answers Question 39 What is the best reason for writing an argumentative essay about believing in ghosts? Answered September 14, 2018 Answer Essay means to write a considered opinion. So, let us examine two assumptions. First, believe something versus accept the evidence. On the continuum of understanding, belief is right next to faith which is a matter of religion. Accept the evidence is on the other end of the continuum, right next to know. It implies that the evidence has been studied and the person has made an informed decision. As an ordained Spiritualist, I will say under no uncertain terms that I do not do religion. If you want to work on the religion end of the continuum, stop reading and go ask your minister. If you inform yourself about the state of art related to the survival hypothesis, you will find that considerable evidence has been accrued over the years concerning our dual nature. Much of it is supported by good research. While I am not prepared to tell you that you should accept survival as fact, I am happy to

accept the evidence of survival for myself. Here is why: 1. Miles Edward has compiled some well-studied cases of apparent survival. You can read them at The Survival Top 40. (65). Anecdotal evidence reports do not prove survival by themselves, but they are necessary if research is to be acceptable. 2. Duality is the idea that we are a physical body and an etheric mind. Here etheric means nonphysical. In parapsychology, it usually means the Psi Field. (53) See Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) In the survival hypothesis, (64) it is our nonphysical aspect we think continues to exist after physical death. This is a necessary characteristic if there are to be ghosts. Section 2 - Science 88 3. There is strong evidence that the psi field is nonlocal, meaning that there apparently is no distance in the etheric. Thus far, researchers have not found a way to shield from the psi field. That means it is possible to put a person functioning as a psychic in a sensory isolation chamber, yet the person is able to access information outside of the shielded room. This characteristic is a strong indication that we cannot apply physical principles to survival questions. Physical is objective, etheric is conceptual. 4. Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) provides important hints about our nonphysical nature. In audio ITC (aka Electronic Voice Phenomena or EVP), anomalous speech has been recorded, even though the recorder was in an electromagnetic, magnetic, electrical and audio isolated chamber. See Eliminating Radio Frequency

Contamination for EVP (66) and Report of an Anomalous Speech Products Experiment Inside a Double Screened Room. (67) 5. Apparent nonlocality has also been shown in EVP. The effect is that the voice of a specific person might be recorded anywhere the recorder is and not necessarily where the person was known to have died. 6. It is becoming evident that sensed information is subconsciously processed before we become consciously aware of the information. See First Sight Theory. (19) This unconscious mental processing is based on our worldview which includes what we have been taught. Consequently, conscious perception tends to be contaminated by expectation. This seems to be a strong indicator for Dualism which is a necessary characteristic of reality if the ghost concept is valid. Considering apparent duality, cultural contamination of perception, nonlocality of the psi field and all of the evidence for trans-etheric influences, ghosts appear to be possible, but it is likely that we experience them as we expect. There is no reason to think they are stuck in a specific place. They are there because we expect them to be there. This is a brief explanation, but I think you can use it to begin your study. My short answer is that survived personality seems to be actual but the way we perceive them as ghosts is a cultural artifact. 89 Answers Question 40 Does research support ESP? What are your thoughts on ESP? Answered September 15, 2018 Answer While parapsychology is considered the science department

for the paranormalist community, not all people working as a parapsychologist accepts the evidence of psi phenomena (ESP, psychic, healing intention, mediumship, remote viewing). Anomalistic Psychology is specifically anti- paranormal. A definition for Anomalistic Psychology is provided in What is Anomalistic Psychology? (68) (The paranormal is defined as) “Alleged phenomena that cannot be accounted for in terms of conventional scientific theories.” The author explained that “Anomalistic psychology may be defined as the study of extraordinary phenomena of behavior and experience, including (but not restricted to) those which are often labeled ‘paranormal.’ It is directed towards understanding bizarre experiences that many people have without assuming a priori that there is anything paranormal involved. It entails attempting to explain paranormal and related beliefs and ostensibly paranormal experiences in terms of known psychological and physical factors.” (Bold is my emphasis) Note that the definition is specific that Anomalistic Psychology is intended to explain paranormal phenomena without considering explanations offered in other approaches. For instance, Exceptional Experiences Psychology is like Anomalistic Psychology but also considered the evidence of the psi field (psychic, ESP) The two approaches represent the majority of parapsychologists. Neither considers the survival hypothesis. Both seem to want to prove you are mentally deficient if you accept the survival hypothesis. Read about First Sight Theory. (19) It represents an important compilation of current understanding about ESP in the form of a useful model. Section 2 - Science 90 ESP is a naturally occurring ability. However, as with any human ability, some of

us are superstars and some of us are underdeveloped. Question 41 What is the true meaning of an essay? Answered September 19, 2018 Answer I am no literary scholar, so you need other opinions. I will give you my reasons for writing essays. It is exciting to note that many people I have known over the years either journal or seek to write something for others to read. Few of my friends claim to be intellectuals or scholars, but as my father used to say, everyone has at least one good story in them. It is our nature that our one good story creates an urge in us to share it with others. In my mind, that is the main purpose of writing essays. I share ideas with others. Ever trying to find a way to explain the need to share our one good story, I once wrote: The Way of Progression Through community comes knowledge Through teaching comes understanding It takes a collective When you compose your thoughts to say something, your mostly unconscious mind responds to your intention with a fast selection-rejection- try again cycle of finding the right part of your memory with which to compose the words. It is the result of that perception-expression process you use to speak. Two things happen next. First, you get to hear yourself—you learn what is in your worldview. Second, you get to see your audience’s reaction. Those are two important opportunities for you to gain understanding. It is your

intention that turns your mostly unconscious mind toward one or another point of view. So, that is an armchair philosopher’s version of what happens when you write. Journaling is okay, but it is so much better to talk it out with someone 91 Answers or write an essay for others to read. Without feedback, we too easily talk ourselves into thinking something is real when it may only be a little like that. Talking it out is also how we strengthen our community. Another reason I write is that I have evolved a rather complex philosophy. Much of what I write these days is to illustrate that model in some way. So, while we mostly write to share, sometimes, we also write to teach. Question 42 What is dualism? Write an essay on dualistic philosophy. Answered September 19, 2018 Answer From The Basics of Philosophy website: (69) Dualism in Metaphysics is the belief that there are two kinds of reality: material (physical) and immaterial (spiritual). In Philosophy of Mind, Dualism is the position that mind and body are in some categorical way separate from each other, and that mental phenomena are, in some respects, non-physical in nature. From my perspective as one who thinks the Survival Hypothesis is mostly correct, I might identify myself as a Dualist. Here is how I break it down from the perspective of my take on the paranormalist community. The divisions are this way to account for mainstream reluctance to accept the literal understanding of

survival. As such, things seen as paranormal from the mainstream point of view is seen as normal from the Duelist point of view. • The Physical Hypothesis point of view holds that paranormalist phenomena are delusion, fraud or mundane, mistaken as paranormal. In this view, the necessary science-based supporting mechanisms for paranormalist phenomena are not established, and therefore any reference to them must be pseudoscience. This is being addressed these days as Anomalistic Psychology. (68) In this Section 2 - Science 92 approach to the paranormal, consciousness is considered a product of the brain and ceases to exist when the brain dies. For conversational convenience, I refer to this point of view as Physicalist. • The Super-Psi Hypothesis is the Physical Hypothesis modified with the contention that the physical universe is permeated by a psi field. (53) From this point of view, if not mundane, delusion or fraud, anomalous access information is produced via psychic access to residual memory or the mind of still living people. This is beginning to be addressed as Exceptional Experiences Psychology. (70) In this, consciousness is either a product of the brain or a psi field phenomenon originating from the brain. For conversational convenience, I refer to this point of view as Psi+ Physicalist. • The Survival Hypothesis represents the point of view that we are immortal self temporarily entangled with a human for this lifetime, that our conscious self existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist in a sentient, self-aware form after

this lifetime. (64) For conversational convenience, I refer to this point of view as Dualists. For my personal study, I refer to the study of survival as Etheric Studies. As you can see, the philosophy of Dualism is not based on an ancient philosopher. It is a contemporary question that very much living people are seeking to answer. Question 43 What are the paranormal theories? Answered September 24, 2018 Answer There are three primary theories about the nature of paranormal phenomena in parapsychology: 1. Anomalistic Psychology - Anomalistic Psychology (68) seeks to understand the nature of paranormal experiences reports without 93 Answers by using only mainstream science. The experiences are explained as illusion, mental illness, fraud normal mistaken as paranormal. Physical Hypothesis 2. Exceptional Experiences Psychology - Exceptional Experiences Psychology (70) holds that reported paranormal experiences may be ordinary-world experiences mistaken as paranormal but may also be evidence of psi. It specifically excludes explanations based on the Survival Hypothesis. 3. Dualist – Dualism (69) holds that mind and body are separate. Brain is a transmitter-receiver for mind. Personality existed before this lifetime and will exist after. In Dualism, physical space and the psi field exist. Some paranormal phenomena are explained in terms of physical principles or as psychic functioning, but some are better explained as the effect of survived personality. Two theories I often turn to in my study are the Hypothesis of Formative Causation (35) and First Sight Theory. (19) Question 44 Is Parapsychology a legitimate science? Answered September

25, 2018 Answer Parapsychology is a community of people seeking to explain what we call paranormal phenomena in three primary ways. I think the majority seek to explain experiences reported as paranormal using principles of physical science. That is Anomalistic Psychology. (68) Another large contingent of parapsychologists agrees that some reported experiences are better explained using normal principles. They also consider the possibility that there is a nonlocal field permeating physical space that makes information available to people who are able to psychically sense the field. I have learned to refer to this group as Exceptional Experiences Psychologists (70) A few parapsychologists do seek to explain reported experiences as probably physical but possibly psychic functioning. For these Section 2 - Science 94 parapsychologists, if physical or psi functioning do not explain the evidence, they will consider the possibility that a discarnate personality is responsible. From my experience as a layperson observing these three points of view, I see that Anomalistic Psychologists are conceptually closer to the center of mainstream science. However, their explanations always fail when they seek to explain such objective phenomena as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) and evidential mental mediumship because they are unwilling to consider alternative theories. Exceptional Experiences Psychologists are better able to explain those phenomena, but the existence of a subtle, as yet poorly defined field propagating psychic access to information requires modification of accepted principle which is likely not going to happen without a major paradigm shift. They also have the problem of ignoring

the possibility of a discarnate cause. If this is true for Exceptional Experiences Psychology, you can imagine the resistance mainstream science has to the Survival Hypothesis. To be clear, science is not so much about the facts as it is about the momentum of accepted theory. For we who think scientist are supposed to help us understand our world, it is important to ask if the scientist has examined the evidence or if the person is simply reciting the belief in scientism that, “If it is not specifically explained by science, then it cannot be.” Before accepting what they say, always ask scientists to explain their point of view. Are they Physicalists or Dualists? Do they accept the possibility of psi functioning? What is their attitude about survival? Question 45 Is dualism a convincing approach to explain the identity of a human being? Answered October 10, 2018 Answer Paranormal experiences, such as remote viewing, the influence of intention at a distance and Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), have been reported 95 Answers that have not been able to be explained with currently known physical principles. These are the three dominant theories I have found useful. Physical Hypothesis - The physical universe is all there is. Reported possibly paranormal experiences are explained as fraud, delusion or normal mistaken as normal. Super-Psi Hypothesis - The physical universe is all there is except that a subtle field permeates the physical which is sometimes referred to as the psi field. Possibly paranormal experiences are explained

as fraud, delusion or normal mistaken as normal, but they might also be explained as psychic functioning (psi functioning). Survival Hypothesis - There is a physical universe, but it is an aspect of a greater reality. Possibly paranormal experiences are explained as fraud, delusion or normal mistaken as normal, but they might also be explained as psi functioning. Some experiences that can be explained as psi functioning may be initiated by discarnate personalities. These phenomena have been replicated under controlled conditions for which physical principles have been accounted. For instance, randomly selected locations have been described by trained remote viewers, even though they had no prior information about the location. Even the angle of the physically present spotter’s view might agree with the remote viewer’s report. Super-Psi can explain this, but it cannot be explained with currently known physical principles. The effect of intention on random number generators (38) is well documented. This is influence at a distance and helps support the idea of healing intention and the formation of EVP. These phenomena are not explained by physical principles but are explained by the existence of a psi field. Quantum principles have not been helpful in explaining these phenomena; however, more work needs to be done before we can say they do or do not apply. My guess is that they do not. Most EVP can be explained by the influence of mind on random events, psychokinesis (mind influencing matter) and Super-Psi in which a practitioner or interested observer causes

the formation in the EVP based on psychically accessed memory or a still-living person. (Possibly life records if they exist.) Section 2 - Science 96 We are pretty sure EVP are created by a person in the flesh, but a survived personality may initiate the process. We cannot shield from the propagation of psi, so we have no way of assuring a person did not access memory of a still physical person. The only way to know for sure is if the EVP contained information that was not previously known by anyone … ever. We have one example of this I can think of. It is the “Doja, No!” EVP recorded by Martha Copeland. (64) (Follow the link to hear the example.) The short description of the EVP is that Cathy, who is on the other side, scolded her dog for tearing up the house. No one physical knew about it until Martha came home. These examples are best explained with the existence of a psi field. They suggest mind operates independently of brain. By extension, that would seem to indicate that Duality is the most useful explanation. Whether duality means survived personality is a much more difficult point to verify. From my experience, the most reasonable explanation for paranormal phenomena is that we are not our body, we, as immortal personality, existed before and will exist after this lifetime. Finally, Since the etheric mind only needs sensory information from the body and the ability to command movement, the brain

only has a transmitter-receiver function. The large-scale field of neuron activity in our brain may provide the psi-to-physical receptor required for commanding movement of the body. If mind is not body, the only information needed from the body to mind is the information from the five senses. Some speculate that quantum effects operating in the microtubules of the brain might be the physical-to-psi transformer. Question 46 Which phenomena cannot be explained using scientific reasoning? Answered October 10, 2018 Answer Rather than a scientist, I am an engineer, so my answer should not be considered the final word. From my perspective, any question should be 97 Answers able to be considered with the kind of logical progression we consider the scientific method: 1. Reported experience 2. Proposed explanatory hypothesis 3. Question based on hypothesis 4. Test of question 5. Reframe hypothesis if necessary 6. Repeat question and test sequence until hypothesis is stable 7. Proposed theory 8. Replication Objective experiences such as an apple falling from a tree are easily replicated and easily studied. Such study quickly leads to theory and replication. Subjective experiences are much more difficult to study, and while it is usually possible to hypothesize about their nature, those hypotheses are often difficult to test. A major complaint about subjective experiences is that they may not be reliably replicated, and related hypotheses may not be testable. As such, they may indefinitely remain in the hypothetical stage. A reported experience cannot be ignored, but it can be put in

the “Hold to see if more such reports come in” folder. I call that suspended judgment. Many subjective experiences such as sensing a presence tend to be frequently reported. If so, it is sometimes reasonable to develop a hypothesis based on a “This tends to happen when…” model. Some experiences inherit credibility from other experiences. Science may not be able to provide a definitive answer, but it should be able to provide useful guidance, rather than simply “you are delusional” which is how some scientist justify ignoring the question. “Is there a God” is probably the kind of question that is not easily straight-on addressed by science. The scientific method can be applied to human experience but sometimes, it is probably going to produce an untestable hypothesis. Keep in mind that the “Is there a God” question can be restated to make it more testable. For instance, “Is there a first cause” or “is there order in reality.” First cause in physics is the Big Bang. Not being provable has not stopped scientists from attributing a whole lot of data to a big bang of sorts as the cause. Order is what we call Natural Law. Consider the order we see Section 2 - Science 98 in such constants as the natural rate of decay or natural distribution. Those came from somewhere. Another point to keep in mind is that people are poor witnesses. Just because you think there is a ghost in your house does not mean that there

is. It may mean that you have convinced yourself after that last scary movie that those naturally occurring sounds are proof of a ghost infestation. Question 47 What supports morality scientifically? Answered October 21, 2018 Answer It has been my experience that morality is relevant to the social structure. That is, behavior in agreement with the cultural norm tends to be more acceptable than that which contradicts the norm. What is morally right may be dictated by religion but only if the religion is dominant in the culture. You also have factions, so that it might be seen as immoral to be gay by religious but irrelevant by people more concerned with human rights. I am not an authority, but I tried to make sense of this in Ethics as a Personal Code for Mindfulness: (29) Morality is defined here as a distinction between right and wrong based on local standards of behavior. Ethics is defined here as a distinction between right and wrong; based on the organizing principles governing reality. Clarification: “Organizing Principles” is not a scientific term; however, the concept that Mother Nature operates according to natural principles is empirically supportable. For instance, physical science includes such constants as the speed of light in a vacuum and the mass of an electron in a list of basic principles. In science, if predictions from a proposed hypothesis can be tested, it may be possible to move the hypothesis from conjecture to theory. Morality and ethics are conceptual states of

mind-behavior for which it is 99 Answers difficult to establish the usual cause and effect we expect in the hard sciences. Some people argue that the methodology of reductionist science, which presupposed a clockwork universe, is not appropriate for questions of mind and behavior. Because I cannot prove some of this with accepted science, I look for effects. That is, what are the observable outcomes of an act? For me, I begin my personal code of ethics with “Do not violate.” When I observe the results of an act, if it seems beneficial, then I go on. If it seems disruptive, I trace down my ladder of personal rules. to see what might have been done differently. Too often, I end up at the first rung asking if I violated someone in some way. Wirth habitual self-evaluation, I intend to become a better citizen. Question 48 What is metaphysical dualism? Answered October 22, 2018 Answer Metaphysical Dualism is a way to describe the speculation about our spiritual nature. The usual definition of metaphysics is the philosophical study of reality. And, for Dualism, it is the belief that reality has a physical and a mental nature. Rather than the philosophical musing implied by the usual definition, I will speak from the perspective that we can develop testable hypotheses that will lead to useful applications. The real issue is how reality is defined. Here is the way I parsed the study of paranormal phenomena in Open Letter to Paranormalists: Limits of science,

trust and responsibility: (3) Theories of Reality Because it is important that you are clear about who believes what, the three dominant theories designed to explain the nature of reality are provided here. This is taken from the book, Your Immortal Self: (4) Section 2 - Science 100 The Physical Universe Hypothesis • All that exists is the physical universe. • The universe has evolved from a singularity into what it is today. • Life has evolved on earth into what it is today. • Mind has evolved as a product of brain which is a product of evolution. • Memory is an artifact of mind. • When the brain dies, mind and memory cease to exist. • People have five senses: smell, sight, hearing, touch and taste. To simplify conversation, people who think the Physical Universe Hypothesis is correct are described here as Physicalist. Parapsychologists who lean toward the Physical Universe Hypothesis often work under the banner of Anomalistic Psychology, (68) which holds that reported paranormal experiences are actually ordinary-world experiences mistaken as paranormal. In effect, these parapsychologists are debunkers determined to find a normal explanation for all psi and survival-related phenomena. These diagrams share a set of functions which are explained in Your Immortal Self. The functional areas represent the mostly unconscious thought process as I have modeled them based on First Sight Theory (19) and lessons learned from transcommunication. The functional areas are mostly the same for each theory because they are becoming more widely accepted by

both mainstream and parapsychological thought. 101 Answers The Super-Psi Hypothesis • All that exists is the physical universe. • The universe may have evolved from a singularity into what it is today. • An as yet unidentified form of space called psi (psi field) permeates all of physical reality. • Life has evolved on earth into what it is today. • Mind exists in the psi field and continues beyond death of the brain as differentiated, residual energy. • Brain is a transmitter/receiver for mind. • Thought, memory and emotions are retained in the psi field. • People experience reality via five bodily senses that are informed by impressions from the psi field. People who think the Super-Psi Hypothesis is correct are described here as Psi+ Physicalist. Parapsychologists who lean toward the Super- Psi Hypothesis are increasingly working under the banner of Exceptional Experiences Psychology, (70) which holds that reported paranormal experiences may be ordinary-world experiences mistaken as paranormal but may also be evidence of psi. In effect, these parapsychologists are debunkers determined to find a normal or psi explanation for all psi and survival-related phenomena. Section 2 - Science 102 The Survival Hypothesis • There is a greater reality of which the physical universe is an aspect. • An as yet unidentified form of space called psi permeates all of reality. • The psi field is an aspect of the greater reality. • Mind, with its thoughts, memories and emotions, has evolved in the greater reality and continues to

exist beyond death of the brain. • For a lifetime, mind and brain are entangled to produce a physical-etheric link: a person. • During a lifetime, mind is expressed as consciousness (I think I am this) and a mostly unconscious etheric personality (I am this). • Unconscious mind is informed by the person’s five physical senses and psi signatures from the environment. • Unconscious mind expresses to conscious self an understanding of the environment as it is informed by worldview (memory, experience, human and personality instincts). People who think the Survival Hypothesis is correct are described here as Dualists. Some Psi+ Physicalist accept that mind is different from body. The distinction is that Dualists think mind preceded body and continues after the body in a sentient form. Psi+ Physicalist think mind is a product of body and sentience ceases when the body dies. For them, all evidence of survival is just evidence of survived memory. 103 Answers This is better explained under the Concepts tab of ethericstudies.org. I should also note that this is according to me and not necessarily widely accepted in the community. It is for you to find alternative views. The cosmology I find most useful to help me understand paranormal phenomena is that we are native to etheric space and our human is our avatar for the physical experience. Even if this is not the most correct understanding of our nature, behaving as if it is true by seeking spiritual maturity is useful for daily living.

That is why I propose The Mindful Way in my writing. (12) You must decide, but please, do so after a little study. Question 49 What are some good criticisms of scientism? Answered October 25, 2018 Answer You will receive answers from two different points of view. A scientist will probably give you something like the following from the Scientism (71) article in The Basics of Philosophy website: Scientism is the broad-based belief that the assumptions and methods of research of the physical and natural sciences are equally appropriate (or even essential) to all other disciplines, including philosophy, the humanities and the social sciences. It is based on the belief that natural science has authority over all other interpretations of life, and that the methods of natural science form the only proper elements in any philosophical (or other) inquiry. A person involved in the study of paranormal subjects, such as mental mediumship or remote viewing, will tell you that the above is a mainstream view. My answer is a paranormalist view. I am a paranormalist and define scientism as: The belief that science, the scientific method and work product is the only way to validate reality. In practical terms, scientism holds that, if Section 2 - Science 104 something is not recognized by mainstream science, then it is not real and is, therefore, impossible. According to mainstream scientists, the opposite of science is pseudoscience. From my experience, people who follow scientism discount anything that is not specifically defined by science

as being pseudoscience (false science). In fact, I have been banned for life (72) from editing the Rupert Sheldrake (73) Wikipedia article because the dominant skeptic editors argued that I was promoting pseudoscientific claims by supporting his views. Wikipedia’s official policy is that things paranormal are pseudoscience. (See Wikipedia’s List of topics characterized as pseudoscience. (74)) As such, I argue that the dominant editors in Wikipedia must be advocates of scientism. While that seems like an extreme opinion, the fact is that mainstream scientists tend to discount frontier subjects. And that is the main criticism of scientism: advocates of scientism think it is okay to ignore evidence that does not comply with popular theory. Another important criticism of scientism is illustrated with John Godfrey Saxe poem Blind Men and the Elephant. (75) If some reported experiences are ignored because they are not currently explained by mainstream science, the result is necessarily only part of the story. For instance, if your mind is not a product of your brain (an idea claimed by skeptics to be a pseudoscience), then any theory about mind that does not consider that possibility may be wrong. Yet many scientists will tell you that such and such human behavior is controlled in such and such part of the brain. If they say that without discussing why Dualism is not correct, they are practicing scientism. I think scientism is not intended to be a pejorative but too much trust in science tends to lead to bad science.

That is why it is often used as a pejorative. I can say the same about pseudoscience. There are instances in which people inappropriately claim to be scientific (possible pseudoscience in the sense of “not science”), but the term is too easily applied to anything the person does not believe is true or want to be true. 105 Answers Question 50 Is it true that "church ladies" now form the major obstacle to progress in science? Answered November 7, 2018 Answer This is a sarcastic question with little merit, but it gives me an opportunity to rant about science. Based on your question, I assume you are equating church to anything not supported by physical science (scientism). I am an ordained Spiritualist and do not consider Spiritualism a religion in the sense of a belief. As I understand it, the fundamental concepts taught by Jesus and other wayshowers was expected to be taken as important guidance for how to be a good citizen of the greater reality (spiritual realm, if you insist). Modern religion is a social phenomenon that has sometimes corrupted the intention of the founding teachers. In recognition that my wife, Lisa, and some of our most important teachers were both informed metaphysicians and “church ladies,” I will replace church with the term, paranormalist community. I began a chapter on science in Your Immortal Self (4) with “Hands down the most disruptive influence for the paranormalist community is science.” The existence of many phenomena related to spirituality, survived

personality and psychic ability are well-established via accepted scientific methodologies. Some of this proof comes from intelligent, university trained, seasoned scientists in the parapsychological community following the best of scientific methodology. Yet, most mainstream scientists and many parapsychologists insist in telling us that all of the phenomena we report are in our delusional mind. This, with them typically not being able to carry on an intelligent conversation about the phenomena. The term for that is a priori which means a conclusion made without examination or factual study. That kind of spontaneous rejection comes from belief rather than knowledge. While it is not always true, as a general statement, science has Section 2 - Science 106 hindered our ability to further our understanding of the nature of these phenomena. Asking if some of our people get in the way of science evidences ignorance of the way momentum of scientific truths inhibits discovery. Question 51 Is Metaphysics a science? Answered November 17, 2018 Answer In my words, metaphysics is the examination of the nature of reality, including the relationship between personality and the greater reality. A model used to describe a set of interrelated metaphysical concepts is referred to as a cosmology. There are two important views of metaphysics which you need to consider: Physical Metaphysics would be defined as the study of physical reality with the assumption that there is only the physical universe and people cease to exist when their body dies. The related cosmology is sometimes referred to as

an astronomical cosmology. (76) What I will call Dualist Metaphysics would be defined as the study of physical reality with the assumption that a subtle field of influence exists with the physical universe and personality exists in that subtle field independent of the physical body, before and after bodily death. The related cosmology would consider the astronomical cosmology a subset of one that includes the environment in which personality exists. Rather than the “Big Bang” origin of the physical universe, some other form of first cause would be hypothesized. Like the Big Bang, any such first cause would be proposed to close the model with an initial state. Typically, no god is intended. Everything related to Dualist Metaphysics is considered pseudoscience by Physical Metaphysicians. The pseudo- prefix means false. So, if you approach life from the Physical Metaphysics perspective, it is reasonable to 107 Answers think physical metaphysical models are speculation based on good science, but that dualist metaphysical models are not. In turn, Dualists tend to think science predicting physical metaphysics is incomplete because it does not consider a probably large part of reality. Perhaps you can see the disconnect in these two perspectives. Considering those factors, metaphysics is speculation about the nature of reality based on a combination of observation, experience, cultural wisdom and popular science. It is not a science but a model that might predict science. Question 52 How do you define metaphysics, and is it just another word for "supernatural"? Answered November 20, 2018 Answer

As an engineer who is little schooled in metaphysics and philosophy, my definition of metaphysics is “the examination of the nature of reality, including the relationship between personality and the greater reality.” A model used to describe a set of metaphysical concepts is referred to as a cosmology. Here, the scope of reality can be considered in three primary ways: Physical Hypothesis – It is the physical universe if you only accept the existence of physical space. Psi Field Hypothesis – It is the physical universe permeated by a field of subtle space. Survival Hypothesis – It is etheric space, of which the physical universe is an aspect. (For the sake of discussion, I use etheric to name the greater reality.) Referring to our core self as personality and our conscious self as the experiencing aspect of personality, the relationship between personality and the greater reality may be considered in three primary ways: Section 2 - Science 108 • Physical Hypothesis – Personality and conscious self are products of the brain and cease to exist when the brain dies. Perception and expression are bound by widely accepted physical principles. • Psi Field Hypothesis – Personality and conscious self are products of the brain and cease to exist when the brain dies. Perception and expression are bound by widely accepted physical principles but are augmented by psychic and psychokinetic faculties propagated in the psi field. Memory continues to be psychically accessible after physical death. • Survival Hypothesis – In terms of

a human lifetime, personality and conscious self are immortal. Personality is in an avatar relationship with the human body and conscious self acts as the experiencer with personality as the observer. Personality, conscious self and their expression-perception faculty exist in the etheric. Perception and expression are propagated in etheric space. The avatar’s brain acts as a physical senses-to-psi signal transformer and to relay psi commands for body movement from the perception-expression faculty. As I understand metaphysics, these three perspectives, or variations of these general themes, represent the scope of metaphysical conjecture. As an observer of metaphysical speculation, it is important that you are mindful of which hypothesis has informed the metaphysician’s thinking. A metaphysical speculation should be able to be described with a cosmological model of reality. Such a cosmology must faithfully represent known characteristics of perception and expression. Using the cosmology, it should be possible to develop a logical progression from reported experience to reasonable explanation. That logical progression should be reversible in the sense that such a reported experience might reasonably be predicted by the cosmology. In this sense, metaphysics has the potential of guiding personal progression. Please be mindful that there are other points of view on this subject, which you might explore for completeness. 109 Answers Question 53 Why do scientific observations often reflect philosophical observations? Answered November 22, 2018 Answer Science has many faces. The study of physical properties intended to further develop a product is science. Let us call that engineering science. As an

electronics engineer, I looked to findings of science to eventually result in the development of new electronic components that I could apply to new products. Biological science has a similar relationship to medicine and patient care. Other than often philosophical considerations of ethics and morality, philosophy seems to have little relationship with the material and biological sciences. It is in the science of human nature that philosophy seems to be closely related to science. Philosophy is concerned with the nature of people, the world and how people are part of the world. That is also a daily concern of people, albeit more how those things affect survival and happiness. Science studying human nature is concerned with the same things that concern people, and by extension, subjects which are of interest to philosophers. From my experience as a shade tree philosopher and amateur student of human nature, philosophy tends to predict the evolution of human science. But then, philosophers are expected to integrate new findings into their work. So, you might say that, in the humanities, philosophers produce the hypothesis which is tested by scientists. Results of these tests produce new insight for philosophers who, in turn, propose new hypotheses. Some of the best scientists are also amongst our better contemporary philosophers. Section 2 - Science 110 Question 54 What do you think about parapsychology? Answered November 23, 2018 Answer Parapsychology is the study of abnormal (para-) mental behavior (psychology). Paranormal is a term meaning other than normal and is usually

applied to reported experiences not explained with currently understood principles. They include psychic or mediumistic access of information (psi functioning) and the movement of physical objects (psychokinesis). Healing intention, near-death and out of body experiences, and reincarnation are also classified as paranormal phenomena. Parapsychologists study paranormal phenomena. I am not a parapsychologist, so I do not speak for them. From my experience, they approach these phenomena from one of three perspectives. Anomalistic Psychology - reported paranormal experiences are normal experiences mistaken as paranormal. Exceptional Experiences Psychologists - reported experiences may be normal mistaken as paranormal, but some may be the expression of psychic ability. Survival Hypothesis - some parapsychologists are open to the possibility that reported phenomena may be normal or psi functioning but may also be the influence of survived personality. My personal perspective is that the survival hypothesis is largely correct. My interest is in seeing more meaningful theories and models from parapsychologists that help me understand reported experiences. While I am not determined that the Survival Hypothesis is true, I am determined that explanations for apparently paranormal experiences further my understanding one way or another and that they are well-considered. With that in mind, Anomalistic Psychology is in the same class as skeptics who ignore the evidence in order to find ways to prove there is only 111 Answers the physical. To me, that is scientism. It is also disingenuous for them to work under cloak of academic authority as parapsychologists. I should add that it is

also disingenuous of the rest of the parapsychological community for not call out the skeptics in their midst. Anyone, layperson or academic, who is not specific about their point of view only adds to the confusion the rest of us must deal with when trying to find the most reasonable explanations for these phenomena. Studying paranormal phenomena can ruin a professional career. As a consequence, most Ph.Ds. who are not trying to debunk the phenomena are retired from professional life. Most are also cross-over from such fields as psychology, philosophy and a few physical or biological sciences. Thankfully, a few young Ph.Ds. are coming into the field. Most seem to be turning toward Exceptional Experiences Psychology. Since many survival- related questions involve psi function, their work has the potential of furthering our understanding of both human potential and survival. Skeptics only have insults, inappropriately interpreted research and innuendo to argue against the existence of paranormal phenomena. Wikipedia editors even banned anything affirmative (77) in articles about the phenomena. In fact, I was banned from editing an article (72) because I supported what they have branded as pseudoscience. (Naming ideas pseudoscience is the first sign of scientism.) The only way we will learn if reported paranormal experiences are meaningful is if they are studied. Right now, we depend on parapsychologists for that lonely task. What if we are more than our body? Can we afford not to find out? Question 55 What is a priori skepticism? Answered November 23, 2018 Answer

In the context of skepticism, a priori means forming an opinion without examining of evidence. Section 2 - Science 112 This is a difficult subject to speak of in general terms because, in the sense of being discerning, skepticism is a good thing. It is expected that skeptical people can become less skeptical after examining the evidence. In principle, they are sufficiently open-minded to accept the fact of something if the evidence supports the claims. People who have decided a claim is not true, and who will not change their mind no matter the evidence, generally refer to themselves as skeptics. Organized skeptics have co-opted the term skepticism for their usually closed-minded attitude about a subject. For that reason, it may be better for someone practicing healthy skepticism to think of their attitude as being discerning. Discernment means habitually examining the evidence to develop an informed opinion. Concerning paranormal subjects, the organized skeptic community depends on a nearly religious assumption that, if something is not specifically defined by science, it is impossible and must be misidentified physical phenomena or fraud. Skeptics seldom exhibit evidence that they have seriously examined claims of paranormal experiences before setting out to debunk them. Question 56 Is morality a byproduct of our biological reward system? Answered November 28, 2018 Answer I have found it useful to think of conscious self as the outward expression of our human and our immortal personality. It is also useful to distinguish between that which is the expression of our

human and that which is the expression of our immortal personality. This is not necessarily to say that conscious self is separate from the body. I think it is, but using this difference helps me describe biology, morality and ethics. Human instincts evolved before we developed civilization. If human behavior is explained as a response to the prime imperative to assure the continuation of our genes, moral codes are intended to facilitate that survival. For instance, moral codes provide a roadmap for successfully 113 Answers navigating social rules. So, in that sense, I believe morality is a byproduct of our biology. Consider the difference in purpose motivating the urge to make more money (assure survival of the family, and therefore, personal gene pool) and the urge to help a stranger with no apparent possibility of reward. Some argue that people perform random acts of kindness in an effort to bank goodwill that might further survival in the future. While that is one possibility, I think there are examples in which people have an altruistic urge to do things that are unrelated to gene survival. The dualistic model is useful for considering the difference between human instincts and our conscious self’s instinct to gain understanding through experience. Cooperation amongst people is an important way to further that understanding that tends to be defeated by the urge for gene survival. With these ideas in mind, it is arguable that personal ethics are mostly driven by conscious self and social, moral codes are

mostly driven by gene survival. A maturing person is expected to moderate the urge for gene survival with the urge for cooperation to further understanding. Question 57 What will it take for Americans who are opposed to science to change their attitudes towards it? Answered November 28, 2018 Answer People are selectively biased about what they consider good science. For instance, after dealing with the skeptics in Wikipedia, it seems clear to me that someone who will fight to make a climate change article properly describe the science will fight as hard to make more frontier sciences look like fiction. To them, science is apparently not science, only science they accept is science. A fundamental concept of science is that if predictions based on a theory are shown to be true, the effect should be to increase the credibility Section 2 - Science 114 of the theory. I will talk about climate change theory as one of the better- proven theories that are being rejected by some people. The problem is that there are four important sources of resistance that tend to control the opinions of a lot of people: Capitalism – remediation of the causes of climate change calls for many new technologies that often produce new companies. For instance, new batteries, stronger motors, higher efficiency home appliances. Meanwhile, some existing technologies must go away. Coal and gasoline-powered vehicles, for instance. It is probably economically difficult for some existing technologies to adapt, if possible, at all. The next best

solution is to spend money on lobbyists for laws to protect the old order, even if it is against the best interest of the general public. Remember that, in capitalism, the only job of a Chief Executive Officer is to make the stockholders money; certainly not to serve the public. Religion – the Genesis story of the Bible tells us that God gave the earth to man. It appears that the story established the understanding that God would not give us something we can destroy. In effect, climate change theory is an affront to that religious belief. The effect is that some religious groups lobby government to ignore climate change. Political – politicians are dependent on donations to survive. The effect is that the person with the most money, or that controls the most voters, has the loudest voice in lawmaking. Right now, capitalist and religious special interest groups are doing everything they can to control the government. See Top 10 Climate Deniers. (78) Libertarian – According to the Institute for Human Studies, the libertarian perspective is that peace, prosperity, and social harmony are fostered by “as much liberty as possible” and “as little government as necessary.” (79) When research indicates that a particular human behavior is not sustainable, say, burning fossil fuels, a rational government response is to begin curtailing that activity for the greater good. Some people oppose such perceived restrictions on their “God- given rights,” no matter what. Max Planck told us “A new scientific truth does

not triumph by convincing its opponents and making them see the light, but rather because 115 Answers its opponents eventually die, and a new generation grows up that is familiar with it.” That seems to be truer today than ever. It is unlikely a person who is predominantly guided by human instincts will respond favorably to rational arguments. The solution, I think, is education and guidance in mindfulness. Question 58 Is parapsychology related to physics? Answered December 19, 2018 Answer Full disclosure: I am not a parapsychologist. I do study reported survival related phenomena. I have a BS in Electrical and Electronic Engineering. I think parapsychology began as the study of reported abnormal experiences such as sensing other people’s thoughts, faith healing and reported visitations from the dead. Such reports were considered psychological problems, making it reasonable that they would be studied by psychologists. The para- prefix relates to the abnormal part. Paranormal reports have been studied using increasingly controlled application of the scientific method. Good science has produced a current working hypothesis that a subtle field of propagation permeates the physical. It is known today as the Psi Field where psi is the term for the characteristic influence involved in many if not all paranormal phenomena. Section 2 - Science 116 They say “energy” instead of “influence” but that may be misleading. Influence in the etheric is equivalent to energy in the physical Another discovery is that intentionality can reduce the randomness of Random Event Generators (REG). Less accepted

amongst parapsychologists is the repeated observation that intentionality can impress intended order on random noise in the form of paranormal voices. That is referred to as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). A visual form is also easily replicated. ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80) has a useful discussion of these phenomena with examples. The fact is that correctly using methodologies of science, some paranormal phenomena are shown to be a physical effect caused by the mentally expressed influence of intentionality. It is necessary to study such effects by studying the mind, the psi field and known physical principles. To that extent, parapsychology and physics are related. Here is the rest of the story. Pseudoscience (false science) is a term used by ensconced mainstream opinion setters to dismiss anything that might contradict their favored theories. That closed-minded approach to science is better known as scientism … like a religion and not science at all. Since psi functioning has been shown to influence REG behavior and audio recorders, it is reasonable to expect psi functioning also influences other instruments and physical processes. Anyone studying physics that are not considering the human-psi factor studied by parapsychology is not considering all of the question. As we learn more about the psi field, it is becoming evident that parapsychology might be better named Psi Studies. Conversely, any research team that does not include a Psiologist is incomplete. Question 59 Answer Does precognition by itself account for all the various findings in parapsychology? Answered December 19, 2019

117 Answers Since I am not a parapsychologist, this is not a question for me to answer. Having studied many forms of phenomena generally referred to a paranormal, I will say that it appears precognition is only one of many characteristics of reported experiences. For instance, the effect of intention on the randomness of random event generators and the ability to sense information at a distance are more commonly demonstrated. First Sight Theory (19) proposed by James Carpenter includes the argument that psychically sensing and psychokinetically expressing information are natural functions. This is a well-supported roadmap for how we think and shows that virtually every aspect of our existence involves parapsychological phenomena. (I have paraphrased First Sight Theory in a perhaps more easily understandable form in the Perception Essay. (22)) Question 60 What is the difference between dualism and non-dualism? Answered December 22, 2019 Answer Speaking in terms of Physicalism (non-dualism), the established point of view is that the mind is a product of biological processes in the brain, consciousness is a product of mind and when the body dies, so does mind and consciousness. That is non-dualism as I understand the concept. As such, a person is a human … end of story. In the dualistic point of view, mind is a nonphysical presence from which consciousness emerges and which existed before birth of the human and exist after the human dies. In this version of Dualism, a person is an immortal personality entangled with a human for a

lifetime. This is basically the Survival Hypothesis (64) and is not generally accepted by mainstream science. There are variations of the dualistic view. For instance, some argue that the mind comes from the brain, but because energy cannot be destroyed, mind continues after the body dies. I personally reject this version because Section 2 - Science 118 it means trans communication must be with memory and not still-sentient consciousness. We have numerous examples of Electronic Voice Phenomena (43) in which apparent discarnate personalities interact with practitioners in a responsive manner. Question 61 What are the differences between metaphysics and parapsychology? Answered December 23, 2019 Answer From the Parapsychological Association (23) website: Parapsychology: Term coined in German by Max Dessoir (1889) and adopted by J. B. Rhine in English to refer to the scientific study of paranormal or ostensibly paranormal phenomena, that is, psi; except in Britain, the term has largely superseded the older expression “psychical research;” used by some to refer to the experimental approach to the field. [From the Greek para, “beside, beyond,” + psychology, derived from the Greek psyche, “soul, mind,” + logos “rational discussion”] (23) What is Parapsychology: Parapsychology only studies those anomalies that fall into one of three general categories: ESP (terms are defined below), mind-matter interaction (previously known as psychokinesis), and phenomena suggestive of survival after bodily death, including near-death experiences, apparitions, and reincarnation. (23) What is not Parapsychology: Parapsychology is not the study of “anything paranormal” or bizarre. Nor is parapsychology concerned with astrology,

UFOs, searching for Bigfoot, the Loch Ness monster, paganism, Satanism, vampires, alchemy, or witchcraft. (23) An Internet search for metaphysics shows that there are a lot of different opinions about what metaphysics is. That is probably because the 119 Answers general definition of metaphysics is the philosophical study of the real nature of things. That usually divides the audience into religious and science points of view. Thus, there is the likes of the Biblical Creation Story and the mainstream science’s Big Bang Theory. I study what might be called survival metaphysics. My purpose is to understand our nature, the nature of reality and our relationship with reality. For that, it must be stipulated that we are not our body and that a person is an immortal personality entangled with a human for this lifetime. It must also be stipulated that there is some form of nonphysical aspect of reality that is our natural habitat. If you accept that you are more than your body, it should be clear that some metaphysical models fall short if they do not account for these factors. A good metaphysical model or theory will lead to a logical cosmology which explains the relationship of the various aspect of the model. For instance, astronomical metaphysics includes a cosmology intended to explain the origin of the universe. For comparison, I have been working with the Implicit Cosmology (15) which is implied by the Trans-Survival Hypothesis. (64) My answer is that metaphysics seeks to explain all reality and

parapsychology is a science that studies aspects of reality. Results of that study should eventually manifest as elements of the metaphysics. You and I should be able to use the cosmology implied by that metaphysics for guidance in our daily living. Question 62 What is the point of metaphysics to the average person? Answered December 30, 2018 Answer I am not a college-trained metaphysician. This answer is from the perspective of an electronics engineer who has studied human potential, survival metaphysics and paranormal phenomena. I will use the metaphysical model I am studying to answer your question. Section 2 - Science 120 Metaphysics is usually defined by the mainstream in terms of the philosophical study of being and knowing. I characterize metaphysics from the dualist perspective as the examination of the nature of reality, including the relationship between personality and the greater reality. As the terms are used here, Reality is the entirety of existence. Your personal reality is how you have learned to experience your local part of the greater reality. It is the world you live in. A cosmology is a sort of roadmap of reality that is implied by the metaphysical system being used. You should be able to understand the relationships between the various parts of reality proposed in the metaphysical model by studying the implied cosmology. (15) For instance, how do you relate to the rest of reality? When you sense your local reality, should you trust what you are sensing? Black box analysis (81)

is an interesting tool that might help you see the relevance of the metaphysics-cosmology relationship. Imagine a box that contains a process that responds to incoming signals to produce different outgoing signals. We do not know what the process is, only that given a known set of inputs we should get a known set of outputs. The task is to build a block diagram representing functions in the box that at least reasonably represent the mystery process. That is, “solve the black box problem.” Imagine that we do not know how a radio works. All we know is that the inputs are multiple radio station signals and electricity for power. We also know that the output signal is intelligible sound from different stations. The problem is, what inside the box will respond to those inputs to produce those outputs? As an engineer, it is relatively easy for me to propose a block diagram in which each block represents the 121 Answers necessary functions to convert electricity and radio signals into sound. Those functional areas are the solution. Properly defined, a radio could be built based on them. The known inputs and outputs of the black box are implied by the metaphysical propositions I defined. The black box problem may also include supposed external conditions, but the designer must be careful to stay as close to knowns as possible. For instance, I use the metaphysical proposition that the survival hypothesis is largely correct. The implication of this is that we have

a physical body and a nonphysical mind. This is often referred to as duality. Personality (82) is a term I use in reference to the core of who we are. I refer to personality as the Observer; our I Am This of our immortal self. Our conscious self is our I Think I Am This as the Experiencer. An important implication of duality is that consciousness is a nonphysical process. Also, there must be a flow of information between our mostly unconscious mind and our conscious self. The input and output signals in this consciousness black box analysis are based on what we know about the way we mentally process information, parapsychological research and what we are learning from far-frontier subjects like mediumship and Electronic Voice Phenomena. These propositions are supported by reasonably well-defined research. The solution to this black box exercise tells us that the perception and expression processes are in the black box and operate in our mostly unconscious mind. They are regulated by a sort of database I call Worldview. It contains memory, what we have been taught, what we have decided about things, our human and spiritual instincts. Worldview (16) acts as our Judge for incoming information. In effect, input signals might be discarded if they do not agree with worldview. If they are at least familiar, the signals may be modified to agree with worldview. We only become consciously aware of the information as it is modified by worldview. Worldview is resistant to change, but

in some cases, incoming information may be ambiguous enough to be familiar to worldview and also change worldview to include the new perspective. Learning occurs. This view of metaphysics tells us that we cannot tell worldview what to do, but we can influence how it treats incoming information by habitually intending to understand the actual nature of reality. In effect, we decide to Section 2 - Science 122 align our personal reality with actual reality by gaining an understanding of the actual nature of things. To do that, we must examine what our worldview sends us by asking if it is true, right and if it furthers our understanding. Take a look at the block diagram representing my solution to the black box problem. It represents part of the cosmology implied by my metaphysical study of things. The Mindful Way, (12) as I describe the process of seeking understanding, is defined by the metaphysics. For me, a metaphysical model can be a roadmap for spiritual progression. 123 Answers Question 63 What is the simplest definition of metaphysics? Answered January 3, 2019 Answer I define metaphysics as the examination of the nature of reality, including the relationship between personality and the greater reality. A model used to describe a set of metaphysical concepts are referred to as a cosmology. It is important to establish the scope of what you intend by reality. I define it as the actual reality in which the physical is an aspect. I do so because I

subscribe to the dualistic nature of mind and brain. An astronomer will begin a metaphysical model with Big Bang Theory and the resulting cosmology will be the structure of the physical universe. A person basing understanding of reality on what ancient philosophers said will say metaphysics is as defined by such dead philosophers as Plato and Socrates. Question 64 Has science ruled out or disproven psychic abilities? Answered February 11, 2019 Answer To answer your question, it is first necessary to explain that science is not a single thing. It is a methodology used to study nature, our relationship with nature and how to apply that understanding in our daily living. One application of science might not apply to other questions. Think of science as three faces. One is mainstream physical science, which is concerned with the nature of the physical universe. Section 2 - Science 124 Psychology is a science concerned with human nature. But here, we need to begin to distinguish between human and mind. There are two main theories of mind. The biological theory of mind is that it is a product of brain activity and the other is that mind and brain are separate with brain acting as a transceiver for mind. I think the theory that best addresses psychic ability is the psi field theory of mind which holds that mind exists independent of brain. An important characteristic of psychic phenomena is that they are not dependent on distance. For that reason, researchers have proposed

that there is a Psi Field (53) permeating physical space which acts as a medium for propagation of the influence of thought. They refer to the psi field as being nonlocal, meaning there is no distance … everywhere is here. As I understand the science, brain is not thought to be able to produce psychic phenomena because it is a physical organism dependent on physical principles. Mind is a psi field phenomenon dependent on psi field principles which are still being learned. Next, we must say that, if mind is not brain, it is probably not part of the human organism except partially during the entanglement of a lifetime. So, we have the person, which is a human and a mind working together, and we have the mind which produces psychic ability. Physical science does not yet accept the idea of a psi field, and so does not study psychic phenomena. Psychology studies the human mind. It does not study the mind working independently of the human. Yes, they think they do, but most psychologists still argue that mind is a product of brain. When we think of science, we must distinguish between physical, psychology and what I refer to as Etheric Studies (6) (the study of nonphysical mind). The answer to your question is that those who apply the scientific method to something like Etheric Studies have mostly shown psychic ability to be a genuine and knowable part of who we are. 125 Answers Question 65 Will there ever

be a science of morality? Answered February 18, 2019 Answer This is why I make such a distinction between morality and ethics. Morality is a social phenomenon. I think many learned people are developing a workable science around the dynamics of social behavior which includes what the locally dominant society deems moral. Ethics and morality are interchangeable concepts in physical and psychological sciences. However, if you accept the concepts of survival metaphysics (Dualism), we are two aspects: one is our human body with its instincts; the other is our immortal personality with its spiritual instincts. In that view, morality and ethics can be defined as: Morality — right and wrong based on local standards of behavior. Ethics — distinction between right and wrong based on personal responsibility and self-determination In this view morality is a function of human instincts. Virtually all of the corporate moral codes I have seen boil down to whatever will avoid embarrassing the corporation. The human instinct to perpetuate the personal gene pool means success in business. These ideas can be codified by science. The idea of ethics addresses fundamental concepts while morality tends to be relative. I think a science of ethics is still some time off as we wait for mainstream science to seriously consider the possibility of metaphysical duality. Then, it will likely be more in the form of probable behavior based on metaphysical models of our etheric nature. Section 2 - Science 126 Question 66 What's the correct word to refer to

a believer of scientism? Answered March 16, 2019 Answer Scientism is usually defined as a belief that science alone is capable of explaining reality. The key term here is belief. Arguably, it is oxymoronic to include science and belief in the same sentence. Those who ignore the fact that properly conducted science is an unfinished story tend to assume it is infallibly correct. This leads to the rejection of new ideas that are not specifically addressed by current science. As a practical matter, scientism is a pejorative because it is typically applied to someone as a complaint about the person’s ignorance. At best, it is the recognition that the person does not understand the limits of science. Saying something someone says is scientism should be sufficient. But if you want further description, one excellent term is apologist. A science apologist is one who explains and defends science. From my experience, an apologist does so based on scientism rather than an openness to new ideas or their actual nature. Also see Question 111: Is pseudoscience a pejorative term? Question 67 Is application of the principle of parsimony to scientific research rooted more in logic or pragmatism? Answered March 22, 2019 Answer It must be said that I am not a philosopher and find -isms more distracting than helpful. But the question of how we model unknowns is critical to my 127 Answers study of survival metaphysics. I will make a point and then ask more knowledgeable people to expand on this.

The Principle of Parsimony is explained in Oxford Reference as: The principle that the most acceptable explanation of an occurrence, phenomenon, or event is the simplest, involving the fewest entities, assumptions, or changes. In phylogenetics, for example, the preferred tree showing evolutionary relationships between species, molecules, or other entities is the one that requires the least amount of evolutionary change, that is, maximum parsimony. The Principle of Parsimony takes us back to Occam’s Razor: When you have two competing theories that make exactly the same predictions, the simpler one is the better." What is Occam's Razor? (83) has a good discussion of the evolution of the interpretation of Occam’s Razor toward the Principle of Parsimony that is worth reading. The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy, (84) Pragmatism is explained as: Pragmatism is a philosophical movement that includes those who claim that an ideology or proposition is true if it works satisfactorily, that the meaning of a proposition is to be found in the practical consequences of accepting it, and that unpractical ideas are to be rejected. The Basics of Philosophy (85) website defines Logic as: The study of reasoning, or the study of the principles and criteria of valid inference and demonstration. It attempts to distinguish good reasoning from bad reasoning. The Principle of Parsimony is based on the assumption that researchers have the necessary understanding of the subject to decide on the “acceptable explanation.” Occam’s Razor makes the same assumption. In fact, emerging understanding of how we think and mentally

interact with our world, for instance, suggests that considering only physical principles for even the simplest events, such as a falling apple, may produce an incomplete explanation. Consider the question as it applies to how research might be applied in real life. Engineers apply the results of science to satisfy human needs. The Section 2 - Science 128 penalty for an engineer’s wrong conclusion possibly costs money, even lives. For an engineer, the test of what is an “acceptable explanation” in the Principle of Parsimony is the pragmatic question of whether it “works satisfactorily.” The answer to the question is that Logic requires that Parsimony be tested with Pragmatism. Question 68 Is philosophy a mystic science? Answered March 23, 2019 Answer Dictionaries usually define three kinds of philosophy: 1. A system of thought, typically with a “-ism” suffix. From my experience, this version is usually done by abstract modeling of human nature. It may have a contemporary application but its application to science seems obscured by its usual emphasis on antiquities. 2. Personal belief about the nature of life and the world. Think of your worldview as a database filled with memory, what you have been taught and your instincts. Your worldview acts as a filter to show you mostly what you think is true about the world. Every experience that comes to your conscious self is colored by your worldview. Personal philosophy is important because it goes toward deciding how well you live life. It also goes toward deciding

how executives govern companies and nations. It is always true about Worldview that garbage in equals garbage out. 3. Metaphysical inquiry. Metaphysics is all about understanding the nature of reality, people and their relationship with reality. Cosmologies are models representing a metaphysical view. The origin of the universe, its organization and the principles governing 129 Answers that organization is represented as a cosmological model depicting what is known. The cosmological model of the universe has been evolving for many years as different theories were tested to further refine the model. On a less global scale, the study of, say a colony of ants, at least indirectly begins with that universal model. How the ants are related to the model is as much philosophy as good science. (Consider Darwinian Evolution versus Lamarck's Theory of Evolution) For those of us who study abstract metaphysical models, your term “mystic” is a little dismissive, as it conveys the assumption that there is no path to objective truth. I would say that version 1 and 3 of philosophy represent a pursuit of understanding intended to lead to objective truth. In fact, I would say your term “mystic science” is self-contradicting. The answer, then, is no. Question 69 To what extent is the belief in progress based on wishful thinking? Answered March 25, 2019 Answer Progress is a relative concept. If it is defined in terms of progressing toward an objective, it is necessary to ask who is objective. I will answer by targeting the question

toward three categories: Science —Progress in science is measured by how well a hypothesis predicts observation. Our understanding of nature is converging on a universal hypothesis, but might never reach it, as understanding tends to beget new understanding. Engineering — Progress for the consumer might be economically infeasible for the manufacturer. Engineers are pulled by the need to please the consumer while keeping down manufacturing costs. We have all seen examples in which a new version of something is of less use. I agree that progress in engineering is an allusion in some cases; Section 2 - Science 130 however, in some major steps, such as the introduction of the first electric shaver, progress is real, depending on the stability of society. Society — This depends on your measure. Mine is humanitarianism. (86) Any instantaneous sample of society will show how the influence of human instinct is balanced by humanitarian ideals. From my perspective, we are making progress toward a more humanitarian society, but as current USA politics are showing, such progress can be undone with the influence of a strong expression of the human instinct to be the dominant person or group. Here, progress is probably an illusion. Personal — In terms of personal wellbeing, progression is the act of achieving greater understanding. In What Does Spiritual Progress Really Mean? Margaret Placentra Johnson (87) suggested: The common trajectory in all spiritual progress takes a person from a selfish, egocentric, competitive and materialistic worldview, through some steps involving emergence beyond

group think (and sometimes beyond the limitations of organized religion) by way of individuation and courageous questioning of ‘the givens’ handed to him by society, toward a stance where the self is less important than the whole and where the principle of unity (or oneness) supersedes individual striving and goals. A “selfish, egocentric, competitive and materialistic worldview” is the very definition of a person who is guided entirely by human instincts to perpetuate the gene pool no matter what. “… toward a stance where the self is less important than the whole” is a description of what some people describe as spiritual maturity. The progression from the first to the last is taught by many systems of thought. I describe it as The Mindful Way. (12) Personal progression is a form of progress that is a little like the idea that you cannot unring a bell. While the individual may seem to backslide, decision making will always be biased by the person’s understanding. 131 Answers Question 70 What is the scope of practice for a metaphysics doctorate? Answered April 2, 2019 Answer It depends on which path you wish to take. At a glance, I see three main approaches you might follow: Mainstream Metaphysics taught by philosophy professors. Spiritual Metaphysics taught with a religious, New Age focus. Analytical Metaphysics focused on understanding the architecture of reality. These are my titles and probably not ones people in those fields would like. I cannot speak for Mainstream Metaphysics. To my knowledge, little

useful comes from it. As an ordained Spiritualist, I can speak for Spiritual Metaphysics, but it is largely a belief-based approach best suited for religion and personal improvement. The University of Metaphysics (88) is a good example. If you look at their program, you will see that they recommend ordination with their bachelor’s degree. Analytical metaphysics has two important branches: 4. Astronomical Metaphysics is based on mainstream science models such as the Big Bang Theory and theories about star and planet formation. An astronomical cosmology has evolved to describe the architecture of the universe. This view dominates physical science. I am not sure about the kind of courses necessary for a doctorate in this metaphysics. It is likely that one must have a doctorate in an astronomy or physics-related field to then work as a metaphysician. Section 2 - Science 132 5. Survival Metaphysics is my term to distinguish the study of first cause based on a model of reality of which the physical universe is an aspect. It is based on the Trans-Survival Hypothesis (64) which holds that we existed before this lifetime and will after as self- aware, still living consciousness (immortal personality). Use discernment here. The Trans-Survival Hypothesis is an elaboration of the usual survival hypothesis which is also used to describe survived memory. As written, it is not widely accepted. Cosmological models evolve out of metaphysical theory. The Implicit Cosmology, (15) which evolved out of the Trans-Survival Hypothesis, provides a useful metaphysical model with which the

necessary vocabulary can be developed for discussing analytical metaphysical ideas. While mainstream academia will not usually address survival metaphysics, people in philosophical and spiritual metaphysics might support it to some extent. Etheric Studies (6) is one alternative. The Parapsychological Association (23) has a list of universities offering degrees in parapsychology. That would be a good place to begin. Although most parapsychologists are not metaphysicians in any way, a broad understanding of paranormal phenomena is helpful because each form provides hints as to the nature of the underlying reality. So, take your pick. One of the Hermetic schools (metaphysical) teaches that it is important to learn everything one can about everything possible to better understand any one thing. That would suggest that training in metaphysics is based on a strong foundation of academic training in the sciences and a lot of experience. Question 71 Answer Is panpsychism a form of property dualism? Answered April 10, 2019 133 Answers First, I am neither an academically trained philosopher or psychologist. My approach is via survival metaphysics. (6) On the surface, panpsychism (everything has consciousness) and Property Dualism (physical objects have physical and mental characteristics) appear to be the same. I answered this question because it gives me an opportunity to note that both describe physical objects from the body-centric perspective. (89) That is, the physical is primary and mental is a subset of the physical. No matter how hard people try to explain the mind in terms of the physical, current research into

such characteristics of mind known by terms like anomalous acquisition of information, influence of intention on random processes and distant healing intention, makes it necessary to consider a different model. Increasing understanding of the nature of mind suggests that consciousness creates reality. (90) If true, the diagram for Property Dualism relating the object to physical and mental characteristics would be turned around to indicate that mind initiates physical objects with intended physical characteristics. This view is still conjecture but it is becoming well enough accepted that the model should be one of the considerations when Panpsychism and Property Dualism are discussed. Perhaps we can refer to it as mental-object expression. Panpsychism holds that consciousness emerges from physical material. That is, first came the electron (rock, water…) and then came consciousness inherent in electrons (rock, water…). This is just a way to avoid including the possibility of a nonphysical aspect of reality. Question 72 Answer Parapsychology has studies that have been replicated and are known to be solid. Are you convinced? Answered April 11, 2019 Section 2 - Science 134 Replication with the same assumptions is not proof that the assumptions are correct, only that using them can produce the same results. For instance, in Anomalistic Psychology, the main assumption is that there is no paranormal anything, only imagined experiences or mental aberration. Bound by that point of view, study results are reported as evidence that the assumptions are correct, while more probably, they only appear correct because other explanations are

not allowed. One widely cited Failure to Replicate (91) study was conducted using a protocol that deviated so much from best practices that it would never or seldom produce the target effect. Thus, replication of the study would be easy but would not prove anything meaningful. Other than the ineptitude of the supposed researcher, the problem is in the idea that such studies are “known to be solid.” One obvious reason is the belief that peer review is effective. However, it is conducted in secret, and consequently, the observer has no way of knowing the qualifications of the reviewers. The above-mentioned study was peer-reviewed and published in a parapsychological journal known for publishing anti-survival reports. Being well-versed in the subject in question, and knowing the community, I am confident no qualified peers reviewed the work. But I do not know because it is a secret. A rational, discerning observer has no choice but to ignore the report. To be clear, I think much of reported parapsychological research is well conducted and the results need to be positively considered. We must not lose sight of the good work of some parapsychologists and support them as we are able. Related questions might be asked that are more to the point. It does not matter if people are convinced. It matters if people understand the implications of the research. Some researchers have done an excellent job of expressing their results and models in easily understood media. Most, however, fail their public service role.

A plague on the house of statistics! Perhaps you could get a better sense of public opinion by asking if people can explain the implications of the research they accept. For instance, do they understand what is intended by survival hypothesis? Do they understand that explaining mind as a quantum effect avoids saying mind survives physical death as a sentient consciousness? 135 Answers Parapsychology is a category of science representing many points of view ranging from only the physical exists to the physical is an aspect of a greater reality. Pronouncements in the name of science can only be meaningful when the scientist’s point of view is explained as part of the report and the qualifications of peer reviewers are known. Question 73 What are the fundamental differences between modern science and scientism? Answered April 13, 2019 Answer I study Survival Metaphysics. (15) By that, I mean my objective is to understand how reported experiences deemed paranormal might be possible. My study is not to prove they exist, only to understand why they are reported and how we might explain their possible objective effects. The idea is to develop a model that successfully predicts such reported phenomena by applying known physical principles if possible, and then by extrapolating modifications to existing principles or additional principles that might be needed. The model is like a thought engine in which we say that, if this input is true, then what must happen in the engine to produce the reported output. To be

clear, I am not qualified to propose changes in known physical principles, only to point out the possible need for changes and their purpose. I do claim the qualifications to propose survival metaphysical principles. But at most, I can only outline them. As with any new ideas, the metaphysical principles I discuss must be vetted. When I attempt to discuss with learned scientists or science enthusiasts how known principles might be applied to the model, the most common response is that the study of the reported phenomena is pseudoscience. That typically ends the conversation. Pseudoscience is a pejorative. It is intended to tell me that I am stupid because I study the phenomena, and if I believe they are real, I am a wacko Section 2 - Science 136 or perhaps a fraud. Either way, the opportunity for collaboration is lost by the person’s dogmatic belief in their version of science. By referring to the study of anything as pseudoscience, the person is saying that, if science does not specifically define the phenomena, it cannot be and cannot exist. That is scientism. Rational inquiry into the nature of something using well-considered methodologies of science is not scientism. Scientism is the belief that science has explained everything and if science has not endorsed a reported phenomenon as real, then it must be fraud or an illusion. Science is generally defined as the systematic study of the nature of the physical and natural world through observation and experiment. Because the survival metaphysics

I study and much of the work of parapsychologists (23) calls into question the scope of “physical and natural world,” I substitute “reality” in that definition so that: Science is the systematic study of the nature of reality through observation and experiment. As a citizen, I look to scientists to help me understand the world I live in, improve my life and help assure my safety. We all do. That is one of the reasons so many of our tax dollars go toward funding universities and the education of scientists. For the most part, science has been a wonderful servant to society. This is especially true for medicine, engineering and exploration. However, those who study physics, and our human and spiritual nature appear to be locked in a form of dogmatic science. The effect is that their culture tends to resist change. Consider this observation expressed by physicist Max Planck: A new scientific truth does not generally triumph by persuading its opponents and getting them to admit their errors, but rather by its opponents gradually dying out and giving way to a new generation that is raised on it. Good science is conducted when the scientists openly consider new ideas. The alternative is scientism. 137 Answers Question 74 How is psychokinesis related to quantum connection? Answered April 27, 2019 Answer I was not going to respond to this question, but all the answers thus far are so ill-informed and dismissive that it seems necessary. I am not a parapsychologist, but

as a layperson, I am a longtime experiencer, practitioner and investigator. Psychokinesis (PK) is a reported human experience that involves apparent mental influence on physical objects and processes. It is studied by parapsychologists but virtually entirely rejected as illusion or fraud by most mainstream academics. As a paranormal phenomenon, it is helpful to think of PK as the expression of mind while the various forms of psychic functioning are seen as the perception of mind. Experiences reported as apparent PK include decreased randomness of a Random Event Generator (REG) when physically collocated with people in deep meditation. See: The Global Consciousness Project (92) Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events (38) Exploratory Study: The Random Number Generator and Group Meditation. (93) Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is apparently a PK influence. See A Model for EVP (43) Dr. Dean Radin has conducted studies of apparent PK influence on the classic split-screen experiment. The result is an apparent influence of intentionality (expressed PK) on the normal distribution of photons passing through the double-slit apparatus. Consciousness and the double-slit interference pattern: Six experiments. (94) Section 2 - Science 138 Poltergeist activity is typically reported in homes in which a disturbed child lives. A popular theory to explain psychokinetic activity is that it is caused by the child’s unconscious cry for help. It subsides as that cry is answered. The main points are that psychokinetic influences on physical processes are clearly demonstrated and they appear to have a physical human

source. Poltergeists (Overview) (95) No one claims to know how PK works. Most research has been on the effects of PK under mostly controlled conditions. My answer to your question is that psychokinesis has been associated with some quantum effects such as the double-slit experiment. But the actual psi-physical interface is still undetermined. In the Fallacy of Equal Similars, people mistake magic and known physical phenomena as looking like the paranormal phenomena and thus make the logical mistake of assuming that physical phenomena explain the paranormal. I think using quantum principles to explain PK falls under that logical error. It is demonstrably clear that some mind-to-physical effect occurs and needs to be better understood. That research is being made doubly difficult by the off-hand rejection by mainstream science apologists. Question 75 What are the metaphysical presuppositions of science? Answered May 1, 2019 Answer Consider that religion was a dominant influence in our early history and practicing what we think of as the scientific method would have been heresy in most cultures. I am not a historian, but I suspect science began as a simple questioning of religious doctrine. Perhaps as “Was it really God’s hand or did the person do something to make himself sick?” At the same time, the metaphysics were well developed even in early Egypt some 6000 years ago. You can see that, throughout our history, philosophers have questioned the nature of reality. 139 Answers A good scientist looks for relationships between observed effects and prior events.

The apple did not fall when it was green, only when it was ripe. Did God do something or did the apple stim grow weak with age? Did God cause the cycle from flower-to-harvest or is it a natural result that evolved over time? Naturalist observations evolved into modern science. The only metaphysical presupposition I can think of to influence this early naturalism is the belief that Mother Nature’s secrets are knowable. There was the second metaphysical presupposition that we humans have a spiritual aspect and a physical aspect. That dualistic view is clear in some of the surviving text from ancient teachers. However, as science evolved from a holistic study to what we now think of as a reductionist one, the dominating modern-day assumption of science is that reality is explained, and we are now only filling in the details. Dualism is not seen as part of real science. Question 76 Answer What energy does paranormal phenomena use or contain? Answered May 4, 2019 A similar question is Question 80: What is psi energy? Please refer to my answer. Quantum physicists David Bohm proposed a hypothetical Implicate Order (96) as a field underlying physical reality. He proposed that the field connects everything and contains the essence of what physical reality can become. Parapsychologists have proposed the Psi Field (53) to explain how psychic sensing (psi) and psychic expression (psychokinesis or PK) is propagated outside of physical space. Mind is seen by many researchers as a field independent of biological

brain. An Emerging New Model for Consciousness: The Consciousness Field Model (97) Section 2 - Science 140 Rupert Sheldrake proposed the Hypothesis of Formative Causation (35) to explain how organisms know how to form. The central characteristic of the hypothesis is what he refers to as a morphic field. In effect, the decision of first cells in an organism to divide into specific groups such as hair, bone and tissue is managed by a nonphysical morphogenesis field that is unique to each species … worldwide. It is becoming clear that perception is formed in our mostly unconscious mind. Sensed information is modified to agree with memory and what the person has been taught to be true before being delivered to conscious awareness. Mind is a nonphysical field. See James Carpenter’s First Sight Theory. (19) The common factor of these references is that the nonphysical aspect of our world is best described as a field. A characteristic of nonphysical fields is that they are nonlocal, meaning that physical distance is not a factor — here is everywhere. In my study of transcommunication, (98) it has become clear that the psychokinetic influence on physical objects is not a matter of energy. It is a matter of nonphysical intention influencing physical space. The nonphysical- to-physical interface is a conceptual influence which causes a physical effect. If this is correct, the answer to your question is that physical energy is involved on this side of the interface. Intention is the motive influence on the

other side. One form of influence we think is beginning to make sense is the influence of intention on random processed. Random processes tend to become less random. One physical process that might be involved is known as stochastic amplification: a large, broad-spectrum signal will amplify a small, discrete signal when the two are combined. Thus, we see that apparent intended order is impressed on background noise during audio recording to produce the paranormal voice of Electronic Voice Phenomena. The answer is intention produces a change in conceptual intended physical order as an objective event. 141 Answers Question 77 What are some good resources for learning about metaphysics? Answered May 5, 2019 Answer First, I am not a trained metaphysician or philosopher. My answer is based on personal experience resulting from a lifetime-interest. From Google Dictionary: “Metaphysics is the branch of philosophy that deals with the first principles of things, including abstract concepts such as being, knowing, substance, cause, identity, time, and space.” I would remove “abstract concepts” as unnecessary but otherwise, I agree. Philosophical metaphysics is influenced by such ancient thinkers as Aristotle but he lived more than 2,000 ago. We have evolved, and with our evolution has been an evolution of how we understand our world. We must see the world from the relevancy of our current consciousness. Metaphysics is the study of underlying principles. Properly done, a metaphysical perspective of a subject is just musing until it leads to an implied model usually referred to as a

cosmology. A cosmology (15) should suggest testable hypotheses, which if tested, should lead to the kind of objective understanding (theories and corollaries) an engineer can turn into a product. The necessary feedback is that the results of testing hypotheses should be used to further refine the cosmological model. Since the cosmology is implied by the metaphysical speculation, that speculation should be better informed and more representative of the actual nature of reality. A trap we have fallen into today is the tendency to institutionalize cosmologies as immutable truths. When that happens in science, we think of it as scientism. Paranormalists think of it as reductionism and reductionists assume paranormalists are delusional … and too uneducated to understand Aristotle. Emerging understanding about the way we think suggests that we experience the world as we have been taught to expect. If true, that would Section 2 - Science 142 suggest the validity of metaphysical speculation is relative to the thinker’s worldview. If that is true, I argue that the underlying, naturally occurring principles organizing reality represent the measure of the metaphysical speculation and not the effectiveness of resulting theory. Question 78 Why are there skeptic organizations? Do people need help to disbelieve things? Answered May 5, 2019 Answer There are community-minded people amongst us who are inclined to start a support group based on their interest. I think that is the fundamental principle. The rest is probably that people are attracted to like-minded people. From my experience jousting with the dominant, skeptical

editors in Wikipedia, it is not about disbelieving. It is about defending society from pseudoscience. That is a big deal in the philosophy of science. Consider The National Science Foundation’s Annual Science and Technology Report. (99) From 2006, A recent study of 20 years of survey data collected by NSF concluded that ‘many Americans accept pseudoscientific beliefs,’ such as astrology, lucky numbers, the existence of unidentified flying objects (UFOs), extrasensory perception (ESP), and magnetic therapy (Losh et al. 2003). Such beliefs indicate a lack of understanding of how science works and how evidence is investigated and subsequently determined to be either valid or not. In fact, the Lord of the Flies amongst Wikipedia skeptical editors was a fellow signing as Scienceapologist. His name was well chosen because apologist is defined as A person who argues to defend or justify some policy or institution. The net result is scientism. The belief is that “if known science does not specifically address the subject, that subject is not real. It cannot exist.” 143 Answers Mainstream science does not allow for duality and survival metaphysics, so those cannot be real. Anyone who thinks they are is delusional or fraudulent and the subject is pseudoscience. It has also been my experience that skeptics are amongst the least informed about the target of their skepticism. When you begin with an impossible or fraud argument, there is not much room for informed discussion. Question 79 Is the study of metaphysics futile and overly vague? Answered May 5,

2019 Answer Astronomy is based on observations and extrapolation of what is known about Earth and our solar system. Models designed to explain what is observed are used to develop hypotheses that are tested when possible. Some of the models are mathematical like Einstein’s e=mc2 and theoretical predictions that certain background signals are evidence of an expanding singularity (Big Bang Theory). Astro-metaphysics is not futile. It might be vague to the untrained eye, but a little study produces a lot of insight about what is known. Let me call this The cycle of knowledge: 1. Contemplation about what is observed (metaphysics, naturalist) 2. Modeling based on that contemplation (cosmology) 3. Proposal of hypotheses suggested by that cosmology 4. Predictions based on those hypotheses 5. Test of those predictions followed by feedback to refine the hypothesis in a possibly endless cycle of refinement. 6. Engineering to develop a useful output based on that cycle of refinement. 7. Contemplation of the results (Consumer benefit) Section 2 - Science 144 At some point in the history of every consumer benefit is metaphysical contemplation. A second kind of metaphysics is actually philosophy. That is usually where all of those ancient philosophers come in. As an engineer, I will say that all they had to say is being said better in our time. Our consciousness has evolved, and with it, our need for a more sophisticated delivery of those fundamental concepts. The work of modern metaphysicians is probably more relevant, but their work is futile

if its public-facing version is overly vague. Even so, knowledge begins with contemplation Question 80 Answer What is psi energy? Answered May 6, 2019 A similar question is Question 76: What energy does paranormal phenomena use or contain? Please refer to my answer. The main thing to remember is not to try explaining the phenomena of mind (psi functioning) with physical terms. A thought is a nonphysical, conceptual thing that is real enough to have a physical, objective effect. But thought is not governed by physical principles. The distinction is important. When we say energy, all of our training about the nature of energy comes to mind. This leads us down the wrong train of thought. From the book, Your Immortal Self: (4) Energy and Potential You will probably be familiar with cosmologies that describe reality as planes of existence and that use terms such as higher, lower, finer and vibration. You will also be accustomed to thinking in terms of energy. None of these concepts are useful in this cosmology. Concepts often spoken of in terms of energy are modeled here in terms of potential which is characterized as the influence of intention. There is no electromagnetic equivalent in the model, although to be 145 Answers technical, electromagnetic energy would be modeled as an expression of intention. See the Etheric Fields Discourse. (53) Potential has special meaning in that it is used in the sense of emergent form, rather than in the physical sense of a difference of potential

between two electrical terminals. In its quiescent state, the etheric can be modeled as a nascent form of potential. More correctly, a nascent process. The idea is that etheric, as the fundamental element of reality, is an undifferentiated process which is defined by intention to produce intended order. This is an etheric or conceptual equivalent of a random physical process such as white noise or the output of a random event generator. The answer is that the apparent energy of psi energy is really the effect of what I refer to as the Creative Process: (100) Changes in reality are expressed via personality’s attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so. This applies to any intended order from speaking to precipitating a painting. Question 81 Are skeptical standards for parapsychology unrealistic? Answered May 6, 2019 Answer Skeptical standards for parapsychology are as relevant as my standard for astrophysics. The skeptic’s authority comes from their audience and not from anything resembling actual science. All appears to be based on a religious belief about what they think is science. An example is “There is no verified objective evidence that would support a parapsychological hypothesis.” Then there is the common declaration that “we will never know” or “it is unknowable.” The examples are quotes from other people’s answers to this question. Are you familiar with First Sight Theory? (19) It is based on substantial research concerning the nature of psi functioning (psychic) and current psychological theories about the way

we think. I have found First Sight Section 2 - Science 146 Theory useful in my study of transcommunication. For instance, the corollaries have proven to be an effective ruleset for how I have modeled perception and expression. In effect, I am testing the theory by comparing it to known phenomena and current models. This would not be possible if the theory had no empirical foundation. Other theoretical models are being tested in parapsychology. For instance, a theory is emerging from current research that may help explain apparent psychokinetic influence on random processes. Also, several techniques for Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) have proven repeatable. My avatar is an example of video-loop ITC. My point is that there is quite a lot of objective evidence. Research continues and is furthering our understanding. Any rational observer would see that the skeptic’s argument comes from people who are either uninformed or are informed but determined to protect their status quo, which is scientism. So, the real question is not the high standards, it is who are skeptics trying to convince? Question 82 J. B. Rhine application of scientific methods enabled him to produce credible evidence that extrasensory perception and psychokinesis phenomenon exist. Where are those results? Answered May 7, 2019 Answer The following is for others answering here who think Rhine has received a fair shake from skeptics. I use the Sheldrake article because it is one of the better-documented cases of blatant scientism I have seen. See The Big TED Controversy of 2013,

Part 1 (101) and Weiler’s book, Psi Wars. (102) 147 Answers I was an editor in Wikipedia for a few years. It was during the time that the skeptical editors managed to band together and establish the online encyclopedia as a tool for anti-paranormal propaganda (any frontier study). Since they are nearly lost in Wikipedia history, the main arbitration cases are listed here: Wikipedia Arbitration. (77) Anything that is not explicitly supported by mainstream science is considered pseudoscience in Wikipedia. It is now established in Wikipedia that simply talking in a positive tone about what is considered pseudoscience is the same as supporting quackery. I was banned for life (72) from editing the Rupert Sheldrake page (103) because I was supporting a more moderate phrasing for Sheldrake’s work. Notice in Wikipedia’s Rupert Sheldrake article (73) that the skeptics begin denouncing his work in the first paragraph. Look fast, because the Page History shows that there is still a lot of argument over the content. They call that an edit war. A recent case has been brought to the Wikipedia Neutral Point of View Notice Board (104) that is usually used for grievances concerns Sheldrake. It is worth a read if you doubt that skeptics have taken over Wikipedia. My point is that mainstream science, academia and their apologists will do anything they can to deflect positive comments, references and citations about the work of parapsychology, including the Rhine Research Center. My answer is that one should begin looking for the

Rhine material on the Rhine Research Center website. (25) Question 83 What are the laws of metaphysics? Answered May 12, 2019 Answer I am aware of two versions of metaphysics: astronomical metaphysics and survival metaphysics. Astronomical or physical metaphysics includes the fundamental assumptions that the universe is all there is, it began as a singularity (Big Bang) and is organized according to naturally occurring principles such as the natural rate of decay and pi for circles. Section 2 - Science 148 Survival metaphysics uses the assumption that the physical universe is an aspect of a greater reality (the etheric). The etheric is nonlocal, in that everywhere is here and provides a propagation medium for mind and thought. The physical is usually modeled as the expression of mind. The etheric is conceptual space while the physical is objective space. Because of this, physical energy is meaningless in the etheric. Instead, potential to express is the motive force. The creative process is attention on an imagined (visualized) outcome with the intention to make it so. Fundamental principles organizing the etheric are also conceptual. I have made an attempt to list what I found useful when developing a cosmology: Organizing Principles (100) Question 84 What are reasonable alternative explanations to genuine paranormal evidence recorded on video? Answered June 9, 2019 Answer Be mindful of the qualifications of people answering your question. A Ph.D., for instance, may not make a person qualified to respond to something about things paranormal. And therein lies the issue.

In a rational world, one does not have the right to comment without solid reasons. At the same time, discernment requires the witness to understand the validity of offered reasons. An example of the Fallacy of Equal Similars is throwing a coffee cup into view of a camera and claiming it proves that poltergeist activity is fake. The effects are similar, but the well-documented circumstances surrounding the flying cup are different. The chain of custody of the evidence becomes important. Using your terms, “genuine paranormal evidence” would be video of the flying cup taken by a qualified researcher with witnesses and supporting evidence. While the researchers may not have answers as to why, who or how, their 149 Answers video is still reasonable evidence that something paranormal seems to have occurred. If it is faked, then it is faked and not genuine. Something faked is never paranormal, only like something paranormal. There are fake videos claiming to be proof of the paranormal. Some are people wanting the notoriety of having proof. Most are people trying to spoof the public. In fact, it is not spoofing so much as it is outright lying and making it harder for researchers to properly study claims. Stupidity is easy. Being fooled by stupidity is easy. Doing the work to understand these reported experiences is hard. It is possible to find an explanation for how some videos may be actual but not necessarily proof. No video should be taken by itself. The chain of custody

and surrounding circumstances should be understood as an event … all of the event and not as isolated bits of information. Other than faked material, the most common problem with evidence is ordinary mistaken as extraordinary. For instance, a naturally occurring lenticular cloud looks a lot like a flying saucer. A lot of Electronic Voice Phenomena posted by way of video on YouTube are just noise mistaken as paranormal by inexperienced practitioners. An increasingly popular technique to produce apparent transfiguration is to take a picture of a person’s face while moving a sheer screen between the person and the camera. It is more probable that the apparent transfiguration is actually just obscured vision and befuddled perception. Defense from that kind of misdirection is to understand the common characteristics of such phenomena and the metaphysical models. An important rule is to suspend judgment until more is known, rather than deciding without full understanding that something is fake. When in doubt, always error toward the mundane. Question 85 What do you think about my first thesis on science and its relationship to the metaphysical world? Answered June 14, 2019 Section 2 - Science 150 Here is the summary of the questioner’s thesis: In summary, scientists believe that truth is found in reason and that reason is found in the material world and in the scientific analysis of the evolution of the human psyche, which scientists argue is mostly material. Scientists see the value in metaphorical stories but argue that these stories offer

far more harm than good to collective and individual well-being. Answer Interesting perspective, but I need to disagree. Metaphysics is the study of fundamental concepts. For instance, astronomical cosmology is based on a metaphysical model defined as beginning with a singularity. The public refers to the model as “The Big Bang Theory.” Scientists cannot help it if their singularity is taken as proof of God by religious people. They also cannot ignore their theory to avoid its cooption by religions any more than physicists can ignore nuclear principles out of fear of them being coopted for a nuclear bomb. I study things paranormal. The model I am currently working with depends on mainstream science and consideration of what is currently understood about frontier subjects such as speculation about a subtle psi field, psychokinetic influence and psychic information access. In the eyes of mainstream society, there is little difference between religion and the study of things paranormal. The mainstream science I depend on does not allow the existence of the phenomena I study. Should those scientists discard their work because I coopted it for my study? Science is the study of things and ideas. If it is conducted while deliberately ignoring some peripheral influence on those things and ideas, then it is not science but self-fulfilling ideology. As a postscript, science does try to control how theories are used by branding study they do not agree with as pseudoscience. The farther we are out in the frontier of thought, the more

social pressure there is to make us go away. 151 Answers Question 86 Scientifically is it possible some supernatural entity created the dense atom that created our universe? Answered June 17, 2019 Answer It seems more reasonable to say that nature is organized according to naturally occurring principles than to say that a god causes something in nature. Yes, we can argue that a god caused the principles. You must decide the source of the original intention. Did a god intend to create the universe by first creating the dense atom or did a god create the dense atom knowing a future universe would depend on its existence? Spiritualists (20) deal with this question by saying reality (not limited to the physical universe) exists as an overriding intelligence they refer to as Infinite Intelligence. They argue that it is organized by principles which are naturally occurring expressions of that intelligence. This is not a Divine, father god. The popular equivalent is Mother Nature from the perspective of a physicist and not that of a Wiccan. I should say here that there is nothing wrong with the Wiccan point of view. It takes us to the same origin as Spiritualism in the final analysis. Consider this comparison. Physicists have the origin of the universe as the expanding singularity we think of as the Big Bang. Principles referred to as universal constants naturally followed the expanding singularity. To my knowledge, the source of the singularity is not scientifically known. While Spiritualists tend

to assign a lot of respect to the idea of Infinite Intelligence, the concept is not intended to be thought of as a god it is seen as a first cause and whatever caused first cause is beyond to scope of the system of thought. There is no qualitative or quantitative difference between the Infinite Intelligence concept and the Big Bang Theory other than the understanding that the “Big Bang” singularity is conceptually within the Infinite Intelligence field. Section 2 - Science 152 Examples of naturally occurring physical principles are the constant for the natural rate of decay referred to as Exponential Decay (Lambda “λ” ) and the Elementary Charge “e.” My physics is rusty, but I believe these, in turn, are the natural result of other factors now being codified in the study of quantum mechanics. In the end, it is possible that some first cause intended these. In Dualism, metaphysically, the Creative Process is attention on a visualized outcome with the intention to make it so. The resulting creation is expected to be organized by naturally occurring principles. As a person who dabbles in metaphysics, my speculation is that first cause began with the basics intention and purpose which were modified with curiosity motivating expression and perception. That only moves the timeline back a little before first cause and the Big Bang, but those more fundamental concepts seem more likely to represent the underlying principles of nature than atoms. Question 87 Why is scientism considered a bad thing?

Answered June 18, 2019 Answer Interesting that there are so many ways of looking at your question. According to one of the people who offered an answer, I am “dumb or ignorant or evil folks.” I can only answer from the perspective of my learned response to the concept. That was as an editor in Wikipedia where I concentrated on articles about paranormal subjects. I was there as the skeptical editors were self-organizing into a block controlling those articles. In fact, I am banned for life from editing one of them because I violated the “Thou shalt not defend subjects defined as pseudoscience.” rule. User talk:Tom Butler (72) Pseudoscience is a pejorative coined by people zealously skeptical about anything that is not specifically defined by mainstream science. Scientism is a term used to describe such radical skeptics and people who assume science is finished evolving … and want everyone to agree. 153 Answers I am an engineer and think that, alongside reason, science is the foundation of knowledge acquisition. I am intrigued by reported human experiences that cannot be explained by known science. I seek to study such experiences, but I am hampered by people who think pseudoscience is a danger to society and must be stamped out. Skeptics have even convinced governments of this. For instance, Chapter 7: Science and Technology: Public Attitudes and Understanding (99) The bottom line is that scientism is the belief that science has the only answer to everything based on an unrealistic expectation that

science is infallible. Besides being a religious-like point of view, it is not actually one shared by reputable scientists. Question 88 Why does mainstream science brush off any seemingly reliable scientific evidence of paranormal phenomena such as psi phenomena that seems to be proven to some degree to occur? Answered June 21, 2019 Answer Parapsychologists study phenomena related to extraordinary human ability. One of the hypotheses considered for anomalous acquisition of information is that it is psychically acquired from other minds. That is pretty far out on the frontier of science. I will refer to that as the Psi Field Hypothesis. Section 2 - Science 154 It is proposed in mediumship that the mind providing the anomalous acquisition information is discarnate. That is even further out on the frontier of science. I will refer to that as the Survival Hypothesis. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are speech found in electronic devices for which there are no known science-based explanations. Still further out on the frontier. EVP is the audio version of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). My avatar is a visual ITC image. The working hypothesis for EVP is that many are initiated by discarnate personalities. In effect, dead people talking on tape. Yes, even further out. I study EVP. A Model for EVP (43) will give you a sense of what we know about it. Virtually all parapsychologists who study reports of unusual human experiences are skeptical of EVP. I do not have exact figures. Based on my experience, the majority of

parapsychologists are skeptical of the Survival Hypothesis and probably half are also skeptical of the Psi Field Hypothesis. Parapsychologists specializing in Anomalous Psychology are dedicated to proving there is no such thing as psychic ability. In practice, they are mainstream scientists debunking the paranormal. My point is that academically trained thinkers tend to be skeptical of reported phenomena that are farther from the mainstream than the subject they study. From experience, I know part of that is overconfidence in the completeness of their education. For instance, a common explanation offered by skeptical scientists for EVP is that they are stray radio waves. That assumes the people who study EVP are idiots. I have an electronics engineering degree and know a thing or two about stray radio waves. EVP are not those, but the explanation sounds plausible to someone who is not informed about EVP or who does not understand stray radio waves. Another explanation is scientism. If mainstream science does not specifically endorse a phenomenon, people afflicted with the religion of scientism have no choice but to assume it is impossible, and therefore, cannot be. 155 Answers Question 89 What is the difference between science and scientism? Answered June 22, 2019 Answer It is true that scientism is a pejorative. However, it is true in the sense that dictator is a pejorative when you call a dictator one. Loser is a pejorative, but if you say that a horse that just lost a race is a loser, it is a

true pejorative. There are two schools of thought that I deal with concerning the nature of reality — organized skeptics and the paranormalist community. Both communities have the usual range of aptitude from simple stupidity to intellectual brilliance. Both communities have their useful pejorative. Paranormalists say that a person (usually self-identified as a skeptic) is practicing scientism when the skeptic argues that, if something is not specifically defined by mainstream science, it is impossible and cannot be. In turn, skeptics argue that anyone studying something that is not specifically defined by mainstream science is practicing pseudoscience. They say that false science is a danger to society. Of course, calling something pseudoscience is intended to defame the paranormalist and make their work go away. I sometimes think the next step is witch burning … again. See Wilhelm Reich Infant Trust (105) and User talk:Tom Butler (72) So, you can see, scientism is all about religious-like belief in the infallibility of science. Scientists and laypeople are equally susceptible to such an unreasonable belief that science already knows everything. There are consequences. As you can see in one of the previous answers, people afflicted with scientism can be assertive. The second link above illustrates how it has become the law in Wikipedia. I was a Wikipedia editor while that law was written. There was no intent by the dominant skeptics to allow a balanced exploration of ideas. The intent was to tell the public only what mainstream science holds to be true …

scientism. Section 2 - Science 156 One of the greatest hindrances to our understanding the potential of our mind is scientism. It stops research funding; it scares away important talent and it makes people fearful of demons. Question 90 Has telepathy been either refuted or proven scientifically? Answered June 25, 2019 Answer Most of the answers thus far are based on the assumption that “there is no good scientific evidence to support the existence of telepathy.” In fact, parapsychologists who study such phenomena are aware of such uninformed assumptions and tend to overcompensate with care in their research. The techniques developed for such study and the statistical rigor used for data reduction put parapsychological are at the forefront of “good science.” Meanwhile, the deniers are seldom sufficiently informed to comment one way or another. What you hear is belief-based skepticism. The discerning witness will recognize this. A good study reference for research is maintained by the Chief Scientist at IONS and past President of the Parapsychological Association, (23) Dean Radin Ph.D. (106) The list is Selected Psi Research Publications. (14) The first thing to keep in mind is that telepathy, generally defined as mind-to-mind communication, is an old term which is being superseded by a more inclusive concept of psi, psi field and psi functioning. What I refer to as the Psi Field Hypothesis is the proposition that the physical is permeated by a subtle field of still undefined characteristics. The psi field has been demonstrated to be nonlocal (everywhere

is here), which makes it decidedly nonphysical. It is treated as a medium of propagation of the influence of thought. Thought in the form of expression, perception and acquisition of information are described as Psi Functioning where Psi is the as yet undefined expression of thought and that which is propagated in the psi field. 157 Answers Take a moment to digest what I have said. Psi does not behave like physical energy. The motive force in psi functioning seems more akin to the influence of intention and curiosity. Psi functioning has been shown to cause changes in random physical processes. This is seen in the REG studies (93) and Electronic Voice Phenomena. (43) All of the paranormal phenomena I am aware of can be described in terms of the Psi Field Hypothesis. This does not mean the hypothesis is true, only that it is a useful model which aids our attempt to understand reported experiences. The Psi Field Hypothesis has been developed as a model to explain real- world experiences, many of which can be and have been studied under controlled conditions. An excellent book to understand what is being learned is First Sight Theory. (19) by Jim Carpenter, Ph.D. (107) I have attempted to paraphrase the essence of the theory here: Perception (22) My answer then, is yes, the existence of some form of anomalous information access is well established by qualified researchers using good science. Those who have attempted to refute the existence of Psi phenomena have

conducted some research using inappropriate protocols, but as a body of research, have fallen short of showing that such phenomena are an illusion. Question 91 Is the study of supernatural phenomena considered an actual field of science? Answered June 26, 2019 Answer First, let me define the scope of my answer. “Supernatural” can be defined as reported experiences that cannot be explained with known physical principles. I will specifically address what is referred to these days as paranormal phenomena. These include anomalous information access (psychic, mediumship), noncontact influence of physical objects (psychokinesis), healing intention) and altered states of awareness (near- death experiences, out-of-body experiences). Section 2 - Science 158 If you agree with that definition, the short answer is Yes. Things paranormal are real in the sense that they are reported experiences. Science studies them. It is beside the point that some members of mainstream society reject that study as pseudoscience (false science). They still need to be studied and understood. In modern times, the study of paranormal phenomena began as the study of aberrant psychology. For instance, what goes on in a person’s mind to make them think they can sense distant information? The study is now referred to as parapsychology, meaning aside from normal psychology. Because the subject is so controversial amongst mainstream academics, parapsychologists seek to maintain a higher than expected standard of self- regulation, peer review and procedural controls. It is arguable that the science conducted by many parapsychologists is procedurally more scientific than some mainstream

science. To be clear, not all parapsychologists assume paranormal phenomena are actually paranormal. Anomalistic Psychologists seek to show that such reported experiences are mental aberrations. Exceptional Experiences Psychologists seek to show that such experiences are either normal mistaken as paranormal or possibly evidence of the existence of a subtle aspect of reality. Only a few accept the possibility that the phenomena are evidence of survived personality. Question 92 How can one differentiate between normal accidental/coincidental activity and a paranormal activity? Answered June 30, 2019 Answer Many of us who study paranormal activity call it that because others know what we are talking about when we use that word. However, we would prefer that they be thought of as something normal that falls outside of usual experience. The model that seems to best help me explain my answer is the idea that perception is mediated by worldview so that what we consciously 159 Answers experience is mostly based on what we have been taught to be true. We see this in the Seep-Goat Effect. (108) In that, it has been noted in research that psychic scoring tends to be higher for test subjects who are more open to the existence of paranormal phenomena. A good reference for how all of us experience the world is First Sight Theory. (19) I have attempted to digest it in the Perception Discourse. (22) The idea is that everything has an associated psi (psychic) signature that we normally unconsciously sense. Our mind ignores most of

what we unconsciously sense. We only become consciously aware of information that is of interest. The process of becoming aware of it is what I describe in the Perception Discourse. Our worldview is the filter for that decision. That means that we tend to experience what we have been taught is real. Even if we experience something, we would normally consider paranormal, our mind will probably modify what we unconsciously sense to better agree with our expectations before delivering it to our conscious awareness. The answer to your question is that your mind tells you a story (34) about your world that best agrees with your expectation. That means, unless you have taught yourself to see reality as it is (increased lucidity), you cannot know if you are actually experiencing what we call paranormal phenomena. The other side of the problem is when we become so open to the idea of the paranormal that we see paranormal phenomena when there are none. I refer to that as hyperlucidity. (31) Actual paranormal phenomena are relatively rare, that is why we refer to them as paranormal. The best way to tell the difference between mundane and paranormal experiences is to understand how things work. Self-educate. Since such phenomena are really just poorly understood normal, we know they follow patterns that allow us to study them. For instance, in Bayesian Analysis, the present example would be compared to what is normally expected. Even amongst paranormal phenomena, there are expected behaviors. If a reported

experience falls far outside of that norm, it should be set aside to wait for other, similar examples that might indicate a trend. In any subject area, understanding what is known is necessary to recognize what is properly in that set. Section 2 - Science 160 Question 93 What are the best discoveries in parapsychology? Answered June 30, 2019 Answer One person who answered this question suggested that remote viewing is the best discovery in parapsychology. I agree that it is important, but it is just a well-publicized one of many. In fact, remote viewing is a variation of prior studies of what I grew up knowing as clairvoyance (Clear seeing). For instance, Rhine (25) conducted Extra Sensory Perception studies as early as 1927. From my perspective as a layperson in the field, the most important discoveries are: 1. Hemi-Sync® – Robert Monroe, founder of the Monroe Institute. (109) Technique for teaching our mind to consciously recognize meditative states. It teaches the average person that conscious control of mostly unconscious processes is doable … and here is how. 2. First Sight Theory (19) – James Carpenter. A ruleset for how mostly unconscious mind generates conscious perception. The fact that conscious perception is the product of mostly unconscious filtering and coloring. Mind as Storyteller (34) is a good discussion of how important this can be. 3. Hypothesis of Formative Causation (35) – Rupert Sheldrake. Provides a model for how nonphysical body image organizes the physical organism. The hypothesis offers a theoretical

foundation to model reality as nonphysical organizing fields, rather than physical principles and objects. 4. Global Consciousness Project – The Global Consciousness Project (92) helped establish the fact of mind-machine interaction Using Random Event Generators. The importance of the study is echoed in other studies such as Dean Radin’s Double Slit study (94) and our 161 Answers work with Electronic Voice Phenomena. (43) The key element is the influence of attention-intention on highly indeterminate processes. 5. Electronic Voice Phenomena – Friedrich Jürgenson. (110) Friedrich Jürgenson is credited with discovering EVP, but others came shortly after to establish it as a valid set of phenomena. EVP are important because they give researchers a way of studying all trans-etheric influences. They are not always proof of survival but do offer ways of testing the idea. 6. Psi and Psi Field Hypothesis – Many researchers have described psi fields and the etheric field concepts described in Etheric Fields. (53) The Psi Field Hypothesis must be largely true for the Survival Hypothesis to be true. Psi functioning (psychic) appears to be our primary mode of sensory perception. 7. Mental Mediumship – There have been many researchers of mental mediumship. Right now, The Windbridge Research Center (26) seems to be the most active and effective. Mental mediumship is psi functioning to communicate with discarnate personalities, so you can see that related research is important. 8. Physical Mediumship – A competent physical medium is able to demonstrate precipitation (apports, ectoplasm, lights). (111) The importance of having

objective examples of precipitation is that it establishes the kind of etheric-physical influence that is necessary for most objective forms of paranormal phenomena and gives us good reason to place the person as the conduit for that influence. These are the most influential for my work. My focus is on survival metaphysics. Someone with a focus of reincarnation or reunions would likely have a different list. Section 2 - Science 162 Question 94 Why do some people so readily latch onto junk science when so much of it is easily dispelled? Answered Jul 2, 2019 Answer Junk science and pseudoscience are terms used by debunkers to cast doubt on any ideas that do not conform to their sense of truth. It seldom has anything to do with science. It almost always has to do with scientism. I generalize it to say that skeptics (debunkers) believe that, if mainstream science does not specifically explain something, it cannot be and must be impossible. That is scientism. I study a set of reported experiences generally known as paranormal phenomena. The majority of supposed scientists explain them as illusion, delusion or fraud. We know they are not and can demonstrate as much with good studies and often good science. It seems they are lying to us in order to defend their belief in what is real. Other supposed scientists offer explanations that we can easily show are without merit. They too, seem to be defending their status quo. Here is an overview of this

problem: Open Letter to Paranormalists: Limits of science, trust and responsibility (3) Much of supposed junk science has been shown to be important to the development of our civilization. I am not a historian, but I think we can go back at least to Galileo. The purpose of science is to help us understand our world. That is to say, scientists are to provide a demonstrable explanation for reported experiences such as “why did that apple fall on my head” and “why do I have strange voices in my audio recording.” It is not scientific to cast aside such reports as delusion or fraud when it is easily demonstrated that they are not. 163 Answers Only the uninformed and unscientific describe attempts to understand such experiences as junk science. With that said, I will admit that some claimed science is reported by people who do not understand science … but then, that is not science, it is uninformed attempts to conduct science. Question 95 Is parapsychology ever associated with paganism, Satanism, vampires, alchemy, or witchcraft? If so how Answered July 12, 2019 Answer Here are extracts of two relevant Q&A from the Parapsychological Association website: (23) What is parapsychology: “Parapsychology is the scientific and scholarly study of three kinds of unusual events (ESP, mind-matter interaction, and survival), which are associated with human experience.… Parapsychology only studies those anomalies that fall into one of three general categories: ESP (terms are defined below), mind-matter interaction (previously known as psychokinesis), and phenomena suggestive

of survival after bodily death, including near-death experiences, apparitions, and reincarnation. And, What is not parapsychology: Parapsychology is not the study of “anything paranormal” or bizarre. Nor is parapsychology concerned with astrology, UFOs, searching for Bigfoot, the Loch Ness monster, paganism, Satanism, vampires, alchemy, or witchcraft…. I am not parapsychologists and cannot speak for them; however, I think you might find parapsychologists studying why people believe in such ideas Section 2 - Science 164 as paganism, satanism, vampires, alchemy, or witchcraft. I say this for two reasons. Some subgroups of parapsychology seek to show that all reported experiences of paranormal phenomena are a delusion. In that view, your list is as valid as any as examples of self-delusion. Parapsychology is ultimately the study of reported human experiences that fall outside of what is considered normal. Remembering that “para-” means aside from or abnormal and psychology is the study of mind and human behavior, you can see that parapsychology is based on the assumption that all such reported experiences are mental. From my experience, most parapsychologists begin with the assumption that the experiencer is delusional. Question 96 What is a parapsychological (PSI) phenomena? Answered August 3, 2019 Answer According to parapsychologists, psi is used as a placeholder term until a better term is found. The Psi Field Hypothesis (53) has been proposed to explain psi functioning. Be clear that the title of parapsychologist is used by people who seek to prove such phenomena are not paranormal but are delusions, those seeking

to understand psi functioning and only a few who allow for the possibility of survival of sentient consciousness after bodily death. Question 97 Answer What is the dualistic theory? Answered August 20. 2019 165 Answers In parapsychology, anomalous access to information is known as psychic or psi functioning. In real-time, a person is able to access information about another person, place or event, even though in different parts of the world. There is quite a lot of research establishing the validity of that form of mental activity. For instance, see Selected Psi Research Publications. (14) The important characteristics of psi functioning that must be accounted for are: First, anomalous information access — the information is mentally accessed in ways that cannot currently be explained with known physical principles. This established mental ability is also not explained by currently accepted theories of mind which are dependent on reductionist theory. Second, mentally, everything is local — psi functioning appears not to be affected by distance. In reductionism, a physical medium of propagation is required to move information from one place to another. For instance, sound is able to travel in air. Thus, air is a medium of sound propagation. Mentally accessing information from another person, near or far, requires an as yet undefined medium of propagation for the mental influence … whatever it is. Third, there is the problem of time — under controlled experimental conditions, psi access of information from a person in a different part of the world appears to

be accomplished in real-time. Even if a medium of propagation was identified, such propagation generally requires time for what is being propagated to move through the medium. While it may not have been established that thought is faster than light, there is evidence that time is not required for the access of information. With all respect for philosophers, they are not trained to have an understanding of the current research on psi functioning. Referring to philosophers as authorities on the subject is the Appeal to Improper Authority Fallacy. The one reductionist theory that may eventually prove useful for modeling psi functioning depends on quantum mechanics. Such quantum phenomena as entanglement, and apparent mutual responses by entangled objects to external influences, seem to be similar to psi phenomena, but that is extending quantum mechanics far beyond what is known. Section 2 - Science 166 There is also the problem of the Fallacy of Equal Similars. One phenomenon seeming to be like another does not always mean explaining the one also explains the other. To answer your question, it is necessary to understand the effects that must be accounted for before developing a theory about its nature. The one version of Dualism that seems to address most of the effects is that mind exists independently of the brain and is organized according to principles that apply to some nonphysical aspect of reality. Current parapsychological modeling suggests the existence of a psi field that is beside physical space and that functions as a

medium for propagating thought. Etheric Fields (53) Question 98 Is anything in parapsychology useful? Answered August 22, 2019 Answer I ask the same question about the over $50 Billion cost of the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) at CERN. I think parapsychology may be annually funded far under a million dollars worldwide. So far, I have seen no tangible good from the Large Hadron Collider, yet a new phase will likely be funded. The money spent on questionably useful original research is a human tragedy when the cost of Global Warming is considered. Now consider just the most useful results of parapsychological research. One is parapsychologist’s demonstration that the mind is able to influence random processes without physical contact. Future research may develop this potential into a tool for handicapped people, possibly a new form of human-machine interface. 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) Many reported experiences that have been treated as mental illness are now seen as normal, thanks to parapsychology. Thanks to parapsychology, mental phenomena are now thought to be propagated via the nonphysical psi field. The field is known to be nonlocal, meaning information can be anomalously accessed via psi functioning no matter where it is. 167 Answers The determination that this field exists represents a breakthrough in our understanding about the nature of reality. for instance, it is now reasonable to seriously consider mind as independent of body. That opens the door to serious consideration of survival after bodily death. A currently

popular model for perception known as First Sight Theory (19) is based on parapsychological and psychological research. It is leading to better ways to teach mental disciplines such as mediumship and remote viewing. I am not a parapsychologist, but much of my work is based on parapsychological research. What I sometimes refer to as our spiritual anatomy is helping me define a way of spiritual progression that helps make such progression more available to the average person. There are more contributions. The point to notice is that much of the benefit from parapsychology is toward helping the human condition. Just imagine the potential if we could divert even 1% of the Collider’s budget into parapsychological research. Question 99 Is there such a thing as dogmatic scientism? Answered August 23, 2019 Answer First, scientism is a pejorative, but it is an apt term to describe a person who thinks science has all of the answers, and that, if the subject is not covered by one of those answers, it is impossible, and therefore, cannot be. Practicing scientism is dogmatic because such science apologists seldom allow for any form of frontier thought that might deviate from the gospel of mainstream science. In a real sense, it is faith-based adherence to published science as it is understood by the apologist. The scientism point of view also holds that the study of something not specifically covered by science is pseudoscience. Here is an example: Reported experiences such as the apparent anomalous access to information

and the noncontact influence of random processes are studied Section 2 - Science 168 by parapsychologists. The field of parapsychology is populated by academics who: • Seek to establish that such phenomena are normal but are mistaken as paranormal or are mental aberrations. Anomalistic Psychology • Seek to study the possibility that psychic and psychokinetic abilities exist and that a subtle field of influence acts as a medium of propagation for mental influence. Exceptional Experiences Psychology • Seek to determine if apparent psychic access of information may be indicative of survived consciousness. Survival Hypothesis (for me, this is Etheric Studies) Like any scientist, parapsychologists will probably argue to support one theory or another, but I do not recall any qualified researcher stepping outside of the bounds of good science when it comes to making unsupported claims about their research. Because they know a mainstream skeptical spotlight is always on them, parapsychologists tend to overcompensate when it comes to doing good science. I will wager that you are familiar with the phenomena parapsychologists study and will agree that it is a good thing to see if such reported human experiences are real … with good science and not under cover of religious or scientism dogma. Parapsychology is labeled a pseudoscience. People practicing scientism are trying to show governments around the world that pseudoscience is a danger to society. If they have their way, the natural progression of dogmatic scientism is to have the government outlaw parapsychology. Consider the list of pseudoscience

maintained by skeptic editors on Wikipedia: Wikipedia List of topics characterized as pseudoscience (74) That kind of book-burning mentality is why scientism is dogmatic and deserves to be a pejorative. 169 Answers Question 100 Why do scientists turn their head away from findings in the paranormal field? Answered August 24, 2019 Answer Not all scientists turn away from the findings. The paranormal field is studied by parapsychologists, and it is correct to assume they do conduct good science. For example, see 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) The problem is that there is mainstream science and there is frontier science. Mainstream science is marked by the dominance of existing theory which generally holds that there is only physical reality. Any established system of thought has considerable momentum and things tend to change in a stepwise manner. That is why historians talk in terms of the occasional revolutionary age such as the Industrial Revolution. Paradigms are dominant points of view and cultures tend to support the status quo. All of these are natural characteristics of an evolving society. The current physical world paradigm works well for building civilization, although we are seeing growing need to shift that a little away from the current nuts and bolts view to a more humane nut, bolts and human needs view. Current views about the nature of mind are undergoing the greatest change. Emerging understanding is that most of our perception is generated in our unconscious mind and that only

the results become part of our conscious awareness. That change furthers the idea that our mind is not the product of our brain. The idea that our mind exists independent of our brain opens the door for mainstream science to integrate some parapsychological theories into a new paradigm which embraces many paranormal phenomena as normal. In answer to your question, science only turns away from ideas for which there is no support from mainstream theory. Cultural momentum, the need for the old to retire so the new can take over, changes in Section 2 - Science 170 paradigms all combine to integrate the frontier of thought into the mainstream. In the meantime, it is for the explorers to continue doing the best science possible and for the rest of us to suspend judgment. Absolutely, the most anti-progress act in science is to decide about something if there is insufficient information to actually know. Question 101 How common is scientific fraud? Answered August 30, 2019 Answer I am not a scientist, but as an engineer, I am reasonably well informed about science and well informed about the so what of science. With confidence, I will argue that the majority of people we can call scientists are making our world a better place in which to live. The problem is that science is only part of the equation. As with any endeavor, some people conducting science are not actually qualified to do so, are not allowed to conduct good science or are

insufficiently funded to do so. There are some who are scoundrels, but then, those people are probably not actually conducting science. Academic and social momentum is a problem. One of the methodologies of science is known as Bayesian Analysis. It involves evaluating current measurements based on historical measurements. It is a powerful tool, but as I have seen it applied, it tends to create too much momentum in accepted truths. New discoveries tend to be discarded as statistical outliers. Cultural forces also cause momentum so that a young scientist with a new idea must first get past the old scientists who reject new ideas because they are unfamiliar. Thus, the quote from German physicist Max Planck A new scientific truth does not triumph by convincing its opponents and making them see the light, but rather because its opponents eventually die, and a new generation grows up that is familiar with it. 171 Answers Along the same lines of thought, science is subject to paradigms. Reductionism holds that everything can be explained by explaining the component parts. To compare, Holism holds that everything is greater than the sum of the parts. A scientist seeking to model the function of a falling body in water will do fine with reductionism. However, if seeking to model the relationship between a plant and its gardener, a more holistic approach may be needed. If that is true, an old-school scientist might honestly feel that he or she is reporting good research by using the reductionist

approach. From a person who accepts the holism paradigms, that would be bad or at least incomplete science. A scientist’s thinking can be tainted by beliefs. For instance, the study of climate change requires that the scientist can be objective about the relationship between climate data and God’s promise to Noah. In my field of study, doubt expressed under cover of academic authority is almost always traceable to the belief system of the doubter and not to his or her academic examination of the data. Science, engineering, production, sales, consumption and disposal needs to be treated as a responsibly managed system; a whole. We see how consideration of one part while ignoring the others leads to problems. For instance, good science gave us antibiotics, but bad consumption practices have given us bacteria immune to those antibiotics. Good science has given us nuclear power for electricity, but bad engineering has given us reactor failures and nuclear contamination. The same sort of problem has given us climate change and contaminated water. So, you can see, there are many ways in which good intentions can still deliver bad results. Outright fraud may occur in science, but if it does, it is not science. It is a crime against society under the cover of science and needs to be addressed in that way. As the orderly examination of nature, science is mostly good and needs to be supported in every way possible. Part of that support is making sure it is not conducted in

a vacuum. Section 2 - Science 172 Question 102 What is the theory of a bunch of thought? Answered August 31, 2019 Answer I am going to guess that by ”a bunch of thought” you are asking about theories of how thoughts are packaged. I expect there are psychological terms that are more analytical sounding, but the consensus seems to be that thoughts are more like Gestalt thoughtforms than streams of information. From: Etheric Studies Glossary of Terms: (31) Gestalt: A system or set of elements that must be taken as a whole; something that is understood as a whole, such as a gestalt realization resulting in sudden overall comprehension. The idea is that information in the etheric is managed as concepts which are apparently conveyed by gestalt bundles of related concepts. Our minds, which are oriented toward a building-block perspective of reality, then converts this thought ball into understanding based on our worldview. 1. The Law of Proximity: Stimulus elements that are closed together tend to be perceived as a group 2. The Law of Similarity: Similar stimuli tend to be grouped, this tendency can even dominate grouping due to proximity 3. The Law of Closure: Stimuli tend to be grouped into complete figures 4. The Law of Good Continuation: Stimuli tend to be grouped as to minimize change or discontinuity 5. The Law of Symmetry: Regions bound by symmetrical borders tend to be perceived as coherent figures 6. The Law Simplicity: Ambiguous stimuli tend to be resolved in

favor of the simplest 173 Answers Thought Balls Robert Monroe is well known for his work with spontaneous out of body experiences. He proposed that the normal means of communication in mental space is via “thought balls” he called “rotes.” Thought balls may be similar to thoughtforms. The term is useful in describing an exchange of information that is sensed as a gestalt impression that includes intention, feelings and imagery as an instantaneous experience. Thought balls appear to contain conceptual information. Thoughtform In survival metaphysics, a useful model for the building blocks of reality are fields. A field can be visualized as a set of elements bound together by a common influence. As rudimentary etheric fields, thoughtforms contain information about a specific subject. They may be nested so that a thoughtform concerned with transportation, for instance, may contain information about all forms of transportation while a red wagon thoughtform would contain information specific to red wagons. That, in turn, would be a subset of the transportation thoughtform. As I understand current theories about the propagation of thought, it is as nonphysical thoughtforms. There appears to be no distance in nonphysical space, or psi field as it is known in parapsychology. Thought does not appear to be propagated in the same sense that sound, for instance, is propagated in air. It is characterized more as influence, intention and information than with physical dimensions. As has been recognized in Gestalt Psychology, our mind takes a holistic approach to perception. It picks and

chooses from a huge amount of instantaneously received information to deliver specifically what we are looking for to our conscious awareness. The rest of the story is that our worldview filters incoming information so that we consciously experience only what we think is true. Section 2 - Science 174 Question 103 What is the middle way between dualism and physicalism? Answered September 4, 2019 Answer I gather that by “middle way,” you are asking how we balance Dualism and Physicalism as one concept. I will answer that as I understand the concepts. We are born into the perspective of a human living in a physical world. We learn that we are that human and the physical universe is all there is. Our worldview holds that as truth. There is emerging understanding in psychology that mind acts as a pre- processor, of sorts, that decides what we think about incoming information. It makes that decision about everything, even signals from our body such as feeling and seeing. The mental decision made by our mind is thought to be based on our worldview. That is, what we have been taught is true is used to decide what we think about incoming information. The result of that mostly unconscious mental filtering is delivered to our conscious mind as conscious perception. As this process is becoming understood, it is becoming apparent that we only indirectly experience our world and what we experience is pretty much how we have been taught to experience it. If

the theory that our subconscious mind translates information before sending it to our conscious awareness is correct, the implication is that we make our world according to what we have been taught. If that is correct, there is an actual reality which we may or may not correctly experience. A second emerging concept is that our mental functions extend outside of our body. For instance, there is good documentation that some of the information coming from the environment is from other minds. Here is supporting research: 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) and Selected Psi Research Publications (14) There is also research indicating that our mind is able to function when our brain is essentially dead. Here are some interesting perspectives on this: 175 Answers Is There Life After Death? The Worlds Top Scientific & Spiritual Experts Weigh In (113) Duality requires that our mind has a presence outside of our body. Based on current and emerging research, it is becoming clear that our mind does exist beyond our body. It also indicates that we experience physicality because we have been taught to assign physical characteristics to sensed information that we have been taught is physical. The middle way, then, is that we are nonphysical personalities experiencing a physical lifetime and that the experiences we associate with our lifetime are assigned as such via our worldview. This is mind-bending to grasp, but it is also important to grasp if we are ever to understand the

relationship between Dualism and Physicalism. Question 104 How scientific is psychology? Answered September 6, 2019 Answer Psychology is concerned with the mind (psyche) and how it influences human behavior. I am not a psychologist, but from my experience, it is illogical to compare science as it is applied to reductionism and science as it is applied to the infinitely variable psyche. I can predict to a few milliseconds how long a block of wood will take to slide down an incline and be correct virtually every trial. That is because such factors as friction and the acceleration of gravity are empirically established quantities. I am aware of no such collection of empirically established factors for the behavior of mind. Of course, some traits have a predictable gross influence on behavior. For instance, certain chemicals have predictable effects on mood. A male child will tend to have a known spectrum of behaviors that are different from a female child. But these are combined sciences of psychology, biology and pharmacology. The most valuable expression of science I have seen in psychology has been concerned with mental processes. For instance, First Sight Theory (19) proposes that perception is directly influenced by a person’s ability to focus. Section 2 - Science 176 (I have integrated the essence of First Sight Theory into the Perception Discourse. (22) Actually, you really need to have psychology be a form of orderly pursuit of knowledge, rather or not you call it science. The more we understand how perception

works, the more evident it becomes that we need to find ways to manage perception. Psychology is the only tool we have, that I am aware of, that might help us find ways to better manage perception. See Our Unconscious Mind (58) Question 105 Has a general theory of thought ever been developed? Answered September 23, 2019 Answer Of course, there are foundation assumptions posed by people with different perspectives. The mainstream view is that thought is a biological process of our brain. In that, mind is somehow a product of electrochemical processes in the brain and when it dies, so does mind. Dreams, for instance, are sometimes characterized as the reviewing and rearranging of memories stored in brain cells. While the biological explanation is generally referred to as Materialist Monism (everything is physical) or Physicalism, Dualism is the contending view, which holds that mind and brain exist in different aspects of reality. For a long time, dualistic ideas were relegated to philosophies and religions. Mind was seen as the product of brain and all that remained was to sort out where particular mental functions existed in the brain. However, today, researchers are turning more toward the idea that there exists a nonphysical aspect of reality in which mind exists and that propagates the influence of thought. Brain is seen as a transmitter-receiver for thought as it relates to the physical. In parapsychology, the aspect of reality in which mind might exist is sometimes referred to as the psi field.

The expression and perception functioning of mind is modeled as psi functioning (psychic perception and psychokinetic expression) 177 Answers So, my answer is that the nature of mind is still an open question, but that the trend seems to be toward Dualism and the existence of a nonphysical (nonbiological) mind which exists in the psi field. Etheric Fields (53) is written as a layperson’s discussion of the field concept. Question 106 What are the paradigms of parapsychology? Answered September 23, 2019 Answer Parapsychology is the study of abnormal (para-) mental behavior (psychology). Paranormal is a term meaning other than normal and is usually applied to reported experiences not explained with currently understood principles. They include psychic or mediumistic access to information (psi functioning) and the mental influence of the physical (psychokinesis). Healing intention, near-death and out of body experiences, and reincarnation are also classified as paranormal phenomena. Parapsychologists study paranormal phenomena. From my experience, they approach these phenomena from one of three perspectives. Anomalistic Psychology – seeks to show that reported paranormal experiences are normal experiences mistaken as paranormal. Exceptional Experiences Psychologists – seeks to show that reported experiences may be normal mistaken as paranormal, but some may be the expression of psychic ability. Survival Hypothesis – some parapsychologists are open to the possibility that reported phenomena may be normal or psi functioning but may also be the influence of survived personality. Section 2 - Science 178 Question 107 Was the inclusion of metaphysical elements in Alchemy and other sciences

an early gesture towards a unified theory of everything? Answered September 27, 2019 Answer Alchemy is related to the Hermetic Great Work. The Great Work is the process of transmuting the lead of coarse human nature to the gold of spiritual human nature. A person following the Alchemy Way experiences the spiritual education of a seeker. Ancient wisdom is all about human nature and personal progression toward spiritual maturity. The ancients understood that our spiritual nature is our actual self. To understand our actual self, it is necessary to understand the nature of the reality we inhabit. The study of metaphysics is the study of actual reality. Since we do not have direct experience about the nature of actual reality, it is necessary to develop models—thought models—that help us visualize nature, and by extension, who we are. The metaphysical elements of alchemy are the so what aspects of a long-evolved model of reality that help us understand how to transmute the coarser nature of our human’s instincts into the more spiritual nature of our true self. The idea of a unified theory of everything should probably be considered from two perspectives. There is a metaphysical view of actual reality, of which the physical universe is a subset and a physical universe view that ignores the idea of a greater reality. The Big Bang Theory and all of the subsequent theories of physical reality are involved in a unified physical theory of everything. A unified theory of reality would suppose that

physical space is a subset of the greater reality. As I stated above, it is ultimately concerned with the 179 Answers nature of reality and you and me, since we are presumed to be elements of reality. In a practical sense, we must understand the physical to survive well in the physical, so a unified theory that does not include the greater reality is useful. For those who wish to understand how we as people fit into actual reality, it is necessary to look beyond the physical. Two perspectives, two different unified theories. One a subset of the other. Question 108 How would you scientifically describe or define the existence of a soul or spirit? Answered October 20, 2019 Answer I should begin by saying that I hold a Bachelor of Science Degree in electronic engineering, rather than a Ph.D. in scientist. My answer is in the sense that Soul is a religious term for the essence of who we are while personality (spirit) is a term for the experiential, nonphysical aspect of who we are. I will address the experiential aspect. The engineer’s approach to understanding something that cannot be directly examined, in this case, personality, is to develop a model. I use the black box technique to develop a model. It is based on a cosmology implied by dualistic metaphysics. Personality is imagined to be in the box. Next, the known inputs and outputs related to personality are identified. This exercise is to develop a model of our

spiritual anatomy. In the box are our conscious self, perception and expression processes, core intelligence and our human’s organizing field. These are known by different names, depending on the area of study, so you will need to normalize the terms to better agree with your experience. A model for each major element should be developed in its own black box. I am cutting corners for this explanation. Section 2 - Science 180 Mainstream science is focused on understanding the nature of physical things. Since it is dominant in our culture, the study of nonphysical things is done in terms of mainstream science. Thus, it is assumed in mainstream science that the mind is a product of the brain. That is a body-centric perspective. The Life Field Black Box Diagram was initially used in the essay Morphic Fields. (81) The functional input and output signals suggested by Dualism are used to develop requirements for functional areas within the box. It is legitimate science to hypothesize that there may be a nonphysical aspect of reality that is alongside the physical aspect. If so, its study would require a mind-centric perspective. One of the more useful theories being developed by parapsychologists is the Psi Field Hypothesis. (53) In my words: A field of subtle energy permeates psychical space and functions as a media of propagation for psi influence. Further, the known physical principles of the Physical Hypothesis either do or can be modified to explain psi and psi functioning. 181 Answers The existence

of a psi field and of psi functioning are well-established, both anecdotally and mostly verified through extensive research. See Selected Psi Research Publications. (14) A model of personality must account for these characteristics. Of course, a model of personality must also account for characteristics of mind. We have our conscious awareness and a mostly unconscious mind that acts as a preprocessor for awareness. It has been known in science for some time that the mined is partitioned as conscious and unconscious. Emerging understanding is showing that everything we consciously perceive is first processed by our unconscious mind. See Unconscious Mind Shape Our Day-to-Day Interaction. (40) An important characteristic of the personality model is the idea that it exists independent of the body. The way I like to put it is that we existed before this lifetime and will exist after in a sentient, self-aware form. If that is true, then a model for spiritual anatomy must account for our human avatar as a distinct life field. Please note that we do not have to accept the immortality of our spiritual self for this model to work. There are many indicators that we are guided by human instincts and altruistic urges that seem not to be related to our human’s urge for gene dominance. See The Greatest Threat of All: Human Instincts Overwhelm Reason (56) The Life Filed Complex Diagram below represents my proposed solution to our spiritual anatomy black box problem. The functional area labeled Body Mind represents our human

organism’s nonphysical support. An excellent explanation for the relationship between physical organism and nonphysical morphic blueprint is the Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (35) Our conscious interface with reality is represented in the diagram in association with our human avatar. That is our only nonphysical-to-physical interface. I refer to our conscious awareness as the Experiencer. This is our I think I am this aspect. Think of it as a traveling video camera with internal intelligent control. The Attention Complex represents our mostly unconscious mind. Perception and what we will express are organized by the Perceptual Loop working with our worldview. Pay attention to the lines of influence. All of what we express and what we consciously experience is controlled by the Perceptual Loop. Section 2 - Science 182 Worldview contains all that we have been taught, memory and acquired understanding. It is the measure by which our unconscious mind determines what to send to our conscious awareness and how it should be sent (fear, love, ignore). That is why I refer to this functional area as the Judge. See First Sight Theory. (19) One prediction of this model is that we share our worldview with our human so that much of what is sent to our awareness is colored by our human’s desire to assure the dominance of its genes. There are many human behavior studies concerning this. I think the most useful is the way psychologists model temperament. For example, Myers Briggs Personality Types (21) 183 Answers The Life Field

Complex Diagram represents our spiritual nature. We do have a purpose and unlike the fact that our human will kill for dominance, how we seek to achieve our purpose appears to be guided by an altruistic nature. All of the life field is immortal in the sense that it has a span of existent that is longer than our human’s. The model predicts that there is a core intelligence functional area that acts as an attractor or kernel for our life field. I refer to this as Personality as our true “I am this” aspect. It is the Observer of our existence. The model also predicts that there is a source of purpose and an archive of understanding. I think Personality satisfies this function. If I were to point out Soul in all of this, I would assign the concept to Personality. That is my answer. It is not scientific, but it is getting close. I believe that the missing factor is scrutiny by academically trained thinkers who are able to integrate the various elements of this model. It is easy for one person to concoct a model. It is much more difficult to turn it into science. However, lacking more attention from mainstream science, it is representative of what we have today. Please do remember that there are other thinkers with possibly better models like this, so keep looking. My point here is to show that our spiritual nature is knowable, and that progress is being made. Question 109

If scientists are able to create artificial consciousness using future quantum computers or upload our own consciousness into a machine, would spirituality and nonduality therefore become obsolete/unnecessary under this new materialist paradigm? Answered October 24, 2019 Answer Section 2 - Science 184 This is an interesting question. The credibility of my answer depends in part on whether you accept the idea of duality. That is, if our mind is not a product of our body but exists as an independent life form that came before this lifetime and will continue after. In that sense, our human is an avatar for us in this lifetime. So, from the perspective of duality, your question is more concerned with whether we can develop an artificial avatar. Take a look at the Avatar. (43) While not an expert in these things, I did conduct an extensive thought exercise exploring that question. The Avatar Essay includes consideration of what we are learning from instrumental and personal transcommunication. The challenge is to find a way that thought can sense and influence the physical. In duality, the mind does not directly sense the physical. It detects the bioelectric-chemical signals via the brain that represent the human’s five senses. In turn, it interacts with the physical by sending commands to the human to act. An analog of this is that our human is a drone that acts like a roving sensor capable of manipulating physical objects as commanded by our mind. When our drone speaks to another drone,

it is using a long and clumsy way of communicating that already occurs mind-to-mind. In effect, as drone operators, we are sitting next to other drone operators. Rather than asking the drone to convey a message to the next drone, it is more efficient to simply talk to the person sitting next to us. As the mystics would say, because we learned to talk, we forgot to sense. What makes our human drone an avatar is that we appear to share our worldview with our human. Much of our younger years are guided by our human’s instincts. it is only after we learn the difference between human instincts and our … let us say, spiritual instincts, that we begin to act as a spiritual being. The diagram below from Mind as Storyteller (34) will give you a sense of what I mean. The possibility we can develop a drone that our mind can direct is shown by the fact that random event generators have been shown to apparently change in randomness under the influence of intentionality. Then, of course, Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) appear to be formed by the intentionality of mind. It seems reasonable to expect machines in the near future that are directly controlled by mind … no wires, implants or biofeedback devices. 185 Answers Developing a device that converts physical signals to mental signals is a little more difficult. At this time, I am unaware of no way to replicate the mental sensing side of a drone.

However, one possible explanation of sensing in remote viewing is that the viewer is not sensing the distant location, but rather, is sensing the memory of people on-site or who have been there. If this is true, except for situations in which the drone is to operate where no human (or other animals) has been, there would be no functional need for such a physical-to-mental signal transformation. If our mind is not a product of brain, my answer is that our spiritual nature is not a function of our human. The task you suggest is to build a suitable drone. I see no way that such a drone, itself, would have the sentience to merge with our nonphysical worldview. Question 110 Why can't science explain supernatural things like magic or ghosts? Answered November 23, 2019 Answer Science can explain paranormal phenomena and is making progress. It is just that there remains a lot of work to do. First, to set the record straight, “supernatural” is an old term meaning that a reported experience is not natural. Research is showing that the Section 2 - Science 186 reported experiences we refer to as paranormal (was supernatural) are natural characteristics of consciousness. Because we do not yet have effective models explaining them, it is too easy to think of them as magical. When we call these natural phenomena magical, we tend to make it more difficult for people to understand their true nature. None of the research I am aware of suggests

magic in the context of things paranormal is anything other than trickery. For this question, there are five primary subgroups in the paranormalist community. Parapsychologists are academically trained people, usually with an MS or Ph.D., who focus their research on paranormal phenomena: Anomalistic Psychology – attempts to show such phenomena are normal consciousness mistaken as paranormal, aka delusion. Exceptional Experiences Psychology – study to understand phenomena as psi (psychic) function associated with consciousness. Survival Metaphysics – considers the possibility that some reported psi phenomena may be evidence of survival, and if so, how should that be modeled. Practitioners – people of any educational level and walk of life who produce or seek to produce paranormal phenomena. Observers and Experiencers – people who seek to experience, understand and apply paranormal phenomena. We expect parapsychologists to be our source of knowledge concerning things paranormal. In practice, popular wisdom, cultural contamination, false assumptions and skepticism are prevalent amongst all five groups. The question, “Why can't science explain supernatural things like magic or ghosts?” is an example of a false assumption. As did the questioner, the remedy is to ask questions and develop informed discernment by studying the literature from all five groups. The organized study of things paranormal is still in its infancy. It is poorly funded, and the field is fraught with false assumptions. All of us come from the mainstream culture in which we have been taught that only mainstream science can explain … anything. 187 Answers A more correct truth

is that psi phenomena are not easily studied using the old ways. It is just recently that scientists are realizing this and are developing research techniques that are applicable. Comments Occasionally, people pass by and leave a comment on Quora. Some of those are rather interesting. Herbert Delling commented: We live in the “dark ages” of knowledge of existence. Ancient spiritual knowledge and wisdom points directly to a simple acceptance of that which needed no complicated explanations or “proofs”. And yet the most basic of proof is lost in the search of details to disprove it. I replied I have studied the ancient teaching a little. In fact, mention of my favorite references is in an essay I am working on right now for a talk: Emerald Tablet – First dispensation 6,000 years ago. Instruction for the Creative Process. For this reason, I am called Hermes Trismegiatus–one in essence but three in total aspect. In this Trinity are concealed the three parts of the wisdom of the whole world. Line 13; Hermes explaining how to master the creative process. The Hermes Concepts (1) Katha Upanishad – Second dispensation 4,000 years ago. Instruction on how to concern death. But whoso is possessed of a discriminating intellect and a restrained mind, and is ever pure, attains that goal from which he is not born again. 1-III-8 Arise, awake, and learn by approaching the exalted ones, for that path is sharp as a razor's edge, impassable, and hard to go by, say the

wise. 1- III-14 Vedanta Shastras Library (41) Christian Bible – Third dispensation 2,000 years ago. Instruction on personal progression and service to others. Thomas said to him, “Master, we don’t know where you’re going, so how could we know the way there?” John 14.5 Section 2 - Science 188 Jesus explained, “I am the Way, I am the Truth,[g] and I am the Life. No one comes next to the Father[h] except through union with me.[i] To know me is to know my Father too. John 14.6 Bible Gateway passage: John 14 (114) Aramaic version. Notes: [g] Or “the True Reality.” [h] Jesus does more than take us to heaven, he brings us next to (alongside of) the Father. The Father is the destination. [i] Or “through [faith in] me.” I will argue these are references to the three aspects of a teacher, which is pretty close to an organizing principle of Natural Law. The problem with ancient wisdom is that it tends to be corrupted by society. The Greeks did terrible things to the Hermetica. The words attributed to Jesus have been turned into religious gospel designed to exclude all but believers. If the principles taught by these wayshowers are valid, then the metaphysical processes and implications they represent are knowable. It is by coming to understand those underlying implications that we can learn how to make them available to more people and perhaps apply them to more than just individual progression. Take care not to assume the wisdom

of the individual. Perception is contaminated by culture. Belief left unanswered by discerning intellect too easily leads to superstition and control by priests. Question 111 Is pseudoscience a pejorative term? Answered December 18, 2019 Answer The short answer is “Yes.” However, our focus should be on why people use the term. First, a few terms as I use them here: 189 Answers Pseudoscience – false or fake science; not defined by mainstream science. Scientism – the belief that only established science can explain reality; the belief that something is not real unless it is specifically described by science. Mainstream science or society – the majority culture; the part of society that accepts the majority science view as the only truth. This is primarily a physicalist view. Frontier of thought – early studies of phenomena not yet integrated into mainstream science; the emerging outer limits of knowledge. Also known as emergent science. This may be physicalist but also may be dualist. I am going to use Wikipedia to explain. As an editor, I spent a lot of time interacting with other Wikipedia editors during the time Pseudoscience, Fringe Science and Paranormal were defined in arbitrations. Wikipedia Arbitration. (77) The dominant group of editors of frontier subjects in Wikipedia is decidedly skeptical of subjects that are not specifically explained by mainstream science. They identify with organized skeptics. While it is important to be discerning, the outright rejection of frontier subjects is scientism. The problem is that Scientisimist editors (if it isn't, it

needs to be a word (115)) have so dominated the frontier subject articles in Wikipedia that they are able to suppress all other views. An example is that I have been permanently banned from editing the Rupert Sheldrake (104) article because I was trying to support a more balanced treatment of Sheldrake’s work: Pseudoscience arbitration case notification: Due to ongoing single purpose advocacy of pseudoscience topics and editors, you are hereby notified that this topic area is under an Arbitration Committee case discretionary sanctions] enforcement. The following sanction now applies to you: Topic banned from Rupert Sheldrake in accordance with the terms at WP:TBAN. You have been sanctioned per this arbitration enforcement request Now take a look at List of topics characterized as pseudoscience (74) – maintained by skeptic Wikipedia editors. Close examination of the Section 2 - Science 190 references used to support the entries on the list will show that virtually all of them are from known skeptical publications, people who base their reputation on debunking ideas and outdated publications. Granted, some of the subjects are questionable, but pseudoscience is being used as a general term to discount anything the conservative editors do not like. Scientism is a belief and pseudoscience is the brand of shame scientismist place on any idea that does not agree with their worldview. Frontier subjects are such because they are part of our emerging understanding of reality. Given their way, scientismist would lock us in the present with no hope of gaining further

understanding of our world. So yes, pseudoscience is a pejorative. Question 112 Is there any science data and research supporting psychic phenomena? Answered December 30, 2019 Answer The short answer is “yes.” But as always, there are considerations. The field of parapsychology is specifically focused on paranormal phenomena. From the Parapsychological Association, (23) “Parapsychology is the scientific and scholarly study of three kinds of unusual events (ESP, mind-matter interaction, and survival), which are associated with human experience.” All parapsychologists are expected to be Ph.Ds. (academics), but not all are trained scientists. It is also important to understand that parapsychologists tend to be retired from an unrelated field. It seems the most common, for instance, are retired philosophy or psychology professors. It is possible to find a Ph.D. in biology, for instance, espousing truth about physical mediumship under cover of that unrelated degree. Paranormalists is a useful term for people who have more than a casual interest in things paranormal. Some are academics, some are laypeople. Not all accept the evidence of paranormal phenomena. There is a defacto Academic-Layperson Partition that tends to retard the free exchange of information. The effect is that academics seldom 191 Answers collaborate with laypeople and laypeople seldom understand what academics are up to. Reports and possibly resulting theories are written for other academics and seldom trickle down to laypeople as actionable guidance. It is useful to divide the paranormalist science community into three categories: Materialism is the philosophical view that only matter exists. Everything is

physical and the interaction of things physical. We see this view in Anomalistic Psychology. This is often referred to as Physicalism or as the Physical Hypothesis. It is argued in Dualism that reality consists of material (physical) and mind (spiritual). In this, mind is independent of body, but is expressed into the physical by way of the body. This view is often expressed in Exceptional Experiences Psychology. The Psi Field Hypothesis (53) and First Sight Theory (19) (22) are representative of this. In Monism, all of reality is thought to be mind and the physical is an expression of mind. Survival Metaphysics is one view of this. Most of ethericstudies.org is concerned with Survival Metaphysics. Mainstream science is predominantly materialistic. But here is the problem. Parapsychologists identifying with Anomalistic Psychology are also physicalists. Psychologists tend to be our harshest and least informed critics. Paranormalists think of such uninformed criticism as skeptic and debunking. Another factor that needs to be considered when evaluating the “science data and research supporting psychic phenomena” is that our understanding of these phenomena is evolving faster than most people realize. In my study, I have found that, in some cases, articles and reports can be out of date within ten or fifteen years. A person’s expertise in a field, say the study of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), can be dated by a single discovery. For instance, the realization that the voice is formed out of available noise in transform EVP, and that it tends to be

initiated by brief spikes of sound, offers an explanation for why steady-state noise is not as useful as more chaotic noise. That came about around 2010. prior to that, even the steady-state noise of radio static was being recommended for background noise. Section 2 - Science 192 This rapid evolution of understanding has served to assure the obsolescence of academic authority that has crossed over from unrelated fields of study. Nevertheless, many parapsychological reports are written as if the obsolescence of the author’s expertise is not a factor. Being peer-reviewed is not a recommendation when it is done in secrecy by people from unrelated fields. Most paranormal phenomena involve a mental influence on a physical process. Consciousness is always involved. In Dualism, the effect should be studied from the consciousness-to-physical perspective, but as physical people, to understand the full effect, it is also necessary to study the influence from a physical-to-consciousness perspective. That means the study of psychic functioning, for instance, needs to be studied in terms of human factors (instincts, lucidity, worldview, motivation cultural influences), physics (conversion of mental processes to physical effect) and survival metaphysics (propagation of thought, physical characteristic conversion to mental influence). With this in mind, it is arguable that any effective study should be conducted by a team with representation from psychology, physics, electronics, and most importantly, practitioners who are able to produce the phenomena to be studied. Some parapsychologists insist that real science cannot be conducted in the field. For them to conduct research,

they argue that the practitioners would be required to go into the laboratory to demonstrate their phenomena under controlled conditions. Other researchers are happy to hire college students to act as practitioners, even though the students have no demonstrated ability. All of our studies suggest that the practitioner is part of the channel. Their expectations that they are in a haunted house or in their special work area has considerable influence on their ability to demonstrate. With the resulting failure to produce expected phenomena in the laboratory, resulting parapsychological reports typically show that the phenomena are practitioner delusion. (3) It is important that anyone studying this “science data and research” material is aware of the considerations I have described. The observer should always consider the qualifications of the author. One report does not establish truth. Science is evolving and the observer should always maintain a sort of meta-analyses mental image of that science as more research is considered. 193 Answers I recommend that the observer considers both academic and lay sources. Resources Dean Radin, Ph.D. has a good list of literature I often use as a deanradin.com/evidence/evidence.htm 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects at subtle.energy/list-100-peer-reviewed-papers-offer-scientific-evidence- psi-phenomena/ The Psi Encyclopedia includes articles written by parapsychologists but with no apparent lay input: psi-encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/. The Society for Psychical Research (SPR) maintained a Research Article Database: www.spr.ac.uk/publications-recordings/research-articles- database Parapsychology: A Handbook for the 21st Century Edited by Etzel Cardeña , John Palmer and David Marcusson-Clavertz McFarland, 2015, ISBN 978-0-7864-7916-0, ebook

ISBN 978-1-4766- 2105-0 As a layperson, I maintain a rather unorganized list of links at ethericstudies.org/references/ I recommend taking time to consider Forever Family Foundation, (116), Etheric Studies (6) and Association TransCommunication (117; 118) Question 113 How does science explain paranormal phenomena? Answered January 4, 2020 Answer 1234 Scientists do not usually provide pat explanations. They seek to understand nature and that understanding evolves with continuing study. Current understanding tends to reveal new questions that, with study, might result in greater understanding. Explanations come when there exists sufficient Section 2 - Science 194 understanding to develop useful explanations. Society should not want science to be any other way. Things paranormal are no different. The study of reported experiences such as the anomalous acquisition of information (psychic or psi functioning), influence at a distance (psychokinesis or psi functioning) and the effects of healing intention has evolved over time as more reports emerge and research tools improve. Unlike a falling apple or refraction of light in water, which are physical phenomena, reported experiences generally referred to as paranormal phenomena appear to be predominantly mental. They must be studied by studying their effects. For instance, a remote viewer may correctly describe a building in another city that the person has never seen or even knew about (anomalous acquisition of information). The randomness of random event generators is sometimes seen to become less random with the influence of intention, even in the presence of a meditating person (influence at a distance). Changes in a

person’s psychology have been noted when healing intention is directed toward them. In Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), mental influence appears to cause a physical effect in the form of anomalous speech (Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP)) or visual features. While the study of most paranormal phenomena did not begin in earnest until the late 1800s, ITC is a relatively new experience and well-considered study is just beginning. The answer to your question is that these phenomena are still not well enough understood to establish substantiated explanations. Mostly, there are a few encouraging theories. In fact, we still see the need to improve collaboration between those who are trained to study such phenomena and those who are able to produce examples to be studied. Parapsychologists continue to disagree if demonstrations of paranormal phenomena should be studied in the field where it normally occurs or in a laboratory where the scientists can control the demonstration. Going back to that falling apple example, the apple will always fall on demand. Most paranormal phenomena are either spontaneous (haunt phenomena, for instance) or induced by practitioners — exceptional individuals who have inherent ability or who have developed it through considerable effort. We also await efforts from the academic community to provide guidance to help practitioners improve their ability. 195 Answers Question 114 How do we define what a science is? To my understanding anything can be a science as long as there is an ambition for objective truth and the ability to falsify. Answered January 13, 2020

Answer I am not a scientist. I am an engineer. As a person who has spent the greater part of my life at the frontier of science, I will argue that there is a textbook definition of science and there is the actual practice of science. Consider Paradigm Shifts. It begins: (119) Thomas Kuhn (1922-1996; American philosopher of science), in his famous book The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (1962), argues that “science” does not progress as a linear accumulation of new knowledge, but undergoes periodic revolutions called paradigm shifts. According to Kuhn, paradigms represent a widely held truth about some aspect of reality (my words). The Big Bang Theory and quantum physics are paradigms. Again, from the brief: It is not possible to understand one paradigm through the conceptual framework and terminology of another rival paradigm. As a member of a scientific community, our “reality” is determined by the paradigm through which we see the world. Science begins with the naturalist taking careful field notes. Newton’s notes about that falling apple, for instance. A possible explanation is proposed in the form of a testable hypothesis: drop apple many times, see if it hits the ground. The hypothesis is refined through test and modification until it begins to amount to a sort of truth. Our current paradigm about gravity and apples is that they always fall to the ground. Section 2 - Science 196 Again, from the brief: When observations or the results of research do not conform to the paradigm,

they are seen as not refuting the paradigm, but as the mistake of the researcher. Truth is relative and science depends on prior understanding. As a relatively mature society (older, not necessarily wiser), most of our science is done in the context of received wisdom in the form of paradigms. For small questions, such as the speed of light in water relative to the speed in a vacuum, working within the paradigm is demonstrably good science. For larger questions, Dualism versus Physicalism, for instance, received wisdom tends to suppress progress. An example is the possibility that attention on a process tends to change that process. That is normally seen as a parapsychological question, but it has become a factor as the observer effect in the study of quantum mechanics. A scientist using electronic technology is apt to report a physical effect, when in fact, it is a psychokinetic effect caused by the scientist or an interested observer. Until the paradigm changes to allow more open consideration of such psi phenomena, mainstream science will always be wrong. It may be right enough to work, but errors tend to compound. My answer, then, is that science is all of those textbook definitions but also suspended judgment. Science is supposed to be conducted without undue influence of preconceptions. truth is not as important as are trends. Question 115 How do metaphysics and epistemology connect? Answered January 26, 2020 Answer Here is the relationship between these terms as I have learned to use them.

An example to work with 197 Answers There is a parapsychological proposition that a subtle nonphysical field called the psi field permeates physical space and acts as a media of propagation for the effects of intentionality and perception. The influence or effect being propagated is called Psi. It is useful to think of Psi, not as thought, but as the influence of thought. It is the influence of thought that needed to be accounted for, as physical principles do not. Since we think in concepts more like whole ideas, it is useful to model the stuff of thought—that which we think about—as thoughtforms. Thoughtforms are variously described as thought balls, gestalt forms, and simple etheric fields. Thoughts about a cat, for instance, would be a thoughtform field containing all of the aspects of cat such as small, house pet, cute, whiskers, nine lives…. all bound to the central idea of cat (the field’s attractor). The cat thoughtform would be closely associated with a feline thoughtform which might be the top field as the attractor for more specific thoughtforms such as different species of cats and different classes such as large hunters or feral. In turn, the feline thoughtform would be related to others, such as canine and simian thoughtforms. Different but related thoughts will relate these elements in different ways, but the underlying relationship remains the same and would be their epistemology. The Psi Field Hypothesis is a metaphysical concept. The thoughtform concept is part of a metaphysical architecture. The

relationship between the hypothetical psi field, thoughtforms and physical space is a cosmology. These are comparable to the singularity (epistemology) causing the Big Bang to produce the physical universe (metaphysical architecture). The resulting structure of the universe would be the astronomical cosmology. And so, you have the origin of concept (epistemology), concept (metaphysical) and relationship amongst concepts (cosmology) Section 2 - Science 198 Question 116 Why do you think that ESP and other elements of parapsychology are controversial with many researchers? Answered February 20, 2020 Answer The intellectually lazy comments like “ESP is not controversial because there is no evidence it exists” help assure the real reported human experiences may not be understood. That is an intellectual equivalent of book burning. To be clear, the phenomena of parapsychology are real to those who report experiencing them. Any explanation for those experiences must somehow explain the experience, if not the possible phenomenon. In fact, research is beginning to produce workable theories that describe principles that may one day expand our understanding of ourselves and our world. The controversy is of the same nature that Galileo faced from the church. Psi phenomena and related research tend to contradict the status quo. Always, the status quo resists change. It seldom has anything to do with the facts. When someone tells you that there is no proof, ask them to show the research disproving it. Parapsychologists are required to show the research proving it. It goes both ways. Here are a couple of lists

providing links to research reports about such phenomena: Selected Psi Research Publications (14) • Healing at a Distance (10 Items) • Physiological correlations at a distance (19 Items) • Telepathy & ESP (24 Items) • General Overviews & Critiques (5 Items) • Survival of Consciousness (10 Items) • Precognition & Presentiment (16 Items) 199 Answers • Theory (12 Items) • Mind-Matter Interaction (29 Items) • Potential Applications (3 Items) • Some recommended books (23 Items) • Websites with access to more articles (17 Items) • Videos (3 Items) 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) Question 117 Why is paranormal science not developed like other science? Answered March 9, 2020 Answer Remember how Galileo Galilei was in trouble with the Church for heresy about what we today would call science? That was in the early 1600s. As an early astronomer, Galileo is generally considered the Father of Modern Physics. Mainstream science is older than Galilei, but if we begin with him, it has been evolving for around 400 years. Governments and corporations fund universities and researchers to further science. Universities manage libraries to help researchers share information. Professional organizations support a large community of scientists. The “mainstream science” I refer to is well established with a substantial foundation of knowledge based on abundant research by thousands and thousands of scientists with many more supporting technicians and engineers. Universities teach science, not just to future scientists, but at least some science to almost all students. High schools

and elementary schools also teach science. We are a science-literate society. Established science, education programs, publications by support organizations and funding sources work together to reinforce a standard of Section 2 - Science 200 science that basically tells the world, “This is established science, this is what is truth and these are the truth givers.” While the frontiers of known science are actually emergent or proto science, thanks to organized skeptics, anything not part of mainstream science is considered pseudoscience. Reported experiences we refer to as paranormal should be studied as frontier science, but instead, they are called pseudoscience and verge on becoming a taboo subject except for the for entertainment only popular culture. Again, thanks to the organized skeptic, pseudoscience is considered a danger to society and working on frontier subjects that skeptics brand as pseudoscience can cost the researcher’s mainstream career. Certainly, there is little money for research, only a few poorly attended professional organizations and virtually no university support. My personal advice to young doctoral students wanting to be a parapsychologist is to major in a mainstream subject and work on things paranormal as a private avocation. On close examination, it is clear that most parapsychologists come to the study late in life from other fields of study. Retired, they no longer need to worry about being ostracized by their mainstream peers and are more able to apply scarce research grants to actual research. One of the oldest organizations supporting parapsychology was founded in 1882 in England

as the Society for Psychical Research (24) Most of the research they conducted in the early days was like naturalists observing demonstrations. The first half of the 1900s saw the establishment of formal laboratories for studying paranormal phenomena under controlled conditions. Most of those labs have closed due in part to the lack of funding. I believe a major problem for in-lab studies is that it is difficult to study such experiences as psychic sensing, psychokinetic influences and distant healing intention under controlled conditions. From my study, it appears the results of the lab’s work are that the phenomena are real, but few useful theories have emerged that lend themselves to focused research unless the field opens more to hypotheses that consider alternative physics. It appears everyone has psi functioning capabilities but there are relatively few people who can decisively demonstrate them and even fewer who are able to do so on demand. Here are two lists of research reports that may give you an idea of what has been done: Selected Psi Research Publications (14) and 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112). 201 Answers It was speculated a few years ago that there were around 50 Ph.Ds. in the world working as parapsychologists. The field is just a little more than 100 years old. By comparison, mainstream physics is at least 400 years old and conducted by probably many thousands of scientists. Universities do not support the field and there are few professional organizations.

Compare the sparse resources and short history of the paranormalist research community with the mainstream academia’s resistance to change, institutional protection of established truth and the skeptic’s scientism. The better question is to ask when the public is going to demand that their funding goes toward a better understanding of our most important ability. Parapsychologists are doing their part. Question 118 Should non-experts be allowed to criticize experts? Answered March 13, 2020 Answer An expert is generally defined as a person who has comprehensive training in a subject, and through extensive experience, has gained authoritative knowledge of that subject which they are willing and able to convey to the public. I personally prefer subject matter specialist instead of expert. A specialist seeks to understand and become proficient in a particular subject area. From my experience, a person claiming to be a specialist may have a greater understanding about a subject than do others but will generally not claim to be any kind of expert--just helpful. The public has a responsibility as well. When looking to a person for guidance, the most important tool we have is discernment. Here are a few phrases that help explain this point: There is mediocracy at all levels – amongst any group of people working in the same subject area, some are only marginally qualified to be in the group and some are the most knowledgeable of the group. The majority are more or less average. How the expert ranks amongst peers is information the

public deserves to know. Section 2 - Science 202 Wizard of Oz Syndrome – The misconception that people with doctorate degrees are infinitely knowledgeable and wise, and that they work to help us better understand their subject. In fact, they are not all- wise and seldom bother to actually try to communicate their understanding to the public. Mostly, we hear from science writers. Wizard Complex – People with doctorates believe they are infinitely knowledgeable and wise. People with more training in a subject area than the public tends to assume knowledge authority that may not be present. The “I am trained and you are not” attitude is followed by “Therefore, I know more than you about this subject.” This ignores the fact that training gives information. Only practice gives knowledge. Experience only offers the opportunity for understanding. Training alone gives no assurance of expertise. For instance, I know Amateur (Ham) Radio Operators who know more about the characteristics of radio communication than many academics. While academics trained in the field should know more of the physical principles, they probably will not have a sense of how those principles manifest in the real world. Expertise is relative. Hyperlucidity – Self-delusion; mistaking information colored by worldview as a lucid sense of the actual nature of reality. See Jerusalem Syndrome. (120) This is especially important for mind-related subjects but it has an equivalent in scientism, which means the belief that science holds all truths and is the ultimate authority. Assumed Knowledge – Often

stems from hyperlucidity but is usually related to the Wizard Complex. This is especially problematic when academically trained people depend on their credentials to give them authority in an unrelated field. For instance, a Ph.D. in biology might claim academic authority in a field investigation of reported paranormal phenomena. Since the science is so sparse in that field, none of which is biologically founded, the Ph.D. has no academic standing greater than, say, a layperson who has been studying the subject for years. If parapsychological organizations actually understood the intent of peer review, they would never publish an assumed knowledge report. See Open Letter to Paranormalists: Limits of science, trust and responsibility (3) 203 Answers Academic-Layperson Partition – Separation between people without an advanced degree imposed by people with an advanced degree; an aspect of Wizard Complex. One of the reasons we, the people, help pay for the university system is the expectation that the resulting educated people will help us sort out how to live in this world. Sometimes, this expectation is met with an academically imposed separation between the educated and the not so educated. When this partition is strong, academics posing as experts often figuratively speaking simply toss information over the partition. I suspect it is those academics this question addresses. The answer is yes, proclamations of truth under cover of academic authority always need to be questions … with respect while expecting respect in return. It is hugely important to society that well-qualified people make their

expertise available to the rest of us. From my experience, those who would be considered experts are a mixed lot, many of whom are not actually qualified to be considered experts. This is true about some who altruistically try to help. Ultimately, knowledge comes from education and experience. Academics represent the organized education aspect of society. Often, laypeople represent the experience. An exchange of information between the two in the form of collaboration is a valuable tool. If the layperson is unable to decide whether or not the expert is qualified, he or she should ignore the supposed expert. Section 2 - Science 204 Question 119 Why are there still many profoundly metaphysical questions that remain unanswered by science? Answered March 29, 2020 Answer An assumption in physics is that reality is knowable. If all of reality is known, then metaphysics would be a meaningless term because everything would be defined within the scope of known science. While physical science is successful, people studying the physical sciences tend to limit themselves to physical concepts. That is, they argue that only the physical universe exists. Psychology deals with the mind and has only recently been grudgingly give the status as real science. Concepts concerned with mind and concepts concerned with physical science do not often mingle. If we agree that reality is entirely explained as the result of the hypothetical “Big Bang” event, which is thought to have created the physical universe and everything in it including mind, then there can

be no metaphysical concepts that address anything other than what was created by the Big Bang. However, if we agree that mind is not the product of a biological brain, it becomes necessary to speculate about the existence of an aspect of reality that is not physical. That is, mind is not physical and must exist somewhere other than in the brain. The idea of mind that is independent of biological brain is referred to as Dualism. There is sufficient experimental and anecdotal reason to speculate that a nonphysical field exists with the physical universe, in which mind exists, and that provides a medium of propagation for the influence of thought. If we are to study mind, consciousness and the many reported apparently paranormal experiences, it becomes necessary to think of metaphysics as the study of fundamental principles of both physical and mental aspects of reality. The fork in the road is at physicalism on the one way and Dualism on the other. 205 Answers While the physical world is not completely explained, it is much better explained than the nonphysical field supporting mind and thought. Even more important for you and me is that the relationship between the two aspects of reality is hardly studied. In my view, the answer to this question is that scientific dogma does not include the possibility of nonphysical mind, and therefore, the concept is only studied by a few brave souls as a frontier science. Section 3 Psi Functioning Introduction Psi functioning is

the mind’s equivalent of the human’s five senses. It includes such abilities as being psychic, mediumship, clairvoyance, remote viewing, healing intention and psychokinesis (aka mind over matter, levitation). In Dualism, mind (consciousness, personality, self) is considered nonphysical. The nonphysical aspect of reality is still being defined. I refer to it as etheric (the etheric, etheric space). Parapsychologists have identified a field overlaying the physical they refer to as the psi field. Psi is the expression of mind and the psi field functions as a medium of propagation for psi. It is correct to say that mind inhabits the psi field. It is important to me that people have a realistic and supportable understanding of these phenomena. Our parapsychological community is doing a lot considering their limited resources and few qualified researchers. The concepts are complex, and I believe most people do not realize how much is known or the implications of what is known. As you read these answers, keep in mind that, as a technical writer, I search for terminology that explains the point in a useful manner. For instance, I am not sure I have actually read where a parapsychologist has referred to the psi field as the Psi Field Hypothesis. I have taken it on myself to name it a hypothesis so that I can compare that concept to the Survival Hypothesis. There are other ways in which I have made a sort of leap of logic in an attempt to clearly make a point. That is

one of the reasons I try to include references to useful source material. Examination of my essays will show additional references. If you question my answers, please do examine the references. Also feel free to contact me if you have questions or think I should answer in a different way. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 208 Question 120 Do you believe that ESP exists? Answered May 30, 2018 Answer These days, ESP or Extra Sensory Perception is more often referred to as psi sensing. Psi, pronounced sigh, is thought to be a subtle aspect of reality that permeates all of the physical as the psi field. First Sight Theory (19) is gaining acceptance as the model for how all of us are naturally able to sense information in the psi field and how our thoughts naturally send information into the field. If you want to know yourself, perhaps the most important thing you can do is understand a little about First Sight Theory. In Spiritualism, (20) mediumship is referred to as the ability for a person to act as a conduit for information from our friends on the other side. Psychic is the ability to sense information without any apparent physical means. From the perspective of the psi field, mediumship and psychic are both forms of psi functioning. Or, as you are asking, ESP. So, the answer is yes, we think everyone is able to sense the psi field. Some are more able than others. It is a skill that

can be developed, but keep in mind that, as in sports, most of us are just okay while a few are naturally superstars. Question 121 Is telekinesis scientifically true? Answered September 25, 2018 Answer I was going to pass on this question until I read the one answer listed at the time. Beware those who make absolute statements. Look at their credentials. 209 Answers Parapsychologists refer to telekinesis as psychokinesis these days. An excellent overview of Psychokinesis (PK) is in the Psi Encyclopedia in the Psychokinesis Research (121) article. Photograph from History and Background of the SORRAT Group by I. Grattan-Guinness The objective nature of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is discussed in a study report titled EVP Online Listening Trials. (122) EVP is a less well- accepted form of PK influence of electronic equipment but it is easily studied. Physical séance phenomena often involve PK but is mostly studied by not so well controlled observation. I have included a photograph from History and Background of the SORRAT Group by I. Grattan-Guinness (123) of a disposable camera as it was levitated in a locked 20 Gallon glass chamber. The movement was captured with a motion-sensitive camera. The circumstances, qualifications of the people operating the chamber and the chain of custody of the original photograph represent the work product of valid science research. Another way that PK is studied is during the study of poltergeist activity. See Poltergeists (Overview). (95) There are examples of table levitation that have been studied. Just search

for “table levitation research” on the Internet. I have been a sitter when the table rose with all four legs off the floor several inches and then crashed down. This, a couple of times. Beware your toes! The facts of PK are well established. Theories are being tested. The problem is that those theories depend on principles that are not currently Section 3 – Psi Functioning 210 accepted by mainstream science. Until the momentum of old science is superseded by more contemporary theory, the science will always be considered pseudoscience (false science.) Question 122 How did you get involved with the paranormal? Answered November 7, 2019 Answer Each of us has experiences that hint to the possibility there is something more to who we are than what we are told. I do not mean this in the sense of “who am I” or “what is my purpose.” Nor am I talking in terms of religion or spirituality. Consider the times you might have noticed your pet seemed to be smarter than expected or the way events seemed to come together just right for your best interest. How about your dreams? Have you wondered why you are different than your friends—not physically or socially, but why you have a different way of thinking about things? People range in degree of comprehension, discernment and understanding. All three are different things but related like legs of a three- legged stool: Comprehension –the ability to recognize characteristics and their relationships in things to understand

their nature. Discernment – the presence of mind to question, consider and examine ideas to see the sensibility of their implications. A discerning person is one who does not accept information on face value but seeks to comprehend the underlying evidence. Understanding – comprehension of underlying principles. Understanding is like a thought ball. When you understand a wagon, for instance, in one thought, you are aware of looks purpose, limitations, alternatives, anything you have learned that is related to wagonhood. Understanding is relative, so that your first exposure to wagon may produce limited understanding, but over time, with repeated 211 Answers encounters, your understanding matures to a more correct comprehension of the actual nature of the wagon concept. Greater than average comprehension, more than average discernment and an urge to gain understanding are characteristics of a person who is likely to begin seriously considering the possibility that a paranormal explanation to experience may make more sense. In my experience, all else who claim an interest are just idly interested in the same way they might be idly interested if Big Foot exists. What I have described here is my answer to how I got involved with the paranormal. Religious and scientific explanations of my experiences fell far short of furthering my understanding. How could I not look closer to see the underlying ideas? Remember, paranormal is a word for nature not yet described by mainstream science. Comprehension, discernment and understanding can be developed. Make a habit of understanding things you

see in your environment. For instance, when you see a dog, consciously recognize that it is a dog. Speculate about what it is doing, and later, decide if your speculation makes sense. A fundamental lesson taught in ancient wisdom schools is that seekers (students) should learn everything they can about everything. In a real sense, the more we know the more background we have to comprehend new ideas. The Mindful Way (12) is a good term to describe what it takes to develop discernment and increase understanding. Increasing the two will, in turn, increase your comprehension. Understanding the paranormal is learning to understand yourself. Question 123 How can I learn telepathy, telekinesis, and to understand auras? Answered February 11, 2019 Answer Section 3 – Psi Functioning 212 Telepathy is an old term for the ability to sense the thoughts of other people. It was superseded by Extrasensory Perception (ESP) and that is now more often thought of as psychic or psi functioning. Telekinesis is an old term for the human ability to influence matter with the mind. A more commonly used term for this is psychokinesis. Both of these abilities are thought to be natural to life, but like any ability, some people are more able to express their abilities. There is good research supporting the existence of both. I will not address seeing auras. While I have been able to replicate the reported ability to some extent, the evidence is unclear to me if it is an imagined ability

or actual. As to developing the ability, it needs to be noted that the natural ability seems to follow the normal distribution (Gaussian) so that all have some, but only a few are superstars. With that said, it appears possible to improve on your natural ability in the same sense that an average athlete may improve with practice but might not become a superstar. During the last fifty years or so, I have attended many classes designed to improve these abilities. The first thing to learn is that they are abilities and not gifts from God. The second thing to learn is that the abilities are part of your nonphysical aspect. To make sense of that, think of yourself as two parts. One is your human body which hosts you in this lifetime. The second is your immortal personality which includes purpose (the Observer), Discriminating perception and expression (the Judge) and conscious self as your Experiencer. These parts are nonphysical and exist independently of your human. However, you are entangled with your human and share the Judge during a lifetime. That means your first task is to learn to recognize which is deciding how you think … your personality or your human. The best argument for what I am saying here is First Sight Theory. (19) I have attempted to rephrase this theory in the Perception Essay. (22) For this answer, the idea is to learn to stop mentally switching from subject to subject (switching). By consciously paying attention to

your less well-formed thoughts, you teach your Judge to pass them on unfiltered to your conscious Self (Experiencer). Practice suspended judgment, as it is more difficult to change once a decision (true or not) is made. 213 Answers The Mindful Way (7) is a way of thinking about your nature and the nature of reality that might help you gain more conscious control over your Judge. The idea is to habitually, mentally question the sensibility of what you think is true. Our Judge is trained by human instincts and cultural norms. That is a garbage in-garbage out situation that can be managed but it takes practice. I know of no of one who has become enlightened overnight. Remember the old saying “For enlightenment, chop wood carry water. After enlightenment, chop wood, carry water.” The rest of the story is to practice every chance possible. One of the reasons I am a Spiritualist (20) is that meetings give me the opportunity to exercise some of those abilities. Question 124 How much of YouTube's paranormal aired material possibly real? Answered March 22, 2019 Answer Whenever there is the public’s ability to add content to a website, that content must be considered “for entertainment only.” In the Association TransCommunication (atransc.org) (117), we sometimes receive material that is clearly intended to fool us. Some material is of such poor quality that Bettys in there EVP waveform (atransc.org/evp-tom-lisa-butler/). Examining the waveform often reveals if it has been modified and makes it easier to identify possible

EVP. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 214 it is not reasonable to say it is paranormal. Much of what we receive these days is by way of a link to a video clip on YouTube. When we say that someone has a good example, in effect, the ATransC is certifying that the example is paranormal. That means we need to be careful not to discredit the Association. We examine examples of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) with an audio management program such as Audacity (audacityteam.org). It is usually necessary to use headphone, even repeat the example several times. After all, it is important for the practitioner who made the recording, as it may be the voice of a loved one. We do not listen to examples of EVP posted on YouTube. Well, these days, we are reluctant to consider any because people become angry when we do not certify their work. It can be even more difficult to be sure about visual forms of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). Many of the hints that tell us an example is ITC, rather than just a bad picture, are dependent on the resolution of the media. Those visual features are often lost in poor reproduction of the sort we see on YouTube. Then there are the people who delight in confounding serious study by posting the fraudulent video. A joke, I suppose, but it is unethical. Some of it is pretty convincing, making it unwise of us to consider any YouTube examples. The evidence is

pretty decisive that some forms of phenomena are paranormal as evidence of psi functioning, maybe even survival of bodily death. The effectiveness of that evaluation depends on how it is presented. Of course, given that there are actual phenomena, some of the material on YouTube is real. But it is better to look to the practitioner’s website or a trusted aggregating site like atransc.org. (124) Get to know the person’s work and support them to do more. Above all, avoid sensationalism of the kind better suited to a New Age spirit festival than serious study. 215 Answers Question 125 Why do some people attract a lot of paranormal activity, others a bit and most none? Are there characteristics in people that dictates that? Answered March 22, 2019 Answer A lot of research has been conducted concerning psychic functioning (psi functioning), mediumship and healing intention. You may be familiar with the Rhine Research Center’s (25) work. James Carpenter has conducted a meta-study of such research. He participated in much of it himself. The result of his study is First Sight Theory. There is a book by that name, and you can read his comments on it at First Sight: A Model and a Theory of PSI. (19) I have tried to provide a simplified paraphrase of the important elements of the theory in an essay on Perception. (22) The essence of Carpenter’s well-received theory is that everything produces a psi signal which all of us are able to sense. Put another

way, we are all psychic. His theory also argues that our every expression is accompanied by a psychokinetic influence into the world. The effect is that, even when we reach for something like a coffee cup, we are sending out a mental command for the cup to come closer. (It is usually a small command.) Another important idea supporting First Sight Theory is that we unconsciously process information before becoming consciously aware of the results. For instance, see: Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity. (39) Further, our worldview provides the yardstick for the preprocessing. Worldview is like a database in our mostly unconscious mind containing memory, what we are taught, beliefs and instincts. Putting all of this together, we all have the same native abilities but each of us expresses those abilities differently, depending on our beliefs, Section 3 – Psi Functioning 216 prior education and personality. If we believe in phenomena, we are more apt to experience it. If we do not, the incoming information will probably be put in the ignore pile. Alternatively, the incoming signal may be changed to something we can agree with. For instance, if you believe in the paranormal but are religious, you might become aware of a psychic signal that began as a simple “hello” as “I will take your soul.” It is important that you learn deliberate discernment. (12) So, the main part of my answer is that what we experience depends a lot on what we think is true. The second

part of my answer is that some people have a … well, they have a hysterical personality. To a person who wants to experience phenomena but who does not have a discerning mind, it is possible that everything might seem paranormal, even when it is not. See my comments about hyperlucidity. (16) Training our mostly unconscious mind is not a matter of simply deciding. It learns in small increments. Ambiguous information tends to be more effective for training than decisive information. This is one of the reasons I feel affirmations may work as reminders but are mostly ineffective for mental training. Question 126 Is telekinesis scientifically possible within the realm of how little we understand of existence or would something totally new have to be discovered for it to become plausible? Answered March 23, 2019 Answer Telekinesis is also known as PsychoKinesis (PK) amongst parapsychologists. It is defined as the mental ability to affect physical objects. For examples, the ability is reported to manifest as levitation of objects, changes in biological organisms and random processes. 217 Answers For healing intention, the article Meditator’s non-contact effect on cucumbers (125) explains an example of the way PK is studied for healing intention. In that, changes in the bioluminescence and outgassing of slices of ordinary cucumbers are measured when meditators direct intentionality toward them. Also see The Effects of Distant Intentions on Water Crystal Formation: A Triple-Blind Replication. (60) The Global Consciousness Project (92) has a global array of Random Event Generators (REG)

that have been seen to change in randomness just prior to major world events like the 9-11 attack on the World Trade Center. Meditators have been shown to change the randomness of REGs. See Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events (38) and Exploratory Study: The Random Number Generator and Group Meditation. (93) Dean Radin has shown that expressed intention can bias the distribution of photons through a double-slit apparatus. See Consciousness and the double-slit interference pattern: Six experiments. (94) Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) appears to be formed by the influence of intended order on random noise. See A Model for EVP. (43) The list goes on. My point is that the existence of psychokinesis is not really in question. Many parapsychologists who study PK attempt to explain it using just known physical principles. The problem is that no known physical principles account for the observed characteristics of PK. A more useful model for PK has emerged known as the psi field, where psi is used as a place-keeper name for whatever the influence (energy or force) might be that is involved in psychic ability and PK. It is proposed in the Psi Field Hypothesis that there is a subtle field permeating physical space that acts as a means of propagating psi influences. This model allows for mind-body duality in which mind is a psi field phenomenon. From my study of survival metaphysics, it seems clear that some form of subtle field is required to properly

model psi characteristics. I am an electronics engineer and have tried for years to explain those characteristics with what I know of physics. While quantum principles may help explain the psi-physical interface, they are more useful for here is everywhere kind of analysis. Psi phenomena require an everywhere is here solution. My answer is that it is necessary for mainstream science to find a way to integrate the Psi Field Hypothesis into current models or figure out how to interface it with currently accepted principles. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 218 Question 127 I’m fairly sure I’m Clairaudient. I acknowledge presence of spirit but don’t know how best to hone or use it, any guidance you can offer? Answered March 24, 2019 Answer From my study, (126) it has become clear that clear sensing of any form involves the same mental processes. Which ability we consciously express depends on our expectations and interest. We all have the ability to sense subtle influences around us. The problem is that we first unconsciously sense the influence. If it is not in agreement with what we think is true, our mostly unconscious mind does not pass it on to our conscious awareness. The trick is to teach our worldview to be more open to unexpected input. That is not as easy as it sounds. It is becoming known that we literally only experience what we think is possible. The judge for this is our worldview. At birth, our worldview, and therefore our perception

and actions, is dominated by our human’s instincts. During life, it is filled with cultural lore, media entertainment and memory of our experience. Even if we tell ourselves we want to be psychic, if we have been brought up in a conservative, probably religious community, the momentum of our worldview will override that relatively recent desire. The only way we have to change worldview is the conscious expression of intention. Worldview resists change, so the process is not a one-time, one-day cure. It is a lifestyle process I refer to as The Mindful Way. (12) That is like the usual mindfulness, but not meditative. It is the moment-to- moment habit of pausing to consider what we think, our actions and our intention. Habitually intend to see reality as it is. Understanding is relative because understanding something opens the door to a better understanding of that something. Deciding is quitting. instead, suspend judgment. I personally do not know enough about things 219 Answers to say with certainty that my perception is actual or misunderstood. Judge to understand but do not judge to decide. An important concept has recently come to us from James Carpenter called First Sight Theory. (19) There is a good book by that name explaining the concepts in detail. I have attempted to paraphrase it in the Perception Essay. (22) The theory is gaining acceptance in the parapsychological community and I find it useful to explain how our internal judge works. Corollary 13 reads: The arousal of anticipatory

networks of ideas and feelings resulting from unconscious psi information may be considered liminal ones, in terms of the boundary between conscious and unconscious thought. Habitual interest in liminal experiences facilitates expression of psi processes (openness), leading to unconscious reference to psi material (and other streams of unconscious material). A more positive, open, secure state of mind will tend to facilitate reference to a broader spectrum of contextual, potentially liminal experience. (In other words, habitually paying attention to subtle information emerging from your unconscious can lead to more direct awareness of what has been psychically sensed from psi space.) Liminality Corollary. My answer is to become informed about how we think, (16) decide to step onto some way of habitual self-examination (12) and practice a lot. Find a safe group to work with. Start a development circle. Join a Spiritualist group (20) that teaches mediumship. As a footnote, a common error new people (and a lot of veterans) make is to think they are clear sensing when they are only imagining they are. The difference is hard to tell for the practitioner and the witness. I refer to that tendency as hyperlucidity. (16) The way to avoid hyperlucidity is to have a few trusted witnesses who will give you feedback as to how you are doing. When it comes to clear sensing, it is never a good idea to trust what we sense until we have gained quite a lot of experience. Our mind is a mischievous storyteller. Section 3

– Psi Functioning 220 Question 128 How does spiritual communication work? Answered March 30, 2019 Answer The people who study this question are known as parapsychologists. They approach the question from three main points of view: Physical Hypothesis — Spirit communication does not exist. It ordinary being mistaken as extraordinary. Psi Field Hypothesis — Apparent spirit communication may be psychic functioning (a mind of still-living person-to-a mind of still-living person) or mediumship (a mind of still-living person-to-the memory or residual energy of a once-living person). Survival Hypothesis — The same as Psi Field Hypothesis except that mediumship is thought to be with a mind of still-living person-to-the still sentient mind of a discarnate personality. It is increasingly understood amongst parapsychologists that psychic ability exists. Only a minority of them accept that survival may be possible. The first point to understand is that mediumship is the least accepted possibility for how information is psychically accessed. I am a certified medium with the National Spiritualist Society of Churches. (20) When I seek to demonstrate spirit communication, the first question I must ask myself is whether I am basing what I think is the information I deliver on what I am sensing or what I think I am sensing about my sitter. It can be difficult for me to avoid coloring a real spirit message with my own assumptions and psychically sensed information. The second question I must ask myself is if I am accessing someone’s memory. Mediumship and psychic functioning are identical

processes. It is the intended purpose of communication that seems to decide how we direct our attention. If I am seeking to clairvoyantly see a distant city, I expect to do so through the senses of someone who knows the city. If I am 221 Answers trying to see if you will get a new job, I try to sense the potential of moving forward that is with my sitter. If I am trying to access information from long-dead Uncle John, I mentally call him up in my mind and try to keep mental blinders on to shut out all other input. I do not know the exact process. Perhaps The Windbridge Research Center (26) can make the process a little clearer. All I know for sure is that I mentally turn toward the target personality. The Switching Corollary of First Sight Theory mentioned below will give you a sense of what I mean. Here is an important point. Every mediumistic message should be preceded with the disclaimer that the information may be from a discarnate loved one but that it also may be from the sitter’s memory of the person or the memory of someone who knew the person. For most people, the existence of our friends on the other side, even the existence of another side, is a matter of faith. it is only conditionally accepted by a few scientists. Learn to distinguish between faith-based beliefs and research-based understanding. The best instruction I can offer for how spirit

communication works is presented in First Sight Theory. (19) I have tried to paraphrase the theory in the Perception Discourse. (22) The last one in the Perception Discourse will give you a sense of it: 13. The arousal of anticipatory networks of ideas and feelings resulting from unconscious psi information may be considered liminal ones, in terms of the boundary between conscious and unconscious thought. Habitual interest in liminal experiences facilitates expression of psi processes (openness), leading to unconscious reference to psi material (and other streams of unconscious material). A more positive, open, secure state of mind will tend to facilitate reference to a broader spectrum of contextual, potentially liminal experience. (In other words, habitually paying attention to subtle information emerging from your unconscious can lead to more direct awareness of what has been psychically sensed from psi space.) Liminality Corollary Spirit communication (mediumship) is a skill that can be developed, at least to some extent. I always fall back to the Mindful Way (12) as a means of increasing the skill. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 222 Question 129 Does E.S.P. exist? Answered March 30, 2019 Answer The short answer based on research is yes. Extra-Sensory Perception (ESP) is so named because it was thought to be an addition to the five ordinary senses of sight, smell, hearing, taste and touch. It refers to the ability to access information without the five normal senses and is thought to be a mental ability. Other terms for ESP include: Psychic —

Accessing information with the mind (telepathy, remote viewing, clairsentient). Mediumship — Mentally communicating with discarnate personalities Psi Functioning — Sensing information from or expressing a mental influence on the hypothetical psi field. Psi function is a newer term based on research leading to the proposal that a field of subtle influence permeates physical space and acts as a reservoir for information and a media of propagation for thought- intentionality. Psychic is a more popular term. Mediumship came from Spiritualism. Many Spiritualist mediums will say that they are psychic mediums. That can be taken to mean the person accesses information from the psi field (other people’s mind, memory presumably retained in the field) and/or from discarnate personalities. Considerable research has been conducted showing that ESP is probably a valid human experience. Everyone is potentially psychic, but as with athletes, some are naturally better. An excellent study guide for discovering the research and available resources is Dean Radin’s Selected Psi Research Publications. (14) 223 Answers Question 130 Is the human mind actually powerful enough to use telekinesis? Answered April 4, 2019 Answer There is quite a lot of experimental evidence that telekinesis is an actual phenomenon. Parapsychologists prefer calling it psychokinesis and there is a good list of references for this research in Selected Psi Research Publications. (14) Psychokinesis (aka PK, telekinesis) is a term used to describe the apparent human ability to influence physical objects and processes with the mind. It is commonly demonstrated in physical mediumship (111) circles as audible

sounds, levitation of objects and the presence of lights. Physical mediums typically develop their skills over many years. Not everyone who tries, develops the ability, although researchers seem to agree that it is a latent ability with all of us. It has been shown in multiple experiments that the output of a Random Event Generator (REG) will become less random when in the presence of a group of meditating people or when attention is focused on it. In fact, one REG manufacturer tried to develop a toy vehicle that could be controlled by a person’s intentionality, although it seems the degree of difficulty for the operator made it an impractical toy and development was stopped. Poltergeist (95) activity often involves the movement of objects. Current thinking is that the phenomena are caused by a disturbed child living in the home (not a ghost). Such phenomena are well documented. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are known as anomalous voices found in recording media for which no known physical principles account. Current understanding is that they are a psychokinetic effect caused by the practitioner or interested observer but possibly initiated by a discarnate personality. This is explained in A Model for EVP. (43) Researchers are not in agreement about the nature of mind and certainly not about how such abilities are generated. It is pretty clear that it is not a question of power, as the effects are not explained with known Section 3 – Psi Functioning 224 physical principles. The force behind

PK is probably better described as intention. If so, the ability to express PK influence is better described in terms of how well a person can focus attention with clearly imagined intention (intended order). As a general statement, all of us have the same abilities but we are not all able to express them to the same degree. As it is with athletics, some of us are just a lot better than others and some of us train a lot more than others. Some people speculate that we come into this lifetime with skills of expression and perception that are developed before birth. This requires consideration of the Survival Hypothesis (64) or at least the Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (35) Question 131 Can you obtain psychic powers through training? Answered April 21, 2019 Answer The short answer is yes, but there are many caveats. First, it should be noted that most academics seem to prefer psychokinesis (PK) as a term, rather than telekinesis. I always try to use terms that will be recognized by the largest audience. Some researchers say that we all have psychokinetic ability. First Sight Theory (19) is one case. Also, see the Perception Discourse. (22) The same is true of psychic ability. It appears our perception is first mostly unconsciously psychic and then conscious. Psychokinetic ability is like any human ability. Athletes, for instance. All of us have athletic ability but a few of us are potential super athletes. To be useful, such an ability needs

to be developed. A good working hypothesis is that physical effects require influences that are governed by physical principles. There is no magic. Mental expression is not physical. It is an influence that occurs in nonphysical space. Some parapsychologists refer to that as the nonphysical psi field which is thought to permeate physical space. 225 Answers If this is true, then there must be some form of psi field-to-physical space interface. In Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), we see an apparent psychokinetic influence on noise that appears to be stochastic amplification. In that, a small signal carrying intelligence is amplified when mixed with a large noise signal. The idea is that a weak psychokinetic signal representing the communicator’s intended order (the message) is amplified in the noise to produce an audible signal. However, there still needs to be a way for the mind-to-audio signal influence to be propagated across the psi field-physical interface. To my knowledge, we still do not know what that is. The Global Consciousness Project (92) uses Random Event Generators (REG) as psi detectors. The REG output becomes less random under the influence of intentionality. After studying EVP and as an electronics engineer, I believe both indicate the same principles governing the psi- physical interface. The REG effect requires some kind of interface. There are a few alternative proposed explanations such as mass hallucination but following the logic of Occam’s Razor, I think the best avenue for research is to find that interface. I would focus on how

we are thought to create our personal reality. All of this is important to explain that the most likely approach to teaching a person any outward mental influence is to teach the person to manage visualization and intentionality. In First Sight Theory, the corollaries listed in Perception Discourse suggest that we must first learn to manage how we think. I talked a little about this in the How We Think Essay. (16) The Creative Process is attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so. That requires focus as described in the First Sight Theory Switching Corollary (#10) and the Extremity Corollary (#11). It also requires learning to pay attention to subtle cues from the mostly unconscious mind as described in the Liminality Corollary (#13). There are many techniques for this. All I am aware of are lifestyle kinds of training that can take many years. One does not go into a cave for a few years and come out a psychokinetic master. It is more like one begins to habitually focus attention on those small signals that seem to come to conscious thought from deep in the subconscious. Spiritualist churches (20) often teach classes intended to help a person become more aware of those inner thoughts and learn to know what is self and what is from others. Lacking a technique for teaching Psychokinesis, I Section 3 – Psi Functioning 226 think learning mediumship is a good place to begin. Healing intention is a good way

to learn to sense, recognize and manage the influence of intentionality. Contemplation (meditation with a purpose) is a good way to develop focused perception. Also see the Becoming Lucid Discourse. (5) None of these work by themselves and all take time to have an effect. It is all about the person wanting this and being willing to do the work. Follow something like The Mindful Way (12) and practice, practice, practice. From the Katha Upanishad (41) 1-III-14.: (42) “Arise, awake, and learn by approaching the exalted ones, for that path is sharp as a razor’s edge, impassable, and hard to go by, say the wise.” Find yourself a teacher you can trust to teach a practical way and not one of fantasy and empty belief. Question 132 Scientists theorize that psychic ability comes from the subconscious. What do you think? Answered April 23, 2019 Answer As it is turning out, all of our awareness appears to come from the mostly unconscious mind. I say “mostly unconscious” to recognize that, as we gain in lucidity, (5) so do we begin to manage the stream of consciousness coming from our unconscious perceptual processes to better experience actual reality. Here are a few references showing that researchers are beginning to think we first unconsciously sense information. It is modified (colored) to agree with our worldview (what we have been taught is true). That personal reality version is sent to our conscious awareness: Our Unconscious Mind (58) Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity (39)

The Unconscious Mind (40) 227 Answers First Sight model and neurological damage-induced psi openings (127) I have tried to simplify the First Sight Theory corollaries in Perception (22) Our mostly unconscious mind is our judge. Our judge uses our worldview to determine what is true. Worldview contains our personal sense of reality, so if we have been taught that psychic ability is impossible, using First Sight terms, our judge will turn away from thinking a personal experience is related to psychic ability. In most cases, we might not even experience the input. Psychic can be defined as mentally sensing information. Since all our experiences, including awareness of our body’s senses, comes to our conscious mind by way of our mostly unconscious mind, it is arguable that we are all psychic. And yes, the naturally occurring ability comes to us by way of our subconscious mind. I should point out that this research about how we process information is relatively new and most people interested in the paranormal have not caught up. The result is that some mediumistic practitioners tend to misunderstand the nature of their mediumship. Question 133 Are there any scientifically proven psychics? If so who are they? Answered May 7, 2019 Answer According to the FAQ section of the Parapsychological Association (PA) website: (23) Parapsychology is the scientific and scholarly study of three kinds of unusual events (ESP, mind-matter interaction, and survival), which are associated with human experience. From the PA’s FAQ What is the state-of-the-evidence for psi?

To be precise, when we say that "X exists," we mean that the presently available, cumulative statistical database for experiments studying X, Section 3 – Psi Functioning 228 provides strong, scientifically credible evidence for repeatable, anomalous, X-like effects. With this in mind, ESP exists, presentiment (physical changes in skin reactivity, pupil size, heart rate, and other factors indicating precognition before a stimulus is applied) exists, telepathy (direct mind- mind communication) exists, and mind-matter interaction (previously known as psychokinesis or PK) exists. The survival of bodily death remains unproven, though there is suggestive evidence for this from the reincarnation research performed by Ian Stevenson and others. (Note that we are using the terms ESP, telepathy and MMI in the technical sense, not in the popular sense. See What do parapsychologists study?) Also see Selected Psi Research Publications. (14) Based on the above, I will argue that there is well-considered research indicating psychic ability exists. We all have psychic ability, but like other human abilities, there are only a few super-psychics amongst us. For instance, I am a certified mental medium but my batting average is something like one maybe good message in, say, twenty misses. The misses are really unknowns, as I have had people come to me years later to tell me about the importance of a message that I thought was a miss. Psychics typically express as healers, intuitives, empaths and mediums. Although not necessarily the same, we see a similar distribution of expression in temperament. For instance, David

Merrill and Roger Reid have proposed four social styles: (21) Analytical: Thinking, thorough, disciplined Amiable: Supportive, patient, diplomatic Driver: Independent, decisive, determined Expressive: Good communicator, enthusiastic, imaginative There is probably not a direct comparison between the temperament and psychic expression. I hazard a guess that healing intention relates to Amiable-Expressive, intuitive matches well with Analytical, and of course, empathic goes well with Amiable. You can use the temperaments help identify the way others around you might express their naturally occurring psychic ability. My point is that people find ways of integrating their natural abilities into their lives without realizing they are psychic. For instance, I argue that we momentarily enter 229 Answers into a deep-trance state of awareness when we pause to retrieve something from memory. There are not many opportunities for people to develop these abilities. Spiritualists sometimes teach the abilities, but their focus is mostly on healing intention and mediumship. Like me, few work outside of the local community. Other places to look is alumni from the government remote viewing project. I met Joe McMoneagle at the Monroe Institute. (128) He indicated that he is remote viewing for Japanese firms. I met one other person who is applying his psychic ability for Japanese firms. Question 134 Why, since the dawn of time, have many people perceived reflecting surfaces as portals towards other worlds? Answered May 18, 2019 Answer I can offer three perspectives, but there remains a psychologist’s perspective I am not qualified to offer. First, from my

experience, it is not really the reflective surface as much as it is a blank place to focus the eyes. It is referred to as scrying when something like a calm pool of water or, yes, a crystal ball is used to help the reader or sitter’s mind focus on information coming from the unconscious. Looking at things, say a picture of a house, causes the mind to dwell on what is seen, rather than what is thought. See Scrying: How to Practice the Ancient Art of Second Sight (129) A psychomanteum is usually a small dark chamber one sits in. It is usually set up with a dim light behind the sitter and a mirror in front. Correctly arranged, the sitter can see the mirror but no detail so that it is like looking into an infinitely deep featureless space. See The Trigger of Psychomanteum: Dr. Raymond Moody's Psychomanteum Research. (130) Part of Moody’s process is to prepare the sitter by inviting them to spend contemplative time remembering the person they want to contact. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 230 A more obscure explanation comes from Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). In the past, members of the Association TransCommunication have reported recording voice messages presumed to come from either someone’s unconscious mind or a discarnate personality. The communicators tell us that the mirrors help. See “Cross Reference of EVP Messages” on Page 6 of the Summer 2002 issue of the ATransC NewsJournal. Considering our current models for EVP, we think

the communicators might not be able to see us. Instead, they know what we look like by sensing our self-image. When we look into a mirror, we see ourselves, and thus, they can see us. This is one of the references supporting the idea that we are the conduit for such phenomena. Question 135 How do you turn off telepathy or disconnect a psychic connection? Added May 21, 2019 Answer An important teacher for me was Paul Twitchell. (131) He often said that spiritual seeking was only for the brave. He sometimes elaborated to say that the Darshan (132) might come but once in a person’s life. Such an event can be a fearful experience. However, turning away from it out of fear might prevent it from ever returning. Darshan means experiencing the appearance of the master. The context in which Twitchell spoke of it indicates that it is all about spiritual awakening. Some seekers spend the better part of a lifetime consciously seeking to gain full lucidity. (5) One of the ways people think it comes is by way of spontaneous out-of-body experiences. For some, an out-of-body experience is easy like waking up to a new “atmosphere and awareness.” Others describe it as like pulling a cork out of a wine bottle. It is sometimes not easy, with a lot of nonphysical bodily vibration and disorientation as the focus of the person’s sense of center suddenly becomes other than the center of their head. 231 Answers The Razor’s Edge

(42) is embodied in that moment we decide to be okay with the experience or mentally retreat. Examine the First Sight Theory Corollaries I paraphrase in the Perception Discourse. (22) As a weekend medium, I fully endorse the corollaries as something of a ruleset for perception, especially psychic perception since simple thinking is pretty much automatic. Pay close attention to the idea of turning toward or away (#8, Bidirectionality Corollary). It is arguable that you cannot directly influence your perceptual processes. It is necessary to habitually express the intention to experience your desired mental states. That is why I talk about techniques like the one described in The Mindful Way. (12) The first part of my answer is that you can learn to habitually examine the information coming to your conscious mind and deliberately express the intention to agree or reject. Or the one I think most important, you can decide to suspend judgment until more is known. The second part of my answer is that a wise person will learn to recognize the difference between a story told by their mind (34) and actual information coming from without. I will wager 99% of the information you attribute to psychic sensing is a story told by your mind in an effort to satisfy your expectations. Question 136 How do you stop viewing the world in dualistic terms? Answered May 29, 2019 Answer From The basics of Philosophy / Dualism: (69) Dualism in Metaphysics is the belief that there are two

kinds of reality: material (physical) and immaterial (spiritual). In Philosophy of Mind, Dualism is the position that mind and body are in some categorical way separate from each other, and that mental phenomena are, in some respects, non-physical in nature. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 232 If you think your mind is a product of your brain, then you must think reality is only physical. That is, your mind, your thoughts and memory, are the direct product of the creation of the physical universe (the Big Bang Theory). When you die, your mind also dies. The only thing that survives is your friends’ memory of you. If you are more than your body, that is, if you accept there is a nonphysical aspect of reality, of which your mind is a part, then you are a Dualist. There are two primary points of view in Dualism. One is that your nonphysical mind survives as residual memory in the etheric. The second is that your nonphysical mind appears to be immortal; existing before this lifetime and continuing to exist after as a sentient, self-aware lifeform. Most spiritual seekers seek to experience life as their immortal personality. The way I teach to do this is to decide our mind has two motivators. One is our human’s instincts. The second is our spiritual discerning intellect. See Humanism and Discerning Intellect (86) If you wish to “stop viewing the world in dualistic terms,” suppress your discerning intellect and allow your human instincts to rule

your life. As it happens, most people naturally do that, as it takes a degree of lucidity for people to begin managing their human’s instincts. 233 Answers Question 137 What are examples of paranormal documentaries? Answered June 8, 2019 Answer Try youtu.be/0DWS3Iqms0w youtu.be/GkWPOIbsldE Section 3 – Psi Functioning 234 Victor Zammit often posts videos in his Afterlife Report. The current one is at Afterlife Report. (133) Question 138 How does knowledge affect your emotions? Answered June 16, 2019 Answer Emotion is the emphasis we put into our thoughts and actions; the assertiveness we attach to our expression. The extent of that emphasis is a function of the importance we place on things and the choices we make. Both are learned. Both are moderated by discerning intellect. I do not know, but I am pretty sure discerning intellect is something that we must decide to apply to our thinking. Without that decision, we are guided by our human’s instincts which turn our emotional expression toward anything that will help assure the continuation of our gene pool. That is the pleasureful decision below. The Katha Upanishad (41) describes an interesting perspective on how we chose to live our life: 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked

with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 235 Answers 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world. shastras.com/upanishads-krishna-yajur-veda/katha- upanishad/ (41) Some well-educated, intelligent people make decisions that other, equally educated and intelligent people think are foolish. It is clearly not a matter of IQ or education. Temperament seems to be the dominant factor and that is something we are born with. Being aware of how our temperament moderates our thinking can help us learn to guide its effect as we intend. Hermetic Wisdom schools teach spiritual progression. One of their recommendations is that the seeker learns everything possible about everything. Knowledge is relative while information is specific. Learning things does not mean having knowledge of them. Through living in a mindful way, it is expected that the information is turned into knowledge through mindful intention. Spiritualists teach the importance of learning to understand Natural Law. That is the same concept. Enlightenment comes from realizing that there is

a difference between the pleasureful way and the meaningful way. Progression comes from learning to habitually turn toward the meaningful, and thereby teach the horses of the Katha Upanishad to follow a mindful way. All of this mystical handwaving is to say that knowledge understood might lead to changes in emotion, but presumably, those changes will produce a more meaningful expression of emotion. Question 139 What are the downsides to a person having a lot of skepticism? Answered June 18, 2019 Answer Section 3 – Psi Functioning 236 People closer to the center of society tend to be skeptical of thought closer to the frontier. I study pretty far out on the frontier of thought and from that vantage point, skeptic is a dirty word meaning unreasonable rejection of good science and active interference with efforts to study reported human experiences. Skeptic is an earned pejorative meaning closed-minded scientism. Those who are guilty of this form of scientism have co-opted the term. Because of that, I always advise people to practice discernment. Search for skeptic on the internet and you will find organized skeptic groups trying to squash open study of things paranormal. The first to come up for me is The Skeptics Society & Skeptic Magazine. In that view, there is no such thing as healthy skepticism, only obstructionism. Again, a healthy attitude is discernment. Referring to The Sheep-Goat Effect (108)and First Sight Theory. (19) it is becoming clear that we tend to turn away from information that does

not agree with our belief system. That means a skeptic is less likely to experience the subtle effect of mediumship or psychic access of information, even though these are demonstrated through good science as being actual and natural forms of information access. A compounding factor is that, once a person decides something is not true, the person’s mostly unconscious perceptual processes tend to resist changing that decision. It is hard to open a closed mind This form of self-fulfilling belief is the major penalty of closed-minded skepticism. Question 140 What is the best website for someone that loves the paranormal? Answered July 7, 2019 Answer The paranormalist community consists of many smaller communities. In Your Immortal Self, (4) I wrote about the paranormalist community in some detail From one part: 237 Answers The paranormalist community includes five main communities of interest. It is important to note that a person might be involved in all five: 1. Parapsychology: Academically trained, usually with doctorates, concerned with theorizing and conducting research, primarily considering the human nature-based response to phenomena, especially psi field-related phenomena. 2. Citizen Scientists: People who are involved in the study of these phenomena on the layperson side of the Academic-Layperson Partition. 3. Mediumistic Practitioners: People who apply techniques to induce transcommunication, such as mental and physical mediumship, automatic writing and ITC. Healing intention is included here. 4. Hobbyists: This community of interest is primarily composed of ghost hunters. There are hundreds of ghost hunter clubs which are usually operated as

social clubs with haunted house investigations as outings. They usually employ quite a lot of technology to collect evidence, including recording for EVP. 5. Seekers: People who are interested in understanding these phenomena as it relates to their true nature and relationship with reality. Such concepts as personal improvement and human potential apply to this community of interest. Each group represents a different point of view, and while each group is relatively self-sufficient, all must be considered for the proper study of these phenomena. Each group tends to have its supporting organizations and boards; however, these days, boards are mostly dead due to lack of participation. That means social media such as Facebook remain, but they are poor places for learning and teaching. A lot of misleading information is presented as fact in social media so use discernment. There is also the problem that many of the official organization sites such as the Parapsychological Association (23) and Society for Psychical Research (24) have little information about their work … minimal … mainly to support members. However, the SPR now has a Psi Encyclopedia (121) containing many useful articles. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 238 It seems necessary here to point out that Wikipedia is pure and simple anti-paranormal propaganda. Using, supporting or quoting Wikipedia is the same as attacking the paranormalist community. While I recommend the Psi Encyclopedia, be aware of the need for discernment. Some of the articles are written by people who have an anti-survival agenda. For mediumship,

Forever Family Foundation (116) is a good place to look. The more technical Windbridge Research Center (26) is another place. I personally use Dean Radin’s Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) Spiritualism (20) is a community to consider. The religion part is mostly in terms of the spirit of community. They have no “thou shalt” dogma. I maintain a site dedicated to the human potential “so what” of the paranormal at Etheric Studies. (6) There is an interesting list of references that might help. (134) For transcommunication, try the Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org). The newsletter archive is especially informative. (124) Be mindful that loving the paranormal has two faces. It can be a sport as we see with ghost hunting clubs or it can be a well-considered study as we see with the more serious haunt investigation groups. It can be a passing fascination like wondering if we are telepathic or it can be dedicated seeking for self-realization. It might be constructive for you to be specific about your intention when you ask such questions. Those references will help you find others. Question 141 How do you distinguish credible psychics from frauds and charlatans? Answered July 10, 2019 Answer Anomalous acquisition of information is a phrase sometimes used to describe psychic functioning. The phrase is useful because it does not presuppose paranormal phenomena. Instead, it is the recognition that some 239 Answers people have demonstrated the ability to know things that cannot be explained with known principles of science. And

that is the point. Current understanding suggests that we are all able to psychically access information. It is just that some of us are better at recognizing information that is not ours, so to speak. Most of us color what we sense with what we expect. I see a man in rags and assume he is poor, while in fact, he might be a financially well-to-do home gardener. If I do not know how to recognize my stuff from what I am sensing, I will be wrong more often than not. Such assumptions are hard to avoid and always give skeptics reason to debunk psychic claims. While researchers have established information can be accessed with no apparent physical mechanism, we must still ask if it is psychic functioning? We think of it as such but must always remain open for alternative explanations. As for your question, it is a practical matter that the psychic must have established a history of reporting psychic access of information that has proven to be true. Let me say that is a measure of competency ranging from Class A = often correct to Class F = no noted successes. If a Class A psychic tells you that they see your mate coming home with a turkey for dinner, it might be a good idea to skip lunch. Go ahead and have lunch if the psychic is known to be a Class F. Next, you need to look at who is giving the psychic their competency

rating. If I give you a good psychic reading, it may be that I am just a good guesser. Some people are good guessers. Just because you sat with me does not mean you are qualified to rate me. One must know a thing or two about human nature, the phenomena, how we think, and a little about a thing I call cultural contamination, to be qualified to grade a psychic. Right now, the only organization I feel comfortable recommending is the Forever Family Foundation. (116) So now you have found yourself a Class A medium rated by a credible organization. Here is the problem. Even the best psychic is probably reasonably close to right only about 10% or 20% of the time. If you do not already know the answer, or if you do not have a way to find out if what you are told is correct, you have around 5% chance of receiving correct information that you did not already know from a Class C psychic or medium. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 240 By the way, a psychic sensing physical world information is a psychic. A psychic sensing information from discarnate personalities is a medium. Remember, there are superstars amongst psychics, but the fact is that it is a subtle ability that we have successfully suppressed since the advent of reductionism. I think there are people who will attempt to fool you, but most people are earnestly trying to develop their psychic ability. It is for

you, the sitter, to suspend judgment, provide an opportunity for the person to learn, but to have the discernment to know not to act on what you receive unless you have objective evidence to the contrary. Always seek supporting information from a different kind of source. Oh, and give your psychic feedback. Feedback needs to be candid but kind, else you can turn a budding young psychic away from a potentially important service. An important caveat about research that is related to this question. As with ITC practitioners, when studying if psi functioning exists or its scope, the research simply is not valid if the competence of the practitioner test subjects has not been established by experienced graders. Question 142 Is there a connection between the paranormal and UFO phenomena? Answered August 13, 2019 Answer The short answer is that we do not know enough about either to say yes or no. Wormholes, interdimensional travel, all such theories are suppositions with little or no proof. This is not to say they are not real, but a house design is not a house. While it appears there are crafts flying about that are not explained, do seem controlled by sentient life and appear to be space worthy, there is a lot to be learned before we can say how they fly and from where. 241 Answers One proposal is that they might travel in the same way an apport is moved from one location to another. See Paranormal Apports Phenomena, (17)

High Strangeness! Strong Evidence? FEG-Spirit Team Seance at BPV Basle achieves one of the most interesting apports ever (135) and SORRAT Examples. (136) An apport is an object that is apparently delivered into the physical by our friends on the other side. They are usually thought of as communication because they often have special meaning to the recipient. They may be live, such as a flower petal, but are usually found objects like stones and little figurines. The communicators tell us they are not stolen. In theory, an apportation is accomplished exactly as the teleportation device works in Star Trek. Will Star Trek-style Matter Transporters Ever Exist? (137) To work, the object must be dematerialized and translated from physical space where there is distance, into nonphysical space where there is thought to be no distance. It then must be disassociated from the physical entanglements of its original location and associated with the new location. Then, it must be precipitated back into the physical as an apport. By disassociated, I intend that the object is thought to exist as it is intended by sentient personalities. Those personalities are in agreement that it is there. That agreement would need to be changed to agreement that the object is in its new location. Movement in nonphysical space does not appear to be a physical movement. It appears to be a change in perception. Amongst people working with physical mediumship, apports are reasonably common. We have a high degree of certainty that something like

apportation is possible. If so, and since the farthest star is as close as right here in nonphysical space, it is reasonable to think that a civilization that has developed mediumistic abilities might move a spaceship from there to here as an apport. As we learn more about the paranormal, we see that all physical processes are influenced in some way by what is today called paranormal processes. I will add that the Association TransCommunication is conducting a study to see if reported visual ITC can show a trend of ET-like examples. See ET Visual ITC Study. (138) Section 3 – Psi Functioning 242 Question 143 What paranormal experiences have been proven to be misperceptions based on logical explanations? For example, orbs in photographs are caused by dust, moisture and reflection. Answered September 1, 2019 Answer This question should not be answered without explanation. There is something of a paradox in the way reportedly paranormal experiences have been described. Mixing reported paranormal experiences (psi functioning) with normal experiences (normal, illusion or trickery) has made it difficult to discuss actual paranormal phenomena. If a reported experience or ability is determined to be normal mistaken as paranormal, it is not paranormal, it is mundane. If a person tricks observers into thinking a playing card has magically appeared on a table, it is not paranormal. It is a simulation of paranormal. A fraudulent psychic or medium does not demonstrate paranormal ability; they demonstrate fraud. If a person demonstrates the ability to describe what

is in an envelope even though all imaginable precautions have been taken to assure the person has no natural way to know, that would appear to be paranormal. If an image of an object flying across the room with no known normal explanation is captured in recording media by researchers, that would appear to be paranormal. The likeness of a face appearing in optical noise while apparently violating known physical principles, and that can be reasonably compared to a known person, would appear to be paranormal. Note my emphasis on known physical principles and the difference between “determined to be” and “would appear to be paranormal.” Science cannot be conducted without access to all of the facts. That is one of the reasons some parapsychologists insist on only studying phenomena in the controlled conditions of a laboratory. 243 Answers Magic, which is deliberate deception, only works when the observer does not have access to all the facts. A fraudulent medium depends on telling a convincing story that cannot be proven. It is the Fallacy of Equal Similars to compare magic to apparent paranormal experiences. We do not directly experience our world. Our mind tells us a story about what we experience. One of the problems with that reality is that it is natural for some people to become convinced that they are producing paranormal phenomena and to share their delusion with others under the guise of psychic ability. When trained observers have access to all of the facts, such delusion

quickly becomes demonstrably apparent. Even your example of orbs has more than one explanation. Yes, the majority of photographic orbs can be shown to be just ruined photographs due to light reflecting from particulates or bright objects. Many reportedly paranormal light traces in photographs are caused by image detector latency and a slightly moved camera. These are artifacts of the technology that are mistaken as paranormal out of ignorance of how the technology works. However, there are some examples of orbs that are not explained as camera artifacts. The example here is from a frame grab of video taken by Universal Studios for a White Noise movie bonus feature. The rapidly Section 3 – Psi Functioning 244 moving, softball-sized black orb (end of arrow) was captured without a camera flash. See the enhanced inset. I currently know of no way to explain its existence based on known physical principles. My point is that it is intellectually lazy to combine all reported paranormal experiences into one group, and then by showing that one example is false, arguing that all must be false. When someone tells you there is no proof of anything paranormal, ask them what research they have reviewed. Have they examined any of the research listed at 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) or Selected Psi Research Publications? (14) In answer to your question, there are many examples of trickery, normal mistaken as paranormal and apparently paranormal experiences later explained as normal. There remain

many apparently paranormal experiences that continue to be studied. Some explanations are trending toward a new model of reality and some will probably be explained with normal physical principles once more is understood. It is the nature of science to seek to learn and explain all of the facts. Else, it is not science. Question 144 Why is there no idea of a telepathy device? Answered September 23, 2019 Answer In a simple sense, telepathy is the transmission of thought. As such, a telepathy device is a physical technology that will respond to thought. If that is the spirit of your question, there is progress in that direction. Consider The Global Consciousness Project, (92) Consciousness and the double-slit interference pattern: Six experiments (94) and A Model for Electronic Voice Phenomena. (43) All of these involve the influence of mind on physical processes. Most demonstrations of mind influencing matter are rudimentary. For instance, the Global Consciousness Project involves an apparent change in the collective consciousness causing a change in the randomness of random 245 Answers event generators; in this case, a collective dread expressed prior to a major event such as the 9-11 attack on the World Trade Center. Electronic Voice Phenomena are the existence of anomalous voices found in recording media. They appear to be caused by thought from incarnate or discarnate minds. There is a growing list of electroencephalogram-like devices that detect thought in the form of changes in small bioelectric signals. These brainwave detectors are connected to devices

and the person is intended to train the device to recognize specific changes in his or her thinking. In effect, these are sophisticated biofeedback devices. Question 145 Is there any evidence of the scientific measurement of the speed of mind in telepathy? Answered October 31, 2019 Answer To answer the question of “speed of mind in telepathy,” it is necessary to agree on the “medium of propagation of thought.” That is, does mind move through physical space or through some other aspect of reality? From my study, the Psi Field Hypothesis best describes what is known about telepathy. But first, a few terms: Parapsychology — the scientific and scholarly study of three kinds of unusual events (ESP, mind-matter interaction, and survival), which are associated with human experience. From the Parapsychological Association (23) Telepathy — the mind-to-mind exchange of information by thought alone. Psi — the active characteristic of mental sensing and the expression of mental influence. Psi is a term used in parapsychology to study characteristics of mind related to supposed paranormal phenomena. Section 3 – Psi Functioning 246 Psychic — the ability to mentally access information in ways that do not seem to involve physical principles; anomalous information access via mental process alone. This is also an umbrella term that includes such apparent abilities as telepathy, remote viewing, healing intention, clairvoyance and psychokinetic influence (mind influencing matter). The reported psychic ability to sense information from discarnate personalities is referred to as mediumship. All of these are studied as psi

functioning. Psi Field — if psi is a characteristic of the physical, the psi field is a proposed subtle energy field that overlays the physical and which acts as a medium of propagation for psi. If psi is not a characteristic of the physical. The psi field is a proposed nonphysical or etheric field permeating physical space which acts as a medium of propagation for psi. All of the evidence I have seen indicates that it is nonphysical with nonphysical characteristics. Nonlocal — in simple terms, nonlocal means “here is everywhere.” Studies have shown that information present in one physical place can be accessed from another as if there is no distance between the information known to be in New York, for instance, and the person sensing the information who might be in San Francisco. Movement in the etheric is accomplished by changing one’s perspective. Two lists of references I use in support of these concepts are Selected Psi Research Publications (14) and 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112). In terms of psi functioning, degree of intentionality in the psi field has a similar effect as force in the physical. In the psi field, visualization and focus tend to have similar effects as physical work. One does not go somewhere in the etheric. instead, one changes perspective as if the mind is a roving video camera that is anchored to the center of reality. Consider the terms listed here. They suggest that the existence of

telepathy (a form of psi functioning) is empirically established and that it is propagated in a nonphysical aspect of reality in which there is no apparent distance, and therefore, requires no time to change the relationship from one aspect of the physical to another. While most of the academic research of “the speed of telepathy” has been conducted by parapsychologists, mostly laypeople have studied EVP (Electronic Voice Phenomena; aka audio Instrumental TransCommunication 247 Answers or ITC). The laypeople study of EVP has also indicated that distance is not a factor in the formation of the paranormal speech. So, my answer to your question is that the study of telepathy-related phenomena indicates that it is not affected by distance. In that sense, the speed of telepathy appears to be instantaneous. I should note that the jury is still out on the nontemporal aspect of telepathy. For instance, sensing of information that seems to predict a future event may not be precognition or direct sensing of the future, but the sensing of previously formed potential futures. In a similar sense, studies of presentiment (sensing something moments before it happens) may not indicate that the person is predicting a future event. Our mostly unconscious mind has been shown to process sensed information before it is conveyed to our conscious awareness. The delay required for processing, and possibly waiting for more definitive information seems to be a more realistic explanation. Question 146 Is there a difference between psychics, clairvoyants, and mediums? Answered November 21,

2019 Answer It is a good idea to explain the limits of my qualifications to answer this question. I am not a psychologist. What I say here is as I understand the subject based on my education (126) as an engineer, ordained Spiritualist (20) and certified medium. I have also been co-director of the Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org) since 2000. (124) Please use discernment. The short answer is that they all appear to involve the same ability, but they are experienced in different ways, depending on the purpose. To understand these abilities, it is helpful to understand how we mentally process information and where in our life field it is processed. Our vision of the world around us is not direct from our eyes to our awareness of what we are seeing. Emerging understanding in psychology Section 3 – Psi Functioning 248 appears to be that information from our five physical senses goes first to our mostly unconscious mind. There, the information is compared to our worldview, which represents what we have been taught is true, memory and instincts. I have attempted to illustrate this process in the Perception Diagram below. Note that incoming information from our senses may be: • Rejected because it is far from what we think is true, in which case, we will not experience it. • Accepted as true and then sent to our conscious awareness with possible changes to make it better agree with our past experiences. • The Maybe result of the compare process

may send the information to our conscious awareness with some modification, but it may also modify our worldview. It is through this more ambiguous but otherwise recognizable information that we evolve our beliefs. (That is why mindful living can cause changes in our behavior and how we might increase our lucidity.) References for this unconscious-to-conscious filtering include: First Sight Theory (19) The Unconscious Mind (40) 249 Answers Our Unconscious Mind (58) Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity (39) An Emerging New Model for Consciousness: The Consciousness Field Model (97) A Study: Your Brain Sees Things You Don’t (139) As far as I can tell, information coming from other minds is treated the same way as information from our five physical senses. There is increasing support for the idea that our mind is not a product of our brain, but is a nonphysical characteristic of who we are, and is what continues after the physical death of our human. Think of our mind-body relationship in terms of our mind as a nonphysical life field of consciousness and our body as a physical, biological organism … an avatar. When we transition out of this lifetime, we become just a life field with no physical body (discarnate). If this is reasonably true, it means the only difference between who we are, and dead people, is that we are still entangled with human avatar. Following First Sight Theory (referenced above), nonphysical minds psychically communicate … all the time. Some of us are just more

aware (training, paying attention) than others. So, psychic ability appears to be a naturally occurring characteristic of being alive as a conscious, self-aware personality. Old-time Spiritualism used a lot of terms to describe what was being experienced Most have been replaced by more contemporary terminology as supposedly more objective parapsychologists are forever trying to distance themselves from less substantiated belief systems. That is, if a word is common in Spiritualism, parapsychologists will try to find a different one with similar meaning. Spiritualist tend to use the old terms, but some Spiritualists are also trying to keep up with new discoveries. In Spiritualism, the traditional terms for the nonphysical sensing version of our five senses began with the French clair- prefix which means clear. And so, there is clairvoyance for clear seeing, clairaudience for hearing, clairalience for smelling, clairgustance for tasting and clairsentience for feeling. In practice, clairvoyance is used for all forms of nonphysical sensing. The psych- prefix refers to the mind or mental. In this context, psychic means a person who is able to mentally acquire information. Psychic is now Section 3 – Psi Functioning 250 the generic term for any form of mental acquisition of information, be it telepathic (an old term for mind-to-mind communication) or remote viewing (psychically sensing information about a distant object). Technically, healing intention is a psychic function. An important emerging theory in parapsychology is that the physical is permeated by a field of subtle energy called the psi field. It is hypothesized to

function as a media for propagating mental influence. Not knowing the actual nature of the energy, substance or influence of the psi field, the influence is referred to as psi. Psychic functioning is now psi functioning. To answer the question, mental acquisition of information is psi or psychic functioning. If it is for the purpose of talking to supposedly dead people (mind no longer entangled with a physical body), it is mediumship. If it is for the purpose of learning something about a distant location, it is remote viewing. If it is to acquire information from a physical object or place, it is psi or psychic functioning. It is also psi or psychic functioning if the purpose is to communicate with another person in the physical or not. As an ability, psi functioning is distributed in our population in the same way as athletic ability. Everyone has some athletic ability but only a few are superstars. Everyone needs development and practice to be good at it. Question 147 Do dreams represent archetypal realities obscured during waking consciousness? Answered December 27, 2019 Answer Consider the way some researchers think we process information in our mind. First, information comes to us, say, information about what we touch or smell. It is processed by our mostly unconscious mind before being sent to our conscious awareness. That processing involves comparing the incoming information with our worldview which contains what we believe is true, our memory and our instincts. We only become aware of a

version of the original information. And that represents the world as the way we think it is real. 251 Answers As it turns out, our mind is hardwired to explain incoming senses. It is also an excellent storyteller as it tries to make sense of incoming information. There is always incoming information. But if there is not, our mind is content to tell an even longer story about the last input. Our mental chatter—when we are awake or when we are sleeping—is that random storytelling. Our mind tries to make sense of everything so as to recognize threats and opportunities to feed us and further our genes. Stream-of-consciousness storytelling is like the stories improvisation entertainers produce when they feed off of one another’ input. The stories can sound meaningful but are typically nonsensical. Dreams can tell you a little about yourself, but so can a fortuneteller who reads your appearance to tell you your future. At least our stories are based on our truths. For instance, if you are religious, they can be religious stories full of demons and angels, depending on your sense of self that night. If you secretly wish you could break away from something in your life, the dreams might be colored with all sorts of related symbolism. In that way, I suppose they can be meaningful. Resist thinking a dream book is the answer. The symbols in your dreams are yours and for you to understand. They probably should never be taken literally. After some

time studying lucid dreaming, I am comfortable in advising that mindful contemplation is a more useful way of communicating with your mostly unconscious mind. Question 148 Why do psychics misinterpret questions? Answered January 12, 2020 Answer That is a question a lot like “Why do students get ‘F’s” when any thinking person understands that not all students get ‘F’s. Try the question another way. “Why is it so difficult to understand physic phenomena?” Consider the scientist, the engineer and the consumer. The scientist discovers that electricity will make a wheel turn. The engineer develops a Section 3 – Psi Functioning 252 way to put a turning wheel to work, say in a car. The consumer just wants a dependable ride. Parapsychologists study psychic functioning. They still do not have a widely accepted model for it, so there are a lot of proposed models. I personally like First Sight Theory. (19) Teamed with The Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (35) The two models give us the beginnings of a workable hypothesis. But the bottom line is that we are still trying to figure out “psychic.” Parapsychologists are the scientists in this answer. Psychics are the engineers. I am an electronics engineer and also a certified mental medium. (20) A medium is a psychic with the intention to access information from discarnate personalities. People who spend their time trying to figure out how to apply what scientists teach them try all sorts of techniques to make their trans- communication more correct. The only

real way to do so is to practice. Enter the consumer. Those who go to a psychic for a reading are seldom well-schooled in what the scientists say. They are seldom familiar with the experimental nature of the art of being psychic. I cannot remember all of the times I have given a message that was rejected as “not for me,” but later to learn that the message was true. Sometimes, people do not know themselves as well as the psychic knows them. So here is the deal. Parapsychologists are doing a piss-poor job of conveying what they can agree on to the practitioners. Practitioner— psychics— want nothing more than to be a clear channel for spirit into this land. (In fact, “I am a holy man, a clear and open channel for spirit into this land” is my centering mantra for healing intention). Sure, there are a few would-be psychics who would be better sticking to other fields of interest, but amongst those brave people who risk their self- respect to stand and deliver to willing but doubting sitters, are the few who do not misunderstand, who do not guess, who are actually clear and open channels for spirit into this land. The consumer who buys a sedan expecting a pickup has little room to blame the salesperson. 253 Answers Question 149 As a psychic, where can I speak with other psychics? Answered March 7, 2020 Answer The question seems to be asked by someone considering applying their psychic

ability in service to others free or for pay. Begin with the understanding that we all have natural psychic ability. (Please do not think of this natural part of who you are as a gift some Divine being gave you.) While our lucid sensing informs all of our cognition, some of us naturally express our ability more outwardly. Assuming two people who are about the same on the Lucidity Spectrum, (5) the difference between a person who should only apply it as a personal tool, and one who can reasonably claim the ability to serve others, is education and practice. There are a lot of wannabe experts out there who will tell you all sorts of things about psychic ability—what it is, how to develop it and how to sell it. Your first task is to self-educate enough to be able to recognize the nonsense from genuine knowledge. Of course, I am going to recommend my writing at Etheric Studies, (6) especially the two books, Your Immortal Self (4) and Exploring the Mindful Way (7). I understand that most of my writing is not for the average reader, but the essays include numerous links that will serve as a good study guide. I especially recommend First Sight Theory, (19) which I have attempted to digest in the Perception essay. (22) Also, become aware of some of the research. See, for instance, Dean Radin’s Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) He is past president of the Parapsychological Association (23) Also

see 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) There is quite a lot of functional difference between a person acting as an information psychic and one acting as a mediumistic psychic. The one organization I feel comfortable recommending for mediumship is the Section 3 – Psi Functioning 254 Forever Family Foundation. (116) Another good source for mediumship is the Windbridge Research Center (26) Practice is the hardest part of this. My wife Lisa and I became Spiritualists because, at the time, we were living in a fifth-wheel trailer and traveling with the seasons in the Western USA. We wanted a community of like-minded folk. Societies affiliated with the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) (NSAC) typically include spirit greetings in their meetings. Spirit greetings are brief mediumistic messages for attendees that are offered by certified mediums and mediums in training. There are likely local centers, usually bookstores, that teach and offer services. But again, I recommend that you self-educate so as to be able to tell the difference between psi-babble and genuine psychic teaching. Question 150 How do you tell the difference between connecting with the spirit world and a hallucination? Answered March 10, 2020 Answer This is an important question that everyone must deal with in one way or another. Mostly, sensing spirit is a personal experience that is different for each of us, but there are common characteristics. As a certified medium and spiritualist healer, and having taken many development classes over the years,

I know the first thing to understand is how we develop ordinary perception of our world and our routine expression. The short explanation is that psychologists are learning that we first unconsciously sense our surroundings. That sensed information is managed by the mostly unconscious processes that we use to develop conscious awareness. That which we become consciously aware is a version of the actual incoming information as it is modified to better agree with our worldview. 255 Answers For example, without noticing, we might frequently see a particular kind of car. If the car has little meaning to us, our perceptual processes will probably simply ignore the cars. If, however, something happens to draw our interest, say we buy that kind of car, it will seem that there is one at every intersection. In effect, our new focus instructs the filter that controls our perception to pass related environmental information to our conscious awareness. A second way our perception is unconsciously managed is when that filter modifies environmental information to better agree with what we think is true; what we have been taught. For instance, say someone tells us they think they saw someone in their house that, later, was not there. If we believe them and are religious, it is possible our mind will convey information about that someone as a demon or angle. If we are a paranormalist, we might think it is a ghost. If we are a scientist, we might think the person is delusional. This

filtering always happens. Our unconscious mind will ignore uninteresting information or change it to agree with our expectations. Unless the information specifically agrees with our expectations as it comes to us, we will seldom experience it as it originated. With this information in mind, you can see that psychic sensing, mediumship and normal sensing are all treated the same in our mind. The difference in the way we become aware of the information is mostly based on what we are doing. For instance, if I am trying to sense something about a person, and a sports car pops into my mind, I have at least a clue that it may be for the person because I prefer SUVs. If skiing comes to mind and the person is wearing a ski sweater, I should be aware that I might be making assumptions based on visual cues. This also goes for assumptions about age and health. Our unconscious mind is conditioned to make assumptions that help us survive. When it comes to spirit, such assumptions only get in the way. The idea of lucidity is that people with great lucidity more clearly sense their world as it is rather than as they are taught to think it is. There are a couple of tricks you can use to help develop lucidity. First, intend to see the world as it is. Intention is your most important way of influencing your unconscious mind. The second most important is to resist making right-wrong, good-bad decisions

about what you become aware of. Our mind hates to change its Section 3 – Psi Functioning 256 decisions. If you resist deciding, you instruct your mind to wait and see. I refer to that as suspended judgment. Be willing to not sense anything. If you insist that spirit is talking to you, your mind will tell you something to make you happy. It may not be from spirit. Spontaneity is a learned ability. For instance, in automatic writing, one way to get going is to simply begin writing a story while trying to not intend the next word. This is a little like improvisation. It helps to develop a light meditative state of mind while maintaining the understanding that communication will come. Practice and routine tend to increase the expectation Some people talk about having a sense of knowing that what they sense is from spirit. Because of the way we develop conscious perception, I tend to think that approach might be prone to self-delusion. As an engineer, I tend to make my world as it has been explained by science. My knowing is recognizing underlying principles. That is an expected outcome that has little to do with spirit. When something I sense surprises me, say a thought or a mental image, I am more inclined to stop and think of spirit. This is not to say that surprising thoughts are always from spirit. Remember I said the difference between psychic and mediumistic information is situational. The same goes

for everyday sensing. Be cautious of what I refer to as hyperlucidity. Often, people new to these phenomena and poorly informed about what is probably paranormal and what is probably not, tend to see phenomena in everything. We refer to communication across the veil as transcommunication because we expect meaningful communication. We have similar expectations for anomalous access of physical-space information (psychic). That is, we expect meaningful access or exchange of information that is in some way verifiable. The way to protect from the self-delusion of hyperlucidity is to insist on verification, at least in the beginning. Depend on friends to give you feedback. We tend to lie to ourselves, so do not argue with them when they say you are crazy. Just work to get better. I know of no rules for telling the difference. Each of us is different in this way. Practice is important, as is feedback. Spiritualists teach to give what you get, meaning that putting physical energy into something tends to reinforce its importance. If you tell someone, make sure you are clear with them that you are only learning. We are all still learning. 257 Answers Remember, communication with our nonphysical friends is not faith- based, it is a craft using knowable principles. Some of us are just naturally better than others, so manage your expectations. Question 151 What is the most compelling, unexplainable piece of paranormal footage (or photographs, recordings, etc.) out there? Answered March 11, 2020 Answer Any list of compelling demonstrations

of paranormal phenomena has to include Rupert Sheldrake’s Psychic Parrot. youtu.be/2UX4d2nb7yU Section 3 – Psi Functioning 258 Question 152 Do you believe psychics are really or scam artists? Answered April 07, 2020 Answer A “scam artist” acting as a psychic is not a psychic. He or she is a scam artist. The question should be, is the psychic ability real? If so, what is the research? Here is a useful list of references that show research which indicates that psi functioning (psychic) is a real ability that is well studied: • Dean Radin, Ph.D. has a good list of literature I often use: Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) • 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) • The Psi Encyclopedia includes articles written by parapsychologists but with no apparent lay input so use discernment: psi- encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/. (121) • The Society for Psychical Research (SPR) maintained a Research Article Database. (24) • Parapsychology: A Handbook for the 21st Century, Edited by Etzel Cardeña , John Palmer and David Marcusson-Clavertz McFarland, 2015, ISBN 978-0-7864-7916-0, ebook ISBN 978-1-4766-2105-0 • As a layperson, I maintain a rather unorganized list of links at ethericstudies.org/references/ (134) • I recommend taking time to consider Forever Family Foundation, (106), Etheric Studies (6) and Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org) (124) The bottom line is that psychic ability appears to be a naturally occurring characteristic we all share. Some of us are naturally more able to 259 Answers express that ability and some of us have

worked to develop it as a useful tool to help others. It is important to distinguish between people trying to trick you from people who are able to serve you with developed intuitive ability. It is like the difference between a psychic and a magician. A psychic at least attempts to demonstrate a real ability. A magician begins as a performer to simulate psychic ability. The observer is expected to know the difference. With that said, not all developed psychics are always accurate. It remains for the observer to use discernment. Section 4 Ghosts Introduction Ghost hunting is more a social activity than a paranormal investigation. Yes, a few people are legitimately conducting investigations following protocols that can produce meaningful information, but for most, research and science are more aspiration than reality. With that said, some haunt phenomena are arguably real and offer the opportunity to better understand our etheric nature. Poltergeist activity, for instance, is now thought to be psychokinetic expression of an emotionally disturbed person living in the house. The Implicit Cosmology (15) I work with provides a useful model for understanding the nature of ghosts and how we experience them. When I answer ghost-related questions, I do so from that perspective. It is important to note that ghost hunting is often a point of entry into the paranormalist community for a person to begin serious research. For that reason, and because there is so much mainstream chatter about ghosts, it seems important to me to set the

record straight, at least within the scope of the Implicit Cosmology. Section 4 – Ghosts 262 Question 153 In horror movies, ghosts/demons can create very strong physical movements on things like throwing a chair and pulling hair. Are these realistic? Can real life demons/ghosts do that? Answered June 1, 2018 Answer Our worldview is the mold in which we create our reality. Worldview is like a database which is filled from the time of our physical birth with human instincts, what our parents, teachers and society teaches us, and most importantly, what we learn from media like the movies. It is our task to learn to align our worldview with the actual nature of reality. We do that in part by practicing discernment. Asking questions is another good way. The information I am seeing from poltergeist research indicates that the physical phenomena is probably caused by a troubled child. It appears all of us have psychokinetic ability which we are always unconsciously expressing into our environment. Once the troubled child has attracted the attention of parents and researchers, the paranormal phenomena slows to a stop. A well-developed physical medium can produce some pretty astounding phenomena, as well. I expect there are instances in which people spontaneously express some kind of psychokinetic influence into their environment, but our worldview is likely the reason this is not common because we have been taught that this is not possible. In all of my study of things paranormal, I have not found or experienced

evidence that there is any such thing as a demon, only people behaving badly. Be careful not to look for exotic explanations and resist letting your worldview make normal events seem like scary phenomena. Finally, question the authority of your sources. If we are to practice personal responsibility and gain spiritual maturity, then we must have at least conditional free will. Being tested by the gods, as with demons and the 263 Answers devil, would seem to contradict that personal responsibility. In terms of our immortality, evil is in how we react to experiences. Question 154 Is it possible to contact a deceased family member without the aid of a psychic or using anything dangerous like a Ouija board? Answered August 17, 2018 Answer That is a good question. First, I need to say that, like all such devices, the Ouija Board is just a tool. By itself, it is neither good nor evil. It only has the power you give it with your beliefs. You make the world according to your beliefs. If your board seems evil, change your beliefs! The best way to contact a loved one on the other side is to learn contemplation. Meditation is fine for relaxation, but our friends talk to us when our mind is in a receptive, expectant state. They need that inner chatter of your mind to communicate. The trick is to gain the lucidity (5) to distinguish between your runaway subconscious mind and impressions from your discarnate friends. Contemplation is

like meditation, except that your objective is to visualize something and then mentally examine every aspect of it to better understand its nature. That generates a receptive, expectant state of awareness. You are relaxed, focused on the memory of your loved one. It is preferable to focus on one memory, not everything about the person at once. The rest will come in time; more as an understanding of your loved one’s nature, rather than this and that. I think that technique is essentially what Raymond Moody used for his Reunions. By contemplating a loved one, you become your own medium. You need not believe in life beyond this lifetime to commune with your loved one. Much is to be gained by simply being with the memory in a Release and remember sort of way. Sometimes, you might be surprised by what you Section 4 – Ghosts 264 remember. It is for you to decide if it is memory or a thought from your loved one. What matters is comfort … and understanding. If you do use a mental medium, make sure the person is trained as a medium. Metaphysically, psychics and mediums function the same, but a medium intends to reach your loved ones and has trained accordingly. It takes more work to develop the lucidity necessary to be the clear channel of a medium. Maybe use a psychic if you are looking for your lost car key. A good place to find a certified medium is the Forever Family

Foundation. (116) Still, use discernment. The Ouija Board and automatic writing are ways of entraining your attention on your loved one. Moody used a psychomanteum as an aid to entrainment. (Think scrying with a crystal ball or dark water.) Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) (43) is a way to make contact as well but learn a little about EVP before trying it. (My recommendation is to use transform EVP only. You can find out what that is on atransc.org) There is no guarantee you will reach a particular person, but you should be able to reach someone (presumably) on the other side. That should give you the sense that your loved one is okay, as you will be when it is your turn to transition. Contemplation is best because it is just you. Mediumship is okay if you need someone to tell you, but you will always question their ability. Ouija Boards and similar aids are okay, but it is really easy to fool yourself with them because they must work through your mostly unconscious mind to control your muscles. EVP is good because it is just you, but the usual one or two words do not contain a lot of information. Sometimes you can recognize the voice of the speaker. In the end, it is all about the lucidity of your channel, be it yourself or a practitioner. Lucidity comes from practicing discernment and learning mindfulness, so no matter what technique you use, seek to understand the nature of what

comes to you. 265 Answers Question 155 What are some paranormal activity detection machines used by people investigating haunted houses? Answered September 10, 2018 Answer Haunted house, ghost and detecting paranormal activity are really three different questions. Yes, there may be haunted houses, but paranormal activity might be detected anywhere. Ghosts are, by definition, dead people but dead people are not the only source of haunt activity. In fact, the best theories I have read for poltergeist activity (levitation, haunt effects) indicates that the apparent haunting activity is likely caused by a child in the house who is emotionally calling out for help. Once acknowledged, the poltergeist activity tends to stop. I subscribe to the Survival Hypothesis but must acknowledge that the Super-Psi Field Hypothesis is largely correct. The Super-Psi Hypothesis holds that many apparent proofs of survived personality can be better explained with psychic access to the information held in the memory of still living people or proposed residual memory. People can apparently, unconsciously cause some pretty impressive psychokinetic effects that look like haunt phenomena. From my experience, a large percentage of apparent survival phenomena (often experienced as haunt phenomena) is better explained as being caused by still living people. To your question, our work with EVP has shown that a broad-spectrum chaotic audio signal, which is frequently perturbed by audio spikes, is most beneficial for the formation of the paranormal voices. In parapsychology, it has been found that a random process tends to become less random when in

the presence of meditating people. These are two references for speculation that a random process is modified by psi influence. I refer to this effect as the imposition of intended order. And so, devices that are able to detect changes in a chaotic signal, and produce a useful output showing the detection (audio recorder, visual Section 4 – Ghosts 266 display, data logger), appear to work for detecting the presence of a psi influence. But here is the rest of my story about ghosts. Random processes are demonstrably influenced by psi, and apparently intelligently influenced by psychically expressed intention. Now consider that you are not your body. If you accept the existence of ghosts, you must also accept that you are not your body. When you are in the flesh you are first a ghost and then a physical person. Metaphysically, there is no difference in the expression of intention from you in the flesh and you after your transition. Detecting paranormal activity is just one aspect of studying our etheric nature. Question 156 Can you give me a good example of detecting paranormal activity using an EMF detector? Answered September 13, 2018 Answer I am aware of three kinds of paranormal detectors that seem to fit your question. The first and most common is human or personal transcommunication (as I have learned to think of it). Here, the trans- prefix is used to mean across the veil. Mental mediumship is personal because an instrument is not used. Mental mediumship

is well established as a form of psi functioning, meaning the person is able to mentally access information that he or she should not be able to access given only physical principles. The problem is that it is difficult to know if the information is from a sentient personality still in the flesh, a discarnate personality (aka dead person) or one who has never lived in the physical. We know that much of what is reported by mediums is from the medium’s memory, psychically accessed from the memory of some other person or from a hypothetical residual memory stored in the psi field. Think of such mediumship as psychic or psychical functioning. See Windbridge Research Center (26) 267 Answers We all have mediumistic ability to some extent, so we are one form of paranormal detector. Here, paranormal means not accepted by mainstream science … not thought to be normal. It has been shown that the output of Random Event Generators (REG) change in randomness in the presence of meditating people. The extent of this REG-mental interaction is not yet well defined. The Global Consciousness Project (92) is one example, as are REG studies with meditating people. The important point here is that the studies are repeatable, the tools for the study are easily available to the average person (I have an REG) and the study demonstrates a mental-physical interaction. This applies to ghost hunting if you accept that a person is a ghost still in the flesh. The third form

of paranormal activity detection I think applies is transform Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). (Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) includes EVP and visual forms involving similar mind-machine effects.) Transform EVP are collected with ordinary audio recorders. The paranormal voice is found in background noise transformed into voice, we think either by a still physical person or a discarnate personality. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80). The common factor between REG-related phenomena and transform EVP is the apparent influence of intention on a random process. In the case of EVP, background noise is the random process. Mental mediumship may share physical effect if the randomness of brain activity is considered. We do not know. The relationship of ambient magnetic fields to how REGs detect focused mental activity, and how audio recorders produce EVP, is still debatable. My guess is that running around with an electromagnetic or magnetic field detector to find ghosts is best considered magical thinking. I know of no good science supporting the idea. See Failure to Replicate Fallacy. (91) Section 4 – Ghosts 268 Question 157 What is the best reason for writing an argumentative essay about believing in ghosts? Answered September 14, 2018 Answer I assume you are not looking for “Because your teacher told you to.” Essay means to write a considered opinion. So, let us examine two assumptions. First, belief versus accept evidence. On the continuum of understanding, belief is right next to faith which is a matter of religion. Accept evidence is on the other end

of the continuum, right next to know. As an ordained Spiritualist, I will say under no uncertain terms that I do not do religion. If you want to work on the religion end of the continuum, stop reading and go ask your minister. If you inform yourself about the state of art related to the survival hypothesis, you will find that considerable evidence has been accrued over the years concerning our dual nature. Much of it is supported by good research. While I am not prepared to tell you that you should accept survival as fact, I am happy to do so for myself. Here is why: 1. Miles Edward has compiled some well-studied cases of apparent survival. You can read them at The Survival Top 40. (65). Anecdotal evidence reports do not prove survival by themselves, but they are necessary if research is to be acceptable. 2. Duality is the idea that we are a physical body and an etheric mind. Here etheric means nonphysical. In parapsychology, it usually means the Psi Field. (53) See Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) In the Survival Hypothesis, (64) it is our nonphysical aspect we think continues to exist after physical death. This is a necessary characteristic if there are to be ghosts. 3. There is strong evidence that the psi field is nonlocal, meaning that there apparently is no distance in the etheric. Thus far, researchers have not found a way to shield from psi influence. That means it is

269 Answers possible to put a person functioning as a psychic in a sensory isolation chamber, yet the person is able to access information outside of the shielded room. This characteristic is a strong indication that we cannot apply physical principles to survival questions. Physical is objective, etheric is conceptual. The effect is that the voice of a specific person might be recorded anywhere the recorder is and not necessarily where the person was known to have died. 4. 5. Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) provides important hints about our nonphysical nature. In audio ITC (aka Electronic Voice Phenomena or EVP), anomalous speech has been recorded, even though the recorder was in an electromagnetic, magnetic, electrical and audio isolation chamber. See Eliminating Radio Frequency Contamination for EVP (66) and Report of an Anomalous Speech Products Experiment Inside a Double Screened Room. (67) It is becoming evident that sensed information is subconsciously processed before we become consciously aware of the information. See First Sight Theory. (19) This unconscious mental processing is based on our worldview which includes what we have been taught. Consequently, conscious perception tends to be contaminated by expectation. Considering apparent duality, cultural contamination of perception, nonlocality of the psi field and all of the evidence for trans-etheric influences, ghosts appear to be possible, but it is likely that we experience them as we expect. There is no reason to think they are stuck in a specific place. Ghosts are there because we expect them to be there. This is the

short list, but I think you can use it to begin your study. My short answer is that survived personality seems to be actual but the way we perceive our discarnate friends as ghosts is a cultural artifact. Section 4 – Ghosts 270 Question 158 If you died and came back as a ghost, who would you want to haunt and how? Answered September 15, 2018 Answer The author of True Hauntings: Spirits with a Purpose (140) has an interesting take on what makes ghosts tick. She worked with families being haunted, a good mental medium and a little historical sleuthing to find that some of the ghosts came around because they were attracted to one of the people. According to the medium, the ghost indicated feeling that the person might help them in some way. Another reason was confusion. Some ghosts were confused about their new status. In most cases, the ghost was able to be convinced that it was time to go … and they were gone. To be clear, all of the reported haunting phenomena might have been caused by a living agent. If we expect a ghost, we conjure one up. If the shaman has made us hurt enough to believe we have been cured, then the ghost or demon is gone. Examine your beliefs and then consider the science. Our work with Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) has shown that our etheric communicators were not physically somewhere specific. They could communicate any time anywhere. They also

communicated with apparent purpose. Often, it was to reassure loved ones still in the physical. Sometimes it was to help in some way. One communicator complained that it was hard to get through because the person in the physical was expressing too much grief. We think at some point in their transition, they move out of range, so to speak. Some have indicated it was time for them to transition again. We are not sure what that means, but we think it is them reincarnating. There are a lot of reasons for discarnate personalities to make themselves known. We literally know of no malicious contact. People’s fear of ghosts is learned from religion and media. We are taught to be afraid of 271 Answers the dark, and so a bump in the night is always a ghost coming to get us … never mind the wind rattling the shutters. Question 159 Paranormal: do cats have their own spirits/entities that attach to them and haunt them? Answered October 8, 2018 Answer As it turns out, I am about to publish an essay titled Avatar. (13) It should be available under the Blog tab of ethericstudies.org in a day or so. In it, I explore the idea of what might be required for our nonphysical self to entangle with our human for a lifetime. My target point is what it might take for a computer to be sentient. Based on the model I use in that essay, there is no such thing

as an attachment. In my years of studying these phenomena—producing a few myself—I have not seen a single example of spirit attachment. I have seen a lot of popular wisdom born of a strange combination of religious belief, ghost stories (scary movies) and a sort of ghost hunting club mythology that has no apparent foundation of reality. With that sort of cultural contamination in the way people think, it is no wonder that all sorts of ordinary illness, accidents and natural events become proof of evil attachments. Question 160 Have you seen your cat witness a ghost/spirit? Answered October 9, 2018 Answer Section 4 – Ghosts 272 My wife, Lisa, was sitting at her desk that is situated against a wall. Her chair was turned so that she could face me as I sat on an easy chair to the right of her desk and farther from the wall. We were about six feet apart. Our cat was sitting on the floor between us and closer to the wall. The cat faced between us as if being part of the conversation. Without warning, a shape moved from my right between Lisa and me and continued into a nearby bathroom. It looked like a flurry of arms and legs that reminded me of the Tasmanian Devil cartoons. I could not make out the arms and legs, only a vague, brown shape rapidly moving limbs might make (if it had limbs). It was about the size of a basketball. It was just

a flurry of activity moving a little faster than I walk, about eighteen inches off of the ground and just a foot or so in front of the cat. I saw it, Lisa saw it, the cat’s ears perked up and she followed the shape with her eyes. As the critter disappeared into the bathroom, the cat stood up and pranced in after it as if wanting to see what it would do next. No fear and no sound. We had not before, nor did we see it again. However, the cats do behave as if they occasionally see things. For some time, one of them was afraid to go into that same room when it was dark. I have studied things paranormal for years and speculate that a life form might fill an ecological niche in the space straddling physical and etheric. (In the near-etheric.) I have no proof, only speculation based on the idea that these shadowy critters better exhibit physical animal characteristics than they do known characteristics of trans-etheric influences. They are not haunting us. Lisa thinks they might be attracted to emotion similar to the way moths are attracted to light. I refer to them as etheric critters because they do not appear to have a human origin. A new species? While becoming a certified Mufon Field Investigator, I saw that the Handbook said that one of the possible naturally occurring object that might be mistaken as a UFO is ball lightning. The Handbook described that

critter I saw to a “T.” I am an electronics engineer and have a fair amount of training in physics. Based on my study of things paranormal and examples presented to me over the years, I have to disagree. The phenomenon is unlikely to be electrical in nature. If it were, the cat would have gone the other way in a hurry. 273 Answers Question 161 Why do we not see the good spirits trying to help the bad spirits? Does this even happen, why not? Answered November 23, 2018 Answer In my years studying things paranormal, I have encountered no evidence of good or bad spirits. To avoid religious connotation, I use personality instead of spirit to describe the core essence of who we are. From my study, it seems clear that we are all personalities. Some of us are experiencing a physical lifetime. Some may be experiencing a lifetime in a different venue for learning and some seem to be in between lifetimes. If you are asking about spirits, I assume you accept the idea that you are more than your physical body. If so, then you should recognize that you are influenced by your human’s instincts. Unless you impose self-aware, compassionate influence on those instincts, everything you do will be intended to assure the survival of your human’s gene pool. With that in mind, the assumption that there are good and bad spirits may be based on the recognition that some people are more compassionate than others.

My view is that the human experience does tend to have a short-term influence on our personality, but that is apparently moderated by a realization that survival of the gene pool was a human thing and not personality’s. Everything I have come to understand indicates that those of us who are not in a lifetime tend to focus on helping those of us who are. The usual way we see this is in the idea that our etheric communicators are either a loved one or a personality designated by a group to represent them in efforts to help us. This is discussed a little in Cooperative Community (33). By help, I mean help in understanding the fundamental principles we are learning. in Spiritualism, those are referred to as Natural Laws. The most important part of living is gaining understanding from experiences. It is that understanding we seek. All else is temporary. Section 4 – Ghosts 274 Question 162 Honestly, do you believe in ghosts, spirits or angels? Answered November 29, 2018 Answer I will answer by first describing why I think we are an immortal self experiencing a physical lifetime with a human avatar. The explanation of deity proposed by Edward Malkowski (141) seems to closest to what I have studied. “… the Egyptian word neter being translated into Greek as ‘god,’ which later took on the Westernised meaning of deity. The true meaning of neter was to describe an aspect of deity, not a deity to be worshipped. In

essence, neters referred to principles of nature in a practical scientific way.” The one document I am willing to think was at least inspired by Hermes of ancient Egypt is known today as the Emerald Tablet (1). It is a lesson taught by a master to his initiates and is concerned with the process of gaining progression (spiritual maturity). The original title was probably something like The Truly Great Work. Hermes seems to be speaking about gods, but it is clear that he is speaking of aspects of informed expression. A few thousand years later, and at least two thousand years before the Bible, the ancient oral tradition of the Indus Valley was written as the Katha Upanishad (41). It includes instruction by the God of Death to a seeker. The essence of it is that the seeker must make a choice between the two aspects of mortal living. That is, make choices intended to perpetuate the gene pool or choices intended to gain understanding. The God of Death is like the Egyptian Neter, an aspect of one god. The Holy Bible even addresses some of this idea of who we really are in John 14. (114) It is all about the same instruction for progression given by Hermes and the God of Death. 275 Answers The message in these three historical references is that we are spiritual personalities experiencing physical life to gain an understanding of our true nature and the nature of the reality in which we live.

I have found no evidence at all that there is any such entity as an evil demon. Even in my study of Paul Twitchell’s. (131) work (he is the founder of Eckankar (142)), I see that he taught that the lord of the physical, Kal Niranjan, was considered our devil. Twitchell explained that Kal was actually responsible for assuring we gained sufficient maturity to move to new venues for learning before he would let us out of the cycle of physical lifetimes. Without good and bad experiences, there can be no progression in understanding. My view of a Cooperative Community (33) goes like this: The Way of Progression Through community comes knowledge Through teaching comes understanding It takes a collective The idea comes from the many ways we are told that each of us is part of a collective or community of personalities sharing a common search for understanding. It appears that many such collectives share the same venue for learning. For us, the venue is Earth and possibly the physical Universe. Since everyone in the collective benefits from what is learned by other members, members that are not currently in a lifetime are thought to do what they can to help those who are. I think all personalities have the same fundamental characteristics such as purpose, expression, perception and worldview. However, there are at least six important ways personalities might express those characteristics: A source personality (not a father god) from which organizing principles and curiosity originate. (This is

just to complete or bound the cosmology like the Big Bang Theory (51) bounds astronomical cosmologies.) Formative Personalities cooperating to maintain commonly visualized venues for learning in their attention. These would be like Kal Niranjan and perhaps the Egyptian Neter and The God of Death in the Katha Upanishad. (Are these all the same personality or are they representatives of a collective of formative personalities?) Section 4 – Ghosts 276 Experiencer Personalities (you and me) experiencing this venue as we gain understanding through experience. Guide Personalities are members of our collective who are not currently in a lifetime. These possibly act as our inner guides and teachers. Loved ones on the other side who may also help as they are able. They are not necessarily in our collective. Teacher Personalities who have taken it on themselves to further our understanding. Here, it is important to note that, like Kal Niranjan, teaching sometimes means helping us understand the nature of grief. I expect there are others, but these appear to be the main players. None are to be worshiped, feared or condemned. All are to be respected, as we will certainly one day join their ranks. My answer is that I accept the evidence of the immortality of personality, which is who we are. We are all of those you list but your terms carry too much religious baggage to be useful for serious discussion. You might consider looking over the Glosser of Terms I include at the end of Your

Immortal Self (4). Also see the Glossary of Terms. (31) Question 163 Do spirits group with the spirits of their own religion when they fly off to the universe (per scientists) after death? Answered December 23, 2018 Answer There are many versions of the survival story. The problem is that, as we are learning today, it is difficult for information to come across the veil without being colored by the channel’s beliefs. Cultural contamination tends to produce similar messages from different people claiming to be in communication with discarnate personalities. The existence of such communication is well-established and 277 Answers the initial message from any one channel might be evidential. It is just that we do not know how it has changed as it is relayed by the physical person. By considering many different sources, both ancient and contemporary, it is possible to develop a model that seems to reasonably answer your question. I have tried to compile this model in What is it Like on the Other Side. (143) As for your question, one of the more common characteristics of the discarnate communicator is the claims that it represents a group of personalities. One of the Organizing Principles I needed to make sense of for the Survival Hypothesis is the Principle of Perceptual Agreement: (144) Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. In effect, we can only perceive that which we are able to visualize and that is limited by

worldview (memory and what we have been taught). To your question, this means that people may share aspects of reality if they have similar cultural backgrounds. It is less likely they will be able to share aspects of reality if they do not. So yes, it looks like we do gravitate toward like-minded people in spirit just as we do in the physical. But be aware that mainstream science thinks you and I need to be put in a padded cell for even thinking about such questions. Question 164 Is it scientifically proven that ghosts exist? Answered December 24, 2018 Answer I should begin by saying that scientific evidence is probably the wrong place to begin answering your real or not real question. The basic scientific method is important, but it must be applied with an open mind. Many of us make a distinction between mainstream science and frontier science. Mainstream science is really good for the study of commonly accepted principles. But the institutions supporting established Section 4 – Ghosts 278 science have a vested interest in being right. As of today, being right means that there is no such thing as nonphysical anything. With that said, the four conditions of my answer are that: 1. There is a nonphysical aspect of reality. In the survival metaphysics I study, the physical is a product of consciousness, but there is a less complex model that is better supported by study. That is, a subtle field of influence permeates the physical

that is sometimes referred to as the psi field. Important characteristics of the field are that it is nonlocal (no distance; everywhere is here) and that it acts as a medium of propagation for consciousness and thought. 2. Mind is not the body. That is, our conscious self existed before this lifetime and will exist after this lifetime in a sentient form. 3. People are naturally psychic. People sense information in the psi field and express a psi as information and influence (psychokinesis). 4. Discarnate personalities communicate with still physical people. Our discarnate loved ones are able to communicate with people still in the flesh by way of mind-to-mind psi expressions and psychokinetic influence on physical processes. (Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) for instance). These four conditions must be true for ghosts to be real. Realistically, proof is still being developed as research continues. Anomalous access of information (psychic functioning, mediumship) and mental influence of physical processes (EVP and changes of randomness of random processes) represent areas of research that tend to support Items 1–3. Item 4 is the most difficult to prove. The fact that people are able to psychically access information that appears to be present in the minds of still living people makes it difficult to say that a reported contact from a discarnate loved one did not actually come from someone’s memory of the person. There is also the problem that we know of no way to shield from psi influence. Put another way, the information a

psychic access es could come from any place in the world, including a sealed vault or from a person deep in a mine on the other side of the world. The only psychically accessed information we might be able to say probably comes from a discarnate person is if the information is not known by anyone in the world. If the information is in the form of “That is 279 Answers something long-dead Uncle John might have said,” it is arguable that something came from the mind of someone who knew Uncle John. An EVP recorded by Martha Copeland is an example of information that no one in the physical knew of at the time. You can hear it at Martha Copeland EVP (44) on the Association TransCommunication website (atransc.org). So, while the four conditions above might be satisfied, there remains the human factor of the witness and the form the ghost takes. The best of the study and research seems to tell us that physical phenomena may be caused by a different personality but must go through the witness. This appears to be the case for EVP, for instance. This is to say that we are the channel and we tend to color what we channel based on our expectations. If this is true, ghosts are not physically present. They are superimposed over the scene in our mind’s eye. Ghostly physical effects are probably of the same sort of psychokinetic effects as we see in poltergeist phenomena. All of

the (probably) required elements seem to be in place for ghosts to be real. They may not be proof of a discarnate personality. Much of what is popularly believed about ghosts is folklore. Question 165 Are ghost detectors just detecting electromagnetic fields? Answered December 24, 2018 Answer I will begin by referring you to my answer to Question 167: Is it scientifically proven that ghosts exist? Read Loyd Auerbach Discusses Paranormal Misconceptions. (145) In it, he states “Just because it says ‘ghost meter’ on it doesn't mean it detects ghosts… or anything paranormal, psychic or supernatural. EMF detectors detect electromagnetic fields.” Loyd’s specialty is apparitions (ghosts) and I yield to his expertise. Here is one point to consider. In Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), (80) voices are sometimes found in recording media that cannot be accounted Section 4 – Ghosts 280 for with known physical principles. Our working hypothesis is that they are produced by the psychokinetic influence of the practitioner or an interested witness. They may be proof of discarnate personalities, but they may also just be proof that the person initiating the EVP is psychic and accessed the information from someone’s memory. The existence of EVP in recording media seems to indicate that mind can influence physical processes. We see other evidence for this in the way the output of Random Event Generators become less random when in the presence of meditating people. See: Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events. (38) Electromagnetic Field (EMF)

detectors used in ghost hunting, in fact, all electronic devices used for ghost hunting, may indicate changes in the environment as they are designed to do. They may also give a false indication of such changes because the operator is focusing so much on the device that he or she is psychokinetically causing changes in the device which signal as changes in EMF. Remember that an EMF meter is not designed to present changes as a voice message. They can only present as they are designed. As such, it is difficult to know if the influence causing a report is EMF or the practitioner. Question 166 Among all the cryptids (kraken, megalodon, Bigfoot, etc.) or the legendary or supernatural beings (ghosts, for instance), which is the most believable and could really exist according to you? Answered December 29, 2018 Answer Concerning the possible existence of ghosts, it is necessary to identify a space in which they exist, how it is that we can experience them and what they are. The three dominant theories are that ghosts are pure imagination, 281 Answers they are real but only seen in the mind’s eye or that they are produced psychokinetically. From my study, all three points of view may have merit. Here are a few points to consider: 1. Emerging theory holds that we first experience our environment as sensed information delivered to our mostly unconscious mind. The information is considered by comparing it with worldview (memory, beliefs, cultural training, instincts). The results

of that are presented to conscious self but modified to better agree with worldview. In other words, we experience reality as we expect, not as it is. See for instance, The Brain's Autopilot Mechanism Steers Consciousness Our Unconscious Mind (146) 2. If that is true, what we see is based on beliefs that are partially shaped by instincts. At least to some extent, ghosts represent an unknown presence that evokes our human’s fear response. The result is a proneness to seeing what is feared. See for instance, The role of fear in delusions of the paranormal. (147) 3. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are voices found in recording media that cannot be explained with known physical principles. The working hypothesis is that the paranormal messages are caused by the psychokinetic influence of mostly unconscious mind on the electronic circuits of recording devices. Some EVP are thought to originate from the memory of still physical persons (present or distant), but some are also thought to originate from the still sentient mind of discarnate persons. See for instance, A Model for EVP (43) 4. Other forms of mind-to-physical influences have been reported. For instance, the random output of Random Event Generators (REG) has been shown to become less random in response to the influence of intention or in the presence of meditating groups. See for instance, Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events (38) 5. Poltergeist activity is typically reported in homes in which a disturbed child lives. A

popular theory to explain psychokinetic activity is that is it caused by the child’s unconscious cry for help. It subsides as that cry is answered. The main points are that Section 4 – Ghosts 282 psychokinetic influences on physical processes are clearly demonstrated and they have a physical human source. See for Instance, Poltergeists (Overview) (121) The existence of ghosts as they are commonly reported is a reasonably well-established phenomenon. Psychokinetic activity (mind over matter, levitation) has been reliably reported and is a common element in reports of hauntings. Also, the seeing of apparitions is explainable with known psychological responses to suggestion. The model I have come to study is called the Implicit Cosmology (15) and includes the idea that a physical person is necessary for physical paranormal effects, but that those effects might by caused psychokinetically. As such, I argue that experiencing ghosts is real, but their presence is caused by still physical people. Whether they are proof of the existence of discarnate personalities (dead people) is an open question. The people causing ghosts may be getting their references from present or remote memory (cultural contamination). This would be the Psi Field Hypothesis. (53) Some, including me, think that some of the ghostly phenomena are initiated by discarnate personality through the physical living person who acts as a channel. That is the Trans-Survival Hypothesis. (64) From the points listed above, it should be clear that external psi influences that are initiated by a person and those initiated by a

discarnate personality have the same outward appearance. The only difference is the source. For the survival hypothesis to be true, it is necessary to show that the information a person accesses to produce a physical effect might only exist in the mind of a discarnate personality. The one example I have of such information was collected by Martha Copeland in an EVP: Martha Copeland’s daughter, Cathy, transitioned as a young woman. Martha had accidentally left Cathy’s dog, Dojo, in the house when she left to go shopping. She had also left her voice activated audio recorder on. No one was in the house except for the animals. Dojo tore up a potted plant and made a great mess. You can hear an EVP from Cathy as she scolds the dog saying, “Doja, No.” (You can hear the example here: Martha Copeland EVP (44) My answer is that I cannot speak to the authenticity of cryptids, but I am reasonably sure there is objective support for the existence of ghosts. It is just that one must be clear about the why ghosts exist. 283 Answers Question 167 What would be a logical explanation of ghosts? One that correlated with science and what we know about the universe? Answered February 3, 2019 Answer Let us agree that a ghost or apparition is defined as the visible presence or effect attributed to a disembodied person. That is, someone reports seeing a dead person or some effect thought to be caused by one. Let

us also agree that science is fundamentally the observation of nature and the development of models intended to explain what is observed. But there are many different kinds of naturally occurring phenomena and those differences sometimes require different approaches to the practice of science. Physical Science: Reductionist models work for most physical characteristics of nature. For example, an apple falling from a tree can be modeled with such characteristics as gravity, mass, changing seasons and relative motion. Understanding the physical world is the domain of physical science. An important rule is that physical models must correctly predict the falling apple’s behavior. This is sometimes known as physicalism. Psychological Science: The study of mind and consciousness requires a rather different approach. Mental behavior is more conceptual and typical reductionist modeling such as the effect of an action causing a reaction is replaced with something like the predicted response to a stimulus. This is the domain of psychological science. As I understand this field, psychological models are typically based on observation of responses to stimuli. After many tests, the distribution of responses eventually indicates support for predictions. Dualism: Characteristics of reality necessary for a disembodied person to exist is that there must be a nonphysical aspect of reality and it must Section 4 – Ghosts 284 be possible for a disembodied person to influence the physical in some way. There is quite a lot of research suggesting the existence of what is currently being referred to as a psi field. This nonlocal

field appears to be a medium for the propagation of the effect of mental activity that can influence physical processes. There is no known way to shield from such influence. Psi functioning (psychic, mediumship, psychokinetic) research is not yet recognized by physical scientists but is beginning to be acknowledged by psychologists. A good example of this work is in the studies of how meditating groups influence the randomness of random number generators. The About Etheric Studies Essay (6) provides a good overview of the relationship between physical science, psychological science and the study of the nonphysical aspect of reality. Dualism represents a third way of science. If physical science ignores the existence of the psi field and psychological science thinks it is just psi functioning and that survival means survival of memory, neither is examining the effect of intention on physical processes from the perspective of possible nonphysical (discarnate), sentient personality. For a ghost to be proven real or not real, some the research perspective of Dualism is necessary. As you read the rest of my answer, keep in mind that science cannot be done if it examines only part of the phenomenon. Studying Ghosts From my study, I would say that there are three likely explanations for ghosts: Naturally occurring physical event mistaken as evidence of a ghost. An example is a door moving without apparent physical force. I have one of those. It is hung on its hinges so that, because of gravity, it slowly swings open to

a natural rest position. Such explanations are the domain of physical science. Another example is a physiological response to a feared presence. For instance, during ghost hunts, the investigators easily become so jumpy that any sounds become evidence of a ghost. Once that hair- trigger state of alertness is reached, the mere suggestion that a ghost is near may cause people to experience touches, smells, even movement 285 Answers seen from the corner of the eyes. Such explanations are the domain of psychological science. Commonly used technology such as audio recorders, still cameras and video recorders sometimes record evidence that is normal mistaken as paranormal. While this is sometimes a case of trickery, it is most often the case of people not understanding how they can be fooled by their equipment or the many ways their mind can misunderstand such information. The failure to understand how technology produces artifacts is a problem of physical science. Not realizing human potential for delusion is a problem for psychological science. Trickery and fraud Having participated in recording sessions for television shows, I know that there may be an occasional instruction from the director to be more afraid for the camera or to respond to a sudden noise made off- camera. That is simple fraud and a problem for the ethics people. Trickery and fraud are uncommon in parapsychological research. A magician’s ability to reproduce haunt phenomena depends on the ability to control the scene. However, using wire to simulate movement only simulates. On

close examination, such demonstrations are only simulations and not demonstrations of levitation or psi functioning. When a magician claims to be able to duplicate a haunt event using stage trickery, it is not the haunt phenomena being replicated. For instance, an object might be seen on camera to fly across the room. The same effect for the camera can be produced with a thin wire to pull the object or it might simply be thrown from off camera. In the end, magicians are guilty of the Fallacy of Equal Simlars. This is not science, only magician’s fraud. Trans-etheric influences (ghostly events or haunt phenomena). The study of ghosts is just one part of the study of how communication of information happens between the proposed etheric (nonphysical, psi field) and physical aspects of reality. If we accept that mind is nonphysical, then bodily senses (vision, smell, touch, sound, taste) are physical-to-etheric phenomena. Commands to move the body are etheric-to-physical phenomena. The only difference between a ghost and a person is that a person has a physical body and a ghost does not. Mind-to-mind communication between is a psychic exchange of influences using mind-talk symbols … Section 4 – Ghosts 286 probably a sort of thought ball or gestalt thoughtform rather than words. Our mind translates such thoughtforms into words and a version of our world. The two most important phenomena for ghosts to exist is the ability of mind to influence the physical world and for the physical world to affect

mind. Of course, if mind is etheric, then our body does these conversions for us. Much research has been conducted with Random Event Generators (REG). See Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention. (38) The short explanation is that random processes are shown to become less random with the influence of attention. We see a similar effect with Electronic Voice Phenomena. (43) This is a mind-to-physical effect comparable to mind controlling body movements such as walking and talking. Physical-to-mind influence is a more difficult effect to show scientifically. One way is the indirect study of remote viewing. A possible explanation for person B to be able to clairvoyantly see a distant place and accurately report about it is for person A to be physically present or remember being present at the location. Then for person B to access memory of what was seen by person A as a mind-to- mind exchange. Such anomalous access of information has been shown with good research to occur. The effect is a demonstration of how the physical can affect mind. Of course, if mind is not in the brain but is in etheric space, then the body routinely affects mind. To answer your question, if you accept that you are more than your physical body, that some aspect of who you really are continues after physical death and that it is possible for mind to cause an effect in the physical, and in turn, be affected by the physical,

then you have reason to accept that ghosts are just people without a body. We must examine the science and decide if it is valid. To do that, we must have the education to reasonably assess the quality of that science. Your question is reasonable, appropriate and the sort of inquiry all of us need to make to develop an informed understanding. Opinion is the same as belief and there is no science in belief. 287 Answers Question 168 Why aren’t things like hunting for ghosts/paranormal experiences treated more seriously in science? Answered April 9, 2019 Answer Reports of paranormal phenomena might have been treated seriously in the early days. But then, there was little in the way of technology to support the study and religions pretty much owned related ideas like survival, spirits and spirit healing. There were the usual frauds like priests using the paranormal for social engineering and guilds trying to make themselves more than they were. The effect with an emerging scientific culture has been for researchers to shun everything associated with the old superstitions. Of course, we now know that a lot of those superstitions were based on actual experiences and abilities. But these phenomena are elusive and the brave scientists who did begin studying them could seldom point at an effect as the kind of proof one gets for gravity with a falling apple. Science, usually in the form of parapsychology, is gradually furthering our understanding of these phenomena. But they face a strong

headwind. Mainstream science still hears terms like mediumship and thinks religiously inspired fraud. The paranormalist community does not help. We cannot even agree amongst ourselves about how to talk about these phenomena, never mind how to make a discerning, informed report. My answer is that these phenomena are not being treated more seriously because we who insist they are real have not self-organized enough to support them with rational reports and more funding for research. Section 4 – Ghosts 288 Question 169 What are other theoretical explanations of ghosts, assuming: a) they are not imagination and b) not spirits of the dead? Answered May 3, 2019 Answer Recently emerging understanding about how we develop our perception is showing that we do not directly perceive what we sense. Our perception is developed in our mostly unconscious mind. That includes our worldview database which represents our human’s instincts, our discerning intelligence, what we have been taught and memory. Think of our mostly unconscious mind where perception is formed as our Judge. Sensed information (feel, taste, see, hear, smell) comes first to the Judge where it is compared to worldview and adjusted to agree with our sense of what is real before being delivered to our conscious awareness. Here are two of the many available references: Our Unconscious Mind (58) and Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity. (39) Another important reference is The Sheep-Goat Effect (108) which is the idea that people with an open mind tend to be better able to experience

the unexpected than those who have a more rigid sense of reality. My answer is that all of our experiences begin the same way as our imagination. The difference between real and not real is a function of how the information is processed in our mostly unconscious mind. Information we classify as real is colored by our Judge to agree with what we think real is supposed to be. information might be completely rejected if it much contradicts what we think is real. This answer can be expanded to explain the nature of supposed paranormal experiences, but you excluded that line of thought. It is up to you to contemplate the implications of a thought process that always seeks 289 Answers to show us what we think is supposed to be there … and by extension, hide what we think should not be there. Question 170 Why do people feel that ghost hunters are scam artist? Answered May 20, 2019 Answer The short answer is that the well-organized skeptic community has taken every opportunity to villainize everything paranormal. Their reasons are based on an almost religious belief that if mainstream science does not specifically endorse the existence of something, then it is impossible and cannot be. If someone claims it is real, they are either delusional or frauds. That is scientism. Observers need to be aware enough to recognize scientism. During my time as an editor in Wikipedia, I learned that zealous scientism is the reason skeptics have tried so

hard as a group to show articles about paranormal subjects in a negative light. A good example of this can be seen on the Talk page archives of the Rupert Sheldrake article. For instance, Talk:Rupert Sheldrake/Archive 18 - Wikipedia. (73) All of the haunt investigators I have known do it for sport and follow a strict code of ethics concerning property, owners and truthful reporting. Or, they are serious investigators, often supported by academically train scientists, albeit from unrelated fields. As in any endeavor, there is a natural distribution of understanding amongst haunt investigators. For instance, there are a lot of sincerely held opinions amongst paranormalists that are often more like popular wisdom than empirical understanding. Haunt investigators are not regulated, so anyone can take up a few simple devices and go on a walkabout to try their hand. For comparison, one of my focuses in the study of paranormal phenomena is mental mediumship. It is common to encounter a young, would-be medium who has watched enough television, maybe even read a Section 4 – Ghosts 290 few books to think they are qualified to serve others as a medium. All the while, not really knowing what it is like to be a qualified medium. These people are not frauds. They are sincere but lack the education needed to know better. In time, and with the help of others, such people often develop into effective, ethical mediums in service to others. Question 171 Are ghosts tied to a specific location

or can they wander? If so, how far? Answered June 4, 2019 Answer It is well-established that the etheric—the nonphysical aspect of reality—is nonlocal, meaning that a ghost is not in a place. For instance, in Electronic Voice Phenomena, (EVP), a practitioner living in Dallas can record the voice of a discarnate loved one who died in New York for a person who is in Seattle … real-time. We learn to think of a place as haunted, and thereby begin to expect ghostly experiences in that place. The ghost is not there. A sort of contact field appears to develop over time so that different people can have similar ghost encounters in the same place at different times. Think of that contact field as a thoughtform that people are able to sense. So not only do they expect to experience haunt phenomena, but they also experience haunt phenomena suggested by that thoughtform. Be discerning when it comes to listening to what people have to say about these things. There is a lot of superstition and religious lore that confuses truth. From my study, discarnate people do not get stuck. The only possession is of our own superstition. Self-determination is limited only by the extent that we give away our discernment to others. 291 Answers Question 172 Are ghost hunting devices and equipment sold on the internet fraudulent? Answered June 6, 2019 Answer First, there must be ghosts. There are conditions that need to be true for ghosts to be real:

1. The Psi Filed Hypothesis needs to be true. Basically, that says that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality (the psi field) which permeates the physical. 2. Thought is modeled as a psi field phenomenon; mind-to-mind or mind-to-physical influence of which is propagated in the field. 3. Thought can influence the physical as directed by the attention and intention of a person. 4. While a person is a physical organism, mind must be part of the psi field (or a related aspect of reality). That is, brain is modeled as a transmitter-receiver for mind. 5. Mind must exist in a self-aware, sentient form after death of the organism. Ghosts then, would be survived minds. That is the argument for the Survival Hypothesis in Dualism. Contending hypotheses are that people are delusional to think mind exists independent of brain (Anomalistic Psychology, Physical Hypothesis, Physicalism) and mind is a product of brain but continues to exist after death of the brain as residual energy … not still living (Extraordinary Experiences Psychology, Super-Psi Hypothesis, Psi Field Hypothesis). A good list of references providing apparent evidence for the Psi Field Hypothesis is Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) There is not much serious literature supporting survival, so I have tried to Section 4 – Ghosts 292 compose a sound argument for the Survival Hypothesis in Trans-Survival Hypothesis. (64) So, what would ghosts be? Based on all we seem to know about the Survival Hypothesis, these are the characteristics I would expect: •

The psi field has been shown to be nonlocal, meaning there is no distance. A discarnate personality in New York should be able to cause an effect in Texas or Nevada … maybe at the same time. This means the personality which is the ghost is not in the haunted location. We are simply connecting to it by way of our attention … or the ghost’s attention. • The ghost is not physical energy. That means it is not a magnetic field or change in temperature. A ghost is best described as a sentient, nonphysical field which involves such influences as attention, intention and perception. Look at a ghost and a person as the same, except that the person is entangled with its human for this lifetime. • Intentionality can influence some physical processes. We think we see this with Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). That means the ghost, or our own enthusiasm, can influence some of our electronic ghost hunting devices. For instance, there is a transistor in magnetic field meters that is probably as easy to influence as noise in an audio recorder. Thus, a detected ghost is possibly detected influence from the ghost hunter or possibly an interested ghost. • We cannot shield from the psi field, so there is no way to know if we ask a question and the ghost answers or we answer. In other words, much of the phenomena we attribute to ghosts are probably caused by physical people. There is some evidence of

the development of a thoughtform related to a physical location. For instance, if I say that I think a place is spooky at night I am expressing a thoughtform linked to my mind. If others share that idea, the thoughtform is thought to begin taking on a degree of latency that, in effect, becomes available for others to sense without prompting. We see this sort of effect with hospitals, churches … places for which people habitually, mentally attribute great importance. The thoughtform hypothesis is one proposed to explain the recorder ghost effect and apparitions. It is all about mostly unconscious expectation. 293 Answers A popular theory explaining poltergeist phenomena is that they are psychokinetically caused by a mentally disturbed child living in the home. Once the reason for the child’s discomfort is addressed, the phenomena tend to dissipate. I am not going to say that ghost hunting equipment is fraudulent. I will say that the metaphysics do not always support what the devices are supposed to do. There is little evidence that the devices are tested under properly controlled conditions to assure they detect ghosts and not stray magnetic fields or imagined effects. If a company sold a television set that would not display programming … Consumer Protection agencies would probably step in. It is probably better to investigate a building, supposedly haunted or not, using a well-trained medium and a good historian. There is much more evidence that mediumship is a valid tool for communicating with so-called dead people.

Being in the building helps to focus the medium’s attention but is otherwise not necessary. EVP can be used but do your research. Is there a proven history of controlled studies for the silver-bullet EVP box you might purchase? Consider: ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80) Question 173 Do ghosts keep up with technology? Answered August 18, 2019 Answer As to the existence of ghosts, there is sufficient evidence to argue that people experience apparitions. Some experiences have a physical component to them which can be investigated. Photographic and audio evidence exists in a number of forms, making it possible to study the phenomena. See the list of pictures at Your Immortal Self (4). In Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), which is an audio form of transcommunication, the communicators appear to adapt to our changing technology, but more likely, our changing technology has common elements that make it possible to make psi signals audible. See A Model for EVP (43) Section 4 – Ghosts 294 Based on current theories about the mechanism of thought and what we have learned through transcommunication—both instrumental and direct (mediumship)—the most useful model for ghosts is that their influence into physical space is via still physical people. We experience our world based on the content of our worldview. Worldview is populated with cultural training which includes religious and popular wisdom about ghosts. For instance, our human (instincts) is afraid of the dark. Our worldview explains scary situations based on that cultural training which means a bump

in the night too easily become a ghost in our mind. We might even see a ghost. The physical human influence on paranormal phenomena is becoming established. For instance, poltergeist (95) activity is currently being explained by parapsychologists as the psychokinetic expression of a still physical, troubled person. The utterances of EVP are virtually always in a language the practitioner or interested observer understands. A person expecting scary things tends to have a scary experience while a more analytical person will have a more informative experience. Even though they seem to require a physical person as a conduit, there remains good evidence that some of these paranormal experiences are initiated by discarnate personalities. See Trans-Survival Hypothesis. (64) The answer I have then, is that ghosts appear to keep up with technology, but more likely, it is the still physical person who is keeping up and the ghost is communicating where we are looking and listening. Question 174 What does a black orb mean? Answered September 5, 2019 Answer I do not know the popular wisdom about black orbs. Probably 99.999% of photographic orbs are just ruined photographs due to light reflecting from atmospheric particulates caught in the camera flash, sun flairs and light shining off of shiny objects in the scene. Make sure you understand how your camera works. For instance, a camera set to take dark-room pictures may have an infrared light you 295 Answers cannot see. The infrared light will illuminate dust even better than a flash. There

does seem to be evidence of orbs we would, at least for now, think of as paranormal. Most I have seen have been white and milky- translucent. The one shown here is from an ATransC friend in New York. He told us there were usually two of them, they sometimes came out of the wall of his apartment and sometimes played (harassed) with his dog (he showed us a video). The one shown here had stopped in the air. He said they tended to “wiggle their tail” before taking off. We encountered a black, softball-sized, fuzzy orb during a walkabout for a Universal Studio’s White Noise bonus feature. As shown here, the cameraman was using available light in a relatively dark landing. You can see Lisa and me climbing the stairs in the video frame grab below. The orb can be found at about three-minutes into the feature. None of us saw it at the time. It moved a little faster than a man normally walks and came from the direction of a bedroom about which we recorded the EVP “Bettys in there” moments after the orb passed. See The EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler (118) to hear the EVP. We (ATransC) do not know what such orbs are. They often seem intelligent. My best guess at this time is that there is a continuum between the objective physical space of our normal world and the conceptual space of the psi field which propagates thought and intentionality. It seems

that there may be a class of life fields that inhabit that fringe space and that venture into the physical. Section 4 – Ghosts 296 One speculation is that they are attracted to emotional energy. At this time, we simply do not know. Question 175 If a ghost is no longer a living person, why are they caught on EVP with breathing sounds? Answered October 9, 2019 Answer We do not know for sure why breathing sounds are reported in EVP. If you consider how we think they are formed, the answer may be in our memory and expectations. In truth, I do not recall a proven EVP to be long enough to include pauses for breath. The current model for how EVP are formed is that the practitioner or an interested observer function as the etheric-physical channel for the 297 Answers utterance. It is also theorized that they originate from the mind of the communicator. For EVP, the mind of physically alive (incarnate) people is modeled as a nonphysical (etheric) aspect of who they are. That is, our mind is nonphysical while our skin and bones are physical. Of course, the mind of the hypothetical discarnate communicator is also nonphysical. In fact, the model for both is the same except one model allows for the presence of a human avatar. This comparison is important to show that the message may be originated by our mind, the mind of an interested physical witness or a discarnate personality. Emerging understanding about

the way we think indicates that our thoughts are moderated by our worldview. That is, we think based on what we have been taught to think is true. That is also why we can record English words spoken by a person we know did not speak English. Our mind receives the message as a thoughtform and translates the information into familiar terms. We breathe when we speak. It is natural for us to record speech that has pauses for breathing just as it is natural to record speech in the voice, mannerisms and apparent sex of the person thought to be speaking … as we or an interested observer remembers them. Your question is often asked, and poorly informed people often use the apparent sound of breathing as proof that EVP are fake. The best answer to your question is that it is our mind telling us what to expect. I might add that a person who has recently transitioned to the other side is still stuck with a worldview trained by physical living. They too expect to breathe when they talk. It is worldview and mind that we need to understand in order to understand ghosts. Section 4 – Ghosts 298 Question 176 How can I start a paranormal investigation team, with very little equipment? Answered October 16, 2019 Answer Ghost hunting clubs are sometimes considered a good entry-level approach to learning about things paranormal. While members can conduct good science, it is not always realistic and can distract

from the enjoyment of a group activity. Most members treat their group as a social organization with ghost hunting and other paranormal interests as the focus. I am not the best person to advise you about starting such a group, but I can offer a few pointers. Most important is to self-educate. Read all you can about things paranormal. You will notice that there are many different opinions about things paranormal, what ghosts are, how best to look for them and the ethics of dealing with homeowners and our discarnate friends. The more you learn, the better you will be at weeding out the nonsense to recognize the useful guidance. Just about every town of any size already has one or two ghost hunting groups. If you do not want to join one, at least introduce yourself to them and let them know your intention. You will find that they are eager to give you advice. Education is free on the Internet. You can learn where the county’s history archive is stored, perhaps in a Historical Society library. Learn how to research the history of your intended place to investigate. A local historian would make a good addition to the team. Develop a code of ethics. Also, learn the local laws about property rights. Always get permission and always give feedback. Never say more than you know; clarify when you are speaking of evidence and established theory and when you are speaking of belief. 299 Answers Telling a homeowner that

they have an evil presence is unethical. You might say that you noted an unnerving event or recorded an EVP that sounded mean-spirited, but unless you have a Ph.D. in psychology and some serious religious training, you should not even suggest an evil presence. From my study, what people report as an evil presence is just them projecting their personal fears on naturally occurring noises of an old house. Advice from an old paranormalist — if you tend to be afraid of the dark, if you are very religious, if you are inclined to do what others tell you without question, you should probably not be a ghost hunter. Be careful not to give advice that is beyond your academic training. Advising a homeowner to put a better light in the hallway is fine. Counseling a person about how to sleep better at night might be seen as prescribing psychological therapy. Learn the local laws. Develop a list of social, psycho and medical professionals you can refer people to. Other than popular belief, the evidence I am aware of that magnetic meters and such detect ghosts is almost nonexistent. Do not bother. Using them makes you look silly. From my experience and based on how people interact with technology in other areas, trying to use a lot of gadgets will interfere with your team’s ability to sense the subtle influence of a possible ghost. Take a look at the paper at ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80). It includes instructions

for working with Electronic Voice Phenomena. All you need is an inexpensive audio recorder and a way to transfer files into one of the free audio management computer programs. I do not recommend phone apps and expensive EVP devices. From my studies, they produce too many false positives. To the average person who is unfamiliar with EVP, even a Class A transform EVP may be difficult to make out. The most common complaint I hear about ghost box examples is that they are just noise or gibberish. It is best to share only Class A examples that make sense with homeowners. Remember that one ah-shit wipes out all of the atta-boys. Share gibberish gibberish defeats all of your good efforts. Try to include a person with mediumistic ability on your team. They do not have to be super-mediums, just able to distinguish between their preconceptions and the small signals they sense from the environment. Work with the Historical Society to compare mediumistic impressions with the local history. Section 4 – Ghosts 300 The real trick for any work with things paranormal is to have an open attitude. look over some of the articles at ethericstudies.org, especially How We Think (16). (consider them essays about a model that is useful but not necessarily academically correct.) The idea is to suspend judgment. Do not accept or reject theories about a place. Just experience and let the facts lead you. Your most important tool is discernment and self-education. Question 177 Would it be

reasonable to state that “ghosts” or “spirits” people witness can be interpreted to extraterrestrial more so or just as likely as they can be interpreted to the “supernatural”? Answered October 27, 2019 Answer There are three assumptions I need you to at least tentatively accept for this answer: 1. Our actual self is nonphysical and continues to live as a sentient personality after physical death. (ghosts) 2. 3. Intelligent life exists in other parts of the universe. (Extraterrestrial beings) It is possible that life exists in as yet uncharted parts of our world (cryptids). From my study, unusual encounters should be thought of as: Possibility 1-First, something in the environment we did not know was present (second ghost investigator in the room) or that we do not understand (noise from a furnace). Possibility 2-If not that, then our imagination (mistaking a natural shadow for a ghost). 301 Answers Possibility 3-Only then, consider the possibility of mind causing motion, sound or light (psychokinesis). Possibility 4-If all else is eliminated, the possibility of an apparition or a ghost (survived personality). Possibility 5-From my understanding, there are reasonably frequent reports of cryptids (Big Foot, Mothman). Skinwalker Ranch, (148) for instance. Possibility 6-Last, the possibility that an extraterrestrial being is present. If possibility 3 is real, then Possibility 6 is not limited by distance to the ET’s home planet. In fact, there is quite a lot of support for apport phenomena related to spirit communication. In principle, Movement of a flower petal from the

flower to the séance room is no different than the movement of a spacecraft from Planet A to Planet B if principles guiding apports are involved. As I understand it, the greatest majority of bumps in the night are caused by Possibility 1, 2 or 3. If you have not eliminated Possibility 1 and 2 with certainty, you should never consider the rest. Always error on the side of the mundane. Question 178 Why can ghosts and spirits manipulate electricity and electrical devices so easily? Answered November 7, 2019 Answer First Part: From our study, physical people appear to act as a conduit for the nonphysical-to-physical influence of our (hypothetical) discarnate friends (ghosts, spirits). Section 4 – Ghosts 302 If that is true, it is someone in the physical who is manipulating the physical, either for a communicating personality or for themselves. One of the reasons this appears to be true is the way practitioner’s beliefs tend to color the Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) they record. For instance, a fearful person tends to record fearful EVP; religious beliefs tend to produce religious-sounding EVP. Second Part: Parapsychological research has shown that a group of meditating people will tend to make a Random Event Generator (REG) be less random. See, for instance, Exploratory Study: The Random Number Generator and Group Meditation. (93) Likewise, Global Consciousness Project (92) has shown that the randomness of a global array of REGs tends to change just before a major world event such as the 9-11 attack

of the World Trade Center. It is as if the collective consciousness expresses dread as a painful potential future nears becoming actual. In EVP, noise (a random process) is transformed into speech, presumably via the practitioner or an interested observer acting as a conduit for trans-etheric influence. See A Model for EVP (43) These are examples of known mind-to-physical psychokinetic influence. From my study, how easily the influence affects physical processes such as electronic devices, is a function of the extent to which the process is determined. That is, if a device is engineered with good constraints on its function—for instance, little drift in amplitude or station tuning—it is more difficult to mentally change. An example is that we see fewer EVP recorded with expensive audio recorders. Once an EVP is moved from the audio stage to digital memory, it appears to become stable. Digital circuitry is very determinant while analog stages are much less, and cheap recorders are even less determinate—a good thing for EVP. White noise is not so good for EVP, I think because it is a stable concept—each next instant is predictably random. By comparison, noise randomly punctuated with noise spikes is better for EVP. It appears the spikes enable the formation of EVP in the otherwise too stable noise. The answer is that the manipulation appears to be in the form of the expression of intended order. It is an etheric or conceptual influence on a physical process. Since the influence is conceptual and not

objective, the influence appears to be on the concept which is the physical thing. The 303 Answers more definite (determined) the physical concept, the more difficult it is to change with the mind. Question 179 Can animals other than humans become ghosts? Answered November 15, 2019 Answer In the context of the relationship between mind and body, Dualism is the idea that consciousness exists independently from our biological brain. That is, our brain acts as a transmitter-receiver for our mind. The mainstream view of Dualism is that, even if consciousness is not produced by the brain, it nevertheless ceases to exist after physical death. I study what I refer to as survival metaphysics. In that, Dualism is understood in terms of our conscious self existing before this lifetime and after in a self-aware, sentient state. Scientific publications - Pim van Lommel (149) will give you a few references for how one researcher has documented some of what survival metaphysics predicts. That is, he has shown indications that mental activity appears to continue while the brain is clinically dead during surgery. I simplify the metaphysical model I study to say that reality consists of Life Fields (18) and the expressions of life fields. Also, in that model, life fields have a set of functional areas that are more or less expressed depending on the circumstance of life. Using Rupert Sheldrake’s Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (35)—a biological organism consists of a hierarchy of life fields such as all skin cells, all blood

cells and hair cells, organs and limbs. You can see that all life fields have perception and expression functional areas, but they are rather different for a bone cell as compared to a human body. All of this is to say that a cat, for instance, is as much a life field as a human, just with different degrees of expression. Section 4 – Ghosts 304 Avatar The second part of this is that Dualism necessarily requires that we, as conscious, self are in an Avatar (13) relationship with our human. This should be self-evident if conscious self existed before and will continue to exist after this lifetime. That is to say that we are not our human. Following Sheldrake’s logic, there is probably a collective consciousness supporting individual species and types of life fields. That is where his morphic resonance comes in. I say this to explain that our human also has a life cycle that has immortal aspects. Remember … universal life fields with different expressions. Video-loop ITC examples. Left, a man seemingly in uniform and holding a small dog as if for a portrait. Right, a cow. If the avatar model is right, it is reasonable to speculate that our pets are also avatars. Like us, they are conscious self experiencing the physical as a pet. When the pet dies, they are free to turn their perception back to their natural etheric habitat … just like us. A couple of points to consider. One is that we

apparently do not immediately return to our pre-lifetime awareness. it reportedly takes a while, and for that while, we tend to loiter in familiar (imagined) surroundings as we get well by slowly stepping away from our identity as a physical person. Our pets would be the same. We do have frequent reports of Instrumental TransCommunication contact, either with pets or with someone referring to pets. I have included a visual ITC image of a person 305 Answers and his dog Lisa and I collected. These are images found in visible noise produced with a video feedback loop. A second point to consider is that we should ask what our pets are doing in this lifetime. My model suggests that we are seeking understanding through experience. I suppose my cats are doing that, but I sometimes wonder they are watchers. Just a thought you will understand if you have cats. Finally, we share worldview with our human. It is worldview that shapes our perception to show us what we think is real. Most of us are guided by our human’s instincts more than our spiritual understanding. Our pets would be in the same situation. We will see flashes of intellect and compassion in our pets—all of the things we think of as higher awareness. But for the most part, their animal instincts for survival will dominate. If we have a hard time managing our human’s instincts, just think of how difficult it is for, say my cats, to manage theirs. My

answer then is that, if you mean by “ghost,” survived personality, people and pets are the same, only slightly different expressions. So, yes! Question 180 How do I write from a ghost's POV? Answered November 26, 2019 Answer Consider the essay Personality-Centric Perspective. (89) If you can think of yourself as an immortal personality entangled with a human avatar for this lifetime, perhaps you will understand the discarnate personality’s perspective. Section 4 – Ghosts 306 Question 181 Since ghosts from ancient times are seldom, if ever, seen, do ghosts have a "shelf life"? Answered January 3, 2020 Answer Our perception of ghosts is psychic and not physical. How we experience the psychic presence of a discarnate personality is largely determined by our expectations based on our worldview. That is, we mentally embody our long-transitioned Uncle John as we remember him in life and as we expect him to have changed in death. One of the more important organizing principles I have decided is necessary for the study of survival metaphysics is Perceptual Agreement: (144) Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. The principle suggests that we must be able to visualize something in order to experience it. We base that visualization on what we have been taught and memory. So, when we go ghost hunting and expect to find the local ghost, we encounter what we expect … probably not an ancient Roman. However, if we have been studying ancient Romans,

it is more likely we will encounter one. This is not to say that the ancient Roman personality is not a real etheric consciousness. It is to say that a historian is more able to associate with that sort of awareness than someone who is not interested or informed. With that said, there does appear to be a degree of difficulty for our etheric communicators. Again, Perceptual Agreement is at work. A recently transitioned person can be expected to have difficulty visualizing themselves as a discarnate personality. It appears that part of our transition process is spending time in- between lifetimes. Communication with people still in the flesh is apparently relatively easy during that time of rest and recuperation. Their memory of us is strong, as is ours of them. However, when they move on to a new venue for learning, we can expect their attention to be directed 307 Answers toward that new experience. We have few points of reference for this, but it appears that many personalities stop communicating after they finish transition. There are two important principles involved for this answer. One is Perceptual Agreement. The other is Attention. (100) Something I did not say in the answer is that the link of familiarity between a discarnate personality and still entangled personality—a person—is referred to as rapport. When we think of someone, we establish a link of attention between the person and ourselves. If we think of them a lot, the link of rapport become strong. The

link of rapport is also flavored, so to speak. Angry thoughts are telegraphed in the link. I think the other person can be aware of the anger. Once established as an angry link, it is likely difficult to change the flavor and that anger would reflect back to us. The same would be true of loving thoughts. Question 182 If ghosts exist, how can they walk through walls and touch people too? Answered January 3, 2020 Answer Such reported experiences can be understood according to knowable principles. That is the premise of what I refer to as survival metaphysics. In other words, there is no magic, only the operation of organizing principles. While such a statement may be controversial for paranormalists, it must be seen as an of course statement for physical science. The premise underlying physical science is that knowable, naturally occurring principles organize the operation of physical space. All of the research and study indicates that we should expect conceptual organizing principles for the etheric. The Implicit Cosmology (15) is a model I have composed to describe the implications of known mainstream science, parapsychological science and lessons being learned from transcommunication as part of survival Section 4 – Ghosts 308 metaphysics. It is not a widely known or accepted model, so please use discernment and be sure to consider other models. Technically correct or not, the Implicit Cosmology is useful for trying to understand reported paranormal experience. For your question, it indicates that our perception of ghosts is

a psychic experience. They are not physical and are probably unable to directly influence the physical. For instance, all indications in Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) suggest that a physical person is necessary to produce the phenomenon. This is difficult to test because an interested observer in another city has attention on the process, and is therefore, able to provide the conduit for the trans-etheric influence. Remember that there is no apparent distance in the etheric. Indications are that they do not directly see us, but instead, see us by way of our mind or the mind of others experiencing a physical lifetime. For instance, in EVP, our communicators suggested we have a mirror in our recording space, we think, so that they can see us as we see ourselves in the mirror. Another example is that current theories intended to explain poltergeist activity is that it is the psychokinetic influence of a disturbed person in the home. The activity diminishes when the person begins to receive care. This is not to say that ghosts are not real. It appears that we psychically sense the attention of a discarnate personality (not the presence because everywhere is here in the etheric) and that we embody it as a ghost according to our beliefs and expectation. You can thank the media and your religion if you find ghosts scary. Also remember that your human is afraid of the dark (the unknown). When we look for a ghost in a supposedly haunted location, in

effect, we call it up with our expectations. It is not in the place. Consciousness inhabits nonlocal space. It is as we expect within the bounds of organizing principles. Again, if you accept the existence of ghosts, it is also necessary that you accept that your conscious self is not your body. Your human body is a walking, living environmental sensor … a kind of drone for your conscious self. Since we appear to share worldview with it, I find the avatar model most useful. Our body sends us information about its five senses via the brain. We attribute the appropriate meaning to those signals. And in the same way, it is easy for us to attribute psychic touches as physical touches. 309 Answers Section 5 Demons and Evil Introduction This is one of those subjects that I have attempted to discuss with people but find that they hang on to their fear as if a matter of religion. Looking back, I cannot remember a single time that I have successfully dissuaded someone of their fear of evil or demons. Most argue until angry. The Lucidity Model Diagram shown here represents something of a culmination of my efforts to understand why some people become seekers. Section 5 – Demons and Evil 312 As it happens, the model has helped me understand the difference between ultra-conservatives and liberals. It all seems to come down to the degree to which our human’s instincts dominate the development of our perception. Since fear seems

to be more a human response to the unknown and curiosity seems to be more an immortal self’s response, the Temperament Mediated Perception Model also helps me understand why people believe in evil. I am finishing the second edit-read of this book in May of 2020. Of course, Covid-19 is dominating the news. Lisa and I are in our seventies and I have occasional trouble with my heart (an underlying condition?). We do all we can to stay safe. We stay home except for shopping for food and always wear a mask while in public. That is the best advice our community has to offer and as citizens, we follow. As you can probably tell in my recent writing, I am preoccupied with trying to understand how people think. It is the way we develop perception that determines if we become seekers and the degree to which we achieve spiritual maturity. We literally make our world. By understanding how we think, we can learn to align our perception of reality with the actual nature of reality. The Temperament Mediated Model Diagram above provides a good summary of this understanding. The left side represent radical Conservatives and Libertarians. Specifically, people who put their ideology above the greater good. That side represents the course personality addressed in the Great Work of the Emerald Tablet and talked about by the God of Death in the Katha Upanishad. On that side, are people whose perception is almost entirely influenced by their human’s instincts. They

are typically low on the Lucidity Spectrum, meaning they make their world as they have been taught and in a way that best assures the dominance of their personal gene pool. They have not recognized that there is a difference between their spiritual self and their human self. The right side represents our more humane, compassionate, altruistic citizens. Having matured passed the Dominance Threshold at which they recognize that they are more than their physical body, people begin to follow the Seeker’s Way toward greater spiritual maturity. They do this by consciously seeking to moderate the influence of their human’s instincts with their increasingly mature understanding of the actual nature of reality. 313 Answers In simple terms, I have been trying to understand the extent to which a person’s behavior is based on conscious choice verses spontaneously driven by human instincts. It is not always easy to know. For instance, sometimes anger is a useful response to a situation. It might help share an important lesson, an altruistic act with no persona benefit. On the other hand, kindness is often a disguise to manipulate others to facilitate the kind person’s human instinct to assure gene dominance. The social dynamics I see on my Facebook pages and in the news provides many examples of altruistic acts and human nature at its worst. If you take time to consider what I write here and in my preceding books, you will see that these behaviors are understandable in the context of Dualism and

by distinguishing our avatar’s stuff from our immortal personality’s stuff. I am mystified that more people have not seen this. Question 183 Why do people insist demons are not real? Are they? Answered August 7, 2018 Answer Consider the How We Think (16) essay. From my perspective as an engineer and metaphysician, I think there are three important aspects of religious text. Most important is that some text, often buried under a lot of dogma, describes a path toward spiritual maturity. The Katha Upanishad (41) is one, as is the Emerald Tablet (1) and John 14 (114) of the Bible. There is no fear of demons in those, only fear of failing to pursue spiritual maturity; the fear of missing an opportunity to gain new understanding. The second aspect of religion is social engineering, which provides guidance in how to live in early societies. Back then, citizens were told that there were demons waiting to punish those who did not follow the Law. Those ancient demons are clearly concocted by the priesthood to keep people in line, but otherwise, they have no real existence unless punishment for ignoring them was enforced by the king. Section 5 – Demons and Evil 314 The third aspect is born of superstition as primitive people tried to explain the extremes of Mother Nature. Human nature is part of this, in that a person who hears voices due to mental illness might be explained away as being possessed. A flood might be explained as caused

by an angry god. Modern people understand that there is good science explaining away those superstitions, but religions still rule the mind of many of our people. Even some of our scientists have learned to compartmentalize their belief from their understanding. But some believe without questioning. It is those who keep the superstitions alive. Let us not forget that we may be a spiritual being having a physical lifetime, but our human’s instincts tend to rule our life if we do not consciously decide to manage them. What might a modern person feel justified in doing to assure the perpetuation of his or her genes? Therein lies the source of most of what seems evil—a natural acting out of our animal prime directive. Here is the second part of my answer. The research I have examined indicates that the behaviors usually thought of as evidence of demons can be explained in less scary terms. For instance, poltergeist activity has been shown to be caused by a resident youth. To accept this explanation, you must accept that people can cause psychokinetic levitation and such. There is considerable evidence to show such ability exists. We have examined hundreds of examples of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) and not one credibly indicated the presence of a demon or evil spirit. This is not proof, but examples of EVP have given us strong evidence that the way the EVP practitioner thinks has a lot to do with the kind of messages recorded. If the person

believes in evil, the messages tend to take on a more menacing tone. This is especially true if the practitioner is religious. None of this is to say that there are not people behaving badly, but keep in mind that many of us feel this lifetime is an opportunity to gain new understanding through experiences. In the end, it is not what happens to us that matters. It is how we react to what happens to us that matters. 315 Answers Question 184 Can your spirit guide be lost using an Ouija board? Answered August 14, 2018 Answer An Ouija Board is to spirit communication as a notepad is to memory. It is an aid that helps you focus your intention. It also gives you a way of translating your senses into letters … a communication aid. In automatic writing, some people have learned to allow their inner senses to influence the letters they write. That is much the same. I personally prefer other aids … I write. Using a board with others adds confusion and there is always doubt about the other’s lucidity. You are the medium. Your spirit guide (any of your friends and loved ones on the other side) communicates with your mostly unconscious mind. As you gain in lucidity, you are more able to consciously sense that information. You might think of an Ouija Board as training wheels to help you sense that communication, but be aware that it is easy to become dependent on the

training wheels. Play with the board, but work on your lucidity through mindfulness. Question 185 Have you ever used a Ouija Board? What happened? Answered August 22, 2018 Answer This is similar to Question 154: Is it possible to contact a deceased family member without the aid of a psychic or using anything dangerous like a Ouija board? Section 5 – Demons and Evil 316 I am commenting here because I do not want you to be frightened by the previous answers about Ouija Boards that are so fearful. Take some time to think about what you read. Some people are afraid of the unknown while others seek to learn from it. If you are afraid, you should not do anything involving the unknown. You should go to church and believe everything told you by your Priest, superstitious friends and the media that you pay to scare you. A great teacher once said that spiritual seeking is only for the brave. I will add that it is only for the discerning, as well. Find bravery in discernment. Question 186 Are there any real Ouija experiences that are comforting? Answered August 23, 2018 Answer They are all real in the sense that there is communication from your mostly unconscious mind that is translated by way of the ideomotor effect into movement of the planchette. If you do not know much about these tools, it is easy to believe the resulting messages are from a loved one and that can be comforting.

However, that is really a superstitious belief that can produce comforting results and belief in demons. Note that most of the questions I have answered have been concerned with fear of the Ouija Board. Even so, we feel some messages are at least indirectly from loved ones. From our study of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (includes Electronic Voice Phenomena or EVP), we think there is little difference in the way our unconscious speaks to us as something on our mind and the way a loved one on the other side speaks to us. In both cases, our unconscious mind-conscious self interface provides the path. Both sources—loved one and our own thoughts—are filtered by our worldview, which represents our memory. Our own thoughts about a loved one are based on our memory. A message from a loved one is thought to be conceptual so that we need to transform the intended conceptual message 317 Answers into objective form we can visualize. The visualization is based on our memory, even if it is a novel message. The only way I know to tell the difference between my remembrance of a loved one and a message from that loved one is a subtle sense of presence I sometimes feel. If I am surprised by the sensed message, say a loved one expresses in an uncharacteristic manner, I am more inclined to think the message was initiated by the loved one and not just me thinking of them. The point is that a message from

a loved one first seems like our thoughts. It is hard enough to learn to distinguish our thoughts from loved one’s message when we contemplate. For some, the planchette just gets in the way; however, for others, it actually helps clear the channel by fooling the inner storyteller. You must decide that for yourself. If you need a physical tool, my recommendation is that you try automatic writing instead. Journaling, for instance, can be a powerful means of contemplation. Keep in mind that our mostly unconscious mind is a habitual storyteller. It is easy to be fooled into thinking one of our inner stories is contact with a loved one. Consider the difference between lucidity and what I call hyperlucidity. See How We Think (16) Question 187 What if you hear an EVP say a demon’s name? Answered September 6, 2019 Answer Anyone working with Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), which includes EVP, needs to understand that the best information we have today about ITC phenomena is that a person still in the flesh is the channel through which information comes from the communicator to the recording device. This means that the information must pass through the practitioner’s or an interested observer’s mind. The perceptual process which determines what the channeled information looks like is informed by the person’s Section 5 – Demons and Evil 318 worldview. Worldview represents the person’s memory, what has been learned and what the person believes to be true. If the person is religious, messages like “I

love you” might be translated through Worldview as something colored by belief as “I am God.” The actual EVP may be paranormal, but how it is experienced is colored by beliefs. Whatever is heard in an EVP, the practitioner needs to understand current theories for how perception works, how EVP works and how personal beliefs of the practitioner or interested observers influence resulting message content. If the person does not understand these concepts, the prudent thing to do is not to make a decision about what is experienced. I call this suspended judgment. As a general statement, a fearful person will tend to record fearful messages. A devoutly religious person will tend to record religious messages. As I understand Christians, many are afraid of the Devil and demons and probably should not work with ITC until they have a firm grip on their worldview. In my work with phenomena since the 1950s and in my work with ITC since 1987, I have never encountered anything on the other side resembling evil. People behaving badly, but no biblically evil. Question 188 Where can I buy a Ouija board in Johannesburg, South Africa? Answered October 26, 2019 Answer You might try the toy store. Ouija Boards are just games. Alternatively, put the letters of the alphabet, 0–9, Yes, No and Goodbye on a piece of cardboard a few feet square. Anything, such as a small piece of cardboard or a flat piece of wood will work as a planchette. Make sure it

is big enough for a couple of people to put a few fingers on it, that it will easily move over the letters and that it has a point or some way of knowing what is being targeted. 319 Answers The board acts as an aid for you to focus your attention on your own psychic ability. The resulting message could come from your unconscious mental processing (imagination), from a discarnate person or even the mind of someone still in the flesh. It could come from a combination of both since all must go through your unconscious worldview which colors information according to your beliefs. To use the board, decide your question or purpose. Focus on your purpose. This should be a naturally relaxing pause and not a getting ready kind of contemplation on what you wish to achieve. Alone, or with one or more friends, lightly place the tips of your fingers on the planchette and tell yourself “This is how I am going to find the answer to my question.” Aloud, speak your question or purpose and continue to visualize it while you allow the planchette to move as freely as you are able while keeping your fingers on it. Working with the planchette takes a little practice because it is something of a skill to be able to let it freely move while maintaining contact. You are the conduit, so yes, you are the one moving the planchette. However, with practice, you should be able to, in

effect, step aside to allow your unconscious mind more access to your muscles. This is not mind-over-matter, it is mind-over-body. It is reasonably well established that some form of ideomotor effect (mind-body influence) is involved. The mind-body connection is largely unconscious, and the resulting message could be coming from your imagination or from an outside personality. It is difficult to tell but analysis of the message sometimes gives a clue. A much more useful form of communicating with spirit or your unconscious mind is automatic writing. Take a look at How Does It Work?: Automatic Writing, Motor Automatism, And The Unconscious Mind (150) Even if automatic writing is just stream-of-consciousness, it is a useful way to allow your unconscious mind to more directly communicate to your conscious self with less static from daily preconceptions. This is important: if you are fearful, say afraid of evil spirits or being possessed by the board, put the board in the trash and find a good psychic, instead. There is nothing to fear, but you are the channel and fear tends to cause you to make fearful things that are not actually present. Remember, the board is a tool, just like listening to biofeedback or talking to a medium. Section 6 Spiritualism and Mediumship Introduction As I expect you have read by now, I am an ordained Spiritualist medium with the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (NSAC). (20) I am also certified with them as a mental medium. While I am not a commercial

medium, I do offer what we refer to as spirit greetings during our local Spiritualist Society meetings. With that said, it is important to note that I do not speak for Spiritualists. In fact, I cannot name a single Spiritualist who understands the metaphysical models I work with. That does not mean they are not knowledgeable Spiritualists. It just means that I have embarked on a rather different way of understanding Spiritualism. I think of my work as contemporary Spiritualism, but without a lot more vetting from my peers, I cannot claim it is a better way. As you read these answers, be aware that I am speaking from the farthest frontier and not as a mainstream Spiritualist. Question 189 Who is a spiritualist? Answered September 10, 2018 Answer I will answer from the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) Defining Spiritualism web page. Defining Spiritualism Spiritualism is the Science, Philosophy, and Religion of continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 322 Spiritualism Is a Science because it investigates, analyzes and classifies facts and manifestations demonstrated from the spirit side of life. Spiritualism Is a Philosophy because it studies the Laws of Nature both on the seen and unseen sides of life and bases its conclusions upon present observed facts. It accepts statements of observed facts of past ages and conclusions drawn therefrom, when sustained by reason and by results

of observed facts of the present day. Spiritualism Is a Religion because it strives to understand and to comply with the Physical, Mental and Spiritual Laws of Nature, which are the laws of God. A Spiritualist is one who believes, as the basis of his or her religion, in the communication between this and the Spirit World by means of mediumship and who endeavors to mold his or her character and conduct in accordance with the highest teachings derived from such communication. Question 190 What is a mental medium? Answered September 23, 2018 Answer According to the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (NSAC) (20): A Medium is one whose organism is sensitive to vibrations from the spirit world and through whose instrumentality, intelligences in that world are able to convey messages and produce the phenomena of Spiritualism. Contemporary understanding is that everyone has psychic ability. While some people are more sensitive than others, we think most people can develop their ability to some extent to consciously sense the etheric aspect of reality. With that in mind, a mental medium is one who has developed their psychic ability so as to better tell the difference between their own thoughts and information form the environment. Part of the challenge in learning to function as a medium is for a person to learn to recognize when 323 Answers a thought comes to them from a discarnate personality rather than their own memory or the thought of other, still physical personalities. Think about the

implications of that point. Many who claim to be psychic or mediumistic are really just clever storytellers about clues they gather from the people around them. The NSAC tries hard to test people before certifying them as mediums in an effort to assure the ability is developed and the medium knows how to give evidential messages. A lazy medium is one who is able but finds it easier to tell stories. I think they are not deliberately unethical, but more education is too often required. A psychic is one who gathers information from the environment and the memory of people still in the flesh. A mental medium is one who is able to sense information from a discarnate personality. While anyone has those abilities, the real expression of mediumship is the ability to assure the information is coming across the veil. A physical medium is a mental medium who has also developed the ability to enable physical phenomena such as spirit lights and sounds, levitation, precipitation and the production of ectoplasmic forms. I believe this is possible because of the hard work of the medium—often over many years of progressive development—and the cooperation of a nonphysical personality or spirit group. As a final thought, in my opinion, all of that handwaving about Indians and spirit guides is a leftover of a naiver age. Mediumship is a natural ability. There is no magic, there are only special people if they work hard and have a little natural ability … just like

in athletics. Be discerning. Question 191 Can you truly believe in a Higher Power without a supernatural experience? Answered September 25, 2018 Answer The way you are asking indicates a question about a biblical God and experiencing a miracle. It has been my experience that the willingness to Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 324 accept a biblical Father God requires the believer to surrender critical thinking to a preacher. Try this. Imagine putting all of your human’s instinctual behaviors in one pile and all of your … let us call them spiritual behaviors in a second pile. You need to think about this for a while. Your human’s pile includes survival of the species-type behavior such as procreation, seeking to be at the top of the pecking order, killing if necessary, for food. Sports are practice for survival behavior. Hunting and fishing are instinctual hangovers from ancient times. Owning a gun is a fear response heightened by overactive survival instincts. Your human will kill to survive. In your spiritual pile are just two things: the urge to gain understanding and the urge to help your fellow citizens gain understanding as part of a Cooperative Community (33). If you remember your spiritual instincts, you might not consider killing to survive. To be clear, you are in this lifetime to further your spiritual instincts while living a life as a human. You gain understanding through experiences and it is your human’s instincts that make those possible. As a person, you seek

to balance your spiritual instincts with your human’s. I expect some wonderous understanding might be gained from participating in a little mayhem. My argument is based on the understanding that we are immortal personality experiencing a physical life. This is a natural and practical reality. The implications of this understanding are that we have inherited our urge to gain understanding and that there is a reason that is outside of our field of influence. See Question 222, How do you know that we are spiritual beings having human experiences rather than human beings having spiritual experiences? It is the source of our spiritual instincts for which I have considerable respect, but not in a religious sense. That source is ultimately knowable but not to be worshiped. The supernatural experience you seek is the realization that you are more than your physical body and that you have a purpose beyond simply living a good life. Here, there is substantial difference between hearing the words and understanding their meaning. By seeking to understand these things, you begin to honor your spiritual purpose rather than your human’s god. 325 Answers Question 192 What happen to Silva mind control? Answered September 27, 2018 Answer I think because mind control was a controversial term, they changed the name to the Silva Method at (Self-mind control by a sophisticated mental training program. (151)) Be aware that there are alternative methods that involve less high- pressure selling and more reasonable cost. I participated in the basic and

advanced class in the late 1960 and have benefited ever since, so I suppose the cost was reasonable in the long view. The basic lessons of the course first and foremost teach students to understand they are more than their body. A form of induced deep trance was taught. (I recommend the less expensive Monroe Institute (128) to help you be aware of your dual nature and to recognize a path to deep trance.) I do not know about today, but they also taught a form of personal, contact and distant healing. Question 193 What are the roles of religion to ethics? Answered November 18, 2018 Answer Never mind the dictionary definition of religion. Religions are first and foremost a community of like-minded people seeking to understand themselves and the nature of their world. You may have heard the saying that you are in the wrong religion if it does not support you during a time of need. I think that is the bottom line. Morals are really a local code of conduct. Ethics come out of the community’s understanding of themselves and their reality and represent Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 326 their fundamental truths. My personal code of ethics begins with Do not violate. The Katha Upanishad (41) is an excellent illustration of right thinking one would expect to find in religion. It speaks of a choice between one way of living and another. While it explains the kind of benefit and disadvantage of each, it is

not a thou shalt kind of teaching. There are a number of useful ways of seeking spiritual understanding. I fancy myself a technical metaphysician and have difficulty understanding people who seek mutual comfort in a religious organization. At the same time, I am an ordained Spiritualist and have witnessed firsthand the benefit of that mutual support. When religions seek to tend to the flock, so to speak, the ethics they teach seem to follow the same concepts I study in metaphysics. Each of us has a way of seeking best suited to our needs. Being ethical is being true to that way. Question 194 Why is integrity so important? Answered December 19, 2018 Answer Think of integrity as an exercise in personal development. Of course, the dictionaries are correct in the two principal definitions of unbroken completeness and moral soundness. I prefer the definition of moral as expected good behavior as defined by a community; a quality of good citizenship in a community. That, as compared to ethical as a spiritual measure that is common amongst all communities. These definitions are important because integrity is relative. Whether or not a person has integrity is usually measured in the local moral code. As a general statement, a person is said to have integrity if he or she does what is expected—consistently. Keep in mind the old saying that there is honor amongst thieves. Always consider the context. With that said, here is why it is so important to the person seeking

to have integrity. It is a mark of maturity that a person has the presence of mind to examine his or her actions before committing to them. If you seek 327 Answers to be seen as a person with integrity, it is good to make a habit of examining your actions. Ask yourself how they will affect others. Will they represent your true intention or just your off-hand response? We express ourselves by way of our mostly unconscious mind according to what we have been taught; what we think is true. The act of examining your thoughts and actions with the intention to represent yourself as a dependable, thoughtful person sends a signal to your unconscious mind that you wish to behave that way. Begin with “Do not violate others” as your first principle. In effect, the most important part of integrity is the personal benefit of seeking to have integrity. I think of that as part of the Mindful Way. Here is my ethical code (Not in the answer). Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 328 Question 195 How genuine are psychics, mediums, etc.? Houdini was exposing mediums in his time, so do today's mediums (and similar) use different tactics to fool the public? Or are they actually genuine? Answered December 24, 2018 Answer The idea that magicians are better at detecting fraudulent paranormal practices is the uninformed witness Fallacy of Equal Similars. Magicians turned debunkers depend on the idea that being able to simulate a paranormal phenomenon using

fakery proves the target phenomenon is fake. This is a common logical error when it comes to trying to understand the unknown based only on accepted science. Something 1 being like something 2 does not mean something 2 can be judged by the standards of something 1. Doing so is like saying that a car is a fraudulent pickup. or an orchard is fraudulent because it cannot fly like the butterfly it resembles. As in any human endeavor, there are people who use trickery to fool people. There are also people who think they are producing phenomena, but who are not well enough informed to realize they are not. There are also people who, with some reasonable degree of reliability, are able to produce phenomena. The Forever Family Foundation. (116) focuses on certifying mental mediums so that they can recommend them to others. They stake their reputation on the trustworthiness of their certified mediums. The Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org) has sponsored physical mediums to demonstrate under reasonably well-controlled conditions. Consider the report Hans Bender’s Message at Reno Séances. (152) I am certified by the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) as a mental medium. I do not give readings in the usual sense. I routinely offer 329 Answers what we refer to as spirit greetings during meetings for members of our local society. While I have a relatively poor percentage of what I consider hits, some of the material I am able to convey to the sitter is surprising, even to

someone like me who has produced and witnessed so much phenomena. All I can do is deliver what I sense and depend on the sitter to have the discernment to accept or reject. My point is that, while individual examples of mediumship may not be proof, the collective body of evidence better supports that the phenomenon is real than it supports the idea that it is fake. Rather than denying yourself the opportunity to learn about a most amazing characteristic of life by expecting fraud, consider suspending judgment so that you might learn for yourself. Question 196 What are the most basic principles of being a spiritualist? Updated February 7, 2019 Answer There is something of a continuum of belief amongst different Spiritualist groups from mostly Christian to pure secular. I will answer from the perspective of a person ordained by the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) (NSAC). It is correct to say that NSAC Spiritualists are not Christian. Jesus and other spiritual leaders are considered important wayshowers to be respected but not worshiped. NSAC Spiritualists are pretty pragmatic with just a few tenets and no real thou shalt beliefs. We do not accept the concept of an anthropomorphic god. In a similar way that I do with Source in the Implicit Cosmology (15), NSAC Spiritualists bound their tenets with the idea of Infinite Intelligence. You could model Infinite Intelligence as the reality field and Natural Law as the expression of Infinite Intelligence. This is in the same way

that naturally occurring physical principles such as the half-life concept or pi for circles are the spontaneous expression of the Big Bang. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 330 To make a point of this, Infinite Intelligence is not a matter of religious belief. It is recognition that there is a greater reality of which the physical is an aspect, and that reality is organized according to knowable principles. Spiritualists are expected to learn to recognize the presence and influence of Natural Law, understand how Natural Law is involved in daily living and live in accordance with that understanding. A better way of putting this is what I have come to describe as The Mindful Way (12): by habitually stopping to consider the implication of our actions, and intending for them to be in accordance with the nature of reality, we tend to align our personal reality with actual reality. This seeking to understand is a lifelong way of existence which all of us followed before this lifetime, at least unconsciously follow in this lifetime and will continue to follow as we transition out of this lifetime. Of course, Spiritualists accept the evidence of survival. That point of view shapes all of our concepts. One understanding is that everyone is routinely aware of everyone else. We say specifically discarnate everyone else, but in practice, we are aware of the influence of empathy in our actions and moods. To say this in a different way, Spiritualists accept the evidence that everyone—in

a physical lifetime or discarnate—expresses a psychic influence into the environment. Everyone is naturally aware of such psi signals from others (psychic). Some people are more aware of this ability in the same sense that everyone has athletic ability but only a few are super-athletes. It is all about natural ability and training. When people sense the psychic influence of a person still in a lifetime, we refer to it as being psychic. We refer to sensing the psychic signal from people who are not in a lifetime as mediumship. In Spiritualism, we hold that we are just channels for our discarnate transitioned friends, teachers and loved ones. That means that the spiritual healing we (seek to) demonstrate is us acting as a conduit for the healing influence of our discarnate friends. We do not heal others. We just provide the means. This is why I refer to the spiritual healing I demonstrate in meetings as healing intention. The same goes for mediumship. It is not us providing the information. We are just the conduit. It is Spiritualist’s intention that everyone learns to express healing intention and express psychic and mediumistic ability for themselves. Thus, 331 Answers some Spiritualists think of public demonstration of these abilities in the sense of "As I do now, so can you." Ancient Hermetic and Sanskrit-based teachings have always included the creative process and personal seeking. Probably the most important development in consciousness research for Spiritualists in modern time is the effect unconscious preprocessing has

on our conscious perception. This is to have a profound effect on Spiritualism in the coming years as we redefine mediumship and healing. Question 197 Why are some people so interested in and believe in the paranormal? Answered February 11, 2019 Answer People are not “interested in and believe in the paranormal?” People have experiences they seek to understand. Some are explainable with more understanding … say why our car seems to have better traction on a turn when we are accelerating. When people fail to find a known physical principle to explain such experiences, the experiences are called paranormal. Most people I know who seek to explain the so-called paranormal experiences do so from the assumption that their causes are knowable. The problem comes when the researcher has a point of view based on known science or religious belief and fails to conduct proper studies that might lead to new principles. Another source of confusion is the way people hold on to old beliefs. It is common in a single thread on Facebook to have posts explaining an experience with a religious point of view beside ones saying that the experience is explained with quantum physics, also right next to a post explaining that mindfulness is the answer. None will accept the other’s explanation. Probably none have thought through their explanation to be able to rationally argue their point. The result is actual scientists running for the door. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 332 Research has shown that

it is probable that everyone has the potential to or may have had such experiences. The real question is why more people have not publicly questioned their experiences. Question 198 Is there a difference between psychics and spiritualists? Answered May 5, 2019 Answer Psychic is the term used to name an ability. About half of parapsychologists will agree that all of us have psychic sensing but only some of us are consciously aware of that natural ability. An Emerging New Model for Consciousness: The Consciousness Field Model (97) Spirit is used to describe a personality (entity, ghost, angel, god …) in the nonphysical aspect of reality (heaven, etheric, Psi Filed). These days, people seem to prefer that we name the personality rather than referring to them as a spirit. For instance, if it is a ghost, call it a ghost. If it is long dead Uncle John, name him. It is correct to say that someone is in spirit, meaning they have transitioned to the other side (physically dead). Spiritual is a term used to describe a state of mind in which a person is turned toward the higher ideals of life (humanist, respect for others, love of life). Spiritualism (capital “S”) is a system of thought based on the acceptance that we have a nonphysical aspect that continues after physical death. Some argue that aspect is immortal, having existed before this lifetime and existing after as a sentient, self-aware intelligence. From the National Spiritualist Society of Churches (20) website:

Spiritualism is the Science, Philosophy, and Religion of continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World. (Adopted 1919) 333 Answers Spiritualism Is a Science because it investigates, analyzes and classifies facts and manifestations demonstrated from the spirit side of life. Spiritualism Is a Philosophy because it studies the Laws of Nature both on the seen and unseen sides of life and bases its conclusions upon present observed facts. It accepts statements of observed facts of past ages and conclusions drawn therefrom, when sustained by reason and by results of observed facts of the present day. Spiritualism Is a Religion because it strives to understand and to comply with the Physical, Mental and Spiritual Laws of Nature, which are the laws of God. Spiritualist (capital “S”) is a term used to name a person who has aligned thinking with the system of thought known as (organized) Spiritualism. spiritualism (small “s”) is the belief that we have a nonphysical aspect which continues to live on the other side of physical death. A spiritualist (small “s”) is a person who accepts concepts associated with spiritualism. Generally speaking, any person who accepts the idea of survival is at least spiritualist-minded. However, most people have other ways of describing themselves. The argument that spiritualism has been around since the beginning of religion is true, but a meaningless claim since the term is currently applied to people specifically focused on survival, rather than

worship. It is useful to understand the differences amongst these terms because they are part of our cultural conversation. When you use them, or are communicating with someone who is, be sure to understand the context. If the point of view of the other person is religious, you may have to mentally translate their all-inclusive use of the terms to the more generic one used outside of a religious context. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 334 Question 199 What is an unpopular/unusual belief you have regarding the paranormal? Answered May 8, 2019 Answer Consider the range of answers thus far. Consider how many are based on informed fact and not popular wisdom. The hard problem in our field is not how to explain consciousness. It is how to convince people that they are obstructing the pursuit of knowledge by espousing opinions based on beliefs, assumptions and popular wisdom rather than on informed understanding. The short answer is that people do not actually get to have an opinion if it is based on belief. Some smart, educated and well-trained people have been studying these phenomena for years. Their work has produced sound hypotheses which are being tested. There is substantial empirical support for many of these phenomena. Rejecting them out of ignorance is denying oneself an important opportunity to understand our reality. Unless a person has studied what is known, he or she simply does not get to have an opinion. If they have not studied and do express one,

pro or con, they are just making noise. It is fine to qualify such an opinion. For instance, “based on this research or that, I find the evidence is insufficient to be convincing.” Such an informed opinion has value because it opens a potentially useful discussion. Question 200 Why are people skeptic of psychic mediumship? Answered May 13, 2019 Answer 335 Answers All of us have psychic ability. Mediumship is psychic ability applied to communicate with discarnate personalities. The difference between a psychic and an average person is the person claiming to be psychic has made an effort to develop their natural ability. There are organizations that either do or have tested claimants to certify those who have been shown to access verifiable information via mediumship and deliver it in an ethical way. The Forever Family Foundation. (116) is an example of a group testing mental mediums to be recommended to others as a certified medium. The Windbridge Research Center (26) is an example of a research organization that does or has examined mediums for research. Mainstream science tends to reject anything that is not specifically defined by known science. The majority of skeptics I have encountered are science adherents (apologists) and have the attitude that, if science does not specifically support the idea, it is impossible and therefore must be fraud. Relatively few academics accept the evidence of survival (mediumship) but more people accept the evidence of psychic functioning. There has been a lot of research indicating the existence

of psychic ability. In some cases, it has been put to work; the Stargate Project, (153) for instance. As a general rule, more people are skeptical of a subject the farther out it is on the frontier of knowledge. The only solution is to teach people to be more discerning. Question 201 Why is spirituality called spirituality if it doesn't have anything to do with spirits? Answered June 18, 2019 Answer In the context of human potential and understanding the nature of reality, terms with spirit in them are way overused. Words matter, so care needs to be taken to be specific in order to be understood. Here is how I define them: Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 336 Spirit: Saying that someone is in spirit is the same as saying they are in the etheric or nonphysical aspect of reality. A discarnate personality (sometimes, a ghost) is a personality or conscious self rather than a spirit. There are also hypothetical personalities sometimes referred to as devas and nature spirits. (154) These are not ghosts but elemental personalities thought to be responsible for formation. (From my study, they are more likely thoughtforms we have developed over the centuries to account for the mysteries of nature. A more likely explanation is the operation of natural principles.) Spiritual: Spiritual relates to the high ideals often associated with being religious. In my writing, spiritual is intended in a more objective sense of understanding rather than believing. Thus, I say spiritual maturity, meaning

the development of understanding about the nature of reality. Spirituality: Spirituality is the point of view associated with seeking to gain spiritual maturity. It is also the state of spiritual maturity. Spiritualism: Spiritualism is a system of thought based on the idea that people have an immortal aspect which existed before a lifetime and continues to exist after, and which is able to communicate with people still in the flesh. It may be organized Spiritualism such as a society or church (capital “S”) or a philosophical point of view (small “s”). The best way to think of the answer to your question is to say that we are immortal personalities and our natural habitat is the greater reality (etheric, nonphysical). We refer to that greater reality as in spirit, but we mean much more. Being spiritual is not being religious. It is better to think of being spiritual in terms of honoring the highest good in all life. I emphasize that as humanism. (86) 337 Answers Question 202 Is it better to live a lie in luxury or live in the truth penniless? Answered June 22, 2019 Answer I am going to assume you are using the two choices as extremes of a continuum representing the life choice between habitually seeking material success versus spiritual fulfillment. The best reference for this I have found is in the 3,000-to-4,000-year- old Katha Upanishad (41). It was written in Sanskrit based on the oral tradition of the Indus Valley. My guess is that

the foundation of that teaching originated from the Hermetic teaching of Egypt some 6,000 years ago. Katha Upanishad is about the God of Death explaining what happens beyond death to a seeker. This is the important part for your question: Vedanta Shastras Library (41) 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. and Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 338 1-II-2. The preferable and the pleasurable approach man. The intelligent one examines both and separates them. Yea, the intelligent one prefers the preferable to the pleasurable, (whereas) the ignorant one selects the pleasurable for the sake of yoga (attainment of that which is not already possessed) and kshema (the preservation of that which is already

in possession). Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world. See The Razor’s Edge. (42) A more contemporary source for the difference between obeying the motivation of our instincts and following the wisdom of our discerning intellect is described in the article, Is a Happy Life Different from a Meaningful One?: (155) From a study of 397 adults, the researchers identified five major differences between a happy life and a meaningful one. Happy people satisfy their wants and needs, but that seems largely irrelevant to a meaningful life. Therefore, health, wealth, and ease in life were all related to happiness, but not meaning. Happiness involves being focused on the present, whereas meaningfulness involves thinking more about the past, present, and future—and the relationship between them. In addition, happiness was seen as fleeting, while meaningfulness seemed to last longer. Meaningfulness is derived from giving to other people; happiness comes from what they give to you. Although social connections were linked to both happiness and meaning, happiness was connected more to the benefits one receives from social relationships, especially friendships, while meaningfulness was related to what one gives to others—for example, taking care of children. Along these lines, self-described “takers” were happier than self-described “givers,” and spending time with friends was linked to happiness more than meaning, whereas spending more time with loved ones was linked to meaning but not happiness. Meaningful lives involve stress and challenges. Higher levels of worry, stress,

and anxiety were linked to higher meaningfulness but lower happiness, which suggests that engaging in challenging or difficult situations that are beyond oneself or one’s pleasures promotes meaningfulness but not happiness. 339 Answers Self-expression is important to meaning but not happiness. Doing things to express oneself and caring about personal and cultural identity were linked to a meaningful life but not a happy one. For example, considering oneself to be wise or creative was associated with meaning but not happiness. I just finished an essay intended to help me understand how we decide between pleasurable and meaningful. It is Mind as Storyteller (34) Our human’s survival instincts dominate our decision making. That leads us to the pleasurable or to live a life in luxury. Here, pleasurable is used to mean action that supports our human instinct to assure the continuity of our gene pool. Enlightenment is an important term related to seeking and spiritual growth. As I use it, think of enlightenment as the realization that we are more than our human body and that our purpose is to gain understanding about the nature of our existence. Enlightenment is not becoming but the realization of the need to become. Without that fork in the road, a person remains under the influence of human instincts. That which comes after is The Great Work described by Hermes in the Emerald Tablet. (1) A few of us cross that threshold of enlightenment to realize that our human’s instincts do not lead us toward

the kind of understanding which leads to spiritual maturity. It is that turning toward meaningful choices that leads the seeker to self-realization. The pleasurable-meaningful choice is an individual choice, but it is not the individual’s alone to make. A society that is all about self-preservation is a far less humane society than one populated with people seeking the meaningful. Consider these differences: Pleasurable over meaningful: Gun ownership over public safety, conservative capitalism over equal opportunity, 1% versus no person left behind, religious and capitalist influence in government over fair representation, right to life rather than self-determination … tribal dominance over spiritual progression. If you want to live in a compassionate society, take time to teach compassionate living. Else, we honor power and dominance. This is the kind of choice that can only be made by people who realize there is a difference … and that they have a choice. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 340 Question 203 What made you interested in metaphysics? Answered August 1, 2019 Answer Good question. Just as each of us practices a little armchair philosophy, so do we dabble in metaphysical musing. It is good for us to pause and think about how we think. I study reported human experiences that are known as paranormal. For instance, mental mediumship is the apparent communication with the so- called dead. Since mainstream science does not allow for such ability, how mediumship is possible and how we should understand it is a question left to parapsychologists to

answer. Most parapsychologists also do not accept the possibility of survival. Consequently, for me to understand mental mediumship, it has been necessary for me to find my own answers. Consider this. My engineering classes were based on currently accepted theory. We were taught what was true. That is the way of most college courses. One need not think metaphysically when being graded on how well we can apply given truth. That is not the case with things paranormal. When scientists pronounce about things paranormal, it is virtually always based on what they were taught in school. That is, that paranormal is not possible and therefore cannot be. So, you can see, to understand the nature of things paranormal, it is necessary to begin with the fundamentals. Lesson One is to question what we think is true. Lesson Two is to examine the consequences of what we think is true. As an addendum to this answer, I should say that many of us who dabble in metaphysics make an effort to codify what we are learning in books and on websites. The wise and discerning explorer will find teachers in this group, learn what they have to say and build on that. It is through our ability to pass forward what has been learned that we further 341 Answers understanding. As is taught in ancient wisdom, first find a teacher as a wayshower for the seeker’s way. Always remember Lesson One. Question 204 Are the parapsychological phenomena produced by the materialization

medium Mychael Shane real or faked? Answered August 3, 2019 Answer Mychael Shane (156) accompanied the Felix Experimental Group’s physical (135) physical medium Kai Mügge to a seance we sponsored for the Association TransCommunication (ATransC). (117) After the seance, he demonstrated the apportation of gems. The technique Shane has learned is to begin the session by filling his mouth full of water so that we could all see he had nothing in his mouth other than the water. He entered the cabinet. The original group of sitters sat outside of the cabinet. After some time, he came out, we held a towel under his chin, and he spit out the water along with many cut gems stones. See the FEG article. (157) It was an informal demonstration and we had not searched him nor taken steps to assure he had not previously swallowed the gems. I am not sure how we would have checked. Perhaps we could have weighed him before and after. There should be no difference. If there was trickery, he would be heavier before because of the gems in his body. The test we did make was to note that the gems did not smell like body fluid and the water was not colored by regurgitated bile. I am pretty sure the gems were costume jewelry. Some were only about 1/3 inch in diameter, but some were over an inch. Since then, Kai has also learned to work with the gems. I think the gems are not

the point. The point is that our friends on the other side have found mays to show us that we are not our human body and that there is more to reality than we are taught. Such demonstrations Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 342 help the discerning witness begin to move their perspective from their usual body-centric perspective to a more immortal self-centric one. I am not in a position to vouch for Shane since I was just a witness. Based on what I know about these things, my inclination is to recommend him as genuine. I otherwise had control of the room because I did oversee Kai Mügge’s demonstration that was just before in the same room. Remember that witness doubt is not easily changed, so any hint of trickery could be hard for Shane to overcome. He seems not the type to risk that. Always ask his detractors if they have seen his work firsthand and if they can give a valid normal explanation. Finally, just because someone can simulate the work with magician’s manipulation does not mean they have reproduced his work. Avoid the Fallacy of Equal Similars. Question 205 Is Marcello Bacci a fraud? Answered August 5, 2019 Answer Consider the article, The Instrumental Transcommunication Work Of Marcello Bacci. (158) The author Paolo Presi was part of a team of respected investigators who studied Marcello Bacci. His team, and others I am aware of, have been careful to assure that his work is actual and

not normal mistaken as paranormal or trickery. The main ingredients in his phenomena are Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) and physical mediumship. Other than mental mediumship, EVP sessions are perhaps the most frequently replicated paranormal phenomena. Consider The EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler (118) for a few examples. There are other excellent examples under the ITC Tab. While everyone has mediumistic ability, only a few have developed physical mediumship to the level necessary for public demonstration. Consider the Felix Experimental Group (135) and Stewart Alexander. (159) Anabela Cardoso’s work is similar to Bacci. See “Rio do Tempo” Station. (160) 343 Answers Cardoso and Bacci appear to be spontaneous physical mediums of high caliber and their work is not easily replicated. Nevertheless, there is little question amongst those who have investigated their work that it is real. My answer is that there is virtually no empirical reason to think Bacci was a fraud. Anyone who claims that he was should be asked to provide evidence. Otherwise, one treads precariously close to the defamation of character. Question 206 Does the 'SOUL' concept have any philosophical value? Answered August 14, 2019 Answer I am not a philosopher. My answer is based on my interest in survival metaphysics. The word, Soul, is usually related to religious doctrine. While human potential teachers do not intend the religious references, they use soul, I think, for lack of a better word. You asked the question in the right way because the Soul concept is a different thing

than the religious belief in a Soul. The Katha Upanishad (41) uses discriminating intellect. 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 344 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world. shastras.com/upanishads-krishna-yajur-veda/katha- upanishad/ (41) English translations of the Katha Upanishad usually use self rather than Soul. I began in my writing to talk about the soul concept in terms of self, but pretty quickly decided I was just trying to avoid saying what I really intended. I now use immortal self because that aspect of who we are is thought to have existed before this lifetime and is expected

to exist after. Consider these relationships: Physical science — specific physical principles Psychology — defining human behavior and mental processes Philosophy — dealing with the meaning of existence Metaphysics — formation, concepts and relationship of concepts In my effort to understand the nature of the reported human experiences referred to as paranormal phenomena, it has been necessary to develop a model for what I refer to as our spiritual anatomy. Paranormal phenomena have been determined to have physical and nonphysical components. To make sense of the existence of physical and possible nonphysical aspects of reality, it is necessary to postulate that a person is a physical body (a human) and an immortal aspect I refer to as personality. I will not attempt to explain the current models of the nature of the nonphysical aspect of reality. The Trans-Survival Hypothesis (64) Discourse explains my version. The basic spiritual anatomy that seems to be necessary would have an immortal personality (Observer) as the core intelligence of our life field, our conscious self as our Experiencer and a functional area I describe as our Attention Complex (Judge) representing how we develop perception and 345 Answers expression. The Life Field Information Flow Diagram below will give you a sense of how I think information flow might be modeled. To answer your question, personality seems to satisfy the intent of the Soul concept. You will notice that I have placed the Judge between personality the Observer (which is our source of purpose) and conscious self

the experiencer. All are nonphysical. Only our human’s body is physical. The Judge includes worldview which represents what we think is true. As such, what we think in the moment is determined by what we think is true. Going back to the Katha Upanishad, conscious self is the master of the chariot, but it is the degree of discerning intellect that determines if the chariot is to be guided by the wisdom of Personality or by the basic nature of human instincts. How we manage that decision determines who we are as a person. While it is a philosophical question, psychology is coming to understand and apply models like this, and it is expected that physical science will eventually integrate physical and nonphysical as two parts of the whole. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 346 Question 207 Where does the study of philosophy fit in the study of spiritualism? Are these two areas compatible? Answered August 23, 2019 Answer In philosophy, spiritualism with a lower case “s” represents the belief that the physical is an aspect of a greater reality in which the essence of who we are is native. Small “s” spiritualism usually includes acceptance of the idea that people in the flesh are able to communicate with people who are not. Spiritualism with a capital “S” represents a number of organizations which are based on various version of spiritualism (small “s”). I am a member of the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) (NSAC) (nsac.org/) which is

chartered in the USA. The Spiritualists' National Union (SNU) (snu.org.uk/) is located in the UK. The International Spiritualist Federation (ISF) (theisf.com/) is also an important organization. There are others. Also, Spiritists (explorespiritism.com/) are different, in that they follow the teaching of Allan Kardec. The NSAC explains: Spiritualism is a Science, Philosophy and Religion of continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by means of Mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World. Spiritualism Is a Science because it investigates, analyzes and classifies facts and manifestations demonstrated from the spirit side of life. Spiritualism Is a Philosophy because it studies the Laws of Nature both on the seen and unseen sides of life and bases its conclusions upon present observed facts. It accepts statements of observed facts of past ages and conclusions drawn therefrom, when sustained by reason and by results of observed facts of the present day. 347 Answers Spiritualism Is a Religion because it strives to understand and to comply with the Physical, Mental and Spiritual Laws of Nature, which are the laws of God. For spiritualism to be a science, the related phenomena must be codified by well-considered research. If you are familiar with current parapsychological research, you will know that there has been research which seems to indicate that: • A nonphysical aspect of reality known as the psi field seems to provide the necessary medium for the propagation of nonphysical mind. • Anomalous acquisition of information (psychic functioning) appears to exist. • Psychokinetic

influence of matter has been validated. See 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (112) For spiritualism to exist, it is necessary to show that at least some anomalously acquired information comes from discarnate personalities. The research seems to indicate this is true, but more work is needed to be sure. Spiritualism turns to philosophy as a means of establishing precedence for accepting the idea of survival. For instance, see The Hermes Concepts (1) for Hermetic thought and The Razor’s Edge. (42) for the much later Katha Upanishad (41). It is important to realize that spiritualism is based on a system of thought that has been repeatedly revealed to us since the beginning of civilization. As an organized system of thought, Spiritualism is treated as a religion for practical reasons, but make no mistake, Spiritualists do not consider it a faith-based system. Spiritualist gather together for the comradery of like- minded folk and mutual instruction. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 348 Question 208 What are the pros and cons of getting indulged in paranormal stuff either directly or indirectly? Answered August 24, 2019 Answer First, “paranormal stuff” might be better phrased as reported normal experiences that are not explained by reductionist science. Parapsychologists study such experiences. The theory to describe how people experience these phenomena that seems to be increasingly well- received by many parapsychologists is First Sight Theory. (19) Psychic is a term used to describe a person’s ability to sense information by means other

than the five human senses. First Sight Theory proposes that everyone is naturally psychic. Also, that all environmental information, such as the five bodily senses, psychically shared information from other people and possibly discarnate people, are first sensed by our mostly unconscious self. Only after that information is processed by our unconscious mind, might it be made available to our aware self. See How We Think (16) The theory also proposes that our expression, such as speaking, moving our body, sending thoughts into the environment, are first in the form of a psychokinetic influence and then as a physical action. Remember that, if our mind is not a product of our brain, the command to move our body is necessarily a psychokinetic influence between our nonphysical mind and physical brain. The key to understanding First Sight Theory is to recognize that we are all psychic and influence our world with our minds. The degree to which we influence our environment or become aware of our sensed information is determined by the way we process information in our mostly unconscious mind. For instance, a part of First Sight Theory is the idea that we are constantly switching our attention from one thought to another— 349 Answers unconsciously and quickly. The better we are at focusing our attention on a single thought, the more apt we are to sense or express the information as it is intended. I have paraphrased the theory in the Perception Discourse. (22) If you take a little

time to study the theory and contemplate its implications, you will see that it applies to all of us. The way of personal development I refer to as The Mindful Way (12) is simply the integration of those implications into daily living. My point is that you can further your personal growth by considering the implications of that “paranormal stuff.” I think the first step on the way toward spiritual enlightenment is consciously accepting those implications and deciding to seek personal progression. Question 209 What is your attitude to paranormal and scientifically unexplained activities? Answered August 25, 2019 Answer Our mind has a peculiar habit of becoming stuck with what it decides is true. Once decided, it is hard to change. I study things paranormal and am aware that it is easy to arrive at the wrong conclusion when examining only part of the evidence or when not understanding the involved natural principle. See the essay, Mind as Storyteller (34) Reported experiences classified as paranormal range from natural mistaken as unnatural to objectively validated with good science. For instance: • Some reported experience can be explained as artifacts naturally produced by the environment or the technology being used to detect ghosts. For instance, it is possible for a handheld audio recorder to detect radio signals which can be mistaken as paranormal voice. • Some people are prone to what I refer to as hyperlucidity. (16) Hyperlucidity can be compared to the old quip, “To a hammer, Section 6 – Spiritualism

and Mediumship 350 everything is a nail.” For some ghost hunters, everything is evidence of ghosts. • Some reported experiences turn out to be evidence of psychic functioning. For instance, remote viewing is a well-documented expression of our natural ability. What is Remote Viewing (161) • Some reported experiences turn out to be the expression of intentionality causing random processes to become less random. For instance, the Global Consciousness Project (92) tracks the apparent influence of humankind’s collective reaction to major events such as the 9-11 attack on the World Trade Center. They are using random event generators as the “dread” detector. See Effects of Mass Consciousness: Changes in Random Data During Global Events. (162) For someone to make the decision that all such reported experiences are just imagination and that there is no such thing as paranormal is evidence that they have not examined the research. It is unfortunate that, once they have arrived at such a conclusion, it is unlikely they will change their mind. My answer is that people easily fool themselves. But I think they arrive at that particular self-delusion because at least some such reports have turned out to be objectively real enough to be scientifically studied. After we rule out delusion, mistaken identity and ignorance, some of what is left may be paranormal and needs to be studied. It is for learned, informed people to explain rather than debunk. Always examine the credentials of the person doing the debunking … and of those claiming

proof. Question 210 What are some secret symbols hidden in plain sight? Answered October 26, 2019 Answer 351 Answers Symbols represent ideas. The way the ideas they represent are understood is a function of what the observer is taught to recognize. The Hermetic Tarot is a good example of “hidden knowledge” that is only available to “those who have eyes to see.” From their origin hundreds of years ago, they were designed to look like just another deck of playing cards. Seekers could study their symbols in public while seeming to be playing with ordinary cards. Secret wisdom is in two parts. It is secret because knowledge is power, and that power was kept close to the masters. Second, secret wisdom is only secret because the observer does not have the necessary background to understand the message. For instance, I can tell you that your conscious perception is determined by your unconscious mind and that the actual information is colored by your unconscious mind according to your worldview. Unless you bother to examine that claim, you will likely never understand why you do not understand the Tarot. Going back to the idea that knowledge is power, improper understanding of the secret wisdom can actually harm a seeker’s progression. For instance, mistakenly thinking understanding is God-given instead of recognizing the need to do the work for personal progression. The Chariot from the Rider-Waite deck as taught by Builders of the Adytum (48). The primary secret in the Key is that we

as spiritual beings are Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 352 in an avatar relationship with our human. We as personality are the charioteer and our mind is the rains. The prior six keys represent the underlying principles leading to the realization that we are not our body. See The Hermes Concepts (1) The Tarot is just an example. The answer to your question is that information must be integrated into knowledge and lived to become understanding. Daily living is full of lessons that are only learned by those of us who consciously seek understanding. Question 211 Do you believe in collective consciousness? If so, do you believe one individual can lift/lower the collective consciousness? Answered November 28, 2019 Answer Collective consciousness is a term that can be rightly applied to several aspects of who we are. For instance: Mainstream thought Social culture is the collective measure of truth, morality and acceptable process that has evolved in a community. The Definition of Morality (54) Changes in paradigm as the common truth evolves. See Global Mind Change. (55) Instincts are natural behaviors that have evolved out of the collective experience of many generations of the same or related species. See The Greatest Threat of All: Human Instincts Overwhelm Reason (56) Metaphysical thought The understanding of the collective consciousness (hypothetically) evolves as individual personalities gain understanding through experience. See Prime Imperative (49) and Progression, Teaching and the Community (57) 353 Answers The collective morphogenetic code (hypothetically) evolves as individual personalities adapt to

environmental challenges. Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields an Introduction (35) There are others, I am sure, but the point should be clear. Collective behavior is based on the evolution of a collective memory which in turn helps organize individual formation, behavior and responses to environmental signals. If that is true, individuals contribute to the collective, and in turn, are influenced by the collective. Personal responsibility and self-determination prevail but they are influenced by the collective memory. As you consider this answer, keep in mind that, as persons, we are both a spiritual personality and a human organism. Emerging understanding is showing that environmental information from our five physical senses and our spiritual senses are processed in our mostly unconscious mind before becoming part of our awareness and behavior. Our Unconscious Mind (58) That processing is influenced by our human and spiritual instincts. We are an active part of many collectives. Question 212 What do you call someone who guards the doorway between the spirit world and the Earth? Answered December 8, 2019 Answer In Western Traditions concerning physical mediumship, it is expected that a personality on the other side will agree to work with the medium and help develop his or her mediumistic ability. This personality is sometimes referred to as a control. See David Thompson and The Circle of the Silver Cord Séance (163) for instance. Keep in mind that this is tradition, and thus the way some mediums are trained. It works, but also keep in mind that,

while the ability is in all of us, those who are able to achieve the level of ability needed to demonstrate such phenomena as the production of ectoplasm, levitation, spirit lights and Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 354 direct transcommunication usually must train hard over many years. They are guided by successful tradition. An important clue to this is the way some of the physical mediums I have sat with begin the day with a strict routine, and as the séance begins, they enter into a deep trance. Typically, their control personality will be the first personality to speak through them. This ability to step aside and allow another personality to, in principle, assume control of their body, is an important part of the training. Another part of the training is to recognize when they are fooling themselves. (hyperlucidity. (16)). In some of the séance, I have experienced, the control then allows other personalities to come forth to speak. It appears each new personality represents an even deeper level of trance for the physical medium. I have observed that, as the seance ends, each personality returns in the reverse order to say goodbye. I think this signifies that the medium is coming out of the trance. Their appearance may be an aid for the medium. The implication is that the control is close to the medium’s conscious awareness as an ever-present teacher and that some of the subsequent personalities require more effort to come through … which is facilitated

by the deeper trance. Now I am speculating. My point is that the control is seen as a teacher as well as a guide. Some systems of thought hold that all of us have one or more such teachers that we are sometimes taught to think of as guides. Although I have been trained in that school of thought, my personal approach is that we are part of a collective of personalities, some of which are in the flesh and some who are not. All of us are working toward gaining a greater understanding of some aspect or aspects of our world. Those in my collective who are not in the flesh busy themselves doing what they can to help those of us who are entangled with a human avatar to gain that understanding. Three points I would make. One is that you may or may not be in the same collective as the person near you. Two, I know of no evidence that we need protection. We may need help in keeping our focus. Of course, the inner guidance is invaluable to our personal progression and that is always there, should we learn to listen. The third point I want to make is that we have self-determination. What that determination is, is more decided by our mostly unconscious mental processes. Some of the experiences we work hard for may not be ones we would consciously seek. One must look for understanding in all experiences 355 Answers and some understanding,

such as the nature of fear, might only be found in fearful experiences. A guide would not interfere but only help us find that understanding. Let “Do not violate others” be your guiding principle … here and hereafter. Question 213 When a spirit is 'moved on' what happens to them? Answered December 11, 2019 Answer I wrote an essay about this subject for the book Exploring the Mindful Way (7) The essay is What is it Like on the Other Side. (143) The essay is written from the perspective of emerging understanding about how we mentally process information, parapsychological models, and lessons learned from Instrumental TransCommunication (EVP, visual ITC) and personal transcommunication known as mediumship. Ancient wisdom, New Age beliefs and popular lore have also informed the model presented in that essay. Based on that essay, the short answer is that, when our human avatar can no longer sustain us in the physical (it dies), we (our actual self as a nonphysical, sentient consciousness) are free to return to our more natural habitat of the etheric. We appear to spend some time adjusting to the realization that we are no longer entangled with our human. For instance, if we were sick in the physical, we will tend to be sick in the etheric until we realize that it was our body that was sick. A period of introspection is thought to occur, after which we begin to respond to an urge to gain more understanding through experience. The way we

scratch that itch is to enter into a new life experience. That may be in this physical venue, but it may be in some other aspect of reality, depending on the lesson we seek. It seems better and more correct to think of dying, getting well, introspection and subsequent incarnation into a new lifetime as transition rather than death or dying. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 356 As one who will eventually transition, I like the model because it is sensible, supportable and consistent with my view of a meaningful life. Ideas such as karma, hell, punishment and being stuck, are the expression of cultural fear and have no actual support in the science I study. How sensible of my answer seems to you depends on your background and worldview. My base assumption is that we exist to gain understanding about the nature of reality. That understanding comes from life experiences. Question 214 How do I see the physical world for the illusion that it is, without suffering? Answered December 20, 2019 Answer The Mindful Way (12) is my attempt to make sense of how we experience our world. The person I have learned to think of as a seeker is one who habitually contemplates experiences in an effort to perceive them as they actually are and not as he or she has been taught to think of them. Personal, spiritual progression can be thought of as the degree of lucidity the seeker has achieved. That is, to what

degree has the person become lucid enough to see past the illusion shown by the person’s mostly unconscious mind. Perception is informed by personal worldview. A person’s worldview represents what he or she has been taught is true by culture, media, teachers, clergy and parents. It is the source of what we think is real and the illusion I think you are speaking of. Information is allowed into our worldview based on our temperament. That is, do we choose the pleasureful way of our human instincts or the meaningful way of our spiritual instincts? One becomes a seeker when he or she realizes that there is a difference and chooses the meaningful way. Progression and lucidity come from living life and consciously seeking understanding about the nature of reality from experiences. 357 Answers I am a dualist, meaning that I accept the evidence indicating that we are immortal personality experiencing a lifetime as a person for the purpose of gaining understanding through experience. While I am a seeker, I understand that living the lifetime before me is part of that seeking. Some experiences are really bad, some are pretty good. I am responsible for all of them … if not the cause, at least how I respond. I expect you have heard the phrase, It is not what happens to you, it is how you respond that matters. My answer then, is that living a good life is to seek to understand your experiences with discerning intellect. Always turn toward

the meaningful choice. The more you do so, the more your perception will show you the actual nature of reality. Clear seeing is a lifelong journey. Enlightenment is the realization that there is such a journey. Question 215 How can you tell if another thing (besides people and animals) is conscious? Answered December 20, 2019 Answer Here is the abstract from an essay in which I attempted to address this sort of question. Avatar. (13) If we are immortal personality experiencing a lifetime as a human, is it possible our pets also serve as an avatar for an immortal personality? If so, is it reasonable to extend the logic to say our computers might also be sentient; perhaps not now, but in the future? This essay is an exploration of the limits bounding what can and cannot be an avatar. Avatar is a Sanskrit term meaning descent. As it is used in Hinduism, an avatar is a deity that deliberately returns to life on earth as a person. The term can be translated into English as incarnation. In this Opinion, avatar is intended in the same sense used in Hinduism, except that our immortal self is the deity. A person is defined in the Implicit Cosmology Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 358 as an immortal self entangled with a human body in an avatar relationship. Presumably, all humans are an avatar for an immortal self. My objective is to suggest details about the avatar relationship and to show that

the model does not preclude other species from being avatars. Considering how we think transform Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are formed, I will suggest the possibility that an electronic device might also serve as an avatar. I explore the implications of personage without human instincts. Question 216 Does the universe have a consciousness? Answered December 28, 2019 Answer If we are to speculate that the universe might be conscious, it is necessary to adopt a point of view that supports the existence of consciousness separate from the body. For instance, I know of no useful argument for the existence of nonbiological consciousness if the correct point of view is that consciousness is a product of our biological brain. In that view, since the universe has no brain, it cannot be conscious. This answer is based on the point of view that Dualism is largely correct and that our personality existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after in a sentient, self-aware form. This is generally consistent with the survival metaphysics (64) in which we are considered a personality experiencing a lifetime entangled with our human avatar. Assuming consciousness is a characteristic of life that is apart from physical biology, we must adopt a model for the nature of consciousness. That is, if it is not bound by our scull, what does bound it? The model often used in metaphysics is that consciousness exists as a field. Remembering that consciousness deals with concepts and not objects, personality acts as

the binding influence of the consciousness field. Think attractor in chaos theory or kernel in computer programs. It is necessary here to make sure you are thinking about consciousness in terms of concepts and not objective things. The language of thought is 359 Answers symbolic or conceptual. For instance, the mind’s natural habitat is a nonphysical aspect of reality sometimes referred to as the etheric or psi field. Research is showing that everywhere is here in the psi field which is a characteristic known as being nonlocal. Influence is in the form of intention, rather than physical force. Changes in reality are expressed via personality’s attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so. Physical changes caused by mind can be described as changes in intended order. With that in mind, the second important point to make is that, if conceptual consciousness is not our body, it is arguable that our perception of the physical is not unlike the perception a drone operator has of the drone’s field of operation. That is, we build our perception of our world based on sensory inputs from our body and psychic-sensory inputs from the psi field. See the Etheric Fields Discourse. (53) With that in mind, it becomes arguable that mind precedes physical reality. Put another way, the physical only exists as a mental construct. The consequences of duality are that the arrow of creation points from the creative process of mind to the resulting objective physical. See The Creative

Process Discourse. (164) This means we are talking about whether reality is conscious and not if the universe is conscious. Universe is a term reserved for astronomical cosmology, which is arguably a subset of survival metaphysics. I have argued that reality consists of life fields and their expression. Think of a city. It consists of people and the things they have built. The city exists now in a substantial form, so it is hard to think of it as a collective formation. The first expression of the city began as one person designated a place to build a home. Now, it has assumed a sort of pseudo-life of its own that is the result of many people’s work. Reality appears to be like that. It is qualitatively the same as a city. Yes, we have to account for other life forms such as birds and cats, also the earth. Other life forms are also life fields. The earth is seen as the collective creation of other life fields. Now seemingly substantive, probably with a humble beginning like the town. At least in the Implicit Cosmology (15) I study, the physical universe is modeled as a collective expression of many life fields and inherits purpose and form from their consciousness. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 360 Question 217 What do spiritualist churches do? Answered December 28, 2019 Answer Take a look at the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) (NSAC) website. I will answer from the NSAC perspective. Spiritualism evolved

out of Christianity in the late 1800s. In fact, NSAC originally required a Christian Bible to be present at the podium during services. There are still a few Christian Spiritualist groups. This is not a judgment, and in fact, my Christmas talk was Christmas is for Compassion. (165) As I will explain, there are some important differences between Christianity and Spiritualism. I should say that Spiritists have a different approach to spiritualism. The NSAC defines Spiritualism as “the Science, Philosophy, and Religion of continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World.” From this, you can see that Spiritualism is concerned with the continuation of consciousness after bodily death. It approaches this subject as a community of likeminded people (religion) who seek to understand their spiritual nature (philosophy) from a rational, evidential perspective (science). NSAC Spiritualists are not told what to believe. The closest they have to dogma is the Declaration of Principles: 1. We believe in Infinite Intelligence. 2. We believe that the phenomena of Nature, both physical and spiritual, are the expression of Infinite Intelligence. 3. We affirm that a correct understanding of such expression and living in accordance therewith, constitute true religion. 4. We affirm that the existence and personal identity of the individual continue after the change called death. 361 Answers 5. We affirm that communication with the so-called dead is a fact, scientifically proved by the phenomena of Spiritualism. 6. We believe that

the highest morality is contained in the Golden Rule: “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.” 7. We affirm the moral responsibility of individuals and that we make our own happiness or unhappiness as we obey or disobey Nature’s physical and spiritual laws. 8. We affirm that the doorway to reformation is never closed against any soul, here or hereafter. 9. We affirm that the precepts of Prophecy and Healing are Divine attributes, proven through Mediumship. Principle 7 indicates that Spiritualists are expected to seek to understand the organizing principles of nature, sometimes known as Natural Law and to learn to live in accordance with that understanding. With that in mind, you can see that it is illogical for a Spiritualist to think of a Father God (anthropomorphic). Thus, Principles 1–3 describes reality as Infinite Intelligence and its expression as organizing principles. Principle 7 also points out that we have personal responsibility. That means there is no such thing as forgiving sins. Well, there is no such thing as sins, only incorrect understanding of Natural Law and failure to live in accordance with what we do understand. That is also a useful definition of Karma. A typical meeting is about an hour and a half on Sundays. We sing two or three songs and recite the Principles at every meeting. In our meetings, one of the members, sometimes a guest, gives about a twenty-minute talk intended to inform about spiritualism or inspire about personal spirituality. One

of us leads a group meditation, followed by a period of time for Spirit Healing. A period of time is set aside for certified and student mediums to provide Spirit Greetings for members, depending on how the person is inspired. It is important to note that Spiritualism is all about furthering individual’s understanding about their true nature as spiritual beings. The Spirit Greetings are intended to demonstrate the continuity of life, but more importantly, they provide student mediums opportunity to practice sensing subtle influences from our discarnate friends. Not all are accurate, although time tends to show us that more are accurate than first thought. It is said Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 362 that all people are psychic, but not all people are mediums. Some of the messages are admittedly psychic. It is all about lucidity of the medium and need of the sitter. Singing can be irritating, as the poorest of us seem to stand out the most in a small group. Reading the principles, group meditation and singing songs all serve to establish a common-purpose contact field for communion with our friends on the other side. The resulting unity is important because it helps establish the group as one mind. Spirit Healing often involves the healer placing hands on the shoulders of the sitter. We always ask permission to touch and do so in full view of members. We call it Spirit Healing because the healer is considered to be just a conduit for our friends

on the other side to help the sitter as is needed. In that sense, I refer to it as Healing Intention because actual medically certified healing is seldom experienced. Spiritualists will tell you that even death is sometimes healing. Remember we think we do not actually die, only transition out of this lifetime. Sometimes healing does occur. It is between the sitter who is more or less unconsciously open to it, the ability of the healer to step aside to provide a clear conduit and the ability of our friends on the other side to express intended order. It is a complex subject. The bottom line is that the intention is more important than the effect. That is how we gain understanding. One last point. We collect an offering each meeting. Fact is, we have to pay the rent. While we live in spirit, our human lives in the economic realities of needing to somehow embody the society in the physical. We do not tithe, and we do not have an expectation of how much one offers. It all comes down to sustaining the ability to have meetings. No one is paid in the Society I attend. In my mind, a Spiritualist is one who seeks to understand the actual nature of reality and to live in accordance with that understanding. Many people not presenting themselves as Spiritualists are spiritualist minded. It is just that some of us understand the value a community of like-minded folk brings to our personal

seeking. In my mind, Principle 6 should read, “Teach me as I teach you.” 363 Answers Question 218 Who started the path of Spiritualism? Answered January 24, 2020 Answer This question can be answered from at least four different perspectives: 1. Philosophical systems of thought, either technical metaphysics (Hermetic, some Eastern thought, contemporary survival metaphysics) or religious (most religions). 2. Belief in the survival of personality beyond physical death (survival, Dualism) 3. Organized systems of thought based on the acceptance of survival (Spiritualism and Spiritist). 4. The individual path concerned with personal progression based on the acceptance that we are not our body. Here I should say that a medium is a person who has learned to sense information from our discarnate friends and is able to convey that information as a relatively uncolored message. Any system of thought focused on what I refer to as survival metaphysics is by definition, spiritualist (small “s”). The actual means of contact might be called channeling, automatic writing, mediumship or even Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (which includes Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP)). According to the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) (NSAC), in the last half of the 1800s, the Fox Sisters in Hydesville, New York began responding to raps that were later attributed to the communication of a peddler who was killed and buried in the foundation of their home. The time was ripe for spirit communication because the USA was dealing with the Civil War. The Fox Sisters are often cited as the

beginning of organized Spiritualism. Spiritism began in the 1800s with information channeled by Allan Kardec and represents a focus on access to information about our spiritual nature by way of mental mediumship. See What is Spiritism (166) Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 364 In Egypt some 6,000 years ago, a personality known as Hermes is thought to have been a great spiritual teacher. An important discourse about the Creative Process known as The Emerald Tablet (1) is attributed to him. It is possibly the oldest remaining spiritualist text. For instance, from The Emerald Tablet: By this process thou wilt partake of life, love, and light, and the honors of the whole world; therefore, let all obscurity flee before thee. (Line 9) In this, Hermes identified our purpose in life and has described the process with which we can pursue that purpose. He is telling us that by living life while consciously seeking understanding, we will align ourselves with the true nature of reality (Organizing Principles or Natural Law). In Line 13, Hermes identifies himself as an example of what living in accordance with the true nature of reality means. That is, teacher, expression of the principles in daily living and the potential effect of living in that way manifest as a (spiritually) successful person. In effect then, he is telling us that we too can be happy and respected citizens while walking a more realized path. The essence of spiritualism is the idea that there is a greater reality

in which we continue to exist after bodily death. The Emerald Tablet provides instruction for accessing the greater reality to further personal progression. One aspect of the creative process he spoke of is the transmutation of the coarse personality of the unrealized person into a spiritually realized self. Some 4,000 years ago, the Katha Upanishad (41) was written based on oral tradition from the Indus Valley in Pakistan. The teacher in the text—the God of Death—describes our spiritual nature and provides an approach to seeking that remains relevant today. See The Razor’s Edge. (42) Pertinent to this discussion is: 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. Our spiritual anatomy described in the Katha Upanishad represents the same foundation assumption of organized Spiritualism. It is echoed in the 365 Answers Hermetic Tarot that is thought to have been composed of much older metaphysical teaching attributed in the 1600s to Hermes. A more contemporary view of Spiritualism comes from the Biblical teaching of Jesus. From John 14.3: (114) And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there ye may

be also. This is a pivotal line. When Jesus states that “I will come again, and receive you into myself,” he is telling his students that he will receive them in spirit when they also pass from their physical life during transition. He may also be speaking from the perspective of his aspect as the path or way of progression when he suggests that he will bring them into himself. The relationship between Jesus the man and Jesus the transitioned teacher is pure spiritualism and should be considered in metaphysical terms rather than religious. As a closing note, I want to speak of our contemporary spiritualist teachers. NSAC Spiritualism is described as a science, philosophy and religion. It is a religion because it is a community of like-minded folk seeking to understand their spiritual nature. It is a philosophy because there remain a few concepts still out of reach of science. It is mostly a science because the concepts of spiritualism are knowable. Our modern pioneers are people like Rupert Sheldrake who has Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 366 proposed that biological organisms are organized according to nonphysical fields representing “Nature’s Habit.” Morphic Resonance (35) James Carpenter has proposed a most useful ruleset for our we think called First Sight Theory. (19) Kenneth Batcheldor, and later, Walter von Lucadou for providing an empirical foundation for the importance of indeterminate processes in the production of phenomena. See Predictions of the Model of Pragmatic Information About RSPK. (167) ITC pioneers such

as Sarah Estep (In Memory of Sarah Estep (168)) and Ernst Senkowski (Instrumental Transcommunication - A review (169)) have introduced us to a modern form of mediumship that is facilitated by technology. There are many important contemporary practitioners such as the Scole Mediums (17) and the Felix Experimental Group’s (135) physical medium Kai Mügge. I have reported on other such contributions to modern spiritualism in various essays at EthericStudies.org. Also, see Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org). Spiritualism has been a constant companion of human experience. It is old, but it is also evolving as we gain understanding. Question 219 How do I become a good rationalist, humanist and spiritualist? Answered February 20, 2020 Answer In Why I vote Humanist, (170) I use these definitions (my definitions unless otherwise noted): Humanist – a person who has adopted a personal code of ethics which emphasizes understanding principles of nature and seeks to live in accordance with that understanding to the benefit of self and others in a cooperative community (33). 367 Answers Rationalist – a person who accepts that there is order in reality and that the principles organizing that order are knowable. Spiritualist (with a capital “S”) – one who believes, as the basis of his or her religion, in the communication between this and the Spirit World by means of mediumship and who endeavors to mold his or her character and conduct in accordance with the highest teachings derived from such communication. (From the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (20) (NSAC)) Spiritualist

(small “s”) – a person who accepts the evidence of Dualism, meaning that our conscious self existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after in a sentient, self-aware form. In common usage, spirit refers to the vital principle or animating force of life; the indestructible essence of self-conscious life. It is correct to say that a discarnate personality is in spirit but calling such a being a spirit is sloppy nomenclature. Spiritual – anything relating to source (aka Infinite Intelligence, God, Prime Creator, First Cause). It is reasonable and proper to refer to the purpose and origination of reality as spiritual. A person expressing the high ideals of citizenship in the greater reality might be referred to as spiritual or being spiritual. Discerning Intellect – Rationalist, humanist and spiritualist can be generalized together as Discerning Intellect. Here is the Abstract for the essay, Humanism and Discerning Intellect (86): In the context of this essay, our discerning intellect is an enlightened motivator that moderates our baser, human instincts. If the ideal citizen is one who seeks progression in cooperation with others, rather than at the expense of others, their discerning intellect must dominate decision-making. This Opinion is an exploration of the difference between our human’s instincts and our discerning intellect and how we might move toward a more humanist society. I first encountered the term discerning intellect in the 4,000-year-old Katha Upanishad (41). It uses discriminating intellect as a term for explaining how a seeker benefits from deciding the

meaningful way over the pleasant way. From the Vedanta Shastras Library (41): Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 368 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. (Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world.) Here are a few guiding principles for developing your discerning intellect: • Understand that you are not your human body. Even if you do not accept Dualism, behaving as if you are not your body is a powerful tool for personal development. By learning to adopt the perspective of immortal self temporarily entangled with your human for this lifetime, you will be able to distinguish your human’s self-serving instinctual motivations

from your spiritual self’s more altruistic motivations. • Recognize that your human’s instincts will turn your decisions toward those that benefit its gene pool … often at the expense of others. • Adopt a personal code of ethics. (29) Make sure it begins with something like Do not violate others. (Mine includes such reminders as “Just because I can doesn’t mean I should.” and “Citizenship means cooperation.” 369 Answers • Make it a life-long habit to examine the reason you decide as you do so as to have the presence of mind to determine if it is in agreement with your personal code of ethics. • Resist deciding. Once your mind makes a decision, it is reluctant to change, so practicing suspended judgment teaches your mind to remain open to new ideas. • Always be aware that your conscious perception is influenced by your memory, beliefs and what you were taught by society. Always being mindful of your intention to experience reality as it is rather than as you were taught will teach your mind not to color perception. • Remember that intention is your one influence on your mind. Manage it well. Thus, you gain lucidity. (5) Your lucidity is a measure of spiritual maturity. Question 220 How do I deal with paranormal beliefs without looking like a crazy person? Answered February 27, 2020 Answer First, learn to understand the difference between belief and understanding. Also, the difference between normal and paranormal. You see, it is all about perspective.

To believe something is to accept something as fact without any reasonable evidence. Belief and faith are the same things when it comes to questions of what is real. In our society, belief and faith are religious terms. Belief is typically not bounded, meaning that it is never clear where articles of belief end and actual reality begins. That is why people who pride themselves as being rational scoff at claims of belief. To understand something means to be aware of the evidence and how that evidence helps explain the experience. Understanding is always bound Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 370 by the limits of the evidence. For instance, I am limiting the scope of my answer here by making sure we agree on the definition of our terms. In terms of paranormal, things that are considered normal are reported human experiences that are reasonably well explained by our scientists. Gravity, for instance, has been explained as one of the four fundamental forces in nature. Science has explained it in a way that everyone accepts. What we know about things paranormal also begins with reported human experiences. The reason they are considered paranormal experiences is not that they are false but because our science community has not gotten around to explaining them in a way that makes sense to the experiencers. That is also the reason reports of such phenomena persist. That is, people continue to experience things paranormal and explanations like delusion, fraud and normal mistaken as paranormal

do not satisfy the experiencers. Our scientists have not finished their job. The last and possibly most important idea to understand is discernment. Learn to have the wisdom to distinguish between belief and understanding. Is the paranormal phenomenon in question a one-of-a-kind report or is it like others? For instance, the report “I saw a man walking on the ceiling,” is probably a one-of-a-kind report and should probably be put in the “hold to see if anyone else makes a similar report” folder. A report like “I sensed something traumatic would happen in that city” is of the kind often studied by parapsychologists (scientists who study things paranormal). Evidence has shown us that some such reported human experiences turn out to foretell an actual traumatic event in that city. Thus, we have a pattern and patterns can be studied. Having discernment, or being discerning, means suspending judgment so that your mind can remain open for possible new evidence, but at the same time, not deciding true or false. As one who has studied things paranormal most of my life, my greatest fear is deciding something is true or false, only to later discover it is the opposite. We keep ourselves from some of the most interesting lessons by deciding too soon. My answer then is to adopt the attitude of a scientist. Tell others … and your mostly unconscious mind … that you are studying things paranormal to see for yourself if there is anything to them. What if there

is? Some people will condemn you for being associated with things paranormal. They bring no value to your world and can be safely ignored. Do not let them keep you from discovery. 371 Answers Some people transcend the wheel of life to become ascended masters. Others fall off and become rats. ;-) Question 221 What is the value of metaphysics within contemporary society? Answered March 2, 2020 Answer A useful definition of metaphysics comes from the Public Broadcasting Service Glossary: “Metaphysics is a type of philosophy or study that uses broad concepts to help define reality and our understanding of it.” Saying someone studies metaphysics has little meaning and tends to scare people away. It is more correct to say that a person studies metaphysical concepts. The idea of the first cause of reality is such a concept, as is the possible immortality of the conscious self. Metaphysical theories have little practical use unless they lead to a model that reasonably describes the various metaphysical concepts and that facilitates examination, testing and evolution of those concepts. Such a model is referred to as a cosmology. A cosmology is implied by a metaphysical view. To be clear, metaphysical theorizing should imply a cosmological model from which hypotheses can be defined (if-then) which should lead to tests designed to evaluate the cosmological model. A feedback loop is expected as the model is refined to better agree with experienced reality. There is usually a difference between actual reality and experienced reality. Metaphysics is

expected to converge experienced reality toward actual reality. As an amateur metaphysician, I have learned that there are two primary points of view used in the study of metaphysical concepts. Here are the terms I have learned to use: Physical metaphysics - the assumption that reality is limited to the physical universe. The initial state of the physical universe is popularly known as The Big Bang, which is theorized to have begun when a Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 372 singularity rapidly expanded into the universe as it is today. The implied model is the astronomical cosmology we know today. Importantly, physical metaphysics requires that life is a product of the physical and that consciousness is a product of biological life. This can be thought of as Physicalism. Survival metaphysics - the assumption that the physical universe is an aspect of a greater reality and that consciousness evolved independently of the physical universe. In this view, a conscious mind is entangled with a biological organism (in our case, a human) during the lifetime of the biological organism but otherwise has an independent existence. This can be thought of as Dualism. I say survival metaphysics to distinguish it from physical metaphysics and because Dualism implies to many people survived consciousness after bodily death. Both points of view are based on the assumption that reality is knowable. This is important because a third important point of view held by many metaphysicians is the religious one that reality began with God and

that God is not knowable. If you begin with the notion that reality is knowable, metaphysics becomes the tool with which we are able to begin that learning process. Think in terms of fundamental concepts. -isms such as physicalism and Dualism are useful ways of parsing thought, but they are not metaphysics. It is the examination of fundamental concepts and their implication without regard to their -ism assignment that can be considered metaphysics. There are many reported experiences that suggest people have mental abilities that have not been explained by science. The two contending theories for this is that people are simply delusional or faking it, verses people naturally have psychic ability. That is, either people reporting such experiences are frauds or they have the ability to mentally, remotely access information. If people are faking it, there is no more to discuss other than why. The implications are profound for all of humanity if people actually have psychic abilities. Properly done, metaphysics will help us decide. Another way of looking at it is to realize that the first scientists were naturalists observing Mother Nature as she existed in the field. The theories those naturalists formulated to explain her actions were metaphysical since there was no established science on which to build. 373 Answers Question 222 How do you know that we are spiritual beings having human experiences rather than human beings having spiritual experiences? Answered April 19, 2020 Answer The short answer is that, to my knowledge, physical-biological scientists have

not explained how conscious mind is produced by our human biological organism, nor have parapsychologists arrived at a consensus. Until a widely accepted, useful model describing consciousness mergers, the nature of our consciousness becomes a philosophical question that is best answered in a way that furthers our personal growth. Dualism For me, as a long-time seeker of personal improvement, I seem to gain more personal awareness when I think of myself as an immortal personality entangled with my human for this lifetime. I see my purpose as the urge to understand this human experience. That is what I think of as the dualistic, personality-centric perspective, meaning that I seek to understand myself as if I am an immortal personality entangled with my human avatar for this lifetime. When my body is no longer able to support me in the physical, I expect to return to my natural habitat in the greater reality which I refer to as the etheric. Physicalism Physicalism is the more widely accepted perspective. In that, consciousness is the product of biological functions in the brain. In physicalism, consciousness is treated as physical energy. The actual creation of consciousness is sometimes attributed to quantum-level effects of microtubules in brain fiber. However, only regions of brain-cell activity have been defined in relation to specific functions. It remains a mystery for how consciousness and brain tissue are integrated. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 374 In one version in physicalism, consciousness ceases to exist when the brain dies. The

only way we survive is if someone remembers us or we have a building named after us. The second version in physicalism is that the physical energy representing consciousness lingers and can somehow be psychically sensed. That is the Super-Psi Hypothesis. The principle of Conservation of Energy is often cited for how the memory of consciousness lingers. Psi Field To decide if we are humans dreaming we are immortal personality or immortal personality having a human experience, it is necessary to understand what is known about consciousness. In doing so, it is useful to note that mainstream scientists are largely physicalists and seldom even consider the research of parapsychologists who range from physicalists to dualists. The consequence is that parapsychological research is often ignored by learned people who seek to explain the nature of consciousness. Here are a few terms we need to agree on: Psychic — the ability to sense the subtle energy of consciousness. This is sometimes referred to as anomalous access of information. Psychokinesis — the ability to mentally influence physical objects. The movement of objects is one form of this, but more common is the apparent mental influence on physical processes. For instance, the output of Random Event Generators (REG) tend to change in randomness in proximity to meditating people. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is thought to be a form of psychokinetic influence on the randomness of audio-frequency noise. Psi — the influence of thought. Thought is best modeled as a conceptual process. In psychokinesis, the

influence of thought is a conceptual-to-physical influence. While we think of physical energy as force and differences in potential the equivalent in thought is attention (force) and intention (potential). Psi is a term used in parapsychology to indicate that influence. Psi Field — media of propagation for the effect of psi. According to the Psi Filed Hypothesis, it permeates all of physical space. It is nonlocal, meaning that there is no apparent distance in psi space. A psi influence 375 Answers experienced in New York is simultaneously, equally experienced in Seattle. All of these concepts are supported by research. Consider A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (112) and Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (14) From my personal work, I recommend A Model for EVP. (43) and Trans- Survival Hypothesis. (64) Discerning Intellect Beginning with the personal improvement instructions offered by Hermes of Egypt some 6,000 years ago, humankind has been repeatedly advised to develop discernment, and in effect, consciously take control of our human. The model I find most useful for this is that we share worldview with our human avatar. That is, our conscious perception is determined by what we have been taught is true and our human and spiritual instincts. Our human’s survival instincts dominate unless we consciously moderate them. It is the influence of inherited spiritual instincts that guides that moderation. In effect, by thinking of ourselves as a human and an immortal personality, it is possible to develop

ourselves as a more compassionate, spiritual person. Remember that our human’s influence is to kill if necessary to assure the dominance of its gene pool. Lucidity Spectrum As it is used here, lucidity means to more or less clearly sense the actual nature of our environment. In terms of Dualism, the spectrum of lucidity ranges from total immersion as “I am my body” to unobstructed perception in which we sense the actual nature of sensed information (I am this). That is, our degree of lucidity is measured by how well the content of our worldview is aligned with the actual nature of reality. The objective of a seeker is to align personal reality so that it agrees with actual reality. I know of no one who is on that far spiritual end of the spectrum; however, I know many who are consciously moving in that direction via mindful living. As a side benefit, it is becoming clear that, as people strive to develop greater lucidity, they tend to become more consciously psi expressive. Section 6 – Spiritualism and Mediumship 376 The dual nature of how we develop perception provides an important indicator of our actual nature. Remembering that evidence inherits credibility from related, credible evidence, here are the related facts: • Physical-biological scientists have not produced an effective model for the biological origin of consciousness. • It is well-established that all people have some degree of psychic ability. • Psi functioning (psychic expression) is known to be propagated in a

ubiquitous nonlocal field that permeates physical space. • There is no known way to shield from psi. This supports the idea of nonlocality. • It is possible to increase our psi ability by consciously seeking greater lucidity. • The difference in behavior between the influence of unmoderated human instincts and human instincts that are moderated by spiritual instincts is best explained by Dualism. As a person who has studied these concepts, produced some of the phenomena and tested dualistic models, I find that the more rational perspective is Dualism. That is, I am not my body. I am in an entangled relationship with my body for this lifetime. The implications of this are profound: • What I do now matters here and hereafter. • Dying does not offer escape from personal responsibility. • Ethics are spiritual and morality is local. • My job is to live this lifetime as well as I can as a beneficial citizen of this local venue and as a cooperative citizen of the greater reality. • Experiences are neither good nor bad, only opportunities to gain greater understanding. • I need always be mindful of the difference between my spiritual urges and my human’s instincts. • Honor my human as I honor myself. 377 Answers Total immersion in entanglement as a person means that I cannot tell the difference between my conscious self and my physical self. Enlightenment means that I know to move my perspective from that place in my head behind my eye

to the greater reality as a participating observer. My answer, then, is that we are demonstrably “spiritual beings having human experiences.” As a personal note, even if we are not, behaving as if we are, gives us important tools for personal improvement. Spiritual seekers who are not dominated by dogma tend to be more compassionate and rational citizens. Good question! Section 7 ITC Introduction When Lisa and I agreed to assume leadership of the American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomena (AA-EVP) ion 1982 from its founder Sara Estep, the phenomena were relatively new. I think because there were so few people who even knew about EVP, we were often referred to as “The EVP people.” Ernst Senkowski (169) is credited with coining the name, Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), mainly to address a cluster of phenomena associated with the Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fischbach (171) That cluster of phenomena included some pretty astounding examples of television and audio communication. Some of the old-time researchers seemed a little irritated that we coopted ITC to mean all forms of instrument-aided trans-etheric phenomena. Of course, EVP remained the best known but to be technically correct, ITC consists of a suite of phenomena primarily in the category of voice or audio ITC and visual or optical ITC. We take the trans- prefix to mean across the veil. To be consistent, we increasingly talk of all forms of intended trans-etheric influence as transcommunication. Mediumship, for instance is personal or direct transcommunication. At that time, the AA-EVP was a

dues-supported organization with members living in many countries. While we were primarily focused on EVP, we addressed many other forms of phenomena, as well. To be more inclusive and to be more inviting to people to bring us their not-EVP examples, we changed the name to Association TransCommunication (ATransC). That happened about the same time that social media was really gaining in popularity and our members were drifting off to friendlier, easier, more fun social media such as Facebook. To some extent, thanks to the Section 7 – ITC 380 White Noise movie we helped sell, ghost hunting was also becoming more popular. Meanwhile, our focus was increasingly turning toward study of the implications of transcommunication. What does it tell us about reality and our place in it? I personally felt almost an urgent need to understand why some people turn toward the pursuit of greater spiritual maturity while the majority did not. Examining the available science, it did not seem that the academic community was including what we know from transcommunication in their metaphysical modeling. To answer our questions, it seemed necessary to strike out on our own by developing more inclusive models. As we pursued our metaphysical study, our view of EVP changed from it being the star of our interest to something akin to a lab rat. EVP is not a reliable tool for grief management. Loud noises from the makers and self-proclaimed experts were beginning to drown out rational discussions about EVP. It became necessary to

step back and let social dynamics take their course while trying to maintain a reputation as an honest broker. All of this is to say that our evolution of understanding about survival metaphysics has taken us away from our earlier fascination with ITC. It is in this book because it is important. It is last because it is no longer the hero of the story, only one of the players. Question 223 How accurate is EVP recordings? Answered July 3, 2017 Answer As a point of order, it is “How accurate are EVP recordings?” Not “is.” Sarah Estep founded the American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomena (AA-EVP) in 1982. With my wife, Lisa, I manage the Association which we now call the Association TransCommunication (ATransC) to support an international audience and more forms of phenomena. 381 Answers Sarah referred to EVP in the plural because there are several forms that need to be considered. For instance, transform EVP is formed by changing noise into voice. Opportunistic EVP is formed by randomly selecting bits of speech. There are spontaneous EVP sometimes found in call recorders and induced EVP formed when a person conducts a session intended to produce EVP. It may be that some instruments, such as magnetic field detectors, are perturbed by attempts to form EVP. Because of their design, the instruments are only able to show changes in the meter when an EVP attempt is made. It is true that some EVP are just noise translated by our mind

into familiar patterns. I conducted a brief study to answer that question. It is reported in EVP Online Phantom Voices. (122) In other studies, we asked website visitors to tell us what they hear in unlabeled examples. Correct word recognition in that and other studies seems to be settling down around 25% correct word recognition. Scottish researcher Alexander MacRae conducted listening studies which included some files with no speech. His listening panel rejected them as having no voice, so it is arguable that qualified listeners can tell the difference between noise and speech. Much of the lore about EVP is based on uninformed supposition, so study before you assume such an important question as survival. By themselves, EVP are not proof of survival. The Super-Psi Hypothesis can account for most proofs of survival. It argues that anomalous acquisition of information (mediumship, psychic, EVP) can be explained by the ability of a person to access information from someone’s memory and psychokinetically impress it into the media. To be proof of survival, the information must not be in anyone’s memory. We (ATransC) have one example that seems to fit that requirement, but we depend on an array of evidence which begins to converge on proof. Section 7 – ITC 382 Question 224 What age should I be to try to capture an EVP? Answered July 31, 2018 Answer For membership in the Association TransCommunication (formerly American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomena), we asked that people be at least 18, preferably 21. The

age request was for legal reasons, as we were not equipped to properly communicate with younger people. It was not because younger people were not or should not record for EVP. Let me explain. An interesting way of looking at the age question is if the person is legally and socially able to make informed decisions. For instance, I would not consider teaching EVP to a high school class unless I had written permission from every student’s parents. The subject of paranormal phenomena is controversial and simply suggesting they are real might offend devoutly religious parents. At the same time, I do not speak for the larger community. The theories I discuss are not widely accepted, even in the paranormalist community. These are reasons I suggest self-education and spend so much time writing about these phenomena. Our advice to everyone is that, if you are prone to do, without question, what others ask or are easily fooled, it would be best to avoid unsupervised communication across the veil of any kind. The same can be said if you have strong views, say religious or political. Do you think you live in a fearful world? Are you afraid of the dark? Do you believe in possession by demons? Perhaps you can see where I am going with these questions. We appear to be the conduit for the messages so that our beliefs tend to color their meaning. A message from a discarnate loved one might begin during the formation of an

EVP as a friendly “I am always with you.” But 383 Answers once it is colored by a person’s fear, it might end up as an “I am haunting your every moment.” EVP are a form of communication between the conceptual reality of the etheric and the objective reality of the physical. They are an imperfect form of communication and offer many opportunities for misunderstanding. Anyone, young or old, who does not understand this is likely to end up believing something that is not true. If you are old enough to accept that kind of responsibility, there is little reason why you cannot study these phenomena. The revelation of EVP is that we are immortal beings. If that is true, the only thing to fear is ignorance and that can be corrected with education. Like everything else, seek first to be a good citizen of the paranormalist community. Ask questions like this. Self-educate. Be amongst the few who do it right. Help others do the same. Question 225 Is EVP a real phenomenon? Answered August 22, 2018 Answer The existence of EVP as voice phenomena found in the output of electronic equipment is not really disputed. There is considerable question about the paranormality of the voices, some of which are well-founded. However, most rejection of EVP comes from the mainstream science which has branded it a pseudoscience (false science). Parapsychologists are mostly divided between those who explain EVP in terms of psychological problems of the experiencer, fraud or normal mistaken

as paranormal (delusion, pareidolia), and those who explain it as a psychic phenomenon (psi) in which the messages are psychokinetically formed by a physical person by taking information either from memory held by a still physical person or from a supposed residual memory in the psi field. This is related to the Super-Psi Hypothesis. To be honest, I do not know of any qualified Ph.Ds. who are studying EVP. There are a few who are claiming research showing that EVP could not Section 7 – ITC 384 be replicated or that it is delusion, but I have yet to review a single research paper based on a viable protocol. The farther out one works on the frontier of science, the more risk to one’s career. Frontier subjects have much less supporting research. Consequently, the study of frontier subjects like EVP is left to laypeople and academics who have no career to risk. Such academically trained people are too often, retired professors who use it as a plaything. This is important to my answer because you will read a lot about EVP written under cloak of academic authority that is simply nonsense. You will encounter two main kinds of EVP. We refer to one as opportunistic EVP. It is usually in the form of randomly selected buffer addresses containing bits of words. Those are strung together to make an output sound stream that is supposed to contain the message. The random process used to select the buffer addresses is supposed to

be changed by the etheric communicator. This has been shown to work, but the technique produces many false positives. Because of that, we recommend against its use. Radio-sweep is another common form of opportunistic EVP. It depends on rapid sweeps of a radio dial to produce an output stream made of bits of radio broadcast. From our studies, this technique does not produce EVP. The paradox is that the majority of people working with EVP these days are using some kind of radio-sweep device. They are known by such names as Spirit Box or Ghost Box. Because of the popularity of radio-sweep devices, my comments here represent a minority view. You will need to decide. Transform EVP is recorded with a simple audio recorder with the availability of a little background noise. We do not recommend static or radio hiss unless it is frequently interrupted with brief noise spikes. The noise spikes seem to help begin the transform process. In the early days of EVP, all most people had for noise generation was radio static produced by tuning a radio between stations. Radios were not so well designed back then and did not lock on to one station or another, making it possible to set them between stations. We think one of the reasons people think radios are used today comes from that historical expediency. Transform EVP has been shown to be objective. A Class A example (172) can be understood by the average listener without prompting. It is common

to recognize the speaker (boy, girl, accent, mannerisms), and they typically have some relationship to what is asked or going on at the time. 385 Answers Transform EVP are a little difficult to capture, but with practice, you should be able to hear one recorded by you with your recorder and without the problem of possible outside speech contamination. The ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80) includes a good tutorial about EVP. An important test for any EVP is if others can hear and correctly understand the words without prompting. Our studies show that, on average, online listeners can correctly make out a Class A EVP about 25% of the time. See EVP Online Listening Trials (122) So yes, EVP are real. Their cause is not known for sure, but my personal leaning is toward the idea that at least some are initiated by discarnate personalities. However, always be aware that some reported examples may not be paranormal. Question 226 Is EVP (Electronic Voice Phenomenon) accepted in the world of science? Answered August 23, 2018 Answer Take a look at A science checklist. (173) Science is pure, in that it seeks to understand the nature of reality, it is philosophical, in that it seeks correct understanding and it is political, in that it must conform to the current view of reality. As you can see, good intentions are defeated by momentum. Perhaps you have seen the quote from Max Planck: “A new scientific truth does not triumph by convincing its

opponents and making them see the light, but rather because its opponents eventually die, and a new generation grows up that is familiar with it.” That is where we are today. A common comment I heard from other Wikipedia editors was that EVP (anything paranormal) is not supported by science, and therefore, it cannot be. It is official Wikipedia policy to refer to things paranormal as pseudoscience, which is a danger to society. EVP is the farther out on the frontier than, say psi functioning or NDE. While we in the paranormalist community look to parapsychology for learned enlightenment, in fact, many parapsychologists are trying to prove EVP are normal mistaken as paranormal, illusion of fraud (Anomalistic Section 7 – ITC 386 Psychology). Others are trying to show that EVP are evidence of the Super- Psi Hypothesis (Exceptional Experiences Psychology) and not evidence of survived personality. In practice, only a few academics working as parapsychologists are trying to understand these phenomena by including the consideration of survived personality as part of their study. Even then, there is a disconnect between the Ph.D. qualified to conduct research and the layperson able to produce phenomena (Academic-Layperson Partition). That seems to be the reason we have Failure to Replicate studies. The supposed scientists think college students can produce EVP on demand. EVP are real enough. They are objective and easily demonstrated by competent practitioners. They are not necessarily proof of survival. If you consider how we process information in our mostly unconscious mind

before becoming consciously aware of the information, you will understand that there are many factors that must be answered before EVP is to be considered contact with discarnate personalities. Of the thousands of EVP examples I have studied, I can only name one that may be proof of survival, as opposed to possibly being produced from memory. The example is “DoJa, no!” Martha Copeland EVP (44) Our biggest problem today is the hundreds of really bad examples posted on the Internet and the questionable claims of spirit boxes and such. When scientists do study EVP, it is likely they will do their research by contacting a typical practitioner. That is likely to be a spirit box practitioner. Predictably, the examples will not pass a listening panel and the scientist will go away convinced we are all delusional. I will conclude by noting that part of the problem is the momentum of currently accepted theory (scientism) and a growing population of people claiming to record EVP that does not pass a listening panel test. EVP that are useful for study are pretty much lost in the weeds. 387 Answers Question 227 What is one time you have seen a supernatural entity that has made you believe in the paranormal? Answered September 23, 2018 Answer Experience alone should not be your guide to truth. If one experience makes you believe, it is time to examine your discernment, as we are experts in fooling ourselves. I have learned to think of the way

we fool ourselves into thinking something is paranormal as hyperlucidity see Hyperlucidity in How We Think (16). By the way, my avatar is an example of video-loop ITC. It came from the grabbed video frame shown here. Look at the bottom. My avatar is shown as an inset. It has been slightly enhanced for clarity. You should see a man’s Section 7 – ITC 388 head and shoulders. He is looking to your right, wearing a full beard, balding and wearing a neck ruff. After seeing many such examples that cannot be explained with known physical principles, it becomes necessary to consider an explanation, possibly not based on normal physical principles. It need not be a paranormal explanation, but the paranormal cannot be excluded in the hunt for understanding. Question 228 What is EVP in the world of the paranormal? Answered November 15, 2018 Answer Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) is a commonly used term for communication across the veil with the aid of technology. ITC occurs in visual and audio forms. Of course, the audio form is Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). I recommend that you read ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80) for more detailed information about these phenomena. The article includes examples. From the ATransC Glossary of Terms (31): Electronic Voice Phenomena or EVP: EVP are anomalous, intelligible speech produced in electronic devices. They may be heard as a real- time output but are more generally heard on review of a subsequent recording. No currently understood physical processes account for

the existence of EVP. The ATransC uses a three-tier scale for classifying how well an EVP example can is expected to be heard and understood by a listener: Class A: Can be heard and understood over a speaker by most people Class B: Can be heard over a speaker, but not everyone will agree as to what is said Class C: Requires using headphones to make out and is difficult to understand 389 Answers Class B or C voices may have one or two clearly understood words. Loud does not equal Class A. A distinction can be made between Types of phenomena so that a Type 1 is transformed physical media and the paranormal example is not always present while a Type 2 example is always present and is often as a persistent artifact of the technology or material. See: the Classifying Phenomena Best Practice. (172) EVP are spoken of in the plural because there are a number of forms. For instance, Transform EVP are the most common form in which the voices are formed out of available audio-frequency background sound either in the environment or produced in the recorder. Opportunistic EVP are voice formed by selection of available bits of sound as seen with EVPmaker or some of the Spirit Boxes. A third form is the spontaneous messages found in telephones and answering machine. These three forms are thought to depend on different physical processes. Speaking for the Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org), we think a common factor in the formation

of ITC is the influence of intention on chaotic noise. I refer to that as Intended order. The physical process that seems to be involved is stochastic amplification. A few characteristics of EVP we are pretty sure about is that it is not the same as Direct Voice (all can hear it in the air, real-time.) It is not voice spoken beyond our hearing range and it is not an electromagnetic phenomenon (not stray radio frequencies, for instance. Because chaotic noise seems to be better for voice formation, a high- quality audio recorder is not recommended. EVP can be recorded with or without a microphone and tends to occur on only one of many recorders or one audio channel. That is why we think it is impressed into the electronics as intended communication. Analysis of the voice shows that it appears to be a simulation of biologically spoken voice. See Computer-Based Analysis of Supposed Paranormal Voice. (174) Forensic analysis of some EVP have shown a high degree of correlation with the living voice. In transform EVP (noise transformed into voice), it is common to recognize the speaker, to tell if the speaker is male, female, age and attitude. There is much more to these phenomena. The ATransC White Paper mentioned above provides detailed instructions for you to collect examples for yourself. One caution, though. A simple audio recorder and reasonably Section 7 – ITC 390 chaotic noise, such as made by a fan, are all you need. avoid the temptation

to use one of those silver bullet solutions such as a Spirit Box or one of the new cellphone apps. Anything using scanned radio has been shown to probably not produce EVP. Proceed with great discernment, as there are a lot of baseless claims made by people who have not studied or have ignored existing literature. By the way, we think many EVP are initiated by discarnate personalities, but some may be initiated by still physical people. The Super-Psi Hypothesis can also explain some EVP (psychic access to memory). We recommend that you depend on how it seems to you if you are looking for relief from fear of dying or grieving the loss of a loved one. If you are approaching it as a science, these beliefs need to be supported by more research. Question 229 What’s the best app for communicating with ghosts on iPhone? Answered November 28, 2018 Answer Use the audio recorder function of your phone. You will want to be able to examine the resulting recording in an audio management tool. The idea is to be able to review parts of the recording, possibly many times. Always use headphones. The advent of computers and digital recorders made technically powerful tools available to the average person at a relatively low cost. That resulting surge in increased understanding has given us important insights about the nature of transcommunication. The cell phone does not seem to have furthered that understanding. ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80) provides a

useful tutorial for working with EVP. Resist using apps designed to scramble pre-recorded speech, scan radio stations or select words based on changes in local energy such as magnetic field. There is little research supporting their usefulness. There is also a problem with false positives, in which the person too easily mistakes ordinary sounds as paranormal. 391 Answers Do not us apps or devices for EVP if the app programmer or device maker does not explain how their product produces artifacts. For instance, it is easy enough for a programmer to know if their product accesses a particular range of buffer addresses more often than expected. This should be identified by them and disclosed to you. Always ask a few friends to tell you what they hear in a possible example without prompting. If a majority does not agree, discard the example. An unexpected trend in cellphone apps is the manipulation of images or speech to make the results more interesting or fun. For instance, adding an accent to recorded voice or artificially changing a photograph to seem like an ultraviolet or infrared photograph. While the apps can be fun, they introduce the possibility of artifacts the practitioner does not necessarily know about or understand. Unless such artifacts are understood, the apps should be avoided. If they are used, full disclosure to witnesses means explaining the app and what it does to the results. Happy recording! Question 230 What is the difference between dust orbs and spirit orbs, and how

can you tell? Answered December 2, 2018 Answer Some orbs may be paranormal, but most are not. We tell the difference by having more data than just a picture. There is evidence that orbs found in photographs are produced by bright objects in the scene or light reflecting from objects near the lens. There is a good article on a study of orbs on Page 8 of the Fall 2009 ATransC NewsJournal titled Apparitions, Orbs, Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography by Rick Moran. (175) Also take a look at Anthony Justus’ excellent article, Section 7 – ITC 392 Paranormal Photography: Orbs and More: Fact or Fiction: Analyzing Paranormal Photographs. (176) Both articles explain that many orbs found in photographs are caused by light reflecting from dust. Very small particulates in the air that are close to the camera are illuminated by the flash and show up in the picture as translucent, usually white orbs. Since most ghost hunters use their camera on automatic mode, the flash is almost always used. The fact that you do not see the dust at the time means nothing. Another cause of photographic orbs is light reflecting from a bright object such as a metal doorknob. Light from a bright light or the sun will do the same. Camera lenses almost always have a slight film of dust or oil on them which will image the bright light as an orb. A common ghost light is caused when a photograph is taken in a dim scene

in which there is a street or porch light. The scene will show as a crisp image, but the light will show as the light at the end of a bright, erratic trail. Bright lights image faster in the camera and a handheld camera moves a little when the picture is taken. The result is something like the example below. Look closely at the hull of the ship. You can see that the letters for the name are reasonable steady, yet all of the lights moved. Such streaks of light are often mistakenly reported as evidence of spirits. With that said, some reported orbs may be paranormal. An example is an orb that crossed the room during a video shoot of Lisa and me doing a walkabout for a Universal Studios. It was for a bonus feature for the White Noise video release. The frame grab is from a video made in natural light (no flash). The softball-sized orb did not have a light of its own. 393 Answers In another example, a friend of the ATransC sent us a picture of one of two orbs that repeatedly showed up in his New York apartment over many days. He reported that they were teardrop-shaped and moved about as if they were sentient, even to the point of bothering his dog. The orbs also passed through walls. This is a picture of one that was not moving. We do not know enough about orbs, like the black one and the one

with a tail, to speculate what they are. Based on other forms of phenomena, there is no reason to think they are the spirit of a dead person. Our best guess today is that they may be indicative of a near-physical life form. That is why I refer to them as etheric critters. Another form of orb is the kind that shows up in video and seems to be moving about under their own power. We have an example of one collected Section 7 – ITC 394 by a friend in which the orb-shaped object moved up a staircase. In another example, orbs passed through glass. We have had reports of orbs moving toward a person, seemingly on request. These orbs are clearly in the scene, rather than near the lens. They appear as a solid shape. They may or may not be self-illuminated and all I have seen have been white. Unlike dust orbs that are nearly impossible to say where they are in the room, these orbs can be decisively located in the scene. We do not know enough about this kind of orb to speculate about their nature, accept to agree that they seem intelligent and seem to contradict known physical principles. As we know from visual forms of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), paranormal faces tend to be formed in chaotic, medium-brightness optical noise. Dust orbs are usually formed of that kind of optical noise and people often report finding an anomalous face in them. Such faces are

not evidence of a local ghost but may be an example of ITC. Research is indicating that etheric space (not physical) is nonlocal, meaning that there is no distance. Everywhere is here. In that sense, your loved one on the other side is not really any one place. Their distance from you is the distance of a thought. My answer is that probably 99.999% of photographic orbs are not paranormal. The odds of you photographing one that is paranormal is slim. Understand that dust moves with the air. It will even follow you around as you move the air when you walk. Be slow to claim something is an orb unless you have additional evidence. It is probably true that an orb example is just a ruined photograph. Question 231 Is it really possible to hear the voices of the dead? Answered March 22, 2019 Answer Mainstream science tells us there is nothing but the physical, and that when we die, our personality ceases to exist. There is also a lot of momentum in popular theories. People who are qualified for this study may sacrifice their 395 Answers mainstream science career when they openly study survival. There is also little funding for research. Predictably, most of the answers to this question will be based on beliefs such as only special people are mediums or you only hear the dead if you are crazy or if God wills it. This is an important subject, and if you really want to know

the answer, it is necessary to do the work to study existing literature. The answer is yes, it really is possible to hear voices of the dead … at least that is one of the contending theories intended to explain the anomalous voices of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) (43) and the anomalous acquisition of information thought to come from deceased people (mediumship (26)and psi functioning (19)). There are some good examples of EVP scattered around the Internet. I can offer those under the ITC tab of atransc.org. (124) Use caution when examining examples. Not all offered examples around the Internet are actual EVP. EVP and mediumship are examples of psi functioning (psychic). However, they are not necessarily proof of survival. We know that all of us are psychic (it is a natural ability and not a gift) but some of us are more effective than others and some have worked hard to be good enough mediums to serve the public in grief management and research. We also know of no way to shield from psi, so the information could be psychically accessed from a still physical person. Information must be assumed to come from a still living person unless no one knows about the information except the supposed dead person. Because the question is so important, it is best to assume that psi functioning is real and possibly some information comes from the other side. We are still learning. Question 232 Is there any science behind “spirit boxes” or any

tools for paranormal investigations or is it all entertainment? Answered May 2, 2019 Answer Section 7 – ITC 396 There is a shortage of good research on haunt phenomena investigation. Consequently, there is no shortage of untested theory and local wisdom. Spirit boxes are a good example. Since you mentioned spirit boxes, I will use EVP as an example. To my knowledge, there are five basic approaches to Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) collection: 1. EVP recorded using a simple audio recorder to record voices thought to be paranormally formed by transforming background noise. (Transform EVP) 2. Prerecorded speech, sometimes just phenomes, which is thought to be transformed by a communicating personality into the intended message. Foreign-language speech is usually used in an effort to avoid false positives. (Transform EVP) Using Live Voice Input Files for EVP (177) 3. Prerecorded speech, sometimes just phenomes, which is broken into small segments for storage in a buffer. A random process selects buffer addresses for inclusion of the stored sound fragment in the output sound stream. The resulting arrangement of voice bits is supposed to form words intended by the communicating personality. (Opportunistic EVP) 4. Fragments of prerecorded speech stored in a buffer. The paranormal message is thought to be formed by detecting changes in ambient energy such as temperature, rf energy and magnetic fields and using that signal to select buffer addresses, thus forming an output sound stream. (Opportunistic EVP) 5. A radio modified to rapidly scan the local commercial radio spectrum (radio-sweep).

The paranormal message is thought to be caused by fortuitously tuning into the required fragment of broadcast sound. (Opportunistic EVP) See Formation of EVP (178) There are two schools of thought about the effectiveness of transform and opportunistic EVP techniques. Transform has been around the longest with the most studies. Technology has made opportunistic techniques possible and tends to be seen as a silver bullet tool for EVP. It appears the majority of EVP practitioners prefer opportunistic techniques, but there are many observer complaints that the reported EVP are more than a little difficult to make out. Sometimes a reported 397 Answers opportunistic EVP turns out to be a transform EVP formed from the noise inadvertently produced by the technique and not by the intended output stream. EVP reported from using Foreign-language speech has too often turned out to be simply a word in that Foreign-language and not EVP at all. As a co-director for the Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org), (124) I am speaking from the point of view that opportunistic techniques may not actually produce EVP. We have conducted studies on both and virtually all of the opportunistic techniques have been disappointing. You can review these studies under the Journal tab at atransc.org. The Approach we recommend for any practitioner is to form and depend on a witness panel. Witness Panel (179) Our mind fools us, so it is best to have unbiased second opinions. My answer is that there is little science but there are many well considered studies.

The working hypothesis we are using for the ATransC is that nonphysical-to-physical influences such as EVP formation and haunt phenomena is made possible through the mind-body interface of a physical person and subsequently produced via psychokinetic influence at the direction of the communicating personality. Trans-Etheric Influences (180) If that is true, haunt phenomena may depend on physical people’s attention on the location and phenomena. For instance, it looks like poltergeist phenomena are associated with the presence of a disturbed child in the home. About Poltergeists (181) To understand what is known about haunt phenomena, it is necessary to distinguish between popular wisdom and empirical studies. It is also important to be familiar with adjacent theoretical models. From my perspective, there is good science to support trans-etheric phenomena, including haunt. For current ideas about haunt phenomena, I prefer to yield to Loyd Auerbach. Misconceptions About the Paranormal (145) Question 233 What is EVP in parapsychology? Answered May 27, 2019 Answer Section 7 – ITC 398 EVP is an acronym for Electronic Voice Phenomena. EVP are recorded voices, the presence of which cannot be explained by known physical principles. They are thought to represent mind-to-mind communication. One theory is that a physical person acts as the conduit for the transfer of nonphysical (mental) information to the physical recording. Part of the theory is that at least some EVP are initiated by discarnate personalities (aka dead people). A few examples are at The EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler. (118) Also see A

Model for EVP (43) A more current term is Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), for which EVP are the audible form. There is also a visual form. Here is one collected by Lisa Butler and me. You should see a child looking toward your left shoulder. The image was formed in noise generated with a video- feedback loop. By comparison, mediumship is a non-instrumental form of trans communication. Parapsychologists are not in agreement about EVP. From my assessment, most think EVP is pareidolia, fraud or simple normal mistaken as paranormal. Others maintain that EVP are possibly mind-to-mind transfer of information but not evidence of survived personality. Only a few parapsychologists openly speculate that EVP may be evidence of survival. 399 Answers Question 234 Which devices record the paranormal activities and how far they are accurate? Answered May 29, 2019 Answer If you can physically experience the phenomenon, standard recording equipment will work. However, there is a problem with recording evidence of what we cannot physically experience. Magnetic field detectors, for instance, are affected by naturally occurring fields and electrical devices. Since we cannot normally physically experience the present influence of a discarnate personality, we have no direct way of knowing if the detected magnetic deviation is natural or paranormal. Also consider that, as with an audio recorder for Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), the electronic sensor in the magnetic field detector could be psychokinetically influenced by a mind (incarnate or discarnate). Since the etheric (the psi field) is known to be nonlocal, the

influencer could be anywhere in reality … not in the room at all. I base my opinion on a wide range of research reports from parapsychology, known physics, a degree in electrical and electronics engineering and lessons learned from the study of transcommunication (mediumship, audio (EVP) and visual ITC). The best model I have found to help us understand trans-etheric influences supposedly detected by devices is that the practitioner or interested observer is the conduit through which the influence is passed from the etheric to the physical. We are both the creator and experiencer of our own worldview. We are the agent by which the phenomena we experience is possible. That does not mean that we cause the phenomena, only that we enable it. The explanation for this model is complex, so here, I will just say that the real question concerns how well we are able to influence our physical world. To understand that, we need to look at research concerning the influence of intention on physical processes. Begin with the list of Section 7 – ITC 400 references kindly provided by Dr. Dean Radin: Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research (14) A quick review of the articles under Mind-Matter Interactions near the bottom of that list will show that, under some conditions, people are able to influence the operation of Random Event Generators (REG) and quantum- level processes. In the study of EVP, we have learned that the supposed paranormal speech is injected into the audio recorder and

not recorded by way of the microphone. The speech appears to be formed by the psychokinetic influence of intentionality on available audio-frequency noise. That is, the voice is formed in the recorder by transforming noise recorded by or generated in the recorder. We refer to that form of EVP as Transform EVP. Other techniques depend on the apparent psychokinetic influence of random processes to intentionally select the necessary pre-recorded bits of speech to produce the intended output signal. We refer to that as Opportunistic EVP. The answer to your question is that standard equipment will record what we can physically experience. We can indirectly experience some phenomena if it can be developed in our equipment, but that is much less reliable. Naturally occurring artifacts produced by the equipment can be mistaken as paranormal, so there are questions. It is important to understand the nature of how we interact with the physical and the technology we use to study that interaction. It has been my experience that most popular beliefs are just that, beliefs based on assumptions which are based on sounds-good popular wisdom and not on good study or well-considered research. 401 Answers Question 235 Everything can be faked with special effects these days. So hypothetically how would one prove the existence of the paranormal even with undoctored ultra high def footage? Answered May 29, 2019 Answer Studying paranormal phenomena, I too often encounter skeptics claiming that a magician can do the same thing, and therefore, it is fake. My

answer is that they are committing the Fallacy of Equal Similars. By that, I mean that a particular effect might be replicated in the narrow sense of a controlled condition. For instance, I can throw a cup across the room, and thereby replicated the effect of a poltergeist, but it is a fallacy to argue that the physically lifted object is the same as the psychokinetically levitated one. People who are reasonably well informed about a particular form of paranormal phenomena are generally capable of recognizing the real deal from the fake. However, most experts know to suspend judgment if there is any doubt. An obvious fake might be actual paranormal phenomena manifesting in a new way. For instance, catching a physical medium walking about during a dark room seance does not necessarily mean fraud. The medium is supposed to be in a deep trance. When in a deep trance, the person is pretty much under control of the communicating etheric personality. That means the medium may be a trance puppet and be moved about the room without being aware of the fact. I am trying to explain that we do not know enough about these phenomena to say that something is definitely fake or not. However, we usually know enough to be cautious. I personally practice suspended judgment. If claimed evidence comes in for which I do not know the origin, Section 7 – ITC 402 if I have no reason to trust the source or if the example

does not conform to known values, I withhold judgment until more information comes in. I have a large collection of wait and see examples that may never be moved on to here is another example of that. I suspect some of that material is fake. One important point I would like to make is that there are a lot of examples around from people who honestly think they have evidence. One of the biggest problems in our study of these phenomena is that we so easily fool ourselves. It is not the fraud we need to be mindful of. It is our friends who mistake normal as paranormal. Read How We Think (16) for a sense of what I mean. Question 236 What do you think the orbs are that appear in photos? Do you believe these are supernatural in nature, and do you have any orb photos to share with us? Answered June 27, 2019 Answer The subject of photographic orbs is pretty complex. The majority of photographic orbs are the result of light shining off of nearby bugs, moisture or dust particles. What we refer to as string of pearls orbs are caused by lent and bits of spiderweb. Orbs became a problem with cameras that automatically set exposure and flash. When the flash is close to the lens, it creates a region in front of the lens in which small objects can be illuminated by the flash. The particulates are usually so out of focus that they

are translucent. The results are that it is almost impossible to tell how far away and how large they are. Because you can usually at least partially see through them, it is impossible to tell if they are in front of or behind solid features in the scene. There is a little background information in the articles Paranormal Photographic Anomalies Page 5 in the Summer 2005, Apparitions, Orbs, Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography Page 8 in the Fall 2009 and Common 403 Answers Mistakes in Identifying Paranormal Phenomena Page 16 in the Fall 2007 ATransC NewsJournals. (124) Ghost hunters routinely report photographic orbs. they also routinely search for ghosts in dark, dusty places with a lot of dust and always with the flash operating. ©Universal Films Camera lenses often develop a film over the glass that is not easily seen and does not overly affect resulting photographs. Nevertheless, bright sources of light in the scene can image on the film as orbs in the resulting photograph. When this happens, look to see if the camera flash operated. This is especially a problem with windows and mirrors. Shiny doorknobs produce great orbs. There are some orbs that are not explained as above. We look for evidence that the reported orb is moving independently of local drafts or camera movement. If we do not see such evidence, we have no choice but to set aside the report. The majority of reported orbs are shaped like circles filled with milky- white optical noise. Faces

can sometimes be found in such orbs, but they should not be taken as evidence of the local ghost. Visual Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) studies have shown that such faces will sometimes be formed in any visual noise, be it in an orb or on some surface. JPEG compression noise is an excellent source of such faces. Section 7 – ITC 404 We have two examples of moving orbs that are convincingly paranormal. Neither look like the usual dust-mote orbs. The softball-sized fussy black orb above can be seen at about the three-minute point of the White Noise DVD, Hearing is Believing bonus feature. That is me climbing the stairs at the right. The cameraman was using available light. The orb moved at about knee-level and about as fast as a person can walk. My wife Lisa later recorded a Class A EVP, “Betty’s in there,” (118) in the room it came from. The second example is one sent us by Mr. D. of New York City. He indicated that there were usually two together. They seemed to come through the wall. As in this picture, they sometimes hovered motionlessly, but then wiggled their tail and took off. He also sent us a video of one dropping down from the ceiling toward his dog and then chasing the dog as if they were playing. We do not know how to judge the nature of such interactive orbs. All we can say is that they apparently exist. My speculation is that they

are more like etheric critters; a life form that exists at the edge of the physical, closer to the etheric. We do not know. In answer to your question, most orbs are just in ruined photographs as naturally occurring artifacts. However, there does appear to be evidence that some are actually life forms of some kind. Much more must be known before we speculate further. As always, we are looking for examples of this kind. 405 Answers Question 237 Is the electronic voice phenomenon (EVP) just nothing more than the snippets of random radio stations? Answered October 12, 2019 Answer Your question illustrates one of the problems we have in the paranormalist community. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) sessions represent one of the most often replicated of paranormal phenomena. It is important that we get them right. Anyone with an audio recorder can conduct a recording session with a reasonable expectation of collecting a possibly paranormal utterance. The problem is that few who do, have the necessary understanding to be discerning about what is and is not EVP. There are two primary types of EVP. The oldest technique is the use of an audio recorder to record audio-frequency noise. Anomalous speech can sometimes be found in recordings of such noise sources as a common household fan or simply a passing car. We refer to this kind of EVP as transform EVP because the speech appears to be formed by transforming the noise according to the intention of the communicator. We refer

to the second form of EVP as opportunistic EVP. In this, pre- recorded word or word fragments are stored in memory and then selected for the output sound stream based on changing environmental energy or a random process. Sometimes a foreign language is used. These days, smartphone apps are often used. The more popular way to collect opportunistic EVP is to create an output sound stream by rapidly sweeping the radio dial. The output is, as you suggest, just a stream of bit and pieces of radio broadcast. There are apps for this as well. Opportunistic EVP is usually based on the use of live voice, meaning that someone’s speech is recorded and then manipulated in some way to produce the phenomena. From our study, Using Live Voice Input Files for EVP (177) for instance, the rate of false positives is high. Too often in radio- Section 7 – ITC 406 sweep, the sweep is so slow, whole words of broadcast speech can be heard in the output An important characteristic of transform EVP is that available noise is changed into recognizable speech. The apparent action is that the relatively random noise is changed according to some’s intention. This also appears to be the underlying principle for the Global Consciousness Project, (92) Dean Radin’s double-slit study (94) and the study of how meditating people change the randomness (93) of random event generators. Transform EVP appears to involve the same etheric-physical principles. On the other hand, opportunistic EVP only indirectly involves

this principle. For instance, the noise generated with radio-sweep is sometimes transformed into voice as transform EVP. Another problem is that opportunistic EVP techniques typically use random processes that are constrained into narrow ranges which appears to be much more difficult to transform with intentionality. There is also a huge problem with mundane sounds being mistaken as paranormal. This is common in radio-sweep and in the use of foreign language. In pseudo-random access of speech stored in memory, access tends to be weighted in favor of certain addresses so that the output tends to repeat. Finally, makers of opportunistic technique devices and apps appear not to test their products. Rather, they are sold with promises but no certification, which is the definition of fraud. The solution, of course, is education of the public and a more activist public demanding honesty in our vendors and opinion setters. So, my answer is “yes.” Most listeners I have communicated with make the same complaint. Those claiming opportunistic EVP are actual paranormal speech need to do a lot more to establish the validity of their claim and explain the conditions under which they are right. 407 Answers Question 238 How accurate do you think a spirit box is communicating with the dead versus an Ouija board? Answered November 2, 2019 Answer To understand my answer to this question, it is important to understand the role a person plays as a conduit for the flow of information into the physical. My answer is based on

what I have learned as an engineer, Spiritualist, (182) director for the ATransC (124) and author of books (4) on the subject. While I expect parapsychologists will agree to some extent, this is not an official perspective of parapsychology. First, we need to agree on the meaning of a few terms: Transcommunication – used here to mean mind-to-mind, etheric-to- physical sharing of information. This may be between two people in the physical (incarnate) or between a person in the physical and a hypothesized person who has transitioned out of the physical (aka a dead person; discarnate). Transcommunication may be direct, in the form of telepathy (mind- to-mind between physical people), mediumship (mind-to-mind between a psychical person and a discarnate person) or instrument-aided communication such as visual and audible Instrumental Transcommunication (ITC). Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is also known as audible ITC. People as a conduit for transcommunication – a physical person must provide a conduit for his or her intention, or the intention of another personality, to influence physical space. This means the influence necessary to produce EVP is an etheric-to-physical process enabled by the EVP practitioner or an interested observer. Opportunistic EVP – techniques for collecting EVP that may be in the form of a stand-alone box or a smartphone app. Classical transform EVP Section 7 – ITC 408 only requires an inexpensive audio recorder. See the ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (80) for instructions. Spirit Box – a term that has come to mean an electronic device other

than an ordinary recorder, which is designed to enables discarnate personalities to communicate with the living. They are usually opportunistic EVP (183) devices, meaning that they depend on the availability of pre-recorded speech (live voice) or other forms of physical signals that contain parts of the message. The device must in some way isolate the message from the surrounding bits of speech. While the information in spirit boxes is embedded in the source sound or source database, isolation of required words or bits of sound required to form the message is usually accomplished by detecting changes in some random process. Those changes are used to select memory addresses containing the intended bits of speech. Early versions of spirit boxes were radio-sweep devices. In those, a radio is modified to automatically sweep the dial to momentarily intercept the local radio stations in a continuous cycle of about three seconds. The resulting stream of bits of sound is expected to contain the paranormal message. The idea is that the communicating personality will cause the necessary song, silence or h produced by the radio station to form the intended message. For radio-sweep to work, it is necessary to cause a person to do something. In my years of metaphysical training, such violation of self- determination simply does not exist. For this reason, and the fact that radio-sweep examples virtually never pass a listening panel test, (184) the Association TransCommunication has advised members to avoid the technique. At the least, it produces too many

false positives to be of practical use. The use of pre-recorded speech is an alternative approach to opportunistic EVP formation. In the technique bits of speech, sometimes whole words, are stored in a database. The randomness of local energy such as magnetic fields or temperature to detected and used to select the required pre-recorded speech fragment (sometimes whole words). The idea is that the communicating personality will change the local energy to purposefully select memory addresses containing the sounds needed to form the intended message. 409 Answers Transcommunication appears to depend on the imposition of intended order on a physical process such as the local magnetic field or background sound. Apparently, the more indeterminate the process, the easier it is to mentally influence. For instance, transform EVP (43) is thought to be produced by the imposition of intended order on available noise, thus changing the noise to resemble the intended speech. Techniques that detect changes in ambient energy, such as magnetic field and temperature to select memory addresses, do appear to be a viable approach to produce EVP. The only problem we have noted is that—from our last study—the devices produce way too many false positives to be dependable. An Ouija Board game consists of a board with the alphabet, the Numbers 0–1, Yes, No and Goodbye. They are equipped with a pointer supposed to be touched by the players but moved by the communicating personality to spell out messages. The term Ouija Board has become a generic name for

any device, table or board that provides a selection of words, letters and/or numbers and a means to select those options so as to produce a message. Sitters for an Ouija Board session are supposed to mentally step aside to allow discarnate personalities to use them as instruments to move the pointer. In principle, this is a discarnate mind-to-incarnate mind communication. What we think we know There are two modes of transcommunication that must be considered to understand transcommunication. It appears anyone is able to act as a conduit for transcommunication. However, like any endeavor involving people, the natural distribution or Bell Curve applies. Most people provide a modest conduit for transcommunication. Only a few people are able to enable substantial mind-to-mind influence. So, while all of us are mediumistic to some extent, some are superstars. I am a mental medium (some mind-to-mind influence) with perhaps slightly better than average ability because of training. I have not been able to demonstrate the astounding feats shown by some physical mediums who are capable conduits for greater mind-to-mind influence. Radio-sweep may not produce EVP because the sweep intersects the radio station broadcasting the exact bit of sound needed to form the message (opportunistic EVP), but the resulting noise of the sweep may be Section 7 – ITC 410 useful for the formation of transform EVP. Virtually all of the examples of radio-sweep EVP I have heard that do seem like EVP, also seem like transform phenomena. A person who can provide a

clear conduit may be more able to produce EVP than the average person. An Ouija Boards is thought to be just an aid to help the person provide a clear conduit. As popular wisdom tells us, the person is not responsible. It is the board that is doing the communicating. Based on that lack of personal responsibility, the person does not have to take responsibility and is more able to keep ego out of the process. This idea is supported by research indicating that phenomena produced during séances tend to be stifled when sitters were able to clearly see the effects. This fuzzy sensing seems to help the person get out of the way so that their mostly unconscious mind is better able to impose intended order. For example, see The Content-Source Problem in Modern Mediumship Research. (11) Other techniques for helping the person step aside are scrying (gazing into a blank surface like water or a mirror), automatic writing and trance. All of these techniques, including ITC, involve the person acting as a conduit for the expression of intended order into the physical. That order presents itself as the device permits. In ITC, it is the voice or video recorder, in an Ouija Board, it is the movement of the pointer, in automatic writing, it is the written word, in trance, it is the spoken word. My answer to your question is in two parts. First, the availability of physical substance to be transformed determines how useful the technique

can be to the practitioner. Spirit boxes are most useful if they are producing transform EVP. However, they are of little practical use unless the practitioner can provide a clear conduit. Second, none of the techniques are of use if the practitioner cannot step aside so as to provide a clear conduit. It is difficult for the practitioner to step aside when using an Ouija Board. Before attempting any form of transcommunication, examine your own worldview. If you are fearful, judgmental, overconfident, sure of yourself or consider yourself an expert, it is likely that any of the techniques will lie to you. After all, as the conduit, it is your worldview (16) that provides the translation from thought to words. 411 Answers Question 239 Can animals other than humans become ghosts? Answered November 15, 2019 Answer In the context of the relationship between mind and body, Dualism is the idea that consciousness exists independently from our biological brain. That is, our brain acts as a transmitter-receiver for our mind. The mainstream view of Dualism is that, if consciousness is not produced by the brain, it nevertheless ceases to exist after physical death. I study what I refer to as survival metaphysics. In that, Dualism is understood in terms of our conscious self existing before this lifetime and after in a self-aware, sentient state. Scientific publications - Pim van Lommel (149) will give you a few references for how one researcher has documented some of what survival metaphysics predicts. That is,

he has shown indications that mental activity appears to continue while the brain is clinically dead during surgery. I simplify the metaphysical model I study to say that reality consists of Life Fields (18) and the expressions of life fields. Also, in that model, life fields have a set of functional areas that are more or less expressed depending on the circumstance of life. Using Rupert Sheldrake’s Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (35) a biological organism consists of a hierarchy of life fields such as skin, blood and hair cells, organs and limbs. You can see that all life fields have perception and expression functional areas, but they are rather different for a bone cell as compared to a human. All of this is to say that a cat, for instance, is as much a life field as a human, just with different degrees of expression. Avatar The second part of this is that Dualism necessarily requires that we as conscious self are in an avatar relationship with our human. This should be Section 7 – ITC 412 self-evident if conscious self existed before and will continue to exist after this lifetime. In other words, we are not our human. Following Sheldrake’s logic, there is probably a collective consciousness supporting individual species and types of life fields. That is where his morphic resonance comes in. I say this to explain that our human also has a life cycle that has immortal aspects. Remember … universal life fields with different expressions. If

the avatar model is right, it is reasonable to speculate that our pets are also avatars. Like us, their symbiotic personality is conscious a self experiencing the physical as a pet. When the pet dies, symbiotic personality is free to turn its perception back to its natural etheric habitat … just like us. A couple of points to consider. One is that we apparently do not immediately return to our pre-lifetime awareness. It reportedly takes a while, and for that while, we tend to loiter in familiar (imagined) surroundings as we get well by slowly stepping away from our identity as a physical person. Our pets would be the same. We do have frequent reports of Instrumental TransCommunication contact, either with pets or with someone referring to pets. I have included a visual ITC image of a person and his dog that Lisa and I collected. These are images found in visible noise produced with a video feedback loop. A second point to consider is that we should ask what our pets are doing in this lifetime. My model suggests that we are seeking understanding through experience. I supposed my cats are doing that, but I sometimes wonder if they are watchers. Just a thought. You will understand if you have cats. Finally, we share worldview with our human. It is worldview that shapes our perception to show us what we think is real. Most of us are guided by our human’s instincts more than our spiritual understanding. Our pets

would be in the same situation. We will see flashes of intellect and compassion in our pets—all of the things we think of as higher awareness. But for the most part, their animal instincts for survival will dominate. If we have a hard time managing our human’s instincts, just think of how difficult it is for, say my cats, to manage theirs. 413 Answers My answer then is that, if you mean by ghost, survived personality, people and pets are the same, only slightly different expressions. So, yes! Question 240 If spirits don’t exist, how do you explain “electronic voice phenomena” or EVP’s for short? Answered December 18, 2019 Answer Using current terminology, Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) is the recording of anomalous images and speech using instruments. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is an older term used to describe the voice form of ITC. You may encounter other terms because of differences in language. Transcommunication generally means across the veil or trans-etheric. The information is anomalous because it cannot be explained with physical and psychological principles that are currently accepted by mainstream science. Section 7 – ITC 414 Some parapsychologists model the effects of mind as psi functioning propagated in a psi field. The Psi Field Hypothesis holds that there is a nonlocal ubiquitous subtle field of influence which acts as a medium for the propagation of the influence of thought in the etheric. See the Etheric Fields Discourse. (53) The Psi Field Hypothesis does not presume the existence of discarnate mind,

only that mind functions psychically. The Survival Hypothesis holds that discarnate mind also exists and also functions psychically. Thus, when speaking of anomalous access of information, the information may come from either the mind of a still-living person or a discarnate personality. It is necessary to be specific about what is being discussed because the only way to tell the expression of a still physical person from the expression of a discarnate personality is information content and associated circumstances. For instance, in remote viewing, the intention of the viewer is to psychically access information about a distant location. In mental mediumship, the same person might intend to access information from a discarnate loved one. The common factor in transform EVP and visual ITC is the presence of chaotic noise. The voice or image is formed by transforming the noise. The physical principle appears to be stochastic amplification. See What Is Stochastic Resonance? (185) The actual trans-etheric influence is more difficult to model. Part of the problem is that the etheric appears to be purely conceptual and the physical is objective. I model the Creative Process as changes in reality are expressed via personality’s attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so. If that is correct, the intention to cause a physical effect is accomplished as the influence of intention on the conceptual character of the noise. That is the expression of intended order. See A Model for EVP (43) The dualistic model seems to provide the

answer to this question. In Dualism, we are nonphysical mind interacting with the physical by way of our human body. Our physical-biological brain acts as a transmitter-receiver for mind. The difference between a person in the flesh and one in spirit is that we in the flesh have a body. The expression of intended order from the etheric into the physical is the same if we have a body or not. Remember our mind is nonphysical … just like our discarnate friends. 415 Answers EVP is just another form of that expression of intended order. The technology just makes it a little easier since it is designed to record and playback speech. The actual speech is just manifest intention. No magic allowed. Question 241 Where can I have ghost audio (EVP) analyzed? Answered January 1, 2020 Answer It has been our experience that Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is best if it does not need analyzing by manipulating the soundtrack with audio management software. Sometimes a little amplification and slight noise reduction helps, but as a general practice, if you cannot make out the words in the raw form, it is best not to bother. It is possible to change the perceived meaning with too much manipulation. We consider the correct understanding is important. Else, we too easily fool ourselves. EVP are often classified as: Class A: Can be heard and understood over a speaker by most people Class B: Can be heard over a speaker, but not everyone will agree

as to what is said Class C: Can only be heard with headphones and is difficult to understand [Note that Class B or C voices may have one or two clearly understood words. Loud does not equal Class A.] See Classifying Phenomena. (172) An example of a Class A EVP recorded by Lisa Butler is Betty’s in There. (118) EVP are typically like speech, but more a simulation than the actual thing. Words in EVP are often missing the audio cues we depend on for understanding. That is why we say that it is helpful for a person to learn to Section 7 – ITC 416 listen to them. For instance, not being true speech, the paranormal utterances can be nearly hidden in the noise. This need to learn how to listen is only something to be aware of. If you are expecting normal speech, it is likely you will not understand or even notice an EVP. All it takes is a little practice. It is a good practice for an EVP practitioner to have a few friends that will act as a listening panel. If, say, two out of three do not agree without prompting, it is best to discard the example. See Witness Panel (179) The answer to your question is that, if you cannot make out the words without analysis, it is best to discard the example. Try again if you are learning to record for EVP. Question 242 Has anyone, or even you, ever used a

spirit box before, and what stories can be shared using it? Answered January 7, 2020 Answer We at the Association TransCommunication (ATransC.org) conducted a few studies of the box technologies in the past. Our conclusion is that some probably do not produce Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) in the way they are intended. A typical ad hoc study is described in Radio-Sweep: A Case Study. (184) Even though EVP were reported in the sample, we found none when a blinded listening panel was asked. A listening panel study was conducted by Mark Leary, Ph.D. with disappointing results. There was a slight agreement when listeners were told what to hear but zero agreement when they were not. Dr. Leary proposed a number of useful cautions to take when working with all EVP. A Research Study into the Interpretation of EVP (186) I am aware of three fundamental technologies used in such devices. Frank Sumpton is credited with originating the radio-sweep technique. In that, a radio is broken so that the electronic circuit continuously scans the radio tuner to produce an output stream made of bits and pieces of local 417 Answers radio broadcast sounds. The paranormal message is supposed to be formed from of those bits of sound. We refer to EVP presumed to be formed in that way as opportunistic EVP because it depends on the just-in-time availability of the necessary bits of sound. Compare opportunistic EVP with transform EVP in which the paranormal speech is formed by transforming available audio-frequency

noise. See Formation of EVP (178) Other than the apparent fact that radio-sweep probably does not produce EVP as intended, there are problems with how it is thought to work. Different forms of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), which include EVP, seem to depend on similar physical characteristics, namely the apparent psychokinetic influence of intention on chaotic, random processes. We see the same transform effect in visual and audio. For radio-sweep to work, it requires that someone be forced to produce the required bit of sound at exactly the moment the device is intercepting that radio signal. Ignoring that such reported EVP typically only pass the listening test when the listener is advised about what to hear, there is no precedence in ITC for our etheric communicators to force their will on physical people. Some of the box devices use a process similar to an old software application known as EVPmaker. In that, bits of pre-recorded sounds are stored in computer memory. A random process is used to select the bit from memory to produce an output sound stream. Changes in the randomness of the random process that controls the selection of bits of sound in the right order to form the intended voice is thought to be psychokinetically controlled by the etheric communicator. This is similar to transform EVP, so we agree that, in principle, EVPmaker should work. By extension, phone apps and such using that approach may be useful. We conducted a few studies using EVPmaker. One such study ran

for a year. A target object was placed on a table by one of our members. Other members did not know what was on the table until after the next object was placed. We found no reported results that matched the object, but there were a few side comments from our etheric communicators that suggested a hit. See Information Gathering Using EVPmaker With Allophone: A Yearlong Trial (187) We also funded an EVPmaker study by an outside firm with disappointing results. See EVPmaker with Allophones: Where are We Now? (188) Section 7 – ITC 418 Our conclusion is that, in principles, random access to stored bits of sound is a viable technology for EVP, but it is uncertain. The resulting reported EVP are so often not EVP and the staccato output resulting from the random sampling so befuddles the mind that the listener is even more prone to error. As with radio-sweep devices, we recommend that serious practitioners stick to transform EVP. The third such box technology we are aware of is a variation of the EVPmaker approach. Stored words or bits of words are still used but in place of a random event generator, detected changes in environmental energy such as magnetic field, radio-frequency and temperature are used to select the pre-recorded sound. This technique should produce EVP, but the results can be misleading because of artifacts produced by the technology. For instance, poorly designed memory access tends to result in selected bits of sound being more frequently accessed

than would be expected for intelligent communication. With our members (we no longer use a membership model), we have studied many forms of EVP and countless techniques. While we are reluctant to argue that a technique does not work, we see it as our duty to provide the best guidance possible to the paranormalist community. See Pledge. (189) Because of this, we do not recommend any of the box techniques. I understand that many people find such box techniques their favorite way to communicate across the veil. None of us know enough about these phenomena to say with any certainty that something is or is not true. We invite researchers to provide reports for studies that might give us reason to change our recommendation. If you take time to read A Model for EVP (43), you will see that any sound stream with a little noise in it might possibly be transformed into an EVP. This causes some confusion amongst practitioners because, in fact, some of the reported EVP from such box devices are actually transform EVP formed in the recording device. Given that this is true, it would save a lot of money to just use a simple audio recorder and a little background noise. For your future reference, we recommend that you use a listening panel to help you classify your EVP examples. During the grading, never tell your listener what they should hear. Resist claiming a single syllable sound is an EVP. Discard the example if there

is any doubt. These phenomena are 419 Answers actually relatively rare, and we too easily fool ourselves. When in doubt, err on the side of the mundane. What is that old saying … "When you hear hoofbeats, think of horses not zebras." My Qualifications You can see my biography at ethericstudies.org/tom-butler-biography/. My Influences It may be helpful if you have a sense of my approach to these subjects. I am fascinated with some of the ancient teaching about our spiritual nature. I always begin with Hermes who was a teacher who lived in Egypt some 6,000 years ago. The Egyptians had a god named Thoth which was considered the mind of God as a teacher, source of writing, healing, art and music. Many contemporary accounts describe Thoth and Hermes as the same person, but it is more likely Thoth was an aspect of God, or ideal, while Hermes was probably an influential priest or class of priests. Amongst many titles, Thoth was considered the heart and tongue of the sun god Ra and the means by which Ra’s will was translated into speech. He also had the title of Three times great, great. The Greeks thought Thoth and Hermes were the same, and thus gave Hermes-Thoth the title of Trismegistus (Greek for Hermes the thrice-greatest). The Romans referred to him as the god Mercury (Mercurius ter Maximus in Latin). While the line of inheritance is likely different for people who have followed other paths of learning, these are milestones marking

the evolution of our modern spirituality as I see them: Pre-Hermetic – The spiritual instructions attributed to Hermes appear to be fully developed in his time. Following the Perceptual Agreement Organizing Principle, such understanding probably should not be expected to appear fully developed. It is more realistic to think it had evolved prior to Hermes’ time. If so, what civilization existed before? See Before The Pharaohs: The Evidence for Advanced Civilisation in Egypt’s Mysterious Prehistory. (141) Hermes – Perhaps the only document reliably attributed to Hermes is the Emerald Tablet (1) A more appropriate title for the discourse is The Truly Great Work because it describes the creative process and how to My Qualifications 422 apply it to the personal pursuit of spiritual maturity. About 6,000 years ago. Katha Upanishad – Sanskrit was the language of the Indus Valley at the border between Pakistan and India. About 4,000 years ago, the spiritual oral traditions of that region were written as educational stories. The Katha Upanishad (41) describes a conversation between the God of Death and a seeker asking to know the nature of death. It is important because, as I describe in The Razor’s Edge Essay, (42) it clearly explains the relationship between our spiritual self and our human avatar. It also explains how to seek spiritual maturity. John 14 of the Bible – The teaching attributed to Jesus in John 14 (114) also describes the relationship between spiritual self and physical self. It depicts the three aspects of a

teacher in the same sense as the Emerald Tablet and the Katha Upanishad. Above all, and a lesson often lost on modern Christians, it teaches the way toward spiritual maturity. About 2,000 years ago. Hermetic Tarot – The earliest Tarot I am aware of appeared in the 1300s. It is important to distinguish between New Age Tarot card used for divination and the 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot designed to depict the way to spiritual maturity. I study a version of the 1910 Rider-Waite deck modified by Paul Foster Case and used by Builders of the Adytum. (48) The 22 Major Arcana (cards) symbolically represent one cycle of seeking toward spiritual maturity. Contemporary Science – Parapsychology is the apparent keeper of contemporary spiritual wisdom. I say that with some reservation because that field of study has probably done more damage than good to our understanding of things paranormal. Here, things paranormal are also things spiritual because understanding the one can lead to understanding the other. Instrumental Transcommunication (ITC) – As I studied both audio and visual ITC, it became clear that ITC is a contemporary dispensation of the same spiritual guidance taught by Hermes, the Katha Upanishad, Jesus and the Hermetica. My personal objective in life is to understand who I am and my relationship with the greater reality. The most important milestone of all for this quest has been ITC. The phenomena themselves are important, even 423 Answers sometimes useful for such service as helping with grief

and fear of death, but the implications of their existence unavoidably show us the fact of our immortality as spiritual self first and human avatar second. I write because it is the only way I can scratch this itch to teach. 1234 Index 9-11 Attack ........................ 217, 302, 350 A Priori ............................................. 105 Aberrant Psychology ......................... 158 Academic-Layperson Partition ......24, 85, 190, 203, 237, 386 Alchemy Way .................................... 178 Alexander MacRae ............................ 381 Allan Kardec............................... 346, 363 Amateur Radio Operators ................. 202 Anabela Cardoso ............................... 342 Anthony Justus ................................. 391 Appeal to Improper Authority Fallacy 165 Apple Man Fractal ............................... 44 Aristotle....................................... 51, 141 Association TransCommunication ...... 341 Axis Mundi ........................................... iv Bayesian Analysis ....................... 159, 170 Bell Curve ......................................... 409 Belmont Report .................................. 40 Bible ...... 65, 114, 187, 274, 313, 360, 422 Biblical Creation Story ....................... 119 Big Bang Theory ...... 61, 74, 97, 106, 119, 123, 131, 143, 150, 151, 178, 195, 197, 204, 232, 275, 329, 371 Big Foot ..................................... 211, 301 Black Box Analysis ...................... 120, 179 Builders of the Adytum ........ 64, 351, 422 CERN ................................................ 166 Christians.......................................... 422 Civil War ........................................... 363 Cryptids ..................................... 282, 301 Crystal Ball ........................................ 229 Cucumber ......................................... 217 Cultural Contamination .. 47, 88, 186, 239, 269, 271, 276, 282 Darshan ............................................ 230 Darwinian Evolution .......................... 129 David Bohm ...................................... 139 David Marcusson-Clavertz McFarland 193 David Merrill ................................ 37, 228 Dean Radin. 156, 193, 217, 222, 238, 253, 258, 400, 406 Declaration of Principles .................... 360 Deepak Chopra.................................... 42

Demon .............................................. 262 Devil ................................................. 263 Dualism ... 65, 79, 88, 91, 93, 99, 104, 117, 125, 139, 152, 166, 174, 176, 184, 191, 196, 204, 207, 231, 283, 303, 313, 358, 363, 367, 372, 373, 411, 414 Eckankar ........................................... 275 Edward Malkowski ............................ 274 Egypt .................. 274, 337, 364, 375, 421 Einstein ............................................. 143 Emerald Tablet ...... iii, 187, 274, 312, 313, 339, 364, 421 Epistemology .................................... 197 Ernst Senkowski ........................ 366, 379 Etheric Critter..................... 272, 393, 404 Etzel Cardeña .................................... 193 Extraterrestrial .................................. 300 Ezequiel Morsella ................................ 58 Fallacy of Equal Similars ..... 138, 148, 166, 243, 285, 328, 342, 401 Felix Experimental Group.... 341, 342, 366 Forever Family Foundation 193, 238, 239, 254, 258, 264, 328, 335 Fox Sisters ......................................... 363 Frank Sumpton .................................. 416 French............................................... 249 Friedrich Jürgenson ........................... 161 Galileo Galilei ..................... 162, 198, 199 Genesis 8:15-17................................... 65 Gestalt Psychology ..... 172, 173, 197, 286 Global Consciousness Project.... 160, 217, 225, 267, 302, 350, 406 Global Warming ................................ 166 Greeks ...................................... 188, 421 Hadron Collider ................................... 74 Helena Petrovna Blavatsky .................. 64 Index 426 Hermes ............... 274, 339, 364, 375, 421 Hermetic ........ 25, 64, 132, 178, 235, 331, 337, 347, 351, 363, 365, 421 Hermetica ......................................... 188 Historical Society ............................... 298 Holism .............................................. 171 Hydesville, New York ......................... 363 I. Grattan-Guinness ........................... 209 Ideomotor .................................316, 319 Implicate Order ................................. 139 India ................................................. 422 Indian ............................................... 323 Indus Valley ................274, 337, 364, 422 Institute for Human Studies ............... 114 International Spiritualist Federation .. 346 J.

B. Rhine ......................................... 118 James Carpenter .. 58, 117, 140, 157, 160, 215, 219, 366 Jane Roberts ....................................... 31 Jerusalem Syndrome ......................... 202 Jesus ...........................105, 188, 365, 422 Joe McMoneagle ............................... 229 John 14 ......................................365, 422 John Bargh .......................................... 58 John Godfrey Saxe ............................. 104 John Palmer ...................................... 193 Kai Mügge ..................................341, 366 Kal Niranjan ...................................... 275 Katha Upanishad .... 58, 64, 187, 226, 234, 274, 312, 313, 326, 337, 343, 347, 364, 367, 422 Kenneth Batcheldor .......................... 366 Lamarck's Theory of Evolution ........... 129 Large Hadron Collider ........................ 166 Lisa Butler ......................................... 398 Logic ................................................. 127 Lord of the Flie .................................. 142 Loyd Auerbach ...........................279, 397 Lucidity Spectrum ......................253, 312 Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fischbach .... 379 Mahatmas .......................................... 64 Major Arcana .................................... 422 Mandelbrot Set ................................... 44 Marcello Bacci................................... 342 Margaret Placentra Johnson .............. 130 Mark Leary ........................................ 416 Martha Copeland ............... 279, 282, 386 Materialism ....................................... 191 Materialist Monism ........................... 176 Max Dessoir ...................................... 118 Max Planck ................. 114, 136, 170, 385 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft ......................58 Mercury ............................................ 421 Microtubules .......................................96 Miles Edward .............................. 87, 268 Monism ....................................... 79, 191 Monroe Institute ....................... 160, 325 Mothman .......................................... 301 Mufon ............................................... 272 Mychael Shane .................................. 341 National Science Foundation.............. 142 Natural Law .... 47, 97, 188, 235, 273, 329, 361, 364 Neter ................................................ 274 New York........................................... 393 Newton ............................................. 195 Occam’s Razor ........................... 127, 225 Organizing Principles ... 41, 45, 67, 75, 98, 142, 148, 188, 275, 277, 306, 361, 364, 421 Ouija Board ......... 263, 315, 316, 318, 409 Pakistan

.................................... 364, 422 Panpsychism ..................................... 133 Paolo Presi ........................................ 342 Paradigm ........................................... 195 Paul Cunningham ................................31 Paul Foster Case ................................ 422 Paul Twitchell ............................ 230, 275 Perceptual Agreement ....................... 421 Physicalism ... 79, 117, 174, 176, 189, 191, 196, 204, 283, 372, 373 Pim van Lommel ........................ 303, 411 Plato ........................................... 53, 123 Poltergeist ... 138, 148, 223, 261,265, 279, 281, 293, 294, 308, 314, 397, 401 Pragmatism ....................................... 127 Principle of Parsimony ....................... 127 Property Dualism ............................... 133 Proto Science .................................... 200 Psi Encyclopedia ................................ 238 Psi Studies ......................................... 116 Psiologist ........................................... 116 Psychic Parrot .................................... 257 Psychomanteum ........................ 229, 264 427 Answers Ra .................................................... 421 Rapport ............................................ 307 Raymond Moody ....................... 229, 263 Razor’s Edge ..................................... 231 Reductionism ...... 141, 165, 171, 175, 240 Rhine Research Center ........ 40, 146, 147, 160, 215 Rick Moran ....................................... 391 Rider-Waite ............................... 351, 422 Rio do Tempo Station ........................ 342 Robert Monroe ................................. 173 Roger Reid ................................... 37, 228 Romans ............................................ 421 Rupert Sheldrake ....... 104, 140, 147, 160, 189, 257, 289, 303, 365, 411 Sanskrit ...................... 331, 337, 357, 422 Sarah Estep ................................ 366, 380 Scientisimist...................................... 189 Scientism ............................................ 26 Scole Mediums ................................. 366 Scrying ....................................... 229, 264 Seep-Goat Effect ............................... 159 Seth .................................................... 31 Silver Bullet.................................. 25, 293 Skinwalker Ranch .............................. 301 Social Cognitive Theory ....................... 43 Social Learning Theory ........................ 43 Society for Psychical Research ..... 40, 193, 200, 237, 258 Socrates....................................... 51, 123 SORRAT ..................................... 209, 241 Spirit Guide ....................................... 323 Spiritist ...................................... 346, 363 Spiritualism .....

36, 87, 105, 131, 151, 208, 213, 219, 220, 222, 225, 229, 235, 238, 247, 249, 254, 268, 273, 321, 322, 326, 328, 329, 332, 346, 360, 363, 367, 407 Spiritualists' National Union ............... 346 Star Trek ........................................... 241 Stargate Project................................. 335 Stewart Alexander ............................. 342 Stochastic Amplification ..... 140, 225, 389 Suspended Judgment ........................ 318 Tarot ........................ iv, 64, 351, 365, 422 Tasmanian Devil ................................ 272 The Chariot ....................................... 351 The Cycle of Knowledge ..................... 143 The Dark Night of The Soul .................. 41 The Great Work .................. 178, 312, 339 The Razor’s Edge ............................... 338 The Secret Doctrine ............................. 64 The Sheep-Goat Effect ....................... 288 Theosophical Society ........................... 64 Thomas Kuhn .................................... 195 Thoth ................................................ 421 Thought Balls ............................ 173, 197 Tinker Bell ........................................... 85 Tree of Life ........................................... iv Universal Studios ....................... 295, 392 University of Metaphysics .................. 131 Victor Zammit ................................... 234 Walter von Lucadou .......................... 366 Wayne LaMorte .................................. 43 White Noise .............................. 295, 392 Wikipedia ... 104, 111, 113, 142, 147, 155, 168, 189, 238, 289, 385 Wilhelm Reich ................................... 155 Windbridge Research Center ...... 40, 161, 221, 238, 254, 266, 335 Wizard Complex ........................ 202, 203 Wizard of Oz Syndrome ............... 25, 202 Wizard Syndrome ................................ 25 World Trade Center .... 217, 245, 302, 350 Index 428 Exploring the Mindful Way Companion to Your Immortal Self Book’s dedicated web page Immortal Self-Centric Mindfulness The most important understanding seekers of spiritual maturity must come to is the difference between lucidity and hyperlucidity. Lucidity is

the degree to which we are able to clearly sense information from our mostly unconscious mind. Hyperlucidity is a term used in the Implicit Cosmology for a complex of behaviors motivated by the belief we are lucid when we are actually only sensing what we have been taught to expect. The second most important understanding is that lucidity is the seeker’s objective, but that it is achieved in small steps. The only real conscious influence we have on our mostly unconscious mind is the expression of intention. This means that we must learn to consciously examine what we think is true. Mind changes only slowly, and so, the seeker’s objective is to habitually express the intention to align perception with the actual nature of reality. In the first book, Your Immortal Self, the process of consciously seeking greater lucidity is referred to as the Mindful Way. Many people practice mindfulness simply to improve personal wellbeing. A few step onto the Mindful Way to seek greater understanding of their immortal nature and the nature of the reality they inhabit. Even fewer remain as wayshowers for those who seek greater lucidity. The fact of our immortality is explained in Your Immortal Self. This book, Exploring the Mindful Way, includes twenty-one essays explaining some of the more important concepts encountered on the Mindful Way. While you will benefit from first reading Your Immortal Self, there are sufficient explanations in this book to make it a stand-alone text. Will you be a wayshower? References

1. Butler, Tom. “The Hermes Concepts.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/hermes-concepts/ 2. Quora. quora.com/ 3. Butler, Tom. “Open Letter to Paranormalists: Limits of science, trust and responsibility.” Etheric Studies. 2017. ethericstudies.org/open- letter-to-paranormalists-science/. 4. Butler, Tom. Your Immortal Self, Exploring the Mindful Way. s.l. : AA- EVP Publishing, 2016. ISBN 978-0-9727493-8-1. 5. Butler, Tom. “Becoming Lucid.” Etheric Studies. 2020. ethericstudies.org/becoming-lucid/. 6. Butler, Tom. “About Etheric Studies.” Etheric Studies. 2007. ethericstudies.org/about-etheric-studies/. 7. Butler, Tom. “Exploring the Mindful Way.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/exploring-the-mindful-way/. 8. Butler, Tom. “Paranormalist Community.” Etheric Studies. 2017. ethericstudies.org/paranormalist-community/. 9. Butler, Tom. “Consensus Building in the Paranormalist Community.” Etheric Studies. 2017. ethericstudies.org/consensus-building/. 10. Jane Roberts Learning Center. sethlearningcenter.org/. 11. Cunningham, Paul F. “The Content-Source Problem in Modern Mediumship Research.” Rivier University, Department of Psychology. The Journal of Parapsychology, 76(2), 295-319., 2012. rivier.edu/faculty/pcunningham/Publications/CunninghamJP_Fall- 2012-Vol-76-(2)-295-319.pdf. 12. Butler, Tom. “The Mindful Way.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/mindfulness/. 13. Butler, Tom. “Avatar.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/avatar/. 14. Radin, Dean. “Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research.” Dean Radin.com. deanradin.com/evidence/evidence.htm. References 430 15. Butler, Tom. “Implicit Cosmology.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/implicit-cosmology/. 16. Butler, Tom. “How We Think.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/how-we-think/. 17. Solomon, Grant and Jane, Solomon. “Paranormal Apports Phenomena Evidence.” The Scole Experiment. thescoleexperiment.com/paranormal-apports-phenomena.html. 18. Butler, Tom. “Life Field.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/life- field/. 19. Carpenter, James. “First Sight: A Model and A Theory of Psi.” James Carpenter. 2014. drjimcarpenter.com/about/documents/FirstSightformindfield.pdf. 20. National Spiritualist Association of Churches. February 2012. nsac.org/. 21. Merrill, David W. and Reid, Roger H. David Merrill & Roger Reid: “Social Styles.” Management Pocketbooks. 2017.

pocketbook.co.uk/blog/2017/04/18/david-merrill-roger-reid-social- styles/. 22. Butler, Tom. “Perception.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/perception/. 23. Parapsychological Association. parapsych.org/home.aspx. 24. Society for Psychical Research. spr.ac.uk/main/. 25. “The Rhine.” The Rhine Research Center. rhine.org/. 26. Windbridge Research Center. windbridge.org/. 27. Butler, Tom. “Debunking Survival Under Cover of False Academic Authority.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/scientist-attack- medium/. 28. “The Belmont Report: Office of the Secretary, Ethical Principles and Guidelines for the Protection of Human Subjects of Research.” The National Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research. 1979. hhs.gov/ohrp/humansubjects/guidance/belmont.html. 29. Butler, Tom. “A Personal Code of Ethics for the Mindful Way.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/code-of-ethics/. 30. Coleman, Patrick John. A Shaman’s Guide To The Dark Night Of The Soul. Medium. 2014. medium.com/concrete-shamanism/a-shamans- guide-to-the-dark-night-of-the-soul-e9e699a6a787. 431 Answers 31. Butler, Tom. “Glossary of Terms.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/glossary-of-terms/. 32. LaMorte, Wayne W. “The Social Cognitive Theory.” Behavioral Change Models. 2016. sphweb.bumc.bu.edu/otlt/MPH- Modules/SB/BehavioralChangeTheories/BehavioralChangeTheories5.h tml. 33. Butler, Tom. “Cooperative Community.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/cooperative-community/. 34. Butler, Tom. “Mind as Storyteller.” Etheric Studies. 2019. ethericstudies.org/mind-as-storyteller/. 35. Sheldrake, Rupert PhD. “Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields.” Rupert Sheldrake. sheldrake.org/research/morphic- resonance/introduction? 36. Butler, Tom. “Conditional Freewill.” Etheric Studies. ethericstudies.org/conditional-freewill/. 37. Cohen, S. Marc. “The Allegory of the Cave.” Philosophy 320, History of Ancient Philosophy. 2015. faculty.washington.edu/smcohen/320/cave.htm. 38. Radin, Dean and Utts, Jessica. “Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events.” Journal of Scientific Exploration, Vol. Vol. 3, pp. pp. 65-79. 1989 deanradin.com/articles/1989%20circle%20of%20lights.pdf 39. Max-Planck-Gesellschaft. “Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity.” Science Daily. 2008. sciencedaily.com/releases/2008/04/080414145705.htm. 40. Bargh, John A. and Morsella,

Non-contact Effect with a Pyramidal Structure.” Research Papers in Economics - Ideas. 2015. ideas.repec.org/a/adm/journl/v4y2015i5p42-51.html. 433 Answers 60. Radin, Dean, et al. “The Effects of Distant Intentions on Water Crystal Formation: A Triple Blind Replication.” Institute of Noetic Sciences. [From] Journal of Scientific Exploration. 2008. deanradin.com/papers/emotoIIproof.pdf 61. Radin, Dean, Schlitz, Marilyn and Baur, Christopher. “Distant Healing Intention Therapies: An Overview of the.” Dean Radin dot Com. 2015. deanradin.com/evidence/RadinDistantHealing2015.pdf. 62. Radin, Dean, Michel, Leena and Delorme, Arnaud. “Psychophysical modulation of fringe visibility in a distant doubleslit optical system.” Dean Radin dot Com. 2016. deanradin.com/evidence/RadinPhysicsEssays2016.pdf. 63. Bosch, Holger, Steinkamp, Fiona and Boller, Emil. ‘Examining Psychokinesis: The Interaction of Human Intention With Random Number Generators—A Meta-Analysis.” Psychological Bulletin. 2006. deanradin.com/evidence/Bosch2006RNGMetaFull.pdf. 64. Butler, Tom. “Trans-Survival Hypothesis.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/trans-survival-hypothesis/. 65. Allen, Miles Edward. The Survival Top 40. survivaltop40.com/. 66. Weisensale, Bill. “Eliminating Radio Frequency Contamination for EVP.” Association TransCommunication. Spirit Voices, Issue 3, 1981. atransc.org/eliminating-rf-contamination/. 67. MacRae, Alexander. “Report of an Anomalous Speech Products Experiment inside a Double Screened Room.” Southwest Ghost Hunter's Association. 2009. sgha.net/library/MacRaeAnomalousSpeech.pdf. 68. APStaff. “What is Anomalistic Psychology?” Goldsmiths, University of London. 2015. gold.ac.uk/apru/what/. 69. Mastin, L. “Dualism.” The Basics of Philosophy. philosophybasics.com/branch_dualism.html. 70. Simmonds-Moore, Christine. “What is Exceptional Psychology?” Journal of Parapsychology, 76 supplement, Pages 54-57. 2012. 71. Mastin, L. Scientism. The Basics of Philosophy. philosophybasics.com/branch_scientism.html. 72. “User Talk:Tom Butler.” Wikipedia. 2014. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Tom_Butler#Arbitration_Enforcement 73. “Rupert Sheldrake.” Wikipedia. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rupert_Sheldrake. References 434 74. “List of topics characterized as pseudoscience.” Wikipedia. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_topics_characterized_as_pseudoscience. 75. Saxe, John Godfrey. “Blind Men and the Elephant –

A Poem by John Godfrey Saxe.” All About Philosophy. allaboutphilosophy.org/blind- men-and-the-elephant.htm. 76. Redd, Nola Taylor. “What Is Cosmology? Definition & History.” Space.Com. 2017. space.com/16042-cosmology.html. 77. Butler, Tom. “Wikipedia Arbitration.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/wikipedia-arbitration/. 78. Demelle, Brendan. “Top 10 Climate Deniers.” 2019. beforetheflood.com/explore/the-deniers/top-10-climate-deniers/. 79. “What Is Libertarian?” Institute for Human Studies. theihs.org/who-we- are/what-is-libertarian/. 80. Butler, Tom. “ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication.” Association TransCommunication. 2014. atransc.org/itc-white-paper/. 81. Butler, Tom. “Morphic Fields.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/morphic-fields/. 82. Butler, Tom. “Personality.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/personality/. 83. Gibbs, Phil and Hiroshi, Sugihara. “What is Occam's Razor?” University of California, Riverside. 1997. math.ucr.edu/home/baez/physics/General/occam.html. 84. McDermid, Douglas. “Pragmatism.” Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy. iep.utm.edu/pragmati/#H2. 85. Mastin, L. “Logic.” The Basics of Philosophy. philosophybasics.com/branch_logic.html. 86. Butler, Tom. “Humanism and Discerning Intellect.” Etheric Studies. 2019. ethericstudies.org/humanism-and-discerning-intellect/. 87. Johnson, Margaret Placentra. “What Does Spiritual Progress Really Mean?” Patheos. 2013. patheos.com/blogs/faithbeyondbelief/2013/03/what-does-spiritual- progress-really-mean/. 88. “Bachelor’s, Master’s and Doctoral Metaphysical Degree Programs.” University of Metapysics. universityofmetaphysics.com/introduction/. 89. Butler, Tom. “Personality-Centric Perspective.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/personality-centric-perspective/. 435 Answers 90. Walia, Arjun. "’Consciousness Creates Reality’ – Physicists Admit The Universe Is Immaterial, Mental, & Spiritual.” Collective Evolution. 2014. collective-evolution.com/2014/11/11/consciousness-creates-reality- physicists-admit-the-universe-is-immaterial-mental-spiritual/. 91. Butler, Tom. “Failure to Replicate Fallacy.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/failure-to-replicate-fallacy/. 92. “Global Consciousness Project: Meaningful Correlations in Random Data.” The Global Consciousness Project. noosphere.princeton.edu/. 93. Mason, Lynne, Patterson, Robert and Radin, Dean. “Exploratory Study: The Random Number Generator and Group Meditation.” Journal of Scientific Exploration, No. 2. 2007. deanradin.com/papers/RNG%20Mason.pdf 94. Radin, Dean, et al. “Consciousness and the double-slit interference pattern: Six experiments. DeanRadin.com. 2012. deanradin.com/papers/Physics%20Essays%20Radin%20final.pdf.

4. 2010. atransc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/29-3-Fall-2010-ATransC- NewsJournal.pdf. 112. “A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena.” The Science of Subtle Energy. subtle.energy/list-100- peer-reviewed-papers-offer-scientific-evidence-psi-phenomena/. 113. Brown, David Jay. “Is There Life After Death? The World’s Top Scientific and Spiritual Experts Share Their Insights.” Conscious Lifestyles Magazine. 2015. consciouslifestylemag.com/life-after-death-what- happens/. 114. Simmons, Brian. “John 14.” Bible Gateway. biblegateway.com/passage/?search=John+14&version=TPT. 115. Mregnor, Blogger. “Scientismist (is that a word?).” Egnorance (A Blog). 2011. egnorance.blogspot.com/2011/07/scientismist-is-that-word-dr- harry.html. 437 Answers 116. Forever Family Foundation. foreverfamilyfoundation.org/. 117. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “About the Association TransCommunication.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/about-atransc/. 118. Butler, Tom. “The EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/evp-tom-lisa-butler/. 119. Frey, Rodney. “Paradigm Shifts.” University of Idaho. https://www.webpages.uidaho.edu/~rfrey/PDF/220/220%20Thomas% 20Kuhn.pdf. 120. Nashawaty, Chris. “The Jerusalem Syndrome: Why Some Religious Tourists Believe They Are the Messiah.” Wired Magazine. 2012. https://wired.com/2012/02/ff_jerusalemsyndrome. 121. “Psi Encyclopedia.” Society for Psychical Research. spr.ac.uk/publications/psi-encyclopedia. 122. Butler, Tom. “EVP Online Listening Trials.” Association TransCommunication. 2008. atransc.org/evp-online-listening-trials/. 123. Grattan-Guinness, Ivor. “SORRAT History and Background.” Association TransCommunication. 2011. atransc.org/sorrat-history/. 124. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “ATransC Newsletters Archive.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/category/archive/. 125. Takagi, Osamu, et al. “Meditator’s non-contact effect on cucumbers.” Academic Journals. 2013. academicjournals.org/article/article1380558158_Takagi%20et%20al.p df. 126. Butler, Tom. “Tom Butler’s Biography.” Etheric Studies. ethericstudies.org/tom-butler-biography/. 127. Joshi, Sheila. “James Carpenter’s First Sight model and neurological damage-induced psi openings.” Blog: Neuroscience and Psi. August 11, 2012. neuroscienceandpsi.blogspot.com/2012/08/james-carpenters- first-sight-model-and.html. 128. “Monroe, Robert.” The Monroe Institute. monroeinstitute.org/. 129. Luna, Aletheia. “Scrying: How to Practice the Ancient Art of Second Sight.” Lonerwolf. lonerwolf.com/scrying/. 130. Williams, Kevin. “The Trigger of Psychomanteum: Dr.

Raymond Moody's Psychomanteum Research.” Near-Death Experiences and the Afterlife. 2016. near- death.com/psychology/triggers/psychomanteum.html. References 438 131. Twitchell, Paul. The Flute of God. First. Eckankar, 1969. p. 94. ISBN is for second edition. ISBN-13: 978-1570430329. 132. “The Yogic Encyclopedia – Darshan.” Ananda. ananda.org/yogapedia/darshan/. 133. Zammit, Victor. “Afterlife Report.” Victor Zammit. victorzammit.com/archives/index.html. 134. Butler, Tom. “References.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/references/. 135. Mügge, Kai. “Felix Experimental Group.” Felix Experimental Group. [Cited: october 5, 2011.] felixcircle.blogspot.com/. 136. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “SORRAT Examples.” Association TransCommunication. 2005. atransc.org/sorrat-examples/. 137. Millis, John P. “Star Trek: Instantaneous Matter Transport.” ThoughtCo. thoughtco.com/star-trek-instantaneous-matter-transport-3072118. 138. Butler, Tom. “ET Visual ITC Study.” Association TransCommunication. 2019. et-visual-itc-study.atransc.org/. 139. Littin, Shelley. “UA Study: Your Brain Sees Things You Don’t.” University of Arizona. 2013. uanews.arizona.edu/story/ua-study-your-brain-sees- things-you-don-t. 140. Denning, Hazel M. True Hauntings: Spirits with a Purpose. s.l. : Llewellyn Publications, 1996. ASIN: B0046LVFXK. 141. Malkowski, Edward. “Before The Pharaohs: The Evidence for Advanced Civilisation in Egypt’s Mysterious Prehistory.” New Dawn. 2013. newdawnmagazine.com/articles/before-the-pharaohs-the-evidence- for-advanced-civilisation-in-egypts-mysterious-prehistory. 142. Eckankar. eckankar.org/. 143. Butler, Tom. “What is it Like on the Other Side.” Etheric Studies. 2012. ethericstudies.org/like-on-other-side/. 144. Butler, Tom. “Perceptual Agreement.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/perceptual-agreement/. 145. Frazier, Karen. “Misconceptions About the Paranormal.” Love To Know. paranormal.lovetoknow.com/paranormal-interviews/interview-loyd- auerbach-paranormal-misconceptions. 146. Ayan, Steve. “The Brain’s Autopilot Mechanism Steers Consciousness.” Scientific American. 2018. scientificamerican.com/article/the-brains- autopilot-mechanism-steers- 439 Answers consciousness/?fbclid=IwAR18A8_OFcBoOGtObaYHBi_2MsOSSoS51mL 6Hxzf6mMD5Ld_qrzv77Opd4Y. 147. Lange, R. and Houran, J. “The role of fear in delusions of the paranormal.” Pub Med - US National Library of Medicine, National Institutes of Health. 1999. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/10086472. 148. Oberhaus, Daniel. “Hunt for the

Skinwalker.” Vice Media Group. 2018. vice.com/en_us/article/59abbx/hunt-for-the-skinwalker-is-the-first- video-released-from-inside-ufo-wolf-haunted-ranch-robert-bigelow. 149. Near-Death Experience, Consciousness and the Brain. Lommel, Pim Van. Taylor & Francis Group, LLC, 2006, World Futures, The Journal of New Paradigm Research, Vol. 62, pp. 134–151. ISSN 0260-4027 print / 1556-1844 online. 150. Peters, Lucia. “How Does It Work?: Automatic Writing, Motor Automatism, And The Unconscious Mind.” The Ghost In My Machine. 2019. theghostinmymachine.com/2019/04/15/how-does-it-work- automatic-writing-motor-automatism-and-the-unconscious-mind- psychography-spirit-writing-medium-seance-spiritualist-spiritualism/. 151. The Silva Method. silvamethod.com/. 152. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “Hans Bender’s Message at Reno Séances.” Association TransCommunication. 2013. atransc.org/hans-benders- message/. 153. Pike, John and Aftergood, Steven. “STAR GATE [Controlled Remote Viewing].” Federation of Research Scientists. 2005. fas.org/irp/program/collect/stargate.htm. 154. Crystal, Ellie. “Nature Spirits.” Crystalinks. crystalinks.com/nature_spirits.html. 155. Marsh, Jason and Suttie, Jill. “Is a Happy Life Different from a Meaningful One?” Greater Good Science Center at UC Berkeley. 2014. greatergood.berkeley.edu/article/item/happy_life_different_from_me aningful_life. 156. “Mychael Shane.” Rev. Mychael Shane. mychaelshane.com/. 157. Mügge, Kai. Ibiza “Advanced Physical Mediumship Days.” Felix Experimental Group. 2017. felixcircle.blogspot.com/2017/06/ibiza- advanced-physical-mediumship-days.html. 158. Presi, Paolo. “The Instrumental Transcommunication Work Of Marcello Bacci.” Association TransCommunication. 2016. atransc.org/pressi- bacci/. References 440 159. Stewart Alexander. stewartalexandermedium.com/. 160. Cardos, Anabela. “’Rio do Tempo’ Station.” ITC Journal. 2016. itcjournal.org/?p=4671. 161. Smith, Paul H. “What is Remote Viewing?” International Remote Viewing Association. irva.org/remote-viewing/definition.html. 162. Nelson, Roger and Bancel, Peter. “Effects of Mass Consciousness: Changes in Random Data During Global Events.” Researchgate. 2011. researchgate.net/publication/313163831_Effects_of_Mass_Conscious ness_Changes_in_Random_Data_during_Global_Events 163. Butler, Lisa. “David Thompson and The Circle of the Silver Cord Séance.” Association TransCommunication. 2009. atransc.org/david_thompson_seance1/. 164. Butler, Tom. “The Creative Process.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/creative-process/. 165.

Butler, Tom. “Christmas is for Compassion.” Etheric Studies. 2019. ethericstudies.org/christmas-is-for-compassion/. 166. “What is Spiritism?” kardec Radio. kardecradio.com/what-is-spiritism. 167. Zahradnik, Walter von Lucadou & Frauke. “Predictions of The Model of Pragmatic Information About RSPK.” Parapsych.org. 2004. archived.parapsych.org/papers/09.pdf. 168. Estep, Becky. “In Memory of Sarah Estep, an ITC Pioneer.” Association TransCommunication. 2016. atransc.org/sarah-estep-memorial/. 169. Senkowski, Ernst. “Instrumental TransCommunication.” World ITC. 1995. worlditc.org/c_07_senki_00_content.htm. 170. Butler, Tom. “Why I Vote Humanist.” 2018. ethericstudies.org/humanist-2018/. 171. Locher, Theo and Harsch-Fischbach, Maggy. “Breakthroughs in Technical Spirit Communication.” World ITC. worlditc.org/c_01_lohf_first.htm. 172. Butler, Tom. “Classifying Phenomena.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/classifying-phenomena/. 173. “A science checklist.” Understanding Science. undsci.berkeley.edu/article/whatisscience_03. 174. Gullà, Daniele. “Computer–Based Analysis of Supposed Paranormal Voice: The Question of Anomalies Detected and Speaker 441 Answers Identification.” Association TransCommunication. 2004. atransc.org/gulla-voice-analysis/. 175. Moran, Rick. “Apparitions, Orbs, Ultraviolet and Infrared Photography.” Association TransCommunication. 2009. atransc.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/28-3-AA-EVP-Fall-2009- NewsJournal.pdf. 176. Justus, Anthony. “Paranormal Photography: Orbs and More: Fact or Fiction: Analyzing Paranormal Photographs.” The Haunted Spots Blog. 2015. hauntedspotslibrary.wordpress.com/2015/12/06/paranormal- photography-orbs-and-more-fact-or-fiction-analyzing-paranormal- photographs/. 177. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “Using Live Voice Input Files for EVP.” Association TransCommunication. 2012. atransc.org/live-voice/. 178. Butler, Tom. “The Formation of EVP.” Association TransCommunication. 2009. atransc.org/evp-formation/. 179. Butler, Tom (et al). “Best Practices: EVP Witness Panel.” Etheric Studies. 2013. ethericstudies.org/witness-panel/. 180. Butler, Tom. “Trans-Etheric Influences.” Etheric Studies. 2009. ethericstudies.org/trans-etheric-influences/. 181. “About Poltergeists.” Psychic Science. psychicscience.org/polt1. 182. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “Spiritualist Society of Reno.” Spiritualist Society of Reno. spiritualistsocietyofreno.org/. 183. Butler, Tom. “Locating EVP Formation and Detecting False Positives.” Association TransCommunication. 2010. atransc.org/locating-false- positives/. 184. Butler, Tom. “Radio-Sweep: A Case Study.”

Association TransCommunication. 2009. atransc.org/radiosweep-study1/. 185. Abbott, Mark D. McDonnell and Derek. “What Is Stochastic Resonance? Definitions, Misconceptions, Debates, and Its Relevance to Biology.” NCBI, PMC, US National Library of Medicine. May 29, 2009. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2660436/. 186. Leary, Mark. “A Research Study into the Interpretation of EVP - Three parts.” Association TransCommunication. 2013. atransc.org/radiosweep-study2/. 187. Heinen, Cindy. “Information Gathering Using EVPmaker With Allophone: A Yearlong Trial.” Association TransCommunication. 2010. atransc.org/information-gathering-using-evpmaker/. References 442 188. Butler, Tom. “EVPmaker with Allophones: Where are We Now?” Association TransCommunication. 2011. atransc.org/evpmaker-study- where-are-we-now/. 189. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “Pledge.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/pledge/. Your Immortal Self Exploring the Mindful Way Book’s dedicated web page We Can Know the Nature of Reality Our understanding of the nature of reality is undergoing an important shift from mostly supposition and belief to actionable facts based on important developments in parapsychology and transcommunication. This means the emergence of new tools which are helping us better understand our nature and the nature of the world we live in. To be sure, this shift involves theory and research, but it ultimately comes down to who we are and what we can become. The best way to describe this future paradigm is in terms of mindfulness and the middle way of mindful living. This is not the mindfulness of living in the moment based on the belief that you are your body. It is the mindfulness of experiencing life from the perspective of your immortal self. This book is written to show you the evidence of

which is above is as that which is below; and that which is below is as that which is above, for the performance of the one truly great work. Line one of the Emerald Tablet About which I say in The Hermes Concepts Discourse: (1) This principle signifies that everything existing in the physical aspect of reality has its correspondence in the greater reality. Perhaps a clearer explanation of this principle is that everything in the physical (below) has been expressed from the etheric (above). In turn, that which has been expressed has an influence on the expresser (and other personalities). The lone tree is found in many ancient cultures as the Tree of Life. It generally represents the people’s relationship with Nature. The Tree of Life is often depicted as a tree (above) and the roots (below). The Hermetic Tarot includes a Tree of Life which represents the seeker’s progression toward spiritual maturity. It is seen as a roadmap for how to apply the 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot to disclose the way to transform the coarse personality driven by human instincts (lead) to the finer form of spiritual maturity (gold). See the 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot in Question 177 of this book. The Axis Mundi is described as a spiritual pillar connecting the earth to the heavens. It was often represented by the ancients as a tree with branches extending to heaven and roots extending to the center of earth. In the cosmological

model I use, each of us is our own Axis Mundi. So, the lone tree is my imagined place of quiet from which I contemplate our spiritual nature and seek ways to convey what I learn to you. Thus, the two figures under the tree are you and me as we teach each other about our actual nature. Back Cover Progression When we begin our transition out of this lifetime, we will not wonder if we had been a good person. We will wonder if we have gained understanding about our nature and the nature of the reality we inhabit. A student’s progress in ancient wisdom schools is typically measured with an initiation. Initiations involve a test, often posed as a challenge which must be answered before the student is allowed to pass through a passage to the next level. It may go like this: “You have been taught about the relationship between meaningful and pleasureful ways. You have been given the opportunity to contemplate these and examine their implication. Now I ask you to compare discriminating intelligence to morality.” You see, the test is not about the lessons. It is about understanding gained by examining the implications of the lessons. In the end, understanding is that part of awareness that informs our next act. The questions posed in this book are from Quora.com. They are not necessarily wise, but they offer opportunities to test understanding. I have included answers based on my understanding of our nature and the nature

of the reality we inhabit. It is my intention that you might read them and gain a degree of understanding that can inform your next decision. We Do Not Work Alone Admittedly, this book is all about reality according to Tom Butler. Should you disagree with what I have said, your disagreement is with me. Much of what I think is true is anchored on what I have learned in the study of transcommunication with Lisa, so if you like the book, thank her. This book is different for me in that its content has been guided by people asking questions on Quroa.com. While I have been selective about which questions I have answered, those that I did answer have inspired me to find new ways to examine old issues. I often argue that active participation in a community is the golden way to understanding. Thus, I must thank the questioners of Quora for being part of my cooperative community. Table of Contents Use License About the Cover Back Cover Progression We Do Not Work Alone Introduction to Book Two Section 1 Theories and Concepts Introduction Question 1 What's your representation of reality? Question 2 Could consciousness/unconsciousness be considered dimensions why or why not? Question 3 Which one- materialism, dualism, panpsychism or idealism? Question 4 What frequency to which is a spectrum of physical energies/reality? Because everything is energy and most people divide energies/reality into Physical and Metaphysical, visible and invisible. Question 5 What is panpsychism? Question 6 How do

you approach Kant on causation (causation, philosophy)? Question 7 What’s the difference between the brain and the mind and where does the mind reside? Question 8 What is the formula of understanding the self? Question 9 Are there any philosophical theory that supports that we are spiritual beings having a human experience? Question 10 What is an example of conceptualizing your own philosophy of the self? Question 11 Reality exists, and not nothingness. So where does reality/universe “lie”? Well, reality being “something,” it is in something, because if it is not there, it isn’t. It is difficult to explain. Question 12 What are some examples of metaphysical thinking? Question 13 Why would you reject the study of metaphysics? Question 14 What are the most important recent developments in the philosophy of mind? Question 15 What is a good proof of human being minded? Question 16 What would be your own theory or point of view on understanding the self, if you could create it? Question 17 How is reality forever changing and we can't claim to know the truth? Question 18 What is the difference between reality and what the brain thinks it is seeing? Question 19 Is consciousness a real thing? Question 20 Distinguish opinion from truth. What are some examples? Question 21 Can you please comment on how the evidence of the afterlife as revealed to you compares to the account of the afterlife in the extensive writings on the subject by Emanuel Swedenborg, the 18th century philosopher,

scientist, etc.? Question 22 Why does free will exist? How should we incorporate into our daily lives with free will? Question 23 Is the world just a battle of ideas, or is there a fundamental truth? Question 24 Is there any way to disprove the simulation hypothesis? I don't want to be in a computer simulation. Question 25 Is objectivity a method of understanding or it should rather be seen as a standard or test of reality? Question 26 Does belief affect reality? Question 27 We perceive physical reality with a lag due to our brains having to process things before we can even see what is in The Present. So we technically always perceive The Past due to that lag. Can a conscious physical thing ever perceive The Present? Question 28 Where do you think the observer is? Question 29 If consciousness is the ultimate reality, then could it bridge the divide between living and non-living matter and give all to gather different dimensions to cosmology? Question 30 Is it true that our thoughts create our reality? If so, then can we not control our own destiny just by controlling our thoughts? Question 31 What are the best arguments favorable to metaphysics and non-physics? Question 32 What made you question whether the paranormal was real? Question 33 If humans have all five senses and can carry out an infinite number of different actions in the astral plane, then why are we given a physical body? Question 34 How can

one distinguish between disorder and the supernatural? Question 35 Is free will real or just an illusion? What motivates you to think that? Question 36 What would be the implications if we mastered the technology of dimensional transcendentalism from Doctor Who (more space on the inside than what appears from the outside)? Question 37 How much evidence do skeptics need of the paranormal when we have millions of photos and videos of ghosts and millions of real life ghost stories people have told over the centuries? Question 38 Hypothetically speaking, what if all paranormal entities and concepts are all real and true? Question 39 If human consciousness is uploaded as data onto an Android (I read and watched fiction a lot) what would that be: A. An abomination, B. A miracle of finally achieving immortality? Where would the soul be? Question 40 Everything I see and hear happens in my brain. If that's true, then where am I actually? Question 41 In a book I am reading, it says that a person’s consciousness is their frequency. Will you please comment on this? I assume consciousness determines frequency of vibration. Question 42 When someone refers to their inner selves as a "spirit ghost", would that mean that would be their original personality or self? Question 43 How do we 'create' consciousness considering that we hold no factual evidence that it is generated from the neural network in our brain? Question 44 In principle, could a brain be rewired to experience more

pleasure and/or pain (neuroscience, perception, neurophysiology, brain, pain, psychology)? Question 45 Do we give energy to things or facts or incidents when we think about them? Question 46 What causes consciousness to travel through a tunnel during Near-death experience? How can the deficiency of Oxygen supply in the eye or occipital lobe explain the sense of high speed in the tunnel and meeting Deceased loved ones at its end? Question 47 How is it possible that there is an accurate knowledge if each one perceives reality in their own way? Question 48 Is this a real world or a virtual world? Because it seems real it feels real but are we stuck in our mind? I mean all of our 5 senses is manipulated or being controlled and it showing what we want to see. Can someone explain it for me? Question 49 What are any real metaphysical or practical spiritual powers besides the Claire and Tarot? Question 50 How do we perceive that reality is as is? Question 51 There's the other and then there's the here. The other can't be known and the here is only known through its material manifestation. Is it not true that if a ghost appears in your room, that the ghost must be a material thing and from the here? Question 52 Which among the theories on “self” as a cognitive construction best explains your personality dynamics? Question 53 How do you formulate your own philosophy of the self, explain your concept, and

provide examples and illustrations? Question 54 Is the paranormal/supernatural a subset of metaphysics? Question 55 If there is no randomness, does it ultimately mean there can’t be free will as well? Question 56 Based on the learning that you gain in this lesson, can you create your own ethical principles and be able to explain these principles? Question 57 What is the danger in thinking that what you know is the truth? Question 58 What is duality of being, and why should I care? Question 59 Let us say that we define free will as the ability to consciously choose any one out of two or more options available to us. If the above definition is accepted, then do human beings have free will? Question 60 Can the paranormal ever become normal? Question 61 Why can the senses not always be trusted? Question 62 The four traits of the human persons are made evident through our actions. What is in our human nature that is intangible element, along with the body, defines us persons? Question 63 What if an animal developed a human-like consciousness? Question 64 Does honesty really matter? Question 65 Is mindfulness a reality check of our thought process and deliverables? Question 66 What stands between an individual and reality? Question 67 Does past experience affect what we see or what we do? Question 68 How is the truth perceived? Question 69 What is Kant’s theory to discuss if the continued reliance on natural gas can still be

considered an ethical approach for energy consumption? What is your ethical stand in the conclusion? Question 70 What is perception? That golden seconds? Or illusion or schizophrenia or reality? I don't know what to believe anymore because I don't believe in myself what to do anymore? Question 71 What does your critical thinking process look like when you are presented with information? When do you know you have arrived at or near the truth? Question 72 How can it be proven that consciousness is not of the body? Is it because consciousness (pure sense of awareness/existence) cannot catch a disease or become influenced or damaged like the mind and body? Question 73 Subtle energies cannot be detected with physical instruments. That doesn't mean they don't exist? Question 74 Does the mind exist or is it a spontaneous phenomenon based on past memories or conditioning? Question 75 How do we know we become mind or self during living everyday if truth is we are energy in body who run both body and mind? Question 76 Why are spiritual phenomena like law of attraction, magic & psychic abilities so inaccessible or non-existent on earth? If we are really spiritual beings having a human experience, why can't we direct that experience with our innate spiritual powers? Question 77 Isn't even the idea of thoughtlessness a thought? Can we ever be thoughtless? Question 78 If "being present" and "realize the reality" are so important for our spiritual journey, why do we have an imagination

which is often capable to create many different "realities"? Question 79 Earthworms do not have eyes so they can't fathom vision. Do you think there are other higher beings with much higher senses than us that we can't even fathom their reality? Question 80 What does the emergent theory of consciousness mean/say? Question 81 Can we find truth as beings with purely individual experience and reactions? "True for me, but not for you" seems true, but it is itself a contradiction. Do we start at a level playing field? Materialism, theism or something else? By what standard? Question 82 What is the role of attention in sensory processes? Question 83 Do we all have an animal self? Question 84 Could the tunnel of light be our spirit travelling faster than the speed of light? Question 85 What is an example of a material, a mental, and a social object? What are their metaphysical differences? Question 86 Why are there still many profoundly metaphysical questions that remain unanswered by science? Section 2 Science Introduction Question 87 When people describe our reality as a "Hologram", do they literally mean it's an illusion made of light, or that we're living in something that tells our senses it's real but is a Fake, and a "Base ONE" reality exists "beneath" it? Question 88 Why do scientists speak of things being real that they only suppose are real? Artist's concepts are used as if they were visual evidence of a theory or what they suspect

to be true? Question 89 What does science and scientism mean? Question 90 1) How does Moore counter the skeptics in denying the existence of the external world? What is analytic in Moore’s proof of the external world and defense of common sense? Question 91 What is the connection of phenomenology and philosophy? Question 92 Is there any scientific proof of spirit existence after death? Question 93 Why can't science measure the spiritual, paranormal, and esoteric world with physical instruments? Question 94 Is it scientism to claim everything we can't explain now will eventually be explained by science? Question 95 Is metaphysics the discussion of notions at the highest level of linguistic abstraction? Question 96 Is spiritual energy considered pseudoscience? Question 97 What is it called when a falsified theory is proposed as true, and it appears true because it stems from an empirically verifiable event? Question 98 Which scientific development do you think will start a new age of enlightenment (new renaissance) in humanity? Question 99 Is there any scientific knowledge that is not provided by the combination of empirical evidences and formal logic? Question 100 What does it mean for a principle to be intuitive, and what is intuitive evidence? Question 101 Should young people read philosophy, since reading philosophy helps us to build different views on ontology, teleology and Metaphysics? Like Nietzche, Schopenhaur, Hegel, Heidegger, Kant, Wittgenstein, Marchx and Engels? Question 102 What are the downsides to a person having a lot of skepticism? Question 103 Why

is there a need to recognize our philosophical orientation as a scientist? Question 104 What is the importance of recognizing the difference between the truth and opinion? Question 105 What is pseudoscience? Question 106 Is a deterministic model, at least as far as free will in human beings is concerned, an example of scientism? Question 107 How do I differentiate between an illusion voice (as mind also cheats) and intuition voice from inside? Question 108 What is the real difference between a skeptic and delusions? Question 109 Does quantum physics explain paranormal events? Question 110 Can the law of attraction be considered the same as physical laws, since neither of these are visible but manifest their existence in everyday life? Question 111 Do Spiritual psychologists have graduate degrees in Spiritual psychology from an accredited university? And are they professionally licensed to practice? Question 112 Why can’t science explain paranormal activities? Question 113 If thought is energy then why can’t it be stored externally? Question 114 Should Wikipedia be used for research? Question 115 Are skeptics open to being proved wrong? What do they do when it happens? Question 116 Does Wikipedia take the theory of evolution as fact? How does a media of non-biased information like Wikipedia handle theories which aren't universally accepted? Question 117 How do we know the subconscious exists? Are there proofs it exists? Question 118 How does skepticism relate to scientific literacy? Question 119 Up to what extent does a hypothesis have to be testable to

be regarded as scientific (philosophy of science, truth, scientific method, falsifiability, philosophy)? Question 120 Do human beings have free will? Is causal determinism true? If things are randomly Decided (as per quantum mechanics), then would it show that human beings have free will? Question 121 Why can't physical instruments detect subtle energies and the paranormal world? Question 122 How can we prevent science from becoming scientism? Question 123 Given that Darwinism proves that communication is manipulative inherently, how do we Separate real information from false? Question 124 Pretending you are the subject of the phenomenological study, how will the researchers obtain data from you? Question 125 Are all "paranormal activities" explainable by Science? For example, the Pepper's ghost effect has been used by many to capture photos of "spirits". Aren't all such photos explainable, as such illusions are the result optical experiments? Question 126 What is prescience? Question 127 Does the brain actually form representations of the outside world? Question 128 How is it that our brains are able to produce images in our heads that we can see yet at the same time not see in reality? (If that makes sense. I'm not very good with wording) Question 129 Is it a duty of persons of a science (here, psychology) to investigate the possibilities of important new tools and possible discoveries? Question 130 What was the global consciousness project? Did the experiments at Pear Labs prove anything? Question 131 What is scientific proof or explanation for ghosts? Question 132

How should the fact of our being pure awareness/consciousness (as opposed to a causally determined physical self) impact the way we ought to live? The result seems to be a quasi-nihilism of sorts (i.e. this life doesn't really matter). Thanks Daisi! Question 133 How would the scientific literature landscape and culture change if survivorship bias was reduced and failed or inconclusive studies were published more frequently? Question 134 Do thoughts have energy? Question 135 Which is accurate science or spirituality and why? Question 136 How do I become a paid paranormal investigator? Question 137 Hi this is really important. Can anyone recommend me books that include the following topics: science and the universe in relation to the human mind, spiritually, consciousness and all the potentials of the human mind (e.g astral projection)? Question 138 Why has science not yet created a device that detects immaterial energies like ghosts? Question 139 Is empathy empiricism or rationalism? Question 140 Why is posthumanism poorly regarded in the mainstream science community? Question 141 For the people who think that consciousness is due to complex computations in the brain, how can we make sure that the highly intelligent AI that we have created have a true subjective experience? Question 142 Is consciousness a form of energy? Not the electrical flow between neurons, but the thought itself? Section 3 Psi Functioning Introduction Question 143 If mediums and psychics are real, why don’t they ever contact people like Einstein or people from many years ago like Alexander

the Great? Question 144 What are ways to open a spiritual portal? Question 145 Is it possible to see yourself without a mirror or reflection? Question 146 To what extent can sensory perception be shared? Question 147 How is visualization in a thought produced? Question 148 Are there any genuine psychic phenomena? Question 149 How can I become more self-aware? Question 150 How do I understand that my thoughts are my reality? I always hear people say this, but I physically cannot grasp this concept. Question 151 Do we as human beings have a limited ability to read each other’s minds? What are the means and apparatuses we use to read another's mind? Question 152 Should I believe what a psychic tells me? I paid and researched this person. Many people are against this. What do you think? Question 153 Why should you try to manifest outcomes when we are told nothing happens without divine timing? Question 154 Is psychokinesis real? Question 155 Does consciousness move something physical? Question156 Why did some people seem to have some degree of consciousness? Isn't all humans being supposed to have the same degree of it? Question 157 How can I improve my psychic abilities? Question 158 What are the correlations between clairaudience, telepathy, and qi gong? Question 159 How do psychics know not only truths about you, but truths about people we inquire about with little to no information and be absolutely correct? Prefer to hear from only non sceptics please. Question 160

Why do sceptics find fault with psychics and tarot card readers but rarely with astrologers and palmists? Question 161 Why can't psychics predict the date and time of the events they predict? Question 162 Do you believe psychics are really or scam artists? Section 4 Ghosts Introduction Question 163 Is it you who is haunted or is it your house? What is it like for you to experience paranormal activity no matter where you live? Question 164 How true is it that mirrors are like a portal between spiritual and physical realms? Question 165 How do ghost hunters test new equipment without having a control to measure against? Question 166 A big, clearly formed golden orb showed up in my room this morning. I don’t think it was a ghost orb. What do orbs mean? Question 167 Why are some souls earthbound as in hauntings, when most return "home"? Question 168 Are ghosts echo's of the past? I've been watching these ghost hunting shows on YouTube for some reason and they just make me question about what those anomalies are. Section 5 Spiritualism and Mediumship Introduction Question 169 For a school project, I am doing spirituality. what are some key things I should know when it comes to things like manifestation and etc? Question 170 What does the Grim Reaper tarot card mean? Question 171 People who believe the mind is SEPERERATE from their brain, why are you convinced of this? Question 172 How can I become more self-aware? Question

173 Can spiritualism save you? Question 174 How does someone achieve the level of 'Tarot Master'… especially as there are no professional Tarot qualifications? Question 175 How do I become spiritually in tune? Question 176 What does it mean to be educated and to be enlightened? Question 177 What is the spiritual significance of water? Question 178 Why is it said that at the moment of enlightenment a being becomes the totality of existence, yet how can they experience every consciousness simultaneously or be everywhere at once? Is spirituality scamming people with fantastical claims? Question 179 How can you be a model spiritually? Question 180 What is the meaning of this quotation, "The living soul of man, once conscious of its power, cannot be quelled"? Question 181 Einstein said: "Although I am a typical loner in daily life, my consciousness of belonging to the invisible community of those who strive for truth, beauty, and justice has preserved me from feeling isolated". What is the "invisible community"? Question 182 Why is it often said that the veil between the physical and spiritual dimensions is very thin? Where is the evidence for this statement when most people are stuck behind a "brick wall" and frustrated with a lack of anything spiritual in their life? Question 183 In Buddhism it is said that ignorance leads to thinking there is a self and that considering yourself as “me” or “I” contributes to that. What is the alternative way to perceive the singular experience of

the individual mind, if not “me” or “I”? Question 184 Has anyone turned their backs on spiritualism after realizing they were spiritual bypassing? How has this shaped your view of spiritualism and did it keep you stuck in the trauma? Question 185 Can you be a spiritualist, and find relief in the planets and crystals, as well as praying to God? Question 186 What is ethics based on its scientific and philosophical senses? Question 187 What are the effects of metaphysical problems on human acts? Question 188 Why is getting into spiritualism so hard? Question 189 How do you explain this recent study that demonstrates the sensory cortical regions: visual cortex and temporal cortex are indeed activated during mediumistic trance of spiritual hearing and apparitional experiences? Question 190 Do plants have souls? Question 191 What does it mean to not be self aware? Question 192 Could someone define and explain what is spiritualism. Is it related to spirits? I am thoroughly confused. Question 193 How do you know that we are spiritual beings having human experiences rather than human beings having spiritual experiences? Question 194 Is our subconscious mind the same thing as our spirit? Section 6 ITC Introduction Question 195 Does EVP actually work? Question 196 Do you have any experience with the Electronic Voice Phenomenon, the use of electronic equipment to communicate with the dead? Question 197 Where do voices on EVP (Electric voice phenomenon) comes from? Question 198 How could the phenomena of EVP (electronic voice phenomenon)

be scientifically explained? Question 199 What is the best EVP recorder available in 2021? Question 200 How do people not know that the "Ghost Box" paranormal investigation "tool" does not work? Question 201 Excluding pareidolia: What do you think might be the source of, or causes Electronic Voice Phenomena to be present in some audio recordings? Question 202 I watched a documentary about the paranormal and ghost investigators used a “spirit box” to try to communicate with a spirit in a supposedly haunted house. Are these machines real? How are they supposed to work? Question 203 What could explain otherwise unexplainable EVP's? Question 204 Why didn't we develop technologies to detect ghosts and try to communicate with them? Question 205 Can using a spirit box be dangerous? Is there a chance I could accidentally invite a malicious spirit into my home? Question 206 How would I go about getting EVPs that I captured, analyzed? I hear messages very clearly while playing the recordings normally, and reversed as well. I would consider most of them grade A and B EVPs. Question 207 How or why does EVP work? Why do people think it's caused by ghosts? Question 208 Can EVP (electronic-voice phenomena) be used to read and transmit brainwaves and if so, how do you block them? Section 7 Community Introduction Question 209 Why do you edit for Wikipedia (I'm writing an essay on Wikipedia and need primary data)? Question 210 How do metaphysical naturalists approach ethics? Question 211 How does

a layperson find a spiritual master? Question 212 What books/ audiobooks are good for trying to understand reality/consciousness and just making you aware of what life really is? Or any advice you have on this topic? Question 213 We know from surveys that 80% of mainstream scientists dismiss psi and the paranormal. But nobody seems to ask how do engineers feel about it? Question 214 Who postulates that the human mind at birth is a blank slate or tabula rasa? Question 215 What makes Wikipedia unreliable? Question 216 Are esoteric people delusional? Question 217 How do we control our Destiny? Question 218 Why does the New Age believe everything has to be no bad vibes instead of doing shadow work, or having discernment when needed? Question 219 What are some negative aspects of skepticism? Question 220 Skeptics believe that only science is everything, however is there a world of magic, supernatural phenomena, and mysticism that they miss out on experiencing because they are covered by ignorance? My Qualifications Index References Other Books Introduction to Book Two This is the second of two books containing my Quora.com answers. The first book help 242 answers. This book consists of my answers to 221 questions posed by apparently average citizens on the website named Quora. Anyone can answer Quora questions. Just go to Quora.com and sign up. You can select the categories you are interested in. My list includes Parapsychology, Deep Thoughts, The Paranormal and Mindfulness to name a few. Of course, the

idea is to have the public create free content for Quora so that people will come and read the ads embedded on each page. I think one of the reasons the business model works is that people can ask thoughtful questions in a pretty safe environment. And of course, like me, many people are happy to share their opinion. Be aware though, Quora offers to pay money to people who attract a lot of answers. Some of the questions show they are coming out of the questioner’s mental random question generator. I like answering Quora questions because the questioners provide me a virtual cooperative community. Many of the questions are novel and force me to find a different way of explaining the concepts I write about. I write about a relatively small set of concepts such as Duality, ITC and survival. The concepts are complex and there are many ways they integrate into a whole. I have written books on the subjects, but I suspect my approach has always been a little too technical. I tend to work alone because I have not managed to find more than a few thoughtful people who will collaborate and give me much needed sensibility checks. As I think to answer a question, I occasionally have one of those realizations and that helps me better understand my subject. The reason I think you will benefit from reading the answers offered here is that, collectively, they paint a picture of information that is vital to

all of our spiritual progression. While I might make the same point in many of the questions, each repeat tends to be from a different perspective. One of those perspectives might finally sink in for you. Intellectual Authority to Answer Many of the questions I have answered should be answered by someone who has academic and research experience in the subject. For instance, I am not a psychologist, yet I have answered several questions in the Consciousness section that are clearly intended for a Ph.D. You will see that I frequently address the role parapsychologists play in the study of things paranormal. I am a critic (79) of many things parapsychological and am probably not the best one to talk about them to the public. Knowing this, I try to put my grievances aside and cast a positive light on the field of study. Afterall, people outside of our community are watching. You will also see that I have claimed subject matter authority that is outside of my formal education as an engineer. It is important to me that you, and people reading my answers on Quora, understand my qualifications. I often warn the reader at the beginning of the article that I am not a psychologists or parapsychologists. I explain my qualification (2) to answer these questions at the back of this book. If you take time to review them, you will see that I am more like that old man next door who knows more about how to

fix things in your house than the scientist who only knows how they work. At the most, I am a science reporter. Oh, and an inveterate shade tree philosopher. As well as I can tell, people who should be answering Quora questions are not. I often write about the Academic-Layperson Partition in which people with an advanced degree, relevant or not, tend to shun people without. When an effort is made by an academic to communicate, it is too often from behind an ivory wall of science babble. I ran into the same absence of academic authority when I was an active Wikipedia editor. In almost every instance, my efforts to communicate with parapsychologists about these phenomena have not ended well. Now, I am of the mind that, if parapsychologists want to sequester themselves from the intellectually unwashed, I am happy to give them a good reason as I turn my support to the emerging field of Consciousness Studies. Another important consideration is that Quora answers are read by the public, most of which, I expect, are not familiar with the paranormalist community. It seems that if I did not answer, only the religious or skeptics would. Attitude If you are familiar with my other writing, especially Section II of Your Immortal Self, (4) you may have noticed that I think community is of the utmost importance for personal development and the future possibility that we might someday understand these phenomena. I also feel that the academic community treats paranormal

subjects like their plaything—entertainment in their retirement years. The problem with academics migrating from the established culture of mainstream science to the paranormalist frontier is that they bring their elitist culture with them. It manifests as the Academic-Layperson Partition. At the least, it is a hinderance to gaining further understanding about the nature of these phenomena. I often think of parapsychologists in terms of the Wizard Syndrome. That is the assumption that superior academic training automatically gives them authority in unrelated study. Because of the Partition, the usual feedback mechanism provided by collaboration between those qualified to study and those able to produce phenomena is mostly missing. On average, laypeople are little better. An emergent practice amongst wannabe experts is to claim credibility by using the name of a historically significant person. That is exactly the practice that has so corrupted the historical record of Hermetic teaching that we no longer know what to believe of work attributed to him. As a fan of ancient wisdom, I will never forgive those ancient Greeks. Certainly, I cannot condone our contemporary Greek-like plagiarists. The discernment of laypeople in the paranormalist community is often overshadowed by: The Wizard of Oz syndrome which is the layperson’s counterpart to the Wizard Syndrome mentioned above. We who are not academically trained have been culturally conditioned to accept anything a person with a Ph.D. says … without question. Hyperlucidity (38) is my term for a short-term change in behavior marked by the tendency to find phenomena everywhere

despite considerable testimony to the contrary by peers. Laypeople tend not to bother with discernment. Possibly the greater sin is that their friends do not bother to correct them, even when their friends do not see the phenomena being shown them. Silver Bullet is a way of saying that paranormalists tend to turn toward the easiest way of producing phenomena, to communicate with discarnate loved ones or for self-improvement even though there is no objective evidence that the technique works. Of course, I point to the radio-sweep technique for EVP as a classic example, but mental mediumship is a close second. Scientism is a version of the Wizard of Oz Syndrome. It is the belief that only established science tells the truth. That is, if science does not say it is so, it cannot be and therefore must be fraud. This usually becomes a factor when dealing with the skeptic community, but skepticism occurs at all levels. It is common for a person who accepts mental mediumship as a fact to argue that physical mediumship is fraudulent. Take some time to read some of the other answers to the questions I answered. In the eBook version, the date answered includes a link to the Quora page for my answer. Other answers can be accessed from a link at the bottom of that page. For the paperback version, go to quora.com/profile/Tom-Butler-79/answers. All of my answers are there. From the perspective of Duality, the answers offered from the faith- based point of

view are exactly what we do not want the public to think is true. That is one of the reasons I answer. While I am sympathetic about religious beliefs, I see no public benefit in teaching that they are truth without framing them in the context of research or at least naturalist studies. Finally, my dissatisfaction with the lack of community cooperation sometimes shows in my answers. While I stick to my convictions, it is for you to look beyond this old man’s discontent and find the greater truth. Arrangement of this Book I signed up for several categories of questions based on my interest and whether I think I can add something useful to the conversation. The questions are sent to me via email. I have preserved the date on which I answered each question and a link to the web page the original is on. From there, you can see other answers. It is an interesting exercise to review other answers. When compared to other answers, one of the things I notice about my answers is that I have a rather different perspective. Perhaps my effort to change my perspective from body-centric to personality-centric is working. As they come to me, the questions are in one of the Quora categories. I have organized them in this book as they make sense to me. Thus, there are: Section 1 Theories and Concepts Section 2 Science Section 3 Psi Functioning Section 4 Ghosts Section 5 Spiritualism and Mediumship Section 6

ITC Section 7 Community I understand that the Table of Contents is long. I set it up that way because it seems doubtful that many people will read this book cover-to- cover, but instead, find questions that seem interesting. Please be aware that much of what is included in these answers is substantiated on my Etheric Studies (15) website. In turn, the two books, Your Immortal Self (129) and Exploring the Mindful Way (75) are written to integrate the material in a more cohesive whole. I am always available for questions using the Contact Tool at the bottom of each web page. Section 1 Theories and Concepts Introduction Beginning with questions that are concerned with Theories and Concepts will give you a little background about the way I answer and the metaphysics I follow. You will see that I have evolved a perspective in my writing that, while true to the implications of the metaphysical concepts, are likely unfamiliar to most people. Take a little time to contemplate these answers. Follow the links to examine the references. Study. Then see if the ideas can serve your progression. Most, if not all of the questioners appear to be asking from a relatively uninformed point of view. The questioners are not necessarily paranormalists. Quora pays people to ask questions based on the number of responses they attract. That means a lot of the questions are nonsensical because they are just dreamed up likely questions. The effect is that some questions approach familiar

paranormal subjects such as mediumship and psi functioning in novel ways. Of the many questions I see, I answer the ones that give me the opportunity to explain one of the concepts in terms of the metaphysics I have been trying to teach in my other writing. Take some time to read some of the other answers to these questions. They will often leave you thinking the phenomena are religious, nonsense or perhaps even evil. People from mainstream society might read answers to these questions. Many of my answers are simply to set the record straight. Question 1 What's your representation of reality? Answered April 28, 2022 Answer Excellent question! Each of us has a mental “map” of the physical world we inhabit. If the Physical is all there is and we cease to exist when we die, our physical habitat is all there is. We can only get to know our reality as it is. Even then, there is a difference between the actual physical world and our perception of it. For instance, is night just dark or is it also scary? We also have a mental sense of “I am this.” Terms like “I am awake,” “In my dreams,” “I think,” and something like “Heaven” express a mental “map” of reality that is beside our physical map. While studying apparent paranormal phenomena such as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) and mental mediumship, I have found it useful to develop a model of our mind. The diagram represents the version

of reality I have learned from that exercise. I think of it as our spiritual anatomy. It is explained under the Concepts Tab of Etheric Studies. (3) The diagram represents two life fields. One is our immortal self and the other is our human avatar. Here is the basic life field fractal Diagram. If we think of a life field as the basic building block of reality, then reality consists of life fields and the expressions of life fields. The organization of reality would be governed by the same kind of “rule set” that has evolved out of the Big Bang expansion of our physical universe. In order to bound the model, I say that reality began as the expression of curiosity. We, as an aspect of the greater reality in the same sense that our human avatar is an aspect of the Big Bang, would have the purpose of satisfying that curiosity by gaining understanding through experience. One reason our sense of reality is important rests with the question of whether we are our body or a spiritual being having a human experience. The answer to this question ultimately determines how we make decisions. If we are our human, then legacy is everything. If we are a spiritual being, legacy is important but what we do now matters here and hereafter. Question 2 Could consciousness/unconsciousness be considered dimensions why or why not? Answered April 20, 2022 Answer In the context of consciousness, “dimension” is usually a term used to

indicate differences in our perception of reality. These differences and how they are described tend to be explained in different ways, depending on the teacher’s point of view. For instance, the Monroe Institute (4) teaches that their Hemi SyncTM induces different states of consciousness. Those could be described as different dimensions of mind. In ancient wisdom teachings, the difference between our physical perception of reality and the actual nature of reality was sometimes explained as a sort of layer cake of planes of existence. In more contemporary culture the planes are more often described as dimensions. The diagram below is something of a composite of a few systems of thought. The column on the left is from the Hermetic Tree of Life. The numbered planes represent states of awareness. Note that “0” or “Knowledge” is below understanding and wisdom. As illustrated below, changing perspective from decision making entirely guided by instincts to decision making guided by discerning intellect is a more contemporary model for how I think “dimensions” are intended here. People who are seekers after spiritual maturity are learning to consider the implications of their thoughts and actions. Most people are decidedly not seekers. In the illustration below, the two sides of the Dominance Threshold can be thought of as two different dimensions. The process of developing perception is a mostly unconscious “preprocessing” of environmental signals that results in conscious awareness of a version of those signals that agrees with the person’s worldview. In that sense unconscious-to-conscious is a

process that enables awareness. It is the intention to develop greater discerning intellect that represents the dimension we consciously experience. Question 3 Which one- materialism, dualism, panpsychism or idealism? Answered April 19, 2022 Answer Metaphysical Materialism – Also known as Physicalism, this is the point of view that nothing exists except matter and naturally occurring principles organizing the behavior of matter. In this, reality is thought to have begun with the rapid expansion of a singularity popularly known as the “Big Bang.” That event produced matter and organizing principles. Everything including life and consciousness is thought to be the product of that event. Materialism is a useful way of day-to-day modeling our physical experience. However, Physicalism does not reasonably explain apparent nonphysical phenomena. Metaphysical Dualism – The point of view that reality consists of a physical aspect and a nonphysical aspect. By nonphysical, it is intended that mind and the expression of mind are not subject to known physical principles and are thought to exist in an aspect of space sometimes referred to as the Psi Field where the expression of mind is Psi. In Physical Dualism, the Psi Field is modeled as an emergent aspect of the physical that permeates the physical as a medium of propagation for thought. In Strict Dualism, the etheric represents the reality field and the Psi Field is seen as an emergent quality of the greater reality. Metaphysical Panpsychism – The point of view that consciousness is an emergent quality of physical matter. In

effect, it is argued that even subatomic particles have a degree of consciousness. It is a version of physicalism that provides for the emergence of mind out of ordinary matter that avoids speculation about a nonphysical aspect of reality. Metaphysical Idealism – This is a Strict Dualism point of view holding that physical matter is an expression of mind. For idealism to be true, it is necessary that mind exist “outside” of the physical aspect of reality. In Physicalism, biological death means extinction of consciousness. In Physical Dualism, death means extinction with possible residual memory in the hypothetical Psi Field. In Strict Dualism, consciousness is thought to precede the biological lifetime and continue after biological death. From my study of things paranormal, I have become an advocate of the survival hypothesis, meaning that a person is an immortal etheric personality entangled with a human during the human’s lifetime. The point of view that best supports that seems to be Dualism. One of the implications of Dualism is that reality consists of life field and the expressions of life fields. In that, the Strict Dualism view of Idealism model seems to be most useful. Question 4 What frequency to which is a spectrum of physical energies/reality? Because everything is energy and most people divide energies/reality into Physical and Metaphysical, visible and invisible. Answered November 15, 2021 Answer The term “energy” is intended to mean a physical characteristic. In common practice, we say that something or someone is energetic, indicating more than

usual activity. It is common practice for people interested in human potential to say that many different characteristics of mind and consciousness have an energetic nature. Frequency is a characteristic of energy, and it is common for people to indicate how much two minds are in agreement as “on the same frequency.” To increase spiritual energy means to become more in tune with the “ideals of the Source” or some similar wording for that which is considered greater than the rest of us. Consider two lines from the Emerald Tablet: Thou shalt separate the Earth from the fire, the subtle from the gross, by means of a gentle heat, and with great ingenuity. Line 7 It ascends from Earth to heaven, and descends again to Earth. Thereby it receives the power of the superiors and the inferiors. Line 8 See The Hermes Concepts. (1) It is worth taking a little time examining that essay. The Emerald Tablet is thought to be a 6,000 years-old instruction from Hermes to seekers for how to manage the transmitting of their course nature to a more lucid nature. Read that as “transmute low frequency to high frequency” except that using a physical term with physical connotations tends to lock our thinking into a physical perspective. Part of the seeker’s work is to learn how to think from a mind-centric perspective rather than the body-centric one we are taught from birth. The people who claim the right to study things paranormal call themselves parapsychologists. Some

schools of parapsychological thought have found it useful to describe the influence of thought as a field of influence rather than a physical energy. The influence of thought is called “Psi.” A hypothetical field thought to enable the propagation of Psi is referred to as the “Psi Field.” The Psi Field is known to be nonlocal, meaning that a Psi effect in one part can be simultaneously experienced in other parts of the field. I know from the study of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (aka Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP)), that Psi apparently cannot shield thought from our equipment or perceptual faculty. The characteristics of Psi appear to violate principles of physical energy. This is why I argue that naming mental processes with terms intended for the physical provides a false reference. A better term is something like more or less “discerning intellect.” The Psi Field also appears to be conceptual rather than objective. For instance, a thought might be about a thing but is not the thing itself. This implies that the clarity of perception in thinking is the conceptual equivalent of physical energy. For instance, I think of a seeker after enlightenment as a person who has learned to habitually examine the implications of ideas. Being more introspective is thought to lead to greater discernment, which in turn, leads to greater lucidity. It is greater lucidity that opens the door for greater understanding which is possibly our purpose for this physical experience. The Perceptual Agreement Organizing Principle (5) I use

for my own studies is defined as: Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. The more correctly we understand the actual nature of reality the more we are able to experience of reality. That, in effect, moves us closer to the Source. Question 5 What is panpsychism? Answered November 7, 2021 Answer Panpsychism is from the Greek term “pan” meaning all, everything, whole, and “psyche” meaning soul, mind. It literally means that everything is conscious to some extent. This includes stars, trees, rocks and subatomic particles. I can think of three different ways of looking at how consciousness is universally expressed. Physical The physical universe-centric view is exemplified by David Bohm’s Implicate Order hypothesis. (6) He proposed that everything is implied by everything else. Using a holographic image to illustrate this concept, every part of the universe implies the rest. I recommend The Holographic Universe (7) by Michael Talbot as a primer for this concept. With the help of Michael Talbot, I visualize the Implicate Order as a field of organizing influence that permeates physical space, and which represents the influencing principles that just naturally results in everything there is. it is this field of organizing principles that also implies consciousness. In this, the arrow of creation is from the most fundamental aspects of physical reality toward the greatest structures. Metaphysical If Dualism is a reasonable hypothesis, that is, if it is reasonable to argue that our nonphysical conscious self is

independent of our physical organism, then it must also be reasonable to argue that consciousness precedes the physical. Put another way, physical things are the expression of consciousness. The metaphysics I study can be taken as an example and should not be considered a widely accepted academic view. I refer to “things” coming from the influence of mind as intended order. For instance, we see this in Electronic Voice Phenomena, (8) apports, (9) precipitated art (10) and matter-through-matter (11) demonstrated in the séances room. The Implicit Cosmology (3) I study is an example of how consciousness appears to be related to the physical from the conscious-self perspective. In short terms, reality consists of life fields and their expressions. The Creative Process (12) is the mechanism for the expression of intended order: Changes in reality are expressed via personality’s attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so. In this, the arrow of creation is from some hypothetical etheric First Cause into the physical. It is distinct from creationism in that it proposes an evolving reality formed through individual and collective expressions of intention as bound by organizing principles. It does not suppose divine intervention. Question 6 How do you approach Kant on causation (causation, philosophy)? Answered November 7, 2021 Answer This is an interesting subject because it goes to the heart of the idea of Natural Law. As I understand it, Kant argued that concepts existed independent of our experience of them. From a priori knowledge in

Encyclopedia Britanica: (13) A priori knowledge, in Western philosophy since the time of Immanuel Kant, knowledge that is acquired independently of any particular experience, as opposed to a posteriori knowledge, which is derived from experience. The Latin phrases a priori (“from what is before”) and a posteriori (“from what is after”) were used in philosophy originally to distinguish between arguments from causes and arguments from effects. Put another way, Kant argued that there were characteristics of reality that are inherent in the fact that reality exists. From Kant and the Thing in Itself: (14) The world as it is before mediation Kant calls the noumenal world, or, in a memorable phrase, Das Ding an sich, a phrase which literally means “The thing in itself”, but whose sense would be more accurately caught by translating it as “the thing (or world) as it really is”(as distinct from how it appears to us). I think quantum physicist David Bohm also addressed the idea of fundamental characteristics of nature with his The Implicate Order. (6) From the linked article: The theory of the Implicate Order contains an ultraholistic cosmic view; it connects everything with everything else. In principle, any individual element could reveal "detailed information about every other element in the universe." The central underlying theme of Bohm's theory is the "unbroken wholeness of the totality of existence as an undivided flowing movement without borders. The Implicate Order model provides one of the arguments for describing reality in terms of a hologram. That

is, any part implies the whole. There are a number of naturally occurring principles identified in physics. For instance, things tend to decay at about the same rate. Energy is conserved within a system. From my study, it seems clear that concepts precede objective things. That is, a personality imagines a thing as a concept or set of concepts from which the physical object is produced (built). Each of us physically experience built objects according to our personal worldview. However, we also unconsciously (psychically) sense the concept which intended the object. A psychic is one who has learned to more clearly sense the concepts that precedes things. A common term for that is lucidity. I refer to the model of reality I am using today the Implicit Cosmology. (3) It holds that reality consists of life fields (you and me) and the expression of life fields (things). The expression can be described as the expression of intended order. The expression of intended order is moderated by naturally occurring principles. In effect, they are implicate in the sense that Bohm intended. While physical principles organize the behavior of the physical aspect of nature, more conceptual principles organize the behavior of the greater reality. An important example is the idea that we cannot experience an aspect of reality for which we have no references. I refer to that as the Principle of Perceptual Agreement. (5) One need not know the principle for it to have an influence. The influence precedes the experience.

In that sense, I have arrived at the same understanding expressed by Kant. Question 7 What’s the difference between the brain and the mind and where does the mind reside? Answered November 6, 2021 Answer From the Physicalist point of view, mind is an emergent quality of the bioelectric functioning of the brain. In Physicalism, mind is always related to some part of the brain. When the brain dies, mind ceases to exist. From a Physical Dualist point of view, mind is an emergent quality of the bioelectric functioning of the brain, but has a nonphysical aspect represented by psi functioning (psychic sensing and psychokinetic expression). When the brain dies, mind continues as residual memory. From the Strict Dualist point of view, mind is entangled with the biological brain but is otherwise a separate entity (symbiont) that existed before and will exist after the lifetime of the biological host (avatar). According to one version of Physical Dualism, mind exists in the Psi Field. The expression of mind is modeled as Psi and the Psi Field is seen as an emergent quality of the physical which propagates Psi. The Strict Dualism model I am working with today I refer to as the Implicit Cosmology (3) holds that the physical aspect of reality exists as the collective expression of many etheric life fields. In that view, the Psi Field is the reality field or is an aspect of the greater reality. The answer depends on which of the three versions of metaphysics

you accept: • Physicalists have yet to figure out where in the mind exists in the brain. • Physical Dualists require that mind is an electromagnetic process that depend on an improbable version of conservation of energy. Yet, all of the evidence indicates that Psi is not electromagnetic. • Strict Dualism require that a person is an etheric personality (mind 1) entangled with a human (mind 2, avatar) during the human’s lifetime, but is otherwise immortal. I find more evidence supporting this two-mind version of self. Question 8 What is the formula of understanding the self? Answered November 1, 2021 Answer “Spiritual seeking” is a term often used to describe the life-long process of self-discovery. Here, “self-discovery” means realizing personal potential by aligning choices, attitude and point of view with the actual nature of reality. You may be more familiar with terms like self-realization or developing discernment or discerning intellect. This is not a religious idea. We have capabilities that are naturally part of our makeup but that are often overlooked. Seekers intend to, in effect, actualize those capabilities by changing the way they think. An example of changing ways of thinking is learning to pay attention to the way we make decisions. Are our decisions based on the available evidence or on the assumption that what we have always believed or what our friends tell us is right. As a learning tool, I often ask myself if it is my human instincts or my discerning intellect making the choice.

Our human’s instincts are focused on assuring the dominance of our personal gene pool above all others. Even when we do a nice thing for someone, it is likely our actions are at least unconsciously motivated by the understanding that the good might be rewarded, thus furthering dominance of the personal gene pool. We come into this lifetime mostly guided by our human’s instincts. It is arguable that our choices are also influenced by a sort of altruistic self that is focused on the good of the community. An important concept in seeking is that each of us are, in turn, a student, a role model and a wayshower. Behaving as if we have an altruistic nature urging us to make choices more for the greater good than for self-survival helps us consciously moderate our human’s instincts. A saying on my website (15) is “Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe.” We make the world, experience-by- experience based on what we think is true … our worldview. However, such truths are seldom in agreement with the actual nature of things. It is often difficult to know what is actual and what has been distorted through the lens of our worldview. The direct benefit of a two-mind model of self—one being our altruistic self and one being our human self—is that it gives us reason to examine our choices to see if they make sense and support our desire to be more spiritual. In effect, what

I think of as the mindful way is learning to habitually examine implications with the intention of aligning choices with the actual nature of reality. The answer, then, is something like the Mindful Way. (16) Question 9 Are there any philosophical theory that supports that we are spiritual beings having a human experience? Answered November 1, 2021 Answer Most philosophers I am aware of are Physicalists, in that their philosophical musing is based on the assumption that mind is an emergent quality of biological brain. I think what you are looking for is the reason many people accept that there is a difference between the spiritual self and the human self. Dualism holds that there is a physical and a nonphysical (etheric) aspect of reality. In what I think of as Physical Dualism, mind is modeled as an emergent quality of brain. In effect, mind is thought to be an illusion caused by biological processes. In one version, once mind has been produced by brain, it continues to exist after bodily death as residual memory. That model does not seem to address the evidence of spiritual being-human body entanglement. In what I think of as Strict Dualism, a person can be modeled as an etheric personality entangled with a human during the human’s lifetime. That is the “spiritual beings having a human experience” version. The implications of Strict Dualism (spiritual being-human entanglement) include: • The spiritual being can be considered a symbiont and the human is an avatar. • Our

sense of self is anchored to the spiritual being but tends to be overshadowed by the human’s mind. • The behavior of a person is governed by influenced from the etheric personality and the human. That is a two-mind model for survival. • A person’s perception and expression processes are likely developed as a blend of etheric personality and human influences. Those processes are informed by worldview which is like a memory database holding human instincts, cultural training and memory. • Entanglement is probably in the perception and expression functional are of the mind shared by the symbiont and avatar. These are nonphysical or etheric functional areas. If the Strict Dualism model is largely correct, probably the best evidence for the duality would be in the way a person makes choices. For instance, close examination of how people decide will show that decision making is on a continuum from the blindly followed instinctual urge to assure dominance of the personal gene pool above all else at one extreme and increasing discerning intellect and altruism toward the other end of the spectrum. Research has shown the existence of nonphysical mind. There are well- considered studies indicating mediumship does sometimes include discarnate communicators. Near-Death experiences and examples of apparent reincarnation point toward the validity of Strict Dualism. Often, the communicator in Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (17) seems to be a discarnate personality. The Bigelow Institute of Consciousness Studies (18) sponsored an essay contest asking the question: “What is the best available evidence for

the Survival of Human Consciousness after Permanent Bodily Death?” The winning essays have been posted on the BICS website. As you read them, remember to examine the implications of the author’s proof. I have posted a review of the essays at Review of Runner Up BICS Essays. (19) Question 10 What is an example of conceptualizing your own philosophy of the self? Answered October 31, 2021 Answer Questions about why people behave as they do has been part of the foundation of my self-image. A second part has been my experiences and how they may have shaped my thinking. A third part has been science. Finally, the fourth part has been my understanding of the paranormal, especially Instrumental TransCommunication, Psi and mediumship. My current sense of who I am is that I am an immortal personality entangled with a human avatar. As they say in Spiritualism, I am a spiritual being having a human experience. The trick is in learning to live with a spirit-centric perspective, rather than the more common body-centric one. I have this on my personal website: (15) “Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe.” By that, I seek to remind myself to suspend my “right-wrong” judge long enough to examine the implications of what I think is true. An important implication of the symbiont-avatar relationship, where I am the symbiont, is that my human is a living organism. It must have a mind and there must be formative principles organizing my

human’s organism. Think of the human mind as the morphogenic mind. Rupert Sheldrake made a good effort to model those principles in his Hypothesis of Formative Causation (aka Morphic Resonance). See Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields - an Introduction. (20) The implication of being an etheric personality having a physical experience is that my human’s mind should be expected to have an influence on my thinking. In fact, scientists tell us that we are greatly influenced by biologically evolved instincts, especially the instinct to assure the dominance of our personal gene pool above all others. My thinking and choices are largely determined by an urge to assure survival moderated by my discerning intellect’s urge to gain greater understanding. I see one of my purposes in this lifetime as learning to manage my human’s instincts. The intended result is greater lucidity and more altruistic behavior. The above diagram is intended to illustrate that concept. Question 11 Reality exists, and not nothingness. So where does reality/universe “lie”? Well, reality being “something,” it is in something, because if it is not there, it isn’t. It is difficult to explain. Answered October 30, 2021 Answer Parapsychologists study reported experiences that seem to exist outside of physical science. One such “paranormal” phenomenon they study is referred to as anomalous information access such as psychically sensing information that is miles away. Another is influence at a distance as we see in healing intention. Then there is the apparent influence of meditating people on the randomness of

random processes. All three forms are well documented to exist, so that is not the question I will try to address here. I study audio and visual Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) of which Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is a common name for the audible form. Few parapsychologists are interested in ITC, but there is sufficient objective evidence to argue its existence. A common characteristic of these phenomena is their apparent nonlocal dependency. That is, they behave as if there is no distance between the sensor and that which is being sensed, even though it might be halfway around the world. One important implication of this nonlocal characteristic is that there is an aspect of reality that does not obey physical principles. Parapsychologists sometimes refer to this nonlocal space as the Psi Field where Psi represents the influence of thought. A second important implication is that, if there is no distance except where we assign distance to our experiences, then it is arguable that reality is a singularity. Taking a different perspective, all of my study suggests that the Psi Field is conceptual, meaning that we think about the idea of things and not the actual thing. We assign physical meaning to thoughts about things that are customarily considered physical. An example is the way EVP appear to be formed. It appears that the communicating personality (incarnate or discarnate) expresses intended order on a chaotic process to form the message. If available audio energy is very orderly, EVP will be less likely

to form. The difference in energy is that the chaotic (useful for EVP) energy is conceptually indeterminant while very orderly energy (not useful) is conceptually determinant. The implication of this dichotomy is that reality is both a singularity and conceptual. When sages tell us that we are all one, they literally mean that we are one in the singularity. I will spare you the cosmology for this other than to say that the only thing that separates you and me is our worldview. That defines how we translate experience into perception. Consider the essay The Cosmology of Imaginary Space. (21) It is an attempt to illustrate how reality might be experienced as a vast place, even as it is a singularity. And by the way, the Big Bang origin or the physical universe means the physical is a singularity. In the end, I think the answer to the question can only be given in terms of Dualism. As an engineer, I am trained to put problems in a context. The most fundamental characteristic of the reality singularity is arguably the concept of curiosity. I see the most fundamental formative influence of reality as a life field. I model life fields (you and me) as a core personality with the purpose of gaining understanding to satisfy curiosity, a set of processes enabling the consideration of environmental information to form perception and expression as moderated by worldview (memory, instincts) and an experiencer function (I think I am this). It is useful to

model reality as a source life field functioning as the reality field and expressing curiosity about itself. Think of the initial life field as the top fractal. As with the Mandelbrot Set, within that reality field are life field sub-fractals and their expression. The physical, then, would be a collective expression of life fields. As with the scientists and the Big Bang singularity, I have no speculation for how curiosity began. Question 12 What are some examples of metaphysical thinking? Answered October 28, 2021 Answer Metaphysics is defined as the study of first cause and fundamental principles. Technically, this definition could apply to such mundane subjects as speculation about the origin of a biological trait or the formation of an island. But more often it is applied to the study of such abstract questions as the origin of reality and naturally occurring organizing principles. I am sure academically trained philosophers will offer a rather different answer. From my perspective as an engineer who studies paranormal phenomena, I see metaphysics as the examination of how people think and how phenomena might occur. Metaphysical Dualism, which holds that the physical is an aspect of a greater, nonphysical reality, has been useful in helping me model such phenomena as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). Because of the apparent support for survived personality after bodily death, I refer to that speculation as Survival Metaphysics. It is important to remember that metaphysical speculation is just a “What if” exercise. A good metaphysician should be able to

develop a model of reality based on metaphysical speculation. Such cosmological models should account for knowns and should be useful for developing testable hypothesis. I have evolved what I refer to as the Implicit Cosmology (3) based on my metaphysical speculation. It is complex, but over time, has proven useful. Question 13 Why would you reject the study of metaphysics? Answered October 24, 2021 Answer Metaphysics is the study of first causes and fundamental principles. I like to think of it as the implication of concepts. From the personal point of view, it is often concerned with questions about existence (who am I) and purpose (why do I exist). From an engineer’s point of view, the really important product of metaphysical musing is an implied cosmological model. Point of view defines how metaphysics are considered. For instance, in astronomy, which assumes reality consists of the physical universe (Physicalism), the Big Bang is the dominant metaphysical model for first cause. That first cause is the singularity that is thought to have suddenly expanded to form the universe. There is evidence of a Big Bang event early in the existence of the physical universe. Proposing an expanding singularity to explain that evidence has produced a useful cosmological model of the universe which continues to be evolved as more evidence is discovered. See What Is the Big Bang Theory? (22) I have spent a few decades trying to develop a hypothetical model to explain reported experiences classified as paranormal. These experiences include both

audible and visible forms of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) which included Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), psychic functioning and the influence of intentionality of physical processes. Most scientists (mainstream academia) maintain these phenomena are illusion, misattribution or fraud. That point of view does not help us understand the objective, repeatable experiences that can be witnessed and practiced by many. My approach has been to look for a model of reality that can account for these phenomena while applying known and emerging science. In effect, I am working with a metaphysical proposition that implies a useful cosmology. In this way, the implied cosmology can be thought of as a pre-science approach to explaining observed experiences. It is not claimed as the answer, only a useful model. My example of metaphysical thought is, I think, typical for emerging science. I will say that the metaphysical concepts. as I approached them, should be taken as propositions and not as facts. Without a resulting cosmology which can lead to reasonable hypotheses, metaphysics is more an abstract exercise than a useful tool. To judge the usefulness of a particular metaphysical view, one should first understand the assumptions made by the metaphysician. Question 14 What are the most important recent developments in the philosophy of mind? Answered October 24, 2021 Answer I cannot speak as an academically trained philosopher or consciousness researcher. My point of view is that of a Spiritualist and the lay study of possible survival of consciousness after bodily death. From that perspective, I can

argue that the most important recent development in the philosophy of mind is the realization that environmental information is first sensed by our mostly unconscious mind. There, it is “preprocessed” so as to determine if we agree based on our worldview. Our worldview is like a database holding our instincts, memory and map of the world. If incoming information is consistent with what we think is real, we will consciously experience it but probably in a slightly tailored form to better agree with what we expect. We might never become aware of incoming information if it is much different from what we expect. Learning occurs when ambiguous information is only slightly different from what we expect, and thus, is able to modify our worldview. The reason I think this is a big deal is that virtually everyone I know … seekers, metaphysicians parapsychologists, Spiritualists and paranormalists in general … assume they are directly sensing their physical and spiritual environment. In actuality, they seldom do. Instead, they sense their environment as that information has been filtered to agree with their expectation. Skilled practitioners (mediumship, psychic, ITC) are able to more directly manage the unwanted filtering by worldview. Else, they are at least partially delusional. As for the rest of us … well, there is nothing wrong with our thinking that a little discernment and academic guidance cannot fix. Question 15 What is a good proof of human being minded? Answered October 24, 2021 Answer As a Dualist, I understand this question

as implying that “What is a good proof that our human has a mind?” Strict Dualism holds that a person is a relatively long-lived etheric personality entangled with a human during the human’s lifetime. That is the proposition that a person has two distinct minds entangled in a symbiont- avatar relationship. Our “I think I am this” aspect of who we think we are, is dominated by the immortal (symbiont) personality but the human avatar’s survival instincts dominate behavior of the entangled person from birth. In this model, the avatar’s body-mind is thought to become free of the symbiont and joins something like a morphogenic mind for that species. Think of the morphogenic mind as a collective consciousness. (Think thoughtform) This view is useful for modeling and agrees with the Implicit Cosmology (3) but there is otherwise too little known for informed speculation. When the human dies, the relatively immortal “I think I am this” mind is free to have other experience depending on perceptual agreement. A person’s behavior is influenced by: Human instincts as the urge to assure dominance of the personal gene pool. This the fundamental driver of the human mind. Urge toward discerning intellect. This would be more associated with the immortal self. Temperament in which a person makes choices based on the combined influence of instincts and discerning intellect. The objective of a person seeking greater discerning intellect (a seeker) is to experience reality as it is rather than as the person has been taught. In

effect, that amounts to the symbiont learning to moderate its avatar’s human instincts. And so, in many if not all ancient teachings, guidance for right living assumes the existence of a morphogenic mind (course or gross body, lead) and an etheric discerning mind (subtle or finer body, gold). (The discerning mind is often referred to as spiritual self.) An example of ancient teaching is Lin 7 of the Emerald Tablet (1) reads: Thou shalt separate the Earth from the fire, the subtle from the gross, by means of a gentle heat, and with great ingenuity. The Emerald Tablet is thought to be a 6,000-year-old instruction from Hermes for the Great Work in which seekers are guided to gain the dominance of their discerning intellect over their gross (human) nature. The idea that our immortal nature is only temporarily entangled with a human body, and that the human is a living organism, implies that our human has a mind and that in some way it is associated with our mind during its lifetime. Such characteristics as instinct, urge to seek discernment (curiosity) and temperament seem to support the two-mind concept and that the human’s mind brings substantial and distinct influence on how the “I think I am this” makes decisions. Question 16 What would be your own theory or point of view on understanding the self, if you could create it? Answered October 24, 2021 Answer It is helpful to consider the perspective we wish to hold when considering our nature.

The Temperament Mediated Perception Diagram below may help this discussion. The left side represents a person who is more guided by instincts and the right represents a person who is becoming more lucid and self-aware. Two Minds Think of who we are as two minds. First, there is our human aspect which is guided by our human’s instincts to do things that promote dominance of our gene pool above all others. This mind is dominant when we are born. Wanting to be part of the “in crowd” or trying to get along with the big guy in the community are symptoms of thinking dominated by instincts. There are plenty of examples of this in the news as some groups seek to dominate over “others.” Our second mind is our spiritual nature. I use the term “spiritual” in the sense of higher ideals, altruism and the urge to understand our actual nature. It is not intended as a religious ideal. Perhaps a better term is discerning intellect. That is in agreement with the ancient Katha Upanishad’s instruction for enlightenment. The Razor’s Edge - Katha Upanishad. (23) Our discerning self is a small voice when we are young, but for some of us, it becomes more persistent as we age. In the diagram, I have placed a vertical line indicating the transition from instinct dominated to discerning intellect dominated thinking. Think of that transition as enlightenment. In practice, it is a slow change in thinking that begins with the realization that the

imperatives we have been responding too most of our lives are really our body’s survival instincts. In effect, we begin to realize that we are not our body and can benefit by examining the implications of our body mind’s decisions. For the majority of us, self is our human’s point of view. Those of us who have begun the journey of seeking greater discernment are learning to understand self as a universal perspective in which the collective mind is a shared experience to which we contribute and from which we gain further understanding. The usefulness of the Two-Mind solution to self is determined by how well you can learn to examine the implications of the fundamental concepts. As I say on my website, (15) “Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe.” Self is little more than a roving camera for your human’s gene survival if you do not learn to consciously, habitually examine the implications of your thoughts and choices. Question 17 How is reality forever changing and we can't claim to know the truth? Answered October 22, 2021 Answer One of the most important parts of seeking greater discerning intellect is the recognition that reality is organized according to naturally occurring principles. Some people refer to the principles as Natural Law. While many systems of thought postulate that organizing principles are part of the expression of some form of First Cause such as God or Infinite Intelligence, the idea of Natural Law is not

a religious or New Age concept. In physical science, the Big Bang theory for the beginning of physical reality is thought to have produced naturally occurring physical principles such as the natural rate of decay and electron charge. It is good to consider Physicist David Bohm’s idea of Implicate Order to illustrate one view of emerging qualities of physical reality. See The Implicate Order. (6) Most metaphysical models I have seen that address the formation of reality also propose that, actual reality is organized by principles that evolved with reality. However, to make sense, it is necessary to think in terms of Physicalism and Dualism. In physicalism, actual reality began with the Big Bang. In Dualism, physical reality is seen as an aspect of a greater reality. Yes, the Big Bang theory may be correct relative to physical space. Evolution is based on the past. Becoming physical requires a process that is governed by those naturally occurring principles. Now consider the Hypothesis of Formative Causation aka Morphic Resonance proposed by Rupert Sheldrake. See Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields - an Introduction. (20) The theory was intended to help explain how cells in a biological organism knows how to differentiate during morphogenesis. For instance, will they be skin cells or bone cells? Sheldrake proposes that there is a sort of species-specific (etheric or nonphysical) database that governs the formation of each instance of the species. He refers to the database as Nature’s Habit. To explain evolution, he suggests that creative solutions

to environmental problems will sometimes change Nature's Habit which is, in turn, propagated across every instance of the species. In Strict Dualism, the physical is thought to be an emergent aspect of actual reality. In effect, the mental aspects of life forms express local reality as a collective process based on the momentum of prior understanding. I like to think curiosity is the prime mover of the formation of reality. In effect, you and I are part of the collective of personalities experiencing the nature of Nature’s Habit. In turn, our understanding feeds back to evolve that nature. To the degree that the above concepts are true, I speculate that reality and its organizing principles have the momentum of a collective memory but evolves as the collective understanding matures. Question 18 What is the difference between reality and what the brain thinks it is seeing? Answered October 20, 2021 Answer It seems to be becoming accepted theory in psychology that our mind, in effect, preprocesses sensed information. The effect is that we become consciously aware of our environment based on the results of that preprocessing. The yardstick by which incoming information is preprocessed is sometimes referred to as Worldview. Worldview is like a database representing memory, instincts, cultural training and acquired understanding. If incoming information is not recognized by worldview, it may not even be experienced. More likely, what we become consciously aware of about that incoming information is what we think of it. For instance, if we expect to

experience a fun event, we are more likely to experience a fun event than a boring one. We can teach our mind to be more open. I think of understanding as a measure of how well we correctly experience actual reality. Remembering that there is personal reality—what we think is true, local reality—as our environment is represented to us and actual realty, understanding can be thought of as how well we have aliened our personal reality with actual reality. In Spiritualism, this understanding is thought of as lucidity. The tool with which we become more lucid is sometimes referred to as discerning intellect. I like to use the idea of a threshold of enlightenment as a way to discuss the transition in mental processing from dominated by human instincts to dominated by discerning intellect. It is the vertical green bar in the diagram below. Of course, in this model, brain is a transmitter-receiver for mind. It is mind that more or less correctly experiences reality. Since few people come close to actual understanding, it is most useful to think that we converge on understanding. We only do this with intention. Left to itself, mind will be pretty much ruled by our human’s primal urge to assure dominance of its gene pool. Question 19 Is consciousness a real thing? Answered September 25, 2021 Answer Speaking as a layperson, I see consciousness as a mental state that emerges from the set of functions related to perception and expression. Think of your mind

as a computer with supporting peripherals such as keyboard (conscious intention), display (conscious perception) and camera (attention, sensed information). Of course, the computer (mind) includes a database containing inherited instructions (instincts) for how to function and an acquired database containing memory beliefs and cultural training. Think of these combined databases as Worldview. Working with the functional areas described by the instruction set database, the combined databases produce perception and expression. The mind’s operating instructions can be represented by the Attention Complex Diagram below. The diagram represents the mostly unconscious mind. Our conscious self functions as a sort of roving video camera to produce the input of environmental information for mind. Note that External Influences includes signals from the five bodily senses. The Intention Channel is the only influence conscious self has on mostly unconscious mind. In most cases, that influence shows as something we wish to focus on. For self-improvement, some people deliberately try to direct the perceptual processes by managing their intention. I say “mostly unconscious” because we typically have only occasional glimpses into the “raw” environmental information before it is modified by Worldview for presentation to our conscious awareness. Presumably, increasing discerning intellect (lucidity) improves our conscious awareness of our mostly unconscious perception-expression functions. Also note that perception and expression are both outputs of the perception process. We think of perception as what we become consciously aware of. Expression is our perception as it is “sent” into the world, mostly as movement commands to the body. When we

think of sentient life, we think of the presence of the perception and expression outputs that are meaningfully moderated based on Worldview. That is, expression is said to be intelligent and interactive in a meaningful way. The perception and expression process are a “hard wired” part of our mind and there is always an output. If, for instance, we ignore a particular element of perception, we tell our mind via the Intention Channel that we are not interested. In response, our mostly unconscious mind will tend not to send us that information. A person seeking (a seeker) to realize personal potential is told to habitually intend accordingly. Mind makes decisions. Once made, those decisions reinforce Worldview. A seeker wishing to understand experience as they are, and not as taught via cultural training, learns to suspend judgement with the idea of waiting for more information before making a decision. Because it is always producing perception signals, mind is a storyteller. By that, I mean that it will tend to explain every external signal in a way that is consistent with your worldview. Mindful living amounts to habitually intending that the stories are as true to actual as possible. That part of who you are that you think of as “I am this” is considered conscious when it is receptive to the perception output of mostly unconscious mind. Consciousness is a real thing to the extent that you pay attention to the perception and expression signal of your mind. Question 20 Answer

Distinguish opinion from truth. What are some examples? Answered September 24, 2021 The definition of the words “truth” and “opinion” is widely known. However, distinguishing the difference is a rather different issue. As an engineer, I have learned that there are no absolutes, which means there are no certainties. That is why I find it difficult to answer direct questions without allowing for variables. While that can make for awkward conversations, I think it illustrates that opinions should come with a plus-or- minus caveat. For instance, saying “I think it is heavy” is probably more correct than saying “It is heavy.” Because people do not normally qualify their statements of opinion, it is necessary for the listener to mentally qualify the statement. For instance, when I hear someone say that there is no such thing as global warming, I consider whether the person is qualified to make such a statement. I also consider if the person means global warming in the common sense, as opposed to a local effect such as a flood. Finally, I consider if the person is prone to strong, unexamined ideological beliefs—religious or philosophical. Some people tend to parrot what they have been told or have seen in the media without discernment. It is good to make a practice of asking yourself how they know what they are saying. One need not be confrontational or always correcting others. After all, your decision as to the truth or opinion of a comment is probably just your opinion.

Telling the difference is important to help you manage what you allow into your worldview. It is not your responsibility to manage their worldview; however, understand that you are always a role model just by being. If the qualifications of the speaker are not known, it is necessary to assume the speaker is expressing an opinion. Or, as I like to put it, it is necessary to suspend judgement until more, possibly collaborating information comes in. Beware of the Wizard of Oz Syndrome. Many Ph.Ds. behave as if they think they have superior knowledge, even for subjects outside of their training. Accepting that false academic authority as automatically true is not unlike the munchkins of the Wizard of Oz movie. Remember there is mediocracy at all levels. My personal website includes the saying: “Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe.” It is especially important to examine the implications of long held personal truths. The engineer’s way is to assume there might be a plus-or-minus caveat for every truth, be it religious, social or academic. We are easily fooled. All we can do is remain on the alert. Asking if what someone says agrees with your personal opinion is not a reliable measure for truth. Determining the sensibility of a statement intended as truth is an exercise that teaches your mostly unconscious mind to be on the alert for upspoken caveats. Always test your teacher! Uncertainty and curiosity are potent tools for self-education. Ancient teachers taught

the need to learn to make meaningful choices (discerning intellect) as opposed to pleasurable ones (human survival instincts). They also taught the power of self-creation based on examination of beliefs. This question is best answered from the perspective of self-education in the form of habitual examination of assumptions. What are the implications? Question 21 Can you please comment on how the evidence of the afterlife as revealed to you compares to the account of the afterlife in the extensive writings on the subject by Emanuel Swedenborg, the 18th century philosopher, scientist, etc.? Answered September 19, 2021 Answer The Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies (BICS) (18) conducted an essay writing contest asking the question “What is the best available evidence for the Survival of Human Consciousness after Permanent Bodily Death?” Of 1,300 applications, they accepted 205 and named 26 winners. The results are posted on the BICS website. Also see Review of Runner Up BICS Essays. (19) My point is that at least 1,300 academically trained individuals think they have a good argument for the survival of sentient consciousness after physical death. With that in mind, I submit that there is evidence of postmortem survival. In my study of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) which includes Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), information tends to be out of date after twelve to fifteen years. Researchers are producing more experimental results and developing more effective models to help describe what is known about Psi functioning and survival. I am a Spiritualist and understand the tendency to

experience what I expect. Science is one of my guiding lights, as is direct experimentation of my own and members of the Association TransCommunication (ATransC). (24) Emanuel Swedenborg’s guiding light was then current science and religious teaching. I expect Emanuel Swedenborg did all he could to remain an informed academic, but as we understand today about perception, it is almost impossible to resist coloring experiences as we have been taught. For that reason, I think his work is of historical interest but of zero use as a guiding light. Pick more contemporary teachers but use caution. Probably most modern-day spiritual teachers are still teaching out of the old books. Use discernment and many sources. Always consider the implications of what you think is true. Resist deciding truth or not. Suspended judgement is your most useful tool. Question 22 Why does free will exist? How should we incorporate into our daily lives with free will? Answered September 8, 2021 Answer On the surface, we have freedom of choice, meaning that we can often select from multiple alternative actions. On closer examination, it becomes evident that most people react to circumstances rather than making a choice. A common saying amongst Spiritualists is that it does not matter what happens to us so much as how we react to what happens to us. Part of the intention of that saying is that life happens. It is not always personal. Spiritualists teach, not in a religious sense but in the interest of personal improvement,

that accepting personal responsibility is essential for learning to have free will. In order to be able to be responsible, it is important to seek understanding about the nature of our world. Spiritualists call that Natural Law. In that philosophy, life experiences are seen as opportunities to gain additional understanding about Natural Law. Such increased understanding is seen as progression. So, you can see that an uncomfortable experience can be thought to be spiritually as meaningful as a happy experience so long as the person recognizes the natural nature of it and gains understanding. The decision to do so is a choice most people never make. I explored the idea of free will in the Conditional Free Will Essay. (25) Here are the last two paragraphs of the essay: “Consider what has been explained in this essay, seeking to take conscious control of your thought processes is perhaps the most important step you can take to gain spiritual maturity. The “Consensus Building in the Paranormalist Community” (26) essay includes quite a lot about taking control of the thought process. Also, understanding the life Field Complex model discussed above gives you the necessary tools for relating what you have learned to other situations. “The most important thing to remember is that taking control is a deliberate, lifelong process. Done right, it will become a way of life that moves your current body-centric perspective to an etheric, immortal self-centric perspective.” One of the reasons I lean toward the idea that we are

spiritual beings having a physical experience, as Spiritualist sometimes say, is that our choices are pretty much dictated by our human’s instincts at birth. Most of us never learn to override those mostly self-serving urges. Everyone I know who has made a conscious effort to gain greater lucidity have done so by learning to consciously overriding their human’s survival instincts to become more altruistic citizens. We have limited ability to decide beyond the dictates of our instincts, cultural training and memory. Those who have, or at least are trying to manage those influences are also gaining free will. Question 23 Is the world just a battle of ideas, or is there a fundamental truth? Answered August 20, 2021 Answer I like David Bohm’s idea of an Implicate Order. (6) The idea is that the nature of reality is implied by fundamental influences. In the physical world, these include naturally occurring constants such as the charge of an electron or the speed of light Reducing things to fundamental influences is the bases of physical reductionism. While it is popular for people studying things of the mind to chafe at reductionism, I have found in my lay studies of survival metaphysics that there appears to also be fundamental principles (27) organizing the greater reality. For instance, what I refer to as the Organizing Principle of Perceptual Agreement (5) proposes that “Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate.” Basically, our mostly unconscious worldview is

modeled as a database-like representation of what we think is true. The effect is that we consciously experience what we think is true based on our worldview. If it is close to what we expect, our unconscious mind may modify our perception of incoming information to agree with what we think is true. We may possibly never consciously experience information that falls outside of our sense of truth. This is not to say that there are fundamental truths. It appears more likely that reality is a consensus truth agreed on by the collective of life. An interesting perspective on this comes from Rupert Sheldrake’s Hypothesis of Formative Causation. (20) Sheldrake likes to refer to his hypothesis as Morphic Resonance. Basically, a species is organized according to “Nature’s Habit,” as it has evolved over time. Think of it as a blueprint for the way the organism is told to form (morphogenesis) and the instincts governing its behavior. If Sheldrake is correct, we, as people, would tend to experience reality according to humankind’s evolved “Nature’s Habit.” I say reality might look like a consensus because we all contribute to evolving our collective mind. While I am arguing that there is a sort of greater reality reductionism that points toward both physical and mental global organizing principles, as a “shad tree metaphysician,” I am not qualified to be more specific, so keep studying. Question 24 Is there any way to disprove the simulation hypothesis? I don't want to be in a computer simulation.

Answered August 12, 2021 Answer It is said by some that we are not our body or that we are spirit having a physical experience. For the sake of discussion, I refer to that as the Strict Dualist view in which mind is treated as a separate entity from body. From a metaphysical perspective, this can be seen as two different life forms in a symbiotic relationship. Who we think we are as spiritual beings would be the symbiont in this relationship but our perception would be moderated by the instincts of our human avatar. I am not a religious scholar, but I think from the Hindu perspective, an avatar is the manifestation of a deity into human form. In this case, we are all deity. Along this line of thought, Jesus would have been an avatar imbued with the presence of God. You can see that different systems of thought have different ways of identifying essentially the same idea. In the same way, an important implication of the Strict Dualist view is that the greater reality (etheric, heaven) precedes the physical aspect. I think the best way to describe this is that it is a consensus of intended order expression by many etheric personalities. (You and me) In that sense, we each contribute based on what I refer to as the Organizing Principle of Perceptual Agreement: Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. (5) Understanding that the way we experience

reality is based on prior experience, we are probably capable of perceiving only what we know or small deviation from that. It is via the “small deviation” that we learn. see Our Unconscious Mind (28) and Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity. (29) This memory of what we know probably looks a lot like Nature’s Habit described in Rupert Sheldrake’s Morphic Resonance ideas. (20) Again, it depends on how you look at it. I approach questions about the nature of reality from the perspective of an engineer-turned-metaphysician. For me, it is all about concepts and trying to explain how etheric-to-physical influences are possible. I think in terms of Natural Law and fields. Putting on my computer programmer’s hat, I could describe the same theories with programming and hardware point of view. Nature’s Habit is the computer memory. The Organizing Principles of Natural Law are the program algorithms that make the computer reality and not a cup of soup. Individual life fields function as artificial intelligence routines that function as discrete test-and-feedback modules always evolving the memory data base. A computer programmer might have an Out of Body Experience (OBE) journey into the nuts and bolts of reality and experience flying through a computer or a “Holo-deck” A deeply spiritual person might experience the same OBE as a stroll with God in heaven. An engineer-turned-metaphysician like me experiences that same reality as life fields and the expression of life field organized by an underlying order. The greater reality appears to be

a conceptual space, rather than an objective one. Each of us has a personal reality that agrees with the greater reality, but that is different according to our worldview. And by the way. Some of the model I speak of (3) is testable. Again, it is how we look at it. For instance, Natural Law is expressed in the physical aspect of reality as fundamental constants … pretty much the Implicate Order (6) proposed by David Bohm. Morphic Resonance has been tested to some extent, but they jury is still out. Dualism is an important implication coming from the idea that mind is separate from body. Question 25 Answer Is objectivity a method of understanding or it should rather be seen as a standard or test of reality? Answered August 10, 2021 For something to be considered “objective,” multiple observers must agree on the nature of that something. Presumably, the observers would develop perception of that something without emotional coloring or prejudice. The introduction of bias (emotions, memory, conditioning) can change perception to the point that many observers might agree that there is something being observed, but not agree on the nature of that something. I suppose that would be conditional objectivity as opposed to something like true objectivity. The message here is that we do not have clear perception of the actual nature of things. The more common something is, the more the observers are likely to agree on the true objectivity of that something. The more ambiguous that

something, the less observers will agree about its objectivity. With that in mind, objectivity can be an important part of understanding physical reality. However, it is misleading to argue that something considered objective represents the actual nature of reality. It is beyond the scope of this answer, but readers might consider looking into the point of view held by Dualists that thought precedes reality. See Perception (72) Question 26 Does belief affect reality? Answered July 6, 2021 Answer As I understand, the two primary models of reality are Physicalism and Dualism: Physicalism — Reality began with the Big Bang and the physical universe is all that exists; mind is an emergent characteristic of biological brain. We cease to exist when our body dies. Dualism — There is a greater reality (etheric) of which the physical is an aspect. Mind is native to the greater reality. The human body is native to the physical and functions as an avatar for mind. Our biological brain is an etheric-physical transmitter-receiver for mind. Reality consists of mind and the expression of mind. Death of the biological body releases mind as our “I am this” to return to the etheric. If Physicalism is correct, we live in the physical and more or less experience it as it is. In that sense, our beliefs affect our perception of reality. That is one of the reasons it is said that “It does not matter what happens to us so much as how we react to what happens

to us.” As experiencers, we are not direct creators of reality only experiencers of it. If Dualism is correct, our thoughts influence reality. But it appears that we live in a consensus reality. By that I mean that we are all creators but what we create is based on what we think is true. One important Organizing Principle is Perceptual Agreement: Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. (5) In effect, we can only experience what we can imagine. If true, our ability to influence reality in new ways is limited by memory, cultural training and instincts. Those are based on a shared memory. The etheric appears to be based on concepts rather than on things. Our thoughts influence concepts, which in turn, manifest as intended physical order. One way we can see this is the apparent psychokinetic influence of thought on such physical processes as Random Event Generators (thought changes randomness) and Electronic Voice Phenomena (chaotic noise is transformed into speech). My assessment of the evidence is that Dualism is more correct than Physicalism. This is mainly because Physicalism does not explain such characteristics of the etheric as nonlocality and our failure to shield from the influence of intentionality. Question 27 We perceive physical reality with a lag due to our brains having to process things before we can even see what is in The Present. So we technically always perceive The Past due to that lag. Can a conscious

physical thing ever perceive The Present? Answered July 2, 2021 Answer Realtime conscious perception of incoming environmental signals might be hazardous for our mental health. For instance, one of the decisions our mostly unconscious mind makes about incoming information is whether it is of interest to the person. This decision is based on our worldview which amounts to a memory-based map of what we think reality looks like. For instance, your mostly unconscious mind will usually filter out routine sounds like the refrigerator motor. However, your mind will pass on the sound if it is unusual. Even better than protecting you from being inundated with routine information, it characterizes the information it does send to conscious mind based on worldview. As part of my effort to understand Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), (17) I have put together something of a “spiritual Anatomy.” This is based on a simple life field fractal that consists of a core personality (I am this) as the virtually always unconscious Observer, a roving camera-like conscious self as the Experincer (I think I am this) and a mostly unconscious Attentions Complex as the Judge. What we become aware of (perception) is developed in the Judge function. The way we express and choices we make are moderated by the Judge. Our etheric nature is thought to be the source of ITC. To explain the integration of our etheric nature with our human avatar, I included in the model that we share our Experiencer and Judge functions with our human

host. This is a Dualistic, Two-Mind Model. Also in this model, the Attention Complex is where incoming information like ambient sounds is preprocessed before it is sent to conscious self. This Judge function is between the Experiencer and the Observer whether we are entangled with an avatar (incarnate) or not (discarnate). For this reason, it appears that the preprocessing is very important for our proper functioning as a life form. Review the Corollaries of First Sight Theory I have listed in About First Sight Theory. (31) They represent something of a rule set for how we process information. There are hints in Corollaries 11 and 12 for how we can learn to be more directly aware of our unconscious mind, but I think there will always be some built in delay for our sanity. (Note that “Psi” referenced in the Corollaries is a term for the influence of thought and intentionality.) Question 28 Where do you think the observer is? Answered June 24, 2021 Answer First, make sure we are using the same meaning for Dualism. In the metaphysics I understand, Dualism argues that mind is independent of the biological organism and exists in a nonphysical aspect of reality supporting mind and thought. Physicalism means that there is only physical, and mind is produced by brain. The Katha Upanishad (23) described Dualism in a useful way: 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the

charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. To find the observer, one must begin with a context in which observer and observed are to be modeled. The first step is to both intellectually and conceptually understand that we are not our body. In effect, we as etheric personality are in a symbiotic relationship with our human as avatar. The movie “Avatar” did a good job of illustrating this relationship. Conscious self shares perception with the body’s morphogenic mind and is the Experiencer in this model. Mostly unconscious mind shares the formation of expression and expression with the Avatar and is the Judge. The core personality of our etheric self is the immortal Observer which gains understanding as it is formed by the Judge. The morphogenic mind is the core personality of the species of which the biological body is an instance. In this Dualistic model, the medium of propagation for thought is often referred to as the etheric. The etheric is seen as mind’s natural habitat, many parapsychologists describe an aspect of the etheric that propagates thought as the Psi Field where “Psi” is the influence of thought. The Psi field is defined in parapsychology as a nonlocal emergent quality of the physical; however, it appears to be more correct to say that the physical is

an emergent quality of the etheric, but that is a different question. Nonlocality is an important part of this answer. Movement in the etheric is accomplished by changing perspective. For instance, I describe Physicalism as a body-centric perspective of who we are. In contrast, Dualism is a discerning intellect-centric perspective. Where we exist depends on the perspective we take. If you think you are your body, then you are your body. End of story. Your observer may as well be in your skull. Continuing with the Katha Upanishad: 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world. If you accept that you are not your body, then it is reasonable to accept that the actual “you” is an aspect of the greater reality. Think of yourself as an etheric life form in a symbiotic relationship with a physical life form. I refer to this model as the two-mind solution to the Survival Hypothesis. (32) I think others will arrive at the same conclusion

when they examine the implications of such characteristics of our reality as nonlocality (everywhere is here), differences in temperament between an animal (human survival instincts) and a supposed etheric personality (discernment, compassion, desire to understand underlying principles, altruism) and the many forms of Psi phenomena such as psychic functioning, mediumship and Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) which includes Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). The etheric is conceptual space rather than a space with many separate objects. We have a sort of worldview map of reality that helps us develop perception. We have learned to assign physical meaning to information received from our human’s biological senses. For instance, a chair begins as a concept, while we experience a chair as a physical object, it is the expression of thought (thoughtform) which we have been conditioned to think of as a physical thing when we are associated with the physical. To find the observer, it is necessary to learn how to see reality as it is, rather than as we have been taught. That is a life-long process of habitually examining the implications of what we think is true. A seeker is one who does this with the understanding that discerning examination of beliefs will eventually align perception with the actual nature of reality. As an aside, I use the organizing principle of Perceptual Agreement (5) to help explain how we can all be one yet separate. I define that principle as Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which

it will associate. Put simply, you cannot experience that which you cannot conceive. Question 29 If consciousness is the ultimate reality, then could it bridge the divide between living and non-living matter and give all to gather different dimensions to cosmology? Answered May 22, 2021 Answer This answer is based on the assumption that mind is nonphysical, and that brain is a transmitter-receiver between mind and body. This is the Dualist point of view as opposed to the Physicalist point of view that mind is produced by brain. Because we think we are experiencing reality from inside of our head, we normally think of reality from a body-centric perspective. But if consciousness is the ultimate reality, the correct perspective for considering the physical and who we are is probably the consciousness or mind-centric perspective. That is, we are native to the greater reality (etheric) and the physical is an aspect of that greater reality. Think of a person as an etheric personality in a symbiotic relationship with a physical human in an avatar relationship. I think of this as the two mind solution to the survival hypothesis. (32) In this view, our biological self has evolved in the physical and is governed by the human’s morphogenic mind’s survival instincts. Our etheric self has evolved in the greater reality. It appears our etheric self is governed by instincts and understanding it has inherited from our etheric line of evolution. As a native of the etheric, consciousness of our etheric personality, and

what we think of as mind, exist in a conceptual reality of such mental functions as thought, intention, perception and attention. Physical-to-etheric environmental signals from the avatar’s five senses are assigned physicality as we have been trained. In other words, mind does not directly sense its avatar’s touch or smell. It receives signals from the biological brain that represent those senses. From those signals, mind builds a context in which they make sense. In effect, we make our reality based on what we think is true. The dominant cosmology for Physicalism is based on the idea that the physical universes began with a rapidly expanding singularity popularly known as the Big Bang. That cosmology holds that mind must be the product of biological brain. If Dualism is correct, and mind exists independent of brain, the more correct cosmology should support the idea of a greater reality in which the Big Bang universe is an aspect. That is, the physical universe has been differentiated from the etheric (greater reality) under the influence of consciousness. (Probably collective consciousness and not a god.) I have attempted to model this greater reality cosmology as the Implicit Cosmology. (3) Question 30 Is it true that our thoughts create our reality? If so, then can we not control our own destiny just by controlling our thoughts? Answered May 1, 2021 Answer “Thoughts create reality” is a supportable statement depending on the context. Consider these perspectives: Temperament In the simplest sense, our attitude about experiences helps us

decide if they are pleasant or not. We have all known people who are generally happy and whom we think of as easy going. Such people live in the same world as the rest of us, it is just that their world seems happier. The difference might be described as temperament. Merrill and Reid (33) found that people tend to have a primary characteristic of temperament which tend to bias their choices. They are: Analytical – Thinking, thorough, disciplined; always a student of the subject Amiable – Supportive, patient, diplomatic, healer and caregiver Driver – Independent, decisive, determined; always thinking about the next step Expressive – Good communicator, enthusiastic, imaginative; often the opinion setter A person tends to have a primary temperament such as Driver and secondary ones like Driver-Analytical. Other researchers have come to essentially the same conclusion. (34) Based on temperament models, it is reasonable to argue that people experience their world differently, at least partially depending on their temperament. In principle, if a person decided to have a different life experience, it would help to find ways to change temperament. Worldview It is becoming clear that people first unconsciously experience environmental signals. People only become aware of those signals as they have been modified to better agree with Worldview. See First Sight Theory (31) and Our Unconscious Mind. (28) If this is true, our worldview is our unconscious Judge deciding on everything we sense. Worldview is like a mental database containing human instincts, possible spiritual instincts, memory

and what we have been taught by society. For instance, if a person is very religious, an environmental signal, such as a bright light in the sky, might be consciously experienced with a more religious flavor, perhaps as an angel or omen. A very pragmatic person will tend to experience the same light with wonder about supernovas and exploding comets. In the Mindful Way, a person learns to question the implications of every thought and belief. It can be a lifelong process, once a person gets the hang of it, that questioning becomes an automatic process. Perceptual Agreement We live in a consensus reality. By that, I mean we are taught from birth to experience the world as our family and teachers experience the world. The Organizing Principle of Perceptual Agreement (5) holds that personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. If true, that means we can only experience what we are taught. Seekers are people on a quest to experience reality as it is, rather than as they were taught. They are not trying to make the world so much as to see the world as it is—actual reality and not personal reality. This answer can be much longer. Here, I have proposed a few of the factors that go to determine how we experience our world. Our human instincts are the dominant driver, but all sorts of cultural contamination like conspiracy theories can influence out perception of the world.

The only influence we have on our mostly unconscious mind where we develop perception is intention. By habitually intending to understand the implications of our choices we guide our mostly unconscious mind to do less coloring of experiences based on belief. Become a seeker. You may be interested in one of my efforts to examine Free Will. See Conditional Free Will. (25) Question 31 What are the best arguments favorable to metaphysics and non-physics? Answered April 27, 2021 Answer Metaphysics is concerned with fundamental characteristics of nature. I always combine metaphysics with cosmology. Think of cosmology as a way of relating the various contentions of a metaphysical theory as a whole. A metaphysical theory should be described by a cosmological model. To avoid the provincial mistake of assuming there is only the physical universe (Physicalism), I think of three primary metaphysical points of view: Physicalism — concerned with the physical universe which is thought to have originated as a rapidly expanding singularity in what is popularly known as “The Big Bang.” The structure of the universe is modeled as an astronomical cosmology. Philosophy — in this context, concerned with the nature of consciousness in the sense of meaning, the nature of things and purpose. We usually think of this form of cosmology as philosophical schools of thought. Dualism — concerned with the nature of the greater reality sometimes known as the etheric. Avoid faith-based Dualistic cosmologies in favor of parapsychological models. Since we are considering reality from the perspective of

physical space, for an etheric aspect of reality to exist as “nonphysical,” it is necessary that the relationship between physical and nonphysical can be modeled in a defensible way. To that point, some well-considered research, conducted by qualified researchers, has shown that there is an aspect of reality that is apparently not organized by known physical principles. See Selected Peer- Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (35) In Dualism, mind is seen as native to the etheric. In parapsychology, the expression of mind is referred to as Psi. Psi is said to be propagated in the Psi Field. It is not known if the Psi Field is an emergent quality of the physical (Physicalism) or if the physical is an emergent quality of the Psi Field (Dualism). The Psi Field has been shown to be nonlocal, meaning that information is equally accessible from everywhere. I am aware of no physical substance that will shield from Psi. The Psi Field appears to be a conceptual space so that concepts in the etheric are related to things in the physical. None of these characteristics are currently supported by known physical principles. In answer to the question, for us to benefit from the application of etheric-related principles, it is necessary to accept that Dualism is at least reasonably supported by research. Thus, the metaphysics of nonphysical space are of a different scale as the metaphysics of physical space. Ignoring this dualistic nature of reality is to work with only part of the truth. Question

32 What made you question whether the paranormal was real? Answered April 17, 2021 Answer “Paranormal” is a term used to describe reported experiences that are not currently explained with known physical principles. Many such reported experiences have shared characteristics. For instance, clairvoyance, ESP, telepathy, remote viewing psychic functioning and mediumship all involve access to information not thought to be available with normal physical means. This is sometimes referred to as anomalous information access. Anomalous information access has been studied with well-considered research protocols by people who are trained for such research. See A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (36) and Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research (35) Perhaps the most often replicated experiment in things paranormal is mental mediumship. You might consider work of the Windbridge Research Center (37) for information on the validity of mediumship. The study of technology assisted mediumship, better known as Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) has produced objective evidence of the existence of some aspects of the paranormal. ITC, especially the audio form better known as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), has been shown as a useful tool for the study of things paranormal. I would think of it as probably the second most often replicated experiment concerning things paranormal. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) Things paranormal appear to involve the mental influence on conceptual space (the etheric or Psi Field) to produce a physical effect. People are involved in that process and people have a host of

idiosyncrasies that makes the study of things paranormal difficult. For instance, the ability to focus attention appears to be an important part of psychic functioning. Belief is another. If you tell yourself something is impossible, in effect, you tell your mind to ignore it. All of us are Psi functioning, but to be psychic, one must learn how to be a psychic, else it is all superstition. In fact, because subjects like survival and the seeking of discerning intellect are so often related to religions, many ideas about the paranormal held by the average person are confused by beliefs that take the discussion from “I am psychic” to “God told me.” It is difficult to conduct research or develop abilities when it is based on belief rather than knowledge. To answer the question, I offer “spirit greetings” during Spiritualist meetings. They are short messages intended to provide a little evidence to individuals that our personality continues after bodily death. Even though I am extensively trained and certified as a medium in organized Spiritualism, I am not particularly good at it. Every time I stand and deliver, I find myself examining whether I am crazy. It seems that, just when I decide I am, someone comes to me and explains how meaningful a spirit greeting was to them. Considering the way people develop perception—the way we think—it is essential that we develop a fine sense of discernment. Our mind is an excellent storyteller. Few people understand the need to distinguish between

our mental rambling and the actual nature of things. Question 33 If humans have all five senses and can carry out an infinite number of different actions in the astral plane, then why are we given a physical body? Answered April 6, 2021 Answer We express our physical senses when in altered states of awareness because we are still entangled with our human. We still identify as a person. Else, the five senses are our body senses to which we have been conditioned to assign physical meaning. The best explanation I can think of for being in a physical lifetime is to gain understanding of the operation of natural organizing principles as we experience them as a person (spiritual self entangled with a human in a symbiotic relationship). We experience reality according to what we have been taught. The task of the seeker of discerning intellect is to experience reality as it is and not as we have been taught. To do so, it is necessary to learn how to manage our human’s instincts. Never mind the astral. We learn by living life, not escaping it into some imagined etheric world. Think in terms of the Two-Mind model of who we are and their evolution:: Etheric self = curiosity begets experience begets understanding which we experience as discerning intellect. Physical self = need for survival begets survival instincts. Question 34 How can one distinguish between disorder and the supernatural? Answered March 13, 2021 Answer I am going to assume by

“disorder,” you mean apparent interruption of the normal operation nature and by “supernatural,” you mean apparent suspension of natural principles. “Disorder” is a natural discontinuity of normal and “supernatural” is natural normal experienced in a paranormal manner. Another way to look at the question is that you intend “disorder” as a characteristic of physical space and “supernatural” as a characteristic of the hypothetical nonphysical space. The subject of entropy does not seem to apply here. It is becoming clear that we first sense environmental signals via our mostly unconscious mind. There, the information is characterized according to our worldview. Mostly, that means we translate the information into the familiar. If it does not translate well, we will likely ignore the information. The “adjusted” information is passed on to our conscious awareness as perception. For instance, see Our Unconscious Mind (28) and First Sight Theory. (31) In effect, we assign meaning to environmentally sensed information based on our expectations. Our instincts also have a strong influence on our perception. Apparent “normal” but disorderly information will be characterized according to our training. Seeing a person with an extra arm, for instance, would likely be first rejected by our mostly unconscious mind. That is the “unbelievable” response. (Note the unacademic terminology. I am an engineer) Once we have had time to integrate the unbelievable but objectively substantiated experience, we see the three-armed person strange but not supernatural—a trick of genetics. If the experience is not able to be substantiated, say only we see

it, it would likely be considered supernatural. We form perception based on a cultural norm we are taught from birth. In practice, there is actual reality, cultural norm and personal reality. “Supernatural” is not a useful term to describe reality because it assumes that something referred to as supernatural is not real. That determination is probably cultural contamination that represents an incomplete and probably erroneous view of reality. In fact, most people make their world according to personal reality which is based on cultural contamination. Look at the influence of conspiracy theories in present politics of the USA. In fact, I do not know enough about actual reality to be sure I am correctly understanding the implication of my perception. The easy thing for me to do is to go with the collective reality. That is the “pleasurable” choice mentioned in the Katha Upanishad. (23) The more difficult and less satisfying choice in the short term is what the Katha Upanishad refers to as the less pleasurable choice of discerning intellect. The way you distinguish the two perspectives is to learn to habitually examine the implications of your perception. That is, has your mind sent your conscious awareness a reasonable perception or has it told you what your culture thinks is true? Question 35 Is free will real or just an illusion? What motivates you to think that? Answered March 12, 2021 Answer While it looks like we do have a degree of self-determination, the extent of that seems to

be limited by our lucidity. I took a crack at the “free will” question in the essay “Conditional Free Will” (25) Here is the abstract: An important metaphysical question is whether we have free will. It is seldom directly asked, but free will seems necessary if we are to claim personal responsibility or trust our senses. For instance, if we do not have free will, it would seem to be impossible for us to assure our ethical behavior. This essay is an attempt to understand the factors governing our free will and the degree to which we have self-control. I also explain what I intend by “Lucidity” in the essay, “Becoming Lucid” (38) Here is the Abstract: To be lucid is to sense reality as it actually is and not as we have been taught. Lucidity is the clarity of sensing that we develop as we gain discerning intellect. Thus, a seeker after wisdom is one who is becoming more lucid in understanding and perception. Lucidity is not natural to a person, which is defined here as immortal personality entangled with a human avatar. Human Instincts dominate the relationship unless they are overridden by intention guided by discerning intellect. This is the oldest of ancient wisdom. The relationship between our immortal self and our human avatar is described in this essay with suggestions for how to become more lucid. See Becoming Lucid (38) The bottom line is that we appear to have a spiritual nature (discerning intellect) and a human

nature governed by animal instincts. Until we learn to manage our human aspect, we are mostly governed by our human’s survival instincts. Question 36 What would be the implications if we mastered the technology of dimensional transcendentalism from Doctor Who (more space on the inside than what appears from the outside)? Answered March 11, 2021 Answer Perspective is important here. Dr. Who’s phone booth can be taken as a symbol for mind. We have a single point of “I think I am this” but an infinite mental expression of who we are. In practice, that is the essence of “dimensional transcendentalism.” A few important concepts seem to apply here: Empathy – a sensing of another person’s emotions as if they are our own. We empathize, mainly via social and behavioral cues, but many people think there is a psychic aspect of empathy. We might psychically sense another person’s emotional state. Rapport – a link of attention between a person and another person or group of people. It can also apply to concepts like relating well to cars. Some people think the link of rapport between two people is as much psychic as it is a matter of attention. That is, the greater the rapport between two people, the easier it is to empathize. Commune – the meditative focus of attention on another person. Another way of saying this is that thinking of a person is relatively passive. Focusing attention on a person with the intention of empathizing with them is

a focused process that requires a degree of concentrated intention. Perceptual Agreement – my term for the idea that we cannot experience something if we do not think it is real. In other words, it is more likely I will never experience telepathy if I do not think telepathy exists. Let the example of the Mandelbrot Set guide your imagination. The set is plotted point-by-point at the juncture of the ordinary number plane X-Y and the imaginary number plain Xi-Yi where “i” is the square root of -1. (The square root of -1 is not allowed in the normal number set, so the imaginary plane is a special case.) I won’t bother you with the math. I try to explain it to myself in the essay Cosmology of Imaginary Space. (21) The Mandelbrot set includes only the numbers between -2 and 1 on the normal number plane and -1 and 1 on the Imaginary plane. Each point on the plane is plotted according to Z (n+1) = Z(n2) + C where Z0 = C And C = X + Yi The calculation is repeated by folding the output of the first cycle into the assumptions of the next, and so on until the output becomes very large or levels off. The point representing the initial assumption is colored black when the calculation becomes large very quickly. The black area in the above plot of the set is sometimes referred to as The Apple Man. It is the top fractal in

the set. Look at the inset in the plot below. The arrow is pointing to another of the same fractal, but in magnified space. In fact, telescoping down by using increasingly small numbers will show that there are an infinite number of fractals in infinitely small imaginary space. We navigate the imaginary space of the Mandelbrot plot by changing the beginning assumption in the formula. If you think of yourself as the top fractal and the imaginary space of the plot as the etheric space of your mind, you can get a sense of how we navigate our inner thoughts. (Remember this is a comparative model and not actual.) You, as the top fractal, are in relatively stable mental space. The smaller fractals are also relatively stable space and might be considered “little you” as imagined experiences. They represent parts of your worldview as you think you relate to them. Each of us has an imaginary inner space of thought. Well, it is not necessarily imaginary. It is that dimensional transcendentalism mentioned in the question. We both navigate the same inner space, but because I do not know your beginning assumptions, we will likely never encounter one another. That is, our worldviews are different. Following the Principle of Perceptual Agreement, we have different personal realities. The better I am able to empathize with you, the more rapport there is between us, the closer we can come to sharing the same assumptions, and thereby meet mind-to-mind. I submit that it is

not a matter of technology. It is a matter of how we think. Each of us is a singularity with infinite depth. Question 37 How much evidence do skeptics need of the paranormal when we have millions of photos and videos of ghosts and millions of real life ghost stories people have told over the centuries? Answered March 7, 2021 Answer Two reasons come to mind for why skeptics do not accept the evidence of things paranormal. First, skeptics seldom bother to inform themselves of the evidence and current theories. Second, our mostly unconscious mind tends to filter out what does not agree with our beliefs. Thus, sometimes they genuinely do not consciously experience reported phenomena. The net effect is that skeptics are not often convinced about the existence of things paranormal because the existence contradicts their worldview. This is exactly the paradox we have in the dichotomy between ultra conservatives and the rest of the USA. The same kind of insanity that leads a person to believe Clinton eats babies behind a pizza parlor leads skeptics to believe what has by now been well-proven. The mentality that allows a person to say Show me and … “I will expose them and show you how it was done and how fake they are” follows that same dismissive attitude. The only solution I can see is that, we who think things paranormal may be real and need further study, need to do a better job of self-educating. Our most important intellectual

tool is discernment. Discernment only works if we understand the subject. To be sure, the discerning observer will realize that some reported phenomena are ordinary mistaken as paranormal or perhaps much less paranormal than we think. For instance, it is likely that not every bump in the night reported by ghost hunters is paranormal. In that regard, I would say that the vast majority of photographs and sounds should not be held up as evidence. See Classifying Phenomena. (39) Question 38 Hypothetically speaking, what if all paranormal entities and concepts are all real and true? Answered February 14, 2021 Answer The first rule of science is that people’s experiences need to be explained. Most are explained as normal. Remember the old saying that, “To a hammer, everything looks like a nail.” Where I grew up, it was understood that, about the same time each Fall, people began suffering from “Buck Fever.” The same problem goes for inexperienced ghost hunters. I have witnessed a few “hunts,” and saw that, for some people, when in a dark, “scary” place, every “bump in the night” was proof of a ghost. in Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), it has been shown that simple noise modulated with a voice-like cadence will too often be reported as speech. (See EVP Online Phantom Voices (40)) Research has shown that some reported EVP are actually paranormal. See A Model for EVP. (8). From my observation, these normal mistaken as paranormal experiences happen because people know that sometimes they are

actual. Using my “buck Fever” comparison, hunters only get buck fever because they know bucks exist. The test is the ability to discern between normal seeming to be paranormal and paranormal. Continuing this comparison, Anomalistic Psychologists would say a deer hunter might mistake a tree for a buck but should not say they are inherently delusional because bucks exist and sometimes a buck-like tree is really a buck. However, an Anomalous Psychologists would likely say a ghost hunter is delusional rather than mistaken to see a ghost when shown a ghost-like picture of ordinary shadows. That would be a case of researcher bias. We have studied many EVP that have, on average, been correctly reported by uncoached witnesses about 25% of the time. There is quite a lot of evidence that poltergeist effects have been detected in reportedly haunted places. It has been shown that, sometimes, a “bump in the night” may be a paranormal knock. Studies of two kinds of experiences have shown that they are actual. Psychic sensing has been shown to be both real and sometimes very useful. See 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects. (36) Studies have also shown that some apparent psychokinetic phenomena are real. EVP is one of those. My avatar is an example of visual Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). Random Even Generators (REG) can be used to detect the influence of focused attention. See Exploratory Study: The Random Number Generator and Group Meditation. (41) The Survival Hypothesis is a little

trickier. It is argued that all mediums are psychic but only some psychics are mediums. The problem with apparent mediumistic contact with discarnate personalities is that the metaphysics of actual information exchange is identical to mental sensing of people still in the flesh. At this time, almost all reported experiences that seem to show survival can be explained as psychic functioning amongst incarnate personalities. The implication of psychic functioning (psi sensing and psychokinetic expressing) being actual is that there is an aspect of reality that is able to propagate the influence of thought. Parapsychologists refer to that field as the Psi Field Hypothesis. We know the field is nonlocal. I speculate that it is entirely conceptual. If these characteristics are true, there is a need to expand what is considered known science. Given the reality of these phenomena, it might be possible to better design how we teach our children to think. In my study, it is shown that we, as human animals, are almost entirely guided by our survival instincts. Realizing that is true gives us reason to better educate our people to examine if our choices are simply the animal in us or our discerning intellect. Seek to develop discerning intellect by examining your choices and what others tell you. Paranormal phenomena are part of life. Their real value is demonstrating the need to develop our rational self. Question 39 If human consciousness is uploaded as data onto an Android (I read and watched fiction a lot) what

would that be: A. An abomination, B. A miracle of finally achieving immortality? Where would the soul be? Answered February 12, 2021 Answer I explored this question in the essay Avatar. (42) This answer is based on the Strict Dualist model in which it is argued that we, as etheric personality, are entangled with a human body during a lifetime. In this model, personality existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after in a self-aware, sentient form. The argument for why this makes sense is complex. In Strict Dualism, the biological brain is thought to act as a physical-to- etheric transmitter of information about bodily senses to a symbiotic etheric personality. It also acts as an etheric-to-physical receiver of movement commands. This would normally be thought of as a pilot-drone relationship except that our body is also sentient being that it can probably exist without a symbiotic etheric personality. The entanglement appears to be a lifetime merger of conscious self, meaning that we experience the physical as our body, and merger of Worldview, meaning our perception and expressions are organized by the same influences, such as memory, instincts and lessons learned, that organizes our human’s perception and expression. In that way, our choices as etheric personality are moderated mostly by the more dominant human instincts. We think we are human and tend to do human things. The dominance of our human’s instincts appears to be useful in helping us experience the physical in a more “natural” way. That

tunnel often reported by near-death experiencers may be how we experience being free of our avatar’s instincts for the first time in the lifetime. This model suggests that other species of animal may also function as avatars. The entangled personality’s ability to express would be limited by the avatar’s ability to express. Since the biological brain acts as a transmitter receiver, for a robot to be able to host etheric personality, a means of converting machine data into etheric concepts would be needed. A means of using technology to sense etheric intentionality and convert it into physical commands would also be needed. We know that, in Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), technology is able to translate thought as intended order into audible speech. See A Model for EVP (8) Also, the output of Random Event Generators (REG) are known to change in randomness when under the influence of an observer’s attention. This would suggest that we may be able to simulate the receiver aspect of brain using computer technology. We think our etheric friends do not directly experience our physical space, but instead, experience it as a mind-to-mind exchange giving them access to what we who have a biological transmitter-receiver physically sense. At this time, we do not have a useful model for how the biological brain is able to convert electrochemical signals into thought. Until that is figured out, we are not technological ready to build a device that allows mind to sense the physical without the presence of people

to act as observer-reporters. For instance, in remote viewing, we probably do not psychically sense a distant place. Instead, we probably sense that place as it is physically experienced by a local observer. There is also a question as to whether such an etheric-physical relationship would act human because machines do not have a worldview. It may be that we could programmed a machine to simulate human behavior. A machine with only etheric personality and without human instincts would be a rather different entity. My answer, then, is that we should be able to build machines that enable etheric personality to more directly experience the physical in a pilot-drone relationship. If so, the next question must be whether such a discarnate personality would want to use such a drone. Does society want such a machine? Would we “break” the physical as a venue for learning? Question 40 Everything I see and hear happens in my brain. If that's true, then where am I actually? Answered February 4, 2021 Answer There are two very different answers that must be considered. If you are your body (Physicalism), you are where your body is. That is, your consciousness is a product of your biological brain. If your mind is independent of your biological brain (Dualism), then it is reasonable to ask where your body is and where your mind is. From my study, I lean toward Dualism because the related concepts better address actual experiences than does a purely physical explanation. Research is

showing that the influence of mind, known as “Psi” is made possible by a Psi Field. If that is true, then mind is arguably a Psi Field phenomenon. The Psi Field has been shown to be nonlocal, meaning a cause in one place can simultaneously be experienced in many places. That is decidedly not a physical characteristic and tends to add credibility to Dualism. If mind is native to a nonlocal aspect of reality, it becomes reasonable to argue that our actual; self—our mind—is not any one place. Research is also showing that sensed environmental information comes first to our mostly unconscious mind. It is filtered there and probably modified to agree with our worldview. Worldview is our mental database that represents what we believe is true, our memory and our instincts. If we do not believe in something, say fairies, sensed information about that something would be filtered by our mostly unconscious worldview to ignore it, but more likely to change the information before passing it on to conscious awareness … possibly for us to see a butterfly. This tells us that we have a sort of world map in our mind that we use to organize the world we sense. Turned around, that means we tend to make our world according to what we have learned is true. “Making the world” may include our body. According to this Dualistic view, you as mind are nonlocal, or in different terms, reality is a singularity and individually, we are an

aspect of reality … a thought. In turn, the physical earth is also an aspect of reality formed by the agreement of a collective of personalities like you and me. We make our physical world by assigning meaning to sensed information according to what we have been taught. This would seem to mean that our physical body is where we have been taught to look for it in our mental map. Another consideration is that our human body is also a life form. If Dualism is correct, we are entangled in a symbiotic relationship with our human. Since we share worldview, it would seem that we negotiate with our human for all of our lifetime choices. That would mean that we work with our human to navigate our shared mental map. I know this is a complex, arcane explanation. If it is reasonably correct, and I think the science supports it, there are many important lessons we can learn. One implication of our possible symbiotic relationship is that our decisions are mostly influenced by our human’s survival instincts. It is by learning to better manage our human’s instincts that we gain clearer understanding of our actual self through increasing lucidity. Question 41 Answer In a book I am reading, it says that a person’s consciousness is their frequency. Will you please comment on this? I assume consciousness determines frequency of vibration. Answered January 27, 2021 Strictly speaking, frequency is a physical concept referring to a rate of vibration or oscillation.

We sense differences in optical frequencies as different colors of light. Energy is similar. The term is properly used in physics to indicate the degree to which a system is able to do work. Although it is not good physics, people in the New Age community tend to refer to spiritual energy as the human potential to express self. For instance, being positive about lifetime experiences is seen as higher energy than being negative. In the same sense, the frequency of a person’s energy is seen as the person’s awareness. For instance, a high frequency person is thought of as one who is very spiritually mature. That is, the person is more aware of the organizing principles of nature and better able to work with them, rather than against them. My guess is that the author of the book you are reading is referring to lucidity. Consciousness is a characteristic of life. However, a person who is entirely guided by his or her human’s instincts will tend to be of lower frequency (course in character). That is, less lucid or able to sense the actual nature of reality. Lucidity is the term I have learned to represent the effect of increasing spiritual maturity. In effect, as we gain understanding about our actual nature, for instance realizing that we are not our human, we may become more lucid in our perception of the actual nature of reality. That is the objective of spiritual seeking. To help me model our spiritual anatomy,

I described the Organizing Principle of Perceptual Agreement. (5) In effect, we can only experience the aspect of nature that are accounted for in our worldview. Put in a more New Age way, if our perception is very low (we are governed by our human’s instincts), we will be less able to experience the greater reality. In New Age terms, our spiritual frequency does not produce consciousness. It determines the degree to which we are able to experience actual reality. As a metaphysician, it is my preference that we do not confuse these already complex concepts by using physical (physics) terms. Don’t say frequency. Say lucidity. More recently, I have begun using the term “discerning intellect” in place of “spiritually mature.” Question 42 When someone refers to their inner selves as a "spirit ghost", would that mean that would be their original personality or self? Answered January 17, 2021 Answer First, “spirit” and “ghost” are technically the same but are used in different context. We generally do not refer to our core self as a ghost, but sometimes we refer to it as spirit. “Ghost” is applied as the cause of haunt phenomena. “Ghost” may be more like a recording without apparent sentience, but it also may be considered the influence of a sentient, discarnate personality. It is common usage to use “spirit” as if it is the god essence of actual reality. In the electronic voice phenomena (EVP) example recorded by Bill Weber, “I live in spirit,” the speaker

is saying that he is still living, but now he is living in the greater reality. Listen at atransc.org/bill-weber-itc/. (43) In my study of metaphysics, I refer to our core self as personality for the Implicit Cosmology. (3) The most useful model I have found to describe our spiritual anatomy is based on Dualism. That is, Mind exists in a symbiotic relationship with our human avatar. Our conscious self is like our Experiencer. Our worldview, perception and expression functions act as our mostly unconscious Judge. Underlying conscious self as Experiencer and mostly unconscious mind as Judge is our core personality as Observer. We speculate the Personality can be compared to the Biblical Soul. it is thought to be the source of our purpose and memory of the actual nature of realty we have gleaned. Please note that this is not a religious view. If someone refers to themselves as spirit, and if they are reasonably informed about these concepts, they will be referring to their core personality. This view of who we are is important because it gives us a way to better understand ourselves and ways to turn ourselves more toward our presumed actual nature. The main point to consider is that we share our Experiencer and Judge with our human. That means that our choices are greatly influenced by human’s instincts. To manage who we are we must first learn to manage our human’s instincts. Question 43 How do we 'create' consciousness considering that we hold no factual

evidence that it is generated from the neural network in our brain? Answered December 27, 2020 Answer Think of consciousness as the self-aware aspect of who we are … our experiencer. Consciousness is perception and perception is developed in our mostly unconscious mind. That is an emerging understanding of both mainstream science and parapsychology. The Unconscious Mind (44) About First Sight Theory (31) Perhaps a better way of looking at consciousness is to think of it as a life field bound by a core personality as the attractor. Perception is initiated in our mostly unconscious mind by sensed information. It is based on worldview (memory, what we have been taught, instincts). For instance, when we hear a sound, we identify what it is based on our memory. If the sound is unimportant, we ignore it. If we are not sure, we identify the source and modify our memory to accommodate the new example. Those are perception-forming processes of consciousness. In that model, consciousness exists because we are aware of the resulting perception. It appears to be a characteristic of life. Anyone who tries deep meditation knows that our mind is hard-wired to produce perception. There is always incoming sensed information to initiate storytelling. If only the physical aspect of reality is allowed, it is necessary to find consciousness in the bioelectric melee of our physical brain. So far, neuroscience seems to have only found regions of the brain which indicate thought processes. The emergence of consciousness, itself, remains a mystery.

Quantum-level microtubules producing mind is not established science. If a nonphysical aspect of reality is allowed, mind can be thought of as a nonphysical life form. Parapsychologists refer to the field that propagates thought as the Psi Field while “Psi” is the stuff of thought … more properly, the influence of thought. The existence of something like the Psi Field is known and at least partially documented based on the behavior of Psi functioning (psychic, healing intention, mediumship, remote viewing). See A list of 100+ Peer- Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) Given that psi functioning is an established characteristic of mind, and that psi functioning is nonphysical, it is arguable that consciousness is a property of nonphysical space and not biological brain. Brain, then, is a transmitter of sensed information from the body’s five senses and a receiver of movement commands. In principle, it is a drone. In practice, mind is entangled with the body, possibly by way of a shared worldview supporting human instincts. I cannot say with certainty that this model is correct. I can say that, if a theory of consciousness does not at least consider the possibility of nonphysical Psi functioning, it is incomplete. Question 44 In principle, could a brain be rewired to experience more pleasure and/or pain (neuroscience, perception, neurophysiology, brain, pain, psychology)? Answered December 19, 2020 Answer I am not a brain scientist, but I think the answer is “yes,” but indirectly, by changing the way we react

to experiences. There is an old saying that “it is not what happens to us that matters. It is how we react to what happens to us.” In terms of quality of life, experiences can be very distressful, but they sometimes bring unexpected benefits. We can manage which is true by maintaining an attitude of “What can I learn from this.” Spiritualists are interesting people. I speak mainly about National Spiritualist Association of Churches (45) Spiritualists. While they have no real dogma, they do have a set of principles by which they try to live. In essence, they are taught that we have the responsibility to understand the principle that organize nature and to learn to live in accordance with that understanding. We have personal responsibility. Nature is impersonal. While not everything that happens to us or around us is intended as a personal lesson, those experiences always bring with them opportunities to gain understanding. Spiritualists also accept the evidence that our personality continues to exist in a sentient, self-aware form after biological death. This is important to remember when we realize that, to a Spiritualist, sometimes biological death is a healing. Remember, Spiritualists do not see death as the end, only part of a natural process. The overall effect of these assumptions about our nature is that every experience is an opportunity to gain understanding. While an experience may be painful now, try to remember that some important understanding comes only from great challenges. It is not necessary to

become a Spiritualist. However, it can be helpful to consider adopting the attitude that life happens. Don’t take it personally but look for ways to better understand why and how best to deal with it. Question 45 Do we give energy to things or facts or incidents when we think about them? Answered December 19, 2020 Answer As always, the answer depends on how we view reality. If you are a Physicalist and do not accept the idea of the existence of anything nonphysical, mind is a product of brain and ceases to exist when brain dies. A thought is just an electrochemical effect of brain. Things, cars, for instance, exist independently of us and our mind. In the physicalist view, a physical thing is not directly influenced by mind, only by physical acts imagined by mind and carried out by a person. Facts are thoughtforms that become more or less important to us depending on how we feel about them. If you lean toward Dualism, you accept that mind is independent of brain, that it existed before this lifetime and is expected to exist after this lifetime. In Dualism, thoughtforms can be thought of as concepts to which meaning is assigned by mind. Physical things are expressions of mind. A fact is a thoughtform with attributes associated with what is understood about something. An incident is an event that produces a thoughtform associated with memory of that experience and the emotions we have attached to it. Energy is generally

thought of as a physical characteristic and does not really apply to mind. It is a useful term to mean the amount of attention combine with emotional emphasis we place on something but be careful not to be confused by physicalist terms. They imply meaning that may be contradictory to Dualism. The Society for Research in Rapport and Telekinesis (SORRAT) (11) was a development group based on the effect of rapport in everyday living. The idea is that when we think of someone, we establish or reinforce a link of mental attention between our mind and that person. The link is colored by the way we feel about the person and becomes more or less substantial depending on our intention. If you substitute “rapport” for “energy” in the context of this question, it is the combination of visualization (what we think), focus (how directed are our thoughts) and intention (do you want the visualization to be actual). Visualization is based on what we know about that something. Our memory, as it is moderated by our human instincts and cultural training, colors how we visualize something. It is in how we manage the way we visualize something that we determine the nature of our experiences. Question 46 What causes consciousness to travel through a tunnel during Near-death experience? How can the deficiency of Oxygen supply in the eye or occipital lobe explain the sense of high speed in the tunnel and meeting Deceased loved ones at its end? Answered December 11,

2020 Answer As I understand, there has not been a useful explanation provided by scientists for the tunnel experience. The experience seems to be specific to near-death experiences, and seem not to be related to fainting, deep trance or anesthesia. The model I have been studying, which I sometimes refer to as our spiritual anatomy, (46) suggests that we as etheric personality are entangled with a human during a lifetime. That entanglement occurs in our worldview which forms perception. In effect, we unconsciously sense information from the environment in the form of input from our human’s five physical senses and also psychically. That information is judged in our unconscious mind based on our worldview. While we are entangled, our human’s instincts have considerable influence on what we consciously experience. Ours is an avatar relationship with our human in which we are trained from birth to identify with its five senses. When our human dies, we are, for the first time since entanglement at birth, free of the influence of our human’s survival instincts. Based on the model I study, I speculate that a possible explanation for the reported tunnel is the experience of suddenly being free of our human’s instincts. Question 47 How is it possible that there is an accurate knowledge if each one perceives reality in their own way? Answered December 9, 2020 Answer There are three realities. One is the actual reality. It includes the physical universe and an aspect of reality of mind. Another is our

local reality. It includes that part of actual reality we have been exposed to. For instance, you know there is earth and Europe and streets on the other side of the town you live in. You are probably not aware of villages in Greenland, so they are not part of your local reality. You may not have formed a sense of quality (good-bad, pretty-ugly). Then there is your personal reality. It consists of what you are perceptually aware of so that you can remember each part and have a sense of their quality. If you have not been on those streets on the other side of town, they may only exist as intellectually defined places. If you think of humankind as a collective, local reality for the collective consists of every place someone has experienced. We agree that there are villages in Greenland because some of us have been there. When we sense information about our environment, that information is modified by our mostly unconscious mind to better agree with our personal reality. If you think those side streets are part of a slum, you may recall them as undesirable places. Our worldview colors personal reality so that it may be a scary place or full of hope, depending on your experience. The collective reality is probably neutral. From my experience, personal reality is something that always needs to be reconsidered. Does what we think make sense? A person seeking discerning intellect is one who does question with the intention

of aligning personal reality with actual reality. Seeing reality in my own way predictably means I do not see the actual reality. Question 48 Answer Is this a real world or a virtual world? Because it seems real it feels real but are we stuck in our mind? I mean all of our 5 senses is manipulated or being controlled and it showing what we want to see. Can someone explain it for me? Answered December 9, 2020 This is not my field of training, so seek additional input. It is becoming evident that we first unconsciously sense information around us. Our mostly unconscious mind acts as a filter to reject information that does not fit our worldview, or it modifies the information to better agree with what we expect. Here is a thought exercise. Think of your human body as a drone and your conscious self as the drone operator. Modern drone aircraft have an onboard computer programmed to maintain flight stability. In a similar way, your drone body senses information such as touch and smell and has an automatic system supporting basic functions such as balance and breathing. You are not consciously bothered with those tasks. In this discussion, think of your mental worldview as an extension of your body’s onboard computer. Information sensed by your body is also filtered so that all you need to be concerned with is sent to your conscious awareness, but information such as normal smells or the sound of the air conditioner

is ignored. A better way to model ourselves is that our human functions more as an avatar than as a drone. I say this because we appear to share worldview with our human. You and your human make decisions together as a team. Your human instincts dominate at birth, but memory and cultural training comes with growing up. You teach your worldview to ignore some inputs, such as background chatter, unless it might have some importance to your wellbeing. When you were very young, you were taught basics such as what is up or down, and what is red or blue. While what is up seems intuitive, such sensed signals from your body are just information until you have attached meaning. As you attach meaning, your worldview develops a sort of mental map representing the world you experience. As I understand, you will always experience the world as you have been taught unless you learn to question those experiences. The majority of people never cross that threshold. That is one way that each of us is stuck in our culturally defined world. no one teaches us to question. As the drone operator, you can direct movement of your body and perceive a version of what is being sensed. You can change focus by intending to notice more red cars or interesting food. Worldview changes in small increments, so that you cannot experience the color blue as red without teaching your mind that is what you intend. You have the virtual

reality of your body, but you also have your own set of instincts and cultural training. That is a consequence of Strict Dualism. Some of who you are is from your body. The rest is from your conscious self. You have instincts guiding your purpose and your human drone has its instincts to assure dominance of its gene pool. Think of your instincts as discerning intellect which includes furthering your purpose as part of a collective consciousness. In this thought exercise, the objective world exists as a collection of thought objects maintained by the collective. You might decide that all cars are red, but the collective also has a say. In the end, we agree. I live in your world; you live in ours. Together, our world is an agreed-on blend of the two. In this model, you are first mind and then a human. In fact, we live in a virtual world. We have been taught that some of our sensed information is physical. For instance, I attribute my psychic sensing of your mood as thought or virtual. I know to attribute physical meaning to information coming from my human’s five senses. That is a way of thinking of our world from the perspective of mind rather than the perspective of body. Question 49 What are any real metaphysical or practical spiritual powers besides the Claire and Tarot? Answered December 5, 2020 Answer Let me break this question down a little. I will begin with “practical spiritual powers.” Parapsychologists

are the academics who have claimed the authority to study paranormal phenomena. Parapsychologists call the influence of mental expression “Psi.” Psi functioning is the expression of such abilities as psychic ability, mental mediumship and the expression of healing intention. Psi influence is modeled as being propagated in a nonphysical field that permeates the physical called the Psi Field. The best information I have been able to glean from parapsychologists is that psychic sensing is a natural ability we all inherit. When we reach for the saltshaker, for instance, we unconsciously express a psychokinetic influence on the saltshaker to be in our hand. The idea is that we first mentally interface with our world. See First Sight Theory. (47) We psychically sense our world. The problem is that we do so subconsciously. That information is moderated by what we think is true. What we become aware of is a version of the incoming information that has been modified to better agree with what we expect. Else, the information may be rejected. Lucidity is a measure of how clearly we sense the actual nature of incoming, psychically sensed information. The “spiritual power” is decided by our lucidity. For the sake of conversation, I describe a Lucidity Spectrum with “entirely informed by human instincts” on one extreme and “consciously sensing actual reality” on the other. The majority of people are almost entirely not lucid, being guided by the urge to assure dominance of the personal gene pool. “Spiritual power” is related to lucidity.

I take “the claire” as a reference to the French prefix, “clair-” meaning clear. Clairvoyance is clear seeing and has become the umbrella term for all of the other senses. It is an old term parapsychologists have replaced with Extra Sensory Perception (ESP), and more currently, with Psi functioning. Tarot is two things. It is a divination crutch based on the use of the symbols in a deck of cards. There are, let us say, ideological cards like butterflies, angles and such. Then there are Tarot cards based on the Hermetic teaching. The original 22 Major Arcana or Keys are cards used to depict the spiritual evolution of a seeker. There may be additional cards in the deck which are used for divination. Other than understanding the symbiology, Tarot is not an ability. It is a tool. In fact, the Hermetic Tarot includes important spiritual lessons. Virtually all of the other decks I have seen are simply tools for divination. That divination is in the form of the card reader being inspired to visualize information for the sitter. Tea leaves or bones work about the same way. We are continuously creating our personal reality. We are doing so, based on what we have been taught to expect. For the average person, “what we expect” today is that they are their body and that when it dies, so do they. In that worldview, there is no such thing as spiritual or spiritual power. If we do accept anything spiritual, it is

virtually always in the confines of religious doctrine. I am a certified mental medium and a commissioned spiritual healer. I am also mediocre in those abilities. You see, I have the natural ability … we all do … but I tend to suppress them because I am an engineer by temperament and tend to overanalyze everything. The predictable result is that I tend to suppress the spontaneity of the sort of psychic functioning many of my friends experience. There are many ways to develop Psi-based abilities but all of them require self-education and practice. But stop thinking of them as this or that. Think of them as just two things. You are more or less lucidly aware of your Psi sensing or not. It is for you develop your natural ability by furthering your lucidity. Doing so has the potential to help you be more aware of your natural Psi functioning. Psi functioning is your primary way of interfacing with reality. It manifests in such skills as being able to sense information that is not physically evident. The more important value is that it is how we interface with humankind. Question 50 How do we perceive that reality is as is? Answered November 26, 2020 Answer This is a seeker’s question. The short answer is that it may be possible to converge on perception of actual reality, but it is our nature to explain what we sense based on what we think is true. That means we always consciously experience

a version of actual according to what we have been taught, human instincts and a degree of acquired discerning intellect. In this context, lucidity means the degree to which a person correctly perceives reality. It is useful to think that there is a lucidity spectrum. As shown in the Lucidity Model Diagram below, the left extreme represents people entirely guided by memory, culture and instincts participate in life without questioning their assumptions. The right extreme represents people who have come to correctly sense reality. The majority of people never cross the threshold from living with the assumption of correct perception to actively seeking to manage perception. I know no one who has progressed to the farthest extreme. I suspect progression is one of those “converging on but never reaching” concepts. (The term is asymptotic.) From my study, I understand that, at a basic fundamental level, our purpose in life is twofold. First, to honor our human and live a full life. Second, to seek greater understanding through daily experiences as a person. Important understanding comes from both enjoyable and painful experiences. It is the understanding that counts. It appears that recognizing there is a difference between choices based on human instincts and choices based on discernment and then intending to understand the actual nature of experiences, tends to teach our mostly unconscious mind to be less dogmatic in the way it translates experiences into perception. From my experience, the answer, then, is that we always translate experiences. It is possible

to make that translation less based on habit and instincts, and more based on intention, by habitually questioning our perception. Ask yourself, “what are the implications of what I believe?” Consider if those implications are what was intended or if they suggest a different way of thinking. I know of no magical bullet for this. Seeking is a lifestyle and not an event. I have written thousands of words on this, but as a layperson, my words carry little academic authority. The above is my “reporter’s version” of what I think other teachers intend. My very first reference for this study comes from Hermes of Egypt who is thought to have lived 6,000 years ago. I have discussed his work in The Hermes Concepts. (1) Especially look at Line 11. and 12. My understanding is in italic. 11. With this thou wilt be able to master all things and transmute all that is fine and all that is coarse. The Great Work described in the Cabala is the process of changing the young, immature Self into a Master of the principles governing the operation of reality. In the terminology of the Cabala, achieving God-Realization is described as a transmutation. While the process of transmuting the base metal of lead into a higher quality gold is a subject of earnest research in alchemy, it is often used as an analogy for the process of transmuting the ignorant seeker into a spiritually mature master. The process is achieved through adaptation of the

organizing principles into all of the objects of reality. 12. So the world was created. Hence were all the wonderful adaptations of the One Thing manifested; but the arrangements that follow this great mystic path are hidden. Again, the One Thing is differentiation of reality by way of the Creative Process. The Creative Process is a person’s intention acting on an imagined outcome to make it so. Differentiation is bound by organizing principles. Hermes is explaining that all of reality was formed by way of the same principles he has explained in the previous lines. An important concept here is “For those who have eyes to see.” The way described in this lesson is hidden to those who have not followed this path. Question 51 There's the other and then there's the here. The other can't be known and the here is only known through its material manifestation. Is it not true that if a ghost appears in your room, that the ghost must be a material thing and from the here? Answered November 22, 2020 Answer In terms of current thought about the nature of reality, I understand “the other” to be nonphysical or conceptual and “the here” to be physical or objective. There are two dominant theories about the nature of reality. The Physicalist view is that reality began with the rapid expansion of a singularity in what is popularly known as The Big Bang. In effect, everything that is real has evolved out of that singularity. In

that model, mind is somehow a product of biological brain and exists as an effect that can be traced to the way we experience. It has no actual nonphysical characteristic. The seemingly separateness of our mind would be an artifact of our sense of central position. In Physicalism, a ghost can only be an illusion unless it obeys physical organizing principles. It is imagined by the observer to walk through walls, or it is an as yet unidentified life form obeying physical principle that allows apparent walking through walls. Dualism holds that there is a greater reality of which the physical is an aspect. In Dualism, mind is a distinct entity entangled with biological brain during this lifetime. In Dualism, the physical body acts as an environmental sensor sending information via the brain to mind. In this sense, think of mind as a drone operator and our body as the drone. An important difference between Physicalism and Dualism is that the arrow of creation in Physicalism flies from that singularity to the present. Everything we experience must be explained in that context. In Dualism, the arrow of creation flies from whatever source produced the greater reality (what produced the Big Bang). If Dualism is allowed, our mind is native to the greater reality. Information we sense from our physical body is assigned physicality if it is intended to be physical, else it is a thoughtform. In this model, a car is physical because we have learned to assign sensed information

related to the car concept as physical. During a lifetime, that is how we are conditioned to experience environmental signals. In Dualism, ghosts are entirely nonphysical. The personality associated with a ghost is the same as our personality except that we identify with a physical body. As the theory goes, everyone psychically senses their environment, so when we psychically sense a discarnate personality, we have been taught that what we are sensing must have a physical body. That is our conditioned expectation. If we knew to expect the presence of a discarnate personality, say which we sense mediumistically, then we would be expecting a thoughtform and not a ghost. In a dark, old building, we expect a ghost and not long-dead Uncle John. Since science is divided on this, it is up to the individual to self-educate and decide. Does Physicalism make better sense? If so, then people who see a ghost are delusional. If that is the decision, it is also necessary to account for related phenomena such as psychic access to remote information. A proper theory must address all of the questions. I lean toward Dualism. Question 52 Which among the theories on “self” as a cognitive construction best explains your personality dynamics? Answered November 11, 2020 Answer By “theories on self,” I understand you to mean the relationship between brain and mind and the meaning of consciousness. By “personal dynamics,” I understand you to mean how the theory I adhere to relates to the way I think

and act. I am a Strict Dualist, meaning that I accept the evidence that we are relatively immortal personality entangled with our human avatar for this lifetime. It is my understanding that an aspect of who I am existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after in a self-aware, sentient form. The implication of sentience independent of biological brain is that I probably brought some understanding about reality with me into this lifetime. Call that understanding lucidity. We know that we have a functional area of our mostly unconscious mind that acts as a database filled with human instincts, lucidity, what we have been taught is true and memory. Human instincts are all about assuring dominant continuation of the personal gene pool. That means virtually all of my actions would be selfish unless I consciously impose my more altruistic inclinations. The question any model of self must address is where my altruistic instincts come from. After watching the 2020 election year polarization of society in the USA, I have come to the conclusion that the ultraconservative part of our society is virtually entirely informed by our human’s gene survival imperative. Unmoderated human instincts tend to make people more fearful as a pray animal and sometimes more aggressive as a top predictor. Part of human influence is the way our survival and tribal instincts modify what we consciously experience. if we have a fearful personality, ordinary signals from our world may seem more fearful. A conspiracy theory may be

more believable if believing brings us closer to our tribal leaders, and thus, enhances the stature of our gene pool. Altruism seems to come when a person learns to examine the implications of thoughts and choices. With the understanding that we are ultimately all one in spirit, that we are immortal beings and that we sometimes learn more form seemingly negative experiences, choices become more toward the greater good, than the individual. I have not achieved the degree of understanding I think possible. Seeking greater discerning intellect is a way of living and not an endpoint. Seeking to live life from the immortal-centric perspective is a challenge that is more meaningful to what I think is true than is the Physicalist point of view that we are our body and die when it dies. Question 53 How do you formulate your own philosophy of the self, explain your concept, and provide examples and illustrations? Answered November 8, 2020 Answer My personal website (15) contains essays that show my evolution in thought as I developed a metaphysical cosmology which might be better understood as our spiritual anatomy. Rather than explaining how I arrived at my current philosophy of self, I will just provide a bullet list of major characteristics. • I am not my body. I am an immortal personality entangled with a human avatar for this lifetime. See Life Fields. (48) • My worldview can be described as a database of memory, previously acquired lucidity, my human’s instincts and what

I have been taught. See Spiritual Anatomy. (46) • All of what I become consciously aware of has first been evaluated by my mental perception-expression processes which is moderated by my worldview. See Mind as Storyteller. (49) • Entanglement means that I share my worldview with my human. That means that my conscious perception is colored by my human’s survival instincts. Unless I consciously intervein to be more Humanist, all of my choices will be intended to assure the survival and dominance of my gene pool. See Conditional Free Will. (25) • • Like everyone, I am a naturally occurring psychic. I am also a certified mental medium. Yet, I understand that what I sense is what I expect to sense unless I am able to train my mostly unconscious mind to tell me the actual nature of reality. That means, as I become more lucid, I also become more aware of the psychic atmosphere around me. For instance, I need to be mindful that I am more empathetic than before. It also means that, when I convey a mediumistic message, I must be mindful that what I am conscious of has been colored by what I expect (moderated by worldview). See Becoming Lucid. (38) I know that, once my mind makes a decision, it is reluctant to change. It only changes in small increments. The one influence I have to manage my worldview is to intend to experience reality as it is. I tell this to my mind by

examining everything I think is true for sensibility. That is, do the implications of what I am become aware of make sense? See The Mindful Way. (16) • The majority of people do not question their choices. That means they are pretty much 100% guided by their survival instincts. That means that it is necessary to be aware of the degree of lucidity of the people around me. I recently explored the implications of this in Radical Conservatism. (50) • I am one of the grownups now. By that, I mean that I have learned enough to be able to conduct a rational exploration of ideas and recognizer what is sensible and what is not. Part of that personal confidence comes from the idea of Suspended Judgment. If the sensibility of something is not clear, I resist making a decision about it until more information comes in. See A Reason for Mindfulness. (51) These are the major elements of my philosophy of self. Most of them apply to everyone. My motto is “Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe.” To “understand” first requires understanding the above in terms you can relate to. Question 54 Is the paranormal/supernatural a subset of metaphysics? Answered November 8, 2020 Answer Metaphysics is not about the paranormal it is the examination of the nature of things in their most fundamental form. I am not academically trained in philosophy, but as I have learned to use metaphysics, it is best based

on science. If it is, the basic concepts of a metaphysical view should be able to be described as a cosmological model that can suggest testable hypotheses. In the metaphysics of Physicalism, the universe is said to have begun with the rapid expansion of a singularity in a process popularly known as “The Big Bang.” From the Big Bang came stars, rocks, fish and people. Also, mind is considered a consequence of biological brain. In the metaphysics of Dualism, the Big Bang may be correct. However, in Dualism, mind is modeled as being independent of brain and existing in a nonphysical aspect of reality sometimes referred to as the Psi Field. (52) There are numerous cosmologies for Dualist metaphysics. The Planes of Existence Diagram below illustrates one such cosmology from ancient wisdom schools. Supernatural is an old term for what is generally referred to today as paranormal. Paranormal is used to refer to reported experiences that are not currently explained by known science. It could apply to UFOs and Big Foot but is it most often a reference to etheric-to-physical influences and information access. Anomalous acquisition of information is a fancy parapsychological term for psychic functioning. Psi is the influence of thought, and so, functioning as a psychic is Psi functioning. In the order of names, metaphysics is the study of fundamental concepts in nature. A cosmology should evolve out of a metaphysical view. a proper cosmology should help a researcher imagine and develop theories to help explain an apparent

paranormal experience. For instance, in Strict Dualism, the mind is modeled as independent of brain. If that is true, then there must be a medium that propagates mind. There must be lines of influence between mind and the environment … both ways. There must be a source for mind in the same sense that the primordial soup is thought to be the source for our human body. I refer to the model I use in Etheric Studies as the Implicit Cosmology. (3) The metaphysical view is Dualism. The cosmology is the relationship between mind and body and the rest of reality. Even though many terms used to describe the cosmology are also used in religion, this is not about religion or belief. It is about testable models and ideas intended to help us better understand ourselves and our world. Question 55 If there is no randomness, does it ultimately mean there can’t be free will as well? Answered November 7, 2020 Answer Randomness Physical processes are determined by naturally occurring physical principles. For instance, an apple falling from a tree falls under the influence of the same principles every time. They include the acceleration rate of local gravity, air residence, Coriolis Effect due to the earth’s spin. Those influences determine general behavior of a falling apple. The fall is deterministic. Free Will Considering the “Nature’s Habit” aspect of how things work, the behavior of things around us tends to be deterministic and that predictable factor in our environment tends to

turn us toward predictable choices. Because our world is determinant, much of our behavior is also. Our biological organism is largely influenced by a set of genetic predispositions or instincts. Probably the strongest instinct is to make choices that will assure continuity, even dominance, of our personal gene pool. I suspect the behavior of the majority of people is entirely dominated by this instinct. Think of a person as a decision machine that will behave in a predictable manner, depending on the circumstance. The circumstance is largely predictable; however, the uncertainty for how a person will behave increases as we are further in time from the initial influence. Just as a weather forecast program might examine small segments of the geography and combine the results into a global prediction, a computer program might be written to reasonably predict individual behavior based on social economic conditions and then to combine individual readings for a community-level prediction of behavior. I expect this is routine today. I explored the idea of free will in the essay, Conditional Free Will. (25) My conclusion was that we did not have free will or self-determination. However, we may have a degree of free will if we find a way to make a distinction between self-serving human instincts and community-serving discerning intellect. Some people seem to realize that they are more than their physical body. When they do so, they often turn toward choices that benefit the greater good in ways that are contrary to predictable choices.

There seems to be no randomness in the sense that an effect occurs without apparent cause. Apparent randomness comes from local observations and not global ones. A better way of thinking of the problem is uncertainty. The farther we are from a cause, the more opportunities for other causes to modify the effect. Without conscious determination to examine the implications of every action, those actions will tend to be predictable. Self-determination seems to increase as the person accepts the responsibility for personal actions. That is one of the reasons it is so important to seekers of greater discerning intellect to seek greater lucidity. Question 56 Based on the learning that you gain in this lesson, can you create your own ethical principles and be able to explain these principles? Answered November 6, 2020 Answer I take, by “… learning that you gain in this lesson …,” you mean lessons from this lifetime. So, to reword the question, “can a person develop a personal code of ethics based on what is learned from lifetime experiences?” It is good to make a distinction between morality and ethics. Moral codes tend to be cultural dictates of what is right and wrong. The problem is that morally correct in one culture may be immoral in another. Ethics tends to be more personal. For instance, I consider it unethical to tell a lie, but others see lies as more expediently acceptable. Ethics also tend to be based on more fundamental principles. For instance, seeking greater

lucidity seems to be linked to the practice of mindfulness. Both involve learning to intend to clearly see reality as it is, rather than as we have been taught. From that increasing awareness comes understanding of personal responsibility. Ethical behavior is expected to be behavior for the greater good as opposed to self-serving. I understand an “ethical principle” to be personal recognition of a relationship between elements of nature and how best to live in accordance with that understanding. The characteristics of nature sometimes known as Natural Law are part of the fabric of nature, what I think of as Organizing Principles. (27) We do not create them, only realize their existence. With that in mind, my short answer to the question is “Yes.” We do discover natural principles as we experience life. Understanding that reality and ethics are all about people, the principles we notice tend to help us navigate social situations. However, that understanding can take the form of better social skills to manipulate people (unethical) or better social skills to be a better citizen (ethical). In the end, it is necessary to understand the difference between personal good and the greater good. One of my guides for this is the Katha Upanishad. (53) I explored this in The Razor’s Edge - Katha Upanishad (23) Essay. In essence, it explains a spiritual perspective for why a person would apply discriminating intellect to make decisions that furthers spiritual understanding, as opposed to deciding with an unrestrained mind. “Discriminating intellect”

and “unrestrained mind” are terms used in the Katha Upanishad. Discriminating intellect is a good way to describe the presence of mind a person might have to recognize the personal value of turning understanding toward the collective’s greater good. While writing A Personal Code of Ethics for the Mindful Way, (54) it became evident that by writing down a few basic ethical behaviors, it is easier to establish a living pattern of seeking to be more ethical. The table here shown the one I drafted for myself. Consider this from the Dalai Lama: All the world’s major religions, with their emphasis on love, compassion, patience, tolerance, and forgiveness can and do promote inner values. But the reality of the world today is that grounding ethics in religion is no longer adequate. This is why I am increasingly convinced that the time has come to find a way of thinking about spirituality and ethics beyond religion altogether. Dalai Lama September 10, 2012 (55) You are right to question the part living experiences have in our increasing understanding. A personal code of ethics is a useful mechanism for helping the seeker keep an eye on the objective. Question 57 Answer What is the danger in thinking that what you know is the truth? Answered October 23, 2020 The one document I am aware of that is thought to be correctly attributed to Hermes, the Egyptian teacher of 6,000 years ago, is popularly known as the Emerald Tablet. See The Hermes Concepts. (1)

It appears to be instruction from Hermes about what is known in the Hermetic Wisdom Schools as “The Great Work,” which is I study as the Creative Process. (12) The Great Work is all about turning the coarse human nature we are born with into the discerning person we might be. The 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot also depict this process. As far as I can tell, the Great Work is fundamentally the process of learning to see reality as it is rather than as we have been taught. “Understanding” is perhaps a better term than “truth” because there probably are no absolute truths about something but there are degrees of understanding about that something. As we gain in experience, we converge our understanding on its actual nature. The Great Work is not done to us. It is something each of us must decide to undertake. In its essence, it is simply learning to examine our every action to see if it makes sense and if it is based on our best understanding. The trick is to realize that people simply do not examine their actions. Enlightenment is the realization that we can do better. Movement toward discerning intellect is what comes from doing something about it. See The Mindful Way Essay. (16) What are the dangers? Consider our society today here in the USA. We are divided by belief-based ideologies. Inhumane treatment of others is widely accepted. People tend to be okay with 1% of the population

holding virtually all of the wealth and power. We lack the sense of urgency about so many things a rational person would be freaked out about. None of these attitudes are sustainable. The one glaring example of the danger of incorrect understanding of truth is the increased number of conspiracy theorists in our midst. “Did Hilary really open a pizza parlor to catch and eat children? A startlingly large number of citizens think they are justified by God, and/or the Constitution to hate others. If someone wants to do something, all they need to do is say it is their constitutional right. All of these are our human instincts driving the body-chariot rather than our discerning intellect. The Razor’s Edge - Katha Upanishad (23) The danger of assuming that a falsehood is truth is not the subject itself, but the failure of the individual to realize the need to question assumptions. Being wrong does not often kill the person. In fact, it may help assure dominance of the person’s gene pool (a human instinct thing). It depends on whether or not the person wants to serve only self or serve the greater good. Question 58 What is duality of being, and why should I care? Answered October 21, 2020 Answer In the dualist model of personality, we are a spiritual personality entangled with a human avatar for this lifetime. Even if you do not accept the idea that we have a spiritual aspect, the idea that we are strongly motivated

by survival instincts is indisputable. A few people moderate those usually selfish instincts with an altruistic urge to further the greater good. The push- pull dynamics of those opposite urges goes to form everyone’s behavior. Consider the Lucidity Model Diagram below. Think of it as a duality consequence model. On the left are people who are almost entirely guided by their human instincts. In practice, they act without much thought about the consequences beyond dominance of their gene pool. On the right are people who have gained a degree of conscious control over their human instincts. I mark the Enlightenment Threshold as the change in mental state that occurs when people realize they are more than their physical body. Note that the Increasingly Humane curve is greatly enhanced after that. In this model, “duality of being” means this difference between our animal nature and our spiritual nature. (Find the word you can live with for “spiritual.” Perhaps “maturity.”) Does the difference matter? Some people spend the greater part of their life trying to gain greater lucidity. That translates as trying to manage human instincts to be more discerning. Religious leaders and philosophers have taught the need for this seeking for at least 6,000 years. Spend a little time contemplating the degree of influence human instincts have on people in political circumstances. How would you place conservatives on the scale? How about gun owners? Question 59 Let us say that we define free will as the ability to consciously choose any

one out of two or more options available to us. If the above definition is accepted, then do human beings have free will? Answered October 21, 2020 Answer To have free will, one must first have the ability to correctly sense the environment. In fact, what we are consciously aware of is a modified version of what we unconsciously sense. For instance, we do not directly hear words spoken to us. We hear what our unconscious mind has been conditioned to think of the words spoken to us. From the essay, Conditional Free Will, (25) here is a brief list of possible external influences that go toward modifying our free will: Determinism — Our perception of the present is largely determined by our memory of the past. Deterministic influences include our genes (instincts), prior experiences, social dynamics, cultural influences and acquired lucidity. In physical processes, it means that a process is bound by natural principles. See Determinism (56) Nature-Nurture — Is a person’s temperament predominantly the product of social, environmental influences such as growing up in an academically inclined family versus one more focused on sports (Nurture)? Or is a person’s temperament something that is set at birth; perhaps carried in our genes (Nature)? Nature’s Habit — Human instincts are a behavior version of Nature’s Habit which tend to determine how an organism will behave. This includes human instincts. God’s Will — A widely held view is the religious one in which our fate is thought to be destined as

God’s will. Predetermined by Agreement — This seems like a New Age theory, but it is actually very similar to God’s will, in that our actions are possibly predetermined by etheric influences beyond our control. Lucidity — It is argued in Dualism that our actual self existed before this biological lifetime and that it entered into this lifetime with previously acquired understanding. This understanding manifests as a degree of lucidity. It is useful to think of lucidity promoting more altruistic choices and human’s instincts promoting more self-serving choices. The point to keep in mind is that we seldom consciously decide. When we react, we do so based on perception that has been unconsciously formed. For most of us, unless we have realized how external influences help form our decisions, we will predictably follow what is best to further our gene pool’s dominance over others. By consciously and habitually examining our daily decisions to see if the result is what we intend, we teach our mostly unconscious mind how we want to decide. For instance, when spiritual seekers want to develop greater lucidity (seeing reality as it is rather than as we have been taught), they begin to moderate the influence their human instincts have on their thoughts and actions by always questioning themselves. Perhaps a better term than “free will” is self-determination, as it is something we must manage. It does not happen to us. Most of us experience reality as we expect it to be. That is a learned

expectation. In fact, free will is an illusion unless we consciously intervein. Very, very few people do so. Question 60 Can the paranormal ever become normal? Answered October 16, 2020 Answer In the context of phenomena related to psychic functioning, “paranormal” means unusual human abilities or experiences related to mind that are not accounted for with known science. “Normal” means in agreement with known science. While “paranormal” is a popular term, and “parapsychology” is the study of paranormal-related psychology, using terms like frontier or emergent science might offer a better perspective. Paranormal phenomena seem to depend on the existence of a nonphysical aspect of reality. In parapsychology, one explanatory model for this is the Psi Field Hypothesis. The term “Psi” is used by some parapsychologists for the influence of thought. The Psi Field is usually described as a nonlocal field “overlaying” or emerging from the physical aspect of reality. In that sense, the arrow of creation points “outward” from the physical to the etheric. It is described in the Implicit Cosmology (3) as an aspect of the greater reality (etheric). In that case, the Arrow of Creation points inward from the etheric toward physical. It is nonlocal in the sense that an effect experienced in one location can be simultaneously detected everywhere. It is also nonphysical because there is no known way to shield from the influence of Psi. Thought is nonphysical, meaning that we have no way to shield from its influence and that influence seems to be everywhere

we look. This is an important often overlooked point. Mind may be a product of biological brain, but mind is not biological in character. This is the paradox. Most scientists studying mind insist that mind emerges from biological brain, and therefore, must be a physical characteristic of brain. Yet, if mind behaves in ways that seem to indicate that it is nonphysical (the influence of mind is propagated in the Psi Field), it may not be able to be correctly explained using physical principles alone. By rejecting the existence of something like the Psi Field, scientists do not have the necessary physical principles to explain observed effects of thought. There are two ways I can think of in which paranormal might become normal. More people accepting the idea of paranormal will not make the related phenomena normal. For the majority of people, science guides popular opinion. However, a reported mental characteristic such as empathy can be developed. If more and more people learn to use empathy as a guide in daily living, that aspect of the paranormal would become more widely accepted and seen as “normal.” I think the term would be “defacto normal.” The second way paranormal might become normal is if mainstream scientists agreed to include the possibility of a Psi Field. Phenomena such as anomalous access to information (being psychic) will always be paranormal until mainstream science finds a way to integrate something like the Psi Field Hypothesis into mainstream thought. Question 61 Why can the senses

not always be trusted? Answered October 14, 2020 Answer Perception is a science by itself. As an engineer who deals a lot with conceptual information that is not decisively present, I have come to realize that people are poor witnesses. The problem is that people do not realize they are poor witnesses. Often, they will fight to the bitter end to prove that they are right. This witness problem is especially important in the study of things paranormal such as psychic functioning. I have mostly stopped agreeing to evaluate some examples of reportedly paranormal phenomena because my suggestion that an example may not be paranormal is assured to anger the person. Things paranormal are, by definition, a conceptual influence producing an objective effect. That is, things we can physically experience are initiated by thought. Any form of mental access of information that cannot be independently verified must be questioned. For instance, in the Zener Card experiments in which a person is asked to predict what the next card will be, the experimenter has the target card and can verify the answer. At the same time, when a psychic tries to help the police find a missing person, if there is no way of verifying the information, the psychic become more a waste of time for the police. This is not to say that such phenomena are not real, it is just that many people who think they are good psychics have not taken the time to test and envelop their

skills. There are Best Practices. For instance, a practitioner telling a sitter something that cannot be verified at the time may be misleading for the sitter. The competence of the practitioner needs to be established to the sitter and there should always be cautionary guidance concerning the likelihood that the practitioner is mistaken. The problem seems to come from how we process information. Environmental information comes first to our mostly unconscious mind. There, it is compared to our worldview. It may be ignored if it simply does not fit. More likely, the mind will modify the information to agree with worldview. It is that modified information which we are consciously aware. In my opinion, the solution is something like what I refer to as The Mindful Way. (16) It is simply habitually questioning the implications of what we think and our actions with the intention of seeing reality as it is, we tend to teach our worldview that we want to have a more lucid sense of incoming information. It is not something that happens all at once. That is why seeking is a journey and not an event. Question 62 The four traits of the human persons are made evident through our actions. What is in our human nature that is intangible element, along with the body, defines us persons? Answered October 13, 2020 Answer Complex question. I am going to guess that you are referring to something like the four personality traits defined in The Four Different Personality

Types. (57) They are: Driver — Fact-Based Extrovert Analytical — Fact-Based Introvert Amiable — Relationship Introvert Expressive — Relationship Extrovert Note that most people will express major and minor types. People will tend to present as a Driver, for instance, which is an aggressive temperament. However, they may have a soft side such as Amiable or technical side, such as Analytical. When trying to model Dualism, I have attempted to consider how we might identify human animal-motivated behavior (survival instinct) as opposed to discerning intellect motivated behavior. One clue is the way astrologers explain astrological traits as opposed to the four personality traits. Astronomical traits are typically described in terms of animal characteristics such as nest building and distrust of the opposite sex. Here is a diagram I have used for that discerning intellect-human instinct analysis: Both temperament and astronomical models reasonably describe a personality, but clearly one looks more toward the influence of human instincts while the other seems to better describe discerning intellect aspects of who people are. I will spare you the argument about Dualistic separation between human and spiritual personality. The bottom line is that people’s behavior models better if the two are looked at separately. The next factor that seems to define us is concerned with the degree to which an individual has learned to manage human instincts. We are born pretty much entirely dominated by our human instincts. While we “civilize” children so that they do not follow their instinct to procreate with every

opportunity or kill for food, people’s decision making mostly continues to be dominated by the urge to assure dominance of the personal gene pool above everyone else. Some people realize that they are not their human body and some of those people begin a conscious process of seeking to understand their actions from the perspective of discerning intellect. The more spiritually mature amongst us has learned to moderate human instincts while still living a human lifetime. They will still respond as the astrological sign suggests, but they will be more guided by the need to support the greater good by finding opportunities to gain understanding in every experience. I define a person as an immortal self entangled with a human in an avatar relationship. A person exhibits self as a balance of its human instincts, inherited human traits, discerning intellect and the degree to which the person has learned to manage the entangled relationship. We are all on a path toward personal understanding. Some have longer to go than others. We all hold a light for those who come after. Question 63 What if an animal developed a human- like consciousness? Answered October 13, 2020 Answer A useful model for speculating about consciousness is Strict Dualism in which it is held that mind exists independent of biological brain. With that, we can posit that life is a universal fractal of nature. By fractal, I mean that reality consists of life fields and the expressions of life fields. This is a

strictly metaphysical view, but it can help here. As a fractal, all instances of life have the same basic functional areas, such as expression, instincts and the ability to integrate experience. A human skin cell life fractal would not be able to talk like the top organism fractal. Its personal reality would be limited to its biological circumstance. A cat organism fractal is not biologically equipped to speak human words. But then, humans are not well developed to purr. My point is that there is mind and then there are circumstances in which each instance of mind must express itself. Another factor is inheritance. Humans have evolved with essentially the same biological capabilities. Our apparent superior intellect is a product of that evolution. If a cat had the same structural capabilities at the beginning of their evolution, I would suggest that they would be like us … only with more fur and less scrutable. In the above thought exercise, “human consciousness” is probably not the right way to ask the question. Perhaps the better way is to ask, “What if all animals had the same capability of consciousness as do we humans.” My answer is that other life forms are the same as us, only with different capabilities to express that sameness. Question 64 Does honesty really matter? Answered October 11, 2020 Answer Virtually every system of belief I am aware of that values the spiritual wellbeing of the person teaches the importance of seeing reality as it is and

not as we have been taught. We are not born seeing truth. We begin by seeing the world as our human animal. Its instincts are to assure the continuation and dominance of its gene pool. If it were not for the influence of society, we would enter into the world like killer rabbits. Think of truth as correct understanding. On our first encounter with a concept, we learn a little about it and may call that truth. However, on the next encounter, we see there is more to know and call that truth. Understanding comes via a gradual change in our worldview as we converge on truth. While there is a collective truth of our society, underlying that are fundamental organizing principles that represent the actual nature of reality. The seeker of discerning intellect realizes this difference and seeks to look beyond the collective view. Okay, so that is fundamental truth. There is also present truth which correctly describes society and the individual’s relationship with it. Truth in that sense matters because, when a society does not respond to lies by correcting them, conspiracy theories thrive, and governments are weakened. The powerful use lies to manage the weak. Look at our present government in the USA. My policy is to reference my writing as little as possible but in this case, I have just published an update that includes comments about “Speaking Truth.” It may be more helpful. Etheric Studies Occasional Update 8 (58) Question 65 Is mindfulness a reality

check of our thought process and deliverables? Answered October 10, 2020 Answer I understand your question as “Is mindfulness a technique for managing our thoughts.” If this is a reasonable understanding, the short answer is yes. There is mindfulness as taught in meditation and what I think of as self- observing, self-editing mindful thinking. According to lexico.com, mindfulness is: 1 The quality or state of being conscious or aware of something. 2 A mental state achieved by focusing one's awareness on the present moment, while calmly acknowledging and accepting one's feelings, thoughts, and bodily sensations, used as a therapeutic technique. I think the meditative practice of self-aware (Definition 2) is the most common view of mindfulness. I am not qualified to address that form. As a seeker of discerning intellect, I have found it useful to think of The Mindful Way (16) as a technique for consciously aligning my personal reality with actual reality. The idea is for me to habitually question every decision and act to see if it is reasonable, humane and if it represents my understanding. A concept I often encounter is what I refer to as Perceptual Agreement (5): Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. If I cannot conceive of an idea, I cannot integrate it into my awareness. The more I know, the more I am able to integrate new ideas. The more what I know is aligned with actual reality, the better I am

able to experience actual reality. That is lucidity born of discerning intellect. Our perception is formed in our mostly unconscious mind. The mental function that produces our perception (the deliverables, I think the question asks about) are mostly unconscious and regulated by our worldview. Worldview represents what we have been taught, our memory representing learned behavior and our inherited instincts. What we actually perceive is the result of that regulated process. Incoming information may be discarded if it does not agree with worldview, it probably will be modified to agree. In other words, we experience what we expect. The one conscious influence we have on worldview is intention. We are virtually androids following the worldview programming if our intention is not turned toward better understanding. The very large majority of people are not “enlightened,” so to speak to realize the need to examine their actions. The Mindful Way is a process that will not work unless we actively engage our life experiences. Every experience offers opportunity to gain understanding. it is important that we honor our human’s need to live this life. Learn from it as we gently guide our daily living toward a more humane citizenship. Question 66 What stands between an individual and reality? Answered October 10, 2020 Answer There are two answers for this. The Physicalist version is that there is one reality. We experience that one reality, but we understand what we experience differently depending on our education and how well we pay attention. I find

that the Strict Dualist model better explains my experience and what I know about current academic thought. In that, there is actual reality, local reality and personal reality. Actual Reality — Simply what is. In Physicalism, reality is the physical universe which begins with the rapid expansion of a singularity into what is today. This is popularly known as the Big Bang Theory. As far as I know, the problem with the singularity model is that physicists have yet to explain where the singularity came from. What is reality beyond the physical universe? In Dualism, reality is still unbounded, but the physical universe is modeled as an aspect of actual reality. The metaphysical models I have found most useful hold that the initial state of the greater reality is emerging sentience and purpose produced by curiosity. That is like the Physicalists’ singularity. In this view, reality is a conceptual space in which something physical is a concept to which we have learned to assign physicality. Local Reality — Remembering that we are talking about a personal perspective, local reality is that part of reality of which the person is aware. For instance, I am aware of the existence of the planet Mars, but I am not aware of any detail related to Mars such as how being on the surface feels or looks. The existence of Mars is part of my local reality but without much detail. It may be worth arguing that local reality represents a collective view of

reality. In some models of reality, such as Morphic Resonance, (20) it is argued that we share a collective memory. The existence of Mars would be part of that. As we learn more about Mars, that collective memory would become more detailed. It need not be a true reflection of actual reality. It may be that we collectively imagine Mars in more detail like we might imagine a heaven based on a popular novel. Person Reality — Our perception is produced by a mostly unconscious mental process in which sensed information from our five physical senses, and possibly from other life fields, is compared to what we think is true. The result of that comparison is sent on to our conscious awareness as our personal reality. Our worldview represents our map of reality. The yardstick for that mental comparison is our worldview database which represents our memory, what we have been taught and our inherited instincts. If the information agrees with worldview, it is sent on to conscious awareness. If it only partially agrees, it may be modified to agree and sent on. If it is very different, it may be ignored. Information that is sufficiently ambiguous to get past our worldview might modify our worldview. That is how we learn. In effect, our worldview represents our personal reality. What stands between us and our perception of actual reality is worldview. In other words, we sense reality as we have been taught. The seeker’s task is to learn to align

personal reality with actual reality. Discerning intellect leading to greater lucidity is the reward. Question 67 Does past experience affect what we see or what we do? Answered October 5, 2020 Answer This is exactly the question all of us need to ask. Put another way, what are the implications of what we sense? Is what we sense real? The Hypothesis of Formative Causation (59) is the proposition that organisms are formed according to “Nature’s Habit.” That is, every instance of a species shares a collective memory which guides how the organism is formed. The theory was composed to explain how a cell knows to begin forming skin, bones hair. That is called morphogenesis. In the theory, changes in Nature’s Habit come in small increments as an organism finds a creative solution to an environmental problem. The “Habit” changes slowly. It represents an alternative theory to Darwin's survival of the fittest theory. The theory applies here to tell us that we are guided by the past, even to the extent of how our body is formed. A change in Nature’s Habit is propagated to every new instance of the species. This is comparable to how our human instincts may have been formed and why they have such an influence on us now. The next reference I like is the idea that we first experience our world as an environmental signal coming to our mostly unconscious mind. The information is, in effect, preprocessed in our mostly unconscious mind to see how

well it conforms to what we expect. I refer to our mental yardstick as Worldview. Worldview is like a database containing everything we have experienced, what we think is true and our instincts. At birth, our human instincts dominate. If new information does not fit our worldview at all, we will likely not experience it. More likely, the information will be familiar and will be sent on to our conscious self in a modified form that best agrees with our worldview. Like Nature’s Habit, our worldview is slow to change. Ambiguous incoming information can change it in small increments. That is how we learn. My answer, then, is that we tend to have a personal sense of reality that is a learned subset of actual reality. The task of seekers is to learn how to align personal reality with actual reality. Question 68 How is the truth perceived? Answered September 28, 2020 Answer Science is beginning to tell us that we first receive environmental information by way of our mostly unconscious mind. It is processed there, and the result of that processing is what we consciously experience. See Our Unconscious Mind. (28) That processing is based on our worldview. Our worldview is like a database holding everything we have been taught is true, memories and instincts. In effect, we consciously experience what we think is true. That is our personal reality. I have tried to illustrate the functional areas I imagine in our unconscious mind based on emerging science and

the characteristics of psychic functioning. See First Sight Theory (31) as a possible ruleset for the perception function. If we do not have the presence of mind to question the implications of what we consciously experience, our experiences will tend to confirm what we have been taught. That is the way prejudices are transmitted through generations. If we question and intend to experience reality as it is, we will tend to converge on perception of the actual nature of reality. Doing so is sometimes referred to as increasing lucidity. Rather than truth, it might be better to say understanding. In some systems of thought truth is thought to change as it is better understood. By that, I mean the fundamentals of reality are thought to be based on the collective understanding of humanity. It is not important if that is true. My point is that we converge on correctly experiencing reality as we gain understanding about its nature. I think we should not expect to experience foundation truth, as doing so will tend to change foundation truth. My answer, then, is that we do not simply want to perceive truth. Worldview changes in small increments. Once it decides something, it is very reluctant to change. By habitually intending to experience reality as it is, that is by practicing discerning intellect, we can gradually converge on the actual nature of things. One must intend to do so because human instincts only turn us toward choices leading to gene dominance. Question 69

What is Kant’s theory to discuss if the continued reliance on natural gas can still be considered an ethical approach for energy consumption? What is your ethical stand in the conclusion? Answered September 25, 2020 Answer One person who answered, correctly noted that Kant’s philosophy may be irrelevant to today. We do evolve. I read the question as asking my views on the ethical use of a carbon-base d energy source at a time in which carbon is apparently making our environment uninhabitable. The question will draw out climate change deniers who will answer by saying there is no evidence it is a problem. In fact, climate change has been studied for decades by some of the best minds and institutions in the world. I put my trust in their science before I will trust some conspiracy theorist who things he or she knows better. Failure to get it right can unnecessarily cost society more than it can afford. Failure to react to the change costs lives and only makes fixing it later more costly. Burning wood is a short-cycle release of sequestered carbon. Burning natural gas is a long-cycle release. All fossil fuels release carbon that has not been in the atmosphere for millions of years. Thawing permafrost does about the same. It appears to be a new fact of life that wildfires, violent storms, temperature extremes and coastal flooding is taking increasingly more of a toll on society. People are dying. People are losing their homes. If you

have not, perhaps you will notice when you can’t buy fresh food or clean water. It does not matter if the climate change is human caused. The fact is that we can reduce the effect of climate change by changing our release of long-cycle sequestered carbon. Renewable energy is a huge part of the climate change solution. For instance, Denmark Passes Magic 50% In Renewable Electricity Generation Milestone (60) It is unethical to make lifestyle decisions without considering the effect on others. If one person considers it a God-given right to burn oil, part of what God musty have given that person is the power to drown people in coastal towns or to burn down towns. We use carbon-based fuel because that is where we began. The fact is that it was convenient but in hindsight, it was not the best choice. For instance, many people in Los Angeles used solar powered hot water heaters until capitalists sold them on gas and electricity. See A History of Solar Water Heating - Renewable Energy - MOTHER EARTH NEWS. (61) We will continue to use carbon-based fuels as long as capitalists can make money from selling it to us. It is up to citizens to demand climate safety. Technology can help us move away from carbon-based fuels, but it is up to all of us to help. The ethical approach to climate change is to always ask how our decision might affect others, and then to make the decision that has the

most benefit for all. In the shorty term, the reasonable thing to do is to encourage our governments to promote clean energy. Consider California’s governor’s decision to promote electric cars: California Gov. Newsom Calls Transition To Electric Cars An 'Economic Imperative'. (62) In my mind, the most ethical behavior is for each of us, including corporations, to pay our fair share for living and doing business. By that, I mean that our daily living produces carbon. That is our “Carbon Footprint.” We also pay for living in the form of purchase of food, fuel and dwelling. That is our “Cost of Living.” To be paying our fair share, that cost should be sufficient for suppliers to do what is necessary to cover the cost of doing business, including the environmental and social impacts. If the cost of living includes social and environmental impacts, and that calculation accounts for our carbon footprint, it becomes economically feasible to manage climate change. Else, unregulated capitalism will likely kill us all. Question 70 What is perception? That golden seconds? Or illusion or schizophrenia or reality? I don't know what to believe anymore because I don't believe in myself what to do anymore? Answered September 20, 2020 Answer Such a question needs to be answered with care. I think you are asking about what of your experiences you can trust as truth and what is misleading. We have a filter in our mind that protects us from the chaotic flood of information we encounter every

moment. While this filter—I call it Worldview—helps to protect us, it also tends to tell us things we have been taught are true and not necessarily the actual nature of things. Educate yourself about the influence your human instincts have on your thoughts. From my experience, the actual nature of things is not personal. We witness our world, and often, engage it. When we do, we need to always remember that it is not what happens to us that matters so much as how we react to what happens to us. Think of yourself as two people in one body. When you get down to the very fundamental drivers of your thoughts, your human instincts are the most dominant. They are focused on doing things that will assure the continuation and dominance of your gene pool … often at the cost of others. Your human can care less about truth. It is not genetically evolved to think about it. See Two-Mind Solution to the Survival Hypothesis. (32) Depending on your cultural training, you can think of your human as your host mind. Think of the actual you as your primary mind or higher self, soul, spiritual aspect … whatever term makes sense to you to describe what some refer to as your discerning intellect. Your primary mind tends to be selfless and altruistic. In an effort to develop discerning intellect, some seekers form their life around trying to manage their human instincts without neglecting the needs of their human body.

We must live this life. That means we must honor our human and respect its instincts. But part of our existence appears to be learning how to manage those instincts to make more compassionate decision. Even though I have looked hard for them, I have found no absolute truths. Instead, I think we converge on truth through daily experience. Our one tool for this convergence is our intention to see things as they are rather than as we have been taught. That is a daily expression of intention best supported with a lot of contemplation, self-education and desire to be compassionate through discernment. Be who you are. Trust who you are, but always intend to understand what is behind who you are in the moment. If you do not see it now, suspend judgement with the intention that things will make better sense later. Once our mind decides, it is very difficult to change. In the same way, your old truths will change with continued intention, not like a flash of light. Question 71 What does your critical thinking process look like when you are presented with information? When do you know you have arrived at or near the truth? Answered September 19, 2020 Answer This is a question that should be answered by a psychologist. I will answer as an engineer who has tried to figure out the difference in thought process between a skeptic and a proponent. As an engineer, I have been trained to model ideas by

including known inputs and outputs in a “black box analysis” exercise. The test of the model is if a device can be constructed based on the functional areas identified in the “box” to respond to the inputs to produce the outputs. The diagram shown here is my current version of such a model for thought. For this question, note that Worldview represents a sort of database of what we think is true. Think garbage in equals garbage out. If what you think is true is not actually true, you will have a disconnect between information you encounter and information you actually experience. The output of the box is perception. I know of no one, including myself, who clearly perceives reality. We are all on a path. Our mind is hardwired to make decisions. Once it makes a decision, it is reluctant to change. That means what we believe to be true is persistent. It is easier to learn a prejudice than it is to change. Once your mind says “no” arriving at “yes” is difficult. If you have been taught that “others” are degenerate, thinking they are just people like you and me requires the decision to suspend judgement. We cannot simply change our mind. We incrementally change it with “maybe” results. When you encounter new information, if your mind simply does not agree, you might never become aware of the information. Suspended judgement means to resist making a decision. Rather, think in terms of “I do not agree but

maybe I need more information, so I will wait.” My “I will wait” folder is very full. Lucidity is the state of awareness in which we experience reality as it is and not as we have been taught. That is the seeker’s objective. Lucidity is a continuum from seeing reality as we have been taught without discernment (zero lucidity) to discerning the actual nature of reality. As I have tried to illustrate it in the Limits of Understanding Diagram below, we seldom lucidly experience an idea on first exposure. If we decide to examine our beliefs, we enable ourselves to begin evolving our perception to better align with actual. If we do not decide, we will likely never experience truth. My answer, then, is that our mental processes are something like the above diagram. We converge on truth only if we seek to see past what we have been taught. Truth is not an absolute. We only converge on understanding if we try. Actual understanding is a state of awareness the seeker seeks. Question 72 How can it be proven that consciousness is not of the body? Is it because consciousness (pure sense of awareness/existence) cannot catch a disease or become influenced or damaged like the mind and body? Answered September 18, 2020 Answer I have a test for if consciousness is a product of our body or if it preceded our body and will continue after bodily death. I am not sure if it is a logically sound test,

because I am not sure I am well enough informed about consciousness to account for all pertinent conditions. Of course, you need to take my test with considerable reservations until more learned people weigh in. When we record an example of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), (8) we can assure that no known physical principles account for the existence of the apparently paranormal speech. For instance, we can shield the recorder from sound, light and radiofrequency contamination. We test that an EVP is real by asking someone to tell us what they hear without our telling them what to expect. Other forms of anomalous information access can be tested to eliminate known physical principles. For instance, a remote viewer can psychically sense a distant location in such detail that reasonably accurate diagrams of the location can be drawn. A mental medium can access information about long dead Uncle John. Changes in the wellbeing of a person can be caused by a distant person’s healing intention. All of these under controlled conditions. Each of these phenomena seem paranormal but each might be explained with an as yet unidentified physical principle. Collectively, they tend to inherit credibility from one another. For instance, EVP are apparently formed by the influence of intentionality on a chaotic process. That is similar to apports, precipitation art and the apparent change of randomness of random event generators when in the presence of meditating groups. Individually, their paranormality is questionable. Taken as a class of experiences, they begin to

appear authentic. Anomalous access of information may be explained as the practitioner’s access to his or her memory, psychic access to the memory of another person, or as proposed in the Super-Psi Hypothesis, access to residual thought retained in the Psi Field. If the information has existed in someone’s experience or remains in memory, the information may come from minds still in the flesh. The Survival Hypothesis need not be true. My test is if the information has ever existed prior to being accessed. The information must be verifiable and must not be deducible from prior experience. For instance, something that Uncle John would have said does not count, even if he was not known to have said it in life. We have occasionally encountered EVP that seem to satisfy my test. The one example I often refer people to is the “Doja, no!” EVP recorded by Martha Copeland. You can hear it here: Martha Copeland EVP (63) Martha Copeland’s daughter, Cathy, transitioned as a young woman. Martha had accidentally left Cathy’s dog Dojo in the house when she left to go shopping. She had also left her voice activated audio recorder on. No one was in the house except for the animals. Dojo tore up a potted plant and made a great mess. You can hear Cathy scolding her dog in the EVP. Presumably, as a discarnate personality, Cathy was aware of what her dog was doing, and via the EVP, tried to make the dog behave. We recognize

her voice, the utterance was appropriate for the circumstances and no one in the world knew of the situation or remembers it from the past. According to my test, the only way the EVP can exist is if Cathy’s personality exists independent of her then dead body. Of course, my argument depends on many factors. But on the surface, the “Doja, no” EVP seems to tell us that consciousness exists independent of body. Question 73 Subtle energies cannot be detected with physical instruments. That doesn't mean they don't exist? Answered September 17, 2020 Answer If we define subtle energy as physical energy that has not been detected by physical instruments, the answer is that a particular form of energy may exist, but a suitable instrument to detect it may not have been developed. All of the currently undetected physical energy I am aware of, such as dark matter, gravity waves and such, have been predicted by other science and math. In other words, they are predicted by current models that are, themselves, widely accepted by mainstream science. It is considered science to study undetected but predicted energy. We spend millions of dollars to detect the hypothetical energy. The answer is not so clear if we define subtle energy as that associated with mind and thought. I will refer to mind-related subtle energy as metaphysical subtle energy. From Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy, (64) we see that “The Hard Problem of Consciousness” is “… the problem of explaining why any physical state

is conscious rather than nonconscious.” The “hard problem” seems to represent the divide between physical science and metaphysical science. Physical energy is detected by its effect on physical things. The flow of electrons through a wire is indirectly measured by detecting the magnetic field they produce outside of the wire. The agitation of atoms is detected by the heat they produce. The same can be said of thought. For instance, the effect of intentionality can be detected by changes in the randomness of Random Event Generators (REG). The problem is that mainstream science does not predict that effect. Therefore, the apparent influence of thought on REGs is discounted as experimenter error. The study of metaphysical subtle energy is considered pseudoscience meaning false science. The answer is that metaphysical subtle energy is detected in the same way as physical subtle energy but with a different kind of equipment. In some cases, the effect (I think, therefore I am) is proof of the existence of thought. As an aside, parapsychologists who are scientists that study metaphysical subtle energy, refer to it as “Psi.” Psi is the influence or effect of thought and not thought itself. The existence of a Psi Field is proposed to explain the propagation of the influence of Psi. The Psi Field is known to be nonlocal, in that an effect experienced one place, say New York City, can be simultaneously and equally experienced anywhere, say San Francisco. We know of no way to shield from the influence of

Psi. The fact of these qualities—nonlocal and ubiquitous— mean that metaphysical energy is best modeled as an influence rather than an energy. To avoid confusion between physical science and metaphysical science, it is best to restate metaphysical subtle energy as an influence and that can be referred to as Psi. Question 74 Answer Does the mind exist or is it a spontaneous phenomenon based on past memories or conditioning? Answered September 13, 2020 I understand the question to ask if mind exists separate from brain or if it is simply the result of biological processes such as the firing of neuron synapses in the brain. My answer is from the perspective of how we experience what are commonly referred to as paranormal phenomena such as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), psychic functioning and anomalous access of information. I am an engineer layperson and not academically qualified to answer in terms of mainstream science. With that said, let me begin by saying that there appears to be two primary schools of thought about the nature of mind. One is the physicalist view which holds that there is only the physical universe as defined by mainstream science. Physicalists hold that mind is the product of brain and ceases to exist when the brain dies. In Dualism, mind is considered separate from brain, but Dualism is in two parts. In Physical Dualism (my term), mind is described as a nonphysical function of the brain. Again, when the brain dies, mind dies. However, Physical Dualism

proposes that the effects of mind continue to exist in a nonphysical aspect of the physical referred to as the Psi Field in the form of memory. It is echoes of the past psychics access and not the actual sentient personality. Strict Dualism (my term) holds that mind is an entity that exists outside of biological brain, and that the brain is a transmitter-receiver enabling mind to influence movement of the biological organism while sensing its environment. In the extreme version of this, mind existed before this lifetime and will exist after in a self-aware, sentient form. Considering what we know about things paranormal, and those concepts of mainstream science that address this question, I lean toward Strict Dualism. While the majority of paranormal phenomena and reported paranormal experiences can be explain with Physical Dualism, a few cannot. In EVP, for instance, some of the messages are clearly spoken by sentient personalities and include information not previously known by anyone of the past or present. My answer, then, is that what we know about mind and its effects does not appear to be explained by the physicalist view that mind is produced by biological functions of the brain. The nature of mind if it is “outside” of brain still needs to be better understood. Question 75 How do we know we become mind or self during living everyday if truth is we are energy in body who run both body and mind? Answered September 11, 2020 Answer If I correctly

understand, the question is concerned with how we know if we are spiritually progressing and what does that progress look like. I have studied, practiced, experimented with and contemplated personal progression since the 1950s. While I think I have made a little progress, it is difficult to know how far I have come. With that in mind, my answer here is the world according to Tom. You should seek other advice, as well. It is important to recognize that there are teachers who will tell you of the glory of self-realization but not tell you that 99.999999+% of those who seek self-realization do not reach such nirvana. Self-realization is a journey some of us are just beginning. The majority of our fellows have not noticed the way. Below, are links to six essays I recommend that you read. I apologize that they are all by me. It is just that I have written them to explain how I see the ancient teachings apply to what I am learning. Consider them more like study guides. The idea is to read between the lines, so to speak, to see what the ancient teachers were trying to convey. It is in their teaching that we find the objectives of our search for self-realization. For instance, Hermes in the first essay was teaching about the Great Work and the Creative Process. That is the process of self-education to achieve self-realization. The 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot are like a roadmap for that.

The Katha Upanishad teaches the difference between our immortal personality and our human self. It clearly defines the need to separate the “pleasurable” from the “meaningful” by learning to apply discerning intellect. John 14 of the Bible reinforces the same sort of lessons taught in earlier systems of thought. The three aspect of the teacher is an important lesson to note in John 14. Those ancient teachers taught the process of becoming self-realized. They give examples and offer role models. I think the essence of their teaching can be stated as: “Self-realization can be recognized as the wisdom to be able to express discerning intellect.” Our spiritual nature is overshadowed by our human nature. That is to say that our human’s survival instincts dominate our every thought and action unless we learn to override them with discerning intellect. Without conscious intervention, we will always make decisions intended to assure dominance of our gene pool … often at the cost of others. One of the ways to distinguish between a spiritually mature person and one who is not is to consider how altruistic the person is in daily living. If a person does good deeds that seem to be motivated by the desire to further their stature in society, the person is probably acting under the influence of human instincts. If there are no obvious personal benefits, the acts are probably more intended to serve others than to further self. As I see the answer, personal progression is a life-long process.

Learn to contemplate the implications of your every act. Are they motivated by your human or are they motivated by your discerning intellect? Developing discerning intellect tends to increase our awareness of our world. The resulting lucidity is a subtle state of awareness that only gradually changes toward self-awareness. A seeker is focused on the journey and not the results. Consider these essays for further reading: The Hermes Concepts (1) The Razor’s Edge - Katha Upanishad (23) Metaphysical View of John 14 (65) Progression, Teaching and the Community (66) Immortal Self-Centric Perspective (67) Becoming Lucid (38) Question 76 Why are spiritual phenomena like law of attraction, magic & psychic abilities so inaccessible or non-existent on earth? If we are really spiritual beings having a human experience, why can't we direct that experience with our innate spiritual powers? Answered September 10, 2020 Answer The short answer is based on the idea that a person is an immortal personality entangled with a human avatar for this lifetime. Like thought, the phenomena expressed by our immortal self is nonphysical (etheric). Everyone has the same spiritual characteristics, but the degree to which a person is able to express those phenomena so that they can be experienced as physical effects depends on the person. To understand this, it is necessary to have a sense of what is intended by spiritual phenomena. “Etheric” is used here to signify the greater reality of which the physical universe is an aspect. I am deliberately avoiding such religiously loaded

terms such as heaven. This is not about religion, it is about the Dualist model of reality, as compared to the Physicalist model. Think of who we are as a lifeform that is native to the etheric. With the help of our human, we project our sense of self as the Experiencer to seem as if we are our human body. That is the model that seems to be called for by the question. Our etheric self’s interaction with reality is in the form of thought. Using parapsychological terminology, we psychokinetically express thought into our environment and psychically sense thoughts of other personalities. The primary characteristic of our expression is our intention to do something. For instance, in the study of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), the paranormal speech appears to be more easily formed in chaotic noise. The effect is that the personality of the communicator expresses intended order on the chaotic signal to form the message. That is the psychokinetic influence of mind on matter. As far as I can tell, all expressions of intention are essentially the same. It is the difference of intention that determines the effect. For instance, forming an EVP is functionally the same as precipitating a portrait or influencing a random event generator. It comes down to two things: 1 - what is the intention, and 2 - the ability of the source personality to manage thought. On that second point, Take a look at About First Sight Theory. (31) The corollaries describe a

way of managing thought that might help a person become a more successful psychic or medium. The Seeker’s task is to learn how to manage his or her mind to see reality as it is, rather than as we are taught. The result of success is sometimes improved ability to psychically express phenomena into the physical. It depends on the intention. Question 77 Isn't even the idea of thoughtlessness a thought? Can we ever be thoughtless? Answered September 9, 2019 Answer Pseudoscience is a term used by mainstream scientists and philosophers to describe the study of anything that does not specifically conform to established science dogma. In fact, that assumption of “false science” is scientism, which is the belief that, if established science does not specifically account for something, then that something cannot be real. It must be pseudoscience (false science). Scientism is usually found amongst people who work with established concepts. Put another way, the more “old school” the researcher, the more resistant the researcher tends to be toward change. People who parrot old school scientists without examining the evidence are equally guilty of scientism. For instance, the questioner’s assumption that some researchers are “pseudoscientists” is blatant expression of skeptic dogma. Look at things called pseudoscience in a different way. I study things known as paranormal such as psychic functioning, EVP and mediumship. Parapsychology is the branch of science focused on the study of things paranormal. With a four-year college degree in electronics, I am not considered qualified to

be a parapsychologist, so my answer is from the perspective of an observer and practitioner. Some often reported human experiences, such as anomalous acquisition of information, have been shown to be real via research using carefully designed protocols and peer review. Having been established as real phenomena and not illusion, these reported experiences require explanation under the same rules of science that were used to explain an apple falling on Johnny Apple Seed’s head. As the history goes, Isaac Newton had to invent a new science to explain the effect of gravity. (Check my history) I expect he was accused of pseudoscience for thinking God did not throw the apple at Johnny. Parapsychologists are relatively few in number compared to the number of scientists studying things like radio transmission and fuel combustion. There work is underfunded, and consequently, their progress is slow. In fact, they find themselves inventing a new science just as did Newton. Typically, the new science is poorly understood by mainstream scientists. “Pseudoscience” is a derogatory, term used by short-sighted, established academics to dismiss the study of things they do not understand. Parapsychologists do admit when they are wrong. Just once, it would be nice for skeptics to admit when they are wrong. Question 78 If "being present" and "realize the reality" are so important for our spiritual journey, why do we have an imagination which is often capable to create many different "realities"? Answered September 2, 2020 Answer From my experience, the seeker’s journey is all

about learning to perceive experiences from the perspective of their actual nature and not as the person has been taught. Our understanding about how we experience reality has changed in recent years. Virtually all of the self-improvement teaching I remember are out of date. For instance, it is not a matter of quieting our internal mental chatter. Better, we learn to better align the processes that produce that mental chatter with the actual nature of reality. That is the essence of The Mindful Way (16) I am trying to learn. The most important change is that we now know that incoming information comes first to our mostly unconscious mind. We do not directly experience the world. The version of the information we do experience has been moderated by our worldview. Worldview is like a database that contains what we think is true based on memory, cultural training and instincts. Our human’s instincts dominate but there is some influence from our discerning intellect. If information agrees with our worldview, we consciously sense it as it is. If the information is close, we will probably sense a version of it as it is modified to agree with our worldview. If it just does not agree in any way with our worldview, we may never become aware of it. The idea, then, is to learn to question our perception of … everything. What are the implications? Are they what we intend? Do they make sense based on what we are learning? Consider prejudice,

for instance. Are our attitudes about someone based on good reason or just hearsay? Do the implications of those seemingly “good reasons” make sense? Are our thoughts based on our discerning intellect or are they based on our human’s survival instincts or cultural contamination? As we learn to be habitually aware of our thoughts, we are sending a message to our mostly unconscious mind that we want to see reality as it is. This does not happen at first. It is one of those things that evolves as we persist. We are always immersed in the flow of environmental information. Our mostly unconscious mind is wired to explain the information. As far as I can tell, our mental chatter, including dreams, is simply our mind habitually explaining what is sensed. That chatter will also become more in agreement with reality with mindful living. (16) Think of our mostly unconscious mind as a master storyteller. (49) It is up to us to give that storyteller the stuff of stories based on our discerning intellect rather than cultural dogma. Imagination is always based on our worldview. So, while we might imagine wonderful or fearful things, they are always thoughts that come from our worldview. One of the more important rules I study is that we cannot experience what we cannot imagine. To imagine new horizons, it is necessary to free our worldview of cultural dogma. Question 79 Earthworms do not have eyes so they can't fathom vision. Do you think there are

other higher beings with much higher senses than us that we can't even fathom their reality? Answered August 31, 2020 Answer Think of who we are as a biological organism that has evolved on this planet and a consciousness that uses the organism as an avatar. It does not matter if consciousness comes from the physical organism (Physicalism) or if it comes from outside of the physical (Dualism). The point to pay attention to is that this description applies to all biological organisms. Try to imagine this without the cultural dogma about higher beings and God’s chosen children. A single-cell organism has a sort of consciousness. So does a cell in our human body. In effect, our human body is a collective of individual cells. Each instance of life is unique in its ability to express consciousness. A skin cell may only be able to exchange enzymes as bioelectric signals. But that would be its equivalent of the way people exchange information via telephone, Internet or postal service. A flower is not formed in such a way that it is able to express thanks for happiness … at least as we see it in human time. Humans could fly if the human organism was formed like a crow. It is not, and so, humans cannot normally, directly express flight. Even more important to this question, humans have difficulty imagining being able to fly like a bird. As I worked with survival metaphysics, I came to see that a most important

organizing principle (27) of nature is what I refer to as Perceptual Agreement: Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate. (5) The idea is that our mostly unconscious mind is able to perceive only that which is represented in our worldview. Put another way, our conscious perception is based on what we think is true. If we cannot imagine something, the best our mind can do is present a close approximation … or nothing at all. A worm is not constructed to express words, and so as humans, we can only poke and prod worms to see how they respond. While we do not know if they sense what we sense in the same sort of conscious way we sense, there is no real reason to think they do not. It is just that they cannot blow out candles like we do. Emerging science is telling us that we psychokinetically express our thoughts into a field of influence sometimes referred to as the Psi Field. In turn, we psychically sense signals from other organisms. I do not know, but my guess is that all life forms have these capabilities. If you have a pet, you will probably agree. See N’Kisi Project (68) There is no obvious reason other, presumably lower life forms do not do the same. For instance, The Secret Life of Plants (69) If our psychic aspect is true, and if it is an aspect of all life, then

it is arguable that we are potentially exchanging information with all life. It does not matter to a psychic parrot that it cannot drive a car. Mentally, it has the same fundamental potentials as we humans. The problem is, if we cannot imagine the information coming to us from, say an earthworm, it is unlikely we will actually receive that information. Our unconscious mind will reject the incoming impressions. The same can be said for information earthworms sense from us. The above briefly explained parameters is an argument for the idea that we may have access to the thoughts of higher beings, but our worldview likely does not have the necessary vocabulary of experience to develop a message for our conscious mind that properly conveys the meaning. Yes, we would not be able to understand unless we have reasonably similar worldviews. Question 80 What does the emergent theory of consciousness mean/say? Answered August 12, 2020 Answer In Physicalism, all of reality is said to be physical and is thought to have emerged from an initial singularity we popularly know as “The Big Bang.” This means in Physicalism that consciousness must be a property of biological brain, which itself has evolved out of that singularity. As I read the science, in physicalism, it is argued that consciousness emerges from brain. Parapsychology is the field of science that has taken up the charter of studying paranormal phenomena which include such experiences as psychic ability, mediumship, psychokinesis and Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). Much,

if not all, paranormal phenomena are thought to be expressions of mind. The question is if those characteristics of mind are physical or nonphysical. Based on reported parapsychological research, the Psi Field Hypothesis is a theory that is gaining popularity. In that, the influence of thought, known as “Psi,” is seen to be propagated by the Psi Field. The Psi Field is modeled as nonlocal, meaning that an effect experienced in one city can be simultaneously experienced (or caused) in another. No way is known to shield from the effect of Psi. The Psi Field is modeled as permeating the physical, possibly as a previously unknown physical characteristic. Physical science does not appear to support the Psi Field Hypothesis. In Dualism, mind is described as existing independent of brain. In one version of Dualism, mind existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after in a self-aware, sentient form. In other words, in Strict Dualism, our conscious self is thought to survive beyond physical death. Probably the majority of parapsychologists who accept the Psi Field Hypothesis lean toward what I refer to as Physical Dualism. In that, consciousness is an emergent property of brain, but exists as an aspect of the Psi Field. That is, when brain dies, some form of mind—probably memory—continues to exist. According to Physical Dualism, if I am communicating with long-dead Uncle John via EVP, I am actually accessing still living people’s memory of him or some form of residual energy left by his consciousness.

Not sentient Uncle John, himself. Parapsychological research pretty conclusive indicates that Physical Dualism better models paranormal phenomena than Physicalism. In practice, the only way I am aware of to establish if Strict Dualism (survived personality) is at least reasonably correct is to have Uncle John tell me something that no one in the physical knows or has known. To my knowledge, there are a few such examples. Martha Copeland’s “Doja, no” example is one (Martha Copeland EVP) (63) If Physicalism is correct, we as sentient self cease to exist when our brain dies. If Physical Dualism is correct, we may as well cease to exist. If Strict Dualism is correct, our conscious self is better modeled as being immortal. People tend to have two major influences in daily decision making. One is our instinctual urge to assure dominance of our gene pool over all others. In modern days, that can translate from the urge to attract the best mate and have a large family to aggressively building a business so as to assure the success of the family. The second driver is best described as an altruistic, humanistic urge to cooperate in the community. While human instincts will cause people to cooperate in the community, it is unlikely to lead to altruistic humanism. If Strict Dualism is allowed in the discussion, the difference between being motivated by human instincts and being motivated by discerning intellect is that discerning intellect is better associated with immortal personality while human instincts are associated

with the physical organism. In that view, our real self guided by acquired discerning intellect is in a symbiotic relationship with our human avatar guided by survival instincts. The above argument is based on a lot of science and some pretty good naturalist fieldwork. While it does go far into the frontier of thought, what is known about consciousness is not far behind. For the individual, Strict Dualistic models offer a means of evolving consciousness toward a more altruistic humanism. In physicalism, personal progression looks more like playing King of the Hill and Dynasties. Question 81 Can we find truth as beings with purely individual experience and reactions? "True for me, but not for you" seems true, but it is itself a contradiction. Do we start at a level playing field? Materialism, theism or something else? By what standard? Answered July 26, 2020 Answer Learn to look for naturally occurring principles that tend to organize reality. In Physicalism, such principles are like the acceleration of gravity and the natural rate of decay. Those principles seem to hold true for all or the majority of our physical experiences. We do not know if they are universal but understanding them is as close as we come today to understanding the truth of our part of the physical. One important organizing principle that I have come to recognize is the Principle of Perceptual Agreement. I state it as Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will

associate. (5) The idea is that we can only experience what we have been taught is real. Think of what we have been taught as our worldview. It contains what we have been taught, our instincts and our memory. When information comes to us, it is first translated in our mostly unconscious mind to agree with our worldview before being sent to our conscious awareness. In effect, there are three realities. There is actual reality on which the truth this question is based. When we study metaphysics, it is this actual reality we seek to understand. I refer to the second reality as our local reality. It is the parts of actual reality that we are aware of. For instance, for me, only parts of New York exist for me because I have been there. The rest is only a vague, “Yes, I know it is there because I see it on a map.” My hometown is much more a part of my local reality because I have more personal experience with it. The third reality is my personal reality. When I think of my hometown, I visualize it based on personal experience. Even though I know better, I see my hometown as being centered around where I live. My personal experience with New York City was a few years ago, so it has faded to become less important in my sense of reality. My worldview represents my sense of reality. In effect, I make my world based on my

past recollection. We all do this. So, you can see. Personal truth is relevant, based on worldview. Even if we are neighbors, my sense of truth would be different than yours. So far, everything I have said here is based on what I understand about science. I cannot answer the rest of this question without drifting into metaphysical speculation, so be patient. Worldview resists change. If you think about it, most of what we learn in school is a variation on basic themes. For instance, we do not have to learn an entire new physics to learn about how an apple falls from a tree. Learning is incremental, meaning that a slightly ambiguous bit of information … something that is really new to us … is accepted into our worldview in small increments. I think that is why new ideas often take a while to catch on. Truth is like that. Let me rephrase “truth” as “understanding.” Understanding is our perception of truth. When we first encounter a new idea, we develop a degree of understanding about it. However, the next time we encounter the idea, that understanding becomes more complete. In fact, we never understand the actual nature of reality. We converge on that understanding one experience at a time. We converge on truth. The last part of this is that idea of a “level playing field.” Our perception is dominated by human instincts. A few people learn to recognize this and consciously work to moderate that influence by

examining thoughts and actions to better understand what is more in agreement with actual reality as they understand it. This is a lifelong process, so you find such people in various stages of understanding truth. If you accept the idea of survival after bodily death and reincarnation, then it is arguable that we bring acquired understanding of truth with us into this lifetime from past experiences. The effect is that some people seem to be “old souls” in that they have developed a better than average sense of the actual nature of reality. The important point is that we can all begin that journey simply by recognizing that we do not need to be dominated by our human instincts and cultural contamination. All we need to do is decide to question our thoughts and actions with the intention of better aligning them with the actual nature of reality. Therein lies “truth.” The motto on my personal website is “Believe what you will but understand the implications of what you believe.” Question 82 What is the role of attention in sensory processes? Answered June 25, 2020 Answer I conducted a “Black Box Analysis” of our mostly unconscious mind as part of an effort to understand how Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (70) might be possible. In that analysis, functions are defined in an imaginary container that will respond to known inputs to produce known outputs. My assumptions were that mind was independent of body (Dualism), Psi functioning exists (psychic, psychokinesis) and there is

a field that propagates the influence of thought (Psi Field Hypothesis). (71) In addition to all of the research about Psi functioning, (35) one of the references I used was First Sight Theory. (47) It begins with the assumptions that (paraphrasing) everyone senses environmental Psi influence as part of being alive and everyone express a psychokinetic influence as part of their expression, be it to walk or to think of another person. First Sight Theory includes corollaries that help explain how we process information in our mind. I have given a brief summary of First Sight Theory paraphrasing as I understand it in the Perception Essay. (72) As it turns out, attention is so important to perception (sensing and sensory processes), I named the contents of my Black Box Analysis the Attention Complex. It is the pink box in the Functional Areas of Perception Diagram shown here. Please note that I am an engineer and not a psychologist. I have also included a few assumptions, such as Psi functioning, that mainstream scientists probably would not accept. As such, the diagram should not be considered science … only my interpretation of emerging science. Reading about First Sight Theory in the Perception Essay shows that attention acts like the motive force of thought. Without it, thoughts might not occur. Intention appears to be our one conscious influence on our otherwise unconscious perceptual processes. I refer to the Creative Process as attention on an imagined reality with the intention of making it so.

Question 83 Do we all have an animal self? Answered June 19, 2020 Answer The question of animal self comes down to the nature of self. Psi-related Characteristics I am not a sociologist or biologist, but from my engineer’s point of view, any model of self must reasonably address these characteristics: Awareness in clinically dead people (73) Remote viewing (74) Mental influence on random processes (126) The existence of Electronic Voice Phenomena (8) Mental mediumship (76) These are representative of the evidence that our mind is independent of our biological brain. They seem to indicate that self is not a product of the biological organism but exists in a different aspect of reality. People who study these things, often referred to as parapsychologists, sometimes refer to the aspect of reality that acts as a propagation medium for the influence of thought as the Psi Field. An important characteristic of the Psi Field is that, while we cannot yet measure it or shield from its presence, it seems to permeate all of physical space. It is apparently without distance, meaning that an effect detected in New Your City, for instance, can be simultaneously and equally detected in San Francisco. Nothing physical that I am aware of is able to explain these Psi-related phenomena. Body Image Another characteristic that must be addressed in any model for self is summed up by the Hypothesis of Causative Formation. (20) It is intended to explain how biological cells know to differentiate into different kinds of

cells when they divide. For instance, how does a cell know it should next begin to form skin or bone during the early formation of an organism? It is proposed in the hypothesis that, in effect, a body image directs organism formation according to “Nature’s Habit.” That is, a particular species evolved to its present form and the information directing its formation is shared by every instance of its kind as a sort of morphogenetic memory. (In my terms, that image must exist in the Psi Field to enable access to every instance of the species.) There is no wide, mainstream science acceptance of the Hypothesis of Formative Causation. But, when considered with psi-related phenomena, it offers the best model I have seen for the transition of characteristics across every instance of a species. Survival Instincts Versus Discerning Intellect Of course, all biological organisms are thought to have evolved on this planet. That means cats, for instance, are just on a different limb of the evolutionary tree. Cats and humans have evolved essentially the same survival instincts. Their bodies have different capabilities, but presumably, had cats evolved an opposing thumb and a capability for complex language, we would be competing with them in our ecological niche. It is clear that the urge to assure survival and dominance of our gene pool is the strongest influence behind our behavior. I have found that people quickly disagree with this point; however, a little contemplation should make it evident. Consider The Greatest Threat

of All: Human Instincts Overwhelm Reason by David Ropeik. (77) The author makes an argument that we are very much influenced by our human instincts: “We are compelled from the deepest level of our genes and survival instincts to taking more from the system than it can provide and put back in more waste than it can handle, and no amount of human brain power outwit the natural instincts that are driving us 150 miles an hour toward a cliff.” Some people tend to be more altruistic than others. Altruistic behavior contradicts survival instincts. In the Katha Upanishad Lines 1-III-3 through 1- III-10, (53) the seeker is advised that the preferable choice is the meaningful one made by discerning intellect as opposed to the pleasurable choice made by the “uncollected mind.” When indications that our mind is not necessarily produced by our brain are considered, the difference in choices motivated by “uncollected mind” or discerning intellect can be understood as the difference between influence of our human’s instincts and our possible discerning intellect. Self is Not of the Body These accumulated characteristics—Psi functioning, apparent brain-dead consciousness, species transmission of “Nature’s Habit” and decisions motivated by instincts versus discerning intellect—suggest that our self is not necessarily dependent on our body. If that is true, it becomes reasonable to argue that self may be independent of body. The Survival Hypothesis (78) holds that mind existed before and will exist after this lifetime in a self-aware, sentient form. While I am not arguing

here that the above characteristics mean the Survival Hypothesis is correct, it does give us a context in which to speculate the nature of Self for this question. As I understand the metaphysics, Self is an external aspect of body. If that is true, I see no reason in the metaphysics to say that every biological organism cannot have a self. Any pet owner could tell us that from personal experience. Answer My answer is that biological organisms have evolved a set of instincts that influences their behavior. The functional area of our mind in which the influence of biological self is formed into behavior is shared by our etheric self. The influencer of biological self dominates our actions unless and until our etheric self begins to moderate that influence. It appears that all biological organisms have essentially the same functional areas, including self. However, those functional areas are expressed to different degrees, depending on their ecological niche. Question 84 Could the tunnel of light be our spirit travelling faster than the speed of light? Answered June 18, 2020 Answer To answer, it is necessary to agree that Dualism better describes our spiritual anatomy than does Physicalism. Are we our human body (Physicalism) or are we more than our human body (Dualism)? If we can agree that we are nonphysical personality entangled with our human body for this lifetime (Dualism), we should look for the answer to the question in the nature of that entanglement. The most useful model for

Dualism I have seen is that entanglement is in the functional areas of our mostly unconscious mind that produces our perception and expression. That functional area is moderated by Worldview. Worldview is like a database that holds memory, what we have been taught and instincts. We clearly share Worldview with our human because, without our conscious determination to be altruistic (discerning intellect), virtually all of our decisions can be traced back to the influence of human instincts. If that model makes sense, when we are meditating, sleeping or in any form of dissociative deep trance, our worldview is still entangled with our human instincts. That is one of the reasons it is so difficult to recognize that we are not our body. It is also a reason for us to be suspicious of what we sense during such altered states of consciousness. Worldview is a rich source of deceptive beliefs such as prejudice and religious dogma. The only time our worldview is free of our human’s influence is when we die or have a true near-death-experience. My speculation is that being free of our human’s influence after a lifetime of entanglement is experienced as a narrowing of focus as we become less distracted by our human. My answer, then, is that one possible explanation for the tunnel is our final separation from our human’s influence in the mechanism we depend on for the development of perception. To my knowledge, that separation happens no other time in our human experience. Question

85 What is an example of a material, a mental, and a social object? What are their metaphysical differences? Answered April 2, 2020 Answer I am not trained in the human sciences. However, as an engineer, I have a sense of how thought relates to the physical. Here is how I parse the three concepts: Mental — The Psi Field is hypothesized to be a nonphysical field that permeates the physical and acts as a medium to propagate the influence of thought. From the study of Psi Field phenomena, including psychic, personal and instrumental transcommunication and healing intention, it is arguable that thought exists in a conceptual aspect of reality and physical things exist in an objective aspect of reality. Put a different way, our mind is nonphysical, and our body is physical. Perception is nonphysical and what we experience as physical is a conditioned mental response to signals coming from our human’s biological senses; also, from the sense of other humans by way of their entangled mind. Mental is perception, material is how we assign physicality to biologically sense signals. Social objects are a rather different idea. Rapport is the link of attention formed between two minds. The more I think of a friend, the better defined the conceptual link of rapport becomes between us. That link is “flavored” by the nature of my thoughts. For instance, a loving link of rapport would be different than a jealous link. The link is two-way so that my friend senses my

attention and the nature of my attention. In a different view, I imagine myself as a member of a collective of personalities. In that view, you would also be in the same or perhaps a different collective. All of the members of my collective would share much the same sense of purpose and resulting acquired understanding. Such a collective is different than a biological species. Thus, I can imagine two different kinds of social objects. Remembering that mind is nonphysical and works with concepts, links of rapport are conceptual objects. In a similar way, collectives are social objects. Communities like church or city are social objects but their underlying concepts are networks of rapport. Question 86 Why are there still many profoundly metaphysical questions that remain unanswered by science? Answered March 29, 2020 Answer An assumption in physics is that reality is knowable. If all of reality is known, then metaphysics would be a meaningless term because everything would be defined within the scope of known science. While physical science is very successful, people studying the physical sciences tend to limit themselves to physical concepts. That is, they argue that only the physical universe exists. Psychology deals with the mind and has only recently been grudgingly give the status as real science. Concepts concerned with mind and concepts concerned with physical science do not often mingle. If we agree that reality is entirely explained as the result of the hypothetical “Big Bang” event, which is thought to have created the

physical universe and everything in it … including mind, then there can be no metaphysical concepts that address anything other than what was created by the Big Bang. However, if we agree that mind is not the product of a biological brain, it becomes necessary to speculate about the existence of an aspect of reality that is not physical. That is, mind is not physical and must exist somewhere other than in the brain. The idea of mind that is independent of biological brain is referred to as Dualism. There is sufficient experimental and anecdotal reason to speculate that a nonphysical field exists with the physical universe, in which mind exists, and that provides a medium of propagation for the influence of thought. If we are to study mind, consciousness and the many reported apparently paranormal experiences, it becomes necessary to think of metaphysics as the study of fundamental principles of both physical and mental aspects of reality. The fork in the road is at Physicalism on the one way and Dualism on the other. While the physical world is not completely explained, it is much better explained than the nonphysical field supporting mind and thought. Even more important for you and me is that the relationship between the two aspects of reality is hardly studied. In my view, the answer to this question is that scientific dogma does not include the possibility of nonphysical mind, and therefore, the concept is only studied by a few brave souls as a

frontier science. Section 2 Science Introduction Science is the term we use for fact-based explanations about all things, the development of those facts and the community doing the developing. We distinguish things scientific from opinion and beliefs. We assume scientists are unbiased researchers and reporters of that research. We assume scientists work in service to humankind. To some extent, science is all of that. For sure, I think most scientists try to be all of that. In the paranormalist community, parapsychologists have assumed the role of scientists. We paranormalists want to think they exemplify all of those qualities. As you will see in these answers, I have something of a strained relationship with parapsychologists. I attempt to be supportive of them. Certainly, I am quick to defend their usually hard and earnest work. It seems important that mainstream society sees that our scientists know what they are doing. Many of my answers are written with parapsychologists in mind. They are never around to answer these questions. It is doubtful any of them bother to read the answers. But, just in case, I sometimes imagine that parapsychologists are reading my answer, and in a moment of Academic- Layperson Partition (79) enlightenment, say something to their peers and take steps to tear down that partition. I also dream of someday meeting Tinker Bell. Perhaps if I put out a glass of milk and some cookies. Question 87 When people describe our reality as a "Hologram", do they literally mean it's an illusion

made of light, or that we're living in something that tells our senses it's real but is a Fake, and a "Base ONE" reality exists "beneath" it? Answered May 4, 2022 Answer As I learned holography, a photograph made with a split laser beam just looks like a pattern of interference lines. The item it represents is made visible by shining a laser light onto the photograph. While the 3D image of the original object is produced by shining a laser at the interference patterns, it has been shown that an almost as good image can be produce by shining the laser at just a small segment of the photograph. That “the original is everywhere” in the photograph effect is what is intended when it is said that reality is holographic. See The Implicate Order. (6) This “all in a part” characteristic is sometimes referred to as nonlocal. The people who study consciousness and the nature of thought refer to the influence of thought as Psi and the medium of propagation for that influence as the Psi Field. In this context, mind would exist in the Psi Field. In the Physicalist view in which mind is thought to be produced by brain, the Psi Field is modeled as a nonphysical, emergent quality of the physical. In the Dualist view in which mind exists as a separate entity from brain, the Psi Field is modeled as an aspect of the greater reality. I refer to that as the etheric. An important

characteristic of the Psi Field is that it appears to be nonlocal. By that, it is intended that information in one part of reality can be accessed from anywhere in reality. In the same sense, a mental influence (Psi) can be experienced in any part of reality. I think of this as “everywhere is here.” The nonlocal characteristic of the hypothetical Psi Field is consistent with the idea of a holographic universe. How that is understood depends on the point of view of the person. The point to keep in mind is that reality appears to be holographic-like in the sense that there appears to be no distance in the etheric. One way to visualize this is to think of reality as a singularity or dimensionless point around which your world is formed. All of us exist in that singularity as mind and thought. The physical world is the effect of our thought. Of course, reality is thought to be infinite in extent as a conceptual reality. Etheric concepts are about physical things. I have tried to model this in The Cosmology of Imaginary Space Essay. (21) The practical implications of this concept is that it is not necessary to be with a person to “send” them healing intention. The local ghost is in the etheric and present everywhere relative to our physical reality. Remote viewing is not distant seeing, but instead, it is inner sensing where “inner” is the Psi Field. To understand these concepts, it may be useful

to spend a little time contemplating the implications of such ideas as concepts, singularity and propagation of thought. Question 88 Why do scientists speak of things being real that they only suppose are real? Artist's concepts are used as if they were visual evidence of a theory or what they suspect to be true? Answered October 23, 2021 Answer I am answering as an engineer and not a scientist. The National Science Foundation (NSF) has published reports on the public’s science literacy. This is important because poor science literacy in some parts of society has cause many people to ignore global warming, the social impact of poor education and the need for vaccinations and masks. See Science and Technology: Public Attitudes, Knowledge, and Interest (80) Part of science literacy is understanding a little about the scope and limits of the methodology of science. I model concepts to better examine their implications. The scientific method does the same. The models are not reality. They are useful approximations that allow the dynamics of their subject to be studied. An example might be a model boat in a tank with moving water as a way to examine the hull design’s sea worthiness, As I remember my training. a 10th scale model indicates but does not correctly predict the behavior of a full-scale model. Part of the science is in knowing how to adjust for scale. Math is used in science to model things. Every science student should remember being told that a formula

represents the ideal behavior. For instance, the mathematical formula for the volume of gas is for the ideal or perfect behavior of gas. When such factors as molecular composition is considered, the actual math becomes much more complex. Even then, it is a model of the real thing based on observation. Researchers communicate with one another using such models. In a way, it is their language. We expect scientists to communicate with the general public. They do, but typically with simple models to illustrate much more complex ideas. Science writers help scientists communicate with the public, but science writers usually have only an approximate understanding of the actual science. Often, by the time a model is presented to the public, it is interesting, it points toward what is being learned but is not the actual thing. Science literacy means a citizen’s understanding that they are being shown the idea and not the thing. Question 89 What does science and scientism mean? Answered October 17, 2021 Answer It is generally accepted that science is all about developing understanding about the nature of things by way of both field (observation) and laboratory (experimentation) study, theoretical modeling, testing hypothetical assumptions, codification and sharing current understanding. Scientists tend to converge on understanding of the actual nature of things, but with good science comes the acceptance that there is a need to suspend judgement so as to leave room for unexpected discovery. All of the fields of science I am familiar with have frontier or

emerging areas of discovery. An important aspect of the community of scientists is the ability to share understanding and the expectation that that sharing will include public education. In the end, science is conducted for the benefit of the public. There are two faces of science. One is theoretical. For instance, Scientists are the right people to look to for information about climate change or why the moon seems closer to earth. The other is application science. Engineers look to scientists for guidance on the right material to use when developing a product like a car or a frying pan. In that sense, citizens daily benefit from the dissemination of science-based understanding. As a general statement, I think it is true to say that science is neither good nor bad, however, its usefulness is limited by the extent to which science methodology has been reasonably applied to a subject. I have encountered many people—trained scientists and laypeople—who pronounce truth based on an overestimation of what is actually scientifically known. That kind of inappropriate attribution of what is science is sometimes referred to as scientism. A good example of such misattribution is seen in paranormal-related articles in Wikipedia. Consider the three Wikipedia Arbitration (81) that have established important rules for how editors are able to address paranormal subjects. They are: Fringe Science (81) — Ended up defining any effort to study a subject using science methodology as “fringe science” if the subject is not specifically in agreement with mainstream science. This

is an important rule, as once a subject is designated as “false science,” the mainstream test can be applied. That effectively censors frontier science. Paranormal (81) — This arbitration set the rules governing how paranormal subjects can be addressed. Mainstream science is used as a golden standard for allowing references. For instance, the peer- reviewed Journal of Parapsychology (82) is considered fringe and usually not allowed as a reference. Pseudoscience (82) — This arbitration helped establish Wikipedia’s policy toward anything not specifically accounted for by mainstream science. See List of topics characterized as pseudoscience. (83) To give you a sense of how this rule is used, I was permanently banned from editing one article because I was advocating a more balanced treatment for what the dominant editors considered pseudoscience. These three arbitrations are fundamentally based on the assumption that, if mainstream science does not specifically acknowledge it, it cannot be real and must be delusion or fraud. That is pretty much the definition of pseudoscience. Question 90 1) How does Moore counter the skeptics in denying the existence of the external world? What is analytic in Moore’s proof of the external world and defense of common sense? Answered October 15, 2021 Answer Consider Moore’s Proof of an External World: Responding to External World Skepticism (84) for a good discussion about Moore’s contention of the external world. I am not a philosopher. To me, Moore’s argument appears to be in the context of personal experience. That is the “I think therefore

I am” approach to self-identity. A man saying the world exists because he can see it is a reasonable local solution. Within the context of physical experience, it is a useful and necessary context for the development of personal expression. Our human’s instincts are based on the experience of living in the world as the world is experienced. It is when the processes underlying the experienced world are examined that meaning begins to change from “I think therefore I am” to “I am as I think.” In the context of living life, Moore’s argument is useful and essentially correct. However, what we are learning about the nature of reality is teaching us that life forms can be reduced to such fundamental concepts as curiosity as motivator, intention for steering, understanding and instincts as modifiers of intention, perception for navigation and expression for interaction. To say “I am” anything requires eventual examination of the implications of those concepts, else we are more like automations. For instance, how does our expression change if our intention is only modified by human instincts. Is it different if we are more informed by discerning intellect? In the end, I think it is reasonable to say that Moore was largely correct in the context of being human. In the sense that we are spiritual beings having a human experience, the implications of his contention must also be considered. Question 91 What is the connection of phenomenology and philosophy? Answered October 2, 2021 Answer From the Johns

Hopkins Guide for Literary Theory and Criticism entry (2nd Edition 2005), we see from Paul B. Armstrong: (85) “Phenomenology is a philosophy of experience. For phenomenology the ultimate source of all meaning and value is the lived experience of human beings. All philosophical systems, scientific theories, or aesthetic judgments have the status of abstractions from the ebb and flow of the lived world. The task of the philosopher, according to phenomenology, is to describe the structures of experience, in particular consciousness, the imagination, relations with other persons, and the situatedness of the human subject in society and history.” From experience as one who studies frontier subjects, it seems clear that many philosophers (according to David Bourget and David J. Chalmers, 56.5% (86)) insist on modeling the world from a physicalist point of view. If you accept any of the concepts related to psychic functioning (Psi) or continuity of consciousness beyond bodily death, there is a good chance any academically trained philosopher you encounter will not accept the possibility of those concepts. Therein lies the problem with philosophy. It has value in the sense of understanding aspects of human nature. However, if we are to consider the Dualistic idea that mind is not a product of biological brain, a highly qualified philosopher might act more like a debunker than an openminded scholar. Question 92 Is there any scientific proof of spirit existence after death? Answered September 11, 2021 Answer The evidence for survival of personality after bodily death comes in many

forms that are more or less convincing depending on how it is considered. Collectively, they offer a strong argument for survival. Here are the main sources of this evidence: Reincarnation — there is well documented evidence that some, if not all, people carry with them the effect of a prior lifetime. This may be in the form of a birthmark indicating how the previous lifetime ended and verifiable memory. It might be in the form of personality traits such as fear of fire. See Reincarnation research (87) Out of Body Experience — The Out-of-Body Experience (OBE) is explained as the projection of conscious awareness beyond the physical body as if that awareness is a traveling camera. The experience is sometimes reported as Astral Projection or soul travel. See Out-of-Body Experiences (88) Near death Experiences — Experiencing apparent death of the physical body and “coming back” to tell of the experience is generally known as a Near-Death Experience (NDE). NDEs often have an OBE aspect. Scientific publications - Pim van Lommel (89) Mediumship — Current understanding suggests that everyone psychically senses environmental signals. See First Sight: A Model and A Theory of Psi. (47) In other words, everyone is potentially psychic. When psychic sensing seems to indicate acquisition of information from discarnate personalities (dead people), it is known as mediumship. See Anomalous Information Reception by Research Mediums Demonstrated Using a Novel Triple-Blind Protocol (90) Instrumental TransCommunication — The apparent influence of intentionality on physical processes. This includes audible and visible forms

of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is a previously established name for audible ITC. As we understand it in the ATransC, the more common form of ITC is the apparent psychokinetic influence of electronic circuits, especially in nonlinear stages. ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (17) and A Model for EVP (8) Explaining the Evidence The Super-Psi Hypothesis (76) may explain some of the evidence but not decisively. In Super-Psi, psychically accessed information is said to come from the memory of still living people. If a nonphysical aspect of reality is allowed, the Super-Psi argument is that a record (memory) of all human activity might be stored in the Psi Field—a hypothetical nonphysical aspect of physical space that is thought to propagate the influence of thought. The Super-Psi Hypothesis does not allow for interactive sentient, sources for information. The best test I know for communication with discarnate personalities (aka spirit) is if it includes information that was previously nonexistent in the physical. The example I often use Martha Copeland’s “Doja No” EVP, which is clearly spoken by her discarnate daughter Cathy. There are other such examples collected by other practitioners, each of which strongly suggests a nonphysical (spiritual) aspect of who we are. See Martha Copeland (63) Survival research is very new, underfunded and understaffed. Think of the state of art for survival research as a frontier or emerging science. Scientists are people and subject to belief-tainted points of view, cultural momentum, and when it comes to survival studies,

often inappropriately or poorly trained. Based on my years of study as a layperson, my sense is that the existence of a nonphysical aspect of who we are, which exists beyond bodily death, is sufficiently established that it can and should be studies by more than the few volunteers we see today. The evidence is not sufficiently accounted for by Physicalism (dead is dead) or Super-Psi (survival is memory). Question 93 Why can't science measure the spiritual, paranormal, and esoteric world with physical instruments? Answered September 3, 2021 Answer In some ways, scientists can study the “spiritual, paranormal, and esoteric world” with physical instruments. For discussion, I refer to “spiritual, paranormal, and esoteric world” related experiences collectively as “paranormal.” Also, here, “mainstream” is used to refer to the dominant point of view held by academia. Even though they are not considered mainstream, the parapsychological community is the primary group of scientists focused on the study of things paranormal. See Selected Psi Research Publications (35) Other fields of study touch on the subject in important ways. For instance, some consciousness studies researchers are focused on the nature of the brain-mind-consciousness interface. See An Emerging New Model for Consciousness: The Consciousness Field Model (91) Some health researchers have paid a lot of attention to the effects of healing intention. See Distant Healing Intention Therapies: An Overview of the Scientific Evidence (92) However, because mainstream scientists generally do not accept the existence of things paranormal, there is relatively little mainstream academic study of

paranormal phenomena. While some mainstream scientists have moved closer to deciding their research indicates a paranormal explanation for many reported experiences, few researchers are willing to risk their career to say there is such a thing as the paranormal. Considering the dominant mainstream assumption that there is only the physical, when mainstream researchers do study reported paranormal phenomena, they tend to ignore what has been learned by parapsychologists. The result is a sort of intellectual prejudice in which mainstream academia has developed a culture of resistance to frontier thought in general and concepts related to things paranormal in particular. This answer should be considered in that light. When someone says, “there is no such thing,” ask them for their references. Thought can be described as a conceptual event, meaning that it has not lent itself well to physical examination. In parapsychology, the influence of thought is sometimes referred to as Psi and the aspect of reality in which thought (Psi) is propagated is referred to as the Psi Field. A major consideration in the study of paranormal phenomena is that they have a nonphysical aspect. That is, in the study of survival metaphysics, thought as a nonphysical influence is thought to operate in conceptual space. That means there must be a transformation of conceptual thought to physical influence. From our study of Instrumental Transcommunication (ITC) in the Association TransCommunication (ATransC) (24), we have learned that thought can impress a sort of intended order on chaotic processes. For instance, transforming chaotic

audio noise into speech or chaotic optical noise into recognizable features. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) The effect is that ITC can be used as something of a lab rat for research. For parapsychologists who do not accept the existence of ITC, a similar effect is seen as a change in randomness of a Random Event Generator (REG). See Experiments in Remote Human/Machine Interaction (93) In answer, then, there appears to be instrumental evidence that thought can influence matter. My guess is that thought influences the concept of matter. For instance, in Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), it appears that more chaotic (less determinant) noise is more easily influenced by mind. If so, this may support the concept-to-physical difference. I expect more instrumental research of things paranormal will follow. Question 94 Is it scientism to claim everything we can't explain now will eventually be explained by science? Answered September 1, 2021 Answer Scientism is a term used to describe the belief that anything real must be explained by existing science. The term is pejorative in the sense that people who think that only mainstream science has the answer are seen as ignorant of the inquisitive and always learning nature of science. I study frontier subjects that are not necessarily addressed by current scientific thought. Lacking the support of a large scientific community or long history of organized study, people like me tend to improvise and often do not sound very science literate. This does not mean we “believe” in

the subject in a religious sense, only that we think there is something there worth studying. Certainly, we are not anti-science. Our expectation is that mainstream science will eventually pick up the challenge and help us better understand or give us reason to move on. People who tend to be guilty of scientism refer to the study of frontier subjects as pseudoscience, meaning false science. They intend it as a pejorative and argue that, if scientists do not specifically explain something, then it cannot be real and the study of it is pseudoscience. A tell of such people is, (apparently) lacking the necessary vocabulary to intelligently discuss the subject, they tend to resort to name-calling. Defining “science” as the orderly study of nature, it is not scientism to think science is capable of developing a useful working hypothesis for everything. Science … the orderly study of nature … can be considered that aspect of society focused on furthering our understanding of the reality we inhabit. It is just that we need to moderate our enthusiasm for science with the realization that there is much left to be understood. Question 95 Is metaphysics the discussion of notions at the highest level of linguistic abstraction? Answered August 4, 2021 Answer Metaphysics is the philosophical study of being and knowing; the actual nature of reality. As an engineer, it is important to me that “being and knowing” is actionable. As such, I think proper metaphysics should be the foundation for a cosmological model

that suggest testable hypotheses. That is, metaphysics as the conceptual, cosmology as the implied form and hypothesis as the “if-then so what.” Whether metaphysics is studies from an academic or a lay perspective, it is expected to address first cause in the sense of the most fundamental concepts. Think of an upside-down pyramid with a basic concept at the base and derivative concepts (implied form) above it. For instance, the concept of “choice” may be at the bottom of the pyramid. Above it would be increasingly complex and less fundamental implied form such as “deciding,” “useful selection” and “consequences.” Another way of thinking of this fundamental-to-complex relationship is to imagine a “choice” thoughtform containing these derivative concepts. “Choice” would be the attractor for the thoughtform. From a metaphysical perspective, the “choice” thoughtform combines with other concept thoughtforms such as “mood” and “objective” to produce such increasingly complex thoughtforms as “quick, purposeful movement.” Metaphysically speaking, one of the basic characteristics of reality appears to be the nested hierarchy. An example is a biological organism such as our human’s body. The body is the top physical life field. Cells represent less complex life fields that appear in groups, say skin, bone and blood. In this cosmology, skin cells would represent a nest of same items that is lower in the hierarchy than skin. This view of metaphysics does not lend itself to the idea of “ultimate.” It is better to think in terms of the origin of being. By that, I mean

a hierarchy of motivation and action. For instance, I have spent considerable time contemplating what characteristics of reality might be necessary to enable Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). EVP are instances of anomalous speech found in audio recordings for which there are no explanations based on known physical principles. EVP examples can be found at ITC-EVP. (43) The result of my contemplation is the Implicit Cosmology (3) which is based on the metaphysical assumptions that begin with what I think of as “Strict Dualism.” In this context, Dualism is the assumption that mind exists independent of biological brain. That is, mind is not the product of brain but existed before birth of the organism. This seems best explained by what I think of as the “Two-mind solution to the Survival Hypothesis.” (32) That is a person is a relatively long-lived (immortal) etheric personality entangled in a symbiotic relationship with a human avatar.” The details of the Implicit Cosmology are beyond the scope of this answer. The point is that it is necessary to “drill down” to the most fundamental concepts in order to make a rational argument for the existence of EVP. For a more common example, consider the underlying factors determining how people make choices. The hierarchy of concepts for this includes social and economic factors, but more fundamentally, temperament, human instincts and purpose determine choice. The social- economic factors are relatively high-level, transient determinants but, metaphysically speaking, nonphysical influences such as temperament determine how we adapt the social-economic factors.

They may be the “highest level of linguistic abstraction,” but I have not reached that level of understanding. Question 96 Is spiritual energy considered pseudoscience? Answered July 18, 2021 Answer Pseudoscience means false science. The term was coined as a derogatory term for any effort to study aspects of nature that are not specifically defined or predicted by mainstream science. The insistence that mainstream science is the only true science is known as scientism. Scientism, then, is the belief in the supremacy of Physicalism. You can see from this List of topics characterized as pseudoscience (83) organized by the skeptic editors of Wikipedia that virtually all frontier thought is classified by them as pseudoscience. There was a time that Galileo's astronomy (94) would have been on that list. It is important to understand your point of view about the nature of reality. The study of human potential can be based on Physicalism with the assumption that mind is a product of brain. In Physicalism, any argument that there is an etheric aspect of reality is considered belief in the impossible. From the Physicalist point of view, the “spiritual energy” would be considered pseudoscience. In Dualism, the study of human potential includes the possibility that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality. In that, mind is not considered a product of brain. Instead, biological brain functions as a transmitter- receiver of etheric mind. When a person speaks of spirit and such capabilities as psychic functioning and healing intention, the person is

necessarily speaking in terms of Dualism. “Spirit” tends to be a catchall term used in many ways. From the Etheric Studies Glossary of Terms: (95) Spirit: As common usage, “spirit” refers to the vital principle or animating force of life; the indestructible essence of self-conscious life. The word spirit is often used to describe a discarnate person. The more correct term for a person who has transitioned from a physical lifetime is a person in spirit or a discarnate person. The term, spirit is closely related to religious belief, and so is avoided when discussing metaphysics. When the healing influence is said to be derived directly from Source (God, Infinite Intelligence) and undifferentiated by any other personality, it is said to be coming from Spirit. Here “Spirit” is written with a capital “S.” In common usage, “spirit,” written with a lower case “s,” is a reference to the Psi field as it is influenced by intentionality. See Etheric. Spiritual: Anything relating to source (aka, Infinite Intelligence, God, Prime Creator or First Cause). It is reasonable and proper to refer to the purpose and origination of reality as spiritual. A person expressing the high ideals of citizenship in the greater reality might be referred to as spiritual or being spiritual. “Energy” is a physical term meaning the potential to do work that has been enlisted into the New Ager’s vocabulary. As it is used, Spiritual energy is usually reference to the potential to express an influence in or by way of

the mental aspect of reality. The etheric is considered conceptual as the domain of thought. The idea of spiritual energy is that a person is able to manage mind in a way that enables the person to psychically sense (clairvoyance, remote viewing), express healing intention (therapeutic touch, distant healing) and/or impress intentionality on the physical (psychokinesis). Lucidity is a more useful term that satisfies the intent of “energy” but in terms of mind. From the Etheric Studies Glossary of Terms: It is becoming increasingly evident that a clear channel of communication between physical consciousness and the etheric personality is a factor for management of Psi information. For instance, if people are informed about their environment on an unconscious level by way of Psi sensing, then lucidity would be a measure of how aware the person is of that connection. Rather than saying “Spiritual Energy,” say “lucidity.” Question 97 What is it called when a falsified theory is proposed as true, and it appears true because it stems from an empirically verifiable event? Answered July 17, 2021 Answer A theory may be established to be false according to mainstream science but turn out to be true when mainstream science eventually embraces a new concept. I study a frontier subject area in which some observed phenomena seem to violate known science. For instance, an Out of Body Experience (OBE) involves the apparent ability of mind to correctly sense parts of reality without physical means. That is, it appears some people are able

to extend their perception outside of their body. It is as if their mind acts like a traveling, nonphysical, mental video camera. In more popular terms, this is referred to as remote viewing. For an OBE to be shown as real in terms of mainstream science, it is necessary to establish the existence of some form of medium which can propagate thought. As it turns out the people who study these things (parapsychologists) have proposed the Psi Field Hypothesis, (52) where “Psi” is the influence of thought. For the Psi Field to exist, it is thought to be necessary for some known physical principles can be modified to allow for the Psi Field or a new principle may need to be defined. As it stands now, based on known mainstream science, OBEs are considered impossible, and they therefore cannot be. The OBE hypothesis has been falsified. For instance, for the Physicalist point of view, we see in What Causes Spooky Out-of-Body Experiences?: (96) “Lopez said that doctors have commonly ascribed the sensation to a kind of psychosis. But the new study builds on other recent research that links the feeling, at least in some cases, to faulty wiring in the vestibular system, he said.” The existence of Psi has been empirically verified in many ways. As it turns out, the randomness of Random Event Generators (REG) has been shown to change when in the proximity of meditating people. See Correlation Between Mental Processes and External Random Events. (97) Electronic Voice

Phenomena (EVP) have been collected in electrically, magnetically and caustically shielded chambers. This argues for the existence of a nonphysical means of propagation for thought. Report of an Anomalous Speech Products Experiment inside a Double Screened Room. (98) Propagation of thought appears to be instantaneous. We know of no way to shield from the influence of thought. The psi Field appears to be nonlocal, meaning the influence of a thought can be experienced more than one location—near or far—at the same time. These characteristics are decidedly not physical. So, in the case of OBEs, mainstream science has concluded that they are mental aberrations. Yet research has shown that it is possible to acquire actual information via OBEs, specifically remote viewing. Science is only as good as the assumptions used. Mainstream science routinely falsifies theories based on mainstream science. Parapsychologists are showing that mainstream science assumptions are incomplete. When such conclusions are made based on incomplete data, it is called bad science. Question 98 Which scientific development do you think will start a new age of enlightenment (new renaissance) in humanity? Answered July 13, 2021 Answer I think of enlightenment as the realization that we are not our body and that there is a greater reality to which access is by way of increasing personal understanding of the nature of things. I see enlightenment as a change in phase from the perspective that we are our body and cease to exist when it dies, to we are a relatively long-lived lifeform

entangled with our human for its lifetime. First comes realization, but it remains necessary to act on that realization to become enlightened. Enlightenment is a process by which we become aware of our actual nature. Part of the process is for the person to learn to manage his or her human instincts. That resulting awareness is probably never complete because each increase in understanding opens the door for even greater understanding. As a point of order, I prefer the concept of “lucidity” over “ enlightenment.” Lucidity is a long-used term to describe the degree to which we have gained and learned to apply understanding. Parapsychology is an emergent field of study concerned with abilities such as psychic functioning and Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). When coupled with psychology and consciousness studies, the results of parapsychological research are showing that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality which is our natural habitat. One important revelation of these studies is that we only indirectly sense our world. Sensed environmental information is first processed by our mostly unconscious mind. We only become aware of what we have been taught is true about that information and not the raw input. The seeker’s task is to recognize this difference and learn to better align what we unconsciously sense with what we consciously perceive. The answer then, is that parapsychological science is in the process of giving us the tools we need to better understand our actual reality and to better live in accordance with that understanding. To

be more enlightened. Question 99 Is there any scientific knowledge that is not provided by the combination of empirical evidences and formal logic? Answered July 10, 2021 Answer As an engineer, I think of the hierarchy of perception as: Experience — I see, I was, I did … Information — Experience tells me … Knowledge — Based on the information I have gathered from experiences, … Understanding — Based on a tested perception derived from experience. Understanding is relative to experience and only converges on actual as more experience > Information > knowledge becomes available. In this view, knowledge is the precursor to understanding if it is tested by “if this, then that” logical assumptions. For most people, such testing is automatic. The average person’s “logic” is mostly based on cultural norms and past experience. Perception of the nature of experience and how that is translated into understanding is predictably corrupted by the past. Ideally, scientists are trained to withhold their personal opinion and intentionally examine information coming from controlled experiments (empirical evidence) or thought models (formal logic) in an unbiased manner. Academically trained scientists tend to deal with knowledge that is relatively uncorrupted by cultural assumptions. Scientists are human, however, and there is likely a degree of confirmation bias as in-protocol information is examined based on prior understanding. In practical terms, naturalists codify Nature’s behavior. Scientists systemize that observed information into rational statements of principle. To be “scientific knowledge,” statements of principle must be entered into the literature in

a form agreed to by the scientific community. The process by which that happens can be thought of as “the combination of empirical evidence and formal logic.” There is a lot of frontier research underway that has yet to be integrated into mainstream science. I would refer to much of that frontier material as scientific knowledge in its infancy … unvetted science. Question 100 What does it mean for a principle to be intuitive, and what is intuitive evidence? Answered July 10, 2021 Answer Intuition means intuitively knowing the order of things. A person can recognize the way naturally occurring influences are involved in establishing that order. In this context, “principle” means a naturally occurring influence that leans nature toward a particular behavior. Spiritualists refer to them as Principles of Natural Law. In Spiritualist guidance, people are encouraged to live life and seek to recognize principles of nature involved in that living so as to better live in accordance with Nature. Here is the Hard Truth: Environmental information comes first to our mostly unconscious mind where it is compared with what we think is true and probably modified to agree before it is presented to conscious awareness. In simple terms, we do not directly experience nature. Instead, we experience what we have been taught is true about nature. Think of our combined memory, instincts and cultural training as our worldview. In practical terms, our intuition is also based on our worldview. When we watch a process, say an apple falling

from a tree, we mentally unconsciously consider what we know about falling, apples, trees and so on to produce a probable reality for our conscious mind. It appears that our mind is resistant to large changes but will embrace small changes that add to our existing worldview. For instance, we might mentally reject our first contact with an Extraterrestrial (ET) or maybe see it as a rabbit because of a best fit to our worldview. However, after many exposures to the idea of ETs, we might have enough information in our worldview to see it as it is. Observers who intuitively judge the validity of the non-mainstream study will typically find the study of frontier subjects nonsensical. This, because they are intuiting based on what they know. If mainstream society has not come to understand the frontier work, the observer’s worldview will not support the person’s proper perception. Skeptics are pretty much that way. We refer to this uninformed, gut response as a priori based on incomplete information. In the sense that intuition might be guided by discarnate personalities, remember that the Hard Truth still applies. Even the words of God speaking to us must be filtered by our worldview. With all of that said, intuitive means deduction of truth based on cultural and personal memory. A better term for intuitive evidence might be recollection. As always, the best approach to new information is to suspend judgement while more information comes in. Our mind hates to change once a decision

is made. Question 101 Should young people read philosophy, since reading philosophy helps us to build different views on ontology, teleology and Metaphysics? Like Nietzche, Schopenhaur, Hegel, Heidegger, Kant, Wittgenstein, Marchx and Engels? Answered June 27, 2021 Answer My early schooling in philosophy came from science fiction. Of course, my heroes included Isaac Asimov, Arthur Clarke and Robert Heinlein but there were many others. The ones that presented their theories about things in the context of an interesting story benefited me the most. Note that science fiction tends to be technology oriented, but virtually all of the stories I remember posed and important philosophical questions while illustrating a possible answer. The Twilight Zone and Star Trek on television also provided useful lessons. Note that science fiction typically has a technology orientation. As it turned out, I became an electronics engineer, so the technical part probably helped me. Most of the kids I grew up with were social oriented. From Merrill and Reid’s Personal styles and effective performance, we see that people tend to have one of four basic learning styles. They may exhibit combinations with a primary modified by secondary styles. See Social Styles. (99) Most of the philosophers listed in the question lived in the late 1800s. We live in a different world under different circumstances. Some questions are universal. For instance, there has always been a struggle between the desire to dominate and the willingness to share. But other questions tend to be predicated on out-of-date assumptions about

human nature and how we develop perception. There is also the problem of the philosopher's temperament. Almost all of the ones listed are German. I think the work of German philosophers needs to be tempered with a gentler point of view … perhaps Native American. If I did not have science fiction while I was growing up, I would have wished that my parents spent more time teaching me how to think. Some school courses indirectly teach how to think. Geometry, for instance. Beware of dogmatic belief systems such as religions. They seek to teach belief rather than discernment. Perhaps the best approach for a parent is to teach a child about mindfulness. I have written about what might be considered technical mindfulness, but I think any technique that teaches the student how to examine assumptions and seek to understand implications can provide the foundation for a philosophically wise child. Consider: The Mindful Way (16) and Becoming Lucid (38) Question 102 What are the downsides to a person having a lot of skepticism? Answered June 1, 2021 Answer A Skeptic is a person who is habitually inclined to question or doubt accepted opinions. Skeptics have corrupted the term to mean protecting the status quo and obstruction of new ideas. For instance, skeptic editors in Wikipedia have biased articles to better agree with their point of view. Skepticism is defined as questioning the truth of something. When practiced as intended, skepticism is a good attitude so long as it does not

become ideological resistant to new ideas. Ideological skepticism is what skeptics practice. For instance, most skeptics assume science has the last word about truth — if science does not specifically endorse the fact of something, then it cannot be real. That is ideological scientism. Because skeptics have corrupted the term, a far more useful attitude is discernment. Discernment is defined as critical examination of presented information. Our mind is hardwired to decide. When we encounter information, we automatically decide if we agree or not based on our preconditioning. It is possible that we will reject truth because it does not agree with what our community has told us is true. With discernment, we do not decide, we consider—perhaps wait for more information. People who consider themselves spiritual seekers are not so much spiritual as they are seeking to experience reality as it is rather than as they have been taught. The idea is to suspend judgement to the effect that you habitually question the implications of information. Questioning without deciding truth is the essence of healthy skepticism. it is discernment. Failure to be discerning too often leads to prejudice, belief in conspiracy theories and ignorance of science. Look around some people are discerning. Most are guided by the survival instinct to be part of the herd. Question 103 Why is there a need to recognize our philosophical orientation as a scientist? Answered May 31, 2021 Answer I am not a scientist, but I do depend on the work product of

scientists. I am taking “philological orientation” to mean the point of view from which the person makes decisions. Perhaps you have heard the saying that “To a hammer, everything is a nail.” To a very religious person, God is in everything, and personal responsibility is in the hands of God. To a scientist who does not accept Dualism, everything indicating Dualism is trickery, delusion or fraud. Using my field of study as an example, people posing as scientists for the study of things paranormal, such as mediumship and psychic functioning, tend to have one of three philosophical orientations: Anomalistic Psychology is the study of reportedly paranormal phenomena to show that they are not paranormal. See definition at What is Anomalistic Psychology? (100) Exceptional Experiences Psychology is the study of paranormal phenomena based on the assumption that Anomalistic Psychology is mostly correct, but some experiences can be explained as Psi functioning. See definition at Exploring the Nature of Exceptional Human Experiences: Recognizing, Understanding, and Appreciating EHEs. (101) Survival Hypothesis. The third category of parapsychologists is by far the smallest. This is the study of things paranormal while allowing that some may be mundane, some may be Psi functioning, and some may be discarnate-to discarnate communication. See the Trans-Survival Hypothesis essay. (78) The result of research conducted by parapsychologists tend to confirm their beliefs. Concerning the question, Anomalistic Psychologists seem to purposefully ignore evidence that supports the Survival Hypothesis. In terms used by scientists, this is Confirmation Bias. For a scientist, that

is a cardinal sin. See definition at What is Confirmation Bias. (102) As an engineer, I depend on science to guide my planning. If what scientists tell me is based on their research but also colored by their philosophical beliefs, I am apt to produce a poorly engineered product. Evidence suggests that people are mostly guided by their philosophical beliefs. This means consumers of science have the responsibility to test what scientists tell us. Else, we are fooled by their confirmation bias. As a cautionary note, here are two points of view describing the two sides of respect for science: Wizard of Oz Syndrome: The misconception that people with doctorate degrees are infinitely knowledgeable and wise, that they work to help us better understand reality. Wizard Complex: People with doctorates believe they are infinitely knowledgeable and wise. Question 104 What is the importance of recognizing the difference between the truth and opinion? Answered May 13, 2021 Answer This is an especially important question for 2021. Opinion is based on the belief that something is true. Acceptance of truth is based on informed understanding. For instance, I believe (opinion) that I have ten pounds of potatoes in a bag; however, I cannot know for sure (truth) until I weigh the bag. Put another way, if I need the bag to weigh ten pounds. By assuming it does without proper examination with a scale, I may end up paying an overweight penalty. It is the examination of assumptions that enables belief to

become truth. These definitions do not say that opinion is not true, or that perceived truth is correct. The point is that opinions are often the expression of believed truth without supporting evidence. A better word for truth is understanding. Understanding is relative in the sense that we gain a little understanding about something with our first encounter. Our understanding of that something converges on its actual nature as we gain more experience. Any good engineer would tell you that we never completely understand things. In some cases, it can be dangerous to assume we do. In practice, there are three truths. There is the actual nature of things. Think of that as actual reality. Then there is the extent of that something we are aware of. Call, that local reality Finally, there is the way we have integrated that something into our worldview. Call that personal reality. For example. There is the town I live in as actual reality. My local reality consists of the parts of town I have visited. I know they exist to some degree. I do not know if there is a back ally off of Jackson Street. As far as I am concerned it does not exist—it is not truth to me. Its existence could only become part of my local reality if you tell me it exists … but only as an opinion based on your word. My personal reality is how I relate to my local reality. I know there is a

South Side of town, but I could not draw a map of it if I tried. To me, the South Side is too busy for my taste. When I encounter something about the South Side, I do so with the assumption that it is not my favorite part of town. My relationship with the South Side of town is based on opinion since it is “feeling” related, without any kind of meaningful truth. If I spent more time there, say, the person who cuts my hair moved her shop there, I would likely become better acquainted with it and my opinion might begin to converge on actual understanding. All of this is to say that there are important differences between belief (opinion) and understanding (converging on truth). Most people want to see things as they are, but without the expression of intention to do so, will probably never make the conscious effort to consider the difference. Spiritual seekers are advised to examine assumptions. By contemplating the implications of what is thought to be true (opinion), the seeker is expected to be less attached to outcome they have been taught to expect. Such schools of thought are all about the mental self, but lessons learned apply to daily living. None of us are aware of the actual nature of reality. We who seek to examine our assumptions tend to converge our beliefs toward truth. The majority of people do not examine their assumptions. Therein lies the difference between the average person

and seekers. Question 105 What is pseudoscience? Answered April 30, 2021 Answer Pseudoscience means false science. While it seems reasonable that some claims of science are not scientific at all, the term is used as a pejorative to discount any effort to understand the nature of something that does not specifically agree with assumptions of mainstream science. While I think using Wikipedia is academic laziness, it is instructive to note what the skeptic editors think is pseudoscience. See List of topics characterized as pseudoscience. (83) Notice that the list includes just about every frontier subject. In principle, every statement of substance must be supported with a qualified reference. Close examination will show you that most of the references in the list are from known skeptic opinion setters. The accompanying text looks a lot like the editors are not well informed about many of the entries. A counter argument to something being pseudoscience is the idea that people who discount the frontier study of as yet unexplained experiences are suffering from scientism. That is, they falsely believe that mainstream science has explained everything, and if it has not explained something, then that something cannot be real, and the study must be false science. It is reasonable to say that someone is using such poor methodology for research that they could not claim to be conducting science. I am an engineer and have learned to say I am studying something. If I had an advanced degree in that field, I would say

I am researching that something. It is good to set expectations by understanding and practicing rules of science and research. However, the skeptic community has succeeded in establishing whatever they brand as pseudoscience as a danger to society because it fosters science illiteracy. The result is that few people can afford to risk their career studying such subjects and government funding for such subjects is nearly nonexistent. The effect is that society tends to be limited to the status quo, leaving little room for discovery. Question 106 Is a deterministic model, at least as far as free will in human beings is concerned, an example of scientism? Answered April 3, 2021 Answer In this context, models are proposed hypothetical solutions for how things work. They are important, useful tools for exploring ideas. Determinism is a hypothetical model about how formation occurs with the assumption that specific causes produce specific effects. By itself, it may be a useful model to help explain how aspects of reality interact. Scientism is not a model in the same sense. It is a person’s assumption that science explains something. The way I encounter scientism is when someone tells me that what I am studying is not explained by science, and therefore, cannot be. In that sense, scientism is the belief-based assumption that science is absolute. That is, it is scientism if a person argued that the deterministic model is complete because all causes and resulting effects have been accounted for. Free Will is another model.

It may have deterministic elements such as the influence human instincts have on our behavior (survival, procreate, gene dominance). The model may also have philosophical elements such as lucidity (understanding through living experiences, gain lucidity through discernment). A person inclined toward scientism might argue that the Free Will Model is false because mainstream science does not specifically support the concept of spiritual instincts. I study survival metaphysics. As my study evolved, I came to accept that the reductionist approach is a useful part of the survival model. In fact, I used 38 organizing principles in the cosmology I work with. As such, I will argue that free will is conditional, based a large part on influences normally beyond our conscious control. I routinely encounter scientism … especially when I was an active editor in Wikipedia. See Organizing Principles (27) and Conditional Free Will. (25) Question 107 How do I differentiate between an illusion voice (as mind also cheats) and intuition voice from inside? Answered March 22, 2021 Answer Each of us has our way of becoming consciously aware of our thoughts. Most, I think, become aware as an emerging knowing, but I have met people who hear or see their thoughts as a gestalt. It has a lot to do with our temperament and the way we like to mentally visualize. Mind is a storyteller. (49) It mostly works from your memory and human instincts. What is sensed is real enough, but left to itself, mind is compelled to offer

a streaming explanation of everything to conscious awareness. I think that is what dreams are all about. Emerging science is telling us that all incoming sensed information comes through mind. (28) Mind’s story is based on memory. That is worldview. If you want to make the story better reflect actual reality and not your personal sense of reality, it is necessary to clean up your worldview. I know of no magic word or class to take for this. The one influence you have on mind is your intention. Learn to habitually examine what comes from mind — the story — by asking yourself if it makes sense. At first, even the silly stories will make sense because they are your stories. But over time, and with persistent intending to experience actual reality, you can train your mind to be more discerning. Our mind is “like a steel trap” when it comes to locking on to information. Once it decides something is this way or that or something means this or that, it is difficult to change. One of the good practices of mental hygiene is to habitually suspend judgement. Buy that, I mean to avoid accepting your mind’s I agree or I disagree result. Always insist on more information. In fact, none of us know enough about anything to be certain. We learn in small increments by remaining open for new thought. I am not talking about deciding if you should have dinner. I mean it is good to resist

deciding if you liked your dinner. You opinion about things is really your mind’s opinion. What I am describing is the “Chop wood, carry water” part of enlightenment. Always examine the implications of what you think is true. It is in the implications of “truth” that we find actual. Also see The Mindful Way Essay. (16) Question 108 What is the real difference between a skeptic and delusions? Answered March 8, 2021 Answer The two are not really compared. Skepticism is an attitude and delusion is the inability to correctly experience reality. A skeptic might accuse a “believer” of being delusional. It is commonly said that skepticism is healthy but there are people who are pathologically skeptical of anything that is not specifically supported by current science. They are the ones who would burn Galileo at the stake. These people have taken the name “skeptic” for themselves. Their beliefs … and seldom is it more than beliefs … is best described as scientism. My advice to people is to give up the word and learn to practice discernment. Paranormal phenomena such as psychic functioning and apparitions are not currently accepted by mainstream science. Skeptics refer to the study of such subjects as pseudoscience, a term intended to show that such beliefs are a danger to society. Think book burning. They accuse people who report experiencing paranormal phenomena of being delusional or fraudulent. In my experience, lacking actual research and typically lacking any actual study of the subject, skeptics are guilty

of selective reporting by ignoring supporting evidence and focusing on fifty-year-old examples. On the other side of the story, many people who report possible paranormal experiences are not well-informed about the subject. I have begun referring to some experiencer’s tendency to think something ordinary is paranormal as hyperlucidity. See Becoming Lucid. (38) The skeptic-paranormalist equation can be balanced with better education and a willingness to examine the evidence. Question 109 Does quantum physics explain paranormal events? Answered February 5, 2021 Answer My first response is “probably not.” There is a problem of the Fallacy of Equal Similars. Some of the characteristics noted about quantum phenomena are reminiscent of some of the characteristics noted about some paranormal phenomena such as the apparent nonlocality of Psi functioning. I think quantum phenomena may help us study the hypothetical Psi Field, but it looks a lot like etheric precedes physical. If anything, quantum mechanics might represent that interface. One of the apparent mind-quantum relationships is demonstrated with the double-slit experiments conducted by Dean Radin. (103) He showed in them that an observer can apparently influence the distribution of photons. From the study of Instrumental TransCommunication, I think the experiment simply shows the influence of intentionality on a chaotic process. It has been suggested that the microtubules in the brain operate at the quantum level to produce consciousness. To me, the evidence is stronger that they operate in a phased array radar fashion to enable the brain to act as a biological receiver-transmitter for thought.

That would help explain why researchers see regions of the brain light up but are still unable to be very specific about where mind is. Claiming quantum effects is a way to make possible Dualistic phenomena seem physical. So far, the claimants are guilty of quantum mysticism. Perhaps as more is understood …. My problem is that the quantum study detracts from study we really need to further understanding. Question 110 Can the law of attraction be considered the same as physical laws, since neither of these are visible but manifest their existence in everyday life? Answered December 27, 2020 Answer Physical law As I understand astronomical cosmology, (104) everything physical emerged from a singularity popularly known as “The Big Bang”. Along with physical substance, came organizing principles that influenced the way substances interact. Those influences are generally thought of as constants and fundamental forces. For instance, there are the magnetic and the gravitational forces, and natural rate of decay and electric charge. We can argue that physical principles are specific to physical substance. For instance, the gravity concept is based on atomic weight and distance. Gravity-related experiments are repeatable with essentially the same results. It also fits into a well-considered model of physical space. We call them laws more out of tradition than to say that they are immutable. They are consistent results of physical processes. Natural principles I will use organized Spiritualism (45) as an example. Spiritualists have only a few guiding concepts, but the assumptions followed by

much of the New Age and paranormalist communities tend to “orbit” those assumptions, perhaps described with different words. Organized Spiritualists argue that there is a first cause (aka Infinite Intelligence, God) from which life as sentient awareness and principles organizing the behavior of nature naturally emerged. This is virtually the same as the physicalist view, except that we assign a different context. Big Bang = physical stuff and Source = etheric reality. Using my words, Spiritualists feel that physical stuff manifests from etheric reality under the influence of life fields and according to natural principles. Thoughts are about concepts in the etheric that manifestation as things in the physical. We live in a collective of personalities and the resulting manifestations of the collective’s thoughts produces a consensus physical space. I live in your world, and you live in mine. Be aware that, as a metaphysician, I am taking a few liberties with terminology. “Life field” is a less charged term than “man.” Also, old school physicalist’s use of “law” is misleading in this context. “Principle” is a more generic term. An important concept in Spiritualism is that life fields manage the creative process according to naturally occurring principles (Natural Law). Those naturally occurring principles appear to act on the conceptual nature of etheric space and are considered precursors to physical principles. I have identified 38 organizing principles (27) for the implicit Cosmology I work with. One, the Perceptual Agreement Organizing Principles states: “Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the

aspect of reality with which it will associate.” The idea is that we base perception on our worldview (memory, what we have been taught, instincts). Incoming sensed information is assigned meaning based on our worldview. See the Perceptual Agreement Essay. (5) In effect, we tend to experience what we know. Incoming sensed information that does not agree with our worldview tends to be ignored or modified to better agree with it before we become consciously aware of the information. The Law of Attraction is an example. In the context of people and thought, the “attraction” is a concept. Its formation as a physical thing is the expression of that concept according to such naturally occurring principles as Perceptual Agreement. This is a knowable relationship but there are many variables, making it much more difficult to quantify than, say, a falling apple. The first task would be to show that there is a relationship between concepts and things. However, in a practical sense, if you only allow the existence of the physical reality, there can be no such thing as the Law of Attraction. If you allow for the existence of etheric space, then concept-to- physical thing influences must also be allowed. In that case, it is sensible to think in terms of both physical and etheric organizing principles. This is a complex subject. And remember, this is the world according to Tom. Question 111 Do Spiritual psychologists have graduate degrees in Spiritual psychology from an accredited university? And are they

professionally licensed to practice? Answered December 10, 2020 Answer From the page of “Spiritual Psychology Careers” on the Careers in Psychology (105): What Does a Spiritual Psychologist Do? The main duty of a spiritual psychologist is to counsel people and help them to achieve spiritual wellbeing as well as mental and emotional wellbeing. Many of the patients who seek help from a spiritual psychologist are going through spiritual crises. They need a comfortable atmosphere and a non-judgmental ear to listen to their problems and help guide them through the dark times in their lives. A spiritual psychologist can help his patients explore their spiritual paths in life. He may encourage them to closely examine their own beliefs as well as alternative beliefs. A spiritual psychologist will also usually guide his patients with such things as meditation and altered states of consciousness. These actions can help patients become centered and will often lead to realization of and a better understanding of their own beliefs. Guided visualization is another popular technique used by spiritual psychologists. This involves a patient entering a state of altered consciousness while the psychologist speaks in a calm and even voice, urging them to explore a fictitious world that is representative of their sub-conscious mind. Basically, required education is the same as for other psychology degrees but with emphasis on religion and spirituality. I am a Spiritualist, and it is probable that I define spirituality differently. The question is well-considered because there are probably a few people around

who claim that title but without the training. As I understand it, anyone practicing as a professional counselor must be certified by the state to practice. I expect that the certifying agency would not give the license unless the candidate has the proper degrees. The first question to ask of the proposed spiritual psychologists is whether or not the person has a current license with the state. The second question is if they are strictly orthodox or if they are open to frontier thought such as survival of consciousness and psychic ability. In my opinion, some situations in which advice from a psychologist may be needed are related to unorthodox beliefs (possession, haunted, voices). If the person is not familiar with those, they are not really able to offer appropriate guidance. If the psychologist is knowledgeable about such frontier thought, ask if the person accepts the possibility. As a group, psychologists tend to be anti- all things paranormal. From those, the advice may well look more like deprogramming than like offering ideas for how to cope. Question 112 Why can’t science explain paranormal activities? Answered December 9, 2020 Answer Here, “paranormal” is used to mean a set of experiences that are not explainable by currently known physical principles. We think of psychic ability and communicating with discarnate loved ones, but the above definition includes other experiences such as reports of out of body experiences, near-death experiences, in some cases, even UFOs. The assumption of paranormal is that the reported experience

is not fraud, imagination or misattribution of normal experiences as paranormal. For me, the first test of the paranormality of an experience is if it (or something like it) can be experienced by multiple people without coaching. Anomalous access of information (psychic, remote viewing, mediumship) may be paranormal but require secondary support, for instance physical records that confirm the information. Paranormal experiences such as accessing information with our mind (psychic, Psi sensing) and influencing physical processes with our mind (psychokinesis) have not been explained using known physical principles. The missing principle is how the influence of mind is propagated in space. Does it move in the air like sound waves? Is it radio? The scientists who study things paranormal are parapsychologists. See The Parapsychological Association, (82) spr.ac.uk (106) and Rhine Research Center. (107) From my study, it appears they have considered every known physical principle in an effort to explain paranormal experiences. There are two apparently nonphysical characteristics of the way thought influence is propagated that must be accounted for. One is nonlocality, meaning that a Psi influence in one part of the world is apparently able to be experienced in any other part at the same time (no apparent distance in the propagation field). Second, we know of no way to shield from the influence of thought. For instance, the influence of thought can be detected in compartments that are shielded from radio frequencies, sound and light. The most useful theories offered by parapsychology to explain Psi functioning I

know about are that we are all naturally psychic (First Sight Theory (31)) and that the medium of propagation for the influence of thought is the Psi Field Hypothesis. (52) If you take time to understand these theories, it should be clear that parapsychologists know enough about things paranormal to develop useful theories. That is actually one of the later stages of “proving the paranormal exists.” See: A list of 100+ Peer- Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) What parapsychologists study and what mainstream science accepts are fast converging into a new science of mind and improved cosmologies. Question 113 If thought is energy then why can’t it be stored externally? Answered December 5, 2020 Answer I am not a parapsychologist, but I play one on Quora. Think of a thought as the conscious intention to think of something … say a cat. That intention initiates a subconscious visualization that is developed based on worldview (memory). The result of that visualization is returned to conscious self. If the thinker is afraid of cats, that would be part of worldview and the resulting visualization would likely be colored with a little fear. In this way, our thoughts are always colored by our expectation based on instinct, cultural training and memory. Our thoughts are a form of Psi (psychic) expression that, instead of mind-to-mind, is primarily intended for internal use. It is reasonable to ask how thoughts are propagated. What is the medium that supports its movement from

the thinker’s unconscious mind to conscious mind? (Here, a medium of propagation is like the way water supports the pronation of waves.) I may be extending the Psi Field concept further than it is intended by parapsychologists, but as I see it, that medium of propagation of though is the Phi Field. The Psi Field propagates the influence of psi expression. For instance, when a person focuses attention on a random process, it has been shown that the process becomes less random. How that influence is moved (propagated) from the mind to the physical random process is an important part of psychic and consciousness theory. Parapsychologists refer to the medium in which the influence of Psi is propagated as the Psi Field. Physical energy is generally defined as the difference in potential between two states of a system. The energy is thought of as a potential to do work. For instance, filling a bucket with water creates the potential to do work when the water is released to fall under the influence of gravity. The electricity required to power a neural network is similar in that there is a difference in potential between the main and the ground power leads. That difference in potential—water in a bucket, voltage in a circuit— is physical and is organized by physical principles. The Phi Filed is pretty clearly not physical. For one, it violates the principles governing transmission of energy. The effect of a thought expressed in New York City, for instance, can

be experienced by people in San Francisco and in Seattle at the same time. Parapsychologists refer to that as nonlocal. In effect, there is no distance in the Psi Field. Another important difference between physical space and the Psi Field is that we know of no way to shield from the influence of thought. Clearly, it is not electromagnetic, magnetic or physical potential. This is a long way of explaining that thought is an effect and not a difference in potential that can be stored. At least as far as we know today, physical energy and thought are entirely different concepts. Question 114 Should Wikipedia be used for research? Answered December 4, 2020 Answer Wikipedia may be okay for finding the plot of a movie or statistics for a sports team. However, if you examine the way material is included in Wikipedia articles, it should be clear that content is determined by whatever group of editors are dominant in that part of Wikipedia. Any article about a possibly controversial subject is probably biased to agree with the locally dominant group’s worldview. In my experience, the dominant group of editors tend toward skeptic, dogmatic beliefs in mainstream science and anti-frontier thought. Left to themselves, humankind’s forward progress in knowledge would cease. Three arbitration cases brought by skeptical editors introduced important tools for controlling what is allowed in the encyclopedia: (81) Fringe science - Wikipedia Paranormal - Wikipedia Pseudoscience - Wikipedia The three are used as “Wiki law” to keep information out

of articles that does not agree with the dominant editor’s sense of truth. For instance, my field of interest is lay parapsychology. The study of psychic ability is gradually revealing important understanding about our nature. All three of the above arbitration cases were brought in an effort to suppress such studies. All three were decided to agree with the skeptic editors. The result is always articles based on half of the story. The average reader visiting Wikipedia does not see the struggle that goes on behind the scenes for how subjects will be represented. They only see the article as it is at that moment without realizing that it may be rather different tomorrow as new editors come along with different ideas of how to treat the subjects. Based on my experience as a Wikipedia editor, I have written a little about how the behind-to-sense facts under the Community Tab of my website: Community - Etheric Studies (15) In my opinion, anyone who uses Wikipedia as a reference tells the world that he or she is intellectually lazy, naïve, and too poorly informed to be credible. Question 115 Are skeptics open to being proved wrong? What do they do when it happens? Answered November 17, 2020 Answer Virtually all of the answers thus far seem to describe skeptics as ideal observers who ask questions with the intention of understanding. That is how it is supposed to work. But organized skeptics have coopted the name to mean their scientism and ideological

point of view. A better name for a truly open-minded but skeptical person is “discerning.” Our mind has an important idiosyncrasy that seems to define skeptics. Once we make up our mind … once we decide something, it is very difficult to change our mind. When we do, we do so in small increments. Skeptics have made up their mind. Now they are looking for people to agree with them. They seldom examine the facts well enough for incremental changes of mind. That lack of understanding is evidenced by the tendency of skeptics to resort to name calling and personal attack. The more evidence we present, the more they reject it without examination. Simply put, if mainstream science does not say something is true, then it is not and cannot be true in a skeptic’s view. In effect, skeptics will discuss things with us until we agree with them. I have never seen it go the other way. Yet, we continue to have solid objective evidence of our claim. So, the answer from my years of experience is no, they are not actually open to having their mind changed. They are too invested in their beliefs. Question 116 Does Wikipedia take the theory of evolution as fact? How does a media of non-biased information like Wikipedia handle theories which aren't universally accepted? Answered November 16, 2020 Answer The editors of Wikipedia work in a community that is a lot like The Lord of the Flies. (108) Most of the editors

hid behind a fictitious screen name, and thus hidden, are not constrained by the usual social norms. What is written in Wikipedia is seldom a balanced portrayal of the subject. What is written is what the dominant group of editors believe and how they selectively report the evidence. My experience as an editor was mostly in the paranormal-related articles. There is a dominant group of editors who can be well-described as adherents of scientism. Specifically, if it is not defined by mainstream science, they argue it must be fraud or delusion. The dominant editors made three important rulings (81) as “Wiki Law” that gave them the ability to ignore contradicting and frontier science. One is the 2009 Fringe Science decision. Of interest from the ruling is: Fringe science 1) In this ruling, the term "fringe science" refers to matters which purport to be science or use its trappings and terminology but are not usually regarded as such by the general scientific community; and to matters which do not claim to be scientific but nevertheless make claims that are normally considered within the purview of science. Also, the 2007 Paranormal decision. Of interest here is: Generally considered pseudoscience 11) Theories which have a following, such as various manifestations of the paranormal, but which are generally considered pseudoscience by the scientific community may, with adequate sourcing, properly contain that information and may be categorized as pseudoscience. The 2009 Pseudoscience decision rounded out the rules that gave the dominant skeptic editors the verbiage

required to justify their anti-frontier science point of view. For instance: Appropriate sources 4a) Wikipedia:Verifiability and Wikipedia:Reliable sources require that information included in an article have been published in a reliable source which is identified and potentially available to the reader. What constitutes a reliable source varies with the topic of the article, but in the case of a scientific theory, there is a clear expectation that the sources for the theory itself are reputable textbooks or peer-reviewed journals. Scientific theories promulgated outside these media are not properly verifiable as scientific theories and should not be represented as such. The (frontier) branch of science that studies things paranormal is parapsychology. It is on the list of subjects considered pseudoscience (83) maintained by the dominant Wikipedia editors. There are a number of peer- reviewed journals in parapsychology which typically include excellent peer- reviewed research reports. Some of the parapsychologists conduct excellent science, so it is an invalid argument that the subjects cannot be scientifically studied. The dominant group of editors concerned with any one article can agree to allow a “fringe” journal as a reference, but if they do not agree, it is banned under the three above mentioned arbitration cases. All parapsychological journals are virtually always disallowed. The notable exception are ones that seem to prove the subject is pseudoscience. An example is the “Failure to Replicate EVP” (109) article published in the Journal of Scientific Exploration. (110) The author’s work is used in the Wikipedia Electronic Voice Phenomena Article

to support the skeptic’s effort to cast doubt on the existence of EVP. See Electronic voice phenomenon - Explanations and origins. (111) My efforts to use articles from the same publication in support of the actuality of EVP were stopped because the journal is considered “Fringe.” The Theory of Evolution proposed by Darwin is treated as mainstream science fact by the dominant conservative editors. If there are alternative theories, such as The Hypothesis of Formative Causation (59) proposed by Rupert Sheldrake, the editors can be ruthless in their efforts to make them go away or at least look silly. If you look at the talk page archives (112) for the Rupert Sheldrake article, you will see that there have been considerable edit wars as moderate editors tried to assure a balanced article while the conservative editors wanted to make Sheldrake look as stupid as possible. I was permanently banned (113) from editing the article for arguing that the work of Rupert Sheldrake was valid science; not pseudoscience. They simply eliminate opposing points of view. The effect of this skeptic editor dominance, scientism and ideological science apology has assured that Wikipedia is a powerful tool for social engineering. While there is a lot of useful information on Wikipedia, the reliability of it can change day-to-day as radial editors take an interest. The same holds true for every article. In effect, supporting Wikipedia is the same as supporting repression of new thought. Question 117 How do we know the subconscious exists? Are

there proofs it exists? Answered November 11, 2020 Answer Relatively new science of the mind is telling us that we first unconsciously experience information, and then after it is “filtered” based on our worldview, the resulting version is made available to our conscious awareness. This pre-filtering can be demonstrated with presentiment studies. From the introduction of Presentiment | Psi Encyclopedia: (114) Since the 1990s, parapsychologists have carried out research into an unconscious form of precognition termed presentiment. Using experimental techniques well-established in psychophysiology, subjects in controlled experiments have been found to unconsciously anticipate stimuli to which they are randomly exposed, to a degree that is highly statistically significant. The effect is small, but the findings have been widely replicated. I also recommend First Sight Theory. (115) Pretty much all of parapsychology and the paranormalist community is concerned with reported experiences that seem to depend on the presence of our subconscious nature. The implications are profound. Question 118 How does skepticism relate to scientific literacy? Answered November 10, 2020 Answer There seems to be three faces of skepticism. One is “Informed Skepticism.” In that, the person, say a Ph.D. in biology, might be unconvinced about another biologist’s claim of efficiency in an osmotic diffusion experiment. Peer-to-peer. Then there is “Presumptive Skepticism.” In that, the person, say a Ph.D. in philosophy, might be unconvinced about a biologist’s claim of efficiency in an osmotic diffusion experiment. Not peer-to-peer. The difference between the two is that, in informed skepticism, a person trained in a

related field may be able to bring value to the discussion. The relationship between the skeptical biologist observer and the biologist researcher is more collaborative. In presumptive skepticism, the skeptical person may have a good point, but more often, the disagreement is based on the assumption of understanding that must be established before collaboration can occur. The third kind of skepticism is “Principled Skepticism.” The objection is based on ideological beliefs rather than academic training. A typical case might be the devoutly religious person denouncing the biologist’s research report because it seems to place biology before God. The term, skeptic, has been coopted by what might be best described as organized skeptics. See The Skeptics Society & Skeptic magazine. (116) While skepticism can be healthy, it is too often corrupted into denialism and what has become known as skeptic. A skeptic is one who argues against a concept based on ideology. A better term for the suspended judgement kind of skepticism is discernment. Discernment denotes careful consideration without uninformed commitment to a particular conclusion. There is a link between organized skeptics and science literacy. Skeptics tend toward scientism in that they reject anything that is not specifically addressed by mainstream science. The problem is that when skepticism turns to scientism, it tends to discourage frontier science. Skeptics refer to rejected frontier science topics as pseudoscience (false science). I use Wikipedia as an example of scientism run amok, partially because they are so obviously anti-frontier science and because I was an

editor during the time the anti-frontier science policy became Wikipedia law. You will notice in the Wikipedia Pseudoscience (117) article that pseudoscience is considered a danger to society and science literacy. Judging by the world today, it seems evident that outright rejection of science by so many people concerning climate change, Covid-19 and the implication of economic repression presents a huge problem for governance. While scientism discourages new ideas, literacy about the nature of science is important for society. The problem is when understanding of science turns to belief in science. Take a look at the three Wikipedia arbitration cases listed on Wikipedia Arbitration. (81) Then take a look at the list of what the dominant skeptic Wikipedia editors consider pseudoscience at List of topics characterized as pseudoscience. (83) Under the Psychology category, Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is listed as a pseudoscience. Yet, it has been used to help veterans who have experienced such traumatic moments as watching a friend killed in combat. The entire field of parapsychology is also listed there. The simple fact that they are listed there goes toward suppression of the study they entail. If organized skepticism had its way, studying all such frontier subjects would be forbidden. That is akin to a Flat Earth mentality. My answer, then, is that skepticism is an anti-new thought attitude. Discernment is a more productive approach. Certainly, education for both sides would help. Question 119 Up to what extent does a hypothesis have to be testable to

be regarded as scientific (philosophy of science, truth, scientific method, falsifiability, philosophy)? Answered November 9, 2020 Answer The scientific method has many shapes. In physical science, observation leads to hypothesis leads to experimentation leads to conjecture that is compared to the hypothesis. Either the hypothesis is modified or rejected, depending on the outcome of the process. The task is to develop a reasonably descriptive model to represent what is observed or a reported experience. If a hypothesis fails to lead to a useful model, proving the hypothesis is wrong does not make reported experiences go away. The task of science has not been completed. The answer to the question depends on the worldview of the person answering. If the person thinks there is only the physical, answers like “just unscientific nonsense” will be common. The tell of Physicalists is in the use of dismissive terms such as “nonsense.” People whose worldview allows for the existence of nonphysical influence of thought will tend to be more liberal in their thinking about what is and is not science. Part of the reason is that Physicalists tend be dogmatic about what is and is not real, always while ignoring the fact that known physical principles do not always account for some reported experiences. This is especially true for what is referred to as paranormal. It is not my intention to be sarcastic. As one who studies paranormal phenomena, it has been my experience that Strict Physicalists are a huge hindrance to my ability

to develop a proper model for the related phenomena. I often see my fellow paranormalists at odds with Physicalist scientists yet compelled to accept the “just unscientific nonsense” explanation because of cultural conditioning. With that said, by definition, all hypotheses must be testable. Properly defined, a hypothesis should suggest a given followed by an if that, then these so what. It is the if-then part that must be testable. It may require developments in other branches of science before the tests can be conducted, in which case, the hypothesis remains a theory. Much of the paranormal phenomena are rejected by Physicalist as fraud, illusion or misattribution. Yet the experiences continue to be reported and verifiable, repeatable studies have shown that there is often something to the reports. Instruments do detect Psi influence and verifiable information can be accessed without explanation with known physical principles. See A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) The answer is that hypotheses must be testable, else they are only conjecture. Testability might be beyond present science and technology. Gravity waves might be a good example. The key is to consider hypothesis with suspended judgement. An important point to consider is that we do not know enough about reality to say with certainty that something is this way or that. Currently accepted science does not explain many reported experiences. However, those experiences are explainable when nonphysical reality is allowed. But then, that is not accepted by mainstream scientists. If

there is a nonphysical aspect of reality and thoughts do influence physical processes, then current physical science may be incomplete if not outright wrong. This is a factor we ignore at our own risk. Question 120 Do human beings have free will? Is causal determinism true? If things are randomly Decided (as per quantum mechanics), then would it show that human beings have free will? Answered November 8, 2020 Answer Causal determinism is the idea that every event is caused or made possible by preceding events and conditions moderated by the “laws” of nature. In the simple case, I will get up in the morning because our society works day shift. In the complex case, I will get up in the morning because I was born. As I understand quantum mechanics, there really is no randomness involved. Going back to Bohm and his implicate order, (6) what is today is the product of previous events. I think the key to the quantum-philosophy connection is that reality is seemingly interconnected in the same way particles become entangled at the quantum level. The randomness idea might come from the Uncertainty Principle which is the argument that simple observation that particle/wave changes limits what we can know about it. n the end, quantum mechanics seems to support causal determinism. I am aware of how little I know about quantum mechanics. I do know that people have a tendency to explain the unknown with science as a sort of inappropriate “appeal to authority.” My

first encounter with quantum mechanics was the model used to explain how a neon gas “lased.” In effect, you hit a neon atom with a photon and the orbiting electrons jump one orbit, meaning they become more energized. Hit the atom with a second photon and the electrons drops back to their normal state and release two photons in the process. The message in this surely out of date model is that the orbits represent specific energy states that are sometimes defined as quanta. As I understand it, like that neon atom, quantum mechanics is a very deterministic physics. The problem is that theoreticians try to explain the nature of mind with the “spooky action at a distance” (from Einstein) nature of quantum physics. Think of it as the Fallacy of Equal Similars. Two things like mind and quantum mechanics being similarly abstract does not mean they are the same. We tend to experience the reality we have been taught to expect. By that, I mean that our worldview is the judge of what we experience and the result of that judgment is what we consciously perceive. That is a causally determined perception based on prior conditioning. I have spent some time contemplating the nature of my free will. The results are in the essay, Conditional Free Will. (25) The short answer to the question is “No.” We do not normally have free will or anything resembling it. We can make choices, but we do not have complete control of

the logic controlling those choices. Most, if not all, are based on prior conditioning. The controlling factors are our human’s instincts, what we have been taught and learned responses (memory). We do appear to inherit a degree of understanding at birth that does not seem to be related to our human experience. I will call that discerning intellect or lucidity. It appears to be the discerning intellect aspect of our mind that may represent free will. The problem is that such probably non-survival behaviors as curiosity and altruism may be motivated by something like a collective mind. Trying to see where that will take us is a much longer answer. Basically, we make decisions to benefit our human’s gene pool. Do we also make decisions to benefit the greater community in the etheric? If we do, then the apparent free will expressed by an altruistic act might be motivated to further the community. Here, I am trying to avoid saying that we might have a spiritual motive for our choices. I know many readers will run for the door at the first hint of metaphysics, but the thing is, what I have said thus far is true without resorting to a metaphysical angle. The answer, I think, is that we have self-determination, but it is moderated by instincts, training, prior experiences and an as yet undetermined form of discerning intellect. It is possible for the individual to develop greater free will by developing a habitual practice of questioning our choices

to determine if they make sense beyond what we have been taught. That is all about Becoming Lucid. (38) Question 121 Why can't physical instruments detect subtle energies and the paranormal world? Answered November 6, 2020 Answer The best model I have seen for “subtle energy” is the Psi Field Hypothesis. (71) In that, the influence of thought is described as “Psi.” Note that this is not thought but the effect or influence of thought. In the model, the influence of Psi is propagated (transported or carried) by a nonphysical aspect of space. It is not determined if this “space” comes from the physical or is beside the physical. This is a pivotal point that determines if Duality is real. (Dualism = mind separate from biological brain; Physicalism = mind is produced by brain.) The Psi Field is known to be nonlocal, meaning that an effect detected in one geographical place can be simultaneously detected anywhere else. It is also ubiquitous, meaning that we know of no way to shield from Psi. Both of these are very unphysical characteristics. An important characteristic of our mind is that we at least unconsciously sense the influence of Psi from other people. A psychic is a person who has learned to consciously sense information represented by Psi influences. Another important characteristic is that everyone’s mind expresses a Psi influence related to intentionality. Remember that this influence is nonlocal, meaning that people in other parts of the world are able to sense your Psi

expression. It is attention and intention that changes your expression from noise to useful information. A link of rapport between you and an intended receiver might be important. The output of Random Event Generators (REG) become less random when in the proximity of meditating people, or when focused attention has been turned toward them. That is a thought (Psi)-to-physical device effect. Also, The Global Consciousness Project (118) is a global array of REGs reporting to a central computer. The randomness of their output tends to change moments before major events like the 9–11 attack on the World Trade Center. It is as if humankind is expressing a Psi signal representing a collective dread. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) (8) is the recording of speech for which there is no known explanation. The working hypothesis is that they are produced as a Psi influence of intended order on chaotic (random) background noise, as it is recorded with an ordinary audio recorder. People like to think EVP are dead people talking, but the metaphysical models show that they are as likely caused by still physical people. It is just that we expect dead people talking. The Double-Slit Experiment (103) also hints at how we might detect and apply the influence of thought on physical processes. The answer is that scientists and practitioners are learning to put Psi functioning to work as a mind-to-physical ability. It will take more research funding and a lot less anti-frontier subject propaganda to make much more progress. But

like Ham Radio operators of the past, paranormalist practitioners are doing their part to make it so. Question 122 How can we prevent science from becoming scientism? Answered October 30, 2020 Answer From my lay perspective, science involves the process of observing, questioning, theorizing and testing assumptions about nature. As our society is organized, scientists are expected to explain nature to citizens. That is one of the reasons the public helps fund universities and grants for research. As an engineer, I have been dependent on good science that eventually resulted in technology I could apply for consumers. In that chain of consequences, science is hugely successful. However, the point to note is that in my field, electronics, the product is objectively real … it works, or it does not. Where we get into problems is when science involves belief systems or personal interests. A logger, for instance, might not like having a scientist tell him he is overlogging. A strongly religious person may be offended by the suggestion that we can destroy what God gave to humankind via global warming. Both are examples of the clash of rational science and irrational beliefs. We see this playing out today with the conflict between science-based management of a pandemic verses religious-economic-libertarian inspired alternative facts. If a person fundamentally does not believe in something, and if established science does not clearly support that person’s point of view, the only argument is to cite the generic “science” to support the argument. As it turns

out, the problem with science is not the scientific method. People tend to organize as a hierarchical culture. That means the internal social pressures in a community of academic-minded people produces a hierarchical social culture and the assumption of best practices. Momentum of theory and dogmatic assumptions naturally follow as cultural norms. This “stability” helps assure quality science is conducted within the scope of the community’s best practices but tends to exclude “new thought.” In that regard much of the community of science appears to be more like cloistered monks than open-minded researchers. The idea of peer review is to assure the reasonableness of research reports. It is almost certain that someone with a Ph.D. will come along claiming that apples do not fall but are repelled. Peers are expected to sort out such contrary views. At the same time, secret peer review reinforces the good old boy culture. From my experience in a frontier subject, peer reviewers are often not sufficiently informed in the subject to evaluate the sensibility of submission that are not specifically in their field of study. An example is a philosopher reviewing a report about evolution. For the most part, the culture of science serves laypeople very well. The problem area I live with is the relationship between mainstream science and frontier or emerging science. Falling apples are one thing. Psychic functioning is an entirely different challenge for science. When not finding a reported paranormal experience on their list of known acts of nature, mainstream

scientists tend to reject the reported experience as being impossible. Here are two expert-related attitudes we encounter when working with frontier subjects: Wizard of Oz Syndrome: The misconception that people with doctorate degrees are infinitely knowledgeable and wise and that they always work to help the public to better understand reality. Laypeople give scientists a great deal of social authority, so that today, we tend to trust a scientist’s pronouncement about nature with little questioning about their academic authority. When it comes to common questions such as why an apple falls from the tree, few of us will argue with someone claiming any Ph.D. because it concerns established science. As a consequence, we as easily accept the pronouncements of a Ph.D. on other subjects, often without examining the credential of the Ph.D. Wizard Syndrome: People with doctorates believe they are infinitely knowledgeable and wise. Years ago, newly certified as a scuba diving instructor, I thought I was God’s gift to divers. It only took a few old-timers to set me right. The same came with my new degree in engineering. Technicians can be cruel teachers when setting arrogant new engineers right. Both are examples of Wizard Syndrome. Now consider this definition: Scientism: The belief that science, the scientific method and work product is the only way to validate reality. My entire multi-year experience as an editor in the paranormal subject area of Wikipedia was a continuous altercation with the dominant group of editors who were determined that, if mainstream science

does not specifically define something, it cannot be and must be delusion or fraud. There was no reasoning with them for balance. As far as I could tell, they were not scientists, just people trying to represent science as they saw it. The combination of speaking for science without the intellectual authority that comes from training in the subject is a form of Wizard of Oz Syndrome. It extends what scientists say about phenomena to the level of dogma. Scientism can be managed by changing the culture in the community of mainstream scientists to encourage more study of frontier subjects. Right now, it can cost a young scientist his or her career if they become very involved with nonmainstream subjects. Pseudoscience: A derogatory term coined by skeptics as a negative label for subjects with which they disagree. This disagreement is seldom based on known instances of bad science, but rather because, in the organized skeptical view, the subject is not supported by orthodox science. This term is virtually always used in conjunction with efforts to convince an audience to dislike, distrust or even fear the subject. Scientism is a religious view in the sense that the idealized scientist is place in the god role. All else, including demonization of people they claim practice pseudoscience, is in every way the expression of religious-like belief. Academic-Layperson Partition: (my term) A phrase used here to describe the functional separation of academia from the lay community. The effect is that people, who have a

doctorate degree from an accredited institution tend to shun people who do not. For fields of study in which practical experience, ability and understanding rests with lay people or citizen scientists, this partition often produces “peer reviewed” studies which portray a false image of the subject. Think philosophy professor pronouncing truth about physical mediumship in a peer-reviewed journal for which he is the editor, and which uses secret peer reviewers. Scientists are concerned with science literacy of the public. See Science and Technology: Public Attitudes, Knowledge, and Interest (53) At the same time, scientists tend to shy away from explaining their theories, and instead, focus on gee-whiz reports that do not actually teach. Everything I have said thus far points to the need for better education of the public. When I took my Senior Project for Engineering, much of it was about report writing. In Masters and Ph.D. programs, a great deal of emphasis is placed on the theses. Yet, at least in my area of interest, communication of ideas is intended to be only amongst academics. We laypeople are left to guess what scientists think is true. Like a ship without a rudder, the good ship Lay-public will predictably take the wrong course. The cure, it would seem, is better public outreach from the scientists. Fundamentally, scientism evolves out of ignorance. Question 123 Given that Darwinism proves that communication is manipulative inherently, how do we Separate real information from false? Answered October 25, 2020 Answer I like the gene

survival model. As I see Darwinism, our human instincts guide us to make decisions and act in ways that will best assure the continuity and dominance of our genes. Our primary means of doing so is by communicating our superiority to others. In Darwin, there is no other purpose for our existence. Of course, all information has meaning. If the question is concerned with the message contained in the information, it seems necessary to consider the hierarchy of authority. My survival would depend on the ability to recognize the manipulative character of information coming from others. If I think I am dominant and the information is telling me otherwise, there will likely be a conflict. If I am subservient to someone, I will submit to manipulation if that will help assure continuity of my gene. (Of course, I will always be looking for a way to dominate.) Whether information is false depends a lot on where I am in the pecking order.) We see this dynamic every day. Consider those who blindly follow the leadership of tyrants. They are subevent and are compliant as long as they are given the sense that their genes will continue. It does not matter if God created us or if we evolved. The fact is that we do have instincts that more or less control our behavior. The modifier I would throw in is that we also have some degree of discerning intellect. Darwinism does not allow for altruism. Sages of every age and

culture have taught our true nature is altruistic. We exist to learn how to manage our instincts. In that view, recognition of false information is at the very core of seeking discerning intellect. Our mind is always telling us a story about sensed information. Too often, it is not actual, only what we have been taught. The seeker’s task is to learn how to question thought and deed so as to understand the implications. The answer is to learn to habitually examine the implications of what we think is true. Question 124 Pretending you are the subject of the phenomenological study, how will the researchers obtain data from you? Answered October 23, 2020 Answer Using psychic phenomena as an example, the people who study them are of two schools of thought about how to proceed. One school is that the phenomena must be studied in the controlled conditions of the researcher’s laboratory. The other is that it is allowable and sometimes necessary to study the phenomena where it naturally occurs in the field. Parapsychologists are the scientists who study Psi-related paranormal phenomena. Some do so with the intention to prove they are normal mistaken as normal, fraud or illusion (Anomalistic Psychology). Other parapsychologists agree but think some reported experiences may be evidence of psychic functioning and a nonphysical aspect of reality (For instance, Exceptional Experiences Psychology). A very few parapsychologists study reported phenomena from the point of view that they may be evidence of a duality in which a person

is an immortal personality entangled with a human for this lifetime and which continues to exist after this lifetime as a self-aware, sentient personality. For this third group, a psychic is thought to mentally sense information from the physical-mental interface. A mental medium is thought to be a psychic who also senses information from discarnate personalities. I am a certified mental medium, experienced Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) practitioner and certified in several healing intention modalities. After closely observing the paranormalist community since 2000, I have learned to ask questions: What is the scientist’s point of view? If the scientist appears to be out to prove the phenomena are not real, I have learned never to try changing their mind. Existing evidence is already more substantial than I can add. If the scientist is open to the existence of a nonphysical aspect of reality, I am open to discuss what I know. However, I seldom agree to demonstrating my ability to researchers. It is now my practice to refer the scientist to more experienced practitioners and ask to observe. Does the scientist want to study in the field or in the lab? Only in rare circumstances and with people I trust, would I go into the scientist’s- controlled conditions. There are many reasons for this, but the main idea is that it cost me time money and a lot of effort to travel. What are the scientist’s qualifications? I have watched too many retired professors, who are trained in unrelated fields,

pose as scientists of the phenomena … say, EVP. To be clear, it is a lot of work to conduct research. Parapsychologists are virtually always underfunded and volunteers. It is important for all of us to help as we can. But it is important to me that the scientist is able to demonstrate understanding of the phenomena in question and a track record of openminded research. The damage caused to the practitioner by a “failure to replicate” research report, published under cover of academic authority, can be long lasting. It is wise for the practitioner to review the researcher’s previous work. Often, the underlying point of view of an apparently supportive researcher is demonstrated by such tells as the use of words casting doubt about things paranormal such as “claims” and “confused.” See Debunking Survival Under Cover of False Academic Authority. (119) How will the results be published? To be clear, other than possible prior training in the art of conducting research, a professor of biology is no more qualified to study psychic functioning than a carpenter. Some parapsychological organizations claiming a peer reviewed journal tend to be anti-survival in their publication policy. Also, a secret peer reviewer who is a retired history or philosophy professor is not a proper peer for a research report about EVP. I have learned that it is important for me to be part of the review process with some editorial authority. In one study, my comments were dismissed as commentary and ignored. See EVPmaker

with Allophones: Where are We Now? (120) Can I deliver? I am pretty knowledgeable about these phenomena. I am able to demonstrate some of them but not reliably enough to be a good test subject. If I try anyway, it is probable I will fail to deliver. It is important that I do not let my ego control my decision. Sometimes it is best to help the researcher by finding people who are more able. (I always advise that practitioners us a witness panel to help them know how good they are. At least a few times a week, I come across people claiming to be God’s gift to EVP when their examples are closer to random noise than to meaningful utterances.) Scientists are taught to hire students to conduct experiments. For instance, an academic might call in a bunch of students and use them as EVP practitioners, even though the students may have never tried EVP. While anyone should be able to record an EVP example, only a few people I know are able to reliably produce examples. One of the more disappointing “Failure to Replicate” studies was the product of that poorly informed approach of using students rather than competent practitioners. Failure to Replicate ITC. (121) In Open Letter to Paranormalists: Limits of science, trust and responsibility, (79) I have explained some of the problems with the Academic-Layperson Partition in the paranormalist community. Being a test subject is flattering, but too often harmful to the practitioner, and ultimately,

to the community. Question 125 Are all "paranormal activities" explainable by Science? For example, the Pepper's ghost effect has been used by many to capture photos of "spirits". Aren't all such photos explainable, as such illusions are the result optical experiments? Answered October 23, 2020 Answer The short answer is, if an experience is considered paranormal, it probably has not been explained by mainstream science. It may be at least partially explained by frontier scientists called parapsychologists. Science proposes theories intended to help us understand nature. Time and repeated encounters with a particular aspect of nature helps scientists converge the accuracy of their theories toward actual understanding. This applies to physical and psychological experiences. The problem is that science has a great deal of momentum. Scientists are taught in school based on existing science. As an engineer, for instance, pretty much everything I was taught was based on the assumption that everything began with the rapid expansion of a singularity in a process commonly referred to as “The Big Bang.” Most things paranormal appear to depend on the ability of thought to sense information that is beyond detection by our five biological senses. Some depend on the ability of thought to influence things beyond normal physical reach of the person. Both of these characteristics may be best explained by proposing a nonphysical aspect of reality. At this time, there appears to be no mechanism resulting from the Big Bang that could produce a nonphysical aspect that might propagate thought. There

may be a physical explanation for apparent psychic ability, but at this time, the most useful model proposed by some parapsychologists is that the influence of thought known as “Psi” is propagated in a nonphysical aspect of reality known as the “Psi Field.” As I see it, until mainstream scientists come to some kind of agreement with parapsychologists about if anomalous access of information (psychic) is real, and if so, how the information is propagated, there will be little progress in understanding how to model paranormal experiences in a way that answers the evidence. Question 126 What is prescience? Answered October 11, 2020 Answer Sensing the future is known by a number of terms. Precognition is the usual, but prescience is also used. Parapsychology is the field of study concerned with many forms of paranormal phenomena, especially psychic functioning. Psychic means anomalous mental sensing of information. In parapsychology, it is more often referred to as “Psi”. I have found it most useful to deal with Psi as a mental influence or effect and not the thought itself. See Psi Research in North America. (122) One form of Psi functioning is sensing an event before it actually occurs. Precognition (prescience) is usually used to describe the sensing of an event that will occur some time in the future. For instance, a person might take a different way to work because he or she correctly sensed that an accident would occur on the usual way. Alternatively, a person might sense the coming

of a war to occur a year later. I was a corporate long-range planner for a time. Some of the forecasts produced by my fellow planners were so accurate that I thought the planner must have psychically seen the future. In fact, all of the events needed to make the future state happen were already in motion. All the planners had to do was correctly read the evidence. It is my sense that personal progression in understanding and lucidity is a process that does not occur all at once. With that in mind, I see only metaphysical indication that precognition is the sensing of the current potential for a future event. That is not precognition, but rather, it is trend analysis. A second form of precognitive effect is referred to as presentiment. That is usually in the form of a sensing that something was about to happen. This is usually a near-term possible future. One of the ways it is studied is to measure a test subject’s emotional response just prior to seeing a picture, say of a kitten or a car wreck. See Presentiment (114) Presentiment appears to be the effect of the way we first unconsciously process sensed information before becoming consciously aware of that processing. This would support the nonphysical mind hypothesis, but it does not support sensing the future hypothesis. We also see this in EVP when the etheric communicator’s answer will come just a moment before the question is asked. The indication is that our

etheric communicators are communicating with us at a Psi level and not a physical level. The Global Consciousness Project (118) also shows evidence of presentiment. Their global array of random event generators report to a single computer. There, changes in randomness of the array are cross- checked with major events. For instance, there was a dramatic change in randomness in the array moments before the 9–11 World Trade Center attack. It is as if collective humanity was psychically expressing dread of what they were sensing. Question 127 Does the brain actually form representations of the outside world? Answered October 11, 2020 Answer As I understand, the people studying consciousness and the brain have identified regions of the brain that become more active in response to specific thought patterns. I also understand that such ideas as the quantum- level processes in the microtubules of the brain have been proposed to explain this. However, so far, there seems to be no research evidence decisively showing that mind is in the brain. As far as I can tell, the most useful alternative model to mind produced by brain is mind existing independent of brain. In one version of that, brain does produce mind but mind is a Psi Field phenomenon. When brain dies, mind is no longer sentient but does remain as a sort of Psi Field residue of memory. Alternatively, mind existed before brain as a Psi Field phenomenon and will exist after brain dies in a sentient, self-aware form. Parapsychologists deal

with thought as what some refer to as a Psi function and define a field of subtle influence which provides a medium to propagate the influence of thought as the Psi Field. The Psi Field is probably not physical because, amongst other characteristics, it appears to be nonlocal, meaning that a Psi influence in one place can be equally and simultaneously experienced in other places. We also know of no way to shield from the influence of Psi. I am answering as an engineer and not a scientist. As I understand the science, we develop a sort of mental database I refer to as Worldview. It contains what we have been taught, memory and inherited instincts. In effect, Worldview represents our personal reality. One of the mental functions that help produce perception appears to be a visualization stage. I have illustrated the perceptual function here as I understand it. The perception function is in the mind. It includes a sort of mental picture of our world. It is still not clear if the perception function is in the biological brain as a quantum effect or if it is in the Psi Field as a Psi effect. It seems clear in my reading that those who prefer the biological explanation are also reluctant to even consider such an idea as the Psi Field. If that is true, then they are probably doing their science with only part of the story. my answer, then, is that the mind does maintain something of

an image of the outside world. Whether it is all biological, or biological and Psi Field, seems to depend on which science you accept. As a Dualist, I lean toward the Psi Field Hypothesis. Question 128 How is it that our brains are able to produce images in our heads that we can see yet at the same time not see in reality? (If that makes sense. I'm not very good with wording) Answered October 8, 2020 Answer I expect many people wonder about this but do not let their curiosity move them to find the answer. Good question. My short answer is that I do not know. In fact, I think people who are academically trained to know are still trying to find the answer. They have much to learn about the relationship between mind and brain. There appears to be two main models for how mind works. One is the mainstream model requiring that mind is a product of brain. I refer to that as the Physicalist model. It suggests that researchers should be able to detect when and where an image is formed in the brain and should have some idea of what it represents. I know scientists are working on the biological source for mind. However, it seems they can only detect changes in regions of the brain when they know a visualization is occurring. As an electronics engineer, this suggests to me that they are detecting more the effect of a bioelectric phased-array antenna. That

is exactly what I would expect to see in a Dualist model if brain is a transmitter-receiver for bio-sensory data and movement commands. In Dualism, mind exists as a nonphysical aspect of life that is independent of biological brain. In that model, we exist as “I am this” as a nonphysical lifeform. As such, we are entangled with our human in an avatar relationship. If true, we probably share and are entangled via Worldview Before you reject the Dualist model, remember that mind is clearly nonphysical. Some really good science has been conducted that shows that our mind interacts with the world via apparent nonphysical propagation of the influence of thought. See A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) In the Dualist model, mind receives sensory information from biological brain, and according to parapsychological research, other minds via the propagation of the influence of thought in what is sometimes referred to as the Psi Field. (Here, “Psi” represents the influence of thought.) In the Dualist model, mind only knows about the physical as information is sent to it from the body’s five senses via the transmitter-receiver brain. The images are not in the biological brain. They are formed in the mind as a sort of map of reality some refer to as our worldview. That is, we visualize our world according to how we have been taught to translate sensory information. Based on parapsychological research, I guess that part of that map is

based on what we sense from other minds. For instance, we probably develop a picture of ourselves based as much on what we are sensing from people around us and on what we see in the mirror. The diagram here is my version of how we think. It was developed to help me explain how some paranormal phenomena work, including Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). It should work for both the Physicalist and Dualist models. Note that I have placed the visualization (picture) function in the Perceptual Loop. That loop is a repetitive process as the mind tries very rapidly to home in on the intended perception of expression. Question 129 Is it a duty of persons of a science (here, psychology) to investigate the possibilities of important new tools and possible discoveries? Answered October 5, 2020 Answer In a sense, we help fund scientist’s education by helping to fund universities. It is important to society that we have people who are trained to help us understand our world and find safe ways to live in it. As an example, while people living close to the earth saw the dangers, as did many observant people, it was scientists who alerted us to the dangers and causes of global warming. The hierarchy of invention begins with original research by scientists. We look to the engineers to develop products (tools and aids) based on that original research. Technicians maintain those tools and consumers create the demand for their production. No one part can

go without the other. That hierarchy seems to be universal, even if it is just a clever caveman figuring out that hard rocks can be used to produce fire. Without the disciplined new thinking we associate with scientists, engineers will tend to produce products based on novel combinations of known physical principles. For instance, electronic engineers tend to apply electronic components like building blocks to solve consumer needs. But it is the materials scientists who recognize how materials with different molecular structures might work to detect environmental changes, for instance, thus producing a new building block for the engineers. Most scientists and engineers I know are attracted to the work as a labor of love. But there is a sort of social contract suggesting that they are also obliged to have at least some public-facing work product. Question 130 What was the global consciousness project? Did the experiments at Pear Labs prove anything? Answered October 1, 2020 Answer Here is the link for the main web page for The Global Consciousness Project: noosphere.princeton.edu/. The Facebook page is at “Global Consciousness Project” (facebook.com/EGGproject ) (118) Here is the link for the main web page for The Global Consciousness Project and the Facebook page is Global Consciousness Project (118) I think the project designers used their own Random Event Generators (REG). The Psyleron REG (123) was at least inspired by them. I have a Psyleron REG that works very well. (They may be out of business now.) The project consists of an

array of Random Event Generators stationed around the world and reporting to one computer. The computer display for the REG output looks like this: This display is from the project’s Facebook page. The person who posted this wrote: Ruth Bader Ginsberg died Friday evening Sept 18. I don't know the exact time, but news began come out around 7-7:30 pm ET. As we have done in the past for the passing of great persons, I looked at the full UTC day beginning near the time of death, 21:00 UTC (5 pm ET). The news breaking at 23:00 (7 pm) is marked, as is a strong inflection at about 05:00 (1 am ET). The downward trend from that point is extreme, and the final deviation is Z = -2.19, and p = 0.986 (equivalent to p = 0.014 or 70/1 odds). The blue curve represents the limit envelop for how the random output (red line) should normally stay near zero. As I understand the graph, the randomness of the REG output has substantially changed around the time the world was learning about Ruth Bader Ginsberg transition. If you vertically mirror the blue curve, you will see that the red output is far outside of the “normal” envelop. The more famous outputs were for the World Trade Center attack. In that, you can clearly see that the REGs began to change moments before the first attack. Other studies have been conducted using REGs. For instance, the CRV- REG Study. (124) It seems

clear that the global array is detecting a sort of mass sense of foreboding before an important event. That collective response appears to be detected by the array as a marked change in randomness. This change in randomness is indication of a noncontact effect of intentionality on a physical system. In actuality, this gives researchers important reason to think that nonphysical consciousness is able to influence physical processes. If so, the project gives a sort of proof that psychic functioning is actual. if that is true, many other forms of paranormal phenomena inherit a degree of credibility I should note that transform Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) also appears to be the effect of intentionality on a random process. See A Model for EVP. (8) It is arguable that precipitated art and apports are also examples of the action of intention on physical processes. The Pear lab is closed now: Anomalous Princeton lab shuts its doors. (125) From my experience, I would say that the Pear Lab, like a few others of the time such as the Rhine Research Center (107) represents a pioneering period of parapsychological study that has established a framework of understanding about psychic functioning that advises other researchers today. Albeit poorly funded and much maligned by mainstream academia (goaded on by organized skeptics), the research goes on. Psi studies have the potential to teach us how to further our personal spiritual progression. Consider the implications of the First Sight Theory (47) and Perception. (72) Question 131 What

is scientific proof or explanation for ghosts? Answered September 28, 2020 Answer Consider the nature of “scientific proof.” Science is a methodology based on observation leading to theoretical models which can be used to predict behavior so that experiments can be conducted to test those predictions. Science does not actually prove things so much as it produces models that reliably predict behavior. There are ways science can be conducted. Often, say in the study of animal behavior, science begins as Naturalism. That is, the animals are observed over time and their natural behavior is documented. Naturalism is often field research as opposed to laboratory research. Parapsychologists are academics who identify themselves as people who scientifically study things paranormal, including ghosts. They tend to disagree amongst themselves as to whether field or lab studies are best. Thus, some parapsychologists refuse to accept results not produced in a lab while others point out that some phenomena, such as the presence of ghosts, are not currently able to be studied in a lab. Scientists are not all of the same mind. First, there are Physicalists who argue that something must be able to be explained with known physical principles to be real. Then there are Dualists who argue that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality in which mind exists. Then there are mainstream scientists who at least behave as if they think all principles of nature have been identified. Some physicalists continue to look on the frontier of knowledge for new principles.

With all of that said, the answer is that there is substantial evidence that the natural conditions necessary for the existence of ghosts have been scientifically studied. See Selected Psi Research Publications (35) and A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) It is argued in what I refer to as Physical Dualism that mind is produced by biological brain and exists in a nonphysical field that permeates the physical. In that view, mind continues to exist in that field after physical death as a memory. (Perhaps a ghost that repeats a process at the same time each nighty.) In what I refer to as Strict Dualism, mind existed before the birth of the human organism and will continue to exist after this lifetime. (Perhaps an interactive ghost.) If you define “ghosts” as survived personality, the evidence from good science is substantial that personality survives physical death. What is not clear is if it survives as a memory or as a sentient, self-aware personality. The best test I can think of is if information from an apparently survived personality is possibly known by a still physical person. If it is, then it must be explained as cultural contamination. If it is not known by someone in the physical, and no physical principles explain its presence, it is reasonable to think in terms of survived sentient personality. My opinion is that Strict Dualism explains far more than other points of view. Science is still trying

to figure out the answer. The good news is that science is still trying to figure it out. Question 132 How should the fact of our being pure awareness/consciousness (as opposed to a causally determined physical self) impact the way we ought to live? The result seems to be a quasi-nihilism of sorts (i.e. this life doesn't really matter). Thanks Daisi! Answered September 16, 2020 Answer As I see it, religions answer this question. The fundamental assumption of most religions is that our true self is not our body and that our true self will continue to exist after physical death in some form of new “atmospheres and awareness” (to borrow a term from Spiritualism). See The Hermes Concepts, (1) The Razor’s Edge - Katha Upanishad (23) and Metaphysical View of John 14. (65) More contemporary study tends to support this idea. The study of anomalous acquisition of information (psychic, remote viewing) and the way our intension has been shown to influence random processes seems to indicate that our mind is both nonphysical and functions in a nonphysical aspect of reality. See Selected Psi Research Publications. (35) While our mind’s nonphysical characteristic does not assure survival after bodily death, survival requires it. Some phenomena such as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) seem to indicate that our sentient self does continue. See Trans-Survival Hypothesis. (78) All of this seems to indicate that we have a nonphysical nature and that we will survive bodily death in a self-aware, sentient form. If that is

true, it is prudent to consider the implication of continuous life has on our daily behavior in this lifetime. The one system of thought I am aware of that teaches about right living based on the assumption of survival is Spiritualism. Since it serves the spiritual needs of individuals, it is a registered religion. But it is actually based on pretty good science. Spiritualists refer to the fundamental principles of nature as Natural Law and advise seekers to find understanding about the nature of reality from our daily experiences. The National Spiritualist Association of Churches (45) maintains a Declaration of Principles intended to guide seekers in their daily living. I include them here but be advised that there are other systems of thought that offer similar advice … not as a religion but as a guide to right living. 1 We believe in Infinite Intelligence. 2 We believe that the phenomena of Nature, both physical and spiritual, are the expression of Infinite Intelligence. 3 We affirm that a correct understanding of such expression and living in accordance therewith, constitute true religion. 4 We affirm that the existence and personal identity of the individual continue after the change called death. 5 We affirm that communication with the so-called dead is a fact, scientifically proved by the phenomena of Spiritualism. 6 We believe that the highest morality is contained in the Golden Rule: “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you.” 7 We affirm the moral responsibility of individuals

and that we make our own happiness or unhappiness as we obey or disobey Nature’s physical and spiritual laws. 8 We affirm that the doorway to reformation is never closed against any soul, here or hereafter. 9 We affirm that the precepts of Prophecy and Healing are Divine attributes, proven through Mediumship. You have a choice. Ignore your spiritual nature by assuming you are your body or live as if everything you do now matters here and hereafter. To do the first, simply follow your human’s instincts to assure the continuation and dominance of your gene pool. If that is the correct answer, what you do today matters as much as what my pet cat does today. Behaving as if your actions matter is more complex. First, it is necessary to begin managing the influence your human’s instincts have on your every action. The idea is to learn how to think as an immortal personality by asking if your actions are a compassionate response based on correct understanding of the situation. Here, culturally imposed beliefs must be … managed. The bottom line is that, if you do continue after bodily death, you have responsibility for your actions that are far more meaningful than simply following the law as a good human animal. You have both the responsibility and the ability to be a good citizen of the greater reality. Question 133 How would the scientific literature landscape and culture change if survivorship bias was reduced and failed or inconclusive studies

were published more frequently? Answered September 12, 2020 Answer As I understand the question, “survivorship bias” is a reference to the belief that people’s self continues to exist in a sentient form after physical death. Imagine the academic landscape as a civilization with a central capital representing mainstream thought, frontier towns representing the study of emerging science and uncharted territories representing new thought. For people standing at the center of civilization, everything toward the uncharted frontier is less real. Mainstream science exists within the capital city. It exists to a lesser extent as we move toward the frontier. People at the center tend to dismiss ideas not at the center, and more aggressively debunk those on the frontier. I stand at the farthest frontier of thought in my study of paranormal phenomena. This is especially true because I allow for the possibility of Survival Hypothesis. Looking back at the center, everyone seems to be debunkers of my study. At the same time, I find that the academics are increasingly less well informed about the subject as they are closer to the center. The lay community is more accepting of the idea of Survived personality, but as the question suggests, they depend on academics for guidance. Laypeople tend to be less well informed about the science behind the Survival Hypothesis, and therefore, their acceptance is more based on belief than on discernment. The people who study things paranormal, including survival, are known as parapsychologists. In practice, most parapsychologists are closer to

the center with perhaps less than ten percent supporting survival. Even amongst parapsychologists, most are poorly informed about the science and would be unable to apply what they know about it to pose a well- informed argument for or against. When current understanding of psi functioning, psychology, physical science and reported possibly paranormal experiences are considered, it becomes evident that rather than asking if survival is real, it is better to seek understanding about the nature of consciousness as it relates to psi functioning. In the question’s wording, the assumption of “survivorship bias was reduced and failed or inconclusive studies were published” presuppose that survival is not a fact. It may not be a fact, but the existence of considerable research and anecdotal evidence supporting the hypothesis must be accounted for. Any study failing to address that evidence is incomplete and is not science. Question 134 Do thoughts have energy? Answered September 11, 2020 Answer As an engineer, I am not qualified to answer from the perspective of neurobiology. My answer is from the respective of a person who has studied phenomena generally known as paranormal. Our expression is believed to be in the form of a psychokinetic expression of intentionality. (31) That intentionality is an influence. As I can tell, influence in the etheric where thought exists sometimes manifests as a change in physical energy. For instance, research has shown that the output of Random Event Generators (REG) become less random when the devices are associated with meditating people.

See “Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events.” (126) The Global Consciousness Project (118) consists of a global array of REGs monitored by a central computer. The array tends to respond to major events, such as the 9–11 attack on the World Trade Center in New York, moments before the event occur. If the REGs are responding to thought, it is as if humanity expressed a collective, precognitive sense of dread. Reason to think noncontact healing might be possible is shown with the research: Meditator’s non-contact effect on cucumbers. (127) Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) have been recorded in chambers shielded from sound and radio signals. See: Eliminating Radio Frequency Contamination for EVP. (128) A popular theory amongst the parapsychologists who study things paranormal is the Psi Field Hypothesis. In that, it is proposed that a subtle field of propagation permeates physical space and acts as a medium of propagation for the influence of thought. Parapsychologists refer to the influence of thought as “Psi.” The Psi Field is known to be nonlocal, meaning that an effect in one place is equally experienced everywhere. No one has found a way to shield from the influence of Psi. These are decidedly not a characteristic of physical energy. The characteristics of the Psi Field are in agreement with what we know about EVP. Thought appears to be best modeled as a conceptual influence. That is, intention may be the Psi Field equivalent of physical energy potential. Attention is probably the

equivalent of physical vector of influence. My answer, then, is that thought has influence, but it does not have physical energy. It is more correct to say that the influence of thought sometimes causes change in physical energy based on intended order. Question 135 Which is accurate science or spirituality and why? Answered September 2, 2020 Answer Science and spirituality are not mutually exclusive concepts. In its purest form, science is the study of nature. That includes human nature. If you define spiritual as things concerned with the altruistic nature of people, the science of studying human nature includes the study of the altruistic aspect of people. As far as science is concerned, there is not much difference between studying the reported human experience of having an apple fall on the head as studying the experience of feeling love for another person. It is relatively easy to study a falling apple because it is repeatable and objective enough to be physically measured. Love is intangible. Study of physiological responses of people claiming the feeling of love is done scientifically. Reported intangible effects like an increased sense of wellbeing is much more difficult to study with the usual reductionist tools. Even so, their study is scientific. If you are referring to the paranormal aspect of spirituality such as psychic sensing or healing intention, those are also scientifically studied. It is just that they are farther from the mainstream of science, and there is therefore more resistance from old-school scientists. That is

a sociological issue and has little to do with spirituality. My answer, then, is that, as reported human experiences, most spiritual things appear to be true and are being studied by scientists. However, as frontier subjects, our understanding of them remains limited. Question 136 How do I become a paid paranormal investigator? Answered September 2, 2020 Answer As I lived through the new Age culture, perhaps the most damaging to the good intent spiritual teacher were trying to do for seekers was New Agers trying to find some way to earn a living off of the New Age. Perhaps it was that “Follow your bliss” advice. The paranormalist community is beginning to go that way. We have makers building magical boxes as ghost detectors and EVP machines that have no research establishing their usefulness. There are people who have virtually no mediumship training, or understanding of the phenomenon, posing as mental mediums for pay. Ghost hunters promising to rid people’s house of demons for pay. When someone asks how to work with the Tarot, I suspect the next thing is that they will become a telephone medium. It is amazing how many ghost hunting clubs offer classes. It seems that everyone is “doing science.” There is nothing wrong with providing a service for a fee. Working with Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), for instance, can be a lot of work. Some people are more able to collect EVP than others. EVP practitioners put their reputation on the line every time they

work for the public. The same can be said of mediumship, remote viewing and healing intention. There have been too many time that my wife and I have recorded for the public and came up empty. Even though I am certified, I have failed mediumship tests because I drew a blank. One must not “fake it until you make it” when serving the public … for free or for a fee. What we call paranormal phenomena is an increasingly well-studied field. We know a lot about it that a diligent student can learn. Haunt phenomena is just a form of the same phenomena studied in EVP and healing intention. Did you know that? With all of that in mind, I do encourage people to seek professional standing in the community. To me, professional means someone who is a subject matter specialist. The person may serve as a researcher, practitioner, teacher or for personal edification. Find a reputable haunt investigation group and join in as a hobbyist. Gaining the credentials can take time and a lot of work. Unless a person has a really good publicist, I recommend that they keep their day job. At least today, there is little money in it. Here is a caution. Mainstream science has branded all things paranormal as pseudoscience. A practitioner, using a spirit or ghost box, might join a ghost hunt and claim to the homeowner that the voice of long-dead uncle John is in an EVP. If the fact of an actual

message from Uncle John cannot be proven, perhaps with an independent listening panel and a good historian, it is possible the practitioner could be accused of fraud. If the work was done for a fee, the practitioner could be accused of bilking clients. So far, there have been few legal actions taken against ghost hunters. Just be mindful that the only real protection for a practitioner is an established record of excellence in the field, substantial knowledge of the subject and careful expectation management. Question 137 Hi this is really important. Can anyone recommend me books that include the following topics: science and the universe in relation to the human mind, spiritually, consciousness and all the potentials of the human mind (e.g astral projection)? Answered July 13, 2020 Answer Consider Your Immortal Self, exploring the mindful way at Your Immortal Self. (129) Be aware that I wrote the book. I am not a scientist, but I have a little experience with spiritual seeking and science. Many of the chapters in the book are based on essays on that ethericstudies.org, so you need not buy the book to have a sense of what it is about. Most important to the question, I think, are the references. They will give you many sources for your personal study. Keep in mind that mainstream science does not generally accept such ideas as astral projection. You need to look more toward parapsychology for that, but even there, many parapsychologists will argue that you are delusional

for thinking it is real. Use the contact tool of my website to ask questions. Question 138 Why has science not yet created a device that detects immaterial energies like ghosts? Answered July 3, 2020 Answer This question concerns two different parts. For the first part, the word energy is taken in physical science to mean a potential to do work that is defined by known physical principles. Think electricity, difference in elevation and such. When used in the context of ghosts, immaterial energies implies a form of influence that is not explained with known physical principles. Those who study ostensibly paranormal phenomena, like ghosts and psychic ability, are known as parapsychologists. Parapsychologists generally refer to the potential described in this question as an influence, such as the expression of thought. Think psychokinetic influence. There is no question that thought exists. The only real question seems to be if it is a product of the brain (Physicalism) or exists independent of the brain (Dualism). As I understand mainstream science, if thought is a product of brain, it is assumed to be restricted to the brain with no external influence. As such psychokinesis would not exist. If thought is independent of the brain, whether it has an influence becomes a question. More important, if it has an external influence, how is that influence propagated. For instance, sound is propagated in physical material that allows for pressure waves to move through it. In what sort of space does thought move? It appears

that parapsychologists are settling on the idea that there is a nonphysical filed permeating physical space that provides a medium to propagate the influence of thought. They refer to the influence of thought as Psi and the field as the Psi Field. There is substantial research indicating that Psi and the Psi Field are aspects of our reality. Consider Selected Psi Research Publications (35) and 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects. (36) The second part of this question concerns whether ghosts exist. In popular culture, ghosts are dead people causing haunt phenomena such as sounds and movement of objects. Much less a part of popular culture is the idea that ghosts might actually be survived personality. The Survival Hypothesis holds that, when we physically die, that part of our mind that is independent of our brain continues in a self-aware, sentient form. Think of a ghost possibly being long dead Uncle John come to say hello. Part one of this question can be true without part two being true. The evidence for the existence of Psi and the Psi Field is much stronger than the evidence that Psi might be from incarnate or discarnate personalities. The Psi Field Hypothesis may be true without the Survival Hypothesis being true. I have proposed an argument for the Survival Hypothesis (78) that depends on the Psi Field Hypothesis being true, so the studies I referenced above apply. I also depended on the studies related to Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) —

both visual and the audible form known as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). The A Model for EVP (8) Essay provides most of the references, but also see Perception of Visual ITC Images. (130) My answer to this question is that instruments have been developed that detect the influence of thought on physical space in the form of intended order. That is, the output of random event generators tends to become less random when influenced by thought. The formation of EVP appears to be the influence of intended order on a chaotic process in the recorder’s circuitry. The Psi Field has been shown to be nonlocal, meaning that an effect in one place appears to be equally present everywhere. Also, researchers have not found a way to shield from the influence of thought. Consequently, the actual mechanism for the nonphysical-to-physical exchange in influence is still unknown. We also do not know how to tell if an apparent Psi effect is caused by the experimenter’s thought or thought from a ghost. On a personal note, I began a chapter on science in Your Immortal Self (129) with “Hands down the most disruptive influence for the paranormalist community is science.” The answers to this question that came before are uniformly “ghosts do not exist” answers. That point of view is not really the person’s fault. It is evidence of the failure of scientists to examine the evidence and properly explain it to the public. We send our scientists to university so that they

can help us deal with nature. Mainstream scientist’s nearly universal ignorance of parapsychological research amounts to the failure to meet the terms of that social contract. At the same time, the majority of those calling themselves parapsychologists reject the Survival Hypothesis without due examination. Virtually all of them fail to convey their understanding to the greater community. Their failure begets public ignorance. Question 139 Is empathy empiricism or rationalism? Answered June 22, 2020 Answer Empathy is a personal response of agreement when we sense someone else’s experience. That sensing may be visual and related to our body. For instance, seeing someone is hit by a car will likely make people at least momentarily queasy. I feel a chill when I see someone fall onto pavement because I can remember the road burns I have experienced. Empathy may be emotional. For instance, seeing someone crying brings up a host of emotional responses in us that ranges from “Please don’t cry” to “Who did that to you!” The idea of empathy takes on special meaning if psychic phenomena are considered. Research is indicating that apparent psychic abilities (possible mind-to-mind access of information and remote viewing, for instance) are best explained with models such as First Sight Theory. (47) It is proposed in that model that everyone is naturally psychic, meaning that we all express psi signals into the Psi Field (etheric or nonphysical) environment and we all sense those signals. It is how we have learned to pay attention to them that

determines how psychic we might be. As I understand empathy, it is our mostly unconscious sensing of emotion expressed by others that we understand as empathy. If the First Sight model is reasonably correct, the question might be better expressed as “Is empathy a psychological response to the emotions and actions of other people? Is it also a psychic sensing of other people’s emotional expressions?” My answer is that we are first psychic and then behave as we have learned to behave based on that mostly unconscious sensing. Question 140 Why is posthumanism poorly regarded in the mainstream science community? Answered June 21, 2020 Answer There is a good essay on the subject of Post-Humanism at Ethics Explainer: Post-Humanism. (131) Mainstream science tends to be informed by current paradigms. The science community in general, does not seem to be inclined to look very far around the bend to see emerging paradigms. Perhaps the question should be more concerned with post-contemporary paradigm. The answer to this question depends on the intention of the question. If it is intended to ask about the technological augmentation of biological organisms, then sure, that will happen. Watch the engineers, not the scientists. A viable alternative understanding of “post-humanism” is that we will evolve into different humans. This, not physiologically but in capability. First, take a look at the essay “Avatar.” (42) If you subscribe to the idea that we are not our body …. That is, our actual self is not simply a byproduct of

our biological human, it is necessary to examine the nature of who we really are. Sages have for millennia taught that, to become fully who we are … self- realized, perhaps … it is necessary to manage our human avatar. See, for instance, Katha Upanishad (1-III-3 through 1-III-10). (53) A contemporary revelation is underway in the form of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). See A Model for EVP, (8) for instance. It is telling us the sages are right and we are more than our physical body. If that is true, then realizing our actual nature and learning to live in accordance with that understanding is the next paradigm. My answer, then, is that trans-Humanism means people learning to proactively manage their progression toward greater discerning intellect. I refer to that as finding lucidity. (38) Question 141 For the people who think that consciousness is due to complex computations in the brain, how can we make sure that the highly intelligent AI that we have created have a true subjective experience? Answered April 5, 2020 Answer I conducted an early what if exercise asking what it would take for consciousness to inhabit a machine in the essay Avatar. (42) My reference points are that Dualism is largely correct. and that Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) is a valid form of Psi functioning. Basically, Dualism is the argument that: • The physical is an aspect of a greater reality • Mind existed before brain and will continue to exist in a self-aware, sentient form after

death of the human avatar. • Mind exists in the etheric or greater reality and is expressed into the physical by way of the human avatar’s transmitter-receiver function of its brain. • Parapsychologists have proposed that a nonphysical field exists alongside the physical universe. They refer to the expressed influence of mind as Psi and the field as the Psi Field. This is reasonably well established. Most importantly, it is nonlocal while all things physical are local. (Except possibly for quantum effects.) • Perception and expression are formed in the mind and propagated in the Psi Field. ITC is apparent anomalous communication of information — mostly images (visual ITC) and speech (audio ITC; Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). While explanations dependent on physical principles have failed to account for ITC, ITC is consistent with Psi functioning. ITC is important because it can function as a sort of testbed to study some Psi phenomena. It also tends to confirm Dualism. The picture shown here is a visual ITC example. The Photoshop screenshot shows a single grabbed video frame from a video loop session. It is about a 1/30th second long sample of a video stream. The selected rectangle in the screenshot was enhanced by changing contrast. Nothing was drawn in. With a little more tweaking of contrast, the resulting clip is on the left. We think it shows a female with possible yellow hair and a black scarf bonnet. The detail is insufficient to know more than that the face should not

be present. Considering what we think we know about consciousness and how it interfaces with the physical, I would propose a litmus test to determine if AI has been embodied by a machine as a sentient consciousness. That is, the characteristics of a person that supports Dualism should also support conscious AI. For instance, attention on a random process has been shown to change the randomness of the output. A conscious AI should be able to do that. Researchers have found no way to isolate (shield) the propagation of Psi. That means placing conscious AI in a Faraday Cage (Radiofrequency shielded chamber) should not impair the AI’s ability to psychically interact with the rest of the world. If conscious AI is able to mentally interact with biological organisms, that ability should not be local, meaning that it should have an equal effect across the country. With all of these considerations, I am inclined to argue that AI might be able to emulate physical manifestations of life but less likely to be able to manifest Psi aspects of life. In the end, in Dualism, we are only temporarily our biological body. Question 142 Is consciousness a form of energy? Not the electrical flow between neurons, but the thought itself? Answered March 31, 2020 Answer I am aware of two primary points of view for defining the nature of consciousness. One is Physicalism. In that, there is only the physical universe that has evolved out of the rapid expansion of a singularity

popularly known as the “Big Bang.” In Physicalism, mind is the product of brain. Of course, part of the process is the bioelectric activity of the neural synapses believed to be the means of moving thought and memory around in the brain. This is not my field, but it appears that scientists hypothesize that memory and thought are quantum-level activities supported by microtubules in brain tissue. Scientists can point to regions that “light up” brain mapping devices when we think about certain things but they have apparently not identified specific locations for specific memories. To my knowledge, scientists have only a vague hypothetical model at this time. I am not well enough informed to argue true or false. Nevertheless, the physical solution would be a physical electric and quantum-level form of energy. Dualism is an alternative point of view. In that, our mind is modeled as a nonphysical function that is separate from our biological brain. In the dualist model, our biological brain is thought to act as a transmitter for information collected by our body’s five senses and a receiver for mental commands to operate our body. For dualism to work, there must be a medium in which our mind can exist, and in which our thoughts can be propagated. In fact, everything we think we know about psychic functioning leads us to speculate that a subtle field permeates physical space and acts as a medium of propagation for thought. An important characteristic of psychic functioning is that time

and distance does not appear to be a factor in its propagation. Parapsychologists describe this characteristic as nonlocality. In effect, everywhere is here. A person in New York can sense in real-time what a person is doing in Seattle. That is a characteristic of space thought to be impossible considering commonly accepted physical principles. Parapsychologists are scientists who study things paranormal. They describe the characteristic of reality that propagates thought as the Psi Field. Psi is their term for the expression of thought and the field is usually modeled as nonphysical but otherwise co-located with physical space. In one version of the Psi Filed, it is a naturally occurring characteristic of physical space that has not been explained. In the more metaphysical view, it is the greater reality in which the physical is an aspect. The field model is useful for describing mind. If our mind is modeled as a nonphysical field of functional areas such as perception, expression and memory functions which are bound by personality, thought can be modeled as the exchange of influences amongst those functional areas guided by intention. However, the nonphysical mind is modeled in Dualism, the energy of thought appears to be best modeled as degree of influences rather than amount of energy. Psi space is conceptual. Thought is conceptual. propagation of thought in space that has no dimensions is not an exchange of physical energy but an exchange of influence. Motive force is intention and “steering” that intention is visualized reality. Here is

an example. Research has shown that thought can influence random event generators. We also see this effect in Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). However, in EVP, we see that very well determined random noise is not useful. Chaotic noise that is occasionally interrupted by brief noise spikes is useful for the formation of EVP. The difference is how well the noise is determined. White noise is supposed to be very random, but that randomness is organized by a very determinant concept and not easily influenced by intention. By randomly adding noise spikes, the signal appears to become conceptually less determinant and easier to influence with intention. You can see the challenge of changing our perspective from Physicalism to Dualism. In Physicalism, we think of ourselves as living in the center of our skull and see the world from behind our eyes. In Dualism, we would think of ourselves as something of an immortal personality experiencing the physical with the help of our human avatar. You must decide. My answer is that physical energy makes no sense for describing thought. The physical is objective, and thought is conceptual. The expression of psychokinesis is probably not a direct physical influence on things physical, but rather, the influence of our intention to change the concept of that physical thing. Thought is best considered a conceptual influence on the organizing principles governing the physical. Our human is the tool we use for this. Section 3 Psi Functioning Introduction Psi functioning is the mind’s equivalent of

the human’s five senses. It includes such abilities as being psychic, mediumship, clairvoyance, remote viewing, healing intention and psychokinesis (aka mind over matter, levitation). In Dualism, mind (consciousness, personality, self) is considered nonphysical. The nonphysical aspect of reality is still being defined. I refer to it as etheric (the etheric, etheric space). Parapsychologists have identified a field overlaying the physical they refer to as the Psi Field. Psi is the expression of mind, and the Psi Field functions as a medium of propagation for Psi. It is correct to say that mind inhabits the Psi Field. It is important to me that people have a realistic and supportable understanding of these phenomena. Our parapsychological community is doing a lot considering their limited resources and few qualified researchers. The concepts are complex, and I believe most people do not realize how much is known or the implications of what is known. As you read these answers, keep in mind that, as a technical writer, I search for terminology that explains the point in a useful manner. For instance, I am not sure I have actually read where a parapsychologist has referred to the Psi Field as the Psi Field Hypothesis. I have taken it on myself to name it a hypothesis so that I can compare that concept to the Survival Hypothesis. There are other ways in which I have made a sort of leap of logic in an attempt to clearly make a point. That is one of the reasons

I try to include references to useful source material. Examination of my essays will show additional references. If you question my answers, please do examine the references. Also feel free to contact me if you have questions or think I should answer in a different way. Question 143 If mediums and psychics are real, why don’t they ever contact people like Einstein or people from many years ago like Alexander the Great? Answered November 16, 2021 Answer The ability to psychically access information is relatively well-established science. Dean Radin PH.D. maintains a useful list for a search of the relative literature in Selected Psi Research Publications. (35) An increasingly well accepted theory about our naturally occurring psychic ability is First Sight Theory proposed by James Carpenter. I have digested the basics in About First Sight Theory. (31) In effect, all of us are thought to psychically acquire information but we have been taught from birth to attribute the information we sense to our mind or “higher self” but not from outside of ourselves. It is said in organized Spiritualism that all mediums are psychic but not all psychics are mediums. My understanding of First Sight Theory is that some of the information we psychically access may be from incarnate or discarnate personalities. In a practical sense, the only way we can tell the difference is by the content. Intention is critical here. Environmental information comes first to our mostly unconscious mind. An engineer’s view of what happens to it is

shown in the Perception Diagram below. Note that our worldview acks like a moderator/filter for the information. The worldview functional area is modeled here as a sort of database holding what we think is true based on instincts, memory, and cultural training. If we have been taught that paranormal phenomena is not real, the Perceptual Loop will likely produce a “Reject” decision for paranormal- related experiences. Point of view tends to color perception. If we are very religious, our conscious perception of environmental information will tend to be colored by our religious belief. If we go into an old house and think it may be haunted, our conscious perception of sensed environmental information will likely confirm the house is haunted. Each “bump in the night” will be more likely sensed as a haunt experience. We once sat with a supposed physical medium in France who consistently claimed the presence of celebrities. Appearances from the Beatles were popular. Our sense of that medium’s work was that he was likely misattributing sensed information according to his interests. Psychic sensing is very subtle, partially because the Psi “signal” appears to be more conceptual in etheric space. From my experience, our intention is our only influence on the mostly unconscious perceptual process. For the untrained psychic, expectation tends to color that intention. For instance, we contact the local ghost because we expect to. We may attract that ghost thoughtform or we may misattribute unrelated signals to appear as we think they should. We know

from the study of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (17) that the etheric is nonlocal, meaning that, in effect, everywhere is here. Parapsychologists also think of nonlocality as a characteristic of the Psi Field which is thought to be a nonphysical medium of propagation for the influence of thought. This means that the Dualistic model of reality better accounts for what is known than the Physicalist model. In Dualism, mind’s natural habitat is etheric space. A physically living person (incarnate) and a “dead” person (discarnate) are the same in the etheric but one is entangled with a human avatar. Because of nonlocality, our etheric personality and that of our discarnate friends are essentially in the same space. We unconsciously sense them … and others … but we have been taught by our culture to ignore Psi information that does not interest us. To be clear, mediumship is a natural phase of our psychic ability. People who have bothered to inform themselves about the science will know this. It is up to the practitioner to recognize the difference and appropriately inform their sitter. We do not know if, when or why a person stops communicating after physical death. Discarnate personalities appear to have the same perception filter as people in the flesh. If the discarnate personality has turned attention to new experiences, it is possible their Perceptual Loop will return an “Ignore” decision for environmental signals expressed by psychics in a long abandoned physical experience. After transitioning out of this lifetime, some personalities,

say a loved one dedicated to the family's wellbeing may retain a focus on the physical long after physical death. It is all about our Perceptual Loops instruction set maintained by our worldview. Question 144 What are ways to open a spiritual portal? Answered November 14, 2021 Answer In a very real sense, each of us is the Axis Mundi (132) spoken of in many systems of thought as the center of the world or connection between heaven and earth. We share reality with all life fields, but metaphysically, all life fields are aspects of the same source. This is what is demonstrated by the effect of nonlocality. The trick is to learn how to make understanding of your connection with the greater reality an integral part of your conscious awareness. Learn to tell the difference between your thoughts and information from outside of your mind. We have a constant stream of information emerging into our conscious awareness from our mostly unconscious mind. Most of it is our own internal chatter. Some is psi-sensed information from other personalities—incarnate and disincarnate. Practice something like the Mindfulness. (16) The idea is to learn to habitually examine the implications of your thinking. Habitually questioning the consequences of your thoughts and actions will help to slowly align your worldview with the actual nature of reality. Is what you think is true actually true? What are the implications? The idea of a spiritual portal is a New Age concept that comes from attempts by teachers

to develop a model to explain experiences. Remember that the etheric (greater reality) is a conceptual space as compared to the objective nature of the physical. Think in terms of directed perception. Questioning assumptions leads to greater discernment, which in turn, leads to greater lucidity. Lucidity enables greater understanding which is probably our purpose for existing. Following the Perceptual Agreement Organizing Principle: Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate, (72) greater understanding about the actual nature of reality is thought to enable the seeker to access more of reality. Hint: Hermetic Wisdom Schools teach seekers to learn all they can about everything. Question 145 Is it possible to see yourself without a mirror or reflection? Answered November 6, 2021 Answer We have seen evidence from Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), (8) that the supposed communicating personalities cannot directly see us, but rather, sees us as we see ourselves in a mirror, as we imagine ourselves or how other people in the flesh see us. As you can see in Selected Psi Research Publications, (35) there is some evidence that people can psychically access information. While that list of references does not include EVP, it supports the existence of capabilities that appear to be required for EVP. My answer is that we appear capable of psychically sensing what other see of us. From experience, it is good to remember that each of us has a self-image which we psychically broadcast, almost like psychic

camouflage. Possibly the difference between a skilled psychic and the rest of us is that when they psychically sense us, they know to look “beyond” our self-image. So yes, assuming we have developed our psychic ability, it seems possible that we can psychically “see” ourselves through the eyes of others. Question 146 To what extent can sensory perception be shared? Answered October 10, 2021 Answer From the Physicalist point of view, our mind is a product of our biological brain. Thus, it is argued that we are “in our head” and the sense of awareness is an emergent quality of biological processes. If this biologically dependent characteristic of mind is reasonably correct, the only environmental inputs for mind are produced by the five bodily senses. If we cannot see, hear, smell, feel or taste it, it does not exist for us. All else would necessarily be derived or imagined. From the Dualist point of view, mind exists independent of biological brain. In what I think of as Physical-Dualism, mind is said to emerge from biological brain but operates in a nonphysical aspect of physical space sometimes referred to as the Psi Field. In what I think of as Strict Dualism, mind existed in a nonphysical aspect of reality before biological brain and continues after biological death. In either version of Dualism, mind is treated as a nonphysical characteristic of who we are. By “nonphysical,” I mean that mind (consciousness, thought, self) exists in an aspect of reality in which the

influence of thought, sometimes referred to as Psi, is propagated in the Psi Field. This field is, in effect, “alongside” our brain but not produced by our brain. If this model of a nonphysical characteristic of mind is reasonably correct, the five bodily senses are environmental signals to which mind assigns physical meaning. For instance, we have learned from birth to think that touch signals are from our body in contact with something physical. In the same way, we have been taught to assume things we mentally sense, possibly other people’s thoughts, are the product of our storytelling mind. In Dualism, when we speak or act in some way, our mind first develops the speak or act expression as a mostly unconscious process initiated by conscious intention. The result of that initial process is “sent” to our body as an command to act (to speak, look, walk). According to some theories, our mind’s expression signals are also broadcast into the Psi Field as Psi influence. See About First Sight Theory. (31) In the same way, our mind is thought to be immersed in a “babble” of thought expressions from other minds. We filter this babble based on our worldview. Most of us totally ignore it. Psychics learn to become selectively aware of this babble, depending on intention. I personally subscribe to the Strict Dualism model because it is most useful for explaining many of the paranormal phenomena I study. For instance, remote viewing, which is “psychically seeing a distant place,”

is possibly explained as a mind-to-mind exchange of information between the remote viewer and a person who remembers or currently sees the place. This, rather than the remote viewer actually extending awareness to the distant location. Mental steering of attention is done with intention. Pertaining to the question, perception is a function of intention and attention but is limited by what I refer to as the Principle of Perceptual Agreement. That is, “Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate.” (5) I might want to sense your thoughts, but if I cannot imagine doing so or visualize your information based on my worldview, my mostly unconscious mind will not be able to produce a perception signal about your thoughts to my conscious awareness. In other words, learning to manage the perception-expression processes comes first for sensory sharing. Beyond that, anything more than simple empathy requires agreement on meaning of symbols. A worldview based on habitual suspended judgement is important. Question 147 How is visualization in a thought produced? Answered September 22, 2021 Answer Speaking in terms of Strict Dualism, our mind appears to deal with concepts which are cloaked in familiar terms via our worldview. For instance, the concept of a falling apple is given attributes, depending on subject, memory and the way we feel about it. It is helpful to think that we merge conceptual thoughtforms in our mind to develop a thought—falling, apple, tree, ground. Our memory helps us cloak

the final thoughtform in familiar terms. If we had never seen something falling, such as a falling apple, we would have a different visualization. Think of visualization as the formation of perception. That may be an image or a concept. It need not have an associated picture just an understanding … right or not. I like using First Sight Theory (47) as a sort of rule set for the perceptual processes. While I recommend the book by the same name, I have attempted to provide an approachable description of the theory in About First Sight Theory. (31) Of the twelve corollaries in the theory, these seem to apply to this question: (Paraphrasing in part) Personalness Corollary (1): The unconscious processes that constitute consciousness are personal and deliberate. Integration Corollary (3): Other preconscious processes are processed together with psi in a rapid, holistic, efficient, unconscious manner to format experience and action. Summation Corollary (6): The content of conscious experience, emotional states and behavioral choices are constituted in a summative way by unconscious thought. Bidirectionality Corollary (7): In this summative process, the person may turn toward information (signed positively) to include it in the construction of experience, affect or action, or turn away from information (signed negatively) and exclude it. In practice, we attribute meaning based on our worldview (memory, instinct, cultural training). If we have been taught that a falling apple is physical, that is how we know to experience it. An important principle I us is Perceptual Agreement (72) which

I define as “Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate.” Our ability to perceive (visualize) the actual nature of something depends on our worldview. With experience, and the intention to do so, we converge on perception of the actual with repeated experiences. Question 148 Are there any genuine psychic phenomena? Answered July 9, 2021 Answer The short answer is that psychic sensing and psychokinetic expression have been shown to be natural characteristics of our mind. Review these lists of studies: Selected Psi Research Publications (35) 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (36) An important model describing how we develop perception and expression that is based on psychic functioning research is First Sight Theory. See About First Sight Theory. (31) I think some of the reasons there are so many people insisting that psychic phenomena do not exist are: • Scientists cannot identify a physical mechanism that might allow thought to have an influence outside of the skull. For this reason, parapsychologists have proposed the existence of a nonphysical characteristic of the universe they refer to as the Psi Field Hypothesis where “Psi” represents the influence of thought. • Information appears to be instantaneously psychically available no matter where it is or where the psychic is. This characteristic is referred to as nonlocality. From a purely physical perspective, nonlocality seems more like magic than a real thing. Yet, we do see a sort of nonlocality in quantum physics.

• There appears to be no way to shield from the influence of thought. Explaining this and nonlocality would either require a change in how we define some physical principles, or it may be necessary to expand known physics to allow for a nonphysical aspect of reality. • In my study of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), (17) it appears psi influences concepts about things, rather than things themselves. This means the person changes the outcome of psychic events depending on their worldview. The experimenter effect is a real thing. We can mentally change the behavior of electronic devices. If Psi functioning is nonphysical, then trying to study it from the physical perspective is a lot like a fish studying city streets. It is necessary for experiencers to at least consider the existence of Psi if they are to study psychic phenomena. Otherwise, they have no choice but to say it does not exist. If you consider the lists of articles on the subject provided above, you will see that psychic functioning has been shown to be real and common to all of us. Other than the ways we us it every day in our lives, perhaps the easiest way to demonstrate the effect of Psi is with examples See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) Question 149 How can I become more self-aware? Answered July 8, 2021 Answer The New Age culture is all about realizing personal potential. As I remember my New Age training, people were considered aware in the

sense of interaction with the environment and other people, but mostly not aware in the sense of understanding the implications of their thoughts and beliefs. To become self-aware was to learn to habitually examine the implications of thoughts and deeds. An example is how a child tends to be more socially spontaneous with little introspection while a senior citizen tends to be more introspective and less socially interactive. We attribute this difference to maturity, but I think that maturity stems from greater awareness of the implications of experience. The choices we make are mostly influenced by our human’s instinct. When we respond to that guidance without conscious questioning, which is the most common, we are considered aware but not self-aware. There are a few systems of belief that describe becoming realized like a flash of light. In the Bible, for instance, Saul of Tarsus (St. Paul) was temporarily blinded by the light as part of his conversion. However, I think the rest of us should consider realization as a change in thinking that occurs gradually as we gain understanding. A seeker of greater understanding (discerning intellect) realizes that they are not their body, and their thoughts must be moderated by their habitual examination of how and why they make choices. I think this is best described in the 4,000-year-old Katha Upanishad: (23) 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind

to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world. 1-III-8. But whoso is possessed of a discriminating intellect and a restrained mind, and is ever pure, attains that goal from which he is not born again. 1-III-9. But the man who has a discriminating intellect as his driver, and a controlled-mind as the reins, reaches the end of the path – that supreme state of Vishnu. Supreme state of Vishnu refers to self-realization or self-knowledge. Question 150 How do I understand that my thoughts are my reality? I always hear people say this, but I physically cannot grasp this concept. Answered June 27, 2021 Answer People who say their thoughts are their reality probably intend that their perception of the world around them is their reality

and that their reality is more correct than other people’s reality … or, that they will not change their mind. Considering our human’s instinct to assure gene dominance, it is probably true that each of us needs to assume our reality is correct. It is arguable that no one is wrong on purpose. Emerging understanding about how we think, that is, how we develop perception, tells us that incoming information is detected first by our mostly unconscious mind. There, the information is compared to what we think is true. Think of what we think is true as our worldview. The results of that preprocessing are sent to our conscious awareness. It is important to note that our worldview is the supreme judge of our perception. Since it represents our memory, cultural training, instincts and acquired understanding, we should not expect to command it to be right. It typically only changes in small increments. I describe the preprocessing of incoming information as a functional loop. The way I imagine it, our mind first develops a trial representation of the information. That is presented to our worldview in a “does this make sense” manner. If it makes sense to what we think is true, we become consciously aware of the information. Most likely, the incoming information will be modified a little to agree with our worldview. It might also be rejected and never sent to conscious awareness. The effect is that we do not directly, consciously sense our world. We experience a

version of it that best agrees with our expectation. As it turns out, our thoughts are our reality, but that does not mean our reality is in agreement with actual reality. This Q&A format makes it difficult to know if my answer makes sense. My point is based on well-established science. I may have failed to explain that science. You might consider further reading on Etheric Studies. (15) Question 151 Do we as human beings have a limited ability to read each other’s minds? What are the means and apparatuses we use to read another's mind? Answered May 2, 2021 Answer Reading another person’s mind can be understood as a mind-to-mind exchange of information without the benefit of the five human senses. For this to occur, mind must express some kind of a signal and there must be a medium in which the mental signal is propagated between minds. There are two points of view that must be considered. The Physicalist point of view is that mind is a product of biological brain and ceases to exist when brain dies. In this view, mind-to-mind information exchange is not possible because there is no evidence of a thought signal radiating from the body. Even if thought signals existed, there is no known physical means for their propagation. In Dualist cosmologies, mind is a life form native to the etheric aspect of reality (nonphysical) and the human body is a separate lifeform native to the physical aspect of reality. A person can

be described as an immortal self entangled with a human in an avatar relationship. Mind is modeled as a form of consciousness that existed before this lifetime and will exist after as a sentient, self-aware personality. In this Dualist view, we are first nonphysical personality and are not always entangled with a human for a lifetime. If this is true, our normal means of communication is mental. We constantly send information about ourselves into the etheric. At the same time, we are immersed in a sea of mental signals coming from our fellow personalities. Think of this exchange of mental signals as messages on the Internet. Information is inserted into digital packets—as I remember—called words in programming. Each packet has beginning digits that say where the packet is supposed to go and ending digits to mark the end of the word. The Internet is designed so that I can send a digital word from anywhere in the world and it can reach your computer anywhere else in the world. Every computer in the world receives the same packet, depending on how hubs in the Internet routs them. When the packet gets to the intended computer, that computer must recognize the digital address at the front of the packet in order to read it. Otherwise, it is simply ignored. Metaphysicians speculate that two people establish a link of awareness, known as rapport, between them when they communicate. The more they communicate and the nature (good or bad) of their communication causes

that link to have characteristics that help or hinder communication. Think of rapport as an email address and notes about previous contact. As far as I can tell from my studies, we express a mental signal with our every thought. When we direct our attention to another person, in effect, we either create a new link of rapport or call to mind a previous link. The next issue is what I refer to as the Principle of Perceptual Agreement. (5) The principle is defined as: “Personality must be in perceptual agreement with the aspect of reality with which it will associate.” Our mind processes information based on our worldview. Worldview is like a database containing instinct, cultural training and memory. Information coming from other minds first comes to the mostly unconscious part of our mind where it is judged using worldview as the measure. If we are not interested in the subject or if it is not familiar, we may never know it existed. If the information is only slightly familiar, we may become consciously aware of a version of the original thought but modified to agree with our worldview. Given that all of the above is reasonably correct, we appear to have a capability to exchange mental information. The problem is that the sender and receiver need to have essentially the same worldview. Following the Principle of Perceptual Agreement, the more our worldviews are the same, the better we can expect to become consciously aware of the other’s thoughts.

Much of the above is based on my understanding of the subject and the study of Instrumental TransCommunication. Always seek a second opinion. It does appear that mind-to-mind communication is part of our actual reality. It remains for individuals to gain the lucidity necessary for useful communication. Question 152 Should I believe what a psychic tells me? I paid and researched this person. Many people are against this. What do you think? Answered April 25, 2021 Answer It has been established through well-considered research conducted by academically trained researchers that people are able to access information psychically. See for instance A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (36) and Selected Psi Research Publications. (35) The dominant theory for what this means is that the information is being accessed from the mind of living people. This is the Super-Psi Hypothesis. Some people argue that information about our daily lives is retained in a hypothetical Psi Field and that psychically sensitive people can access that information. That is the extreme version of Super-Psi. If Super-Psi is correct, contact with the dead is actually contact with other people’s memory about the dead and residual memory created during the person’s physical lifetime. Yes, I know. That sounds a lot like the Akashic Records. The parapsychologists I follow resist using terms that imply a belief rather than terms based on science, so they coin new terms. It is for you to learn the current terminology. Compared to Super-Psi, the

Survival Hypothesis is least well supported. In order to get around Super-Psi, proof of survival must include information no one ever knew. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) can help provide evidence like that. Here is the important part. In my study, I have encountered enough evidence that discarnate personalities have given verifiable information that is not explained with Super-Psi. For me, that means that some psychically delivered information may be mediumistic. The real challenge is to know which is psychic and which is mediumship. Since both come to us in the same way as environmental Psi signals, information content is the only real distinguishing factor I know. Another consideration for mediumship is that the medium’s mind will color incoming information to better agree with the medium’s worldview. Log dead Uncle John may say “I am always with you.” The medium might translate that as “He is standing beside you.” The medium’s task is to learn how to suspend judgement and to always be on guard for mental storytelling that leads to erroneous conclusions. Spiritualists say that “All mediums are psychic but not all psychics are mediums.” Most of the difference is dedication to practice. We are all potential mediums, but few of us have done the work to become a medium. From my experience, even fewer have practiced their mediumship. Examining the medium’s reputation is a good beginning. Like any service provider, mediums deserve a reasonable fee. It is important that the sitter’s (you) expectations are reasonable. That means for you

to self- educate a little about what to expect. Finally, there is no guarantee that the medium will be able to work with you. I have encountered many people who were like reading a stone wall. I have also had days I could not have a sensible conversation with myself, let alone with a dead person. Many factors affect how well people perform. This is especially true of mediumship. Understand that the medium will color the message a little and that some messages will be psychically accessed information. Never trust predictions. Any information that is unverifiable should be supported by other sources. With that said, you can trust that the information was delivered with the best intentions. It is for you to use discernment. It is also for you to pay the medium for service rendered. Question 153 Why should you try to manifest outcomes when we are told nothing happens without divine timing? Answered February 12, 2021 Answer Perhaps the question should begin with “Who defines ‘divine’ and what is their proof.” To live is to manifest outcomes. Some of those may be what we intended. Question 154 Is psychokinesis real? Answered January 27, 2021 Answer Psychokinesis is generally defined as the mental influence on physical objects and processes. It is anomalous in that there is currently no physical explanation for its existence. Along with psychic functioning and healing intention, psychokinesis is considered one of the paranormal phenomena. For psychokinesis to be real, there must be a means by

which mental influence can be propagated. The people who seek to scientifically study these phenomena are known as parapsychologists. They theorize that propagation of the influence of thought, known by them as Psi, is made possible by a Psi Field. The Psi Field is hypothesized to be a nonphysical field that permeates physical space. It is nonlocal, in that a Psi influence expressed by one person may be simultaneously sensed by another person or suitable physical device anywhere in the world. From the study of Instrumental TransCommunication, I know of no way to shield from the influence of Psi. Here are a few of the paranormal phenomena thought to be caused via psychokinesis: Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are speech found in recordings for which there is no known physical explanation. Based on what is known about psychokinesis, our best guess is that it is the mental expression of intended order on a chaotic sound source. The actual mental-to- physical conversion appears to depend on stochastic amplification. Visual Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). EVP is the audio form of ITC. Visual ITC typically consists of face-like features found in recordings of noise for which there are no known physical explanations. Like EVP, visual ITC appears to depend on stochastic amplification of psychokinetically expressed intended order. Apports are the paranormal appearance of physical objects such as flower petals, small stones and sometimes figurines. Artwork is sometimes psychically produced by impressing intended order on raw physical material such as ink and paint in a presumably

mind-directed process known as Precipitation. Psychokinesis appears to be a shared characteristic. The output of Random Event Generators (REG) tends to change in randomness when associated with a meditating person. One theory is that, like ITC, the psychokinetic influence on the electronic circuitry causes the change. Physical mediums are sometimes able to demonstrate levitation and “spirit lights.” Both are thought to be a psychokinetic influence. There are others, but these should provide a sense of the different ways psychokinetic influences have been shown to exist. The actual nature of this apparent human ability is still being studied by parapsychologists and citizen scientists. Question 155 Does consciousness move something physical? Answered January 9, 2021 Answer For mind to influence physical things, there must a way for the influence of thought, which is in conceptual or nonphysical space, to propagate to the physical object. That is a conceptual-to-physical interface that requires a medium for propagation of the influence of thought. Quite a lot of research has shown that psi functioning exists. See A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (36) and Selected Psi Research Publications. (35) “Psi functioning” is the expression of thought (not thought itself). It can be psychic sensing (intuition, remote viewing) and psychokinetic (levitation, influence at a distance). The people who study these phenomena are parapsychologists. They call the influence of thought, “Psi.” They hypothesize that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality called the Psi Field that permeates the physical and acts

as a medium of propagation for the influence of thought. One of the characteristics of the Psi Field is that it is known to be nonlocal, meaning an effect in one place can be simultaneously experienced other places. Distance does not appear to be a factor in the Psi Field. I will add that we know of no way to shield from the influence of thought. These two characteristics appear to defy explanation if we must only use known physical principles. An example of psychokinetic Psi functioning is the way the output of Random Event Generators (REG) become less random under the influence of focused attention. We see the same effect in the formation of transform Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). One theory as to how conceptual influence is able to change a physical thing (process) is that the mind changes the concept representing the physical thing. For instance, background sound (a physical thing) used for the formation of EVP (speech created via a conceptual influence) is best if it is chaotic, rather than random. White noise is not so good for EVP. The concept governing white noise is very determinant, meaning each next sample of proper white noise must be identical to the previous. The concept organizing more random noise is much less determinant, meaning that it is difficult to predict the next sample. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) We find more EVP in poorly designed audio recorders, we think, because the noise they generate internally is less

determinant than the slight amount of noise generated by well-engineered circuitry. All of this is to say that there is good research suggesting that mind does exert an influence in conceptual space. Depending on focus and intention of the person (incarnate or discarnate), such influence on the concept of a physical process appears to be able to change that physical process. My answer is yes. The influence of thought can have an effect on physical things. There is reason to think that, under some circumstances, the effect can be considerable. Question156 Why did some people seem to have some degree of consciousness? Isn't all humans being supposed to have the same degree of it? Answered December 25, 2020 Answer I have asked the same question. It is a wonder how you and I can share the same genes and evolutional history yet be so different. This is an important question in my field of study because it seems to apply to how sensitive people are to actual reality. It is increasing awareness that seekers of greater discerning intellect work to obtain. You and I share the same survival instincts, so something else must have happened to make us different. My thought is that somewhere along the way, each of us began asking questions that have no survival value. Instead of wondering from whence the next meal will come, we asked philosophical questions such as where is my mind. Curiosity is the most powerful motivator for self-discovery. It is a trait

not shared by many. When we finally realize that we are not our body, that is, when we realize that our human survival instincts are not our most important motivator, we begin to follow a path of self-discovery that is not shared by most of our fellows. There is consciousness defined by our human’s instincts, and there is consciousness defined by our curiosity. It is arguable that the tools for consciousness are the same for everyone. The difference is in how we apply intention. Question 157 How can I improve my psychic abilities? Answered December 16, 2020 Answer A psychic ability is generally thought of as the ability to access information with the mind and not by way of the five physical senses. For those who doubt the ability, please consider A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) Anomalous expression is the ability to mentally impress intentionality on the environment, say psychokinetically, to influence physical objects and processes or the ability to convey information. People who have claimed the responsibility to study these abilities are called parapsychologists. It appears to be becoming widely accepted amongst parapsychologists that people naturally sense psychically and express psychokinetically. It is just that the effect is usually small and people seldom notice. The About First Sight Theory Essay (31) is a good place to begin studying what I consider the ruleset for how our mind functions psychically. Pay attention to the Switching Corollary. Being psychic is all about

the expression of focused intention which means less switching. Then take a look at the Becoming Lucid Essay. (38) While everyone is naturally psychic, as with sports, some are naturally better than others. Also, like sports, even the least of us can improve psychic ability with practice. That essay addresses some of the factors controlling how outwardly psychic a person can become through training. In my mind, the key to psychic ability is self-education and then a lot of training. Find yourself a community of like-minded people. A Spiritualist society is a good place to begin. See National Spiritualist Association of Churches (45) for instance. Question 158 What are the correlations between clairaudience, telepathy, and qi gong? Answered November 12, 2020 Answer Clairaudience is the term commonly used to mean psychic sensing as sounds. The “Clair-” prefix is French for “clear.” There is a “clair-” for all of the senses, but in general conversation, we say “clairvoyance,” meaning clear seeing. Telepathy is an old term for mind-to-mind communication. The current view is that we are all psychic. In parapsychology, “Psi” is used to indicate the influence of thought. It is a little confusing still but saying “Psi functioning” is the same saying “being psychic.” Qi gong is a form of Yoga—Asian yoga—that also has an important bio- energy aspect. The bioenergy is probably the same as vitality or animal magnetism. This vital bioenergy has been rediscovered many times. It is thought to be able to be directed via the influence

of intention. All of the terms relate to human potential as it is seen by different cultures from different lines of social evolution. It seems most useful to think in terms of Psi functioning, a Psi Field and personal seeking via The Mindful Way. (16) Question 159 How do psychics know not only truths about you, but truths about people we inquire about with little to no information and be absolutely correct? Prefer to hear from only non sceptics please. Answered October 13, 2020 Answer There are three contending hypotheses for what is psychic and how it is possible: Physicalism = There is only physical reality. If mainstream science does not specifically allow for something, that something cannot be. In this view, belief in the possibility of it is pseudoscience and any evidence to the contrary is delusion or fraud. Think Flat Earth Society. Physical Dualism = The same as Physicalism except this holds that mind, as a biological expression of brain, possibly exist in a nonphysical field capable of propagating thought. This field is sometimes referred to as the “Psi Field” and the influence of thought as “Psi.” Everyone psychokinetically expresses and psychically senses Psi influences. Strict Dualism = The biological organism is an individual that is natural to the physical aspect of reality and mind is an individual that is native to the etheric aspect of reality. They are entangled for this lifetime an avatar relationship. There is substantial support for the existence of Psi and the Psi

Field. See 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (36) and Selected Psi Research Publications. (35) The existence of Psi and the Psi Field are requirements for psychic functioning. They are also requirements for the nonphysical origin of mind but there is less support for the Survival Hypothesis, which is a predicted consequence of Strict Dualism. Mediumship is psychic access to discarnate minds as predicted by Strict Dualism. Important characteristics of the Psi Field are that it is nonlocal, meaning an effect in one place can be experienced everywhere at the same time. Also, there is no known way to shield from the influence of Psi. Psychic access to information about someone is a Psi function. That means it does not matter where in the world the person may be. It also means that attention acts like a steering wheel to direct access. Picture it this way. You ask me a question about Uncle John. It should not matter if Uncle John lives next door, in the next state or is dead. My attention on Uncle John probably begins with my sensing from your mind what you know about him. If you do not know, maybe Uncle John’s brother has the memory. I am not directly reading the mind of other people so much as sensing thoughtforms that I “call up” based on your request. How accurate I am depends on how well I have learned to sense my etheric atmosphere without coloring it with my own

assumptions. It also depends on how well your question identifies Uncle John. In my experience, I need an identifier that is sufficiently specific for me to pick him out from everyone else in the world, now and then. Two really important considerations are that it is unlikely I can tell you what I actually sense about Uncle John. More likely, I will tell you what I think about what I sense. That is called coloring the message. Consider this diagram. The more lucid, the less coloring. The second important consideration is that the nonlocality of the Psi Field makes it probable that I will first sense aspects of who Uncle John is that carry a lot of emotional energy such as memory of a traumatic childhood event. That information would contend with your feelings about him. If you are testing me and really know little about your Uncle, I will probably tell you things neither one of us can verify. Psi function is not magic. Use common sense. Organized skeptics have coopted the term “skeptic” to mean near- religious scientism. What we used to call “healthy skepticism” is better described as discernment. The study of possible human abilities such as anomalous access of information and the expression of healing intention is a frontier science. Since they are reported human experiences, it is as reasonable for scientists to study them as it is to study why apples fall out of trees. Saying they are impossible and therefore cannot be is simple

ignorance of how science is supposed to work. Saying they are all fraudulent or delusion has not worked … ever, so maybe it makes more sense to figure out why people keep reporting the experiences. Question 160 Why do sceptics find fault with psychics and tarot card readers but rarely with astrologers and palmists? Answered August 27, 2020 Answer I cannot speak for skeptics, but I can report my experience with them and observations about how they express their skepticism. But first, let me be clear about the terms I use here: Skeptic — Organized skepticism such as those who gather around The Skeptics Society & Skeptic Magazine (116) are the ones we generally refer to as “skeptics.” Skeptics approach truth more from the perspective of scientism. “If it is not specifically supported by established physical principles, it cannot exist. The study of anything that cannot exist is pseudoscience.” Discerning — People who say they are skeptical may be expressing that they are trying to discern between truth and fiction from the perspective of suspended judgement. If someone is that kind of skeptic, I recommend they say discerning rather than skeptical because the organized skeptics have pretty much made skeptic their own. Discerning individuals my not accept the evidence of something, but within the limits of human nature, they might be convinced otherwise with the right information. Paranormalists — People who have more than a casual interest in things paranormal and who actively seek to be informed about their nature

might be referred to as paranormalists. The average paranormalists is still learning and may not have become well enough informed to make discerning decisions. In that way, they tend to approach things paranormal from the perspective of belief. They are on the opposite end of the spectrum from skeptics who believes science is truth. Skeptics are also more than casually interested in things paranormal but refuse to do the work necessary to develop an informed opinion. As an editor in Wikipedia for a few years and after interacting with many scientists (some being parapsychologists) and the paranormalist community in general, I can say that the most uninformed people are associated with organized skepticism. Following the “If (mainstream) science does not say it is real, it cannot be real” rule of skepticism, all psychics, tarot card readers, astrologers and palmists are at least frauds but are also probably delusional. Take a close look at Wikipedia’s List of topics characterized as pseudoscience. (83) You will see that astrology is on the same page as such psychic expressions as remote viewing and mediumship. Consider the four phenomena listed in the question: Astrology: — As I understand, Astrology is based on observation of human behavior tendencies as they relate to the position of the planets, sun and moon. As similar approach to codifying behavior is the Myers Briggs Personality Types. (133) What Astrology says about me as a Taurus tends to agree with the Analytical-Driver personality type I identify with. This is not to

say that both are right. Rather, it is to say that they are reasonable predictors as shown through many years of observation. I do not use them and do not know enough to say they are real or delusion. Calling someone a fraud requires making assumptions of knowledge about the person or actions that is seldom in evidence. A study indicating that psychic functioning appears to peak around 1:30 sidereal time Sidereal Time and Psychic Phenomena tells us that there may be an extraterrestrial influence on human behavior. Influences like that need to be accounted for before we can reject the basic tenets of astrology. Tarot — It looks like the Hermetic Tarot deck was designed in the 1600s. It is based on teaching that we know originated with Hermes in Egypt some 6,000 years ago. Consider the Emerald Tablet, which appears to be a lesson about the creative process and self-realization taught by the teacher identifying as Hermes. The 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot is a guide for seekers. There is no magic. There really is no belief involved. The one assumption is that the guidance is based on the idea that Dualism is mostly correct. That is, we are not our body and that there are nonphysical influences in nature that we can learn to apply to our personal development. Better to think of the Tarot as a technique. Palm Reading — I do not know much about palm reading except to say that the use

of devices or techniques helps to focus for psychic functioning. It is not the Tarot card or the Ouija Board or the palm … even the tea leaves … that makes a psychic. It is the ability to enhance lucidity, sometimes, by using an entraining technique. I have a little mantra I use before working with healing intention of spirit greetings. After many years, I have developed something of a well- warn path from conscious alert to deep focus. My little mantra helps trigger that focus response. Most of the people I know who are effective psychics and mediums depend on some kind of routine prior to work. It is not reading palms; it is using palms to help focused lucidity. Psychic — Although few of them realize it, psychic’s real argument is with the possibility of psychic ability. All else are techniques or crutches. The existence of psychic ability is based on well-established science. Here are a few of the references I use: • James Carpenter – First Sight: A Model and A Theory of Psi. (47) • Shelley Littin – UA Study: Your Brain Sees Things You Don’t. (134) • John A Bargh – Our Unconscious Mind. (44) • Max-Planck-Gesellschaft – Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity. (29) • Selected Psi Research Publications (35) • A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (36) The only reason Psi functioning (psychic) is not mainstream science is that mainstream science is still coming to it

via their work with known physical principles. It looks like that will take a little longer. We have seen the same evolution with such mainstream concepts as plate tectonics and quantum mechanics. Finally, take a look at Wikipedia Arbitration. (81) Wikipedia is dominated by organized skeptic editors. I was an editor when they established that: Fringe Science, Paranormal and Pseudoscience are not allowed in articles. For instance, there was a huge battle over the Rupert Sheldrake article. (135) I was banned for life from editing it because I was supporting what they refer to as pseudoscience. See Craig Weiler’s Weiler Psi blog (136) – The Big TED Controversy of 2013, Part 1 and The Big TED Controversy of 2013, Part 2. The short answer is that skeptics find fault with all things paranormal based on little or no examination of the evidence. Question 161 Why can't psychics predict the date and time of the events they predict? Answered June 27, 2020 Answer This is the sort of “If you are psychic, why aren’t you rich?” kind of question. Since a person serving as a psychic is probably not rich, many people (like many answering this question) leap to the conclusion that there is no such thing as psychic ability. That is a logical equivalent to the idea that, “It didn’t rain today; therefore, there is no such thing as rain.” Believe me, I have tried to guess the lottery with my native psychic ability. I have worked with others to

do the same, many of who are capable psychics. By psychic, I mean they are effective remote viewers, capable physiological reporters and pretty good mental mediums. We (ATransC) conducted a year-long Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) study in which many participants were asked to use EVPmaker to identify what the month’s secret object on the table. (137) (EVPmaker is a software tool for randomly accessing bits of speech. The EVP is presumed to be formed by changing the randomness to access the intended buffer addresses). While meaningful EVP are sometimes recorded using EVPmaker none of the results directly identified the object. There were a few close calls and a couple from people outside of the study that were pretty much correct. We think the difficulty comes from the nature of information. The etheric is conceptual space, meaning conceptual influences such as intention, attention and focus in the etheric are equivalent to the principles governing physical space like force and mass. From my observations of how our etheric friends see us, it seems clear they are seeing our self-image or how others see us. They are seeing our mental thought and memory and not physical signals from our body. Our mental image of self and the reality we inhabit is conceptual to which we have learned to assign objective meaning. All of this means remote viewers probably do not directly see a distant target, but instead, sense what others know about the target. Most likely, our etheric communicators do not see our

calendars. They see what we remember of our calendars. With that in mind, numbers, dates and letters are objective with assigned meaning as conceptual symbols. Yes, I know that sound like doubletalk, but it is as well as I have found to explain the idea. Consider how the present predicts the future. Every event has a consequence. The future is based on those consequences. The farther into the future we look, the more the event -> consequence -> resulting new event -> consequence -> resulting new event -> consequence… process is able to unfold. All of us are psychic. Some of us just pay more attention and have better learned to recognize the signals. I worked for a time as a long-range planner. In effect, I predicted the future. I was pretty good at it except some of the longer-range plans fell apart because of the introduction of unexpected technology. The potential future a psychic senses is sensed as a conceptual array of related possibilities. Think of a line of cause-effect between now and a potential future. In practice the present predicts many potential outcomes, each with its own cause-effect line. As we get closer to the expected future, some of the lines will merge and others will simply dissipate. Based on all I have learned about things psychic, the answer is that psychics sense conceptual information representing potential futures. Numbers are physical-world, objective constructs that only have meaning in the etheric with such parameters as then, now, future, past,

soon, later … Question 162 Do you believe psychics are really or scam artists? Answered April 7, 2020 Answer A “scam artist” acting as a psychic is not a psychic. He or she is a scam artist. The question should be, is the psychic ability real? If so, what is the research? Here is a useful list of references that show research which indicates that Psi functioning (psychic) is a real ability that is very well studied: • Dean Radin, Ph.D. has a good list of literature I often use as a deanradin.com/recommended-references. (35) • 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects at subtle.energy/list-100-peer-reviewed-papers-offer-scientific- evidence-psi-phenomena/ (36) • The Psi Encyclopedia includes articles written by parapsychologists but with no apparent lay input: psi-encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/. (138) • The Society for Psychical Research (SPR) maintained a Research Article Database: spr.ac.uk/publicationsrecordingswebevents/research-articles- database. use • Parapsychology: A Handbook for the 21st Century. Edited by Etzel Cardeña , John Palmer and David Marcusson-Clavertz McFarland, 2015, ISBN 978-0-7864-7916-0, ebook ISBN 978-1-4766-2105-0 • As a layperson, I maintain a rather unorganized list of links at ethericstudies.org/references/ (139) • I recommend taking time to consider Forever Family Foundation, (140) Etheric Studies (15) and Association TransCommunication (24) The bottom line is that psychic ability appears to be a naturally occurring characteristic we all share. Some of us are naturally more able to express that ability and some of us have worked to develop it as a useful tool to help others. It is important to distinguish between people

trying to trick you from people who are able to serve you with developed intuitive ability. It is like the difference between a psychic and a magician. A psychic at least attempts to demonstrate a real ability. A magician begins as a performer to simulate psychic ability. The observer is expected to know the difference. With that said, not all developed psychics are always accurate. It remains for the observer to use discernment. Section 4 Ghosts Introduction Ghost hunting is more a social activity than a paranormal investigation. Yes, a few people are legitimately conducting investigations following protocols that can produce meaningful information, but for most, research and science are more aspiration than reality. With that said, some haunt phenomena are arguably real and offer the opportunity to better understand our etheric nature. Poltergeist activity, for instance, is now thought to be psychokinetic expression of an emotionally disturbed person living in the house. The Implicit Cosmology (3) I work with provides a useful model for understanding the nature of ghosts and how we experience them. When I answer ghost-related questions, I do so from that perspective. It is important to note that ghost hunting is often a point of entry into the paranormalist community for a person to begin serious research. For that reason, and because there is so much mainstream chatter about ghosts, it seems important to me to set the record straight, at least within the scope of the Implicit Cosmology. Question 163 Is it you who is

haunted or is it your house? What is it like for you to experience paranormal activity no matter where you live? Answered November 17, 2021 Answer For this answer to make sense, it is necessary to understand that emerging models of how we think indicate that we only become consciously aware of our world after incoming information is filtered by our mostly unconscious mind. See these articles for examples about this new understanding: • First Sight: a Model and a Theory of PSI (47) • The Greatest Threat of All: Human Instincts Overwhelm Reason (77) • Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity (29) • Our Unconscious Mind (28) The First Sight Theory (first reference above) proposes that we unconsciously sense everything but turn toward or away from incoming environmental information, depending on our beliefs and interests. The effect is that people who believe in paranormal phenomena are more apt to experience it. See the essay, How We Think. (141) Be sure to study other sources. I am not a psychologist and I speak in terms of how I understand the theories. It is also important to know that the study of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) indicates that physically living people provide the conduit through which paranormal phenomena is produced. Other personalities, physical or not, may initiate the effect, but it is the witness that actually enables to physical effect. If it is true that the witness is the channel for haunt phenomena, then it is also true that the witness experiences

that phenomena the way he or she expects to experience it. The last piece of this puzzle is that mind appears to be nonphysical. One of the characteristics of nonphysical aspect of reality is nonlocality. By that, I mean there is no apparent distance in the etheric. For instance, an Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) practitioner in New York can be on the telephone with a sitter in Chicago and record a message from a loved one who transitioned while living in Dallas—all in real time. Think in terms of a thoughtform as a field composed of related nonphysical concepts. In a practical sense, we “attract” thoughtforms with our attention on a concept. This is not a movement but a change in attention. We move in the etheric by changing our focus. A personality can be modeled as a life field thoughtform. If a personality is discarnate its thoughtform may present as a ghost. In the view of organized Spiritualism, our discarnate friends are always “near” in the sense that their life field thoughtform can always be “called” to us with a thought. In that sense, they haunt us. There are psychokinetic haunt phenomena that require additional modeling, but for most of us, the sense of having a ghost around us is caused by our attention on the thoughtform. In effect, we call them to us. But here is the rest of the story. While an experiencer may be attracting a loved one thoughtform, it is common for an experiencer to

unconsciously misattribute an ordinary environmental signal as a ghost-like presence. For instance, while on a ghost hunt, we might first think of a bump in the night as a ghost when it is just the normal sound of the cat jumping off of the table. I understand that this is a roundabout way of answering. The short answer is that haunt experiences depend on how we perceive environmental signals. We often misattribute ordinary as paranormal. We more often notice strange experiences because we accept their possibility and may be watching for them. In some cases, we may experience actual etheric-to-physical communication. Which it is depends on our discernment. Examine the implications before deciding. As trans-etheric conduits we make the world according to our beliefs. Certainly, do not fear. Question 164 How true is it that mirrors are like a portal between spiritual and physical realms? Answered September 18, 2021 Answer Mirror gazing is also known as scrying and has been used for thousands of years as a technique for temporarily improving access to the subconscious mind. A more elaborate application is known as the ancient psychomanteum reintroduced by Raymond Moody. From Exploring Psychomanteum as a Psi- Conducive State of Consciousness, (142) we see “These interesting results seems to suggest that psychomanteum condition somehow optimizes psi communication.” The idea of scrying is to have a featureless space which a person “looks into” as if looking into infinity. Moody’s approach for enabling a reunion between the sitter and a discarnate loved one

is to have the sitter precede a psychomanteum session with a period of remembering the target person to be better able to vividly remember the person during the session. A psychomanteum is a dark enclosure (a closet works) equipped with a comfortable chair facing a dark mirror. A dim light can be placed behind the person in a way that it does not distract. The sitter should be able to gaze into the mirror without seeing anything reflected in the mirror (mirror slightly tilted up). By intending to see the target loved one and visualizing memory of the person, the sitter might have the sense of face-to-face communion. As I remember, only a small percentage of sitters has a successful reunion experience. As with any perception-intensive experience, the sitter’s point of view and temperament have a lot to do with the ability to “get out of the way.” For instance, I am a pragmatic and analytical engineer. I am so good at making the world as I expect, such spontaneous experiences as scrying do not work well for me. However, the analytical me knows with a high degree of confidence that scrying can be an effective aid for contemplation. Scrying is a crutch of sorts that helps the person still their mental chatter and entrain their attention on that which they seek to sense, be it a person or information. The visualization might be the sitter’s mental construct but there is reason to think at least some of the information

accessed may be genuine. To understand the mechanics of scrying, it is necessary to understand current theory of Psi functioning. Question 165 How do ghost hunters test new equipment without having a control to measure against? Answered March 1, 2021 Answer Here are a few things about thought and discarnate personalities we are reasonably sure are true: • The influence of thought is referred to as Psi in parapsychology. Psi (the influence of thought) is thought to be propagated in a nonphysical medium referred to as the Psi Field. • Besides propagating the influence of thought, two characteristics of the Psi Field I am aware of are: ○ The Psi Field is nonlocal, meaning that information accessed by Psi can be anywhere in the world (or beyond) in relationship to the sensor. ○ There is no known way to block Psi. • We navigate in the Psi Field with our attention on the intention to access information or contact another personality. In other words, I establish a link of rapport with you by thinking of you with the intention to make contact. In practice, the more I am aware of you, the more able I am to make contact. Conversely, the more focused both of us are, the better the contact. Most people are not very focused. • Physical energy is not Psi and there is no reason for us to think it is propagated in the Psi Field. Electromagnetic energy, electrical energy and audio energy are physical and do

not appear to be much of a factor in Psi exchanges (being psychic). • Psi is known to influence chaotic processes. We in the ATransC speculate that Psi operates on the concept of physical energy and not the energy itself. For instance, white noise is not so good for transform EVP, we think, because it is conceptually very determinant and therefore difficult to impress new intended order. Chaotic noise is much less determinant and has proven best for EVP. • In transform EVP, it appears intended order is psychically impressed on the noise via stochastic amplification. That requires a nonlinear stage of the device. • Random Event Generators (REG) have proven to be excellent Psi detectors. We think this is because Intended order is impressed in an active stage of the device. (Attention on the device tends to change the randomness of the output. • A good electromagnetic detector does include the kind of components that respond to Psi. However, while audio recorders are designed to record and report speech, electromagnetic detectors are not so equipped. It is more likely that apparent detection of changes in magnetic field are actually Psi influence on the electronics that might otherwise be reported as speech. The Psi influence could originate with a discarnate personality anywhere in reality, but more likely from the practitioner or interested observer. • The same can be said for any electronic device. In other words, the ghost hunter may be detecting Psi but there is no reason to think

it is just detecting the target discarnate personality. How does the saying go? “When hearing hoofbeats, expect horse and not zebras. • We cannot speak for what appear to be “recorder” ghosts, but we are pretty sure that long dead Uncle John who is supposed to be haunting a house is not actually in the house. Remember nonlocality and inability to shield Psi. We might record his voice better while in the house because we expect to. That is the effect of rapport. The first step in testing ghost hunting devices is to understand current theories about thought and what is known about EVP. For instance, see Characteristic Test for EVP. (143) To my knowledge, makers of ghost hunting equipment do not test their products in any organized manner. I suspect they pump out “sounds good” devices and let the buyer beware. If so, that is dishonest and one of the fastest ways I know to attract government regulations. Going to a haunted location is fun. it helps the practitioner focus on making contact because of excited expectation. Otherwise, better contact can usually be made in a quiet place free from distractions. We have gone on “walkabouts” for good TV, but we think going to a cemetery is more fun than useful. I cannot say ghost hunting devices do not work. All I can say is that the ones I have examined are inconsistent with what has been learned via well- considered studies. Your best approach, I think, is to

keep good records and depend on cross-correspondence. Study your notes. Don’t just keep nots. For instance, a good (uninformed) mental medium producing reports that are in agreement with whatever device you are using MAY indicate Psi influence. This is not the presence of a ghost. Just the establishment of contact. (A medium will tell you a good story, so never depend on a person’s sense alone.) Always be aware that you as the practitioner or someone who is interested in what you are doing could be providing the conduit for Psi-to- physical influence. You, the observer and the dead person are the same. It is just that you are still in the flesh. Question 166 A big, clearly formed golden orb showed up in my room this morning. I don’t think it was a ghost orb. What do orbs mean? Answered January 14, 2021 Answer Orbs are a complex subject. There are two classes of orbs. The very large majority of reported photographic orbs are caused by bright lights in the scene or light reflecting from particulates in the air near the lens. There is a sort of belief systems built up amongst some people around the idea that such photographic flaws are proof that long-dead Uncle John is in the room. There is considerable evidence that photographic orbs are just ruined pictures. The second class of orbs includes apparent self-aware “critters” that are often witnessed unaided by technology. The softball black orb recorded by a Universal Studios cameraman using

natural light is an example. It moved across the landing a little faster than a person walks. This white orb was reported to us by a man in New York. He told us there was a pair of them. He once saw them come out of a wall. He showed us a video in which they were harassing his dog. Another example of the second class is what you describe. The one my wife and I experienced was a brown, basketball-sized orb. It seemed to come out of the base of the easy chair I was sitting on. It moved between me and my wife, about as fast as I can walk, and disappeared into the nearby bathroom. Our cat also saw it and pranced after it as if going to play. The orb was about a foot across, milk chocolate brown and seemed more like the cartoon rendition of the Tasmanian Devil—a ball of rapidly flailing arms and legs. The MUFON Investigator’s manual classifies the brown orb as ball lightning, but as an electronics engineer, I find that implausible. We simply do not have enough information to speculate. I answered this question, hoping that more information might come. Question 167 Why are some souls earthbound as in hauntings, when most return "home"? Answered October 24, 2020 Answer I base this answer on Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) which includes Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), mediumship which is communication with discarnate personality and current understanding of psychical phenomena. Of the points of view

intended to explain ghosts, Dualism is the most useful. Physicalism holds that there are no ghosts … period, so I will ignore that point of view as not being supported by the evidence. It is held in what I call Physical Dualism, that mind is a product of brain and when brain dies, mind only continues as residual memory in what is sometimes referred to as the Psi Field. As it is modeled, the Psi Field is nonlocal, meaning that an effect in one part of the world can be simultaneously experienced in other parts of the world. Psi cannot be shielded, meaning that, an EVP for instance, can be recorded in physically shielded chambers. In the Physical Dualism point of view, a ghost would always be an echo of the past as a memory. It would always look like a recorder ghost. Alternative to a memory producing an apparition, a recorder ghost might also be an illusion formed by memory of a living observer or the expectation of the observer. In Strict Dualism, mind existed before this lifetime and will continue after in a sentient, self-aware form. In this view, a ghost would be a personality that has psychically impressed itself on the observer’s awareness and the observer would visually associate it with the physical scene. In Strict Dualism, the primary difference between a physical person and a discarnate personality is that one is entangled with a human avatar and one is not. Living = entangled with an avatar

= a person. Dead = no avatar. Else, living = dead. When I conduct an EVP session, I may be operating the recorder, but anyone who is aware of my action, living anywhere in the world or in etheric space can produce the EVP. That is the nonlocality clause. That is the metaphysics as I understand. I am not qualified to say more than that about ghosts. In my opinion, we find the local ghost because we expect to and not because it is stuck there. Thoughtforms offer another consideration. People develop a sort of created reality based on frequent attention and expectation. For instance, we have been culturally conditioned to fear death. Cemeteries are a place for dead people. Thus, we fear cemeteries, especially at night. It is almost guaranteed that I will record a scary voice of a dead person in a cemetery. Remember the nonlocality clause. Hospitals, churches and places of sacred value in general are good places to record EVP for ghosts because we expect to. Collectively, we have developed a thoughtform associated with that place reflecting our fears and expectations. My answer then, is that there appears to be no here or there in the etheric. We experience ghosts because we expect to. In effect, we call up long dead Uncle John. He is always only a thought away. Question 168 Are ghosts echo's of the past? I've been watching these ghost hunting shows on YouTube for some reason and they just make me question

about what those anomalies are. Answered April 13, 2020 Answer It is good to question. It is even better to self-educate. There are some pretty well-informed people in apparition studies who might be better to learn from than “for entertainment only” TV. Consider Loyd Auerbach. (144) Section 5 Spiritualism and Mediumship Introduction As I have said elsewhere, I am an ordained Spiritualist medium with the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (NSAC). (45) I am also certified with them as a mental medium. While I am not a commercial medium, I have offered what we refer to as spirit greetings during our local Spiritualist Society meetings. With that said, it is important to note that I do not speak for Spiritualists. In fact, I cannot name a single Spiritualist who understands the metaphysical models I work with. That does not mean they are not knowledgeable Spiritualists. It just means that I have embarked on a rather different way of understanding Spiritualism. I think of my work as contemporary Spiritualism, but without a lot more vetting from my peers, I cannot claim it is a better way. As you read these answers, be aware that I am speaking from the farthest frontier and not as a mainstream Spiritualist. Question 169 For a school project, I am doing spirituality. what are some key things I should know when it comes to things like manifestation and etc? Answered November 16, 2020 Answer I wrote in Your Immortal Self: (129) It is in our spirituality

that we find our true meaning: who we really are and our purpose for existence. One of the best explanations for the meaning of spirituality I have read is offered by Deepak Chopra in his Huffington Port blog: (145) Spirituality is the experience of that domain of awareness where we experience our universality. This domain of awareness is a core consciousness that is beyond our mind, intellect and ego. In religious traditions, this core consciousness is referred to as the soul which is part of a collective soul or collective consciousness, which in turn is part of a more universal domain of consciousness referred to in religions as God. Pay attention to Chopra’s ideas of “domains.” He has presented a hierarchy of consciousness of which we are an aspect. You can call that aspect whatever fits your cultural conditioning. This is not about belief or religion. An often ignored and poorly understand question about consciousness is how a person decides to turn toward selfish behavior guided by human instincts or more altruistic behavior guided by discerning intellect. We understand choices based on dominance of personal genes. The motivation for a person to make choices based on the greater good is not so obvious. The fact that an altruistic act might contradict survival instincts seems to provide evidence that there is a greater good which some people at least unconsciously support. That is a large part of being spiritual. As a general statement, a person seeking to be more spiritual is

one who is seeking to understand and live in accordance with the actual nature of reality. In organized Spiritualism, the “actual nature” is usually referred to as Natural Law. As for manifesting, the Creative Process (12) can be described as ”Changes in reality are expressed via personality’s attention on an imagined outcome with the intention to make it so.” Basically, it says that we create our own reality. This brings meaning to the saying that “It is not what happens to you that matters. It is how you react that matters.” I like the advice that we should pray for something and then go out and make it happen. While some physical mediums are able to manifest apparent physical substance, the very large majority of people manifest by changing perspective. My recommendation is that seeking spirituality begins with understanding that we only become consciously aware of what our unconscious mind has sensed and has colored to agree with what we have been taught is true. The seeker gains lucidity (clear sighted) by habitually intending to be more lucid. One way to accomplish this is to suspend judgment. Once the mind makes a decision (agree-disagree, like-dislike) it is reluctant to change. Intend to see clearly and resist deciding that you are seeing clearly. It is likely that you are not. Question 170 What does the Grim Reaper tarot card mean? Answered November 14, 2020 Answer I prefer the Hermetic Tarot, specifically the version prepared by Paul Case and taught by Builders

of the Adytum (BOTA). From BOTA in Europe - 13 - Death (146) From B.O.T.A. In Europe: “The card does not represent the end, but the real meaning of Death, which is change, motion, transformation. Death is but the gateway to a larger life in reality. It is the power represented by this Key that transforms our consciousness and releases it from the trammels and limitations that now hamper its free expression.” (147) See Question 177 What is the spiritual significance of water? in this book The 22 Keys of the Hermetic Tarot represent a way of progression for seeking understanding about our spiritual nature. For instance, Key 0 - The Fool represents the beginning and the end of a cycle. Seekers experience many in a lifetime. It is the universal man-woman who carries the tokens of understanding in the pouch. In the beginning, it is necessary for the man- woman to hold the tokens in view to learn to work with them (Key 1), but in the end after (Key 21), the Fool understands the token so that they can be accessed without being in view. And it steps onto the path for another round toward greater lucidity. The second row of the tableau represents organizing principles that act on the potentials represented in the first row. The third row represents the result of a potential as it is acted on by Natural Law. For instance, the Angel in Key 6 - The Lovers, represents universal consciousness. It is

obscured by clouds representing misunderstanding. The Natural Law represented by Key 13 - Death, is the necessary death of old beliefs to make room for increasing discerning intelligence. From BOTA in Europe - 20 - Judgement (146) “The stage of spiritual unfoldment represented by Key 20 is Realization. It is at this stage that the human consciousness is on the verge of blending with the Universal Consciousness, …” The Hermetic Tarot is something of an illustrated guide to spiritual seeking. It is expected in the Hermetic Wisdom Schools that the seeker will do the work to learn the basics. A lot of that work involves contemplation of the lessons. That is the meaning of “for those who have eyes to see.” The Tarot was developed at a time people would go to jail for messing around with the occult. You did the right thing to ask about the Grim Reaper. I am doing my part to answer as I am able. In the end, it is for you to do the work to understand. that is a mental process. “Death” is a term everyone understands as meaning the end of life. The hidden meaning is that it represents the necessary release of old beliefs. One cannot see more than one believes. It is necessary to recognize the failures of old beliefs and have the courage to discard them (death of the old beliefs). Question 171 People who believe the mind is SEPERERATE from their brain, why are you convinced of

this? Answered November 11, 2020 Answer I like to build thought models of ideas I am working on. Nothing fancy. I begin with what I refer to as survival metaphysics, meaning that I consider the basic nature of reality with the assumption of Duality. Here, I mean Duality in the sense that etheric mind exists separate from biological brain. Then I developed a cosmological model based on my sense of survival metaphysics. As an engineer, I have been taught to solve models using black box analysis. The idea is to identify all of the known influences and expressions involved in an imaginary process. Then, to devise functional areas in the imaginary process that will respond to those influences to produce the expected expressions. The Life Field Diagram shown here is more fully explained in Morphic Fields Essay. (59) See Conditional Free Will (25) for a description of the Attention Complex. In reductionist Physicalism, mind can be explained as an inward-looking- outward phenomenon or experience. In that point of view, the only expression mind has is as it directs movement of the biological organism to walk, speak, look…. Also, mind only responds to external physical stimuli as it is detected by the body. However, there is a growing body of evidence indicating that mind does have external inputs and outputs that are not via the body. Quite a lot of research has been conducted indicating that everyone has the latent ability to sense information from what is becoming known as the

Psi Field. The Psi Field is defined in parapsychology as an apparently nonphysical, nonlocal medium that propagates the influence of thought. Presumably, mind is native to the Psi Field. The above diagram represents my effort to describe our etheric (Psi Field) nature. The Attention Complex Functional Area represents our mostly unconscious mind. Based on current research, none of the elements of the diagram are conjecture. See A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (36) and Selected Psi Research Publications (35) Our work with Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) has made it clear that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality that Physicalism does not address. Parapsychologists are split as to whether the existence of the Psi Field requires new science or just modification of old theories. The main thing to remember is that modeling mind as a nonphysical and relatively immortal aspect of who we are enables us to take more control of our mostly unconscious mind for personal progression. Our mind is a solved black box problem. Now the task is to figure out what that implies. See A Model for EVP. (8) Question 172 How can I become more self-aware? Answered November 8, 2020 Answer Being self-aware is an evolving state defined by increasing discerning intellect, lucidity and humanism. If you consider the Lucidity Model Diagram, you will see that I think there is a continuum between very not self-aware on the left and increasingly self-aware on the right. I have spent years

trying to open my chakras, change the color of my aura and seeking to find a spiritual guide. I am a certified medium spiritual healer, Reiki Master and have been trained in a half-dozen other healing intention and psychic ways. There have been many well-educated human potential teachers along the way. Every effort gave me a little more understanding, but the most valuable lesson came with Robert Monroe (148) introducing his Hemi-Sync ® meditation sessions. In them, he tells the sitter to repeat, as part of an opening affirmation, “I am more than my physical body.” In the diagram, the Enlightenment Threshold represents the phase change in our self-awareness that comes from realizing that we are more than our physical body. This is not about religion or belief. You need not decide if mind comes from brain or if it is independent of brain. All you need to know is that there is a human instinct driven part of your thought process and a discerning intellect part. Your objective is to honor the human part but learn to turn its survival instincts toward compassionate humanism and the need to experience reality as it is. Learn to recognize the expression of survival instincts in the behavior of others so as to recognize that usually automatic expression in yourself. All you need to know is that clearly seeing reality as it is, rather than as you have been taught, leads to greater lucidity. Lucidity is a measure of how self-aware you have

become. For every thought, act and choice, make a habit of asking yourself if it makes sense, will it violate others, is it for the greater good? In short, what are the implications? We cannot command our worldview to change. It typically only changes in small increments and only under persistent influence of conscious intention. By stopping to think long enough to consider the consequences of your choices, you send a message to your mostly unconscious mind that you want to experience reality uncolored by what you have been taught if those lessons do not make sense. People will tell you that their spirit guide told them so or that it is God’s will, or they dreamed it. Whatever they tell you, remember that they are on that Lucidity Spectrum as well. Are they able to see beyond what their mostly unconscious mind tells them? If they cannot explain to you how they have managed to develop lucidity, their advice should, at the very least, be set aside as you seek a second opinion. I am trying to keep this answer short, as I tend to say many of the same things in each answer I submit. The motto on my personal website (149) is Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe. Remember that Your mind is a storyteller. (49) Self-awareness comes from moment-to-moment process of learning to use your improving discerning intellect to help turn your thinking toward recognition of the actual nature of

reality. It does not happen overnight and some progress faster than others. This is the only golden road to self-awareness I know. I say “Golden” because it is the key to transmuting the lead of instinct-driven personality to the gold of self-enlightened personality. An old Zen Buddhist saying: “Before enlightenment chop wood – carry water, after enlightenment chop wood – carry water.” Question 173 Can spiritualism save you? Answered November 7, 2021 Answer To make sure we are on the same page: (From Glossary of Terms (95)) Spirit As common usage, spirit refers to the vital principle or animating force of life; the indestructible essence of self-conscious life. The word spirit is often used to describe a discarnate person; however, the more correct term for a person who has transitioned from a physical lifetime is a person in spirit or a discarnate person. The term, spirit is closely related to religious belief, and so is avoided when discussing metaphysics. When the healing influence is said to be derived directly from Source (God) and undifferentiated by any other personality, it is said to be coming from Spirit. Here “Spirit” is written with a capital “S.” In common usage, “spirit,” written with a lower case “s,” is a reference to the Psi Field as it is influenced by intentionality. Spiritual Anything relating to Source (aka, Infinite Intelligence, God, Prime Creator or First Cause). It is reasonable and proper to refer to the purpose and origination of reality as spiritual. A person expressing

the high ideals of citizenship in the greater reality might be referred to as spiritual or being spiritual. (Yes, the ideals, themselves are an abstraction, but the point should be clear that a conscious effort to be a good citizen is intended.) Spiritualism A system of belief based on the acceptance of the survival hypothesis [immortal self], transcommunication [mediumship] and healing intention [spirit healing]. It assumes that all trans-etheric influences including acquisition of information via mediumship and healing intention exists as the cooperation of a medium and a discarnate helper. The National Spiritualist Association of Churches (NSAC) (45) defines Spiritualism as “the Science, Philosophy and Religion of continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World.” Spiritualism, especially NSAC Spiritualism, is listed here because it does not require members of the community to believe anything but does offer a community of likeminded seekers. It maintains a Declaration of Nine Principles which constitute all of the system’s tenets and which are consistent with the Implicit Cosmology. (3) The only belief is in the existence of Infinite Intelligence. The rest is acceptance of survival, an assumption of personal responsibility and the expectation that a person will learn to understand the nature of reality and live in accordance with that understanding. NSAC Spiritualism is not Christian. It specifically does not accept the idea of a Father God (anthropomorphism) or vicarious atonement. Personal responsibility is one of the central tenets. Spiritualist groups

are organized as churches. There are legal reasons for this. Also, governments are more tolerant of religions. But spiritualist groups are composed of like-minded people who enjoy the comradery and mutual support of the group. A basic assumption in Spiritualism is the continuation of life after bodily death. I refer to such change in awareness as transition. See What is it Like on the Other Side. (150) Mental mediumship and healing intention are important in Spiritualism as a means of demonstrating continuity of life. Spiritualist groups often teach mediumship and healing and usually demonstrate both during Sunday meetings. From my experience, some practitioners are very competent. Spiritualism can help the seeker progress toward spiritual maturity, but the seeker must do the work of continued self-education. The group supports that effort with the all-important opportunities to practice healing intention and mediumship. There is no such thing as “saving” in organized Spiritualism. Because of the opportunity to gain understanding uncomfortable experiences can bring, what might be considered unsaved is seen as opportunity for progression. So, my answer is that One does not need saving. It is sometimes said that “It is not what happens to us that is important. It is how we react to what happens to us that is important.” You and you alone are responsibility for your “saving.” Spiritualism helps. The Spiritualist community can be a “warm fuzzy” sort of community in which to participate, but it is your personal responsibility to gain spiritual maturity. Having asked is the

first step. Question 174 How does someone achieve the level of 'Tarot Master'… especially as there are no professional Tarot qualifications? Answered November 6, 2020 Answer If you need to ask, I will argue that you should probably keep your day job. As far as I can tell, the US government considers any such service “For entertainment only.” Alternatively, they have a hands-off relationship with it as a religious practice. Spiritualist, for instance typically demonstrate mental mediumship during a service as a way of showing continuity of life after physical death. Keep in mind that the line dividing psychological counseling for grief management and giving a reading to a grieving person is very narrow. It is generally illegal to give psychological counseling without a license. The government usually looks the other way, but in view of the increasing dominance of radical conservativism, it is possible the government will eventually crack down. I think the law is on their side. Our community is already routinely accused of taking advantage of grieving people. The idea is to become state certified as a counselor or certified as a Spiritualist or other religious practitioner. Even then, it is necessary to respect the local laws. Otherwise, make it clear to your sitter that you are acting in an unofficial capacity … for entertainment only. As for Tarot. I understand there is a large community of tarot practitioners, and as many different kinds of cards. The original Tarot decks were designed as a teaching tool for

seekers. I believe their origin is the Hermetic Wisdom Schools. Divining with them is something that came a little later. I believe divining was used as a form of entertainment to hide their real meaning. Remember that such things were usually seen as anti- church back then. That could be a death sentence. You could do as well with a pile of rocks. The real value is as a mental crutch to help the practitioner psychically sense the psi field associated with the sitter. Believing is important to help direct intention. I recommend that you learn about Tarot from one of the old Hermetic Decks such as B.O.T.A. Tarot Deck - Esoteric Meanings. (151) As other people have answered, mastery comes from practice and considerable self- education. It is fine to ask a friend to sit for you but be careful not to convince your fiend … or yourself … that you are reading the cards. You are using the cards to psychically sense thoughtforms associated with the person. Use the Tarot as a guide for spiritual understanding but know that it is you who senses the information. Always take responsibility for what come out of your mouth. Question 175 How do I become spiritually in tune? Answered November 1, 2020 Answer From my experience, being “spiritually in tune” means to have greater discerning intellect. People are not spiritually in tune so much as they are becoming in tune. It is a process. Consider the Temperament Mediated Perception Diagram below.

I have attempted to identify the basic influences we must manage to gain discerning intellect. The primary influence appears to be human instinct. As a general statement, our instinct to assure continuation and dominance of our gene pool has a strong influence on virtually all of our thoughts and choices. The only way I know to become “spiritually in tune” is to first realize that we have two important aspects. On the one hand, we are a human that has evolved on this planet to become the top predator. On the other, we are a spiritual being as a citizen of the greater reality. We need to honor our human’s needs, but we also need to remember that our human is not a team player so much as it is a pack or clan player. Your objective in seeking to be spiritually in tune is also to become a conscious part of the large community. Then consider the difference between altruism and selfishness. A person who does things that will help the family is responding to the human instinct to assure dominance of the gene pool. A person may even be unconsciously motivated to do community service if it will improve the stature of the family. In another example, it has been my experience that the people who come to your door to evangelize do so to further their own stature in their church and in the eyes of God. A much rarer behavior is altruism. An indicator of a

person who is becoming spiritually in tune is actions for the sake of the community more than for the sake of the person. An ongoing study that might help us understand the reality that we are a community of spiritual beings is The Global Consciousness Project. (118) It consists of a global array of Random Event Generators (REG) which report back to a central computer. It is known that an REG will change in randomness when associated with a deeply meditative person or group. The global array registers a marked change just before major events such as the 9–11 attack on the World Trade Center. It is arguable that humankind expresses a sort of collective dread just before and in response to major events. This seems to provide an explanation for why, when our spiritual awareness is awakened, we have the urge to seek discerning intellect and a more humanistic approach to living. We at least sense that we are a collective. Seeking to be spiritually in tune is not a one size fits all issue. Different people tend to have different ways of relating to the world. The model I find most useful is the four temperaments: (33) Analytical: Thinking, thorough, disciplined Amiable: Supportive, patient, diplomatic Driver: Independent, decisive, determined Expressive: Good communicator, enthusiastic, imaginative These temperaments are further divided so that one might be an Analytical-Driver or an Amiable-Expressive. Models like this help to predict how a person will react to a situation. From How We Think (141)

Being spiritually in tune is a state of mind in which you are aware of your relationship with the world around you. But as you can see in the Four Temperaments Model, a Driver is going to have a different way of learning than an Amiable. You can see in the Temperament Mediated Perception Diagram that I have substituted Leader for Driver and Conformist for Amiable. In my assessment, those are human instinct-focused temperaments. I have also substituted Wayshower for Expressive and Seeker for Analytical. Those seem to be more community-oriented temperaments. Temperaments are not cast in stone. The spiritually in tune person works to find a balance or center from which he or she can turn toward the four temperaments as circumstances require. This is an intended behavior rather than being under the unconscious influence of instincts. The steps I think are involved for seeking to be in tune begin with the realization that there is a difference between in tune and not in tune. Next is to recognize that what we become consciously aware of is first modified by our memory, cultural training and instincts. That means we benefit from consciously deciding to see reality as it is rather than as we have been taught. Habitually examining your thoughts to understand if they are consistent with the actual nature of reality teaches your unconscious mental processes to help you become more discerning. An important tool for this is suspended judgement. Once your unconscious mind makes a decision, it

resists changing. By deliberately resisting making a true-false, yes-no decision about things, you also teach your mind to wait for more information. You will know when you are becoming more spiritually in tune when you notice that you are more lucidly aware of the underlying dynamics of your daily living. Always seek to be more discerning and humane. But remember, it is a life-long process, and you still need to have human experiences from which to gain understanding. Question 176 What does it mean to be educated and to be enlightened? Answered November 6, 2020 Answer One of my favorite sayings concerning seeking enlightenment is “You have to do the work.” This is similar to the Zen Proverb: “Before enlightenment, chop wood, carry water. After enlightenment, chop wood, carry water.” The majority of people I have encountered have learned what they believe today from some time in their past. Now, they measure new experiences against their memory, and as a consequence, continue to live with the old mindset. If they have learned a prejudice, they measure truth against that fiction and decide their fiction is truth and the truth is a lie. If they have learned that crystals have power, there is usually no explaining to them that crystals only have the power they assign to them. It is belief that establishes their truth. One cannot teach people to understand. They must discover understanding for themselves. The ancient wisdom schools used a system of education based on teacher teaching student,

student contemplating, student experiencing and then student demonstrating understanding in initiations based on oral testing. The education only consisted of the most basic of details. It was for the student to integrate those details in their thinking through contemplation and living experiences. The initiation was important because the student was required to tell the gatekeeper what the student had not been taught, but which showed that the student understood what was taught. As I understand, there would have been many such initiations, as one arrives at such understanding in small increments. Much of what was taught involved the student unlearning false truths. Note also that most of the work was conducted by the student. To be educated means being informed and understanding the underlying concepts of that information. For instance, learning the alphabet and many words is only learning information. The measure of understanding is how well the student is able to string words into meaningful sentences—how well the student can express a complex concept in a sentence? Enlightenment is a threshold concept. Most people go through life never questioning the relationship between their inner thoughts and their daily living. A few people come to the realization that they are more than their physical body. They realize that their truths may not be true. Enlightenment is that phase change from accepting to questioning. It is the average person stepping onto the seeker’s way toward discerning intellect and greater lucidity in matters of spirit. Question 177 What is the spiritual significance

of water? Answered October 29, 2020 Answer In the Hermetic Tradition, water is associated with the creative process. More generally it represents the effect of mind. I like the Paul Foster Case Tarot deck as it is taught by B.O.T.A. Tarot Deck - Esoteric Meanings. (151) Don’t think divination or fortune telling. Think of the 22 Keys of the Major Arcana as pages of a symbolic textbook that collectively portray a cycle of spiritual development. More correctly, it portrays what one needs to understand before the next initiation. After Key 0 - The Fool, which represents the beginning and end of a cycle, the first row of the tableau represents potentials. These are more like seed understandings. The second row represents organizing principles which tend to govern the expression of the potentials represented by the first row. The third row represents results or effect of the first row acting through the agency of the second row. Look first at Major Arcana Key 1, The Magician. It represents the potential to create. Note that the magician holds one hand up representing “As above” and one hand down representing “So below.” There are four implements on the table representing the four worlds: Wand representing the archetypal world of the element fire Cup corresponds to the creative world of the element water Sword corresponds to the formative world of the element air Coin or Pentacle corresponds to the material world of the element earth Key 2 The High Priestess is representative of all

there is now. The scroll represents memories. The bottom of the skirt looks like flowing water. In every key, water represents thought and the influence of thought. Herein lies a most important lesson. The expression of mental influence into the world is moderated by memory and what exists today. That means our thoughts, actions and expressions are colored by the past and what we think is true. This is actually emerging science. See The Illusion of Conscious Thought. (152) Now look at Key 12 Hanged Man. The symbolism is reversal of thought. Note that the head is in a dry waterway. For the sake of discussion, thought is said to emanate from the head. In contemplation, the seeker is expected to notice that the dry water way is not empty but is filled with the hanged man’s thought or mind. Since the Hermetic teaching was the first to come, much of more contemporary ancient teaching is influenced by the Hermetic teaching. With that in mind, I would guess that the spiritual significance of water is about the same around the world. At least in the Hermetic teaching, it represents mind stuff. The implication is that it is for us to learn how to manage mind stuff. Question 178 Why is it said that at the moment of enlightenment a being becomes the totality of existence, yet how can they experience every consciousness simultaneously or be everywhere at once? Is spirituality scamming people with fantastical claims? Answered October 10, 2020 Answer

I have been studying things paranormal and metaphysics since I was a kid in the 1950s. To this day, I have never understood what is intended by such ideas as “experience every consciousness simultaneously or be everywhere at once.” It is like trying to work out the life cycle of Tinkerbell. Teaching these concepts is not a “spiritual” thing. While it may be the blind leading the blind, I think there is seldom intent to deceive. Most who speak of such universal awareness seem to come from Eastern thought or people who have adopted such teaching to their Western views. There is clearly a cultural difference that needs to be normalized. First, I have decided that enlightenment is like an opening door; more as a beginning change in state of mind than something that is done and finished. Remember the old adage, “Before enlightenment, chop wood, carry water. After enlightenment, chop wood, carry water.” The “chop wood, carry water” part is the work we must do to gain understanding. As I see seeking, enlightenment is the realization that we are more than our physical body, and that we benefit by learning to manage our human’s instincts with increasing discerning intellect. With that realization comes the work to make it so. It is not our purpose to withdraw from daily life by trying to hide in nirvanas. Our purpose is to learn from the experience this lifetime brings us. Some are good, some are bad. All offer opportunities to gain important

understanding. The wise person greets new experiences with curiosity as to what they will teach. I have never met a person who is able to enter into a state of “the totality of existence” for more than a moment … if at all. Those whom I think have had a glimpse of such a state do not dwell there. Many who have claimed such a state are delusional. Remember that we experience what we expect. It is easy to talk ourselves into thinking we are spiritually mature when, in reality, we are only imagining. Do the work … chop wood, carry water! Question 179 How can you be a model spiritually? Answered October 10, 2020 Answer The short answer is “To they own self be true.” Be as you understand not as you think others will want. In time, they may understand as well. As I have learned, one of the lessons that has been part of spiritual teaching began with Hermes, 6,000 years ago in Egypt. He finished his explanation of the Great Work in his Emerald Tablet Discourse, (1) with “For this reason, I am called Hermes Trismegiatus–one in essence but three in total aspect. In this Trinity are concealed the three parts of the wisdom of the whole world.” From the discourse and what I understand about spiritual seeking, “…three in total aspect” is a reference to the three aspects of a teacher. Jesus was more specific in John 14.6 of the Bible with “Jesus saith unto

him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me.” As I read this, and to be consistent with other great teachers, Jesus was showing himself to his followers as the three aspects of the teacher: follow me that I am the path; follow me as the Spirit of Truth; and, follow me as I have lived. See Metaphysical View of John 14. (65) My answer then, is to self-educate so as to begin to understand the concepts related to spirituality, mindfulness and lucidity. This is a lifetime process in which we approach understanding of the actual nature of reality. Every teacher may have a part, but your most valuable tool is discernment. Then focus on the mindful way of questioning the implications of your actions. Are they in accordance with your understanding? Are you being compassionate toward your fellows? Do your actions further the greater good? An important spiritual lesson here is the idea that it does not matter so much what happens to us as does how we react to what happens to us. Jesus, Hermes and other teachers taught that we are immortal personality learning from this lifetime. Behave as if you are immortal. Every experience brings opportunities to gain understanding. It is the understanding for which we live. Much more important than what you know and what you say, is to remember that how you live determines the kind of model you will be for others. A

spiritual person is not one seen walking on water. He or she is seen as the kind of citizen we all can aspire to emulate. Spiritual is often in the simplest lifestyle. Question 180 What is the meaning of this quotation, "The living soul of man, once conscious of its power, cannot be quelled"? Answered October 6, 2020 Answer I expect you know this is a quote from Horace Mann. (153) It looks like his first love was education. With that in mind, I would think “living soul of man” is reference to a person. In many ways, we are like evolutionary puppets following a script required of our human instincts. Few of us come to the realization that we are more than our physical body. Even fewer step onto the path of self- discovery. If and when we do begin to learn, if we come to cherish knowledge, we cannot go back. Our enthusiasm for learning “cannot be quelled.” Question 181 Einstein said: "Although I am a typical loner in daily life, my consciousness of belonging to the invisible community of those who strive for truth, beauty, and justice has preserved me from feeling isolated". What is the "invisible community"? Answered October 6, 2020 Answer As I understand it, Einstein was rather philosophical in his old age. Still, I doubt he was referring to a spiritual community in the way a mental medium might. I think he was more likely referring to the people who read his work and

gave him feedback. Back then, they didn’t have Internet discussion boards. The culture was more oriented toward written correspondence. Some people were quite good at it back then, especially the academically trained. I am no Einstein, but in a sense, I also have an invisible community. It may be that we all do. I like to write. When I do, I imagine my audience and try to make sure I am clear in the way I write. Writing this answer is the same. By imagining my audience … you and others I assume will eventually read this, … I am fulfilled in the sense that I have given it my best. Question 182 Why is it often said that the veil between the physical and spiritual dimensions is very thin? Where is the evidence for this statement when most people are stuck behind a "brick wall" and frustrated with a lack of anything spiritual in their life? Answered October 3, 2020 Answer I have been taught that the “Veil” is more correctly known as “The veil of forgetfulness.” It is a term indicating that, when we are born into a new lifetime (reincarnation), there is a veil-like separation of our current memory from our previous lifetimes. “Veil” has become known as the separation between the etheric or nonphysical aspect of reality which is inhabited by mind and the physical aspect of reality we think of as our physical world. For this to make sense, we must first understand and accept

the evidence indicating that there is a nonphysical aspect of reality. I will refer to it as the etheric. Think of the etheric as conceptual space in which mind exists and which provides a medium of propagation for the influence of thought. Then we must accept that consciousness is natural to the etheric. It is not necessary to accept that our conscious self existed before this lifetime and will exist after in a sentient form (survival). All we need to do is accept that we are more than our physical body. All of the evidence seems to indicate that we have a conscious self that is etheric, but that we think of ourselves as our physical body. The result is that we see the world through our physical (human) eyes. Perhaps we have done this so that we can experience life as a physical human. But that is a different discussion. If we are people because we agree to be people, (immortal personality entangled with a human Body), the veil is only as substantial as is our belief that we are people. We begin to see through the veil by deciding we are immortal personality. Of course, few people have succeeded in removing the veil simply by deciding. In practice, we must teach ourselves. That, also, is a different discussion. Do this: Say to yourself “I am not my physical body.” Then learn to habitually question why you act as you do for every action and thought. Consider the consequences.

Do they make sense? Why? What are the implications of your beliefs? Are those implications true? For the belief to be true, it is necessary that their implications are also true. Always consider if it is your human’s instincts deciding or your discerning self. It is important that some of your actions are for your human. Just be aware of who is making the decision. This Mindful Way (16) is a process in which we first recognize that we are not our physical body. And then we recognize that what we think is true is what we have been taught. In fact, our personal reality is only a version of actual reality. The next step is to realize that we do not decide to be one way or another. Since we do not have direct control over our perception, we must intend. As we persist in intending, we teach our mind to see reality as it is. It takes time. Truth is something that we sneak up on in small steps. Always remember that it is not what happens to you that matters. It is how you react to what happens to you that matters. If you are immortal personality, death is an experience and not the end. Sickness is an opportunity to gain understanding. However, always honor your human’s needs. I hope this answer is useful. Remember the old saying “Before enlightenment, chop wood, carry water. After enlightenment, chop wood, carry water.” Question 183 In Buddhism it is said

that ignorance leads to thinking there is a self and that considering yourself as “me” or “I” contributes to that. What is the alternative way to perceive the singular experience of the individual mind, if not “me” or “I”? Answered October 2, 2020 Answer What we experience is first filtered in our mostly unconscious mind. After it has been rejected as unimportant, or modified to agree with our worldview (beliefs, instincts), what remains is perception of our world as we have been taught to expect. Given that is true, our “I think I am this” is more a culturally learned self. That mostly unconscious process of developing perception is guided by two imperatives. One is our human’s urge to assure dominance of its gene pool. The other is our discerning urge to understand. Our human’s instincts dominate at birth. For most of us, they continue to dominate our entire life. Of course, our discerning intellect has a little influence throughout life, but typically, without conscious intention, few people even realize their sense of self is a version of their actual self. I like how the Katha Upanishad (23) puts it: 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the

wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. 1-III-8. But whoso is possessed of a discriminating intellect and a restrained mind, and is ever pure, attains that goal from which he is not born again. 1-III-9. But the man who has a discriminating intellect as his driver, and a controlled-mind as the reins, reaches the end of the path – that supreme state of Vishnu. Samsara is Hindu for the cycle of death and rebirth as life is bound to the material world. Now take a look at what James Carpenter tells us with his book, First Sight Theory. I discuss the theory in About First Sight Theory: (31) In his book, Carpenter explains that people first sense the world psychically. As he puts it: “What if ESP is like subliminal perception? What if psychokinesis is like unconsciously but psychologically meaningful expressive behaviors?” He answers these questions with12 corollaries address the perceptual process: (paraphrasing): 1. Personalness Corollary: The unconscious processes that constitute consciousness are personal and deliberate. 2a. Ubiquity Corollary Part 1: Psi sensing is

not limited by time or distance. 2b. Ubiquity Corollary Part 2: Psychokinesis contributes to the formation of experience by bringing intention to bear upon the physical processes of the nervous system. 3. Integration Corollary: Other preconscious processes are processed together with psi in a rapid, holistic, efficient, unconscious manner to format experience and action. 4. Anticipation Corollary: The mind seeks to anticipate events. 5. Weighting and Signing Corollary: The importance of sensory and extrasensory information is weighted as being more or less important before it is acted upon. 6. Summation Corollary: The content of conscious experience, emotional states and behavioral choices are constituted in a summative way by unconscious thought. 7. Bidirectionality Corollary: In this summative process, the person may turn toward information (signed positively) to include it in the construction of experience, affect or action, or turn away from information (signed negatively) and exclude it. 8. Intentionality Corollary: Including or excluding information is a function of unconscious intention in regard to an element of potential meaning. 9. Switching Corollary: A person will be fairly consistent in how information is processed, (but) may switch in how information is weighted, the sign attributed to it, and therefore, whether or not it is included in behavior. This switching will occur rapidly or slowly depending on the consistency and purity (focus) of unconscious intention, and this, in turn, is determined by the relative weight of the information over time, situational factors that promote or diminish critical analysis, changes of approach in a task

and mood. Persons who are disposed to switch rapidly include those who: • • • tend to approach situations cognitively and analytically lack consistent purpose and motivation take a detached-observer posture toward most situations • are chronically ambivalent • are cognitively disorganized are highly distractible Persons who tend to switch slowly, conversely, tend to be persons who: • approach situations globally and holistically • are strongly and consistently purposive • engage themselves wholeheartedly in situations • are not overly self-doubting or uncertain • are well-integrated cognitively • are prone to hold focus purposively and not become distracted • are dissociative (when in certain states). 10. Extremity Corollary: The frequency of switching affects the relative density of accumulated additive or subtractive references to the meaning in question. Rapid switching renders potential meaning irrelevant to ongoing experience. 11. Inadvertency and Frustration Corollary: Information gathered via psi is not available to conscious experience but does contribute to the formation of conscious experience by the arousal of anticipatory networks of ideas and feelings (assuming that they are heavily weighted, afforded slow switching and approached with the intention of assimilation). Because of this arousal, their action can be glimpsed consciously only by observing thoughts, feelings and behaviors that are inadvertent; that is, not intentional and not obviously caused by any current experiences. Someone who has become skillful in interpreting them is thought of as relatively psychic. 12. Liminality Corollary: The arousal of anticipatory networks of ideas and feelings resulting from unconscious psi information may be

considered liminal ones, in terms of the boundary between conscious and unconscious thought. Habitual interest in liminal experiences facilitates expression of psi processes (openness), leading to unconscious reference to psi material (and other streams of unconscious material). A more positive, open, secure state of mind will tend to facilitate reference to a broader spectrum of contextual, potentially liminal experience. Here, luminal means on the threshold between unconscious and conscious; just becoming conscious. The Katha Upanishad represents a 4,000-year-old lesson from the God of Death to a seeker. It is based on oral tradition from the Indus Valley between Pakistan and India. Sanskrit also evolved out of that region. Remembering that I am not a scholar of ancient history, I speculate that the oral tradition has a direct connection to the 6,000-year-old teaching of the Hermetic Tradition out of ancient Egypt. First Sight Theory is based on modern psychology and parapsychological research. The book is substantial and worth a read. While it refers to psychic functioning, the theory is state-of-the-art for describing how we think. Consider this, the Katha Upanishad and First Sight Theory depend on the same foundation concept that we have a subconscious perceptual process that needs to be managed for clear perception. As I think of it, the sense of “I am this” is our discerning intellect while our “I think I am this” is our human-dominated sense of self. The Mindful Way (16) is a process of seeking to align our personal reality with actual reality by

habitually examining our every thought and action with the intention to understand their implications. Question 184 Has anyone turned their backs on spiritualism after realizing they were spiritual bypassing? How has this shaped your view of spiritualism and did it keep you stuck in the trauma? Answered September 28, 2020 Answer I have to admit that I had to look up “spiritual bypassing.” See What Is Spiritual Bypassing? (154) Is the question “did spiritualism keep me stuck in the trauma”? Or is it “did turning my back on spiritualism keep me stuck in the trauma”? Since “spiritual bypassing is a psychotherapist’s term, I am going to assume that you think studying spiritualism may have caused you to be stuck in your trauma. As it happens, some of the most aggressive anti-spiritualism academics I have encountered are in the field of psychology. Yet, few I have encountered are reasonably informed about the metaphysical concepts. That red flag should give people reason to be extra discerning about what they have to say about things spiritual. According to the article cited above, spiritual bypassing is using “spiritual ideas and practices to sidestep personal, emotional ‘unfinished business,’ to shore up a shaky sense of self, or to belittle basic needs, feelings, and developmental tasks.” Spiritualism is defined as the belief in discarnate, sentient personality and its ability to communicate with still physical people. I think “spiritual” is used here to mean the pursuit of greater understanding about the nature of reality and our personal

relationship with it. The assumption is that we are more than our physical body. This does not require survival of personality after bodily death, only that we have a discerning nature that is different than our human instincts. Perhaps the hardest path to follow is recognition of and understanding about the implications of personal responsibility. I would say that a person who turns to a spiritual teacher to solve personal problems misses the point. Self-education is the remedy. Failure to become reasonably well informed may well create problems as described in the reference article. There are a lot of different views on what spiritual is. In my study, the objective is to align personal reality (worldview) with actual reality. This is often referred to as gaining lucidity and manifests as increasing discernment. Our choices are dominated by human instincts, especially when we are young. Personal responsibility comes in when we accept that “just human nature” is no excuse for our behavior. In the context of this question, spiritual seeking appears to mean dealing with the personal problems of being guided by human nature rather than discerning intellect. In the physicalist view, we are expected to react to situations as we have been taught by our culture. That usually means our reaction is no better informed than is the average person in our circle of friends. In the spiritual view, what happens to us is not nearly as important as how we react to what happens to us. A positive attitude

often trumps expectation of negative results. Discernment means objectively examining the implications of experiences rather than assigning blame. Based on the way that psychotherapist define spiritual bypassing, I would say that he did not accept the idea that discerning intellect can manage human instincts. Part of discernment is wisely picking your teachers. I recommend more self-education. Question 185 Can you be a spiritualist, and find relief in the planets and crystals, as well as praying to God? Answered September 28, 2020 Answer Spiritualism with a small “s” is the idea that we exist as sentient personality after physical death and are able to communicate with those still in the physical after we transition out of this lifetime. Spiritualism with a capital “S” refers to organized societies based on the religion, science and philosophy of spiritualism. Neither small nor capital “s” spiritualism involves praying to God. In fact, Spiritualism is really only a church in the sense that they seek to provide a community of likeminded people. The real focus is on the spiritual maturity of individuals gained through understanding Natural Law. Working with our loved ones on the other side of life is more the application of that understanding than a religious act. Organized Spiritualism teaches continuation of life through the ways it is experienced. Mediumship is the process in which a trained individual communicates information from discarnate loved ones to those of us still in the flesh. The same can be said of healing intention. Spiritualists maintain that it

is not the Spiritualist healer who is doing the work. He or she is seen as a conduit for the healing intention of discarnate personalities. In that sense, crystals and astrology are not usually seen as evidence of survival and such concepts would be seen as a distraction. In practice, though, the intention expressed while working with crystals, for instance, does have value. Intending a flower to be helpful can make it so. It is the intention and clear visualization of the intended outcome. The rest is RATIONALLY behaving as if it is so. By “find relief,” I am going to guess that you are referring to finding support in a time of emotional need. Spiritualism teaches us personal responsibility. Our loved ones on the other side will do what they can if you give them permission, but we have personal responsibility. That cannot be forgiven or somehow taken away from us. One of the lessons of spiritualism is that we transition out of this lifetime into a new aspect of reality but the self-aware essence of who we are does not cease to exist. If you can internalize that idea as part of your worldview, you will understand what is intended by “It is not what happens to you but how you react to what happens to you.” Question 186 What is ethics based on its scientific and philosophical senses? Answered September 28, 2020 Answer I answer as an engineer and not as an academic philosopher. The terms moral

codes and code of ethics are typically used interchangeably. In practice, they are written by companies and designed to tell employees how to behave so as to protect the good name of the company. They tend to be directives in the form of “thou shalt not.” In that view, morals are socially specific expected behavior. Morality for one community may be rather different for another. Ethics tend to be more fundamental. By that, I mean they are practiced as a personal view of right and wrong. Here, we must talk about the nature of who we are. It is a given that we are humans and are strongly influenced by human instincts. Our primary human instinct is to assure the survival and dominance of our gene pool. For our human, it may be ethical to kill another human to assure dominance of personal genes. For most communities, the moral thing to do is not to kill. It is a community-level agreement to assure the survival of the community. An individual will instinctively go along as long as the individual identifies with the community as part of his or her gene survival. On the other hand, killing is allowed to assure one’s community survives better than someone else’s community. We appear to have a spiritual nature. That is, we are human with human instincts, but we are also a spiritual being with spiritual instincts. This duality is frontier science, and the jury is still out as to the nature of this

duality. (Here, I am not using spiritual in a religious sense. I am using it in the sense of our altruistic, selfless, discerning intellect.) The behavior of people tends to be on a spectrum from almost entirely governed by human instincts to those instincts being increasingly moderated by discerning intellect. When I think of ethics, I do not think of the influence of human instincts. I think of the influence of discerning intellect. Question 187 What are the effects of metaphysical problems on human acts? Answered September 23, 2020 Answer “Metaphysical problems” may not be the best term for this question. Metaphysics is the study of fundamental principles of reality. Those principles are neutral in the same way as such physical principles as the natural rate of decay or the mass of an electron are neutral. The scope of metaphysics is typically defined by mainstream academia as anything evolving out of the singularity popularly known as “The Big Bang.” In mainstream thought, mind is held to be the product of brain and brain is seen as having evolved from that singularity. That can be summed up as the Physicalist view. In the Dualist view, the Physicalist view may be correct for physical principles and origin of the brain. But in Physical Dualism (my term), consciousness is still seen as evolving from biological brain but existing in a nonphysical aspect of reality that is, in effect, collocated with the physical. Still, when brain dies, only residual energy of consciousness is thought

to remain. That nonphysical aspect is sometimes referred to as the Psi Field (155) in parapsychology. It is suggested by Bohm in his Implicate Order Hypothesis. (6) In Strict Dualism (my term), consciousness is seen as evolving independent of biological brain. It is seen as native to a greater aspect of reality some metaphysicians refer to as the etheric. These three models of reality are important to this answer. It is up to the reader to decide which is more useful. “Human Acts” in the question necessarily implies consciousness and might be better termed as “choices.” If “choices” is acceptable, then the discussion is about the metaphysical nature of conscious choice. I will answer in terms of the implication of natural principles on our choices. There are two important aspects of who we are. On the one hand, we are humans and are strongly influenced by our survival instincts. That means we have an underlying urge to assure the survival and supremacy of our gene pool. That means we tend to automatically do things that improve our ability to find the best mate for reproduction, the best schools to assure our children are superior to others and vote to assure the dominance of our clan. If you look closely, the majority of human acts are based on human instincts. Very few are truly altruistic. I will say that Metaphysical Principle 1 is human instinct-driven choices. On the other hand, we are spiritual beings. It does not matter if you think

our spiritual nature is symbiotic with our human (Strict Dualism) or the natural product of our biological processes (Physicalisms). The end result is that, along with our urge to dominate comes the altruistic urge to cooperate as a citizen of the community. I will say that Metaphysical Principle 2 is spiritual instinct-driven choices. The question that must be asked is about the dual nature our consciousness. Why do we have an apparent biological mind and a spiritual mind? Are they two different minds? I have not found helpful answers to these questions in Physicalism or Physical Dualism. However, a useful model based on Strict Dualism is that we are a spiritual being experiencing a physical lifetime as a human. Our human has a mind that can be described in terms of Morphic Resonance (20) as a collective consciousness. While each human has its own instance of consciousness, the species share a collective evolution of instincts. I will say that Metaphysical Principle 3 is the physical evolution of the biological organism. Also in this model, our spiritual nature is an instance of life, and it has a distinct consciousness and probably, shared evolution of spiritual instincts. In this model, the two minds are entangled at the birth of the human, probably when the baby exits the protection of the mother’s aura. I will say that Metaphysical Principle 4 is etheric evolution of the spiritual organism. I model entanglement of the biological and spiritual self as a sharing of worldviews. Worldview is

the filter which determines what we consciously experience. At birth, our perception is dominated by our human’s instincts. Most people remain that way throughout their lifetime. However, some people begin to moderate the influence of human instincts with discerning intellect. It is this moderating effect we refer to as increasing lucidity which is defined as clearly sensing reality. I will say that Metaphysical Principle 5 is the entanglement of the biological and spiritual organism as a person during this lifetime. Even if you do not accept the idea of Dualism, it is a fact that our choices are based on a balance of survival instincts and altruism. As I sought to understand my spiritual nature, I have found no evidence that my spiritual self is fearful. All of my fear responses are based on my human’s instincts and its fear of death. Owning guns, belief in conspiracy theories, willingness to impose religious and ideological standards on others and overly aggressive business practices are typical markers of survival instinct-driven decision making. Compassion is a marker of spiritual instincts. A society that seeks to raise quality of life for all citizens tends to reflect the recognition that conscious self is more important than physical body. That is a choice based on acquired discerning intellect. I will say that Metaphysical Principle 6 is the urge to seek spiritual maturity. Asking about the influence of natural principles on daily choices suggests the awakening of spiritual urges few people experience. Congratulations! Question 188 Why is

getting into spiritualism so hard? Answered September 22, 2020 Answer There are three primary kinds of spiritualism: 1. The first is basic spiritualism (small “s”) which is based on acceptance of the evidence that we are both a human body and a spiritual being. In spiritualism, our spiritual aspect is thought to have existed before this lifetime and is expected to continue to exist in a sentient, self-aware form after this lifetime. Spiritualism comes from the idea that we who are still in the flesh are able to communicate with those who are no longer in the physical. 2. Organized Spiritualism (capital “S”), such as the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (NSAC) (45) in the USA and the Spiritualist National Union (SNU) (156) in the UK are formed around the idea of communication with loved ones who are no longer in this lifetime. While Spiritualist organizations are registered as nonprofit churches, the church part is mainly because they provide a community for like-minded folk. They are very interested in helping people understand the related science and philosophy, as well as how to apply that knowledge in their lives. 3. Spiritualism as in seeking personal spiritual understanding is probably what this question is intended to address. Seeking personal spiritual understanding is not typically thought of in terms of spiritualism. Being spiritually mature, for instance, is related to the idea of having more than average understanding of our personal nature and having some success in applying that understanding in daily living. As

common usage, spirit refers to the vital principle or animating force of life; the indestructible essence of self-conscious life. A person expressing the high ideals of citizenship in the greater reality might be referred to as spiritual or being spiritual. You can say Soul and Heaven, but many people prefer to avoid such religious connotation. Not as disrespect for religions but to remain open to all forms of guidance. Seeking is not about religion, belief or God. It is about deliberately applying known principles to daily choices. It is true that gaining spiritual maturity can be difficult. But what are the expectations? If we are expecting a flash of blinding light and sudden spiritual masterhood, in my fifty plus years of seeking, I know of no one who has achieved that. Remember the Zen saying “Before enlightenment, chop wood, carry water. After enlightenment, chop wood and carry water.” Seeking spirituality is a daily process that requires self-education and the determination to gain understanding from daily experiences. One must do the work … every day. We are both a human and a spiritual being. We as spiritual being are the dominant consciousness of this relationship, and it is we who seeks understanding. However, our human instincts dominate how we act, almost entirely when we are young, and without conscious intervention, only a little less as we mature. Consider the Lucidity Model Diagram shown below. Think of enlightenment as the realization that we are more than our body and there is a

reason to understand what that means. Very few people cross the Enlightenment Threshold to begin consciously seeking to understand their spiritual nature. The first challenge is to accept that seeking is something that must be done and is not something that magically happens to us. In the above diagram, the left side represents the members of humanity who continue to think of themselves as their human. There every thought and action is dominated by their human urge to assure the supremacy of their gene pool. Think about that for a moment. Being entirely human means ignoring our spiritual aspect. If we are in this lifetime to gain understanding through experiences of daily living, our task is to live as a human. Spiritual maturity is learning how to manage the influence of instincts but not to eliminate their influence. Here, the real lesson is that what matters is not what happens to us but how we react to what happens to us. I think I have met spiritual masters who were gardeners and schoolteachers. Exalted is the one who sees the lesson behind the experience. Often, the very rich and powerful are spiritually the least of us. Social stature ends at transition out of this lifetime, but spiritual understanding is thought to be forever. The right side of the diagram represents those of us who have achieved a degree of understanding about our true nature. That understanding is sometimes referred to as lucidity. That is, people become more lucid or who

more clearly senses as their worldview become more in agreement with the actual nature of reality. Left-to-right is a continuum of increasing lucidity. From my experience, we converge on clearly sensing the actual nature of reality but most of us still have a lot of work to do. It happens as a process and not as a flash of light. Having the presence of mind to ask this question means you are already seeking. Hermes referred to the process of seeking as The Great Work. The Katha Upanishad advises the seeker to apply discerning intellect to every choice. In John 14 of the Bible, we see Jesus reminding his followers that he represented the three aspects of a teacher, meaning the lessons to be learned, a role model showing how the lessons are lived and the effect one can expect from gaining understanding. None of these teachers talked about easy choices, only choices that are informed by the desire to gain understanding. That is not an easy path, but even harder is waking up one morning wishing you had done the work. Question 189 How do you explain this recent study that demonstrates the sensory cortical regions: visual cortex and temporal cortex are indeed activated during mediumistic trance of spiritual hearing and apparitional experiences? Answered August 24, 2020 Answer The question related to “Neural correlates of psychotic-like experiences during spiritual-trance state” at researchgate.net/publication/317621796. First, ResearchGate is an important tool for researchers to share their work. Not everyone is able to

be published in the scarce space of peer-reviewed journals. (Note that this report is a draft that was apparently accepted by the Journal Psychiatry Research: Neuroimaging. It is important to note that the average person typically does not have access to published research material without paying a fee. Your access to this research is a good thing for the lay community. Second, the Researchers appear to be out of Brazil. Brazil is an important center for Spiritism. While Spiritualism is concerned with mediumship, Spiritism founded by Allan Kardec, depends on mediumship for its system of belief. As I understand, there are some very good Spiritist mediums. It also appears that the researchers are well informed about Spiritism. The researchers used what they referred to as kardecist mediums. Because of different techniques taught in different Spiritist schools, they stayed with one school and reduced their volunteer pool to eight they felt were able to provide clear results for the Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) (a technique for measuring and mapping brain activity). From the last paragraph: The main differences between the medium’s non-psychiatric and schizophrenia’s psychiatric experience is that mediums purposefully enter these states; whereas in schizophrenia, such states are involuntary. The activation pattern of sensory areas during a medium’s psychosis-like experience share some neurofunctional similarities with the hallucinatory episodes of schizophrenic patients but differ in the involvement of prefrontal cortex. From my study and personal experience, the brain should light up in a fMRI scan when the person seeks to

enter a meditative state with the intention to sense subtle forms of information. An untrained but naturally mediumistically sensitive person might easily fear schizophrenia-like mental illness. Both should image about the same. But let me take this discussion out of the area of survival metaphysics and into mainstream research. Consider First Sight Theory proposed by James Carpenter. See First Sight: a model and a theory of Psi ((47) and Perception. (72) It is reasonably well established that everyone has psychic sensing capabilities. Like athletes, some people are naturally more sensitive and some of those have trained to have more than average accuracy of reporting. This is a well-established characteristic of mind that is just now beginning to gain wide acceptance in mainstream science. Psychic function is not necessarily mediumship. It is correct to say that a medium is always psychic, but psychics do not always operate as mediums. The study applies to people who self-induce a mental state that is conducive to conscious psychic functioning. Whether they are contacting discarnate personalities does not appear to be important to the Brazilian scientist’s work. The only way I know of to tell if the person is reporting psychically or mediumistically is by studying the content of information being delivered. Question 190 Do plants have souls? Answered August 17, 2020 Answer Considering what is being reported about the relationship between our conscious self and our mostly unconscious mind, I have found that a useful model for our spiritual anatomy is to think of

it as a life field. Here, I use “spiritual” in the sense of being related to the greater reality, whatever that may be, and not in a religious sense. Also, to make it clear that this is not a religious model, I use “Personality” rather than “Soul.” Think of the life field as a building block of reality. I am modeling them as: Core personality representing the life field’s intention to progress by gaining understand through experience. Personality represents our “I am this,” as compared to conscious self’s “I think I am this.” Think of this functional area as our Observer. Mostly unconscious mind as a set of functions with which we develop perception and expression. This is where we receive environmental signals from our body and from other life fields. Perception leading to expression (what we send into the world such as movement commands to our body and presumably, psi signals to other life fields) is moderated by our worldview which represents what we think is true, our memory, biological instincts and acquired discerning intellect. Think of this functional area as our Judge. Conscious awareness representing our “I think I am this.” This is our Experiencer. In a simple sense, reality consists of life fields and the expression of life fields. Life fields are modeled here, arranged as a nested hierarchy. Each “nest” represents a different species or subgroup. For instance, our human body is a nested hierarchy of life fields with the top form as the body itself.

Skin cells represent a “nest” of life fields. As do organs and limbs. Each of these life fields have essentially the same functional areas of personality, unconscious mind and conscious self. the difference between, say, the human body and its component “nests” is the degree to which functions are expressed and the purpose inherited from the hierarchy. Following Rupert Sheldrake’s Hypothesis of Morphic Resonance, (20) the top organism is guided by a sort of body mind according to “Nature’s Habit.” Thus, each subgroup inherits purpose from the morphic field represented as body mind in the same way we inherit purpose from our core personality. In this model, each instance of a species inherits instincts from its morphic field. I know this is a tough concept to embrace all at once. (Perhaps some time spend in contemplation.) It is at a very fundamental level for a reason. In Strict Dualism, we as persons, can be modeled as an immortal personality entangled with a human avatar for this lifetime. That means we are two life fields but with different purposes. Our human’s purpose is to assure dominance of its gene pool as expressed by its instincts. Our immortal personality’s purpose is to gain understanding through experiences as a human. Our worldview and our human’s worldview are part of our mostly unconscious mind. Yes, unless we decide to manage them, our every decision is greatly influenced by our human’s instincts. If the life field model reasonably describes our etheric anatomy, it must also

apply to rabbits, trees and fish. In nature, life fields are fundamentally the same, but express their functional areas to different extents as directed by “Nature’s Habit (morphic field). It is good to remember that the ability of an organism to produce outward expressions such as movement, sounds and reaction to external stimuli is largely determined by its structure. A tree does not have legs or a voice box in the same sense as humans. In that sense, we are prejudiced to think Soul only comes in a human shape. In fact, there is no reason for us to assume that our pets are not an avatar for a symbiotic personality. For sure, I sometimes think my cat is a “Watcher.” My answer then, is that all life forms share the same spiritual anatomy (Observer, Judge and Experiencer). Based on my understanding of the science, what we are learning from the study of trans-etheric influences (mediumship, Psi functioning, EVP) and analysis of the implications of existence, I feel that the difference between a tree and a person (entangled avatar-personality) is purpose and the limits of biological structure. Yes, I argue that plants have souls. Question 191 What does it mean to not be self aware? Answered July 26, 2020 Answer Self-awareness does not come to us as a light shining into a dark room. It is a state of awareness that emerges from habitually examining the implications of our thoughts and actions. It leads to a subtle sense of understanding

about the world we live in. This, not as a great knowing, but as if greeting a friend. There are always questions. Uncertainty remains, but with progression comes personal confidence based on the actual rather than belief. I have come to think of self-awareness in terms of lucidity which is the mental quality of sensing the actual nature of the world around us—both physical and spiritual. Lucidity is relative. Think of it as a spectrum. On one extreme—that which we are trying to overcome—is the influence of our human instincts. In that mental state, our every action is guided by our instinctual urge to assure the dominance of our gene pool above all others. The influence of instincts is an unconscious urge. The resulting outward conscious action is based on justification we have rationalized … without questioning. The other extreme of the Lucidity Spectrum is awareness and understanding of the nature of reality, our nature and our relationship with reality. It is important to note that this is not sensing heaven. Our awareness of the actual nature of the greater reality is based on our current awareness. Our task is to incrementally expand our current awareness. In time, it will embrace all of reality. Becoming lucid means interacting with our world while habitually examining our reasons for each action. Are our actions based on examined thought or are we acting as our human’s instincts dictate? What are the implications of our actions? Are we being a cooperative citizen or are

we behaving as we have been taught by our culture, our family … church to serve an ideology? Are we acting based on our growing awareness of the actual or are we simply repeating popular wisdom? There are three opposites of lucidity. One is ignorance which is assuming understanding that is not actual. The other is inattention which comes from not realizing that there are questions to ask. The third opposite comes from fear. It is arguable that people always act in ways for which they feel justified. While that justification may be simple rationalization based on personal desire, the underlying motivation of our actions are too often based on fear. Other than for sport, gun ownership is an example of a mostly unconscious fear response. Prejudice is another. Ideologies are often based o fear of others. One important myth seekers need to understand is that, while meditation might give us access to our mostly unconscious mind, it does not give us access to awareness of the actual nature of reality. Our unconscious mind can only tell us what we have been taught is true. That is why it is so important to examine our every thought in an effort to understand the implications. Understand the implications and not the thought. Are the results of our actions what we intend? Is that channeled message from spirit actual or is it simply the medium’s unconscious beliefs? Our mostly unconscious mind only changes in small steps. It hates to change once a

decision is made. That is why becoming self-aware is a living process and not an event. The mental tools we use to decide are very slow to change. The one tool we have to cause that change is intention always expressed; results always examined. This answer is complex. I have tried to find words that will make sense, but it is up to each of us to find our way of understanding their meaning and learning to make that meaning part of our life as we seek self-awareness. What I refer to as lucidity. Question 192 Could someone define and explain what is spiritualism. Is it related to spirits? I am thoroughly confused. Answered May 5, 2020 Answer I answered How do I become a good rationalist, humanist and spiritualist? (Book 1, Question 219) And Is there a difference between psychics and spiritualists? (Book 1, Question 198) with similar answers. There is a distinction between the philosophical view of spiritualism and organized Spiritualism. Here are the definitions I use for the important terms: Spirit is used to describe a personality (entity, ghost, angel, god …) in the nonphysical aspect of reality (heaven, etheric, Psi Filed). These days, people seem to prefer that we name the personality rather than referring to them as a spirit. For instance, if it is a ghost, call it a ghost. If it is long dead Uncle John, name him. It is correct to say that someone is in spirit, meaning they have transitioned to the

other side (physically dead). Spiritual is a term used to describe a state of mind in which a person is turned toward the higher ideals of life (humanist, respect for others, love of life). Spiritualism (capital “S”) is a system of thought based on the acceptance that we have a nonphysical aspect that continues after physical death. Some argue that this aspect is immortal, having existed before this lifetime and existing after as a sentient, self-aware intelligence. From the National Spiritualist Society of Churches (45) website: Spiritualism is the Science, Philosophy, and Religion of continuous life, based upon the demonstrated fact of communication, by means of mediumship, with those who live in the Spirit World. Spiritualism Is a Science because it investigates, analyzes and classifies facts and manifestations demonstrated from the spirit side of life. Spiritualism Is a Philosophy because it studies the Laws of Nature both on the seen and unseen sides of life and bases its conclusions upon present observed facts. It accepts statements of observed facts of past ages and conclusions drawn therefrom, when sustained by reason and by results of observed facts of the present day. Spiritualism Is a Religion because it strives to understand and to comply with the Physical, Mental and Spiritual Laws of Nature, which are the laws of God. Spiritualist (capital “S”) is a term used to name a person who has aligned thinking with the system of thought known as Spiritualism. Spiritualism (small “s”) is the belief that we have a

nonphysical aspect which continues to live on the other side of physical death. A spiritualist (small “s”) is a person who accepts concepts associated with spiritualism. Generally speaking, any person who accepts the idea of survival is at least spiritualist-minded. However, most people have other ways of describing themselves. Question 193 How do you know that we are spiritual beings having human experiences rather than human beings having spiritual experiences? Answered April 19, 2020 Answer The short answer is that, to my knowledge, physical-biological scientists have not explained how conscious mind is produced by our human biological organism. At the same time, parapsychologists have not arrived at a consensus Dualist model. Until a widely accepted, useful model describing consciousness emerges, the nature of our consciousness must be a philosophical question that is best answered in a way that furthers our personal growth. Dualism For me, as a long-time seeker of greater lucidity, I seem to gain more personal awareness when I think of myself as an immortal personality entangled with my human for this lifetime. I see my purpose as the urge to understand this human experience. That is what I think of as the dualistic, personality-centric perspective, meaning that I seek to understand myself as if I am an immortal personality entangled with my human avatar for this lifetime. When my body is no longer able to support me in the physical, I expect to return to my natural habitat in the greater reality which I refer to as

the etheric. Physicalism Physicalism is the more widely accepted perspective. In that, consciousness is the product of biological functions in the brain. In physicalism, consciousness is treated as physical energy. The actual creation of consciousness is sometimes attributed to quantum-level effects of microtubules in brain fiber. However, only regions of brain-cell activity have been defined in relation to specific functions. It remains a mystery for how consciousness and brain tissue are integrated. In one version in physicalism, consciousness ceases to exist when the brain dies. The only way we survive is if someone remembers us or we have a building named after us. The second version in physicalism is that the physical energy representing consciousness lingers and can somehow be psychically sensed. That is the Super-Psi Hypothesis. The principle of Conservation of Energy is often cited for how the memory of consciousness lingers. Psi Field To decide if we are humans dreaming we are immortal personality or immortal personality having a human experience, it is necessary to understand what is known about consciousness. In doing so, it is useful to note that mainstream scientists are largely physicalists and seldom even consider the research of parapsychologists who range from physicalists to dualists. The consequence is that parapsychological research is often ignored by learned people who seek to explain the nature of consciousness. Here are a few terms we need to agree on: Psychic — the ability to sense the subtle energy of consciousness. This is referred to as anomalous access of

information. Psychokinesis — the ability to mentally influence physical objects. The movement of objects is one form of this, but more common is the apparent mental influence on physical processes. For instance, the output of Random Event Generators (REG) tends to change in randomness when in proximity to meditating people. Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is thought to be a form of psychokinetic influence on the randomness of audio-frequency noise. Psi — the influence of thought. Thought is best modeled as a conceptual process. In psychokinesis, the influence of thought is a conceptual-to-physical influence. While we think of physical energy as force and differences in potential the equivalent in thought is attention (force) and intention (potential). Psi Field — media of propagation for the effect of Psi. According to the Psi Filed Hypothesis, it permeates all of physical space. It is nonlocal, meaning that there is no apparent distance in Psi space. A Psi influence experienced in New York is simultaneously, equally experienced in Seattle. All of these concepts are supported by research. Consider A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena (36) and Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research. (35) From my personal work, I recommend A Model for EVP. (8). and Trans-Survival Hypothesis. (78) Discerning Intellect Beginning with the personal improvement instructions offered by Hermes of Egypt some 6,000 years ago, humankind has been repeatedly advised to develop discernment, and in effect, consciously take control of our human. The model I find most useful

for this is that we share worldview with our human avatar. That is, our conscious perception is determined by what we have been taught is true and our human instincts and acquired discerning intellect. Our human’s survival instincts dominate unless we consciously moderate them. It is the influence of discerning intellect that guides that moderation. In effect, by thinking of ourselves as a human and an immortal personality, it is possible to develop ourselves as a more compassionate, spiritual person. Remember that our human’s influence is to kill if necessary to assure the dominance of its gene pool. Lucidity Spectrum As it is used here, lucidity means to more or less clearly sense the actual nature of our environment. In terms of dualism, the spectrum of lucidity ranges from total immersion as “I am my body” to unobstructed perception in which we sense the actual nature of sensed information (I am this). That is, our degree of lucidity is measured by how well the content of our worldview is aligned with the actual nature of reality. The objective of a seeker is to align personal reality so that it agrees with actual reality. I know of no one who is on that far spiritual end of the spectrum; however, I know many who are consciously moving in that direction via mindful living. As a side benefit, it is becoming clear that, as people strive to develop greater lucidity, they tend to become more consciously Psi expressive. The dual nature of

how we develop perception provides an important indicator of our actual nature. Remembering that evidence inherits credibility from related, credible evidence, here are the related facts: • Physical-biological scientists have not produced an effective model for the biological origin of consciousness. • It is well-established that all people have some degree of psychic ability. • Psi functioning (psychic expression) is known to be propagated in a ubiquitous nonlocal field that permeates physical space. • There is no known way to shield from Psi. This supports the idea of nonlocality. • It is possible to improve our psychic ability by consciously seeking greater lucidity. • The difference in behavior between the influence of unmoderated human instincts, and human instincts that are moderated by spiritual instincts, is best explained by dualism. As a person who has studied these concepts, produced some of the phenomena and tested dualistic models, I find that the more rational perspective is Dualism. That is, I am not my body. I am in an entangled relationship with my body for this lifetime. The implications of this are profound: • What I do now matters here and hereafter. • Dying does not offer escape from personal responsibility. • Ethics are spiritual and morality is local. • My job is to live this lifetime as well as I can as a beneficial citizen of this local venue and as a cooperative citizen of the greater reality. • Experiences are neither good nor bad, only opportunities to gain greater understanding. •

I need always be mindful of the difference between my spiritual urges and my human’s instincts. • Honor my human as I honor myself. Total immersion in entanglement as a person means that I cannot tell the difference between my conscious self and my physical self. Enlightenment means that I can move my perspective from that place in my head behind my eye to the greater reality as a participating observer. My answer, then, is that we are demonstrably “spiritual beings having human experiences.” As a personal note, even if we are not, behaving as if we are, gives us important tools for personal improvement. Spiritual seekers who are not dominated by dogma tend to be more compassionate and rational citizens. Good question! Question 194 Is our subconscious mind the same thing as our spirit? Answered April 4, 2020 Answer Spirit Think of spirit as another term for the etheric. Parapsychologists talk of a Psi Field which propagates the influence of thought. In religion, the greater reality is thought of as the body of God. Spirit is that body. In metaphysics, it is the reality field. When a person dies, what some describe as transition out of this lifetime to new “atmospheres and awareness,” they are said to be in spirit. Many people do refer to “our spirit.” We all have a sense of what they mean, but it is never sure if they know what they mean. Are they speaking of their Soul? Do they mean the ideal of

who they are as in “The spirit of the message”? Are they talking about nature spirits? Using Dualism, it is more useful to think of our mind in four parts: 1. Our human’s instincts (Avatar) 2. Our conscious awareness or self (Experiencer) 3. Our mostly unconscious mind as source of perception and expression (Judge) 4. Our core personality as purpose, acquired understanding and discerning intellect. (Observer) Even if you do not subscribe to the dualistic model, behaving as if it is true is useful for learning how to manage your unconscious mind. The explanation for that is beyond the scope of the question. In short, our unconscious mind includes our worldview which is like a database that holds memory and what we think is true. Our human’s instincts are also in there, as is our discerning intellect. Conscious perception is formed in the unconscious part of our mind— by the Judge—and is colored by our worldview. The bottom line is that our spiritual nature, that which we may think of as our spirit (personality or observer) is overshadowed by our human’s instincts unless we learn to consciously moderate our thoughts. Enlightenment is the realization that such moderation is necessary. Discerning intellect leading to greater lucidity is the degree to which we succeed. Section 6 ITC Introduction When Lisa and I agreed to assume leadership of the American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomena (AA-EVP) in 1982 from its founder Sarah Estep, the phenomena were relatively new. I think because there were

so few people who even knew about EVP, we were often referred to as “The EVP people.” Ernst Senkowski (157) is credited with coining the name, Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC), mainly to address a cluster of phenomena associated with Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fischbach (158) That cluster of phenomena included some pretty astounding examples of television and audio communication. Some of the old-time researchers seemed a little irritated that we coopted ITC to mean all forms of instrument-aided trans-etheric phenomena. Of course, EVP remained the best known but to be technically correct, ITC consists of a suite of phenomena primarily in the category of voice or audio ITC and visual or optical ITC. We take the trans- prefix to mean across the veil. To be consistent, we increasingly talk of all forms of intended trans-etheric influence as transcommunication. Mediumship, for instance is personal or direct transcommunication. The AA-EVP was initially a dues-supported organization with members living in many countries. While we were primarily focused on EVP, we addressed many other forms of phenomena, as well. To be more inclusive and to be more inviting to people to bring us their not-EVP examples, we changed the name to Association TransCommunication (ATransC). That happened about the same time that social media was really gaining in popularity and our members were drifting off to friendlier, easier, more fun social media such as Facebook. To some extent, thanks to the White Noise movie we helped sell, ghost hunting was also becoming more popular. Meanwhile, our focus

was increasingly turning toward study of the implications of transcommunication. What does it tell us about reality and our place in it? I personally felt almost an urgent need to understand why some people turn toward the pursuit of greater spiritual maturity while the majority did not. Examining the available science, it did not seem that the academic community was including what we know from transcommunication in their metaphysical modeling. To answer our questions, it seemed necessary to strike out on our own by developing more inclusive models. As we pursued our metaphysical study, our view of EVP changed from it being the star of our interest to something akin to a lab rat. EVP is not a reliable tool for grief management. Loud noises from the makers and self-proclaimed experts were beginning to drown out rational discussions about EVP. It became necessary to step back and let social dynamics take their course while trying to maintain a reputation as an honest broker. All of this is to say that our evolution of understanding about survival metaphysics has taken us away from our earlier fascination with ITC. It is in this book because it is important. It is last because it is no longer the hero of the story, only one of the players. Question 195 Does EVP actually work? Answered April 19, 2022 Answer This answer is written with the understanding that “EVP” is intended to mean “Electronic Voice Phenomena.” Be clear that this answer is from the perspective

of transform EVP which are collected with a simple recording of background noise which is transformed into voice. We do not recommend any of the spirit box devices that depend on radio reception or previously recorded bits of speech. EVP are instances of anomalous speech found in audio recordings for which there are no explanations based on known physical principles. EVP examples can be found under the ITC Tab at ATransC. (43) ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (17) and A Model for EVP - ATransC (8) are two online documents that will help you understand and work with EVP. One of the ways we test to see if EVP examples are speech or noise is with online listening tests. See EVP Online Listening Trials (159) for example. That report includes many examples of EVP and a note about how others have heard them. We have found that, on average, around 25% of online listeners will hear and correctly understand an example. We think people’s openness to things paranormal has an influence on their ability to make out the speech. Anyone can expect to record paranormal speech, but there are no assurances that contact can be made with a particular person. The utterances are typically short and difficult to understand. A person wanting to contact a loved one would do better working with a good medium. See the Forever Family Foundation. (140) The mannerisms, sex and apparent age of the person speaking in transform EVP can sometimes be recognized. Some experienced

practitioners have recorded many examples spoken by a known person, often in response to a question. Based on my study, EVP are best explained at this time as the influence of mental intended order on chaotic physical processes. Dualism seems to be the best model to help explain who is communicating. In that, we are all etheric personalities in a symbiotic relationship with our avatar human. If this is true, the only real difference between a still physical person and a “dead” person is that the “dead” person has no physical body. If that is true, it is arguable that EVP could be initiated by a discarnate or incarnate person. It is the message that must tell us the difference. As such, EVP is evidence of communication, but it is not proof of survival by itself. While EVP are sometimes helpful for grief management, they are not so good for learning new information via the utterances. As the saying goes, being dead does not mean all-knowing. People who use it for ghost hunts need to understand that there probably is no such thing as a “local” ghost. While there may be thoughtforms we associate with a spooky place, EVP do not necessarily indicate a local ghost. The etheric is nonlocal and an EVP can apparently be initiated from any personality anywhere. We might record the local ghost because that is what we expect. In my mind, the usefulness of EVP is as a sort of lab rat for studying other

apparently paranormal phenomena. Because of the apparent nonlocality of the Psi Field (and of mind), we have nothing that will block Psi. EVP gives us a way to study nonlocality. It may also be found useful for mind training. Certainly, it is a way of understanding that Dualism is more useful than physicalism in describing reality and who we are. Question 196 Do you have any experience with the Electronic Voice Phenomenon, the use of electronic equipment to communicate with the dead? Answered November 13, 2021 Answer Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are instances of speech found in audio recordings, the presence of which is not currently able to be explained with known physical principles. Popular opinion is that they are initiated by discarnate personalities; however, the best model we have seen holds that an incarnate person (the practitioner or an interested observer) is required to enable the trans-etheric influence. (Because of nonlocality, the interested observer could be anywhere in the world.) In Strict Dualism, a physical person is modeled the same as a “dead” person except that the physical person is entangled with a body. That means that some EVP may be initiated by a discarnate personality, but others are possibly initiated by a physical person. So, you can see, we think the etheric-physical relationship afforded by a physical person is necessary for EVP formation. As a co-Director of the Association TransCommunication (24) [formally the American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomena (AA-EVP)], I both recorded and examined hundreds of other

people’s examples. You can review examples under the ITC Tab at ATransC. (43). It is our practice to encourage people to record for themselves. As in mental mediumship, received messages are always suspect when there is a third party involved. While it is reasonable for a person to learn how to record for EVP, there are no guarantees that a particular person will be contacted. We also recommend that people stick to transform EVP, which are collected with a simple audio recorder and available background noise. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (17) Until my wife took up the study of EVP in 1987, I spent my life, first as a self-proclaimed Beatnik, then as a New Ager focused on personal potential. Then in 2000, we assumed leadership of the AA-EVP and I changed my focus from human potential to survival metaphysics. This change was initiated by such early EVP recorded by Lisa as the “Release and remember” in response to Lisa asking what she should do about a dead bird, and “I miss you Lisa” clearly spoken in Lisa’s then “dead” mother’s voice. I am an NSAC (45) certified medium and for some time have routinely “stood and delivered” “spirit greetings” at Spiritualist Society meetings. I have been reasonably evidential often enough to accept in my own mind that at least some of what I sensed was from discarnate loved ones. This awareness has taught me that difficult to understand phenomena can gain credibility from the credibility of similar

phenomena. For instance, mental influence of a random event generator to cause greater order in the output appears to be similar to mental influence of chaotic noise to produce EVP. I still fear death. Well, more correctly, I fear leaving, as there is always so much to do and I do not want my loved ones to grieve. When you think about death, remember that you are at least partially guided by your human’s instincts. Considering its imperative to assure dominance of its gene pool, you human does fear death. EVP has been important in making me realize that we really are spiritual beings having a physical experience. Question 197 Where do voices on EVP (Electric voice phenomenon) comes from? Answered October 6, 2021 Answer The unexpected utterances known as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are sometimes found in audio recordings. It has been established that they are objectively real, yet scientists have not been able to explain their existence using currently known physical principles. Here are the experiences that must be accounted for by any theory intended to explain the existence of EVP: • They sometimes are speech spoken in the voice and recognizable mannerisms (sex, age, attitude) of the person thought to be speaking. In some cases, the person is known to be discarnate. • No way has been found to shield recording devices from the formation of EVP. EVP have been recorded in chambers (faraday Cages, for instance) that block radio-frequency energy and ambient sounds. This suggests that

the influences involved in their formation are not currently known physical principles. This leads us to speculate about a nonphysical characteristic of reality. • Transform EVP appear to be formed by modifying existing audio- frequency energy into speech. This means that low frequency noise produces low frequency speech while high frequency noise produces high frequency speech. Both can be simultaneously present in a recording, depending on available noise. • Distance does not appear to be a factor. A person in New York City can record the voice of a person who transitioned in Texas for a person currently on the phone in Chicago. • The etheric communicators seem unable to directly see us. They apparently see us by way of how we see ourselves. For a time, a common request from the etheric communicators was for the practitioner to put a mirror in their recording area. We are pretty sure that was so that they could see the practitioner when the person looked into the mirror. • EVP appear to be more readily formed in chaotic noise, as opposed to more determinant noise. For instance, white noise is very determinant (next sample always the same). This difference might be described as a conceptual Psi (psychic) influence on an objective, physical process by impressing intended order on the concept of the noise, rather than the noise itself. • “EVP” is an old term for Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). Many characteristics of EVP are shared by the visual form of ITC. For instance,

both seem to depend on the availability of chaotic physical energy suitable for transformation to produce the examples. This commonality seems to suggest that one model will address both forms of ITC, and by extension, perhaps other forms of Psi influence. (Inheritance of credibility) There are other characteristics, but these characteristics should give you an idea of what must be explained. See Characteristic Test for EVP. (143) I have come to the idea that the Dualist models of reality are the most useful for explaining EVP. It is modeled in Strict Dualism that mind is not a product of brain but exists alongside biological brain. I say “Strict Dualism” in recognition that what I think of as Physical Dualism holds that mind is separate from biological brain but is emergent from the brain. That view supports the Super-Psi Hypothesis, which is the idea that all psychically accessed information, including that which is apparently from discarnate personalities, is actually from still “living” people or proposed residual memory retained in the Psi Field. The two-mind model (32) is the most commonly cited here. In that, we are modeled as the merger during this lifetime of a human body consciousness (mind 2 as avatar) and a nonphysical personality (mind 1 as symbiont) Mind 1 is entangled with the human mind for a lifetime. In principle our primary self – who we think we are – is the symbiont. By comparison, a “dead” person is an etheric personality that is not entangled with a

human. Otherwise, both are the same in principle and function. This means that a discarnate personality (mind without body) and an incarnate personality (mind entangled with an avatar) are psychically the same. This model agrees with Spiritualism, the Katha Upanishad, Cabala and many New Age teachings. I have just worded it a little differently to help explain EVP. In Dualism, the etheric aspect of reality is mind’s natural habitat. The same can be said of the body-mind except it appears to exist to support the biological organism and is informed by the human’s instincts. Our primary self appears to be guided by more altruistic instincts. All of this is to say that the most useful model I have found to explain the existence of EVP is that they are the product of intended order acting on a physical process. A likely candidate for the physical mechanism appears to be stochastic amplification. In that, a small signal tends to be amplified when mixed with a higher amplitude, broad-spectrum noise signal. See A Model for EVP. (8) Question 198 How could the phenomena of EVP (electronic voice phenomenon) be scientifically explained? Answered October 6, 2021 Answer “Scientifically explained” is what we who study Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) desire. The problem is that people who qualify as scientists seldom bother to examine frontier phenomena. Instead, they tend to pronounce under cover of their academic credentials, and based on their limited knowledge of the subject, that such phenomena violate their science, and therefore, must

be false. Science apologists parrot actual scientists with the maliciously invented word: pseudoscience. Apologists tend to be the least knowledgeable and the most aggressive skeptics. Always examine the credentials of people claiming to be an authority about things paranormal. For instance, is a psychologist, philosopher or biologist qualified to judge the validity of technology-aided communication? In practice, an experienced EVP practitioner who has many years studying the subject may be more qualified to speak about the subject than a Ph.D. in an unrelated field. Parapsychology is the branch of science focused on paranormal phenomena. Even amongst parapsychologists, only a very small percentage have bothered to inform themselves about EVP, or the more general audio and visual Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). Most are either in it to prove paranormal is trickery or delusion, or they are determined that apparent survival phenomena are really what they refer to as Super-Psi, meaning that EVP are based on residual memory or psychic access to existing information. EVP are thought to be: Apparently paranormal speech. Actual EVP are voices detected in electronic equipment that, based on currently understood science, should not exist. Thus far, the Dualist model holding that mind is etheric and biological brain is only a physical transmitter-receiver for the influence of mind (Psi) best explains the existence of EVP. This is not to say that EVP are dead people speaking. Some may be, but some are more likely initiated by the thoughts of still incarnated minds. Normal sounds mistaken as paranormal. For instance,

an EVP recorded on a ghost hunt might actually be investigators talking in the next room. Use a control recorder and discard utterances found in both recorders. Possible paranormal speech that is so garbled that it is impractical to assign meaning. We use the Class A, B and C system for expectation management from the proposed Classifying Phenomena Best Practice: (39) Class A: Can be heard and understood over a speaker by most people Class B: Can be heard over a speaker, but not everyone will agree as to what is said Class C: Can only be heard with headphones and is difficult to understand [Note that Class B or C voices may have one or two clearly understood words. Loud does not equal Class A.] We recommend that Class C examples be discarded. Class B can typically be shared but with guidance. Class A can usually be shared, but it may be necessary to explain the context. We have found that, on average, only about 25% of average listeners will hear them correctly. See EVP Online Listening Trials. (159) Pareidolia. Mistaking ordinary sounds as paranormal has been referred to as a psychological listening or perceptual error known as pareidolia. EVP are simulations of human speech and not biologically spoken speech. It is natural for our mind to try finding meaning in every part of our environment. When we hear garbles sounds, it is natural for our mind to try finding meaningful words in the sound. That is why, for

instance, people often report hearing a distant conversation or music that is not actually present, but that is only the rumble of a refrigerator or air conditioner. See EVP Online Phantom Voices. (40) Misattributed speech. Several techniques commonly used for collecting EVP produce so many false positives that they are worthless. For instance, radio-sweep typically produces a constant steam of bits and pieces of normal radio broadcast. Inexperienced practitioners assign meaning to the usually one syllable or less bits of speech based on their mind’s storytelling (trying to make sense out of nonsense). As a general rule, always discard single syllable sounds unless there are supporting reasons to think they are paranormal. Trickery. I have encountered a few obvious efforts to deceive, but having tried to fake an EVP myself, I know it is difficult to reproduce some of the characteristics of EVP. While there are likely a few tricksters out there, probably 99.99% of the not-paranormal EVP examples are from people who simply do not know better and mistake ordinary as paranormal. This is a frontier study and without respected, qualified academic guidance, most would-be EVP practitioners must self-educate. That is why we have so much information on the Association TransCommunication (ATransC) website. (24) According to the academic dogma, laypeople can only study subjects. In that view, only academically trained Ph.Ds. are qualified to conduct science. As such, there are many examples of lay studies of EVP. The ATransC website includes a number of such studies. From my experience

as an engineer, and longtime practitioner/studier of ITC, I must warn that there are many would be lay scientists who are just not yet qualified to do the work. Always us discernment in who you allow to influence your opinions. This goes for my work as well. There are two primary modes of study in the scientific method. Study confined to the controlled conditions of a laboratory is preferred, but the less controlled study of field observation is a tried and proven technique for naturalist studies. In frontier subjects, field studies are often the only viable approach. This is especially true since a common mistake qualified researchers make is to use student practitioners who are not sufficiently experienced to record EVP. We encourage practitioners to use a control recorder. See the Using a Control Recorder for EVP Best Practice. (160) Transform EVP is known to be found on only one recording device, even one audio channel, at a time. If a possible EVP is found on two recorders (recorded at the same time), it is probably not paranormal and should be discarded. With the above background in mind, think of EVP as probably a trans- etheric influence. In other words, using the Dualist model of reality, all minds are the same. Some minds are incarnate, meaning they are entangled with a human body for a lifetime, and some are discarnate meaning they are not in a physical lifetime. EVP appear to be formed by a mind’s influence of intended order

on a physical process. Even an EVP stating the name of a person known to be discarnate could be based on information psychically accessed by the practitioner or an interested observer from other still incarnate mind or from memory. We think it is possible that even the sound of the voice or things said could be explained with what is often described as Super-Psi. As such, the content of EVP is probably the only way to be sure it comes from a “dead” person. For instance, an utterance stating something that no one in the world could know or would have known at the time, world seem to come from a “external” observer. In answer, some EVP have been studied under controlled conditions. But just because a “scientist” makes a claim about EVP does not mean he or she is qualified to speak on the subject. As a frontier subject, an experienced and discerning practitioner might be more qualified than an academically trained researcher. It is for the community to be very discerning. See Case for the Survival Hypothesis. (161) Question 199 What is the best EVP recorder available in 2021? Answered September 26, 2021 Answer It is difficult to keep up with the continuous rollout of new audio recorders. We with the Association TransCommunication have learned to focus on features rather than models. This answer presupposes you are trying to collect transform EVP. By that, I mean the paranormal speech is formed out of available audio energy. We discourage

use of radio-sweep and pre-recorded speech. All that is used for transform EVP is an audio recorder and a little voice-frequency noise. Here are the considerations we think are important: 1 The recorder need only be a voice-frequency recorder like a Dictaphone. The early ones were called “digital note keepers.” 2 If there is sufficient internal noise, it is possible to record EVP without a microphone. This has been tested by recording directly into a computer. 3 We are pretty sure that the paranormal speech is introduced into the recording circuity in a single active, nonlinear component like an amplifier. For instance, we have found that an EVP might form in one channel of a stereo recorder or in one recorder working with many in a group recording session. Thus, mono is as useful as stereo. 4 All the microphone is for is to enable you to keep a verbal record of the session and to collect noise. Standing beside a running fan can usually introduce enough noise. A very high-quality microphone is more apt to record unnoticed speech from possible investigators in another room, so be cautious. 5 Some recorders allow for playing into a speaker as it is recording. However, we have found the paranormal utterances are often difficult to make out and real-time monitoring introduces too many errors. For instance, we may take thirty-minutes to review a three- minute session on playback. 6 The optimum background noise appears to be sound that is indeterminant. For instance, white

noise is very determinant compared to radio static that tends to be less predictable from one sample to the next. We think that the communicator is expressing the influence of intended order onto the audio stream. That is, we think it is not how big or heavy a thing is to be psychically influenced. It is how predictable each next sample is that matters. 7 For the reason noted in item seven above, using a higher quality video camera as a control recorder is useful in field studies. Higher quality devices are typically better engineered to suppress unwanted noise. It is probably the unwanted noise that the less well engineered recorders use to produce EVP. Again, look for more indeterminant noise. Experienced practitioners try all sorts of recorders and background noise. On close examination, the majority of devices designed to record transform EVP are fundamentally just novel ways to condition sound for better EVP. After all is said and done, our first choice is an inexpensive audio recorder and some form of background sound. Refer to the ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) Question 200 How do people not know that the "Ghost Box" paranormal investigation "tool" does not work? Answered July 17, 2021 Answer “Ghost Box,” “Spirit Box” and “Frank’s Box” are common names for a device promoted for recording Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). EVP are recorded speech for which there is no known explanation. The examples are typically thought to come from discarnate personalities. See ATransC White Paper

on Transcommunication (17) for a detailed discussion. 1 Some “boxes” are just novel sound conditioning devices such as white noise generators. 2 Some use looped radio-sweep techniques to stream an output sound signal composed of short (millisecond) fragments of local broadcast signals. The EVP is supposed to be in the opportunistically selected segment. 3 One commonly used approach is to store bits of pre-recorded speech in memory and use fluctuations in environmental energy or random noise to produce an output stream composed of bits of prerecorded speech. We refer to this as a “live voice” technique. 4 One of the first technique for recording EVP, and still preferred by the Association TransCommunication (24) is to use a simple recording device to record chaotic noise. In Technique 1 and 4, possibly paranormal EVP are thought to be formed by the psychokinetic influence of intention to transform ambient noise into intended speech. At ATransC, those are referred to as Transform EVP. In Technique 2, our studies have shown that the rate of false positives makes it useless for any kind of serious study or for people who do not want to be delusional about messages from loved ones. Radio-Sweep may not actually produce EVP, but the resulting chaotic noise is sometimes useful for Transform EVP. See Radio-Sweep: A Case Study (162) and A Research Study into the Interpretation of EVP. (163) In principles, Technique 3 can produce EVP. Problems come when the design is such that some memory addresses are more frequently

selected, indicating a lack of actual randomness. After several studies, the ATransC has decided the problem of false positives makes the technique useless. See EVPmaker with Allophones: Where are We Now?. (120) The above is what we think we know about “Ghost Boxes.” We in ATransC have seen the best and most meaningful EVP produced using the Transform method. We do not recommend the others. Because one of them may not actually produce EVP, we cannot use them for research. As far as we can tell, device makers are selling unverified devices at very high cost to people who lack the education to know better. We may be wrong. The solution is for the makers to provide research indicating their device does what it is supposed to do. Part of that certification must include blinded listening panel reports. Question 201 Excluding pareidolia: What do you think might be the source of, or causes Electronic Voice Phenomena to be present in some audio recordings? Answered May 4, 2021 Answer Examples of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are speech found in recording media that cannot be explained with known physical principles. The apparently paranormal utterances typically show the influences of a sentient, self-aware personality. EVP should be considered one of the most replicated experiments. Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) is a newer term for EVP that includes visual forms. From our study (Association TransCommunication, (ATransC)), both audio and visual forms of ITC appear to be formed with essentially the same process. We think of that

process as the trans-etheric impression of mental intended order on chaotic physical energy. ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) and A Model for EVP. (8) provide background information. Some reported examples of EVP are probably pareidolia. From our study, most ghost or spirit box devices for EVP produce many false positives in which nonsensical sounds are mistaken as intelligent speech. I think some of the “magic boxes” work only because of pareidolia. Examples of transform EVP apparently form by the impression of intended order on chaotic noise, the average online listener has been shown to correctly hear Class A examples about 25% of the time. This tell us that there is a learning curve for working with EVP. One reason, we know, is that Formant 0 in the speech waveform tends to be corrupted in EVP. Also, other Formants tend to be “stacked” in an odd manner. Such damage to the speech means that none of the usual listening cues are present. See Computer–Based Analysis of Supposed Paranormal Voice: The Question of Anomalies Detected and Speaker Identification. (164) So read the referenced material and spend a little time contemplating the implications of EVP. Question 202 I watched a documentary about the paranormal and ghost investigators used a “spirit box” to try to communicate with a spirit in a supposedly haunted house. Are these machines real? How are they supposed to work? Answered May 4, 2021 Answer All of the ghost hunting programs I have watched fall into the category of

“For entertainment only.” To be popular, it is necessary for there to be action. One of the times I was on camera, the director designated one talent to be the parapsychologists. “As meaningful questions and be skeptical,” the director said. “Look frightened!” said the director. “Can you react to that noise again for the camera?” she asked. The presence of paranormal activity is a rare event. One well known paranormalist opinion setter admitted to me that the cameras were on, and he needed to do something to look like he was “investigating” so he picked up a magnetic field meter and waved it around with authority. I have yet to figure out a way that a discarnate personality can be detected by changes in magnetic field. Much of the hardware you see in such shows is used more for the noise and lights than for their usefulness in finding a ghost. Always remember that pareidolia also applies to the tendency to find meaning in unrelated events. There really is no doubt that such abilities as psychic functioning, mediumship and remote viewing exists. The etheric influences that make those abilities possible are also required for ghosts to exist. In fact, the two- mind nature of who we are goes to explain psychic ability and ghosts. Each inherits credibility from the other. Prove Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) for instance and psychic functioning gains credibility. If we can prove EVP is illusion, some of the arguments that ghosts exist becomes weaker. As a

general statement, parapsychologists do not directly research EVP. Look for psychic and REG research instead. EVP is not necessarily “dead people talking.” It could be caused by thoughts of the living. Consider Selected Psi Research Publications (35) and A list of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena. (36) As far as I can tell, most of the devices used in ghost hunting have not been studied under controlled conditions. I have not seen a study indicating an etheric influence from a discarnate personality (aka a ghost) has an influence on magnetic field detectors. With that said, the same principles involved in transforming physical noise in an audio recorder into speech for EVP makes it arguable that a discarnate personality can influence a magnetic field detector. Both have similar components. Actually, researchers who fail to consider the psychokinetic influence of the practitioner (ghost hunter) or an interested observer is doing only half of the work. As for the “spirit box” for EVP, we have studied several kinds. While they continue to evolve, close examination will show that they fall into a few categories. The most common is radio-sweep. In that, a radio is broken so that it will continuously sweep the local stations to produce an output stream of bits of radio broadcast from the local market. The sweep is generally around 3 seconds so the bits can be sometimes whole words. From my study, there is no reason to think radio-sweep produces EVP. In fact, if

you reject single syllable utterances, a witness who has not been told what to expect will likely not correctly make out the supposed words. Even though it is true that the noise produced by radio-sweep is sometimes transformed into speech, people do much better with an inexpensive audio recorder. Thus, we at the Association TransCommunication have publicly stated that we do not think radio-sweep produces EVP. It is up to the developer to show that it does with controlled studies. I have not seen those studies. Another kind of “spirit box” detects environmental energy such as changes in the local cell tower signal or magnetic interference from household devices to more or less randomly select memory addresses containing prerecorded speech. The output stream is supposed to include EVP. In principle, it is possible for the etheric personality to influence the environmental energy, but the devices we have studied tend to select certain memory addresses too often to be spirit guided. The number of false positives makes it a useless technology. EVPmaker was an early software program that has been more or less replicated in many modern “spirit boxes.” Instead of using fluctuations in environmental energy to select memory address, this kind of device uses an internally generated Random Event Generator (REG). The idea is that the etheric communicator will change the randomness of the REG. There is good research showing that REGs are influenced by thought. They are also internally similar to a recorder, so we should not be surprised.

Once again, we advise people not to use this technology for EVP because of the many false positives. My answer, then, is that the “spirit boxes” used in television shows are mostly for show. The majority of people working with EVP are using spirit boxes which tells us a lot about decline of the paranormalist community. My opinion is not the last word on this. Do your homework. the person you believe should be able to show well-considered studies that indicate they are using a viable approach. I can also offer a paper on the subject, should you care to learn more. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) Question 203 What could explain otherwise unexplainable EVP's? Answered November 28, 2020 Answer All of the ways people discount Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are probably true for some examples. Also, some techniques for recording EVP produce false positives that sound like speech if the listener is guided toward that false hearing. In fact, the majority (if not all) of the spirit box- class of devices probably do not produce EVP. Until the makers conduct proper studies, we are left with faith rather than fact. Some examples of EVP are decidedly not Auditory Pareidolia as the skeptics like to argue. Skeptics appear to arrive at that conclusion with selective reporting, and a priori assumptions. I have yet to meet one who is qualified to say. Take a look at some of the reports under the Journal Tab on ATransC. (24) Especially consider

EVP Online Listening Trials (159) and Computer- Based Analysis of Supposed Paranormal Voice. (164) In the first, blinded studies have shown that listeners tend to correctly understand the possibly paranormal speech about 25% of the time. That tells us that the EVP are not illusion but are difficult to understand. The problem, we think is that, as shown in the second article, the speech is really just a poor simulation of biologically formed speech. One possible model for EVP is explained in A Model for EVP. (8) It is becoming reasonably well established that people sense psychically and express psychokinetically. All of us do this. As in athletic ability, some of us are better than others. See the list of research at Selected Psi Research Publications. (35) It is also well established that the psychokinetic expression from people can influence the output of a Random Event Generator (REG) as used, for instance, in Examining Psychokinesis: The Interaction of Human Intention with Random Number Generators. (165) In that report, we see that there is an apparent relationship between the randomness of an REG and intentionality. The best model I have seen is that people are the conduit for the expression of intention to change random noise into voice. It is not clear, but my guess is that many instances of EVP are from the thoughts of living. Some may be from discarnate personalities, but this is not necessary for EVP to be real. Question 204 Why didn't we develop technologies to

detect ghosts and try to communicate with them? Answered September 30, 2020 Answer Ghosts are thought to be discarnate personalities that interact with the physical. They can be like a recording—repeating the same thing from time- to-time without recognition of physical people around them—or interactive, showing evidence of sentience. There is some evidence that ghost-like entities might account for some haunt events. For instance, orb-like critters behave more like life forms that exist “between” the physical and the etheric. Since mainstream scientist usually reject the entire idea of ghosts and things nonphysical, there has been little research on the subject. Mainly, I think, because haunt events are spontaneous, rather than being induced, I am aware of little good research on the nature of ghosts. However, there has been a lot of research on the etheric characteristics of thought and the difference between consciousness emerging from biological brain and consciousness existing independent of brain. The necessary conditions for ghosts to exist include a nonphysical aspect of reality that can propagate nonphysical consciousness. The Psi Field Hypothesis proposed by some parapsychologists satisfies that requirement. In that model, the influence of thought referred to as “Psi” is propagated in the Psi Field. See Etheric Fields. (52) The Psi Field appears to exist alongside physical space. An important characteristic of it that is not currently explained by known physical principles is that it is nonlocal, meaning that an effect experienced in one physical place may be simultaneously experienced everywhere. There is currently no known

way to shield from the influence of Psi. For instance, examples of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) have been recorded with equipment that was shielded from radio, sound and light. Ghosts behave as if their influence is propagated in the Psi Field. In which case, our consciousness acts as a ghost detector. Of course, the problem with that is that the translation from unconscious detection to conscious awareness is usually corrupted by our expectations. For example, a happy ghost might be sensed as a scary ghost by a fearful person. Technologies capable of detecting the influence of consciousness have been developed. It is just that they are not sufficiently refined to define a ghost. The best example I can think of is the way random processes appear to be influenced by attention. For instance, devices designed to be as random as possible tend to produce a less random output when in the presence of meditating people. Then, of course, there is EVP which are often recorded for by haunt investigators. See A Model for EVP. (8) Question 205 Can using a spirit box be dangerous? Is there a chance I could accidentally invite a malicious spirit into my home? Answered September 30, 2020 Answer Consider a few points. First, a “spirit box” is any device that is intended to help a person collect Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). EVP are generally defined as speech that, based on known physical principles, should not exist. It is popular wisdom amongst paranormalists that EVP are

dead people talking. Some may be, but based on currently understood metaphysics, most EVP are probably thoughts of the living. Popular wisdom in mainstream academia is the people who think EVP exist are delusional or the examples are fraudulent or just noise mistaken as paranormal speech. My personal opinion is that EVP are demonstrably actual paranormal phenomena although there are a lot of examples of supposed EVP that are probably ordinary noise mistaken as paranormal. Spirit boxes are the primary source of such pseudo-EVP. Therein lies a problem for the paranormalist community. The public cannot tell if they are listening to examples from poorly informed practitioners bragging on the Internet about their pseudo-EVP or actual EVP. The difference tends to be transform EVP compared to opportunistic EVP. Oh, and education. There are two primary ways EVP are thought to be formed. In Transform EVP, the apparently paranormal speech is formed in electronic circuitry, possibly due to the psychokinetic impression of intended order on chaotic background sound. We speculate that the active physical principle is stochastic amplification. In that, a weak audio signal is amplified when mixed with a higher volume noise signal. The process requires an analog, nonlinear stage such as found in an audio amplifier. We assume most EVP are formed in the analog stage of the audio recorder. Once digitized in memory, EVP tend to be stable. It is common in transform EVP to be able to tell if the speaker is male or female, young or old.

The speaker often responds to questions and seems to be a sentient personality. Popular theory is that the speaker is discarnate (dead person talking), but the science seems to tell us that message could as easily be from a still living person’s mind. See ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication. (17) Examples of transform EVP are at EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler. (166) People have been building devices to speak with the dead for years. As I understand it, the current idea of spirit boxes began with Frank Sumption’s (167) fascination with old tube radios. In effect, he “hacked” one so that it would continuously scan the dial at about three-to-four second intervals. We at the Association TransCommunication (ATransC) refer to the technique as Opportunistic EVP because the radio-sweep depends on the presence of existing bits of sound needed to form the intended speech. That means radio station personnel must broadcast the sound at the precise time the radio station is “tuned in to” during the sweep. We consider that an apparent violation of the radio station personnel’s self-determination. To our knowledge, this is not done in other forms of such phenomena. The modern devices may include radio-sweep technology but may also detect changes in environmental energy (magnetic, electromagnetic) to select memory addresses containing bits of words. The ones that depend on a random process should produce EVP but all of the ones we have studied tended to favor certain memory addresses. This means a device may more often produce

certain words than others, defeating the intended randomness. Device makers sell spirit boxes for a lot of money. As far as we can tell, the makers do no product research to show that the devices work. Makers and customers should be mindful that there is a precedence for government intervention. See The Radionic Principle: Mind over Matter. (168) Radionics is an entirely different sort of technology. They fall into the category of attention focusing tools, but they are often used to diagnose illness for a fee. From the referenced article: “… it's illegal to promote radionics for diagnostic or treatment purposes in people or animals, …” The message here is that there is a little support for the existence of transform EVP but much less support for opportunistic EVP. The danger to practitioners comes if they record a message from a dead loved one for a fee. The FDA does not like that. Based on our study, we have concluded that most opportunistic EVP techniques probably do not produce EVP and recommend that people stick to the much less expensive audio recorder and background sound. Resist recording EVP for someone for a fee or make promises that might sound like psychological counseling. The person is always part of the EVP recording circuit. From all of our study, if the practitioner (or an interested observer) is fearful, it is more likely that fearful EVP will be recorded. We do not recommend any form of transcommunication for people who are apt to

do what other tell them without examination. Or, if they are fearful. The problem is that, as part of the recording circuit, we tend to interject our beliefs into the resulting message. The message itself may be originated by a discarnate personality as “I am always near.” But for a fearful practitioner or interested observer, the EVP might come out as “I haunt you.” As a director of an EVP-focused organization, I know of no one who has “brought an evil spirit home” by recording for EVP. In truth, we have never run into an evil spirit. We have encountered a lot of poorly informed people who believe their priest before they believe the science. It is good to ask this question. My answer is “no.” It is also my experience that you would prefer that I say “yes.” Much more exciting. :-) Question 206 How would I go about getting EVPs that I captured, analyzed? I hear messages very clearly while playing the recordings normally, and reversed as well. I would consider most of them grade A and B EVPs. Answered September 23, 2020 Answer Begin by reading the relevant Best Practices at Practices - ATransC. (169) Especially read the one on Witness Panels. We at the Association TransCommunication no longer examine examples from the public because there are simply too many. Also, it is amazing how abusive people become when we do not agree about the quality of their examples. Part of the problem appears to be that

many EVP practitioners lack the necessary education and experience to work with EVP on their own. Our suggestion is self-education. Also, joining a haunt investigation group will usually give access to experienced EVP practitioners. Certainly, they can provide a listening panel. The key is to play the EVP for them without telling them anything more than “Listen to this. What do you hear?” Based on studies like EVP Online Listening Trials, (159) expect only about 25% of your listeners to correctly understand the EVP without prompting. If your percentage is lower, we recommend that you discard the example. You said something about reversing the soundtrack. That tells me you still have a little to learn about EVP. Our friends on the other side will speak where we are listening. If you have to reverse the soundtrack, speed it up or slow it down, discard it and try again. Both of you can do better. From my experience, probably 1 out of a hundred possible EVP is better than a Class C. An experienced and capable practitioner probably records less than 1 Class A example in the average session. For example, I am experienced but not very capable. My wife, Lisa, is experienced and very capable. Not everyone is always good at it. Question 207 How or why does EVP work? Why do people think it's caused by ghosts? Answered September 11, 2020 Answer Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) are words and phrases found in audio equipment for which there are no

known explanations. Examples of EVP are at EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler. (166) The EVP Online Listening Trials (159) report details my effort to establish that people can correctly understand examples of EVP without prompting. In that study, on average, online listeners correctly heard examples around 25% of the time. Sessions to record EVP are probably the most often replicated of all paranormal related phenomena. ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (17) details how to record for EVP. A Model for EVP (8) offers one possible explanation for the how of EVP. As a natural effect of thought on physical processes, the why is explained by the many reasons people do things. It is believed that some EVP are spontaneously produced by still physical people. see Recording Thoughts of the Living? (170) I subscribe to the Strict Dualism point of view. In that, the only difference between me and long dead Uncle John is that I still have a human avatar. The only way we can know if the message of EVP originated from a discarnate personality (ghost) or from an incarnate person is the content of the message. People assume EVP are from a ghost because that is what they have been taught. Question 208 Can EVP (electronic-voice phenomena) be used to read and transmit brainwaves and if so, how do you block them? Answered September 8, 2020 Answer Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is the audio subset of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). ITC includes EVP and visual forms that appear

to be based on essentially the same principles. Example of Transform EVP are at EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler (166) Here is an example of visual ITC. You should see a child’s head looking toward your left shoulder: The collection of ITC examples is an often-replicated experiment practiced by many different people around the world. You can learn to collect examples for yourself in ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication (17) We have looked hard, but thus far, the paranormalist community has not found an explanation for EVP based on known physical principles. One theory is that EVP are formed by the impression of intended order on a chaotic sound source such as noise from a common household fan. While it is popular to think of the invisible communicator in EVP as a dead person, the influence producing an EVP may be from a still living person. A promising theory is that psychic functioning is an ability we all have. This includes such abilities as anomalous access of information such as in remote viewing and healing intention as we see in such practices as intercessory prayer and therapeutic touch. In this model, the influence of thought is referred to as psi. Psi is thought to be propagated in a subtle field of influence that permeates physical reality called the Psi Field. Important characteristics of the Psi Field is that there is apparently no distance so that, thought wise, New York City and Chicago, for instance, are virtually the same place.

There is no known way to shield from the Psi Field. For instance, EVP have been recorded in sound and electromagnetically shielded rooms. Such Faraday Cages prevent stray radio waves from entering but cannot stop the influence of thought. A few unofficial studies have been conducted that seem to indicate it is possible to record the thought of still living people with EVP. We even speculate that it may be possible to communicate with people in coma using EVP. We will not know for sure until we have more support from scientists. My answer is based on the understanding that brain waves are just bio- electric noise. Thought is independent of brain as a Psi function. So, my answer is that it may be possible to record the thoughts of living people. And we currently know of no way to shield from thought. Section 7 Community Introduction I dedicated nearly a third of Your Immortal Self (129) to the discussion of community. In my view, one can talk about the metaphysical theory (Part 1) and all about recording and understanding Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (Part 3), but it is the community in which we work with these phenomena and study their meaning that serves the seeker’s needs (Part 2). Consider some of the essays I have written about the paranormalist community. (26) The paranormalist community is composed of people who are more than a little interested in things paranormal. Some are academics working as parapsychologists, some are skeptics trying to show

there is no such thing and some, mostly laypeople, want to know more and how to work with the phenomena. The community is mostly dysfunctional. For instance, there is an Academic-Layperson Partition mostly enforced by academics that tends to separate people best qualified to study these phenomena from those best able to demonstrate them. Amongst practitioners, some prefer using devices which others think do not work. There is a lot of “new Age thinking by all. This section includes questions that relate to community, but please consider reading some of the essays listed above for more understanding. Question 209 Why do you edit for Wikipedia (I'm writing an essay on Wikipedia and need primary data)? Answered November 18, 2021 Answer It is ironic that one of the people answering this question said that Wikipedia “admins are very leftist biased.” I quit editing because my area of interest concerns paranormal phenomena, and I was overwhelmed by anti- paranormal skeptic editors and admins. They tend to present as science apologists, mainstream thought and conservative. I suppose it depends on the subject areas. I was active during the time three arbitrations produced rules for dealing with frontier subjects. I describe them in Wikipedia Arbitration. (81) The Arbitrations set the rules for what is fringe science, what is paranormal and what is pseudoscience. Those three rulings pretty much set the stage for skeptic, anti-paranormal editors to say what they want to cast undue doubt on subjects. In fact, I was “banned for life” (113)

from editing the Rupert Sheldrake (135) biography of a living person because I advocated a more balanced treatment of his ideas. They used the Pseudoscience ruling as their authority. The dominant skeptic editors do many things like that to assure readers will think poorly of subjects not specifically supported by mainstream science. Here is the list of frontier topics characterized as pseudoscience by Wikipedia (83) I have been co-director of an association dedicated to the study of phenomena, especially Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), since 2000. To this day, I cannot edit the EVP article without attracting anti-paranormal editors to reverse my work. Aside from my insistence that a balanced view is given, they claimed that I might have a conflict of interest. Wikipedia hates subject matter specialists! At least for the frontier subjects I study, the intention for the rules is to produce articles that are subtly written to give the impression that the subject is nonsense. For those subjects, Wikipedia is more scientism propaganda than accurate information. In my considered opinion, it is intellectually lazy for anyone to use Wikipedia as a source. (Well, it is probably okay for such stable information as the name of a movie.) Consider these essays: Pseudoscience (171) Skeptic (172) Wikipedia Bullying Editors (173) Concerns with Wikipedia (174) Wikipedia Watch (175) Question 210 How do metaphysical naturalists approach ethics? Answered November 7, 2021 Answer At the risk of assuming qualification not in evidence, I will argue that I am a metaphysical Naturalist. To be

sure, let me define a few terms as I understand them: Naturalist - a person who observes the environment and attempts to identify patterns which will lead to reasonable hypotheses. Metaphysical - observation of the fundamental characteristics of nature; first cause and the effects of first cause; characteristics of nature implied by observations of nature. Ethics - while morality is a local attribute of social order, ethics appear to be implied by fundamental principles of nature. Consider the idea of human instincts. We all share a fundamental set of imperatives which moderate our behavior. My human’s instinct is to make decisions that help assure the dominance of its gene pool. Note that I said “my human’s.” Those are not what I consider my spiritual self’s instincts and I work every day to moderate my human’s urge to dominate. Metaphysics tends to take two very different paths. The mainstream view is that reality is defined by the physical universe. All of it began with the Big Bang. (Never mind what came before that singularity.) That is the Physicalist’s view. The Dualist’s view is that we are spiritual personality entangled with our human avatar for this lifetime. Otherwise, our spiritual self existed before this lifetime and will continue to exist after as a self-aware, sentient personality. This is the “Spiritual being having a human experience” view. If you subscribe to the Dualist point of view, ethics represent a set of behaviors that are governed by … for lack of a better term,

spiritual imperatives. While our human is preoccupied by continuation of the specie's, we, as immortal beings, aspire to be more concerned with understanding the nature of our environment. The Lucidity Model Diagram below illustrates my view of the Lucidity Spectrum. Increasing lucidity represents increasing awareness of the actual nature of reality. As we move from the lefty side of the diagram to the right, the awareness of our actual nature becomes clearer. With it comes a keener sense of ethics. Physicalist metaphysicians may decide that the survival imperative of human instincts makes it ethical to kill as a means of domination to promote their personal gene pool. However, in the same sense, rape to procreate in an effort to further the gene pool appears to be common in the animal kingdom. Would a Physicalist Naturalist think rape is okay? As one moves from instinct-dominated to discerning intellect- dominated judgement (from left-to-right in the diagram), the person’s altruistic nature becomes more influential in decision making. A person living on the far right of the diagram would tend to find many human instinct behaviors unethical. I believe people try to do the right thing as they understand “right.” If you contemplate your own actions, I think you will see that you feel justified in everything you do. While a person may be delusional or may not correctly understand the circumstances, he or she decides based on a desire to fit into the community. That is a human instinct-driven behavior. My answer, then,

is that metaphysicians (should) approach ethics from the perspective of examining the implications of their assumptions. It appears organizing principles are implicit in nature and always organize formation, be it conceptually as in thinking about birds or objectively as in making a bird house. Question 211 How does a layperson find a spiritual master? Answered November 5, 2021 Answer As a seeker, the first point for you to note is that there are many right answers. Which is best for you depends on the way you learn. The David Merrill and Roger Reid Social Styles Model (33) are a useful tool for understanding the way you prefer to learn. According to the model and generally speaking, people deal with information in one of four ways: Analytical: Thinking, thorough, disciplined Amiable: Supportive, patient, diplomatic Driver: Independent, decisive, determined Expressive: Good communicator, enthusiastic, imaginative From the four, find the way you first reaction to deal with day-to-day challenges. Again, from the four, find your “I wish I did it this way” second reaction. For instance, I think of myself as Analytical-Expressive. Your objective as a seeker is to be able to turn toward the most appropriate response but otherwise remain in balance. Your first challenge, then, is to understand your temperament and contemplate ways that you can balance yourself amongst the four extremes. When we sense reality, what we become consciously aware of— conscious perception—is modified by our worldview. That is, we tend to experience reality as we have been taught. Seekers

of greater understanding try to learn how to look past cultural teaching. How well the seeker has learned to align their worldview with the actual nature of reality is thought of as being more or less lucid. One of the dominant influences in that mostly unconscious filtering process is our human’s instincts. Not only do we experience as we have been taught, we are also more inclined to experience our world through the eyes of our instinctual urge to assure dominance of our gene pool above all others. For instance, we might choose to get along with someone we do not like because doing so might elevate our stature in the community. It is helpful to find someone to show the way toward greater lucidity. The problem is in finding someone who knows the way and who will not lead you down some rabbit hole like quantum mysticism. I do not know how to advise you on how to tell the difference. In this day, considering many different teachers will give you the tools to recognize the lucid from the delusional teacher. Our mostly unconscious mind is reluctant to change once it has made an agree-disagree decision about something. An important seeker’s tool is to habitually suspend judgement about experiences until more information comes in. As an example, someone tells you a physical medium is a fraud because he or she was caught walking around during a dark room séance. So, you decide the medium is a fake. You may

even decide all mediums are fake. However, one of the reasons physical mediums are sometimes tied to their chair during a séance is to assure they are not used as a trance puppet by the communicating discarnate personality. There is also the problem of matter-through-matter sometimes demonstrated by physical mediums. In fact, deeply entranced mediums have been shown capable of moving through their bonds and then returning again. Most observers of such phenomena do not have the education about the subject to realize that mediums may not be faking at all. Yet, by deciding they are, they deprive themselves of ever learning about that most fascinating capability. Their skepticism might also have a negative influence on the whole physical mediumship demonstration. First comes discerning intellect developed by conscious, habitual examination of beliefs. From discerning intellect comes lucidity or more clearly sensing reality. From that comes the opportunity for greater understanding which is probably our purpose for existence. Seeking is a process of self-education based on many sources. The idea of a spiritual master as a teacher comes from the days when the lessons were secret knowledge. The information seekers need is publicly available today. Much of it is on the Internet. The idea of “For those who have eyes to see” is still true, though. It all begins with questioning implications of belief. Contemplate a lot rather than meditating. Question 212 What books/ audiobooks are good for trying to understand reality/consciousness and just making you aware of what life really

is? Or any advice you have on this topic? Answered October 21, 2021 Answer To understand “…just making you aware of what life really is” is what spiritual seeking is all about. Consider number seven of The Nine Principles cited as the foundation understanding of the National Spiritualist Association of Churches (NSAC) (45) which reads: “We affirm the moral responsibility of individuals and that we make our own happiness or unhappiness as we obey or disobey Nature’s physical and spiritual laws.” After all of the “better and better” explanations of the principle are set aside, the main points are that Nature is organized by naturally occurring principles and that personal progression comes from seeking to understand those principles and learning to live in accordance with that understanding. The idea of recognizing and living in accordance with Natural Organizing Principles is also part of the Hermetic Wisdom. For instance, Key 8 of the Hermetic Tarot is titled Strength and is concerned with the seeker learning to manage Natural Law. You can say that the seeker represented by Key 0 The Fool applies the meaning of NSAC Principle 7 to overcome ignorance represented by Key 15 The Devil. See The Hermes Concepts Essay (23). Seeking also involves understanding the way we develop perception. I write about it a lot, but the basic idea is that we “preprocess” environmental information in our mostly unconsciously mind based on Worldview. Worldview is our sense of what is true based on our human’s instincts, cultural training

and memory. The seekers task is to recognize that perception is formed by two minds. The human avatar’s instincts dominate at birth and continue to do so unless the person learns to moderate that instinctual urge for gene dominance. This moderation comes from what the ancient teachers referred to as the discerning self. See The Razor’s Edge - Katha Upanishad Essay (23). In it, the teacher (God of Death) instructs the seeker to: 1-III-3. Know the Self to be the master of the chariot, and the body to be the chariot. Know the intellect to be the charioteer, and the mind to be the reins. 1-III-4. The senses they speak of as the horses; the objects within their view, the way. When the Self is yoked with the mind and the senses, the wise call It the enjoyer. 1-III-5. But whoso is devoid of discrimination and is possessed of a mind ever uncollected – his senses are uncontrollable like the vicious horses of a driver. 1-III-6. But whoso is discriminative and possessed of a mind ever collected – his senses are controllable like the good horses of a driver. 1-III-7. But whoso is devoid of a discriminating intellect, possessed of an unrestrained mind and is ever impure, does not attain that goal, but goes to samsara. This is not about religion. Some of those principles involve such physical concepts as the natural rate of decay and gravity. The real challenge is in understanding such concepts as perceptual agreement and lucidity.

These instructions remain relevant today. Emerging understanding in modern science is teaching that we only become aware of the world as our perception is moderated by worldview. In effect, our perception is based on what we think is true more than what is actually true. See Our Unconscious Mind (28) and About First Sight Theory. (31) The Temperament mediated Perception Diagram below is an attempt to put all of this together. Spiritual progression does not happen overnight. The seeker’s way is to habitually seek to understand the natural principles governing reality and work to align worldview to better agree with that understanding. The most important tools for this are the expression of intention and suspended judgement. The Hermetic teaching tell the seeker to learn everything possible about everything. I will add to that the idea that effective seeking involves contemplation of the implications of what we think is true. My personal website includes “Believe what you wish but understand the implications of what you believe.” Oh, and always be aware that, while some do bring value, most books on the subject are New Age, sounds good pablum. Discernment with suspended judgement applied to daily living is the best teacher. Question 213 We know from surveys that 80% of mainstream scientists dismiss psi and the paranormal. But nobody seems to ask how do engineers feel about it? Answered September 14, 2021 Answer I hold a Bachelor of Science degree in electrical and electronics engineering (BSEEE). My specialty is telecommunications, but since

dropping out of the corporate world in 1996, my focus has been on the development of frontier science related to Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC) (Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) is a subset of ITC). ITC can be generalized as the Psi influence of intentionality on physical systems. The majority of scientists I have encountered exhibit one of three points of view about the world. The majority maintain the idea that there is only the physical. Psychologists are the most typically anti-anything Dualistic. Academic philosophy is typically based on Physicalism. Some small number of scientists work in parapsychology and most of them are focused on debunking Psi phenomena. They sometimes refer to themselves as Anomalistic Psychologists, but most are more evasive. See What is Anomalistic Psychology?. (100) An even smaller group of scientists accept the assumptions of Anomalistic Psychology but hold that some apparent Psi phenomena is nonphysical. I have learned to think of them as Exceptional Experiences Psychologists. See what is Exceptional Psychology? (176) Finally, a few scientists are open to the possibility that Psi functioning is evidence of a nonphysical aspect of consciousness. I have learned to think of that as survival metaphysics. It is important to note that parapsychologists tend to exhibit an Anomalistic Psychology or Exceptional Experiences Psychology point of view, but not all parapsychologists are psychologists. Most are retired academics from such unrelated fields as biology and philosophy. It is better to examine the mechanism of belief rather than belief itself. As an engineer who has been deeply

emersed in the subject for many decades, I have found that acceptance is more a function of how well the person is informed about Psi phenomena. In essence, if they are not informed, their opinion has little merit. Surveys seldom consider that. Question 214 Who postulates that the human mind at birth is a blank slate or tabula rasa? Answered September 9, 2021 Answer I do not know who in the academic world hold that we begin physical life with a blank mental slate. It seems reasonable to argue that there are at least five primary influencers of mind: Instincts — At birth, there is an inward-looking aspect of mind that seems to be guided by evolved human instinct to assure dominance of the personal gene pool. This appears to be a characteristic shared by all people. See 3 Basic Instincts: Which Dominates You and How It Shapes Who You Are - Learning Mind. (177) Altruism — At birth, there is a more outward-looking aspect of mind that seems guided by a more altruistic aspect of who we are. I think there is continuing debaters in academia about the difference and origins between self-serving survival instincts and public-serving altruism. The degree of altruistic expression is not the same for everyone. See Altruism. (178) Understanding — From birth, mind appears to exhibit a degree of understanding that does not seem to be related to prior experience. Such understanding does not appear to be the same for everyone. See What It Actually

Means to Have an Old Soul. (179) Cultural Influence — During a lifetime, people are more or less influenced by cultural teaching. This is different for each of us. See Over Fifty Ways Culture Influences Us. (180) Memory — During a lifetime, people acquire memory that accumulates and tends to influence future experiences and how the person relates to them. The nature of this influence is unique to the individual. See Memory. (181) Temperament — While I have not learned to properly characterize this influence, I am pretty sure each of us exhibits a temperament that tends to turn us to prefer particular choices. See A study on human behavior has identified four basic personality types (34) and 4 Most Common Temperament Types. (182) The “blank slate” idea may be something of a religious view. For societal purposes, we stipulate that a child is innocent as related to the behavior of family and culture. Also, our human instincts are hard wired to protect our children. Question 215 What makes Wikipedia unreliable? Answered August 8, 2021 Answer Increasing complexity of editor-editing rules, methods for such functions as including citations, and the Wikipedia editor arbitration system have made it increasingly complex for new editors. In the parts of the online encyclopedia in which I have previously been active as an editor, the veteran editors are pretty much running the show. The majority of the veteran I have encountered are anti-anything that is not specifically acknowledged by mainstream science. The result is that

Wikipedia is a social tool used for suppressing new thought. Of course, that is a good example of scientism. To illustrate, since 2000, I have been co-director of an organization focused on the study of Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP). ATransC - Association TransCommunication (24) I was not allowed to edit the EVP article in Wikipedia because I might have a conflict of interest. That is, I might make self-serving edits. I have not checked for a few years, but back in the early days, the article was a mess. I suspect it is still written to suggest fraud or delusion while ignoring “fringe” research. Virtually all of the “authoritative references” were sourced from skeptical material. The skeptical editors dominate by using Wiki rules to push aside editors with non-mainstream points of view. I have been banned from editing the Rupert Sheldrake article because I proposed that his theories should at least be addressed in a neutral manner. They justified the ban based on the Pseudoscience Arbitration, (81) saying I was promoting pseudoscience. First, “pseudoscience” is a term coined to cast aspersions on anything not in agreement with mainstream science. If you look at the list of subjects considered pseudoscience by the dominant group of Wikipedia editors, you will see that virtually all frontier subjects are on the list. See List of topics characterized as pseudoscience. (83) Three rules were established for Wikipedia that I think solidified the influence of scientism in Wikipediae. I discuss the essence of them in Wikipedia

Arbitration. (81) They are: Wikipedia: Requests for arbitration/Fringe Science Basically, the only sources editors can use to support a point are in the mainstream press. The very good, peer-reviewed parapsychological journals can be disallowed. Wikipedia: Requests for arbitration/Paranormal Anything not mainstream is considered paranormal. For instance, in the finding about inclusion: 3) In addition to firmly established scientific truth, Wikipedia contains many other types of information. “The threshold for inclusion in Wikipedia is verifiability, not truth” (from Wikipedia: Verifiability). However, “verifiability” is based on accepted publications. No matter how good they are, “fringe” - “pseudoscience” sources as defined by the dominant editors are excluded. Thus, the only words allowed in an article typically comes from anti-frontier subject sources. Wikipedia: Requests for arbitration/Pseudoscience I have already discussed pseudoscience. Wikipedia may be fine for information about a movie, but it is academically lazy to use Wikipedia for most subjects. The problem is that the reader cannot know if there is any controversy. Always look at the editing history of an article to see if it is stable. Look at the Talk page to see if all points of view are being considered. A last point. The fact that Wikipedia editors can work with fake names has enabled something of a poisoned-water, Lord of the Flies environment. That means editors can be as nasty as they want with impunity. Many are. Such an environment cannot produce stable articles that serve the best interest of the public. Instead, Wikipedia is a powerful tool for

protecting the status quo. Question 216 Are esoteric people delusional? Answered July 18, 2021 Answer Esoteric is defined as “Knowledge that is understandable by only an enlightened inner circle” With a little rewording of the definition, quantum physicists could be considered “esoteric” people. I assume the question is about spiritual, metaphysical, paranormal- related subjects that are generally related to anomalous mental phenomena like psychic and healing intention. However, my comment should apply to any subject. Our mind operates in conceptual reality, meaning that we mentally deal with symbols and other abstractions. When we decide something — say what an object is or a person's name — we assign physical meaning to that conceptual decision. For us to experience something, we must first know how to assign the correct physical meaning. The very large majority of people never become consciously aware of the need to question personal assumption. Their daily living is guided by instincts, memory and cultural training. A few people have realized the need to habitually examine truths. Those truths are abstract and their examination of them is a complex process of balancing being human with being an etheric personality entangled with a human. Realizing such a need is a very esoteric change in mind. A person who has not made such a transition tends to find it difficult to comprehend the need to examine choices. The esoteric schools refer to this form of secrecy as “For those who have eyes to see.” More to the point, if the

person does not have the mental references to understand the information, the person will have difficulty understanding it. Truths often hide in plain sight as abstract symbols requiring supporting information to decode. Are people who study things esoteric delusional, or do they have the necessary understanding to correctly perceive esoteric experiences while others do not? People deeply involved with esoteric subjects would tend to be something of a mystery to people who are not. Such involved people might be considered delusional. Some probably are, as there are always those who refuse to do the work. But it is for the observer to learn, rather than judge. Most all people are capable of developing the eyes to see. Question 217 How do we control our Destiny? Answered June 26, 2021 Answer In the Conditional Free Will Essay, (25) I tried to explore the influences in our life that go to moderate our freedom of choices. You may want to look over that essay as part of this answer. In the metaphysics I study, it is useful to think of who we are as being two people in one body. I use that idea in the Two Mind Solution to the Survival Hypothesis. (32) It is a Dualist concept (mind is separate from brain) as opposed to Physicalism (mind is produced by brain). The idea is that we are an immortal personality entangled with our human avatar in a symbiotic relationship. Who we think we are is a combination of our human

personality (avatar) and our immortal personality (symbiont). While we are inclined toward gaining greater understanding, our human avatar is inclined toward gene dominance. This model is useful for considering such questions. I am not qualified to say if it is the best (scientific) explanation. The degree to which we are able to gain understanding from life experiences is a function of how well we can manage our human’s instincts. The average person seems mostly unaware of the need to manage their instincts. I cannot say if we have Divine influences in our life. I think we enter into a lifetime to gain understanding about the nature of reality through life experiences. It would be consistent with what we know about sentience to think that we had a specific area of interest. We do see this in how some people want a particular kind of education and career. If this is true, it would seem to mean that our destiny is to live this lifetime as fully as we can. Hiding in a cave to gain enlightenment would defeat that objective. Getting dirty in a low paying job might be just what we need. It is best to judge our progression rather than our station in life. I like to think that the primary motivation of Source is curiosity. For me, as an aspect of Source, there are only two sins. One sin is to consciously avoid opportunities for experience and the other is to interfere with other people’s opportunity to

have experience. With all of that said, the answer would seem to be that we begin to take control of our destiny by learning to manage our human’s instincts. We can do that by making it a life-long habit to consciously examine the implications of our choices (discernment). We need to honor our human, but it is for us to manage its influence on our progression. Question 218 Why does the New Age believe everything has to be no bad vibes instead of doing shadow work, or having discernment when needed? Answered June 1, 2021 Answer At 78, I consider myself a card-carrying New Ager. A sense of curiosity started my journey. It was my intention to be the first man on the moon, but there are a million naturally occurring reasons that did not happen. I had a few episodes of heightened awareness when I was preschool child … altered states of consciousness that left me wondering why. That was in the 1940s and there were no adults in my small town who could give me a reasonable explanation. The local preacher was scary. The doctor was uninformed. No way my parents would understand. It was better to keep my experiences to myself. Fast forward a few years to when I discovered the Rosicrucians through their “Thoughts have wings” advertising in one of my science magazines. That was late in my high school years. My study of the esoteric wisdom stopped when they said to meet them on the

inner. I didn’t know enough to ask the right questions. Back then, there were few books on the subject in my small logging town library. I did find a lot of books on psychology. As it turned out, science fiction writers were my most important teachers. Hypnotism was fun. I got in trouble with the English teacher for trying to hypnotize another student. Since then, I have taken numerous classes on everything from psychic development to lucid dreaming. I prefer the deep emersion, week-long classes because the instructor is better able to help students enter into deeper states of awareness. It usually takes a few days for me. Today, I am an ordained Spiritualist minister, certified healer and medium. With my wife, I am a director of the Association TransCommunication (24) and have written several books on human potential as it is informed by Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) which is the audio form of Instrumental TransCommunication (ITC). New Age is a culture but not a specific group. As a general statement, New Agers are people who accept the evidence that they are more than their body and seek to understand what that means and how to make the best of it for themselves. They are neither stupid nor greedy. They live in a “what if” world and are not actually believers as the general public thinks. The New Age culture is mostly about human potential. I study what I refer to as survival metaphysics. A few New Agers are interested

in survival, but most are seekers after understanding their personal nature. New Agers are mostly self-taught and tend to gravitate toward schools of thought. While the underlying concepts appear to be universal, such as Dualism and continuous life, the way they are thought of may be different. For instance, some seekers think they must be pure of heart and live with Mother Nature. Others focus on preparing their body to support what they think of as more spiritual energy. I have great respect for people who are willing to take the time to teach. Like any service, they should be paid for their effort. With that said, people who seek to teach are taught by other New Agers who, themselves were probably self-taught. A common characteristic of anyone learning about something they love is the desire to be able to work in the field all the time. That results in some teachers being a lot better than others, so buyer beware—as with any human endeavor. One of the driving influences in the New Age culture is the lack of science-based guidance. The most ignorant, self-serving scientists tell New Agers they are delusional, yet, today, psychic ability has been shown to be a natural ability (see 100 Scientific Papers Offering Evidence for Psi Phenomena & Effects (36) and Dean Radin’s research. (35) After my little altered states experiences in youth, it only discredits the scientist who tells me I am misinformed. It is for them to explain why and few can.

Lacking reasonable, learned guidance from scientists, people are left with their own devices to come up with their own truths. Just about every teacher has a different way of explaining essentially the same concepts. So, if you think New Age concepts are nonsense, your grievance is with the teacher who is trying his or her best, but who lacks the academic support to know better. Be understanding. Better yet, ask why you think the way you do. “Bad vibe avoidance” amongst New Agers is the same as “Can’t we all get along” in general society. Having been a seeker for some 70 years, I can say that there is a lot many New Agers do not understand. However, seeking is a journey. Every silly idea a person thinks is true is a silly idea that that person must live with and test in order to understand it is a silly idea. That is the way of progression. Rather than thinking of New Age as a club, think of it as an idea. The fundamentals of that idea are conscious seeking to understand shelf and the nature of reality. There can be no higher purpose. Question 219 What are some negative aspects of skepticism? Answered March 21, 2021 Answer In my experience, there are people who practice discernment as an informed response and people who reject ideas without reasonable examination. In practice, discernment means suspended judgement while questions are addressed. People who reject ideas without examination have taken the name of

skeptic. The Skeptics Society, (116) for instance, represents people who are skeptics but not discerning. The old saying that skepticism is healthy is still true, but society has changed. Today, where I stand on the frontier of science, the term “skeptic” means obstructionist. Virtually every complaint skeptics have voiced about my field of study have been in the form of unquestioning belief that only mainstream science can define science. That is scientism. In contrast, I have found those who express an opinion about research based on self-education about the subject are discerning. I can usually tell the difference because discerning people usually maintain suspended judgement until they have all of the facts. When they say they do not accept the evidence, they do so as an informed decision. Skeptics, on the other hand, typically do not have realistic reasons. The problems with being a skeptic and not an informed observer with an opinion include: • Skeptics have labeled anything not specifically supported by current science as “Pseudoscience.” They have convinced industry, even governments that anything pseudoscience is a danger to society. Young scientists can ruin their career by associating with a field of study skeptics have labeled as pseudoscience. • There is little money for research of so labeled pseudoscience. • Book burning can occur. See Biography of Wilhelm Reich (183) • People who are skeptics tend to prevent themselves from having potentially life-changing experiences Question 220 Skeptics believe that only science is everything, however is there a world of

magic, supernatural phenomena, and mysticism that they miss out on experiencing because they are covered by ignorance? Answered December 5, 2020 Answer I will take this in parts. First, organized skeptics (116) at least behave as if they think “If science does not specifically allow for a reported phenomenon, that phenomenon cannot be real and must be fraud or imagination.” That is scientism, which is a faith-based ideology. This point of view has been expressed to me many times by skeptic editors in Wikipedia, people in Quora who begin their responses with such phrases as “Yes well that post is as ignorant as anything I have ever read anywhere.” Lacking the background, skeptics tend to use such insults rather than informed arguments. From my study, there is magic as it is practiced by stage magicians, and there are magical experiences people report having that are studied as paranormal phenomena. From my study, there is no such thing as magic in the mystical sense. However, there are reported experiences that seem to defy currently understood physics. Supernatural is, by definition, reported experiences that are outside of the expected norm. While this might be a strange cloud formation, the term is usually applied to experiences that seem related to trans-etheric influences, aka paranormal. Mysticism is important to the last part of the question. The term usually applies to arcane teaching intended to help a person gain lucidity. An indicator for how well a seeker is doing is the degree to which the

seeker is able to experience reality as it is, rather than as society has taught. “Mysticism” implies hidden or not easily seen. In fact, “for those who have eyes to see” is a way of saying that something will not be evident if the viewer does not realize the implications of what is experienced. This is a good question because it applies to everyone. Skeptics are especially blinded to their spiritual nature by their ignorance of science and how frontier subjects evolve. People who do not think past the influence of their human instincts tend to be blind to their spiritual nature. An important aspect of the way we think is the way our unconscious mind preprocesses information we sense before it comes to our conscious self. The question asked by our perceptual process of each new sensed signal is, “Does the sensed information agree with our worldview?” In this model, generally, there are three possible answers: 1 2 3 If yes, we consciously experience the information. A little modification may occur to nudge the information toward what we think is real. If the information is familiar, how can it be modified to better agree with what we have been taught? If this is the response, the modified version is sent to our conscious awareness. If it is not familiar at all, the information will likely be rejected, and we might not become aware that it existed. The worldview of a skeptic, or anyone who is steeped in physicalist culture,

will tend to reject such reported experiences as Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) and remote viewing. Skeptics will predictably hear an example of EVP as simple noise while someone open to the phenomenon will more likely correctly hear the speech. I have witnessed this many times. See EVP Online Listening Trials. (159) The answer, then, is that anyone who is unyielding in their openness to new ideas will not have “the eyes to see.” Typically, all they will report hearing in an EVP is noise and naturally assume people who do report meaningful messages are delusional. Yes, they miss out. Those of us who do have the eyes to see suffer when someone is unable to see. In that sense, it is important for us to find the words to show the reasonableness of what we experience. My Qualifications You can see my biography at ethericstudies.org/tom-butler-biography/. (2) My Influences It may be helpful if you have a sense of my approach to these subjects. I am fascinated with some of the ancient teaching about our spiritual nature. I always begin with Hermes who was a teacher who lived in Egypt some 6,000 years ago. The Egyptians had a god named Thoth which was considered the mind of God as a teacher, source of writing, healing, art and music. Many contemporary accounts describe Thoth and Hermes as the same person, but it is more likely Thoth was an aspect of God, or ideal, while Hermes was probably an influential priest or class

of priests. Amongst many titles, Thoth was considered the heart and tongue of the Sun God Ra and the means by which Ra’s will was translated into speech. He also had the title of Three times great, great. The Greeks thought Thoth and Hermes were the same, and thus gave Hermes-Thoth the title of Trismegistus (Greek for Hermes the thrice-greatest). The Romans referred to him as the god Mercury (Mercurius ter Maximus in Latin). While the line of inheritance is likely different for people who have followed other paths of learning, these are milestones marking the evolution of our modern spirituality as I see them: Pre-Hermetic – The spiritual instructions attributed to Hermes appear to be fully developed in his time. Following the Perceptual Agreement Organizing Principle, such understanding probably should not be expected to appear fully developed. It is more realistic to think it had evolved prior to Hermes’ time. If so, what civilization existed before? See Before The Pharaohs: The Evidence for Advanced Civilisation in Egypt’s Mysterious Prehistory. (30) Hermes – Perhaps the only document reliably attributed to Hermes is the Emerald Tablet (1) A more appropriate title for the discourse is The Truly Great Work because it describes the creative process and how to apply it to the personal pursuit of spiritual maturity. About 6,000 years ago. Katha Upanishad – Sanskrit was the language of the Indus Valley at the border between Pakistan and India. About 4,000 years ago, the spiritual oral traditions of that region were

written as educational stories. The Katha Upanishad (41) describes a conversation between the God of Death and a seeker asking to know the nature of death. It is important because, as I describe in the Razor’s Edge Essay, (42) it clearly explains the relationship between our spiritual self and our human avatar. It also explains how to seek spiritual maturity. John 14 of the Bible – The teaching attributed to Jesus in John 14 (117) also describes the relationship between spiritual self and physical self. It depicts the three aspects of a teacher in the same sense as the Emerald Tablet and the Katha Upanishad. Above all, and a lesson often lost on modern Christians, it teaches the way toward spiritual maturity. About 2,000 years ago. Hermetic Tarot – The earliest Tarot I am aware of appeared in the 1300s. It is important to distinguish between New Age Tarot card used for divination and the 22 Major Arcana of the Hermetic Tarot designed to depict the way to spiritual maturity. I study a version of the 1910 Rider-Waite deck modified by Paul Foster Case and used by Builders of the Adytum. (48) The 22 Major Arcana (cards) symbolically represent one cycle of seeking toward spiritual maturity. Contemporary Science – Parapsychology is the apparent keeper of contemporary spiritual wisdom. I say that with some reservation because that field of study has probably done more damage than good to our understanding of things paranormal. Here, things paranormal are also related to developing

discerning intellect because understanding the one can lead to understanding the other. Instrumental Transcommunication (ITC) – As I studied both audio and visual ITC, it became clear that ITC is a contemporary dispensation of the same guidance taught by Hermes, the Katha Upanishad, Jesus and the Hermetica. My personal objective in life is to understand who I am and my relationship with the greater reality. The most important milestone of all for this quest has been ITC. The phenomena themselves are important, even sometimes useful for such service as helping with grief and fear of death, but the implications of their existence unavoidably show us the fact of our immortality as spiritual self first and human avatar second. I write because it is the only way I can scratch this itch to teach. Index An Index makes little sense in an eBook. However, I developed one for the hardcopy version and think it might be useful as a way for you to know that a particular name is in the book. Use the search tool to access the name in the body of the book. 22 Major Arcana 9–11 World Trade Center Attack Academic-Layperson Partition Allan Kardec American Association of Electronic Voice Phenomena Arthur Clarke Association TransCommunication Astrology Astronomical Cosmology Auditory Pareidolia Axis Mundi Bible Big Bang Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies Black Box Analysis Brazil Builders of the Adytum Cabala Causal Determinism Christians Consciousness Studies Control Recorder Dalai Lama Darwin David Bohm David Merril Dean Radin Deepak Chopra Dominance

Threshold Dr. Who Egypt Einstein Emanuel Swedenborg EMDR Emerald Tablet Ernst Senkowski EVPmaker Extraterrestrial First Sight Theory Flat Earth Flat Earth Society Food and Drug Administration Frank Sumption Frank’s Box Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging (fMRI) German Ghost Box Global Consciousness Project God-Realization Greek Grim Reaper Ham Radio Hemi-Sync Hermes Hermetic Tarot Hermetic Tradition Hermetic Wisdom Schools Hermetica Hilary Clinton Horace Mann Hyperlucidity Implicate Order India Indus Valley Inheritance of Credibility Intercessory Prayer Isaac Asimov Isaac Newton James Carpenter Jesus John 14 Kant Kardecist Mediums Katha Upanishad Lord of the Flies Lucidity Spectrum Maggy and Jules Harsch-Fischbach Mandelbrot Set - Apple Man Martha Copeland Mercury Microtubules Monroe Institute Morphic Resonance (Morphogenesis) Morphogenic Mind National Spiritualist Association of Churches Native American Natural Law Nature’s Habit One Thing Ouija Board Pakistan Palm Reading Paul Foster Case Pear Laboratory Phased-array Antenna Psyleron Quantum Mysticism Radionics Radio-Sweep Rider-Waite Robert Heinlein Roman Rosicrucians Rupert Sheldrake Ruth Bader Ginsberg Sanskrit Sarah Estep Scientism Silver Bullet Society for Research in Rapport and Telekinesis (SORRAT) Spirit Box Spiritism Spiritualism Spiritualist National Union Spiritualists Star Trek Stochastic Amplification Sun God Ra Super-Psi Hypothesis Tarot The Big Bang The Great Work The Hermes Concepts The Lord of the Flies Therapeutic Touch Thoth Tinkerbell Tree of Life Trismegistus Twilight Zone Uncertainty Principle White Noise Wikipedia Wizard of Oz Syndrome Wizard Syndrome World Trade Center Your Immortal Self Zen Buddhist Zener Card References 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Butler, Tom. “The Hermes Concepts.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/hermes-concepts/. Butler, Tom. “Tom Butler’s Biography.” Etheric

Studies. ethericstudies.org/tom-butler-biography/. Butler, Tom. “Implicit Cosmology.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/implicit-cosmology/. The Monroe Institute. monroeinstitute.org/. Butler, Tom. “Perceptual Agreement.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/perceptual-agreement/. 6. Murrell, Beatrix. “The Cosmic Plenum: Bohm's Gnosis: The Implicate Order.” Stoa del Sol. bizint.com/stoa_del_sol/plenum/plenum_3.html. 7. 8. 9. Talbot, Michael. The Holographic Universe. NY, NY: HarperPerennial, 1991. Butler, Tom. “A Model for EVP.” Association TransCommunication. 2017. atransc.org/model-for-evp/. Solomon, Grant and Jane, Solomon. “Paranormal Apports Phenomena Evidence.” The Scole Experiment. thescoleexperiment.com/paranormal- apports-phenomena.html. 10. Heasley, Karen. “Precipitated Spirit Paintings I.” Spiritual Path Church. 2017. spiritualpathspiritualistchurch.org/precipitated-spirit-paintings-i/. 11. Grattan-Guinness, Ivor. “SORRAT History and Background.” Association TransCommunication. 2011. atransc.org/sorrat-history/. 12. Butler, Tom. “The Creative Process.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/creative-process/. 13. “a priori knowledge.” Encyclopedia Britanica. britannica.com/topic/a-priori- knowledge. 14. Blumenau, Ralph. “Kant and the Thing in Itself.” Philosophy Now. 2001. philosophynow.org/issues/31/Kant_and_the_Thing_in_Itself. 15. Butler, Tom. “About Etheric Studies.” Etheric Studies. 2007. ethericstudies.org/about-etheric-studies/. 16. Butler, Tom. “The Mindful Way.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/mindfulness/. 17. Butler, Tom. “ATransC White Paper on Transcommunication.” Association TransCommunication. 2014. atransc.org/itc-white-paper/. 18. Bigelow Institute for Consciousness Studies (BICS). bigelowinstitute.org/. 19. Butler, Tom. “Review of Runner Up BICS Essays.” Etheric Studies. 2022. ethericstudies.org/2021-bics-essay-reviews/. 20. Sheldrake, Rupert PhD. Morphic Resonance and Morphic Fields. Rupert Sheldrake. sheldrake.org/research/morphic-resonance/introduction?. 21. Butler, Tom. “The Cosmology of Imaginary Space.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/cosmology-imaginary-space/. 22. Howell, Elizabeth. “What Is the Big Bang Theory?” Space.com. 2017. space.com/25126-big-bang-theory.html. 23. Butler, Tom. “The Razor's Edge.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/razors-edge/. 24. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “About the Association TransCommunication.” Association TransCommunication (ATransC). atransc.org/about-atransc/. 25. Butler, Tom. “Conditional Freewill.” Etheric Studies. ethericstudies.org/conditional-freewill/. 26. Butler, Tom.

“Consensus Building in the Paranormalist Community.” Etheric Studies. 2017. ethericstudies.org/consensus-building/. 27. Butler, Tom. “Organizing Principles.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/organizing-principles/. 28. Bargh, John A. “Our Unconscious Mind.” PScience Associates. 2013. pscience.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/UNCONSCIOUS-unconscious- mind-shapes-our-day-to-day-interactions-Bargh-SciAm-2013.pdf. 29. Max-Planck-Gesellschaft. “Decision-making May Be Surprisingly Unconscious Activity.” Science Daily. 2008. sciencedaily.com/releases/2008/04/080414145705.htm. 30. Malkowski, Edward. “Before The Pharaohs: The Evidence for Advanced Civilisation in Egypt’s Mysterious Prehistory.” New Dawn Magazine. 2006. newdawnmagazine.com/articles/before-the-pharaohs-the-evidence-for- advanced-civilisation-in-egypts-mysterious-prehistory 31. Butler, Tom. “About First Sight Theory.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/first-sight-theory/. 32. Butler, Tom. “Two-Mind Solution to the Survival Hypothesis.” Ethedric Studies. 2021. ethericstudies.org/two-mind-solution/. 33. Merrill, David W. and Reid, Roger H. “David Merrill & Roger Reid: Social Styles.” Management Pocketbooks. 2017. pocketbook.co.uk/blog/2017/04/18/david-merrill-roger-reid-social-styles/. 34. Poncela-Casasnovas, Julia et al. “A study on human behavior has identified four basic personality types.” uc3m - Universidad Carlos III de Madrid. 2016. uc3m.es/ss/Satellite/UC3MInstitucional/en/Detalle/Comunicacion_C/137122 3155576/1371216052182/A_study_on_human_behavior_has_identified_four _basic_personality_types. 35. Radin, Dean. “Selected Peer-Reviewed Publications on Psi Research.” Dean Radin.com. deanradin.com/recommended-references. 36. “A List of 100+ Peer-Reviewed Papers that Offer Scientific Evidence for Psi Phenomena.” The Science of Subtle Energy. subtle.energy/list-100-peer- reviewed-papers-offer-scientific-evidence-psi-phenomena/. 37. Windbridge Research Center. windbridge.org/. 38. Butler, Tom. “Becoming Lucid.” Etheric Studies. 2020. ethericstudies.org/becoming-lucid/. 39. Butler, Tom. “Classifying Phenomena.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/classifying-phenomena/. 40. Butler, Tom. “EVP Online Phantom Voices.” Association TransCommunication. 2012. atransc.org/phantom-voices/. 41. Mason, Lynne, Patterson, Robert and Radin, Dean. “Exploratory Study: The Random Number Generator and Group Meditation.”Academia.edu. 2007. academia.edu/30794323/Exploratory_study_the_random_number_generator _and_group_meditation. 42. Butler, Tom. Avatar. Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/avatar/. 43. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “ATransC ITC Examples.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/itc-evp/. 44. Bargh, John A. and Morsella, Ezequiel. “The Unconscious Mind.”

US National Library of Medicine, National Institutes of Health. 2008. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC2440575/. 45. National Spiritualist Association of Churches. February 2012. nsac.org/. 46. Butler, Tom. “Spiritual Anatomy.” Etheric Studies. 2020. ethericstudies.org/spiritual-anatomy/. 47. Carpenter, James. “First Sight: A Model and A Theory of Psi.” James Carpenter. 2014. drjimcarpenter.com/about/documents/FirstSightformindfield.pdf. 48. Butler, Tom. “Life Field.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/life-field/. 49. Butler, Tom. “Mind as Storyteller.” Etheric Studies. 2019. ethericstudies.org/mind-as-storyteller/. 50. Butler, Tom. “Radical Conservatism.” Etheric Studies. 2020. ethericstudies.org/radical-conservatism/. 51. Butler, Tom. “A Reason for Mindfulness.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/reason-for-mindfulness/. 52. Butler, Tom. “Etheric Fields.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/etheric- fields/. 53. (Translator) Panoli, Vidyavachaspati V. “Katha Upanishad.” Vedanta Shastras Library. shastras.com/upanishads-krishna-yajur-veda/katha-upanishad/. 54. Butler, Tom. “A Personal Code of Ethics for the Mindful Way.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/code-of-ethics/. 55. Lama, Dalai. Dalai Lama. Facebook. September 10, 2012. facebook.com/DalaiLama/posts/10151052842097616?__xts__[0]=68.ARAQZZ HjV4_IelDHqiiIMWqYZEBbG4XAnVozwm7lUEIttYpMJUOjPAtneQW7Y_ceewbQ n6PpXlrP7wqNrGjKiLqN0GtWS-ItjS7nR_5vVZimSJKk- bAbFB2sc5iKyntgwZg2FyWxHFhF- aJX8Z2IbZAx7x70IuO_aX4GYTv_qUVTBHp3Hm7U77. 56. Doyle, Bob. “Determinism.” The Information Philosopher. 1968. informationphilosopher.com/freedom/determinism.html. 57. Hardin, Brett. “The Four Different Personality Types.” 2014. blog.bretthard.in/the-four-different-personality-types-9366bfefde16. 58. Butler, Tom. “Etheric Studies Occasional Update 8.” MailChimp. 2020. mailchi.mp/788f78f656fb/etheric-studies-occasional-update-8. 59. Butler, Tom. “Morphic Fields.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/morphic-fields/. 60. Berggreen, ByJesper. “Denmark Passes Magic 50% In Renewable Electricity Generation Milestone.” Clean Technica. 2020. cleantechnica.com/2020/01/05/denmark-passes-magic-50-in-renewable- electricity-generation-milestone/. 61. Pahl, Greg. “A History of Solar Water Heating.” Mother Earth News. 2003. motherearthnews.com/sustainable-living/renewable-energy/history-of-solar- water-heating-zmaz03onzgoe/. 62. Pfeiffer, Sacha. “California Gov. Newsom Calls Transition To Electric Cars An 'Economic Imperative'.” National Public Radio. 2020. npr.org/2020/09/24/916625380/california-governor-on-his-order-to-ban- sale-of-new-gasoline-vehicles-by-2035. 63. Copeland, Martha. “EVP Examples by Martha Copeland.” ATransC. atransc.org/copeland-evp/. 64. Weisberg, Josh. “The Hard Problem of Consciousness.” Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy. iep.utm.edu/hard-problem-of-conciousness/. 65.

Butler, Tom. “Metaphysical View of John 14.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/metaphysical-view-john-14/. 66. Butler, Tom. Progression, Teaching and the Community. Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/progression-teaching-community/. 67. Butler, Tom. “Personality-Centric Perspective.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/personality-centric-perspective/. 68. Morgana, Aimee. “The N'Kisi Project.” Rupert Sheldrake. 2002. sheldrake.org/nkisi/. 69. First, Elsa. “The Secret Life of Plants.” The New York Times. 1973. nytimes.com/1973/12/30/archives/the-secret-life-of-plants-by-peter- tompkins-and-christopher-bird.html. 70. Butler, Tom. “Transcommunication.” Etheric Studies. ethericstudies.org/transcommunication/. 71. Butler, Tom. Etheric Fields. Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/etheric- fields/. 72. Butler, Tom. “Perception.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/perception/. 73. Tippit, Sarah. “Study: Brains Function in Clinically Dead.” ABC News. 2006. abcnews.go.com/Technology/story?id=98447. 74. Smith, Paul H. “What is Remote Viewing?” International Remote Viewing Association. irva.org/remote-viewing/definition.html. 75. Butler, Tom. Exploring the Mindful Way. AA-EVP Publishing. 2018. ethericstudies.org/exploring-the-mindful-way/ 76. Sudduth, Michael. “Super-Psi and the Survivalist Interpretation of Mediumship.” Cup of Nirvana. 2009. michaelsudduth.com/wp- content/uploads/2016/01/SurvivalMediumship.pdf. 77. Ropeik, David. “The Greatest Threat of All: Human Instincts Overwhelm Reason.” Psychology Today. 2015. psychologytoday.com/blog/how-risky-is-it- really/201501/the-greatest-threat-all-human-instincts-overwhelm-reason. 78. Butler, Tom. “Trans-Survival Hypothesis.” Etheric Studies. 2015. ethericstudies.org/trans-survival-hypothesis/. 79. Butler, Tom. “Open Letter to Paranormalists: Limits of science, trust and responsibility.” Etheric Studies. 2017. ethericstudies.org/open-letter-to- paranormalists-science/. 80. Science and Engineering Indicator 2006, "Chapter 7: Science and Technology: Public Attitudes and Understanding". National Science Foundation. 2006. wayback.archive- it.org/5902/20150818094952/http://www.nsf.gov/statistics/seind06/c7/c7s2. htm. 81. Butler, Tom. “Wikipedia Arbitration.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/wikipedia-arbitration/. 82. Parapsychological Association. parapsych.org/home.aspx. 83. “List of topics characterized as pseudoscience.” Wikipedia. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_topics_characterized_as_pseudoscience. 84. Ranalli, Chris. “Moore’s Proof of an External World: Responding to External World Skepticism.” 1000-Word Philosophy: An Introductory Anthology. 2021. 1000wordphilosophy.com/2021/02/23/moores-proof-of-an-external-world/. 85. Armstrong, Paul B. Architecture, Body

and Performance, "Phenomenology". Johns Hopkins Guide for Literary Theory and Criticism entry (2nd Edition 2005). 2005. brown.edu/Departments/Joukowsky_Institute/courses/architecturebodyperf ormance/1065.html. 86. Bourget, David and Chalmers, David J. “What Do Philosophers Believe?” 2013. philpapers.org/archive/BOUWDP. 87. “Reincarnation research.” Psychology Wiki. psychology.wikia.org/wiki/Reincarnation_research. 88. “Out-of-Body Experiences.” RnCeus.com. rnceus.com/uncon/unoob.html. 89. Pim van Lommel. pimvanlommel.nl/en/. 90. Beischel, Julie and Schwartz, Gary. “Anomalous Information Reception by Research Mediums Demonstrated Using a Novel Triple-Blind Protocol.” Direct Science. 2007. doi.org/10.1016/j.explore.2006.10.004. 91. Forman, Robert K. C. “An Emerging New Model for Consciousness: The Consciousness Field Model.” Springer Link. 2011. rd.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-94-007-2079-4_17. 92. Radin, Dean, Schlitz, Marilyn and Baur, Christopher. “Distant Healing Intention Therapies: An Overview of the Scientific Evidence.” PMC PubMed Central. 2015. ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4654780/. 93. Dunne, Brenda J. and Jahn, Robert. “Experiments in Remote Human/Machine Interaction.” Cite Seer. 1992. citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.639.2414&rep=rep1&typ e=pdf. 94. “Galileo and the Telescope.” Library of Congress. loc.gov/collections/finding- our-place-in-the-cosmos-with-carl-sagan/articles-and-essays/modeling-the- cosmos/galileo-and-the-telescope. 95. Butler, Tom. “Glossary of Terms.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/glossary-of-terms/. 96. Onion, Amanda. “What Causes Spooky Out-of-Body Experiences?” Scientific American. 2017. scientificamerican.com/article/what-causes-spooky-out-of- body-experiences/. 97. Schmidt, Helmut. “Correlation Between Mental Processes and External Random Events.” 1990. dropbox.com/s/yie6f8phxqn7sl3/Schmidt1990PK.pdf?dl=0. 98. MacRae, Alexander. “Report of an Anomalous Speech Products Experiment inside a Double Screened Room.” Southwest Ghost Hunter's Association. 2009. sgha.net/library/MacRaeAnomalousSpeech.pdf. 99. “Social Styles.” Changing Minds. changingminds.org/explanations/preferences/social_styles.htm. 100. “What is Anomalistic Psychology?” Goldsmiths, University of London. 2015. gold.ac.uk/apru/what/. 101. Palmer, Genie and Hastings, Arthur. “Exploring the Nature of Exceptional Human Experiences: Recognizing, Understanding, and Appreciating EHEs.” Wiley Online Library. 2013. onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1002/9781118591277.ch18. 102. “What Is Confirmation Bias Psychology?” Better Help. 2022. betterhelp.com/advice/psychologists/what-is-confirmation-bias-psychology/. 103. Radin, Dean, et

al. “Consciousness and the double-slit interference pattern: Six experiments.” DeanRadin.com. 2012. deanradin.com/papers/Physics%20Essays%20Radin%20final.pdf. 104. Tillman, Nola Taylor and Harvey, Ailsa. “What Is Cosmology? Definition & History.” Space.Com. 2022. space.com/16042-cosmology.html. 105. “Spiritual Psychology Careers.” Careers in Psychology. careersinpsychology.org/becoming-a-spiritual-psychologist/. 106. Society for Psychical Research. spr.ac.uk/main/. 107. “The Rhine.” The Rhine Research Center. rhine.org/. 108. Berg, Sarah. “Jack's Masks - Lord of the Flies.” eNotes. scienceleadership.org/blog/jack-s_masks_-_lord_of_the_flies. 109. Butler, Tom. “Failure to Replicate ITC.” Etheric Studies. 2010. ethericstudies.org/failure-to-replicate-itc/. 110. Society for Scientific Exploration. scientificexploration.org/. 111. “Electronic voice phenomenon.” Wikipedia. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electronic_voice_phenomenon. 112. “Talk:Rupert Sheldrake/Archive 10.” Wikipedia. 2014. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Talk:Rupert_Sheldrake/Archive_10#Must_our_treatme nt_of_this_living_fringe_theorist_differ_from_our_treatment_of_his_theorie s%3F. 113. “User Talk:Tom Butler.” Wikipedia. 2014. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_talk:Tom_Butler#Arbitration_Enforcement. 114. Radin, Dean. “Presentiment.” Psi Encyclopedia. 2020. https://psi- encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/articles/presentiment. 115. Duggan, Michael. “James Carpenter.” Psi Encyclopedia. 2020. psi- encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/articles/james-carpenter. 116. Skeptic. skeptic.com/. 117. “Pseudoscience.” Wikipedia. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pseudoscience. 118. Global Consciousness Project: Meaningful Correlations in Random Data. noosphere.princeton.edu/. 119. Butler, Tom. “Debunking Survival Under Cover of False Academic Authority.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/scientist-attack-medium/. 120. Butler, Tom. “EVPmaker with Allophones: Where are We Now?” Association TransCommunication. 2011. atransc.org/evpmaker-study-where-are-we- now/. 121. Butler, Tom. “Failure to Replicate Fallacy.” Etheric Studies. 2018. ethericstudies.org/failure-to-replicate-fallacy/. 122. Duggan, Michael. “Psi Research in North America.” 2021. psi- encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/articles/psi-research-north-america. 123. Psyleron Consciousness Technologies and Research. psyleron.com/. 124. “Welcome to the CRV-REG Study.” Sponsored by The International Remote Viewing Association. crvreg.org/. 125. Kaplan, Rebecca. “Anomalous Princeton lab shuts its doors.” The Daily Pennsylvanian. 2007. https://www.thedp.com/article/2007/02/anomalous_princeton_lab_shuts_its _doors. 126. Radin, Dean and Utts, Jessica. “Experiments Investigating the Influence of Intention on Random and Pseudorandom Events.” Journal of Scientific Exploration, Vol. Vol. 3, pp.

pp. 65-79. 1989. academia.edu/31680265/Experiments_investigating_the_influence_of_intent ion_on_random_and_pseudorandom_events 127. Takagi, Osamu, et al. “Meditator’s non-contact effect on cucumbers.” Academic Journals. 2013. academicjournals.org/article/article1380558158_Takagi%20et%20al.pdf. 128. Weisensale, Bill. “Eliminating Radio Frequency Contamination for EVP.” Association TransCommunication. Spirit Voices, Issue 3, 1981. atransc.org/eliminating-rf-contamination/. 129. Butler, Tom. “Your Immortal Self, Exploring the Mindful Way.” 2016. ethericstudies.org/immortal_self/. ISBN 978-0-9727493-8-1. 130. Butler, Tom. “Perception of Visual ITC Images.’ Association TransCommunication. 2010. https://atransc.org/visual-perception-study/. 131. “Ethics Explainer: Post-Humanism.” The Ethics Center. 2018. ethics.org.au/ethics-explainer-post-humanism/. 132. Crystal, Ellie. “Axis Mundi.” Crystalinks. crystalinks.com/axismundi.html. 133. Myers, Steve. “Myers Briggs Personality Types.” Team Technology. teamtechnology.co.uk/tt/t-articl/mb-simpl.htm. 134. Littin, Shelley. “UA Study: Your Brain Sees Things You Don’t.” University of Arizona. 2013. uanews.arizona.edu/story/ua-study-your-brain-sees-things- you-don-t. 135. Wiki - Rupert Sheldrake. Wikipedia. en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rupert_Sheldrake. 136. Weiler, Craig. “The Weiler Psi.” weilerpsiblog.wordpress.com/the-big-ted- controversy-of-2013-part-1/. 137. Heinen, Cindy. “Information Gathering Using EVPmaker With Allophone: A Yearlong Trial.” Association TransCommunication. 2010. atransc.org/information-gathering-using-evpmaker/. 138. “Psi Encyclopedia.” Society for Psychical Research. www.spr.ac.uk/publications/psi-encyclopedia. 139. “Research Articles Database.” Society for Psychical Research. spr.ac.uk/publicationsrecordingswebevents/research-articles-database. 140. Forever Family Foundation. foreverfamilyfoundation.org/. 141. Butler, Tom. “How We Think.” Etheric Studies. 2014. ethericstudies.org/how- we-think/. 142. Parra, Alejandro and Villanueva, Jorge. “Exploring Psychomanteum as a Psi- Conducive State of Consciousness.” Bial. 2006. bial.com/media/1814/15_exploring-psychomanteum-as-a-psi- conducive_bolsa_4502_mar_08_1205341667.pdf. 143. Butler, Tom (et al). “Best Practice: Characteristic Test for EVP.” Association TransCommunication. 2019. atransc.org/characteristic-test-for-evp/. 144. Auerbach, Loyd. “Loyd Auerbach.” Facebook. facebook.com/loyd.auerbach. 145. Chopra, Deepak. “Only Spirituality Can Solve The Problems Of The World.” Huffpost Healthy Living. 2010. huffingtonpost.com/deepak-chopra/only- spirituality-can-sol_b_474221.html. 146. Builders of the Adytum. bota.org/. 147. “Highlights of Tarot.” B.O.T.A. bota.org/botaineurope/en/tarot/. 148. Butler, Tom. “The Monroe Way.” Association TransCommunication. 2008. atransc.org/monroe-way/.

149. Ayan, Steve on December. “The Brain’s Autopilot Mechanism Steers Consciousness.” Scientific American. 2018. scientificamerican.com/article/the- brains-autopilot-mechanism-steers- consciousness/?fbclid=IwAR18A8_OFcBoOGtObaYHBi_2MsOSSoS51mL6Hxzf6 mMD5Ld_qrzv77Opd4Y. 150. Butler, Tom. “What is it Like on the Other Side.” Etheric Studies. 2012. ethericstudies.org/like-on-other-side/. 151. “B.O.T.A. Tarot Deck.” Esoteric Meanings. esotericmeanings.com/introduction-to-the-b-o-t-a-tarot-deck/. 152. Carruthers, Peter. “The Illusion ofConscious Thought.” Journal of Consciousness Studies. 2017. faculty.philosophy.umd.edu/pcarruthers/The%20illusion%20of%20conscious %20thought.pdf. 153. “Horace Mann Quotations.” Quotetab.com. quotetab.com/quotes/by-horace- mann. 154. Raab, Diana. “What Is Spiritual Bypassing?” Psychology Today. 2019. psychologytoday.com/us/blog/the-empowerment-diary/201901/what-is- spiritual-bypassing. 155. Colvin, Barrie. “Poltergeists (Overview).” Psi Encyclopedia. psi- encyclopedia.spr.ac.uk/articles/poltergeists-overview. 156. Spiritualist National Union. snu.org.uk/. 157. Senkowski, Ernst. “Instrumental TransCommunication.” World ITC. 1995. worlditc.org/c_07_senki_00_content.htm. 158. Locher, Theo and Harsch-Fischbach, Maggy. “Breakthroughs in Technical Spirit Communication.” World ITC. worlditc.org/c_01_lohf_first.htm. 159. Butler, Tom. “EVP Online Listening Trials.” Association TransCommunication. 2008. atransc.org/evp-online-listening-trials/. 160. Butler, Tom (et al). “Best Practices: Control Recorder for EVP.” Etheric Studies. 2007. ethericstudies.org/control-recorder/. 161. Butler, Tom. “Case for the Survival Hypothesis.” Etheric Studies. 2021. ethericstudies.org/case-for-the-survival-hypothesis/. 162. Butler, Tom. “Radio-Sweep: A Case Study.” Association TransCommunication. 2009. atransc.org/radiosweep-study1/. 163. Leary, Mark. “A Research Study into the Interpretation of EVP - Three parts.” Association TransCommunication. 2013. atransc.org/radiosweep-study2/. 164. Gullà, Daniele. “Computer–Based Analysis of Supposed Paranormal Voice: The Question of Anomalies Detected and Speaker Identification.” Association TransCommunication. 2004. atransc.org/gulla-voice-analysis/. 165. Bosch, Holger, Steinkamp, Fiona and Boller, Emil. “Examining Psychokinesis: The Interaction of Human Intention With Random Number Generators—A Meta-Analysis.” academia.edu. 2006. academia.edu/6873648/Examining_Psychokinesis_The_Interaction_of_Huma n_Intention_With_Random_Number_Generators_A_Meta_Analysis. 166. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “The EVP of Tom and Lisa Butler.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/evp-tom-lisa-butler/. 167. Cooper, Dennis. “Frank’s Box: The Real Telephone to the Dead.” The Blog

of Author Dennis Cooper. 2022. denniscooperblog.com/franks-box-the-real- telephone-to-the-dead/. 168. Scofield, Tony. “The Radionic Principle: Mind over Matter.” The Radionics Associatiion. 2007. radionic.co.uk/PDFs/Mind%20in%20Radionics.pdf. 169. Butler, Tom (et al). “Practices.” Association TransCommunication. atransc.org/practices/. 170. Butler, Lisa. “Recording Thoughts of the Living.” Association TransCommunication. 2001. atransc.org/recording-thoughts-of-living/. 171. Butler, Tom. “Pseudoscience.” Etheric Studies. 2012. ethericstudies.org/pseudoscience/. 172. Butler, Tom. “Skeptic: On Practicing Healthy Skepticism and Being a Skeptic.” Etheric Studies. 2011. ethericstudies.org/skeptic/. 173. Butler, Tom. “Wikipedia Bullying Editors.” Etheric Studies. 2016. ethericstudies.org/wikipedia-bullying-editors/. 174. Butler, Tom. “Concerns with Wikipedia.” Etheric Studies. 2009. ethericstudies.org/concerns-with-wikipedia/. 175. Butler, Tom. “Wikipendia Watch.” Etheric Studies. 2010. ethericstudies.org/wikipedia-watch/. 176. “What is Exceptional Psychology?” Simmonds-Moore, Christine. 76 supplement, Pages 54-57. Journal of Parapsychology. 2012. 177. Forsythe, Francesca. “3 Basic Instincts: Which Dominates You and How It Shapes Who You Are.” Learning Mind. 2017. learning-mind.com/basic- instincts-dominant/. 178. “Altruism.” Psychology Today. psychologytoday.com/us/basics/altruism. 179. Raypole, Crystal. “Ever Been Told You Have an Old Soul? Here’s What That Really Means.” Healthline. 2020. healthline.com/health/what-is-an-old- soul#traits. 180. “Over Fifty Ways Culture Influences Us.” Center for Teaching. teach.its.uiowa.edu/sites/teach.its.uiowa.edu/files/docs/docs/Over_Fifty_Wa ys_Culture_Influences_Us_0_0_ed.pdf. 181. “Memory.” Medline Plus. https://medlineplus.gov/memory.html. 182. Buckley, Dylan. “4 Most Common Temperament Types.” Better Help. 2020. betterhelp.com/advice/temperament/4-most-common-temperament-types/. 183. “Biography of Wilhelm Reich.” The Wilhelm Reich Infant Trust. 2011. wilhelmreichmuseum.org/about/biography-of-wilhelm-reich/. 184. LaMorte, Wayne W. “The Social Cognitive Theory.” Behavioral Change Models. 2016. sphweb.bumc.bu.edu/otlt/MPH- Modules/SB/BehavioralChangeTheories/BehavioralChangeTheories5.html. 185. Lange, R. and Houran, J. “The role of fear in delusions of the paranormal.” Pub Med - US National Library of Medicine, National Institutes of Health. 1999. pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/10086472/. 186. Butler, Tom and Lisa. “ATransC NewsJournal Archive.” Association TransCommunication.

atransc.org/category/archive/. Your Immortal Self Exploring the Mindful Way Book’s dedicated web page We Can Know the Nature of Reality Our understanding of the nature of reality is undergoing an important shift from mostly supposition and belief to actionable facts based on important developments in parapsychology and transcommunication. This means the emergence of new tools which are helping us better understand our nature and the nature of the world we live in. To be sure, this shift involves theory and research, but it ultimately comes down to who we are and what we can become. The best way to describe this future paradigm is in terms of mindfulness and the middle way of mindful living. This is not the mindfulness of living in the moment based on the belief that you are your body. It is the mindfulness of experiencing life from the perspective of your immortal self. This book is written to show you the evidence of survival and the implications of that evidence as an important model for future research. While your personal progression depends a lot on understanding the evidence, the community sharing your journey is equally important. To help you learn where to look for help, a comprehensive survey of our paranormalist community is included. Mindfulness can lead to important growth in your ability to work with nature, to sense the subtle fields influencing your life and more confidently commune with your loved ones on the other side. But it is important to understand how this paradigm

shift is changing our understanding of the phenomena of transcommunication and interconnectedness in our community. The last part of this book includes a comprehensive discussion of the phenomena, including EVP-ITC, healing intention and mediumship transcommunication phenomena. On Amazon Exploring the Mindful Way Companion to Your Immortal Self Book’s dedicated web page Immortal Self-Centric Mindfulness The most important understanding seekers of spiritual maturity must come to is the difference between lucidity and hyperlucidity. Lucidity is the degree to which we are able to clearly sense information from our mostly unconscious mind. Hyperlucidity is a term used in the Implicit Cosmology for a complex of behaviors motivated by the belief we are lucid when we are actually only sensing what we have been taught to expect. The second most important understanding is that lucidity is the seeker’s objective, but that it is achieved in small steps. The only real conscious influence we have on our mostly unconscious mind is the expression of intention. This means that we must learn to consciously examine what we think is true. Mind changes only slowly, and so, the seeker’s objective is to habitually express the intention to align perception with the actual nature of reality. In the first book, Your Immortal Self, the process of consciously seeking greater lucidity is referred to as the Mindful Way. Many people practice mindfulness simply to improve personal wellbeing. A few step onto the Mindful Way to seek greater understanding of their immortal nature and the nature of the reality

they inhabit. Even fewer remain as wayshowers for those who seek greater lucidity. The fact of our immortality is explained in Your Immortal Self. This book, Exploring the Mindful Way, includes twenty-one essays explaining some of the more important concepts encountered on the Mindful Way. While you will benefit from first reading Your Immortal Self, there are sufficient explanations in this book to make it a stand-alone text. Will you be a wayshower? On Amazon [End] ---